Nnrtlj ffiarnlina i'tatp
This book was presented by
Howard T. Shell
H CAROU^A STATE UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
SOI 948959 2
This book is due on the date indicated
below and is subject to an overdue fine
as posted at the Circulation Desk.
CYCLOPEDIA OF AMERICAN HORTICULTURE
^Tt^?>»^o.
Cyclopedia of
American Horticulture
COMPRISING SUGGESTIONS FOR CULTIVATION OF HORTI-
CULTURAL PLANTS, DESCRIPTIONS OF THE SPECIES OF
FRUITS, VEGETABLES, FLOWERS AND ORNAMENTAL PLANTS
SOLD IN THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA, TOGETHER
WITH GEOGRAPHICAL AND BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCHES
L. H. ^AILEY
Professor of Horticulture in Cornell University
ASSISTED BY
WILHELM MILLER, PH.D.
AND MANY EXPERT CULTIVATORS AND BOTANISTS
Slludttattti toitg
SDtisinal d^nscabingd
In Four Volumes
Vol. III-N-Q
FIFTH EDITION
THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
LONDON: MACMILLAN & CO., Ltd.
1906
The rights of reproduction and of translation are strictly reserved
Copyright, 1901
By the MACMILLAN COMPANY
fidount Pleasant Petes
J. Horace McFarland Company
Harrisbuko • PENNSYLVAN'IA
COLLABORATORS
/. PARTIAL LIST OF CO^iTRIBVTORS TO THE CYCLOPEDIA
volume. Many of the contributor,
also assisted in readinff
Adams, Geo. E., Asst. Horticulturist, R. I. Exp.
Sta., Kingston, R.I. (Rhode Island. Rhuharh.)
Ames, Oakes, Asst. Dir. Botanic Garden, and
Instructor in Botany in Harvard Univ., Cam-
bridge, Mass. [Several genera of Orchids.)
*Andrews, D. M., Nurseryman, Boulder, Colo.
((Enothera. Opuntia. Native western plants,
especially hardy Cacti.)
Archdeacon & Co., Commission mercliants, New
York, N. Y. (Mushroom.)
Arnold, Jr., Geo., Florist, Rochester, N. Y.
(China Aster.)
*Atkins, F. L., Florist, Rutherford, N. J.
[Platy cerium.)
Atkinson, Geo. F., Prof, of Botany, Cornell
Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. (Mushroom.)
Balmer, Prof. J. A., Horticulturist, Wash. Exp.
Sta., Pullman, Wash. (Washington.)
*Barclat, F. W., Gardener, Haverford, Pa. (Bot-
any and cultivation of Herbaceous Perennials.)
Barnes, Charles R. , Prof, of Plant Physiology,
Univ. of Chicago, Chicago, 111. (Fertilization.
Flower. Teratology. Has read many proofs of
physiological subjects. )
Barnes, William H., Secretary Kans. State
Hort. Soc, Topeka, Kans. (Kansas.)
Bayersdorfer, H., Dealer in florists' supplies,
Philadelphia, Pa. (Everlasting flowers.)
Beach, Prof. S. A., Horticulturist, N. Y. Exp.
Sta., Geneva, N. Y. (Corn. Thinning.)
Beadle, C. D., Botanist and horticulturist, Bilt-
more, N. C. (Bamboo.)
Beal, Prof. W. J., Mich. Agric. College, Agri-
cultural College, Mich. (Grass. Has read
proofs of many genera of grasses.)
Beckert, Theo. F., Florist, Allegheny City, Pa.
( Bougainvillma. )
*Berckmans, P. J., Pomologist and nurseryman,
Augusta, 6a. (Lawns for the South. Magno-
lia. Melia. Michelia. Persimmon. Pome-
granate. Has read proof of many groups of
importance in the South.)
*Bessey, Charles E., Prof, of Botany, Univ. of
Nebr., Lincoln, Nebr. (Plant. Trees for the
Plains. Has read several articles on grasses and
native plants.)
Blair, Prof. J. C, Horticulturist, 111. Exp. Sta.,
Champaign, 111. (Greenhouse Glass. Illinois.)
*Brandegee, Mrs. Katharine, Botanist, editor of
Zoe, San Diego, Calif. (Several genera of
Cacti, as Mammillaria, Melocactus, Pelecyphora,
Pereskia, Phyllocactus, Pilocereus, Ehipsalis.)
*Brandegee, T. S., Botanist, San Diego, Calif.
(Nolina. )
*Braunton, Ernest, Landscape gardener, Los
Angeles, Calif. (Nerium, Palms, Phoenix,
Pittosporum, and other plants cultivated in
California. )
Bruckner, Nichol N., Dreer's Nursery, River-
ton, N. J. (The article "Fern." Many groicps
of tender ferns.)
Bhdd, J. L., Prof. Emeritus of Horticulture, Iowa
Agric. Coll., Ames, la. (Roses for the Prairie
States. Has read proof of Iowa and of articles
on important fruits. )
BuFFUM, Prof. B. C, Horticulturist, Wyo. Exp.
Sta., Laramie, Wyo. (Wyoming.)
*BnRBANK, Luther, Plant-breeder, Santa Rosa,
Calif. (Nieotunia. Has read proofs of Gladi-
olus, etc.)
Burnette, Prof. F. H., Horticulturist, La. Exp.
Sta , Baton Rouge, La. (Louisiana.)
♦BURRILL, T. J., Prof, of botany and horticulture,
Univ. of 111., Urbana, 111. (Protoplasm.)
*BuTZ, Prof. Geo. C, Horticulturist, Pa. Exp.
Sta., State College, Pa. (Carnation. Penn-
sylvania. )
*Cameron, Robert, Gardener, Botanic Garden of
Harvard Univ., Cambridge, Mass. (Various
articles and much help on rare plants. Alpinia,
Campanula, Eckinocaetus, Ncmophila, Primula,
etc.)
*Canning, Edward J., Gardener, Smith College,
Botanic Gardens, Northampton, Mass. (Many
articles and much help on rare and difficult
plants. Anthurium. Echinocactus. Epiphyllum.
Gloxinia. Peat. Puya.)
Card, Prof. Fred W., Horticulturist, R. I. Exp.
Sta., Kingston, R. I. (Nebraska. Botany and
culture of bush-fruits, as Amelanchier, Berberis,
Blackberry, Buffalo Berry, Currant, Loganberry,
Raspberry.)
(v)
COLLABORATORS
Clinkaberry, Henry T., Gardener, Trenton,
N. J. {Certain orchids, as LwUa.)
*CoATES, Leonard, Fruit-grower, Napa City, Calif.
(Olive. Orange. Has helped on other fruits.)
*CoCKERELL, T. D. A., Entomologist, East Las
Vegas, N. M. (New Mexico.)
*C0LLINS, John S., Fruit-grower, Moorestown,
N. J. {Pear.)
♦CoNARD, Henry S., Fellow in Botany, Univ. of
Pa., Philadelphia, Pa. {Nymphwa.)
*CooK, O. F., Special Agent for Tropical Agri-
culture, Div. of Botany, Dept. of Agric, Wash-
ington, D. C. (Coffee. Paritimn. Help on
Porto Eico.)
Corbett, Prof. L. C, Horticulturist, W. Va.
E.xp. Sta., Morgantown, W. Va. (West 1'ir-
ginia.)
*Coulston, Mrs. M. B., Formerly assistant
editor of Garden and Forest, Ithaca, N. Y.
(Various nalire plants.)
Coulter, John M., Professor and Head of the
Dept. of Botany, Univ. of Chicago, Chicago,
Illinois. (Echinocactus.)
*CowELL, Prof. John F., Dir. Buffalo Botanic
Garden, West Seneca, N. Y. (Odontoglos-
sum. Phormium.)
Cowen, J. H., formerly Assistant in Horticulture,
Colo. Exp. Sta., died 1900. (Certain Colorado
plants, as Lepachys, Leucocrinum. Verbena.)
*Craig, John, Prof, of Extension Teaching in
Agrij., Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. (Canada.
Goosebei'ry. Kale. Kohlrabi. Pomology.
Quince. Rape.)
Craig, Robert, Florist, Philadelphia, Pa. (Arau-
caria Ardisia. Codiwum.)
Craig, W. N., Gardener, North Easton, Mass.
(Mushroom.)
Crandall, Prof. C. S., Div. of Forestry, U. S.
Dept. Agric, Washington, D. C. (Colorado.)
*Culbertson, H., El Cajon Packing Co., El Ca-
jon, Calif. (Peach.)
Cushman, E. H., Gladiolus specialist, Sylvania,
Ohio. (Gladiolus.)
♦Darlington, H. D., Wholesale florist, specialist
in heaths and hard-wooded plants, Flushing,
N. Y. (Epacris. Leptospermum. Pimelea.
Has read proof of many articles on hard -wooded
plants. )
*Davis, K. C, Botanist, State Normal School, St.
Cloud, Minn. (All genera in Ranuncularea',
e.g.. Clematis, Nigelta, Pceonia, Eanuncutus.)
*Davy, J. Burtt, Asst. Botanist, Univ. of Calif.
Exp. Sta., Berkeley, Calif. (Acacia. Callis-
temon. Eugenia. Eucalyptus. Maytenus. Va-
rious Myrtacew. Pittosporum. Psidiuni.)
*Dean, James, Florist, Bay Ridge, N. Y. (.Ve-
phrolepis.)
Deane, Walter, Botanist, Cambridge, Mass.
(Herbarium. Has helped on varimis botanical
problems.)
*Dewey, Lyster H., Div. of Botany, Dept. of
Agric, Washington, D. C. (Mentha. Phyto-
lacca. )
DoRNER, Fred, Carnation specialist, Lafayette,
Ind. (Carnation.)
Dor.sett, P. H. , Associate Physiologist and Patholo-
gist, Dept. of Agric, Washington, D.C. (Violet.)
*Dougla.s, Thos. H., of R. Douglas' Sons, nur-
serymen and specialists in conifers, Waukegan,
111. (Larix. Picea. Pseudotsuga.)
*Drew, E. p., Manager Rocky River Nursery,
Clifton Park, O. (Picea.)
•Duggar, B. M., Asst. Prof, of Botany (Plant
Physiology), Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y.
(Photosynthesis. Physiology of Plants. Pollen.)
Dunning, D. M., Amateur, Auburn, N. Y. ( Grapes
tinder Glass.)
Dupuv, Louis, Wholesale florist and specialist in
hard- wooded plants, Whitestone, L. I. (Erica.
Has read other articles on heath-like plants.)
*Earle, Prof. F. S., Horticulturist, Ala. Poly-
technic Institute, Auburn, Ala. (Alabama.
Packing.)
*Earle, Parker, Horticulturist, Roswell, N. M.
(Neic Mexico.)
Egan, W. C, Amateur, Highland Park, 111.
(Eremurus. Has helped on hardy plants. )
*Eisele, Jacob D., Manager of Dreer's Nursery,
Riverton, N. J. (Cordyline. Pandanus. Has
read proofs of several important subjects.)
Elliott, William H., Florist, Brighton, Mass.
(Asparagus plumosus.)
Emery, S. M., Manhattan, Mont. (Montana.)
Endicott, John, Bulb-grower, Canton, Mass.
(Littonia.)
Endicott, W. E., Teacher, Canton, Mass. (Achim-
enes. Acidanthera. Ixia. Has made important
corrections in many articles on bulbs.)
Evans, Walter H., Office of Exp. Stations, Dept.
of Agric, Washington, D. C. (Alaska.)
Fawcett, Wm., Director Dept. Public Gardens
and Plantations, Kingston, Jamaica. ( Tropi-
cal fruits, as Cherimoya, Marmalade Plum, Egg
Fruit, Mango, Mangosteen, and others.)
*Fernow, Prof. B. E., Director College of Fores-
try, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. (Conifers.
Forestry. Pine.)
FiNLAYSON, Kenneth, Gardener, Brookline, Mass.
(Diosma.)
♦Fletcher, Prof. S. W., Horticulturist, Wash.
Ex. Sta., Pullman, Wash. (Ipomwa and va-
rious other Convolvulacete. Helianthus and re-
lated genera. Nemophila. Nierembergia. Solana.
Pollination .)
COLLABORATORS
*FooRD, J. A., Asst. in Dairy Husbandry, Cornell
Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. (Xew Hampshire.)
*Franceschi, Dr. F., Manager S. Calif. Acclima-
tizing Ass'n, Santa Barbara, Calif. {Rare
plants grown in S. Calif., as Dasylirioyi, Fla-
coiirtia, Fouquiera, Furcrwa, Ha^anlia, Park-
iiisonia, etc. Has read viany proofs and made
numerous corrections.)
Galloway, B. T., Dir. of Office of Plant Indus-
try, U. S. Dept. of Agric, Washington, D. C.
(Floriculture. Has read various important
articles. )
*Gannett, Frank E., Editor, "The News," Ithaca,
N. Y. ; formerly Sec'y to President of the
U. S. Philippine Commission. (Philippine
Islands.)
*Garcia, Fabian, Horticulturist and Asst. Prof,
of Horticulture, College of Agr. and Mechanic
Arts, Mesilla Park, N. M. (Xew Mexico.)
Garfield, Chas. W., Horticulturist, Grand Rap-
ids, Mich. (Michigan.)
*Gebard, J. N., Amateur, Elizabeth. N. J. (Many
articles, especially on btilbous plants, as Crocus,
'ris, Muscari, Narcissus.)
Gil. ett, Edward, Nurseryman, Southwick, Mass.
(Hardy Ferns. Liparis. Has read numerous
proofs on native plants. )
GoFF, Prof. E. S., Horticulturist, Wis. Exp. Sta.,
Madison, Wis. ( Wisconsin.)
Gould, H. P., Acting Entomologist and Asst.
Horticulturist, Md. Exp. Sta., College Park,
Md. (Brussels Sprouts. Celeriac.)
*GonLD, Mrs. Thos., Petunia specialist, Ventura,
Calif. (Petunia.)
Green, Prof. S. B., Horticulturist, Minnesota Exp.
Sta., St. Anthony Park, Minn. (Minnesota.)
*Green, Wm. J., Horticulturist, Ohio Exp. Sta.,
Wooster, Ohio. (Ohio. Greenhouse sub-irriga-
tion.)
Greene, Edward L., Prof, of Botany, Catholic
Univ. of America, Washington, D. C. (Dode-
catheon.)
Greenlee, Miss Lennie, Bulb-grower, Garden
City, N. C. (Ixia.)
*Greiner, T., Specialist in vegetables. La Salle,
N. Y. ( Garden vegetables, as Artichoke, Aspara-
gus, Bean, Cress, Corn Salad, Kohlrabi, Lettuce,
Onion, Parsley, Parsnip.)
*Grey, Robert M., Gardener, North Easton, Mass.
(Numerous important orchid groups, as Cypripe-
dium, Epidendrum, Lycaste, Maxillaria, Masde-
vallia, Odontoglossom , Oncidium, Orchid, Phalce-
nopsis.)
Groff, H. H., Gladiolus specialist, Simcoe, Ont.
(Gladiolus.)
Gurney, James, Gardener, Mo. Botanical Garden,
St. Louis, Mo. (Cacti.)
*Hale, J. H., Nurseryman and pomologist. South
Glastonbury, Conn. (Connecticut. Peach.)
Halsted, Prof. B. D., Rutgers College, New
Brunswick, N. J. (Diseases. Fungus.)
Hansen, Geo., Landscape architect and botanist,
Berkeley, Calif. (Epidendrum.)
Hansen, Prof. N. E., Horticulturist, S. Dak.
Exp. Sta., Brookings, S. Dak. {South Dakota.)
Harris, Frederick L., Gardener, Wellesley,
Mass. (Lisianthus. Medinilla.)
*Harris, W., Acting Dir. Dept. Public Gardens
and Plantations, Kingston, Jamaica. (Mam-
mee Apple, Persea, Pomelo and other tropical
fruits.)
Harris, W. K., Florist, Philadelphia, Pa. (Ficus
elastica. Help on Lilium Barrisii.)
*Harrison, C. S., Nurseryman, York, Neb.
(Pseudotsuga. )
*Hasselbring, Heinrich, First Asst. Horticultur-
ist, N. Y. Exp. Sta., Geneva, N. Y. (Iris, and
most orchids from Gongora to Zygopefalum.)
Hastings, G. T., formerly Asst. in Botany,
Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. ; now Science
Teacher, Santiago, Chile. (Some tropical
plants, as Berria, Bertholletia. A few grasses,
as Hierochloe, Eolcus, Hordeum.)
♦Hatfield, T. D., Gardener, Wellesley, Mass.
(Numerous and varied contributions, as Gesnera,
Gloxinia, Lachenalia, Leea, Maerozamia, (Enoth-
era, Oxalis, Pelargonium.)
*Hedrick, U. p., Asst. Prof, of Horticulture,
Agricultural College, Mich. (Evaporation of
Fruit. Prune.)
*Henderson & Co., Peter, Seedsmen, New York,
N. Y^. (Bulbs. Eccremocarpus. Polianthes.
Much proof and many suggestions.)
*Henderson, Prof. L. F., Botanist, Idaho Exp.
Sta., Moscow, Idaho. (Phacelia.)
Herrington, a. H., Gardener, Florham Farms,
Madison, N. J. (Chrysanthemum coccineum.
Hollyhock.)
*Hews, a. H. Manufacturer of earthen ware,
North Cambridge, Mass. (Pots.)
Hexamer, Dr. F. M., Editor "American Agri-
culturist," New York, N. Y. (Several biograph-
ical sketches, as Fuller, Harris, Thurber. )
Hicks, G. H., late of U. S. Dept. of Agric,
Washington, D. C. (deceased). (Seed-testing.)
Hicks, Henry, Nurseryman, Westport, L. I. (Li-
gustrum.)
HiGGiNS, J. E., Horticulturist and teacher, Hono-
lulu, H. I. (Hawaiian Islands. )
Hill, E. G., Florist, Richmond, Ind. (Begonia.)
*HiTCHCOCK, A. S., Asst. Chief, Div. of Ag-
rostology, U. S. Dept. Agric, Washington,
D. C. {Most of the genera of grasses from
E to Z.)
COLLABORATORS
HOLLISTER, E. J., Specialist in celery culture,
Holley, Colo. {Celery.)
HooPES, JosiAH, Nurseryman, West Chester, Pa.
(Hedges. ) •
HoRSFOKD, Fred H., Nurseryman and specialist
in Lilies, Charlotte, Vt. (Alpine Gardens.
Lilium . Has read proof of many articles on na-
tive plants and hardy herbaceous perennials.)
HuNN, Charles E., Gardener, Cornell Exp. Sta.,
Ithaca, N. Y. (Forcing of Vegetables. Mign-
onette. Straioberry .)
Huntley. Prof. F. A., Horticulturist, Idaho Exp.
Sta., Moscow, Idaho. (Idaho.)
HuTCHiNS, Rev. W. T., Sweet Pea specialist,
Springfield, Mass. (Sweet Pea.)
*Irish, H. C, Horticulturist, Mo. Botanical Gar-
den, St. Louis, Mo. (Capsicum. Lactuca.
Pepper. )
Jackson & Perkins Co., Nurserymen and spe-
cialists in Clematis, Newark, N. Y. (Clem-
atis.)
*Jaenicke, Adolph, Manager propagating dept.,
J. L. Childs, Floral Park, N. Y. (Primula.)
*Jeffers, a.. Editor "Cornucopia," Norfolk, Va.
(Kale. Potato.)
*J0BDAN, A. T., Asst. Horticulturist, New Bruns-
wick, N. J. (Hew Jersey.)
JUNGHANNS, B. L., Poughkeepsie, N. Y. (Reseda.)
*Kains, M. G , Horticulturist, School of Practical
Agrie. and Hort., Briar Cliff Manor, N. Y.
(Minor vegetables, as Horse-Eadish and Okra.
Hei-bs, as Hyssopus, Origanum; also Ginsmg
and Glycyrrhisa .)
Kearney, T. H., Div. of Veg. Phys. and Path.,
Dept. of Agric, Washington, D. C. (Three
orchid genera, Grammangis, Grammatophyllum,
Habenaria.)
•Keller, J. B., Florist, Rochester, N. Y. (Many
groups of hardy herbaceous perennials. Article
on Herbaceous Perennials.)
*Kelsey, Harlan P., Landscape architect, Bos-
ton, Mass. (North Carolina plants, as Galax,
Leucotho'e and Paronychia.)
Kennedy, P. Beveridge, Horticulturist, Nev.
Exp. Sta., Reno, Nev. (Many genera of grasses
in Vols. I and II. Begonia )
Kerr, J. W., Nurseryman, Denton, Md. (Mary-
land. Help on Plum.)
KiFT, Robert, Florist, Philadelphia, Pa. (Cut-
flowers.
Kinney, L. F., Horticulturist, Kingston, B. I.
(Celery.)
*Knapp, Dr. S. A., Special commission U. S.
Dept. Agric, Lake Charles, La. (Philippine
Islands.)
Lager & Hurrell, Orchid cultivators. Summit,
N. J. (Cattleya.)
*Lager, John E., Orchid specialist, Summit, N. J.
(Oncidium. )
*Lake, Prof. E. R., Horticulturist, Ore. Exp. Sta.,
Corvallis, Ore. (Oregon.)
Landreth, Burnet, Seedsman, Philadelphia,
Pa. (David Landreth.)
Lauman, G. N., Instructor in Hort., Cornell
Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. (Geranium. Impatiens.)
*Lewers, Ross, Fruit-grower, Franktown, Nev.
(Xevada.)
Lonsdale, Edwin, Florist, Wyndmoor, Philadel-
phia, Pa. (Conservatory.)
Lord & Burnham Co., Horticultural architects
and builders, Irvington - on - Hudson, N. Y.
(Greenhouse Construction. )
LoTHROP & HiGGiNS, Dahlia specialists, East
Bridgewater, Mass. (Dahlia.)
*Lyon, T. T., Pomologist, South Haven, Mich.,
(■Died 1900). (Pear.)
*McFarland, J. Horace, Horticultural printer
and expert in photography, Harrisburg, Pa.
( Border. Photography. )
*McKay, Prof. A. B., Prof, of Horticulture and
Station Horticulturist, Miss. Exp. Sta., Agri-
cultural College, Miss. (Potato.)
McMillen, Robert, Wholesale grower of migno-
nette. Pearl River, N. Y. (Mignonette.)
McWilliam, Geo., Gardener, WhitinsvlUe, Mass.
{Dipladenia. Luculia.)
*Macomber, J. T., Fruit-grower, Grand Isle, Vt.
(Peach.)
MacPherson, James, Landscape gardener, Tren-
ton, N.J. (Euphorbia. Has read proofs of sev-
eral orchid genera.)
•Manning, J. Woodward, Horticultural expert
and purchasing agent, Boston, Mass. (Pachy-
sandra. Pyrethrum. Hardy herbs. Has read
proofs of many groups of perennials.)
Manning, Warren H., Lands'jape architect,
Boston, Mass. (Herbaceous Perennials. Rock
Gardens.)
Mason, Prof. S. C, Dept. of Horticulture and
Forestry, Berea College, Berea, Ky. (Labeling.
Layering.)
•Massey, Prof. W. F., Horticulturist, N. C. Exp.
Sta., Raleigh, N. C. (Fig. North Carolina.)
Mathews, Prof. C. W., Horticulturist, Ky. Exp.
Sta., Lexington, Ky. (Kentucky.)
Mathews, F. Schuyler, Artist, Boston, Mass.
(Color.)
*JUthews, Wm., Florist and orchid grower, Utica,
N. Y. ( Various rare and important orchids,
as Gongora, Grammatophyllum, lonopsis, Lima-
todes, Miltonia, Pholidota.)
Maynabd, Prof. S. T., Prof, of Horticulture, Mass.
Agr. Coll., and Horticulturist, Mass. Hatch
Exp. Sta., Amherst, Mass. (Massachusetts.)
COLLABORATORS
•Mead, T. L., Horticulturist, Oviedo, Fla. (Cri-
num. Orange. Has helped in matters of ex-
treme southern horticulture.)
Meehan, Joseph, Nurseryman, Germantown,
Pliiladelphia, Pa. {Idesia.)
Meredith, A. P., Gardener, South Lancaster,
Mass. {Humea.)
*MisCHE, Emil, Asst. to Olmsted Bros., Land-
scape Architects, Brookline, Mass. {QtdsquaUs .)
*MooN, Samuel C, Nurseryman, Morrisville, Pa.
(0«t. Trees for oniament.)
*MoRRiLL, Eoland, Fruit-grower, Benton Harbor,
Mich. {Peach.)
*M0RRIS, O. M., Associate Horticulturist, Okla.
Exp. Sta., Stillwater, Okla. (Indian Territory
Oklahoma.)
MuNSON, T. v.. Nurseryman and grape hybridist,
Denison, Tex. (Grape culture in the Soitth.)
MuNSON, Prof. W. M., Horticulturist, Me. Exp.
Sta., Orono, Me. (Maine. Vaccinium.)
*Nehrling, H., Milwaukee, Wis. (Phoenix. Has
helped on other plants cultivated in his garden
at Goiha, Fla.)
*Newbury, H. E., Specialist in tuberose culture,
Magnolia, N. C. (Polianthes.)
*Newell, a. J., Gardener, Wellesley, Mass.
(Certain orchids, e.g., Odontoglossum.)
*NoRTON, J. B. S., Botanical Assistant, Mo. Bo-
tanical Garden, St. Louis, Mo. (Genera of
Euphoriiaccw. Phyllanthus. Numerous botan-
ical purzles.)
Ogston, Colin, Gardener and orchid cultivator,
Kimball Conservatories, Rochester, N. Y.
(Dendrohium.)
•Oliver, G. W., Div. of Gardens and Grounds,
U. S. Dept. Agric, Washington, D. C. {Many
articles on palms, aroids, succulents and rare
plants, and much help on proofs. Alstreemeria.
Amaryllis. Nepenthes. Ochna. Pennisetum .
Petrea . Sarracen ia . )
*Olmsted, Jr., F. L., Landscape architect, Brook-
line, Mass. {Park.)
*0'Mara, Patrick, of Peter Henderson & Co.,
New York, N. Y. (Potting. Has read various
important articles, suggested contributors and
given other help.)
Orpet, Edward O., Gardener, So. Lancaster,
Mass. (Many articles. Border. Cyclamen.
Dianthus, and certain orchids.)
Parsons, Jr. , Samuel, Landscape architect. New
York, N. Y. (Lawn.)
Peacock, Lawrence K., Dahlia specialist, Atco,
N.J. (Dahlia.)
*Pennock, F. M., Horticulturist, San Juan, Porto
Rico. (Porto Eico.)
*Peterson, Wm. a., of the firm of P. S. Peterson
& Son, Nurserymen, Chicago, 111. (Pa^onia.)
Powell, Prof. G. Harold, Horticulturist, Del.
E.xp. Sta., Newark, Del. (Cherry. Delaware.
Help on Peach, etc.)
*PowELL, G%0RGE T., Dir. School of Practical
Agriculture and Horticulture, Briar Cliff
Manor, N. Y. (Pear. Has read proofs of other
important fruits.)
Price, Prof. R. H., Horticulturist, Tex. Exp.
Sta., College Station, Tex. (Texas.)
*Prince, L. B., Pres. Board of Regents, New Mex.
Exp. Sta., Mesilla Park, N. M. (Prince.)
PuRDY, Carl, Specialist in California bulbs,
Ukiah, Calif. (California native p>lants, as
Brodia'a, Calochortus, Erythronium, Fritillaria.)
*Rane, Prof. F. W., Horticulturist and Prof, of
Horticulture, N. H. College, Durham, N. H.
(New Hampshire.)
Rawson, Grove P., Florist, Elmira, N. Y. (Lan-
tana.)
Rawson, W. W., Seedsman and market-gardener^
Boston, Mass. (Cucumber. Lettuce.)
*Reasoner, E. N., Nurseryman and horticulturist,
Oneeo, Fla. (Many articles, and much help on
extreme southern horticulture. Ccesalpinia. Cocos.
Guava. Kumquat. Lemon. Lime. Mango.
Musa. Orange.)
*Rehder, Alfred, Asst. at the Arnold Arboretum,
Jamaica Plain, Mass. (Botany and culture of
most of the hardy trees and shrubs.)
•Roberts, Prof. L P., Dir. College of Agric, Cor-
nell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. {Drainage. Fer-
tility. Manure. Potato.)
*Rolfs, Prof. P. H., Botanist, S. C. Exp. Sta.,
Clemson College, S. C. (Eggplant. Florida.
Okra. Onion. Pineapple.)
*R0SE, J. N., Asst. Curator, U. S. Nat. Herb.,
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C.
(Agape. Prochnyanthes. )
Rose, N. Jonsson, Landscape Gardener, Dep't.
of Park, New York, N. Y. {rarious exotics.)
Roth, Filibert, Asst. Prof, of Forestry, N. Y.
State College of Forestry, Cornell Univ.,
Ithaca, N. Y. (Fagus. )
RowLEE, Prof. W. W., Asst. Prof, of Botany,
Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. (Dejinitions.
Liatris. Salix.)
*RoTLE, Mrs. Emily Taplin, Asst. Ed. "Rural
New-Yorker," New York, N. Y. (Nepenthes.)
Sargent, Prof. C. S., Dir. Arnold Arboretum,
Jamaica Plain, Mass. (Abies. Has read proof
of Picea, Prunus, etc.)
Seavey, Mrs. Frances Copley, Landscape gar-
dener, Brighton, 111. (Bailrond Gardening.)
*ScoTT, Wm., Florist, Buffalo, N. Y. (Important flor-
ists ' plants and flowers, as Acacia, Convallaria,
Cyclamen, Cytisus, Smilax, Metrosideros, Peper-
omia,Perilla,Piqueria,etc. Also Packing Flowers .)
COLLABORATORS
Scott, Wm., Gardener, Tarrytown, N. Y. (Ber-
tolonia and other tender foliage plants.)
Semple, James, Specialist in China Asters,
Bellevue, Pa. {Aster.)
Sexton, Joseph, Founder of the pampas grass
industry, Goleta, Calif. {Gynerium.)
Shinn, Charles H., Inspector of Experiment
Stations, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley, Calif.
{California, Fig, Loganberry, Sequoia, etc.)
Shore, Robert, Head Gardener, Botanical Dept.,
Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. {Various articles,
as Acalypho, Bedding, Dichorisandra, Episcea,
Fittonia, Hymenophylhim. )
*Siebrecht, Henry A., Florist and nurseryman,
New York and Rose Hill Nurseries, New Ro-
ehelle, N. Y. {Much help on rare greenhouse
plants , particularly orchids and palms. Dracana.
Ficus. Fuchsia. Gardenia. Ixora. Lapageria.
Laurus. Nerium. Nepenthes. Puya.)
SiMoNDS, O. C, Landscape Gardener, Buena Ave.,
Chicago, 111. {Landscape Cemeteries.)
Slingerland, Prof. M. V., Asst. Prof. Economic
Entomology, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y.
{Insecticides. Insects.)
Smith, A. W., Americus, Ga. {Cosmos.)
Smith, Elmer D., Chrysanthemum specialist,
Adrian, Mich. {Chrysanthemum.)
*Smith, Irving C, Market-gardener, Green Bay,
Wis. {Onion. Help on Kohl-liahi, etc.)
*Smith, Jared G., Dir. Hawaiian Exp. Sta., Hono-
lulu, H. I. {Nearly all palms. Various other
genera, as Centaurea, Cerastium, Cotyledon.)
Spencer, John W., Fruit-grower, Westfield, Chau-
tauqua Co., N. Y. {Grapes in the North. Help
on important fruits.)
Starnes, Prof. Hugh N., Prof, of Agriculture and
Horticulture, Univ. of Georgia, Athens, 6a.
{Georgia. Sweet Potato.)
*Steele, E. S., Div. of Botany, U. S. Dept. Agric,
Washington, D. C. {Perfumery Gardening.)
Stinson, Prof. John T., Dir. Mo. Fruit Exp. Sta.,
Mountain Grove, Mo. {Arkansas.)
Strong, Wm. C, Nurseryman, Waban, Mass.
{Eenrick.)
*Stubbs, W. C, Dir. La. Exp. Sta., Baton Rouge,
La. {Orange.)
*Stdbenrauch, Arnold v.. Fellow in Horticulture,
Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. {Olive. Plum in
California. Pilocarpus. Pimelea. Platycodon.)
*Taber, G. L., Nurseryman, Glen St. Mary, Fla.
{Persimmon.)
Taft, Prof. L. R., Horticulturist, Mich. Agric.
College, Agricultural College, Mich. {Green-
house Heating. Hotbeds.)
*Taplin, W. H., Specialist in palms and ferns,
Holmesburg, Philadelphia, Pa. {Culture of
many palms, ferns and foliage plants.)
*Taylor, Frederic W., Dir. Dept. of Horticul-
ture, Pan American Exposition, Buffalo, N. Y.
{Nebraska.)
*Taylor, Wm. a., Asst. Pomologist, Div. of Po-
mology, Dept. of Agric, Washington, D. C.
{Various articles annuls, as Hickory, Pecan.)
Thilow, J. Otto, of H. A. Dreer, Inc., Philadel-
phia, Pa. {Leek. Muskmelon.)
Thompson, C. H., formerly Asst. Botanist, Mo.
Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Mo. {Some genera
of cacti, as Mchinocerens, Epiphyllum.)
Thorburn & Co., J. M., Seedsmen, New York,
N. Y. {Hyacinth. Have read many proofs of
bulbs, annuals, vegetables, herbs, etc.)
*To0mey, Prof. J. W., Y'ale Forestry School, New
Haven, Mass. {Arizona. Date. Opuntia.
Eoot- Galls.)
Tracy, S. M., Horticulturist, Biloxi, Miss. {Mis-
sissippi.)
*TRAcy, Prof. W. W., Seedsman, Detroit, Mich.
{Cabbage. Lettuce. Michigan. Pea. Radish.)
♦Trelease, Dr. Wm., Dir. Mo. Botanical Gar-
den, St. Louis, Mo. (Certain desert plants of
the lily family, as Aloe, Apicra, Gasteria,
Haworthia. Oxalis. Yucca.)
*Tricker, Wm., Specialist in aquatics, Dreer's
Nursery, Riverton, N. J. {Aquarium. Most
Aquatics, as Limnanthcmum, Limnocharis, Nym-
phoea, Nelumbo, Ouvirandra, Victoria, etc.)
*Troop, Prof. James, Horticulturist, Ind. Exp.
Sta., Lafayette, Ind. {Indiana. Persimmon.)
Turner, Wm., Gardener, Oceanic, N. J. {Forc-
ing of Fruits. Mushroom.)
TUTTLE, H. B., Cranberry-grower, Valley Junc-
tion, Wis. {Cranberry.)
*Underwood, Prof. L. M., Columbia University,
New Y'ork, N. Y. {Botany of all ferns.)
*Van Deman, H. E., Pomologist, Parksley, Va.
{Dale. Nut Culture.)
Vaughan, J. C, Seedsman and florist, Chicago
and New York. {Christmas Greens.)
VicK, James, Horticulturist, Rochester, N. Y.
( Malvaviscus. Melothria . )
Voorhees, Prof. Edward B., Dir. N. J. Exp. Sta.,
New Brunswick, N. J. (Fertilizers.)
*Waldron, Prof. C. B., Horticulturist, N. Dak.
Exp. Sta., Fargo, N. Dak. {North Dakota.)
Walker, Prof. Ernest, Horticulturist, Ark. Exp.
Sta., Fayetteville, Ark. {Annuals. Basket
Plants. Heliotrope. Watering.)
*Ward, C. W., Wholesale florist. Queens, L. I.
{Pelargonium. Help on carnation.)
*Watrous, C. L., Nurseryman and pomologist,
Des Moines, la. {Iowa. Pear. )
Watson, B. M., Instructor in Horticulture, Bus-
sey Inst., Jamaica Plain, Mass. {Colchicum.
Cutlage. Forcing Hardy Plants. House Plants.)
COLLABORATORS
Watts, R. L., formerly Horticulturist o£
Tennessee Exp. Sta. Scalp Level, Pa.
(Te,nus,ce.)
*Waugh, Prof. F. A., Horticulturist, Vt.Exp. Sta.,
Burliugton, Vt. {Beet. Carrot. Cucumber.
Greens. Lilium. Plum. Salad Plants. Ver-
mont.)
'Webber, Herbert J., In charge of Plant Breed-
ing Laboratory, Div. of Veg. Phys. and Path.,
Dept. of Agric, Washington, D. C. {Citrus.
Pomelo. Murraya and other citrous genera.
Plant- Breedincj.)
Wellhovse, Col. Fred, Fruit-grower, Fair-
mount, Kans. {Kansas.)
'Wheeler, C. F., Asst. Prof, of Botany, Michi-
gan Agrie. College, Mich. (Pyrola.)
Wheeler, H. J., Chemist, R. I. Exp. Sta.,
Kingston, R. I. {Lime.)
Whitney, Milton, Chief. Div. of Soils, Dept.
of Agric, Washington, D. C. {Irrigation.
Soils.)
Written, Prof. J. C, Horticulturist, Mo. Exp.
Sta., Columbia, Mo. {ifissouri.)
*Whyte, R. B., Amateur, Ottawa, Ont. {Hemero-
calUs. Lilium. Xarcissus. Papai'er.)
*WicKSON, Edward J., Prof, of Agricultural Prac-
tice, Univ. of Calif., and Horticulturist, Calif.
Exp. Sta., Berkeley, Calif. {Almond, Apricot,
Cherry, Grape, Lemon, Lime, Nectarine, Pear,
etc., in California.)
*WlEGAND, K. M., Instructor in Botany, Cornell
Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. {Coreopsis. Cordyline.
Cyperus. Dracoena, Juncus. Lysimachia. Musa,
Myosotis. Potentilla, Scirpus.)
WooLSON, 6. C, Nurseryman, Specialist in hardy
herbaceous perennials, Passaic, N. J. {Mer-
tensia. Has read numerous proofs.)
Wortman, S. W., Mushroom-grower, Iselin, N. J.
{Mushroom.)
*Wright, Charles, Fruit-grower, Seaford, Del.
{Peach. Help on Delau'are.)
Wyman, A. P., Asst. to Olmsted Bros., Landscape
Architects, Brookline, Mass. {Dirca, £pig(Ba,
Exochorda, Halesia, Hypericum, Kerria, Liquid-
amhar, and other hardy trees and shrubs. Also
Lathyrus, Lupinus.)
*Yeomans, L. T., Fruit-grower, Walworth, N. Y.
{Pear. Help on Evaporation of Fruits.)
*ZiRNGiEBEL, DENTS, Florist, Needham, Mass.
{Pansy.)
II. PARTIAL LIST OF THOSE WHO HAVE ASSISTED BY READING PROOF, AND
IN OTHER TTATS
Allen, R. C, Fruit-grower, Bonita, Calif.
{Olive.)
Alverson, a. H., Specialist in cacti, San Ber-
nardino, Calif. {Cacti.)
Ball, C. D., Wholesale florist, Holmesburg, Phila-
delphia, Pa. {Palms and decorative plants.)
Barker, Charles, Fruit-grower, Milford, Del.
{Peach.)
Barker, Michael, Editor "American Florist,"
Chicago, 111. {Many suggestions.)
Bassett & Son, Wm. F., Nurserymen, Hammon-
ton, N. J. {Native plants, as Hibiscus.)
Berger & Co., H. H., New York, N. Y. {Japa-
nese and Californian plants. )
Betscher C, Florist, nurseryman and seeds-
man, Canal Dover, Ohio. {Gladiolus.)
Blanc, A., Seedsman and plantsman, Philadel-
phia, Pa. {Cacti. Canna. Novelties.)
Boardman, S. L., Sec. Maine Hort. Soc, Augusta,
Me. {ilaine.)
Brackett, Col. G. B., Pomologist, Dept. of Agrie.,
Washington, D.C. {Hicoria. Hickory. Jughtns.)
Breck & Sons, Joseph, (Corporation), Seedsmen,
Boston, Mass. {Portrait of Joseph Bred.)
Breese, J. S., Fayetteville, N. C. {North Caro-
lina. )
Brotherton, Wilfred, Mich. Wild Flowers,
Rochester, Mich. (Native hardy herbaceous
perennials.)
Brown, O. H., Bordentown, N. J. {Aquatics.)
BuDLONG & Son Co., J. A., Manufacturers of
pickles and vinegar. Market-gardeners, Provi-
dence, R. I. (Cucumber. Martynia.)
Bcsh & Sons, Bushberg, Mo. {Grapes.)
Caldwell, Geo. C, Prof, of Agric. Chemistry,
Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. {Fertility. Ferti-
li:ers. Lime.)
Clark, Miss Josephine A., Librarian, Dept. of
Agric, Washington, D. C. {Information as to
species after the date of Index Kewensis.)
Clark, J. C, Dreer's nursery, Riverton, N. J.
{Pansy.)
Clinton, L. A., Asst. Agriculturist, Cornell Exp.
Sta., Ithaca, N. Y. {Lime.)
Cotille, Frederick V., Botanist, Dept. of Agric,
Washington, D. C. {Juniperus. Suggestions in
various matters.)
Cranefield, Frederic, Asst. Horticulturist,
Wisconsin Exp. Sta., Madison, Wis. {Irri-
gation. )
Dailledouze Bros., Wholesale florists, Flatbush,
Brooklyn, N. Y. {mignonette.)
COLLABORATORS
Fruit-grower, Salem, Ore.
Prune-grower, Salem, Ore.
Dailey, Charles L.,
(Prune.)
Danby, Charles E.,
(Prune.)
Dandridge, Mrs. Danske, Amateur,
town, W. Va. (Hardy plants.)
Darlington, E. D., Superintendent of Trials,
Fordhook Experimental Farm, Doylestown, Pa.
(Pea.)
Davenport, Geo. E., Botanist, specialist in ferns,
Medford, Mass. (Several genera of ferns.)
Day, Miss Mary A., Librarian, Gray Herbarium of
Harvard Univ., Cambridge, Mass. {Bare books.)
Devron, Dr. G., Amateur in bamboos. New Or-
leans, La. (Bamboo.)
Dock, Miss M. L., Lecturer on plant life, for-
estry and village improvement, Harrisbnrg,
Pa. (Bartram.)
DoscH, H. E., Sec'y State Board of Hort.,
Hillsdale, Ore. (Oregon. )
Downer's Sons, J. S., Fruit-growers, Fairport,
Ky. (Kentucky.)
Dreer, Henry A. (Inc.), Seedsmen and Plants-
men, Philadelphia, Pa. (Many and varied
services, especialli/ in aquatics, ferns, foliage
plants and rare annuals.)
Elliot, J. Wilkinson, Landscape architect,
Pittsburg, Pa. (Eochia, Oak, and some herba-
ceous peremtials.)
Ellwanger & Barry, Nurserymen, Rochester,
N. Y. (Hardy plants.)
Fields, John, Dir. Agr. Exp. Sta., Stillwater,
Okla. (Oklahoma).
Fisher, Dr. Jabez, Fruit-grower, Fitchburg,
Mass. (Massachusetts.)
Ganong, W. F., Prof, of Botany, Smith College,
Northampton, Mass. (Cacti, and many sugges-
tions. )
GiFFORD, John C, Asst. Prof, of Forestry, Col-
lege of Forestrj', Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y.
(Poinciami.)
Goodman, L. A., Fruit-grower, Kansas City, Mo.
(Missouri.)
Halliday, Robt. J., Florists, Baltimore, Md.
(Azalea. Camellia.)
Harris, J. S., Fruit-grower, La Crescent, Minn.
{Mi7inesofa.)
Heiges, S. B., York, Pa. (Pennsylvania.)
Heiss, J. B., Florist, Dayton, Ohio. (Palms.)
Heller, A. A., Botanist, Lancaster, Pa. (Porto
Rico. )
Hewson, Wm., Orchid grower for Wm. Scott,
Buffalo, N. Y. (Odontoglossum . Oncidium.)
Hill, Robert T., U. S. Dept. Agric, Washing-
ton, D. C. (Porto Bico.)
HosMER, A. W., Botanist, Concord, Mass. (Po-
ly go Ui. )
HuTT, H. L., Prof, of Horticulture, Ont. Agric.
College, Guelph, Ont. (Kale. Kohlrabi.)
Jack, Mrs. Annie L., Chateuguay Basin, Prov.
Que. (Native plants.)
Jennings, E. B., Specialist in pansies, South-
port, Conn. (Pansy.)
Jones, Rev. C. J. K., Los Angeles, Calif. (Vari-
ous Cal if ornian plants.)
Jordan, Dr. W. H., Dir. N. Y. Exp. Sta.,.
Geneva, N. Y. (Fertility. Fertilisers.)
Kedzie, Dr. R. C, Prof, of Chemistry, Mich.
Agric. College, Agricultural College, Mich.
(Fertility. Fertilizers. Lime.)
*KlNG, F. H., Prof, of Agricultural Physics, Univ.
of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis. (Irrigationf
Mulching, etc.)
Latham, A. W., Secretary Minn. Hort. Soc.^
Minneapolis, Minn. (Minnesota.)
Leib, S. F., Prune-grower, San Jos^, Calif.
(Prune.)
Lindley, J. Van, Nurseryman, Pomona, N. C.
(North Carolina.)
LuPTON, J. M., Market-gardener, Gregory, L. I.
(Cabbage.)
Lyon, Wm. S., Census Bureau, Washington, D. C.
(Palms.)
MacDowell, J. A., Nurseryman, City of Mexico,
Mex. (Cacti.)
Macparlane, Prof. J. M., Dir. U. of P. Botanic
Garden, Philadelphia^ Pa. (Nepenthes. Pin-
guicula.)
Mackenzie, R. R., Secretary J. M. Thorburn
& Co., New York, N. Y. (Many important bulbs.)-
Makepeace, A. D., Cranberry -grower. West
Barnstable, Mass. (Cranhcrry.)
Manda, W. a.. Horticultural expert, South-
Orange, N.J. (Orchid pictures.)
Manning, Jacob W., Nurseryman, Reading, Mass.
(Dried specimens of herbaceous perennial plants.)
Manning, Robert, Sec. Mass. Hort. Soc, Bos-
ton, Mass. (Biographical sketches. Horticul-
ture.)
Maxwell Bros., Fruit-growers, Geueva, N. Y.
(Quince. )
May, John N., Florist, Summit, X. J. (Florists'
Flowers.)
McDowell, Prof. R. H., Agriculturist and hor-
ticulturist, Nev. Exp. Sta., Reno, Nev. (^'e-
rada.)
McTear, John, Gardener, Monteeito, Calif.
(Some plants cult, in Calif.)
Meehan, Thos., Nurseryman, Germantown, Pa.
(The article "Horticulture.")
Meriam, Dr. Horatio C, Salem, Mass. (Peeonia.
Papaver.)
Miller, E. S., Specialist in bulbs. Floral Park,
L. I. (Many articles on bxdbs.)
COLLABORATORS
Moon, Wm. H., Nurseryman, Morrisville, Pa.
(Pennsylvania.)
MooRHEAD, James R. , Specialist in Cacti, Cactus
Farm, Moorhead, Tex. (Cacti.)
Moses, Wallace B., Fruit-grower, West Palm
Beach, Fla. (Orange. Pineapple.)
MuDGE, W. S., Hartland, N. Y. (Mtiskmelon.)
I^ANZ & Neuner, Florists, seedsmen, and nur-
serymen, Louisville, Ky. (Eentiicki/.)
Nash, Geo. V., Asst. N. Y. Bot. Garden, Bronx
Park, N. Y. (Genera of grasses.)
Nickels, Miss Anna B., Specialist in Cacti,
Laredo, Tex. (Certain genera of Cacti.)
Ohmer, Nicholas, Fruit-grower, Dayton, Ohio.
(Ohio.)
Parsons, Samuel B., Nurseryman, Flushing,
L. I. (The articles "Horticulture" and "Po-
mology."
Pendergast, W. W., Pres. Minn. Hort. Soc,
Hutchinson, Minn. (Minnesota.)
Pericat, Alphonse, Gardener, West Philadel-
phia, Pa. (Lwliocattleya.)
PiERSON, F. E., Nurseryman, Tarrytown-on-
Hudson, N. Y. (Bulbs.)
Ragan, W. H., Div. of Pomology, Dept. of Agric,
Washington, D. C. (Indiana.)
Rea, Frederic J., Nurseryman, Norwood, Mass.
(Polemonium.)
Rebmann, Jeremiah, Lincoln, Nebr. (Philippine
Islands.)
BiDER, Prof. A. J., Philadelphia, Pa. (Cranberry.)
Robinson, Prof. B. L., Curator Gray Herbarium
of Harvard Univ., Cambridge, Mass. (Various
articles on native plants.)
Robinson, John, Author of " Ferns in their Homes
and Ours," Salem, Mass. (Several articles on
ferns.)
Bock, John, Fruit-grower, Niles, Calif. (Plum.
Prune.)
Boss, J. J., Fruit-grower, Seaford, Del. (Peach.)
Sander & Co. (A. Dimmock, Agent), New York,
N. Y. (Recent importations, particularly or-
chids and palms.)
Sandiford, Robert, Specialist in pelargoniums,
Mansfield, Ohio. (Pelargonium.)
Schdltheis, Anton, Florist, College Point, N. Y.
( Woody plants from Australia and the Cape, as
Erica. )
ScooN, C. K., Fruit-grower, Geneva, N. Y.
(Cherry.)
Scribner, F. Lamson, Agrostologist, Dept. of
Agric, Washington, D.C. (Genera of grasses.)
Sears, Prof. F. C, School of Horticulture,
Wolfville, Nova Scotia. (Canada.)
Shady Hill Nursert Co., Boston, Mass.
(Herbaceous perennials.)
Shaw, Thos., Prof, of Animal Husbandry, Univ. of
Minn., Minneapolis, Minn. (Medicago. Meli-
lotus.)
Shinn, J. C, Fruit-grower, Niles, Calif. (Penr.)
Sievers, John H., Specialist in pelargoniums,
San Francisco, Calif. (Pelargonium.)
Slaymaker, a. W., Fruit-grower, Camden, Del.
(Delaware.)
Small, JohnK., N. Y. Botanical Garden, Bronx
Park, N. Y. (Polygonum.)
Soltav, Chris., Grower of pansy seed, Jersey
City, N. J. (Pansy.)
Stanton, Geo., Ginseng specialist. Summit,
N. Y. (Ginseng.)
Steele, W. C, Horticulturist, Switzerland, Fla.
(Orange, etc.)
Storrs & Harrison, Nurserymen, Painesville,
Ohio. (Farious plants.)
Sturtevant, Edmund D., Specialist in aquatics,
Station E., Los Angeles, Calif. (Aquatics.)
Suzuki & Iida, Yokohama Nursery Co., New
Y^ork, N. Y. (Japanese plants.)
Thompson, Mrs. J. S. R., Spartanburg, S. C.
(Perfumery Gardening.)
Thurlow, T. C, Nurseryman and specialist in
pseonies. West Newbury, Mass. (Pceonia.)
Todd, Frederick G., Landscape architect, Mon-
treal, P. Q. (Hardy trees and shrubs.)
Troth, Henry, Photographer of plants and
landscapes, Philadelphia, Pa. ( Photography.)
Vick's Sons, James, Seedsmen, Rochester, N. Y.
( Various plants.)
Webb, Prof. Wesley, Dover, Del. (Delaware.)
Wedge, Clarence, Fruit-grower, Albert Lea,
Minn. (Minnesota.)
Whilldin Pottery Co., Philadelphia, Pa. (Pots.)
White, J. J., Cranberry-grower, New Lisbon,
N. J. (Cranberry.)
Willard, S. D., Nurseryman, Geneva, N. Y.
(Important fruits, as Cherry. )
Wittbold Co., The Geo., Florists, Chicago, 111.
(Palms and ferns. Nephrolepis mttbnidi.)
Young, B. M., Specialist in nut culture, Morgan
City, La. (Pecan.)
ABBREVIATIONS
J. OF GENERAL EXPRESSIONS
cult cultivated, etc.
diam diameter
E east.
ft feet.
in inches
JV north.
;S south.
trap tropics, tropical.
W west.
II. OF BOTANICAL TERMS
fl flower.
fls flowers.
Jill flowered.
fr fruit.
/( height.
//. leaf.
tfi leaflet.
h-s leaves.
St stem.
sts stems.
syn synonym.
var variety.
///. OF BOOKS AND PERIODICALS
To aid the student in the verification of the
work, and to introduce him to the literature of the
various subjects, citations are made to the por-
traits of plants in the leading periodicals to
which the American is most likely to have access.
These references to pictures have been verified as
far as possible, both in the MS. and in the proof.
A uniform method of citation is much to be de-
sired, but is extremely difiieult, because periodi-
cals rarely agree in methods. With great reluc-
tance it was decided to omit the year in most
cases, because of the pressure for space, but the
student who lacks access to the original volumes
may generally ascertain the year by consulting the
bibliographical notes below.
An arbitrary and brief method of citation has
been chosen. At the outset it seemed best to indi-
cate whether the cited picture is colored or not.
This accounts for the two ways of citing certain
publications containing both kinds of pictures,
as The Garden, Eevue Hortieole, and Gartenflora.
The figures given below explain the method of
citation, and incidentally give some hints as to
the number of volumes to date, and of the number
of pages or plates iu one of the latest volumes.
A few works of the greatest importance are
mentioned elsewhere by way of acknowledgment
(p. xv). The standard works on the bibliography
of botany are Pritzel's Thesaurus and Jackson's
Guide to the Literature of Botany ; also, Jackson's
Catalogue of the Library of the Royal Botanic
Gardens, Kew.
A.F. . . . The American Florist. Chicago. A trade
paper founded August 15, 1885. The vol-
umes eud with July. Many pictures re-
peated iu"Gng." (14: 1524^vol. and page.)
A.G. . . . American Gardening. New York. Represents
14 extinct horticultural periodicals, includ-
ing The American G.irden (1888-1890).
Founded 1879(?) (20:89G=vol. and page.)
B The Botanist. Edited by Maund. No years
on title pages. Founded 1839. 8 vols.,
50 colored plates in each vol. (8:400=
vol. and col. plate.) Cumulative index.
B.B. . . . Brltton & Brown. An illustrated Flora of
the Northern U. S., etc. New York.
1896-1898. (3:588=vol. and page.)
B.F. . . . See F.
B.H. ... La Belgique Hortieole. Ghent. 35 vols.
(1851-1885.)
B.M. . . . Curtis' Botanical Magazine. London.
Founded 1787. The oldest current peri-
odical devoted to garden plants. The
vol. for 1899 is vol. 125 of the whole
work. Index to first 107 volumes by E.
Tonks. London. (7C90=ool. plate.)
B.R. . . . Botanical Register (1815-1847). Vols. 1-14
edited by Edwards: vols. 15-33 by Lind-
ley. In vols. 1-23 the plates are num-
bered from 1-2014. In vols. 24-33 they
are numbered independently in each vol.
There are 688 plates in vols. 24-33. "An
Appendix to the First Twenty-three Vol-
umes" (bound separately or with the
25th vol.) contains an index to the first
23 vols. An index to vols. 24-31 may bo
found in vol. 31. (33:70=vol. and col.
plate.)
D Dana. How to Know the Wild Flowers.
New York. 1893. (298=page.)
Em. . . . Emerson, G. B. Trees and Shrubs of Mas-
sachusetts. Boston. 2 vols. 149 plates.
F The Florist. London. 1840-1884. (1884:
192=year and page pp. col. plate. ) Editors
and title pages changed many times.
Known as the Florist, Florist's Journal
and Florist and Pomologist. Sometimes
improperly called British Florist.
F.C. . . . Floral Cabinet. Knowles & Westcott. Lon-
don. 1837-1840. (3:137 vol. and coL
plate).
V)
ABBREVIATIONS
F.E. . . . The Florists' Exchange. New York. A
trade paper, whose pictures sometimes
are repeated in "A.G." Founded Dec. 8,
1888. ( 11 : 1298=Tol. and page. )
F.J. ... See F.
F.M. . . . Floral Magazine. London. Series I. 1861-
1871, 8vo. Series II. 1872-1881, 4to.
(1881:450=year and col. plate.)
P.P. ... See F.
F.R. . . . Florists' Review. Chicago. A trade paper.
Vol. 1, Dec. 2, 1897, to May 20, 1898. Two
vols, a year. (4:660=vol. and page.)
F. S. . . .Flore des Serres. Ghent. (1845-1880.)
Inconsistent in numbering, but the plate
numbers are always found on the plate
itself or on the page opposite. Valuable
but perplexing indexes in vols. 15 and 19.
(23:2481=vol. and col. plate.)
G. C. . . . The Gardeners' Chronicle. London. Se-
ries I. (1841-1873) is cited by year and
page. Series II. or "New Series » (1874-
1886), is cited thus: II. 26:824=series,
volume and page. Series III. is cited
thus: III. 2G:416. Two vols, a year, be-
ginning 1874, A select index is scattered
through 1879 andj 1880. Consult II.
12:viii (1879), and similar places in sub-
sequent vols.
G. F. . . . Garden and Forest. New York. 1888-1897.
(10:518= vol. and page.)
G.M. . . . Gardeners' Magazine. London. Ed. by
Shirley Hibberd. Founded 1860. Vols.
31^2 are cited. (42:872=vol. and page.)
Gn. . . . The Garden. London. Founded 1871. Two
vols, a year. (56:1254=vol. and col.
plate. 56, p. 458=vol. and page contain-
ing black figure.) An Index of the first
20 vols, was separately published. Com-
plete Index of Colored Plates to end of
1897 in vol. 54, p. 334.
Gng. . . . Gardening. Chicago. Founded Sept. 15,
1892. Vols, end Sept. 1. (7:384=vol.
and page.)
Gt Gartenflora. Berlin. Pounded 1852. (Gt.
48: 1470= vol. and col. plate. Gt. 48, p.
070=vol. and page containing black
figure.)
G.W.F. . . Goodale's Wild Flowers of America. Bos-
ton, 1886. (50=col. plate.)
HBK. . . Humboldt, Bonpland & Kunth. Nova
Genera et Species, etc. Paris. 1815-25.
7 vols. Folio.
I.H. . . . L'llIustrationHorticole. Ghent. (1854-1896.)
(43:72=vol. and col. plate.) The volumes
were numbered continuously, but there
were 6 series. Series I.=1854-63. Se-
ries II.=1864-69. Series III.=1870-80.
Series IV. = 1881-86. Series V. = 1887-
93. Series VI. =1894-96. The plates
were numbered continuously in the first
16 vols, from 1 to 614: in vols. 17-33
they run from 1 to 619: in series V. from
1 to 190: in Series VI. they begin anew
with each vol. Valuable indexes in vols.
10 and 20. Series V. in 4to, the rest 8vo.
J.H. . . . Journal of Horticulture. London. Founded
in 1848 as The Cottage Gardener. Series
III. only is cited, beginning 1880. (III.
39;504=series, vol., page.)
,», Additional abbreviations and explanations u
K.W. . . .See F. C.
L In vol. 1 of this work, sometimes means
Lindenia, sometimes Lowe's Beautiful
Leaved Plants. See " Lind . " and " Lowe. "
L.B.C. . . The Botanical Cabinet. Loddiges. 1817-
33. 100 plates in each vol. Complete
index in last vol. (20: 2000= vol. and col.
plate.)
Lind. . . . Lindenia, Ghent. Founded 1885. Folio.
Devoted to orchids.
Lowe . . . Beautiful Leaved Plants. E. J. Lowe and
Howard. London. 1864. (60=col. plate.?
M A. B. Freeman-Mitford. The Bamboo Gar-
den. London. 1896. (224=page.)
M.D.G. . . Moller's Deutsche Gartner-Zeitung. Erfurt.
Foundedl886. (1897:425=yearand page.)
Mn. . . . Meehan's Monthly. Germantown, Phila-
delphia. Founded 1891. (9: 192 = vol.
and page opposite col. plate.)
N Nicholson. Dictionary of Gardening. Vols.
1-1 (1884-1887). Vol. 5 in preparation.
P.F.G. . . Lindley & Paxton. Flower Garden. Lon-
don. 1851-53. 3 vols. 4to.
P.G. . . . Popular Gardening. Buffalo. 1885-90.
(5:270=vol. and page.)
P.M. . . . Paxton's Magazine of Botany. London.
1834-49. 1(16:376 = vol. and page oppo-
site col. plate.) Vol. 15 has index of first
15 vols.
R Reichenbachia. Ed. by Fred. Sander. Lon-
don. Founded 1886. Folio.
R.B. . . . Revue de I'Horticulture Beige et EtrangJre
Ghent. Pounded 1875? (23:288=vol. and
page opposite col. plate. ) In the first vol. of
the Cyclopedia "R.B." sometimes means
Belgique Horticole, but the confusion is
corrected in later vols., where Belgique
Horticole is abbreviated to "B.H."
R.H. . . . Revue Horticole. Dates from 182S, but
is now considered to have been founded in
1829. ( 1899 :596=year and page opposite
col. plate. 1899, p. 596=year and page
opposite black figure.)
S Schneider. The Book of Choice Ferns.
London. In 3 vols. Vol. 1,1892. Vol.2,
1893.
S.B.F.G. . Sweet British Flower Garden. London.
Series I., 1823-29, 3 vols. Series II.,
1831-38, 4 vols.
S.H. . . . Seraaine Horticole. Ghent. Founded 1897.
(3:548=year and page.)
S.M. . . . Semaine Horticole. Erroneously cited in
this fashion a few times in first vol.
S.S. . . . Sargent. The Silva of North America.
13 vols. Vol. 1, 1891. Vol. 12, 1898.
(r2:G20=vol. and plate, not colored.)
S.Z. . . . Siebold & Zuccarini. Flora Japonica. Vol.
1, 1835-44. Vol. 2 by Miquel, 1870.
(2;150=vol. and plate.)
V. or V. M. Vick's Magazine. Rochester, N. Y. Founded
1878. Vols. numbered continuously
through the 3 series. Vols, begin with
Nov. (23:250=vol. and page.) Some-
times cited as "Vick."
II be found in the introductory pages of Vol. I,
Cyclopedia of American Horticulture
NABALUS. See Pi-fiHinlhes.
UaiGfiLIA ^Karl von Nsegeli, late professor of bot-
any at Munich). Gesnericew. About half a dozen
tropical American herbs allied to Achimenes, but the
fls. arranged alternatflv in a leaHess terminal panicle
(in Achimenes tli.- il-, .u. ,r^il^.|■^l. Hrraus.' .if the
panioled flowers, X,i J ' ■ -t. ■ ■ -. .irnjiiMiiial plants.
They are warmli'iu-. -i.i ■ i^ • -;■ (.'.iini- l.y -ti.l..iis
or offsets. In Clllfu.i. ui. |. :.::•:- :iri ..fictn r- .■allf.i
Gesnerias than X^eK'-li-i». I.ui ili., a-- -i; ■• im' a: -lual
from that genus in usually liavini; aa af r a u -a lani:-
like disk at the base of the corolla. I ;f I ; la . .].lv
lobed disk. Tubers usually none. N ii/e
■with other Gesnerias. One hybrid laa i~ I a ., ,, ms
NiPgelio-Achimenes and another (F.S. lii:!ls7-8) as
Mandirola. L_ jj_ B_
In general, the cultural methods given under Ges-
in the pots in wiiirli tliry lia\c lain -'..a a li I- a laid
Na?gelia Imllis sImm
the benches. Kee
them occasionally.
A. Fls. nearly i
T. D. Hatfield.
cinnabarina. Lind. {Gesneria ciunabarina, Lind.)
Fine winter-blooming plant, lK-2 ft. tall, soft-hairy
Ivs. round-ovate and cordate, crenate-dentate, tbickisli
gl-ean. witli red .,r purplish hairs: ds. about I'j in
.JI. 5030. Lowe, 33.
AA. Fls. orange-scarlet
towards tlie base, wheiaat., tl,ei aiv liii.la.u- ..r ..w„ll. i.
to the very base in S. ci,iiiabari,ia. Brazil. B.JI.
39t0. B.R." 28:10. P.M. 271. -A fine plant, of which
there are several forms. The commonest species.
N:iines belonging here are Gesneria regal is and
G. splendens.
achimenoldes. Hort. Hybrid of JV. zebrina and
Achimenes or Gloxinia (said to be with A. glox-
iniwflora): fls. very large (often 2 in. long), yel-
lowish rose on the outside, yellow and rose-
spotted on the inside, the segments clear rose.
AAA. Fls. wliite, cream color or rose.
amlbilis, Decne. (X »«HHi7Mra, Hook.). Fls. white
or cream color, numerous, hanging, the tube curved
and not much swollen, the obtuse lobes subequal:
plant bearing long, glandular hairs in addition to the
velvety covering: otherwise much like .V. zt'l>i-i)in.
Mex. B.M. 5083. F.S. 12:1192 | as J - /, ,. I.Va,,,-
na]amabilis). G.C. HI. 22:413.-Tla a. ,, a f
this species is usually held to be II .; , i - \ ,. . /,-
«o»a, which dates from 1858: but Deaai-a. - \ , a,aa/,-
iVis, or X. amabilis, Hort., is older.
hyacinthina, Oarr. Of horticultural origin, probably
a hvbrid: fls. white or rose, in a very compact pyra-
midal panicle. R.H. 1877:29.
plant, allied to X. zebrina.
sceptre corail, Carr. Fls. ms. . _ .._
red, yellow-spotted inside. R.H. 1869. ^. ..„ ,.„„ ._„.
For niotures of varieties and hybrids, see F.S. 16:107
(. 2:pl. 4. for April.— A'.
open pauifde, einnaOar-
col. plate.
NaiGELIO-ACHIMENES is a trade name mentioned
inder Xiegeliu.
NARDlNA (Japane.se name). BerberidAcew.
small, tender shrub, with bright red or white berri
said to be cult, in everv little garden
many simple
which are bra
nated with a i
of a pea."— H,
ger. Thef..li:
lapan.. "At a
reed-like appearance,
) from the same root,
p onlv, and are termi-
f red l.erries the size
This shrub is rarel
grown plants or se
dealers. The seed-
shape, being convex
'. genus contains but one species
grown North under glass. Pot-
is are procurable from Japanese
are said to be of an uncommon
Q one side and concave on the other.
It is the only (
growing shrub in the barberry family outside of Berberis.
It agrees with the common barberries in having 0 stamens
and an indehiscent berry, but the fls. are dift'erently
. PseudoN,
N. poeticus.
colored and the sepals more numerous. There are about 6
petals, but the numerous sepals gradually pass into petals,
the outer ones being small, green and leathery, the iuner
larger and whiter. Ovules 2, ascending from the base.
dom«stica. Thunb. Described above. Lfts. entire
Japan and China. B.M. 1109. Gn. 2.1, p. 329; ,58 p 1!
W. M.
IVandina (lomestii-a is an old favorite in S. Calif..
.nn<l iii.-iny fair-siz.il specimens may be seen, though 8
tt. In-li IS the laiL'.st the writer can call to mind now.
( It l:iti> ycrirs tli.- sal.- iif Nandina has been very slight,
as It IS i„,t v.iy .l.snuiile, except for its general effect
as :i shrul). uud it take.s some years to make a show.
Many faster growers and better bloomers have taken
Its place. It does not produce sufficient foliage; the
stem is always bare, leaving an indistinct whorl of Ivs
at the extreme top. The fls. are inconspiciKuis It is of
easy culture, and does best in a positi,,!, sIimiI.,! from
the sun during the hotter part of tli,. ,i:i\ ' it stools
very freely, and for this reason is ~,,iii,-m i^ii ns.-ii in
shrubberies, where its otherwise iiak.-.] si,.,,is would
render it valueless. r.„ „
Ernest Bkai-.n-ton.
NAP0LE6NA (after Napoleon Bonaparte). Mi/rtd-
Cfte. ^apoleona imperialis is a truly imperial plant
and worthy of being named after the distinguished
military leader. It is a tropical African tree, with
flowers that at once suggest a royal crown. They look
sotnethmg like a gorgeous passion flower, with equally
rich though different coloring, and the same sinipli"-
city and symmetry of design expressed in the same
rich multiplicity of detail. Thev are shaped like a
saucer, about 2 inches In diameter, and the dominant
color IS apricot. Inside the saucer are two crowns oni-
within the other, the inm-r ..m- siiiall.r The rim of
the saucer is broken up inu, al..iut .;:, lihiiit teeth all
regular and formal, each on.' with a plan running down
the back to the center of fli. -anr, r. and t-ac'h tooth mi-
nutely serrate aronii.l i?- mir n, i,, th.- l.,>ttoni of the
saucer is acircular i, ,, :, , „ tl,r,,„ls, all of equal
length and fln.i,. . ,, , i,,,,,, the l,ase of the
largercrown. 'ri, _ ■;: ~|. laved against a rich
dark red backgrniiML .',i.i,lj nmtates in outline the
toothed rim of the saucer, and colors perhaps three-
lourttis ot the bottom of the saucer. In the Flora of
Tropical Africa the fls. are said to be red, white or blue
Elsewhere it is stated that the fls. turn bluish as thev
decay. This interesting tree seems never to have beeii
offered in America, but is probably procuralile from
Europe. B.M. 4387. G.C. 1844:780. R.H. 18.53, p. 301.
NARCISSUS
,ii'^^*'^^^?u^ '?''' °^""'' *'^0"ght by some to be de-
rived trom the story of the youth Narcissus and hv
others from the Greek word for narcotic, in allusion to
the narcotic-poisonous properties of the nlant I Amn
ryliiddc.a! Plate XX. Pigs. 145.5-1462. Narcissi are
amongst the choicest of hardy spring.flowerin| plants
They have long been favorites. In recent years some of
the species have come into prominence as subieets for
winter torcing Bakei m his Handbook of the Amarvl-
Iide* 1888 reduces the species to 16 but girden au-
thors usuallv recognize thriie that many Thev are
mostly native to southwestern Europe and the Medi-
terranean region The peculiar characteristic of the
ttoaro'f'the", izrz:\: zzu z'^'uiit'^ri l\
u"'i"ill\ "i ^ 1 I ir III I ,ir\ spathe,
' I ' II 111 I I] 1 bulbs tuni-
' " ' ' I Ilk 1 1 ,1 tr a thin dehis-
' ' iiriiii_iii iil\ ^i I 111 irorangularseeds:
, ' " '"lliki ipi irii)„ with the flowers.
; ' ' I "<>~ ' '" iiiui^ huil.s most of them per-
'■^ " V' '""'<■ "orthern states and capable of beins
naturalised in cool and grass, plaies Some of thi
species are popular bulbs for winter forcing The eenus
includes the DatTodils (Daffy down dillies, and lonquils
known "t^ Illn""" '^""T"'^ species biit they are littl '
hs nearh t ||,
JV se,ol,„„ ( 1,11 I 11, „
Ivs nearh ti i eti ind ajipear
ingafterthefls N elegant
Spach greenish white with
yellow corona the Ivs ap
pearing with the fls Many
of the garden Narcissi are
h\lirids Some students sup
posr th It some of the r
lutunin bloomers are of 3
iusb fls green throughout,
appearing with the fls. ;
1456. Narcissus incomparabilis.
Corona shorter than usual, a shows the eoroi
ovary: 6, the spathe. Natural size.
1057
ognized species (as ^V. incomparahlUs and X. nttnrifs)
are hybrids. See Euglelieart, Jouru. Kuy. Hort. Soc.
17, p. 35.
The word Daffodil is variously used. In this country
it means usually the full double forms of JV. Pseudo-
narcissus, plauts which are very common in old gar-
dens. Modern named varic'tiis >,( tiiis l):iirndil type are
Van Siou and Bip Van Winkic In I:ii:;Imih1, however,
Daffodil is a more general tcnu. u^i il r..r most species
except the Poet's Narcissus (.V. /„„nriix].
There are numberless forms of garden Narcissi.
Some of these are hybrids and others are direct varia-
tions from the pure or original species. Many of these
forms bear Latin names, as if they were species, and
thereby confusion often arises. The most serviceable
classification is based on the size and sha])e of the crown
or corona. Baker recognizes three great sections, which
are followed below. The standard works on the Narcis-
sus in English are Burbidge's " The Narcissus," with
many colored plates, and Peter Barr's " Ve Narcissus or
Daffodyl Flowre, and hys Roots." Haworth wrote a
Monograph of Narcissi in 1831, in which he made 16
genera of the plants which are now referred to Narcis-
sus. For 300 years and more, some of the species have
been known as cultivated plants. In the following ac-
count, the main or stem species are given ; and the
most common trade and class names are given in an
introductory paragraph, with notes as to their botanical
positions.
Following are the common and important Latin-
form trade names (see the main list, below) : Albicans,
a form of N. Pseudo-Narcissus, var. moschatus, the
segments white and the corona primrose, changing
to white. — J.;Vij- is an old generic name for N. Pseudo-
Narcissus; this species is now sometimes called the
Ajax Narcissus. — Backhousei (Pseudo-Narcissus x
incoraparabilis) has single horizontal yellow flowers
with tube nearly equaling the segments. — Barrii
fpoeticus X Pseudo-Narcissus or incomparabilis x poet-
icus), of the medium-crowned section, has yellow hori-
zontal lis. with long, slender n<'«-k : "c<»vfrs a series of
forms intennediate between inc-.iiiiii:ir:il.i Ij-^ and poeti-
cus, nearer thi- former than (In h.ti.r iHakcr); Fig.
U:,l.~Ber,u,r,li is like N. .Ahi.lraii, liiil u ith a more
plicate and deeper-coU
Daffodils are N. Tazetta
parabilis X poeticus, in a
of N. poeticus, with a
white segments and a ve
-/"/«!
ba.
Narrissus var. ni..s,-hai us. with
white rt.; e:a-\y.-C,>rbularia Nan
bocodium forms. Corbularia is an old generic
for this species. — Ci/c;a»»»eHS (B.M. 6950) is
species of N. Pseudo-Narcissus, with
a dro"ping fl with lemon
ments md orange crenate
■Flat leaied Van it
various forms of \ Pseudo
uly whitish bi-
■ a double form,
of N. Pseudo-
ooping, silvery
e popular hybrids.
1458.
Sinele Trumpet Daffodil-
N. Pseudo-Narcissus.
(XVJ.)
With long, straight cup (often equaling the segments,
but variable m size). -Leedsii (probably poculiformis
X incomparabilis) has slender-tubed horizontal or
drooping fls. with white segments and yellow to
whitish corona ; one of the medium-crowned kinds-
Baker mentions a var. Leedsii of N. incomparabilis
with yellow fls. and orange-red rim to the corona. -
Let' /i'y=N Pseudo-Narcissus. — Xodw/aWiiji is a
confused nanu usually applied to the deep yellow dou-
ble Daffodil N Pseudo-Narcissus. -ioj-iYoijMJ! desig-
nates forms ot N Pseudo-Narcissus.-iii«j7amcHs is a
name for a bicolor N.
Pseudo-Narcissus. -J/rt-
cleaii (probably Pseudo-
Narcissus X Tazetta) is
a 1- to 2-fld. plant of
stout growth, bearing
horizontal short -tubed
fls. with white segments
rona half or more the
lemrth ot the lobes. B.
M. ■!:•»». B.B. 12:987.-
Miijnr (N. major. Curt;
B.M. .=11) is a form of N.
Pseudo-Narcissus, very
rnhust, with deep golden
yellow flower.- Master-
sianas is a hybrid of N.
Tazetta and N. poculi-
formis. — Jffflarimus is a
large - fld. form of N
Pseudo - Narcissus with
1058
NARCISSUS
yellow flo
Pbtu.i.. N
Lmn 1 .
-jWihieii InbrifiofN i
in oi 1
yelluH
(Ajax,„i
with mil
NARCISSUS
T,hnnn,„ui phvi,': is
1459. Paper White Narci
Straight corona about half the length of the segments;
origin doubtful : by some regarded as a hybrid and by
others as a native of the Pyrenees. Princeps, sulfur-
yellow and yellow-crowned, a form of the N. Pseudo-
Narcis.sus tjpe. — Queltia is an old generic name to dis-
tinguish the group comprising N. incomparabilis.—
Rip Van Winkle is a double variety of N. Pseudo-
Narcissus.— iJowioM Narcissiix is a name for double-
fld. N. Tazetta, white with oranire .uii. - /i'».;/7../w,n.
large-fld. pale yellow variety of N. r-cii.l.. N,iiri~
sns. — Scoficus, N. Pseudo-Narcissus wifli -ic.p ycll.iw
corona and whitish segments: known :is Srot.li (lar
land Lily. — Sir Watkin or giganteus is a very large-
fld. form of N. incomparabilis. — iSpMriMs, a yellow N.
Pseudo-Narcissus, a subform of var. major. — Te/nmo-
nius, a yellow N. Pseudo-Narcissus, usually known
2. Pseddo-Narcissus, Linn. Common Daffodil.
Tklmfet Uaff(ii)il. Lent Lilt. Fig. 1458. Strong
plant, 12-18 in. tall, with bulb l'4-2 in; in diam. : Ivs.
narrow but flat, erect, u,su:i I ly :ili.iut rca.hiiii; tin- l>los-
soms: fl. about 2 in. long, Imn/i-uiai i,\- .iNcriHiini:. I'ale
yellow, the segments and i-cumili usualh "t .liti.rrrit
shades, the corona di-.'|ily .■,■,,, air- ,,,■ ainMi-i ,r. ,,air^
fimbriate, more or I.-- il:. -•. , - n . i - ,i! . i . I n. ar
the base of the pcriai ■' ' • [ ; ~ : : i In-
land to Spain ami \ ; : : . I ' - ■ , m
size, shape and col'^i ;,,_' -, 1 ;.. ,1-1.-
forms (Common Daliail, :ii ..liaii ;!.i i.ua.a a:.^ap
pears as a separate body, and .siii-'criiuiueniry segments
are present. It is one of the hardiest and commonest of
Narcissi.
This species is the Trumpet Narcissus, so named
from the long corona. The normal forms are Yellow
Tr iiiii|M ts. but the Bicolor Trumpet, var. bicolor, Hort.
.V. '>lr,,/or, Linn.), has pure white segments and yel-
low .■.iioiia. To this variety Baker refers iV. hriviflos.
Haw. iI-.M. 11S71. and '.V. Ihh-slieldii, Burb. The
Whir. Iriniii.tt- .ire var. mosch^tUB, Hort. (N. mos-
I'hite
ilEi 11 I (_ 1 «SFD species:
I 1 If a I itl of the seg-
Forms of N tr andnis may
Small
iitk I
about e | 1
r ascend]
I 111 cup shaped creuulal
France and south — A cl
ntU
1059
1460. The JonQuil— Narcissus Junquilla (
diam., the Ivs. few, very slender and semi-cylindrical
and not overtopping the blossoms; fls. 1-several, h(pri-
zontal or drooping, an inch long, both the lanceolate
segments and the entire cup-shaped corona pure white
in the type ; stamens sometimes a little exserted.
Spain and Portugal,
Var. oalathinus {JV. calamnus, Red., Burbidge, etc.,
not Ker-Gawl). Corona larger, nearly or quite as lonir
as the segments, the flower pale yellow. Island of Brit-
tany.
BB. Segments oblong or broader, spreading,
r. Lrs. flat {hut narroiv) and glaucous.
i. incomparabilis, Mill. Figs. 1456. Strong fine
species, with laiKi- Imll) {1% in. in diam.) and 3-5 Iv.s.,
which are marly iir .|uite the length (1 ft. long) of the
distinctly 2-edgeil scape: fl. always one, not fratrraiit.
horizontal or somewhat ascending, on a very sliitrt jicdi-
cel, the tube usually greenish, the segments and ci r-
nate-plicate corona pale yellow in the type (but vaiyiiiL.-
to other color combinations t. the stamens nut exserted.
S.France and Spain te the Tyn.l. B.M. 121. -dn. ..f
the commonest s|M-ei.-s in c-nil.. the lU. ntien :;-( in.
across. Double f.n-nis are fi, qu.ui. Var. albus, 11,. rf..
has white fls., w f, tbe cn.na usnally ,.ale yellewish,
Var. aurdntia, Hort., has the corona orange at the top.
c. Lrs. U
and channelled, green.
. half the width (H in.) of those
he bnlh nearly nr iinite as large.
of iV. i„r„,„,n,,:r;il
the pe.lin..-i.' t, r. r v.-ry nearly s,,: fi^. abeut 2
(SOmetiTHi- I ! ; I I ■ I . I he 111 he niefe ^lenl|l•l■ tliail lu
JV. incn,.,; ■ ., '!i- r.ir.ina s,,„,eHi,at Mualler,
thefl. bri-hi ^. lh.^^ ihiv.n-hont. France and Spain and
eastward. B.M. !W4 (as.V. calathinus).-A good hardy
species, differing from X. incomparabilis chiefly in its
narrow leaves, 2 or more blossoms to a peduncle, fls.
fragrant.
Parmcorovati or Small Crowned specui
en, on I u-,ualhi much las than half the hnr/th
of the scjiniiit'i mostly saucti •shaped
Coiona soft and uniform m textutt lis
moic bioad, flat ^omeuJiat glaucoiti
Tazetta I t Poltanthis N\R(Issi.s Fig
' '/
\11 this
mass
of ^
grouped
unlet
ne specific type
ho«
1
t,nizable
1 \ th
dl crowned
1 1
lis The
1 k
1 li
r„fl> 1
ncol
I d,l.
1 in
i/e 1 lis Baker
*' 'i
1
anth
white and the corona yel
1 n
/ '
tl
I M
II
t be
pla.
i1 ni
1
1 1
ed /
1
thei
lo, Corcxj.enus,
It IS probable
/ Linn
1 1 h Baker
/ (^ , It IS
k
1
onentalis
II
// ( tlT
rt
1
II
ngs the Paper
\\ hlte
Aer\ populit
1
1
1 1
Here are to be
refetred the ni
ues /
1
/
^zianus dubiwi,.
C ma
1 HMS pn
hyt 1
1
/
n
c I
itece entir
efl ^e
llo«
Her
a bell
ng atireus rupu
laris
Bertolom
Itah
LUS
cc Lts '4
.t^tnauvi:,':.;;;!'':;,;.;': '411^
ired tba'n'ihe"s,.^-nM'nls.' S. ^.'if
nee (fl. Known cliiellv as ^-V
)r le^s broad mostly fe>ete 01 ^iibte
rete, not glaucoiib
8. intermedins, Lois. A yellow-fld. species, distin-
guished from JV. Tazetta chiefly by its subterete, deep-
channeled green Ivs., which are only J4 in, wide:
peduncle nearly terete. S.
France and Spain. /(^fi'
0. grAcilis, Sabine. Smaller, _^l; /—-^Mi-y
1 ft. high, the peduncle 2-edged,
the bright green Ivs. 'g in. or
less wide and \er\- e(.n\Mx on , „„
colored
an old garden plant. B.K. 10:
in. Jonqtiilla, Linn. .Jonqiil.
VK'i. UC.n. Very slender and
irraei-fiil |il:uit. !'._■ ft. or less
tall, til.- Ivs. an.l |.eilnncle about
.•.|ual in li.'i^'ht. till- Ivs. glossy
grant, the sl.-n.l.-r i-ylin.lri.-al tnln
an inch or less h.ni.'. ih.- -.-^ nl
scarcely overl.-ii.i.iin;, iln- .-.-r..].:. v.-ry sle.rt ( '« in. or
less long), crenate. the s:iii .h.r as tin- s>-i;ments. S.
Eu. and Algeria. B.M. l."..-Oue of the old-fashioned
fls., perfectly hardy iu N. Y
BB. Corona with a prominently hardened or dry
rim : Ivs. broad.
11. MfldruB, Curt. Primrose Peerless. Strong
species, with bulb 2 in. or less in diam. : Ivs. 1-2 ft.
long and nearly or quite K in. broad, and slightly glau-
cous, usually equaling and sometimes exceeding the
fls. 2-f), fra-
and
1060
NARCISSU:
stout 2-e<igeil peduncle: fls. 1-3, usually 2, white, with
a pale yellow cup, the tube greenish white and 1 In.
long, the segments broad-obovate and overlapping, the
corona % in. long, with a crisped edge. Var. &Ibus has
white fls. S. Eu. B.M. 197. -This plant has a wide
range in the wild state, but some persons regard it as
a hybrid of JV. Tazetta and N. poeticiis. Apparently
little known in this country.
12. posticus, Linn. Pheasant's Eve. Figs. 1461, 1462.
Strong-growing species, sometimes 1% ft. high, the bulb
about 1 in. thick, the Ivs. equaling or exceeding the 2-
edged peduncle and K in. broad, somewhat glaucous:
-"^
1462. Double White Narcissus— N.
a form of N.
fl. solitary (rarely 2). fragrant, wide open, the obovate
overlapping segments white, the very short, yellowish
corona much crisped and red-edged. Mediterranean
region. — An old favorite, recognized bv the red-mar-
gined, short corona. A double form of this (Fig. 1462)
is a pure white, a rare color amongst double narcissi.
Var. radiiJldrus, Burbidge (If. radiifldrus, Salisb.).
More slender and Ivs. narrower: corona narrower and
more erect : segments narrowed below so that they do
not overlap. L H B
Cvlhire of the JVa»rissu». — Narcissi are among the
oldest of cultivated plants, but were much neglected for
many years. During the last two decades there has
spread a renewed interest in the family, with the usual
result in such cases that the habitats have been closely
searched for new forms , and new hybrids have been
raised till we have now a surprising number of beauti-
ful flowers available. Recently many of these have
XAKCISSrS
become so plentiful that they are within reach of the
most impecunious gardener, and there is no reason why
American gardens should not be filled with good collec-
tions of these beautiful flowers, or why florists should
not force a more interesting list. With few exceptions
the Narcissi are hardy and strong-growing under ordi-
nary cultivation. The "bunch-flowered " or Polyanthus
Narcissi and Corbularias are better grown under glass.
The Moschatus varieties, which are white (or properly
sulfur-white) forms, seem to be of rather tender
constitutions in most gardens. Otherwise the Nar-
cissi as a rule succeed in good turfv loam, but no
manure, rotted or otherwise, must touch the bulbs. Of
course drainage should be good, and moisture plentiful
in growing season. In the garden it is well to plant the
bulbs say 6 or 8 inches deep, and 3 inches at most apart,
and allow them to remain till they form strong groups,
or till they show signs of too much exhaustion from
numerous offsets. As decaying foliage is unsightly in
the garden, a good plan is to dress the beds in the fall
with some rich manure, either animal or chemical, and
in early spring start seedlings of annuals to cover the
beds when the Narcissi are through flowering, the
dressing being necessary for the sustenance of the
double crop. Too strong a cultivation of the Narcissi
is not to be recommended, an extra vigor of growth
being detrimental to the purity of the color of the
flowers. If the object is to increase one's stock as
quickly as possible, biennial or even annual lifting and
separation of bulbs is advantageous. For naturalizing
in waste places, in the grass, or near water, many of the
strong-growing kinds will succeed perfectly. What to
select is somewhat experimental for, as every gardener
knows, plants equally hardy and vigorous will not grow
in every garden.
The proper time to plant is in late summer or early
fall, and the Poeticus kinds should not be kept out of
ground longer than possible; knob-like excrescences
at the base of the bulbs indicate that growth is com-
mencing and that planting should not be delayed. AH
Daffodils force easily after being well rooted, and should
be brought on in a moderate temperature, as they are
naturally low temperature plants — so much so, in fact,
that in the open the flowers are very apt to be ruined
under our sunny skies, especially if exposed to drying
winds. A most satisfactory planting of Narcissi for
house decoration is the use of flat lily pots, say 8 inches
ill diameter, placing the bulbs closelv together. The
flowers carry best and k-i. l.-tt-r i* out when half open.
The intending i'i.|l..i... «>ii |h rliaps be confused
when he opens a list . li.s, and it may be
as well to say that :> :. t.i.ucement may be
made by selecting a t. ■^^ -i . ,i. I, .., , ii,.n into which these
are usually divided in good lists, liearing in mind that
price is not an indication of the beauty or usefulness.
As a matter of fact, the lower price is usually an indica-
tion that these are not uncertain and are probably more
valuable in the garden. There are a few forms, such as
N. Horsfieldii, Emperor Maximus, Mrs. J. B. M. Camm,
Stella, and all forms of Poeticus, which no well-consti-
tuted garden should be without, but one can scarcely go
amiss- J. N. Gerard.
In Europe, the Narcissus, next to the tulip, is the
most extensively grown and popular of the spring-flow-
ering bulbs for outdoor culture. Probably owing to
many varieties not proving hardy in our climate of ex-
tremes of temperature, it has never occupied the posi-
tion it deserves in American gardens. Though many
varieties are not hardy here, there are enough that can
be successfully grown to make them among the most
desirable of our spring-flowering bulbs. Though our
hot suns ripen them much faster than in the equable
climate of Britain, still a good selection of varieties
will produce a greater profusion of bloom for a season
of five weeks than any of our bulbous plants.
Most varieties are very accommodating in the matter
of soil, succeeding well in any good garden that is not
very sandy or a stiff clay, but good drainage is always
essential. As they can occupy the same place for five
or six years, it is well tf. prc'pan- the bed bv deep dig-
ging and liberal fertiliziiiir witli w. II rotted 'stable ma-
nure. The bulbs shoulil !>.■ ].laiit.Ml from 4 to 5 inches
deep from the upper end of the bulbs to the surface.
NARCISSUS
and from 4 to 6 inches apart. Those that increase slowly,
as the Trumpet varieties, should be i inches, and the
more vigorous Poeticus and Incomparabilis sorts should
be at least 6 inches apart, as they increase so rapidly
that in five or six years they will occupy the whole
space. No variety should be disturbed till the bulbs
are so crowded that they force themselves to the
In the northern states and Canada plant in Septem-
ber, as soon as the bulbs arrive from Europe, or during
the month of October, not later; after the end of Octo-
ber the bulbs cannot make roots enough before winter
to produce good flowers the following spring. As soon
as the surface of the soil is frozen, cover with strawy
stable manure 4 to 6 inches deep, which should be
raked off and removed as e:irly in the spring as possi-
ble. After flowering, tlie foliage should be allowed to
die naturally e.ich spring; if cut off when green the
bulbs do not ripen properly, and the flowers next sea-
son are inferior in quality ; no seed pods should be
allowed to form. When cutting for house decoration,
cut as soon as the flower bud opens; the flowers last
much longer than if exposed to the sun after opening. If
specimens are to be mailed to a friend, cut before the
bud opens; they will travel much safer, and will open
out perfectly when put into water.
All the Poeticus varieties are perfectly hardy, and
profuse bloomers, except Alba plena odorata, which
cannot stand the hot suns of our average climate, and
which blooms freely only in a cool, wet season. Most
years the flowers are formed, but the spathe does not
open. jY. poeticus, with white perianth and reddish
purple crown, is the sweetest perfumed and freest
bloomer of all Narcissi, and should be in every garden.
Its season is the last half of May. Poeticus ornatus,
not so sweet perfumed, but a larger and showier
flower, has a perianth of the purest white and an orange
crjwn, in bloom the first half of May. Another very
handsome form is biflorus, whiter with pale yellow
croivn, flowers always in pairs, season about the same.
The type Burbidijei and its numerous varieties are all
desirable, but the'aliove three kinds are the best of the
short-crowned section.
The medium-crowned Narcissi, including X. iwnni-
parubilis and the hybrids Jiarri, LeeiJsi, Buiiiri, Xcl-
soni, etc., is the largest of the three sections, many
dealers oflering over one hundred varieties. They are
all, with the possible exception of ^'^. Bumei varieties,
quite hardy and very desirable garden flowers, many of
them increa.sing as rapidly as JY. poeticus. The pre-
vailing color is yellow in varying shades; sometimes
the perianth is white, though "never so pure a color as
iV. poeticus. They vary in size from the dainty little
iV. deedsi elei/ans, white, with a pale yellow crown, to
the Giant Sir Watkin, golden yellow, with a darker
NASTURTIUM
1061
magnificent
1. Otho
coUectioi
Cynosur'
doubles ill r !-
very frc i
tifulof all , .
Thelai-,. 1 1..V
elegant and bi-a
nately they hav
that should be in every
isfactorv sorts are Stella,
d Golden Gem. The best
' doul)le Incomparabilis, a
Imr Phoenix, the most beau-
I r Trurapet Narcissi are the most
ul of all spring flowers . Unfortu-
ot the vigor or adaptability of the
most of them die out after two or
three years' struggling against the unfavorable condi-
tions of our climate; but many of them are so low in
price now that they are well worth a place in the bor-
der even if they have to be replanted every two or three
years. They are divided into three groups: (1) Yel-
low-flowered, in which the perianth and trumpet are
both yellow, though sometimes of different shades. In
this group Obvallaris and Emperor (a large flower)
are quite hardy, while Golden Spur, Henry Irving,
Trumpet major, Trurapet maxiraus, Shirley Hibbard.
Countess of Anncsl.v ami \'<m Sion, all splendid
flowers, bloom will ti'ir liiM spring, indifferently the
second, and genrialh ili.> aftir the third year, except
under very favonilil.- i-oinliti.ins. (2) The Bicolor
group, in which the pi-riautli is white or pale primrose
and the trumpet deei) vellow; among the whites Hors-
fieldii, Grandis and Empress are quite hardy and very
beautiful. The best of the primrose perianths is the
well-known Princeps, so cheap that it should be largely
planted in every garden for cut-flowers. iV. bicolor^
Pse cido-J\'arciss'us Scotticus and Michael Foster are not
quite hardy. (3) The white-flowered. In which both
perianth and trumpet are white, though generally with a
tinge of sulfur. None of this group are quite hardy.
Most of them are too expensive to plant for one season's
bloom, but Moschatus, Moschatus albicans and Pallidus
prwcox are low enough in price to be worth trying. The
well-known double Von Sion, so extensively forced by
florists, is not (luitf hardy in the Canadian garden. It
blooms well till- livst year, and sometimes the second
year. Imt in tin- third or fourth year it turns green in
colar and gra.luallv dies out.
Noni- of till- Polvanthns Narcissus, Jonquils, orHoop-
PetticoatDaHoilils i X. I!nll„„;,dium) are hardy enough
to be worth plaiuiiii.' in tin- colder parts of the northern
states or Canada, uiilrss in vi-ry favorable locations.
Pot CuLTiKK. - All varieties of the Narcissus are
suitable for pot culture. Those of the Poeticus section
require careful handling for success, but all the other
kinds are of the easiest culture. Especially desirable
for their beauty and delicious odor are the Jomiuils,
single and double, Odorus rugulosus and the Polyan-
thus or bunch-flowered Narcissus, the best known of
of which are the Paper White and the so-called Chinese
Sacred Lily.
The large-flowered sorts may be planted three in a
5-inch pot, and the smaller bulbs, as Jonquils and Bul-
bocodiums, five in a 5-inch pot. Set the bulbs with the
neck at the surface. The soil and treatment given
hyacinths will ensure success. If enough are planted
to bring fresh pots forward every two weeks, a contin-
uous succession of bloom can be maintained from
December to May. R. B. Whyte.
NARTH£CITJH (an anagram of Antherieum, from
the Greek Antherikos, supposed to have been the As-
phodel). Lili&cea. Bog-asphodel. About 4 species of
perennial rhizomatous herbs, with linear, equitant basal
Ivs., wiry, erect, simple stem, and terminal racemes
of yellow" fls. Natives of En.. V.. Asia. ,\tlanii.- States
and Calif. Stem 10 in.-2 ft. lii.-li : ^ -. ::-s m. long, 2
lines or less wide: fls. on braiti li ii.daaN: bractlets
linear ; perianth of 6 narrowly laiir,,olat.- si-gments,
reflexed or spreading in fl., soon erect, persistent; sta-
mens 6; anthers 2-celled; stigmas small, terminal and
slightly lobed : seeds numerous, ascending, with a long
bristle-like tail at each end.
Cali{6micum, Baker. Stem 1-2 ft. high: basal Ivs.
lJ^-2 lines broad; cauline Ivs. 2-3 in number, short:
raceme 3-5 in. long, loose: fls. 30-40, yellowish green:
capsules of paper-like texture, slender at top, 3-valved,
when ripe a bright salmon color. Swamps, Calif. Intro-
duced by dealers in native plants in 1888 or 1889.
M. B. CotTLSTOS.
NASEBEEBY. See Sapodilla.
HASTtJETIUM (classical Latin name of some cress,
from jiasHS, nose, and tortus, distortion; referring to
the effect of its pungency upon the nostrils), Vrucif-
erce. This genus includes the familiar Water Cress,
iV", officinale. It is too «, II kiio-Aii to need much de-
scription, and is of ea~ ' ^'.' Cress.) Water
Cress is a hardv, aquati , r i, , ,; |i|ant, which grows
in pure running wai. i , ; i i In- a d.lightful peppery
taste. It is much n-cd lor -arnislnng and for salads.
The stems arc s|,rcadiiiL; and take root at the lower
joints. The Ivs. arc usuallv Ivrately or pinnately parted
and eared at the l,asc: lit;. :i-ll, more or less rounded
and wavy; fls. small, white. An allied plant is the
Common Winter Cress or Yellow Rocket (Barbarea
vulgaris], but this is a dry land plant, with yellow fls.
In the tropics N. Indicum is a desirable cress. This is
an erect annual, with vellow fls. It is said to have been
cult, in Europe, but Pailleux and Bois say it is useless
outside the tropics. Nasturtium is a genus of 20 or
more widely scattered species. They are herbs of vari-
ous habit and duration, terrestrial or aquatic, glabrous
or pubescent: Ivs, entire or variously lobed or pinnati-
.sect: fls. usually yellow: petals .scarcely clawed, some-
times lacking; stamens 1-fl: pods short or long; seeds
usually in 1 series. w. M.
nati^t; plants
NEBRASKA
NATIVE PLANTS.
nent )ii
that wiU'^ i
The li I ■ 1 ■
trees 1 1 . ■
built. 'I Im
ture w:i- • \
establish. .1,
They ai.pn
the New \V.
Ten year:
introduced i
in " Ann M Is .
io,ir,o i','.
1,55,5 !.'■■<" i:
1 the desire to remove.
s and also those from
attracted attention in
!• a census of indige-
«' known to have been
itistics -n-ere published
:is 111. n. Mil. MS c-ome to be better understood and
f.'iKii.|. .1. ihiiiiiii- is being pushed farther and farther
wcstwar.l. .\~ irrigation develops, fruit will be far
more grown than now.
Commercial orcharding under irrigation is just begin-
ning in the western and central portions of the state.
Aoeordin? to E. F. Stephens, of Crete, Neh., -who has
are
into nin
nized ir
11 y recog-
' American Plar
es as follows:
be briefly t._.Ul
attention to
, and for
ion. The
t '" \ ■ .11 l'lii):!~ ■■ had a tech-
;h.n.l. William Paul in his book
s," published in London in 1858,
' The history of American plants
The term is popularly applied to
.■i|.:illy belonging to the natural
V ,11. L" iieraliy 'evergreen,' pro-
[.I- Til, ni..vt part in the months of
li...ik is , I. -voted largely to rhodo-
! kaliaias, although European and
'l.-ncy towards the production of
|.. s and races even in Old World
, as of the carnation and sweet
ant-breeders come to give greater
species, the divergencies between
the horticulture of the Old World and that of the Ne
The
ciety.
ing map. They are known, n, , ■ i, , ,is
the (1) Southeastern, (2) N. .11 i , ml.
(4) West-central, (5) Low. !■ K. , ,s,,,,ih-
western, (7) Lower Niobrara, (.-., N.ji;l, ,\t,,i, 1 1. ai,.i (D)
Western districts. In the revised fruit list published
by the society, apples are recommended for general
planting in Districts Nos. 1 and 2, and for trial in the
balance of the state. Peaches are recommended for
general planting in District No. 1 and for trial in Dis-
tricts Nos. 5 and 6. Plums (native varieties) and cher-
ries are recommenfled for Districts Nos. 1,2, 5 and 6,
and for trial in the balance of the state. Black rasp-
berries are recommended in Districts Nos. 1 and 2, and
for trial elsewhere. Grapes are
tricts No. 1
districts.
The fruits
native plum
part, peach. ■
to the Miss...
In some rest.
and 6, and for trial in the other
rhich
World will be accentuated.
L. H. B.
hrive best in the state are apples,
.-h. t-T-ies and, in the southeastern
i-n 1 ai'i'le orchards occur ad.iaceut
I.. .ill ii..rth and south of the Platte.
iii.-tl.i.ils in vogue differ from those
in the eastern states. The trees are shorter-lived and are
planted closer. Low heads are commonly employed as a
means of protection against the high winds andintense
NAUMB0RGIA (after Naumburg). Primiddeeit.
Spiked Loosestrife. A monotypio genus of the north
temperate z..ne, with opposite Ivs. and fls. in short,
axillary. I . ifiiiil. .1 -|,ik'es ; corolla 5-7-parted, rotate;
stamen- ,. i ' the divisions of the corolla: cap-
sulell. 1 ' ■■ I .veral on a central placenta. Dif-
fers fn.iii I. -ii;i 1, 1 11 111 the spiked flowers, nearly sepa-
rate staiueijs. anil tlie pre.sence of tooth-like staminodia.
guttata, Moench {LifsimdeJiia thymindra. Ait.).
Erect, perennial herb, 1-2% ft. high: ivs. lanceohir- .
acute, narrowed at the base, lower Cati-
line scale-like: fls. 2-3 lines broad
yellow, purple-dotted ; lobes of thi
corolla linear -oblong. May-Julv
Swamps. B.M. 2012. -Grows best ii
shallow water.
sents somewhat \
conditions. It .•
part, of gradni.
slowly ascend i 1 1 l'
The elevation . t
is about 900 fe. t
extreme northw.
highest points s.,
eastern portion i-
K. M. WiEGAND
1 part of the state
while that of the
•hes 5,000 feet, the
S that. The south-
ken, even rough in
1463. The Nine Pomoloe-ical Districts of Nebraska.
es imperative.
NEBRASKA
thorough, contin
though iu the ri
may be attained without it. In varieties the Hen Davis
leads all others for marlset purposes. It is a large apple
which yields well, colors well, keeps well and ships well.
Thus far it has nhv^vs >,,1,1 w, II in .iK.rk. t. imtwifl,
standing its poor qiKiliiy. It i-. ih, t.-i'mi-,. i li.' .\,lir;i~k;i
apple which far cut-.li-tanr.s all ii]Hiin,rv. i)ili,r
varieties of pruniiiiHii.-.- an- \\'i(n-~a('. -laiMi. W.aiihy.
Grimes, and Jouuthau. UuchL'.--» i.-, Ibc Icailiiig suiuiuur
apple.
In the 100-acre orchard of E. T. Hartley, Lincoln,
lath screens are used to protect the trunks from the
fierce heat of the afternoon sun. The orchard is ten
years old. and .Mr. Haiti. v rrpurts that tin- iniirc ix-
ings, and all thr ,i|„.ral
been greatly ndi: ' 1
cutting-blade d.\ i--
behind the di.sk li. i
thing clean and k :- -
By its use 140 an, - .-i
of April t.. tl,.- nil, I. Ik
than two cnits pn- irf
The native phiiii thr
NECTARINE
1063
r L li ui> I, .III the surface.
liar.!. .....laiuiliytiearly 12,000
t c.)nditiuu from the latter part
.\ugust in 1898, an unusuallv
t a cost of about $225, or less
s well ov.-r a ..i,l, ,:,i,,.,. ,,| til,.
sulfer friiiii -.-k.!
disease, and the plum-gouger is :i ; i . , .: .i.
but the results are generally good. 'Ik. I. ilni- \ ai i. t i.-s
are Wild Goose, Miner, DeSoto, Wdlt. Fon-st Harden
and others. European varieties have been little planted
as vet, though they succeed in the eastern portion of
the state.
The fruit is sometimes <l.-k .n .. . Lm .-. ,.I.
ably free from insect atta.
almost unknown. Early I; . k .
English Morello are the li-a.liiiL: \ ari. 1 1. -. >«. . t .li. !■
ries do not thrive.
J. M. Russell & Son, of Wymore, on the southern
boundary of the state, have made a decided success of
peach-growing, and now have aliout 265 acres planted at
Wymore and netir Line. .In. .^0 a.-r.s of wliich are in
bearing. In 18iH; tk. y liai\ .-ir.l kj.imn l.usltf Is. They
head low, prune knt liitk . ami ui\ <■ tli..f. .u^di tillage dur-
ing the earlv ptirt ..f ik. ..ia~..ii. .\iii..]if; the varieties
which rr.'ve n,..-! - ,. i^ta.tury are Ah-.tander, Hale
Early, Eark k'l. ■ . - ' ...kclge Favorite, Champion, Hill
Chili ail. I I .! I> known as Wright. The early
varieties . - i ly satisfactory, owing to com-
parative ■ ! ■ M nif.
Amoiii: i:-. Li a]. i-s thrive, but require
morebiai:; i a -i and generally yield
less. Til. i ■! ' ■' : . f I .: ,. I i.s are popular. Rasp-
berries tit. .1 kki.Kk.rii. - Mill. 1- ir..iii <lrouglit. They may
commercial crops without water. Tin- same is tin.. ..f
strawberries. C'urrants and goosi-l...i-t'irs tlifixf. tin-
latter yielding well, thoiiirh the fruit i- ii,,i lai-i;.-. Cur-
excellent results li:,. .- I.,-. 1. .,i-i-,n.,-,|.
The nursery itii. ! n. ai-.- iiiii.ortant. The
actual acreage ni ; ^ i- .-stiinated at about '
500 acres. Appk-ti.. -, anl . -| ially apj.le seedlings,
are largely grown. K..cit-gratling is the method used in
their propagation. This is partly because trees on their
own roots are found best adapted to the conditions pre-
vailing on the plains tui.l partlv because the weather is
likely t.. k. luil;.-, -i .kk at tin- time of budding.
Gradual' . ' i k , . ami ..rnaiiiental gardening are
increasini. ; . .1 t tke cities. Because of
the cleat* .a [111,1 . . ^ a.. lis,- wi.rk must become popu-
lar as sonn as I., 11,1 markets develop. Seed-growing
has already matle the state considerable reputation.
Fred W. Card.
In the eastern third of Nebraska, conditions are prac-
tically the same as those prevailing in lowti and central
Illinois. The ni<.st ti-yin- ,-,.n<liti..ii wlii.li has tn 1..-
guarded against l.y tl i-.-kanlists is tin- srant snppiv
of water during tin- Hiut.-r tinn- wki.-li k-av.-s tin- s,,il.
which is naturally liglit and i.orniis, s.i dry that tin-
trees are frequently winter-killed or injured. The nun-
fall during the growing seasons averages about the
same as that of Ohio, while the rain-fall during the
entire year is very little over one-half that of the latter-
named state.
Tin- sri-.-al.-st 11, -,-.1 in ins, in- l„-tt.-r r.-sults for the
.Mv 1
ely used.
Mvi
it may be budded is v. i-> -li..ri
very hard to use. On iln-..ik
the plum is a process « ki.-li k
great use by reason of tin- sua
average propagator is usually
R( ' "
gatii
ending ,
re is little
i-arried on
In- further
,.11 piece-
tiriiig the
uuch addi-
emely well, especially in the (
In the vicinity of Omaha, Platts-
:i City, many vineyards are estab-
k- s,-an- f.. Ik. wing the lead of the
.«. rs k.,-at.-il just across the Mis-
l; i-l.k. 1 1 1, - ami kla.-klii-rrn-s prniliice profitable crops
in the easti-ni and especially in the .southeastern por-
tion of the state.
Strawberries usually produce good crops of fruit of
the highest quality. As a commercial venture very
little has been done in growing the small fruits, by
reason of the fact that in north Arkansas and southern
Missouri, where the season is much earlier, immense
quantities are produced with which all the state, prac-
tically, is supplied long before the home product is
mature.
Currants and gooseberries are indigenous and thrive
well in the eastern portion of the state, but bear less
bountifully toward the west.
\Yli,-r,-vi-r irriuatk.n has 1., , ii ].racticed, even on a
the
al.iiii.laiiil\ sii|,|,|i.,\ with plums of delicious quality,
twc. ,.r till-,-,- s|„.,.n-s of the grape, and the wild crab.
Tln-r. war. ats.. i.. he found, occasionally, gooseberries,
currants and innll.erries. p. w. Ta-YLOR.
NECT&RINE. A smooth -skinned peach {Pruints
Persica, var. lavis, Gray). Pig. 1464. Formerly it was
thought that the Nectarine was a distinct species of
plant. By D.-Calnk.lk- it was ,-all,-,l r,rsi.;i laris.
Roemer in l.s-i, ma,!,- tw.. s|.,-,-i.-> ,.|' it, r. /si, ./ .-k./.n . ,/,
the freestone N.i-larin.s, ami /'. /.,/-, s. tin- ,-lin-st,.in.
Nectarines. It is in.w km.wii. In.w.-M-r. that Ne,-larin,-s
often cmie fn.ni s. . .U ..f ]., -aches, and peaches have
come fr..ni s.-. ,1s i.f N,-. tariiies. Either may originate
frniii tin- ,.ili,-r l.y in. ans ,,f hud-variation. (See Dar-
win's ".\iiinials ami I'lants under Domestication" for
hist. .i-k-al, lata.)
'I'h,- .-ultivation of the Nectarine is in all ways like
that ..t' tin- peach. Because of the smooth skin of the
fruit, it is perhaps more liable to the attacks of curculio.
It is less popular in the market than the peach, and
1064
therefore is less g
planted on a couin:
well on almond st<«'
to peaches in qual
has been given to t
ties, and from the
standard of excelli
peiches do
NECTARINE
peaches. The most prominent in 1
ton, Downtou, Hardwit-k, Early Newington, Fitmasi
Orange, Stanwiek, Humboldt, Lord Napier, Advance,
Elnige. In color, size and season. Nectarines vary as
peaches do. See also Peach, and ForeitKj.
L. H. B.
The Nectarine is grown in California almost exclu-
sively for drying and canning, and even for these uses
is but of minor importance. A.s compared with peaches
for canning, the product of Nectarines is only about
one-eighth of one per cent that of the peach, and for
drying only about one per cent that of the peach. The
varieties grown for both canning and drying are the
white varieties, because they do not color the syrup in
canning, and because when sulfurcd they make a beau-
tiful, amber-colored, translucent product.
E. .J. W:cKSON.
NEGRO'S HEAD. Unusual name for
palm, Plii/lflcphtts macrocarpa.
-nut
NfilLLIA (named after Patrick NeiU, at the begin-
ning of the nineteenth century secretary of the Cale-
donian Horticultural Society at Edinburgh). SosAce(f.
Small, deciduous shrubs, with alternate, stipulate, usu-
ally 3-lobed Ivs. and rather inconspicuous whitish fls.
in simple or panicled racemes at the end of the branches.
The one species in cultivation is not hardy North; it
requires protection even in the Middle States, and is
often killed to the ground in severe winters, but usually
vigorous young shoots spring up and bloom and fruit
in the same season. On account of its handsome bright
green foliage it may be used as a border plant for
shrubberies. It grows in almost any nKi'lcratt-ly moist
soil. Prop, easily by greenwood .u-inj- iil. i -hms,
and also by seeds. Seven specie-^ 1 1 ' M i- :ind
China. Fls. in racemes, with the j" i than
the bracts; calyx-tube rather hn-- . ' i.,ii,ul,tr.- or
almost tubular, with 5 erect sepals ix. t. .lii..,- ;l,i ."i oval
petals; stamens 10-30; carpels 1 or 2: pod dehi.scent
only at the inner suture, with several shining seeds.
From Spirsea it differs, like the allied genera Physo-
carpus and .Stephanandra, by its stipulate Ivs. and
shining crustaceous seeds.
thyrsifldra, D. Don. Upright shrub, to 6 ft. high,
but usually not exceeding 2 ft. if annually killed to the
ground: branches angular, glabrous: stipules rather
large, serrate: Ivs. ovate, cordate at base, long-acumi-
nate, usually 3-Iobed, incised-serrate, glabrous above,
pubescent only on the veins beneath, 2-i in. long: fls.
in panicled or sometimes solitary racemes; calyx-tube
NELUMBO
cninpanulatp. pubescent, with the sepals about Yz in.
lni,_' Au.'.S.i.t. Himalayas. E.H. 188«, p. 416.
N I ' ti'>ls.=Physocarpus Amurensis.— i\r. opMit-
' A T , ^ I»hysocarpus opulit'olius.— *V. 2'andA-oe,
li . - - i'haiiandra TanaksB.— iV. rdrrej/i. Wats.=
''"'■'"■" -''^ ti",-,viius. Alfred Rehdee.
NELUMBIUM. The prior name is Nelumbo
NELCMBO (CeUone->ename) XympJicrdrecp T ^u
ilU written ^ tliunbiiim Two speiii t tr ti_ i \
111^ aquatics one yellow flowered ml t \
\inerica the other white or cyanic fl
t the Orient From Nympheea or tli
Nelumbo difters technically m haMii- h i i r r[ 1
I which are imbedded in the receptacle) with a single
\ ule in each Nelumbiums have strong and thick
ml usualK tuber bearing rhizomes which creep
111 the eirth in the bottoms of ponds and slow streams
U I It it ill 111 ir r lit irh entire usually very
I i_ mil n_ 1 ti I il an 1 111 ih t ending high above
!l; w It t I II tiiii ti iriiiu) tl Hrge and showv,
iii_l II I lull 1 wliKli ( |u il ir exceed the Ivs
1 il 4 » r Jet els man} erect or erect spreading,
t imen-i min\ on broad short tilaments fr a large,
Hat topped perforated receptacle (Fig 1400) in which
are immersed the many carpels
\elurabiums are bold plants suitable for large ponds
and for masses. The oriental species, commonly but
incorrectly known as Egyptian Lotus, is one of the best
of large pond plants, being grown for its stately habit
and showy flowers. Its roots should not freeze. " Cover-
ing the pond with boards and litter, or tilling it with
water, may be made to afford ample protection to the
roots.
A. Fh. yellow.
IJltea, Pers. American Lotus, or Nehtmbo. Water
Chinkapin. Lvs. usually raised 2-6 ft. out of shallow
water, cupped or depressed in the center over the at-
tachment of the petiole, 1-2 ft. across: fls. pale sulfur-
yellow, 4-10 in. across, with obovate-obtuse concave
petals and hook-appendaged anthers: root-tubers and
seeds edible. In ponds and slow streams from S.
Ontario and Mich, to Fla. and La. ; usually local. Mn.
10:113.— A bold and useful plant for colonizing, deserv-
ing to be better known.
AA. Fh. pink, red or white.
nncifera, Geertn, {Xeliinibiiim spn-iAaum, Willd.
yehimho Indiea, Pers., and N. Nelumbo, Karst.).
Indian Lotus. Pig. 1465. Lvs. usually larger than
those of .v. hitea, glaucous: fls. fragrant, usually pink
except in horticultural varieties, overtopping the lvs.
Wurm^-r I'livt- ..f A-ia aivl N. A.ivtralia. Gn. 28, pp.
4-J>-. I"! i: I' I-;::: II M' "-"'. t ;:. : 50, pp. 267, 469.
'I.M : ■• II ■ : V i II. 4L':27. Gng. 5:114;
111' ' • . ■ I VII to the trade as
KLTii^ii. I, ••■;.-, i-irili. I..,rii. ..1 III.- ancient Egyptians
is a Xyiupliiea. This plant is not native to the Nile re-
gion. There are many named forms in cult. Var. ilba
(N. album, Hort.l, the "Magnolia Lotus,"has white fls.
Gn. 28, p. 427. G.C. III. 14:41. A.G. 20::i69. Gng.
7:146. A.F. 14:726. Mn. 9:73. Var. kermeslna, Hort..
has light pink fls. Var. rdsea, II. .it., lias n. v, •-,■,. I, .n-.l
fls. There is a striped form kimw n as var. alba striata.
A large double rose form is r6sea plena. A iari;e iL.iil.le
white form is known in the trade- as ..V. Sliirunnm
(F.E. 10. Suppl. Feb. 12). A free-flowering early sort
with white fls. shaded pink is N.Kinxhiren of the trade.
There are other forms with Latin names. l H. B.
allv true that till- ELTviitian
iDulittul if it is worth while
at this time.
[iroud of possessing such a
iiho lutea, the well-known
.'liina and Japan are the
splendid Nelumbo nuci-
a yellow Lotus. In the
• Great Lakes, N. lutea is
scarce in the Middle Atlantic
Nelunilninii^, \mi)i Nymphffias and other aquatic
plants. \vt'r«_- uiiinn^ lii.- few flowers known or cultivated
by the aiuieuts. Xu luertion is made in history of a
yellow Lotus prior to the discovery of America by white
men, but over four centuries ago it was well known to
and cultivated by the Indians in the waters of the Ten-
nessee and Cumberland rivers, and was abundant on
the tributaries of the Mississippi. It was carried north-
ward and eastward by the Indians, and was established
as far east as Connecticut. At the present time (1900)
it is established and cultivated in most of the states of
the Union.
The late Isaac Bxichanan received tubers of y. n ucifera
from Japan, which were planted in a stream on Long
Island, but there they perished. Later other efforts
were made, and some tubers from the same source were
received and planted by Samuel Henshaw in an artifi-
cial pond in the gardens of the late Mr. Green, at New
Brighton, Staten Island, X. T., where they grew most
satisfactorily, some of the original stock being still in
evidence on the estate.
About the same time E. D. Sturtevant, of Borden-
town, N. J., who had introduceil a number of tender
grown
nation of the conditi
determineil to experi
N.J. Rm,„. ,,, ,., ..i
ward |il:ii,i. .i i: .',,
mill-l..MMl ■ . l:.
nto commerce, and knowing of its being
Jardin des Plantes, Paris, made an exami-
on under which it existed there and
nient in the culture at Bordentown,
r.iin'-il from KewGanleus and after-
■ V water in a sheltered spot in a
nr.iwn. Here the plant grew
iii,.-.<s and hardiness were fully es-
NEMASTYLIS 1065
tablished. From here was disseminated the now famous
Egyptian Lotus, .Veliimbo nucifera, to all parts of
the United States. Several varieties have since tlicu
been introduced from Japan, including white and deli-
cately tinted varieties, also deep rose, and double toinis
of both white and rose.
The cultivation of the Nelumbium is nf tin- ■•implra.
The roots or tubers should not be transplant. d until
there is evidence of growth, as the tulHi>. I,, inic u-ii-
ally buried deep in the soil below the water and out of
the reach of frost, are not affected by the warm rays of
sunshine as early ar, Nymphjeas and other terrestrial
plants. If Nelumbiums are dug before they start into
growth, the tubers should be kept in a warm iilace i.r
planted where the temperature is su'-h i!i;ii u'r^-vili will
begin atonce. In the Middle Atlanti. i-
ward and westward, May is the best till. ■ J:
southward earlier. Tubers maybe iilani. u m -n, w
water near the margin of the pond wht-re n is inLeiirled
they shall grow. The tuber shoulil be placed horizon-
tally in the soil, first making a little trench or opening
to receive the same and covering with about three
inches of soil. Means must be employed to keep the
tuber securely in position and, if necessary, a stone or
brick laid over the tuber. In artificial ponds a walled
section should be built to hold the soil and keep the
roots within hounds. The walls should have no corners
at right angles; where there are such they should be
rounded off, so that the runners are not intercepted and
crowded in bunches at the corners. The natural soil
and deposit in ponds are, in most cases, all that is re-
quired for these plants. They will flourish equally well
in a stiff or tenacious soil, but when grown in artilii-ial
ponds it is best to use a mixture of two ptirts turfy hiara
and one part thoroughly rotted cow manure. l)<i not
use fresh or green manure, ami wlicii pc.ssil.le have
sods cut in the fall and vtark. .1 with thf manure (in
this case it may be fr.-hi. In .ul) s],riii:,' have the
same turned over two im- tlir<-' tini.s 1m fnre using.
Resort may be had to cultivation in tul.-, l,ut the Lotus
being such a gross feeder the result in most cases is
that the plants are starved into rest at an early date.
The leaves turn a sickly yellow and present a sorry ap-
pearance, and in many cases produce no flowers. If no
other method can be adopted, then secure the largest
tubs possible and during the growing season use liquid
or artificial manure liberally.
It must be understood that while the Neluml)iums are
hardy, they are only so as long as the tubers are out of
the reach of frost. The depth to which frost penetrates
the soil or water may be termed a dead line.
The tubers are farinaceous and edible, and are of
Considerable market value in Japan, but a taste must
tir-t l.e .-ultivatr,! for tlmin in tin- rnitoil States. The
mu-krat. liow.vor. lia- ilrxrl,,p,.a a lii-liU' i-nltivated
As to insect pist.-*, black-fl
times troublesome. The bes
beetle and its larva;. The leal
lent in some sections, and b
are attacked, also the stems «
uuble forms, pure whil
black apbi
lady-bird
or ri.ll.r. is preva-
nir and old leaves
■avis and flowers,
the form of wasps
:oi I i \ ■ II sparrows, and as no liquid insecticide can be
1,- I, I ' 1\ such as are in the sh.ipe of a dry powder can
lii il, poi,,|,.,l on. Paris green, mixed with land plaster
or plaster and powdered slake lime, is excellent, but dry
liellebore in powder-form, applied by a powder bellows
is the best material to exterminate them.
Wm. Thicker.
NEMASTYLIS [Greek, thread-like styles; because the
styles are not united). Syn., JVemastylus. Irid&ceie.
A few species of tender American bulbs, with blue C-lobed
fls. about an inch across which last only a day. Strictly
Nemastylis is a genus of 3 species, foiiml onh in tlie
southern U. S. and characterized by haxini; ih. lilaim nis
nearly free. Baker, however, in his Ilami) k oi i)ie
Irideae, includes Chlamydostylis as a subi;. iius of 14 sp,-
NEJIASTYLIS
havin;; i
Genrr
ally3-v:,Iv,.,l. S tl„. t^ilh.un,:;- -I „., l,:,v.. I,...,,
rarelva.lv.-rli-.-.! I.x ,l,-,,l.r-. m i.n n •■ phun- : th.' ..Il.rrs
by Diiteh bull. Kruwci>.
A. Fihimrnls nearly free. Subgenus lyemasljlis proper.
B. Cliistrr of fls. single: spafhes usuallij 1-fld.
coel^stina, Xurt. Root-lvs. 1-2, 1 ft.or morelong: stem
l'«-2 ft. loiij,'. bearing 3-4 reduced Ivs.: As. sky-blue.
Pine barrens. Pla. to S. C. and westward.
BB. Clusters of fls. S-S: spathes 2-S-flcl.
aciita, Herb. (.T. gemhufUra, Nutt.). Root-lvs. 2-3.
K-1 ft. long: stem '/2-I ft. long, hearing 1 large linear
leaf at the fork, and .sometimes another below it: Us.
"bright blue." Tex., Ark. B.M. 61)66. F.S.21:2171.
■ AA. FiUimitih :,„■!. 7 ; ',„-,: I- !!,,■ summit.
B. Fls.broumisli , ■ , , ,, ,, 1 iiipeil ijellow.
bninnea, Wats, si.,,, h- :,,■,,.- „ ,i,,-l,. leaf 6-8 in.
long and a .sheathins; bract at the base of the peduncle:
spathe 2K in. long: outer segments obtuse, inner bnes
acuminate. Mex.
BB. Fis. pale blue.
Prlnglei, Wats. Stem usually simple, with a single
leaf at the middle: spathe VA in. long: fls. fragrant;
outer segments obtuse, inner ones minutely apiculate.
Mexico, ^_ jj_
HEMfiSIA (old name used by Dioscorides for some
sort of snapdragon). Scrophulari&cea. One of the
horticultural novelties is iV'emcsto stnimosa. It is one
of the most interesting annual fls. introduced in the
last decade of the nineteenth century. The flowers
are very distinct in shape and have a wide range
of color. The fls. are about an inch across and borne
in great profusion. If started indoors in March and
transferred to the open in May the plants will fur-
nish a continuous sheet of bloom from June through
September. The colors range from white, through pale
yellow and rose, to orange and crimson, with numerous
intermediate shades and a great variety of throat mark-
ings. This species has been known to botanists nearly a
whole century; it grows only 50 miles from Cape Town,
and it exhibits all these colors in the wild, yet it was
never exploited until 1S03. t1,i' \^v■~\ liv,- plants seen in
Europe being shown in Ikiil". Si\ic , ,, d,-i n,rt color varie-
ties were recognized in tl,,> li,-i i,, ■ h of cultivated
plants, and the process of -.Ln,,,^' -iiaiiis has barely
begun. The lower lip of the ilowir is about twice as
broad as long, and notched at the point farthest from
the center of the flower. The upper lip consists of 4
smaller, nearly equal lobes, the side lobes being usually
more nearly separate than the middle ones.
'Nemesias are slender annual or perennial herbs, some-
times woody at the base: Ivs. opposite: fls. in racemes
at the tips of branches or rarely solitary in the axils;
calyx 5-parted; corolla-tube short, with an anterior spur
or sac: capsule compressed, septicidal, with navicular
valves. About 30 species, all S. African. The following
belong to the group with fls. in racemes. They are gla-
brous or nearly so, 1-2 ft. high, and branched from the
base. J. N. Gerard thinks that Nemesias are not des-
tined to become popular. He Aids that the seed is
likely to germinate poorly and that the young seedlings
are quick to damp off.
A. Fls. with a sac at the base.
stem-lvs. lanceolate or linear, entire: lohcs ot' the upper
lip relatively shorter and broader than in the next two
species: throat with a long beard inside: Ivs. few. the
floral ones br,->ct-like : capsules 4-6 lines long, 3-4 lines
wide. B.M. 7272. G.C. III. 12: 277. R.H. 1898, p. 87 (v.ir.
grandiflora) . V. 16:7.— Var. Siittoni is the strain com-
monly offered. G.M. 35:459.
NEJIOPHILA
AA. Fls. with a spur at the base.
versicolor, E. Mey. Lowest Ivs. stalked and ovate;
u|,|,er Ivs. few, sessile, oblong, lanceolate or linear, entire
or lootlie.l: lobes of the upper lip equal among them-
si Iv, s and as long as the lower lip; throat with 2 eallosi-
ti. -, |i,il,escent; spur incurved, about as long as the
lowri- l,|>. 4 lines. Not advertised by name, but JY. eoni-
/..i, 1,1 . vars. alba and cceriilea, Hort., belong here. R.H.
Sloribunda, Lehm. Lower Ivs. stalkeil. ., .,r,. ,1, ,,,:;;,. ;
upper ones few, small, ovate or Ian,,.. ,■. ,' . ,,. :
lobes of the upper lip not quite as Ion:; : I . 1 ip:
fls. white; throat lined with blue, the ,;iii .-i-ii - ^i ihr
palate yellow. According to De Candolle. tlie lohes of
the upper lip are about equal among one another, but in
B.R. 24:39 the middle lobes are narrower and longer
tliau the side lobes. Advertised abroad. Fls. smaller
and with a narrower range of colors than iV. strumosu.
W. M.
NEMOPANTHUS (Greek words, referring to the
thread-like flower-stalks). Arjuifoliiteeie. Mountain
HoLLV. A genus of one species, confined to eastern
N. America. It is a medium-sized, hardy shrub, rarely
cult, for its showy pendulous red berries, which are
borne in autumn. The genus is distinguished from the
used, and the plants attain 10 ft. in cultivation.
fascictil&.ris, Raf . (IV. Canadensis, DC). Dense-grow-
ing, purplish barked shrub, attaining 6 ft. : Ivs. often
clustered on spurs, 1-1 K in. long, elliptical, mucronate,
entire or minutely serrate, thin but firm : fls. about 2
lines wide: drupes dull red, about 3 lines thick. B.B.
2:393.
NEMOPHILA (Greek, nemos, a grove, and phileo, to
love; referring to the habitat of some species). Uijdro-
phylldcew. Nine species of hardy annual herbs, all
from N. Amer., are now referred to this genus. They
are of dwarf, compact habit, and produce an abundance
of showy bell-shaped fls. from early spring to late sum-
mer; hence they are valued for bedding and for the
border. Whole plant more or less hairy : stem diffuse,
becoming prnstr.ate: Ivs. alternate or opposite, pin-
iiatelv lohe.l or ilivided, petiolate: flower-stalks usually
loUL', r ihaij tl,.' Ivs.. terminal or lateral, slender, 1-fld.:
fls. I.l,ie, while, purple, or variously spotted; calyx 5-
parte.l; lobes el t or Spreading, with 5 supplementary
reflexed lobes alternating with them; corolla broadly
bell-shaped or wheel-shaped, deeply 5-lobed, with 10
scaly appendages on the inside of the throat.
S. W. Fletchek.
All the species are propagated by seeds sown in the
fall or early spring. If plants are desired for very early
flowering, seeds should be sown in Aug. out-of-doors
and the plants transplanted in late fall; or they may be
started under glass in March. Seeds sown in April in
the open will give plants for summer and fall flowering.
These are preferably transplanted. If a later sowing is
made it should be where the plants are to flower. Most
nuals are n,or,' i iiln;,lil,' to,
because of tl,i>ir i-<ii,ip,,rt 1,,,
ties. They ar.- also tin,- fo
and pot-plants, y. insignis
many garden varieties, are
u. Few hardy
than Nemophi
ee-blooming qu
Tlienhn
of c,
NEMOPHILA
NEPENTHES
1067
do beauti
cooler an
teemeil n
rolling iu
«-lie
the
1. Ill Sr,,i];iii,i. Nemophilas are es-
Jitliil ^iD.lrii |.l;mts. An odd thing
. ]- iliiit r;ii> are extremely fond of
they ilo iu catnip.
Robert Camekon.
A. Lvs. mostly alternate, all with an ear-shaped and
clasping base or winged petiole.
aurlta, Lindl. Stem 1-3 ft. long, weak, with stiff, re-
curved bristles by which the plant tends to climb lvs.
deeply cut above into 5-9 oblong or lanceolate segments,
which are usually turned back later flb not accom-
panied by lvs , and hence appearing to be in loose ra-
cemes, corolla about 1 m broad, Moli t Low shady
grounds Calif B R 19 IbOl
AA. ii's. all opposite, Imsf not eiir-sliaped.
B. Sealij appendages on throat of corolla narrate.
M6nziesii, Hook. & Arn. (jV. atomAria, Fisch. & Mey.
N.discbidalis,Uem.). Stem straggling, succulent: lvs.
pinnatifld, the lobes ovate, nearly entire, slightly hairy :
fls. light blue to nearly white, marked with dark brown
spots towards the center. Low grounds, western Amer.
B.R.23:19«. B.M.3774. P.M.5:99. V. 2:267. -Under
cult, the species has given rise to var. discoidilis ( N.
discdidalis, Lem.), inwhii-li tlir s)..jt-i .m tlic .•nrnlla an-
confluent into a larL'i-. limwiiisli ].ur|.l.- .'v.-. ilai-il.n
forms of this are: \ar. vittata. vi-lviMy Ma.'k iiiar-iTi.M
with white (Gn. 9:2:!2| ; var. elegans i -V. ,il,,iin)ri<i . \ ar.
ilegans, Hort.), H.s. pure whitt-. with i-liuc.ilate center
(V. 2:268), and var. oculata, white, with purple center.
BB. Scaly appendages very broad or roundish.
c. Fls. blue, with white center.
phacelioides. Barton. Leaf segments obtuse, margin
slightly ciliate: lower lvs. narrowed into a short petiole;
lobes notched at end : corolla bell-shaped. Western N.
Amer. B.R. 9:740. B.M. 2.373.
cc. Fls. white, with i
' the lij
short
maculata, Benth. Lvs. lyre-shaped, the 5-!
lobes obtuse, entire; upper lvs. wedge-shaped, some-
times only 3-lobed: fls. 1-2 in. wide, showy; sometimes
the purph- blotch is poorly defined. Common in west-
ern and central Calif. P.M. 16:6. F.S. 5:431. R. H.
1849:201. V. 2:267.-aood garden forms of this are var.
ilbida and var. grandifldra. Var. variegata has varie-
gated leaves.
ccc. Fls. vifid lilue (pure white or lilac in vars.}.
insignis, Benth. Fig. 1460. Lvs. pinnately parted into
7-9 oblong segments, which are sometimes 2-3-lobed or
toothed: fls. 14-1 in. wide. Low ground, Calif. B.R.
20:1713. B.M.3485. P.M. 3:151. V. 2:208; 5:168; 8:215.
— There are many garden varieties of this desirable
species. Among these are var. grandifldra, with large,
clear blue fls. (Gt. 34:370); var. Alba, Hs. pure white;
var. marginata, fls. blue, edged with wliite.
S. W. Fletcher.
NfiNGA (Malayan nam. •). T . /„. r, . - , T-Anorthree
spc-ci.-^ i,r .Malayan iialm-. -i • .. : ^ ■■ cult, as
ArK'i imiiiihi. Iu .-Vrrca. Ih.-i ■ i, I ■ • ilr is erect
lu'as are graceful
i::ed trunks: lvs.
Is linear, acurai-
Wendlandiftna, SchofF (.
iKitc.'ji., ft. Ii.n-, ' . r .
accous, 2-riblii-il: pctiMlf
cose, 2 tt.loug. .lava.
NEOTTOPTEEIS. Const
NEPENTHES iiiain.cxp
Jared G.
lilt Thamnopteris.
pnsril 1.. tr.r nil II from grief, anger and all ills. In de-
s. •rilling' ■nil- 1 'I ilnse pitcher plants, Linnaeus said: "If
iliis 1^ u >i 11. li ii'> Nepenthes, it certainly will be for
;ill l...t:niists. Wliat botanist would not be filled with
admiratiiin if, after a long journey, he should find this
wonderful plant ? In his astonishment past ills would
be forgotten when beholding this admirable work of
1 tropical
l.ly alike,
■ • They
the
1. They
■r which
lluid is used by tlic natives of Borneo as a remedy for
indigestion, as fresh ripe figs are often used. It has
been analyzed and found to contain pepsin. It is se-
creted before the lids open, even in the baby pitchers,
and the lid is believed to keep the rain from diluting
the viscid fluid.
It is supposed that insects are attracted by nectar
glands situated near the mouth of the ]>itchers, and per-
haps also by the odor of the fluid. Lat.f, th.- n.l.ir ..f
decomposing flies is tliought to attra.t tl. -1. .atiin.- in
sects, and thus a second harvest is s.-.iir. .1 i iii.- <|..
cies is said to be still further specializ..! in ii- la-i. ..
Blirlii.U'.. relates fl,at T, r,il.-l,:i. f.'.nu ils p.-culiar
be.'
hicahnrntn. " This ant's object is water, and to obtain
this it bores a hole through one of the large sugar-se-
creting glands of the stalk behind the pitcher, just
NEPENTHES
The two s"l.i,".'',,f"|,i''l'' ' :' ' " '" 'im: li'i
constaiith" r-il,t,rii ).\- m^. , i . ,, ■ tim
call the pit. -her i.l.-uit. " m ■ i . . . i i, _• ,h
bidge was ]>res<-?iti-<l tiy i'm i i
daintily cookeil in i-l,.:,ii |, i. i , . \ //
The pitrhers ..f N.-|.. hih. - ... i .1 M .1 11
the leaves. Tli.-y iirv uMinii , ii,, - .. -n., i.. .i . -
mug-shaped, rarely cyliiniri' .il. , 1 ..t . .\,tiii|.]t
3 shapes, see Figs. 1470-72.) A pitcher always
a raoxtth surrounded by a rim a little spur at the back
(which is usuallj just where the midrib of the back of
the pitcher 101ns the lid ) ind two wings running up and
down the front of fhf ] it h r Thi broader these wings
and the longer til 11 tin tl lundsomer the pitcher,
as a rule. The run r ui 1 tl tji uth sometimes bears
numerous downu 11 1 | 11 tii _ 1 th which have been
supposed to turn 1 i k it t i tu.,ee
With the except m of ab ut halt d ?( 11 \ iry .listinct
types which will be menti ned latei \ | ntljis v|,H,-ies
are too much alike bo far as re il til inctnns go,
practically all the hybrid iie i mti 1 hi tts ^u many
peas, at least so far as i it 1 1 iiied. A few
exceptional kinds can b t 1 -ss or broad
bases of their leaves or I 1 1 the flowers
furni.sh little help in di tit 1 1 s and, as a
rule, the cultivator want 1 tt 1 t t t rl .wers. The
pitchers will hold water 1 tit it 1 I til tfiil if the pres-
ent classification of them wtll Th lirti iilties of the
case will be apparent from th f 11 wmg t fount of how
the pitchers change in form iiid 1 r i a plant de-
velops.
Row the Pitchers Chnnqe.— When a Nepenthes is
grown from seed, the very first thing that develops after
NEPENTHES
little pitcher. "These young pitch-
Harry James Veitch, "are at first
ir bliuli' ami form part of it ; then
■p;tr;it.-.i from it by a prolongation of
!.■ |.io(lii.-i-il simultaneously with the
, MS it. tlo- adult plant. • • * A.s
Instead of
with the bh
pen-.-!.til,iv
shape and diliieiisioiis still more remarkable than what
takes place during the progress of development from the
infantine to what is regarded as the perfect form of the
pitcher. » * • [See Pig. 1470.] As leaf after leaf is
produced from the ascending stem, the pitehers first
become longer and narrower; then follows a t.'t;i'hial
diminution of the parts while the pitrh. is at. I.eini;
modified from the flask shape to the c) Inelri.- shapi-;
the ventral wings con.stantly diminisli iu breadth and
the ciliate fringe disappears until the place of the wings
is denoted only by two narrow keels, and instances
have been oh.served in which even these are oblite-
rated. The pitchers not only undergo change in size,
form and color, but they also change their position in
respect to the prolonged midrib. By the time the seventh
or eighth pitcher has been produced above that which
we have already referred to as the perfect pitcher, the
prolonged midrib has made half a revolution on its own
axis, so that the pitcher has now its dorsal side toward
it. As the pitchers diminish in size with the ascent of
the stem, so when a certain stage of growth is reached,
and as the plants arrive at the time of flowering, they
cease to be produced altogether, but the stem continues
to grow and produces leaves with prolonged midribs,
alTording a support to the plant and its inflorescence
while maturing its seed. Sir Hugh Low observed of
iV. ampullaria, which he saw in Sarawak, that the flrst
formed leaves have no blades but only pitchers, with
which the ground is frequently covered as with a
carpet."
Other habits of ijrnirll, t,re 10. less interesting. Some
of the Nepenthes keep t.. th, -i-ntel, l.tit most of them
climb tall trees. The sp.eies at., wuli ve,\ few excep-
tions, all more or less ipipln tttl, tm.l .V. I , d.-liii is said
to be wholly so. As they eliinb, the tips ot the leaves
take a turn or two around a nearby twig. Like all pitcher
plants. Nepenthes are poorly supplied with roots, and
as the plants grow above they are said to die away below.
Thus their lowest point may be 20 feet above ground.
However, they can send out new roots all along the stem
and penetrate the thick covering of moss and lichen
often found on the trunks of trees growing in hot,
niitist regions. As to size of pitchers the species vary
gretiiS Tie k I lei- III -1 Lie iwti to euliivatlon, &s N.grac-
ii'-^ " ' ill! !■: " i,iiiii,ln:>-ii, have pitchers
alien- .,'1,1.. otliers, asiV. iVoWJi-
iiiiii. I. / ', /,! /..I, /■/, ,1/, .jm^f and sanguinea,
may I.e (,-lJ m. Iouk or more. The great Rajah, which
is a dwarf plant about 4 ft. high, with its pitchers rest-
ing on the ground in a circle, has been known to have
pitchers holding 2 quarts, while in another was found
a drowned rat. The fls. of a Nepenthes are produced in
a pseudo-terminal fashion on old plants. The male and
female fls. are borne on separate plants. They are green
or purple, small, a hundred or so in a raceme or panicle,
with 4 perianth segments. Ordinarily Nepenthes are
not permitted to flower, the stems being stopped, partly
for the sake of taking cuttings, but chiefly because the
most and best pitchers are produced from the new
growth of
plants rather than from tall and
. or thereabouts, known to science,'
e confined to Borneo. 'A more are
adjacent islands, l.S more are extra-
V Malavsian, the remaining 6 are
ere is one in North Australia, one
ne in Cevlon, one in the Sevchelles,
and one' in northeast India." The
NEPENTHES
great majority of the species are found on equatorial
islands at low elevations near the seaeoast, in a climate
of wonderfully uniform temperatures and a yearly rain-
fall of 70-80 in. As a general rule the greatest heat of
the day does not exceed 90-92° P., while it seldom falls
during the night below 74° F. The usual daily range is
only 10° and the extreme 15°. During a large part of
the year the air of the Nepenthes region is nearly satu-
rated with moisture, so that a very slight fall of tem-
perature produces copious dews and showers even at
remarkable and exceptional group. There are four of
them, which grow only on Kina Balou, a mountain in
Borneo, which is 13,700 feet high. These species are
found at altitudes ranging from 5.000 to 10,000 feet, in
the following order: iV. Lowii, Edwardsiana, Rajah
and villosa. These four are amongst the largest and
most distinct of all Nepenthes. N. Lowii gapes at one
lilie a sardonic pelican (see Fig. U72). If. Bajah has
pitchers of immense size and unique shape (Fig. 1472).
..V. villosa and Eduutrdsmna differ from all other species
in their rim, which is cut up, as shown in Fig. 1472, into
rather few large coarse disks instead of numerous fine,
(■r.jwclc.l ring's. .>^ome of the best collectors in the world
lia\i' Ii'-.'ii ^.-ni after these treasures, and the history of
till- .ha-f for till-Ill rivals the most romantic and excit-
itii; orchi.l liiints. Up to Sept., 1897, only the Rajah had
been successtuly brought to our northern hothouses,
where it remains an unwilling prisoner. The capture of
the others should be one of the horticultural triumphs of
the twentieth century. In the particular zone in which
these four species grow there is a peculiar combination
of cold and wetness in the air rising from the sea which
meets the cold air decending from the peak. There is
a constant state of " Scotch mist " associated with a
temp, of 40-45° F. "When plants of these noble species
are brought down to the hot plains they soon die off. and
even if sl'.ipped safely in Wardian cases, they cannot
withstand the heat of the sea voyage." The Rajah was
introduced in the form of seeds.
To grow the Rajah may well be regarded as the sum-
mit of tuc gardener's skill. " It is terrestrial in yellow
loam and decomposed granite, with its great basal
pitchers resting and often buried in dead leaves, moss
and other detritus or dfbris," .V. villnxa i« nUi> terres-
trial; iV. Lou'ii anil .V. fM,,;, nisi,,,,,, ..|.ii,liMal. For
the Rajah and its tlir-M- i-Minpanion^ Ilurlpali:!- |pri.iH.ses
a cold greenhouse MiiT..iiinlr,i In li^t ,,im-. v,, .inaiiL't'd
that the warm moistun-hi.lni air ..f tli.- lait. r r,,ui,l he
admitted to the former, thus imitating the cold mois-
ture-saturated atmosphere of their native habitat. In
such a house the Odontoglossums of the higher slopes
of the Andes and many other difficult things should be
able to thrive.
As a whole. Nepenthes is a difScult group to grow.
Pitcher plants deserve a house of their own. and they
often get it. Within the group, however, there are cer-
tain kinds which are relatively easy to cultivate. The
hybrids, as a rule, are easier to grow than the species.
Anyone who wishes to begin in a small way should start
with y. ita.ifersiaiia, which is often said by connois-
seurs to be the largest, best colored and most desirable
of all Nepenthes. This fine hybrid is named after Dr.
Maxwell T. Masters, editor of the Gardeners' Chronicle,
who has done more to preserve careful records of Ne-
penthes hybrids than anyone else. Some of the points
of a good hybrid are: It should be easy to propagate
and easy to grow; every leaf should bear a pitcher; the
pitcher should be large and highly colored, the reddest
ones being the most attractive; the wings should be
broad and copiously fringed; the plants should never
be without some pitchers, and the perfect pitchers
should last all summer at least, without browning at
the top. All or nearly all these points are met in iV".
Mastersiana, pitchers of which have been known to
last two years.
Among the species one of the most distinct types is
N. Ratflesiana, which is remarkable for its high neck
supporting the lid. A form of it, known as iV. Hooken-
ana, is thought to be a parent of more hybrids than any
other Nepenthes. The wide rim of N. Veifchii gives its
pitchers a strong individuality and makes it a favorite
NEPENTHES
markii.' i r -i ■'■•■■ lan- jn-^t li.l.iw the rim. The rest
Tin :,.i,,i.;. .; Nrpriiil,,^ 1, x,ry extensive. The
only li-iaiiiLal ui-ni.-niph is that bv J. D. Hooker in
DeCanilnUe's Prudromus 17:91-105 ("l873). This is an
account in Latin of 34 species, of which a dozen or so
are cultivated. For the origin and development of the
pitchers, see J. D. Hooker in Trans. Linn. Soc. 22:415-
424 (1859). For the horticultural side, see Veitch and
Burbidge in Jour Roy Hort Soc of London 21 :226-
2(i2 (1897)
Nepenthes are famitrs' j lints ptr excellence. The
problems ( onne t 1 nitl tl tn rous habits are
of perennial mt i t t nts and the gen-
eral public liut t tl M ination of Ne-
penthes liesLhi lU I 1 the difficulty of
their culturt lln t 1 ^ l i it\ soon yields to
a sense of their beaut-s Vnit ru i is too young to have
made many contributions to fanciers groups in general,
but the hjbrid Nepenthes raised in America by the late
Mr. Taplin are so remarkable for their continued suc-
cess on both sides of the water that they deserve separ-
ate notice. -^ jj
The Taplin Hybrids.— It is certainly true that my
father's hybrids were superior to many of the European
hybrids. He worked on them for many years, but left
nothing whatever in the form of manuscript concerning
them. He never wrote for publication, and the notes he
made from time to time were distinctly hieroglyphic,
and merely concerned the period of blooming of different
kinds. He began his work in this line while at Chats-
worth, but many varieties did not flower satisfactorily
in England, or did not ripen viable seed. Consequently,
he succeeded much beyond his expectations in this
warmer climate. Most of his hybrids resulted from
two varieties blooming at different times, and the under-
signed has vivid recollections of an array of little
thumb-pots, carefully lined and sealed with tinfoil, and
kept in a dry place, which contained pollen saved from
one period of blooming to another. He used W. Phyl-
Inmphora, Hookeriana, di.itillatoria and Sedenii quite
largely. The majority of his hj-bridswere sold to B. S.
Williams, of London, when the George Such collection
at South Amboy was dispersed, if. Taplin i is a very
richly colored one. iV. Morganiw, Outramiana, Wil-
liamsii and Lawrenceana are his varieties, and the
writer is fairly certain that Courtii is also. Court and
Outrara both being warm personal friends. Most of the
plants were renamed when sent out in England.
Emily Taplin Rotle.
J^epenthes Ciilliire at Waxli ! injt.oi . P. C— Nepenthes
are increased by cuttiiisis ami liv srr.ls. The ripened
shoots, with 4 or 5 leaves atta.lie.l. make tlie l.est cut-
tings. They mav be put in t.. rw.it frnm I tereinlier till
the end of .Taininrv. Imt iiml.T ]•!■. .i.,!- rcMMlitioiis the
operation nia\" !■■ i.. rii.ri,,. j ■,■ ,,, i,, hiring the
year. Some ..til..:!--:.; .A'. Pom-
iniana, N. /.. . . \ \ /'. .. ;...,•.; and
N. Mastersin„^'.^„■^^ I..- .........l :i, -:..■. I ii,:.|. i- a glass
with a little muss tied an.uml tlie base of ea.'h cutting.
Under this treatment the temperature of the sand should
be about 80° P. When the roots show through the moss
they should be put in small pots and kept close for a
couple of weeks. The most satisfactory method of
propagation is to put the base of each cutting through
the hole of an inverted 2-inch rose pot, plunging the pot
in sphagnum moss in a temperature of from 80-90° F.
See Fig. 1468. During the operation of rooting they
must be kept in a close propagating frame and frequently
syringed. See Fig. 14(59. When the roots are about
three-quarters of an inch long the cuttings should be
potted, using a mixture of finely chopped fibrous peat,
moss and sand, with a little finely broken charcoal
added. They should be replaced in the moss and kept
close until the pots are fairly well filled with roots and
then gradually hardened off". All of the kinds do best
suspended from the roof of a hothouse, the temperature
of which should not fall below 65° F. in winter. The
plants may be grown either in orchid pots or baskets.
1070
NEPENTHES
\n jottmg or basketing plants from 4 in pots large
pieces of potsherd and chaiLoal should be flrnily plated
here and there araonj, the potting material which sho il i
consist of rough fibrous peat moss and san 1 The
plants should not be allowei to giow as \mes uule s
they are inten led to pr luce seed W 1 en larte sized
pit hers are wante 1 tl e ei 1 f tl e h t 1 1 1 be
nipped out att II 1 1 1 i 1 the
pitchers are ii 1 ) I 1 I I tl lows
strength int tl 1 t II ' I ' ^ ^O
lirgt pitcher \\ I tl |l wth
the
should
eaih day and SMingel
taken not to oveiwat i
shoul 1 at all times b
a!
the
1 e h tuntS
el ^ in pullaiia
a N disUllatoiia
le usually seen well
G W Oluer
Sochelle, IV. r.-ln
3ts the writer prefers
act too hard, and of 2 or
trimmed in one-half or
more. The cuttings are placed in a close glass case,
with a steady bottom heat of at least 80° or 8.5° in a
bed of cocoa fiber or of sphagnum moss and sand
mixed. The cuttings are always kept moist, and only
enough air is allowed to reduce condensation.
After they are rooted, which takes from two to three
months, they are planted into shallow pans or orchid
JV I I ^ / I
fun 11 1 I t 1
Nepenthes Culture at New
propagating these charming pla
cuttings of well-ripened wood, tk
3 eyes in length. Tt "
1468. Good method of propagating Nepenthes.
Undisplaced in an inverted pot. The stick
:ht wedges tlie cutting and keeps it tight; it
carry the label. The pot is cut in two vertically
L the air, witliout the
cribs in a mixture of fibrous peat and sphagnum moss,
with perhaps some pieces of charcoal and crocks at the
bottom. This material should be packed in firmly and
tied down. Then set the plants again into bottom heat.
NEPENTHES
order to have them firm!} estal lished Increase i
r ^rif lally until the j lints are sturdy enough to
i tl Tceihcu e either upon a rack or s
11 I I f The temferature wl r I
1 mple propa?
si ore foi p I
and other tiop
s mimer months dipping of the pKi t in water is ^ erv
lienehcial. When the plants get too high, say above
18 in. or 2 ft., and their pitchers become smaller and
smaller, as they grow taller, the best plan is to cut them
back to within 4 or 5 eyes of the crown. Then the next
growth of new leaves will give the very finest and best
pitchers. When well established in their pans or cribs,
and while in good growing condition, a light concoction
of liquid manure is very beneficial. When the potting
ni;iti'ri:il is c\-!i:nistc(l, it i-^ p'.-^^r'Tiri-il T)i:tr jt he renewed
!'"'^ ■■■AW also be
W'li.'
the
ipe, should be sown in pan
IS was prescribed for cuttii
he sniiic sort of a phir,
the .same lime gradually accu.stomed to the air, and thus
in from eighteen months to two years' time nice little
plants may he had. In the experience of the writer the
following kinds are more easilv cult, than the others:
1 ritriui. /..Ill, 1,1
,-, var. r„hy„.
H. .\. SlEBKECHT.
INDEX.
ampnllarin. 7, 23.
Henry.^na, 40.
Outramiana. 43.
atrosangniuea, 28.
Hookeriana, 27.
bicalcarata. 1.
hybrida, 9. 45.
Rafflesiana, 27.
Burkei. 15.
intermedia, 30.
Ratclifflana, 42.
Chelsoni. 25.
Kennedyana, 5.
Rajah, 24.
Khasiana, 14.
mfescens, 8.
l<evis, 11.
sanguinea, 3.
C.nrtii, :«."
lanata. 6.
Sedeni, 36.
C'urtisii. 21.
Lawrenciana. 37.
Stewartii. 39.
cvlindrir.-i. 10.
Madagascariensis.
Stuartii. 39.
Di..ksoni.Hna. 29.
2.
Veitehii, 6, 16.
distillatoria, 12.
major. 7.
Tillosa. 17.
Dominii, 44.
Mastersiana, 4.
vittata, 7.
Ilormanniana.35.
Williamsii. 33.
Edinensis. 2(i.
'\l!?r:I!,nmna, "U
Wriglcvana. 38.
Eyennanni. 11.
.\.,rlhi:,n:i ■_'>'
Zevlaniea. 8, 12.
NEPENTHES
Color of pitrher ivholhj or
chirflil r,il: no spots.
Pltrh.r' oilh .' nnronl-
jHoiitiiio s/'ors 1. bicalcarata
Pilrhrr o-,th,.ot loirar.l-
pointnuj spurs.
Shape of pitcher short-
flask- or miiri-nliaped 2. Madagascariensis
Shape of pitchergnite ei/liii-
drical ^. sanguinea
, Shape of pitrher cijliinlri-
Length of pitcher 7 in. or
Length of pitcher 3 in 3. Kennedyana
Color of pitcher trholhj or
chiefly green: spots f.n-
if am/.
. Wimis'ohnni.l frioge.l.
. Foliiioi' lioini Ih ii.ulh i;. lanata
.Folio./r n..t hair,/ loornlh.
.Li,ls'ioalhrl'ho„lhr,.,'.nith.
,.)■, ,7 or Itriit hiu-l; 7. ampuUaria
, Li,l as l,ini'' OS II,, ,„„„tl,.
. L'r/,, r port „l p,l,l,,r
flush, ,1 r,,l: i,, ,1; h,,i- . . . s. rufescens
II. ,/, i,,,ih '.t. hybrida
. Vpp, r i„i,l „f i.,l,h,r O'ilh
r,ith, r l,,i/li 10. cylindrica
, Wio,,s o„l ir, „,,,,! {,XC,pl
s;m,lio,,s X. I,, rist.
. B,is, ,,f li,l o,,t,-h,,l 11. loevis
.B„s.'..ll,.l O..I „..t,-h.,l.
. Infl,,,' s,-, „,■, i„ti,i,i.,l VI. distillatoria
. Infl.,, .<,■,,„, ,■„,',,„.,....
. Lrs. p. I, ..I,, I i:;. Phyllamphora
. Lrs. s, ssil,' It. Khasiaua
, Color of pitcher more or less
spotted.
. Pitcher winqless 15. Burkei
. Pit,-h,r H-inipd.
.F,,i:.,',. l.',:r„ ! ,11,.
,■1 li;. Veitchii
ilisi.i,,! (//.■/..■ 17. villosa
.Foliage not hairn hcnmlh.
. Base of lrs. rather hroad.
the Ivs. sessile or nearli/
. Mo,ilh of pil,-h,r o-ilh n
rill, IS. cincta
NEPENTHES
1071
Vniler side of lid '2-spnrred.2\. Curtisii
Coder side of lid not
spnrred.
Lid not bent back 22. mixta
, ■ , . , , , f 2;!. ampullaria,
^"' '"'"' ""''" I var. vittata
Shiipeofpih-l,,rlik,',i m,i,l.
. Month of pitcher bi, I, I, rtho II
the bottom 24. Eajah
. Mouth of pitcher smaller
than the iottom.
. Wing fringes sparse 25. Chelsoni
2(!. Edinensis
. Wing fringes copious 27. Rafflesiana
. Shapeofpitcherlikea flask,
i.e., inflated below, more
or less cylindrical above.
Nos. 28 to 45. Flask-shaped and Spotted Pitcher
Plants, a key to which will be found on page 1073.
1. bicalcarata, Hook. Young pitchers bowl-shaped,
3K X 3 in.: old pitchers SxU in., including a neck 2 in.
long: color of pitchers less vivid than in N.sangninea.
Borneo. I.H. 28:408. G.C. II. 13:201. Gn. 17:237; 33,
p. 29.— The spurs resemble
the fangs of a snake. Appa-
rently no other species has
such spurs. G. W. Oliver
writes that all the specimens
he has seen have been yellow-
ish green, covered with rust-
colored, downy material.
Madagascarignsls,
leathery, reddish
th, ox Hi in.: pitcher 4-6 in.
shiiped; mouth nearly circular, with scarcely any neck.
G.C.II.16:U«5.
3. sangninea, Lindl. Pitcher 12x2 in., quite cylin-
•drical; noneck. Malava. P.S. 22:2343. G.C. 1872:541;
11. 11:13. F.JI. 1S74:12K.-This is one of the very few
4. M
sanguinea x N. Khasi-
ical, but the upper third
imes with spots of darker
■in-
5. Kennedyana, F. Muell. Pitcher 5x IJ^ in., reddish,
cylindrical, but narrower above ; lid as large as the mouth
and nearly horizontal. Australia. G.C. II. 17:257.
NEPENTHES
lanata AI i-,ti
inn IS ultimately reddish lir wn The
typical N feitchii (B M 5080) is «aid
to have ' rufous " hairs on the under side
of the Ivs Borneo I H 23 261 ( proba
blv a poor picture) Gn 17 237 (as \
Veitchn) JV lanata should perhaps rank
merely as a variety of iV \ eitchu
7 ampullina. Jack This and Nos 2
and 12 Hooker distinguishes from ill rtl r
spe 1 s 1\ their inflorescence wl I i
in reur less panicled instead of r\ i
Pitther II n„' tin long lid snull i tl i
the
I a( k M
revel i \ vittata |
1 H .4 \ maior I
ofifere 1 1 il 1 tl i tl
kind that h is n h mt ^ „'l m K I ut J M
Macfarlane declares that all species ha\ s
hone% glands on the rim though this spe
cies has none on the rudimtntdrj lid
8 ruKscens, Veitch n / /? ; ^ r
riibiax^ CoiDtu) St nii I 1 I I 1
co\ered b> broad deiiiii t 1 t l^
which are about 1 in h n I I \ i
pitcher narrowly flask si j i \ ii
— Fresh pitcher sent b\ s I i 1 hffei
from & C HI 4 009 in lux i i r i
row green rim higher ni k i 1 li 1 f ii tb
flushed red above but fitth i ott
below
9 h^bnda, Veitch Lvs 8-9x2 pitche;
5 m long mouth o\ ate, lid spotted ne< 1
rather high V Kliasiaiia was the mal
parent Judging from the structure 1
M Macfarlane thinks that JV giaciln w
the female parent Fully described in i
C 1872 541
10 cylindnca \ t 1 1 1 i i 1 f A /
hniicn \ar mi( \ I I
■with a very te« ii i | t il t I I
low but perhd
Hisk
shaped
lid oblong much spotted at least beneath
rim IS shown as narrow and regularh
rolled back in G C III 2 521, but said to
be frilled and somewhat dilated toward
the neck.
11. Iffivis, Lindl. Lvs. narrow, leathery,
without pubescence, fringes or teeth :
pitcher 2-4 in. long, cylindrical but nar-
rower above ; wings narrow-fringed or
not; rim entirely without ribs (a unique
character, if constant). Java, Singapore.
G.C. 1848:655.
12. distillatdria, Linn. Pig. 1471. This
is one of the oldest names among lovers
of the pitcher plants, but Masters says
the plants cultivated under this name are
really N. Khasiana. N. diaiiUatoria is
one of very few species that has pani-
cled fls. Lvs. narrowed into a
broadly winged, half-clasping stalk, '^'^
which is scarcely or not at all decur- 1
rent; texture leathery : pitcher 4- '''J
6x 1-1 H in., cylindrical, obscurely j'^
dilated at the base, more or less „,.,
flushed red upwards ; lid about as )im ,
NEPENTHES
leaf,
1 G.
C. 11,13:309.
13. PhylUmphora, Willd. Fig. 1471. Lvs.
with a long winged petiole, halt-clasping or
less; nerves numerous longitudinal; tex-
ture of young lvs. membranous: pitcher 4-6
in. long, subcylindrical ; lid about as large
as the mouth and horizontal. Cochin China,
Moluccas. — The above description is from
Hooker, not from B.M. 2629, which, accord-
ing to H. J. Veitch (J. H. S. 21:2.32), is
really N. gracilis. In R. H. 1887, p. 511, is
a picture labelled iV. Plnjlhnnplwra, which
i^ tljr. sanio thiTis- ns the onp in R. H. 1861.
II. Khasiana, Ihicik. I'i^-. 1471. Not ad
ile,cla
pmg. SI,
pitcher 4-7 X r , . : jVi
than those of .^'. '^ ,',.'/,/' /, i I nii;,[:,\ ; s.
B. M. 2798 {erroiu-.iusly as .V, ,lisl,ll„l,.n„\.
In B.M. 2798 the pitcher is cylindrical but
narrow at the bottom. J. M. Macfarlane ver-
ifies this description, and adds that the true
N Khtf<iana his i long narrow pitcher
whi h IS green or tinged with brick red
Ij Burkfi Ml t This s di tingui 1 ed
ipi
r prolifaca M t h i re slen ler
lit nil ver 1 mailer and less highly
lored pitchers produced in greater pro
lb Veitchii H k !■ „ 14( A splen
lid plant re I I I I \tienel\
viderim wl 1 m ai i
s often bol U II | I I rg i ii
>bi 1 ;
nfuse
, t rn
lie — on
17 Tillosa, Hook. Fig. 1472. This
is distinct from all other species here
described bj its rim, which is com-
NEPENTHES
vihii* t^xcept for teeth
■. .V. Edwardsiumi
1 such a rim. Bor-
B.M. 5080, which is
'•2 in.; rim lobed, not entire as in N. albn-ninri/i-
baclc of pitcher 2-spurred. Borneo. G. C. II.
. — The white band is narrower than in ..V. allio-
19. gracilis, K..rtli. Lvs. sessile, long decurrent :
pitcher cvliiiclri.nl Imt iiirtated at the base and con-
.stricteaattli.Miii,MI.-.J',-4in.long. Borneo. B.M. 2629
(erroneimsiy as .V. J'hiill.i mphora}. V. 3: 221 (poor as
to shape t>f i.it.li.r). Var. major is the only form offered.
20. Northiana, ll.n.k. Id-niarkable for its wide rim,
which is sai<l to attain "_* in. and is perhaps nearly as wide
as in N. l-eil.-liii. I'it.lier flasli-shaped, 12-16 x llJ-^-u
in. Borneo. Gu. 2:i, p. 4%. R.B. 21, p. 271. S.H.I, p. 107
(all the same cut). G.C. II. 16:717 is misleading as to
width of rim, and was perhaps done from a very young
pitcher.
21. Ciirtiali, Hook. This spocios is v.tv distinct by
reason of the shape of the pitcher. Pitclicr 7 \ 1 ',. in..
as nearly cylindrical as in anx- sji.cn s .,r tin -. mus.
The mouth and neck are lilic .\'. Ii''rn/> s/^nm . Imt the
pitcher is not bulged below and tin- tls. an- ^'i-cn instead
of dark red. This species is uniipie by reason of its
spurs. The back spur is borne not at the junction of
back and lid as usual, but on the back of the pitcher.
Moreover, the midrib of the lower surface of the lid is
produced into 2 spurs — one near the base and a longer
one near the apex. Borneo. B.M. 7i:i8. G.C. III. 2: 089.
I.H. .3.5. p. .■>9 (same cut). G.C. III. 6:661. -A fresh
pitcher sent bv Siebrecht shows thttt this is even more
distinct an.l splendid than the pictures show.
■J-J, mixta.Ma^t. i X. .Vn,-/;,;^;;. Veitd, . . Hybrid of ^V.
yiu-/lin' Hti at id .\,< 'mi'sii . ha\ itii: ilie.-\ litcifical pitcher
of the Iiitl.T lillt net tile '^ spill-S ..1, t lie 1. .Wer sido Of the
lid. The h s, :ire rcinarkablt- in being somewhat notched
at the tipex ef the blade. Pitcher 8 in. long; rim deep
criMis,,ii, II. C. III. 13:47. G.M. 36:7.54. R.B. 21, p. 268.
— Acci.iilitii,^ t.. ^'citch,the fls. are panicled.
2:t. ampuUiria, var. vitt^ta He,.,, uiay be sought the
spotted var. ..t .V. e,,/:',,,-,,, .i.^ecihed at No. 7. In
I.H. L'i:::::: this spell, , ,i.-ented with a small,
lini:ullv olildtn^. in - , i : , her and a lid bent
back to a wlnilly eM-epi i. ,ii:il .l^-i.e,
24. Eijah, Hook. Fig. 1472. Distinguished by the
immense size of the pitchers, their odd shape, the great
mouth, the disproportionately large lid, and also by the
tendril which is given off, not from the apex of the leaf,
as usual, but from the under surface a short distance
below the apex. Pitchers a foot or more long and three-
fourths as wide. Borneo. G.C. II. 16:493. Gn. 22, p.
122. P. 1883. p. 157.
25. Chfelsoni, Veitch (.V. Dominii x jV. UnWesiana).
Pitcher 3-4x2Uin. More fully described in G.C.
26. Edin^nsis (X. EaffUsiana y. Clielsoni). Raised
at the Botanic Gardens of Edinburgh, but not described
so far as known. A.F. 7:3S1.-Cult. at U. S. Botanical
Gardens, Washington, D. C.
27. EaHIesiana, Jack. Fig. 1470. This is one of the
most distinct species by reason of its high-necked
pitchers and purple fls. The young pitchers are mug-
shaped (excluding the neck), while the mature ones
(rarely seen in cnlt.) are a.'tually wider at top than at
Var. instgrois. Mast., is a m..?-
covered when youne with white
inug-shaped. 9x4 in., thickly bei
NEPENTHES 1073
stelliform hairs. G.C. II. 8:425. Var. nivea is densely
covered with white down. Var. pallida is cult, at Wash-
ington, D. C. Var. Hookeriana ( .V. ll„nk, ,■,:,„„, Low.
X. Hookeri, Alphand). Fig. 1472. Said t.. be the parent
of more hybrids than any other kind. It seems to be a
distiiKt lic.tanical variety from Borneo, differing essen-
tiiilh in having a low neck. According to Masters
(lie. II. Ii;:,sl21, it alsodiffers in havingashort petiole
\\iiK-li is very broad at the base, and a flatter, not hood-
like lid. Also the lvs. are thicker, with '■'■-'< secondary
nerves on each side of the midrib ami jiitillel tn it, the
The' ti -1 11-.. in 1, i\ I'l. 16:813
(repeated in G.( '. 111. 12:.-..-,7, I, II. n, p 1 I,., nn.l S.H.
1:57) is inaccurate as t,, the -,.111, - .u.iinctly
shown as a pnileiiL'iiti.iii ef tie n,-, 1 1 n i.f the
FLASK-SHAPED AND SPOTTED PITCHER PLANTS.
.\llof ll.e,t.|.jl.ll,ls „,„. I.. I„ 1
flesiana. i. e . tlicy arc lirnportic
stricted above.
F. Xeck extretiu'lij hifjh,a
ited
i-ij oblique mouth^as
in Fig. 14^2 (bottom).
G. Spots red and yellow: pitchers
ehieflif red
GG. Spots red mid ijreen.
HH. Hi III iiiirri'ir.
I. I|-;,i,,s ii;,r,/,nid fluted (
atrosanguinea
..29. Dicksoniana
', parti-colored. .
.12. coccmea
33. WiUiamsii
34. Morganiana
HH. Sim self-colored, dark . .
GO. Spots red and green.
H. Wiiii/s iriirii Ins wellasfrinijedi'io Tormanniana
shaped,
J. Base of lid h
jj. Base of lid not notched.
Shape of lid oblonij
20. Dicksoniana, .Ma
.36. Sedeni
37. Lawrenciana
.3,s. Wrigleyana
iloi-ed.'.i'.). Stewartii
40. Henryana
41. Eyermanni
42. Ratcliffiana
43. Outramiana
44. Dominii
45. hybrida,
var. maculata
nerican hybrid, said to
bra. Said to be much
in. Pitcher 6x2^ in.;
11.1:541
irallel
ntermedia
ch {X. Bafflesiana x ?). Stem
\i'teil with pale rust colored down: lvs. taper to both
lis: pit.lier ii \ L" . in.; rim flatfish, parti-colored; lid
■s h led than in .V. Bafflesiana. G.C. II. 17:179;
1. 12:125. F. 1875, p. 257 (neck too low).
tl. Courtii, Veitch (iV. ? x Dominii). Stem purplish
d hairv: pitcher 5x2Ji in., of very firm texture.
C. 111.6:845.
1074
NEPENTHES
M. sli;j:htly speckled
.1 ,|."tted. G.C. II.
• •■ (li-tiiiguished by
fioii. the next. The
, regularly disposed,
32. coccinea, IMnst. An
parentage. Pitflur tixli in
with yellow; rim rr.l :mh1
18:169. I. H. 41. |.. 1 1:;. -i
original descri|ili"iis nn.i |
leaf -margins of both have n
minute teeth.
33. Williamsii, B. S. Williams (iV. Sedeni x IV. ffook-
eri). Pitcher 4-5 in. long, intermediate in shape between
its parents; interior spotted red; lid reddish brown be-
neath. G.C. II. 14:40.-In Gn. 27:494 the rim is errone-
ously shown as dark and self-eolored, but a fresh pitcher
sent by Siebrecht has a beautiful, shiny, richly parti-
colored rim.
34. Morgani&na, Hort. (iV. M6rgani<t, Hort.). One
of Taplin's American hybrids, supposedly between N.
Hookeri and N. PhuUamphora, Lvs. reddish, margins
entire: pitcher medium-sized. Originally said to have
a green lid, hut in Gn. 23:390 the lid is light yellow,
spotted n-d. at least bi-Iow.
35. Dormanniina, Masters. Possibly an American
hybrid; part'nta;;e unknown. Lvs. finely ciliate at the
edges: pitcher 6x3; lid spotted. G. C. II. 17:525.-
Fresh pitcher sent by Siebrecht has a parti-colored rim.
36. S^deui, Veitch. J»lasters, in his careful descrip-
tion in G.C 1872:542; says that the lid is cordate, but
this feature is not shown in the Veitchian trade cut used
in F. 1872, p. 54 and S. H. 1:104. Stem terete, glabrous:
lvs. 7x1% in.: pitcher (probably not mature) 3x1 in
37. Lawrenciina, B. S. Williams (y. Sedeni x Hook-
erii). Pitcher 4-5 in. liinu'. intnim .l^ite in shape be-
tween its parents, and in Issn ^:ihl \., l,,- a brighter red
than any kind except X. s.ni,i„,n, <r. i.vs. slightly ser-
rate: lid reddish beneatl.. (;.(. II. 11:40. I. H. 29:460
(lid spotted above).
38. 'Wrigleyina, Hort. Said to be another hybrid of
JV. Phijl/umpliiira and iV". Hookeri. Lvs light green,
like tliose of jV. Phyllamphora, 10-12x134-2 in., acute
at both ends, glandular beneath, and with 2 or more
parallel nerves
17:143.
39. St^wartii,
parentage as >
light green cl"
texture of A. /
F. 1879, p. l.^>7. N
nent rih"oiithr
on
each
side
of
the
midrib.
G.C. II.
V
•itch
f.r, sn,
,1 -,
Hort. ?
-,u.l to
. .th the
iliate
i.ihave
at Corn
. Sante
have the
leathery
in size.
»"promi-
ellUniv.
40. Henryina
Pitcher :.xi. 1.
li
1.
S.W
i'.ClW
mams (N. Hookeri xy
. Gn. 27:494. Here m
Srdelli).
ly belong
opt
decidedly parti-colored and the wings entirely unf ringed,
the last point being the most suspicious.
41. £yermanni, Hort. Lvs. 10x2 it. , d.jik crreen,
leathery, with a few niinuti- t.ril lii. n,,i. piichcr
4xl>^ in.,hand-MnM- .Ink n.i.NM i .L;nen
spots; mouth ovnii. i^iiliri- -li,,,! I i uHlisb.
as large as tin- mouth, tiv.ly -|i-!i.,l :,i.... -rM-.-dy
beneath; rim narrow, slightly partic-nloied: wings in
the specimen sent with a short fringe above and none
below. Described from fresh pitcher furnished by Sic-
breclit.
42. BatoliHiina, Veitch {y. PliyllamphoraxN. Hook-
eri). Lvs. light green, leathery, 12-15 x IK in. : pitcher
5-6x2 in.; rim parti-colored; lid about as large as the
mouth, ovate, glandular and spotted below. G.C. II.
43. Outramiina, B. S.Williams (N. SedenixN. Hook-
eri). Pitcher 5 in. long; interior well spotted; rim
parti-colored; lid spotted, at least below. G.C. II. 14:41.
V. 1880, p. 156 (same cut). P M. 1879:384.
44. Domlnil, Veitch (iV. DomUiinna, Uott.t N.Bnf-
fleaiinaxl). Stem purplish, slightly downy: lvs. 1()-18
x3 in., 1 -nerved: pitcher 6x2 in., lid spotted. — Siebrecht
sends a small pitcher with a high neck, narrow, parti-
coloreil rim, li.l faintlv Hushed above, freely spotted
below. Tlnrr is niMn- ^'nin than red in the pitcher.
45. hjbrida, var. maculita, Hort. (iV. Kliaxiannx?).
Stem glabrous: lvs. I.ix2'., in., 1-nerved: pitcherox VA
iudr
The color of the
thinks that y.gr
The following kii
not at present be
^(/fHiVhw.Hort. S
hybrid between N.
Amesiana, Hort. ^
and N. Hookeriani
Pit.her and .Man.l,
■ the middle.
Hyl.rid ..f KalH.'si.-i
.spotted, oblong, r'
hybrid with medii
Hamiltouidna is sa
berdii is probably t
Pitcher & Manda :
Hort.'Si.-h,.'."' ■ ■ '
Siebrecht,- N l;
Pitcher \ ••:
Pitcher &
ifed pitcher
W. M.
NfiPETA (Latin, perhaps from Nepete, an Etrurian
city). Luhi&ta. This genus includes Catnip, Ground
Ivy and some other hardy perennial herbs of the easiest
culture. Catnip is a familiar weed near dwellings and
barns. Cats are fond of it, and Catnip tea is a pungent
memory with those who have survived the era of
homelv simples. The .seeds of Catnip are still oflercd.
1473. Catnip— Nepeta Cataria. Enlarged.
NEPETA
vases and baskets. Nepeta is a genu
cies, mostly in the northern henli^
tropics. Perennial or annual herlts
dwarf and more or less trailing: Ivs.
the flor:
NEPHROLEPIS
1075
• ri-st
or redurcd to bruL-ts :
whorls of Hs. crowded in
a dense spike, or in a
loose cyme, rarely few-
fld. and'axillary: lis. blue
or white; calyx 15-nerved;
corolla 2-lipped; perfect
stamens 4: ovary 4-parted.
The genus is placed be-
tween Lopanthus and
Dracocephalum, and is
characterized as follows:
calyx tubular, the mouth
straight or oblique, 5-
toothed; stamens usually
parallel, ascending; anther
cells divergent or divari-
cate. See Fig. 1473 .
?i'epeta O'ieehoma is a
perennial erveping plant
of easy culture in any
, rich, fairly moist
soil, in either shade or full sunliglit, but to be luxuriant
in the open it should have a moist soil. It is a very
rapid grower, and is therefore often troublesome when
planted with other low-growing plants. It is useful as
a ground covering in shrubbery borders and shady
places generally.
A. Blooms smaU, inconspicuous^
B. Color of fls. white or nearly so.
Catiria, Linn. Catnip or Catnep. Catmint. Figs.
1473, 1474. Tall and erect: Ivs. heart-sbaped, green
above, whitish below, crenate, stalked. Eu., Orient.
BB. Color of fls. blue.
Glechdma, Benth. Ground Ivt. Gill-ovek-the-
Ground. Makes a dense mat: Ivs. roundish, more
deeply notched at the base than Catnip, and green on
both sides, the floral ones like the others, not reduced
to bracts as in the other kinds here described: whorls
axilbii-v, few-fld. Nat. from Eu., Asia. B.B. 3:87.— The
grcin-ivd. form is less cult, than var. variegata (iV.
lull, racea. Trev., var. variegata, Hort.).
AA. Blossoms lartjcv, shoiry, blue.
B. Lus. not notched at the base.
maorantha, Fisch. En-ct. ln-:mcl.ing. nearly glabrous:
Ivs. short-stalked. o\ :i;- ; i,, > I i > . jn i-u en both sides:
cymes peduncled. 1. 'i i ' m li Lnii,'; bracts
minute. Altai. B..'M. i" .. /',.-;./,. (/<n,i Sibiricnm).
c. Fls. pedictlled.
betonicsefdlia, C. A. Mey. Upper Ivs. green on both
sides: bracts a half shorter than the calyx. Caucasus.
Iks ascending: Ivs.
uubranched: bracts
•;isus, Persia. R.H.
Mussini, Spren'r. I '
green above. whitisli ' i i .
much shorter than th. ^J .. i
1891:300. B.M. 923 ( .V. I,.i„,;f„l,
F. W. Barclay and W. M.
NEFHSLIUU (old name of the burdock applied to
this genus because the rough fruits were supposed to re-
semble those of burdock). Sapinilitceir. TheLitchi nut
can be obtained in the dried state in the larger nuirkeis
of the eastern states and is often seen on the tables
of trans-Pacific steamers. The tree is cult, in the
West Indies but not in the U. S., unless in Porto
Rico. The whole fruit is about as large as a small
walnut. The outer covering consists of a thin, brittle
shell, under which is a layer of soft, aromatic and
delicious pulp; finally in the center is a rather large,
smooth, hard-shelled seed, from which the pulp readily
separates. It is one of the most delicately flavored
fruits that the tropics produce. In dried state it will
keep a long time, and can be transported to distant
parts. Thus dried, the pulp shrinks from the shell and
becomes tough and less aromatic and delicate.
of southern China and the Malay
Thet
archipelago, where it has been cult, for at least
years. It has been brought to the extreme south of
Japan and to various tropical count n. s. If «;!■- iiitroiUiced
to southern Fla. in 1886. Only a Innii. .1 i is suited
to its growth, as it does not re;i(iil\ ,hI ijit iis.-lt to cli-
mates which differ much from tli.ii |" . nhar to its orig-
inal habitat. ItisagcM.,! 1 < ii II , lid to attain a di-
ameter of 2-3 ft. It is I under glass in a
few European botanic _' I nomic interest.
The preceding accuni i- ii-iimi,.1 chiefly from
G. C. Georgeson's article in A.u. l..Ji,;i. W. A. Taylor
writes : "The Litchi nut is also sold in Chinese stores
in the larger cities in the form of preserves packed in
syrup in glass jars. In this form the peculiar fragrance
and flavor of the fresh fruit are well preserved."
Nephelium is a genus of abou
abruptly pinnate ;
Ifts. not quite op-
posite, oblong, en-
panicles axillary and
terminal, many-fld.:
fls. small, regular,
polygamo- dioecious;
calyx small, cup-
shaped, 4-6-cut: pet-
als none or 4-6, vil-
lous or with 2 scales;
stamens 6-10: ovary 2-3-lobed.
is allied to the soap-berry.
Litchi, Cambes. Litchi or Leechee. Fig. 1475. Lfts.
about 3 pairs, lanceolate, 1-nerved beneath. China.
A. G. 12:269.
NEPHRdDITIM. A name used at Kew for species of
Dryopteris, which see. iV. emersum, var. cristaltim is
advertised, but unknown to botanists.
L. M. Underwood.
NEPHROLEPIS (Greek, l-idney scale : alluding to the
indusia). Polypodiitcttt . A L^miis ..f subtropical ferns
with pinnate Ivs., the piiiiiii' iiiticiilntcd to the raehis,
free veins and a renifortii "i- i-Munilisii indusiura rising
from the apex of the upp.i ImuhcIi id a vein. See Fern.
INDEX.
acuta, 3. Vuffii, 1. plumosa. 2.
Baitsei. 3. exaltata, 2. rufesceiis, 3.
Bostonieasis, 2. furcans, 4. tripitmalifida, 3.
cordata, 1. Paradisw, 2. tnberosa, 1.
cordifolia. 1. pectlnata. 1. Washingtonensis, 2.
davallioides, 4. Phitippensis . 2.
1475. Litchi Nut— Nephelium ( X K).
Botanically the genus
'fi'ii, Moore, is
Zealand, with
lata compacta,
B. Marijins entire or crenulate.
2. exaltata, Sihott. Sword Fern. Stalks 4-6 in. long:
Ivs. l-'Jtt ..rill' 'I Imiil- :! i; ill- brond: pinna? close, usu-
ally a. 11" •!'■ ' ' • '■■ - I'L'litly cri-nate, the upper
sideaiii ' I ! I 11^ l\oii-andEastAfrica.
The"|;.. --I I ..' /■:'"/./. -..~/N (see Plate XI)
of tin- I, .; ■ ,: :m : ' I !,: jl.' Milm ■! Lilt lias no stand-
ing as a l...i:tii w al \ ari.l \ , 1 1 I- -,.,,,,■ ai a - iii 1 1 a- trade
under the Imti i. nli mal iiaiif \ /' . • -. ,„ltata,
N. 'pi'iili",,.r„si,, ll.,rt.. will, dark Iwl . da'l-k alVcn foli-
age, probably belongs here. ^V. WaxhiiujtouHnsis and
N. Washingioniensis, var. pendula, Hort., are said to be
forms of this species. G. W. Oliver says that their fronds
last well after being cut.
1076
NEPHEOLEPIS
3. acilta, Presl. (iV. ^uilsfj, Hort. ). Lvs. 2-4 ft. long,
8-12 in. wide, on short slightly scaly stalks; pinnae %-l
in. wide, acute, with entire or slightly crenate margins,
the lower basal angle rounded, the upper auricled : in-
dusia suborbicular. Fla. to Brazil and in the tropics of
the Old World. -jy.riif^scens, Presl., is awooUy variety.
If. iripinnatifida is said to be a variety of this species.
BB. Margitis pinnatifid.
4, davallioides. Kunze. Lvs. drooping, 2-3 ft. long,
1 ft. or more wide ; lower pinnse inciso-crenate, the upper
narrower, with deeper lobes. In cultivation the pinnse
are forked often several times and are sometimes irregu-
larly crested: their form resembles the horticultural va-
riety fiircans. Java. - Var. furoans multiceps is also
advertised.
A', serrulata cristata. once advertised by John Saul, seems un-
known to the botanies.— A'. Wlttboldii, P.R. 5:247 (1900) ; 6:52n.
is a variety of Boston Fern with fronds thrice as wide as the
type. The pinnae are said to have characteristic convolutions.
Underwood.
NEBINE
be procured at little cost aud is easily grown. It is prop-
agated by division or by the creeping rhizomes. This is
best done in early spring. The rhizomes msy be pegged
down in small pots and when well rooted may be de
tached from the parent plant. A good compost for pot-
ting consists of soil and leaf -mold, with some well-rotted
manure added. Shift into larger pots or pans as the
plants requiir. s.<urc i; 1 drainage and give plenty
of water, es].. .-ially (luriiis.' the summer months. This
treatment will iiKikc spi-.-imen plants of 3-5 ft. in diam-
eter by October, with graceful fronds drooping in such
a manner as to hide the pot or pan. A well-grown speci-
men suspended in a bay-window is a sight long to be re-
membered. There are many plants in good condition
that have been in use for several years during the sum-
mer on the veranda and in the house during the winter
months. James Dean.
NEPHTHtTIS (name borrowed from Egvptian my-
thology; Nephthys, mother of Amibis, wife oit' Typhon').
About half a dozen species of tropical African
creepers, 2 of which are cult, in hothouses for their va-
riegated foliage. The lvs. are all more or less halberd -
shaped or arrow-shaped, with scarcely any sheath on
the petiole Inflorescence terminal: spathe concave-ex-
panded ovary 1 celled; ovule solitary, pendulous,
picturita, N E. Br. The white markings form a pat-
cembling the tips of fern fronds laid between the
T\es with their points all directed towards the base
the midrib Plant stemless, spreading bv runners:
tioles 10-12 in long: blade G-12 in. long, 5-9 in. broad,
>ngo \ ar angustita, N. E. Br., has smaller and nar-
rower lvs. Figured in catalogue of
u. •■
curvifolia
Fothereilli (>
The Boston Fern 7\ephiolepis exaHata, var Bostoni-
ensiSf is without doubt the most valuable ornamental
foliage plant for hou e and t n ervatory decoration that
the trade has put tl \i i n nn ni'arkft for years.
Its many good i« I vil.-um. M.liliiion to
covered that it w; | n f.ir tli.- |. alms, en-
during with them t j II 11 tl hy atmu-sphLTc of the
house. Thriving un ici indifferent care, it has proved
itself a very valua! le plant It grows where many of our
best house plants had been failures. It is a plant that can
triph^Ua, Hort. "A pretty stove
cree]>er with dark green thrice-di-
vided lvs. marked with greenish
white in the exact shape of the leaf."
NEPTtTNIA plSna is a rare sensi-
tive plant of aquatic habit found in
the East and West Indies and S.
Amer. It has foliage much like that
of the common sensitive plant, Ali-
mnxa piidica. The fls. are so odd
that no one at first sight would
imagine that they belong to the
legume family. They are more or
less egg-shaped in outline, VA x I
in., and borne singly on stalks 6 in.
long. They are drooping and have
numerous stamens. The singular
feature of these fls. is a mass of yel-
low petalage composed of 6 or more tiers of reflexed,
narrowly lanceolate strips, which are really transformed
and sterile stamens. The plant floats on the water and
has grooved stems, the portion underwater being white,
spongy and full of air-cells. It is of difficult culture
and can probably not be secured in Europe at present,
but would make an interesting addition to our northern
botanic gardens. B.M. 4695. Legiiminosw.
NEKlNE (a nereid of Greek mythology). AmaryUi-
ditcuv. A remarkable genus of tender bulbous plants,
of which the commonest species is N. Samiensis. long
known as the Guernsey Lily from the island where
these bulbs are grown to perfection. They will never
become popular with florists, because the winter is their
■ tead of flowering time. They belong
to the very small class of autumn-blooming bulbs. The
common kinds flower from Sept. to Nov. without any
foliage, and the lvs. are developed all winter. About
May the lvs. die down and the bulbs rest from May to
Aug. The fls. range from scarlet through salmon and
pink shades to white, and are bnrrie in umbels of 4-20
fls., on scapes varvingfmm i:; ft. 1.. tig and averaging IK
ft. The fls. are Opart. .1. th, -. -ments more or less
rolled back and somitimr- iiimii. ,1 .ir fluted.
There are 10 species, all fr..iu ,-south Africa. A com-
mon trade name is JVerine ./apnniea, which is really a
Lycoris since it has black seeds, while all the true
Nerines have green seeds. It, however, has the au-
NERINE
tumn-blooming habit and fls. of the same general ap
pearance as true Ijlerine. Nerines have two distinct
types of beauty, illustrated by Figs. 1476 and 1477
The kinds with the narrow perianth segments, which
are crisped or fluted, have a spidery look and are not as
popular as the kinds with broad, flat segments, which
make a showier cluster of fls. The segments vary from
one-twelfth to one-half an inch in width. The showiest
kinds are hybrids or varieties of iV. Siirnienais and
iV. curvifoUa, the former species being the most pro
lific of varieties. In these two species the strong, ver
tical lines of the erect, long-protruded stamens make a
striking feature. The fls. of the other species have
more of a drooping tendency and the stamens are
shorter and declinate, as in Fig. 1477. iV. pudica is
perhaps the choicest white-flil. kind. Nerines have
bulbs 1-2 in. or less in diam., and about 6 Ivs., varying
from 8-18 in. in length and 4-9 lines in width. Among
the uncultivated kinds are some with short, stout
scapes and others with appendages at the base of the
filaments. The Ivs. appear after the fls. in the first two
species, but with the Hs. in the others. Baker, Hand
book of the Amaryllidese, 1888, and Flora Capensis
vol. 6, 18!IG-7.
The following American experience is condensed from
an article b\ the late John Robertson in the Fl rists
ReMew 1 bio
Nernus aie noted fir the sparkling tes.ture of their
fls In trnn li 1 t tl or 1 vc tl j peaiance of being
fl 1 \ tl 111 the writei is ac
I 1 III I I ^e undtr artificial
Ul t tl I \ /• /
Tl I t t 1 \ s IS to secure the
full St I 111 1 tl iment f the I ull)s Thlsiefeis
t) the r Kilter tu atment Th( y ei io> ab ind in e cf
witerat the I t and overhead with i a i ndl m\i
t iti t I I I I II anure Tl is ti atn ent should
1 the Ivs turn jellow which is a
I I I ts are finishing their growth
I 1 \ atLr supph graduallv lay the
I 1 ere they are nit likeh to get
I 1 nlifcht so that the bulbs mav
t tl I I 1 pts tan be
r il 1 I 111 I ent bulbs
g I II 1 tl n er scape
appears I ck ft il i t n i h t tl e sui face soil with a
sharp pointei stick and gn e the ball cf r ots a g od
soaking and a slight top dressing
1077
alh
BB il /laiiroui, sickle shaped
curvifoUa Herl Lvs strap shaped curved
M
bright scarlet:
(as^(H«-
ryll I I ) II I! —Cult only in the form
of^ar FOthergillK ^ J- II / Ih Roem ) whiohismore
lobust m all p irts (1 ig 14 U) fls more numerous be-
tween crimson and sc irlet Gn 22, p 4CJ \ ar Fdther-
gilli mijor ( V FothergilU mdjor Hort ) is a form with
still larger fls F R 1 675
I.S-DEX.
Amaryllis. I.2.S.6.
corus'v',',' 1.'
i-m-vifolia, 2.
flesuosa. .■!.
Fothergilli, 2.
humilis, 6.
iiisigiiis. 1.
Mans, Hi. 3.
Plantii, 1.
pudica, 4.
pulehella. 3.
rosea, 1.
.Sarnieusis, 1
splendens. 6.
undulata. 5.
A. Stamens and style nearly erect.
B. Lvs. green, subereci.
1. SarniSnsls, Herb. Guernsey Lilt. Lvs. linear, not
c ir ed laterally fls bright cr'mson per'anth segments
harlly crsped B M '94 -Var Pldntu ( V PI t
Hort ) has a longer scape luUer fl an 1 uore d t nctly
clawed segn ents t n 1^9 Var venusta ha br ght
s a let fls 1 rod eel earl er than any of he tl e v e
t p B AI 1 1 A rosea I
AA Stamens and sti/l } I
Outer fls of the umbel openn j I f
c Segments distiii tlj i i I
3 nexudsa. Herb «l j tl \ I
other kinds sometiin t I 1
pmk Var pulch^Ua I i 1 1
tvpe scape not fle\ i i tl | 1 i II
B M 2407 and ( ii ''1 i \ /
tif
umbels 4-6-
white keeled
shorter than
-&how^ not
the perianth 1 s _ -4 4 (
spidery
BB Outer fls opening after the inner onef
c Length of perianth segments l4-% i«
•i andul&ta. Herb Fls pale pink, very much
crisped BM 369 (&s Anianjllis undulata)
cr Length of perianth segments 1-1)4 in
C. hvimilis, Herb. Scape often smaller than in the
other kinds, K-IK ft. high: fls. bright pink or rose-red.
somewhat crisped. B.M. 726 (as Amaryllis humlUs).
Gn. 21:329.-Var. spUndens, Hort. Krelage, is pre-
sun ably the be t form of thi' 'pecie- Fls purple
cnm on
Tl e fol owing names are mostly important hybrids wh eh n
n e are more popUar tl an the spec es \ a ab I s
I V n 1 rosy dark nped V ar e and flora
H \ 1 tl \ r; H rt The
ge ir 1
Gn ''1 i
berge can
CO lere 1
1 olall 1
r m on red fls Var camdsa \ T
rosj \ ar insignia H rt Krel "n
1 ker synonyn o is w th the t pe 1 t
It rill 1 tn t Tie flowers a e sa 1
L ed to y Baker i Is br gl t red
1078
NERIUM
NERIUM (ancient name for Oleander, supposed to
be from Oreek neros, "moist;" alluding to the places in
which it grows wild). Apocyn&cece. The Oleander is
an old-fashioned evergreen shrub known to everybody,
and cultivated everywhere in southern countries. The
Bermudas, especially, are famous for their Oleander
hedges. In the North the Oleander is a common house
plant, being grown in tubs for summer decoration, and
ranking in popularity after the sweet bay and hydrangea.
It attains 7-15 ft., and blooms in summer, the fls. being
salver-shaped, 5-Iobed when single, lK-3 in. across, and
commonly pink or white, though the colors range from
white through creamy white, blush, rose and copper
color, to crimson and dark purple, with variegated
The genus contains only 2 or 3 species. They are
glabrous slirubs : Ivs. in whorls of 3, rarely 4 or 2, nar-
row, leathery, tr.ansversely feather-veined: fls. in ter-
minal cymes; calyx with many glands inside at the
base; corolla-tube cylindrical at the base; throat bell -
shaped and containing 5 wide or narrow teeth ; lobes
twisted to the riglit; anthers 2-tailed at the base and
tapering at the apex into a I
style 1: ovaries 2, foniiintr ]
Oleandersareof easy .nil
city conditions. Their '-liiit
bug. The scale shoul.l li. -
is easily dislodged liy tin-
forms buds which open p(
-like appendage;
< twisted.
e well adapted to
• scale and mealy
, the mealy bug
iietimes a plant
at all. This '
often due to the imperfect ripening of the wood. The fls.
are borne on the growth of the year, which should be
'»P^f
1478. Spray of Oleandei — Nc
I Olcandc
well ripened in June in order to set many strong buds.
For this purpose give the plants plenty of light and air.
and water more sparingly when the vegetative growth
seems to be finished. After flowering, give the plants
less water. Protect them from frost in winter; keep
them, if necessary, in a light shed. In April, prune back
the old wood which has borne Hs. and give more warmth
NERTERA
and water. The ripened leading shoots can be rooted in
a bottle of water. Oleanders are poisonous, and some
people have died from carelessly eating the fls. Cattle
have been killed by eating the foliage. E. S. Miller
writes: "We have good success in rooting ripe wood in
the winter. The cuttings remain 3 to 4 weeks in the
sand, with moderate bottom heat. They grow like weeds
when potted." ^ jj_
Oleanders in the £ast. — The Oleander is becoming
somewhat fashionable again, especially the double-
flowered variety of cerise color. The following method
of Oleander culture has been pursued by the writer
with success. Propagation is performed after the flow-
■ing period._Good-sized ctittings are taken, and every
ini'. are potted '
They
one grows. When rooted,
small pots and kept barel\"
will need scarcely more ;ii
til February or March, nt ' _: m\t1i becomes
more active. Later in the- ~i! my iL. vnn;,' Oleanders
are planted outdoors in the opfii ground, in good rich
loam or garden soil. (This is sometimes done with
ivies or euonymus, but the common method is to
plunge the pots outdoors during summer). Take up
the Oleanders in September, pot them and bring them
indoors for their second winter. The following spring
the plants will bloom, but they will not be shapely.
The time has now arrived to train them, either as bush
plants or crown standards. Top them at whatever height
is desired, say 2 or 3 feet, and the plants will make good
crowns the same season (i.e., their second summer). Do
not allow the plant to bloom the following spring,
(which is its third spring), and the result will be a fine
specimen in full flower for the fourth summer.
H. A. SlEBRECHT.
Oleanders in California. — Ole&TideTS are much grown
in S. Calif, and would be extremely popular were it not
for black and other scales, which seem to prefer them
to everything else. We have five colors here, perhaps
all of the same species— white, light pink, dark pink,
scarlet and buff. Most of these colors, if not all, can be
had in both single and double forms. The writer has
never seen an Oleander more than 15 ft. high, but he
believes they will grow larger. One Los Angeles man
planted the n-d variety thirteen years a;;o for sidewalk
ir..-. I F.ii- till- piii'iiMv,.. ii , I, ;,,!,,[ c.t -c-:ile when nec-
,-.,,■ ■!., 1 .:, ,: ■!. , • - . I '. .1, 1 The trees
.. Fls. not scented.
Oleander. Rose Bat. (Another
av in Epih/bium aiiiiuslifolium.) Fig.
■r.-;-^. hn, lat,-: .■'i,.!,, iidages of the
with a spread td 'Z7t ft.). L.li.C'. 7;f>itO {\ht. Loddigesi
witli a variegated fl. and the appendages entire, ovat
and obtuse). JV. album, atropurpnreum, cameum an
roscH/n, Hort., are doubtles ' '
Fls.
ited.
oddnim, Soland. Sweet-scented Oleander. Lvs.
in 3's. linear-lanceolate: appendages of the anthers
protrudins;: seirments of the crown 4-7, long and nar-
row. P.r-ii. In. ili. .T,,, an. B.R. 1:74. B.M. 1799and
2032. — A I' ' . : III., with lvs. commonly narrower
and mor. ..-li-d branches. In wild plants
thecalyx l.'i.. - .11 \ ''. 'M../fr are spreading; of orforHm
erect. N..t ...Urriist-.l l.iit cult. Has some range of
color and single and double f.>riiis. -^ jj_
BTEETfiEA (Greek, loicbi : referring tr, the habit).
SubiAce.e. The Bead, or Coral Bead Plant ( .V. depres.'ia )
is a hardy perennial Alpine or rock plant which forms a
dense mat of foliage covered with orange-colored,
translucent berries the size of a pea. The genus com-
NERTERA
crises 6 species of similar lialjit found i
„t tlie soutliern lu-i.ii.si..Lfrc. Tlie Ih-,
pn.hably, is X. d.pr.ss,, . ^^hu■h rui.«.-s
Aliili-s, fr.MU thu tn.pi.'s to ('ap.- II. .ni.
Tristan a'Ai'milui. and tin- mountains
and Tasmania. Tlic B.-ad Plant is j.ro
vision. It needs a samlv soil, with s..m
prefers shade in summer. It may ne
some winter c.verimj in the North,
makes a good house plant and well-fruited
specimens are occasionally used abroad in
fancy bedding as a novelty. The fruit
may last from midsummer well into the
Nerteras are slender creepers, with
small, opposite Ivs. which are stalked or
not, ovate or ovate-lanceolate; stipules
grown into a sheath with the petioles, 2-
dentate or entire : fls. axillary, incon-
spicuous, sessile; crolla 4-lobed; sta-
mens 4: ovary i; -celled; drupe 2-seeded.
depr^ssa, Banks and Soland. Almost
glabrous: sti-nis (l-li) in. l.ini;. -l-cornered:
Ivs. 2-t lini-- I '!ij li :-lh "vate, acute
or obtuse, Um' ■ i lli-shy; peti-
oles about a^ I : Hh-s; stipules
very small: il- - Ihn .. L-.-nish. F.S.
21:2167 (charnnuy). L;..M. ..T'.I'J. -^y. M.
NESa;A. See Decodon.
NEW
NEVltrSIA (after Rev. R
it.), nosdcew. This is a very rare
wild only on some shaded cliffs m-:
It is, however, quite hardy as far nm
Its long, slender, wand-like brain-
Kerria, but it has no petals, and its
Spira-a kind. The fls. are about an
HAMPSHIRE 107&
Nevius, who di-scovered
NETTLE.
False N h
;
;,-„. Dead N., Lam
TreeN C If
■"'"■
NEVADA
14 11
al the
Ne 1 n
to I tl
1 ch
HOKTICULTHRE IN
1 1 rt fthe
a tern lope of the S
nta ns s the h ef f t
so thei part of the
0 near tl N
Fg
St e
1
o ntan
s n
pre entb tl
The e ar
P
11 1
e n t 11
o- w 1 1 pr luce 1
k 1 1
1 1 1 vorth here $1 per
ot
1 o connected w th th
t $1 1
\11 fr t
N t 1
1 1 to 1 rj w ter the
. -■ il..''-. nnl.ri-
It 111
1 s n Maj when the tree
, ..,,:, .. ,-;-Ir,,l; .iisk
1 1^ , , ; ,,,,:;-..-:: 1. small
Th S lo e
le 1 appeared n a few places
Tl 11 1 1 s a
1 green 1 e are son et n e trouble
tar 1 t nitl,, i,.|, i.f the cell: akene drupaceous.
s and grafts The codl n noth also
small n 1 1 1 by tin- ample calyx.
I t n e
la e
Alabamans s, Gr.av. Snow Wreath. Height .VT ft.:
tt 111 1 t
11 re c It vatel Newtown
1 1 pctiolate, 1K-3H in. long, pale green.
Pn 1 II
\ rk In per al Sp tzen
1 -ovate, usually doubly serrulate: peti-
I 1 1
1 ler Wagener B ck
1 1 long. B. M. 6806. -Alfred Rehder writes
1
1 Northern Spv W ne
1 1 Iv at the Arnold Arboretum (at least in
w 1
1 Beauty Ben Dav s and
11 1 1 ition), and blooms every year.
p 1 k
1 t are grown only for the
local k 1
he r produ t on very 1 n te 1
NEW HAMPSHIRE, HORTICULTURE IN. Fig.
No vat
em to ha e or g nated n tl e state
1481 H rt ulture in the (.4ranite State began almost
as yet.
Ross Lewers.
with the first settlement. In 1623 Ambrose Gibbons set
1080
NEW HAMPSHIRE
the first vineyard, together with other fruits, near the
mouth of the Piscataqua river, now Portsmouth. There
are many such old horticultural landmarks.
The native fruits are only too abundant in the state
at the present time. The old idea that the destination
of the apple was the cider barrel got so strong a foot-
hold in some sections that, as the virgin soils began t.i
New Hampshire, with three cultural
<liM'line and the wheat crop and its associates in agr
cultural operations moved on to the West, it was nt
thought worth while to adopt modem methods of fruii
growing. In other sections, however, quite the revers
is true, as there are signs of awakening at later date;
Some towns are noted for their large areas of old oi
chards still in bearing but rapidly declining.
town where fnn
been shippeil i'
nearly run oni
old trees is. it
land. CorapHiii
this section, an
the result of or
tions ago.
In some places grafting the native apple trees to
Baldwins or the improved fruits has been very exten-
sively practiced, with good results. Where this has
been done, however, the trees are now old, and as cul-
I barrels of apples have
- - 11. the industry has now
111 hand containing these
I'ii twice as much as other
> iH « trees have been set in
luu.l that the whole industry is
interest and labor two genera-
tivatiou and re
been practiced.
While thesi .
theless show .
of orchards have scarcely i
Tintnrnlly On the decline.
I iM'f flattering, they never-
'iwreome in the future.
■ r what a quantity of fruit
is raised in fa., iii li -i i-..u>, and this goes to show
that under infi-liigi-nt and progressive management
success will be assured.
At present the horticultural interests are gradually
NEW HAMPSHIRE
being better understood, and the trend has begun in
the right direction. There are many things accountable
for this awakening. The pfoiili- .-m- i'..iiiiiig to n-alize
that there are newer and biitir HMtlm.U. and that the
new agriculture stands f^ir iiiiit>' iui-inr^- ami cniTf^w
The development of this (■..ihliii"ii i- r m- through
the efforts of the grant,^'. . \|..rinH!ii stations, the
agricultural press, State i;. ii.i ..i \ ^ i i.ulture, and
agricultural teaching in >t:i - all of which
have in the main the same -i
Here and there young onliu .i- an I., m- set. and the
predictions are that the m-ar future will find New
Hampshire as one of the best fruit states. The Bald-
win apple is the standard variety throughout the south-
ern part of the state. In the northern part of the state
try. A list of apples adapted to the northern
iif the state, named in order of their ripening, as
shed by Mr. J. D. Howe, of Lancaster, a large
-n.w.-r, is as follows : Yc-]l.,w Trausp.-.rent, Tetof-
Pears and plums do very well l- i i - 1. ut
the state. Peaches do fairly well in i ■ : . ■ ■ i art.
Ouring 1897 and 1898 there was a m i . in.. :. ; I In-
varieties of greatest value are Mountain ];. -. an.l liaiiv
Crawfiird. Small fruits generally an- .asily yr.iwn iii
'i'lii. wild grapes found quite commonly on the stone
walls and hedges in the southern part of the state are
not the native varieties, but wildings showing indica-
tions of I'itis vinifera blood. Many of them are very
palatable and valuable.
New Hampshire has many advantages for horticul-
tural work. The markets are usually good and within
• asy aiMPss ; and the great numberof summer boarders
al-.. makes a ready market. It is also within easy
n a. h of exporting stations, which in seasons of large
crup.s is an advantage. p. wm. Rane.
New Hampshire is a small state, and may well be
called a land of horticultural possibilities rather than
achievement. With some of the best markets in the
country within a day's journey, and the rapid extension
of electric railroads, both in mileage and usefulness,
there seems no good reason why all the hardier kinds
of fruit may not be raised at a profit.
The southern half of the state is hillv but can hardly
be called mountainous. Thnni^li it inn s, veral fertile
valleys with excellent opiHirinnii n- f..i uardeuing and
smali-fruit raising. The ui.I.umU |.i...!n.. apides of tine
quality even under the pn-s. nt system ..f neglect, and
it would seem that in this whole region conin ercial
horticulture must become more and more profitable and
popular, as improved methods of culture are adopted.
The White Mountains cover the greater part of the
northern half of the state; here, the . ntcrtainnu nt of
tourists and visitors in summer, and Inniti'-riiiL' in win-
ter will probably continue to be the li ailiin.' imln-irics,
unless rational methods of forest inana^n n.cnt air too
long postponed.
It is recorded that a vineyard and other fruits were
set out on the eastern coast of New Hampshire as early
as 1623. Doubtless much of this succumbed to the
severity of the long winters, and it is the apple alone
that stands out preeminent in horticultural history as
the fruit of the Granite State. Many of the early set
tiers came from the southwestern counties of England.
To them cider and perry seemed almost as necessary
as food, and very snnn after tlnir arrival tliev began to
set orchards of ap].'. 'I i. -- ii... [.articular ob-
ject was not the ii . lases made
from it. The foil.. — i : ne of the
of the apple ind;i
NEW HAMPSHIRE
"About this time — 1800 to 1810— the apple orchards iii
towu wliich had been eai-ly set out, produced apples in
abundance, which were made into cider. Every man
had his orchard, and every tenth man his cider-mill.
Every well-to-do farmer put into his cellar yearly from
20 to 50 barrels of cider which was all drunk on the
premises. Col. John Bellows had an orchard of 30
a<Tes. the largest in town. In 1805 there were 4,800 bar-
rels of cider made and every drop drunk in town."
At the present time a good many old and somewhat
nej^lected apple orchards are to be found, and these
often bear good crops of marketable fruit. At the
annual meeting of the New Hampshire Horticultural
Society in January, 1899, it was estimated that .$2,000,000
worth of apples were exported from the state in 1898.
Of these about one-half were raised in the two south-
eastern counties — Strafford and Rockingham.
The varieties most commonly grown for export are
Baldwin, Rhode Island Greening. Northern Spy,
Fameuse, Blue Pearmain, Yellow Bellflower. and King.
The newer varieties are of course being introduced, but
very few large orchards are being set. Summer and
full apples are abundant for local consumption.
Very little has been done in a commircial way with
the drupaceous fruits. Plums are sure, ■^sfllily 'i:iiv<(l
on a small scale. The Lombard is uimIi'iiI'I'MK iIm-
favorite variety, although the Japam-^, phnns ;i|i|,,,,,-
to be able to withstand the climati-. niid uir raphlly
growing in favor.
Peaches are raised in a few somewhat isolated in-
stances, and it is worthy of note that the peach-growers
of five years ago are still in the hnsinr-ss. The intro-
duction of this fruit as a moinv rr..p i^ nf snch recent
date that records are bard t ' >■':• •• i- r^tiniati'.l
that three crops in live or p -r- is about
the average production. INil, , ,,,,;, ,,, i.ti.-s will
be developed as time irni--- i.i: i . i.iim> iM-acli. m
New Hampshire si-.-.llin-. i~ :( -i. p m ilu, .lirrctiini.
Its originator descrili'- ii ^i^ Ikiiii; ■•.ij' -o,„i siz.- :iii.l
color, a freestone, \\i I li \ii\ \rll-i\s ;iiul soImI il,-sli uf
fine Havor." "It rijiriis in th.- s,.ulhrni part of lb.-
st:it,- ali..ut S.pt. 1(1. and is the hardiest in wood and
bud Mf aiiMhiiiu' yet fruited here."
Mark, t ^'anlrriiiig and the raising of small fruits
re. 111.- s..im. attention, especially in the Merrimac
Greenhouse gardening is carried on to a limited ex-
tent near the larger towns and cities. Flowers recei\ e
their full share of attention, but a good many winter
vegetables are still imported from the neighboring
state of Massachusetts.
The New Hampshire Horticultural Society was
organized in December, 1893, and after a year of pros-
perity was granted an appropriation of three hundred
dollars a year by the legislature. This sum enabled
the society to hold an annual exhibit in each of tin-
two following years, and also several institutes indif-
ferent parts of the state. The legislature which met in
Jantiary, 1897, however, failed to make the appropria-
tion, and the society was compelled to rely upon its
officers and members to carry on the work. The annual
exhibits were then held in connection with the .state
Grange Fair.
A department of horticulture was established at the
New Hampshire College of Agriculture and the Me-
chanic Arts, at Durham, in 1895 and has grown in both
usefulness and influence.
With the two last-named powers for good, working
for the advancement of horticulture in the state, and
the fact that emigration from the farms to the cities
is rapidly decreasing, if not already reversed, it is to
be hoped and expected that within the next decade
New Hampshire will rank as a hortictiltnral state,
judged not so much by the gross amount of the output,
as bv the quality of her products, and the intelliirence
of the producers. j ^ pooRD.
NEW JEBSEY, HOKTICULTURE IN. Fig. 1481. The
state of New -Jersev, situated as it is between the large
markets of Philadelphia on the one side and Newark,
Jersey City and Greater New York on the other, is almost
necessarily a market-garden and fruit-arrowing state. The
soils found in the different sections also contribute to this
NEW JERSEY 1081
end. In the northern part, disintegrating samlstone ami
slaty formations abound — a soil in which the peach dots
its best. The sandy soils of South Jersey make that part
of the state noted for its truck, berries, etc. Between
these two classes of soils are found others of all grades,
in one or another of which nearly every kind of fruit and
vegetable finds a congenial habitat.
It is estimated that there are in New Jersey approxi-
mately 34,000 farmers. A little more than one-tenth of
these are engaged in commercial pomology — commer-
cial in that they are growing fruit for market, depending
on their fruit-product for the money-crop of the farm.
Those who have planted larger or smaller areas primarily
for home use, yet in good years have a surplus to dispose
of, are not included in our data. The total area repre-
sented is something over 41,000 acres, including all
counties of the state except Ocean, from which no com-
mercial orchards are reported, and gives an individual
average of 12H acres. This average acreage may be all
of one kind of fruit, or it may be two acres each of a
half-dozen kinds, as the case may be. Individual acre-
ages range from one acre in the case of berries to 100
and 150 acres for peaches.
The fruit of fruits for the state is the peach. The area
■ tree
1 the
1481. Horticultural reeions
named in order of importance, though with its present
rate of increase Sussex will soon be first in area.
The second fruit in importance is the apple, although
the area devoted to its culture is a little less than one-
third that devoted to peaches. The otherfruits, in order
of importance in total areas, are strawberries, pears,
1082
NEW JERSEY
blackberries, raspberries, grajx
gooseberries, quinces :iiid plums.
These fruits ;m-. ;ill umwn lit:i
the
have s.-.ii, i« iIm' i^ :i> h ^rrn.^i. lu the accompauyiMg
skek-t.iii iii:i|i I'l-, 11-1 i!h numbers in the county
indicai*- it- !■■ l^iiiw iijip'tiatir. in total acreage devoted
tofruiis, 1 1„ in;,' tin- lai-.xt. The names of the two
fruits most l.-u-fjely grown in the different counties is
also given. 'Wliile this well shows the general distri-
bution of the principal fruits, it does not give the chief
for all the fruits, which are as follows
Apples.
Monmouth,
Burlington.
Camden.
"ears. Peaches. Strawherr.
•linden, Hunterdon, Cumberhu
Quiouth. Sussex. Atlantic.
Cumberland. Burlington.
Only
ounties, Burlington and Camden, are all
these fruits r,-|.(irt.il. In Cumberland all are grown
comuii-i'ri;il|\ . \rij,i currants and gooseberries, while
in Essi\ til. i\c r|,i ii.ns are blackberries and plums.
The »T;iiil"ri\ iiidusiry of the state is considered
apart from tlie aljove fruits. The annual yield is sec-
ond only to the output of the New England bogs, with
an occasional year when it exceeds that of New Eng-
land. In quality of fruit New England does not bear
the palm. Burlington county is the chief center of the
industry, though cranberry bogs are scattered through-
out the southern half of the state. From 100,000
to 125.000 bushels is the approximate annual yield
from Burlington county; Ocean county, from which
no other fruits are reported, is second in cranberry-
growing, with an annual yield of approximately 30,000
bushels.
The truck industries of the state are lar-e and varied,
but
the
■\I-ni
amounted in ouu mouth to over l("i i"ii-, 1.. i,li- ,^,i:,\<: i
ties sent by boat from a near-by lanilinu.
The sweet potato is anotherof .ler-' \ - n-n. .1 ]ir.> in, -^
that is grown in large quantities. Tin y air a.imiiti d t"
be the "sweetest of the sweets."
Vegetable-forcing is a growing industry that is as yet
in its infancy. Already there are several plants ap-
proaching in size those that have made Arlington,
Mass., famous.
The growing of cut-flowers is another horticultural
industry that has assumed immense proportions. The
northeastern part of the state is the center of this in-
dustry. Roses, carnations, chry-:ti'*)M-Tnnnis, violets,
mignonette and smilax are probali!- Hm n . ! m portant
ones grown to supply the trade. T :' - i ^ indus-
try is larsre does not convey the n _ ■ \tent.
The fact that the value of roses al..n. :,nnii,ill, r. aches
into the hundreds of thou.sands of dollars will bear out
the statement that "the growing of cut-flowers has as-
sumed immense proportions." a_ t. Jordan.
NEW JERSEY TEA. See Ccanotlins.
NEW MEXICO, HORTICULTURAL PROSPECTS OF.
Fig. USJ, New .M.xico includes so raanv diverse con-
ditions ,if clinnite and soil that no staf.nients ,-,in l.e
made on horticultural subjects wliicli nr. .iiipHi^ilili' lo
the whole area. Indeed, every valle\ tm- ii - o\\ n -[h , ml
features, and the problem of the Intnn i- lo lin.l oi ,1,
velop such fruits, vegetables, cereals, and turaire plants
as are best adapted to the several localities, so that each
cultivated area may produce a maximum crop of the
best quality.
(2) Tni
Fe. The
fruits de
NEW MEXICO
is impossible to enter into details within the
short article, it may be said, in brief, that the
:ones are well represented and of horticul-
itance in New Mexico:
ilian zone: at about 8,000 to 9,000 feet. Ce-
V cultivated successfully, and good pasturage
lint fruit trees, with one or two possible ex-
ill not withstand the cold. Irish potatoes .p,
in this zone. In this zot tops ;ue often
.our ,iri;.'ation, as on the ^a^,■anH.nto moun-
siti..n /.oile: at about 7,000 feet, as at Santa
p, i,lnons fruit trees and all sorts of small
a-lniit ;(M\-. r.,rn also does verv well, and
susrar beets ln.^r Pr.n u'rown with much success.
(ill I |i|" I s 1 IN / !,-: at about 5,000 to 6,000 feet,
:i- - . I potatoes and the European
tiv., I the deciduous fruit trees are
lai-. : -r.. ii. In,- i- ,i ^'ood peach region, but apples
are le-s pioiPal.le iliaii formerly, owing to the abun-
dance of the codlin moth, which increases very rapidly
owing to the wann climate.
(4) Middle Sonoran zone: somewhat lower than the
last, as in the Mesilla valley and at Deraing. Horticul-
turally, this resembles the la.st, but its native products
resemble those of the Lower Sonoran. {See American
Naturalist, April, 1900.) Cotton can be grown, but is not
considered as a possible source of profit.
T. D. A. COOKERELL.
New Mexico lies altogether above the altitude of
3,000 feet. Some cultivated vallevs, in which many
fruits and vegetables succeed, are as high as 7,000 feet.
This is the altitude of Santa F^, where gardening and
orcharding are successful. It is mostly a country of
mountains and mountain valleys. The mountains reach
to 14,000 feet. The average height of New Mexican
valleys and arable areas proVeiMv or.-, eds 5.000 feet.
While the territory is verv l:irj. iIm o, i the moun-
tain districts and of the ariii ' liiUsides is
so great in proportion that 1 1 ■ ! to farming
and horticulture which can lie )i , ,- oi ,| ., h.-n all water
re-ourrr, ;,r. niili,.,i. Mill not much exceed 2,000,000
a. I , ^ 1 I , I n of this amount is at present
in , I . •' I In- acreage under cultivation,
;i. , I ■ ... r share.
I I . I iliat as much as 500,000 acres
ill- !. ill 1.1 to horticultural uses. The
■! these soils, and of this cli-
II . 1 '. - I I .1 yard and orchard crops of
those that favor common farm crops; hence when the
demands of the future American population crowd
the resources of supply of the higher orders of human
food, it will of necessity follow that the soils and con-
ditions that will yield the liiui -; .i!.i nut- .if the most
valuable foods will be dev.-i- ' ■ ! K. As this
time draws near— a quarter t. hence — the
iof NewMexicofor ti. „ , .'i.iuost im-
under good husbandry are p.itnati
great average elevation ab.iv.- ~. n
tion from most of the destrn.-t i\ -• i.l
mid climates, hence surer. .1.. ..['i i , i . .i. r ,.n.l larger
crops. The altitude gives n.i.ii . i- , i n , r temjiera-
tures, while the latitude pi i . ■. . i-e winti r
cold. The grapes of Spain t.ml h. \ :... iimwn with
little or no protection. In fact, the perfect siUubrity of
the climate renders horticulture easy in nearly all its
branches.
It must be understood that crop-growing in New
All ^ii.i i- l.r^. Iv ,lii"ri.lint on irrigation. There are
n. ' !•, I.- i! ri:- .A l.h'h mostly fall in summer.
! : 1,1. - .liout 12 inches. Most of the
.1 , II ,,,; ,, .....re. The standard of water
s.i| pi. oi III. irn^asnu ....mpanies is 12 inches. The
l.ossihle limits of irrigation farming in the old states
are very narrow.
Stated in brief terms, irrigation costs money and
NEW MEXICO
energy anil some skill, but its rewards
sure. 'The fanner in the rainfall states
makes two acres of land keep one cow oi
' or s
summer and winter. Here one acre will carry two
animals. In a great measure this applies to the crops
of the garden and the orchard. There need be no
droughts nor floods; the land can be made to do its full
■duty every season. There
is no doubt that the aver-
age weight of garden and
orchard crops in any ten
years under wise irriga-
tion will be twice as
great as in most regions
in which it is considered
unnecessarv or impossi-
ble. Hence it seems that
witliin tlie limited dis-
NEW MEXICO 1083
where man has destroyed the delicate balance of the
seasons by the widespread destruction of native for-
ests. It is apparent to some of us that this wide, high
region, which never had great areas of forest to be de-
stroyed, possesses more permanent conditions of suc-
cessful fruit-growing than are possible in any country
where the vicissitudes of Hood and drought, of great
,f the United Sta
horticulturist. In this
field he will find his
greatest rewards. Lands
in horticultural crops
the whole area. N'
Mexico has probably
larger proportion of ir
gable lands adapted
horticultural use th
any of our states or ter
tories.
All garden crops suc-
ceed well in all parts of
New Mexico where water
can be commanded for
the land. All orchard
crops succeed admirably
nearly all parts. In that
portion of the territory
lying on the eastern
slopes of the Rocky
mountains, in the coun-
ties of Lincoln and
Cliaves, the apple seems
to reach its most perfect
<levp|onment. Thi-r.' are
1482. County
quality,
apples t
■quality.
ome from the tree
Bellflower and N
region of the couTitr- - . • . i|..a ininiy -if tli.'^e
orchardist, yet the c]. \ :in.ii[ "i iIh luitrv. tlir cent nil
of the water .supply, the purity and dryness of the air
and the everlasting sunshine will combine to protect
from those serious evils born of humid climates and
low altitudes, or that result from weather conditions
tir^of riiiivis and Lincoln in the .-.Mnii. i i .--,111 1 iimu and
fSanta Fe in the north, and Grant .in. I l)..ii,x Ana in the
south, are well known for their fine apples. Four varie-
ties from Mesilla Park, in Dona Ana county, received
second premium at the World's Exposition, in Paris,
1900. The following are the varieties : Ben Davis, grown
by Frank Burke ; Missouri, Pippin, grown on the fa-
nious Woodland Orchard ; and the Gano and Lawyer, from
the Agricultural college. At present the apple is free
from the common diseases. The only insect enemy is
the codlin moth, which in some sections is coming to be
a serious pest. The early varieties, such as the Red
June, Red Astrachan, Early Harvest and Yellow Trans-
parent, are almost free from the codlin moth, while on
10S4
NEW MEXICO
importance at
the agricultural
the other hand the late kinds, and espeoiallv tlie winter
apples, are more largely attacked liv this m'^ci-t
The pear grows as wVll as th.- ,,,'., ,1.-. ),„, „,iti„ such
large areas. In most of tli.- :.|.|i|. -icm,,,.. .,.,t),,iis the
pear can be found in v.iv limit..,! .luantiii". ll.nvever
there is a bright futur,-" f..r a ,„•„;■ .•\i,.„sive cultiva-
tion of this fruit, as wherever it thrives it grows to a
large size, and is fine in quality. The pear blight, which
IS so bad in other states, is not in the way of pear cul-
ture in New Mexico.
Perhaps the fruit tliut is s.
present is the peach, wlii.-li is
success throughout tin- t. nit.
districts of southern New ■\l.\i
peach orchards are lo.-.it. .1, ,.:.! .i... m, .in, r illfVon
the lower RioGrande. Ii.i- III. i .. . .. ,. i ,. ., • „t ,1,™,
From this valley ma„v , , , ,, . , ],„^ are
shipped to the mark.i- . _ 1 , . m- and
Colorado. The early -rip. mh- 1,11, i- - ., 1, , ilicA-Iex
ander, Waterloo, Hyncs Surprise, are the most success-
ful. This is due to the fact that, as a rule, the early-
ripening peaches bloom later than the late-ripening va-
rieties, and thus they escape the late spring frosts
which are so common in this territory and which are
often so fatal to the late peaches. The late spring frost
IS the worst drawback to peach-growing in New Mexico
No diseases or insect pests have yet threatened the
peach crop.
While the apricot grows as well as the peach, and has
no insect enemies or fungous diseases, it has failed to
be a commercial success on account of its blooming too
early If some late-blooming variety could be found,
this fruit would, no doubt, be one of our best fruits to
grow. The trees grow to a great age. There are many
apricot seedlings on the lower Rio Grande that were
planted by the Mexicans forty or fifty years ago.
The plum is making a place for itself in New Mexico.
It has been but a comparatively short time since plums
were considered to be of any importance, and even now
the areas planted to plum trees are very small. How-
ever, conditions are changing, and there is a growing
demand for them. The plum tree seems to be perfectly
hardy m this climate. The Japanese plums are vigor-
ous growers, but are not a success owing to the liabilitv
to late spring frosts. Their fruit huds s,.p,„ t,, ho stimti"-
lated to growing during the warm s|„.||s j„ K. l.nrirv
and March, and thus thev bloom l..t..i.- tl,, .i,,ii •. ,- ,.f
frost is over. On the other han.l. tl,, !•,■„, ,••-. ,/" ,„, ,
tiea and Pntnus Americana vtiriiti, s tir, as a riili
late bloomers. The former group is gaining in popn-
larity throughout the territory. Imperial Gage, Yellow
Egg, Coe Golden Drop, Damson and German Prune seem
to be among the best varieties in the northern part of the
territory. In the southern part, the above-mentioned
varieties, with the addition of the Silver Prune, Clyman,
Pond Seedling, Jefferson, and Robe de Sergent are
among the best.
Cherries grow well in the territory, but in the southern
part they do not grow as large nor as fine as thev do in
the northern part.
Quinces and nectarines thrive in many of the horti-
cultural districts, but as yet they are only grown for
family use.
Perhaps the distribution of the grape is less extensive
than that of the other fruits. Wherever the grape is
grown It thrives. The American varieties are not of any
commercial value. The fruit is usuallv small, bunches
loose, and vines are poor bearers. The' European kinds
are a success, and are the grapes grown for market.
Their culture is confined to the southern and hotter val-
livs. anrl ].a.Ti,-„i,,r!v to the lower Rio Grande vallev.
' ' i:.::.!!.- ,.|,,iii,i in the commercial vineyards in
\ \1 i.n or El Paso grape, M'uscat of
' li'ss the Gros Colman and Flame
.'"':'■ ' '"" ' "■" "■-•■irebeingintroduced. The grape
IS tree trom fungous and insect pests. Even the phyl-
loxera has not yet made its appearance. The Mission
grape, which has been in cultivation for over a hundred
years, shows how free the grape is from any pests. The
only thing that injures the vines is the dry, cold win-
ters. In order to obviate this trouble the vines are
heeled up with earth 6 to 12 inches above the last
year s growth. The stump method of pruning is prac-
NEW YORK
ticed altogether in the grape culture, \ftemnfs have
been made to trellis the vines, but have not been verv
satisfactory. '
The small fruits are grown with more or less success
throughout the territory, but as yet they are of minor
importance in the horticulture of New Mexico.
Fabian Gakcia
NEW YORK, California and PInri.la mav be reckoned
as the great h..fti..iili„r-il -T-.t.'^ It, r,,,'- ' r ■
which .-a,, I ,,,,^,, , ■,,,,,.,.,,,, ,..,,, "",■,', -I" '■"■'*
Califonii,, , ■■ . ■ ■■, :.,..,, , ,, ,, ,,,', ."] ' "[':'■
ducts. N,' ' 1 ... i . , ,.,,,.,',,' ' '■ .'"'"'"
of its Cotlin,, •,■,■,:,! I..,,':;, ■,,!,, ,,-,,, ,,,,, ,-■ ~l ~ i.'r [ " j, ' ",',■'. It
growing must be a.l.lcl the vcrv extensile nursery busi-
-floyer growing, florists] plant-trade, seed-trade,
interests.
In shape and p,
likened to a ship
Island) intheAtI,
Lakes. Its coniii, , |,, ,. ,,,,,,., „.e m supreme A
population of more li.u, mx „„.I,ou lives within its bor-
ders, and a million more are tributary to it in New
Jersey and Connecticut. It has more than 40 cities with
populations above 10,000. Great variety of soil and
surface invites a varied population. Water-power is
abundant and unfailing. All this means extensive mar-
kets for horticultural produce.
The land area of the state is 30,476,800 acres, of which
about one-half is readily cultivtible. The .state has an
extreme length east and w, m ,,t 11 ' i.,,[, 1 and north
and south of about 310 mil, - I ,,',,'..11 „,..„ ;„
the southwestern part, th.
In the northeastern part at
"1 'ik (Fig. 1483) may be
i'l. its rudder (Long
I • ,«■ touching the Great
s'laciated.
cud wt
»rd
entirely across the state, being pronounced and almost
mountainous m the southern half. The northern part
of the western half of the state is relatively level
although the tract from Syracuse to Lvons and
westward IS marked by very bold drumlins,-the work of
II,. t,, sheet. Thebar-beachof the geological Lake I ro-
.|u. 1- . xtends from near Niagara Palls to Oswego, par-
all. In, i; Lake Ontario at a distance of about 10 miles
Ihis Kculogical beach is a distinct physiographical fea-
ture known as "the ridge," and it is the location of one
of the notable highways of the state. This ridge marks
the southward imit of the best natural peach region.
There are fossil beaches on the F.ie s)„.r,. and these
are important to the grap, -,,, , ,,, - ,,i I'hautauona
county. (SeeTarr,"Geoloi.'„ ,! II ■ , ,l„ "hautTi
qua Grape Belt," Bull. 101.. , ,1 s.,., lJ
Island IS a moraine, with at, ,,, 1. , , i.tmation on
its south, and this latter area comprises i,iacticallv the
only flat land in the state. I .icmaiiy tne
There are five great watersheds in the state. (1) the
!>t. Lawrence system, draining the Great Lakes and the
larger part of central and western New York. (2) The
Hudson syste,,,, ,,rai„i,„- ,he southern slopes of the
Adirondacks a„,l th,- Catskill hi^-hlands, with its great
tributary, tl„. Mohawk, whi,-!,. iu pre-glacial times? was
a part of the M. Ltiwrence system. (3) The Delaware
system, draining a part of the southeastern area into
Delaware bay. (4) The Susquehanna system, draining
some of the southern-central part into the Chesapeake
Iu'^'a,"', ■ ^''^^■^'^iPri system, which, by means of
tne AUegi. 1,, ,;i, ,. ,ir;,ii,s the extreme southwestern
rnK ^fM ",' ' '""I"" ^"^^ <>'•''*'"' i"*° the
, • , V " '" *"gW from it is Lake Erie,
J f.^"",' """ ""' "' '■•'"•'•ence. Along the Hudson
and other larye .suvaius, special horticultural interests
have developed. The broad Mohawk vallev is one of the
most fertile parts of the state, and it is the site of the
hop and broom-corn industries. The shores of the cen-
tral New York lakes are the homes of highly developed
horticultural interests, particularly those of" Keuka and
beneca. These central lakes, of which Cayuga, the
largest, is 40 miles long and one to five miles wide, are
deep bodies and have great influence in ameliorating
1483. County map of New York State.
the climate in their immediate neighborhood. The
slioresof Lakes Erie and Ontario conserve horticultural
interests,— the former being famous for its grapes, the
less trnni ti..st tli in it .Im.-s in I'l- s.^miIm,-,, m:,i.-..
New York ci.ntains about L'an.OIHI farms. Agricultu-
rally, the most important industry in New York state
(aside from general mixed farming) is dairying. The
second industry is fruit-growing, and this seems to be
extending more rapidly than the other. The leading
fruit is the apple. Nearly all parts of the state grow
apples easily, but the great commercial apple-growing
regions are the counties of Wayne, Monroe, Orleans,
Niagara, with important extensions in Ontario. Cir-uo-
see and adjac-iit .•,„„iti..s aii.l in C.lmnl.i;. iuhI ntlirr
east-Hudson ,-MUiitir-. A full <■<■"]■ •■i ^iipl.-s in .\,.w
York is nearly cr .piit,- T.ikiii.ihki l,ai-ivls. r.al.lwin i-
the leading v;irii-ty, witli m. vaiictii-s wlii.-b dccnpy a
close second place. X<irthern Spy, Rhode Island Green-
ing, and American Golden Russet are important com-
mercial varieties. Of late, Ben Davis has been widely
planted, but it is probable that this variety will always
hold a secondary place in the northeastern states. Un-
til within the last decade, most New Y'ork apple orchards
have been in sod; but, under the stimulus of rational
horticultural teachimr. 7.t per cent of the orchards
in the apple-Lrrn',--)Tf,' f.-'iT^i'-s nv^' tir.iv under a
most thorouL'li -'-'■■""' ■' t-M l'.^- Us,-,. Most
of these ori-ii:ii. - ~ i ^ . n lieavy
in recent vi-^,i- . : . , _ .1 ; as a
result, the appir m.lu-ir) i~ in ihriN wvj r.,iMiin<.n. The
ing for the orchards and in disposing of the crop. A
large part of the apple crop is exported, although there
is a very large business in evaporated fruit.
The grape occupies second place in New York po-
mology. More than 50,000 acres is devoted to this in-
dustry, of which about half the area is in Chautauqua
county, lying in a narrow strip against Lake Erie. The
oiin-r s)i..,-i:ii areas are the central lake region and the
llu.l-"n nv.i- valley. These three areas stand for three
lyprs ,,(■ \itirnlture — early and special table grapes for
nrai-liv markets in tin- liuilsun valley; staple varieties
fi'T win.' I -' ii.' i;ii..' in parts of the lake region
paiii ,: n.ral-purpose varieties
fi>r di-i in: im: I , I aiiqua region. In the
lakf ri-ii n. I ai , , _ variety. In Chautau-
put ot table gr
70,000 tons; of
g.aIlons. The gr
rivers, thereby r
■ iln-rs. A normal out-
nk is about 60,000 to
iMi()0,000 and 3,000,000
'-'• to the lakes or large
iiiiit of the ameliorated
X. \v York is known also for its pears. The apple
'iMinrins mentioned above, and Oswego, Onondaga, and
('Mluiiihia counties are the leading pear areas. Bartlett
isthestai.il Mimr, init Kiefifer has risen to near the
flrst plain I,. The number of commercial
varietirs, i, . . , i . r. hitively large. The culture of
dwarf ]..ai- i- n -n I'lr ami has marlied a high degree
of pertV.-ti.in. 'riiiiiiv ami pi. ..nn i i ■ ■■ -r hards 40 and
50 vears ..1.1 staii.l iii van , i , , n ,. state.
The].lu.iiislari;..ly)ilan n - . . - X.-w York, in
many variiti.s. In a.-r.a-i , i i i nahly leads, liut
several ntln-r vari.ti..^ i\. . 1 nnmi. lal importance.
The Damsi.ns an- lar-il\- L:iM\\n; also tlie German and
Italian innm s Km ili.. laii.r are not dried). The
Japanese iilnm- an miw wi.l.ly planted, and are giving
general satisfartnm. Th. y ar.- rarely injured by late
spring frosts. The improved native plums are relatively
little known.
Peaches are grown about all the central lakes and in
the Hudson valley, but the only distinct natural peach
NEW YORK
NEW YORK
tal invested, -$2,176,070.72
as against $2,333,066.68. In
number of seed-farms, Con-
necticut had 85, New York
78,Tennessee 35, New Jersey
34. The principal seed-crops
grown in New York are bush-
bean, Brussels sprouts, cab-
, sweet corn, cucumber.
kale, onion.
regio
canning-
[luties.
Ontario shore west of Oswego. In
f the state, about 10,000 acres are de-
tiire. Fig. 1484.
>\vn with little trouble in the peach
urc several commercial plantations.
i\vn both for the fresh fruit and for
ler chiefly in the Hudson valley and
latter chiefly in western New York. The canning
cherries are the sour type— chiefly English Morello and
Montmorency. The large canning factory industry
(some 25 factories in western New York) makes the
sour cherry industry profitable.
Quinces are probably more largely grown than else-
where in the Union.
The small fruit interests are very large, but there are
no reliable statistics. In the northern counties of west-
ern New York, black raspberries are grown as a farm
paragus.
The trucking interests are
very large because of the
large population and the
many means of transporta-
tion. The largest single geo-
graphical region is Long
Island, which, because of its
light soil, warm local cli-
mate, and accessible loca-
tion, is one of the leading
market-gardening regions of
the New World. Long Island
has an area of 1.700 square
miles, of which the western
third is largely devoted to
trucking interests. Parts of
the eastern end are also
trucking areas, particularly
for cabbage and cauliflower.
Cabbage seed is extensively
grown in this eastern ex-
tremity of the island.
The floricultural interests
of New York state are large
and growing. Of the 9,000 commercial florists' establish-
ments that Galloway e:
not less than 1,100 or 1,
amounting to nearly 4,.
city is a market for a
early as 1885, John T
roses that were sent to
T'nited States,
t. New York
al region. As
that 4,000,000
market by
growers in one year did not constitute half the number
sold in that market. The census of 1890 reports the
total investment of New York in floricultural business
to have been about $9,500,000 (although only 793 estab-
lishments are accounted for), as against upwards of
5,500,000 in Pennsylvania, the next heaviest state. The
lower Hudson region is the center of the violet industry
of the United States. Long Island grows quantities of
bulbs.
Because the horticultural interests of New York are
crop and the product is mostly evaporated.
The annual
separated
output of dried raspherri.-s tivf vi-;irs nt'.i
vas approxi-
there lias
mately 1500 tons, but iIm amuM i- n..>
1. ~~. While
the strawberrv is an n-
Its of the
tablisi,. :
state, it reaches its In .
^■i countv
the Hr-i
(Fig. 1486), where al...ui iLVn ,i. :n . .!
\ it.-.l to it.
Ameri.-a;
This region supplies tin- late luaikits. p
...lucing an-
sin".' (xti
nually about 2,000,000 quarts. In Oswego
county there are about 250 acres of red
raspberries, mostly Cuthbert. C^anberry-
grovring has attained some importance on
Long Island.
Western New York has long been the
center of the nursery business of North
America. Of the 4,510 nurseries report.-.!
in the United States census of l.-'Ki, :.::o
were in New York. Illinois ^v:,. ., , 1.
with 434, and Ohio third, witli :;i:; \ t
onlv is the number large, but tli.- vari. iv
of stock grown is also significant. Km-li.-s.
ter and Geneva are the chief nursery cen-
/ ■ ■ • ■
ters, although the stock which is sold in
these centers is gn.wii over a wide range
ot :i . I., ii.ii -- in Isnn, New York
J
l.-a.l- ■: ' :•:] bv Illinois
•jLj^SSSBfe
with 1, -■ . -' .. ;. :!'(!. Nebraska.
- ■" .'
-^Jjnsj^p^JflS
ir,,.;il, M.--..U,-, la.l,-. Th.-i.. tal capital
. '-
ess distinct i
'jipiiical regions,
al.' horticultural
I was probablv
an„n in North
' \ and it is long
to revive it, or
'~^~'^',
York, as against $4,750,1100 in Illinois.
In seed-farming. New York stood next
-to New Jersey, in 1890, in amount of capi-
li85. A New York appl<
NEW YORK
rather to organize a new society under the old name,
the last effort being made the present year. In 18:29,
the Albany Horticultural Society was organized, but this
also was short lived. The oldest society in the state is
the Western New York Horticultural Society, with head-
quarters at Rochester. The preliminary organization of
this society occurred at Rochester, February 27, 1835, un-
der the name of The Fruit Grower's Society of Western
New York, to comprise the counties west of Onondaga.
NICOTIANA
1087
f*W^'°i?«**#''l
The late John ,T. Thomas was the first President. This
society, with its one big meeting each winter, is the
greatest American organization of its particular type.
One of the earliest experiment stations in North
America was organized at Ithaca in February, 1879, as
the Cornell University Agricultural Experiment Station.
In 1888 this institution was reorganized as a federal
station, but previous to this time it had published three
reports. The New York Asrrirnltural Experiment Sta-
tinii, sui.iii.rt.il l.v the Stat.- aii.l li"-:ited at Geneva, was
i give con-
sith-ralilf atti-iitii.u tM !i..rti.-ultural matters, particularly
tlie Statt.' SraTii'U at tiinrvn wliifli is located in one of
the best of horticultural regions. Each station now
receives support from both the state and the federal
The Agricultural College of New York is a part of
Cornell University at Ithaca. It is practically unique
amongst agricultural educational institutions in giving
courses of true university grade, and its postgraduate
courses lead to the degree of Ph.D. Short course in-
struction of elementary character is also afforded, and
the university is the center of a movement for the ex-
tension of agricultural knowledge amongst the people.
L. H. B.
NEW ZEALAND SPINACH. Fully treated under
NICANDEA (Nicander wrote on plants about 150
A.D.). iSolinu'lceie. One Peruvian herb differing from
Physalis chiefly in the 3-5-loculed ovary and fruit and
in the larger and more showy fls. N. physaloidea,
Gaertn., known as Apple ^f Peku, is a strong spreading
annual, 3-4 ft. high, grown for the showy blue tls. and
odd fruits: glabrous: Ivs. elliptic or elliptic-ovate, siru-
ate and toothed, narrowed into a prominent petiole: fls.
solitary in the axils, on recurving pedicels, an inch or
more across, shaped like a potato iiower : fruit a thin-
walled and nearly or quite drv berrv, inclosed in an en-
larged, strongly 5-winged calyx. B.M. 2438. -The Apple
of Peru is an old-fashioned garden annual, now rarely
seen. It has escaped from cultivation in some places in
the U. S., and it is now widely distributed in the tropics.
It is often confounded with the ground cherry and alke-
kengi, which are species of Physalis. Not advertised.
L. H. B.
NICOTIANA (.John Nicot wa- Frf.i.li ambassador to
Portugal in the sixteenth ci-iitin> . and »a> iii-tniuiriital
in spreading a knowledge of Tolra,.Mi. ,s',, /,/„,;,. ,, . Fifiy
or more herbs, or one species sliruljby, nmstly ..f tr.ii>i-
cal America. The Nicotianas comprise several stately
plants, valued for their rapid growth and large foliage.
Other species produce showy flowers, and are popular
flower-garden subjects. They are mostly viscid-pubes-
cent Iierbs of strong odor, and possessing narcotic-
poisonous properties. Lvs. alternate, never compound,
entire or undulate, mostly sessile or nearly so by a
tapering base: fls. long-tubular, mostly opening at night
and most fragrant then, in terminal racemes, panicles
or thyrses ; calyx usually persi^ing and covering the
fr. ; corolla salverform or funnelform, the lobes usually
plicate in the bud, the 5-lobed border nearly or quite
regular; stamens 5, inserted on the tube, generally in-
cluded, the filaments straight; style single, with a capi-
tate stigma: fr. a capsule, normally 2-loculed, but usu-
ally splitting into 4 valves; seeds numerous and minute.
Nicotianas are of the easiest culture. They love a hot
exposure, and loose, well-drained soil. They are all ten-
der to frost. For subtropical effects, the seeds ( by which
they are usually propagated) should be started early
under glass. The seeds are so small that they do not
germinate well in the open unless the ground is fine and
holds moisture near the surface. N. alata is the only
species which is popularly known as a flower-garden
plant, being grown everywhere under the name of iV.
aftinis. Of the robust species used for subtropical bed-
ding, iY. qlnnea, N. tomentosa and forms of N. Ta-
hacum are best. l^ jj_ 3^
Nicotianas are tropical herbs requiring in northern
latitudes a deep, loamy, rich soil and full sunlight. The
soil should be especially rich in lime and potash, both
of which may be supplied by the addition of wood ashes.
Nicotianas will not grow well in very moist or poorly
drained soils. In cool weather the seeds germinate
slowly, so that when it njay be desired to raise the
plants outdoors in early spring the seeds should be
"sprouted" before sowing by keeping thera moist and
warm until growth may be seen. The method generally
pursued in northern tobacco-growing regions is to mix
the seed, about April 1, with very fine rott.-d apple tree
wood (apple wood is pri't''TaIil<- t.. ut!i>-rs. as it ruiitains
less tannin, which would In- dr^tin,nv( t.. -.rniinating
seeds), and to pla*e tin- iiiixtur.- aii. i- in. n -lining in a
glass jar, and seal. The jar is th. 11 pla I in a tem-
perature of 80° to 90° until the seed is seen to be germi-
nating, which should be in from four to six days. The
seeds are then sown in frames covered with cloth or
glass and rolled in with a light roller, or simply pressed
in with a board. Another meth.
is to spread it on a thin cloth st
water placed n h
very young, Nm
property they lose with age, bt
frost when mature. Nicotianas are well adapted for
culture in pots or tubs, and are then fine plants for
summer porch decoration. p^ y^^ Barclay
A. FU. yellow or yeUowish white: Ivs. distinctly
petioled.
B. Plant glabrous and glaucous, becoming woody {y.
rustica is not to be sought here).
glailca, Grab. Becoming 20 ft. high and tree-like in
its native plsme (Argentina), glabrous, glaucous-blue all
over and sometimes developing purplish tints: Ivs.
large, ovate, sometimes subcordate, more or less repand,
the petiole conspicuous: fls. in a loose panicle, tubular
and constricted below the very short limb, curved,
pubesrciil .III til.- iini.i.l.' i; M 'N.;: \,.i uii<'.,iiimon
habit; :.!-" vuu • i,. '- •■,.- ,,i,., - ^ ,, ' I'Mially
BB. Plant pilose, herbaceous or half shrubby.
wigandioides, Koch & Pint. Tall-growing, reaching
6 and 7 ft. Iii.jli, witli :\ vtr;iiL'ht cputral shaft and bear-
ing vn-v I ■■ ;. ,1,1 Im 111 i.iii.i-,.: Ivs. ovate and pointed
or sintii ' II, undulate-margined but
not tniiili I ill ' .1 Ai^h, short, in drooping
panicle-. (. I III!. Ill \ \.r. -I ri king plant, sometimes
used for b..M subtropical effects.
AA. Fls. white, long-tubular: Ivs. mostly not petinhil
(iik; more or less clasping: annual and pereniiinl
herbs. In some of the following species the fl.s.
are green or purplish on the outside.
B. Corolla-lobes acute.
aUta, Link & Otto (^V. afflnis, Hort., under which
name it is universally known in gardens). Figs. U87,
1488. Slender but strong-growing, 2-3K ft. tall, viscid-
pubescent: Ivs. lance-obovate or ovate-elliptic, becoming
small and narrow above, clasping and sometimes de-
current, entire or remotely repand-dentate : lis. remote
in a wand-like raceme, spreading, the very slender tube
5-6 in. long, the limb oblique and 2 in. or more across,
the narrow - pointed lobes unequal. Braz. G.C. II.
NICOTIANA
16:141. On. 34, p. 520; 42, p. 126; 50, p. 212; 56, p. 384
Ung. 5:182. B.R. 19:1592 (as JV. Persica).-A de-
servedly popular plant, blooming freely all the season.-
until killed by frost. It is well to plant it in a place
which is protected from strong winds. It is apparently
perennial, but is treated as a tender or half-hardy an-
nual. It self -sows, and often iii:iiiit:iitis it-tlf finm'year
to year in the Middle States an. I S,,i]tli. In ih, wM-mer
tion. P'all-sown seedlings luak. . .\.. Hint |...t-t.laiii ^ f()r
the window. The fls. open at niybt fall, but clu.-i- in the
daytime. At night they are very fragrant. During the
last ten years the plant has become very popular.
Var. decurrens (N. decurrens, Hort.) is lower, branch-
ing near the base, very floriferous.
Bylvfestrls, Spegaz. Fig. 1489. Lvs. larger and better
than in N. alata, rugose and veiny, more prominently
undulate, the stem well furnished near the ground: fls".
larL'i". hanc-iiiL' in whorls or fascicles in a heavy large
1:m '..I . III. _'i. ::;.-.:. -U,,,. ,,f til,. II, .Vflti.s . if l.s'.l'.l and
19(10.
longifldra, Cav. Erect, 2-3 ft., slender, the prominent
foliage radical: lvs. oval-lanceolate to lanceolate, promi-
nently undulate, pointed : fls. 4 in. long, the tube green
or purplish, but the limb (lobes about % in. long) white
at least inside, borne in simple racemes. Argentina.—
Little kniwn in cult., being inferior to N. alula. The
flowers open late in the day. Perennial, but annual in
gardens and in northern countries.
BB. Corolla-lobes obtuse or rounded.
suavfeolens, Lehm. (iV. undulMa, Vent. ..V. longiflbra,
var. nndiildta, Voss). Variable: 1-2 ft., annual or bi-
ennial, usually viscid: lower lvs. long-stalked and ovate
or spatulate, the upper ones narrow and sessile and
sometimes clasping, all undulate-margined as a rule:
fls. in loose terminal racemes, on slender pedicels, sal-
ver-shaped, the narrow cylindrical tube about 2 in. long,
the circular limb 1 in. or less across, pure white (or
greenish outside). Australia, B.M.673. Gn. 21, p. 291.-
The broad lobes usually overlap, so that the limb often
appears as if entire. Sweet-scented at night. Plant
pubescent or glabrous. Not rare in gardens. It is said
that it will endure moderate shade.
noctifldra, Hook. (iV. longifldra, var. noctifldra, Voss).
Very like the last, and perhaps a geographical form of
it: lvs. lanceolate-undulate: fls. often purplish outside
but white within, the spreading lobes notched or emar-
ginate: plant very viscid. Argentina. B.M.2785. — A
night bloomer, like the last. There is a var. albifldra,
with pure white fls.
AAA. Fl.1. distinctly colored {visually with shades of
red}, the tube relatix^ely broad or even inflated:
annual and perennial herbs.
B. Lvs. stalked.
rustica, Linn., was cult, for Tobacco by the Indians
and is run wild in many places, but its nativity is un-
known ( probably indigenous to the Old World, accord-
ing to Gray) : annual, usually not over 3 ft. tall, viscid-
pubescent: lvs. large, ovate and obtuse: fls. yellowish
or greenish, 1 in. or less long, the base narrow, tube
thereafter inflated, orifice contracted, the lobes short
and rounded. The fls. are open by day. Inflorescence
paniculate.
BB. Lvs. sessile and decurrent.
Tabacmn, Linn. Tobacco. Tall, strong-growing strik-
ing plant, 3-5 ft., annual, usually glutinous: lvs. mostly
ovate or ovate-lanceolate, acuminate-pointed: fls. 2 in.
long, rose or purplish, in a large nearly naked panicle,
the tube swollen upwards and the spreading lobes
pointed. S. Araer. — Cult, from earliest times by the
Indians, and occasionally run wild. Its commercial
cultivation for Tobacco is an agricultural subject, and
therefore is not discussed in this work. It is a striking
plant in the garden. There are several forms cult, foi
ornament, those with large red fls. being most known.
N. grand iflorum , y.purpureum. etc., are names given tc
these forms. The fls. are diurnal. See Fig. 1077. p. 757.
NICOTIANA
tomentdsa, Ruiz & Pav. {iV. coldssen, Andrfl. Peren-
nial, rarely blooming in the North, but easily propagated
])y cuttings and treated as a tender annual: H to 10 ft.
and more, very stout and branchy, viscid -pubescent :
Ivs. obovate-oblong and acuminate, narrowed to clasping
and decurrent base, 1-3 ft. long, pale and reticulate be-
neath: fls. short, the tube inflated at the top and slightly
curved, pubescent, the lobes ovate and obtuse and nearly
NIDULARIUM
1089
1489. Nicoti
or quite equal, the color of the tube pale green and of
the limb yellowish outside and pale rose within. Brazil.
B.M. 7252. G.C. III. 9:83. Gng. 1:97. A. G. 11:117. -A
most remarkable plant for large and rapid growth. Very
useful in making subtropical effects. The plants came
up in soil in which Brazilian on-liids wvn- shipped to
France, and it began to attract fri n.ral Mtt.-ntic.n in France
about 1889. It usually has redilish si, his, tlirr.hy adding
to the bold effect. Seeds should be started under glass.
There is a var. variegata, Hort., with mottled and mar-
gined foliage. R. H. 1893, p. 9. G.M. 37:61.
N. acuminata. 'iioo^i. Slender: Ivs. petioled, broad-lanceolate,
acuminate: tis. long-tiibular. with small obtuse lobes, white.
Argentina. B.M.'I'IUI.— N.fragraiis, Hook. Threeto4ft.: Ivs.
sessile, obovate or spalulate: tis. with very long, slender tubes
(as in N. sytvt'stris) and a large spreading regular limb with
emarginate Inl>cs, wliite. NewCaledonia. B.M.4S95.-N.Ldngs-
ilnrfii. Schraiik. Two to 3 ft., viscid: Ivs. sessile, oval or ovate:
La..s;s,l
seult.by the Indians for tobacco. l_ jj_ 3^
NICOTONIA is a name given bv the undersigned to
hybrids of Nicotiana and Petunia offered in 1893. They
were originally described as follows: "The plants have
slender, drooping or trailing toraentose green, red and
purple stalks and leaves twice or three times as large
as the Petunia; the flowers are handsome, white, pink,
carmine or striped and borne in plenteous profusion.
No seed is ever produced, but they are very readily
multiplied by cuttings."
These plants have unfortunately vanished from culti-
vation. They were, of course, annuals. They were
semi-trailing plants, tin-
short, woolly hair-, n,,
var. (irandUh.r. \
the former prol,:ii
lar thing abou ,1,-
seemed in all casrs i,, l<c
though the tops in all the
with much vigt
^s covered with abundant
ss was Petunia hybrida,
I i./ttndioides, var. rubra,
-, I'd parent. The singu-
s the fact that the root
ilyzed and very defective,
ay hybrids produced grew
The blooms were beautiful, and it is
a pity that the plants were not grafted on tobacco roots.
Luther Bi-rbank.
NIDULABIUM (from Latin nidu.'i, a n,stl. //, „
melidcew. About 15 Brazilian epiphytes. 1,\ s,,ni,. r,.-
ferred to Karatas and other genera, but hv .M, /, ,Ih'.
Monogr. Phaner. 9) kept distinct. The ll,.w, i-s ;„■,. |„.,-
feet, borne in simple or ,-,,iii|ioiiii.l ti.:,,|s. th,' ],. t.ils
joined
species)
related
strap-sh
rhich se
the
: Hillljergia,
In the following account, the genus is held to comprise
the species referred by Mez to Aregelia, having simple
flower-clusters, whereas Nidularium proper has com-
pound clusters.
A. Flower-cluster simple {Aregelia).
B. Length of flower 1)4 in. or less.
tiiste, Kegel {If. marmordium, Hort., not Morr.
Kardtas tristis. Baker. Aregelia tristis, Mez). Lvs.
6-12, from 6-12 in. long and half as broad in the middle,
green dappled with brown, somewhat scurfy beneath:
flower purple: bract-lvs. narrow-linear: fr. oblong, white.
BB. Length of flower l\i in. <
Morrenianum, Makoy {Kardtn.'^ 31
Aregelia Morreniana, Mez). Lvs. i
rosette, with few very minute spines, no
scurfy beneath : fls. many, dark p\n|,lc
lanceolate.
N. Carolinae, L,mii. , V. m: h
. Ant.
dense
k-nsely
red: fls. blue-puridr. in
bright leaf-cup. B.M. .".
prlnceps, Morr. I .V. x/
ceps, Baker. K. ,1/,',/, u<
Mez). Lvs. 1,^-Jn, :i!,,>
the middle, Ann. spi.n
bright red bract- lvs.
Bindti, Morr. (.T. .¥,</,,
Morr. Aregelia Jliu'^li.
scurfy and transversely
ones similar in color: li
founded with Bromelia
• Jnrfii, Kegel. Ka
. Hort. Billbergia
Lvs. several to i
ly spiny-toothed.
.Kegel. Kardtas Binbti,
Lvs. 15-20, strong-spiny,
1 on the back, the inner
, white. Not to be con-
AA. Fhiiccr-chister compound.
B. Petals joined below.
c. Flowers white.
Innocintii, Lem. (Kardtas TnnocSntii, Ant.). Stem-
less and stoloniferous: lvs. about 20, in a dense rosette,
strap-shaped, about 1 ft. long, broadest near the middle,
with many small, spiny teeth, gr<-eii l»iit jii,,r,- or less
tinted brown or red, the oval bract [\s. i,,i-lii ,-,.,i: flg.
in a dense head, white. I. H. 9;:i_".'. .\;iiim ,1 for the
Marquis de St. Innocent, amateur, of .Viiiun, France.
There is a form with yellow-striped lvs. I. H. 41:5.
This species is one of the best Nidulariuras.
striatum. Baker (TV. Mahoydnum, Morr., not Hort.
Kardtas negUcta, Baker). Lvs. 8-12 in. long, strap-
shaped, fine-toothed, prominently striped with central
bands of white and shading to cream-color towards the
margin, the body colordeep green and not brown-tinted.
G.C. III. 8:183 (desc.).-A good species.
1090
NIDULARIUM
blue or V
Flowers blue or violet.
ScheremetUwii, Kegel {KarAtas ScheremetUwU,
Ant.). Lvs. 10-15, in a short rosette, lanceolate, 10-18
in. long, with many small but conspicuous spiny teeth,
rather firm, bright green above and pale green beneath,
the bract-lvs. bright red and showy, the points recurving:
Us. blue, in a small head.
fulgens, Lem. (iV. picium, Hort.). Lvs. 15-20, in a
dense rosette, strap-shaped, with large, strong teeth,
mottled with green of different shades, paler and scurfy
beneath, the bract-lvs. oval and scarlet: fls. blue.
BB. Petals separate.
Llndeni, Kegel {^chmia ebilmea. Baker. GiizmAnia
fnhjrans, Hort. Vunistrum Llndeni, Mez). Lvs. about
20. in a dense rosette, tomentose, green-spotted, the
bract-lvs. cream-white: fls. white or greeni.sh.
Amaz6niciini, Lind. & Andr4 {Kar&tas Amazdnica,
Baker. Canistrum AmasdHiciiin, Mez. ^chmea Ama-
zdnica, Hort.). Lvs. 15-20, 10-20 in. long, and rather
wide at the middle, greenish brown above and light
brown beneath, not spotted or scurfy, the bract-lvs.
greenish brown: fls.white,with a green tube, in a dense
head.
iV. Chantrari. Andr6, is a hybrid of N. Inno-entii and N. ful-
gens, with very briliiivnt red braet-Ieaves, obtained by Cliau-
irierFreres, France. R.H. 1895:452. L. H. B.
raberg [1.590-
or of natural
JWER. About
1 tropical and
characterized
NIEEEMBfiKGIA. (for John E.
l.")i«]. a Spanish Jesuit and first f
history at Madrid). Sohnu'icr,,'. r
24 species of hardy pi-n-nuiiil li> rl.
subtropical America, allic. I im I', tm
bv the long and very slcii.l.r tuli.- ..i the corolla. The
species iu cultivation are \aUicd cliietly for the open
border or for pot-plants, and are mostly of prostrate
habit, with showy fls. borne freely through the summer
and autumn. Stem decumbent or creeping, rarely sub-
erect, diffusely branched, the branches usually slender
and nearly glabrous : lvs. alternate, scattered, entire :
fls. borne' singly on the tips of young shoots, mostly
white with a purple center ; calyx 5-parted, tubular or
bell-shaped ; sepals spreading ; tube of corolla long,
slender, attenuated below, abruptly expanded above into
a broad bell-shaped, saucer-shaped or funnel-shaped
limb, which has 5 broad, obtuse lobes.
Several species of Nierembergia have distinct value
tor certain purposes. iV. r/riicilis makes an excellent
pot or basket plant, and is also popular for the border.
iV. frutescens does finely in the open, but is more desir-
able as a pot-plant. N. rivuhiris is perhaps the most
desirable species of the group, and is adapted to a wide
range of conditions. It thrives best in a moist soil with
a half-shaded exposure, but often makes fine patches on
a dry bank, or even in the rockery. Both iT. gracilis
and iV. frutescens love a loose, rather moist soil, but are
not impatient of dryness. These three species endure
winters without protection in the latitude of N. Y.
Nierembergias are propagated chiefly by cuttings taken
in the fall, or by seeds. iV. rivularis is most readily
increased by dividing the creeping stem where it has
rooted at the nodes.
Stem prostrate or creeping : branches ascending
Fls. cream!) trhite, sometimes slightly tinted wit)
rose or blue.
rivuliris, Miers. White-Cup. Whole plant glabrous :
stem slender, creeping, rooting freely at the nodes, form-
ing a dense mat, the branches seldom risinc over (i in.
high: lvs. oblong to oblong-spatiilati-, ditus.' nicmbra-
naceous, variable in size, with a I'mi;. ^IcihI. r jn-tidle:
fls. sessile or short-peduncled; cmIvx .■> liii.liir;il. the
lobes oblong-lanceolate, slightly spnadia^': Lorulla-limb
broadly bell-shaped, 1-2 in. broad; throat golden yellow.
La Platte river, S. A. B.M. 5608. J.H. III. 31 :311. Gn.
23, p. 188; 25. p. 145. — A very adaptable and desirable
species for a stream bank, drv border or alpine garden.
The fls. are large and beautiful. It is difficult to eradi-
cate after once established, as small pieces of the stem
will take root and grow.
NIGELLA
BB. Fls. white, with purple center.
gr&cilis, Hook. Fig. 1490. Branches very slender,
ascending 6-8 in., slightly downy; lvs. scarcely J^in.
long, linear or slightly spatulate, those on the younger
branches Somewhat hairy: limb of corolla spreading,
convex, white tinged and veined with purple towards
the center, throat yellow. Argentine Republic, S. A.
B.M. 3108. — A channing little plant for the hanging
basket. A garden var., Crozytoa, has fls. tinted with
lilac and appears to be more floriferous than the type.
F.S. 14:1410.
BBB. Fls. pale lilac.
V^itchii, Berkeley. Stem 8-12 in. long, with slender,
glabrous or slightly pubescent branches: lvs. Vs-l in.
long, short-petioled or sessile, the upper linear, the
lower broadly spatulate: calyx-lobes linear-oblong, re-
curved: corolla-tube J^-% in. long, white, the limb
broadly bell-shaped. Trop. America. B.M. 5599. F.
1872, p. 141.
AA. Stem nearly erect.
frutescens, Dur. Tall Ccp-Flower. Stem 1-3 ft.
high, much branched, .shrubby: lvs. scattered, linear:
fls. about 1 in. broad, the limb saucer-shaped, white
tinted with lilac or blue; throat yellow; handsome.
Chile. -The fls. resemble N. gracilis in color, but are
much larger. Valuable in the greenhouse or for the
border. As a pot-plant it makes a fine bush and bears
fls. almost continuously. It can be used as a bedding
bcreia eracilis ( >
plant with excellent results if started under glass and
transplanted. A garden form, var. grandillbra | ,V.
grandifldra, Hort.), has somewhat larger fls. than the
type- S. W. Fletcher.
NI6£LLA (diminutive of niger, black ; referring to
the color of the seeds). BanunculAcea . Love-in-a-
MisT. Devil-in-a-Bush. Fennel Flower. Hardy
annuals with erect stems and finely divided alternate
lvs.: fls. showy, white, blue or yellow; sepals 5, regu-
lar, petal-like, deciduous; petals 5, with hollow claws,
notched or 2-lobed ; carpels 3-10, fusing at the base
into one cavity, cells opening at the top when mature:
seeds many, black and hard. There are about 12 spe-
cies, including Garidella ; mostly natives of the Medi-
NIGELLA
terranean region. The following 2 are only species now
used in America. They require little care. The seed
should be sown in the open border in good soil any time
after the niidille of March, and the seedlings thinned,
if necessary, to a distance of about 8 in They seldom
succeed well if transplanted. If the seeds lie sown in
early autumn the plants may withstaiul the winter and
be read\ to Hontr eiilur the ni_\t summer B\ plant
ing Ht diftertut st tsoiis the plants maj be continued m
beiuty neatlj throu.,!! ut the summer The seeds of
N iKtii I Linn or hi i k c ummin are sometimes used
as seasoning in the Old Woild
Damasc^na Linn Fig 1401 Height 1-2 ft hs
bright green vti\ finel} cut Us white or blue laige
involucre very dense and tine st>les erect in the fr
nearly as long as the cap ult s fr n t dn ergent at
top Summer & Eu BM in i l)0-\ar
nana Hort A dwarf form with \ i\ lii_ tl
Hispinica Lmn Lrs mii Ii Il^ll 1 1 ut less so
thin m the preieding H I | i 1 hi th m tht last
spreadiiu fr dner^ent ut t , luh v, ,,,1 ,11 1 \
Africa B M l-'( ) ( n " < -\ 11 Fontane8i4na,
H>rt |V Fo,it<itiH^ia„i He rt ) Mu h ill i tin t\pc,
but did to H w.i two weeks eirher k C Dams
NIGGER TOE Nuts of BettlwUetut
NIGHT-BLOOMING CEEEUS. See Cereus.
NIGHTSHADE. t>oh,,i,nn „!c,r„m. Deadly N.,
Atr^./ni lielliiihnnm. Enchanter's N., Circaa. Three-
leaved N., Ti-illinm.
NINE-BAKK. Pli,jsm;,rpus opuUfoUa.
NIPHffiA(Greek, nipJins, snow; alluding to the white
color of the fls., which is rare in this family). Gesner-
dcew. JV. obloiiga is a plant something like a Gloxinia,
but instead of a large spotted tnroat the flowers have
so small a tube as to appear almost 5-petaled. Niphjeas
are tropical American stemless or dwarf herbs, with
heart-shaped, coarsely serrate, hairy Ivs. and clusters
of about a dozen fls. an inch or so across, borne singly
on reddish stalks about 2 in. high. For general cult,
they are inferior to Gloxinia and Achinienes, but they
are desirable f..r )>"t;nii.-iil collections as being one of
the most (li--iiini i\iH - i.f the gesneraceous family.
Th»y hav. t. and no tubers: Ivs. soft.
wrinkleil. |. . -ite: corolla nearly wheel-
saaped; (li-l^ jli-c n' ; liLmieuts shorter than the an-
thers, straight; anthers erect, free, the cells facing In-
ward, parallel, confluent at the apex: glands none.
"Like many other plants from Guatemala," says
Lindley in B.R. 28:5, speaking of N.ohlomja, "it seems
to require a temperature
and of a stove. In it-
Achimenes rosea. It fl.i^
after which the stems ili
a dormant state until ) I
this state it ought of ivi
between th.it of
-■'•'. ! i jilaiit remains in
:^ :ison. When in
" i , I,. j,t ]ierfectly dry,
on a li;,'lit. warm sli. If. ari.l tli.ii when the .season of
rc-^t is pasi.whi.h will lie indicated by the young Stems
niatdn:: tlnir a|.|Maran'c. it may be repotted and liber-
ally su|)|.liicl with water. It forms a great number <f
curious imbricated scaly buds, both on the surface and
under ground, by which it may easily be multiplied in
the same manner as Achimenes; it also strikes readily
by cuttings. Any rich light soil will do for its cultiva-
oblbnga.
yvs. heart shaped or perhaps some-
what iihioiii,'. more or less whorled: fls. drooping: co-
rcilla abc.nt P.. in. across; lobes roundish, concave at
flrst, then revolute. Guatemala. B.R. 28:5.
NIPH6B0HJS Lingua, var. corymbifera, is a tough-
leaved, crested fern, recommended by G. W. Oliver for
window boxes. Oliver writes that this plant can be
f|ui.-kly in.T.-asfd by cliviM..n of flic string, wliii-h grow
II. 'ar til.' viii-fa.-.' ..f tli.- ^.lil. Ni|i|i..l...lnv a|i|..,al-s in a
f.-w tra.l.' . alal..::.!.'-. i'.x ICli^li-ii wrH.Tv ii is gen-
. ■rally r. f.-ni-.l t.. I ',.| \ |....l iinii. Iml I,, M . rn.l.-rwood
r.-f.rs it t.. til.- L'.iin^ ( 1 . I,,;-Ii,,mi^ 'IIi.' l\|ii.-al form
Its vai-'.'. ■„;„,„/„
.ll\i.
11.1 .lapan.
1. .1 at the
apex. f..nnnii,' a
Hat
:ti^li. 'Villi. -like <•
Iiwt,
■r. N. N.
Brui-kn.r writ.-
; till
.t var. variegata is
also
cult. "It
has \\k\m v.-l!,.w
lin.
■s about an eighth of an
inch wide
and till f..nrtl
■ an inch apart, runr
ling
across the
fronds at liyht 1
in^-l.
. s to the midrib."
NITROGEN.
Th.
> role of Nitrogen in
horticulture is
discussed niidei
r F.
'rlilitii. Fertilisers,
Le,j
umes and
Manures.
NOLANA (fr.
mi /.
lohl. a litth- b,.Il ; r.
•f.-rr
in^' to the
shape of th r.
ilia 1
. Cnir.ilrnl.'ir,,! . .\
l...iit
IS s| ii s
of prosti-at.. am,
h.-rbs Willi sli..«y l.ll
.. ..pi'iiiinr
e. Ill
II liativ,- t., I'liil.- an
ni. Tiny
Stem often slightly angulate,
streaked with purple above, mi]
of the branches ascending sevei
or in pairs, entire, usually flesi
oled; the upper sln.rt p. 1 el. .1, -
a winged peti..l.' : tl-. i
rarely white or r..^. ; . :.
number ..f ..varii's in ea.'li tl. an. I tlie ijunil..'r of seeds
in each ovary ; but these characters vary in different
plants of these and other species of Nolana. N. atri-
pUeifoHa is conimonlv sold under the names of the
other two. Consult Benth. and Hook., Genera Plan-
tarum 2: 870. Lat.-st monograph D.C. Prod. 13:9 (1852).
Nolaiias u'f..\v r. a. lily from seeds sown in the open in
May. F.T .ally l.l... .tiling and for seed production they
sho'uhl l..starti.l nil. ler glass in March and transplanted
in Jlav. .V. iiirii'lirif<.li,t is used with fine effect when
1092
NOLANA
\ Stem smooth ot fpai eli/ hany
B J is large (2-2 in ) Haik hJue, not stuped
paraddxa Lmdl (iT atnplicifdha Hort iV gian
ifloiii Ldini ) Fig 1492 Root Ivt. ^ erj long petioled
\ att ti 111 h s m ate mcftly sessile or -n itli winged
hi
^ / /
lit - 11,1
,st n 1
11 HI ( lilt
\ 11
alba II
lite 11 \
11 violacea i '\ y
<!>ar/..
s Molet fls
F s li 1214
NORTH CAROLINA
was lately disco\ ered in lower Calif b\ T b Brandegee
on mountains abo\e Cape bt LuLas It is arborescent
and similar in habit to N longifolia but with glaucous
hs (see note below) Beaucarnea glauca ot the trside
doubtless belongs m Nolina Franceschi says it has
a crown of stiff glaucous Ivs on a slender trunk with
a bottle shaped base
A Lis 8-15 h nes « ide
B nalnt of foliage recui i ed
c flunk. si.a)i.ely bulged at the ba^e
longlfdlia, Hems] (Dasyhrion longifdlium, Zucc.
Beuittutnea longifolia, Buker) Trunk m cult 4-G ft.
high b in thick below the crown of hs : Ivs.
100-200 green 4-0 tt long 9-15 lines wide, per-
ptilih u in w 1 fi 111 nil Idle to apex A glau-
' rni I, I n ilt i ( II 7 493 567: III.
b7 R H 1 I I 4 4
or TiiinJ. , ih I 1, 1 1 „ I an ha le a foot or
III I Ihi k
recurvata Hi nisi ( /, nucdmea renirvata,
1 111 I liuiik 111 cult 5-b ft high,
_- 111 till I 1 1 H tlu iruwnof Ivs.:
ray,
BB. Fls. imall (% ni ), light blue_ siriprd n ilh
dark purple.
prostr&ta, Linn., not Hook. Throat of corolla marked
with violet-purple veins; sepals triangular: ovaries
commonly few, 2^-seeded. Perhaps this should lie
united with the preceding. Chile and Peru. B.M. 731.
AA. Stem densely hairy.
B. Stem-lvs. lanceolate, thick: plant hoary-pubescent.
lanceolita, Miers. Stem-lvs. mostly in pairs, 2-6 in.
long, the base obliquely clasping or slightly decurrent
on the outer side: fls. 1-2 in. broad, with a spreading,
."i-lobed limb, each lobe deeply notched ; limb of corolla
lilue, throat yellowish white. 'ChUe. B.M. 5327.
ra. oi«j,j»<^»^>ra.in(-<'<)»s. ran
ten§lla, Lindl. Stem very slender: upper Ivs. obtuse,
\vith rounded base and winged petiole: peduncle long-
hairy: fls. violet-blue, with a white throat; limb 5-lobed,
each lobe tipped with a broad point. Chile and Peru.
B. M. 2604 (erroneously a.s jV. paradoxa, but poorly
drawn, as no hairiness is indicated).— Not advertised in
America. S. W. Fletcher.
NOLiNA (after P. C. Nolin, joint author of an essay
on agriculture, Paris, 1755). LiliAcea. Syn., Beaucar-
nrn. Nolinas belong to the remarkable group of desert
succulents in the lily family known as the Dracfena tribe,
of which the Yucca is the best known example in our
gardens. Nolina recurvata, which is perhaps the most
desirable species, has a striking appearance. It has a
fleshy trunk 5-6 ft. high, surmounted by a crown of 100
or more leaves, which are long, linear and gracefully
recurved. The base of the trunk is swelled into a sort
of tuber a foot or more thick, wbirb sits ,,n tlu- eround
like a huge onion. It has nunici-in- n ■ i > -m mI. -reen-
ish white, 6-lobed fls., borne in i iluwer-
stalks several feet high. Nolinu-N m . Mexican
plants. They are cult, in S. falii . i.^iniu,;: similar
treatment to Agave, Dasylirion ami Yinca, Imt Ernest
Braunton writes that they are not popular. In the East
a few kinds are offered. They are desirable plants for
fanciers who can bouse a coIleoUon of succulents.
Nolinas an- m :in -I I" Ti i~vHi-ion, but their Ivs. are
unarmed, wliilr :' > ' ]:itti'r usually have hooked
spines. Fls.]."! ,1:1 -i-. the loose racemes form-
ing a simple .11- 11111" uiiH I .tnii-le. Their stamens are
included, while ili..,~c- ..I l)a-vlirion are exserted. For
differences in fruit characters, see Dasylirion. The
species of Nolina are imperfectly understood. In addi-
tion to those given below, 2f. Beldingi is offered. This
I I 9 95. G.
I II I - I I l.H. 8,
\1 1 I \ I Intel media Hort.,
shorter \ ai rilbra, Hort has the
Ivs tinged red neir the base. No
varieties however are ad\ertised.
BB Hnbil of foliage <itiicl
c. Width of Ics. 10-12 lines.
Blgelovii, Wats. Trunk unknown: Ivs. thick, flat,
3-1 ft. long, lll-l-J lines wide above the base, with a red,
horny entire margin.
cc. Width of Ivs. 5-6 lines.
recorr&ta, var. stricta, Lem. (Pincenictltia glnfica,
Hort.). Lvs. shorter and narrower than typical y. re-
curvata, 2-3 ft. long, glaucous.
AA. Lvs. 2 lines wide.
Hartwegiina. Hemsl. (^Dasylirion junceuni. Zuic.l.
Tr.iiik nMlin..^.n: Ivs. 2 ft. long, with only 7-9 veins
'"■'■■'■' '■' ' ■'"■ W. M.
T. S. Brandegee.
NONESUCH, or Black Mediok, is Medicago hipulimi.
Nonesuch rarely means ii/c/i his Cluilcedonica.
NOFALEA (from the Mexican name of the Cochineal
Cactus). Cactdceie. A genus of 4 or a species, often
placed with the Opuntias, but differing from the latter
in having leaves longer than the perianth, as well as in
many minor details. Natives of the West Indies and
Mexico. N. coccineUlfera, Salm., an arborescent, flat-
stemmed plant, with a somewhat cylindrical trunk
6-10 in. in diam., is widely grown in semi-tropical coun-
tries, but is rarely found in the U. S., and then only in
the largest collections of Cacti. It is chiefly interesting
in being one of the important food plants of the cochi-
neal insect. B.M. 2741, 2742 (as Cactus cochiiiellifer).
3. W. TorjiEV.
NORFOLK ISLAND PINE. Araucaria excelsa.
NORTH CAROLINA, HORTICULTURE IN. Fig.
1493. Occupying the sunny slope eastward from the
highest mountains east of the Mississippi, North Caro-
lina has a greater variety in soil and climate than most
other states ; hence the horticultural capabilities are
varied accordingly. In the region of high plateaus,
ranges and valleys lying between the Blue Ridge and
the Great Smokies, which mark the line of Tennessee,
NORTH CAKOLINA
is a region dear to botanical collectors for its wonderful
flora auU of great interest to the horticulturist on
account of its capacity for the production of fruit espe-
cially of apples. Here the apple flourishes and pro-
duces the most wonderful and uniform crops under
conditions of absolute neglect. What could be done
here in the production of apples, with careful and mtel-
figen culture and proper handling of the product, has
been abundantly sho^vn in the experience of t^e fe«
who have attempted the culture. In this same region
the French wine and table grapes have been flour.shmg
for year., grafted on the native stocks A complete
failure of the apple crop has never been known in the
mountains of North Carolina. On the eastern slope of
the Blue Ridge are found the thermal belts. Ihese
belts are on the mountain slopes and are singularly
free from the effects of early frosts in the autumn and
late frosts in the spring; in fact, hoar f^sts are a most
unknown. The cold air settling down in the ^ aliey^
pushes up the warm air and prevents frost above a cer-
tain linc'^thus insuring the safety of fruit foye^^e
frost line. These belts are peculiarly marked m Polk
and Wilkes counties. In the high valley lands of Wa-
tauga and Ashe counties, lying 3,500 to 4,000 feet above
the sea, are meadows where the finest of cranberries
grow wild, and on the northern and western slopes ot
NORTH CAKOLINA
1093
and Delawares; they go north early in July, and the
business has been a profitable one. Later it was found
that the peach flourished on the sand-hills even better
than the grape, and that there is seldom a total failure
of the fruit. In the same neighborhood there are now
at least 1,000 acres in peaches, -over 400 acres in one
orchard. Shipments begin here about the first week in
June, and in some seasons the Sueed peach is ready
the last of May. A large area is being devoted to black-
berries and strawbe
sent from here bcfu
York. Here. tn.i. ii
ported so lar^'. ly Idl-
ing, such as lilii -. K
be grown to Ki-^-at ]■
made with the Lttru,
bulbs can be prodi
also, as blackberries can be
strawberries are ripe in New
, iiii.' f.iuu.! tlKit thp bulbs im-
,,n. j;.\|i.-niiMiil- are being
ly, and It is hniM-il that the
U...U, v-^ «., r e" early enough for the early
forcing, and that we may be able to grow healthy bulbs
to take the place of the diseased Bermuda stock.
Horticulturally, the most interesting part of the
state is the great level coast plain. Here the mellow
soil mild climate and abundant rainfall combine to
make conditions favorable to great production, espe-
cially in the culture of small fruits. Along the line of
the Atlantic Coast Line R. R. strawberries are grown
by the thouMud acres and the culture has brought
the mountains m Mitchell county there are acres of
lilv of the \allev and T tola tenella, native and to the
manor born On the exposed uplands of this section the
grape and the peach flimrish in wonderful luxuriance,
though nothing has been done with these in the way of
commercial culnire. In these upper mountain counties
of late rears the cabbage and the potato have become
importniit frirm t.-i.^, the produce being sent '" *•-
nth.-
inter. The mountain section
lut undeveloped, region horti-
of the great barrier of the
; wide rolling nplan.ls of the
1493 North Carohna showine horticultural ree'ons
wealth to the growers This too is the section where
the greater pirt of the tuberove bulbs used b\ florists
Pied
ohing i
of the coast pla
from l,.iO0 feet above the sea-hv. 1 > i : intams
to about 350 where it drops otV iin" lii- i' • I ',)
plain bordering the coast for 112.'. lu I..11 iiiil.-s nilaiid.
Throughout this region cotton has held undisputed
swav for many years except on the northern border,
where tobacco has taken its place, and each has shut
out much enterprise of a horticultural nature. Still, in
some parts of the vast middle section there have been
efforts to grow fruits, and in this section are the im-
portant nurseries of the state. Near the edge of this
upland country, where the clay uplands break up into
the rolling forests of long-leaf pine, and swelling sand-
hills take the place of the red clay, it has been found
that the dry soil and balmy winter climate were partic-
ularly favorable to those suffering from lung and throat
troubles, and many people from the North, having
found health there, remained to make homes on the
sand-hills. And making homes, they wanted to grow
fruit. Then it was discovered that the sand-hill coun-
trv could be made to grow the finest of grapes, and
now about the town of Southern Pines there are fully
1.000 acres devoted to the culture of grapes for ship-
ment north. These are table grapes, mainly Niagaras
ture ot c il I hull 1 11 in 11 11 1
tuberou'? cr I Hi « iiit 1 i ult iin t I ttii 111 11 1
covered with cloth ind ^Uss h is of 1 vte become a %erv
important item in the gardener s list of crops in this
section It takes but little piotection here to grow -"
winter lettuce as fine as th it j "
m the North and the nil
mikes the selling a sure 111 '
grow here is the shippm^ n
of narcissus and Roniin li
the open griund in I t
great bushes 111 th 1 u -'
coa t IS at Ni wl n '1' '
sorbs the entin iit n'l " '
I heited houses
imes and
, , I ,11 iiniiii r Near the
1 1 1 t _ irden business ab
t ilti\ itors From this
t \ t il les of all kinds in
tre"s;ring';nT e.ri\' summer o^er $4 000 000 worth
annualh and the business is increasing steadily With
the coming of a dense population the great swamps
that now co-s er hundreds of square miles will be
drained and more lind of inexhaustible fertilitj will
be added to this fertile region here will be located the
future bulb farms of the United States and the dealers
1094
NORTH CAROLINA
of New York and other northern cities will come here
to make their contracts instead of going to France,
Italy and Holland. Already some Holland growers are
talking of coming to spy out the land, and the great
development of the future in North Carolina will evi-
dently be, so far as horticulture is concerned, in bulb
culture. "W. F. Massey.
NOBTH DAKOTA (Fig. 1494) lies between lat. 46°
and 49-' N. and long. 96° 2.5' and 104° W. The special ad-
vantages of soil and climate for the production of grass
and the small grains have given the state great agricul-
tural prominence, but little has been done along horti-
cultural lines. While it possesses undoubted possi-
bilities along certain lines of fruit production, and in
the growing of certain vegetables cun hardly be excelled,
yet these tliiiiv'-^ liav,- :il\vavs 1..mii i-cTisiiliTed incidental
and not t.i l.i- i-lassr.l witli thr li-a.lniL:- s..il industries.
North Dakota K,.ttl.-i-^. for th.- iih-i ]'ari, did not come
from fniit r.f.'i..n-.. an. I m i a-.- liavi- they occupied
the land with otlur iiit.nti.in than to raise stock and
grain. At the satin- tiim-. a> iHijiulation increases and
homes become csttilili-li.-.l. tli.rc is the natural ten-
dency to protect this,- h,.iii,-> with trees, ornament them
with shrubs and duwers, and furnish the tables with
vegetables and fruit. Such is the present incentive to
activity in horticulture, and its future status will be
controlled by the following natural conditions:
Physical and Geologic Features. — Its distinctive re-
gions are referred to as the Red river valley, the Tur-
tle mountain country, the Devil's Lake region, the
Mouse river country, the James river valley, the Mis-
souri slope and the western range country, including the
Bad Lauds. The Red river valley is a level plain from
20 to 30 miles wide on the North Dakota side and ex-
tending across the state north and south, thus embrac-
ing an uninterrupted area of some 6,000 sq. miles, all
level and of great fertility. This is preeminently the
wheat belt of the state, and the character of the soil is
such in both physical and chemical properties as to in-
sure an excellent growth of such plants as are hardj'
and will mature within the season. The soil is a lacus-
trine deposit containing about 33 per cent of very tine
sand, 55 per cent clay and silt, and 12 per cent organic
matter and soluble salts. It is so rich in nitrogen and
phosphoric acid as to be quite indifferent to fertilizers,
even when applied to such garden vegetables as demand
the most fertile soils. It rarely bakes under reasonable
cultivation, is never lumpy and is very retentive of mois-
ture. It is unusually well adapted to the cultivation of
practically all vegetables, particularly celery and other
plants requiring a deep, fine, easily worked soil.
- This general type of soil is not confined to the Red
river valley, but is the predominating surface soil for
most of the state lying east of meridian 101 and of
considerable tracts still further west. The subsoil in the
Red river valley lying under three or four feet of very
dark loam is uniformly a soft yellowish clay extending
to a great depth. Much of the subsoil outside of the
valley is largely made up of firmly compacted sand,
with a small percentage of clay. Such lands are not so
good as those having the clay subsoil, but with the good
surface soil which they support they are capable of pro-
ducing large yields in seasons not too dry. Thev are
naturally not so well adapted to horticultural operations
as are the lands having the clay subsoil.
Speaking in general, the soil lying west of the 100th
parallel, also that of the Missouri slope. Turtle moun-
tain and Mouse river countries is all well suited to vege-
table and fruit culture, though partial failure may re-
sult from short seasons. This is especially true upon
the level, rich soil of the Red river valley, which tends
to prolong the growth of such plants as the grape and
apple beyond the season in which they should mature.
The more rolling surface of the land along the Missouri
river affords opportunity to select favorable sites for
fruit plantations, and there is doubtless some advantage
in the soil itself. This is apparent in the cultivation of
the grape, or such vegetables as the tomato, squash and
melon. So far attempts to grow fruit on the lighter and
more rolling soils, avoiding the extremes, has met with
reasonable success. On the heavier soils and level
lands success has been confined to the cultivation of
NORTH DAKOTA
such small fruits as the currant, gooseberry, raspberry
and American plum and vegetables maturing not later
than the earliest sorts of tomato or second early sweet
corn. In connection with the fact that attempts at
apple culture have generally been unsuccessful, it
should be remembered that plants, as a rule, cannot
make long jumps. The line of apple culture is gradu-
ally moving northwest, the successful varieties being
those, like the Wealthy and Peerless, that have origi-
nated in the newer places. A region so far reraovetl
from the apple districts as North Dakota is must have
the time and opportunity required to develop varieties
of its own.
Climate and Rainfall.— Removed from all influence
of large bodies of water, North Dakota has a dry climate
subject to considnralile i-xtr»-nit's <pf temperature. The
ni.-an :innii:il cinf:,]! ai r:,r_--. r-.r i!,.- years 1892 to 1899,
itn-lu , . . I- - , ■ I, .' I ; I '.,'..!', -(-asons as follows:
S|ii-i: I - ill. 3.61 in.; winter,
.al Ml '.i"-i --; I Ml- ,1 ' - .( - iii spring and sum-
mer, rtlitii It is 111. . St iii.iUd. rill avL-rage rainfall for
June is 4.17 in. The fact that the great majority of agri-
cultural lands in the state are absolutely flat, as near as
land may be, and composed of a soil very retentive of
moisture, makes what would otherwise be a light rainfall
generally sufficient for ordinary needs. Further west
than Fargo the rainfall gradually becomes less. For the
twenty years between 1870 and 1890 the annual rainfall
of the places named below was as follows: Bismarck,
18.90 in.; Fort Buford, 13.29 in.; Fort Totten, 17.78 in.;
Pembina, 20.30 in.
The temperature is very uniform throughout the state,
with the general difference that the range country in the
western part has milder and more open winters, and the
higher altitude, as well as latitude, of the northern tier
of counties gives them a shorter and cooler summer,
more inclined to frosts. It is only in that section that
corn has not been considered, so far, as a possible crop.
At Fargo the mean temperature for the different
months since 1892 is as follows:
Jan 1.6 May 54.8 Sept 59.1
Feb 6.2 June 65.9 Oct 42.3
March 10.7 July 6S.7 Nov 18.3
April 40.7 Aug 66.2 Dec 9.4
The following table of soil temperatures, comparing
Fargo with Geneva, N. Y., is instructive and .shows why,
with the longer hours of daylight, vegetation develops
rather more rapidly in North Dakota than in New York:
1896 lin. Sin. 6 in. 9 in.
June-Fareo 65.1 62.2 59.6 58.6
Geneva 67.3 66.5 65.5 65
July— Fargo 75.9 68.8 64.8 64
Geneva 76.6 72.4 69.3 67.8
Aug. -Fargo 76.5 68.1 67.3 63.6
Geneva 73.2 70.8 69 3 68.3
Sept.- Fargo 60.1 56.1 53.9 .55.5
Geneva 64 63.1 62.1 61.2
The amount of soil moisture given in the following
table, covering the years from 1892 to 1896, inclusive,
shows that the comparatively high soil temperature is not
due to extreme dryness. The samples were taken each
week to a depth of 7 in. from a cultivated field in which
wheat was grown a greater part of the time :
Average for five years
May 2!l.no per cent
'ivi\yi!i^[^[y.'.'.v.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.v.'.'.'.v.'.'.'.'.v.'.'. 2148
Ang 2019
.Sept 20 10
Oct 19.78
As the water capacity is about 70 per cent and the land
level, there is practically no loss from leaching or drain-
age. While these tables represent tests in a single lo-
cality, yet they would apply with exactness to 6,000 square
miles and approximately to some 4,000 more.
Soil FertiUtii.— Samples of soil taken from different
parts of the ^tntr- frottt time to time and analyzed by
Prof. E. F. I. a. 1.1. ..f tl xperiment station at Fargo,
show that tin- iiitr..-. II I ai.-ly falls below .2 per cent and
in most inst.-iu. . - r. a. Ii. - from .3 to .5 per cent, with
an occasional satiiiik- yielding .7 per cent. The potash
ranges from .2.5 to 1 per cent, the average sample giving
about .5 per cent. The phosphates range from .15 to .25
NORTH DAKOTA
NORTH DAKOTA
109&
vith many samples giving
1494. North Dakota, to show
Genenil Vlhnnlie CoHdid'ons.— The winters are cold
but dry and agri-rable. An occasional winter with too
raucli sunsliine kills young trees of the thin-barked va-
rieties through the process of desiccation.
The springs are short, the warm days of summer com-
ing very soon after winter and some time before the frost
is out of the ground. In summer the days are long and
suunv, with nights invariably
cool." This condition gives the
most perfect development of io+- loj- ,
hardy vegetables, like the cab-
bage and celery, but retards
the cucurbits and other semi-
tropical species. At the same
time, the fruit that does mature
is of undoubtedly high quality
and rich flavor, while the sugar
beet and sweet corn give a very
high sugar content.
The fall is usually dry and
very pleasant, favorable to the
maturing of woody plants, but
rather liable to frosts. The
ground freezes permanently
about November 10.
Fruit-yrotving . — QiQU&vtd set-
tlement of what is now North
Dakota did not begin till the
building of the first railroad in
1873, and any effort to grow
fruit has been made since that
time. lnl874AndrewMcHench,
of Fargo, made the first attempt
at fruit-growing upon any ex-
tended scale. In that year he
bought, at a nursery in Minne-
apolis, a car-load of young apple
and crab trees of such varieties
as the Wealthy, Hyslop, Trans-
cendent, etc., and the year fol-
lowing planted 7,500 root-grafts of these and other varie-
ties. Though Mr. McHench obtained some fruit and at
different times grew trees that were models of thrift
and fruitfulness, yet the venture was nut a sucios.
The varieties that successfully resistr.l tli M win
ters succumbed to the blight {BaciH".^ fi ,h '/Inrnr/ts \
shortly after they came into bearing. (Itiier ;LUiinpi-< i)y
different men made along the Red river valley since then
have resulted similarly. In other sections of the state,
particularly the Missouri slope, experiments in apple-
growing have been more successful, this being due espe-
cially to less prevalence of blight. It is rather early to
make the prophecy, but it seems reasonable that with
irrigation the southwestern part of the state will, in
time, become the apple region. Even without irrigation
there are already indications of success.
The strawberry does not thrive in the strong sunshine
and winds of North Dakota, and the blackberry finds the
winters too cold, but gooseberries and currants grow and
bear well anywhere and the hardy varieties of the rasp-
berry thrive with winter protection. Grapes have never
been thoroughly tried, but it is doubtful if their cultiva-
tion ever becomes general.
Vegetable Culture. —There are but few vegetables that
cannot be produced abundantly and cbenplv. Tlii-^ is
particularly true of celery, onions, ]i:ir-iiii.- n. ilmt
require a deep, mellow soil. The seasMi, i i . . .h
for the earlier sorts of corn, but tom:iiM' i
ripen before frost. Theease with whicli ili. - il i- ,' rl i M
and the fact that no fertilizer is requireil reduces the
cost of production to the minimum.
The Flora.— So far as collected, the flora of North
Dakota includes about 600 spermaphytes and vascular
cryptogams running through 80 families. The grass
family is by far the prevailing one, though the compos-
ites present the largest number of species. About 85
grasses have already been collected. Forests are found
only along streams and in the broken areas south of
Devil's Lake and in the Turtle and Pembina mountains.
The number of species of trees is very limited. The
more prominent of the trees as regards distribution and
size are the bur oak and white elm in the eastern part
of the state, and cottonwood and green ash in the western.
The box elder, linden, aspen and hackberry are about the
only othertrees commonly found. The red cedar is found-
to some extent along the Little Missouri. In establish-
ing tree plantations, the white ash, white willow, box-
elder and cottonwood are the trees usually employed.
With reasonable cultivation it is not difficult to obtain a
thrifty, rapid growth of these. In proportion to the trees
physioeraphical features.
In the west-
the number of shrubs is large and, besides several of the
commoner kinds of the Middle States, includes such
striking species as l^hephtrdia argentea and Elcpagnxas
aniriilid. Ii'osK hliitiihi i^ fiMiiid .vc rywhere in great
|irofusi,in. c-xhil'itini.' ;i v.'uiriv .if r\.|insite colorings.
Asi.li- from tin- t'iMssi'x tin' r..in|n,Mi:r are most in evi-
dent, ail. 1 throu-licut the suiHiiHr i.inl fall the bright
colors of Uaillardia, Kudbeckia, E,hiiiaL-ea, Liatrls, sun-
flowers and asters make a profusion of gaiety. The
legumes, too, are very common, the bright Petalostemons
and Astragalus adding much to the showiness and rich-
ness of the landscape. The high nitrogen content of the
soil is |.r..l.:ililv due in laii;e measure to the prevalence
of the Am. ir,. lias and v.irli.'s. The prairie fires that
swept u\i'r ilic viaic aitnualh- for many hundred years
have d.ml.ile^s irnatlv ni..aitii-.l the flora. As a result,
the indigenous flora had very few annuals or plants with
perennial tops, and these only in broken places, or along
streams where the flres did not penetrate,
ern part of the state insuflicient moisture -v,
for lack of forests. The remains of large trees in pet-
refactions and lignite deposits tell us that in cretaceous
times the conifers found a most congenial home, while
towards the tertiary period the angiosperms appeared.
Nnth-e A'r»!7.s. -While the wild fruits nccupv an in-
.•r,„M.lrral,l,. portion of the total an-a of the state, yet
llie\- are il -tant in that they fiiriii-.l) tlioiisands of
lies and other
lo, r of their
plimi, buffalo
'. ri 1, elieny ( I'riinus demissa),
iiai .liiini.erry iAmelanchier
ih.rrv and striiwberry are also
only plum in the state is' P.
Amrrir.nni . and ilii- is found wherever other trees or
shrubs i;ro« . It i- soijietimes confined to thickets, as in
the Middle States, or it may be scattered for miles along
with the thorn and Juneberry. It is strongly variable
in almost every character except fruitfulness. all forms
being decidedly prolific. The shrub rarely grows more
than 8 feet high. The fruit generally is of good quality.
ts. A 1
vearlv suppl
stof tiiewild
alnih
foun.l
1096 NORTH DAKOTA
sweet and rich when ripe, but too soft to keep well. In
a domestic way wild plum jelly is recoguized as a staple
article of superior merit, anj though the plums are
abundant In most seasons, yet they readily bring $2 per
bushel in the local markets. The improved strains of
this plum, like the DeSoto, Weaver and Aitkin, are
being introduced and successfully cultivated. The buf-
falo berry is found from the James river westward,
growing in thickets along streams and coulees. The
bright red acid fruit is borne in the greatest profusion,
but is rather difficult to gather, as it is sessile and
thorns are plenty. It makes a clear jelly of reddish
amber color and delicate flavor. The choke cherry of
North Dakota is a puzzle botanically, and until further
studied may as well pass for P. deiiihsn. It is nearer
to that, in suin-iiiriil ,■],:, v:iru-i^ ,it I,:,-i, thill I I- p. I'ir-
Thi-
marmalade
the
fruit is used liui hul.-. In ilie wi-.~iciii [.an ui iUl' state
the Juneberry produces abundantly a large fruit of
rich flavor, but is more often used fresh from the
bushes than in a culinary way. The rapid settling of
the state has increased the demand for native fruits to
such an extent that their value is being appreciated,
and private ownership even in wild fruits is being in-
sisted upon and recognized. This, of course, leads di-
rectly to the development and preservation of the better
strains. Clare Bailey Waldron.
NORTHWEST TEEEITORY. See Canada.
NOTHOFAGUS (Greek words, meaning not a true
beech). Cttpullferce. A genus of about 12 species, native
■of S. America, Australia and New Zealand, closely allied
to Fagus, but chiefly distinguished by the fls., both
staminate and pistillate ones being borne in 3's or soli-
tary. The Ivs. are generally small, often evergreen and
either plicate in bud, like those of Fagus, or not. The
wood of some species, especially that of y. Domlieyi and
N. procera, in Chile, and of N. Cimninijhami, in Aus-
tralia, is much valued. They are not hardy in the North,
and but little known in cultivation; they are probably
not cult, in this country, though the following 4 species
have been introduced into European gardens and have
proved fairlv hardy in England: iV. Antarctica, Oerst.,
iV. oftn^Ka. "Oerst., N. betiiloldes, Oerst., iV. Piinning-
hami, Oerst., all trees or sometimes shrubby, with small,
ovate or elliptic, crenate-dentate Ivs., H-l in. long. The
2 first named are deciduous, the other 2 evergreen.
They are perhaps oftener enumerated under Fagus, but
besides the difference in the fls. they are strikingly dif-
ferent in habit, especially on account of their very small
Ivs., large only in iV. procera. Alfred Rehder.
NOTHOL^NA (Latin, spurious, cloal- ; from the
ruilinicntary indusium). Polypodi&ceir. Often written
Xothnrhlipi'ia, but the above is Robert Brown's original
orthographv. A genus of mostly warm temperate rock-
loving fern's, differing from Cheilanthes mainly in hav-
ing no marginal indusium. Some of the species are
coated with a golden or silvery wax-like powder. The
following have been advertised only once by a dealer in
native plants. See Pern.
A. Fronds densely matted beneath.
B. Lvs. once pinnate.
sinu&.ta, Kaulf. Lvs. 1-2 ft. long. 1-2 in. wide, grow-
ing on short stalks from thick, scaly rootstocks; pinnse
thick, entire or deeply pinnatifld ; lower surface with
rusty scales. Southwestern U. S. to Chile.
fermginea. Hook. Lvs. 6-12 in. long, J^-1 in. wide,
growing on wiry black stalks from thick, dark, scaly
rootstalks; pinnae deeply pinnatifld, with blunt lobes;
texture thinner ; lower surface densely matted with
wool. Southwestern U. S. to West Indies and Chile.
BB. Lvs. S- to 4-pinnate.
Nfiwberryi, D. C. Eaton. Cotton Febv. Lvs. .S-5 in.
long, on stalks of the same length ; ultimate segments
K-K line wide, covered on both sides with slender,
entangled hairs, which are more dense on the under
.surface. Calif.
NUPHAR
Pirryi, D. C. Eaton. Lace Febn. Lvs. 2-4 in. long,
tripinnate, with crowded roundish obovate segments 1
line wide, which are densely covered above with entan-
gled white hairs, beneath with a heavier pale brown
wool. Utah to Calif.
AA. Fronds with ivhite or yellow powder beneath.
cret&cea, Liebm. Rootstoek short, with rigid scales:
lvs. 1-2 in. each way, pentagonal on brownish stalks
2-7 in. long; ultimate segments oblong or triangular-
oblong, crowded. Southern Calif, and Ariz. — Less
handsome than the similar but larger and less divided
If. Bookeri of Texas to Arizona.
cdndida. Hook. Rootstoek creeping : lvs. 3-6 in. long,
ovate or deltoid-ovate, pinnate; lowest pinnae with
inferior pinnules elongated and again pinnatifld; upper
surface green. Tex. and New Mex.
AAA. Fronds naked beloiv.
t§nera. Gillies. Lvs. 3-4 in. long, ovate-pyramidal,
2-:!-piiinate ; jiiuuie distant, with ovate or subcordate,
sntnnili. uakftl segments. S. Utah and Calif, to Bolivia.
— \ ir\- rare. l_ jj_ Ukderwood.
N0TH6SC0RDDM (Greek, false garlic). Lilictcea-.
About 10 species of herbs having an onion-like bulb
and closely related to Allium. Most of the species are
found in tropical S. Amer., 1 in China and 1 in the
U. S., ranging from Va. to Ind., Neb. and southward,
in open woodlands and prairies. The bulb is without
the onion odor and taste: scape 6-12 in. high: lvs.
linear, basal, 6-12 in. long : fls. yellow or white, in an
umbel : capsule oblong-obovate, somewhat lobed, ob-
tuse: style obscurely jointed : ovary 3-loculed ; ovules
several in each locule.
striitum, Kunth. Yellow False Garlic. Streak-
leaved Garlic. Bulb globular, 1 in. through, some-
times bearing bulblets at base : scape 1 ft. or less
high : lvs. 7-8 in. high, 1-2 lines broad : fls. white, 6-7
in an umbel on slender pedicels, the segments narrowly
oblong, 4-6 lines long : ovules 4-7 in each cell. Early
spring. Va.,west. B.B. 1:415. — Hardy. Procurable from
dealers in native plants. m. b. Coulston.
BOVA SCOTIA. See Canada.
Nt'PHAB (from the Arabic). Nympha-Acecp. Spat-
ter-dock. Yellow Pond Lily. Six or eight aquatic
plants of the north temperate zone, with stout root-
stocks creeping in the mud, and large, cordate-ovate or
sagittate lvs., some of which are floating and others
either floating or standing erect above the water: fls.
usually standing above the water, yellow or purplish,
single on the scapes, the sepals 5 or 6 or more and con-
stituting the showy part of the flower; petals numer-
ous, small and usually simulating stMiii.ns, tlic lattir
numerous and short: ovary short ami -hiliulai iivui.l.
with 8-24 stigmas forming rays on it- io|,; fr. i -inall.
emersed capsule. The largest part of tlif Xnpliais are
North American. They grow in stagnant pools or on
the margins of slow-running mud-bottom streams.
Although several species have been offered by dealers,
most of them have small value for the cultivator, al-
though the foliage effects of jV. advena may be striking.
For culture, see Nymphoea and Aquatics. By some the
Linnfean Nymphaea is used for this genus, and Castalia
is used for the true water lilies. See Nympliwa.
A. Lvs. mostly cordate-ovate: notthern.
B. Plants strong and large.
idvena, Smith. Common Spatter-dock. Fig. 1495.
Lvs. large (about 1 ft. long), varying from cordate-
ovate to cordate-oblong, thick, with a deep and mostly
open basal sinus, the lower surface often pubescent;
submerged lvs. usually wanting: fls. 2-3 in. across,
more or less globular (not wide-opening), yellow or
purple tinged, the petals fleshv and truncate, the sepals
6: stigma with 12-24 ravs. N. Brunswick to Fla. and
west. Mn. 1:17. G.C. IL 20:557.
rubrodiscum, Morong. Lvs. somewhat smaller; sub-
merged Ivs. usually present: fls. 1-lJ^ in. across, yel-
low, with 5 or 6 sepals, the stigmatic disk bright red
and 9-12-rayed, the petals spatulate and fleshy. Penn.
to Mich., and north.
NUPHAR
polysfipalum, Engelm. Larger than -V. (ulfe>ia.[the
Ivs. three-fourths as broad as long, erect iu shallow-
water and tioating in deep water: fls. 4-5 in. across,
yellow, the sepals 8-12, and the petals 12-18 and broad.
N. Calif., northward and east to the Rockies.
XURSEKY
1097
mteum, Sibth. & Smith. European Yellow Lily.
Lvs. cordate-ovate, floating or rising little above the
water: fls. yellow, somewhat fragrant, smaller than
Those of X. nilrena, the sepals 5, and the petals very
stigma 10-30-rayed. Europe.
B. Plant slende:
Smith (
mill
often delicate.
DC). Slender:
small, oblong, with a deep sinus and spreading lobes:
fls. lin. or less across, yellow : stigmas 8-12, prominently
indented. Eu. — By Bentham considered to be a form of
N. hileum.
Kalmiantun, R.Br. (.T. 7«/,»»i of American authors,
at least in part). Slendtr.\v iili |ir-iiiih. ni -Ml.m.i-,,! or-
bicular, lettuce-like lvs., ai ' . ,, , - ' iiing,
and only 3 or 4 in. lone;: i! Mow,
■with 5 sepals, and thin >|-: u. iMi.,i-, .: ,^,,,;,, i;-7.
N. y., west and south. — A \i-i\ KiUiL>iiiii; I'i.im.
AA. Lvs. long-sagittal:
sagittsefdlium, Pursh. Rathi
floating, about 1 ft. long and 2-
lvs. similar in shape,
oblong: southern.
tout: emersed lvs.
I. wide: submerged
yellow.
petals spatulate: stigma
I and Illinois southward.
L. H. B.
'^
NURSERY :
rearing of pla
rearing of any
is restricted to
of hardy, raon
'ili'M' , ;iii I -i;iMi~linient for the
I I ; : -xists for the
I -"II 'I '•' the growing
cause of the early and great deveiupmeut of orcharding
and tree planting and the relative infrequency of glass
In North America i
know it, is practically an institution of the present
century, although there were nurseries more than a
century ago (see Vol. II, p. 766). As early as 1768,
according to J. H. Hale, the New York Society for Pro-
motion of Arts awarded Thomas Y'oung a premium of
£10 for the largest number of apple trees, the number
being 27.123. But the large trading nursery developed
simultaneously with the great orchard planting industry
York and
which began in west
ward, and, since the civil war, to the southward.
Tlie only available statistics covering the general
range of the United States nursery business are these
published in Bulletin 109 of the Eleventh Censu.s (figures
for 18901. by J. H. Hale. The census enumerated the
rc|.n-iiiiih- a \;il'i:,n.-i: -1 - I i ,< i>„s:i5.80. The total
ca]'ii:il in\i'-Ti-'! w ;i- :iiM>iit >:,_'. :,iiii, Mill). These cstabllsh-
ni.-ni- rii:|.i,.., ,| r,j.-,: III. h. J.J/i uomen. and 14,200
, ,,.,,:,.: ,: ,:.. Qf thiS
I .■ . ■ , I : ! I i •■-II, I ■ ■ -. .1 ,. i .^.u ill. 1. 12 plants,
' : i.-:..(;i(.,.:,si(i. Apple
• ' ■ i.T a single species,
I I assume that each
' \Mis the subject of
I - I I M -I III 1 II III the propagator;
il'iiM" tliiii iM'i "I," III II liiuidred has lived to
tlir ii|i]ili' trrrs ii,,w siiiii,ling in orchards iu
StiLti s arc iMii. 11(111. iioii. ,,r less than half the
■wing in the nurseries in 1890. The elements
many, but tlie greater part of the failures
the stock has passed to the hands of the
one-ninth nf
in New Yorl
a capital of
ver $12
\ .1 y . \t. iiMvi- nursery
re now i-stal.ii-lir.l in iimnx- .itlii-r parts of
the country, and it is i.n.lialih- tliat the la liter of the
nursery business will move westward.
In America, nursery stock is grown on a large scale.
This is particularly true of fruit trees. These trees are
to be set in wide and open orrluirds, ami the nursery
practices are therefore verv iiiilil,i ili..-. \vliirli obtain
in Europe. In the latter ..ir • , , i,],!,., fruit
trees are trained in the nur-. i na definite
shapes. Some are trained Im n.i.c i i ii. ltow to
one straight, bare trunk. Otliii.-..ii ■ ' l.r taiv),
specimens, some for growing on wall- • -i nia i'^.
some with round heads, some with ia,i, i ,, - n.i
the like. It is the pride of the Ann ri n.
however, that his rows shall be perfirt I . i i , i in-
form. Any break in this uniformity i~ . i ia-
a blemish. If every tree could be a dni r. . . ly
other, his ideal would be attained, c ii ,i n n , i . , iinit
trees are trained to single stems, the \"\' i .: a"
or three feet fn.m till- Ki-imiia. Allfn n al-
appie was a laiiiniioii prariir.. in tli.- , a-i. i i, -,,a. - , i at
is supplied with on.- \. im a -n i a r-a. In the western
states, however, n.ia j iim _ - -nil popular, partly
because more than him i . - i i made from an indi-
viihial root, and laiitl. liaii-M ii allows the operator to
u-a II laij MMMi anil to put the foster root far below the
sin ! Mowing the cion to send out its own
Tool - I , J ilie tree to become own-rooted and to
considered that laud which has been "treed "is therefore
unfit for the growing of other fruit stock until it shall
have rested in clover or other crops for a period of five
vears or more. Ornamental stock is often grown con-
tiiiuiiiislv Mil tliM saiiiM laiiil with good results, even when
tha -ana ,p,aa - 1- -rowii. This is largely due to the
fart iliiii MI II a nam a I -tork Is soW by Its slz'e and not by
its ai-'M. ami tlniafori- rapidity of growth is not so im-
portant as it is in the case of fruit trees. It has been
supposed that this necessity of rotation is due to the
exhaustion of certain plant-food elements from the soil.
It has been found by careful experiments, however, that
1098
NURSERY
i
such is not the case. The chief difficulty seems to be a
physical one. Lands which are devoted to nursery stock
for one crop, which is from two to five years, becomes
void of humus, and the digging of the stock. when the
land is wet or unfit to be worked tends to impair the
physical character of the soil. Experiments have shown
that commercial fertilizers will not always reclaim lauds
whi«h havp hftpn trftRd. whereas baru manures and ereen
crops m u go ver\ far towardts re\ italizing them As a
^
1496 View
apple 1
result of inability to grow vigorous stock on treed land,
a large part of the nursery stock of the country, partic-
ularly fruit trees, is grown on rented land. On the
nurseryman's central grounds a variety of stock maybe
grown, chiefly ornamentals, but the larger part of the
commercial fruit stoik is farmed out to persons who are
willing to rent their land for this purpose and who will
give the requisite attention to the growing trees.
The nursery interests of this country are represented
in a strong organization known as the American Asso-
ciation of Nurserymen, which holds a movable annual
meeting in June and publishes a report. There are also
societies representing geographical regions. At the
present time, there is one periodical devoted to the
nursery business, "The National Nurseryman," pub-
lished monthly at Rochester, N. Y. The American cur-
rent book writings devoted specifically to the business
are Puller's "Propagation of Plants " and Bailey's "Nur-
sery-Book." L H B
NOT in common language usage is any hard-shelled
fruit which will keep for a more or less indefinite time
without special efforts at preservation. In a botanical
sense, a Nut is a hard and dry indehiscent I-seeded
fruit in which one or more ovules have been suppressed
by abortion. In this sense, walnuts, hickory-nuts,
acorns and cocoanuts are Nuts, but almonds, peanuts
and Brazil-nuts are not. L. H B
NUT, AUSTRALIAN. Macadamia temifolia.
NUT, CHILEAN. Gevuina Avellana.
NUT-CULTURE. From the earliest times nuts have
been used as an article of food in North America. The
prehistoric tribes left evidences of their use in the
specimens which were buried with their remains. When
the white settlers came they found several kinds of nuts
growing wild and bearing' abundantly, and thought to
introduce the cultivated nuts of Europe along with fruits
and farm crops that seemed to flourish in the virgin soil.
But little success seemed to attend their eai-ly efforts,
largely because of the unsuitability of the varieties
tested. The sweet almond and the hazels were found to
be of this character, and the few experiments with the
European walnut and chestnut, where they did succeed,
were not followed up by extensive plantings for many
years. Nor were any of the native nuts brouglit under
cultivation until very recently. Now there are many
orchards and groves of both "foreign and native nuts,
some of which are alreadv vielding profitable crops.
The Almond (Primus Ami/qdalus). -Among the first
nuts to be tested were the cultivated almonds. All the
experiments up to the present day lead to the conclu-
NUT- CULTURE
sion that the choice varieties are not suited to any sectiom
east of the Rocky mountains, except, perhaps, in south-
western Texas and New Mexico. The close relationship
to the peach would cause us to expect that it would
succeed wherever that fruit does; but the trees of the
choice varieties are too tender to endure any but very
mild climates, and the fruit-buds are still more tender.
The chief failing, however, is the habit of very earlv
blooming, which causes the crop to be cut off by spring
frosts, except in peculiarly favorable localities. There
:Hrp .liir-rences in the ability of the varieties to endure
■I "il in time of blooming, even where they are
I 1 success. Not until seedlings were grown and
iKMu which selections were made of suitable
i. 1 1 M 1 - , . i h 1 the growing of this nut prove profitable.
Heijii'iis and Methods of Culture. — At the present time
the culture of the almond is confined chiefly to California,
and to some extent in Oregon, Utah, Idaho, Arizona and
New Mexico. Fair crops of almonds of the highest
quality in all respects are grown there. There are single,
orchards in California of hundreds of acres in extent.
The crop of 1899, in that state, was estimated to be about-
50 car-loads of 20,000 pounds each. It is thought that the
production of new seedlings will still further overcome^
the weak points already mentioned, and materially ex-
tend the culture of really choice varieties. The methods-
of planting and cultivation of the soil are about the same.
as tor the peach. Twenty feet is a good distance apart-
for the trees in rich soil. Unlike the proper treatment
for peach trees, the almond tree should have but little-
pruning, owing to a different habit of the fruiting
branches. See also Almond.
The WALNUTS.-^moican Walnuts. -The kernels of
all species of the walnut family are liked because of
their rich and delicious flavor; but some of them are so
small and difficult to get out of the shell that they are
of little or no commercial value. Our native black
walnut, Juglans nigra, and butternut, J. cinerea, are of
this character. At present there are very few trees of
either species that are grown for their nuts; but there
are .;..mf |.p<.-^i f^ of improvement in this direction.
I-'.'- ■^' — Within the last 2.3 years there have
1" • . : I.. Ill Japan two new species of walnuts.
./. ^ !. I ./. c<)rd(7</™/.«. and from Manchuria
on., ./ I/'... ';..,,.■,;. These make l..aiitiful an. I stately
trees, but the nuts of all but ./, -.,..,< liave too
thick shells to be of much v;[li - ' ..n.
Persian Species. -ThePir I . , ./..;/«, which
has long been called Engli^li wiim .-iii.l l.y several
other titles, has been cultivated for many centuries for
its thin-shelled and richly-flavored nuts. It is a native
of Persia and the regions about the Caspian Sea. The
Greeks and Romans took it to southern Europe before
the Christian era. It was brought to America in the
early settlement of the country, but diil not succeed
everywhere, and the few trees that survive in the
eastern states have been mostly neglected. Some of
them have borne nuts abundantly and others have not.
Unproductiveness has generally been due to the iso-
lation of the trees and the inopportune times of the
blooming of the flowers of the two sexes. These isolated
trees are scattered over the eastern states from New
York to Georgia, and rarely beyond the Appalachian
mountain chain, because of the more uncongenial
climate there. Whether or not there will eventually be
orchards of this nut in the eastern United States is
doubtful.
Regions of Successful Culture. — On the Pacific coast
the Persian walnut is a great success. True enough,
there are some failures, but they are mostly due to lack
of proper pollination, a matter which can and will soon
be generally understood and overcome. There are ex-
tensive orchards already in bearing, and with the
advantages which are now being afforded by the intro-
duction of the best varieties from Europe and the
origination of iiui.n.vnl M-edlings, the walnut industry
is sure to rapnlly a.lvan.-.- in that region. The soil of
the richer vail. \ ^ ,,i th.- Pacific slope is just what is
needed, and wli.rH iliir.- i< an abundant supply of water
a few feet under the surface there is no need of irriga-
tion. But in poor, dry soil it is folly to expect success.
The crop of California, alone, in 1899, was about 550
car-loads of 20.000 pounds each. It is confidently ex-
NUT -CULTURE
•pected that California will, within a few years, produce
all that our home markets require.
Propagation and Tillage. — The larger numberof bear-
ing trees are seedlings, but those grafted or budded
with choice varieties are far preferable, and such trees
will form the walnut orchards of the future. The dis-
tance for the trees to stand apart in the orchard is from
25 to 50 feet, according to the vigor of the variety and the
richness of the soil. Clean tillage is best for the trees
until they reach bearing age, when the ground may be
seeded to some grass that does not make a compact sod.
If hoed crops are grown between the trees until that time
it will do no harm and economize the space. Almost no
pruning is needed for this tree, except to keep the
branches from getting so low as to interfere with tillage.
See mtlniit.
The Chestnuts.— -ImeWoa (I /Species. — Like the wal-
nuts, our native chestnuts are not so desirable for mar-
ket purposes as those from foreign countries. The wild
American chestnut, Castanea Americana, is richer in
quality than any foreign kind.but the size is less than half
that of the introduced nuts. Throughout the larger part
■of the eastern United States, and extending into lower
Canada, there are untold millions of native chestnut
trees, yielding a wealth of nuts that find ready sale in
the markets, so far as they are gathered; but the prices
jire only about half those of the large cultivated and im-
ported product. At the preseut time there are but few
;attempts made to cultivate this species. Some of the
■choice varieties with the largest nuts are being collected
for experiment, and there is reasonable prospect that by
.hybridization and selection of seedlings we may yet
have varieties combining the vigor and hardihood of the
wild trees with the characteristic natural sweetness and
large size of the foreign nuts.
The chinquapin, C pumila, is the smallest of the
•chestnut family, in size of both nut and tree. Rarely is
it anything more than a mere bush. It has rarely been
•cultivated, although the bushes are productive and the
nuts of good quality.
European Species. -The Old World chestnut, C. sal-
iva, has been under cultivation almost as long as his-
tory goes. It was brought to America in the first
■century of its settlement by Europeans; but not until
within the last 25 years has there been more than an
-occasional tree found on our shores. The accidental
finding of a chance seedling, which was finally named
Paragon and sent out to the public about 1887, and the
bringing to notice of the Ridgeley shortly before that
time, were the means of exciting the first general inter-
est in chestnut culture in America. Both these kinds,
.and a great many more named varieties, are now being
propagated and scattered far and wide. They are all of
large size but not as sweet as our native chestnuts, and
generally have bitter skins. The trees are of robust
character and vry productive, but more tender than our
Japanese Species. — About the time that the European
■species was becoming popular in America attention was
•drawn to a number of seedlings from nuts that had been
brought from Japan during several previous years. The
most of them were larger than any that had been known
.before, either in this country or in Europe. Many of
ihera are now named and widely distributed. Some of
the smaller varieties are exceedingly early in ripening.
Nearly all of them begin to bear at an early age and are
«ven more productive than the average of the European
species. In quality, the nuts of most of them are not
<iuite so sweet as the European kinds. The habit of
growth is less vigorous than that of other chestnuts.
From these two foreign species we have all of our varie-
ties that, up to this time, are worthy of general cultiva-
tion. They vary from seed much as do most other im-
proved varieties of fruits, etc., and grafting and budding
must be practiced, which are exceedingly difficult to suc-
■cessfully perform on the chestnut, as is the case with
.all other nut trees. They will both unite fairly well
with our native stocks ; although sometimes the union
is imperfect and the top breaks off.
drafting. — The most successful method of propagat-
ing nut trees, so far as the writer has experimented or
learned otherwise, is late bark-grafting. This requires
Tthat the cions be cut before there is any possibility of
NUT-CULTURE
1099
the buds starting, and put in some very cool place until
after the stocks have begun to leaf out. The stocks are
then cut off as for cleft-grafting, but the bark only is
split with a knife for an inch or more at the top of the
stock. The cion is trimmed to a long wedge, all from
one side. The point of this wedge is introduced under
the bark at the top of the slit and gently forced down
until the cut surface of the cion is even with the top of
the stump. It is then tied fast with a string and the
wound securely waxed. Large trees may be thus top-
worked in their branches with considerable success.
Small stocks should be grafted just under the surface
of the ground and banked nearly to the top of the cion.
Slump Groves. — In several cases large tracts of chest-
nut stump lands have been grafted over to the improved
varieties of the foreign species with good success. All
other trees should be cleared away and only two or three
of the strongest sprouts left on each stump. These
should all be grafted and allowed to grow until it is sure
that there will be a sufiicient stand, when those that are
not needed should be cut away. In future years more
may be cut away to give the remaining trees ample room.
Chestnut Orcliards. -The best results are said to be
attained in chestnut-culture by planting grafted trees
on open land, about 25 feet apart and in regular orchard
form. This plan admits of giving the trees good tillage
until they have attained large size, when grass may be
sown and stock allowed to graze it, except when the
nuts are falling. Such orchards are said, by those who
have tried them in comparison with grafted sprouts, to
yield more than twice as much per acre. Well-drained
sandy or shallow lands are the best for the chestnut.
iree«'i7. — The worst feature of chestnut-culture is the
weevil. In some cases the nuts are so badly infested
that they are practically worthless. The eggs from
which the larvas develop are laid by a long-snouted
beetle while the nuts are growing, and by the time they
are mature the most of them are either hatched or
nearly ready to hatch. By treating the nuts with the
fumes of bisulphide of carbon the eggs or larva? can all
be destroyed. Scaldinsr with boiling water for about
ten minutes will ;iN.. kill tlj.-m. but it also destroys the
germinative ih.«, i- .if th.- ]iiits and necessitates drying
them. See t^/.s^--,. ., a.i.l Ch.slnut.
The Pei\\x tlli.-uri., I\.,u,).-Ih the Wild State. -
Of all our native nuts il,r I'.-.^aii is the best Its nat-
ural habitat is the low. r .Missivsi|,|.i hiisin, from Iowa
to the Gulf coast, but it « ill -i..w ,..,ually as well in any
climate and soil of a|.|.i ..ximat. ly tin- same character.
The tree is almost as hardy as any of the other hickories,
except some of its more southern varieties. In size the
tree varies from medium, on land of ordinary fertility,
to gigantic proportions on the rich river and creek bot-
toms. The nuts vary in size and shape from round and
% an inch in diameterto oblong andlj^ inches inlength.
The kernels are exceedingly rich and sweet, and the
shells usually thin. Pecans are found in all confec-
tionaries, and bring almost as high prices as any of the
imported nuts. The largest and thinnest shelled varie-
ties are found in Louisiana and Texas. Millions of
peo
(//,..//,,.». — The decrease of the wild prod-
uct fn.iii til.- .-11111111,' down of the trees, and the better
prii-fs .,l.taiiii-.l IM.iu large, thin-.shelled nuts, have in-
duced tilt- plaiitiug of pecan orchards. The nuts sprout
readily, and the trees are of easy growth, with reason-
able care, in proper soil and climate. In Texas there is
one orchard of 11,000 trees planted on 400 acres and grown
from the best nuts procurable. In Florida there is another
of 4.000 grafted trees on 100 acres. There are many
smaller orchards planted in nearly all the states from
Virginia to Missouri and California, southward. The
line of 40° north latitude is about the limit of success-
ful pecan culture, and the region from 35° southward
is much better. The nuts do not fill and ripen well
where the growing season is short.
It has been learned that by cutting back the tops of
wild trees (thus causing an abundance of sprouts), and
then budding in August or September, large trees may
he quickly transformed into such as will produce the
highest grade of nuts.
1100 NUT -CULTURE
Planning the Orchard.— There are two ways to make
a pecaa orchard. One is to depend on seedlings. If
really choice nuts are planted there is a reasonable
prospect of securing trees bearing somewhat similar
nuts, and many follow this plan. The other is to de-
pend on budded or grafted trees instead of seedlings.
There is also a division of opinion as to the advisa-
bility of planting the nuts where the trees are to stand
and "rearing them for a year or more in a nursery. Both
ways are good, but each has its advantages. If the
formerof these plans is followed, then twoor three nuts
should be planted where each tree is to stand and a
cedar or cypress stake driven at the spot. Pine stakes
are said to induce worms to attack the little pecan trees.
A still safer plan is to enclose the little seedlings in
narrow boxes about afoot high, made of cypress boards.
This secures them from the depredations of rabbits,
which sometimes prove very destructive. By this plan
there is no labor or danger of loss bv transplanting.
All but one of the trees sliould he ri'moVed after two or
three years' L^rowili. If tli-' inir-ir'\ ih-'IImhI is followed,
ProptK/"''""- ''r.iiii,! .,!■ i.ihl.;. .! ly... ;in- far pref-
erable to srr.llniL--. li.r:,,.-,. ■•( Hl r. • r I ;, | | , I V „f the Va- .
the advantage of having an even and high grade to sell.
The same difficulty is met with as in case of the chest-
NUTTALLIA
should be not less than 50 feet between trees, because*
they get to be very large. It might be well to put them
half that distance and cut out half when crowding be-
gins. Thorough tillage will pay abundantly and should
never be neglected while the trees are young. Farm
crops, such as corn, cotton and potatoes, may be grown
between the trees until they begin bearing, which is
from 10 to 15 years from planting. Then the ground
may be seeded to grass See Hicofia and Pecan
The CocOiNUT (Fig 1497) — Whete Groun m Amer
ua —There is (ompiratnt i\ litth tiintii\ no the con-
tinent of North Aram .»li I 1 ill grow,
MZ , a small poition i t I I 1 1 I i coast
regions of Mexico In tl w lifornia
thi \ t * I I " 1 I raanj
Origin of
cGcoanut tn
lings which
nut — the trouble and expense of securing grafted or
budded trees. However, it has been found that both
these methods of propagation are reasonably successful
In skilful hands. Eitherthe cleft-, tongue- or bark-graft
will succeed, but all styles do better on small stocks
just below the surface of the soil than above. Ring- and
plate-budding are much more successful than the shield
method. They have been profitably used in nurseries of
young seedlings and on sprouts on large trees.
Planting and Ciiltivation. -The distance for planting
the wrecking of tbi ^|
Like ^\oith 11
s grew so
from SIX
1 timpted
\ ne Bay
110,0(0
the
; are i
Piesent ^
have in]ur( i
Killing then
s and occasional frosts
iiiut trees, in some cases
I 111 lal, the trees bear good
nnrs in rf ts n tl 1 j i u iii 1 ut in a business way the
I t I 1I1KCU.UU, owing to d.inger from frosts and
I ss of imported nuts As an interesting
1 1 ocoanut m southern Florida is an eminent
^1 p rocos
IhcK -ire three Aim in in i iilili itions devoted to
imts "Nut Culture 111 tl I i it 1 ^t it, s 18%, being a
Imlletin of the Division II m 1 _\ t s Dept Agnc ,
I iiller "The Nut (ultiiiist Isii I'.iir^, "Nuts for
I'n.ht lb07 H E VanDemas
NUT-GRASS. Mentioned under Ci/periis.
NUTMEG. Treated under Myrislica.
NUTTALLIA (Thomas Nuttall, professor of natural
history at Philadelphia; author of "The Genera of North
American Plants" [1818], "The North Aiii.ri,-a.i Svlvi,"
[1842], etc.). Bos&cem. A genu- of j ~,„ , i, ~ ,,f ,i..i tli-
western American plants, one of h I.i. ti i- iIh i i~c. Ii. irv.
JV. cerasifonnis. This is a slinil. i.-lJ ft, lii-h. wii'h
white, 5-petaled fls. It is one of the- c;aiii st shruhs to
bloom in spring. It is rarely cult, in the East and of
doubtful hardiness, but is esteemed in England, where
it is compared to a flowering currant. Botanically, how-
ever, it is nearer Prunus than Rubus. Generic charac-
ters are: fls. polygamo-dioecious: calj-x between top-
shaped and bell-shaped, deciduous; petals broadly
spatulate; stamens 15, in 2 rows, 10 in.serted with the
petals and 5 lower down on the disk lining the tube;
filaments very short; carpels 5: drupes 2-4, oblong.
ceraBifArmis. Torr. & Gray. Oso Berrt. Shrub or
small tree, 2-15 ft. high: Ivs. broadly lanceolate; petiole
2-1 in. long: racemes shorter than the Ivs.: fls. H-1 in.
across: fr. blue-black, 6-8 lines long; flesh bitter; stone
somewhat compressed. Moist places, Calif. Gn. 34, p.
78. G.C. II. 19:309; III. 19:489.-Said to "exhale a
NUTTAIjLIA
odor." It endures the
! Arnold Arboretum, Bo
If. spUndidum. adv. 1333 by John Saul, is presumably
error. Probably some other genus.
NYCTEKtNIA. See Zalii
NYMPHffiA. (fn
skya.
veral species show
and from petal to
,,L'v of floral parts.
, I .. .1 l.v a number
- ~ tar-shaped
1 Nijmpha, in Greek and Roman
j-goddess). Syn., Castatia. Nym-
piTicZef ' Wate«-"l.ly. Pond-lily. FIks. .1498-1502.
The most splendid of aquatics (except Victoria), inhab-
iting the north and south temperate and tropical zones.
About •12 well-marked species, with numerous local vane-
ties and many cultivated hybrids. Herbs, perennial by
horizontal or erect rootstocks or tubers, rooting in mud,
covered by 3 in. to 6 ft. of water (rarely m bogs not
submerged): Ivs. floating, or when crowded rising a
few inches above the water, round or oval, entire or
dentate or sinuate, flssi-cordate. often sub-peltate. 2 in.
to 2 ft. in diam.: fls. mostly showy, white, yellow blue
and red, in all shades, 1-12 or 14 in. a.Toss ; sepals 4;
petals and carpels many; stamens very nuraerou-;; pis-
til with a broad cup-like depression in the center of the
fl., surrounded by a ring of fleshy processes, the car-
ne'llary styles, and with a knob at the center.
The petals and stamens of Nympha>a appear to be at-
tached to the sides of the ovary: but this surface is to
be considered as the outsid.- ..f a coplike receptacle, its
cavity being complet.ly lill.d by tl„. radially placed car
pels, with whose bai-k-^ it i^ 1'
easy gradations from sepal
stamen, thus illustrating tli
The peduncles and petioles
of longitudinal air-canals, f i
cells and rounded cell-groui ; - - ""; '° >:'>«
walls of these stellate intern,. I lim- :m. i,ni„,bled num-
berless minute crystals of calciiiiii oxalate ; they aie
obiects of great beauty in microscopical sections. 1 he
distribution of these, as also of the air-canals, differs
in different species. Three types of leaf may be dis-
tin.'uished: (1) verv thin and fragile submerged leaves
on short petioles; (2) floating leaves, thicker in texture,
with stomata and palisade cells on the upper surface
only; (3) aerial leaves, leathery in texture, sometimes,
at least, bearing stomata on the under surface.
The leaves come from the rhizomes in spiral orders
of varying complexity, from two-flfths up; the growing
apex of the stem is protected by the colorless stipules
and a dense growth of long, fine hairs. The roots spring
usually from the bases of the leaves. Flowers are extra-
axillary, arising as members of the leaf spirals or in a
spiral of their own. The rhizomes of species which
dry off in the resting season (Lotos, Hydrocallis, Lyto-
pleura) become protected by a strong corky bark; others
remain continually in a state of more or less active
growth.
Habits of 0/ieiHii7.— The flowers of every species
open and close at a particular time each day, so that in
a pond with 18 or 20 kinds there is some change taking
place at almost all hours. The hours of blooming are
quite regular, though the tropical species are more
sluggish in cool weather^and the hardy ones are irregu
lar in very hot ti
Each flower opens in from one
n successive days (or nights), be-
ing about an hour later to open and an hour earlier to
close on its first than on subsequent days. The flower
then goes down into the water by a spiral coiling of the
peduncle (or simply bending over if in shallow water)
where the seed ripens. When in 0 to 10 weeks the pod
matures and bursts, the seeds rise to the water-surface
and float for several hours by means of a buoyant aril;
this finally decays and drops the seed at some distance
from the parent. To secure these, the floating seeds
may be dipped up in a wire sieve, or better, the pods
may be inclosed in muslin or cheese-cloth bags before
rioening, all of the seeds being thus secured.
The Hybrids.- The species of a single group hybrid-
ize quite readily among themselves, and in the Lotos
group the hvbrids are more or less fertile. By means
of this condition all shades of color have been obtained,
from the pure white IV. Lotus, var. dentata. to the dark
crimson-red N. rubra. In this group and in Castalia.
varieties have so multiplied of late and fanciful names
NYMPH^A 1101
have been so freely given that an accurate classification
of all of them is no longer possible. In the Brachyceras
group, hybrids occur almost certainly if iV. Zamibar-
iensis is grown in the same pond with others of the
group; thus have originated some very fine varieties.
Outside of single groups only Castalia and Xanthantha
have yet been interbred. Between the apocarpous and
syncarpous species, the writer ventures to suggest, a
hybrid would be impossible. Authorities differ as to
the best time to transfer pollen; certain it is that the
flowers are pistillate on the first day of opening, the
pollen being shed on succeeding days, or late on the
first day. Some say that pollination should take place
in the early morning hours, about daybreak ; others
consider the time most favorable just as the flower is
closing for its first time.
TroubleuHth the Names. -Grir.it .•..„liisi,
from the beginning in the naming' -:ilik''
popular— of certain species of Nyni|.liaM
carelessness, partly be.Mii-. 1 il. 'H
some species. A go.«l .1 ' "
■ Caspary, though In- 1- i ' i ii
isted
: aud
.v.'
Egyi
lSfl2
by the, .lit, .,-,.[ V..M.
also iluiiiidi-a wit
India. Caspary, in
the matter straight, tl
not all corrected. IV
confused because De
ampla consists of a I
Mus. I'.iiis. 1 p. ::i;i; t
illi .V. Ca.iiciisis, of S
and several other wrii
1 the very similar X.
^r::;„::;.
u,|-:,-:,n.asyet
I 'Ill were
;.,. -n of iV.
h :i il..«rr of the
as been distrib-
aame. Both are
Flora Brasilien-
gardens is prob-
I ;V^. blanda was
II most faulty de-
nted
fully described Ijy
sis (Fasciculus , ,
ably a form of A
first used by (i. I"
scription of a iiu-
name was .atfa.'li
group by later \vi
nvniy in Fl. Brasil., I.e.
'The True Eiiyptian Lotus.— Kmong common names
the term "Lotus" has been remarkably misapplied.
istently used among us for the genus
„ ,iiii'ifii-n being generally styled
ariiil l.i.tiis." Historically this is
rhinil.o is not native in Egypt, and is
,;■ in a wild state. It Was cultivated
iption and syno-
It seems
Nelurabo, Jc/iiw/"-
"Egyptian" or "Si
entirely wrong. N'-
extensively alons; t
ably tor food, and
nished one form of
is a native of south
,, i pi ian columns. It
1 , , Miiid near temples
r:nr i( iiiiilrs in Hindustan,
sho'wing a" veneration, which it shares, however, with
Numphwa stellata, rnhra and Lotus. Nelumbo seems
to have been regarded as sacred about temples m Japan
and China. In Egypt, however, Ny inphma cwrulea and
N. Lotus, the "blue lotus" and "white lotus," are indige-
nous The root (rhizome) of the former is said to have
been pointed out as edible by Isis-or by Menes; its
flowers, buds and leaves are often depicted on the monu-
ments, the first sometimes in color. The flowers are
figured among offerings under the IV. dynasty (3998-
3721 B.C.), and the plant is certainly known from the
V dvnastv Petals of this and of N. Lotus were found
in'th- t..mV,,.fRaiiis.-s IT. .the Pharaoh of the Israelitish
p.,,, Ill II. V /. '/',s WHS hss regarded than N. carulea.
jj'^ |,- , . I,,, i,|,,t of profound veneration in
j,„l,!; II ,,mI otli.r ancient writers speak of
^l„.^i \\ I ,1 i: : iMli-iiitiiinately as the "lotos" of the
E"v|.iriii- NViili tli.-se facts, and the additional one
tlri't , Si. 1.1 IS 11 r. lied to above, Nelumbo never appears
i„'K„v,,iiii, rviii-s. the identity of the sacred lotus
caiiii.~i I..' i|.. 111. II .1. Hut the erroneous use of the word
lotus is .l,M|.ly ri.iited, and may never be supplanted.
Person illv tlir iniilersigned would not attempt to up-
root it but i.nlv t.. remember that the so-called "Egyp-
tian L.iius" isiii.t the plant of the tombs and monuments.
(The lotus of Tennyson's poem, "Lotus Eaters," is still
another plant, a shrub or tree which bangs out over the
water; and the genus Lotus (q. v.) is distinct from all
these.)
1102
NYMPH^A
Economic Value. -the seeds and root-stocks of seve-
ral Water-lilies, being very rich in starch, are used for
food in parts of Africa, Asia, Australia and tropical
America. The white-flowered species of Europe and
America have been reputed medicinal. The herbage of
all the species contains considerable tannin; nine sub-
stances of this class have been isolated from N. alba.
The Marliac Hyhrids.-Two types of hardv, free-
fl:)wering hybrids akin to ^V. alba and its variety rubrii,
but of uncertain parentage, have been introduced in the
la^t 10 or 12 years, one of sturdy haliit, raising its Ivs.
(4-8 in. across) and fls. (3-6 in. "across) well out of the
water when crowded, the other slender in growth, the Ivs.
(:i-ti in. across) and fls. (2>i-4 in. across) usually float-
in'. Most of these superb varieties were introduced by
M. Latour-Marliac, of Temple-sur-Lot, France, . whose
methods, however, remain a mystery. It seems highly
probable that excellent culture combined with careful
selection, and wise hybridization have brought about
these magnificent results. Tlip first i,'rnup seems to in-
volve only lY. all,., ,tv,„., M,„l .V, „//„,. vur. rosea. The
second starts wiili u hvl.n.l. pi-.il.aMy cf y. alba var
rosea and iV. ^ /,„,,,.„„. -ivin- .V. /.-,,/,/,-ierJ, var. rn-
sea, to which is a.ld.-.l. i„ varving .h.-.-.-c-s, blood of N.
alba, var. rosea and lY. Mexieuna ; but this does not by
Any means account for the whole group. Nearly all of
both groups are entirely sterile. Believing that .V.a7fc«.
and TV. alba, var. rosea, have given a decided tone to
both groups, we have described them as an appendage
to this species, though some have more the habit of iV.
tetragona.
Important Species. — The following account, which
contains 9J varieties and about aO synonyms, will seem
rather formidable to the beginner, but "the species of
the first importance are only 7 in number: JY. Lotus,
rubra, odorata, tuberosa, alba. Capensis and Znmibari-
■ensis. The great majority of the other names represent
garden varieties and hybrids. It is impossible for any
form of arrangement to be clear and logical on the one
hand, and exhibit natural relationship on the other, at
least, not in a genus so greatly modified in cultivation.
However, the true species are prominently indicated by
bold-faced type and indention as usual, while their de-
rivatives are thrown into the background.
Henry S. Conard.
Water-lilies or Nymph.eas are among the most royal,
gorgeous, diversitied and universallv admired plants in
cultivation. No class of plants in our public parks can
•compete with them in attracting the people. Moreover,
America is the most highly favored country in the
world for the cultivation of aquatic plants. Ours is the
only country which can have so rich and continuous a
■display of aquatics in flower from April to October in
the open without artificial heat.
pie Procession of the Water-lilies. -In our parks and
iprivate gardens are to be seen, flowering early in spring,
all our native Nymph»as, and others from Europe and
Asia. The species begin to flower in April and continue
until early fall, when a number of the hardy hvbrids
continue to flower uninterruptedly until the end "of the
season. In the central states and southward the hardy
varieties decline when tropical weather sets in, and the
nights and days are hot. In the eastern states, and
■especially near the coast, where the nights are cool, the
season is much longer, and the color of some of the pink
varieties is more intense. Following the hardv Nym-
phieas come the Nelumbiums in all their oriental splen-
dor, brightening the sum-n.r sf:,s,>ii. and bridging over
the declining period of thr hanlv ,\vi,,|.hfeas, and the
approaching season of tin- tn.iiical Nv uiphieas, which
arrive at maturity toward thf lattn- i-nd of .Inly or be-
ginning of Augus't, and continue until tall. Fiii:illy the
grandest of all aquatic plants, I7r/..,,.; r,',,i,,. i,,ay be
seen in America growing in a natural i.Mri.l. .■mmI imi'duc-
ing its chaste flowers as late as tlit- ini.l.ll.. ,.i ( i, ■tuber.
The American Climate and At,i,,i,;ni Si„rir,i.~
America is rich in native species of Nymphaja, and it is
-the only country which has native white-, pink- and yel-
low-flowered species.
Of the American Nvmnhaeas there are about 5 that
are best known. The common white Water-lily is
JYympha'a odorata. Its vari3ty rosea is the Cape Cod
Pink Water-lily. JY. tuberosa (Syn. JY. reniformis) is
NTMPH^A
a white-flowered species, inhabiting the western lakes,
ihe yellow kind, JY. flam, is indigenous to Florida and
other southern states, but is hardy in New Jersey and
southern New York. Another southern kind i"s the
white-flowered JY. odorata, var. ijir/antea. In addition
to the above well-known kinds, tliere are several dis-
tinct fonn.s an.) hybri.ls.
The poiiini.iir. iii,-.it ..f the cultivation of aquatics in
America I.-. I i.. il .niiuiugling of species, especially
of N. od.nal,, and Inl,. ,.,,.„. The result is that in sev-
eral sectujusuri- to I..- toiinil niaiiy similar varieties,
and torms^ of both wl,,t.- and pink, .some of which are
valuable, being distinrt in rolo, and having large, hand-
some, fragrant flow.r.. «l,il,. a \,..~\ of others are worth-
less, so far as distiift vaii,tir> are concerned. N. tu-
berosa was known as the largest and purest white
Water-hly, distinct in foliage, flowers and rootstoek.
Ihis species has proved to be the most susceptible of
cross-fertihzation. One great hindrance to tne cultiva-
tion of such half breeds, is that most of them produce
seed. The seedlings are either white or pink, and sel-
dom, if ever, like the parent plant. There are in differ-
ent sections of the country distinct forms of N. tuber-
osa, some having long, narrow petals and slii^htlv fra-
grant flowers, others again havitii; l.road. Tiirilrviiig
petals, forming handsome cup-shap.>il. in-lili ti .■i^'iant
flowers; still others have very full fl .wir.s. .piiti dou-
ble, the numerous petals crowding ,-.,.-h oth.'r until the
reflexed sepals inclose the stalk, forniiii" sphcriial flow-
ers like balls of snow. JY. tuberosa, in any of its forms,
should not be planted in a small pond wi'th other Nym-
phffias, for it is such a rampant grower that in a short
time it will smother the less vigorous kiiois. 'rhis spe-
cies delights in plenty of space, and wat. r L' t.. H fVet
deep, with soil of a tenacious chara.-t.r. llow,.v.r. it
will thrive in almost any soil, and is w. il adapic<i for
naturalizing in lakes and ponds. Attt-nipls at naturaliz-
ing or cultivating on a small scale have not been very
satisfactory; but the species will well repay any extra
care to establish it in desirable localities.
Foreign Species and Secent Triumphs in Hybridisa-
tion.—Two or three species are indigenous to continen-
tal Europe, notably TV. alba, the well-known English
white Waterdily, JY. Candida, the white Bohemian Wa-
ter-lily and JY. alba, var. rosea, the Swedish Water-lily.
The last named is the only distinct or true red-flow-
ered, hardy species. Still another species, which has
played a very important part with specialists of the
present day, is iV. tetragona (lY. pygmcea), from China
and Japan.
JY. odorata was introduced into England during the
eighteenth century, and was probably the first for-
eign Nymphasa to reach that country. Other species
followed later, mostly tropical : but. although the Eng-
lish people were ardent horticulturists and lovers of
the beautiful in nature over a century ago, Nym-
phteas never became popular, and remained a neglected
class of plants until a few years ago, when M. Marliac
of Temple-sur-Lot,France, conceived the idea of crossing
the English white Water-lily with the well-known Cape
Cod pink Water-lily, and the Florida yellow variety.
Nothing in the horticultural world has created more sur-
prising results in the blending of the American and
U^nghsh species. These species have been the pro-
genitors of numerous varieties, which have made this
class of plants the most popular and desirable of all
aquatic decorative plants, and within reach of all. Their
popularity has kept constantly increasing and ever
brightened by new additions. America, too, has contrib-
uted its quota to the list of novelties, and some of
these are unsurpassed by any European introductions.
The Gen,r„l Prinriphs of Water-lily Culture. -
*rom the apiiar.titly smipli^ conditions under which our
native varieties an- t..und -i-owing, many amateurs have
concluded that all tlies,^ plants require is water and pos-
sibly some mud to keep the roots in. Many attempts
have been made to grow these plants in pails and tubs,
with the inevitable result- failure. Professional gar-
deners, also, have made grievous errors, for, while they
have used every means to secure fine specimen plants
of flowers, vegetables and luscious fruits, they have
usually given meager attention to Water-lilies, and have
not supplied half their wants. Water-lilies, all Nym-
NYJIPH.EA
phwas, succeed best when grown, as near as possible,
under their existing natural conditions; these are a rich
alluvial soil in abundance, water, and clear uninter-
rupted sunlight. Where natural ponds exist these con-
ditions are found, but often there is a deficiency of light,
caused by shade trees. Let the trees remain, but select
open spots for the Nymphajas. They may be planted on
the margins of sluggish streams, in bays and sheltered
ConxfructioH of Artificial Potids, e^. -Where artifi-
cial ponds are resorted to, the most satisfactory method
is to build solid walls of masonry, with a concrete bot-
tom, provided with an outlet and overflow. In all eases
make the pond as large as existing means will allow,
not for a moment considering it possible to be too large.
One method of providing for the sustenance of these
plants is to place a layer of soil in the bottom of the
pond from 9-12 or more inches deep. This will suit the
NTMPH^A 1103
The pond should be 2 to 2% feet in depth. The soil
should be a strong loam, the top-soil from a pasture
composted with cow manure in proportion of one-third.
This should be prepared six months, at least, before
planting time. This soil is suitable for all aquatic
plants. In any case, when filling the boxes or placing
the soil in bottom of pond, tread moderately firm and
cover with an inch of sand
The water may be spring water rain water or that
from any available soun c The i le irest spring water
will soon turn gieen tr m \| ui r th \n\ iiid air,
but after fermentation iil 1 i \> n i | It e the
plants in a new 1> con tin i l| i 1 i I m iimn diitely
after it is finished astli lu ti p | ii\ t Ih (i ment
will injure the plants I t tl w i i i m I a ft w daj s,
or if the basin is smill tli « it i m l^ be changed.
Planting of the hard\ \ in n u, ,\ t, done in April
and Mav, according to tli I iiiiu I m 1 i uliness or late-
'li^&^^ ■
1498. Nymphsas in an effective and natural setting.
plants admirably. Artificial ponds are usually con-
structed in a conspicuous spot, where everything is
required to be well kept. In such situations it is neces-
sary occasionally to take off some dead leaves, or cut a
few choice flowers, and if they cannot be reached from
the edge of the pond, the attendant must wade in after
them. The result is that the water, which should always
be clear, is muddy, and when it settles there is a muddy
deposit on the leaves that makes them very unsightly.
Moreover, this treading in the soft soil breaks numer-
ous roots. To avoid these and other attendant evils
place the soil in boxes from 3— t feet square, and 1
foot deep, and in these plant one single plant of the
vigorous and moderate growers, allowing ample space
between the boxes. One plant of any tropical Water
Lily grown in such a box will require from 50 to 100
square feet of water surface, as will also the strong va-
rieties of hardy Nymphaeas, since these may remain
two years undisturbed, although some of these are best
replanted every season.
ness of season. The conditions should be cond
active growth at once. Tropical Nvmphseas shi
be planted until th.re is evid.-ii ' '
\i i,il,h.i':i~ iii.n I" |.l:uii.',l iluring spring
anil -mil! I .■ ' "I ' 'i:in deferring till
next -! nditions will
get c-iiiMi-h- .: •!■ I ! ,' :i • :iiid the plants
The above niriii...! ••( r..ri-i ni.': • ■■'■•' 'M..!! is to
be commended. Inii i.ili.r hm Hi ; with a
fair amount of surrrs-. hut Mill: ., , -which
are discouraging ;in.l at tini.-vn
Tanks or artificial ponds niii>
cement, digging the pond the d. ■;
ing sides and afterward lining tli
and finishing with a facing of ceiii
pond will not stand the effects of
even if protected ; and what is woi
removed soil will settle during the season, and the pond
is very apt to spring a-leak. Some morning the pond is
■ " ,. -I with
. IIL' slop-
Ill. Ill I'Miierete
1 |..^M.\l^. such a
•d freezing weather
, the new or freshly
1104
NYMPH^A
wSn
likely to be found empty of water just as the plants are
showing their first flowers.
Another method of construction which is better than
the preceding is to line the pond with well-tampered
clay, from 4-(i in. thick, afterward covering with 2 in. of
sand. Such a pond can be made water-tight, but the
sides will wash and repairs are needed; the water is
muddy and the plants are dirty and anything but a
thing of beauty and a joy forever.
There are yet the advocates for tub culture. Yes,
plants will srow in tubs, and as soon as the plant-food
is exhan^ti-.l, \\iiich is often at an early date, the plants
exist iiv liiN ^iiiil tin u ilraw out a miserable, exhausted
and dis.'iMinmilii; •■:,r,rT.
Fountain liasins an- often made the receptacles for
Nymphaias. There they may be grown if the right con-
ditions are accorded them, but there must not be a
stream or spray of cold water running all the time, as
the watt-r can roadily be made cold, chilling the plants
and clii'l.iiiL' tin ir Li-i.wth.
Ell. n 1 as have insect pests like other
culti\a'', \ I'iiides are sometimes troublesome.
Thebisi i> J- ilnirnatural enemy, the'Mady bugs"
or "lath l.ii.l.s. A roluny of these voracious insects
makes short work of the aphides, as do also the lace-
" aged flies. An insect of recent acquaintance with
leaf-miner, the larva of a small fly,
lels through the leaf in all directions.
Sometiiii. s only a f.w of these are in evidence, at other
times til. 1. :.\ . . ,11. fairly alive with them. The trouble
is easilN .in. .1. .1 I'lir marks suggest Japanese writing
or the itr.iits ..f y..uil]ful artists. A simple and effec-
tive remedy is kerosene emulsion, applied with a fine
spray at evening after the flowers are closed. Another
troublesome insect has its home in Florida, and has
come north to spend the summer in a favored clime.
This is a leaf-cutter, Hydroeampa proprialis. The
larva cuts out pieces of the leaf and hides between two
pieces, which makes a kind of tent. In this tent the
larva moves about. At first it moves slowly, but as it
Dears maturity the larva becomes ravenous and then
eats the surface of the leaves near the center, and cuts
off much larger pieces of the leaf for camping-out pur-
poses. The best remedy for this pest is a lamp trap for
the mature insect. Frogs and dragon-flies will catch
numbers of them.
Nymphseas are also subject to a fungous disease, a
leaf-spot which is easily discerned after a spell of warm,
humid weather. After such a spell of weather, followed
by bright sunshine.the leaves are scorched and crumpled,
and as a result, the plant is sadly crippled by being
denuded of its foliage; new leaves are weak and
smaller, and so too are the flowers, if indeed there are
any. This disease must be checked at once or the plants
will be severely set back, if not ruined. The only rem-
edy is Bordeaux mixture, or any of the various mixtures
with sulfate of copper as the basis. Use a fine spray,
and dilute the mixture to half the strength recommended
for most plants. It is best to spray twice with a weak
solution rather than to spray once with too strong a so-
lution and to damage the foliage. Wm. Trtcker.
Water-lilies IN CALiFiiiiNiA.- The culture of Nym-
phtea in California pres. Ill- f - a . i iHl, ulties than in the
eastern states. The vain . na- hardy in the
East flourish equally Will n !/ ., i a longer period.
In frostless localities, is|>..i. 1 1 . -a i . i. the lemon tree
is free from injury, such ifii.l.i laii.-iics as Nymphma
Devoniensis, iV". dentata and S. Zausibariensis may be
left in the open pond during winter. In colder locali-
ties the tubers should be removed to warmer quarters
in November to remain until spring. If a greenhouse
is not available, a small pool built in such a manner
that it can be covered with hotbed sash will afford
suitable protection. Very little room is needed for these
when they are dormant. The manner of cultivating
both the hardy and tender varieties is much the same in
California as in the eastern states. For growing a small
collection a pool 8 or 10 feet across may be made by
excavating 2 or 3 feet, making the walls of concrete,
brick or stone, and covering the bottom with concrete.
The best quality of cement should be used for all the
work. An overfiow pipe should be put in and so ar-
ranged that the pool may be emptied when occasion
NYMPH^A
requires. Basins 20 or 30 feet in diameter, or even
larger than this, are desirable for growing a good col-
lection. In a small pool, wooden boxes 10 inches deep
and 18 inches to 2 feet square may be used to hold soil
for the plants. In a large basin some of the boxes may
be 3 or 4 feet square. While most aquatics will flower
freely in inniia. ii .1 .luarters, they will attain greater
perfection I |h...1ii.i. niuch larger flowers if they have
abundanri .t i...,i,i L.tli fi.r the roots and the leaves.
The nia.i"] ii\ -.I ih. si- plants are gross feeders, and it
is well-iiigii iiiji).js.sil)k- to make the soil too rich for
them. It is not necessary to go to a swamp or natural
pond to obtain what is suitable. Any soil which will
grow good vegetables will, if properly enriched, grow
Water-lilies. A compost, consisting of two-thirds good
soil and one-third thoroughly decayed cow or stable
manure, with a sprinkling of bone meal, is recom-
mended. A dark friable loam, which is intermediate
two years.
If aphides or the worm known as the leaf-roller make
their appearance the leaves should be sprayed with
kerosene emulsion very much diluted, using 1 part
emulsion to 15 of water. If large ponds or lakes with a
natural earth bottom are used for growing Water-lilies,
care must be taken that noxious weeds do not get a
foothold. Cat-tails {Typha latifolia) and "tules" or
bulrushes are troublesome if not destroyed when they
first make their appearance. In California the number
of tropical and subtropical trees, shrubs and plants
which may be planted out permanently is very great.
Palms, both fan-leaved and feathery, giant bamboos,
Musas, Strelitzias, Papyrus, giant grasses, Fatsia and
Caladiuras are among the things which can be used to
ornament the surroundings of the water-garden.
Edmund D. Sturtevant.
The Gfnus NyMPH^A divides itself readily into 2
main divisions, which again are subdivided into 6
groups, according to Caspary (Ann. Mus. Lugd.-Bat. 2,
p. 240 fl. ; Engler-Prantl. Pflanzenfamilien 3, 2, p. 7 ff.) :
Section I. Syncarpous Nymphtvas, i. e., carpels en-
tirely fused together. { Syniphytopleura , Casp. )
Subgenus I. Lotos. Sepals prominently veined: a
space between the insertion of the petals and stamens:
stamens broad, flat, rounded at apex: carpellary styles
linear: Ivs. sharply dentate: rhizome ovate, stolonifer-
ous. — Tender night-bloomers: fls. red orwhite on strong
scapes 3-12 in. above the water, opening on 4 successive
nights. Two or 3 species in S. Europe and Asia and N.
and Central Africa.
Subgenus II. Hydrocallis. Sepals not evidently
nerved: carpellary styles long, club shajnil : ).itals in
alternating circles of 4: stamens niin-li a- in r.\sr\i,i\.
all opening about the same time: rhizunn i.-, an. st.,li.n-
iferous. — Tender night -bloomers: tls. rr*_-amy white.
About 9 species in tropical America.
Subgenus III. Xanthantha. Sepals not evidently
nerved: plant spreading rapidly by runnei-s (except in
hybrids): fls. yellow throughout; stamens as in Cas-
talia: rhizome short, erect. — Day-bloomers, half-hardy.
Two species in S. North America.
Subgenus IV. Castalia. Sepals not evidently
nerved: carpellary styles flat, not clavate: outer sta-
mens petaloid, be iuhL- l::ii |-.i'.\ . r i[i\. It.] : ititiii.-t -Ta-
mens first to ripen, tt . . i liit
slightly wider thtui : : ■ n i :■,. i . ■: : . : : -tital
iexce\>t in y. trtiii. 11"! . ■.■. ■■...■ ..■..!,( i,i.,i.-f-
tion against drouglii. — Ihii •! > •!.. i - . ils. white.
pink or red. Mostly uati\. s ..t i. tii|.. i tit.- climates.
About 6 species in Europe, N. Asia, an.! .\nierica.
Section II. Apocarpous .V//).././/./ .^s, i. .-.. I'arpels free
at the sides, united at their edges to the central column
of the fl. and at their backs to the receptacle. -Outermost
stamens ripening first, inmost last : rhizome ovate,
stoloniferous. — Tender day - bloomers : fls. on strong
1105
scapes 4-12 or U in. iibove the water. (Li/fopleura,
Casp.)
Subgenus V. BKACHrcERA.S. Outermost stamens with
an appendage above the anther: carpellary styles short,
triangular: fls. white, blue or pink.— About 12 species
in the tropics all round the world.
Subgenus VI. Anecphya. Stamens all slender, half
as long as the petals, almost without any appendage:
bill
rosy or white. One
arfmia.seeNiiphar
Haivscens, 31.
ple,ia. 45.
all.:i.48.
Frofljelii, 50.
pubescens, 3.
iill.i.Ia. 52.
fulva. 63.
pulclierrima, 78.
Amazonum, 35.
Geo. Huster. 13.
:impla, 25, 80.
gig.antea, 37, 93.
reniformis. 43.
An.h-eana, O.",.
(iladstoniana, 53.
Rieliardsonii, 45.
AnioUUHn.i, 19.
gloriosa. 68.
Rol)insoni, 62.
.\str»e.i. !l-.>.
grai-ilis, 63.
Jtobiiisoniana. 62.
grandiflora, 14.
rosMca. 41.
azurea!'90.'
Grey.ae, 87.
rosea, 11, 36, 46, 56,
biradiata. 47.
helvola. 30.
91, 92.
bliinda, 24. 2«, 43.
ignea, 72.
nibicunda,23.
Boucheana, 16.
.James Giu-ney, 69.
rubra, 10, 17, 36.
easnUea. 76,81, 8t.
.Jubilee, 4.
rubra-punetata, 73.
i-andida, 47.
Kalmiana. see Xu
Rudgeana. 24.
candidissima. 51.
phar.
sangninea, 74.
Capensis,Sl,88.
Kewensis. 21.
scutifoUa. 76, 81.
<:arnea, 54.
Laflia, 8.
Seignoreti, 64.
Carolinmsis. .38.
Laydekeri. 57-<J0.
senfiaperta. 47.
L'arolitiiana, 38.
Lotus, 1.
Smitbiana, 5.
chromatella, 31.
Luciana, 39.
sphcerocarpa, 49.
colorans, 8.
lucida, 01.
stellata. 76. 79.
Columbiana. 12.
MaWiacOT. 31,. 52-74
Sttirtevantii. 22.
Deaniana. 7.
M.aurti, 86.
sidpbu.ea, 29.
delicatissima, 6.
superha. 38.
dentata, 2.
Mexican'a. 27.
tetrag.,na. 32.
Devoniansis, l,i.
micrautba. 77.
thermnlis. 1.
Diana. 14.
minor, 35.
t.iberosa. 43.
Eastonensis, 9, 82.
Mrs. (.'.W.Ward. 85
Union . 35.
eduUs. 1.
Niobe. 20.
versi,-olor. 79.
elegans. 73.
nitida, 33.
Wm. Doogue. 53.
Ellisiana, 67.
odorata. 34.
Wm. F.-.k-oner, 70.
exquisita. 40.
O'Marana, 18.
Wm. .Stone. 84.
tiammea, 71.
Ortgiesiana. 2. 17.
Zanzibariensis, 89.
flava, 28.
Parkeriana. 42.
SECTION I. SYNCARPOr.? X\TIPILEAS.
Subgenus I Lotos
\ FU uhite o) light pink
1 Lotus Linn ( Y ^(hihi,DC X thermahi D(
the hot springs of Hungar-^ 1 White Lotus Fig U'I'i
L\ s oriiuular dtrk^rttii ilio\e under surface browti
ish smooth or sluhth pul)i -cent diam 12 to 20 in
Hs whitf the bic.id outtr pi tils suffused pink 5 to 10
m leross open 7 id p M toll a m sepals pure green,
petals concave I'l or 20 stamens 9(>-103 vellow anthers
-horter than the filaments Egvpt B M 797 F s
7 706-7
2 Var dentata, Schumacher & Thonnm., I A Oit
qtetiana Planch ) Lvs glabrous or - im hIi it | ul
lentbeneath fls purewbite StolOm i i i n
1 p M petal narrower than in the t\ j i \ it |
out horizontal anthers longer than tlit til iiiiMit
fril \fri(a ^lena Leone BM 42)7 (as .\ dentiitii]
•! Var pub6scena, Willd Lvs densely pubescent
bent ath fls -nhite outer petals tinged pink India
GaKDEN \AEIKTIEb OF \\MPH.E1. LOTIS
open sinus. Originated with O. Ames, N. Easton, Mass.,
-9. Eiii*titni_'iisi!t (X. t^'Marana X X^. SniitiiianaJ . Lvs.
green, lironzy when yoimg ; sinus wide : fls. white,
nated with O. .\mes, N. Easton, Mass., 1900.
Fit
red.
10. rubra, Roxbg. Lvs. orbiculate, reddish brown,
bronzy, becoming greenish, pubescent beneath, 12 to 18
in. across : fls. deep purplish red, 6 to 10 in. across,
open 3 or 4 nights from 8 p. M. to 11 a.m.; sepals dull
purplish red, 7-nerved, never opening more than 10°
above horizontal; petals 12-20, narrowly oval, rounded
at apex , stamens about 55 cinnabar' red becoming
brownish India B M 1280 F S 6 629 -Only distin
guishable from J' Lotus, var pubescens 1)\ tohirot fl-.
The two run into each other and lu L\ n tl ] iti. ilh
distinct
11. Var rdsea, Sims L^s bronze _i i, I I t 1, i «ith
brown fls large magenta to d ii k n I iiuli msi m
to 10 30 A M , petals narrow pi inted st imen tips
orange brown India B M 1 J(>4
Gardev Varieties of Ntvpu^\ RiBhA
FIR-T I I I
12. Columbiana with il ' 'type
of medium size (6 m acn i i ii ^nce
seedling from N rubra s , i ( |,fton
N.J.,ml894-13 George II I ross
closing about 11 A M hs I hiii/\ „i Henrv
A. Dreer from Riverton X J m 1 h \ sturt
evantiiX Amazonum) Intense m t., ni nrnson
lvs. deep olive brown sinus open \< I irnndt
/iora IS larger and deeper in color ">tuit i t ii Vnjes
X. Easton Mass 1900
15. Deinniensis Hook Fig IdOO Lvs dark bronzy green mod
erately peltate lying flat on the water 18 m across under sur
face greenish brown puberuleut fls pure red 10-12 m across
open from 8 p M to 1 p M of next day petals o\ate 4 or 5 in
long hyl!4m wide BM 466^ The first hybrid of note {if
hybrid at all) said to be N Lotus X X rubra raised at Chats
worth Eng m 18ol A universal favorite —16 Lovcheana
Very near 1-) bvbrid( ' ) of same parentage color of fls a
little hgbter F S 10 1033-4 -17 Ortgiesiano rubra Mm h
like 1 fls ilaik red F S K 77-.-b
1499 Nymphsea Lotus
Uy
ior2
lana H\lrid ame is (j Pure light i ii
septis deep rose pmk pet ils bro idlv o\ iti
dark green scarcely bronzy much cnimpli
out by W Tneker from f lifton N J in
Columbian i X X Smithiana) White or ne
green Var colorans smaller than type fls
shaded pmk lvs
.ton. D.
^ green above sinus o
Mass 1900
NYMPH^A
AAA. FIs. pure pink.
Garden Hybrids of N. Lotus and N. uubra.
21. Kewensis, Hook. f. Lvs. orbicular, dark green with a few
browu patclies, slightly bronzy, lying nearly flat on the water,
rather broadly peltate: tls. 6 to 8 in. across, light pink; petals
broadly ovate; sepals light brownish green. N. Lotus, var. den-
tata X N. Devoniensis, raised at Kew in 1885. B.M. 6988. Said
to have died out, but a plant of that name and _description is
still found in American gardens.
22. Sturtevdtitii, Kort. Lvs. light bronzygreen.ratherbroadly
peltate, miteh crumpled at margin : fls. 8-12 in. across, quite dou-
ble. pure]»ink to hriL'lit n.d, .-losing' ;il.(nit 11 •:i() * M ■ i»Mtalsvery
ish 111-:,. ■ , I J. . , i;reatly
NYWPH.EA
stamen.?, which are about 50, light golden-yellow; rhi
zome erect, tuber-like, discoid, plane beneath, 3-5 in. i
diam.; runners terete, K in. thick, white, rooting
tip and sending up lvs. ; the young plant floweri
few weeks and again sends out runners, Mexico.
Sdbgenus II. Hydrocallis.
24. Kudge4na, G. F. W. Meyer (.V. bldnda, Planch.,
not of gardens). Lvs. elliptic to suborbicular, 18 in.
long, margin coarsely and irregularly sinuate-dentate:
fls. 'i-G in. across, imperfectly open 2 or 3 nights from
twilight until dawn. Usually only the sepals and 4, 8 or
12 outer petals open, the remaining parts forming a
closed ovoid bud; occasionally a slight aperture is
formed by drawing apart of the tip of the bud, which
occurs before midnight. Petals usually 16-20; stamens
43-83. Trop. Amer. Flora Erasiliensis 77, pi. 32, 34, ^5,
38. Not in cultivation here.
25. Amazdnum, Mart. & Zucc. {If. dmpla, of Ameri-
can gardens). Lvs. ovate, entire; lobes rounded; upper
and lower surfaces spotted brownish or blackish, under
surface reddish brown; petiole with aringof long hairs
at the point of joining the leaf: fls. 3-6 in. across, im-
perfectly open 1 or 2 nights; the bud opens about half
and closes again between 3 and 6 a.m. the first night;
the second night the sepals and outer row of petals open
about 7 p. M., the other parts remaining as a tight,
white bud until 3.30 a. m., when the fl. opens fully from
4.30 to 5 A. M., then closes by 0.30 a. ji. and draws down
into the water ; petals usuallv 20 ; stamens l):!-2n7.
Tropical America. Fl. Brasil. 77, pi. 3.-,. B..M. 4823.
26. blinda, G. F. W. Meyer (not of American gardens).
Lvs. small, membranous, entire, suborbicular ; lobes
slightly produced, subacuminate and subhastate : fls.
4 in. across : habits of opening unknown ; petals 16;
the
28. fliva, Leitner. Like 27, but more slender, weaker
grower, less free bloomer, fls. paler yellow. Probably
only a varietv. Florida, in St. John's and Miami rivers.
B.M. 6917. — Hardy as far north as New York, "in 2 ft.
of water, covered with boards and a few leaves;" Ge-
rard, in G.F.
AA. Without runners (hybrids).
29. odorata, var. aulphitrea. Lvs. all floating, 4-6 in. across,
likeN. ocoraia, but blclched with brown: fls. light yellow, 4-5
in ;i''r"...^ t-.r:!*^ ?-4 H! rii",\<' tlip ^v:iter; open during the
iii"w:;ii_' iM t \|.ii^:... .;,.'.r:,.- . t m u htlcss N. odorata X N.
' ' ' ' . I ' ;i. v.ar. helvola. Marliac).
t, ' I I il.ir in sluipe to those of
N .1 1". Ili.iiting. small,
>' -' I . , ., , ■' . ., )lybrid, prob-
SUBGESIS IV. CaSTALIA.
A. Rhisome erect : fls. pure white.
32. tetrigona, Georg. (iV. pyffmcfa, Ait.). Lvs. horse-
shoe shape, entire, the lobes diverging, slightly pro-
duced and subacute, dark green above, inclined to
brown blotching, reddish beneath, 3 to 4 in. across: fls.
\M-2% in. across, open on 3 or 4 days from noon until
5 p.m.; base of fl. siiuure: pi-tals 13-17; stamens about
40, VellOW. E. Sit..li,. I'Im,,:, :i,,,I .l:q,:,i, ; also in N.
Idaho, U. S., aiwl ' •: ■ i ' ' .: I;M. l.-):i5.-The
smallest of tb./ l" jii:,I,,.b no side
shoots from tin- ^i.. , .: ^.. . ■ r.adily from
seed. Seed next ti. i!.l l.ii„i,,! ul ili.^ y.iiu.s.
33. nitida, Sims. Lvs. entire, sul>orliicular; lobes ob-
tuse: fls. white, cup-shaped: tender. Described in B.M.
13.i9 without habitat, and never positively
identified since.
Rhi.
not,
fls.
1500. Nymphaea Devonie
Subgenus III. Xanthantha (and hybrids).
A. Spreading by runners (type species).
27. Mezicjlna, Zucc. Floating lvs. ovate, margin ob-
scurely and finely sinuate, dark green above, beauti-
fully blotched with brown; under surface dark crimson-
brown, with small blackish dots, when crowded the lvs.
rise 3-5 in. above the water, are orbicular, cup-shaped
by overlapping of the straight sinus-margins, entire,
3-5 in. across, dark green and shining above, under
surface bright green, with fine purplish brown mot-
tlings: fls. 4 in. across, raised 4-5 in. above the water,
bright canary yellow, open from 11 A. m. to 4 p. m. ; pet-
als 23, grading in size and shape insensibly into the
Lvs. scattered tooselij on the rhizome.
^.-^=^ 34. odorita.Ait. Sweet-scented Water-
lily. Lvs. nearly orbicular, entire, some-
_ what coriaceous, dark green above, pur-
^ plish red when young ; under surface
^^==i=^ deep red to reddish green or almost pure
^ green ; diam. !)-10 in. ; lobes usually di-
!i verging, but often touching or slightly
overlapping; petioles greenish or brown-
ish: fls. (in the type) white, 3-5 in. across,
open three days from 6 a. m. till 12 m.; se-
pals green, tinged with reddish brown,
petals 23-32, ovate to lance-ovate ; sta-
mens 55-113, yellow; outer filaments broad, -white, peta-
loid; seed medium sized. Eastern U. S., common. B.
M. 819 (small). — Varies greatly in size and color, ap-
proaching N. tuberosa.
35. Var.niinor,Sims(iV'. Pnion). Lvs.deepred beneath
(or green when aerial) : lobes diverging; diam. 2-5 in. ;
fls. white, 2X-3>iin. across; sepals strongly purple-
colored ; petals 17-24 ; stamens 37-78. Sometimes
growing where water recedes entirely in summer; usu-
ally in shallow water. Same range as type; often a shy
bloomer. B.M. 1652.
36. Var. rdsea, Pursh (var. »-«6rn). Cape Cod Water-
lily or Pond-lily. Lvs. dark reddish on both sides when
young, becoming green above: fls. pink, fading on the
successive days of opening, 4 in, across. Southeastern
Massachusetts. B.M. 6708 (too pale).
NTMPH^A
37. Var. gigant^a, Hort. Rice-field Water-lily.
Lvs. large, I'J-lti ia. across, green beneath, at times tinged
purplish toward margin; edge of ten turned up ; petioles
green: ds. 4-7 in. across, pure white; sepals green;
petals 24-31; stamens 69-120. Del. to Fla. and La.
Approaches iV. titberosa.
Garden Varieties of the N odobata Tipe
38 Carohmana Hort Uai ( irohiipns
1107
very robust.
FIRST GROUP.
52. Marliacea var dlbida Fl large dazzling white petals
narrow namerous stamens with a tendency to be flushed
pink Int about 1889 6n 52 1147 p 444 —53 Oladstomi
Trieker is much hke 52 I irger and of more open growth Int!
by Geo Richardson Lords
m Ti.
Lik.
ilta M,irhic L\s green abo\e, intense red beneath lis large,
rosj carmme d irkest of this group very near to 36 Intro
duced about Ihld —41 rosaiea Marliac Fls salmon pmk.
dehcate in tmt than J6 Int by Marhac in 1691
42 Farkeri&na, Lehm. Habit and foliage of 34 fls
large, pure white with bright yellow stamens and 16-20
rayed stigma; petals broader and shorter than 34
43. tuberdsa, Paine(iV^. reMi"«r»i!.s-,WaIt
(Gray) JV. blanda of gardens?). Fig. 1.501
Distinguished from No. ,34 chiefly by tin
numerous slenderly attached and spontane
ously separating tubers, 1-3 in. long oi
the rhizome. Lvs. when floating lest
coriaceous than in 34, and more vein\
above; petioles marked with longitudina
brown stripes ; no purple or red coloi
about lvs. or sepals: fls. 4-9
pure white, open three or four days from
8 A. M. to 1 p. M. ; petals broad, concave :
seeds the large.st of the genus. North
tral U. S. G. F. 1:.366, 367; 6:416 {good
B.M. 6536 (poor). A luxuriant growei
when crowded or in shallow water th '
and fls. rise 4-6 in. above the water;
spreads rapidly by tubers. Moderate bloomer.
44. Var. minma, {JV .odorata.vnT. maxima of gardens).
A form with round lvs. and closed sinus, the lobes
curved out at apex to a short point; petioles pubescent,
with long hairs, with a few faint longitudinal brown
stripes: fls. medium to large, pure white, somewhat
cup-shaped. Lake Hopatkong, N. J. Bather smaller
than the type ! Possibly a natural hybrid of JV. titberosa
and odorata.
Garden Varieties of N. Tu
45. i;(c/i(irrf,sf.;i;i.Tricker(— var.plena). Fls. very double, pure
white, standing well above the water; sepals and outer petals
drooping. Int. l»y Geo. Richardson of Lordstown. Ohio, about
1894,— 4ti. rosea. Hort. Fls. pink, standing above the water.
Probably N. tuberosa X N. odorata, var. rosea.
BE. Lvs. crowded on the rhizome.
47. c&ndida, Presl. (iV. biradidta, Sommerauer. iV.
semiapirta , Klinggraef ). Similar to 48. Angles of at-
tachment of sepals projecting; all the filaments broader
than the anthers: fr. ovoid; seed large. Forms sterile
hybrids with 48. Central and northern Europe.
48. 41ba, Linn. Lvs. roundish, entire, floating, 4-12 in.
across, red when very young: rhizome black: fls. white
(in the type), 4-5 in. across, open from 7 A. M. to 4 p. M. ;
petals broad, ovate, somewhat concave; angles of at-
tachment of sepals rounded: filaments of inmost sta-
mens not wider than the anthers: fr. more or less
spherical; seed small. En., Siberia. -A robust species.
49. Var. rdsea, Mast. (.Y. n?6o,var.)-i(6r«=iV. alba,var.
sph(trocdrpa=N. alba, var. Cdsparii). Outer petals
rosy, intermediate ones intensely rosy, inmost petals
with the filaments and processes of carpels deep red-
brown; variable in purity of color. Fagertarn, Sweden;
rare. B.M. 6736 (stamens poor). R.H." 1879:230.-Difa-
cult to manage in this country.
50. Var. Froebeln, Hort. A dark-fld. form of 49; also
hard to succeed with in this country.
51. Var. candidissima, Hort. [N. candidissima. 'Sort.).
Lvs. orbicular; lobes strongly curved, overlapping; yel-
lowish when very young: rhizome brownish, sometimes
3 in. through : fls. large, pure white, sterile. The first to
54. Marliacea var camea like o2 except m color which l^ a
soft flesh pink deepening toward the base of the petals fra-
grance of vandla Int about ]889 55 Wm Doogue like 54,
but of more open growth petils evenlv colored broader and
more concave Int by Henry A Dreer m 1899
56. Marliacea var rosea Fls large deep rose color young
lvs. purplish red changing to deep gieen Int about 1889
SECOND GROUP.
57. Laydekeri, var. rosea (N. Laydekeri). with a thick erect
rootstock. forming no offsets: fls. small, rosy pink, changing to
purplish, opening about 11 A. M. Int. by Marhac about 1893;
probably N. tetragona X N. alba, var. rosea.— 58. Laydekeri
lildcea {N. liliacea = N. lilacina), color soft rosy lilac, with yel-
low stamens; odor of a tea rose: lvs. with occasional dark
blotches. Int. in U. S. in 1S95.
59. LAydekeri: var. tulgens. Petals concave, crimson pink:
stamens dark red. Very brilliant. Int. in 1895.-60. Laydekeri.
PMrpi(ra(o (N. L. purpurea). Fl. rosy crimson; stamens orange
red. Int. in 1895.
61. U'icida. Fls. large, rosy vermilion; lvs. blotched with
reddish brown. Int. by Marliac in 1895.
62. iJdMnsont (N. RobinsoniAna). Fls. large, floating; a yel-
low ground color, overlaid witti purplish red: lvs. blotched.
May be N. alba. var. rosea X N. Mexicans. Marliac hybrid, in-
troduced into U. S. in 1895. Gn. 52:1147.
63. fiilva closely resembles 62: lvs. spotted brown above, red
beneath. Int. by Marliac in 1895.
64. Seignoreti. Fls. delicate yellow shaded with rose and
carmine: borne about 6 in. above the water; lvs. mottled.
Probably N. alba, var. rosea X N. Mexicana. Int. by Marliac
about 1897.
1108 NYMPH.EA
65. Andredna. Outer petals diill, wbitish at apex, red below:
inner petals dtUl dark red : stamens bright orange: Ivs.
blotched; lobes overlapping. Shows blood of N. Mexicana.
Int. by MarUac about 1897.
66. Aurora. Fls. rose-yellow on tirst day, becoming deep red
on the third; general effect orange: sinus of leaf open. Int. by
Marliac about 1897.
m. EUira-a F's '■-"'a-' m'n-pu—'" T„* .>>„„t ihqt
68. glorim i Veij dark red m ich 1 ke 0 Int in 18J9 19
James Gx^r eft Us a-6 ii icross dirk r e lor 0 H
Falconer. I K 6- in across br ght g in tt c I r \ 6J i 1
{) -
^i '-
1502 Nymphaca erac 1 :
leep rosy pur
nea b milar
70 resembl 0 ) I t 1 1
72. Marlia ea \ ir igi
1895. 73. Marl acea \i
pie, spottf A cirrame ]
to 73. Int bj Marliac i
SECTION II. APOCARPOUS NrMPH^AS.
Subgenus V. Brachvceras.
A. Lvs. entire or slightly u-avy at base.
7."). filegans, Hook. Lts. narrowly peltate, orbicular to
ovate, margin entire or with 5 or 6 small scattered
teeth; under surface dark purple ; diam. 7 in. : fls. pale
violet, 3-6 in. across, open three days from 8 a. m. to 1
P.M.; buds ovate; sepals marked with black lines and
dots; petals ovate, obtuse, 12-20; stamens stout, about
75, yellow; appendage a mere tip; filaments broad.
Mex. B.M. 4604.
7G. csenilea, Savigny (]V. stelMta, Caspary. ^^. seiiti-
fhlia of gardens). Blue Lotus op Egypt. Lvs. nar-
rowly peltate, oval, entire or slightly sinuate at base:
under surface green with dark purple blotches, purplish
at margin, 12-16 in. across : fls. 3-6 in. across, open three
days from 7:30 a. m. to 12 M. ; buds conical; sepals
thickly marked with l)lack lines and dots; petals 14-20,
lanceolate, acute, light blue above, lower half dull white:
stamens 50-70; outer filaments broad, yellow : appen-
dage long (three-sixteenths in. on outer stamens), pale
blue. Egvpt, northern and central Africa. Ann. Mus.
Paris, vol! 1 (1802), p. 366c. p. F.S. 7:653. -Free grower
and bloomer but not showy.
77. micT&ntha, Guillemin & Perottet. Lvs. elliptic,
entire in apical half, rest of margin sinuate; sinus
deep; lobes spreading, much produced and acuminated,
bearing bulbs which produce new plants at the top of
the petiole! Under side of leaf green, tinged with
purplish brown and minutely dotted: fls. small, white,
3-5 in. across; calyx pale green, unspotted; petals
lanceolate and very acute. West coast of Africa. B.5I.
4535. — Not yet introduced into America.
AA. Lvs. distinctly or deeply sinuate.
B. Sepals spotted with blackish dots and lines.
78. pulch^rrima, Tricker. Lvs. somewhat peltate, or-
bicular-ovate, strongly sinuate, angle of lobes acumi-
nate; under surface green, densely blotched with pur-
plish black: margin purplish red; diam. 16 in.: fls. light
blue, 10-12 in. across: buds sharply conical; petals 22,
lance-ovate, whitish at base: stamens about 140, appen-
daged; filaments yellow, outer ones broad; appendage
NYMPH^A
and back of outer anthers blue. Probably jV. Capensis
X jy. carulea. Raised by W. Tricker.
79. Stellitta, Willd. (including iV. versicolor, Roxbg.
B.M. 1189). Blue Lotus OF India. Lvs. elliptic-orbicu-
late, rather broadly peltate; margin irregularly repand-
dentate; lobes hardly produced; green above; deep blue-
violet beneath: fl. 3-7 in. across, pale blue (rarely pink
or white), open three days from 8 a. M. to 2 p.m.; buds
ovate; sepals with minute blackish dots; petals 11-14,
dull white at base; stamens 33-54; appendage blue;
anthers and filaments pale yellowish. Southern and
eastern Asia. Andrews Bot. Rep. 5:330. B.M. 2058.
80. 4mpla, DC. (not of gardens). Lvs. narrowly
peltate, sub-orbicular, sinuate or nearly entire,
with small black spots above and below, 6-15 in.
across: fls. white, diam. 3-8 in.; sepals cori-
aceous, ovate-lanceolate, acute; petals 7-21, lance-
ovate: stamens 30-190, outmost ones much longer
than inmost. Texas, south to the West Indies
and Brazil. Fl. Brasil, 77. p. 129 pi. 28-30. B.M.
4469. -Very near of kin to ^V'. gracilis.
■*■- BB. Sepals without blacki.'ili nmrki »(/.•<.
- ^ 81. Capensis, Thunb. (iV". sr„i,fnihi. DC .V.
.^■^ crcH/ca B.M. 552 and Amerii-:u] -arMri:- 1. Cai'E
Blue Water-lily. Lvs. rather ikukiw I> |nli;ite,
orbicular-ovate, strongly sinuutc-dtiitiiti.-, ;iiigle
of lobes produced, acuminate; 12-10 in. across:
fls. rich sky-blue, 6-8 in. across: open four days
from 7 A. M. to 4 p. m. ; buds ovate; sepals pure
green outside, whitish within; petals 20-30, lower third
nearly white, narrowly elliptic; stamens about 150 (97-
221, Casp.); filaments yellow, outmost ones broad. In-
most filiform; appendage and back of outer anthers
blue. S. Africa. Andr. Bot. Rep. pi. 197. F.S. 6:645.—
A very desirable species. 82. Var. Eastoniensis. Ames
(.V. stelldta^y&T. Eastoniensis). Fls -t.-.l I. luc: pet-
als broader and more rounded than in tli. ty|.. . r;itlier
larger: lvs. longer, oval, more deeply tuutln-.i. Seed-
ling from the tvpe. raised by C. Bluml.er:;. (.Mrdener
to O. Ames, N. Easton, Mass., in 1896. G.F. 9:47.').
83. ^icilis, Zucc. Fig. 1502. Lvs. narrowly peltate,
deeply and irregularly sinuate or nearly entire, subor-
hicular; angle of lobes rounded; under surface pure
green (or suffused purple in hybrids), 15-17 in. across:
Hs. white, 6-8 in. across; sepals pure green; petals
10-20, acuminate; stamens about 60, deep yellow; out-
most filaments short, broad, petaloid; anthers with long
yelldwisli appendage. Mexico.
1503. Nyssa sylvatica (X H).
Garden forms of .V. gracilis : U. Wm. Stone (and var. ca?ru-
lea). Habit ^nd form of 83: fls. large, open from early morning
till evening: sepals green outside, blue within: petals dark
blue, with a purplish cist: st.iniens verj- numerous. Doubtless
a livbrid of X. gracilis and N. Zanzib.iriensis. Raised by W.
Tricker. Riverton. N..J.. 1899.-85. Mrs. C. W. Ward, like Si.
except in color. which is a beautiful pink. A ("hfirming vririety.
exhibited by W.Tricker.in 1900.-86. J/nwr/i. "tls .l,lir:,t.- i>.il6
mauve, sweet scented:" seedling raised )>y s }i.ii-li;,\\ , .il W.
Brighton. N. Y.. about 1892.-87. Greyo'. a f..r.ri ..f -::, r:,i.. ,1 by
Benj. Grey, Maiden, Mass., with blue fls. sh;i.lin2 to wliiie.
NTMPH^A
88. Capensisy,Zamibariensis. Lts. somewhat pel-
tate, orbicular-ovate, strongly sinuate, angle of lobes
acuminate; under surface dark purple: 8-16 in. across,
tis. rich blue, open 3-5 days, from 9 A. M. to 4 or 5 p. m.,
6-8 in. across: sepals green outside, blue within; petals
1,5-20. narrow, acute: stamens 60-100: appendage blue.
Cult, about Phila. Free bloomer, strong grower.
89, ZanzibariSnsis, Casp. Lvs. somewhat peltate, or-
bicular or orbicular-ovate, margin closely sinuate-den-
tate; angle of lobes hardly pointed, under surface more
orless suffused violet; diatu. 8-15 in. : fls. 6-12 in. across,
open three to five days from 11 a. m. to 5 p. M. ; sepals
green outside, margins purple, deep purplish blue
within; petals 18-24, oblong, obtuse, deep blue; sta-
mens 136-242, appendage dark blue; back of anther
dark crimson-violet; outer filaments obovate, yellow.
Zanzibar, B.M. 6843 (as aV. stellata, var. Zamibarien-
sis). Gn. 25:431 (small). 90. Var. aztirea, light blue,
and 91, var. rosea, pink, are otherwise like the type,
but open earlier in the morning; they come up pro-
miscuously from seed of the type or of one another.
92. Astria, Grey (T. gracilis x y. Zanzibarihisis).
Leaves floating, with general habit of a strong-growing
iV. gracilis, green, tinged purple beneath. Fls. stand-
ing well above water, stellate, with a resemblance to iV.
gracilis, but much larger; sepals green, shading to yel-
low at base, the inner surface bright blue, shading
through white to translucent at the b;ise: petals I>hie,
shading to white at base, usually about 17 in uuiDhcr;
stamens less than 70, linear-lanceohit.-, y.Il.pw. tij^ped
with blue-purple; stigma less than 20-('elleil. with liluut-
toothed, yellow apices. Both parents livbridize freelv
either way, but the hybrid is sterile. Unites the Ameri-
can (Mexican) with the African species. Var. rdsea.
Grey, is like the preceding, but the color is rose-pink
instead of blue: it is hybridized with .V. Zaniibarien-
sis rosea instead of the type.
Subgenus VI. Anecphta.
93. gigautSa, Hook. Lvs. narrowly peltate, elliptic or
ovate, margin sinuate-dentate, sinus open ; under sur-
face brownish pink, becoming purple; 18 in. across: fls.
light blue to violet (rarely rose color or white), open
seven days from 9 A. M. to 6 p.m.; diam. 6-12 in.; se-
pals pure green: petals very many, dark blue at tip,
shading to nearly white at base; stamens 680-745;
filaments mostlv" filiform ; anthers bright yellow.
Australia. B.M." 4647. F.S. 7:751. -The most delicate
and lovely, and withal one of the largest of the genus.
Hexrv S. Conaru.
N'i'SSA (name of a water nymph : these trees grow
in swamps). Cornaceif. Tupelo. Peppekidue. 8.>lb
Gum. Tupelos are bold and picture-i-iu' . Ii:ii^l\ ^1. . i-lu-
ous trees, valued for the flamingsearii iiini
foliage and for the distinctness of til. , . . . t.
They grow in swamps and are usualh 1" i.ii tc^r lii^-li.
attaining a ma.ximum of 100 feet. Did speciiiieiis
often have a melancholy appearance by reason of the
drooping habit of the lower limbs. The upper branches
of a Tupelo are often twiggy, crooked or "kinky." The
foliage is leathery, and as glossy as if varnished.
NYSSA
1109
syliatica
Nvssas are tree'> or
tire lvs and small fl
mrl ti transplant from the wild even
I r nic 1 because thej ha\e remarkably
r otlets Nursery grown trees that
1\ transplanted are preferable but
1 used Of the 7 specus 2 are na-
\ the rest of North America The
ft r 1 b\ American nurser\men is N.
1504. Pepperidee— Nyssa syl
heads. Unlike the Dogwoods (Cnniu
a group in which the fls. aVe iiiii^.xM
maphrodite. From Aucuba an.l i i
having alternate lvs. Nyssa i^ ^i
immediate allies by the folI..\\i
of the male fls. none, or 4 to man \ i
4 to many: ovary 1-celled; style 1. sin
sylvitica. Marsh. (iV. multifhn,,. \
Pepperidge. Black Gusi. :<, ,ri; i;
Lvs. usually entire, obovate ..r M\al
heads; pistillates Kirg
nearly black, acid, wi
Me. and Ont. to Mich.,
I ■ _' iMi-ted.
iiL' 1. Tupelo.
. Fl-'-. 1503-4.
ii..-tly acute or
i. in compound
r. 3-7 lines long,
little flattened.
.F. 3:491, 7:275.
W. M.
o
OAK. Plate XXI. Strength, solidity, durability are
symbolized in the Oak. The tree is connected with the
traditions of the race, and it is associated with litera-
ture. It is a tree of strong individuality, with bold, free
growth and massive framework. Its longevity appeals
to every person, even though he has no feeling for
trees. It connects the present with the past. It spans
the centuries.
This feeling that the Oak represents a long span of
years is itself the reason why we should consider the
tree with veneration and let "it live its full time; and
this is the particular lesson which the writer would im-
press. Spare the isolated
Oak trees ! Of whatever
kind or species, a mature
Oak is beyond price. To
allow it to remain be-
speaks culture and kind-
ly feeling.
Many species of Oak
are now available in nur-
series. There are per-
haps 25 species that can
be relied on for planting
in the northeastern
states, and there are par-
ticular varieties adapted
to almost every habitable
part of North America.
The planting of cheap,
quick - growing willows
and poplars is so com-
mon that one almost de-
spairs of the time when
such strong and expres-
sive trees as Oaks shall be planted. There is little diffi-
culty in the planting of Oaks if one secures nursery-
grown stock. They grow more slowly than some other
trees, but what they lack in rapidity of growth they make
up in character and foliage color. It quick effects are
wanted, some fast-growing tree may be planted with
them, to be removed as the Oaks need the space. Some
of the species grow nearly or quite as rapidly as hard
maples, when young. Other species are mere bushes
and make an excellent border-mass on the farther side
of large g:rounds. Of such is the native Scrub-Oak
{Qiierciis ilici folia) of the eastern states. The native
species are usually the best for any region, from the
fact that they are adapted to climate and soil ; and
then, a feeling for common native plants is an indica-
tion of the highest appreciation and of the keenest re-
sponse to the conditions in which one lives.
For a full sketch of the kinds of Oaks, see Queiciis.
L. II. n.
Among the native deciduous frff-^ .if tin- . :,^t.rn
United States no kmds are more u-. tul •■!■ attra, m.-.
either in economic value or for ornani. ni.il i.l.niiin-.
than the various species of Oaks. Kar.lnii --, |m,,-
gevity, beauty of foliage and fruit, exempli. mi ii.iii iIi.
injurious attacks of disease or insect pests i ! . a i
strength and durability of the lumber arc aiii.ii^' tin ir
especially valuable characteristics. The familv of Oaks
is a large one, but they mix and vary so much by
natural hybridization and geographical variations that
their botany is puzzling to all but the most astute
scientific students. Casual observers and amateur bot-
anists who attempt their study find them an interesting
but difficult family to identify. A sprig from a tree
which is probably a hybrid between the willow and Pin
Oaks, Fig. 1505, is a fair sample of the kind of variations
which are frequent in Oak forests. Experienced woods-
men, who are quite familiar with all the Oaks in their
neighborhood, find that, a few miles from home, on dif-
ferent soil and elevation, they meet with varietal differ-
ences of bark, foliage, fruit and general appearance of
trees which they can scarcely associate with the species
as they have known them.
That Oaks have been esteemed and admired from
time immemorial is evidenced by the numerous forms
in which their leaves and fruit "appear in all kinds of
ornamentations in all ages.
Acorns of all species are objects of interest, but the
larger forms, especially those of the Fringed or Mossy-
cup Oak, are particularly attractive.
In autumn the foliage of Oaks remains green until
many other trees have shed their leaves; then they as-
sume rich shades of red, bronze and brown, presenting
a splendor of ripening foliage less brilliant but not less
beautiful than that which, a few weeks before, arrayed
some of their forest companioti^ s.. .r"r._.-.'..iislv.
It has been said that"Wliii i.lini. iiil,., plants for
posterity." Too often this lia^ i . ' ; ■ i. .1 to mean
that Oak trees grow and de\ . i ; a t a planter
may not reasonably expect t.. n lii i ma h L.-m-fit from
his own plantings, but that !on^ attir he has passed
away posterity will reap the harvest which he has sown.
Judged from a lumberman's standpoint, this is nearly
correct. The Pin Oak and some other species are ma-
ture at from 75 to 80 years of age, and seldom live more
than 100 years, but the White Oaks are not fit for
sawing into lumber until they have passed 125 years of
age, and most of the large valuable trees are much older
than this.
The White Oak, found naturally on low lands and clay
soil, is unquestionably the patriarchal aristocrat among
native trees of the eastern U. S. While it is a sorrow-
ful fact that nearly all the tall forest Oaks with large
trunks have fallen before the march of human progress,
still there are a few venerable specimens left, with very
large, spreading heads, but whose trunks are so short
as to have little commercial value. These have un-
doubtedly St.. .1.1 f..r scv.rul centuries, and are still in
unimpaircil <ti. hl'iIi ati.l vigor, being typical speci-
mens of til.- nai in ai .1. v . l..]iiiient of their species when
allowed tim.- an. I i n l..r growth in open clearings.
One notable cx;uii|.le i.s a White Oak in the Friends'
graveyard iu the city of Salem, N. J. Its trunk is 19 ft.
in circumference 3 ft. from the ground, and its branches
cover an area 118 ft. in diameter north and south, and
105 ft. east and west. Another specimen in North Mt.
Moriah Cemetery, in Delaware county. Pa., in the sub-
urbs of Philadelphia, measures 28 ft. 4 in. in circumfer-
ence of trunk a foot above ground, and 22 ft. 4 in. at 3
ft. above ground, the branches spreading 96 and 106 ft.
in diameter.
A few years ago one such white Oak was ruthlessly
destroyed near South Glastonbury, Conn., by its vandal
owner for the value of the fire-wood it contained. These
trcos wore no doubt well
i-tal.lislicd in the soil be-
f.ii-.' < 'hristopher Columbus
.1].. ..v.ind America. Such
it is a pity that they cannot
\<v protected by law, and
iiTiappreciative owners be '
tiiught to regard such vener-
able trees for the pleasure
which their presence affords
to an intelligent public,
from no other motive,
fine old pasture Oak
shown in Fig. 1506.
Considered from a gar-
dener's or planter's stand-
point, the Oaks are among
the most valuable of our na-
tive trees. An idea that they are very difficult to trans-
plant and slow of growth, for many years almost barred
them from cultivation, but experiments made within
the past 20 years have done much to correct this popu-
-i^i^^n^l
OAK
lar prejudice, and have shown that by using good trees
and by giving proper subsequent care and attention,
Oaks will grow as easily and develop as rapidly as
many other species, and are very satisfactory. A Pin Oak
in the grounds of the writer, about 65 years old, is more
than 70 ft. in height, 60 ft. in spread of branches, and
11 ft. in circumference of trunk 3 ft. from the ground.
A Swamp White Oak in the same lawn is about 50 years
old, and is 50 ft. in height, 54 ft. in spread of branches
and 7 ft. in circumference of trunk 3 ft. from ground.
These trees are growing on a rich, sandy loam, which
is well drained by a substratum of gravel and sand.
A notable object lesson in the use of Oaks in orna-
mental planting is found in Fairraount Park, Philadel-
phia. Pa. After the close of the Centennial Exhibition
which was held there in 1876, the buildings were
removed, the grounds cleared, and from 1880 to 1884
thousands of Oaks were planted in this section; a ma-
jority of them Pin Oaks, but interspersed with them
White, Swamp White, Red, Scarlet, Black, Chestnut,
Willow, Bur, Shingle, etc., as well as maples, ash, lin-
dens, elms, poplars, buttonwoods and some others.
These Oaks are now from 20 to 40 ft. high, and from VA
to 'iVi ft. in circumference measured at 3 ft. above the
ground, and are equal or superior in size and develop-
ment to most of the other trees, which were planted at
the same time, excepting Carolina poplar and button-
wood. These trees are on level land and in heavy clay
soil, which appears to be a favorite condition for most
of the larger growing species of Oaks. Fig. 1507 may
suggest an idea of the remarkable progress and devel-
opment which these trees have made in from 16 to 20
years. There are few trees even among those which are
considered fast-growing varieties that will show better
measurements or more symmetrical developments at
the same age.
If seedling Oaks are taken up when one or .at most
two years old, transplanted every three years, and
well cultivated on good land, they will form fine trees,
with root systems which can be moved with Init little
risk until they attain considerable size, but unless they
have had such culture, the transplanting of any but
very small trees is usually unsatisfautory. Attempts at
moving trees which have stood too long without trans
planting or which have grown without cultivation have
generally resulted in failure, and such experiences have
caused the prejudice which has prevented their more
general use. Under favorable circumstances most Oaks
are rapid growers, but unless conditions are favorable
their roots do not become readily rep'st.'ihlished in the
soil after transplanting, ami f"r Tlii< r<-a^on they are
often slow to start into visroron^ ^ri-Mwrh. Fur this rea-
son judicious nursing, with |.l. my "t iiKinm-c and water
and cultivation of the soil, will l..- al.unclaiiily rewarded
by shortening the period of convalescence.
While many soft-wooded trees transplant more readily
than Oaks and will grow more rapidly immediately
after transplanting, still the Oaks will in time outgrow
most of them, and will be in ilicir in im.- " In n iLinvfif
the companions of their vouih ai. .! ' . m-.
The best Oaks for plantliii; in ili. : .i i, and
middle section of the U.S. ai.- Wl.i - - , \\ i iir.
Mossy-cup, Scarlet, Pin, Red, Will. n, I; .i r -iir
gle and Chestnut. Of these the I'iii :: i i .
most popular, because it develops qui.
pact head, forming a beautiful sviin...
quite young; but after it is 25 or :;ii ,,,.- .1.1 t!.. n,
terior branches of this dense head begin to die and a
tangled mass of dead brush soon accumulates. Unless
this is removed (and it is not an easy task), it gives
the tree a neglected and unsightly appearance. Other
species of this type have this tendency also. The White
and Chestnut Oaks and their allies have more spread-
ing branches, are more open-headed, and are not sub-
ject to this ohieotion.ible characteristic, but they con-
tinue to increase in size, with unimpaired beauty and
'Plate XXI shews a group of Oaks familiar to many
who have traveled bftween Philadelphia and New
York via the Pennsylvania railroad. The trees stand
about 100 vards north of the railroad track in a field a
quarter of a mile east of a small station called Anda-
lusia. 7 miles west of Bristol. The large tree is a White
OAKESIA
1111
Oak, measuring 15 ft. in circumference 3 ft. from the
ground, with branches spreading 78 ft. in diameter. It
is a typical specimen of the habit of this tree as it
grows in open land. The middle tree is a Pin Oak prob-
ably 50 or 60 years old. It has several dead branches
and is evidently declining. The next tree is a Willow Oak.
They stand in heavy clay soil on rather low land, but
not swampy. There are numerous fine specimens of
Oaks in this locality, which for many years have at-
tracted the attention of travelers. The Black Jack and
Scrub Oaks, which as bushes and small trees cover
large areas of the sandy belt stretching along the At-
lantic coast from Long Island to Florida, and the Rock
Chestnut and other species, which find subsistence on
the steep and rocKy hill-sides of the eastern states, do
not often attain large size. Nevertheless their presence
is of great economic value in covering barren wastes
with vegetation, where few other trees can find enough
to support life. In many other situations these dwarf
Oaks are admirably adapted for producing desirable
effects.
The "grand old Oaks of England " have been admired
and venerated for centuries, but in this country the
American Oaks are far superior to any of the Euro-
pean species, as they develop faster and are more en-
during. Quercus Bobur, which is the European spe-
cies most commonly planted in this country, appears to
be short-lived here, usually declining before it reaches
50 years of age.
Everywhere in the southern states the Live-Oak is
popular (Fig. 1508). It is associated with every old
plantation. It is the characteristic tree of the country
from the Carolinas south and west.
Samuel C. Moon.
0AE£SIA (Wm. Oakes. New England botanist).
LiliAcew. A genus of 2 -[.. i. - .f Ahi.ric.an hardy per-
ennial herbs, having tli. i ' .'.it of such choice
wild flowers as the Sol.iiii I ~ .. in.. re particularly
the common bell-wort, / :,..-.,-. ,, .i,,i,,ita. In moist
w..,i,K. it -j-rows about a I...11 Iji;;!. an. I lit-ars one or few
I I. .I... I-, vfllow, 6-parted (is. ab.jut ,'.2 in. long. The 2
. I... transferred from the woods. O. sessili-
. .jffered by a few dealers in hardy plants.
h I'l. t. !- a rich light soil in a rather moist, partially
shaded position, and improves greatly under cultivation.
The Oakesias can be easily told from Uvularias by
their leaves, which are merely sessile instead of per-
foliate, i. e., the base of the leaf does not surround the
stem as it does in Uvularia. Oakesias were formerly
placed in Uvularia, but in 1879 Watson removed them,
largely because of the seeds, which are brown and
nearly spherical in both groups, but in Oakesia they
have a very much swollen, spongy, brown ridge, while
in Uvularia they are covered by a thin white aril (an
appendage growing from near the point where the seed
is attached to the ovary ) . Other generic characters are :
fls. few, solitary on short pedicels opposite the Ivs. ;
segments without callosities : capsule membranous,
elliptical, acutish at each end, very tardily dehiscent:
Ivs. more or less rough on the margins.
1112
OAKESIA
sesBilifdlia, Wats. Stem once forked: Ivs. oblong-
lanceolate, acute at each end ; margins minutely sca-
brous : capsule borne on a distinct stipe. Canada to Pla.
and Ark. B.M. 1402. L.B.C. 13:1262. G.W.F. 1«. D. 51.
r W Barclay and W M
OAT lifiin silt,,, I
OBELISCAEIA
v#^.i
1^^.
%.^
1508 The wide spreadine Live Oak of the South
(bee Oak page lUl I
6CHNA (old Greek name for a wild pear, which some
of these plants were thought to resemble in foliage).
Ochndcem. O. multiflora is a cool greenhouse shrub
cult, by a few fanciers for its remarkable appearance
when in fruit. The fls. are yellow, appear in spring,
and are borne to the number of 10-15 in racemes ter-
minating short lateral branches. The blossoms are
short-lived, but the calyx is persistent. Its 5 sepals are
greenish in flower, but become a bright red in fruit. The
receptacle increases until it becomes an inch or so thick,
globular and bright red. Upon it are borne black seed-
like bodies, which are the carpels. The red and black
make a fine contrast. This rare plant is best prop, by
cuttings struck in autumn. It is cult, in America, but
not advertised.
Ochna is a genus of about 25 species of trees and
shrubs from tropical Asia and Africa: Ivs. deciduous,
alternate, minutely serrate, leathery, shining : fls. yel-
low, rarely greenish, jointed to the pedicels; sepals 5,
colored, imbricate, persistent ; petals 5-10 ; stamens
indefinite; anthers opening longitudinally or by pore-
like slits : ovary deeply 3-10-lobed ; lobes 1-celled,
1-ovuled; styles connate; drupes 3-10, sessile.
multilldra, DC. Glabrous shrub, 4-5 ft. high: Ivs.
oblong-elliptical to oblanceolate-oblong: petals sessile:
anthers as long as the filaments, opening longitudinally:
sepals in fruit about 4 lines long. Upper Guinea.
G. W. Oliver and W. M.
Ochna mtiltiflora is a remarkably handsome shrub
for conservatory decoration. It is usually regarded as
a stove shrub, but has done well with us in a green-
house temperature of 55° (min.). It has a unique effect,
and to be properly appreciated specimens should stand
out. The drupelets are black, making a striking contrast
with the enlarged red receptacle, at a glance reminding
one of a spindle tree. In a good bottom heat, seeds ger-
minate in a month, and make neat little plants in a
year. We have not been so fortunate with cuttings.
Unfortunately tor us, cat - birds appropriated all the
berries as soon as they became ripe. They entered
through the open spaces in the annex to our conserva-
t<"'y- T. D. Hatfield.
6CIMUM. .See Basil.
OCOTILLO. Fouquieria spleiiclens.
ODONTADfiNIA (Greek, toothed glandx). Apoey-
ndeete. Here belongs the fine tropical yellow-fld.
climber sold as Dipladenia Harrisii, which rivals in
beauty the well known greenhouse AUamandas. The
fls. are fragrant, about 3 in. across, funnel-shaped, with
5 rounded, spreading lobes, and are more or less
streaked with red in the throat, at the base of the lobes,
and on the back of the tube. The treatment which George
ODONTOGLOSSUM
McWilliam has given Dipladeniaswith such good results
(see Dipladenia, Vol. I) should be attempted for Odon-
tadenia, but O. speeiosa perhaps grows at lower alti-
tudes, and may require the treatment usually given to
hothouse vines All Odontadenias have yellow fls.,
while Dipladenias are yellow only in the throat.
Odoutadeuia is a genus of about 8 species of tall,
shrubby tropical American climbers : Ivs. opposite :
cymes loose usually ample, rarely few-fld. and scarcely
branched cahx 5-parted, the lobes remarkably blunt or
roundtd corolla lobes twisted in the pointed bud, over-
1 i| I iii^ tij the right and twisted to the left; stamens
li\ 1 It ilii top of the narrow part of the tube. The
- nil I distinguished from Dipladenia by the shape of
ill d\ \ I ibes and by the cup-shaped group of toothed
-I aids hilow the pistil.
specibsa, Benth. (Dipladenia Hdrrisii, Hook.),
^hrubbj, branched climber: largest Ivs. 10-15 by 4-5
ill oblong tapermg, scarcely leathery, feather-veined,
tten purplish beneath; petioles stout, scarcely 1 in.
long racemes axillary and terminal; pedicels red, often
1 m long curbed downwards: corolla-tube with a round-
ish base about '2 in. long and thick, then suddenly con-
stritted, then gradually widening into a funnel-shaped
fl Brazil (.uiuna, Trinidad. B.M. 4825. -vy. m.
0D0NT0GL6SSUM (Greek, tooth-tongue; in allusion
to the cnst on the labelluml. Orchidi)cew. A genus
of orchids embracing about ]00 spprii^-s. rintivns of tbe
higher regions of the Andes fmin M.m.-,. .-hhI i liint.iiiala
to Colombia and Bolivia, ('n ;m ml ni ili. ii- lianil-
some flowers these plants .Trc amcii- ihr tmm-i fii\.,iiu.
orchids of cultivators. O. i-risj,„i,i is ,,ii.- nf tin- tincst „i
all orchids.
Plants epiphytic, with short rhizomes and 2-lvd.
pseudobulbs, often with sheathing leaves at the base:
fls. in few- to many-fld. racemes or panicles arising from
the base of the pseudobulb; s. pais ami jntals spread-
ing, free, or the lateral .sepaN ran 1> -.hm uliat united
at the base; base of the labillinn a-..ii,liii- jiarallil to
the column and sometimes a. lnair ti. ih.^ laitt-r; laieral
lobes small, often erect; middle lube large, spreading,
variously shaped ; column clavate, narrowed at the base,
longer than in Oncidium.
This genus is closely related to Oncidium and Mil-
tenia, some of the species of the latter being generally
cultivated as Odontoglossums. These two genera are
easily distinguished from Odontoglossum by the label-
lum, which e.xpands directly from the base of the col-
umn. There is perhaps no genus of orchids in which
the specii-s m. mirc \ :irKililf and more closely related
the specb-
add to the p
an additiona
!^;i,u'x!i'
in the prodi
the seleetiot
having over
1 of man
a hundr
Hi;iNKI. II llAssKi.BIIIN.:.
Odontoglossums follow the liin:lj w.-t. rn iii..uiitain
ranges from southern Mexico to smitlurn Peru, and
usually grow at great altitudes. With few exceptions,
they are found in extremely moist situations where the
annual rainfall is excessive and the temperature more
or less even and cool throughout the year.
The extreme heat of our summer interferes somewhat
with the culture of Odontoglossums in America, espe-
cially those of the O. oriajntm section, and it is neces-
sary' to use every jirecaution during that season to
insure success.
A lean-to or half-s]>aii nH.f stnicture of northern ex-
posure, protected by a luirk or si.im- wall on the south
side, and with ample m. ans i.f m ntilation, is best suited
to Odontoglossum cultuii'. Munuvir, it should be pro-
vided with rolling shades elevated on framework 18 or
20 in. above the glass, to afford abundance of light, free
access of air and requisite shade, with the additional
assistance of keeping down the temperature in summer.
The interior is best fitted with solid beds, if possible,
but benches of stone fiags or wood covered with ashes
or gravel an inch or two deep will answer very well.
ODONTOGLOSSUM
These, with the floors, should be hosed down two or
three times daily, to keep the house as cool and as
moist as possible.
Ventilation is highly essential at all times, especially
in dull or wet weather. When the atmosphere is over-
charged with moisture, the quantity must be governed
by outside conditions. Top ventilation is most satis-
factory, because it allows the heated air to escape, gives
less direct draft on the plants, and does not have the
drying effect produced by side currents.
The temperature during winter should never rise
above 65° F., even with mild sun heat, and may fall to 48°
or 50° at night, or even lower, without iniury; during
summer it must be kept as low as the outside tempera-
ture will admit. Fire heat should be dispensed with as
early as possible in spring.
Odontoglossums do well under pot culture, excepting
a few, such as O. Londesboroiighianum and O. coro-
nariiim. with long creeping rhizomes; O. eitrosnnim,
whicli liMs ]H'ii.lul..ns flower-scapes, and some of the
smaili'i- [.'lowing' s|i.cies, such as the O. Sossi section,
which iirc iiii.ic- .M-ily cared for under basket culture.
Repotting' shcul.l be attended to in October and No-
vember, never during the summer months. Chopped
fibrous peat, live sphagnum and clean decayed leaves
in equal quantity, well mixed together, afford a very
satisfactory compost. About one-half of the pot space
should be devoted to drainage of charcoal or broken
potsherds. The plants should be firmly potted, leaving
the surface slightly convex, thus elevating the base of
the plant a little above the rim of the pot when finished.
The O. crispum section, which includes O. Coradinei,
O. gloriosum, O. cirrhostim, O. liiteo-purpureiim, O.
Pescatorei, and kindred species, require an abundance
■of water at all seasons ; in fact, the compost should
never dry out, and iudicious light overhead syringing
once a day is beneficial in bright weather, but on very
warm days it should be applied in the evening, at the
same time allowing free ventilation to ensure good
atmospheric action. Weak liquid cow manure during
the flowering period is also of assistance.
Species of the O. grande section do not require as
much water at the roots as the O. erispwm type ; the
compost should be allowed to dry out frequently. They
are also benefited by a little sun during winter.
O. citrosmum is an exception to the genus as regards
temperature, and should be grown 10° warmer. It does
very well in the Cattleya department, enjoys a good
supply of water at the roots at all seasons, and may be
easily induced to flower freely by giving it a sunny loca-
tion during winter.
Very few of the species can be satisfactorily propa-
gated by division ; the trade depends principally on
fresh importation.
Among the worst enemies of Odontoglossums are
slugs and the small shell snails. They destroy the ten-
-der flower-scapes, often attacking them even in the leaf
sheath. A piece of cotton wrapped about the base of
the pseudobulb will afford a means of protection, and
many may be caught by distributing bits of apple,
potato, or saucers containing dry bran freely among the
plants. Look them over morning and evening with a
lantern.
For other cultural notes on Odontoglossums. see
Orch. Rev. 4:22. Robei;t M. Grev.
Cool Oilniitoritossiiw.'s.-The management of the tropi-
cal Odc.iit.i-I.'vsuni^ found in high altitudes is one of
the iii"^t cliili.iilt and fascinating problems in orchid
culturr. Nearly all American collections of them have
decriasi-il anil liavf had to be refreshed from the tropics.
The collection of H. H. Hunnewell, at Wellesley, Mass.,
has long been noted, although it has decreased in the
last twelve years. The undersigned has been asked to
give an account of the methods by which F. L. Harris
long maintained this fine collection with perhaps less
decrease than in any other collection in the country.
The great problem, of course, with these plants is to
keep them cool enough in summer. The difliculty will
probably never be wholly solved until the advent of
artificial refrigeration. Shading alone is insuflicient.
The best principle to take advantage of is the coolness
produced by the rapid and excessive evaporation of
ODONTOGLOSSUM
1113
How to produce a great and constant evaporation is,
then, the particular problem, and Mr. Harris' device
was an exceedingly ingenious one. Back of his Odon-
toglossum house he had a brick wall covered with Eng-
lish ivy, and he had water dripping over the whole vine
during hot weather. This gave him an extraordinarily
large evaporating surface.
In general, it may be pointed out that the conventional
water pan gives a relatively small evaporating surface.
A gravel bed yields a far greater evaporating surface.
As an illustration, the undersigned would cite his own
experienc-p at the Buffalo Botanic Garden. There was
ali.mv,. iiiiiit f,.r I'ictoria regia and other tender aquatics,
whi.li wa- 111 ciipied during winter. An attempt was
itiaili' til mill, I iliis space in growing palms. The water
tank was hoank'd over for the palms, but the water
below did not furnish enough atmosphnic- incistiin- for
the palms, and they had to be reni'i\i.l. 'IIk' IkuiIiIc
was that the water in the big tank, b.in^' mliLi Than the
air, actually acted as a condenser, 'rin' m \t wintir the
tank was again boarded over, but the water in the tank
was drawn off and the floor co%-ered with a 6-inch layer
of gravel. The results were entirely satisfactory.
J. F. COWELL.
With Odontoglossums we have had good results the
past season by using what we call the Cookson formula.
recommended by Mr. Norman C. Cookson in the "Orchid
Review" for May, 1899. The formula is as follows:
Three ounces of potassium nitrate and 2 ounces of am-
monium phosphate, dissolved in a 3-gallon jar of soft
water. In watering any orchids when making their
growth, or when flowering, 1 ounce of the solution is
added to each gallon of water used. In the experience
of the writer, the above mixture is the best food met
with for cool orchids. In time it will probably bring
the plants into such a vigorous state that they will be
able to stand our hot summers without so much suffering.
A. J. Newell.
album, 27, 40.
facetum, 9.
na.\-ium, 30.
Alexandra;, 34.
GouviUeanum, 34.
nebiUosum, 36.
Andersonianum.34.
gloriosum, 13.
Nevadense, 21.
Andersoni, 39.
nobile, 33.
apiatum, 34.
grandifloram, 6.
odoratum, 14.
Ashworthianum.34.
gutt.ltum, 34, 36.
Oerstedii, 38.
aspersum, 10, 24.
Hallii, 16.
pardinum, 1.
bellulvm. 18.
Harryanum, 19, 20.
Pescatorei. 33.
pulchellum, 41.
Bluntii.Si."''
Hebraicnm, 10.
punctatum, 40.
brevifolium, 2.
hystrbe, 8.
radiatum, 8.
candidiilum. 36.
Insleayi. 4. 5.
ramosissimum, 29.
castaneum. 15.
Krameri. 37.
Reichenheimn, 17.
Cervantesii. 39.
Iffive, 17.
rosellum, 40.
eirrhosum. 31.
latemacidatum, 14.
citrosmum. 40.
Lehmanini, 34.
Rossii. 43. '
constrictum. l.i.
leopardinum, 5.
Coradinei, 6.
Lindleyanum. 7.
cordatum, 26.
coronarium, 2.
crispatum. 8.
Londesboroughiaii
luteo-purpureuni . .^
- ','.„.,. ,1,4
crispum, 34.
macranthum. 4.
^.■l;IM ,|.TI :l
cristatum. 25.
maciUatnm, 11, 34.
Dawsonianum, 44.
Madreuse, 35.
superbuiu. B.
Triana;, 34.
Da.vauum, 25.
majus, 39, 41, 43.
rte.-nnim. .39.
MarisB, 34.
tripudians. 19.
E.lw.irdi. 45.
maxillare, 35, 36.
triumphans, 23.
Egertoni, 42.
Vcitchianum, 33, 34.
Ehrenberghii.iS.U.
mirandum. 12.
Wallisii, 18.
Synopsis of Sections.
A. Fls . yellow , variously spotted with broun, crimsoH,etc.
Section I. Ground color of the labellum yellow.
Species 1-14
Section II. Ground color of the labellum white,
rarely pale yellow or changing to yellow. Species 15-28
AA. Fls. white^ sometimes shaded with rose or cream,
never uith a bright yellow or greenish yellow
ground color.
Section III. Plants not dwarf: fls. numerous, in
branched panicles much exceeding the Ivs
Species 29-34
1114
ODONTOGLOSSUM
Section IV. Plants manifestly of dwarf habit:
fls. few, in slender racemes, with the scape (and
often the whole inflorescence) shorter than the
Ivs., rarely exceeding them Species 35-44
AAA. Fls. dark purple.
Section V. Fls. numerous, small, in large,
branched panicles Species 45
SECTION I.
A. Labellum reniform, lar-
ger tliini the rest of the
fldwrr 1. Londesboroughianum
A. Lnbellum obloiiij or fin,-
.shaped, shorter than
the .lepals: apex
irgi
■ite.
. Apex rounded or emar-
ginate.
. Sepals sub-rotund 2. brevifolium
. Sepals oblong to lanceo-
late.
. Column with S blunt
auricles 3. grande
4. Schlieperianum
. Column with S cirrhoits
teeth 5. Insleayi
. Apex acute 6. Coradinei
7. Lindleyauum
. Labellum r a rio n a I y
shaped, fimbrintelif
toothed, and having a
14. odoratum
1. Londesborougiiijknuin, Reichb. f. Pseudohulbs
roundish ovate, 1-2-lvd.: raceme 3-6 ft. long, bearinf;
as many as 30 fls.: sepals oblong, uudulati . a[.i.ul:iti';
petals obtuse, apiculate, wider; both li^'lit \ . I1m>. . vv itl,
many abrupt, narrow, concentric Ih-mwh ni.nkuiL'^:
blade of the labellum extending beyoml ih.' s,.|iaN. nv,r
1 in. across, light yellow, with few brown blutcln-s at
base. Autumn. Mex. I. H. 30:497. Un. 16, p. 502.
F.M. 1877:240. -.\ distinct plant resembling an Oncid-
ium. Var. pardlnum, Hort. Lip profusely dotted with
brownish crimsun. Gn. 16, p. 503.
2. brevifdUum, Lindl. (O. corondri urn, Hort.). Plants
with b-atlicrv. ovate-oblong, spreading Ivs. and erect
racenii<, about 1 ft. high, bearing 10-20 fls. •>-2% in. in
diameter: sepals subrotund - unguiculate, undulate:
petals similar, smaller; labellum smallerthan the sepals,
c'uneate-emarginate, yellow in front, marked about the
column with yellow and purple, with a 3-toothed tubercle
on the base. Colombia. I. H. 21:170. G.C. II. 24: 177;
111.18:489; 19:79. G.M. 34:819; 38:127.
3. giinie, Lindl. Baby Orchid. Fig. 1509. Pseudo-
bulbs 2-lvd. : Ivs. broadly lanceolate: scape few-fld., twice
as long as the Ivs.: sepals lanceolate, the lateral ones
keeled, yellow, banded with rich reibli-li IriAn i.it-;
petals oblong, broader, obtuse, subuiMi ' i . I
low; labellum almost rotund, apex sli:,l ' _ i it'\
yellow, banded and spotted with ru-ii ,. ..n. ■!!.■- . nrj.l
with a large-lobed tubercle on the eiaw. .■Viiiumu.
Guatemala. B.M. 3955. P.S. 1:24-26. P.31. 8:49.
Gn. 48, p. 219; 51:1105. G.C. III. 17:41 (abnormal fls.).
—A magnificent species with half-drooping racemes a
foot long, bearing few large, brilliantly colored fls. 5-6
in. in diameter. Fig. 1509 isredrawnfrom"TheGarden."
4. Schlieperiinum, Reichb. f. {O. Insleayi, var. ma-
erdnthum, Lindl). Fls. on erect racemes, pale yellow.
ODONTOGLOSSUM
blotched and barred with deeper yellow mostly on the*
lower half of the segments. Autumn. Costa Rica.
G.C. 1865:1082; II. 25:269. F.S. 17, p. 78. -Resembles,
a small pale O. grande, but flue for summer flowering.
5. Insleayi, Lindl. ( Oncidium Insleayi, Barker) . Lvs.
leathery, oblong, shorter than the raceme : fls. 3K-4 in,
across, yellow, spotted with brown, borne in a stiff,
erect raceme; sepals and petals oblong, undulate, nearly
equal ; labellum shorter, ovate, retuse, sagittate and
tuberculate at base, orange-yellow, spotted with reddish
brown. Oct.-Dec. Mex. F.S. 1:49. Gt. ,39, p. 474.-
Free-flowering. Resembles O. grande. Var. spl^ndens,
Reichb. f. Fls. larger, labellum and segments clouded
with brown, yellow only at the tip. Gn. 25:428. G.C.
11.25:305. \"ar. leopardlnum, Hort. A highly colored
form. Segments pale yellow, heavily barred with chest-
nut-brown. R.B. 14:61.
6. Coradinei, Reichb. f. (O. Lindleyanum, Reichb. f.
and Warsz.x O. crispum, Lindl.). A supposeil natural
hybrid with the habit of O. crispum. Raceme arching,
few-fld. : fls. stellate, 3 in. across, dark sulfur color, with
few chestnut-brown spots; sepals and petals oblong,
acuminate, undulate ; labellum shorter, oblcmgacute,
whitish, with a large oblong red-brown blot.li mar tin-
center and several smaller ones ou tip di-k; .n st
3-toothed on each side. Resembles ('. i ,'>,t,i,i,li<ii,s.
but of more slender growth. Wintir. r,.l,,nil,i;i.
G.C. 1872:1068; 11.24:200; 25:269; III. L':i ::;i:., - \ai\
9up§rbum, Hort. A more robust var. with n.hU r,,lMir,l
lis.: |.aiii.-le much branched, 2 ft. long. Mr\ \;,r.
grandiflorum, Reichb. f. Fls. yellow, bh.trlird an. I -|."i
ted with dark brown, large and handsojue. (_'ulninl>ia.
7. Lindleya.num, Reichb. f. and Warsz. Lvs. linear:
raceme lax: fls. 2-3 in. across, thin; sepals and petals
yellow, blotched and striped with brown; lateral lobes-
of the labellum small, white, with purple spots; middle-
lobe red-brown, tipped with yellow. Spring. Colombia.
— A variable species, supposed to be the parent of many
hybrids.
8. luteo-pnTpilTeum, Lindl. Lvs. ensiform, narrowed
at base: fls. showy, 2-3 in. across, in a robust horizontal
raceme ; sepals ovate-oblong, undulate, brownish purple,
with a yellow margin; petals similar, toothed and spotted
with purple brown ; labellum quadrifld, cordate oroblong,
fimbriate yellow, spotted with purple and rose; crest on
the claw pectinate. Winter and spring. Colombia.
G.C. 11.21:585; 25:140.-Owing to its wide geographical
1509. Odontoglossum grande.
scope, this species is extremely variable. A very mixed
progeny has resulted from the crossing of this with other
species, and the intermixture of the descendants. Var.
radiitum, Hort. (O. radi&tiim. Reichb. f.). Sepals and
petals nariow, yellow, heavily spotted with dark brown;.
ODONTOGLOSSUM
labellum expanded in front.white, shading into a brown-
ish blotch at base. G. C. II. 25:76. Var. crisp^tum,
Reichb. f . Front half of the labellum convolute into deep
folds, fimbriate. G.C. III. 5: 233. Not advertised. Var.
scdptrum, Reichb. f. Sepals creamy yellow, barred and
washed with brown; petals broader-toothed, densely
spotted with brown; labellum whitish. I. H. 18:73; 37:99.
Not advertised. Var. Hystrix, Hort. ( O. ffystrix, Hort. ) .
Labellum much fringed, and crests very spiny.
9. fac6tum, Reichb. f. (0. ffdUii Lindl.x O. luteo-pur-
piireum, Lindl.). Natural hybrid. Sepals lanceolate,
straight, light yellow, with very large cinnamon-colored
blotches; petals lanceolate, straight, finely toothed, with
numerous small spots; labellum almost circular, short,
finely fringed, convolute, undulate, light yellow, with a
semi-circle of radiating keels, some of which are fringed
and in front of which is a horseshoe-shaped spot.
10. Hebriicum, Reichb. f. (O. cristifum, Lindl. x O.
cirrhdsum, Lindl.). Natural hybrid. Fls. 2>i in. across,
borne in a panicle; sepals lanceolate; petals wider, un-
dulate, all prettily marked, lemon-yellow, whitish in the
■center and spotted with red-brown markings suggesting
Hebrew characters ; labellum triangular or oblong,
acuminate, prnse-(lent:ite, darker yellow toward the
base, with :i luri^i' iiianirm blotch and several smaller
ones. Wiiit.r. r..l..nil.i:i. Gn. 21:339. G.C. II. 16:173.
— Var. aspersum, Kolfe. Differs slightly from the type
in its lax racemes of golden yellow fls., blotched with
purple-brown.
11. macul4tum, La Llave. & Lex Pseudobulbs
ovate, 1-lvd. : Ivs. lanceolate, acute, 6-8 in. long: ra-
ceme pendulous, loosely many-fld., longer than the Ivs.:
sepals narrowly linear or lance-oblong, acuminate,
trown ; petals ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, undulate,
yellow, spotted with brown; labellum wide triangular,
acuminate, crisp, yellow, brown-spotted, claw short, 2-
•crested: column white. Mexico. B.M. 6455 (not 4878,
which is O.cordatum, Lindl.). B.R. 26:30.-Fls. freely
in June. Racemes a foot long, with stellate fls. 3 in. in
diameter. Var. splfendens and var. sup^rbum are recom-
mended.
12. mirindum, Reichb. f. Lvs. lanceolate: raceme
stiff, 1-sided: sepals and petals lanceolate-acuminate,
almost wholly red-brown, with yellow margins; label-
lum linear-leincpolutp. similarly marked, and having a
few purple lin.-'i at liasp. callus horned: wings of the
column rhoiiil". ill serrate. Colombia.
13. gloriosum, Linden and Reichb. f. Fls. pallid
ochre, spotted with brown, paniculate; sepals and
petals oblong-ligulate, acuminate; labellum lanceolate-
acuminate, cordate at base, denticulate, about as long
as the petals; claw with a 4-lobed, 4-toothed callus;
column toothed below the middle. Colombia. G.C.
1865:578; II. 24:680.
14. odoratnm, Lindl. Pseudobulbs 2-3 in. long, nar-
rowly ovoid, compressed : lvs. 1 ft. long, narrowly en-
sifor'm : panicle sometimes 2-3 ft. long, copiously
branched and many-fld. : fls. lH-2 in. across, dull
golden yellow, blotched with brownish red; sepals and
petals similar, narrowly lanceolate, acuminate, waved;
labellum hastate, lateral lobes short, rounded; terminal
lobe broadly subulate, narrowed, pubescent, waved;
disk with 2 pairs of longitudinal, obtuse, erect teeth.
Winter and spring. Mexico. B.M. 6502. G.C. II. 15:337.
— Var. latemaculAtum, Andr^. Fls. larger; spots purple-
brown, larger and more intense. July, Aug. I. H. 17:39.
Gt. 37, p. 492. Free-flowering.
SECTION 11.
A. Labellum more or less con-
stricted in the middle, fiddle-
shaped.
B. Column not winged, but having
S projecting horns at the apex. 15. constrictum
BB. Column winged: wings pectinate
or consisting of few decurved
spines 16. Hallii
BBB. Column winged : wings toothed
or entire.
c. Crest obsolete, 5-ridged 17. ISBve
cc. Crest falcate-pectinate 18. Wallisii
ODONTOGLOSSUM 1115
ccc. Crest of radiating keels toothed
or entire 19. tripudians
20. Harryanum
ccoc. Crest a bifid callosity 21 . Nevadense
22. Sanderianum
AA. LabeUmn with an ovate orobloug
blade, often cordate at the bast\
B. Lateral lobes not upright: label-
lum with a toothed crest 23. trlumphans
24. aspersum
25. cristatum
BB. Lfitrrdl lobes on the claw fleshy,
iiprii/hf: labellum with obtuse
cresi or mine 26. cordatum
27. Blctoniense
AAA. Labellum hastate 28. haatilabium
15. constrlctuin, Lindl. Lvs. linear-lanceolate, elon-
gate: panicle long, slender, loosely branched: fls.
1-1/i in.; sepals and petals nearly similar, oblong-
lanceolate, acuminate, bright yellow, blotched with
orange-brown; labellum flddle-shaped, with rounded or
ha rose-colored
1 -flowered, but a
luv-flowered pani-
li.M. 5736.-Var.
'1 petals covering
'sifttrin, narrowed
liiany-li.l. raceme
i pal- aiul petals
ilat.-, Ic.ng-acumi-
■liow, with trans-
:blo
, oft
cles
;ft.
cast4neum, Hort. Sp.t- in -, |,,|
nearly the entire surfa.e. l.ll. :;
16. Hillii, Lindl. Lvs. a f..,,t Lm
at the base: scape 1-2 ft. lonir. w i
of equal length: fls. 3 in. aiT"--
spreading, sub-similar, obloni;-la
ith recurved points, gold
verse bands and spots of yellowish brown; labellum
white, with a blood-red spot on the middle lobe and few
spots on the lateral ones, erose-dentate, mid-lobe emar-
ginate, with a short awn in the sinus, with 2 spinous
crests on the claw. July. Ecuador. B. M. 6237. I. H.
18:58. F.S. 17, p. 81. G.C. 1865:962; 11.25:140.— The
spots on the labellum are sometimes scattered.
17. laeve, Uail.iO. Eelehnih, ■:„■.: T.iivirn & Reichb.
f.). Lvs. 6-10 in. long, oblouL i- . i .. -.pals and
petals oblong-linear, acute, pi:' t i ''lipdwith
cinnamon; labellum smaller, •: ' i , violet on
the upper half. Spring. Guat.inili. i;M r,Ji;5. I.H.
6:213. B.R.30:39.-Plants bear 4-« strict, stout pani-
cles, 3 ft. long, with numerous fls. 2 in. in diameter.
Not much esteemed.
18. Waiisii, Linden & Reichb. f. (0. bdlulum,
Hort.). Lvs. linear-lanceolate: sepals and petals ligu-
late, honey-colored, marked with brown streaks: label-
lum white, with a violaceous anterior part and marked
with similar streaks at the base, with 3-falcate calli on
the base. December. Colombia. I.H. 18:56; 38: 127.—
Elegant, with slender, drooping, mostly unbranched ra-
cemes, bearing few large flowers.
19. tripidians, Reichb. f. and Warsz. Lvs. 7-9 in.
long, linear-lanceolate: raceme stiff, erect, longer tlian
the lvs., 8-10-fld.: fls. 2 in. across, dull yillnw-irreen on
the back; sepals oblong-acute or sulia.niiiiiiate, dark
brown, with yellowish green tips and bases ; petals simi-
lar, with yellowish bands; labellum short, panduriform,
as long as the segments, white, with rose-colored
blotches, with about 10 keels radiating from the disk;
lateral lobes rounded, crenulate ; central lobe subreni-
fomi, erose-dentate. Peru. B.M. 6029. F.M. 1876:208;
1880:407.
Var. Harrytaum, Reichb. f . Sepals and petals almost
blackish inside, tipped with light yellow, with a few
similar marks at the base of the petal : labellum light
yellow, with the base covered with rich mauve purple.
20. Harryintun, Reichb. f . Lvs. about 2, oblong-ligu-
late. obtuse, 0-12 in. long: raceme up to 3 ft. long, bear-
ing 6-12 large fls.: sepals and petals ligulate-oblong,
acute, wavy, brown with irregular, transverse, greenish
vellow markings; the petals project forward; labellum
large, flat, undulate, somewhat panduriform, lower half
white, changing to yellow; upper half brownish marked
with mauve lines and having about 7 serrated crests :
column with 2 verv small toothed wings. Colombia.
Gn. 33:633. G.C. III. 2:169. Same as var. of No. 19
1116
ODONTOGLOSSU.M
21. Nevadfinse, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs ovate, acumi-
nate: Ivs. liuear-Ianceolate, base narrow, keeled: sepals
and petals similar, lanceolate, long-acuminate, dark
brown with a golden margin, outside dark green; limb
of the labellura wide, hastate, deflexed, fimbriate, white-
spotted; apex acute, subincurved, appendage on the
claw bifid. Spring. Colombia. I.H. 17:4.5. Gn. 19, p.
425; 32, p. 589; 39, p. 250. G.C. II. 16:461; 24:201.-
A showy plant, with slender, arching, 6-10-fld. panicles,
and fls. 3-4H in. across.
22. Sanderiinnm, Reichb. f. Resembling O. Neva-
dense. Pis. stellate; sepals and petals lanceolate, acu-
minate, yellow, with numerous chocolate-brown mark-
ings; labellum cuneate, panduriform, apiculate, toothed,
white or pale yellow, with a purple blotch in front:
lateral lobes erect. Early spring. Trop. America. — Free-
flowering.
23. triumphans, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs S-1 in long
Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, \-\M ft. long: scipe archiut,
branched and many-fld., 2-3 ft. long: fls. 3-4 in aero-,-
sepals and petals lance-oblong, subacuminate undulate
yellow, blotched with deep crimson-brov n labellum
ovate, cordate, acute, toothed and undulate white with
a roseate tip; crest of yellow or white tteth March
April. Colombia. I.H. 16:609. G.C. 1867 ilb II
24:205; 25:141; III. 27:213 (var.). R.B. 18 121 (. M
34:89. F. 1877:217.
24. aspdrsum, Reichb. f. (0. maculdtiim Li Lli\e A.
Lex. X O. i?o.ssu, Lindl.). Natural hybrid. L\ > oblong
acute: raceme few-fld. : sepals ligulate, a( uti keeled
pale yellow, mottled with numerous brown bl( tthe'.
petals oblong, acute, much broader, similar in color,
labellura with a cordate, acute blade wholh whitish
callus, toothed, yellow, with brown lines pubescent
Feb., March. — Free-flowering.
25. criBtJltum, Lindl. Lvs. linear-lanceolite a littlt
shorter than the many-fld. scape: sepal; and i i I
lanceolate-sicuminate, yellow, spotted with brown I l
lum oblong-lanceolate, white; apex and margin bi
with purple stria?, with a digitate crest on the li
■ wings of the column siMiii-uvate or subquadratp 1
I.H. 17:21.-Var. Day4num, H.ichb. This is c I
like the type, but tin- li|i is rhomboid, apiculate
rate, and the ti-elli nf the crests on Hit lal 1 1
cross each other like the bristles on the nearK I
leaf of Diomea mttscipula.
26. cOTd&tum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs oblong, 1 Ivd hs ,
oblong, acute, 6-8 m. long: fls. large and hands iim
with the sepals and petals yellowish green n(hI^
blotched with brown; labellum cordate, acuminate
subcrenate, white, with a purplish crest at base and
spotted with brown on the limb; sepals lance linear
acuminate; petaLs broader and longer, undulate Mexico
B.M. 4878 (asO. mnc«io^lem). I.H. 26:355. PM H 147
Gn. 27:475. F.C. 3: 100. -Stem 2-3 feet high few or
many-flowered.
27. BictonifinBe, Lindl. Pseudnbnlix; ni.i i •! in
long, 2-3-lvd.: Ivs. 1 ft. Ion;;, .i.ii -n I u
spreading: raceme 3 ft. long: rt> 1 I Us
and petals subequal, linear-lani-i I I II »
blotched with brown; claw of tin I ,i . I m I t
blade cordate, acuminate, undulate, wliitt r i st ite
Autumn. Guatemala. B.M. 3812 (as Zyqnpetahim
A fihannm). — 'Th\s was the first Odontoglos sum to reach
England in a living state. It is free-flowering but not
as good as plants subsequently introduced. Var Alburn,
Hort. Like the type, but labellum pure white instead of
wine red; sepals and petals brown. I.H. 19 91
Var. 8T)16ndenB, Ch. Lem. Labellum rose lilac other
seg-nents spotted. Seems to be like thetypt with more
pronounced color. I.H. 12:449.
28. hastilibium, Lindl. Lvs. linear-oblong scipe
1 M-2 ft. : bracts long, deciduous : fls. numerous largi
handsome, varied with pale green, purple and white
fragrant; .sepals and petals spreading, lanceol ite ^er\
acuminate, pale green, with transverse pui] k d( ts and
lines; labellum large, the lateral lobes forming 2 horns
at base, the central one with a purple, crested claw and
nrbiciilar-ovate. white, acute blade : column slender
V i;iged. purple. Summer. Colombia. B.M 4272
ODONTOGLOSSUM
A. Column without wings 29. TamoBisBiinam
AA. Column with 2 spreading awns. 30. naevium
31. cirrhosum
AAA. Column pUtricirrhose : seg-
wKii'.s- lanceolate 32. Ruckerianum
AAAA. Column with fimbriate or
toothed wings; segments ovate
or rhomboid ' 33. nobile
34. crispum
29. ramosisBimum, Lindl. Lvs. linear-oblong, acute,
1 ft. long: panicle much branched and many-fld., 2 ft.
long; fls. 2 in. across, white, spotted with pale purple
or violet ; sepals and petals very undulate, narrowly
ligulate, the latter wider ; labellum rhomboid, acumi-
nate, cordate at base, crested, tomentose. March, Apr.
Col-T-Ma 'H III 29-77 IH 40-170 (-ir coeWste,
Linden & Rod ) - \ distinct and beiutiful pi lut whose
fls ha^c been likcmd to Urge spidtis
'I mi I nil. &, Pi\t I'suidobiilbs obic ng
1 1 tc panicle erect arching nnuh
1 numirous star shaped fls si pals
^ nirrowlv lanceolate bcautifiilU
^lllte profusel) spotted with rose
1 urj I I t iluiii shaped nc irh like the petals slmrK r
and broidcr with 2 large crests on the ^ellow base
Ma\ hini ( cdombia F S 6 594 (. M il i •! -
CloseK allud to O iinhosuii
31 cirrhbBum I indl P . i I I 1 i,
pressed 2-t in long l\s 4
lcatlier\ pani< h often c\ i r
dined fls t in across sii
son or blown base of the 1
lines at the sidi s sepals i
long cur\ed points petal
the length of the petals will I
a narrow acuminate middle I i \| 1 1 r
Peru BM 6J17 IH 25 301 Gt 41 1 !•> i Gn I, p
401, 16, p 19 GC II 5 501,503, 9 181 25 12 F M.
ODONTOGLOSSUM
1876:222. — This species sometimes produces stout few-
fld. stems, which should be cut to save the vigor of the
plant.
X2. Euckerianum, Reichb. f. Related to O. crispiim :
sepals and petals lanceolate, acute, creamy white,
bordered with violet and spotted with brown, waved;
labellum rather narrow, oblong, angular-lobed on each
side of the base, yellow at base, with few che.stnut-
hrown blotches ; callus rhomboid serrate. Colombia.
G.C. 1873:105 ; II. 24:204, 748 (var. insigne). J.H. III.
30:455 (var. splendens).
ODONTOGLOSSUM
^Wsi^V" „.^a.ii'
1511. Habit sketch of Odontoelossum cnspum.
.•!3. ndbile, Reichb. f. (O. Pescaforci, Linden). Pseu-
dobulbs ovate, bearing two strap-shaped Ivs. : panicle
2-3 ft. long, diffuse, bearing numerous white, membra-
naceous fls. slightly tinged with rose : sepals o-ate-
oblong, slightly undulate ; petals similar hut much
wider; lahellniii cordafp-.'hloni.'. pinMlnr;iti-. with a yel-
low flmbri;it.. rr.-t -Aud :i fnv n.. |..iv,i -^ii.its.
Spring. ('..l"iiil'i;i. I'-S. li;:l'.l'l. J II L'.-lii,. I'm.
21:.330. G.r. II. L'1:-'1J; lll.:;ji.v. .::-''"', _';, .;;i. a.f.
5:183.-A till.- sl..vi.- l.r.i.lu.-in- liun.m.u- Lii-.', i-r.-ct
panicles. Var. Veitchianum, Keichb. f. Like the type,
but the parts of the flower have large, crimson-purple
spots. Gn. 20:4,52.
34. crispum, Lindl. {O. Bbinlii, Reichh. f. O. AUx-
10 and 1511. Pseudobulbs
3 in. long: Ivs. linear. 1 ft.
rt, but attaining a length of '.
^yhite,
hit.-. .,11. n iiTiaul.itc: |i,r:.N ..\:.i.' t. . ili..Tiili..i.l. toothed
.■II,. I uii.luli.ii' ill-]. : I'll" lluTii .ili|..ii--..\ati'. fringed
with ti-i-ih. " :■• - ■.'"! -■'■'-!■ 11- :.!■.■ pruiluced at any
season of il;. ' '<■ ' ■■'''■< ' 1 --. Ui:l(152. Gn. 4, p.
241; 20:-J:iI ' - -' m. p. 59G; 46, p. 149;
.53, p. 2:17. II . . i .J.H. III. 34:499.
G.C. III. -M ::;'■:. -'; J.: : M-, ;:•" : -',". :C7, 179, 187. A.F.
13:34. F.E. ;i:.C7.-As was stated in the introduction.
this species has probably more than a hundred named
varieties. Many besides tho.se cited have been figured
in horticultural and botanical works. Very few varie-
ties are found in American trade lists, but some of the
most distinct are given below:
Var. Andersonianum, Hort. (O. Aiiclersotiidniiui,
Reichb. f. I. Fls. creamy white, with broad, longitudinal
b.ands of cinnamon. F.M. 1872:45. G.C. II. 24:680, 681 ;
III. 17:739. — Listed in America.
Var. apiitum, Ballantyne. Fls. very large; sepals
and petals laciniate on the edges, white, with rich choco-
late-brown blotches. G.C. III. 15:375.
Var. Ashworthianum, J. O'Brien. Fls. almost entirely
rose-purple, with white margins iind a few white marks
on the sepals and petals. G.C. III. 19:197.
Var. Gouvilleinum, Ed. Andr^. Fls. large, white;
petals irregularly toothed, with few small crimson
blotches; sepals heavily blotched. R.H. 1888:132.
Var. guttatum, Hort. (O. AUrdndra;. var. (/uttalum.
Hook.). Sepals linear-oblong, with several pale purple
blotches; petals broader, similarly spotted; labellum
oblong-quadrate, contracted in the middle, spotted with
rge
patch on the di:
B.M.
Var. L6hinaimii, Hort. Labellum broadly ovate, bright
ruby red, broadly edged with white; crest yellow:
sepals and petals tinged with rose, with tew red spots.
G.C. III. 24: 147. -In American trade.
Var, maculatum. H..rt. FI.*. whit.-. sp..tt.-.l with ymr-
G.C. IIi'.'k.'iVi.s.'' "'
Var. Mariae, K.l. An.li.-. IN. pur.- whit,-, .->:.■. pt :. few
red spots on the baNe of the sepals. l.H. 25:325.
Var. Schroederi, Hort. Fls. with 1 or 2 large and sev-
eral small, brownish red spots on the white segments.
Advertised in America.
Var. Trianse, Hort. (O. Alexandroe, var. Triana,
Hook.). Dorsal sepals with a single roseate spot; lateral
sepals suffused and spotted with rose ; petals pure white ;
labellum with a large 2-lobed spot. B.M. 5691.
Var. VeitcM4num, Hort. Sepals ovate, undulate,
white with several brownish crimson spots; petals
broader, color like the sepals but mostly in one large
central blotch ; margins undulate and toothed. G.C. III..
1:799. F. 1884:177.
A. Sepnis and petals similarlij
B. Column without whigs.
c. Pseudobulbs compressed and
edged.
D. Labellum white or colored like
the petals...
DD. Labellum fioi
CO. Pseudobulbs
BB. Coluilill irilh
.35. Madrense
3(i. nebulosum
.37. Krameri
.38. Oerstedii
.39. Cervantesii
.41). citrosmum
.41. pulchellum
42. Egertoni
35. Madrense, Reichb. f. (O. maxill&re. Hook.).
Pseudobulbs long-ovoid: Ivs. strap-shaped, 10 in. long:
fls. 2H in. across, 4-10 in a raceme; sepals and petals
lanceolate, keeled, white, with a purple blotch at the
base; labellum shorter than the sepals, the lateral lobes
forming 2 acute recurved appendages on the claw, mid-
1512 Odontoelossum C
die lobe trowel shaped white with 1 yellow base and
an orange blotch bummer Me-«ico B M 6144 I H.
30 480 F M 1875 158 Gn 10 r M3 G C II 25 116
(seed pod) G M 39 117
1118
ODONTOGLOSSUM
36. nebuldsum, Lindl. (O. mariUch-e, Lindl.). Pseu-
dobulbs 2-3-1 vd. : Ivs. oblong, acute, 9 in. long; scape
about as long as the Ivs., 5-6-fld. ; fls. 3 in. across, pure
white, with the bases of all the parts profusely spotted
with brown; sepals membranaceous, oblong; petals simi-
lar but wider, all pubescent at the base; labellura with
2 large, erect lubes uu the yellow claw ; limb ovate,
a^ute, (i.iitatr. |Mil.,-i.-ent. Mexico, at an elevation of
n.OOil It. I. II, .i.'Hii. G.C. 1867:572 and II. 25:597.
Not B..M. lilll. vJinli is O. Madrense. — V&T. candidu-
lim, K.i.lil.. f. Si ]jals and petals pure white, with a
brown blotch and a few spots on the la-
billum. G. C. 1867:710; II. 25:596. Var.
gattituDj, Reichb. f. Sepals and petals
spotted to above the middle. I.H. 31:524.
37. Krimeri, Kr-ichb, f. Pseudobulbs
subrotiiii.l. c'.iiri|in~si-(l and sharply 2-
edged. I Iv.l.: Ivs. ,-11 in. long, lJ^-2 In.
broad, k.ilcd: .scapi- 4-8 in. long, inclined
pen
ameter; sepals and petals subequal, ob-
long-acute, pale violet-red in the center,
with broad white margins; labellum with
a stout yellow excavated claw bearing ;;
•erect calli ; middle lobe subquadrate, 2-
lobed, pale violet, with white and brown
streaks at base. Costa Rica and Mexico.
B.M. .5778. I.H. 32 .56
G.C. 1868:98; II. 25:756,
38. O^rstedii, Reichb.
Ivs. linear-oblong,
4-5 in. long, nar-
rowed to a petiole:
raceme sub -erect,
few-ad.: fls. IK in.
across, white, with
the base of the la-
bellum golden yel-
low; sepals and petals broadly
oblong, the latter narrowed to
a short claw; labellum
lateral lobes small, auriculate;
middle lobe suborbicular, plane,
deeply bifid. Feb.-May. Costa
Rica. B.M. 6820. Gn. 26:4,54.
G.C. U. 7:811; 25:757; III.
19:77.
39. Ceryintesii, La Llave &
Lex.(0. membranAceum, Lindl).
Pseudobulbs u.sually 4-angled,
2 in. long, bearing a single
oblong leaf 4-6 in. long: scape
sheathed with large bracts,
bearing 2-6 membranaceous fls. :
!in.
ODONTOGLOSSUM
Var. fUbum, Veitch. Fls. white, except the yellow
claw of the labellum. Gn. 24:413. Var. ros«lum, Le-
maire. Fls. rose-colored, except the yellow claw of the
labellum. I.H. 2:,59. Var. rdseum, Veitch. Blade of
the labellum deep rose. Var. punctitum, Veitch. Fls.
pale rose; sepals and petals spotted with purple. A ■
variety called maximum is also advertised.
41. pulchfillum, Batem. Pseudobulbs oblong, com-
pressed, 2-lvd. : Ivs. grass-like, rather stiff or rigid,
9-12 in. long: scape weak, 6-7-fld. : fls. white, except the
yellow crest of the labellum; sepals ovate, acute ; petals
obovate, acute, somewhat
undulate; lateral lobes of
the labellum triangular,
middle lobe oblong, sub-
/ quadrate, apex recurved ;
column very short, with 3
fimbriate wings. Spring.
Guatemala. B. M. 4104.
B.R.27:48. — Easily grown,
and never fails to blos-
som. The flower-spikes
suggest the lily-of-the-val-
ley. Fragrant. Var. mS.juB,
Hort. More robust than
the Upe, with larger fls.
Var. grandifldrum is
liste.I.
42. figertoni, Lindl. Like
half 1
large:
transverse streaks of red near
the bases of the segments; se-
pals broadly lanceolate to ob-
long; petals ovate-rotund; la-
bellum with a yellow claw; lat-
eral lobes small; middle 'lobe
large, broadly cordate. Fls.
produced in winter, very fra-
grant and lasting several weeks.
Mex. B.M. 4923. B.R. 31:36;
32:34. I.H. 1:12. P.M. 12:193.
Gn. 19, p. 333; ,32, p. 323. G.C.
II. 15:753. F. 1881, p. 43.-Var.
m4ius, Hort. Fls. larger, with brighter spots. I.
25:313. Var. decorum, Hort. Fig. 1512. Pis. large,
spotted inside and outside with bright red. I.H. 36:90.
Gn. 32:617. J. H. HI. 30:423. P.M. 1877:254. Var. An-
•dersoni, Hort. Fls. white ; base of the sepals and petals
barred with reddish brown ; labellum bordered with
spots of the same color. Mexico.
40. citr6smuin, Lindl. Fig. 1513. Pseudobulbs subro-
tund, compressed, smooth, 1-lvd.: Ivs. oblong, obtuse,
thick, somewhat shorter than the raceme: scape pen-
dent, 8-12-fld. : fls. large and full in outline, 3 in. across,
white to rose, with a violet labellum; sepals and petals
oblong, obtuse; labellum unguiculate, reniform. Mav,
June. Guatemala. P. R. 29:3. R.B. 21:265. F.S. 6:633.
lab, lIuTii aciitf. not aln
truncate, excavated at
the base and with 2 teeth
inflexed over the excava-
tion. Guatemala.-This is
probably only a form of O. pulchellum.
43. BdBsii, Lindl. Pseudobulbs small, much com-
ressed, 1-lvd.: Ivs. about 6 In. long: raceme about as
ong as the Ivs., 2-5-fld. : fls. 2-3 in. in diameter; sepals
lanceolate, acuminate, cream-colored to greenish yellow,
with short bars of dark brown; petals white, witli a few
brown spots at base, oblong, obtuse, revoluie; labellura
round-ovate, emarginate, undulate, pure white, except
the yellow claw. Winter. Mex. F.C. 3:129. B.R.
2."i:4S. B. 5:222. Gn. 19, p. 306; 28:507. F.S. 20:2110.-
This is an extremely variable species, and probably in-
chidis the forms cultivated as O. Ehrenbergii and O.
Jhiirsfiiiiumtm, which are united with this species by
some authors. The name majns has been applied to
sever;d varieties. Probablv I.H. 1:30 (as O. Ehren-
bei-fiii) and F.S. 8:846 (as O.Ehrenheryii = 0. aptcrum,
Kewensis) also belong here.
Var. rubfiscens, C'arr. (O. Jiossii iiiajiis riiheseois,
Hort.). Fls. large; petals clear rose, with dark brown
spots at the base. R.H. 1886:492. Gn. 28:507; 39, p.
345. G.C. II. 21:.345.
44. Dawsoniftnnm, Rficlih. f. (O. Ehrcvheraii. 'Hiyrt.,
45. fdwardi, Reichb. f . Lvs. 2 ft. long, strap-shaped :
panicle suberect, curved, 2 ft. long, the rachis bearing
many horizontal branch( s covered with many rather
small dark purple flowers : sepals and petals oblong
to ovate-obtuse, reflexed and wavy; labellura tongue-
shaped, obscurely lobed, with a prominent yellow lobu-
late callus on the disk. Spring. Ecuador. B.M. 6771.—
A distinct plant, easily cultivated.
Supplementary list of synonyms and imperfectly known
kinds: (>. Anioltliinntm. — O. biaudum, Reichh. f. Sepals and
petals ciuie:ite-I;ni,'e(tl:ite, a^'iimiiiEite, pale yellowish white,
spotted with eriiiison-brown: labellum ovate, acuminate,
crisp. Resemliling O. na^veiun, with the labellum much
broader. Winter and spring. Coloml)ia. Fls. in a nodding
raceme, creamy white, spotted with reddish purple; labeUxun
white, spotted like the petals and stained with yellow at the
base.— O. Vawidnum. Perhaps a misprint for Dawsonianum
One of the Evening Primroses— CEnother,
ODONTOGLOSSL'M
— ' ^ Linden
A 1 Keu-hb f
-Ml , k.i.hb f =
perttuui —n Warm n Limll =<)iu idunn W .irncu —O Warsce
-wiczu. Reichl) f =Miltonia Endresii —O Weltom, Hort =Mil
tonia W.irsiewitzn Heinkich Hasselbring.
(EC6CLADES. See under Dendrophijlax.
(ENOTHfiRA I siiid to be Greek for wine-scenting; in
allusic.n t(i tlie :un-ient use of the roots;. Onagrdcew.
EvEN-iNG FniMK<isE. Herbs, or sometimes slirubby at
the base, with alternate simple or pinnatiseet leaves and
mostly showy fls., which are yellow, white or rose-color:
calyx with a tube prolonged beyond the angled or cylin-
drical ovary, with 4 usually strongly reflexed lobes;
petals 4, mostly obovate or spatulate; stamens 8, with
narrow mostly versatile anthers: fruit a 4-valved locu-
licidal capsule. The (Enotheras are mostly dry-soil
plants and are chietiy North American. Some of them
are South American, and Bentham & Hooker admit one
plant which grows in Tasmania. The genus is poly-
morphous, and there is consequently great difference of
opinion as to generic bounds. What is commonly re-
garded as one genus is broken up into ten or a dozen
genera by some authors. These minor genera are here
treated as subgenera, for the group is fairly homoge-
neous from the horticultural point of view, and an en-
tirely new set of names in several strange genera could
scarcely be forced on the trade. The Godetia section
c >ntains some excellent tiower-garden plants, and some
of the true CEnotheras make glowing displays of yellow
in the border; but the greater number of the species
are of only secondary importance to the cultivator.
Amongst the best of the border-plant species are (E.
frittico:>a, var. Youngii, (E. giavca, var. Eraseri, CE.
ciespilosri, IE. Missouriensis, (E. speciosa. For a
botanical revision of the North American snecies, see
Sereno Watson, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts &"Sci. 8:573
(May 13, 1873). L. g. B.
There is nothing special to say about the culture of
CEnotheras except to note the tender kinds and the bi-
ennials All do well m ordinary garden scil eniijmg
sunshine Theyaie easily raised from see K an 1 cut
tings (E (iiniilf. erimia (properly (A i i / it ) are
low growing biennials which do well treated is anniiils
They \mI1 not endure the winter (E il/i^s jiuk iisis is
a splendid trailer with enormous j ellow Sowers and
setd \essels It is quite hard\ and a hne rock gxrden
plant (E biennis the common Eyening Primrose is
rather weedy, and onh fat for the wilder parts of the
garden (E biennis var qramJifloui is a l)etter form
iE rniticosa and CE Frnseii are two of our best
border kinds, with stiff branching stems CF li lernis
is a pretty little syenes f ti n n it ii ili7( I 1 it well
worth growing ( 1 11 "\1 \ I 1
but makes a ptett\ ] 1 1 | 7
Is a ver> fine spec i | 1 11 1
giound stems as t 1 i It II
T D Hatfield
CEncthera is represented in Colorado bv a diversity
of specifac forms which have been s _ip^ te 1 ii t n
tewfr thm six gelien Of these I 1 11 ]
mil (E ill I il Piiisli bem.; ii
t n Ot the p.. , mill (F
CENOTHERA
1119
\ f
(E t> t h I iij I 1 /
duce s me j I mts tl
includes two f .ri I |
belonging to the wtsti r? 1 [ t tl
and agreeing with Bntton &, Brow i
illus
but (
black The (E brmliiiinipu rf th i 1 |
c illed b\ botanists and collectors h is Mowers 4 t t
m h s 1 r a i capsule V'i to 2 inches Irng(') broadly
win_cd s ( is larger than of an\ other species of angu
lar form, light brown. Foliage' resembling that of (E.
2Iisxiiiirieiixi.i and seems to be most nearly related to
71
the latter species. The western type seems not to be in
the trade.
As to culture, most sorts seem to prefer a porous soil
with a rather large proportion of sand, an ideal soil
consisting largely of decomposed granite with some
vegetable matter. They seem to be quite adaptive, and
(E. brachycarpa, Missouriensis, etc., are found some-
times in stiif clay soil. An abundance of sunshine is
natural to most sorts. q jj Andrews.
purpu
,22.
biennis, 5. Lamarckiana,
bifrong, 20. Lindleyi, 20. rosea, 16.
bistorta, 2. linearis. 12. roseo-alba, 20.
brachycarpa. 19. macrocarpa, 9. rubicunda, 20.
Cffispitosa, 18. major, 11. serruUta. i.
Californica, 8. marginata, 18. speciosa, 14.
cheiranthifolia, 3. Mexican Primrose, taraxacifotia 17
(Jhildsii, 15. 15. tetraptera, 15.
Dmmmondi, 6. Missouriensis, 9. Veitchiana 2.
eximia.li. Nivertiana, 20. vi7wsa,20.
Fraseri, 10. ovata, 1. Wliitiieyi, 21.
fruticosa, 11. pinnatifida, 7. Youngii, 11.
A. Stigma capitate or disk-like, entire
B. Calyx-tube filiform I. Taraxia, below.
BB. Calyx-tube short, obeonic or funnelform.
II. Spii«rostigsia, below.
aa. stigma deeply 4-cleft oral least 4-toothed.
B. Stamens of equal length.
c. Calyx-tube shorter than the ovary
III. Meriolix, p. 1120
cc. Calyx-tube usually much exceeding the
ovary.
D. Seeds angled, horizontal in the pod
IV. Onagra, p. 1120
DD. Seeds not angled, ascending.
E. Fls. yellow, erect in bud: seeds in S
rows in each locule V. CEnothera, p. 1120
EE. Fls. white or pink, drooping in Intd:
sieds in 1 row VI. Anogra, p. 1120
BB. Stamens of unequal length.
C.AiiHiers rersatile.
T> PI ,„t r'nil'--nt (with stem).
1^1 I VII. Megapterium, p. 1120
Ff s ' I'd VIII. Kneiffia, p. 1120
EL J' /6 il I J ik or reddish
IX. Hartmannia, p. 1121
DD Plant stemless.
E Capsule uith wrinkled wing-angles
X. Pachylophcs, p. 1121
EE Capsule uith plane or entire wing-an-
gles XI. Lavauxia, p. 1121
I c Antheis attached at base, erect or nearly
SI XII. Godetia, p. 1121
I "si pn s Taraxia. Stemless, usually perennial :
ipitate : calyx-tube filiform: capsule
tnoii to ovate, usually not winged: fls.
1 ovita Nutt Perennial, slightly pubescent: Ivs.
ovate to lance oblong, 8 in. or less long, acute, serru-
late calyx tube sometimes 4 in. long, the petals less
tl in 1 111 1 ng and yellow: fl.-bud erect: capsule Kin.
I I SpiisEOSTiGMA. Stem-bearing: stigma
calyx-tube short, inversely conic or fun-
lapsule sessile, linear, not winged: fls.
^ histdrta Nutt One to 2 ft., the base decumbent,
hiii\ 1 1 } il escent: radical Ivs. spatulate to lanceo-
1 It 1 1 I tl late, dentate: stem ivs. mostly sessile-
r I 1 w lanceolate and about 1 in. long, dentate:
1 11 ining green, the petals (about H in. long)
II 1 brown spot at the base: calyx-tube 1-3
r I ] ule % in. or less long, 4-angled, con-
toiic 1 's C iht
\ ar Veitchiina, Hook. More slender: radical Ivs.
narrow oblanceolate and long-petioled : capsule longer
and narrower (1-1!^ in. long) and little contorted.
S. Calif. B.M. 5078.
1120
CENOTHERA
3. cheiranthifdlia, Horneni. Stems decumbent or as-
cending, 2 ft. or more tall, cauescent: Ivs. thick, about
1-2 in. long, broad-ovate to lanceolate or the lower ones
spatulate, the upper ones becoming sessile, most of
them entire: petals yellow, M-H in. long: capsule %
in. or less long, curved, somewhat hairy. Calif. B.B.
12:1040.
III. Subgenus Meriolix. Stem-bearing: stigma disk-
like but 4-toothed: calyx-tube shorter than the
orin-if, enlarging upward: capsule linear or
Hill rig cglindrical, sessile: fls. yellow, axillarg.
4. serrulata, Nutt. Slender, simple or branched,
about 1 ft. high but variable in stature, nearly glabrous
to cauescent: Ivs. linear to lanceolate,
1-3 in. long, usually acute, attenuate to
the base, sharply dentate : petals broad-
obovate, $4 in. long, wavy-margined.
Minn., west and south. Biennial or
perennial. Mn. 7:41.
IV. Subgenus Onagba. Stem-bear-
inq : stinmii 4-i'hft : nttgx-tuht
1,1,1
siile
.,-■ , /.- TUIK KxE.NJN.iPKIM-
.".. biennis, Linn. Common Evening
l'HiMit..sK. FifT. 1514. Tall, .strong,
simple or liranching biennial (often
4-5 it.), closely pubescent or some-
what hairy: Ivs. lanceolate to oblong
to ovate-lanceolate, often 6 in. long,
tributed, and nov
the Old World. Gn. 26, p. 480. -The
fls. open suddenly at nightfall. It is a
weedy plant and has little to recom-
mend it to cultivation, although it is
offer
the
thickened roots ;ire mintioned as an
edible vegetable, to be used after the
manner of salsify or vegetable oyster.
The root should be eaten, according to
Vilmorin, "at the end of the first year
of its growth."
Var. grandifldra, Lindl. {CE. La-
marckiaiia. Ser. ). Fls. much larger,
the petals 1-2 J^ in. long. Very showy
when the fls. open. Commoner west-
ward. B.M. 2008. B.R. 19:1004. Gn.
'. Subgenus CEnothera. Stem - bearing : stigma
deeply 4-cl,ft: rnl;i.r-t,ihe very long and filiform
(,r liiiii,,-: r„:,s„!r ,,„ rrnip-cylindric, obtusely
-l-„i,,)i. ,1. Kieds in 2 rorrs in each
6. Driimmondii, II I i- I"!.". One tn 2 ft., from
I obi
Perhaps biennial,
VI. Subgenus Anoora. Stem-bearing: stigma deeply
4-cleft: f(rl,fr-f,rhf t'lmttjated and enlarging up-
„;,r,ls: i:,'/..,,!, ,.i,l..„„ „r linear: fls. 'white or
7. albicaaiis, I'ur^h •(K. /,l„iiaf!fida, Nutt.). Low
(I ft. or I'-sv i,-ii| . , .1, ni~ wliiTi- all'! ^hre'My, the branches
a-i-.-iMlin-, -li-lill\ |iiil..-.-,jit ,,r v|,iirvfly hairy: ivs.
l.iiMi ..lair, .iLlaiMa.ilat. .ii' I; ,-,il il, iiig in Outline,
cl...j,l% |,iiiiiaiiii.l i.r -..iji.' .ri 111.- larsrer ones only
CENOTHERA
fls. large (3 in. or less across), diurnal, white and fading
to rose, the petals obcordate. Prairies, west. B.R.
14:1142 (as (E. pallida).
8. Califamica, Wats. ((E.albicaiilis,\a.T. Calitdmica,
Wats.). Smaller and hoary-pubescent or villous, the
stems only 3 or 4 in. long: Ivs. narrow-ohlanceolate and
acuminate, usually stalked, tooTbcd „y pinnatitid: fls.
often larger, fragrant, the petals I.ilail. Central and
southern Calif.
VII. Subgenus Megapteriu.m. si, ,„i„ ,ir',,iq: stigma
4-cleft: calyx-tube i; ,-,i In,.,, „„,l ..hiuler, en-
larging at the til]): ,-,,i,.-.„l. ,; ,-ii hn/ad and
strongly 4-winged: lis. if, lh,,r , sh,,,vy.
9. MisBOoriiiiBis, Sims ((£■. marrocdrpa. Pursh).
Low, with a hard base, the ascending stems usually not
over 1 ft. long, usually pubescent: Ivs. thick, varying
from oval to linear to narrow-lanceolate, 5 in. or less
long, acuminate, narrowed to a petiole, entire or re-
motely denticulate: petals 1-2^^ in. long, very broad,
yellow: capsule 2-3 in. long and nearly as wide, broad-
winged. Mo. and Neb. to Tex. B.M. 1592. Gn. 26, p.
480. R.H. 1857, p. 598.
VIII. Subgenus Kneiffia. Stem -bearing : stigma
deeply 4-lobed: calyx-tube very slender, some-
what dilated at the top: capsule rather small,
chih-shnped. 4-angled or narrowly 4-wiiiged:
fls. ytUow, diurnal.
A. rUnit more or less glaucous, glabrous.
tO. glaica, Alichx. Erect perennial, 2-3 ft. : Ivs. ovate
to ovate-oblong, 4 in. or less long, a«ute or somewhat
obtuse, sessile, remotely denticulate : fls. large, in short
leafy clusters, the calyx tube about % in. long; petals
an inch long, more or less emarginate: capsule oblong,
broad winged, short-stalked. Va., Kv., and south. B.M.
li;(ii;.-V;ir. Friseri, Torr. &Gray {IE. FrAseri, Pursh),
N a t.iini with ovate-lanceolate often slightly petioled
s. B.M. 1674.
iXV^).
AA. Plant not glaucous, usually hairy or pubescent.
11. fmticdsa, Linn. Sundrops. Piriniiial ("r v,.nir-
times biennial), erect and more or h-- luaiahx. tatlur
stout, 1-3 St. high, the terete usually r. .i.h-li -i, ms
somewhat villous: Ivs. ovate to narr<pH Ian... .lai., :: in.
or less long, firm, usually acute, reiii^.tuly dtuticulate
or entire, mostly sessile: fls. 1^-2 in. across and showy,
in an elongating cluster, with linear bracts: capsule
oblong to obovate, short-stalked or sessile, strongly-
winged. Dry soil, Nova Scotia, south and west. B.M.
KNOTHEKA
\'ar. Yoangii (
nnieb branched and somewhat decuuilicnt at liasc. Ex-
cellent. Var. mijor, Hort., is a strong-growing tiorifer-
ous form, forming a dense bush-like specimen.
12. linearis, Michx. ((£■. frufinmi, var. linearis,Wa.ts'.
IL'. riii''ii-iit. Nutt. ). Usually lower and more slender:
Ivs. liiii-ar til narrow-lanceolate: capsule mostly less
broadly winged, clavate. Conn., south. Gn. 26, p. 481.
l'{. piimila, Linn. Slender, erect biennial: Ivs, ob-
lanceolate or obloiii.', usually ,:.'labrciu.s, entire, the radi-
cal spatulate: lis. an in.li "I- Ic-- across in a loose, leafy
spike or raceme, tin- .mIn \ luh. -Imrter than the ovary,
the petals obcordair: .aii^iil.' mcistly clavate, short-
stalked or sessile. Nova !Si.aitia, south.
fls. white, pi.
1. Phnit
it in- rillniis, usually erect, or nl Ir.ixl
l>rot,iiiti Htlij ascending.
14 specidsa, N'utt Perennial, with a rootstock erect
r ascending branches, 2 ft or less high, canescent
I s linear to lance oblong, 4 in or less long, remoteh
r smuatel^ dentate, or the lower ones pinnatifad it
?nuate at base calyx tube as long as the ovary, pet
Is large, obcordate, white capsule K-54 m long.
Mo W
: M ^189
15 tetrAptera, Cav
)re brt idl> w ingi d i
Us tube shoiter thai
se Teias s, utli
( ir,n,1, r 11 It
mi ItMsl X 1 1 I
the Kill \\
duie sied Hi the \ rtli 1 ut is n idih piopigated b\
cuttings It IS an ewelleiit plint eithei tor the floner
gtrden or for pots in tbc < (inservitor\ It is popularh
known as the "Mes.i< an Tx i m, Piimnse
16 rdsea, Ait T I i i lu I t m
elect or astendin 1 li II
hs lanceolate to 11 I i tl , ,
nate rather abruj 1 1 I I tin in
niotely denticulate < I il lii„ i i s sni dl 1 bt-d it tin
base calyx tube sbortti tb in the o\ m Hs small
fiuhsia like, purple or rose, the petals rounded and en
tire capsule like tint of ffi \pe( losii Texas and Niw
Mexico, south B M 347 -Ottered bj seedsmen
*A Plant qlabr
17 acaMis, Cav {(F to
all> opening white but ch ingin„' ti ins lii.;i (2--! in
across), the verj slender tube ^5 in long capsuleshort
obovate, broadlj triangular winged above Chile B R
'I 763 Gn 2b, p 480 - \ \ erj interesting plant
X Subgenus Paihm mis st „ i , <, ) i ,7hi
so stigma 4 I it I t I i t 1 I ut
enlarging vj i I I i tl i tl ,,
'!ule iiitli uii, III t I t , I ft ill, It
or puih
18 caespitdsa, Nutt {(E extnna, Gr&y (E maiq,
nala, Nutt.). Crown 2-4 m. high, perennial or biennial:
Ivs. clustered, oblong to narrow-lanceolate or spatulate,
LENOTHEKA 1121
sometimes 1 ft. long, attenuate, repaud-toothed, pubes-
cent: fls. white or pink, l,'i-3 in. across, the petals ob-
cordate; calyx-tube 2-6 in. long: capsule oblong-pointed,
1-2 in. long. Neb., west and south. B.M. 1593,5828.
Gn. 26:469; 47, p. 46.
SI.
lUj) so:
pit 111 yel-
19. brachycdrpa. Gray. Perennial, densely pubescent:-
Ivs. thickish, ovate to very narrow-lanceolate, about 6 in.
long, long-stalked, entire or notched or lyrately pin-
natifid: calyx-tube 2-3 in. long; petals about 1}-^ in.
long, purplish: capsule ovate, often 1 in. long, the.
wings not wrinkled. Kansas, west and south.
The Godctias t,r,. vrry sh,.wN i-.n-.h ,, :,,,i,h;,ls, with
brilliant pink ..r r..l-|.urplr ||.. m luster.
They are geiiiTall> "f r:,-., ,-nlii,.c .■ ,.:• :iu;-arden
spot, although S'.nn-min-s >nli). ri I,, whii ,-,|.|i. ;irs to be
a disease of the root. Tlii-\ an- i-x.-elli-ni, subjects for
lint culture, either under glass or in the open. The gar-
den forms are derived from two species.
20. amcena, Lehm. {(E. L'mdleyi, Dougl. (E. rbseo-
<i76a, Hornem. ffi. 6Uto»is, Lindl., not Don. (E. pur-
purea, Hort., not Curt. Godetia rubivuiida anil G.
vinfisa, Lindl. G. Lindleycina, Spach. G. Niverti&na,
Goujon). Fig. 1516. Rather small, often slender, small-
leaved, the Ivs. usually linear to narrow-lanceolate or
1122 CENOTHERA
small-oblong, entire or nearly so: fls. 1-VA in. across,
white or rose or light-purple, rarely conspicuously
spotted in the throat, scattered on leafy branches:
stigma lobes about IK lines long: capsule IK in. or
less long, tapering at both ends, on a pedicel K In. or
less long, the seeds in one row in each Inoule. Pacific
coast, from Vancouver Island s(mtliw;ird. B.M. 2832.
B.R. 17:1405,22:18.56,1880. R.H. ISTJ: l-.O.-The com-
mon old-time garden Godetia, and nmcli i;ivcn to dwarf
forms. One of the best forms is known in the trade as
Godetia rubicunda splendens (Fig. IJIG).
form is known as Bijou. There are double forms.
gloribsa, Hort.). Stouter, broader-leaved, compact in
growth: fls. 2-4 in. across, light purple, with dark pur-
ple spot at the throat on each petal, borne in a short,
dense, not leafy spike or raceme; stigma lobes 3 lines
long: capsule about 1 in. long, oblong or linear, the
seeds in two rows in each locule. N. Calif. B.M. 5867.
B.R. 28:61. R.B. 21:193.— The large-flowered Godetia
of gardens, giving rise to such varieties as Lady Albe-
marle, Duke of Fife, Duchess of Fife, Duchess of Al-
bany, Grandiflora maculata, Brilliant. .
22. quadrivulnera, Dougl. (Oodetia quadrinUnera,
Spach). A very slender species 1-2 ft.: Ivs. linear or
nearly so, sessile, or with a very short, narrowed base,
entire or nearly so: fls. about K in. across, purple, with
eroded petals; stigma-lobes short: capsule }{-% in.
long, 2-ribbed at the alternate angles, sessile, with seeds
in 1 row. Calif. B.R. 13:1119.-Once offered by Orcutt.
(E. spUndena. " light yellow." appears in tr.ide lists, but its
identity is unknown to the writer. The n.ime splendens is also
commonly used for a form of Godetia amoena. "l^ jj_ b^
OHIO
OHIO, HORTICULTURE IN. Fig. 1518. Ohio lies in
nearly a square body, about 200 miles from north to
south' and the same from east to west. The surface is
undulating, being somewhat hilly in some portions,
particularly in the .southeast and along the Ohio river,
and quite level in the northwestern part of the state.
There are no great elevations nor large bodies of
water in the interior to modify the climate. Lake Erie,
on the north, exerts considerable influence for some dis-
tance along its shores, hut there are no wide climatic
variations between different parts of the state. The
range in temperature is considerable, sometimes reach-
ing 98° in summer and falling as low as 30° below zero
in winter, although such extremes seldom occur in the
lake region. Some of the more tender fruits and orna-
mental plants often suffer because of low temperatures,
but all horticultiiral products which can be grown in the
same latitude are successfully cultivated within the
state. The annual rainfall is about 38 inches, and severe
droughts seldom occur.
Ohio has great horticultural possibilities, none of
which are fully developed, but along some lines the
limit seems to be almost reached; at least until wider
m:irkrts :irc i.ii.ned. The niarketrfor Ohio's horticul-
tural i,r..,i,irt- is mostly within the borders of the state,
\\\i- iii'ist iiMtiililr exceptions being grapes, strawberries
and •■t-l. ■!■>■. tliise articles being shipped to other states
in large quantities. The outside trade in nursery prod-
ucts is also considerable, the exports of trees and
plants being much more than the imports.
To the awakening of interest in horticulture and dis-
semination of horticultural knowlediji , mui Ii is .In.- to
the efforts of such men as Kirtlan.l W nil.i I llid.
Batehimi, Campbell and Ohmer. Th. lii -t unii. cN ti..i ts
.if iMrI\ horticultural workers was in ili r^mi iimn
hi.rticultural w.irkirs in the state. Its iiidneiice has
lieen widely felt, both directly through its members and
publications, and indirectly through the county and
local societies, a number of which are offspring of the
The State University and State Experiment Station
have, in recent years, exerted a decided influence on the
horticulture of the state in helping to a better knowl-
edge of plant diseases and insects, and to methods of
controlling them, as well as in special horticultural
work, pertaining to methods, varieties, etc.
Anything like a complete statistical review of the hor-
ticultural products of the state would be impossible, for
such statistics have not been gathered for all crops.
Statistics of this kind have only a transient value, how-
ever, and hence may well be dispensed with, except in a
few cases where comparisons need to be made.
Apples are grown in all parts of the state, and, while
some sections are better adapted to apple culture than
others, there can hardly be said to be any well-defined
apple belts within its borders, as shown by the orchards
planted. There are commercial orchards in all parts of
the state where alluvial soils abound, except in limited
areas of the northwest. But few large orchards are
found in any part of the state. Orchards exceeding 50
acres in extent are rare. The apple crop of the state
is of considerable commercial importance, however, as
shown by the fact that it often reaches a total of
17,000,000 bushels. Owing to the fact that the majority
of the orchards are not planted for commercial purposes,
much of the fruit produced is inferior in quality. Com-
mercial orchardi-sts, however, are giving considerable
attention to spraying and other necessary details in
orchard management, and are securing very satisfactory
results.
Although the state is but little more than 200 miles
across from north to south, there is a notable difference
in the varieties of winter apples grown in the extreme
northern and southern portions. The Baldwin is the
leading variety in two or three tiers of counties lying
along the lake ; Rhode Island Greening 6nds a congenial
home in this section also, and the Northern Spy in the
northern tier of counties. None of these varieties is
OHIO
isfac-ti>ry Im-Icuv tlje ciTitrjil ]...rtion i.t the st:
Jonathan, York Imperial, ami Hubliardsfoii are foiuul to
be very satisfactory winter sorts in nearly all parts of
?!^:^ Areas of largest peach production.
^^ Areas of largest eelei*y and onion production.
HH Areas of largest grape production.
1518. Ohio, to show horticultural reeions.
the state. Of early varieties, essentially the same sorts
are grown in nil «pptioini.
The ('iiiMiini.n- I.. I -ii'-i'pssful peach cultxire are more
favoralii. - r.- of Lake Erie than any other
part of 1 1 1 ■ ! I ' I ■. a county is the center of peach
culture in ihi- -mi.n, Catawba Island taking the lead.
In this locality the vineyards have been almost wholly
replaced by peach orchards. The same state of affairs
exists in a less marked degree on the adjacent islands
and peninsula. Athens. I\Iuskingum and Coshocton
counties, in the s^uil,. m .imI . niral parts of the state,
produce large i|ii:ii,' i- . t 1 frait also. There are
about half a d"/M m - in which peach cul-
ture is made a .-.j .: :■:, 1 fruit-growing, but the
industry is not cie\ eln|M .1 lu i,h< extent that it is in those
above named. In ISUO the total peach crop of the state
was nearly 2,000,000 bushels, and of this Athens, Mus-
kingum, Coshocton and Ottawa counties prodnce<l more
than one-fourth. Mountain Rose, Oldmi.'ion, Elberta,
Smock, and Salway are the varieties most commonly
grown.
There are no large areas of pear, plum and cherry
production in the state, although a considerable number
OHIO 1123
of cherry orchards have been planted near Clyde, in
San.Iu^ky t; .1,^1 111 I'luiii-; hare not generally
jiroved r. Iiili'. :.■■ 1 ' ■ - r.iirliank and rliahot have
jiro\-.(l Uirni.. I ^ I, i.f aiiw Noie- are reliably
haiilv. (il ^i,,, . . ,1,. I .11 al.uut 1.-.. (111(1 .-irres within
the state, nearlj all el ulurli are aluuj,' the lake shore
and on the islands near Sandusky, Cuyahoga county
taking the lead with about 4,000 acres of vineyards.
Owing to low prices of
grapes, plantings have
been limited in recent
years, but not many vine-
yards have been de-
stroyed, except to give
place to peach orchards.
Concord, Worden, Dela-
ware and Catawba have
been planted more than
any others.
Small fruits sufficient
for the home demand are
grown in nearly all sec-
tions, but the shipping
trade is less than form-
erly ; hence the acreage
devoted to these fruits
has fallen off in some lo-
calities. The total acre-
age has not fallen off,
but there has been an
increase rather, and the
cultivation of these
fruits has become more
general. In both area
and product strawberries
take the lead, followed
by black raspberries,
blackberries, red rasp-
berries, currants and
i, in the erder named.
Jlai
irkets, but there are a few special-
hich are grown on a large scale
m a number of localities.
Early tomatoes and cucumbers are
grown in large quantities along the
Ohio river for northern markets, and
the same is true, to a less extent, of
melons. Large celery and onion
^ farms exist in Hardin, Hiiren, Me-
dian, Wayne, Cuyahoi,'.(, Snmniit and
Stark counties. Reclaimed swamps consi^tin;; ef nnn-k
are used for this purpose. In Ross county the trn.w-
ing of onion sets has become a large industry, tlie .^oil
in this case being alluvial.
Several pickling establishments are in operation in
various parts of the state, and for these are grown
many thousands of acres of cucumbers and cabbage.
A number of canning factories are found within the
state, and these take the products of large areas of
tomatoes and sweet corn. Fruit is not used in the can-
neries very largely, nor are peas, except in a few cases.
Vegetable-growing under glass is practiced in or near
nearly all towns of a few thousand inh.abitants. The
business has assumed very large proportions near To-
ledo, Cleveland and Ashtabula. In nearly all cases
greenhouses of the Ipest form of oen.striiction are nsnd,
and are mostly heated liy Idt water. .\l...nt Cincinnati,
hotbeds are more coninien tlian el<e«li. r. . Thi^ i- (In-
center of radish prodtniien. Imt lettuce iv tlie hading
crop in greenhouses. The liuiises are nccii|,ied witlj tlie
crop from September until .May. ami alumt the middle
of February tomatoes or cucumbers are planted in the
lettuce beds. These crops are in bearing during May
ami .Tune. Tomatoes and cucumbers are seldom grown
as winter crops, as lettuce is more profitable and more
easily grown in midwinter than either of the others.
Grand Rapids lettuce is grown almost exclusively.
Floricultural establishments are found in all parts of
1124
OHIO
the state, in most localities the products being for the
home demand only, but large concerns at Painesville,
Oalla, Springfield and Dayton have an immense ship-
ping trade of plants, the mailing trade being particu-
larly largo. Out-flowers are grown in considerable
quantities also, the principal ctiitcrs being Cleveland
and Cincinnati. Large iiur-o, ..iii.r. . xist at Paines-
ville, on the lake short-, afi! n !' ^1 m mi valley, near
Dayton and Troy. Th< -: i !i-^e and other
nurseries of the state c»'ii-i -I - m ^ ..i Iruit trees and
small fruit plants. Oruum. iiuJ un,-. and plants are
grown in comparatively limited quantities, for the rea-
son that landscape gardening and ornamental planting
have not been given due attention. More or less pre-
tentious park systems are in a state of development in
some of the larger cities, Cincinnati, Cleveland and
Toledo leading in this i-espect. A number of cemeteries
show considerable care in maintenance and some skill
in planting, but well-arranged private grounds are rare.
Spring Grove cemetery, in Cincinnati, was one of the
first large landscape cemeteries in the world. Mount
Auburn, in Cambridge, was the first rural cemetery in
this country. See Laiidsrftpe Gardening and Strauch.
While landscape art i^ in a rather backward condition
within the state, tli. v i^ rpnt.- a fund of accumulated
knowledge retiai-.liTi- ili.- .fliptaliility of species and
varieties of trei-^ .niil i-i^mi- i-- this climate. It would
be too broad a .--tat. m, nt t,, ^ay that foreign species do
not succeed here, but so manv have been disappointing
that there seems to be little 'of any value left. Fortu-
nately there is an abundance of suitable material in our
own and neighboring states.
Ohio is a great agricultural state, and this fact has
somewhat retarded horticultural development, but, on
the other hand, large manufacturing Interests have had.
and will continue to have, the opposite effect, and Ohio
will in the near future take high rank as a horticul-
tural state. -Rr, J. (Jkkkn.
OELAHOHA. HOKTICULTUBAL POSSIBILITIES
OF. Fig. 131i). The northern boiindars- ..f Okial,..ina
is X7° north latitude. The southern
boundary is an irregular line, bm
does not extend far .south of the S.'itli
parallel. Except a small strip which
extends to the I03d meridian, most of
the territory lies between 96° 30' west
and 100° west longitude. The greater
portion of the country has an altitude
of 800 to 1,400 feet. The surface of
the country is rolling prairie, with
numerous small rivers and creeks
flowing east. The longer streams are
wide, shallow, and very sandy. The
shorter streams are narrow and have
high, steep banks. In the eastern
half there are considerable areas
covered with timber, the greater part
of which is black-jack and post-oak.
Elm. Cottonwood, pecan, hickory, red
cedar, walnut, hackberry and honey
locust are common, but do not form
separate forests as the oaks do. In
the western part timber belts follow
the streams, and in the extreme western part only brush
and small trees are found. The soil is usually a fine
sand, the particles lying very compactly.
Previous to the settlement of the country, in 1889, the
prairies were burned off each year. This kept the soil
poor in humus. There is very little clay soil in the terri-
tory except along the small streams, the bottomlands of
which contain considerable clay. The soil is fertile and
contains a good supply of plant-food. The subsoil is
very compact, usually joint-clay, where the surface soil
is a black or gray color: but the red or brown loam sur-
face soil is usually underlaid with a more loose and
mellow subsoil. The black and gray soils are usually
found at greater altitudes, and are seldom covered with
timber. Often these soils contain large quantities of
alkali, and the well and spring water in such localities is
very poor. Stone is abundant in some sections and
very scarce in others, but there is not enough surface
rock to be a factor in controlling the .amount of till-
OKLAHOMA
able land. Red and gray sandstone are the most abuii-
The extremes of temperatun- l>.-t«.-. u summer and
winter are great. In soint- |.1;m-i-- iIh- t.-mperature
reaches zero during the most ^.-\.-rt- -ri.mis nf winter.
Except during occasional stc.nn^. th. --, m'. i is mild and
usually dry. A snowfall of ih'-ji -' ■: - li>-s indepth
is arre.and soon melts. PI" > t, . t i ,, t such farm
work may be done nearly ail ' -l' the sum-
mer a maximum of 100°'F. i- I i. , , hcd. The
high temperature is nearly al...i_v.> .i. , ..lupauied by a
dry wind. In the hottest weather the nights are cool
and refreshing. The average mean temperature is
about 00°. The wind is a prominent factor in the climate
of Oklahoma. The prevailing wind is from the south
during most of the year. The air is dry, and the wind
and hot sun dry the soil rapidly. The rainfall usually
is light during July and August, and the warm, dry
winds from the south and southwest make this the most
tryiiiiT sea-nii fur vegetation. The wind is so strong and
,-i.ii-i:iiit til It it 1I...-S considerable damage to young trees
ami \ ill- - mill -- they are protected by some form of
wiiict I.]. Ml^. .Miiiry snow and rain storms are accom-
pauit-tl by Uarti winds, which are seldom destructive.
The average annual rainfall for the territory is about
30 in. For the eastern half it is about 33 in., and gradu-
ally decreases to about 20 in. in the extreme western
part. The rainfall for any one year varies greatly in
different localities, and these areas of light and heavy
precipitation are variable in size, shape and location
from year to year. The line of average equal rainfall
runs almost north and south, bearing to the west in the
southirii |.art of the territory. The winter and late
sutiiiiii r ate i!ry. Light snows fall during January,
Fi-lri-iiaiy and .March, but usually melt in two or three
.Itiy- Sui.w -ti.rnis seldom reach the southern portion,
tiiiiii-- ';-lii ■■ inn they do. The rain and snow storms,
■ liii 1- M-tption, travel from west and north to
I- riiey travel very rapidly and last only
1 lieavicst rains last only a few hours.
^li-\' - iin 111 r:(i-i_-, and ctmie only during the colder
1519. Geographical features of Oklahoma.
part of the year. In 1897 there were about 230 days of
sunshine, which is about the average. There is very
little .lark. foETtry weather; and heavy dews, though
coiiiinoTi, ar-.- )niii-li lii.'lit.-iied by the almost
Im- lii-i.t i-t tMsiaii a may be said to be a mixture
111- i|..r-;i- lit' Kansas ami Texas, there being few spe-
■ t.-un.| li' r. that are not found in one or both of
-' 1 r- - Fin- predominance of yellow flowers is
i-t it- ni'-t prnininent characteristics. The botani-
!l : - I the country are far from complete,
I - - '-iiitugh to justify the statement that
' I very extensive one. The number of
- is very small, and only a small por-
. I III iit-es. "The trees are usually low and
i-ii i.iai,, lji.tl. and give a poor quality of lumber,
ch i.s, no doubt, partly due to the annual burning,
, neither represents the quality or quantity of tini-
which the country is capable of producing when
+
OKLAHOMA
protected from tlie Are. Wild fruit plants are abundant
in nearly all parts of the territory, and usually bear
moderately well. The plum, persimmon, grape, black-
berry and dewberry are most common. With a reason-
able amount of cultivation, most orchard fruits do well.
Young orchards are beginning to bear in nearly all
parts of the territory. These orchards contain only a
short list of varieties, but most of these seem well
ailapted to the country. Most varieties show a strong
tendency to early bearing. The fruit is of good form,
size and quality, and promises to become one of the
leading crops. See Indian TenUory. O. M. Morris.
OKKA,or6lTMB0(ffi7>isc(ts eseuUntus). Introduced
into United States and West Indies from Africa, and
cultivated for its fruit pods, which are used in soups,
stews, catsups, etc. In soups and catsup, it gives body
to the dish; stewed, it is mucilaginous, and while at
first not agreeable to many people, a taste for it is easily
acquired. It is also dried and canned for winter use.
Sow in spring after the ground is thoroughly warmed,
in good vegetable land. Make the rows 3 to 5 feet apart,
according to variety, and drop seeds about 2 inches
apart in the row; cover 1 or2 inches deep. After plants
are six inches high, thin to 1 foot apart for dwarf varie-
ties and to about 3 feet for the largest varieties. The
seedlings transplant with considerable difficulty, so they
need to be started in flower-pots if an extra-early crop
is desired. The pods must be gathered before the fiber
develops in them: the size will vary with the variety,
but if it is too "stringy " to cut with a dull case-knife it
is too old. Keep all old pods cut off. The dwarf varie-
ties are in greater favor in the South because of their
habit of bearing early. A plant, constantly cropped, re-
mains in bearing condition until frost kills it, but al-
lowed to retain pods it suspends growth until the seeds
have matured, when a second growth may take place.
Okra will grow for years if not killed by frost or other
adverse conditions, i. e., it makes an indeterminate
growth like cotton, malva, hibiscus, etc. For shipping,
cut the stems (peduncles) an inch or so long as to pre-
vent wilting in transit. Pack firmly in vegetable crates.
The demand for this vegetable is increasing, especially
in New York City. Seed is easily grown and saved.
The plant is subject to several diseases to such an ex-
tent that it is impracticable to raise a crop on certain
pieces of land. Rotation is the best remedy.
P. H. Rolfs.
Okra is a half-hardy annual in the North, originally
from Africa, introduced into the United States from the
West Indii-''. It is cultivated for its young green pods,
which are used in soups, stews and
catsups, to impart a thick, viscous
consistency, like tapioca or sago.
When ripe, the black or brown
white -eyed, globular seeds are
sometimes roasted and used as a
coffee substitute. Okra should be
sown in a dry, warm soil, of me- \
dium fertility and texture, afteF~f ^,
danger of frost has passed. For an f],
early crop the plants may be started o,
in a hotbed four weeks earlier than t),
sowings in the open ground. Th*
seeds should be covered about at
inch deep. 1-2 ft. asunder, and ii
rows 2-3H ft. apart, according t(
the vari.'tv. wlii-tlicr dwarf or tall
OLIVI
1125
OLEA (classical name for Olive). Oleacice. Olive.
Between 30 and 40 trees or shrubs of the tropical and
warm-temperate parts of the Old World to New Zealand.
Lvs. evergreen and thick, opposite, usually entire, and
often rusty-tomentose beneath : lis. small, usually im-
perfect, wliite or whitish, in forking panicles orfascicles,
the short calyx 4-toothed (corolla sometimes none), the
short-tubed corolla with 4 valvate lobes, the stamens 2:
ovary 2-loculed, bearing a short style and capitate
stigma: tr. an oblong or ovoid drupe. The best known
species is 0. Eoropsea, Linn, (see Olive). It is a small
tree, rarely exceeding 20 or 25 ft. in height, and bearing
small lanceolate lvs. and axillary forking racemes of
yellowish white fragrant fls. It is probably native to the
Mediterranean region. It has been in cultivation from
the earliest times. 0. chrysophylla, Lam., from tropical
Africa, has been introduced by F. Franceschi, Santa
Barbara. It is a small tree, noteworthy because of the
golden color of the under surface of the lvs. The drupe
is large and blackish: lvs. lanceolate, acute, entire,
shining above. For O. fragranSy illieifolia, Aqnifol-
ium, and for garden treatment of the true Oleas, see
Osmanthvs. l_ h_ q
OLEANDER. See Nerittm Oleander.
OLEABIA (derivatio
HiiHxtii in New Zealai
rounded form, with vt i
with deep green fnlin
small white flowers. 11
is confined to Austr;ili:
our common idea of
The heads are about
uury si,i:iii
flattish bra
vary from
4-C yellow
.f ail uirli across, and look
i-t;ilial wliitr Hower. They
ed clusters of a dozen or i
' 5 in number, and the disk
This rare plant is said to
i.s ottVn-(l in Ameri.
^ an ordi-
are borne in
o. The rays
is reduced to
be hardy in
eastern England.
Olearia is a genu- ..| «:> ..r m.^iv -,...,,-, -hinKs,
S3metimes arboresia n ^.i : , . ■ i . li-
ingherbs: lvs. alteni.i: ,,:,| . , , i, ,,1
or 1-nerved, entire or urn Ian : mao- lar^r. iiiini or
small, solitary, corynibijse ur (liuiK-li-il : laj^ uliiii- or
blue: disk yellow or rarely purplish blue. For generic
characters, see Flora Australiensis 3:463, where the
genus is split into 5 sections.
Ha&stii, Hook. Lvs. Yt-l in. long, elliptic or ovate-
oblong, obtuse, short- petioled, very leathery, dark
green above, white, but not shiny below. B.M. 6592.
G.C. III. 20:533. Gn. 38, p. 149. F. 1874, p. 198. w.M.
OLEASTER. Popular name of Elmagmis hortensis.
OLERICULTURE. See Vegetable Gardening.
Dwarf Density Okra.
.\ small variety valu-
able for the North.
In the South Okra is vei y
North it is almost unknown
(Fig. 1520) succeed.
OLD-MAN- AND-WOMAN,
M-rally culTivated; in the
I "Tily til.- .hvarf varieties
M. G. Kains.
for the Southernwood,
for the Rosemary, Mos-
or common Houseleek.
lished on a rather large scale.
The history of the Olive is of peculiar interest, not
alone because it is .so closely interwoven with the eco-
nomics of the ancients, as well as with the daily life of
the oeoDle in Asia :Miii..r an.l in s.„itl,. rii Knn.iir. l,ut
OLD MAN CACTUS. Piloeereiis senilis.
OLD MAN'S BEARD. In Europe, Cicma^js Vitalba:
in America our common Wild Clematis. C. Virginiana ;
also Saxifraga sarmenfosa : rarely the Fringe Tree,
Chionanthus.
because of the vicissiin<!i - ^f r:ilii\ai i^n, tlif .liliKiiltK-s
bilities for the cul'tun' mI tin- Irmi .a,iiii,i,raially. H..-
tanically, the Olive is k.i..wM .h> OI.,i E„,,.,,.u, («l,i,;h
see), belonging to the natural family Oleaic.-r. Olea
is a genus of trees and shrubs "having opposite, ever-
green, leathery lvs., which are generally entire, smooth.
and minutely scaly; small fls. in compound axillary ra-
cemes, or in thyrsi at the end of the twigs ; a small
4-toothed calyx, a 4-cleft corolla, 2 stamens, a 2-cleft
stigma: the fr. a drupe." It is a native of Syria and
other Asiatic countries, and has for many centuries be-
come naturalized in the south of Europe.
In the Mission San Diego, in the far southern part of
California, were planted the first Olives, according to
1126
OLIVE
the early historical accounts, which are more or less
authentic. It is known that in 1769 sundry fruit and
vegetahip spcds wen- inii)orted into Ualifornia from
Mexico l,y .1". .h I ,:,l\ i /,. and it is assumed that among
them W'l' I 'live, for in after years, as new
missions . . ,m- Fathers planted Olive trees
grown fr .nni:-- iik.-n from trees at the old San
Diego Mission. Ht-nct^ the name "Mission" by which
this Tariety became known; and it was the only variety
with which Californians were familiar until about J"""
1521. Oli
after which time many trees were annually imported
from Italy, Spain and France, though some were im-
ported in smaller numbers previous to this time.
There is an immense area in California suited to the
cultivation of the Olive, both as to climate and soil. It
extends from the southernmost extremity to the foot of
Mount Shasta, nearly 600 miles, and in width from the
foot-hiUs of the Sierra Nevadas to the coast, varied accor-
ding to soil and other local conditions. Theoretically this
range is true, the Olive requiring a mean annual tem-
perature of 57°, the mean for the coldest month to be 41°,
and at no time must the temperature fall below 14°. But
while the Olive will grow and bear fruit under these condi-
tions, as with all other fruits there are certain peculiar
localities where soil and climate combined are best
adapted to its production in the greatest degree of ex-
cellence and in the most remunerative form. As with
other fruits, there was formerly much misconception
regarding the requirements of the Olive, which has re-
sulted in a great deal of disappointment and pecuniary
loss. Pessimists proclaimed that the culture of the Olive
was a failure, that it "did not pay," but they forgot that
lack of success might be due to errors in judgment on
the part of the planter.
The Olive thrives best in a warm, dry atmosphere,
where the soil is rich and well drained. However, it
will grow and bear crops in a greater varietv of soils
than most trees. While the tree may live when the
temperature falls to 14°, the chances are against it, and
any frost during blossoming, or great heat or strong
winds at this time or while the fruit is young, is likely
to destroy prospects of a crop, or to materially diminish
them. Because the Olive was said to be able to grow
anywhere in California, and to prefer a rocky hillside,
hundreds of thousands of trees have been planted in
such uncongenial surroundings, which of itself is suffi-
cient reason why the present crop retiims do not at all
come up to expectations according to the published esti-
mate of acreage in trees compiled from the books of
the county assessors. Such estimate shows the number
of Olive trees in California to be nearlv 3.000.000. but a
large number of these trees are neglected, being un-
OLIVE
profitable because planted where neither plant-food nor
water is available in sufficient qiKtntity. Many other
groves were planted too iiofir tltp <'orivt, wIkt*- t}u' o.-o;m
fogs are prevalent .liinn:- ili. -mi.t,,, r ,,,,,1,, i, - \].,<
condition was not ri^ I i , i., _ w
and bear crops, thf 1 1 1> i ■ , :is
that produced uiidir ii - ;i m - 1, \ , .n^l i h. i j . . - -lut/ 1. ,1
more from att;M-i-;s ,,[ --.-il, ( Lccaiiiuni I in a fotr^y cli-
mate than in tin w:iinM i- intirior valleys.
The Olive iir.uvs t.. ]i. 1 1,.,-tion in good soils through-
out the len-th .ui.l l.r.adtli of the San Joaquin and Sac-
ramento valleys; in many of the smaller Coast Range
valleys, and up to an elevation of 1,000 feet or more in
this range, and in the warm belt of the foot-hills of the
Sierra Nevada mountains. As fine trees for their age
and as fine fruit, either for oil or for pickling, may be
seen as far north as Oroville and Palermo, in Butte
county, and all through the northern Sacramento valley,
as in the counties in the extreme south.
The Olive is propagated in various ways: from the
seed, from tips, from long cuttings, from sprouts,
suckers, and by layering. The seeds require some time
to germinate, frequently two seasons, and the growth of
the young plants is slow at first. This method, includ-
ing the aftc.r-l.ii.Mini; .,r Kiaftinir, is tedious, and there-
tore not ]>o|.u!,ir. ^ilili.iii-li a tnr oti a Seedling root
will be m<.ro rol.nsi :,ii.l loii--ln,,l. Nurservmen usu-
ally adopt the ■•ii|."s>si,i„. "Iii.s'are small branches
or ends, usually the laterals, taken from the tree when
it is in its most dormant state, cut 4 or 5 inches long,
the upper Ivs. partially trimmed, while the lower ones
are cut off close to the stem. These are then planted in
a sand-bed or the propagating box until sufficiently well
rooted to transplant to the nursery row. Many growers
prefer to grow their trees from cuttings 14 inches long,
made from 2- or 3-year-old wood, and up to li^ inches
The Olive requires irrigating to the same extent as
other trees. In other words, if there is not sufficient
moisture by rainfall, then water must be applied artifi-
cially. As it thrives best in the warmer regions of the
state, where evaporation is very rapid, the inference
must be that irrigation is generally necessary for the
Olive. There is a saying in Italy, "No manure, no oil,"
which means that the Olive needs suitable food, and
without water it cannot obtain it.
Almost every known variety has been imported into
California, and, unfortunately, planted too extensively
before it had been determined by experiment which
was the better adapted to the varied, and to some ex-
tent foreign, conditions. Hence many orchards are un-
profitable because the varieties planted, from whatever
cause, do not bear crops in paying quantity. The "Mis-
sion" is still more largely planted than any other va-
riety, as it seems more universally adaptive, and is
valuable both for oil and for pickling. Some of the
other varieties which are known to be good, and which
may supersede the Mission, are, for oil, Atrorubens,
Manzanillo, Nevadillo Hlnocn. I*endoulier, Precox,
Razzo, Rubra; for jii. I.Iiil-. \ -■ Iutki. Lucques, Macro-
carpa, Polymorpha, If' - Atroviolacea is
valuable for drying. I' ' i ' i taste in the pro-
cess; also the Swe<-t ('In-, wlnih 1 1, is no bitterness.
For extracting the oil tlii' same methods are employed
which were in vogue thousands of years ago, with this
difference, that the improved machinery of the present
day with steam power reduces the question of labor to a
minimum. It is esMii;i:il ili.i iIm Olives be perfectly
ripe and sound ; when ','-!, '^ sj, read upon trays
piled one above the ot I : _ ; i free circulation "of
air, until the water in 1 i - m -i .\aporated. Crush-
ing is done under stone oi iiou lolkis that are made to
revolve in a large stone or iron basin in which about 350
pounds of Olives are placed. Prom this pulp the first
or "virgin" oil is extracted by gentle pressure, the
pomace is removed and again pressed to secure a sec-
ond grade of oil, and sometimes a third grade is se-
cured. The oil left still in the pomace is used by the
soap-maker in the manufacture of Castile soap, and the
residuum is valuable as a fertilizer. There are many
details, all being important in themselves, absolute
cleanliness and scrupulous care being observed in all
the operations.
OLIVE
Pickling Olives is a simple matter in theory, but even
more judgment is neeilcil thiin in the oil-extracting pro-
cess. The "bitter" is with.lrMwii l.y the use of lye, or
else by long and dailv imn,. iM-n< in freshwater. There
is an increasing d.iii.ni.l (■•>■ Californian ripe pickled
Olives, the crop invarinl.ly l..inu' s.>ld before ready for
delivery. In quality and flavor they are distinctly supe-
rior to the best imported green Olives. The most dis-
couraging feature connected with the marketing of
Olive oil is the fact that the imported oils are nearly all
Lucca Oil," "Pure California Oil," "Sweet Olive Oil."
etc., the prospects for the California Olive-grower will
not brighten as far as the production of oil is concerned.
Given such a law, California can and will produce all
the Olive oil that is needed in the United States.
See report on the Condition of Olive Culture in Cali-
fornia by A. P. Hayne, Bull. 129 of Calif. Exp. Sta.,
issued May, 1900. Leonard Coates.
Olive Products. — Olives are almost entirely used for
making oil and pickles; some varieties are prepared In-
simple drying, but the quantity so used in the U. S. is
very small and need hardly be considered a market prod-
uct as yet. The general use of Olive oil in this coun-
try has been somewhat retarded by the introduction
and sale of refined (clarified) cottonseed oil under vari-
ous names and brands as substitutes for the more ex-
pensive genuine oil. In some cases Olive oil is adul-
terated, to a greater or less degree, with the cheaper
cottonseed oil, and sold as "pure Olive oil." This state
of affairs is owing almost entirely to the fact that the
general American public diH- n -i. a- \ ci , appreciate the
delicate flavor of aproperix I ■ I ■ ' I ■ itfiveoil. At
present the market demanl niiist be clear
and brilliant, without refer, i, . ;. .; ., ,,.lity or flavor,
and consequently even pure i>ln^ uil i.-> i-iarified" and
filtered until it loses its delicate and characteristic
aroma. It is then no better than the cheaper cotton-
seed product with which it has to compete. But grad-
ually the differences are being appreciated, and the de-
mand for the true article is slowly but surely increasing.
Pickled ripe Olives have steadily grown in favor, and
the more their value as a food material is appreciated
the greater will be the demand for a properly prepared
product. As yet little or no pickled green Olives are
prepared in California. These do not serve as food,
however, as do the ripe Olives, but merely as a relish,
and must be considered as a delicacy rather than as a
staple article of diet; hence their i)n-iiMrati..ii crin only
be undertaken under special condition- .ah inMaifac-
turer having his own particular pr
The manufacture of Olive oil, tia, . i: .; ,ily a
simple process, requires the most painiakia- . n, , and
the closest attention to every detail, for the production
of high-grade oil. To begin, the fruit must be carefully
pickeil by hand, avoiding all unsound drupes, and han-
dled as little as possible in order to avoi<l bruising. In
some of the orchards in Eui-opa thi^ fruits are dropped
into pails half filled with wat.r. tliu- r.Mnai„i;to a mini-
mum the danger of hniisinu', Tliis i^ specially im-
portant when the Olives liave to la- kfpt lor any length
of time before crushing. It is by far the best plan to
crush immediately, but this is not always possible.
Then the Olives must be dried, and stored in layers not
over three inches in depth, with a free circulation of
air between the layers, in order to prevent molding
or fermenting. In no case must unsound fruit be
used, as even a few slightly moldy or fermented ber-
ries will impart a disagreeable odor and flavor to the
entire product. When Olives have been frosted they
must be picked and crushed immediately ; a deljfv of
twenty-four hours will render them unfit for use. The
proper stage of ripeness is an important factor. The
tendency is to allow the Olives to overripen. This is a
mistake, as the quality of the oil is thereby deteriorated.
Just after changing color has been found to be the
proper stage for picking, for then the maximum oil-con-
tent and keeping qualities of the oil have been reached.
OLIVI
1127
Various devices have 1 een used ft>r crushing. Formerly
it was the practice to crush fruit ami pits together be-
tween heavy millstones; but it lias 1,. .11 f.aiud that the
oil from the kernels not only iiNpaiiN its aharai-teristic
flavor to the flesh oil, but also impairs its U. rpingqnali-
ties. At present crushers are us. cl witli ihr stones set
far enough apart to avoid breaking the pits. Roller
crushers are sometimes used, but these are, as a rule,
objectionable on account of the liability of chemical
action between the acids of the Olive juice and the iron,
resnltiiic: in an inky color and taste. In Europe the
1522. California
crushed pulp is pressed in special mats made of esparto
grass, holding about twenty-flve pounds each; but in
California these mats have been found to be too expen-
sive, and linen or sail-cloth has been successfully used
instead. The best form of press is a screw-press, so
arranged that the pressure is very gradual, and pro-
vided with a perforated steel basket (wood would not
do on account- of the alisorlied oil be.'oming rancid), and
all exposed cist in, 1, .-arcfiillv .ov.r,-il with tin. The
steel basket is lill.al wiih pnlp'iu lavia-s of about twenty-
flve pounds aaah, ,a.l, lav. i- I., in- surrounded by cloth,
and as much direct srr.w pr.ssur.- as possible applied
very gradually. After all the juice has run out, the
resulting cakes of pulp are taken out, mixed with pure,
cool water, and again pressed, this time as much as
possible with the screw lever. This operation may be
repeated a third and even a fourth time, the resulting
oil being each time of inferior quality. In California, as
a rule, but two pressings are made, forming first- and
second-grade oil: in some cases the oils from the two
pressings are mixed, ami h\it one graiif marketed. The
oil can be recovered fn.m thr juia.- by simply allowing
it to rise and accumulat.' on tha surfaae, as it will nat-
urally, being lighter than 1)1. ■ «ai.iy juice. But this
process is both slow and ihuiiriroiis. because fermenta-
tion is liable to start in the juice, and greatly impair
the quality of the oil. It thus becomes important to
separate the oil as quickly as possible from the acrid
juice. Several means have been devised for accom-
plishing this. The most satisfarlo.x (,,r Italian inven-
tion), and one which has beau iru.l at tin California
Experiment Station, is the waslnu- .an .1 ih. impurities
by means of pure w.atnr. Th.- apparaia- . ..usists of a.
tin tank about I f—t ),;•_.!, aial :; f..at 11. diameter, pro-
vided with a |Mii rai.r! lalsc bottoiu, below which a
running str.a 1 water is admitted. Just
above this I .1 mall stream of juice is run
in. The wat' r ilm- v\a.la~ through the juice, the oil
rising at once to tin- surfa.'e, pas^.-s throu-h the long
4-foot column of w-ater, and is tin.s tram I rom most of
the vegetable matter, which falls to tin- h.,tiom, where
it is drawn off through an outhi ],roxi,l,,l tor that pur-
pose. Tin, oil as it aouM^s fro.u 1 1, is • s,.pa rator," Or the
hau.l^kiunnn,^,-- from .ha .urO fl h.. .ina-a. has still
fine parnal, , .,( pulp uiivr.l iM t h It. wliirl, impart a
cool (itijuut .■)(! F. ) lo.uii until Ihesa impurities settle.
It is then "racked " off, and can be sold as "new oil;" or
again allowed to stand for further precipitation and
racking until no more dregs are visible. This will give
1128
OLIVl
u clear oil of the ti-ue Olive flavor and color. But the
American marlset demands a perfectly clear and bril-
liant oil put up in glass, and this is usually obtained by
filtering. This is detrimental to the flavor of the oil,
for the more it is filtered the more neutral and " greasy "
will the taste become. This practice, therefore, should
be discouraged, and the desire for the true Olive flavor
cultivated, making it impossible for cheap, neutral,
greasy substitutes (such as cottonseed oil) to take its
place in the taste of the consumer. Of the highest
importance throughout the entire process is the item
of cleanliness. The mill, press, floors, trays and all
apparatus should be scalded daily— when in use — and
no strong odor permitted about the premises: for so
absorptive is pure Olive oil that it will immediately
"take up" all unpleasant odors, and thus impair its deli-
cate flavor.
For making pickles, no set rules can be laid down
except to emphasize the importance of careful picking
and handling (to avoid bruising) and cleanliness. Here,
again, the Olives should not be allowed to overripen;
if they are, they are likely to soften, and a first class
pickle will be impossible. The Olives as they come
from the trees contain a most acrid and bitter principle.
This is extracted by means of pure water, changed
daily, or by a weak solution of lye. The latter is almost
universally used, though the water-extracted pickles
are considered the best. The extreme length of time
required (from 30 to 90 days), and the consequent dan-
ger from bacterial and fungoid contamination in the
water process, renders its use impossible, except in
special cases. For lye-extraction a solution containing
from 1 to 2 per cent of lye is used, and the Olives
allowed to stand in this until nearly all the bitter prin-
ciple is extracted. Then they are soaked in pure fresh
water (changed two or three times daily) until all the
lye has been dissolved out. They are now ready for
salting. This is done gradually, i.e., a start is made
with a weak brine, and the strength gradually increased
from time to time until it is strong enough to float an
egg. This prevents shrinking and consequent toughen-
ing. The pickles are now ready for storing, and if prop-
erly prepared and put into boiled brine will keep for
years. This is the process in outline ; but in actual
practice each detail will require modification brought
about by varying conditions, and no "rule-of-thumb"
can be laid down to suit all cases.
See Bulletins 104 and 123, and the annual reports of
the California Experiment Station.
Arnold V. Stubenracch.
OLIVE -BARK TBEE. Terminalia Vatappa.
OLIVE, WILD. Olea Europcea ; also Elwagmis.
OMPHALODES (Greek, navel-shaped; referring to
the seeds) Borraginiceo'. Navelwort. Of this
genus we cultivate 3 low-growing, hardy herbs, with
fls. much like those of forget-me-not, but larger aiul
usually with a white 5-pointed star dividing the corolla-
lobes. The fls. are often more or less pinkish, particu-
larly toward the center. They like moist situations, but
in deep shade grow tiio luxuriantly; also the fls. are
fewer and of a «• Mi i Mn I'^ntial shade or full sun-
light is prefeniM. 1'. ! I: -THst kind is the "Creep-
ing Forget-mi- I M ' liic-h is a spring-bloom-
ing perennial ot . iMoilucing runners freely
and easily prop. h\ am, i..u. It can be grown by the
yard in a rockery and can be easily naturalized in wild,
moist, half-shaded spots. It is also fine for fringing
walks. It is said to like best a cool, moist loam, with a
few bits of sandstone among which the roots may ram-
ble and from which they may derive coolness and
moisture. The choicest kind is O. Lncilue, also a
spring-blooming perennial, but of tufted habit and im-
patient of division. It is a typical "uncertain" alpine:
for some it flourishes like a weed ; others have tried
time and again to establish it permanently without suc-
cess. It is a native of two localities in Asia Minor at a
height of 8,000 ft., and grows in fissures of vertical
cliffs. It is said to like a loose limestone soil, deep and
well drained. When once established it self-sows. In
America O. Lucilim has been successfully grown by J.
B. Keller, but the plant is not now advertised in this
ONCIDIUM
country. O. linifolia is a .summer-blooming annual of
easy culture. O. vernu has a white-fld. fcnii. wlji.li is
pretty but lacks the interest of a blui- IM I. I ^1 n . i , t.
Omphalodes is a genus of about In lo
the Mediterranean region, middle A^i,l i \ii
nual or perennial herl)s of low gi-i-wti,. _;,ii,r..,, or
hin.T.ihitii, ..v;iti- or c-or(l:iIe; stem-lvs. few, alterniitc:
rii.' THIS l;i\. witli ..?■ without a leafy bract at the base:
<'al\\ .'j-jjjiiiiii ; ioiolhi iiihc verv short: lobes .^. imbri-
cati-a. brua.i, obtuse; st:uuens 'f.. affixed to the tube,
included: ovary 4-lobed. From Mvosoiis it differs in
having depressed nutlets an. I iM:nl\ liorizoTifal seeds,
while in the forget-me-not irriui- ili. null, ts are ovoid,
and the seeds erect. The des.rij.ti..iis i^iv.n below are
adapted from DeCandoUe's Prodromus. vol. 10 (1846).
with which the pictures cited agree rather poorly.
A. Phint n smnmer-bloominy annual,
Unifdlia, :m . n l, I',, t. slightly glaucous, 1 ft. high:
radical Ivs ' ' : !: stem-lvs. linear-lanceolate,
margin ri ■: ...nilla twice as long as the
calyx: nui;. lill.-xed at the margin. Dry,
stony hills .1 .s.|. .1111 .iiiil loitugal. June-Sept. Accord-
ing to DeCandolle, the fls. are normally white, and it is
var. ceerul6scen8 which has bluish fls., sometimes tinged
with rose. This belongs to a group in which the nut-
lets are affixed laterally and lengthwise to the style,
which is pyramidal and has a square base.
AA. Plants spring-blooming perennials.
B. ITnhit rri-rping by runners.
vima, .M. II li I 1,1 I iiNi; Forget-me-not. Stolo-
niferous: i' j i .net: Ivs. sparsely puberu-
lous; radi. :i n h.tioled, ovate or subcordate;
stem-lvs. sii.Mi |,i n I. -ulilanceolate: all Ivs. acumi-
nate, callous ai III. a|..\; fls. home in pairs in a ra-
ceme. April, May. Eu. B.M. ' {Cynoglnssum Ompha-
lodes). Gn. 26, p. 315; 40:818. -Flowers light blue, ac-
cording to DeCandolle. Var. &lba is also offered.
BB. Habit tufted, not creeping.
Laciliae, Boiss. Glabrous, tufted: Ivs. oblong, obtuse,
the radical Ivs. narrowed into a long petiole, the stem-
lvs. sessile, upper ones ovate: pedicels longer than the
nearest floral leaf, erect, then arcuate - recurved : fls.
blue; calyx-lobes ovate-oblong, somewhat obtuse, about
one-fourth as long as the pedicels; corolla broadly fun-
nel-shaped, about four times as long as the calyx: nut-
lets with ;iii . iifiiv 111. iiilininaceous margin. Mt.'Sypilus
near Mam -i ' i i ia near Gulf of Scanderoon.
at 8,000 It 1 1 i fls. light blue, others pink-
ish purpli. :. <' . 1. .-ye). Gn. 27:482; p. 194.-
This and n i t j to a group in which the nut-
lets are d. |o. --.,i, -ii..!i.,r than the persistent style,
scarcely a.ili. m.^ t.. it .i tlie base, and smaller than the
calyx, to xvlii.li It I- ii.liiatf. Fls. about K in. across,
twice as lar^- as il„,s,. ,,f O. verna. yf m.
ONCtDIUH (Greek, a tubercle : alluding to the crest
on the labellum). Orchid<ice(e. A large genus of orchids
with over nOO species distributed in Mexico, Central
an.! ti . ],i. 1 \iii. lica, and in the West Indies. In range
of I' ! 1 mis extends from the hot coast regions
f.i I't 100 ft. in the Andes. The fls. of this
;;. I . I imrkable diversity of form. In O. rari-
fu.-.ui„, </. l:<;, If: II III and related species, the labellum is
greatly developed, forming the most conspicuous part
of the flower, while in O. serratum and O. macranfhiim
it is inconspicuous. The sepals and petals vary in size
in relation to each other and to the rest of the flower.
A remarkable instance is O. Pnpilio, in which the petals
and dorsal sepal have been transformed into linear-erect
segments, recalling, on a large scale, the antennse of
some insect. The general habit of the plants is no less
variable tliiui tin- fls. Thev range in size from small,
erect forms -, n. . Iv c, in.lics in height {O. pumilum)to
those resi-iiiiiliiiL' ". .//^^,s,«lHm, with immense climb-
ing paniclis ',1 t., IL' It. hiL'li. and covered with numerous
medium-sizud lis. Tin. prevailing color of the fls. is yel-
low, spotted and barred with brown. White or rose-
colored fls. occur in a few rare instances ( O.
O. ornithorhynchum) .
ONCIDIUM
Hstu I \u\b-, > uall) present w iiit i jr » a f v [i
cie-. 1 - 1\ i with sheathing I\s at the ba i 1\!. plane
terete or triansuUr petals like the dorsal sepal but
often miith larger lateral sepals eithtr frei or par
tialhiinitel lal elhini varial le bitnt\trwitl its 1 a e
paralUl to tht <oUinin (Oiont^I sum) i m ling
neiirh at iit,ht angles to thi tol inin colun u shoit
winged
As a tla s Oi oidinms arc 1 ort lived under cultn i
tion tfw i,r Mrs su et 1 in maintainii g thmi n
good con iifi n fcr aIl^ great 1 neth f tin e Tl e si k
is constanth renewed fi n th ti pes
Hlim I H IIasselbrisg
The genus Oi I I i „ t i 1 i f
1129
and \aried
tion of the
impossible
be obta i
1523 Oncidium serrat
and the
piiliii it iHi ai 1 thers
O. Pi] ho se tl n witl
cessfulK „rown m i 1
Cattle\a department in
th( ro f using t i a o mj
peat and sphagnum m
lumps of broken char
O cicullihn, O ,
nrnifhnih iH I im O PI tlcenopsis O tr c inn with
a few others of like niture, do well under treatment
similar to that given for Odontoglossums, which see.
When a large collection of species is cultivated, a
majority, including many of the above, can be readily
grown in one house if it be especially adapted to thera.
Such a house should be a span-roof structure of east
111 1 t on of the
ki ts susi nded from
It ir f cli 111 h<i ptd
h intir perse 1 with
i tlntii
ONCIDIUM
t an an^k f 1 1 ut 40° which will
bible li{,ht lie eirh n < rniug
striking the f,lass at ri{,ht anf,Ies
the natural sun hi at f r a gr< ater
1 lit at n 1 lda\ when tl t out ide
t the sun s ia>b strikt the glass
heat w ith little dai ;,c r of the
I nnei f r< ni hnses in the glass,
le sun an 1 air than most cichiis.
1 f eithir wood or sti ne and
1 two in depth w ith and,
1 an i patl s should be
I t-> insure a moist atmos-
II rni „ 1 1 t th idcs of
II 1 I It eaiis-
tilatars
I hould
1 \ day,
1 t on In
1 nditions
I 1 sha ling n list
to keep d wn
iiic t solar in-
i I 1 I t t iipntine and
ell and is tasil\ rem^^e I It can
th a whitewash bnish on a hmg
1 1 hard br 1 in tht fall
I I ots or b iskets,
t tht latter are
O r ,«« iqhii,
1 eneith them.
I uni nu equal
I iig mati rial and
II I rs< d w Ith brc ken pieces
II casts must be securely
1 t 1 1 It sed in nioder-
1 I 1 ^U Overhead
lurel.
1 lit 11 , e \eitch's
Plants ^ol J Secti n Oncidium page 5;
w 1 )( and Nicholson s Diet of Gard.
Robert M Grey.
1 geograilii al distrilution of the
1 t imp< s ible to t" e anj general
t 1 the whole giou} We find that
1 (>i h 1 all r bly
where
[ isely.
I I I I IS su(h as an
OI n in O nrni-
tl ai d O CMC lla-
ti I li tot the most 1 eautiful
of the cnt i 1 lant ver\ difficult to
import M lit (tuns in this country.
It (ocurs tl n m the Cordillera of
E( uador
Oncidium cii llafuni is another plant wl ich is diffi-
cult to grow suc< t ssfullj here on acc< iint ( f our hot
summers. It occurs in several places in the Colombian
Cordilleras, but always at a very high elevation. With
these few exceptions mentioned, the greater part of the
Oncidiums will succeed in a Cattleya house. Indeed,
most of the ,species are found in the Cattleya and Lselia
1130
ONCIDIUM
regions under more or less similar conditions. A tem-
perature of 55° to U0° at night, and correspondingly
higher during the day, will suit most species. An abun-
dant supply of air and light, though in partial shade, is
indispensable. Water must be useil freely during the
growing season and somewhat reduced during their
respective resting seasons. An occasional dipping in
manure water (either cow or sheep manure) will greatly
assist these plants in bringing to perfection their
flower-spikes, which are oftentimes very large. In a
good many species the flower-spikes are out of all pro-
portion to the size of the plants, and unless they are
assisted as indicated, they will very soon run out.
For potting, use very soft fibrous peat, with a sprink-
ling of live sphagnum. Pot firmly, or the plants will be
very slow in taking hold. John E. Laoer.
INDEX.
mibiKenum, 11.
altissimam, 24, 25.
Forbesii, 7,
omithorhynchii
amphatum, 19.
grandiHorum, 9, 21.
31.
aurosum. 20.
Sirri?t"mm, 29.
PhalaBnopsis, 1;
Bcitemaiuuaniim,
Harrisonianum, 29.
phymatochilum
28.
hastUerum, 5.
Henchmannii, 43.
pumilum, 38.
Carthaginense, 43.
Cavendishianum,
Jannrmse. 16.
41.
iuncifolium. 48.
sphaeeLitum, 26
concolor, 18.
leucochilum, 30.
Limminghii, 36.
longipes, 16.
Louvrexianum, 42.
triQuetrum, 49.
curtum, 8.
macranthum. 5.
unguindatum.
maculatum. 35.
divaricatum, 32.
Marshallianum, 6.
varicosnni. 14.
Eckhardtii, 45.
Martianum, 12.
Synopsis of Sections.
Li-ave.i plane, not terete.
Liibellum itnaller than the sepals and
petals .' Species
Labellum at least as large as the other
segments, often greatly exceeding them.
. Lateral sepals more or less united at base.
Species
, Lateral sepals free.
Ill the
none of
, Pseudobii
, Pseiidnhu
Oh I II hit,
l!nl.<,ll :
. /.rs. I,',; I
blade.
■>■ 4.">-46
■< 47-48
AAA. I^ia.subiriaiujinar in sieiu/H .-.i„.(i.-~ ^-j
Description of Species.
A. Lateral sepals united at base..!, micropogon
AA. Lateral sepals free.
B. Sepals and petals linear,
flaccid 2. phymatochilum
BB. Sepals and petals broad, ser-
rate 3. serratum
BBB. Sepals and petals broad, entire
or subentire.
c. Fls. brown 4. superbiens
cc. Fls. yellow 5. macranthum
1. micTOpdgon, Reichb f. Pseudobulbs almost in 2
rows on the rhizome, broadly ovoid : Ivs. 4-G in. long,
linear-oblong, rounded at the top, leathery: raceme
8-10 in. long, on a long stalk, flexuous, pendulous: fls.
1 ^^ in. across ; sepals linear-oblong, undulate, yellow,
barred with brown ; petals clawed, orbicular, yellow,
with a deep red-brown claw; labellum yellow, smaller
than the petals, having 3 almost equal, rounded, clawed
lobes. Aug. Trop. Anier. B.M. 6971.— Var. 3up6rbum,
Hort., is advertised.
2. phymatochilum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs broadly fusi-
form, 4-5 in. long, purplish brown, with several large
ONCIDIUM
scales at the base : Ivs. membranous, oblanceolate, 12-14
in. long : scape rather slender, over 1 ft. long, with a
pendent panicle more than a foot long : sepals and
petals linear-subulate, flaccid and somewhat twisted,
greenish yellow, with deep orange blotches; labellum
shorter than the sepals, white, with a yellow and orange
crest ; the middle lobe triangular-ovate, acuminate.
Brazil. B.M. 5214. F.S. 23:2465. G.C. 1848:139.
3. Berr&tum, Lindl. Fig. 1523. Pseudobulbs 4-6 in.
long, partly enclosed by sheathing Ivs., 1-2-lvd.: Ivs.
about 1 ft. long and 2 in. broad: inflorescence a long,
twining, loosely-branched panicle, 6-10 ft. long : fls.
numerous, 3 in. across; upper sepals broad, reniform,
the lateral ones very much longer, obovate. all chocolate-
brown, with yellow tips and mareins. strnndy undulate,
serrate; petals shorter, oblong, wavy and mrl.-d so that
they almost meet over the ooluinn, yclh.w with brown
spots, margins serrate; labellum small, hastate, fleshy,
with a crest of 5 ridges. Winter. Peru. B. M. 5632.
F.S. G, p. 167.
4. superbiens, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs 3-4 in. long,
ovate to ovate-lanceolate, much flattened: Ivs. linear,
14 in. long and Ik-IK in. broad, some sheathing the
pseudobulb: panicle 2-3 ft. long, loosely branched and
flesuous, bearing 20-30 fls. each 2K in. in diam. : sepals
long-clawed, undulate, chocolate-brown with yellow tips ;
the upper one trowel-shaped, with a cordate base, the
lower pair more ovate ; petals rather smaller, with
shorter, broader claws, much recurved and wavy, yellow
with brown bars; labellum less than half as large as the
sepals, revolute, trowel-shaped, with auriculate side
lobes, brown with a yellow crest. Spring. Venezuela,
Colombia. B.M. 5980.
5. macrinthum, Lindl. (0.?ias(i7«n<»n, Hort.). Pseudo-
bulbs ovoid or flask-shaped, 3 in. long: Ivs. narrowly
lanceolate, acuminate, 1 ft. long : panicle climbing,
loosely branched and many-fld. : fls. 3-t in. across; se-
pals rounded-oblong, with green claws, the upper one
yellowish brown, the lower pair orange-yellow; petals
similar, golden yellow, streaked with blood-red at the
base; labellum small, hastate, purple-brown, with a
prominent white crest. Spring and summer. Cent.
Amer. B.M. 5743. Gn. 24:416. F. 1871. p. 187. J.H.
III. .34:337.— A magnificent orchid, of which there are
several varieties, some of secondary merit.
Petals clawed, with a broad,
obovate or rounded blade,
not much smaller than the
labellum.
yi.i. yellow: column wings
short, quadrate
Marshallianum
Forbesii
elhi
fiiluwn icings large, sharpUi
f, tills mill dorsal sepals obo-
iiiti . eiiridlate, not clawed. .10.
I'ltiitx and dorsal sepals sub-
.■iiniilin: very Small: label-
lum hirger than the rest of
the tloiver.
Lalielluni lehile, spotted with
11. cucullatum
the III 1,1
of a iliffeveni form.
. Fls. wh Ite.spotted with purple.}o. Phalaenopsis
. Fls. yellow or greenish, spot-
ted and barred with brown.
, Crest serrate H;. longipes
Crest a smooth, heart-shaped
callus 17. dasystyle
, Fls. entirely yellow 18. concolor
ONCIDIUM
6. MarshaUiJLnum, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs ovoid,
2-4 in. long: Ivs. narrowly oblong, G-8 in. long: fls. nu-
merous, 2% in. across, borne on a stout panicle 1-2 ft.
high; the upper sepals oblong apiculate, the lateral
ones united, yellow, with purplish bands petals much
larger, fiddle-shaped, wavy and 2 lobed -rolilen \ellow,
■with few blotches of chocolate brown 1 il lluiii w ith a
very large spreading 2-lobed middl II in I n like
side lobes, yellow, with orange red s| is n tl I ise
May. Brazil. B.M. 3725. F M IH"? s - \ x , fn , ftet
tive and showy plant related to O iii^ptini
7. Fdrbesii, Hook. Pseudobulbs rather small, oblong
compressed and sulcate: hs lanceolate, dark green
9 in. long: panicle about 1 ft high, bearing numerous
handsome fls. 2 in. across : fls rich reddish brown, mar
gined with yellow; sepals small, obovate, petals twice
as large, obovate-rotund; side lobes of the labellum
small ; middle lobe spreading, fan shaped Autumn
Brazil. B.M. 37(m. G.C. II U 525 -A rare but very
ornamental orchid.
8. cuTtnm, Lindl. Lvs. and pseudobulbs like those
of O. crispiim : inflorescence an erect much blanched
pyramidal panicle: fls. 1-1^ m across lateral sepals
united, rather small; dorsal sepals and petals obovate
obtuse, yellow, with reddish brown bars and blotches,
labellum with small lateral lobes and a roundish,
notched middle lobe, yellow bordered with brown crest
lobed and warted, yellow, with red spots Brazil B R
33:68. Gn. 10, p. 131; 31, p 198 34, p 87 -Blossoms
in spring, the flowers remaining fresh for &e\ eral weeks
9. crispum, Lodd. Pseudobulbs oblong sulcite rough
and usually dark brown : h^ 1 fli i\ In lit il ut
9 in, long: flowiT-^irni 1-1 ti I i li 111 ii
20-50 1arge fls. 1 '.,-:; 111. .uTM il Inn li \i itl
few yellow and red markv at tl I t tl _i ni
sepals obovate, obtuse, recurred .in<t undulate, the lat-
eral ones united; petals twice as large. Droadly obo-
vate, obtuse, much waved and crisped: middle lobe of
the labellum large, rotund-cordate, waved and crisped;
lateral lobes small, horn-like. Fls. at various seasons.
Brazil. B.M. .3499. B.R. 23:1920. L.B.C. 19:1854. F.S.
21:2147-48. F.C. 2:54. B. l:2fi.-Var. grrandiflorum,
Hort. Pis. very large, the segments edged with yellow.
10. comigemm, Lindl. Pseudobulbs oblong, sulcate,
3 in. long, 1-lvd.: lvs. dark green, broadly ovate to ob-
long, fleshy, ribbed, 4 in. long: panicle about 18 in. long,
drooping, branched and crowded with fls. above: Bs.
small but numerous, yellow, spottcil with red; dorsal
sepals and petals obovate, concave. immI nLih , i Im l.itrral
sepals smaller and united; labellim j n.ar
lateral lobes and 2 horn-like proct'--^' - miil-
dle lobe obovate, subrepand. April. Mi. nii.ii |;..M.
3486. B.R. 18:1542. -A compact freeti.iwtTiiij,- plant
which is very attractive when grown in baskets so that
the long racemes can hang over the sides.
U. cucullitum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs oval, P. j in. long,
smooth, becoming ribbed: lvs. olil.in,- I, "lin . il in.
long: raceme almost simple, 8-12 iti. 1 _ ' . ii-]2
fls. IK in. across: dorsal sepals ami . al,
greenish, shaded with rose-purple; iii;. i,., .. ,■,> - .st
entirely united; labellum cordate-paiiiiiajl..riu, uuli the
middle lobe much dilated and 2-lobed, white to
spotted with dark purple. Spring. Colombi
8:835; 23:2457. I.H. 25:305. Gn. 22:350 (vai
*ei(m).— A species with many varieties, which differ
shape and coloring of the fls. It is one of the coolest of
the Andean orchids. Var. nubigentim, Lindl. Raceme
subereet: sepals and petals white or light purple, with
green tips; labellum white, with a purple blotch around
the crest. B.M. 5708.
12. MaTtiEtnum, Lindl. (O. hicolor, Lindl.). Pseudo-
bulbs ovate, compressed and ribbed : lvs. oblong,
striate : fls. yellow, spotted ; lateral sepals united,
<-iv.it. . :i. iiti : |.ftals obovate, concave; middle lobe of
t' ' ' '■ ' irirer than the rest of the flower, 2-parted
1 1 us in front, clear yellow. Autumn.
I'i. : ;. -.1:111). — A beautiful yellow species, with a
l.alilrlv 2 a. high. i
13. flexudsum, Sims. Pseudobulbs ovate, flattened.
2 in. long: lvs. linear-oblong, 6 in. long: fls. scarcely 1
In. across; sepals and petals small, recurved, yellow.
ONCIDIUM
1131
and
F.S.
gigan-
with chestnut bars; labellum yellow, with few reddish
spots; side lobes small; middle lobe reniform, notched.
Brazil. B.M. 2203. L.B.C. 5:424. -The plant blooms
freely at various seasons The fls open in succession
on a loose spreading panicle about 2 ft high
14 vancdsum, Lmll P il ' Us ovate, angled,
2-1 m long lvs 11 ' Ute 9 in long
fl spikes strong, ai 1 ii ith numerous fls
1 in across sepals i I i en, with brown
ish blotches label hi i I i ; roportion to the
flower bright yellow with i luuiusly toothed crest,
T-^
1524. Oncidium varicosum. var. Rogersii (X %).
lateral lobes rotund; middle lobe reniform, obscurely
4-lobed. Winter and spring. Brazil. — One of the most
attractive. Var. B6gersii, Reichb. f. (O. Sddgersii,
Hort.). Fig. 1524. The best variety. Specimens have
borne 1.50 fls., with the lip over 2 in. across, rich yel-
low, with a few red bars at base. G.C. 1870:277. F.S.
18, p. 150. F. 1870:25. Gn. 55:1226. G.M. 39:366.
15. PhalsBnbpsis, Linden & Reichb. f. A small-grow-
ing plant, with pseudobulbs oblong, somewhat ribbed,
1-2 in. high: lvs. narrow at the base, broadening up-
ward, about 6 in. long: fls. 3-6 on a slender raceme,
gaily colored, creamy white, with the sepals and petals
barred with reddish purple, and the base of the lip pro-
fusely spotted with the same color; sepals and petals
quite similar, oblong, acute; labellum pandurate, with
2 rounded lobes in front. Blooms at various seasons,
and lasts a long time. Ecuador. I.H. 17:3. Gn. 41:859.
J.H. III. 28:515. -A beautiful little plant, worthy of ex-
tended cultivation. Much like O. euciillalum.
16. Ifingipes, Lindl. (O. Jnneirhise, Reichb. f.).
Pscuiliiliiilli^ narrowly iivati-. 2-lvd.: lvs. narrow: scape
several 111!., i.iiialiii- the lvs.: fls. on long pedicels;
lateral -. |i.iU . Ion-ate. [., inhijous. United at the base;
dorsal sepals -liorter ami wider, recurved; petals ob-
long, plane: all yellowish green, barred with l.rowii;
labellum yellow, spotted with brown at the lia^e: lat-
eral lobes small, obtuse; middle loKe tran-v. i-. ly
broadened, apiculate. the narrow part serrati il. Mini
mer. Brazil. I.H. 2:54. B.M. 5193. called (>. /uH<y(/«,5,
is 0. Croesus, Reichb. f.-A small species.
17. dasjatyle, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs ovate, flat-
tened, strongly rugose: lvs. 4-5 in. long, linear-lanceo-
1132 ONCIDIUM
late: scape very slender, 6-7 in. long, bearing 2-5 fls.,
each IK in. across: dorsal sepals and petals subequal,
lanceolate, pale yellow, blotched with purple-brown;
lateral sepals larger, united half-way; labellum large,
sulfur-yellow, with a blackish purple callus; lateral
lobes small, triangular; middle lobe round-tan-shaped,
membranous and undulate. Jan., Feb. Organ Mts.,
Brazil. B.M. 0494.
18. c6ncolOT, Hook. (O. unguicnlAtum, Klotzsch).
Pseudobulbs small, oval-oblong, slightly furrowed: Ivs.
lanceolate: fls. 1-2 in. in ili;iiii.. rii-h yellow, borne ou
pendulous racemes 1-2 ft. lon^': latcrai l.ibes united for
half their length, smallir ilian tlic .|..rsal sepals and
petals, which are obovatc: lal.fllinti Twice as long as
the sepals, broad, flat, bil'.li.'l. with 12 reddish ridges
running down on the ba^e. Aiiril--lnn"'. Organ Mts.
B.M. 3752. I.H. 30:487. H. H. 1 >>1 ;:;ii. (in. ]:!:ni.-A
plant of close and comjiai-r haliir. Hiaking one of the
most attractive yellow cikiIIi.him- c.rclii.N.
A. Labellum with a large reni-
fnrm mid- lobe: la fern I
lobes small ornone.
B. Petals much broader than the
sepals IH. ampliatum
20. excavatum
BB. Petals afid sepalu marl// of
the
c. Ft
CC. Fls. medium-sised, numer-
ous, in long, climbing pan -
leles.
D. ,SV/)a?.s and petals liuear-
EE. /•'/
purple
iucurvum
, ,-, xl ../ N. r, ml iuterrupted
:"i'i'^ 24. Baueri
FK. r../„,»„ »■,„,,. rounded,
sin/hihi ininihite 25. altissimum
FFF. Cut II inn irinijs erose, sphace-
late 20. sphacelatum
PFFF. Column, wings falcate, den-
lull- 27. reflexum
MkS.ihiIs Itlnfinldtr: pvtals
xiiniuhiir 2K. Batemannianum
DUII. N./"//x ,/)/,/ i„l,lls Iniriir h'
E. c.lnroi hih.iiniii jit Ih.ii- . . . rlw. Harrisonianum
EE. ('"Inr ::f hiin Ihiiii iflnt, liii. leucochilum
.s-o than the lateral lobe.i.
B. Fls. rose-colored :il. ornithorhynchum
BB. Fls. ye Ho IV, various 1 1/
marked and spotted.
c. Crest pulvinate, pubescent . ..fl. divaricatum
'SA. pulTinatum
CC. Crest not ptilvinate.
D. Apex of labellum deeply
Globed 34. Warneri
DD. Apex of labellum apiculate,
lateral lobes tooth-like 35. maculatum
DDD. Apex of labellum merely
emarginate, lateral lobes
large.
Ji. Middle lobe broadly' reni-
form, clawed 36. Limminghii
EE. Middle lobe not clawed, sepa-
rated from the lateral lobes
merely by a sharp constric-
tion 37. cheirophortun
19. ampli&tum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs subrotund, com-
pressed, bright green with purple spots, becoming
blackish purple and wrinkled with age: Ivs. plane, ob.
ONCIDIUM
long-lanceolate, 9 in. long: inflorescence a large panicle
1-3 ft. long, with numerous fls., which are yellow, spotted
with red at the bases of the segments; sepals and
petals small, the former entirely free; labellum reni-
forni, spreading, wavy, 1% in. across, narrow at the
base, with two small lateral lobes and a prominent lobed
crest. March-May. Throughout the coast of Nicaragua.
B.R. 20:1699. — The flowers are produced in magnificent
panicles. In var. m&jus, Hort.. they are half again as
large as in the type. P.S. 20:2140. G.C. III. 17:173.
Gn. 45, p. 491. G.M. 37:47.5.
^W,
1525. Oncidiuir 1
20. excavatum, 1
Warsz.i. Pseudol
Ivs. IHft. long. If
long, with numei
with brown : sepal
luu
-^
spotted
1 llcng
u ridt,ts
L ui U r suit
Peru B M
as man} as
21. tigrinum, LaLlave & Lex. (O. Bdrkeri, Lindl.
O. iiniiiiinilatnm. Lindl.). Pig. 1525. Pseudobulbs
oval, loinpressed. 2-lvd.: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, thick.
1 ft. lung: panicle erect, stout, 3 ft. high : fls. 2% in.
across; sepals and petals similar, lanceolate, undulate,
rich reddish brown, with few bars and spots of yellow ;
labellum yellow, with a very large, orbicular-reniforni
blade supported on a Iciii; "elaw. lat.i-ral I. .lies oljloiig.
Winter. Mex. LIT. 1 ;:. 'JJ -"Jl I'^I. 1 I 'iT i;,TMSS!i.
p. 176. — Very mufli !'■ •' ', ' ' - i...i, ,11, ii
liilfers by the louL'-i r . :,■ ,;i .Ink
keel, and the obloiiu ,,.;^ i - ..i : i,. i , I;,,ili
Var. grandiflorum, 11 "it.. i>. udverti.sed.
2J. spl^ndidum, A. Riih. Pseudobulbs .small, round,
(•..ni|'r'~^c.l. liv.l.: h ■^. l.-athery, oblong-ovate. 6-12 in.
Si.riiiL-. liuat.niala and Mex. B.M..587Sas ((). tii/ri-
H»w. var. splindidiim). P.S. 18:1825. Gn. 51:1121.
K.B. 17:108. G.C. 1871:42; III. 3:108.
2:). incurvum. Barker. Pseudobulbs ovate, compressed
and ribbed, 2 in. long: Ivs. 9 in. long, ensiform. acute:
panicle 2-3 ft. long, slender, much branched and grace-
fully arched: fls. 1% in. across, numerous; sepals and
petals linear-lanceolate, undulate, white, banded with
purple ; labellum white, with a purple blotch ; lateral
lobes rotund, small; middle lobe .subreniform, concave.
Bears numerous panicles in autumn. Mex. B.M. 4824.
B.R. 31:64. I.H. 2:49; 29:444 (white variety).
24. Baieri, Lindl. (O. altissimum, Lindl.). P.seudo-
bulbs oblong, compressed: Ivs. ensiform, rigid, keeled:
panicle with numerous branches and rather dingy fls. :
sepals and petals about as long as the labellum, linear-
lanceolate, undulate, yellow, with red spots ; labellum
with 2 spreading lateral lobes and a reniform emargi-
nate mid -lobe, yellow, with a reddish band. Trop. Amer.
B.R. 19:1651 (as O. altissimum). -A gigantic epiphyte
ONCIDIUJI
(NCIDILM
1133
25. altlssimum, Swartz. Pseudobulbs nearly rotund,
much compressed and edged: Ivs. 1-2 at the top and
several at the base of the pseudobulb, ensiform, keeled,
lK-2 ft. long: inflorescence an almost simple, droop-
ing raceme, 4-6 ft. long: sepals and petals free, similar,
spreading, linear-lanceolate, undulate, pale yellow, with
olive-brown blotches; labellum nearly as long as the
petals, flddle-shaped, with the middle lobe reniform,
spreading, yellow, with a brown band near the center,
prominently crested. Aug. W. Indies. B.M. 2990.
B.E. 22:18.51.
2C. sphacelitum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs elongate-ovate,
compressed: l\s. I.hil:, t'lisiforni, apex recurved: s(':i]m-
strict, bearinir a niiiiiy-iM. j.aiiirle: sepals and petaN
linear-l.ani-c'phii.-. iiudulatc-. yiUi'W, spotted with brown:
labellum almut as Inng as the sepals ; lateral IoIms
auriculate ; middle lobe with 2 rotund lobes, yelbiw.
with brown spots at the base. Spring. Hondura-.
B.R. 28:30.— Var. grandiflomm, Hort., is a better v:.
riety.
27. reflfixum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs ovate, 1-lvd.: Ivs.
narrowly lanceolate, acute: panicle with its stalk 3^
ft. long, pendulous : sepals and petals linear-lanceolate,
undulate and rertexed, yellowish, shaded with pale
lill.s
ite
long-ensiform, 2 ft. long: scape ernt, i)-;
sepals lanceolate, undulate, reddisli l.n.w
marked with yellow; petals similarly ,(.l.jr,.i
and very much undulate; labellum brilliant ytUow
with the crest marked with brown; lateral lobes small
rounded ; middle lobe large, reniform, emarginate
Brazil. F.C. 3:137. — Related to O. altissimum.
152b Oncidium ornithorhynchum 1X^4)
29. Harrisoni&num, Lindl. lO. ITnirhh'iinim, Hort.).
Pseudobulbs subglobose. 1 Ivd. : Ins. !iiicar-oblong,
acute, fleshy and recurved: iiainrlt- ahmit a foot high,
erect, with the stem and liraui-hcs Lrrarct'ixlly curved:
sepals and petals linear, ot'tiise, yt-llow. spotted with
purple-brown; labellum yellow, longer than the sepals,
■with small lateral lobes and a subreniform, emarginate
middle lobe. Autumn. Brazil. B.R. 19:1569. L.B.C.
20:1917. B.B. 18:253.
311. leucochllum, Batim. Pseudobulbs sulcate, ovate,
compressed, 2-4 in. long: Ivs. sword-shaped, 1 ft. or
more in length: scape 3-4 ft. high, with numerous
branches on which the fls. are loosely scattered : sepals
and petals oblong, obtuse, green, blotched with reddish
lobes small,
arginate.
;. P.M.
brown ; labellum pure
rounded; middle lobe broadly
Autumn. Guatemala. Bateni,
7:241. -A noble species, with th.- Iiat.it of <). Bantri.
Panicles 6-9 ft. long. Var. Bpl6ndens is listed.
31. omithorh;rnchum, HBK. Fig. 1526. Pseudobulbs
oblong, compressed, 2-3 in. long, 2-3-lvd. : Ivs. grass-
like, 8-12 in. long: stalks 1 ft. long, slender and arched,
niaiiv rt'l.: fls. «,-:in-p|y 1 in. across, soft rose-purple;
-'I'll- ! :i' ■' I ' '_'. wavy; petals oblong and a little
lie 1 landurate, with small lateral lobes
:Miii .1 II _ : i. i-inarginate middle lobe. Fragrant.
.\i.iuii.i .11,1 nr. Jlex. B.M. 3912. B.R. 26:10.
F.I '. :;; i:;i;. IMI. ls,i;:-j:;(i. - Tliis is an .asilv grown,
ll-.-.i-llnNvc-riliL' l.iant i.f ll^^:ni■. i-..ln|iart hal.it. Its soft
irciius. Var. albiilorum. U. i.lil.. f. 1 var. lilhniii. Hort.).
G.C. HI. 16:781. .I'.H. II I. 29:399. G.M. 38:18. There
is also a variety (.■ailed majus.
32. divaricatum, Liiull. I'seudolmlbs compressed,
'■^'■■1, with a 111 -ii^. iiMii. ,M'i- I'.-'l: --:.|K. IM ft.
lii:,'li, with t!ii' III ,ii,.-i . I'll I !■. ii.'ii . ■ I . ■ii'-ly divari-
.-al.-: sc|i;i|. ,.11' m i.i .u. m . ||| . . .-nish yel-
low, Spotted With red: lateral h.hes large, half-rotund ;
middle lobe smaller, emarginate. Autumn. Brazil.
B.R. 13:1050. L.B.C. 13:1212. P.M. 3:4.-A floriferous
species easily recognized by its singular oval, fleshy
leaf and the divaricate panicle.
33. pulvinatum, Lindl. Panicle very much branched,
in a loose, spreading manner, weak, 8-9 ft. long: fls.
yellow, with the sepals and petals blotched with red;
segments obovate, acute; the 2 parts of the labellum
nearly equal; lateral lobes rotund-crenate and crisp;
middle lobe undulate, crest a villous cushion. Summer.
Brazil. B.R. 25:42. -One of the largest of the Oncid-
ium s. The Hs. last a long time. Var. majus, Hort., is
said t<. he .h-irahle.
■M. Warneri. I.iii.ll. {Odoiifoglissum Wdrneri,hmd\.).
Pseuch.liiilli^ (.\:it.. sonievvliat angular: Ivs. linear-
laii late: ra.-eiiii. shert. fr \v Hil - -■. pnls oblong;
uilh r..-r-|,iii]ihi: l.ilHllurM In i' 1 : lateral
r.iuii.hd h. lies'.' Autuluu. -Me.\. I:'.i;, :;:: : J" ; var. pjlj--
/.„,„/„»,. Lindl.).
.:.■>. maculatum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs ovate, com-
j.resse.l. 4-angled. 2-lvd.: Ivs. broadly linear-oblong:
Us. 1'4 ill. across, yellow, spotted with rleep purple; se-
pals and petals su'hei|ual. rather tle^h\ . ..viite-snhacumi-
iiis; 2 large tei-tli iii-ar the iin.|.llii: nii.hlle hrhe ovate,
with'" ii!.n'i'"i'ke''[d'ates'.' Whiter, 'mpx. B.'m. .3836 (var.
nn,i„,„\ and :;s.sii. B.R. 24:44. F.C. 2:57 (all as Ct^r-
:;i; Liniminffhii, i'. Morr. Pseudobulbs oval, com-
pre-- I ii;:. acute, mottled: raceme 1-2-fld.,
erei 1 I euger than the small Ivs.: fls. yel-
|ii« Mi.led with brown; sepals and petals
laiiee,,| 111 , -111 I. Mr pair larger; labellum with large,
auriculate lateral lobes and a transversely broadened,
subreniform, emarginate mid-lobe, spotted with red.
.June. July. Caracas. F.S. 18:1827.-A pretty dwarf
plant with the habit of a Sophronitis.
37. cheirdphomm, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs 1 In. long,
ellipsoid : Ivs. 3-6 in. long, linear-lanceolate : scape
bearing a dense panicle longer than the Ivs. : fls. about
% in. across, entirely bright yellow, with greenish se-
pals; sepals and petals small, rounded-ovate, spreading
or reflexed; labellum much larger, with three large
lobes, the middle lobe notched. Colombia. B.M. 6278.
G.C. 1871:168 (description).
1134 ONCIDIUM
A. Plants dwarf, scarcely over S
B. Labellum with S equal lobes. 38. pumilum
BB. Labellum with small lateral
anda4-parted middle lobe. 39. Crista-galli
AA. Plants large.
B. Wings of the column narroir,
falcate W- bicallosum
41. Cavendisliianum
.BB. Wings of the column fleshii.
rotund, reniform, etc.
c. Jjabellum pandurate, with
triangular lateral lobes .. .V2. Lanceanum
43. Carthaginense
cc. Labellum reniform, with
small blunt lateral lobes.. U. luridum
38. pilmilum, Lindl. A small plant about 6 in. high,
■without pseudobulbs, and with oblong, leathery Ivs. :
inflorescence a small, branched panicle, scarcely longer
than the Ivs. : sepals and petals obovate, yellow, spotted
■with brown; labellum yellow, rounded, trifld. Spring.
Brazil. B.iV1.3581. B.K. 11:920. L.B.C.18:1732.
39. Crista-galli, Rei.-hb. f. (O. hiaifhlium, I-indl.,
not HBI>;.I. I>vs. r:..lir:U, (•uuiit'"n]i liaulate, 2-3 in.
long: H.-sti-ms ><-vir:il, l-'J-ll.l.. sliLrhtlv exceeding the
Ivs.: rts. yi/ll<iw, witli t'fw ri'd sp.its at the base of the
segments'and labellum; sepals lanceolate, acute; petals
oblong, crisp, much wider; labellum large ; lateral lobes
oblong-c.uneate; middle lobe divided into 4 lobes, of
which the inner 2 are smaller. B.R. 22: 1911. -A very
small, neat plant.
40. hicallftsuin, Lindl. Pseudobulbs none: Ivs. large,
oblong-lanceolate, keeled, thick and leathery: panicle
many-fld., variable in size: fls.2in.in diam.; sepals free,
obovate, concave; petals oblong-obtuse, undulate; all
rich yellow or honey-colored, bordered with cinnamon
color; labellum with small, narrow lateral lobes, and
a pair of tubercles for a crest ; middle lobe large,
transversely expanded, emarginate, subcordete. Autumn
and winter.' Guatemala. B.JI. 4148. B.R. 29:12. l.H.
12 :4,-)8.
41. Cavendisliianiun, Batem. Pseudobulbs none : Ivs.
fleshy, broadly lanceolate, 1-13^ ft. long : scape 4 ft.
high, erect, with a dense panicle about 1 ft. long: sepals
and petals oblong-obtuse, greenish yellow, with bright
chestnut spots; labellum yellow; lateral lobes rather
large, spreading, rounded, narrowed to a claw; mid-
lobe broadly reniform and deeply emarginate. Guate-
mala.—Grows very slowly.
42. Lance&num, Lindl. Pseudobulbs wanting : Ivs.
fleshy, oblong, acute, 1 ft. long and about 3 in. broad:
scape stiff, erect, branched above and 1 ft. or more in
length: fls. 2-3 in. across, numerous; sepals and petals
oblong, obtuse, fleshy, concave, yellow, marked and
barred with chocolate-brown or crimson; labellum nar-
row in the middle, with the 2 lateral lobes forming a
hastate base, middle lobe broadly expanded, cuneate.
The color of the labellum is variable, usually rose in
front, becoming violet toward the base. Summer.
British Guiana. B.R. 22:1887. F.S. 18:1842-43. P.M.
4:169. P.C.2:79. G.C. II. 21:609.- Var. Bup^rbnm.Hort..
is described as a superior variety. Var. Louvrexi&num,
Hort. [O. Louvre xidntim, Hort.). A var. with yellow
fls., prettily spotted and marbled ; labellum yellow at
the base, white in front.
43. Carthaginense. Swartz.(0. fl^^nc?»ma«ni".Lodd. O.
rbseum. Lo.1,1. (*. „/i<;«;(KHm, Salisb. O. sangiilneum,
Lindl.). Pscucl()l>ulhs obsolete: Ivs. solitary, oblong,
aeutish: iianicle 3 ft. long and loose: fls. small, whitish,
marked and blotched with red and bordered with yel-
low; sepals and petals oblong-ovate, free, waved; label-
lum with horizontal, triangular lateral lobes and a fan-
shaped middle lobe, crimson, with a yellow border.
Summer. Trop. Amer. B.M. 3806 (as O. fi^Knfeaiiiim ).
F.C.3:97 (as O. luridum, var. Menchmanni).
44. Wridum, Lindl. Lvs. elliptical, thick, rigid, dull
green, 15 in. long: scape slender. 3 ft. hish, much
branched and many-fld.: fls. nearly P . in. in diara.,
dark green or olive-green, with in^li-tiiM-t .lark, r spots;
sepals clawed, undulate, crenatt-. ..i.ni-.-. waiT.--! on the
back, the upper one rotund, the oth.-r-; spatiilat.- oblong;
ONCIDIUM
petals larger and without warts; labellum reniform,
almost plane. 8. Amer. B.M. 3608. B.R. 9:727. -The
panicle is said to grow to a height of 9 ft. A var. rdseum,
Hort., is said to have rose-colored fls., spotted with
white and bordered with yellow. Var. guttitum, Lindl.,
has yellow fls. spotted with orange. B.R. 25:16.
45. Papilio, Lindl. Butterfly Orchid. Fig. 1527.
Lvs. oblong, very leathery, olive-green, mottled with
purplish brown, 6-8 in. long: peduncle 2-3 ft. long, flat-
tened and jointed, producing fls. several years in suc-
cession: fls. 4-5 in. long and 2% in. across; dorsal
sepals and petals erect-linear, with a small lanceolate
expanded portion, brown, with bands of yellow; lower
sepals lanceolate-falcate, curved downwards, yellow,
with heavy bands of brown, labellum pandurate, usu-
ally plane, with the middle lobe rounded, transversely
broadened, emarginate, yellow, with a broad band of
brown around the margin; wings of the column toothed.
Fls. at any sea'^on. West Indies. B.M. 279.") and 3733
I. B.K. n:'J10. L. B.C. 11:1086. :
175. — Variable in color of fls. and
green on the upper surface. F.C. 1
9:920. P..M.
Lvs. sometiii ^
F. 1842:49. Var. fickhardti, Linden. All parts
tlowir v.rv lari,'e; sepals and petals golden yellow,
l.arrr.l Willi r.,1: labellum yellow, with a broad margin
..f l.n.wn. l.ll.:in:500.
4i;. Krameriinum, Reichb. f. This species is much
like O. Papilio. Pseudobulbs rounded, 4-7-angled:
stem terete: petals and dorsal sepals shorter than in O.
Papilio, apex more distinctly dilated; lateral sepals
golden vellow, spotted (not banded) with cinnamon-
l.r.nvii, ."ri-i,. undulate, finely toothed; labellum very
iT-i.|i ami lui.lulate, finely toothed, pale yellow, with a
narrow IkukI "f cinnamon-brown spots around the mar-
gin; .•nlunm wings entire. Cent. Amer. F.S. 19:19.56.
.11. 41
2UG.
47. JonesiEknuin, Reichb. Plants with fleshy, rush-
like Ivs. 3-12 in. long and usually hanging downwards:
fl. -stems 6 in. to 2 ft. long, the largest bearing about a
dozen fls. 2 in. across: sepals and petals oblong, wavy,
cream-colored, with sepia-brown spots; labellum white,
yellow at the base, with a few crimson spots near the
isthmus ; middle lobe large, subreniform, 2-lobed, wavy ;
lateral lobes toothed. Fls. at various seasons. Para-
guay. B.M. 6982. R.B. 15:7. Gn. 31 :583 -The hand-
somest of the round-leaved species.
48 CeboUeta.Swartz. (O.JHHCi«;;Km, Lindl.). Pseu-
dobulbs very small, each with a single, terete, obscurely
furrowed leaf: lvs. 1 ft. long, spreading, harsh in tex-
ture: panicle rigid, erect, about 2 ft. high: sepals and
petals nearly equal, obovate, greenish yellow, spotted
with red; labellum large, bright yellow; lateral lobes
ONCIDIUM
broaflly obovate; middle lobe broadly obovateor subreni-
form. lunUilate, iiotrlu^d iu front. Spring and summer.
Brazil. B..M.;i.}i;s. B.K. 23:1994; 28:-Has O. iOHffifoJium).
4'.1. triqu^trum, R.Br. (Cifmbldium triquetrttm, Swz.
J'Jjiiili'iitlriiw Inqiulrnin, Swz.). Pseudobulbs none:
Ivs. few, 4-ij ill. long, triquetrous and grooved: scape
about as long as the Ivs., purplish, bearing a raceme of
10-12 medium-sized fls. : sepals broadly lanceolate, the
lower pair united, purplish green; petals ovate, white,
tinged with green and spotted with purple; labellum
cordate-ovate, constricted near the middle, white spotted
with purple; crest orange. Autumn. Jamaica. B.M.
A supplementary list of synonyms and imperfectly known
kinds advertised in Amerii-ii: O. ansiferum. Reichb (. Sepals
and petiils ohlong-oboviite, free, crisp; labellum with ligiibtte
lateral lobes and a reniform, emarginate middle lobe, gobleu
yellow, with 2 dark browa bars at the base, tiaccid. The sepals
and petals are greenisli, with yellow tips —O li'ihU'nttiitir,
Keiehb. f. ((). Balderramas, Reichb.f.). P.ii '. utir- I.isal
sepals rounded, clawed, crisp, yellowish . ' ' 'li a
yellow border: lower sepals longer cKi ii_'.
unicolored; petals oblong, short-rdawed. ipli
oate. smaller than the sepals, yellow, wiili \'i' >i I . i Ins.
labellum hastate, ligulate, obluse. Sumnii-r. < ol.nnln.i — <>.
Bicliiiiieiise. Hort. e\-Lindl ^(Idontogli.ssuni Sp -(). Furster-
Oardneri, Lindl. lO.' (iardneri.wum, Hurt I Resembles O.
<-nspnni aniH) Kurl..-sii FK I.mih'h >ellnw, spotted and barred
will ii. r I i' ' t I [itl,, ., 1 i' n,l]i.t.ils: labellum broad,
\.' r I r I , i]| segments undulate.
; 1 1 I ' I III- ml This is prob.ably
" '" 'nniiin I \1, 1 -mill l^fii-lib. f.) A species
Kolte. Pseudobulbs broadly obloug compres.sed, 3 in. long: Ivs.
elliptic-oblong, 4 in. long: panicle large, branching- tls. 2 in.
across, yellow, spotted with brown; dorsal sepal.-; spatuJ.ate;
lateral sepals lanceolate-oblong, united at base; petals obo-
vate. wider than the sepals: labellum pandurate. with small
spatulate lateral lobes and a broadly orbicular-ov.ite. undulate
middle lobe. Brazil. RB. 21:,J. G.C. 111. 11:631. Near O.
crispum —<). hastatum, Lindl. Sepals and petals yellow,
spotted with brown: labellum p;ile .m-IIow Me\, — O. (n drift-
/ii(;n, Lindl (O. sessile. Lindl A- I' if' T'-^-i-'nlmlbs ohbmg:
Ivs. shctrt. pale green: panii-le inn i In u I I unl bearing a
large number of tls.. seii;its an I i i ' i Inu-e. yellow,
spotted with cinn;iini>ii-bro\\n ii uni hirge. of
the same .-..Inr E.-ua.lor-o /n 1,, •' I , >,,;,c„nuim.
Rei.hli t =Br-issia Lawren.i.iii,. - (A ,„,i,,„ai„. Reichb f.
t) uh, u^oi'n:: Ki 11 i.ti. f. & Warsc. 1? Is. gcdden yellow, spotted
withtnnwii 1m. 111. in a much-branched panicle. Peru. Said to
yellow, spotted with brown. Peru. S:iiil '
RusseUiinum. Lindl.= Miltonia Russ, lli
Lindl. Pseudobulbs subcylindrical. 3 in i i _ _
lanceolate: panicle branched, many-tld . si. n.I. i
yellow, spotted with brown: sepals free, ,.b<.\.i
larger. clawed, obovate-spatnlate. repand: labelluin
serrate lateral lobes; middle lobe large, emarginate
Brazil. I H. 21:165. Near (>. ampliatum.-O ,SV/,;
Reichb. f. Trop Amer — O. Schllmn Lin.len
'be. pale vellow. with a darker callus.
:itum.-0. Tiih'ox, Reichb. f. Venezuela.—
ii-hb f. Pseudobulbs rounded, compressed:
scape stout, with an 8-13-tld. panicle: fls,
spots and the middle of the labellum blood-
.mceohate. acute, crisp; lower pair oblong,
lellum, united ; petals oldong. much wider
Ills; labellum with auriculate lateral lobes
tid middle lobe. Colombia.-t). Weltoni.
irszewiczii. Heinrich Hasselbring.
ONION
1135
Hort -Ml
ONCOBA (Arabian, onkob ; name of a North African
species). Bixdcefe. Shrubs or small trees of tropical
and subtropical Africa, sometimes spiny. Lvs. alternate,
without stipules : fls. terminal, solitary, white, large
for this order, bisexual; sepals and petals ,'5; stamens
very numerous, inserted, in many rows on a fleshy wing
beneath the ovary; filaments filiform; anthers linear,
2-ceIled, attached to the base, erect, opening at the sides;
stigma dilated, notched: ovary free, 1-celled; style cylin-
drical: berry leathery, pulpy within; seeds
used as ornaments by the natives.
Kraussiilna, Planch. A branching shrub without
thorns, the older branches having a rough ash-colored
bark: lvs. elliptic-oblong, obtuse or subacute, entire, 2
in. long, with midrib, pinnate and netted veins, some-
what pale on under side : peduncles terminal or opposite
the lvs., 2-3 in. long; fls. erect, solitary, more than an
in. across, whit,- ; s.-pais rounilish and very concave;
petals UM, ,. :i^ lull-. s|iir:i.liiig, with narrow claws,
cuneiit.' Ill liiis,., l.r.iinlly ..b.i\ :ife, with Scattered, woolly
hairs; aiiflnrs juiiiitlfss ; sTii^nia 5-6-rayed : ovary hairy.
Procurable iu .s. Calif. — This makes a very fine pot-
plant in a greenhouse temperature, flowering in spring.
It is also useful for subtropical bedding. Prop, from
ripewood cuttings, also from seeds. Give the plant a
sunny position, and plenty of water while new growth
is making. jj. B. CotTLSTON and H. A. Siebrecht.
ONCOSPfiKMA (Greek, tumor-shaped seed). Pnl-
jHcicefP. Stoloniferous palms, with low. very spiny
trunks: lvs. equally pinnate; Ifts. ensiforni aiiiiiiiiiate.
entire, equidistant or somewhat clustert-.l, the v.ins
scaly beneath; rachis convex on the back, with a blunt
keel above: fr. small. Oncosperma differs fnun Eu-
terpe in the small, acute sepals: stamens B-12. the an-
thers erect; albumen ruminate. Species 6. Trop. Asia.
fascicolikttun, Thwaites. Caudex at length 30-40 ft.
high, 5-6 in. in diara. : lvs. 18 ft. long; pinna! fascicled,
12-18 in. long, 1-2 in. wide, lanceolate, long-acuminate,
the tips drooping; sheath 2K ft., armed and scurfy: fr.
globose, black-purple, % in. in diam. Ceylon.
Jared G. Smith.
ONION. Plate XXII. All the Onions of common or
general cultivation are forms of one variable species,
Allhitii Cepa. This plant is probably native to south-
western Asia, but it has been domesticated so long and
has varied so much that its aboriginal form is not
well understood. It was grown by the ancient Egyp-
tians. It is grown primarily for its bulbs, but the
leaves are sometimes used as seasoning and in stews
Under long-continued cultivation and selection, the
bulbs have developed into large and shapely organs.
Now and then the bulb does not develop and the neck
(or stalk just above the bulb) remains relatively thick:
such onions are "scullions." Seeds from poorly selected
or deteriorated stock may be the cause of scullions:
they are to be considered as reverted or run-down
forms. Sometimes scullions result from very wet soil,
whereby the plants grow too much to top. Seeds grown
in the South or in a long-season climate tend to pro-
duce plants in short-season regions that do not "bot-
tom " before caught by frost.
The Onion is one of the hardiest of vegetable garden
winter crop. In the ii..rtlirrn st:,r,.s mi, I CiuKidathe
seeds are sown ..r th.- Inillis ]i|;iiit,'.l us s....ii as the
ground can lie tiiti'd in the sprint;. It is ulways be.-st, if
possible, to prepare the gr"Ulid in tin' tall in .irderthat
the seeds may be sown on the first approach of warm
weather. When Onions are grown from seeds, it is
essential that the ground be fine and loose, and all sur-
face stones and litter removed. The seeds are small and
do not germinate quickly. The yminir |. hints ate surface
feeders. If the seed is sown hit. .r if tin- :,'r.iund is
droughty, the plants will eitln r |.. ri-li ..r make no
headway. Land which is foul with w. e.is sinmld not be
planted to Onions, for the youiiK Uiib.ii plants cannot
withstand such competition. In the old-fashioned
gardens, it was the custom to plant Onions in short
rows crosswise of raised beds, as in Fig. 1528. This
entailed an endless amount of small hand labor and
usually resulted in the expenditure of more time and
effort than the Onions were worth. The better method
is to grow the plants in long rows which are far enough
apart to admit of the use of a wheel hoe. Fig. 1529.
Even when a small quantity of Onions is desired, it
is better to place them all in one row than to have
many short rows. With the best of land and manage-
ment, and with the use of wheel hoes, more or less
finger work will be necessary in order to bring the crop
to full perfection. The seed may be sown thick in the
home garden, and as the young plants begin to crowd, they
should be thinned. The plants taken out in the second
1136
ONION
anil third thinnings may be used on the table. Fig.
ISaO. It is very important that the best grade of seed
be used, for the Onion deteriorates rapidly from seed
which is not well grown nor carefully selected. There
are great nxirabers of varieties. The most popular
standard field Isinds are Southport Red and Yellow
>, ^^ .?'
Globe, and these are also to be advised for the main
reliance in the home garden. For early use and for
variety, great numbers of kinds may be selected from
reliable seed catalogues. Some of the quick-growing
southern Onions are excellent for early use.
There are two general methods of propagating the
Onion— by seeds and by bulbs. Onion seed is ordinarily
known as "black seed," although there is no Onion seed
which is not black. The main field crop is grown from
seeds, as explained in the articles which follow. The
Onion seed of the market is produced from full grown
and typical bulbs of the desired variety. These bulbs
are grown from seed and are kept over winter as other
Onions are. In the spring they are planted out in rows
two feet apart and as near together in the row as they
will stand. Tlicy sfnd up a flower stalk which blooms
in earl) -ummim r. ,in.l i\n -. . .1 is liarvested.
Prci|.j- 1 ' ,1 l.vi-d for the purpose of
seenrni_ ' . use or for the special
early SI :- 1. .im, , I i,,; iim recent years, all the
very t;til> i.r l.uiicLi Uukju.s ucic raised from bulbs, but
recently a so-called "new Onion culture" has come into
vogue, which consists in sowing seeds in hotbeds or
coldframes and transplanting the young plants. Bulb-
propagation is of three general categories: (1) The use
of bulblets or " top Onions " which appear on the top of
the flower-stalk in the place of flowers; (2) the use
of bulbels or separable parts of an Onion bulb, known
as "multipliers," or "potato Onions"; (.1) the use of
ordinary bulbs which are arrested in their growth,
Bulblets, or top Onions, are shown in Fig. 1531. If
one of these bulblets is planted in the spring, it
quickly produces a young bulb, and the growing bulb
maybe pulled at any
JM- ft
I
■^^4$^
time and eaten. If
allowed to remain
in the ground, how-
I V ' r, it sends up
.1 -i:ilk (either the
I ir second year)
u lii.-h bears a clus-
t,.r of bulblets,
1521, ' iTiion field. with flowers, on its
top. Tliere are two
or tliitf x.aiiis .,1 i<>|> ( luions on the market, although
the leading ones are the white and the red, these names
applying to the color of the bulblets. The so-called
"Egyptian Onion" is atop Onion; also the "tree Onion."
Multipliers are shown in Fig. l,=),32-3. Instead of con-
taining a single "heart" or core, as in most Onions, it
contains two or more. When the Onion is planted, each
of these cores or bulbels sends out leaves and grows
rapidly for a time; that is, the old or compound bulb
separates into its component parts. The growing
bulbels may be pulled and eaten at any time. If allowed
to remain in the ground, each of these bulbels will make
ONION
a compound bulb like that from which it came. Some-
times flower-stalks are produced from multiplier or
potato Onions. The best results with multipliers are
secured when the bulbels are separated on being
planted, for each one has room in which to grow. Two
or three kinds of multiplier Onions are known, the
variation being chiefly in the color of the bulb.
Onion sets are merely ordinary Onions which are
irrest( <1 m their growth, and when planted will resume
,;rowth They are grown from seed. The seed is
*.own \(ry thick on rather poor land, so that the young
I nibs soon reach the possibilities of their growth: they
mature when still very small. These small
bulbs or sets are then harvested and kept
1* over winter, and used for planting the follow-
ing spring. When planted they grow rapidly
_ and may be pulled and used for the table.
If allowed to remain in the ground, they
send up flower-stalks and produce seeds,
as common Onions do. Sets are not allowed
to seed, however, since the seeds from sets
would probably produce an inferior race of
Onions. Any variety of seed-bearing Onion
may be grown and propagated as sets, al-
though there are relatively few that give uni-
lod results. In the trade. Onion sets are usu-
ally designated as yellow, red or white. In order to
secure good results from Onion sets, it is essential that
the sets be small and firm. They should not be over
one-half inch in diameter, if they are of the best. If
they are much larger than this, they tend to run to seed
rather than to produce bulbs. Sometimes the very small
and inferior Onions are saved from the regular crop
and are used as sets the following spring. Such sets
are generally known as "rareripes." Usually they do
not give the best results.
The varieties of Onions are numerous. In 1889
(Annals Ilort.) 78 varieties of "set-d" Oninns were
formly j
1530. Bunch On
early spring soNvine.
offered by American dealers, and also about 20 kinds
of multipliers, potato Onions and sets. For purposes of
careful scientific study, the varieties may be classified
into geographical races, but for purposes of description
they may be assembled into groups characterized by
such arbitrary features as form and color of bulb.
ONION
Goff (« Kep. N. V. State Exp. Sia.. lor tliu year 1887)
classittes first by shape of bulb and then by color He
niakes four primary groups bulb oblate, spherical, ton
shape, oval or pear shape Each of these groups is
divided m three sections color white, yellow or brown
D ;, ''S "'" •'«<'<J'sh Anothei classification (Baile-(
Bull. 31 Mich Agrip College, 1887) makes three pn
mary sections on methods of propvgation propagated
1137
seeds are usually s
severe, and the lea
Allium Ascaldnicum, Linn
smill ]iliiit with shi
1531 Top Onions ( X Vi)
by division (multipliers), by bulblets or "tops," by seeds
(or sets). The last section (seed Onions) is divided
into bulbs silvery white and bulbs colored, and thesi
groups are again divided on shape of bulb
A.side from the chapters on Onions in the vegetable
gardening manuals, there are special treatises, as (,rei
ner s "Onions for Profit," and "The New Onion Cul
j.n- (,reiner and Arhe's "How to Grow Onions," and
the Orange Judd Company's "Onion Book "
The cultivated onion like plants may be named under
SIX species, as follows
A Leaies teiete andhoUou
B. Plant annual or biennial, the biilh^ eiident
Allium Cepa 1 mn Common Omion Bulbs various
but ilistiiictly loundHd at top and bottom scape tall and
stout (usually J- ft ), enlarging in the middle glau
("lis. luui-h .■x( I . rliii^, the large soft hollow leaves fls
■i'.'r'''H'l.','i't ".'",!. ' ' '" '^''•*' ^'"*« '>'■ t"'"''! Persia ind
Var bulbellifera, Bailey. Top or tree Onion.
V:ir. muItipUcans, Bailey. Multiplier or potato Onion.
Allium Hstuldsum, Linn. Welsh Onion. Ciboui.e
fig. I.i.ln. No .hstmct bulb, but only an enlargement
at tne oase: Ivs., scape and fls. much as in the Common
\lvZl' "^■-y;';P* t''-" the plant is usually lower when in
i' ' n ?-" "^ L*"'''''*' "'■'' """■« '•■'■stered. Siberia. B.M.
l-.iU.-(,rown for its leaves, which are used as seas.,n-
ing. It IS as hardy as the Onion. It is grown prefer-
ably from seeds, but the roots raav be divided The
Plant
in the fall, unless the climate is
are ready for eai-ly spring use
''haltot (which see) A
lail li i\, s ,1, I 1,1 umbel
III il> I il Miidl ob
' ' I I'rneon
ulbsor"cloves
'ung leaves are
s or cloves m n
onion sets Tim
ain of Onion is
ihj pei:
■tl ptaditrmif I
clu
40f7 III,
mp
Allium Schoen6prasum, Lmn Ci\e («hich see) Pig
jii OiH tt .,1 I, ss high, m a tough dump scarceh
iihmis produ, in., umbels of lose purple fls in spring
,.,., .He uoithern part of N 4mer Giown fm
ith ire used for seasoning
AA Ziaiet, flattisJi not liolloit
Allium sativum, Linn Garlic (which see) Fil,
4 p ,ge b2b Bulbs small, breaking up into many small
iiijs m clu\es hs ier\ narrow, keeled fls pur'
plisli hut usuilU not forming or replaced b> bulb
ets tu -(,!(,« 1, toi the bulbs, and cultivated like
Onions grown from sn.K
Allium P6rrum 1 im. Leek (which see) Pig
till "l"""r "'';"-' 1''"" witli the simple bulb lit
r.V.M, 1 i'" 'iH'iieik h s y erv broad and
"1 '' '' I I ' 1' d s< ipe produced the
'" ii.ii_ I i,,_, umbil of white or blush
""'I" ' 'II' 1 the niauuei of Onions
111 u .1 1, L H n
featiii. s ..1 hIi It I, I I II,
ture IS not new It li i
Bermudas, amuug tin I
ma, and in various j'l i I
does not detract from tin
as to Prof W J Grttu i i i 'I j i i,
(about 1889) of this old, but in then 1,,,
portions of the United States bctc.
unknown, plan of Onion-growmg Then
if anj , modern ...
deep impressiii
planting metho
of the large t
bpanish type i
to produce bull
sweet Onions w
toreign countin
cents per pound
off on the unsu-
ported Spanish" are really nothing more than these
home-grown bulbs of the Prizetaker variety, and the
buyer is not the loser by any means. This Prizetaker
is perhaps the best .,f tl,i^ rlas- i.i' ( ini,,,,^ t.. I,.- jrown
of good shape. |>.ii,:i|i- n lurh clmi... r m ,-,,l,,r t]i;,,'i the
imported Spanish. aiMi n^ .-.luai in miMn. -;s ,,f flavor
The newer Gibraltar i.- -nil laiirer, Miii.lcr a little liter'
1138
ONION
not as good a keeper, but altogether one of the best
Onions which the home grower, as well as the market-
gardener who can sell his crop before late fall and at
good prices, could produce.
Start the plants under glass (preferably in green-
house) during Januarv or February, sowing seed rather
1 J- J ■'*'/''
bed surfn.-r.
Keep tlir |il;ui
outdoors cull
seedlings in r
inches apart
necessary, bui
also grow a pi
this way. For
1534. Onion in flower.
i.li and a half or two inches apart,
I •mice of seed to ten square feet of
lil should be sandy and very rich.
" id ^'rowth, and as soon as the patch
|.. riv iu-('v:ired in spring, set the
:' '1 ■■ I 1^ apart, and from 3 to 4
1 111 hand-weeding will be
■ iiild be used freely. We
i L ■ 1 1 1 - 1 1 1. 1 1 or bunching Onions in
purpose the plants are set more
closely in the rows, say not over 2 inches apart. Seed
of the Prizetaker is mostly grown in the United States,
while that of the Gibraltar is as yet all imported.
T. Greiner.
Commercial Onion Cultcre in the North.—
Soil.— The soil should be a rich, moist, but not wet,
loam with a subsoil of clay, or close compact sandy loam,
not coarse grav. 1, a- tlint 1. is the water leach out too
quickly. Onions will siainl a lariie amount of fertiliza-
tion, and there is littl, ihrnu'' i "f getting the soil too rich.
Soil that has b.in iiiidrr ■■ultivation for three or four
years at least is much better than new land. The ten-
dency of the latter is to produce too much top-growth
and improperly ripened bulbs.
To prepare the soil, plow 10 or 12 inches deep, if the
soil is of sufficient depth, or down to the subsoil. Care
should be taken not to turn up much subsoil, or the crop
will not mature evenly.
Fertilizers. — It the soil is poor, plow in 5 to 10 cords
of stable manure to the acre, and spread on an equal
amount of well rotted manure after plowing, to be har-
rowed in. Unleached hard wood ashes is also a good
fertilizer, especially on rather dry laud, as it aids in the
conservation of moisture. The action is quick, which
makes it valuable where a little of the subsoil has been
turned up in plowing, giving the young plants a good
start, when, without it, they would be too light-colored
and weak in growth. Ashes should be spread as evenly
as possible, 75 to 100 bushels per acre on the ground
after plowing, and harrowed in.
Tiiiage.— The harrowing should be thorough, using
some kind of a disk or spring-tooth, for the first time
over, with a Meeker or some other smoothing harrow
for the finish. It is impossible to get a good even stand
.,f |.l:iiii- ii I 1m -liMMMl is rough or lumpy, while tho.se
tn.i! ! I I ik anil |.uny on rough ground. Haud-
lai _ I ' - 111 'I'-ary to insure germination of
J>i-iiiiiii<jy. -Ihe drainage must be nearly perfect to
get best results. There should be no hollow places in the
beds. Even on a sloping piece of land, the dead fur-
rows or alleys should be kept open. If there is a natural
SSL' ill till- land which cannot be surface-drained, it is
I. til 11 III .1.1 1 iMi' to underdrain so as to get satisfactory
II n is no crop grown in the ordinary
111.11 nil' I iirh will pay a larger percentage of re-
turn 11 111, n i.lraining, in nearly all locations. If the
foliai,'!- is (if a light color, and the crop does not ripen
evenly, an underdrain will usually correct the trouble.
The time to drain is when the ground is being pre-
parid fur ]. hinting, not after a heavy rain, when water
is staiiiliiii; ill jiuols over the field.
< i„,n„ s, ■ i7.- There are a few growers who can proflt-
alih LTnw itinir iiwn seed, but the masses should buy.
riiis sin.iiM In- ill, lie early, so that there may be no delay
at |ilaiiliiii^ tiiiit-. and also that one may get the best
stuck c.litainable. If one wants 10 pounds or more it is
sometimes advisable to order from some one of the large
seed houses of the country, but if there is a reliable
local dealer who buys seed in bulk, go to him and make
your wants known and you can often do better than to
send direct to the large seed house, even on quantities
of 50 to 100 pounds. Be sure to know where the seed comes
from, and if possible test it before planting. In any case
always buy the best seed obtainable, no matter if it costs
double the price of other stock.
The sowing of the seed should be done with one of the
standard garden seed drills, the first essentials of which
are that the machine can be regulated to sow evenly and
in the quantity desired without clogging. The machine
should open a row, sow, cover, roll, and mark the next
row, all at one operation. The machines which have a
sliding piece at the bottom of the hopper, which opens
and closes a diamond-shaped opening, are the best, as
the operator can regulate exactly the amount of seed
The seed should be sown in rows 12-U in. apart, and
at the rate of 3H-4H pounds per acre, according to soil
and seed. A soil which produces heavy tops requires
less seed than the drier, sandy soil which grows small
tops. The plants should stand" from 1-3 in. apart in the
row. The seed should be sown from ^o-l in. deep,
according to soil.
Tillage should begin
as soon as the plants are
up enough for the rows
to be seen. Begin with
a double-wheel straddle
cultivator if one is at
hand, setting the knives
as closely as can be
worked without covering
the young plants, and
continue as often as nec-
essary to keep weeds de-
stroyed and the ground
loose on top until the
plants are too large to get
through. The last time
through may be done
with a single-wheel ma-
chine, which will throw
a little earth up to the
plants. A single-wheel
machine may be used
throughout the season,
but the double-wheel is
preferable for the first
part of the work.
A hand-weeder may be
used with profit after the
voung plants have gotten
:t-5 in. high. This works two rows at one passage, stir-
ring the soil in the rows where the wheel-hoes do not
work, and greatly reduces the amount of hand-weeding
to be done. Of course, hand-weeding must be done as
often as necessary to keep the beds clean.
ONION
Barfestiitij may be done in the following manner: If
the crop ripens evenly, so that there are no green tops
standing, the topping can be done most rapidly before
the Onions are pulled. By using a thin, sharp knife,
taking the dry tops in one hand and cutting from the
person, the work can be done quickly and well. Be
careful not to tear the skin down the side. The length
to cut the tops is a point of importance and must not
be overlooked. If the tops are left too long they have
a ragged appearance, and if too short, there is danger
ipf causing the Onions to rot in the tops, because of
bruising or because of water having gone to the inside
of the Onions. The proper length is about half an inch
from the bulb; or, take an Onion by the top, with the
thumb and forefinger close to the bulb, and cut the top
close to the lingers. The pulling may be done by hand,
but a puller made to fit a hand-cultivator is much more
rapid and does not injure the bulbs. The puller is
siraplv a knife with one or more fingers to move the
bulbs'slightly as the roots are cut. In light, dry soil it
works very well without any fingers.
Many growers prefer to pull the Onions first, allowing
them to dry a few days before topping. This is what
should be done if the tops do not dry evenly, or if the
crop is late and needs to be hurried; and is all right in
any case, though not quite so rapid as the,other way.
Storage.- After the Onions are topped they .should be
gotten under cover as soon as possible. Let them dry
a day or two if the weather is favorable and then pick
them up and store in the curing shed. If allowed to lie
too long on the ground the skin peels off too much. The
shed should have doors or ventilators at each end from
top to bottom, so that the air can pass through freely
and be free under the floor. If the floor is tight, with
no circulation under it, lay some 2x4 scantling on the
floor and lay a loose board floor over them without nail-
iii;_^: ilnri t;ikt' some pieces of 2x4 sawed just 1 ft.
1..1IU- iiihI liiil ill. Ill to the floor at even distances for
lui^t- I" (MT IV stringers for the next floor. Use 2x4 for
ONION
the
ithe
ch.'s
I'M I ■ f"iair sfiirr. L:iy another floor and
|ii: , .1 . II. Im-jiil: ran fill to get the upper posts
iliii ' il;, iLi- i!m luwer oiR.s.or the stringers will break
after two nr three floors are in.
In handling the Onions, bu.shel boxes are the most
convenient. Pick them up in common baskets, leaving
all small, defective, or odd-colored bulbs on the ground,
to be picked up separately and sorted as occasion may
require. Dump in the boxes, then drive along the side
of the bed with a platform wagon, and load. Have a
screen about 4 ft. long by 2 ft. wide made of narrow
strips ^-l in. wide and about 1 in. apart. Put legs on one
end about 14 or 15 in. long and on the other end long
enough to give it a sufficient incline to make the Onions
roll down freely. With
hooks, to hang under the
Onions directly from the
wagon to the screen and
pour them over it. This
will take out all the dirt
and most of the loose
leaves, and make the
Onions come out of the
shed in much better
shape. They should lie
in the shed until they
are dry enough to peel off
another skin, and rattle
and crackle when the arm
is run in among them.
If all has gone well the crop should average 500
bushels to the acre on good land, or 600 bushels on very
rich land, and 700 or 800 bushels on a single acre selected
from the best part of a ten-acre field.
Marketing.— There is an old saying, "The time to sell
1139
his is a very good
d for cold weather
'■'■ in price. In a
ss lit even size and
is to two and one-
M- governed by the
< throw out all de-
ls when someone
rule to apply, uni
or is reasonably sure of an ai
general way it is best to slii|. in
not too large, one and ilir. . f.
fourth bushels. These iK.ints in
market. In sacking to ship, al
fective bulbs and all of
another color. In size
down to about IK to IK
inches in diameter is a
good scale to use in a
general way, but this
point must also be gov
erned by the market
Sell by sample as far as
possible.
Karie<ic«.— There are
three varieties of Onions
wlii.-h take the lead
'■Itarly aiiove all others
in thi- l.ii; markets of the
conntrv, — the White
Ulobe, Yellow Globe, and
Red Globe. These come
under different names,
as South port Yellow
Globe and Michigan Yel
low Globe, but the object
growers is to get bulbs
as nearly globe-shaped J537. Leek-Allium Porrum.
as possible. The skin
should be thick and two or three layers deep, to prevent
bruising. Irving C. Smith.
Onion Culture in the South.— Twenty years ago
Onion-growing from seed was not considered practicable,
and by many it was considered impossible south of the
Potomac. The introduction of varieties from South
Europe and more careful attention to details of the
work have made Onion-growing not only possible but
often exceedingly profitable.
The eastern South consumes large quantities of the
mild forms, such as the Bermudas. In the markets at
Jacksonville, Pla., these are sold by the piece, frequently
retailing at 5 cents and 10 cents each. Nowhere in the
South are Onions grown exclusively on an extensive
scale, but they form a supplementary crop, or may be
grown extensively at times. The southern Onion-grower
must keep in close touch with the northern and foreign
Onion markets. As there are no extensive cold storage
plants, the crop must be sold soon after ripening. The
extensive Onion-grower of this section must therefore
keep his land in proper tilth and wait for the year when
the price of Onions will warrant his planting.
Soil.— The soil should be alluvial, sandy, and of a
fine texture. A level tract, freed of all debris, and one
that can be plowed deeply, is desirable. In the coast
region such land may be obtained in great abundance.
It is frequently used for vegetable-growing, but large
areas are still uncleared or are used for farm crops. In
the hillv retrioni "f the interior. Onion lands must be
souglit mainly aloni; rivrrs or ol,l riv.-r beds.
/'.■)■^7(:. ;-.-riMlrroiii|H,s,.,l \-.'L.'i'ialil<- matter should
not lir aii|.liril iiniiir.iiaiily |.n .-nliim the crop. Even
before the seed is sown and then carefully incorporated
with the soil where the rows are to be, or if the rows are
to be a foot or 14 inches apart the cottonseed meal
may be sown broadcast and cultivated in.
When the land is deficient in the three ingredients
considered essential in fertilizers, the following formula
will supply the approximate proportion taken off by a
crop of Onions:
Nitrogen 5*
Phosphoric acid, available 6*
Potash 9*
Prom one to two tons of the above formula will not
be found excessive, but the amount that will give the
greatest profit will be different on each field.
The following table gives the amounts of different
1140
.acid
Potash .
ol „; .>i|.- ■^ulfate of potash.
,, T'il.- !.ii;ii ^i-iulesulfateof potash.
L 360 to 7UU lbs. muriate of potash.
*If euano is used, reduce the potash 33 per cent and
phosplioric acid 50 per cent, since guano contains large
centages of these elements.
ScetZtnjr. — Seed-sowing in the field occurs in
upper districts
the
early as the first of April or a little
earlier, in the central district about the last of Febru-
ary, while in the Gulf region it may occur late in fall or
any time during the winter, being gauged largely by the
time required for the variety to mature, and the market
to be met. It is a good rule to put on an abundance
of seed, about twice as much as recommended in gen-
eral, especially in the Gulf region. Many fields suffer
from deficient stand more than from any other cause,
and in some years it is the only cause for an unprofi-
table crop.
Sets. — (y'>"i\ frn|,s; mav he grown from sets, but the
labor iiivc.l\..l :mm1 r..-i ..f the "seed" is usually so
great as i^' ; i' ' ■ n mtu planting them. In using
sets thev - 1 1 .1 Lted into three or four grades,
the lariri ' i ; n;.' earliest and the smallest
last. In iriii-i ' '-' - "i> -riiallest sets grow such inferior
Onions that tin \ « .miM Litter be discarded. This takes
for grand. I thn ih,- ^. i^ were all grown at the same
time and fn.m th. >:nii.- M-i-d in one field.
Growing SrU. — SeiirW all the sets used in the South
are shipped in, while tliey may be grown as well here
as anywhere. In the Gulf region there is time enough
to grow a crop of sets after the northern crop has been
harvested and marketed. Thus in ease of shortage in
northern-grown sets, it is entirely practicable to ship
the seed south, grow sets, and ship sets back in time
for spring market.
The New Onion Cu!(«re. -Much has been written
and spoken about raising the plants in a seed-bed and
then transplanting to the field. While this may be prac-
ticed successfully, the greater quantity of Onions is
raised by the old-fashioned method, i. e., by seeding in
the drills where the plants
are to mature bulbs.
In certain localities it is
advantageous to plant out a
seed-bed before the general
field will permit working,
and then transplant as soon
as all conditions are favor-
able. In the upper districts
of the South, seed may be
sown in hotbeds as early as
the first of February, 'and
the pl.ants ra.iy usually be
..ui l.y tlir tirst of April.
ilii- .■.'■r,tr:il South, seed
. \n- ^.-wii in protected
r,,l,lrr:nii.- as early as the
middle of December, or in
an open bed in February.
The earlier plants may be
transferred to the field by
the last of February, or as
soon as danger from frosts
is past. In the Gulf region
the seed may be sown dur-
ing the fall in an open bed.
and transplanting to the
field may occur when plants
are of proper size and favor-
able condition of weather prevails.
Harvesting is often attended with considerable diffi-
culty, and in some cases special drying houses have to
be constructed to secure the crop in first-class condi-
1538. Creole On
ONOCLEA
tion. The crop is a perishable one, and must be pulled,
gathered and shipped in as short a time as possible,
when sufiiciently mature.
There seems to be no generally accepted plan for
marketing, the crop being placed in boxes, barrels or
bags for shipping.
rarie/te.v.— The following varieties have given good
crops in the hands of expert growers and may be recom-
mended for the entire South : White Bermuda, Red
Bermuda, Prizetaker, Yellow Danvers, Giant White
Italian, Giant Bocco, and Large Tripoli. Other varieties
than those named here hMvc o'iv.-ii n< ?..<..! ,.r better re-
turns, but do not seem t.. Ln . i... .i ,,,_-, n,,,iiy success- ■
ful. In addition, arc I ; i . i ulf region
and Red WethersfleM i ii-trict.
i>(senscs. -Black .M"|.; 1/- , . ,. rrr,\: This
disease spreads rapidly (.»vcr the fiehl, esiu-cially late in
the season. Some good may be done by spraying with
Bordeaux mixture, but its application is limited almost
to the .lis.as,.,l pcrtion.
SlNiiT /- ,.-,. •,,,,.■, : TI).' li:ilri.- of this fimgus,
sniiii . ■ :. : ill that can be done
is t M . : ; ' . , ; . : , . i . ! t . . SOW Seed f roiu
sniui id'Hi- I-,-- ■11 M II southern- grown
OniMii.s l.r.nijjlit. I., yiici ■ i I ■■ iir less infected.
Rotting is especial I V ■ ' i s.asons when the
crop cannot be prnp. i i , . umI is caused by a
number of fungi. I'.i-i i :- to store in a dry
place, and consume a < — n m- |-i a. i ir,ii,le.
/« scc/s.— Onion fly. cr (liii..n iiiaLriiot, is one of the
mo.st severe pests when it enters the field. There
seems to be but little encouragement in combating the
pest. It oftt-n leaves the field as mysteriously as it
appcartal. Tlii-- (|]sa)-[M-arancehas been coincident with
the a|.|'la,iti..ii ..i ~,<\,u- sii|.|,.,sed remedy, and has con-
sec|ui riily I'.l I., tli.- i a r..iii iiunding of unreliable reme-
dies. .\ ila.raiL'h a|.|.la atii.u of ground tobacco stems
down til.- \..\-. s..,!,,, t.i ait as an insecticide and a repel-
lent. 1,. -,.l. s l„ I,,- ,,f \ all..- as a fertilizer.
Thiips; 'I'ti.^f In-ii-r- at rack the leaves at times, and
bee. ill,.' sii liiiiii. I s as t.i .-ause the tips to turn brown
anil liiialK iii .ti-..\ ilii \^liiil.• leaf. Besides the insect
iniui-. I'm ■;- 11 'li. a. i.ii- -ui-li ftingi as Macrospo-
rii'iiii I ill, >M iiiai.il successfully with
kefii • I ' I [i i .ii t a,ii. resin wash and
possihli ;■, HI, I.,. ,i.-. hi- iM,t. ,■ iiiLxture. p. H. RoLFS.
onObrychis
also applied
■■■ ■■<- ■' , /.■,' ,..■,*■'-'. This
genus iTi.-liiil. ■.,,:.;:■ , . ■: ~ , ■ ■.,11 or Holy
Clov.r. h 1 , ■ ' ', ■ - a foot or
tw.i l,iL-li. aii.i ■. ■ , ,,•■■ , ■■!■ -■, :,.', ■■hliiii- iris, forming
an i'il I 1 I ' ■!■ I i, .i,i..s .,1 iikIu pnik lis., borne
in -'., : |i.aluucles. Its stipules are
tint, ,, , ,, The pod is semi-circulan,
flat 1 1 ., ;. a,, ; ill. red with short prickles or
teeth. ^.iiiiiDiu ..liinn.- a limestone soil, and in the
U. S. is grown chiefly in the southern states. In
some sections it is considered indispensable, as it in-
creases the flow of milk. The seeds are thought to be
more nutritions than oats, and are eaten by fowls. A
humlre.l |.i. mills y,i seed is sown to the acre.
viciaefolia. S.-..|,. \0. safim. Lam. Hedfisarum OnSb-
rr/.-/...- N.i'k.. Sainfoin or S.iiNTFOix. HoLV Ci-o-
VEH. H.^si-nli. .1 at...ve. Eu., Asia. For a picture and
furtliir iiir.iniiati..n. see Bull. 2. Div. Agrost. U. S.
Dept. .if .\i.-ri.-.. l.y .Jared G. Smith.
ONOCLfiA
alluding
o sorts
closely
s. For
sensibilis, Linn. Sensitive-fern. Fig. 1.^39. Our
native species, with broad triangular Ivs., growing in
low, wet places. l. m. Underwood.
Onoeleas are tenacious of life, and will grow under
almost any conditions, especially O. sensibilis, but
OXOCLEA
they prefer a moist, rather heavy loam, in a cool but
not' necessarily shaded position. O. Struthiopteris {a.
MiMeuccin) in the sunny border is likely to burn
during severe drought. It is a suitable deciduous fern
for the greenhouse, and may easily be had in foliage
before their natural season. y. W. B.irclat.
1539. Sensitive-fern— Onodea sensibilis.
Fruiting frond at A.
ONONIS (old Greek name of dubious meaning).
Jjfi/iitnhws'.f. Kest-Harkow. About 60 species of half-
shrubby or rarely shrubby herbs, natives of the Medi-
terranean countries, annual, biennial or perennial. Lvs.
usually pinnately trifoliolate, the stipules attached to the
petiole: fls. yellow, purple, pink or rarely white, soli-
tary, 2-3 in the axils or in peduncled racemes ; caly.x
bell-shaped, 5-parted, deeply cut, narrow ; standard
large, striped; stamens united in a tribe, the members
sometimes p.irtly free; pedicel awn-like: pod usually
swollen, few-seeded, without foot-stalk.
A. Fls. in groups of 2-S, rose-colored.
rotundifolia, Linn. Round-leaved Rest-Harrow. A
m-at. .■itira,-ti\ .-. NliruMiV, liMivly |.hint 1 ' .j ft. high. Lvs.
trifi'lh'liiir : 111- ^uKi-mIuihI lo M\ :iir, vri-rari-: peduncles
axilhiiN ; r:vruv- ■_'-:; ll-. : II^. |i.-:i-likr. l.rii;lit rose, not
brai-Tftl ; stiiiniard >tn]u-.l wiiii jiin-s uf ;i lit-eper shade.
Of easy cultivation in Ijorder and rockery, not liking
too much shade. Prop, by division or seed. Summer.
B.M. 335.
AA. Fls. solitary, yellow.
Nitrix, Linn. Goat Rckit. Vf.lli>\v-flo\vkked Ukst-
Harrow. Low. nim-li-liriUM-lir.l p.-nnuial: ^i.m l-I'.j
ft. high: lvs. trifolinliLi,.; Ifiv, ,01-i]iii.'al >.i- .,M.,ii-, s,t-
rated near the apex or ^o timi'. t-ntiro: stipuLv laiire;
fls. axillary, the standard liucly striped with red. Mi.i-
summer to fall. B.il. 329. jj. b. Coulstox.
0N0P6ED0N (ancient Greek name). CompSsilce.
The Scotch Thistle, O. Acantliium, is a vigorous bien-
nial plant, growing 5-7 ft. high, with cottony white,
spiny foliage, and heads of pale purple fls. lJ^-2 in.
across, borne singly on the branches. It is not adver-
tised for sale in America, but is sometimes cultivated
for "auld lang syne," and o isioiially it is used with
striking effect by some lu\-.r of liar.ly ]. hints. It is
then placed against a backiri'ouii'i ot <lai-k shrubbery,
which sets off the silverv foliaL"- ainl Ih.M habit of the
Scotch Thistle. Tb.. [.laiit i~ rar.U
in the Atlalilir Slatr.. ila^iIlL' ■■„„<
Scotch TlliMl,' will |i|Mli:il.l> l|.'\.
first importanrr in \in. rna, a- i-
Nevertheless, i-arc slioul.l !"■ laktii not to let it go to
seed. A white-fld. .Scotch Thistle was advertised in
Germany in 1894 as a horticultural novelty.
Onopordon is a genus of about 12 species of coarse,
woolly. Old World herbs, with stout stems winged by
rowing wild
iiirope. The
.v.ed of the
a.ia Thistle.
ONOSMODIUM 1141
large, alter-
ivolucre glo-
ited in many series, and in some
I- flat, fleshy, honeycombed, not
iimose, but with bristles in sev-
Acanthium, Linn. Scotch Thistle. Much-branched,
.3-9 ft. hish: lvs. oblong, lobed and dentate, acute, the
lower often 1 ft. long. July-Sept. B.B. 3:491. Gn. 46,
p. 9. R.B. 20, p. 200. Var. 41ba, Hort. Gt. 45, p. 107.-
The Scotch Thistle is often called the Cotton Thistle:
sometimes also Argentine, Asses', Down, Oat, Queen
.Mary's or Silver Thistle. w_ jj
ONOSHA {onos, an ass, and osme, smell ; the odor
reputed to be liked by that animal). Borragin&cete.
.\bout 70 species of bristly hardy herbs or undershrubs,
with long, narrow, alternate lvs. and one-sided, simple '
or cymose, bracted racemes: the fls. yellow or purple,
tube-like, or inflated on one side, sessile, or with short
pedicel; calyx 5-parted or cut; corolla-throat dilated or
contracted; lobes 5, very short ; stamens 5.
stellumtum, Waldst. & Kit. Golden - Drop. Cult.
only in var. TaiUicuin (O. Tahricum. Pall.). Stems
l.ranrhirm' from ground : lvs. linear-lanceolate, with
nvolut.- .-.l^'es: scape branching, leaning, 6-9 in. high;
racfiiM- 1. rininal, jit-ndulous : fls. yellow, tubular, ex-
paniliii: .' .' - 1 ■ in a raceme, IJ^ in. long. July, Aug.
Pert-ni s |. \xq\i on high ground or on sunny
rocki 1 lit I I . "pen, deep soil. Prop, by cuttings
gencialt . I I , i.ii. B.M. 889. G.C. II. 16:21. J.H.
III. 3.-,:ll. cin. .-(I, p. 251.
J. B. Keller and M. B. Coulston.
ONOSMODIUM (like Onosma, a European genus of
this family). Jinrriiginacea'. False Gromwell. Five
or 6 species of North American and Mexican branching
herbs, generally perennial, bristly, 1-4 ft. high. Lvs.
oblong, sessile, ribbed-veined : fls. white, greenish or
yellowish, in long, erect, leafy, raceme-like clusters ;
corolla tubular or oblong-funnel-shaped, with throat
naked, the lobes erect, acute: the .sinuses more or less
intlcxc.l; style filiform or capillary, very long; stigma
to L th I ern m
Carolini&num, Torr. Stout, branched, 1-3 ft. : lvs.
ovate-lanceolate or oblong-ovate, sessile, 5-9-ribbed, 2-4
in. long: fls. yellowish white. June. Can. and western
N. Y., west and southward. — Offered by western dealers
in hardy plants. Prop, by seeds. ji. g. Coulston.
ONTAHIO. See Cni.iila.
ON^CHIUM (Cre.k. niujx, a, claw; referring to the
shape of tlie l,,l..s ..f tlie Ivs.j. Polypodl&ceae. A genus
of small, iiiaiiilv Asiutic ferns, with the sori arranged
on a continuous' linear receptacle, as in Pteris, but with
narrow segments in which the indusia extend nearly to
the midrib. For culture, see Fern. The orchids occa-
sionally advertised as Onychiums are Dendrobiums.
aur&tum, Kaulf. Lvs. ovate, a foot or more long by
half as wide, quadripinnatifid, with membranous indusia
and abundant sporangia of a golden color; divisions of
the sporophylls pod-like. India and adjacent islands.
Jap6nicum, Kunze. Fig. 1540. Lvs. ovate, a foot or
more long by half as wide, quadripinnatifid, with pale
indusia and brown sori ; divisions of the sporophylls
linear-mucronate, similar to those of the
sterile leaf. India, China, and Japan.
L. M. Underwood.
OPHfiLIA. See Swertia.
0PHI0GL6SSUM (Greek, serpent's
tontjne). Ophiogtossdcets. A genus of
small, fem-likc plants of wide distribution,
with a more or less elongated terminal
spike formed of two rows of coalescent
sporangia, and bearing a single leaf at or
below the middle of the stem. Rather diffi-
f cult of cultivation, and mainly of interest as
curiosities.
vulgitum, Linn. Adder's Tongue Fern.
Fii.'. l."41. Six-12 in. high, with a spike %-l
in. i"iiL'. l.i:iriiiL' ;i single ovate leaf near
the mill. lie ..( the stem. In low places,
Europe and North America.-May be cult,
in moist peat in a partially shaded spot.
Occasionally found in large numbers in
peaty meadows.
L. M. Underwood and F. W. Barclay.
OPHIOPOGON (Greek, snake's beard; a
translation of the Japanese name). Hcema-
ihirilrew. Of this genus we cultivate 2 spe-
cies of hardy, low-growing herbaceous per-
ennials from Japan, with linear foliage,
1541. which is often striped or spotted with white
Ophioelos- or yellow, and racemes of small, 6-parted,
sum vul- pendulous fls.. varying from white through
eat"""- ~ lilac to violet -purple. The species men-
Toneue ^ tioned below are not very exciting. They
■ are procurable from a few dealers in hardy
perennials, from specialists in Japanese plants and
from Dutch bulb-growers. J. B. Keller writes that the
most popular form is O. Jabiiran, var. aureus varie-
gafiis, which is chiefly used as a greenhouse foliage
plant. The fls. of O. Jaburan are followed by large,
showy, shining dark blue berries. It is easy to manage
in the window, and is almost hardy. O. spicatus is prop-
erly Liriope spicata.
The genus is an oriental one of aljout 7 species of
herbs. The plants have a short, tbi )> rt,- rv :mv\ the
fibrous roots sometimes act like rm ■ , , ' nn. <
are thickened into tubers : lvs. lin' i, m
late and narrowed into a petiole: : . ,, : - - -;iri
ous: perianth-tube none; stamens D. lixnl .ii tliL lii-i' "f
the segments; filaments erect, distinct, shorter than tlie
linear anthers: cells of ovary 2-ovuled: seeds in the
form of a globose berry.
A. Lower fls. in groups of S-3.
Jap6mcus, Ker. Perennial, stemless, glabrous herb,
with a stoloniferous rhizome: fibrous roots long, slen-
der, often nodulose: root-lvs. numerous, erect, narrowly
linear, H-1 ft., 1-1!^ lines wide, 5- 1 -nerved: scape 2-4
in. long: raceme lax, few-fid., 2-3 in. long: fls. droop-
ing, violet-purple to lilac or more or less whitish. Jap.,
Corea, northern China. B.M. 1063. -Var. variegitUB,
Hort., has variegated foliage.
AA. Lower fls. in groups of 6-9.
Jabiiran, Lodd. Habit of the above, but more robust:
lvs. lJ^-3 ft. long, 4-6 lines wide, many-nerved: scape
OPHRYS
K-2 ft. long: raceme 3-6 in. long: fls. white to lilac.
Japan. L.B.C. 19:1876 (a fine pure white). -Var. coert-
leus, Hort., has "blue" fls. Var. atireuB variegitus lias
foliage striped golden yellow. Var. argSnteus variega-
tus has foliage spotted white. Var. arg^nteus vittatus
has foliage striped with white. -^^ j]
Ophiopogons are said to be hardy, but they are not
reliably so. O. Japonicus lived for three winters in an
exposed position on our rock garden, so that we felt in-
clined to believe it would continue so. One severe win-
ter every plant died. O. Jaburan will occasionally live,
but its foliage gets badly spoiled, so that we now lift it
and store in coldframes. The variegated form, espe-
cially the one with blue flowers, is very ornamental. It
may be used effectively in a variety of ways. It com-
bines nicely with dwarf foliage plants in the make-up
of mixed vases for parlor decoration. It has a perma-
nent value, as after its new growth is made in spring-
time its variegation does not change nor its growth in-
crease. Its leaves are leathery and durable, and thus it is
effective the whole season. Spikes of blue flowers sent
up in Aueust add much to its beauty, combining mo.st
effei-tivelv with the yellow and green variegation. It is
inen a^.-.l liv ilivi^iu'iiv ,,t' the rhizomatous roots. Any
soil :iii.l Miii.iiinii Will ^tiit it. We have had it do well
in |i'ai\ -.111 ini.l hK.i in ..r.linary loam and shady cor-
course, the plants have been put out after their season's
growth has been made in coldframes in spring.
T. D. Hatfield.
OPHEYS (Greek, ei/e6roic). OrclndAcea>. A genus of
terrestrial orchids mostly in the north temperate zone
in Europe, Asia and N. Africa, the greater number be-
ing found in the Mediterranean region. They have the
habit of Goodyera, bearing a basal rosette of lvs. with an
erect flower stem terminating in a raceme or spike of
fls. Sepals similar, spreading: petals smaller, often
pubescent: labellum generally convex with incurved
margins, not spurred, entire or 3-lobed: column short.
Culture as for Hnbenaria.
The followiiij; ar. a.lvirtised by Dutch bulb dealers:
A. Marijiii "I Ih. hi]„lhiin hrown or purple-brown.
B. Lull, lliiiii .ir,n;-tJi/ longer than the sepal.
c. Sepals green.
aranifera, Huds. Spider Orchis. Resembles O. op iV-
era. Sepals green; petals very short; labellum dull
brown, marked with paler spots, obscurely lohed. Spring
and early summer. Europe. B.M. 5712. B.R. 14:1197.
fiSsca, Link. Lvs. oblong-lanceolate, those on the
stem narrower: sepals green, ovate-oblong, the upper
one smaller, oblong; petals half as long, lanceolate-ob-
tuse ; labellum oblong, dark purple and hairy on the mar-
gin, disk light blue, polished. Mediterranean region.
B.R. 13:1071.
cc. Sepals rose-colored or white.
araclmltes, Lam. Stem erect, leafy: lvs. ovate-lan-
ceolate: fls. distant; sepals ovate concave, rose-colored,
tinged with green; petals conical, fleshy, smaller than the
sepals and eciliired like them; labellum round, with
the -ill.- r.llix.-.l. black-purple, with vellow marks and
-1.. 11 apiH 11,1,,-. -. Cent. Europe. B.M. 2516.
apifera, Ilu.l-.i 'l.nrnc7inWes,Reichard). Bee Orchis.
Stem 'J-l,s in. hiyli. with few oblong or lanceolate lvs.:
fls. .3-6, rather large; sepals ovate, pale pink or
white; petals smaller, erect; labellum broad, convex,
lobes all turned , velvety brown, marked with paler lines
or spots. Fls. early summer. Dry pastures. Cent, and
S. Europe.
BB. Labellum longer than the sepals.
Speculum, Link. Looking-Glass Orch's. Stem 4-12
in. high,3-6-fld.: lvs. linear-oblong: fls. K-1 in. across;
sepals linear-oblong, green, with purple bands; petals
very small, triangular-lanceolate, dark purple-brown;
labellum quadrate, oblong, very convex; disk shining
blue, with a vellow edge; margin pilose and fimbriate,
maroon - purple. Mediterranean region. B.M. 5844.
B.R. 5:370.
muscifera, Huds. (O. mijodes, Ja.cq.). Fly Orchis.
Stem very slender, 3-4-fld": sepals oblong or narrowly
OPUXTIA
1143
ovate, greenish; petals narrowly linear; labellimi long,
oblong, purplish bro\vn, with pale white or blue marks
in the center; central lobe notched. .Spring and early
summer. Cent, and E. Europe. R.B. 21:241.
AA. Margin of the labelluin yrUow or greenish i/eltoiv.
tenthredinifera, Willd. Sawflv Orchis. Stem 6 in.
high: Ivs. elliptic-lanceolate: spike 3-8-fld. : fls. nearly
1 in. across ; sepals oblong, obtuse, concave, varying
from rose to white; petals very small; labellum broadly
obcordate, greenish yellow, puljesceiit. with a large
chestnut - colored spot on tlin disk. Jlediterranean
region. B.R. 3:205; 13.109:'. B..M. I'XfO F. 1872, p. 128.
Ifttea, Cav. Stem 4-7 in. tall, many-fld.: Ivs. linear-
oblong: as. % in. across ; sepals oblong, obtuse, in-
curved, green ; petals much smaller, linear-oblong;
labellum quadrate, golden yellow, with a purple disk.
Mediterranean region. B.M. 5941.
Aceras anthropdphora, Br \.l.. rii-^l .^ Oplu-ys anthro-
pophora, Linn. Man OR'Iii- ^ ■ " in liiRh. the
spike being 2-4 in, long: Iw ,. ' Lun-eolate: lis.
dull yellowish green; sep.-il- ;i : ■ tu'Hig o\er tlie
column: labellum much lon^'.r I !im: ii. -i.i viile lobes long,
narrow, and the middle lobe split int.) Iw.. n;irn>w lobes. Early
summer. Pastures, S. Europe. *.>plirys differs from Aceras in
having a very convex labellum. Both genera are distinguished
from Orchis by the absence of a spiu-.
Heinrich Hasselbring.
OPLlSHENUS (Greek, owned ; referring to the awns ) .
Graminece. A genus allied to Panicura, containing 4
species of the warmer regions, one of which is cult, in
. for ornament. Spikelet 1-fld.; first and
glume, and often the third, awned.
^S^:
Burmannii
Bunnaimii, Pal. {Panicum variegalum of florists).
Fig. 1.J42. A half-creeping perennial, with small, simple
panicles, the common form with neatly white and pink
striped leaves. Trop. Asia. — Popular for edges of beds
and for hanging baskets. Propagated by divisions of
the rooting stems, (in. 47, p. 68. a. S. Hitchcock.
OPIUM is the product of Papnver somniferum, the
common annual summer-blooming poppy of our gar-
OPOPANAX. See Acacia.
OPCNTIA (old Latin name used by Pliny, later used
for the Indian Fig, thought by some to be derived from
Opus, a town in Greece: by some authors the name
is said to have been derived from a small port, Opus,
in South America, from whence plants of the Indian
Fig were early exported to the Old World). CactAcem.
Opuntia is a genus of great variation in habit and ap-
pearance, and, from the frequency of natural hybrids
and ill-defined specific lines, one "of the most diflicult
genera of flowering plants to satisfactorily present in
systematic order. Opuntias vary from small, prostrate
plants a few inches above the ground to trees with
spreading tops 20 or more feet high. The stems are flat,
clavate or cylindrical, and bear more or less elevated
areolae, from each of which appears a small caducous
pointed leaf, rarely spreading and foliar. An oval or
circular area, more or less covered with soft wool, inter-
mixed with barbed bristles and usually a variable num-
ber of spines, occurs in the axil of each leaf. The
flowers are borne singly toward the upper portion of
the joints or stems, on the bristle-bearing part of the
areola, and have spreading, showy corollas. The usually
many-ovuled inferior ovaries are not of foliar develop-
ment, and sometimes differ but slightly in appearance
from normal stems. They are usually bristle- and spine-
bearing. Fr. dry or succulent, frequently edible; seeds
large, flattened, discoid and often margined. Some of
the forms of Opuntias are seen in the illustrations
(Figs. 1543-1549).
Some of till- lar-. -t Cin'ti are Opuntias, while nearly
all that are uf ni.' \ :i hi.- belong to this genus. The-
genus nuiiib. r^ :,l...ui l:;ii s|>ecies and many varieties
and hybri.N. It .mmmI- Iimui British America south-
ward throu-li ; I !■ ^. .! ~:.i.s. :Mpxiro. West Indies finil
Central Aiiii-r; ■ . ■.-:■ . - ' . rnii.ii-tion "f .•■;,,uth.\iii,.ri.'a.
The speei.'- i - ■ -ilyt., ;iriil ;i!i.l s, -1111 arid
regions; hi.«. • i. - ■• i.mnd in rct;i..iis of hcavv
rainfall. Tin } ai. i.iiimI m u-r,at._-st quantity and variety
of species in s..utli\vcstirii United States and northern
Mexico, where they are often trees and form the most
conspicuous part of the flora. A few species are ex-
tensively cultivated in warm regions for their large,
edible fruits, while others are grown as hedges. Where-
introduced, many species have escaped from cultiva-
tion and become dangerous and troublesome weeds.
Although the Opuntias are less attractive as pot-plants
and, on account of their barbed spines and bristles,
more difficult to handle than most other Cacti, they are
coming luto favor on account of their unique appear-
ance, rapidity of growth and attractive fls. They grow
best -with an abundance of heat and sunlight, the char-
acter of the soil being a secondary consideration. Like
all other Cacti, they require perfect drainage. They are
readily grown from cuttings, and also from seed under
proper management.
£. I ? — Econom illy con le ed the
Op n a 1 f r the t u| rta t of 1 e Cacti.
Al ho h r nail c nfined to 1 e \e v W rl 1 the
e per-
t they
than
plant and on acco
are d fttcult to hand]
deners as a n an
hedges and a gro
mo t eff c ve
Mo t 1 e es gro
h other
les they
o t gar-
ro I II II profuselv The
fls a a rule are I II If var ous col irs,
altho gh Ilwr 1 11 oon w ther after
1 loo n no- 1 1 e t o Ij for a f e v days.
Tl e p I I lis ally cover the base of
tl e H r 1 I 1 e as cut flowers With
m n pe 1 I 1 toca I i O tetraca tha,
and some f rn of f 2 tht br ght colored fruits,
wh ch rema n on the plants for a long t n e after ripen-
ng, render them more attract ve n fru t than n flower.
Crested or fasciate forms (Fig. 1543) aie common.
Me .FrM«off7ieOp«n(ms. -Although ext.-nsivily culti-
vated for their fruit in many countries, win r.- tli. v fur-
nish an important article of diet for 4-:. inniiths , a. h
year, they do not as yettakeapomologi<-al rank with the
ture. From the fan ihai iipniiiias ilcairiNli In-st iii
regions where ex]u-i-inMiii:il li"i-iii-iilturf n-crivrs litth-
or no attention, the iIimIu|. 111. lit ,if ilcsirahle iTiomir
varieties has not l)een what misht be expected of phiuts
which respond so readily to cultivation and selection,
and which may be hybridized with so little difficulty.
Botanically considered, the fruit is a kind of berry,
varying from dry to Hesliv and succulent. Morpho-
Iogi( alU It 1-. a modihtd sti m with thi true >.( od capsule
sunkm into its iipi\ hence it hears li i\ts md spines,
and 11 iiill\ uu 1 1 lilt il h conditions md trununtU in
til. It becomes detichid will bud
;iii ' 111 cutting
h 1 cult by the aborigines of
\ii II discover\ md were early
ii! i I I rers to Spain and Spanish
il I the world After becoming
.1 \zoies and Madeira islands,
II IV 1 (ulture p\tenrl<d to Portu-
.,ui, ■-, I , I I ( th. Alediter-
otb. r [ 11
times th
South W
have
I Iter
^lnl I
ters the _i( it \ iii iti ii i
soil and climatu conditi
which natural hvbrids oi
cultivated and intioduc I
considerable liti i it n i
Pisr Baiberr\ l-i. I
but
fruits
The two most widilv distributed and extensiveh cul-
tivated are O b Kiis Tndua AviHO Jinin T hesc plants
have often b( tn (cmfuscd h\ auth r Mii li rli it has
been written under the name of one | Ins
to tht other lhe\ areiloseh Imki 1 i-.
and each has been in cultivation i 'd
that numerous cultuial \arieties li I r-
ticularlv m Mexico ind bicih It i , i the
manv cultn ited form- of both species oritm itcd fiom
the same source
Although the Mexicans and Indians eat the truit of
OPUNTIA
more than a score of indigenous species, the two named
alilr ill iiiM^t ri's|if.-i-. t.. . ' /■ : ! )W fewer
ami <liialli'l- ^|iili.s ami , .; ■ ; ' I li.- latter,
this plant are to be seen at many of the; old Spanish
missions in Arizona and California, where they were
priibaljly first introduced into the United States. O.
Ficii.s-indica is frequently grown by the Mexican popu-
lation of New Mexico, Arizona and California. In south-
ern Florida it has escaped from cultivation and become
naturalized. The fruits are usually larger and fewer-
seeded than in O. Tuna, and are commonly yellow. They
frequently measure 3 or 4 in. in length and 2-3 in. in
width. Forms of this species about the old missions of
southern California vary considerably. One form,
known as rinin rnh.rijdn, has .in insipid, lightcrimson-
colorfil fniif, wliil. nii.atirr, 'r<'v,t ia,r,isr, has a yellow-
77.. / / . . ... .. .^-These two
Oiain:,., ,. I , ... .1 . 1. .sely allied ones,
art- iM.ii-ii. iv i;r..>Mi 111 M. M.... Thr fruit begins to
ripen in -June and .Inly, wliile tlie later varieties last
until December. The fruit is consumed by all classes
and conditions of people. The fine bristles which invest
the fruit are usually removed before picking by rubbing
them with straw, grass or leaves. The fruit is later
picked by the hand, or, in some instances, with wooden
tongs. In large plantations, when the fruit is raised for
commercial puri.nsis. it is usually harvested with a
heavy knife, il,. ti . .ii;iiriri first cutting oft the joint
bearing the ti"- ' ' i-. • l.t aching the separate fruits.
In prepariiiL .1 li.. table, a thin slice is cut
from each iinl ; 1 i. through the paring, join-
ing the cut -..1:.. . - II iliiii p."iring is easily sepa-
rated from til. :il) I. .11 jiii'v i.ulj). and quickly re-
moved with til.- liiiL.'. r^.
To-day tli._- tin. -t ( ipuiitia friiit~ an- grown in Sicily,
where they an- ..n. ..1 ti... iii..-t iiii]...itaiit crops that the
island pro'du.. -. I'r.in .liil> i.. .\..v.iiilier the peasants
live almost iniir. I\ ..n tlii- fruit, and considerable
of which finds iis way t.. N.m V..rk ami other American
cities. It is grown ixt. n-i . ]\ l.\ t).. Arabs throughout
northern Africa, and f..rn.- an iiii|. .itant part of their
food for a portion of . a. h n .1
Nutritive Value of I h. /,.../. II.. nutritive value of
this fruit ranks high, a;, sliuwn by tliu following analy-
sis by Wolff:
Per cent
T)ry substance 2] .60
Ligneous matter 3.70
Proteid substances •''!)
Fatty bodies l.SO
Yield per .Irr.. — It has tieen ascertained that some
of the best van 11. - ,.!• .|.al.le of producing on lean,
sandy or r.. 1 .it..l for growing ordinary
crops, as iiiu. I - -. if fruit per acre. When
we consider th m iii- ;- . .lal to2,.i00 lbs. of sugar, as
well as other vahiai.le i.a.d con.stituents, it may be
readily seen that the food value from the standpoint of
nutrition is considerable.
Method of (7«//h)c'. — Plantations are usually made on
dry slopes of hills, as the plants do not thrive where
there is much moisture or on heavy clay soils. Joints,
cut or broken from the plants, are used instead of seeds,
and are planted at distances of G to 8 ft. in furrows from
6 to 15 ft. apart. No tillage is practiced, as they grow
rapidly, and in a few years shade and smother out
all other growth. Before planting, the cuttings are
exposed in half sunlight from seven to fifteen days,
that they may partially wither, in order to facilitate
rooting.
An important advantage in the culture of these plants
is the regularity of the yearl> crop. They begin to bear
in about three' years after planting, and continue in
bearing for many years.
Of the Opuntias indigenous to the United States, none
as yet have been growm for fruit, or with an effort to
improve them. O. EngelmaiDiii has a large but poorly-
fruits are
tivated taste, but eaten 1 1\ i i i , j - .
Wherever growu extcn-i ;
used for making a weak alr..i,..)i. Iiiik, Tlie juices of
tliK highly colored sorts are sf.nu-tiim-s used to color
confectionery.
Opuntias as Forage. — Many of the Opuntias h;n .
considerable forage value, particularly during; poriofl^
of long drought when other fonm'i- i-rop-^ nvt- vi,,,,t.
The range cattle of the southwestern ii n..! st ,t, . i,,,i
on either the branches or fruits, "i - i : ' il
the indigenous species, the flat stiiii- I ' ' /
and the pendulous fruit i-hisT<-rs ot ". /'/;/"/-' i" iml nn.^r
largely consunn-d. W In n > -iiin ii.d hiri^t-'ly upon -spiny
Opuntias the spin' i ■ t.- - often collect in their
stomachs, form in i: Kr/oars. During years
of scarcity of oi!, ■ _ -aiids of cattle die iu
Texas, X.M M. a. where the cause a>
signed i- ; iiity the direct cause <.f
death lia- a the alimentary canal
bytheiiu a- -I'in. - >a '.|-"iris.
In noriloru Aira.a lio ilai jomts of the forms with
few spines are used as forage for cattle during the ilry
season, after being allowed to ferment slightly. In
Tunis, plantations are sustained by dairymen for tlio
purpose of feeding their cows upon the fleshy stems.
O. Tuna has run wild to a remarkable extent in south
ern Africa. It has spread rapidly during the past ci-n-
tury, and in many places has crowded out the grasses
and become a nuisann:-. Two forms of the plant ar.-
reCOgnizrii In !),.• In,I,'!i f.irii,. r- ; ; ] . ;i l!i,.rii;, \:irii'ty
growiu;; - Mi,.,
with thlrk. I - - ,■, , !. ,■- :x, li: ,.•! h ;- |.r..;-aM'r
that these iwo w.iiili. .- ..i I- ■ :. i|..i,iM -ana inlr..-
duction, for, according t.. .M \| , i!ir -. , ,1 tj.nn
the Doornblad or KaalMa ; -i\.. rise i,.
plants resembling either • i It is , \r. n
sively used as feed for caiil. , .-: i :. la - and pigs, nitlier
alone or when mixt-d with i.itnr tinayc Here, howevtr.
much harm has coinf Ir.ni ran!4e cattle eating it in
times of little or if ^iln r Ina---. and ostriches becoint-
blind from tin- spun - and Inistli-s getting into their
eyes in .-aiin- il,.- i.air-.
In Ni-w s,,,,|,|, \\ :d, - and Australia, where several
species lia\r .-rap'd ii<ini tnlti\ ation and spread over
large art-a- -d araidi- land an-l driven Out more valuable
forage plains, the laud has depreciated 50 per cent in
value. Here, however, some of the worthless species,
such as O. vulgaris and O. monneantha, are more
widely spread than the more valuable varieties of O.
Firus-Imlica and O. Tioia.
Possible Improvement ./ /'t.^..,,! \ ^ni. ties. — From
what has been said it nia> ' ' - : . i' , ihat varieties
of O. Ficus-Indica and ('. / ; large crops of
edible and nutritious finn . .: plants with
and of II. : . , , , . /■,,,,,, ,. tliird,
that Oliun: I- ,,!. ';.!: : _ ; ■ , - , 1 I, at Wll I trrow
insituatam- i n ,. I, n ,, i .,...: ju i |.i,,ni liiiM-; fourth,
that spiniK-.s toiiii.s malM .alual.k l..ia,i;i_.
With these aud more qualities to recommend them, it
yet remains for horticultural enterprise to develop a
spineless and bristleless variety that will not only be of
value for forage but will prodtioe lar«e crops of fruits
as attractive to the educawd pilai, a- i.. the savage.
Prom the experience gaiind . . i- a garden of
nearly 70 species and vari.; '■ -.comprising
about 300 plants, and watrinn, tint j r^wth and be-
havior for several years, tin- writer la Inves that they
offer great possibilities in the way of improvement in
the hands of a careful plant-breeder. j. Tj<f_ ToujtEY.
Hardy Opuntias satisfy a rather general desire for
something unique or grotesque, while at the same time
they possess enough ornamental value to recommend
them to everyone, and especially to those lovers of cac-
taceous and succulent plants whose space indoors is
OPUNTIA 1145
limited. Being natives of the western plains and fool-
hills of the mountains, they can scarcely suffer from
long-continued drought, and the sunny side of the
rockery will suit them exactly, as it will allow all sur-
plus moisture to drain oil', and no artificial watering
will be necessary. Mr. William Falconer, who has used
lari: laniirn, at Schenley Park, Pittsburgh, Pa.,
wriii - 1- I. :i . "Iu certain localities, as on bleak,
exj I (M lid about rocky knolls, Opuntias and
I "■ ' ' '-an be used unsparingly with per-
f' '^ - 1' ' ' - . ■ M' 111-" sa\ s, "AUhave been planted out-
■d d ■-. r.niaininj 1 1 1 1 n n ancted summer and winter,
and all liaM' l"rii lull, illy hardy." They have suc-
I'd .lis,, ai K, w i.aj.l.ns. iu the Very humid climate
,,l I n-land, without protection. Their requirements
• 1 ill I 1,|, as follows; a porous, well-drained soil, a
-iiiiiiv , \{>osure, and a season long enough in which to
ri[ • 1! til, fruit and annual growth; these conditions
1" in- iiplied with.they will endure almost any degree
of 11, Id I., I" , \porienced even in the most northern
pi'iii 11- ,.f ill, I S. Their altitude-limit in Colorado
indiiai, - iliiii Ml, \ will succeed as far north as Indian
corn , an l„ naiinn.l. The following kinds have been
us.,1 -II, , .sstully, as above indicated: O. arenaria,
Willi -niali. round to oblong, very spiny joints, the
spin, s V arying much in color from gray and straw color
t,i piM |,lish brown. O. nrtwrr.fcpjis, tlie Tree or Cande-
laliiniii I ai'n-, th,- tallf«t of this list, is of cylindrical
Inaii. ' ' I J -, .... ti, ,, ,1 1, n,.i., ),r pin-pp. tiowers and yellow
fill II I' ' , r\ I a la-'n, orbicular joints,
fin 1 .1 ' , ' " iili spiues, fruit purple.
", /. . I, -, iiii,l, - ii_ ./,-, ii.iria, but is smaller. O.
Ill, x,ur i.ilia i^icludes a multitude of forms, all of which
am \ , 1 y hardy. O. pJiceacantha, var. major, is one of
tin- ni,i-t striking sorts, with immense, glaucous joints,
dark piirjile spines, yellow flowers, and purple fruit.
('. /■'•I'i';i„tliii i- ,,n,. ,.( till- ni,,st variable, as well as one
ot ilii- nii'st sln,\\\, Tlir spin,.- \ ary from ivory white
t., purpln and lir,.wii. and tr,,ln sln.rt and StOUt to long
and sli-mler. -Xiarly all tin- ( ipnntias have very showy
tli'wcrs. u.suall)- in various sliades of yellow and orange.
b. M. Andrews.
In the following synopsis it has not been possible in
all instances to group the species so as to show re-
lationships. A purely artificial key has not been at-
tf'inptrd. as tlic spi-rins at best are separated by a great
variitN of iharai tc r-. It will be seen that the list runs
p. CI -p..,-i..s, ,,r pra,.ti.-..dly half of all the known kinds.
It will l„. n,. !,.,!. a I-,., iliai a lart'o part of file species in
til.. ■:■,.,. 111. 'I.. II M.-,;.. I ..ill. r -. mil, rn regions.
Til.. I . 1 :. , , 1, .. :. .. I n. .1 ■ .,1. must be
soii^i 1 1 ..... 1 ■-. .| . . , r..i . I . I . . . ...I ! 11 ipuntias
iiltur
brachyarthra,
Brasiliensis, 1
Camanehic.n. '
candelabrifor
cymuchila. 2i.
laa.r.j.-piriaa. 2:\.
tiiaraiiiha, 10
Darwinii. 37.
.Mi.ssni,rieiisis,L>ll.
Iri,a,pliora.29
Davisii, -15.
Tuna. 15.
dladem.ita, 38.
nigricans. •_".'.
oplocarp.i, 24.
echinocarpa. -17.
varieeata. 3.
Emor.vi. 43.
imiiyracanlha. 38.
versicolor, 57.
Engelmannii. 18.
Pes-corvi, 26.
vulgaris. 25.
phieacautha, 10.
vestita. 34.
Ficus-lndica, 13.
platycarpa. 29.
Whipple!, 56.
fiUpendula. 23.
polyantha. 14.
OPUNTIA
Articulations or joints strik-
ingly different, flat to ci/-
iDiilrical
ArtiriiUitions or joints sim-
ilar, more or less flat-
ned.
Spe:
Fruit fifshy or succulent.
^ize of joints large: plants
mostly large (O. crassa
moderately small).
Color of spines white
Galapageia
monacantha
aurantiaca
crinifera
microdasys
basilaris
puberula
leucotricha
. triacantha
. candelabriformis
Spines always present, few
to many. {One form of
O. macrocentra has no
spines, and occasional
plants of O. chlorotica are
without spines. ) 14.
EE. Size of joints small: joints
variable in shape: plants
mostly low or prostrate.
( Some forms of O. Rafin-
esquii have moderately
large joints. ) 2
lar, more or less cylindri-
cal.
B. Species from S. America.
c. fToints cylindrical, mostly
elongated .'J
polyantha
Tuna
chlorotica
pycnacantha
Engelmannii
phEeacantha
. Camanchica
. macrocentra
nigricans
filipendula
Rafinesquii
vulgaris
Pes-corvi
ursina
hystricina
Missouriensis
rutila
arenaria
fragilis
cylindrica
:!.'>. clavarioides
:»). Salmiana
cc. Joints globose to broadly
obovate 37. Darwinii
."iS. diademata
BB. Species from jV. America,
c. Spines without .':heatl,.i:
plants mostly small, irilh
clavate joints .!;». pulchella
40. clavata
41. f?-nhiTiiii
42. Schottii
i:i. Emoryi
44. invicta
OPUNTIA
cc. Spines sheathed: joints cy-
lindrical or nearly so,
more or less elongated.
D. Number of spines variable,
always more than one.
E. Frtdt dry, usually spiny.
Vumber of spines few, usu-
ally one, rarely more or
wanting
.45. Bavisii
4G. acanthocarpa
47. echinocarpa
48. Bernardina
4'J. serpentina
.50. prolifera
51. Julgida
.52. BigelOTii
53. imbricata
54. arborescens
55. spinosior
5(i. Whlpplei
57. versicolor
58. tetracautha
59. arbuscula
60. leptocaulis
61. ■ ■
1. BTasili^nsiB, Haw. A large, tree-like plant r.-ach-
ing a height of 15-18 ft., numerously branched, with a
thick, roundi.sh crown and an upright trunk, 4-6 in. in
diam., and bearing numerous spines 1 in. or less in
length: joints of two kinds, cylindrical, unarticulate,
elongate ones and others which are shorter and much
dattened and which arise as offshoots from the former;
the latter leaf-like, thin, 2-6 in. long, oblong, rarely ob-
long-lanceolate or orbicular, dark green, margin angu-
lar, sometimes irregular: areolte with short, gray wool
and numerous brown bristles; spines usually 1, some-
times 1-3 small additional ones, 1-2J^ in. long, mostly
from the marginal areolae, white, with brownish tips:
Hs. numerous, citron-yellow, 2 in. wide: fr. globo.se or
ellipsoidal, yellow, about 1>^ in. in diam. Brazil and
southwanl.-One i.f the s].efies most frequent in cult.
2. Galapageia, Himsl. .An upright, tree-like plant
Ci-li) ft. Iiii;h. with a i-in-uhir. spreading crown and a
viry ^I'iny trunk, (l-b in. in diam., and light-colored
liar'k Ih .■..iniiiL' iMi.M-ned and hanging in fragments
from II I !. r -ic 111^: joints elliptical to oblong, thick,
l(i-lt III l..ii_' -iiii.s at first 3-4, spreading, flexible,
incna-in- in nunilH-r .and size with age, finally cover-
in!,' thi' joints with long, brush-like bundles: fls. small,
liss ilian 1 in. wide, red: fr. subglobose, red. Galapa-
3. monacAntha, Haw. An upright plant branching
from the ground and reaching a height of 6 or more
feet: joints oblong to elliptical, rather thick, terminal
ones much thinner, 5-12 in. long, 3-6 in. wide, bright
green: areolip with uniformly short wool and yellowish
in. Iniiir. y.llnw t.) (lark n-clrli^h l.n.wn: n^. yellow, »
-Thi- licrtirultural variety variegata is in the trade.
lill. A numerously branched, rather
weak. ..rii,, pni-tiati- plant 3-5 ft. high: joints linear-
lancci.lat.- T.. lan'-i-olate, 2-10 in. long, J^-1 in. wide, ellip-
tical in tran^vtrse .section, dark green, turgid : areolae
with a tuft of grayish white wool and bright yellow
bri^tl.-i ; ?ipines 4-6, spreading, straight, stiif, brown
to yellow, the longest less than 1 in. in length: fls. yel-
low, l'.j-2 in. wide: fr. carmine-red, globose, with short
spines; seed with woolly hairs. Argentine Republic.
5. crinifera. Pfeiff. (O. senilis. Parm.). A much-
branched, wide-spreading plant, about 3 ft. high: joints
obovate to elliptical, 6 in. long and 3-4 in. wide, dark
green, occasionally glossy: areolje crowded, small, with
white wool, numerous golden yellow bristles, and a
variable number of long silky hairs: spines 6-8. later
more, white, glistening, reaching 1 in. in length, the
long silky hairs particularly developed on the under
side of the young joints : fls. 3)^-4 in. wide, golden
yellow, of ten reddish. Brazil(!).
6 microdAsya 1 1
\a erect
1 prea 1 nj, plant
t elliptic il to ob
Tuel
1 e ght jui
Tftt
1
1 earlj ab
de thick bright
gre
1
t areolae
ith short whitish
1
11 II 1
ties ot \ariable
ll?sti
I
1
1 1 men yellow
ab ut
• 1 tl
11 oval le'.s
tl n 1
jellow bris
tl rt
I'vlit h N
1
l«ard
\ r rthda K s 1
r wtl 10 nt
r 1^
and large i
le K ee the
1 tie ntl elt
1544 Fru t of Opunt a F cus Ind ca (X y^) No 13
basilins Engel n an 1 Begel A Ion spreading
:I nt larel 1 ft h h i t tl k i He ill
roadh ol o ate with I t |
; ranch ng from the 111 I 14
1 h green an 1 er I | 1
•wh
rge
\ ar ramdsa Parish A smaller plant w th joii ts
branching from the upper en 1 and usually glabrous
fe Cahf
A ar Treldasu Co ilt Differs from the species in
la ng largei orbi ilar or obovate joint with terete
tie an 1 larger leaves S Calif
8 pubSrula Pfe flf A n im
right plant 3 ft h gl lo
ro inder when>ouugco ered
which becon es bright gieei
short Irown sh yellow v,u I
ber ol p1 1 r tl p e o
stri 1 I 1 I 1 te
Iv
bed ai d
tish seeds :
grce 1 II
ore 1 1 1 fle
11 gl\ mall Mex
9 leucdtriolia P DC {O f I sp) la Salm ) An ii
Tight, numerously branched plant sometimes reaching
the height of 10 ft. : joints elliptical or nairowei mosth
rounded at the end, 8-10 in long and half as wide daik
green: areolae small, with white or whitish gray wool
and numerous short brown bristles spines vtn sli n
■der. mostly 4 at Hrst, but Htri is m m\ is 10-1 ^ m
reach the length of 3-4 m 1 ming In tl lil ml
very flejtibie : fls. 2-3 in wi I > II w with i 1 li I
•center: fr. spherical, 1-1 '4 111 in li 1111 1 1 „i n t
white, thickly beset with Mhit\ « 1 uul li wm h
yellow bristles; pulp sweet edible Mex
10. triac4ntlia, P. DC. An upright tree like plant
reaching 10-12 ft. in height, joints often very large,
■occasionally 18 in. long and 10 in. wide, obovate, thick,
grayish green: areolae remote, from 154-1}^ in. apart,
with short, grayish wool and yellow bristles ; spines
3-4, white, with yellow points and bases, an in. or less
long: fls. 2H-3 in. wide, carmine to orange-yellow: fr.
elliptical, VA-2 in. long; pulp acid. West Indies.
11. candelabrifbrmis. Mart. An upright, sparingly
branched plant, 2-4 ft. high: joints elliptical to obovate,
thick, dark green, 6-10 in. long and half as wide: areo-
Mex
H t
spar ngh
ol long to
glauco IS
Fr
I lant 4-b tt 1 gh jo nts
and two thirds as wide
> aieolae with brownish
e color spines u uallj
ch or less long straight ai
I 1 am ed ble Mex
I I 1 t tl e « arm tem
I III reg on escap ng
t h ie o e I tiouble ome weed
>ted for Its truit undei the name of
14 polyintha Haw A
plaut 1 tt I le n he ^1
lark gleen weak spue! 4
areolEe with \h te ool a 1
lender gol len ^ II w II
1545. Opuntia Tuna No Ifi
16. chlordtica, Engelm. A compact, upright, moder-
ately branched plant, from 3-6 ft. high, the trunk and
m.iin stems becomingwoody and terete, and densely cov-
ered with long straw-colored bristles and spines: joints
orbicular, somewhat glaucous, C-10 in. in diam.: areolce
1148
OPUNTIA
crowded, with fine, gray wool and very numerous golden
yellow bristles of unequal length ; spines 3-6, rarely
none, on old stems occasionally 40 or more, unequal,
angular, golden yellow, deflexed, usually 1 in. or less
long: fls. yellow, 2-3 in. in diam: fr. deep purple, moder-
U'loh
1546. Hedge of Opuntia Tuna.
tlv. edihle, IV2 in in diam., broadly obovate to
serds comparatively small, sometimes sterile.
IT. pycnacantha, Engelm. An upright, moderately
br:iii.li.il plaint, il-.l ft. high: joints oval to orbicular,
oi-i;i~.j,,M;illy somewhat pointed at the ends, 4-8 in.
long, sometimes pubescent, armed with a densely inter-
woven covering of mostly dellexed spines : areol»
crowded, approximately Kin. apart, with dark brown
wool and numerous long, yellow bristles; spines 3-7, on
old stems 20 or more, straw-colored to ashy, mostly less
than 1 in. long: Us. greenish yellow, 2-3 in. broad: fr.
obovate, 114 in. in diam. and covered with numerous
spines and bristles. Lower Calif.
18. £ngelmaiinii, Salm. Pig. 1547. An erect to semi-
prostiale. profusely branching, coarse plant. 'J-r. ft.
hi;;li. forming large, impenetrable thickets, usually
with a short, more or less terete, woody trunk, with
grayish bark which becomes unarmed with age: joints
broadly obovate to orbicular, pale to bluish green, very
variable in size, in large specimens 12-14 in. long ami
nearly as wide, moderately thick : areolaa remote, about
1 in. apart, with gray wool and large, rigid, gray to yel-
low, unequal bristles; spines mostly 2-t, sometimes 1-3
small additional ones, very variable, homy, variously
colored, mostly yellow, or white with reddish base.
usually compressed or angular and curved or twisted ;
Hs. yellow, red within, fading lo n cl. -",-:! in, in diam. :
fr. broadly pyriform to gIol»iv. , tn .|ii. ntly 2 in. in
diam., dark purple, with in^iin.l imrplr tlrsh. U. S.
and Mex.— This species, with its nuim muv varieties, is
the most widely distributed and abiinaaiit of the large,
flat-stemmed Opuntias in the United States. It varies
greatly in different localities, and its many forms have
not as yet been adequately defined.
19. phaeacAntha, Engelm. A diffuse, semi-prostrate
plant, 1-2 ft. high, and freely rooting from lower mar-
gin of joints: joints broadly obovate, moderately thick.
4-6 in. long : areolte about 1 in. apart, with short wool
and reddish or brownish bristles; spines mostly toward
margin or on apex of joints, 2-5, straight and stiff,
reddish brown to almost black with lighter tips, 1-2K
in. long: fls. 2M in. broad, yellow: fr. usually long-
pyriform, 1 in. or less in diam. and twice as long, pur-
ple, with greenish acid pulp. Southwest U. S. and
Mex. — This species and a number of the following be-
come deep purplish green during autumn and winter.
In the spring they lose their purplish color to a large
extent and take
also much dark
20. Caminchi
widely spreadin
OPUNTIA
I again in the fall. The siJiues are
wiiiti-r than in suuuuer.
iiL'i iin. :iiid Begel. A prostrate,
It I-_" . It. high, and freely rooting
I III. |. II Ills: joints broadly obovate
iiL' til aiflv thick: areolEP about
I li' n .• .,..1 and yellowish
! r:i,.^ very variable.
'!■ 11 . I -I'lil areola?, reddish
' ! h^i ii iiiji-. \ a liable in length,
- : ii~. L".-:; in. wide, yellow, with
..val to globose, sometimes pyri-
I. iilitii''. 1-lK in. in diam. South-
\ ai. gigantea of the trade proves to be
O. pluKn.u.tl,.,
21. macrocentra, Engelm. A semi-prostrate, spreading
plant. "J-l! ft. hii^h : joints strikingly purple-green, very
thin, broailly ohc. vat. to nearly orbicular, 5-9 in. in diam..
olie: areolce alimit 1 in. apart, with riayi^h wool and
short, grayish y.-llow- hn-il-'^; ~|'iii' > tartl> wanting,
usually 1-2, n-.i'li-li l.n.Hii t.. :iliiii.-t l.laik, animlate
3-5 in. long, slciidi-r ami siraiglit or vaiioiisly twisted,
sometimes 1-3 much sitialler, lighter colored, secondary
spines: fls. 3 in. wide, yellow: fr. oval to globose,
rarely ovate, I In. in diam., red ; pulp sweet, edible.
Southwestern U. S., Mex. — This .species is remarkable
for its cxi-eeiliiiL'ly I..11-. .lark spines and purple joints.
22. nigricans,
-5 ft. hii;li: .1.11
robust, upright plant,
■ate, dark green, rarely
I. long and i\ in. wide,
-iMiit, L-i ;i\ i-li «..ol and
cquent
tinged with i.iii|il. :iIm,,,i
moderately tin. : ,1
yellowish bro" i
in. long. str.iiiL ■! 1 1 '
lK-2 in. wid... >.i: M
in cultivation.
23. filipSndula, Engelm. A small, semi-prostrate plant,
freely Inanching from the base of the joints, rarely 10
in. hisrh and with thick, tuberous, moniliforni roots:
joints ,,ii;ill Till. I itiiii, bluish, glaucous, rarely 3 in. in
great. 1 '111 i. I liar to broadly obovate, sometimes
diaii '■ III. ntly Hattened at the top and
broa.l. : _ .li.la. orbicular and with an abun-
danc'-' "1 ^^ Inn li \^.H■[ and many long, slender, yellowish
green bristles, which arc very conspicuous, particularly
on the older joints; spines sometimes wanting, when
present usually 1-3, rarely more, white, very slender
and flexible, 1-2 in. long, mostly marginal: fls. yellow.
1547. Opi
Engelmannii (>
l^^-2 in. in diam.: fr. clavate to narrowly obovate, V/i
in. long and half as wide, greenish yellow, with few
seeds. Texas to Ariz., extending into Mexico.
24. BafinSsqnii, Engelm. (O. me.«aca'?i/;i«, Kafin.). A
wide-spreading, prostrate plant, freely rooting from the
lower margin of the joints, roots sometimes tuberous:
joints obovate to orbicular, usually 2-5 in. long and 2-4
OPUNTIA
1149
in. wiile. sometimes twice as lai-ffe. d.irk to liglit green:
areolae with gray wool and hrisrlit ri'.l.lish brown bris-
tles; spines sometimes waiitiiii:. whrn (n-csent 1-^ and
mostly marginal, stout, 1 lu. I'nm, while with darker
tips and bases, frequently 1-.'. -iii.ill >. rdndary spines
also present : lis. a in. ur l.s^ in .liain.. ^'olden yellow,
frequently with rcldisli .riu. i : fr. sleuder-elavate or
broader, lK-2 in. |..ii^', \.ll,,«ish red to purple, with
insipid purplish i.ul|.: ^., ,u .,.iii|,aratively large. West
central U. S. — An PNctM-dinirly variable species of wide
distribution and impert'ectiy known. Many varieties
have been described, some of which are in thi trailr-.
extreme
these forms i
chlla and macrorhlza have appeared in the trail.
Hardy in Mass.
25. vuls&ris, Mill. Barberry Pig. A diffuse, pm-
trate plant a foot or less high: joints usually resting' nn
the ground and rooting from the lower margin, obovat'.
to suborbicular, thick. 2-4 in. in greatest diani., pale
green : areolae with grayish wool and a few short, greenish
yellow bristles; spines rarely present, when present
usually 1, stout, erect, less than 1 in. long, yellow, often
variegated: fls. 2 in. wide, pale or chrome-yellow: fr.
obovate to spherical, 1 in. in diam., red, flesh insipid.
Eastern U. S. Hardy in Mass.
2G. Pes-c6rvi, LeConte. A small, diffuse, prostrate
plant, rarely reacliiiii; 1 ft. in height: joints fragile,
somewhat tumid, iianowiy evate to obovate or oblong,
2-4 in. long and le-^~^ tlim iiaif as wide, frequently much
smaller, very thick, hrc.aclly oval in transverse section,
bright green with a bluish tinge: areolae circular, with
short, whitish wool and a few short, slender, pale
bristles; spines rarely exceeding 2, frequently none,
slender, white, often brownish, less than 1 in. long: tls.
yellow, IM in. wide: fr. obovate, bristly, purplLsh, 1 in.
or less in diam; seeds comparatively large, very few.
Florida.
27. urslna, Web. [Grizsly-hear Opuntia). Fig. 1548.
An upright, diffuse plant, 1-2 ft. high: joints oblong to
obovate, grayish green, thick, .3-6 in. long and 2-4 in.
wide: ariolse with white wool and numerous yellow
bristles; spines 12-20, reddish white, very slender and
bristle-like, sometimes 4 in. long, frequently almost
completely hiding the epidermis of the plant: fls. 2^-3
in. wide, reddish yellow. Calif. — Popularly known as
"Grizzly Bear" Cactus.
28. hyBtriclna, Engelm and Bigel. A semi-prostrate,
spreading plant, M-IH ft. high: joints obovate to or-
bicular, 3-.5 in. long, moderately thick and very spiny:
areoliB with grayish wool and yellowish red bristles;
spines 10-15, 2 in. long or shorter, white or d\isky, slen-
der, flexile, angular and twisted: fls. light purple, 2-3 in.
wide: fr. broadly obovate. 1 in. in diam., armed with
many long spines. Southwest U. S.
29. Missouri^nsis, P. DC. (O. ferox, Haw. O. spUn-
dens, Hort. ). A prostrate, wide-spreading plant, rarely
rising 1 ft. above the ground: joints variable, from
elongate-obovate to orbicular, usually bright green, fre-
quently wrinkled and tuberculate, 2-fi in. long: areolfB
about y^ in. apart, with short, grayish wool and long,
reddish brown bristles; spines 0-i2, very variable in
length, number and color on different forms and plants
mostly marginal, white or va-
r hrnwn, slender, twisted and
T 1 Ti -th of 3 in. : fls. yellow,
l>roadly ovate or sub-
« ith numerous rather
1\ large. West-central
I 11 iiin and very variable,
:iiis ( ntirely without spines,
med w ith a close network of
A number of the forms have
f which the best known
Tufisplna, platycilrpa, miorospferma, albisplna and
triobbphora. All the forms appear to run together and
the varietal distinctions are of doulitful value. Hardy
in Massachusetts.
30. ratila, Nutt. A low, diffitse plant. M to 1 ft. high:
joints tumid, readily becoming detached, and covered
with a close network of slender, interwoven, light gray
spines, thick, elongate-ovate, 2-4 in. long: areolae
from different localitie:
riously tinged with red
flattened -erne n i<hni
darker -w 1 1 i
globos,
short SI II
U .S - V s| , ,
while other forms are
closely mterwoven ones
egregated
crowded, less than Yi in. apart, with short, white wool
and yellow bristles; spines 3-5, sometimes a few short
accessory ones, slender, reddish gray to white, with
darker tips, 1 Ji in. or less in length, larger ones often
flattened and twisted : fls. red, 1 Vi-i in. wide : f r. broadly
ovate to subglobose. usually armed with very long, in-
terwoven s,,ine^; ^ee.K .-oniparatively large. South-
.11. arenaria, Em;, bn. .\ .iiffuse plant with upright
terminal j..iiii-. lai. ly r. a. lung 1 ft. in height: joints
tbi.k. .ihovat. . _'-.'. in. long and half as wide, tumid,
str(.iiirly tub.-i-.'iilate: areola* crowded, M-^2 in. apart,
with sparse whit.- wool and numerous yellowish brown
bristh-s : >pin.s very variable in number and size, 3-10,
si. ii.l.-r. tiexible, white to ashy gray, usually 1 in. or less
hill:;. IN. yellow, 2-iyi in. broad: fr. ovate to globose.
\ . ry spiny; seeds large and irregular. Southwest U. S.
:;■-'- fragilis. Haw. A small, prostrate plant, rarely
in. ill I. Ill 1 ill Iiif,'li: joints tumid, fragile, easily de-
ta. 1 n.al, or subglobose, 1-2 in. long and
to subglobose, with few-
spines or bristles, mostly
sterile, an inch or less
long ; seeds few and
large. Ro.-ky iii.iiuitaiii
region from H r i t i s li
Var.br-flchyS,rthra,( '.mlt.
A plant with more swol-
len joints, more numer-
ous and stronger spines,
smaller fls. and more
spiny fruit. Colo., New
Mex."
.33. cylindrica, P. DC. -
plant, 10-12 ft. hiiih. with
new growth dark gre.-n. tI
Ivs. persisting for S..11I. n
little white wool, a f.-« v
spines 4-8, either short, flexible and grayish yellow or
four times as long l,yi-% in.), stift' and red: fls. 1-1 H in.
wide, mostly lateral, dark red: fr. ellipsoidal, '%-% in.
long, bright red and covered with grayish wool. Bolivia.
3."i. clavarioldes, Link A: Otto. A low, numerously
bran.li. 1. spnailiim |i],iiii. l-l^ft.high: joints rather
fra^'ih- aii.l -h 11.1. r. ' .. in. iliick, cylindrical or somewhat
clavate. lre.|iieiitly ..■iistat.-. with numerous terminal,
gether, small, with white wo.. I: ^pim^ t in, -.m. liin.s
fewer, very small and appr.-s-.,l. «hii. : tl- I P in.
wide and twice as long, gn-im-h i..l; li. .Ihpii.al.
V,-%\n. long; seeds with woolly haiis. (_ hil. . - \ar.
cristata is offered.
36. Salmiina, Parni. A numerously branched, up-
right plant, about 3 ft. high, with very long, propor-
1150 OPUNTIA
tionately slender branches : stems about three-fif tbs of
an inch in diam., with rough, fissured or craelsed, gray-
ish brown or lead-colored bark, the terminal joints peu-
cil-Iilte, 3-10 in. long and ]4-}4 in. wide: areolae on
young growth with sparse white wool and few bristles,
on older growth the bristles are very numerous and
somewhat spine-like; spines 3-5, spreading, about ii in.
long, grayish: fls. 1 in. wide, red: fr. pyriform, 1-l^i in.
long, scarlet-proliferous, rarely fertile. Brazil.
37. D4rwinii, Hemsl. A small, numerously jointed,
prostrate, ramifying plant a few inches high: joints
globose to broadly obovate, 1% in. in greatest diam.,
■olive-green : areolse with yellowish wool and few bristles ;
spines rigid, l}^-2 in. long, the lower ones shorter and
darlier: (is. only on top of terminal joints, 1-lK in. wide,
yellow: ovaries as large as the joints. Southern S.
America.
38. diadem&ta, Lem. (O. papyraedntha, Phil.). A
low, moderately branched, spreading plant, rarely more
than 4 in. high and forming dense patches several feet
in diam.: joints 1-1}^ in. long and nearly as thick, glo-
bose to broadly clavate, usually growing several in suc-
cession, one above the other, young growth bright green,
soon becoming grayish : areola with abundant white
wool and brownish black bristles; spines 1-2, papery,
flexible, white or brownish with darker tips, one-fifth { ?)
in. long and half as wide: fls. ratjier small, pale yellow.
Argentine Republic.
39. pulchSUa, Engelm. A small, spreading, numerously
branched plant, seldom more than 0 in. high: joiuts as-
cending, 2i4 in. long and K in. thick, obovate to clavate:
areolae crowded, with white wool, and yellowish bristles
which become more numerous and larger with age;
spines 10-15, of variable length, the central one flattened,
flexible, somewhat papery, 1 in. long: fls. from the top
of the joints, purplish to rose-red, 1-1 J-^ in. wide: fr.
broadly clavate, 1 in. long, with long, hair-like, flexible
white spines, dry. Nev , Ariz.
40. clav&ta, Engelm. A low, spreading plant, 4-G in.
high, forming dense mats of ascending joints 4-5 ft. in
diam. : joiuts 1-3 in. long and 1 in. thick, armed with nu-
merous short, flat spines : areolfe with white wool and
rigid, white bristles; exterior spines 6-14, white, H-/4 in.
long, interior 4-7, larger, flattened, scabrous and }^-lH
in. long, 1 of the central spines usually very broad: fls.
yellow, \% in. wide: fr. long-clavate, yellowish, dry,
lii-lK in. long, armed with many white radiating
bristles. Nev., New Mex.
41. Grihamii, Engelm. A low, spreading plant 4-8 in.
high, Willi thick, fusiform roots: joints 2-.'l in. long and
% in. thick, armed with long, dark spines, bright green:
areolae with white wool and numerous long, yellowish
brown, rigid bristles which become very conspicuous on
old joints; exterior spines 4-8,!^ in. long, interior 4-7,
more rigid and 'longer (lH-2 in.), reddish to ashy
brown: fis. yellow, lH-2 in. wide: fr. ellipsoidal, 1J^-1?4
in. long and half as wide, armed with many large, radi-
ating spine-like bristles. New Mex., Tex.
42. Sch6ttii, Engelm. A wide-spreading, prostrate
plant, 4-B in. high, with numerous short,curved branches:
joints short-clavate, rarely more than 2 in. long and
aruied with numerous dark-colored spines : areolae with
white wool and very few bristles; exterior spines &-10,
very variable, % in. long; interior usually 4, fiattened
or irregular, lK-2 in. long, brownish red: fls. greenish
yellow to reddish, IH in. wide: fr. short-clavate, the
numerous areolae covered with white wool and many
short bristles. Texas, Mexico.
43. fimoryi, Engelm. A prostrate and s|,n.;i.liim' I'l'mt
with comparatively large, Iong-cla\ u. , rmv.-l i.int-.
and reaching a height of 8-12 in.: jimi- 1-7 in. Lmi;
and I-IV^ in. thick, with large. cLiii-at.-.l tulnnli^ :
areola remote, with white wool and a tew long I ?, in.)
yellow bristles; spines numerous, exterior 10-20, K in.
or less long, very bulbous at base; interior 5-10, brown-
ish to reddish black, more or less flattened and some-
times 3 in. long: fls. yellow, reddish within. VA-2 in.
wide: fr. ellipsoidal, yellow. 2-2H in. long and 1 in.
wide, armed with numerous bristles and spines. South-
western U. S., northern Mex.
OPUNTIA
44. invicta. Brand. A numerously branched, spread-
ins; plant, 10-14 in. high, bluish green ami armed with
many rigid, erect spines: joints 4-6 in. I >ii_' :iii'i :_' _''.^
in. thick, nearly cylindrical: areola-" .'i : i il
and yellowish red bristles; spines ir. ' . i i ■ '■ il'.
K in. or less long; interior 10-15. \'i. -ii.nu :iih1
rigid. 1-2 in. long, more or less flatteniil : rts. yill.nv,
1/^-2 in. wide: fr. broadly obovate, dry, armed with
numerous reddish spines and bristles. Lower Calif.
45. B&Tisii, Engelm. and Bigel. A procumbent, spread-
ing shrub, with firm, woody skeleton, 1-2 ft. high :
joints 4-7 in. long and %-% in. thick : areolai with
short, white wool and numerous straw-colored bristles;
spines usually 8-13, exterior !^ in. or less long; interior
4-7, triangular, brownish, with lighter tips, %-lj4 in.
long, very loose-sheathed : fls. greenish yellow, 2-2 U
in. wide: fr. clavate, 1 in. or more long, often sterile,
spiny. Tex. to Calif.
46. acanthoc&rpa, Engelm. and Bigel. An arborescent,
erect plant, 4-8 ft. high, with dense reticulate-tubular
skeleton and ascending, spreading branches : jnints
usually 4-10 in. long, sometimes 20, and 5-4-1 in. in
diam. : areolse with short, white wool and scanty bright
yellow bristles; spines very variable in length and
numbers on different plants, usually 8-25, IK in. or less
long, with loose straw-colored or brownish sheaths:
fls. greenish yellow, with reddish centers, conspicuous
for stamens with stout red filaments, IK-IK in. wide:
fr. subglobose to pyriform, 1 in. in diam. and usually
armed with many long, stiff spines. Ariz, and Calif.—
A factory has been established at Tempe, Ariz., where
the wood of this species is made into light furniture,
47. echinocirpa, Engelm. and Bigel. A low, spreading
shnilp. with reticulate woody skeleton, rarely exceeding
l'/4 ft. iu height: joints lM-3 in. long, rarely 4-6 in.,
% in. thick, somewhat clavate: areolae with short white
wool and a few coarse, straw-colored bristles: spines
very variable in length and number, exterior 8-16, IH
in. or less long; interior usually 4 forming across, I-IK
in. long, with loose white or straw-colored sheaths:
fls. greenish yellow, lii-1% in. wide: fr. depressed-
globose or hemispherical and armed with many long
(1-lK in.) spines on the upper areolae. Utah, Ariz, and
Calif. -The fruit of this species, like most others with
dry fruit, ripens in the early summer, while most spe-
cies with fleshy fruit do not mature them until fall or
the following spring.
48. Bernardina, Engelm. A slender, branched, upright
shrub, 3-5 ft. high, usually with several long, straight
stems arising from the base: joints 4-24 in. long and
% in. thick, armed with numerous short spines: areola}
with grayish white wool and numerous yellow bristles;
spines yellow or brownish, 8-14, usually with inconspic-
uous sheaths, % in. or less long ; fls. greenish yellow,
1-lK in. wide: fr. obovate, 1 in. long, armed with nu-
merous rather short spines. S. Calif.
40. serpentina, Engelm. A prostrate, rarely ascending,
s|.ariii;,-lv liiaiirln-d shrub, a few inches to 2 ft. in
hfiijlit: JMiuts much elongated, 6-20 in. longand Vi-\ in.
thick: uni.hi' with short, white wool and whitish bris-
tles: spines comparatively short, usually .-9, sometimes
15 or more, yellowish or rusty, K in. or less long- fls.
greenish yellow, 1-1^ in. wide: fr. hemispherical, }4-%
in. in diam., armed with numerous .short spines and
long woolly hairs S. Calif., Lower Calif.
50. prolifera, Engelm. An arborescent, thick-stemmed
plant, 3-8 ft. high, with numerous horizontal, spread-
ing branches, the erect trunk sometimes 8 in. in diam.:
jniiit^ -.hort-cyiindrical, rounded attlic en !- . \' i\ -n. . u-
i. nt. iiiniid and readily detached, lni-' - )u.
l.in- an. I 1^-2 in. thick: areola) wiU, unl
i.n el.lcr j(>ints with numerous straw m .1 ii: lir^;
>pint-5 variable, usually 6-10, with .-..n-i n mn,-, I.--...
vellowish or rustv sheaths and mudi i.ai i.. .1. u-nally
about 1 in. long: fls. IJi-lH in. wide. L-reeni^li rd: fr.
subglobose, %-'\H in. in diam., light -reen, w ith few
small spines and bristles, pendulous in cluster-, fre-
quently sterile. Calif.. Lower Calif.
51. Kl^da, Engelm. A numerously branched arbores-
cent plant, often 10-12 ft. high, with erect trunk 8-14 in.
OPUNTIA
in diani., having a thick, grayish, scaly, unarmed barls:
joints congested toward the ends of the larger branches,
ovate to ovate-cylindrical, 2-8 in. long and often 2 in.
thick, very fragile and tumid, easily becoming detached
and taking root, bluish green, somewhat glaucous : areo-
IfB with white wool and bright straw-colored bristles;
spines on young growth 5-8, increasing yearly until
ultimately 30-50, finally deciduous, with loose, glisten-
ing, white or straw-colored sheaths 1% in. or less long:
tls. %-l in. wide, pink : fr. obovate to globose, light
green, pendulous, in large, proliferous clusters, sorae-
titnes .")0 in a single cluster. Southwestern U. S. and
Ndith Mexico. -The common "Cholla" of the Arizona
plains, where it often becomes a fair sized tree and nota-
ble for its formidable armor of barbed spines completely
hiding the surface of the plant.
Var. mamillElta, Coult. Differs in having fewer,
shorter spines.
'>2 Bigelovii, Engelra. An erect, compact plant, 4-6 ft.
lii.h 1 11. h liu'hn, with fragile woody skeleton which
li .1 - 11 t ipi . 11 ill loints of the first year's growth, the
iiio^t li. ii~. I\ -.]iiiie covered and difficult to handle of
tin \]ii In li ( t] utiti'is Tomts readily detached and
t Mill n- t 111 I il U liiirs n\ate, short elliptical to long
nil ihi 111 il \Mih 1 lunded ends, readily breaking
ti 11 III ] I ml 111.1 t ikiii_' mot, pale green, fragile, tu-
nii.l I ill 11 il II. ■~ tmiuintly 3-5 m. long and half as
till k 11 I I I -. together, with white wool and pale
\.ll \ 111 11 - ^ [lines 10-20, some very small, mcreas-
II _' 111 1 mill 1 I- stems become older, straw colored,
1.1 -. -Il .th. .1 1 in. or less long, completely hiding the
suit,iee ot th( plant: fls. greenish red, ] in. broad: fr.
very spm\ . ovate. l^^-'Z in. long and one third as wide,
few" seeded, mostly sterile. Ariz., Calif.
53 imbricita, P. DC. A wide spreading, irregularly
III 111. liiii_ -hull, lauh ni..ii ili in " ft liu'h. the trunk
an. I In.. 1 liii.h -with.liik 1 luh 111. uiued bark:
1 .lilt- Il [II. iitl\ IJ . 1 11 111 1 11. 11 1 I P4 m. thick,
witli\.i\ |.i. iiiiii. jit 1..11.- .11-1,1. till 1 l.s- areolae
withMlloHish «ool Mu\ stlau Lol.,i..i liii-tl.s spines
2-'), of \ ariable length, 1 in. oi 1.-- I..11.' I .. .-« h
sheathed, white to straw-colored, tl- J--'^ iri wi.le.
lightpurple: fr. unarmed, depressed ml.. I...-. «itlilii.'e
,,„.. fi..ii, «lii 1 11 .hir 1- 11 11- -.1 illii _i will .liil. 1
ent hal.lt 11 1 li I n.. 1 1 mt- I 11.. 1 111. .1. 1 1. 111111. nt
tubercles ni.l t.w.i -] 111. - The truit and Hower also
show marke.l .liH. n n. t -
54. arborescens.l ii.'tlni {0 slel!Ata,Sa\m.). Anarbor
escent, mini. i-l I 1 m. h. d pi mt 4-h ft hi„'li with
trunk of 1 11 I 1 il 1
tuberrlt- tl\
pendulun- 11 1 111
long and I m 1 1 ... 1 1, .liii, \liitL
wool and small \.ll i I .1 i i 1 >\\u biistlts, spines
(j-20, variable m ifii.ili 1 in 1 1 -s, central ones more
loosely sheathed li iii\ 11 .1 li-h brown, white to
straw colored sin itl il ) 1 1 1 I. J-1 in wnle tr
subglobose. 1 111 1 i
Southwest U S - I
cata and O. i^pttu 1 11 li I 1 il i w .
Ditters from the latter in haMiig mm li lai.'ti njoie
cristate tubercles, fewer spines and different truit.
55 spindsior, Toumey. A small tree, 6-12 ft. high,
with numerous veitKilIate bran. lies, tmmiiig a rounded
head, the cvlmdii I 1 11 I 1 II I 1 lung a few
feet abo\e the gi 1 l.iown cu
gravish unarmed 1 . 1 1 I 1 .. iiilu lou s ,
ultimate ones u-ii ill I 111 thiik.
short, and riuh < iiiispu u.iush shi ithed usualh ' -■'4
in. long: fls. showy, bright to dark purple, 2-2H m.
wide, in whorls at tlie ends of the joints: fr. elliptical to
oblong, rarely obovate to globose, lH-2Xin- long, yel-
OPUNTIA
1151
low, frequently remaining on the stems during the sec-
ond year. Ariz., northern Mex.
56. Whipple!, Engelm. and Bigel. A spreading, sub-
prostrate shrub, rarely exceeding 2 ft. in height, with
numerous ascending secondary branches, having short,
crowded, proniin.nt tuli.r.l.-,-: ji.int- variable, terminal
ones clavate. ■_'-.'. in. k.iiL; nn.l ' -'1 in. thick, mostly
armed on up]., r liiill : m . ..l,r \\ ii h -lii.rt white wool and
a few short, li(;litH'..l..r. .1 l.ii-il.-; -pines white, very
variable, on teniiiiial Joints, usually from 1-3 con-
spicuous loose - sheathed interior ones and several
small, deflexed or radiating ones: fls. greenish jellow,
crowded at the ends of the joints, 1-lMin wide: fr.
unarmed or with tew spines, piriform to subglobose,
densely tubei. Ill It. \.ll.u m tint..l with s.ailet,H-l
m. in diam , lii \ in.' m.i 1 . in unin. ii t 1 I . .1 1 tin plant
during the •« int. I ^ iitl « -1 I v n | , iilm.stMex.
probably trom contusion in the original description.
57. versicolor, Engelm. A small, numerously branched
tree, 6-10 ft. high, with rounded head and a short trunk,
having sill. lutli li_rht lini\\iiin 1 eddish brown, unarmed
baik 1 111 I 1 I I 1 I I iisuallj 6-12 in. long, sorae-
tinn .11 en, more or less colored
with Mth short gray wool and
light I II. s variable, on terminal
joints, us.i ,U\ 11., ill , 1 . i.u 1 loints \Mtli 10-20. rarely,
howi.\er, lucieasiiig iii imiulieis attei the second jear,
reddish brown, uith inconsj.icuous close httiiig sheaths,
% m. or less long Hs bic.nze loloiid, 1-P, in wide:
fr. pyriform to cla\atp, of same color as joints, never
yellow, sometimes tinged with red or puride, unarmed
or with a few persistent short spines, 1-2 m. long.
Ariz., northern Mex.
58. tetracttntha, Toumey. An irregularly branching
shrub, 2-5 ft. high, primary blanches from a stout, up-
right trunk 2-4 m. in diani , and bearing numerous
short lateral ones at irregular intervals : joints very
variable in length, usualh 4-111 in long and K in. thick:
areolae with whiti-li w. .1 m I 1 1. - . nt shaped tuft of
1% in. long, -t 'ur I l\ 1 itl .1 straw-colored,
flittpned, sti. 11 1\ .1. Il I I 1 i-mg in numbers
.•n 1.1(1. r limits II- . 1 in broad: fr.
. I .\ It. t.. - il .1 I I 1 II. \, scarlet, un-
1549. Opuntia
No CI
height of 5 ft , but always with an upright, well-defined
trunk, having rough, brown, unarmed bark, joints usu-
ally 2-t in. long and J^ in. wide, easily broken from the
plant aieoliP comparatively large, with white wool and
brush hk. tiitts . t.l..ng, slender, yellow bristles: spines
yell..« iiiilh I ti. .|uently a small, slender, additional
one at nil. 1 -I I. . 1-1'. m. long, loosely sheathed: fls.
bronzi-.-..l.>ii-.l, ',-1 in. wide: fr. unarmed, of same color
1152
OPL'NTIA
as joints, long, clavate, 1-2 in. long and one-third as wide,
mostly sterile, fertile ones with a few remarkably large,
irregular-spheroidal seeds. Arizona, Sonora.
60. leptocaMis, P. DC. (O. fruUscens, Engelm.). An
erect shrub, 2-4 ft. hieh, with long, slender, flexible
ORANGE
ground in early March. The plants a
young state. They bear hot weather
soon run to seed. Monthly succes
are therefore desirable. Orach is I
America.
ORANGE
\\J
^
>^
1350. Orange (Satsuma
Showing the multiplication of locules
uparlluen
stems branching from near the ground, and
lateral secondary ones, very short, usually unarmed and
easily detached: joints about one-fifth to ii in. thick:
areolae with short, white wool and numerous, reddish
brown, conspicuous bristles: spines usually 1, sometimes
wanting, erect, stout, frequently 2 in. long, brownish or
horny, with a loose yellow sheath : fls. greenish yellow,
K-H in. wide, with detlexed perianth: fr. scarlet, suc-
culent, obovate to oblong, rarely globose, %-% in. long,
frequently proliferous, armed with tufts of long, red-
dish brown bristles. Southwestern U. S. and Sonora.
Var. mftjor, Hort., is advertised. -One of the slenderest
of the Opuntias. It differs from other species in that
the fls. do not open until late in the afternoon. Several
forms of this plant occur throughout its range, some of
which have been separated as varieties. One
of the most frequent of the cylindrical Opun-
tias in cult.
61. ramosfssima, Kntrr-Im. ( O. fe^^eihifn.
Engelm. 1. Fif,--. 1,^4:!. ir.l'J. A -,..■.-,. in,- Im^h.
2-5 ft. lni;h. with iiuiihtmuv -l.ri.l.r Ih-.-imIh-
arising' fn.ii, a -hurt trunk, 1-:: i„ ilurk .;,,i.l l,;,v-
ing dark, s.vily h;irk : j..ii,t- ;,sliy t., I.lui-h L.'r;.y.
variable in length, ultimate ones 2-0 in.. '4- :i
in. thick : areolee with sparse white wool ami
a few small yellow bristles: spines sometuin s
wanting (Fig. 1537), usually 1, stiff, erect. T . -J
in. long, loosely sheathed : fls. reddish purple,
M-% in. wide, dry, narrowly obovate, 1 in. long,
Ya in. wide, with 1 or 2 seeds, frequently sterile,
armed with numerous long, grayish bristles.
Ariz., Calif., Sonora.
O. coecinelUfera. Mill. = Nopalea. — O. eomigata.
Salm., is advertised, but little known. — (?. glmieo-
phiillt- — O. KMnice, DO. is also advertised, — O.
I tirida is probably O. arboreseens.
J. W. TotTiET.
OK&CH, or French Spinach, is a pot-herb cult, and
used much like spinach. It is an annual, grows 5-6 ft.
high, has furrowed stems and arrow-shaped, slightly
crimped Ivs. of soft texture. The inflorescence sug-
gests that of amarantus-like plants. The indi
fls. are very small, devoid of petals, and greenish or
reddish according to variety. For a more technical de-
scription, see Atriplex horiensis.
There are three main types of Orach, based on the
color of the Ivs. The white variety is the one most
commonly grown. The Ivs. are pale green, almost yel-
low. The red or dark red variety has stems and foliage
of dark red color, which disappears in cooking. It is
occasionally cult, as an ornamental foliage plant under
the name var. atrosangiiinea. The green variety is per-
haps the most vigorous type. The Ivs. are rounder than
those of the white var. and less toothed. So far as is
known, only the red and white varieties are offered in
America. The seed is usually drilled into the open
I I nitive plint In parts of 1- lorida
HIS found wild when pennanfnt '.(t
I n made but it had probabh -jin ad
li 111 t <k that was introduced b\ tht 1 iiK
Spaniards In stature of tree and chai ttei ot
fruit, tlie Oringt has \aried immen>.(l\ Nor
inalU, the fruit contains ten compartnuntv or
locules but under the influence of doini ^tii a
tion these compartments have been increased,
and in some cases a secondary axis, with its
accompanying locules. has been thru-t int.. the
center of the fruit, causing th. "nn.-. : " rip. :ir-
i. ance of some varieties. Fig. l'"'' ' ! -■ 17. i.
p. 322. These navel Orani:. U,.-
Washington Navel or Bahia is th.- i I ; ;ire
chance seedling varieties, as other \ari.u ■ an . The
immediate cause of this particular kind of variation
is unknown. The Washington Navel was introduced
from Brazil in 1870 by the late Wm. Saunders, of the
U. S. Dept. of Agric, and by him distributed as the
Bahia (see Van Deman, Kept. Dept. Agric, 188ti, p.
207). In recent years, some of the odd and grotesque
types of Japanese Oranges have been introduced into
this country, but they will proI..iIily always be curiosi-
ties rather than commercial v ''"■ ' "-i ' '' ii".lncts. See
Figs. 1551-2 and cf. Shinr, A '. '-' .
There are three well-devil-; .,,._. ■ „i..ns within
the confines of the United ,^1:1.- . :.; 1 ,1 , .iml southern
Florida: the delta region of 1 in .M.- 1 -ii.ni; California.
1551. The Natsu-daj-dia.
Parts of Texas and the Mexico-Arizona region will i
doubt develop into commercial Orange sections in tl
near future. Until within recent years a large part .
the Oranges consumed in this country have come fro
ORANGE
Mediterranean regions, but tlie Florida Orange has
taken the place, to a large extent, of the imported fruit.
Since the great Florida freeze of 1895, however, the
California Orange has come to be much better known
in the eastern states.
Fifty years and more ago. Oranges were commonly
grown under glass in England and parts of the conti-
nent. At that time there was no rapid transportation
between the Orange-growing regions and northern
countries, and the Orange fruit was a luxury. Special
houses, known as orangeries, were devoted to the cul-
ture of the fruit. The trees were ordinarily grown in
large tubs or boxes (Fig. 15.53), and were kept in the
open in summer and were placed in the orangery in
winter. These orangeries were scarcely greenhouses
in the modem understanding of the term. In many
cases they had slate or shingle roofs, the sides only
being provided with an extra amount of glass in the
shape of windows. Some of them, however, were
houses with glass roofs. As imported Oranges came to
be more common, these Orange houses gradually fell
into disuse. It is doubtful if there are any of the.se
establishments now standing In this country, but one
sees them occasionally in Europe. As the Orange trees
disappeared, other plants were grown in the house, so
that an orangery came to mean a particular kind of
house in which plants are grown that will thrive in con-
ditions suited to the Orange. It came to be no uncom-
mon thing to see orangeries in which there were no
Oranges.
The Orange tree is still a popular subject in conser-
vatories, however, and in window-gardens. In the latter
conditions it rarely produces fruit of any consequence,
but the shining evergreen foliage and the very fragrant
flowers make the plant interesting and desirable. The
plant is subject to scale and mealy bug, and constant
attention must be given to syringing and sponging the
foliage. The leading difficulty in the growing of an
Orange tree in the dwelling house is a tendency to keep
it growing the entire year and to keep it too wet at the
roots. After the fruiting seas, .11. in liiti- fall or early
winter, the plant should h,- all.iwr,! tn r. -t f..r a time
in order to harden its wood fi.r thr n. \t yiar's bloom.
It may then be kept at a tiiiii.. ranut' <,f 40° to 50°
and fairly dry at the roots. Water should not be with-
held entirely, however, because the plant should be
kept in such condition that the foliage will not drop.
After a- period of relative inactivity of one or two months,
the plant may be set in a sunny place and given a some-
what higher "temperature, and water and liquid manure
may be applied at the roots. It should be in bloom dur-
ing" the summer and early fall. Best results are secured
if the roots are somewhat confined. When the plant is
small, it mav be potted on from time to time; but after
it has attained the height of five or six feet, it should
not be given more root room than a small tub or a half
barrel. Ordinarily, it will not need repotting for several
years at a time after it has attained tliis size. Some of
the surface soil may be removed from tiim t., tiiiir and
fresh soil added and liquid manure aj'i'lit li, rsnalty
the stocks which are used are grown li'iiii s-.-ds, and
the plants varv as peaches or apples .1... S, nje ef the
plants mav trive desirable fruit, l.iit the larirer part of
them will' L'ive fruit of in.litrerent ,.r ,v,n inferior
plants" should be liudde.l after they are'well estaldished
in the pots. Buds may be secured from any tree that
bears a desirable fruit, or they may be obtained from the
South.
In recent years the Otaheite Orange (described in
Vol I, page 32.3) has come into prominence as a pot-
plant. Fig. 1.554. It is a dwarf form of the common
Orange species. It is undoubtedly the best form of Or-
ange for growing in the house. The fruits are small
and handsome, and the flowers have a pinkish tinge
and are very fragrant. These plants will bloom and
bear when not more than a foot high if the roots are
somewhat confined or the plants not overpotted. Usually
they will bloom the greater part of the vear, but, like
moat hard-wooded plants, the best results are secured
if they have a period of rest, as described above. The
temperature for all Oranges should be relatively low;
that is, it should be the temperature of the intermediate
OR.^NGE
1153
house or one which will grow carnations, chrysan-
themums, geraniums, and the like.
There is much literature on the Orange, but there is
no full and comprehensive treatise on Orange culture in
North America. An authoritative general work on
Oranges is Risso and Poiteau. "Ilistoire et Culture des
1552 Japanese tvpes of Orange
Top SikmijHiii sm ill 3wHrf in growth coarse
uiqu*lit\ s^L( u 1 urn t« i ^hiiiwakoji sweet and
solid of good quaUty the nnd thm and jellow Oon
shm or Satsuma one of the "kid glove " class Ka
wachi, also a *kid glove Orange
Oranges," Paris. On the oriental forms and histories
of Oranges, one should consult Bonavia. "The Culti-
vated Oranges and Lemons of India and Ceylon," London,
1890. The American books on the Orange are as fol-
1154
ORANGE
lows: Garey, '" Orange Culture iu California," San Fran-
cisco, IWI ; Jliime, "Treatise of Orange Culture- in
Florida. I,, ii; lui.i jn.l California," New York and
Jaclis..,, I , : l.< I II ion, 1883; Manville, "Practical
OrauK'' I : liing the Culture of the Orange,
LemoTi. I. ' , In r i-itrous fruits as grown iu
Floriila, .i.i. h I I--:, S|. aiding. "The Orange:
Its Cultur.- in ' :. : . l.-i side, 1885. One should
also (•(iii'-iili \\ I. ., I Ilia Fruits," and the pub-
lications !•( til. 1 ii.i.i >i 1.. Ilciard of Horticulture.
For an arcuuni i.i Uiu (iiauge from the botanical
point of view, see CUnts. L H. B.
Orange Culture
Orange culture in Fl
the acriilc n:;.] .li-I rili
Indian-.
IN Florida.— The foundation of
iirida was laid, it is believed, by
iiion of sour Orange seed.s by the
i I In- fruit from trees planted by
the 8pan I liays, and which were probably
grown tr.'ii, iMij.i.rii ri -.■(■lis.
These ndui i.»raii!4r> were carried from camp to camp,
and the seeds thus scHttered through the northern and
central parts of peninsular Florida found congenial soil
and conditions in the open hardwood forests and live-
oak groves of that region, and in time formed wild groves
of great extent, always in places where more or less
protected from sun and radiation by towering live-oaks,
magnolias and similar trees.
Sweet Oranges were grown to some extent for family
use even before the civil war, but in the absence of
transportation facilities were considered of no commer-
cial value.
Between 1805 and 1870, however, the Orange trees
along the banks of the St. John's river began to attract
attention as a profitable investment, and a little later
an enterprising liorticulturist bought a i)ortion of a wild
grove in the interior, near Orange Lake, and budded
the tops of the sour trees to sweet varieties. The prof-
its were prompt and large, so much so that this pioneer,
who began with an investment of only $1 ,000, had a crop
valued at $231,000, for the year of the great freeze,
1894-5.
Many of these wild groves were in.1ured or destroyed,
however, by the removal of the protecting live-oaks.
1?^.A),f?^(::'-
^^r^
1553. Tub grown Orange tree.
and being located on about the 30th parallel of latitude,
the Oranges themselves had to be marketed early in
the season to avoid destruction by frost. By 1880 culti-
vated groves spread over all parts of Florida where
railroad or steamboat transportation was accessible ; the
Indian river hammocks being justly celebrated for the
quality and abundance of the fruit, while almost every
kind of soil and exposure had its champions as best for
Orange culture. The winters for several years prior to
1554. Otaheite Orange
1880 were almost frostless, and the rains abundant all
the year round, so that the growth of well-cultivated
young groves was phenomenal, and the whole northern
half of peninsular Florida gave itself up to Orange cul-
ture with reckless enthusiasm — it was estimated that
the Orange at 12 years of age would pay from 10 to l.'>0
per cent interest on a valuation of $100 for each tree,
and in the case of individual trees even the highest
figure was sometimes realized.
The first check to this state of affairs was received in
1886, when a three days' blizzard from the nortliwi st
swept over the state and cut back or at least defoliated
all the Orange trees down to the 29th degree, and still
further south in all but the most protected stations.
This injury, however, was only temporary in most cases,
and while much of the crop of 1885-6 was lost, there
was no diminution in the crop of the fallowing year,
although the trees themselves had received an evident
From 1886 on, there has been a succession of frosts,
generally not sufficient to hurt old trees but enough to
destroy or seriously cripple nearly all the young groves
north of the latitude of Tampa, so that few. if any, new
groves have been brought into successful Ih aniiu iiMith
of that point since 1886.
In December, 1894, a stillmore seven im.iiIi\v,~i li!iz-
zard defoliated all the trees as far smiih as tlir Manafre
river, and this was followed in Feljruary by aiiotliir
similar freeze, which caught the trees covered wiih
tender shoots and young foliage, with active sap, and
killed most of them to the gi'ound from Tampa nort) .
and, moreover, so enfeebled them from the repeati .1
shocks that the majority were unable to rally, ;ind arc*
to-day either dead or worthless. The loss to tiie Florida
Orange industry by this double freeze is reasonably
estimated at $100,000,000.
The crop of 1894-5 was the largest hitherto produced,
and estimated at 6,000,000 boxes, each of 2 cubic feet.
The following year about 75,000 boxes were produced,
all froui south of the latitude of T.impa, and the crop
ha- I . . h 111 1. a iiig till that of 1900-01 is estimated at
1. li I'or cent of this coming from regions
s"iii 1 ' "inity, which just about reverses the
pn.|...t I an .111., r: id "before the freeze."
Tlie toilowiugtalilewas supplieil by Mr. E. O. Painter,
editor of the "Florida Airricuiturist." after consultation
with the officers of the Florida Fruit E.xchange, and may
be relied on as substantially correct :
the hifrh pine-laud at Delainl, prulit has been found in
.2.450,000
.3,761.843
.3,400,000
1896-97 250,000
897-98 216,579
898-99 225,000
899-1900 400,000
1900-1901 1,000,000
Many groves in Orange county and northward have
been brought into fair condition by banlsing the trunks
with earth during the winter so as to limit the injury by
frost, and if another series of frostless winters lilie
those between 1870 and 1880 were to occur, these groves,
with others newly planted, would gain sufficient age and
size to defy the ordinary frosts and make this region
again productive. Many acres have recently been
shedded over with slats or canvas — usually removed in
summer — and, thus pro-
-Hi
tected from the cold,
promising larger
the he
quired to l)uild the sheds
-from $000 to $1,000 per
acre. Figs. 1555-6. They
are usually heated during
the coldest nights, either
with open wood fires or
"•i3fV ,v-'!2t*»6, ■"'"*■' stoves burning coke or
al^«S^^"'~■■■•*':^■f3■■■^ coal. The most extensive
, . " ""'■ - shedding operations are
iJ^Z^l^.tlfr^^JlT^i''' tlios^ «f ■Jo'i'i B. Stetson,
an Oranee tree from cold ^j Deland, who has .-iT
It has a board top and^doth ^^^^^ covered, various sys-
tems of protection being
light.
different
plots.
The Orange has been grown on the most varied soils
in Horida, but successful groves have been mainly on
"high hammock" and "high pine," and the greatest
profit, as a rule, has been from the hammock groves,
where seedling trees came into bearing much earlier
than on pine-land, and both seedling and budded trees
produce more abundant crops.
The Orange groves of California and Arizona are sub-
jected to greater winter cold than those of Florida, but
suffer comparatively little damage from it, since the
winters are more uniformly cool and dry and tlie trees
are consequently dormant, while the usual warmth of a
Florida winter keeps vegetation constantly in more or
less active growth, and hence more sensitive to sudden
frosts. Thus in 1894-5 not onlv Orange trees but peach
and mulberry trees and old Wistaria vines — all hardy as
far north as Canada when dormant— were frozen to the
ground. The mean temperature has changed little, if
at all, during this alternation of mild and frosty cycles
of years; indeed, the mean of maximum and minimum
observation taken daily at Mount Dora, Fla , for six
comparatively frostless years prior to 1880 was half a
degree F. colder than the mean of six years of injurious
frosts subsequent to 1886.
The Orange tree i
soils best adapted t.i it-
advantage large auii.uni
vided the ammonia i^ ha
care is taken to avi.id
materials containing nit
and dried blood.
On the moister grades of hammock land, such, for ex-
ample, as those bearing the fine groves near the Manatee
river, it is considered unsafe to give more than 10
poundsof commercial fertilizera year, even to the oldest
bearing trees, on account of its liability to produce dis-
ease; and additional sulf.ite of potash is used, even
with standard brands of fertilizer rich in potash. On
gross feeder, and in the sandy
s culturi- in Florida can use to
Is nf iiii-rcial fertilizer, pro-
il.iiMcd 1,\ abundant potash and
an IX. CSS <if crude fermentable
such as cottonseed-meal
but the average
) to 30 pound
n fo $i0to$.j
In t 1 llj f
ofi t 1 til
to th r J e nt p
may be ol erved at tl ]
the coa t for example where <
tl e bea h en Is n d, th cket (
trees At s ha pla tl
a gle of 4o degree 1 h
the sea on a d y di
be seen blow ng o I
teep a gle grai II
tl k a I t I
The re ult of I i
po ed wholly ot hi
art les ac or 1 j
cal cha i ter t is
great eacl of wh
act on upon the ve
tl e o 1 cai al 1 t I
puzzle to the new
1 o foun 1
I leted of humus,
r n p 0 1 c ng
I er ment a seed
I I feundaj for
ze of an average
! celel rate 1 for its
js — a d bore four
1 e expected from
1 r Flor da are
a e CO po ed
I a and carr ed
I Tl e process
I A land
1 of the
le el
a o 1 com-
1 rt tl ese
11 In'd
ts re-
ral g
lot
flatv
pra re en 1
land be ^ an abundant
1 e oak h ko e ma^n
and f not less than A or 4
for Oran e culture The
woo 1 g th the better tl
An elevat n of 8 10 feet
lower ban nock 11 e w r
In i n n ne for hardw o 1
o-r wth of tl
u table
suitable for Orange culture; the larger the pines the
better the land. If the pines are intermixed with willow-
oaks and an occasional hickory and cabbage palmetto,
the land is sometimes called half-hammock, and such
land is more fertile than ordinary pine land. Blackjack
oaks, on the contrary, are an indication of poverty of
soil.
1156
ORANGE
As fares sweep over the pme laucK lunu'dh burninK
the lesmous pme straw, there is a „ )od deal uf flnelj
divided charcoal in these soils but i erj little humus,
while m hammock soil the percentage of humus is often
veiy large
Platwoods (low pine land) is chaiacterized b\ several
sm ill coned hpecies of pme which otheiHise^er-* much
li57 Florida Orane: grove
resemble the long-leaved pines. This laud is often un-
derlaid with hardpan a foot or two below the surface.
Much of it is subject to overflow in tiie rainy months,
and when overgrown with gallberry bushes it is useless
for Orange culture.
A prairie is a tract in the flatwoods overgrown with
grass only and covered by standing water during a
part of each year.
A scrub is a tract of white sand — often like clean
granulated sugar— overgrown with dwarfed live-oaks
and other bushes, mr)srlv of the heath family and usu-
ally only a fow f.-.-t liiih,
trees, tbi- .•|Mn
moss and ■.i\]\ii\
Orange c'uitmr i
and constantly frrtiiizi-ii.
A bay or bayhead is a deep accumulation of humus —
muck and peat. When drained, such lands make the
best vegetable gardens.
The shell-mounds are, as theirnarae implies, accumu-
lations of the shclK "f iiKiriin ..r fresh-water mollusks.
intermixed with
to be thirsty, th
supplied, and alt
and produce fine
long-lived
1.1 liumus. They are apt
li. M plenty of water is
it;c will grow upon them
fruit, the trees are not
nd seem subject to disease. The
finest silky-skinned fruit is rarely, if ever, produced by
trees in vigorous health and rugged growth.
The tendency of Orange trees on pine land, especially
bottomless pine lands — those not underlaid with clay —
is to wood growth, and the postponement of abundant
fruiting till a great age has been reached ; this is es-
pecially the case with seedling trees. The coarser the
pine land soil in texture, the longer, as a rule, will the
Orange tree take to reach a bearing age, sometimes
requiring twenty or thirty years, even with abundant
fertilizing, on the coarser sands. On the hammocks,
seedlings fruit at a much mr]]. r .il'. , nrd budded trees
often dwarf themselves fv ' r _-,
South of the 27th degr. - iMie are some
rich, red, loamy soils, will I. i.,: u. :
coral debris instead of quarL_. In
gions the Orange is supposed to fl<>urish only upon the
scrub lands, being dwarfed and subject to disease on
the otherwise rich and fertile red soils.
When not injured by frost, the Florida Orange tree is
immensely productive of thin-skinned delicious fruits.
A good Florida orchard or grove is shown in Fig.
1557. A new tree arising from the stump of a frozen
tree is shown in Fig. 1558. Many groves have been re-
largely
ved
ithii
ORANGE
named but thev aie much alike
.Jaffa and Maiorca
aie tjpicil ( t tl I list th ml -■• U<
r.ign %arieties, the
Washingt. .1
-ufficientl% pio
ductne t(
1 where none of
the navel ( '
1 1 sorts Of the
kid glOM 1)
lUlti ill 1 1 II 1 d
th( MaiuUnn in 11
1 1
mil always ensurin
has the merit of bt i
possibU being hardi
1
not equal in appeal au t i , i 1
li J 1.
(,irme Of the two laiictics ot Kumquat ui Chcuj
Orange the 'oblong is the best
market fiuit, the
lound being too variable in size and often too small
Theodore L Mead
\S0THER View of Oravge Ciltire l^ Florida -
In primitive Orange culture the tree was a seedling
triiin selected fruit, and even at this time the majority
lit bearing trees in Florida are seedlings. Seedlings
ire late in coming into bearing, their fruit is of variable
quilit\ and the roots of sweet Orange trees are likely
to get the 'foot-rot," or »«a/-di-^o»na. Therefore grow-
ers aie now more careful as to stocks used and seldom
111 lilt till sweet seedling tree, but graft or bud on more
snit ilili roots. On very high land of best quality which
IS lb I |ih drained, it is" possible to raise the sweet seed-
ling \Mtliuut great danger from foot-rot. As long as
the loots are healthy the trees produce fruit in abun-
dance, and many growers contend that the fruit pro-
duced, whether of Orange, lemon or pomelo, on sweet
Orange stocks is better in quality of juice, has less
"rag" and a thinner skin, and hangs on the tree in per-
fection longer than when grown on other roi.ts.
The sour Orange as a stock for other citrous trees is
a contestant with the longer grown sweet Orange, and
as it is free from gum disease, commonly called "foot-
rot," and yields abundant crops, it is planted on soils
which naturally suit it ; these are low, rich lands of
both pine and hammock. In the central part of Florida
it has run wild, and grows in the open hammock woods
wliere some years ago the best thickets were budded or
grafted to the sweet Orange, and up to 1895 bore enor-
mous crops of fruit. The sour Orange does not do so
well on higher land, though sometimes planted there,
and will not grow at all in dr>-, coarse sand, where the
"rough lemon" manages to exist and produce fruit.
This "rough lemon" .seems to be a natural hybrid
citrus, with leaves and flowers somewhat resembling
the commercial lemon and with large, round, coarse
J'arieties. - Of the leading varieties, Homosassa
may be taken as the type of the finest seedlings origi-
nating in Florida; otlier Florida seedlings have been
4Pf<r
4,jr
1558. Sproul-grown Orange tree.
fruit with a lemon's acidity, but with the appearance of
a coarse sour Orange.
For quickness of growth and prolific fruiting, no
citrous tree compares with the " rough lemon " as a stock
for Oranges, lemons, etc., and growers are more suc-
cessful with it than with any other stock on diverse
soils so far tried.
ORANGE
Another prominent stock for citrous trees is the wild
liurcly Citrus trifoliata of Japan. It is a very thorny
deciduous tree of somewhat dwarf habit, succeeding
well on good Orange land not too dry. It influences the
cion growing upon it to a great extent and causes a
considerable increase of hardiness agiiinst iuld, as well
as earlier ripening of fruit ; the tni- it-, if 1.1. .mhi- very
now being largely planted, worki-.l t.. all \an.tiis of
Orange, pomelo, kumquat, etc., with more or li->s like-
lihood of successful fruition. It will probably never
be wanted as a stock in localities fiee fiom frosts The
Orange tree is also worked to a small extent on the
roots of othei citrous trees, as pomelo lime bitter sweet
Orange etc with more or less success, as the nature
of the land determines
Propagation of these various trees is usuallj effected
by seed For sweet seedlings intended for orchard
planting the seed is < iiefuUj "elected fi jiii the fiuit
of ^ery best qualities and only the M.;orous pUiits are
saved fir the nurserj to be worked h^, liu Unig oi
grafting n vimus sorts the seed is tikm turn an\
fruit a\ 111 II \\h th i gcod in quilitv or not The
seeds 11 |M / 1 It t the fiuit b-i hand ifter cut
ting th 1 lilt illowed to dn The seed of
Citru!, till 111 \ 1 dried as it keeps longer
without 1 t Mt lin t
beed-beds are prepared by thoroughly digging and /^
pulverizing the soil, which should be of a light or
sandy nature, and, unless of very good quality nat-
urally, should be manured slightly with composted
stable manure or .■h.ini.al f.rtilizer. Seed should be
sown thickly on tin- 1...-. -.il an.l pressed down well
before covering ; s.il ..t tl..- -aioe light nature should
now be thrown ev.nly ..v.r th.- surface to a depth of
about an inch, and if the be.l is considerably exposed to
the sun should be mulched lightly with straw or leaves.
Planters usually provide a temporary shading for the
beds or else select a situation shaded bv trees or walls,
although the seedlings will grow in full sunshine if
only mulched, but require more atteiiti.in in wati-riug.
After two to six weeks, according t.. tin warniih ..f tiie
weather, the seedlings will appear al...\. tli.' -urface
and must be kept as free as possil.l.- if.ini «. . .is, in-
sects and fungous diseases. "Daiii|>iti:: ..tV" .'auses
much troulile, and whole beds ina\ )..■ L.-t iitiless
sprayed in time to check the spr.-a.l ..f tlii- t'iiiii,'..us
ration to us,., a'ltli.
of sulfur s,.,,i..tini.s is pffectual.
The s ihii-- at rii.' a^re of six months, or say during
the suniiia 1- raiii\ s.as..n, may be planted in nursery
rows, about HI X 46 in. apart. Less risk of loss, how-
ever, results when transplanting is done in midwinter
with one-year-old plants, which at this age should be
C-IS in. high, according to variety. Watering i.s neces-
sary both at time of setting and occasionally afterward,
unless rains are frequent enough to keep the ground
well moistened.
Fertilizer is used on poor soil about three times per
year In the nursery, and clean tillage is a necessity to
produce healthy trees quickly. At the age of three or
four years the seedlings are usually budded to the
desired varieties ."just before the growth ceases in the
autumn. In spring the tops are cut off a few inches
above the live buds, which quickly push out and grow
strongly the tirst few months. Care is now essential in
keeping down sprouts from the stock and in training
the young bud. Most growers drive a small stake at
each stem and tie the shoot thereto with soft twine,
topping it to induce branching at the desired height.
After a full season's growth the young budiled trees
will be well hardened and available for planting out in
the permanent orchard during the winter months.
Grafting the Orange, as well as all citrous trees, is
not so certain a process as biuMing. the hardness of the
wood and heat of a warm climate being against success.
Bark-grafting, or sprig-building, is practiced on old
stumps fairly successfull.v, but other forms of grafting
usually fail."
In starting an orchard, the character of soil and
drainage niusi; determine the kind of stock to be used.
ORANGE
1157
The distance apart for standard trees should be ample,
25-30 ft. seeming about right. Trifoliata stock may be
set closer. The land must be staked off and holes thor-
oughly prepared some time before setting trees. If
land is newly cleared and somewhat acid, the soil
thrown out of the holes may be sweetened by a liberal
mixture of fresh lime, and will be benefited if allowed
to remain exposed to
The young trees ought to be judiciously pruned at
the top to counterbalance loss of roots in digging, and
part or all of the leaves may be removed if transplant-
ing takes place in cool weather; the removal of leaves
is additional security against loss, less water being
needed to establish the roots. In summer, however, the
hot sunshine makes it advisable to leave on some
foliage to avoid burning or scalding. Winter trans-
planting is preferable in almost every case.
After transplanting, the trees will be greatly benefited
by a mulching of straw, leaves, or trash, whi-li will
keep the ground cool. ■!■ an. I si..', m,.] ii. r.,ilni:: arl.l
humus to the soil. F. i : . - i ! . .■ i . v
not be needed if the iia .i ' i i.-
fruiting commences s..m.' .aiit.in i.-
needed. If the grower is icii.li-.i.lc.l a~ : . i.; ' il
lacks, a series of soil analyses may !..■ .. ' .
a suggestion. Potash, phosphoric aci.l a i _ . r.
the main elements in manures, and th. ; . l
in mixing chemical fertilizers may be r.i.i'l: \:.ii. i t..
suit each particular orchard. The fertilizer may be
purchased ready mixed, or the growerby care and study
can make his own mixtures, buying the various ingre-
dients to best advantage. Sulfate of potash, bone-
black, and sulfat.- ..f ,aiiiiii..i.ia ai.' s;,|-,. ;,,i,i favorite
chemicals f..r all .■iir..ii- ti. . • I _ is usually
done in Dec'iiil..!- aii.l auai.i r M. - ■ : some-
times a thir.l a|.|.!i.Mti..ii ma. i.. -....--a., in .-arly au-
riiltivati..ii lias li.^.ai f..i's.,iin- \.ars along the same
iziug foU..w.-.l l,y tli..i'..imii liari-..wing all through ue
spring and laily suninnr. k...|.iiig weeds and grass well
under, and . ..ii-.i\ in^ tin moisture through the spring
drought. Aft, r til.' rain- -.atle down in earnest, all cul-
tivation is sus|.. n.l. <l ami iln'orchard is sown to various
soil-enrichiu:.' t..iai;. i.lanis. or allowed to develop crab-
grass. The al. umlaut f..lia-.. of the forage-plants keeps
the ground c....!. i ami r.ti.l. is the treeless liable to scald
during extritm- ..I In at ami moisture; the forage may
be cut and cur.-.l fnr iia\-. I.ut when so doing a return of
such loss ought to be made to the orchard, to some ex-
tent, from the barn lots, or in applications of mulching
or leaf-mold. At all events the orchard should be
mowed previous to the time of fruit-gathering.
.Since the destructive freezes of 1894-95 and the fol-
lowing three cold winters, growers in the upper portion
of Florida have used various fonns of protection against
frost, for Orange trees. The most general work along
1158
ORANGE
this line Has been the banking of tree-trunks with soil
up to a height of 1-4 ft., which in the event of freezing
carries the budded stem safely through the winter and
saves considerable growth. This is only a makeshift,
however, to preserve the budded variety and does not
protect the top or bearing part of the tree, so that many
forms of tents for covering the whole tree have been
devised, with heating apparatus. Sheds have also been
made with tight walls, covering large areas of trees and
having either slatted or movable roofs : during severe
cold, open fires, aided by the high walls, keep the
temperature above the freezing point. There is also
the possibility of warming the air by means of sprays
of water, forced from set nozzles by a steam pump, as
the temperature of well water in Florida is constantly
about 75° Fahr. or warmer. Under sheds trees may be
set closer and kept at the very highest state of growth,
removing crowded trees from time to time as it may be
CKpedient.
The gathering of the Orange crop may proceed some-
what at the will of the owner; picking, of course, pro-
ceeds with the ripening of the different varieties, the
early sorts being fit to gather in October, weeks or
months before medium and late ripening sorts : all
varieties will keep in perfection for several weeks while
never pulled, as a rough treatment would cause early
decay. Packing is carried on quite uniformly in a
great degree of perfection through all the Orange sec-
tions of the country; the main essentials to success
are a slight wilting of the fruit (two or three days),
and a firm, but not extreme degree of pressure, in each
package. E. N. Reasoner.
OrangeCultuee in the Mississippi Delta. — From the
early settlement of Li.uisianii to the present day Orange
culture has roi-i i X c M iii.nii-i, in the lower Mississippi
valley. Until rc<^ : - .f sweet Oranges were
planted and tli. > i _ n -planted in and around
the yards and ru \ , n-ive groves were grown
until aft'T til.- r|. I ii., cj.ilwar. At first groves of
seedliTiL' 11 I I ■ !'■ planted and these proved ex-
ceediiiL-i .i- to the very cold spell of 189,'),
which .!■ I .!,, i-very one in the state. In the
meanwlnli r\i,n,i\. .vperiments had been made in
budding thi- choice varieties of sweet Oranges on various
kinds of stocks, and many of the experiments demon-
strated the power of resisting the cold by certain kinds
of stocks, notably the Citrus trifoUafa. Accordingly
many of the old groves and a number of new ones
.ibina
ifoli.
it was found that the
lese varieties njion the
ence caused an adoption of th.' (',/,„ ihc
chief stock for future groves. .\. ',-.,,■, \, u j i :! , ' .if
the groves planted since that time ii;i\<' Im.h w ihi ilns
stock.
But there is a frost limit beyond which this combina-
tion is destroyed. This was evidenced by the unprece-
dented freeze of February, 3899, which again destroyed
nearly every grove in the state. Since that time Orange
planting has made very slow progress, and only a few
large groves are to-day to be found in the state. The
industry is, however, so profitable that a renaissance
may be expected at an early day. The budded trees
bear early and yield profitable returns in three to five
years after being transplanted iu the grove. The city
of New Orleans furnishes a home market for all that
can be raised, and the Louisiana Or;nii.^»^ is about one
month ahead of those of FInri. 1.1 :,im1 -. . i,,l ii,..i,il,~ nli. ad
of California in ri|iiiiiii^'. ,ii ' i • ■!,..
marketwhen, on account I.I .:. I ul.
These facts, coupled with till n ;,. ml,
requiring no fertilizers, ami tin ai.;.:, : : 1,-
pensing with irrigation, make OraiiL-i il-
ingly profitable in Louisiana, and tin ■ is
an occasional blizzard frotn the northw I i ; i is
gulf-ward the usually balmy climatr ,iiiil 1 1 tni" in ily
chills the groves. At rare intervals these blizzards are
so intense as to destroy tree and fruit.
How to protect groves against these destructive
frosts is to-day the "burning question "with the Orange
growers. Flooding the orchard with water from the
river upon the approach of a freeze has been practiced
upon a large scale without complete success.
The practice of banking the tree — piling the soil around
the stem to a height of a few fi-rt iFis!-. l.')i;il)-on the
approach of a blizzard whose intinsity ;iiid time of coming
are usually predicted by the gov. rnmiiit \vi;itber bureau,
is now almost universally adopt. -.1 as tin- b.st jirotection
against excessive cold. This baukiuj,' retains vitality inthe
main trunk, and while the outer limbs are killed young
shoots will start from the tree when the soil is removed
and spring advances. This practice gives only partial
protection. The tree is virtually destroyed, but new
si Is from till- i.rol.-i-t.-.l trunk will s.h.ti appear and
Z^^M
t"^
^A --.,
->&S!- ft
' ""^i-vs^y.i.,, ,<
^ .:jr'.v v-
were planted in budded stocks, using the buds of se-
lected trees of sweet Oranges and establishing them
upon the Citrus trifoliata.
Budded stock has thus entirely superseded sweet seed-
lings. The sour Orange, the bitter-sweet Orange, the
rough lemons, the grape-fruit or pomelo and the Citrus
trifoliata have all been used successfully as stock for
the sweet Orange. In the meanwhile several hardy
Japanese varieties, including the .Satsuma. Mandarins
and Tangerines, were introduced and budded upon va-
rious kinds of stock. In 1895, with the temperature going
fruit, the Kui.i.|.i,-.t ami iIh- iril..liata, are all
grown quite laiyely in L.-uisiana. The .Myrtle
and the Otaheite are occasionally found as orna-
mental trees.
directly
done at
any time of the year from early spring to late
fall. When performed in the fall, the buds re-
main dormant through the winter. The various
stocks have particular merits for special s^.ils
and other conditions, and seviralliiil :ii. i-..!,
as already said; but when tie I ' to
successful Oraua-e culture i- Ir
considerations must be dispell-. 'i -in il\
the most resistant stocks us..l. Th. -. are,
first. Citrus trifoliata, and, second, sour Orange.
Hence nearly all the Louisiana groves are on
these two stocks, a large majority being on the
former.
Planting a grove is always preceded by a nur-
sery. The latter is made by planting the seed of the
Citrus trifoliiila or sour Orange. When the young
trees are one to two years old they are shield-budded
with buds from selected varieties. One year after,
these buds are large enough to be transplanted to the
grove.
The soil of the grove is thoroughlv prepared and pul-
verized, and well drained. The tree's are plaiite.l at in-
ti-rvals .if -^^^ T'l 4" feet apart both ways, an.l tli.- L^rl.^-e is
,-\iltiv,-ii.il until the trees are large em.iiL'li t.. -Innl.- the
griiumi. Afi. r that only the weeds an.l liti-!ii - ai-. kef.t
Plate XXIII. Citrous fruits (about one-half natural size).
Oranges, Nonpareil and Parson Brown: Mandarin. Cleopatra; Kumquat, Nagami; Pomelo. Royal.
ORANGE
down. Late and early cultivation of an Orange grove
is usually discouraged as having a tendency to induce a
too luxuriant, sappy growth, which may be injured by
subsequent frosts. The cultivation is usually per-
formed with light plows or suitable cultivators.
In three years after a grove is planted the trees
should begin to bear, increasing its products every year
ORAXGE
1159
Oranges in Cai^ifornia (Fig. 1562). -In 17G9 the
Franciscans moved northward into what is now known
as California. In connection with the Missions which
they established they planted gardens and orchards,
and the first Orange trees planted were from seeds,
cuttings, or plants introduced by these worthy and
thrifty padres.
The Missions were scattered over a wide range of
country, as far up as Sonoma, some fifty miles north
of San Francisco. The planting and care of orchards of
both citrous and deciduous fruits was encouraged, but
after the secularization of the Missions, in 1834, interest
waned and they were neglected, so that in 184b Fremont
wrote of them that "little rpmams of thr nrohird-, that
were kept in hi.;h cultn ti n t th A| , , » « »
Fertile \aUe\s are o\ t i i i i yme
\ ards and oli\ e orcli u xt d "
\t the Mission S ui i
th(
Ange-
wa.s Sfa ^ears afteiwirds tlj it the shmI nt iii Acapulco
()r,inge was planted at Sacramento, and four jears later
transplanted to Bidwell's Bar in Butte countj , in the
northern part of the state, and more than five hundred
mill s fi 111 till 1 ilit\ selected b> the Mission Fathers
ton
ifomia, from San Diego in the
7.
there if te
ml lieeoming exceedingly profitable at 5 to b
\ e irs It h IS been found best here to head the Orange
tni I « mil I nine It onh for shape and Lomfoit Es.
CI ssi\i I 1UIUI1-: Is never followed
\\ hfii npe tlie Oranges are gathered In hand from
Udders, assoittd and packed m bo\i s ,i 1 irn N ind
shipped to Isew Orleans Before th lit i\ si\e
cold the crop of the state was estim it 1 i mi iiiii)
boxes It was quite small last } ear Ts th i suit t this
freeze
\ fertilizer containing 50 pounds nitrOt^tn ">() pounds
piitish md 2) pounds phosphoric acid per acre is the
one usualh it^i ommended in this state It is usually
ipplK d in Man h or April The following varieties have
been grown in this state, which, for convenience, are
here divided into three classes first, earl\ ripening
second, medium, third, late.
Of the first rliss thrrc nir numrious creoh
P t h \ 1 n' 1 F' „ ? Prizll-
the Oiui^'L
and tlm
e are lo ,1,
I t.lh well
adapted to its cultuic,
there n
ni the
coast range a<
, well as I
in the ^)
where the low winter temper it ui
-lowth
The question
of soil al
so entcis 1 1
III iliisprob
lem, and cons
iderable s
pecial know
leilo'
t IS required in
order to make
a judicio
us selection
The southei
n poition
of the state
was
first selected as
most promisi
n-r lint s
iim ihiut
e^ery year has
shown a vast
^M I 111
t n 1 1
1 1
11 of the Orange
belt The 1 .1
1
i.mmercial im
portance till 1
as afterwards.
Orange gro\
li haste conse
quentuponth
1 1
t I till product
As a naturil
1 'ii 11 1 t
11 1
11 1 ti PS -were
set out unsui
11 111 IMl 1
1 htiHs, and
seedlings ^^hi
h 1
t hitl hi
could not gri
^\ t k
1 1st 1 11 ll_ll
111
1 111 st ,k was
often bought
(h ini e In i
flK
■SI Its howevei
l??4^J
^fJi
nin_'hani Dulcissmi i 1 \ misite Jaffa,
Toppi Magnum Bonum, Maiorca, Mad
ime s ^ inous, varieties of Navel Orange,
^Id^InI 'st Mirh-iel Portugal, Plata,
Queen, Rul s. , * st ,r Calw, Stark
Needless s, ^ | ,i,,t, ^nd Trav-
eler, of th 11,1 T.ingerine,
of the dul I 1 lid class— late
maturin,' \ 1 1 1 1 - i ii are unpop
ular here on u i ount ut danger of frost
during winter, are Acis, Beach Nos 4
and 5, Dorr, DuRoi, Higley Late, Lamb
Summer, Long, Maltese Oval, Mediterra - -= _
nean Sweet, Mott, Pineapple, Rio, Rivers s.^." ^ ..
Late, Simms Summer, Hait Tardif, and
White, of the sweet, and King, of the
dulcis t>-pe.
The Kumquat is grown both in the round and the ob-
long. A dozen or more varieties of the pomelo are also
grown, while a few varieties of the sour Orange and shad-
dock are occasionally to be found. ^ g Stubbs
Cahiornia Orange grove
ther
age in Orange tree)
or 3,500,000 trees,
ime better understood, until in 1899
the county assessors showed an acre-
lone, not including lemons, of 35,000,
early half of which were in bearing.
1160
ORANGE
The foot-hill region of the Sierras was soon found to
be capable of producing flue Oranges, notably in Placer
county; later on in Kern, Tulare, and Fresno counties,
and in the whole of the Sacramento and San Joaquin
valleys were fouud large areas where Oranges could be
grown as flue as those in southern California, and in
some instances they were found to ripen earlier. J
In some places, not.-vbly about Oroville in Butte p
county, near the extreme noi'thern part of the Sacra-
mento valley, the citrous industry thrives, side by side
with gold-mining. The red, mineral lands, with abun-
dance of water carried in ditches from the high moun-
tains, grow to perfection the Washington Navel and
other Oranges.
Though the temperature of the great San Joaquin
valley is lower in winter than at points nearer the coast,
the summers are warmer, and the Orange thrives in the
sunshine, away from the coast fog, and the trees are
healthier and less affected bv scale insects.
The so-called "thfrmal t.flt " f nmprises some 1.500,000
acres of land ailuiit..! t" ili. .nltivation of the Orange
commercially, and in . m r\ |.,iri "( California, with ex-
ceptions above nutc.l, ( n-ni-r^ muy be grown in a small
way, to satisfy tU'j last.- and embellish the home
surroundings. This "belt" runs from San Diego to
Tehama, and is nearly 700 miles long, and from two or
three to twenty-five miles wide. Its altitude does not
exceed 1,800 feet above sea-level, and from that down
to 30 feet.
Orange seedlings were grown mostly from seed of
imported Tahiti Oranges, and later from miscellaneous
seed from any varieties. Seed from the Florida Sour
stock has been largely used, but does not give general
satisfaction. The young plants are budded in the nur-
sery at two years old, and transplanted one or two years
later to the orchard. Very many large, old trees have
been "worked over," because the variety was found to
be unprofitable. There are several ways of doing this,
perhaps the most successful being to cut back the top of
the tree, and to bud into the young shoots that will grow
as a result of this cutting. In three years the old tree will
have a new top, frequently with a good crop of fruit.
The Orange is a gross feeder, throwing out many and
widely spreading «oots, and for this reason, though the
soil may be naturally rich, it is necessary that it be
plentifully supplied with fertilizers as well as water.
This is done systematically and regularly, the trees be-
ing irrigated not less than once a month through the
summer by means of shallow fiirrows opened by the
plow on oi'thf-r «i.|f of rli.' r^w
The van.-. -n|,.,.,,i ,,,,,-, , J:,,H,l,.f..r,,,:ul...t arc
WashiTi-1.' \.' ■■,!•'■' i ' •■ -:. M . ,.,•.[,,■. r.lu..d,
Jaffa, M-l ■ "-I' ..•—.■ r ■ II - -a~>a,
and Slim 'Mm I'.hi-. ihm \:h :■!.-. i ii nil ih. -.• the
Washington Xavel is by far th.- most valuable. The first
trees were imported from Brazil by William Saunders,
of Washington, D. C, in 1870, and by him sent from
there to California in 187.'i. The fruit is seedless, which
adds to its value. Oranges are cut from the tree with
small shears in preference to being pulled. After they
have been kept in the packing-house for a few days to
allow the rind to shrink, they are graded and packed in
the regulation case, which is ll}^xlU2x26 inches.
This work is done with the utmost care, and by exper-
ienced, skilled hands.
The output of Oranges from California, for the last two
sea*.oQs (1897-8 and 1898-9), has reached the enormous
amount for each season of 14,000 car loads, or 4.()0().000
boxes, representing a value of about $6,000,000, f. o. b.
rialifomia. Leosaed Coates.
ORANGE, OSAGE. See Toxylon.
ORANGE ROOT. Same as Golden Seal, nii<lmxt!x
ORCHARD. In America the word Orchard is used
for any laid-out plantation of fruit trees. It is not ap-
plied to bush-fruit plantations, as it is sometimes in
England. The Orchard is apart of every typical Ameri-
can homesteid, although it may be of very small extent.
The universal Orchard, except in the warmest parts, is
the apple Orchard; pears and plums are probably next
in domestic importance. Consult Pomology.
ORCHARD GRASS. Dactylic ylomerata.
ORCHARD HOUSE, a name frequently used in Eng-
land for glasshouses devoted to fruit trees. Consult the
article on Forcing of Fruits, p. 598 (Vol. II.) of this
work.
ORCHID. The Orchids are perennial herbs distin-
guished from other monocotyledons by the union of the
stamens and pistils with the floral axis, forming a
unilateral column. With the exception of the Cypri-
pedineae only 1 anther and 2 stigmas are fertile; in
the Cypripedinese 2 anthers and all 3 stigmas are
fertile. The nearest relatives of the Orchids are the
Scitaminacese. The Orchids form a vast group of plants
(about 10,000 species) which, on account of the unusual
transformation of their flowers, their strange shapes
and glowing colors, and their varied adaptations for
securing cross-pollination, are amongst the most fasci-
nating of all families of plants.
Part I. Popular Account of Orchids.
The peculiar interest which attaches to Orchids is due,
in a great measure, to the endless variation of the
flowers. Few Orchids not in flower are remarkable for
their beauty. The barren canes of Dendrobiun
shriveled leafless pseudobulbs of Pleione are
but scarcely beautiful. In many groups the color of the
flower is of secondary importance. Many of the highly
prized Cypripediums have only modest colors, while
some cacti have brilliantly colored and lasting flowers,
yet these have not become general favorites.
The great variety of the Orchid flower is produced,
not by the creation of new organs, but, as everywhere
else in nature, by the modification of parts already
existing. The general plan of the Orchid blossom is like
that of most of the flowering monocotyledons, as, for
example, the lily.
Tlie Sepals. -Ot all the floral organs the sepals are
usually least modified. They can be easily recognized.
In some cases, however, they are sufiiciently modified to
change the appearance of the flower. Often the lower
pair are more or less or entirely united (Oncidium,
Cypripedium). In Masdevallia all the sepals are united
into a short tube and then expand into blades terminat-
ing in long curious tails.
The Petals. — Ot the second whorl of floral organs two
only are generally petal-like, the third being trans-
formed into the labellum. The two similar petals usually
resemble the dorsal sepal. This resemhlance is often
carried out t.. a ■^trikiiv_' .l.^.j-rpc. wlii.'h is m<'st remark-
able in Casr- !i! v Ki.li 111. .. ..r.jaii- ar.' 1 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 1 a I I V i Ileal 1-
fled {Onci.h'^ r - ■ . l . , .' ; ui.-al i..ns
of the petal-. h -- . " ri_' i:.!.:;)
they are eliiii-:.!'. .! >.. i-, ari..-i I ,.i ■.■!■..;;. .•■..nait, ..ftrn
attaining a length i.f tliv. . i. . i . In iliis species peloric
flowers occur in wbi.li th.. ilnnl jntal or lip is also
petal-like {Uropedinn, /..,;./.„... In many other in-
stances the petals iliff.-i- L'liatly in size and form from
the sepals (BuUophyllum. Masdevallia).
The Labellum.— The form or type of the flower
depends greatly on the character of the labellum. This
is the most wonderful and most modifled of all the
floral organs. It is often the most conspicuous part of
the flower and is of the greatest importance to the
plants, as Darwin has shown, in attracting insects and
guiding them to the nectar, and hence to the pollen and
stigmas of the plants. In Cypripedium and related
genera the lii' lia- tin tnrm of a sac often compared to
ashoe,asth. nam.. I. a. Ix '. .slipper indicates. The sides
of the sac an i. 11. .1 in.v.inl, surrounding the column in
such away thai an in-i-.-t which has entered the label-
lum must crawl out through a narrow opening near the
anther, which is thus brushed. Some of the pollen
adhering to the body of the insect is thus carried to the
stigma of another flower.
One of the most common forms which the labellum
assumes is that of a trumpet-like tube inclosing the
column. The front portion is expanded into a large,
variously-shaped blade, which is often of a deeper color
than the rest of the flower. The color becomes more
intense toward the tube or throat of the labellum, which
is further ornamented bv ridges, crests, and markings,
all of which serve to guide insects to the pollen masses
ORCHID
and stigmas. The trumpet form of the lip is character
istic of many of the most beautiful South American
Orchids, as Sobralia, Lselia, Cattleya, etc. In other
genera the labellum is variously modified. Sometimes
it is small and petal-like, sometimes greatly expanded,
forming the most conspicuous part of the flower ( 0»-
cidium tigritnt m ,OiloHtoijIossuin Londeshoniuijhianum).
In other instances it is almost indescribably transformed
(Stanhopea, Gongora).
In nearly all cases the labellum is provided with raised
lines, crests, and markings (or guiding the insects. In
many genera the ba.se is produced into a sac or spur,
which secretes honey, or whose walls contain juices
which are sought by insects. In the curious Madagascar
Orchid, Angrwctim sesquipedale, the .spur attains the
astonishing length of 10 or 11 inches (Fig. 1564).
T}\e hahit of Orchid plants is almost as varied as that
of the flowers themselves. It is dependent upon the
mode of life of the plants, which, in this respect, may
be divided into three classes, — saprophytes, epiphytes,
and terrestrial Orchids. True parasites are not known
to occur in this family.
The saprophytic Orchids are the most reduced forms,
devoid of chlorophyll, and depending for their carbon
food upon the organic matter of the humus in which
they grow. The subterranean stem or rhizome consists
of a much-knotted coral-like mass which takes the place
of roots. In most species the rhizome has been found
ORCHID
to be invested with a fungus by means of i
matter of the humus is absorbed ami ir;ti
compounds available to the i.hmi. I ],, m
a brownish or yellowish stem I
simple terminal inflorescem-r. I ■ i:
plants arc successfully culti^ nir.l , ,,- n
1161
rth American Corallorhizas.
liids exhibit the most varied forms.
MS of trees, dead trunks, and often
."sed places. They grow, without
il "i- siihtropical countries where a
iiit:i\ I ralile to growth. As a result
li\.l,.|„cl special food reservoirs,
am:,- , i„h season's growth. In this
Ml
-iMr.lul foliage.
.11, .ly l.-aves. The
:il
1.1 I.all.-s.detract-
aiid in Hleione the
II .
■wering time. In
libs are numerous
ir foliage, making
'"' './•/■'.-'/■"./ N/'r .,,, UM'lii, I. - !■. : .i-:.-est and
the i)[-.-l.iils ,,t' ill.' I. In]. .[.(I. Ill ■ ' 1 1:., (,)rchis,
etc.). .Manv ..f tii.-se are .inii.1,1. iit.il . ■. i , i .Ali.-nnotin
flower. The siiecies of Sobralia are noted f.,r their tall.
reed like stems well clothed with graceful foliage. In
the tropics they often form dense thickets from 6-12 ft.
in height. M.ist of the species of Selenipedium also
have luxuriant fi.liage, which is attractive at all times.
F''li,n/, PI, n,l!^. -The Physurece, a small group of
Ori-l.i.ls .listril.ut.-.l in tropical Asia and the Malay
sums, AuaTt.,ehllusi.
The plants themselves
are usually small, with
the habit of Goodyera, a
North American repre-
sentative of the group.
Variegated or mottled
leaves occur also in
some otuer groups (Cy-
pripedium, Phalienopsis.
and Oncidium).
JTIstorieal Sketch. -
Species of Orchids have
been klin^ii t.. b..tanist^
th. hi-f 1.1 lilts w, 1, int,,„
In 17.1 /;Ut:., ,.,.,unda was
r iM .1 m Fii.'i 111.1 from the
West In.h.-s In I7>-!I Commo-
dore Gardner sent plants of £/)i-
dendrum fragrans from the
woods of Jamaica. One of
these flowered two vears after
and was the fir-t * >r' hi.) ti'^iired
in the "B..f n ' M ■ .i,. ,"
plate 152. i- /
Phmus g,a, I ..„
introduced nm. ^i .. I.. t..re
and the Vanilla nas als,.kn..Kn
in English conservatories. In
1807 Martyn"s edition of Mil-
ler's "Gardeners' Dictionarv"
enumerated 124 Orchids.
At first the wants of these
plants were little understood,
and many perished from irra-
tional treatment. But as more species were introduced
and their natural climatic conditions became better
known the plants were treated in accordance with their
requirements.
Angrcecum
sesquipedale.
To show very
loDg spur.
(XM.)
1162
ORCHID
The middle part of this century is remarkable for the
great number of new and striking kinds of Orchids dis-
covered. Immense sums were paid for single new plants.
The fabulous prices paid for novelties caused collectors
to scour every part of the tropics, risking their lives in
"The Orchid Album." by R. Warner and B. S. Williams,
the mountains, jungles and fever-haunted swamps in
search of these wondrous plants. At the present time
collectors are still engaged in searching the tropics, but
striking novelties are rarely introduced. Lai l'i m" '"'i
ties of Orchids are annually imported toreplmi^li n iih
ern hothouses. It is probable that large sum- In -m-l.
plants have been paid more frequently for Onliia- iIkim
for any other class of plants, A thousand dollars for a
unique plant is perhaps paid less frequently nowadays
than in the middle of the century. Nevertheless the
interest in Orchids is not declining. On the contrary, the
love for Orchids is beconiinL* ni'TP wirlr -prpad. There
never has been any distiini I'.i ,1 , . |., f,.|],nved by a
severe reaction, as in the 'M -i , <l;ililia. zinnia,
camellia, etc., but the iiiin ully extended
and is likely always to inLr.;, i -;.
Out-flowers. -The nse of Or.'hi.U .^ u! ;!,.,.,,■- is
slowly becoming more and more 1;. 1 ^l I inds
are easily cultivated with general H..I I - ;! ; 1 are
thus becoming widespread inculti\ ati. 1 1 \ pii;.. liiiiu.
Cattleya, Lielia). As yet none of the Orchids can be
regarded as florists' flowers in the same sense as roses
and carnations. Their use is mostly restricted to special
purposes, although thev are gaining in poj.ularitv. Cat-
tleva, Cypripedimu and D. nli ilium :n . . i.iiI:iV-, t)ie
o-ily genera liste.l in ih. , ' , . ', . • i.ii.l.
winter. The won.l. iim k, . : ,.,(,, j, as
cut-Howers are well klHl^^ II \ 11 i.,,,, ;..-,, its
beauty within a few hum- r ii.h.
Orchid Hybrids. ~OiU' i 1 mating phases
of Orchid culture is the 1 livbrids. By
crossing of different speei.- la numerous
new Orchids have been iiniiin. > 1. inimy ..f which are
superior to the natural species. In some genera the
hybrids now far outnumber the original species, notably
Lteliocattleya.
A large and special literature on Orchids has grown
up. Magnificent periodicals, with descriptions and
colored plates, have been entirely devoted to Orchids.
Notable among these are "Lindenia," Ghent, 189."> and
continuing; "Reichenbachia," published by Sander.
are more
the larger
of Mexice
toirlossun:
Chr
oted to Orchids
'ing,
ns of Orchids ocei
in the "Botanical
lew species were d.
," Among the mai
"TheOrcbidaceaj
leicraph of Odon-
al Maga-
■•> . ..f Reich-
*A Manual of Orelii(lae''iiu- I'lani- rulii\ ai.ii mel.r
Glass in Great Britain." i.y A. H. K.ni. i--M..I in parts
by James Veitch and f^i.n-, and "i ir.-liiil-: 'I'lj. ir( uliure
and Management," by \V. Watsun. Nu euuipreheusive
American work has as yet appeared. A list of all known
hybrids, however, is given by Geo. Hansen, "The Or-
chid Hybrids," 1895, including first supplement; second
supplement, 1897. This is an American work.
Species in the American rrafJe. — Orchids are mostly
advertised in special catalogues. All the names found
in the catalogues of Wm. Mathews (1890), John Saul
(1893-6), Pitcher & Manda (iNfl.'ii. and Siebreeht &
Wadley are accounted for in tlii- ( ' . , I,,|m ,li;, ... I;,r ,is
possible. Some catalogties mI r . 1 ' Im
have American agents— as Sal .v 1 : ^1.
The Mathews collection has 1. ^ . 1 -1 ^ hiin m
1890, but it is larger in a general e..i;. . le.i, ul e..H.iii. r-
cial kinds. The collections of Saul aud of Pitcher &
Manda are dispersed, and many of the rarer and more
diflicult subjects have doubtless perished. In the na-
ture of the case it is impossible to determine at any
given time what species of Orchids are cultivated in
America. The great private collections contain many
rare kinds imported through foreign dealers. Many
species which are known to be cultivated by American
amateurs, have been included in this work, although the
species are not listed in American catalogues.
Part II. Botanical Account of Orchids.
All Orchids are perennial herbs which increase in one
of two ways. The simplest form which the vegetative
axis may assume is that of a monopodial stem which
increases by the continual growth of the terminal bud.
^Monopodial stems occur in Angrsecum, Vanda (Fig.
I.'iIm), Phalienopsis, etc. Lateral branches may be
formed, but they do not interrupt the growth of the
main axis, and never exceed it in length. The growth
may be interrupted by a period of rest, but this is not
manifested on the stem by the formation of scales, etc.
1566. Dendrobium ; a sympodial Orchid with
lateral flower shoots.
The dark and light parts, a a .tud b b, represent each
the growth of one shoot.
,11 the leaves are similar. The inflorescence consists
f a separate axillary branch bearing bracts and tlowers.
In the greater number of Orchids the terminal bud
eases to grow at the end of the season, either terminat-
ig in the inflorescence or blindly. The new growth
ORCHID
is continued by an axillary bud originating in the axil of
one of the leaves. The whole plant is thus built up
of branches sympodially united. The lower part of
each new axis is prostrate at first and bears only scales.
It is known as the rhizome. Later the apex turns
upward and bears ordinary leaves. In many the erect
portion of the stem becomes thickened into a food
reservoir known as a pseudobulb. The pseudohulb
itself may consist of several internodes, as in Lfplia.
Cattleya. It is then clothed with leaves, at least when
young, and bears the scars of the fallen leaves. In
other cases only a single internode is thickened. This
bears 1 or 2 Ivs. at the summit, but has no leaf-scars.
The new shoot which continues the growth of the pla
ORCHID
1163
the
of.
bulb. Til.
clothed with le!l^ .
florescence is eith
or terminal (Cattl. \
The habit of the
upon the rhizome.
loose and stragglm]
pact in habit.
if the scales below the pseudo-
ith is sho%vn in Figs. 1566 and
rked n « and b b, respectively
branch with its basal portion
lI i...Tti.iii or pseudobulb. In
I long or short stem
~ I' tiipedium). The in-
' ii.lrobium, Fig. 15«6)
in a great measure
long the plants are
short they are com-
be.'.inies suberect or
1S67. Cattleya.
The light and shaded parts, a a and b b, each represent
one year's growth.
vegetable kingdom. The ;
the sepals and petals, have I"t-ti ■
In the monocotyledons tiM •
whorls of stamens. In tli.- ' '
are fertile. In the Monainli ■
odd stamen of the outer win i
like starainodinm il'i--. 1 "' - : ■',
mens of the inner \v:
1 on each side of rlh -
In all the other Oi-.li:!-. ■ \^ . i i :m
the od.l stamen of the outer wlioii
anther situated at the top of the c
The similar two of the inner wl
staniinodia. forming the sides n
showing the uni..ii -f :; |-i..iU . r;-- i:.!--, Im.!i, '. In
most of the other uvmr,', .mlv _' "f ili.' -tiL-m:!^ :ire
receptive, the thir.l hiin;;' ,1,\ riM|,. ,| nii<i i1m- .mi,, us
rost.-llum. In soi,,,- ,-;,ms th,- stiL'i,.,-iti,- surf:,,',- are
h ' ,, ii,i:ili\ they appear as flat surfaces
',1' I ,|, pr,ssi,>n 'in the column (Ljeliinese,
I'l^ I :". , :,ii,| niuny others). In a few cases the
Mi^ii...- ai.- HI, .11- ..r less elevated on stalks (Habena-
ria). In Sophrouitis they extend partially along two
wing-like pro.iections of the column.
The odd pistil, the rostellum, is situated above the
stigmas, separating them from the anther-bed. In the
Lseliineae its lower surface is still continuous with the
stigmatic surface (Figs. 1570, A, B, r). The principal
function of the rostellum is the secretion of a viscid
fluid, by means of which
the pollen masses adhere to ,>,^ ^st
insects visiting the flowers.
1568. Cypripedium.
St, staminodium; a, anther:
The anther lies above the
sion or anther-bed (Fig. 1;
2-4 or 8. In nearly all the
in masses or poUinia (Fig,
pollen masses correspondii
cells. Often the viscid st
grains is prolonged into a
tends beyond the anfh.r n
the viscid sul,^taii,-,, s,.,T,,t
forms an a.lli,-i\, ,li-k 1,\ :
become att.i,-hf,i t,, in-,,,!-.
layer of thi- i-,.M,ll.iiii ii^.l
of" th., un.hTlvini;- ,',IK. ;,ii,
whi.-h l"-.-,,n.,s an:,,-
pr..du,T ,,f the ,l,.s
the stalls, with its V
important parts of t
pollen is transporte
eross-poUination of
mechanism by whic
beautifully explaine.
I 1569.
Selenipedium caudatum.
St, stamiuodium; a, anther:
s, 3-lobed stigma.
rostellum, within a depres-
rO, a). Its cells vary from
Orchids the pollen coheres
1570, /)), the number of
g to the number of anther
bstance uniting the pollen
stalk (caudicle), which ex-
n,l comes into contact with
,■,1 by the rostellum, which
iieans of which the pollinia
In many Orchids the outer
11,11- I..IIII- ,1 -i:ilk (Stipe),
"The Vi
js C.
tilized bv Insects."
The relation of the ]
is often greatly chang,
floral axis. This is c.
development, but it s,
tubular, inclosing the .
A. B. Section through the col-
Column of Cattleya. umn of Cattleya.
a. aiitliei- ; r. rostellum: p, poUinium: r. rostellum:
1570. Details of the column of Cattleya.
near the top of the ovary form the " foot " of the column
found in many orchids (Pescatoria, Phaius). When the
foot is present the labellnm is attached to its apex, and
often the sepals are decurrent upon it, forming a men-
116i
ORCHID
turn. In nearly all Orchids the stigmas and anther are
carried up by an elongation of the floral axis, to which
in this instance the name "column" is applied. In Gon-
gora the petals and dorsal sepal are carried far away
from their normal position.
The fruit of Orchids is a dry capsule requiring a long
time to ripen, so that if an Orchid is fertilized during
one rainy season its seeds are not disseminated until
the next wet season. Very few fleshy fruits occur in
this family. The seeds are minute and extremely nu-
merous, thus compensating, perhaps, for the uncer-
tainty of fertilization.
The Orchids are distributed over the entire world.
They are most numerous in the tropics, becoming rare
in the cold zones. They are chiefly collected in three
regions, the South American region embracing Mexico,
South America and the neighboring islands. Most of
the large genera are found in this region (Epidendrum,
Pleurothallis, Oncidium, Odontoglossura, etc.). The
second region, embracing India and the Malay Islands
to Australia, is rich in genera, but most of them are
small, containing far less than one hundred species.
The largest genus of this region is Dendrobium, with
300 species. The South African region contains few
terrestrial Orchids, of which Disa is the only one of
importance in cultivation. Heinrich Hasselbring.
Part III. The Culture of Orchids.
Introductory. — During the early days of Orchid cul-
ture the treatment of the plants under glass was imper-
fectly understood, and with the meager knowledge of
the natural conditions «iirrnnii(iing them in their native
habitats, little su. "ful ,„o-r..ss was made for many
years. The few culiiiiiil .In .iticms to be found were in
works of foreign |iul.liiaii"n. scarcely applicable to
plants grown in our h"usis in America, where the
winters are severe and chaugeable and the heat of our
summers more intense and less humid, necessitating a
different mode of treatment. With a more satisfactory
understanding of their requirements during the last
25 or 30 years. Orchid culture here has made a rapid ad-
Tance and most of our best collections have come into
existence, many of which offer a very favorable com-
parison in fine, well-grown specimens with those of the
Old World.
Orchid Bouaea and Their Oonsfriic^on. -Various are
the opinions of cultivators regarding the proper con-
struction of Orchid houses to obtain the best results.
Tweuty-flve or more years ago many fine specimens of
Orchids were grown without a special house, along with
general stove and greenhouse plants, and we still find
many good plants cultivated in this manner, but where
a general collection of Orchids is grown four separate
houses or <li\i-ions will be found necessary to obtain
the best r, -uli- I'Im'^.- ure known as the"East Indian,"
"Brazilian. ' M.m ,ui ' and "New Granadan," or Odon-
tOglOSSUni i|r|.:iflin. 1:1^.
The East In.l.ni i |. .■Ihm 'M r.-quires a winter tem-
perature of 6.V 1 r ' _-lit and 70° to 75° F. by
day; a few dejir. - - in heat will do no harm.
The temperatiin ilually increased 10 de-
greestowarduii'l- i iilually decreased toward
late fall. This i~ , use and is used for the
cultivation of A. r \ i. i us, the warmer tropical
Cypripediums, 11 ( .lauthes, Dendrobiums
and Thunias whil. l-i-v h.^.
The Brazilian departnu-iit should range during winter
from 60° to 65° P. at night and about 70° P. during the
day, allowing a few degrees more with solar heat, and a
rise of 10 degrees toward midsummer. This department
is for Bulbophylluras, Cattleyas, warm Epidendrums,
Brazilian Laelias, Miltonias of the ouneata and specta-
bilis sections, Odontoglossum citrosmiim, Stanhopeas,
and various genera and species requiring a like tem-
perature.
The Mexican department is used chiefly for the culti-
vation of Umlogi/ne eristata, Mexican Laelias, growing
Lycastes, Anguloas and Acinetas, many species of Max-
illaria, a majority of the Oncidiums and warm Odonto-
glossums, Phaius and allied species which require a few
degrees lower night temperature and usually a little
more sunlight to ripen their tissue for flowering than is
ORCHID
afforded in the Brazilian department. It is also invalu-
able for resting Dendrobiums and many other deciduous
and terrestrial Orchids.
The New Granadan or Odontoglossum department
must be kept as cool as possible in summer, and during
winter should range from nr,° to 60° by night and 00° to
65° P. by dav. ami as f,.,,l as possil.lM .liivintr summer;
it is used l>r n.alU |..|1I:i-|.a :illl.-i-. I l.l'.M.i^'losSUmS,
more esprii.. '' , : i. ra, Disas,
cool Onci.liii ... ,,» and O.
varicosuni, \.- I'l'- ;ii xiinn ■» . i' hi i . i ml many other
individual sptaues from hisrh altitu.l.'s wlii.-h require a
cool house at all seasons or they suffer from the heat
of our summer.
The fundamental principle in building an Ori-liid house
is to get a .structure that can be easily In i:. ■] n, ! -,. ' . Ii
has a naturally moist atmosphere, wiil ■ ' ■ ■ _:
deeply, for houses built much below i:r
lation and almost alwavs prove dctni : ' ■ ,1
culture. Thellons..sl..x,-P,,ti,,I.'tht. N.xs (,; ,i.,. ;:,.. I .,
should be Imill l.. run n..rili .mi. I -..iiili Willi an .a-t anil
westexposni- ;i , r. .an ■■ ilin 1.1 m-
fit of the .an II I ,■,_ in ,1 . I . II n Mm. w itli llie
least possilil.. Ii. alin^r .-li. -t^ tr.mi 11 at n....mlay, thus
making little vi-ntilation necessary; atmospheric mois-
ture will be more easily retained in such a structure.
The houses maybe as long as required (with the potting-
shed at the north end to avoid unnecessary shade and
protect the houses in winter against severe north wind),
and about 16 ft. wide, which will allow two side beds of
2'-i ft. cacli. two walks of the same width, and a center
,ijt ii II. « 1,1,., ir n ■ i,iri,l-, -lu.uldbelO ft. and to
til, ,1.1 .'■ |..n . . r~ should extend along
l„,tl, i, - ;, . ,1 , . '. L.ti-ction from direct
,-,, I, I VI in I, I ,:.,.:. - II ij I... II -in- the sheltered side.
Side vent ilai I' I. i- ir n ,..-sary atid often injurious,
i-iii_- nlants which are out of condi-
the direct
tionto shr
Inghizin
li III li n-, - the glass used should not be
..;;,,_.,. r if I". v-il. I.- Itisalsoim-
... I .. : '..- ..■■ .i.i, I..' used, free
from 1. II-, - ii"i shading
is r..iii,n , ■! I'. ■■ - .- ^ I . . ■.. ,. I - . I, rred when
it .n.n i.i. Ii.n!, a- I ... .1,1,1111- n,. |i n-, - ami fives a pure
,.v,ii li_!ii ir :!ii- is usi-.l a size al.out Hi x 24 in. will
1m- I nil \i I, -.rviceable. Poor glass should not be
U-..I HI aiiN . :i-i . as it necessitates shaiing long before
tlii^ i- li. ii..|l.ial t.i the plants.
The outside walls should be built of brick or stone
when possible, and the beds and pits within should be
of the same material, 8 in. thick and about 3 ft. in height,
filled solid to the top, using stone or rubble for drainage
in the bottom, following it up with finer material and
finishing with an inch or two of fine gravel. Wooden
benches may be used if desired, often with first-class
results, by covering thera 2 or 3 inches deep with ashes,
sand or gravel, but the solid benches are more sure to
give better satisfaction. They give off moisture more
gradually and offer a cool footing for the plant both
winter and summer, which is essential and natural.
Good results will follow from either steam or hot water
heatingwhen both are properly conducted, steam neces-
sitating, perhaps, more care. Unless tlic raiigi- of
glass is large and a night fireman is kept, the ol.i-fash-
ORCHID
1165
ioned method of hot water under natural circulation will
be found best, using the regulation S^^-inch pipe, run-
ning the flows along the back beneath the eaves and re-
turning along the floors 1
See Fig. 1571, which
fairly illustrates a properly constructed house. The
quantity of pipe required for heating a house depends
upon the location and degree of heat desired. A slab <ir
board should be placed along the back of the side bi-ils
to throw the heat against the eaves and protect thi'
plants from direct heat before it has assimilated witli
the moisture of the house.
The New Granadan house should be a leau-to struc-
ture of northern aspect, wilh a wall of stone or brick
along the south side to protect it from solar influence as
iiiu.-h ;,s jiovxiMe (see P^ig. 1572), The glass should be
Iirni, ,i,.,l in . aiivas roller shades raised 15 or 20 inches
iili.ix , th.. -i,i-, ,,ri framework. One side of the canvas
sh.iuM \n- taikiil along the top of the house, and the
other to a round wooden roller 3 or 4 inches in diameter
and as long as convenient to draw up; the two ropes
should be fastened to the ridge, carried down beneath
the shade around the roller, and up over the top to a
single pullcv ii.:ir tin- i-iids; thence through a doubl
pulley in thr ,(.iii,.i- :i,,,l down over the top of the h 1
to the giMuiiil. r,v tin -(■ Ti>pes the shade can be a 1
and low. rr,l in , l,Micl\ and bright weather at w 11 (
Pig. 157.!). SuIkI IicmIs and piping similar to the tl
Orchid houses can be used, or as in Fig. 15 1
flow and return down each side connected w tl 1
so that either or both sides may be used as d d
Shading of some sort on the glass is neces y f U
Orchid houses from early Februarv until No I
1573. Cross-section of Ne
and in some cases also during the winter months, to
protect the plants from the sun. It may be either of
canvas, as in Fig. 1574, or consist of whitewash or paint
applied directly to the glass. Whitewash made from
fresh lime is perhaps the best to use, as it is easilv re-
moved in the fall. The hrst application in February
should be light, following it with a second coat a month
later, and, if necessary, a third one in July. This will
wear off gradually and in most cases should be entirely
remo^ rd durmg De ml er It is easily removed with a
stiff i r h Tl ro Tr il patented shadings
III II 1 1 Groups —Orchids are
t 1 1 I I 1
wh 1 „ \ o tl
moit or less dirtctl\ i
usu lUv attach them
greater portion of tl
gases and occidental
for
VIZ
embracing tho^
\ h h gr
abundance on the rocks and trees of the moist wooded
tropics absorbing the various elements of their slowly
detomposiiig humus
T >) tl il Oi hids grow at various altitudes and
are wi 1 Iv distubuted throughout both hemispheres
the f liri ^1 ns in 1 and deserts excepted Man) are
decidu us lu 1 tubei us rooted some grow from under
gr)unlrbiz mes thers ai i 1 1 ill at 1 decid
uous w hile not a fev, ha\ e i i I 1 \ imples
of terrestrial On hi Is are ( I Cyrto
podium m st Cvml idiunis liums
Disi (, hera ( \ei II I many
M 1 II -\I I \ I
574 Me hod of shad ng O h d house:
eq e a pe al
tho i ft at n for
i ne enu a Hab na a for
f und g w ng n 1 turfy
h le oth nhab t woo led,
1 O 1 1 nea Iv or quite
I I on f om lack
I f the nat ve
I 11 ap oph tic
of the
\niB
Spatho
t h
Blet a Cata etu n Cy topod ums Calanthes many
Lycastes, tropical Liparis and Miciostjlis, Phaius
Hamblotii and P. ttiberosus, Thunias and many other
deciduous and semi-deciduous species, should be grown
in the East Indian, or warm end of the Brazilian de-
partment, and during the resting period should be placed
11G6 ORCHID
in the Mexican department, allowing them i aly sufli-
cient water to keep the plants in sound condition.
Epiphytal Orrhi-l~ arf f r.>in'l chiefly in the humid
forests of tropiivil ■ - -■"•n along streams where
they receive tin n i isture during the dry
season. A few f,'i -i , _ i -~y situations or among
brush. These roni-! . h- :1. <■( i-limbing Epidendrums
of the JE. evectiim secticm, a' ivw Oncidiums of the cau-
lescent type (the distance between the pseudobulbs
often denoting a year's growth), and some of the terete
Vandas, etc.
Aerides, PhalEBnopsis, Vanda and the epiphytal Cyp-
ripediums are distributed throughout India, Malay
Peninsula, Cochin China, Celebes, Borneo, Philippine
Islands, Java and some of the Oceanic islands, usually
following the moist forests of mountain ranges, occa-
sionally at high elevations. With one or two exceptions,
as Vanda carulea, all do satisfactorily in the East
Indian department, reserving the warmest part for Pha-
laenopsis, which as a rule grows nearest the sea-level.
AngriBcums are natives of Madagascar and tropical
Africa, with one isolated species, A, falcatum, which is
from Japan. They grow in humid, shady locations,
where they can receive a copious supply of water at all
seasons, and are closely allied to Vanda, requiring the
same general temperature and treatment.
Dendrobiums are most common throughout India,
Moulmein being a central district, but they are also
plentiful and widely distributed throughout eastern
Australia, New Guinea, the islands of the west Pacific
and Oceanica under various climatic conditions. A ma-
acted by heavy dews and the condensing vapors, which
arise during the early mornings in those countries.
Bulbophyllums and Coelogynes have their homes
principally in the mountainous forests of East India and
Borneo, where they are copiously supplied by frequent
rains. X. n! .11 j i- a l.i-st in the Brazilian department.
Cattl.-,- [ inhabit the humid forests of the
various i : i ti-'s of tropical Amerii-a, from
Mexic. - ..In i, :i.,,_i, ihe U. S. of Colombia to Peru,
the Nurili .\.u,a„.jii valley, through Venezuela and
Guiana, and the mountain belt of eastern and southern
Brazil, usually at an altitude of 2,000 to 5,000 ft., except-
ing the Mexican s^-ecies Jj. aibUla, L. aitceps, L. atttttm-
nalis and L. majatis, which grow at from 5,000 to 8,000
feet, commonly among Polypodium fern.
Cattleyas and Laelias grow on rocks and trees often
devoid of other vegetation along the margins of rivers
and ravines usually in shade, where they receive a copi-
ous supply of water from heavy dews and condensation
of morning fogs which saturate the forests during
the dry season, and often excessive rains while growing.
They should be grown in the Brazilian department,
excepting Caftleya citrina, the Mexican Ltelias and L.
Jongheana, which thrive best in the Mexican depart-
ment or warm end of the New Granadan house.
Stanhopeas are found from southern Mexico south to
Peru, Venezuela, Guiana and Brazil at rather low eleva-
tions, often in dense forests, the individual species hav-
ing a very wide range. The Brazilian house affords
them the best temperature, but they may be grown in
any of the departments with success.
Epiih iMlri;in 1- :i 1 r-c and varied genus, widely dis-
tributi.I 1 : I lioal America, from South Car-
olina t.. n r. 111. and one of the few epiphytal
genera iiiini n iii_- i)i. I nited States. Thev are found at
all elevai,..i,, lu.ii. >ia-level to 10,000 ft. or more. The
writer found E. Ibayuense growing in quantity on the
margin of perpendicular clay ridges fully exposed to
the sun at this altitude in the U. S. of Colombia in a
robust, healthy state, and the same species below 5,000
feet in the same condition. Many of the individual
species cover a wide range of distribution. They require
the same general treatment as Lielias and Cattleyas.
Few species are worthy of cultivation except for botan-
ical purposes.
Maxillarias cover much the same range as the last
genus, but are not quite so widely distributed. They
ORCHID
grow equally well in either the Brazilian or Mexican
departments.
Oncidiums itr--- ili^tri'iM'-t! :ii'.i,_- tlu- mountain ranges
from soufli- ' II ^l■| . i f'l m tlie southern and
northern ji-.i li i . ' :,\.,ug the coast, the
SpanishM;. i : < 1 1 iMu-an sea. The O.
Cartliaijiii, „ ;iimI /' j- - ■.' i i"ii> are found at sea-
level and seldom above OOil ft. i-l.-vation. These grow
best in the Brazilian house. Nearly all of the other
species may be grown in the Mexican department,
except a few, such as O. cucuUatum, O. Phiihvnopsis
and the O. macranthum section, which are found at high
altitudes; these should be grown in the New Granadan
department.
Odontoglossums follow the higher wooded mountain
ranges from southern Mexico. Central America and the
Central Andes of U. S. of Colombia south to Peru and
the northwestern portion of Venezuela, ail at high
altitudes. They usually grow in the moist shady forests,
where the rainy season is lonsr ciiiitinued or condensing
fogs and dews are very hi:i\\, Im • innu' inanv of the
species in an almost perpetual iiiinn, their
only relief of excessive m^i-i . , _- to be from
the frequent heavy winds that jm ,:iil m i In -,. regions.
The Mexican species grow well in the cool end of the
Mexican department, while those of the C. luteo-pur-
purexim and crispum type require the new Granadan
house.
Lycastes are distrilnitfil frmn s.-mth.-rn Mexico to
Peru along the mountain ran-. .. nvinillN- at an altitude
of 4,000 feet in rath, r -lia.i. .i I.. .mi ^; th. y are most
common from south. m I . >. .1 ( .,|..iij!,ia to their
northern limit. L. t'!r'nj"H't i> tr-.iu ^.authern Brazil
and far removed from the general area of distribution,
with little resemblance to any other species. Its- 4-an-
gled monophyllous pseudobulbs produce semi-pendent
scapes carrying often as many as eight flowers, not un-
like a Cymbidium in general appearance. Lycastes
grow well in either the Mexican or New Granadan
department.
Selenipediums are the South American representatives
of Cj-pripedium. They are distributed from Costa Rica
south to Bolivia, through Venezuela, Guiana and eastern
Brazil, at from 3,000 to 8,000 ft. elevation, in wet
marshes and on the branches of trees in shaded forests,
in all cases where they get a bounteous supply of water
at all seasons. The Brazilian or Mexican department
suits them equally well.
Masdevallias, Restrepias, and Pleurothallis firrow at
high elevations in Venezuela, Mexico and south to
Peru, with a few in the Organ mountains of Brazil,
their principal center being U. S. of Colombia near the
Odontoglossum district. They always follow the moun-
tain ranges, growing on trees, rocks and on wet, marshy
slopes, in extremely wet locations. The Chimjera sec-
tion is found at the lowest elevation. They all grow
best in the New Granadan department.
Newly Imported Orchids. — On arrival of oases of
Orchids from their natural habitats th.y Im-il.l h. .-ir..
fully unpacked as speedily as possil.i. , ■■ i ! i.-i
room where insect pests that often an
may be destroyed, and laid carefully a 1 _ 11
one another, on the bench of a sha.li. ■:■ I \. milat..!
house or packing-shed. Slmul.l th.y all I... f..un.l in
good condition, the pseud. .i.nlh.ni- ~[,., n-. such as
Cattleyas and L«lias, shoul.l I..- h..-. .1 ..xr thoroughly
and allowed to remain foral...ut a w.-, k. at the end of
which time they should be examined for any signs of
decay and bruises. All such parts should be removed
with a sharp knife. The plants should be cleaned and
sponged to remove dust, potted or basketed, as the
ca.<e reriuires, and planed in a shady portion of their
resp.-.'tivn d.-partm.nt.^. allowing them sufficient water
to ;.'ra.lually ~tart tli.iu into action, after which time
thev will rn.iuiri- the same treatment afforded established
plants of their kind.
Cypripediums, Masdevallias, Phaltenopsis. Vandas,
the Batemannia and Bollea sections of Zygopetahim and
other non-pseudobulbous genera should be phn-ed on
damp sphagnum in a well-shaded, airy department for
a week or ten days, without syringing, until it is ascer-
tained what amount of damage they have received in
transit. After sponging the leaves carefully and remov-
ORCHID
ing any decayed and bruised parts, they may be potted
and l>:isketed, and removed to their proper quarters,
waterinc: sparingly until they start new action.
It i* customary in some establishments to hang newly
impiirted Orchids by the roots, tops down, from the roof
of the house or beneath
the benches until they
show signs of new action,
but they invariably suf-
fer more or less from
this practice and are bet-
ter treated as above.
Pots, Bankets, ete.-
Many Orchids are best
cultivated in the ordinary
earthen pots and pans,
more especially terres-
trial species and a few
of the epiphytal kinds,
which grow on rocks in
marshes, and among
quantities of humus and
fern roots. A majority
of the epiphytal species,
however, need special
pendulous Structures that will ad-
s<.apes. mit air to circulate freely
to the roots; otherwise,
these are liable to decay through excess of water if con-
fined in close pots when inactive during winter, which
must eventually weaken the constitution of the plants.
Figures 1575-1583 fairly illustrate the best and most
practical pots and baskets for successful cult\ire. Fig.
157.3 shows the Orchid basket most (
is the best adapted for the general cul-
ture of Cattleyas, Coryanthes, Den-
drobiums, Epidendrums, La?lias, Mas-
devallias of the Chimajra section, On-
cidiuras, and a majority of Orchids with ^
pendulous flower-scapes. They i " "^''
made of cedar, teak-wood, cypress, or ^ I
any durable wood. The wood is cut "^ |
into square (or round) sticks of any
length desirable and in proportionate
thickness from K-1 in., and carefully
perforated at each end. Through the 1576. An Orchid
holes is inserted a strong wire, which cylinder,
is looped at the upper end when finished used for very tall
in order to receive the wire hanger. species.
These baskets can be as deep as de-
sired, but three sticks on each of the four sides are
usually enough for most Orchids, with two or three
placed crosswise through the bottom, to hold the com-
1575. Commonest and best
of basket for general culture
of Orchidi
po;
ade by twisting together and
bending dowii in the middle two pieces
of galvanized or copper wire, forming
four ends to in.sert in the basket-loops
and a loop or hook at the top by which
to suspend it.
The Orchid cylinder (Fig. 1576) is
very useful for standing on the bench
or pit, and is used for Renantheras,
Aerides, Vandas, Angraecums, Epi-
dendrums, and many other tall plants
that are too tall or difficult to suspend.
Cylinders are made in all sizes and any
diameter desired, with either square or
round sticks. They are bored a short
distance from the ends and a wire in-
y serted through them, with a small
I H block between each stick, to make an
I a opening for air. When large enough
J-mLBJU the sides are brought together and
fastened. The depth is adjusted by
movable cross-pieces.
The Orchid raft (Fig. 1577) is made
in much the same way as the cylinder,
but is left tiat with the openings be-
tween closer together. Oblong-square
hard, rough wood, an inch or less thick,
answer much the same purpose. The Orchid raft or
block is very useful for many species, such as Cattleya
citriiia, Barkerias, £pidendrum falcatum, Dendrobium
An Orchid raft.
Used for much
the s.ime purpose
as the cylinder.
Je>ikiiisii. Oiieidium Limmiiiyliii and Papilio, Scuti-
The earthen basket (Fig. 1578) is useful when the
compost is fine and when the roots do not require much
atmospheric action; also to properly mature tissue in a
few terrestrial species, thereby inducing them to flower
freely. The earthen basket is especially useful
1 openings
Earthen basket.
For Stanho-
peas and other
for Acinetas, Peristerias with pendulous scapes, Stan-
hopeas, etc. ; it is made with <
sides and a round one in the center to
admit pendulous scapes.
The perforated pan (Fig. 1579) is usu-
ally made only in small sizes and used
for Bulbophyllums, the concolor type
of Cypripedium, Dendrobiums, and
many other small-growing species that
do well suspended from the roof.
The perforated Orchid pot (Fig.
1580) is for bench use and is useful
for many epiphytal Orchids that are
not to be suspended, the perforations
or holes supplying abundant air to the
roots, a safeguard against losing them
through overwatering in winter.
Figs. 1581 and 1582 show the stand-
ard earthen pot and pan for terrestrial
species. They should have the drain- pendulous
age holes made on the side at the base, scapes issue
instead of directly underneath, as a J,l!i!!°^^!!„ v ."
preventive against earth-worms enter- ^°^^ "'"'^ *""■
ing from the benches.
Poltinr/. Soil, etc., for Terrestrial 0»-c7i ids. -Terres-
trial Orchids as a general rule grow best under pot cul-
ture. Potting material for the following genera— Acan-
thephippium, Bletia, Calanthe, Cyinbidium, Cypripe-
dium insigiie and most of the hardy species, Cyrtopo-
dium, Habenaria,Liparis, Microstylis,Peristeria,Phaius,
Pleione, Sobralia, Thunia, and some others — should con-
sist of about one-third each of chopped sod with some
of the fine soil removed, chopped live sphagnum and
leaf-mold, adding a little ground bone for some of the
sirong- growing kinds. One -third of the pot space
-liould be devoted to clean drainage, covered with sphag-
num or rough material to keep it open. After removing
all decayed portions, the roots should be carefully dis-
tributed and the compost worked in gently but firmly
around them, leaving the surface a little convex and
slightly below the rim of the pot as in Fig. 1581 (the
dotted lines denote drainage required). The con-ex
surface gives the rhizome an opportunity to dry out fre-
quently, thus avoiding fungi, which are troublesome to
some species.
In repotting terrestrial Orchids sufiicient pot room
should be given to last a year or two if possible, as they
dislike to have their roots disturbed oftener than is
necessary. The best time to repot is just before the
rooting period, or when they are starting their new
growths in spring. The deciduous species of Calanthe
can be easily increased at this time,
if desired, by removing the old bulbs
and placing a number together in a
pan or shallow box, covering them
partly with compost and placing them
in a warm house until they start action,
after which time they should be potted
as desired, two or three toffpther.
Anoectochilns. Arp.ii.lnlliims. Cypri-
pediums, Disas.* : !>• m^.Sjiathoglot-
tis, and manv alli.d :.•. n. r:i, -row best
under pnt cultnr.-. l.iit ..tlnrwise re-
qui
are
and Compost
.-The roots of
■ usually very
i), capable of
1579.
Perforated pan.
corky substance (velamei
absorbing and retaining i
siderable time. In their native homes a great many of
the roots are aerial or grow in loose, fibrous material,
such as moss and the fine roots of Polypodiums and other
ferns, where they have free access of air at all times.
It is important that they receive similar treatment un-
ORCHID
1168
der cultivation so far as is consistent, with tlie differ-
ence of their environment taken into consideration.
Thus it is apparent that one of the special features in
the culture of epiphytal Orchids lies in the proper
selection of compost and the method of potting and
basketing for the best results in after-
cultivatinn.
1580. Perforated
Orchid pot.
Adapted to ep-
iphytes which
need plenty of
and I
: the :
atering.
important, as tlie roots sutfer more or
less in being disturbed. By peat liber
is meant the fibrous roots of various
wild ferns, with tlie line soil removed
by fir^i rli.,|.|,iiiL^ ii into small pieces,
then in' i!. r - a coarse sieve.
The sc ; : ■.( Osmunda fur-
nish h- - -t Orchid peat.
The N" ' i^'-d for Orchids
shotilil I I I - . I,,t,iiinm squarro-
giiiii.s , .,.; aad thecoarse-
leavi.l , ; .S'. acutifolitim
and oiln I >,i ,1, -iM« iiig species should never be used,
as they s ii ili-cay and become detrimental to the roots.
Leaf-mold is inade from decomposed leaves. The
leaves of almost any tree will do, but those of hard-
wood trees are most desirable, especially oak. When
collected in the fall the leaves should be heaped up to
decay for a year or more, and turned over at least twice
during that time.
Charcoal is the best material to use for drainage and
for rai\-iii? nr interspersing with the compost. It is
I Inird wood and should not be over-
pntsherds are often used, but they are
iii; i.onius, they either absorb too much
or Income overdry too often and are
liable to prove injurious. Charcoal is
lighter in weight, and contains more
useful properties.
Where closed pots are used, nearly
one-half of the space should be devoted
to drainage and the balance to com-
post, consisting of about equal parts
of peat liber, chopped sphagnum and
leaf-mold for most genera, adding a
few pieces of charcoal in potting, and
a piece beneath the rhizome of the ten
der ones. Care must be exercised in
potting to distribute the roots properly
and make the compost moderately firm
about them, leaving the finished su
face convex, to throw off surplus water
best
1581. Standard
earthen pot.
For terrestrial
Orchids, witli
drainage holes
at the side in-
stead of at the
bottom.
rhi;
fro
lignum
[.pear-
quired.
When perforat.d ..r nf-cii-work pots or baskets are
used, no direct drainai.'. is in ressary. Rough, broken
pieces of charcoal should be freely used in the compost
while potting, as it helps to keep the mass firm and the
roots of nearly all species attach to it freely; also it
lessens the quantity of compost and so modifies its tex-
ture as to allow it to dry out more
readily than when packed in a
solid body.
Cattleyas of the C. intermedia
type, Coryanthes, Cypripediums of
the Loii'i! and Sfomi sections,
some l).inli'oliinvn~. (<)N-;rf!ii»i Car-
thdiji II. N.^. . II. rris/iinii, O. ma-
craittliiiiii . I*. Til jiil lo and their al- pf,j. terrestrial
lies should have the leaf -Imold Orchids, sliowiJig
omitted, white Aerides, Phalag- side drain.%ge holes.
nopsis, Saccolabiums, Vandas and
kindred genera require only chopped live sphagnum
and charcoal as a compost. "
Watering, ffumidity. — It is impossible to lay down
any hard and fast rules for watering Orchids. Watering
is a very important operation and requires more or less
iiected with a knowledge of the
ounding the plants in their
native liom.s. As a rule most Orchids need a liberal
siipi^lx «liil. .'vm'a ill-. Init the condition of the plant
:iinl .-..nil,,,-! Ill,, I iin- iiKiiiner in which it is potted or
l.iiskrhM liiivn mini, io,|,, with this,
■riir rvnr,.,-...,, i,.,n.s,,-i„| s, „.,.)„., ,vl,i.di growchiefiy
''; I"-"" ,I^''"'- •'" ''""'■'■ '"' '■'"" iiisi!/iie,
surface ot lln- roi,,|H,-i i- I, , . _ . Ill, occasional
li-ht overlinlnl syiinirin^' In !ii,c ^^l :,li,, r, which will
assist in keejiing down red spider, tlirips and other
]>ests. An occasional application of weak liquid cow or
sheep manure is of great benefit while the plants are
growing.
The deciduous species have a decided period of rest,
at which time they are practically inactive and need
very little water, enough only to keep the stems and
pseudobulbs in sound condition. When growing, how-
the
iippi
well. ' " " "• II
Epiphytal Orchids, or a greater part of thera, in their
native habitats grow in locations where heavy rains are
frequent or of almost daily occurrence during their
growintr -. :,- i . 1 ^^ 1 iii, using vapors settle on
them lik. : iln- early morning fogs
rise anion ; i ., the atmosphere almost
to satun.i i J > part of the day in the
resting sea.-.n. .-SI., li .-,.,.!,,, a.s are subjected to a se-
vere dry resting season are often decidtious (see Den-
drobium, and ahso p. 1166). Many of the extremely
alpine species, such as the Masdevallias and Odonto-
glossum criK/iiim . are subjected to
two aniiiuil raiii\ -' ;ivons. and where
these SIM- n- lire niii.li prolonged
the unili r-i^in .1 liii- I'h-nrvedthe last-
mentioinii ^|„, i,^ m us native habi-
tat mature as many ajs three pseudo-
the pseu-
of annual
growth, but a reservoir of supply in
case the plant is overtaken by severe
or sudden droughts, each "pseudo-
bulb being supplied with a mature
secondary bud for further reproduc-
tion should the proper lead be de- ronnd top of
stroyed. sphagnum.
Such genera as Aerides, Cypripe-
diums. Masdevallia, Vanda, etc., which have no pseu-
dobulbs, rely more or less directly on a daily supply
at all seasons. These, with many of the extreme al-
pine species, should have a liberal supply of water at
all times.
Many of the p.seudohiilboiis kinds, including Cattleyas
and Laelias, arealsn r-,,ii-ti,i,!lv in action perfecting new
roots or maturiiii: •! - i " ' innls, after the pseudo-
bulbs are compl. i. m apparently at rest.
For this reason cm nn of each species is
necessary to make iliLii LultiwLLiL.n successful.
Under basket culture there is least liability of injury
through overwatering, and excepting genera like the
Oncidiums and Dendrobiums (which need a dry and cool
resting period to iinhu'e them to dower), and deci<lu-
ous speri. - 1,1 1, -1, II i 1,1 I \ III! .Inn,!,! I . , . i\,- a good sup-
ply of will, ■ : . ' 1 . I I I _ . , I, . !■ the compost
is becoiiiin . ' I I . I u overhead in
1583. Method of
epiphytal Or-
Showing the
fine w
tilatio
and ■
sheep 1
ORCHID
teraction in such cases is to apply lire licat and ventila-
tion. A close, stagnant atmosphere is always to be
avoided.
As a safeguard against excessive changes in humidity
a hygrometer should be Icept in each department to as-
certain and regulate the degrees of moistiiie, espp.'inlly
during fall and winter. When overalnuMlaTii, inoi-iin-..
can be reduced by applying fire heat and vintihitimi.
and if insufficient by wetting down tij.- paths ami
shelves, or pits, and reducing the v.-iitilati..ii. W.ll
regulated departments should be kept as near as pos-
sible to 70° or 75° through the day or 80° to 8.5'' with
free ventilation, and about 80° at night. Just after
damping and watering it will (.ftiii rise t.. 8.")°, but this
is of no consequetiii . :,~ ii -> n i-.<-.^]<~. Oi-chids at
rest, such as Calair' - ' [' ' ' -, -hould be
held at 65° to 75°. 1 I..- avoided,
should it go below i>ii if.,, ,, n ; , any length
tli>iri l.ut a small height to afford projier circulaticin
to thr ]i!aiits aii.l egress of overheated air, without los-
iii:.' ti'o mii.ti moisture. Having them on both sides
assists in av..iiling direct drafts, by using the side pro-
tected from the diiv.t win.l.
One essential puini t" I i.l.ivd is this: When
should ventilation li.- :i|.|.I;cii -- ,is to be of the most
possible benefit to tin- plant-: .\ii' must be given at all
times, when possible, to ki-t-p ilit- atmosphere active, as
well as to lower temperature, also to reduce the density
of moisture when excessive in close, inclement weather
and during the night. In bright weather ventilate
enough to allow egress of the licateil air.
It is customary with some ■■nliivat'irs to rlose down
ventilators in wet weather ami dm in- ili' ni^clit to help
retain heat, etc. This is a scri.ius misiaki . It may show
no visible injury in bright wcatlur, « inii tin- density of
moisture in the atmosphere is at a minimum, but this
bad practice surely accounts for the decaying of many
young growths, which are lost during wet, close and
cloudy nights.
P)-o/)(if/((^;ni,.-!\Intiv sppcir-s of Orchiils can bo propa-
gated by (iivisinn ami ti-Mm mttin-s, Tliis is nsnally
1169
buy freshly imported stock, as it often takes two, three
or more years to bring the young plants up to the flow-
ering stage.
The pseudobulbous species, such as Cattleyas, Odon-
toglossums, Coelogynes, etc., are pro]iaLMtiil by cuttim,'
part way through the rhizome three ur im-rr ps.n.lu-
bulbs behind the lead with a sharii knitv. 'I'liis will
usually retard the sap and force the dcniinnit . y,- h.liin.l
the cut to grow. The back portion may tlieul>e removed
and potted or basketed separately, or left on the plant
to mature the new growth, and be removed when it
starts action the following season.
With the deciduous Calantbes, the oM bulbs should
eral together, in pans or flats and partly cia .iid with
sphagntim or potting compost until ttit*\- siait ti. iri-uw,
when they should be potted in the r.-^-ular way. Tliu-
nias are easily propagated after the ynunu' ^nowtlis are
well advanced, by cutting the last yrar's si, ms into
pieces 4 or 5 inches long and inserting' tlir , mis in
chopped sphagnum and sand, placing tln-m in iIm' pio pa-
gating house until they grow, when they may have tlieir
normal heat. Dendrobiums are managed in much the
same way, or the old canes can be laid on wet sphag-
num, when many will produce new growths from the
side eyes on the nodes. Aerides and Vandas are in-
creased by removing the upper portion with a sharp
knife, leaving a few roots and at least a foot of stem to
each top. The old bases of the stems usually break new
growths freely, often producing several new shoots
from each. Cypripediuras should be divided between
the older growths, leaving at least one old growth with
each lead, and potted separately, allowing them a little
intil they start to grow. Masdevallias
OECHID
and allied genera can be separated in thi
leaving several leaves and one or more
leads to each piece. All species should
at the commencement of the growing se;
Jfeprodurfion of Orrhhls from Stffl.-
tion of Orchids from sfeil thri.nL-li .-ross
time very many beautiful hvbricls have sprung into cul-
tivation, and to the late firm of Pitcher & Manda, of
Short Hills, N. J., much credit is due for the fine work
thev carried on iuthisUne. Manvof our establishments,
degrr, „ ,.• ^ ,, ,■ I I,. ,, •, .,- ;s very
l)f rx, iv;-, ,1 iii IK, ~, 1. > I i.-ii .:( piiip.i' spin, s for the
WMi-k, Ml .ill III- 1 liai III, 1 . -hits may be an improvement
■|'li,. -.s-,! I., ,11 111- p,ir,iii -lii.uld possess a good, vig-
oiMus ,-,,iisTitiii i,,ii. ,,t t III u'la, wing and flowering habit,
as till' hvliriil- ii-iially follow this parent in form of
growth, ami ill. p,, 111 II parent in color of flower. Fer-
tilizati..ii is .111 ,1. ,1 l.y placing one or more of the pol-
linia I.I- piilliii iiiass,.s on the stigma of the flower to be
fertillz.'.l, s.-l.-i-tin- always plants <.f r.-latively the same
genus for tin- ..],.rat hm. ' ( 'imssis l.,,i w .•en genera widely
prove fiiiitliss, f,.r though til.- ovary may become Stimu-
lated by f..ii-i:;ii p..|linia ami an apparently successful
cross I.."- .-tt.-.-t.-.l. till- seeds will either fail to mature or
the results will folhiw the seed parent in every detail.
It tak.-s ahont a year to ripen the seed of most Or-
chids in .mr i-limat.-, with exceptions in a few genera.
Masdi-vallias niainr.- in about six months and Selenipe-
Tln- s, , ,|s i;, I iniiiati h. st when sown soon after nia-
turitv. ami nianv l.is,, tli.ir vitality in a few months if
kept'too dry and warm. Wh. n s,.winu' th.- s,,,|s tln-
best results are often olitaim-.l \ili.ii ili.-x an- .I11-1..I
on the surface of pots oi- has L.is ,-,.111:1111111- a plani .f
the same genus as the s. -I-. I ami .a n! iill\ « ai. ri-.i \v n h
a very fine rose until tht-y l..-.-.iiii.- aita.-ht.l. wai.lniiL'
carefully for snails, slugs, ami .1. |.rr.laii.i s m -in.i ,1
that infest the compost. The pots ..1- hask. t- -. I, , i. I
should have a favorable-lookiiiir siu-la.-.-. \\iili ili. ..mi
post in good condition, firm ami tr..- from 1 1111:1 i I -1
pots or baskets that -n'ill not lia\.to I,.- .lisiuri,, ,i i ,r ;,
i it often tak.-s that hii-lh of inn.- 1..l-
of the same inat. rial' as Unit for the
parent, but cur a trilh- tin.-r.
Many tiny ser-.llings ar.- lost short-
ly after germinating, through the
soil becoming sour or through fungi.
When thus at-
acked they
k
1585 Th
1584.
Newly germinated Fig. I.j84 illus
seedling. trates a newly
(.Phaius hiibridiis) (,'errainated .seed- v&r. Sanderce.)
ling of Phnius
Jr./hr!iliix ; Fig. I.i,s5 a three-months - old seedling of
Cypripediiim insi^ne. var. .s-.i.. /. , ,1 . in pi,.p.-r con-
dition to be transferred to a 1 I j 1 -1,. eight-
months-old plant of Phaiiix II I - l.a87 a
twelve-months-old hybrid Cattl. \ ,. ' . ,lii: x C.
lahinta); Fig. 1.588 a Cypripediiim ii,iit,,ii m,.i,tbsold;
Fig. 1589 a two-year-old hybi
and
The raising of Orchids
encour.
1170
ORCHID
aged, and enlist the energy of every Or3hid culturist,
not necessarily for the production of hybrids alone, but
also for the reproduction of rare species and varieties, and
a number of species which are fast decreasing or becom-
ing extinct in their native homes. Aside from the finan-
cial inducement offered the commercial grower, it will
ORCHID
apices and on new growths of deciduous and plicate-
leaved species, indicate either lack of sufficient water
at the roots or an overdry atmosphere, both of which
conditions can be easily changed.
Snails and Tnsects. — Orchids are attacked by many
forms of snails. Insect pests are a great annoyance
prove instructive to the botanist and afford infinite
pleasure and pastime for the amateur.
Z)i.«eases. -Orchids are subject to many diseases.
Those having importance from a cultural standpoint and
most troublesome to the grower are known as wet- and
dry-rot and spot. Wet-rot is caused by an overmoist or
stagnant atmosphere, and is usually first detected by a
serai-transparent appearance of the parts afPected, which
soon become dark brown. It spreads slowly along the
tissue. If noticed at the commencement it can be
readily checked by slitting the epidermis with a sharp
knife and removing the plant to a more airy position in
the house for a few days. Dry-rot is caused by a fun-
gus which attacks the rhizome of the plant. It is often
produced through burying the rhizome or base of the
plant with compost. Cypripediums are subject to it.
Large, healthy growths when attacked quickly show a
sickly pale color in the foliage, which, on examination of
the base, will be found discolored, and with a light
brown appearance. If the portion attacked is quickly
removed with a sharp knife it will usually give no fur-
ther trouble; otherwise it will travel through the en-
tire rhizome and destroy the plant in a very short time.
Spot comes from various causes: the appearance of
small dark brown spots on the succulent leaves and
pseudobulbs is usually an indication of cold and over-
watering. Spot also arises through weak tissue, espe-
cially in Phalsenopsis, Saccolabiums and Angrsecums
during winter, which have been grown too warm, shady
and moist. Tlie affected parts should be slit with a
sharp knife and a little flowers of sulfur should be
rubbed over the wound. When they make new growth
the plants should be placed in a brighter and more airy
position to induce a better growth. The brown dots which
make their appearance on the leaves, especially at the
to the cultivator. They can be kept in subjection only
by constant attention. Slugs and shell snails are very
destructive. If allowed to increase they devour young
shoots, roots and flower-buds. Tin.* bfst means of captur-
ing them is to place sauf. r^ ^f Ii . lim .m the shelves
among the pots, and look tin . ; i ■ lini,' and even-
ing. By this means maii\ :•■,[. Various
species of scale insects :iti:i' . i.. the leaves,
pseudobulbs and rhizonu- •■! i. ■..:]. ,.,i -|..i'ies of Or-
chids,and can be eradicatol ^xi! . N. ill. I, -I'lu soft brush
and washing with a spoiii:. iiimI w ii. i A little whale-
oil soap added to the wat. i- i- I -i- ii ;M^istanoe, and
also useful in dest-oying n-d ^inl. r :iihI i^ri'cn and yel-
low fly. Black and red thrips attack the young growths
of many species and often become very troublesome.
Fumigating the houses with tobacco stems lightly about
three times during the week will soon cause them to dis-
appear. Fumigation is also a sure remedy for green fly.
The Cattleya fly is very injurious to young growths of
Cattleyas, Ltelias and some Epidendrums. The flies
lay their eggs in the very young growth at the base,
causing an enlargement which is easily distinguished.
The only remedy is to remove the growth, and burn it.
The mature fly can be eradicated by fumigating the
house with tobacco .stems about three times each week
during early spring.
The Dendrobium beetle larva burrows in the stems of
various species of the genus, and is detected by a small
discolored spot. There is no remedy, except to cut
awav and destroy the parts attacked. An insect which
is much more to' be dreaded is the Dendrobium mite,
which perforates the canes and rhizomes of Dendro-
biums and many other Orchids, laying a number of
eggs in each perforation. On hatching, these eat away
a part of the plant around them, causing that portion to
decay. They can be found only by careful and close
observation, and this often after the plant is beyond
redemption. There is no remedy but cutting them out,
and unless the plant attacked is valuable it is best to
bum it and keep the pest from spreading.
Mealy bug is usually not very troublesome to Or-
chids. ' It is readily seen and destroyed without much
injury to the plant.
Roaches are usually very troublesome, and hard to
eradicate, as they feed at night and remain hidden
through the daytime. They destroy roots, growing
shoots and young flower-buds and scapes. Bran, pow-
dered sugar and Paris green, mixed together and placed
around the houses in saucers, will usually keep them in
subjection, and they should be hunted down at night
by the aid of a lantern. Many can be caught in this
manner.
Sow bugs or wood lice are usually common in every
part of Orchid houses, pots and baskets. They do a
great deal of damage to young leaves, roots and the ten-
der portions of flower-scapes. The Paris Kreen mixture
used for roaches is very effecttial in reducing their
number, but it is impossible to be entirely freed from
them- Robert M. Grey.
ORCHIS
OBCHIS (Greek word, referring to the shape of
the tuberous roots of certain species). Orchiddcea .
Orchis is the typical genus of the great family of Or-
chids. It contains about 70 species, all terrestrial and
natives of the northern hemisphere, chiefly in Europe
and Asia, with 2 species in North America. Plants per-
ennial bv means of simple or palmate tubers : stem
simple, erect, terminating in a raceme or spike, with
few to many rather small fls., and bearing several Ivs.,
with long sheaths; bracts often foliaceous; sepals all
similar, connivent or spreading: petals often smaller,
entire : labellum 3-lobed, middle lobe entire or parted,
base spurred : column very short or none : stigma
plane, not produced (Habenaria).
Orchises are not showy, and they have no horticul-
tural standing, but lovers of our native Orchids are
always collecting them and trying to cultivate them,
i!sually with little success. F. W. Barclay writes:
"The American species of Orchis are woodland plants,
requiring rich leaf soil, with rather heavy shade, and
that even condition of moisture characteristic of deep
woods. Where these conditions cannot be supplied the
plants invariably prove short-lived." See also discus-
sion ou terrestrial orchids, page 1165.
hirclna, Crantz {E imantogl6ssuni liircXmim,
Spreng. ). Flower stems 1-2 ft. high, bearing a loose
raceme 4-8 in. long: fls. greenish white, exhaling a
disagreeable odor; middle lobe of the labellum long,
strap like and twisted lateral lobes much smaller Ivs
few near the bottom of the scape oblong lanceolate
M i\ June Europe and northern Africa Ad^ er
ti ed b) Dutch bulb growers
spectdbilis Lmn Fig 1590 A native species
with - Iiigeobovate shining ivs 4-8 in long
I Ml 111 ir the ground and a stem 4-7 in high
lic)iin_ a raceme of 3-() small pale purple and wh
lis \pril-Oune In rich woods, northeastern U S
The following species ire advertised in America by Emr
pean dealers but aie not known to be cultivated in Amen i
Most of them ire h iid\ Emiieui il int Th sjnonomy ot
thegroupis, siiiiewh it iitn p 1 '>} t1 purp e — O
fihosa Hrge k it\ I ik t i i I urple and
loniicoinis t\ ri h I ii|l ^ ulata
Ml. I ml -() mi II I 1 il — O 1
(ni t I 1 1 <> M 1 „i HI - O pall,
f il I til, white and i
t 1 1 J HFIM K H HassELBRIM
ORCHIS Kein Huhrnumt
0EE60N HORTICULTURE IN Fi^ 1 ill Ore.
licdted between 4.' ui 1 4i 1 \ ml III 4 ni 1 I 1
W withanartaii n m , , ,, ,,,,1 I, , I ,n ,1
all} speakui^ foui quit li tim i \\ i\\ i -ili 11
the Rogue Umpqu i \\ ill nii tt ml ( liiiul i i m
together with then trilutiiies linn
i very wide different e between these ^
In the Rogue ri\ er % illev the annual rainfall is 20-35
inches. The mean temperature for the winter months is
39°, spring months 57°, the summer months 67°, the
autumn months 52°. The Urapqua valley has a rainfall
of 22-43 inches. The average temperature for the sea-
sons in the same order as the above is, 41°, 51°, 65°, 54°.
In the Willamette valley the rainfall is 35-50 inches,
the average temperature, 41°, 50°, 63°, 53°. In the Co-
lumbia valley it ranges from an average rainfall of 75
inches, in the lower part, to one of 15 inches in the up-
per part; and the temperature as above ranges from a
mean annual average of 50°, varying from 39°-61° for
the lower part, to one of 48° for the upper part, with
hot summer months and cold winter months.
Not only does the difference of climate exist, but
there is also a corresponding difference in the character
of the soils of these different localities. In the Rogue
river valley the soil is largely one of decomposed gran-
ite. A warm and open soil predominates, though in
places the soil is remarkably heavy and of the same
origin as a large part of the soils of the state, namely,
basaltic. In the Umpqua valley the soil is generally of
a medium character; clays predominate on the hills and
OREGON
1171
ati, all>
on the higher parts of the valley proper, while on the
river bottoms sand and open seiiinieiitary soils are the
more common. In the Willannttr xiUiv ih, ..iiK .in-
generally heavy, though there \\y , i iKuk-;
of light sandy or gravelly soil, usiir: .: i . 1:1111-.
The soils of the Columbia region . i,,i,i:„ , :,;i -ra.l.-^,
from till- Ii>.'lit drifting sand of its upper basin to the
cold i-liiys ..f it- l.iw.r basin.
The tr;iiis|".it;iti.in fuoilities are good in all these dis-
tricts. ixiTj.t tin Koijue and Umpqua valleys, which
have only one railroad; while the otlo-r s,.rtioiis. except
the extreme eastern portion of iln i .li Li.i tiasin,
have both railroads and river ti:i'i 1 1 i vilifies.
In all these districts the hanl> i.i ■ in-rfec-
tion one year with another, and tin- w 1 1 1 1 ■ > 1 1 1 m i ^^ation,
though in some of the newer territory lieiiig tested for
horticultural purposes irrigation is practiced.
The apple finds in Oregon a most congenial home,
and while only a small part of the 1 rop is marketed it
is in no wise due to tin- > Ilmiii n .1 - -ii r> i r 1m st va-
rieties are Baldwin. 1' ■ - 1 Iiavis,
Newtown Pippin, Red Ili - r, ^ 1 1 1.1 1, and
Jonathan. The apple iLm. . - im -1 o, u;. n,^li,r alti-
tudes and especially in Hood ri\, r wiliii. an offshoot
of the Columbia river valley, and in the Rogue river
valley. Lately car lots have been shipped from the
hitherto little known sections of eastern Oregon.
Pears o-rnw tn perfection in all parts of the state.
The I'liil ti Whit Dovenne Wi
d'Angoulenie, Easter and Clairgeati are the leading va-
rieties.
The peach grows vigorously and fruits in the more
favored portion of all districts, i.e., sheltered places
along the river bottoms. But in the Rogue river valley,
and to a limited extent in upper Columbia valley, it is
grown as a commercial crop. Large quantities of the
choicest fruits are shipped to the Willamette valley
towns, two hundred and fifty or more miles by rail.
The leading varieties are early and late Crawfords and
Salway. In the upper Columbia region the Crawfords
and Salway are favorites.
The cherry reaches perfection in Oregon's mild,
moist climate, and especially the sweet cherries. Such
varieties as the Napoleon, locally known as Royal Ann;
Lewelling, locally known as Black Republican, and
several local seedlings, as the Lambert, Hoskins, Occi-
117
OREGON
dent and Lake, develop into the choicest of fruits. The
Late Duke, Late Kentish, Richmond and Montmorency
Ordinary, in fact all cherries, do well, though these latter
are of no particular commercial importance.
The plums, and especially those varieties of Pniniis
domestica which have come into general cultivation
'^SHIISGTON
1591 Oregon showme by
m the more favorable sections of the country, thrive
throughout the state, though there are particular locali-
ties where those varieties cultivated as prunes do much
better than in others. As a commercial crop the prune
has become of much importance to the state, the output
for 1898 on a conservative basis being put at 400 car-
loads of 30,000 pounds each and valued at 3Ji and 3K
cents per pound. For green fruit for local market the
Yellow Egg, Peach, Columbia and Bradshaw are grown.
Several attempts have been made to ship the Peach
variety in a fresh state to the East, but thus far all such
efforts have ended in failure. It will not keep long
enough and stand up under the jar of transportation.
For the prune crop two varieties are grown, the Italian
and the Agen, locally known as the French or Petite.
At present there is a much larger acreage of Italians
than of Petites. There is a limited acreage of Golden
Drop, locally known as Silver Prune, but as the tree is
not robust, and as the fruit needs sulfuring before it is
cured, this variety is given much less attention now
than formerly, and only a limited quantity is grown.
The curing of the prune is all done by means of driers
or evaporators, of which there are numerous designs.
(See Evaporating of Fruits.)
Of small fruits it may be said that they grow and fruit
most abundantly in all parts of the state. Only about
the larger cities are they grown as commercial crops,
though at Hood river, which is a favored locality, large
quantities of strawberries (the Clarke variety) are grown.
In 1898 about fifty car-loads of these berries were shipped
to the Rocky mountain states, returning to the growers
something like $37,000. Blackberries, gooseberries,
strawberries and raspberries do well in nearly all locali-
ties. Usually it is necessary to select favored sites for
blackberries and strawberries: the former on account
of water, our long, dry summers being uncongenial; the
latter, on account of our heavy soils, will not generally
do best on other than river bottoms or sandy ravines.
Of currants the chief varieties are Cherry, Fay, White
Grape and Black Naples; of blackberries the chief va-
rieties are Lawton, Kittatinny, Erie; of the dewberry,
Luoretia; of raspberries, Cuthbert, Gregg, Red Ant-
OREODOXA
werp and Marlboro; of strawberries, Wilson, Sharp-
less, Clarke, Magoon and Everbearing; of gooseber-
ries. Champion, Downing and Chautauqua. The wine
grape is grown in southern Oregon and particular lo-
calities along the Columbia river, but the output can
hardly be said to have commercial significance as yet,
though it is rated as of "ex-
cellent quality. During the
past few years some large
plantings of wine grapes
have been made in the
Rogue river valley.
In the Willamette valley
the Moore Diamond, Con-
cord, Worden, Delaware and
Isabella are the most gener-
ally grown. Along the Co-
lumbia, the Sweetwater, the
Muscats and Tokays are con-
sidered best. In southern
Oregon both the American
and foreign grapes flourish.
The Mission grape of Cali-
fornia, Sweetwater, Ham-
burg and Muscats fully ma-
ture in this section.
Chestnuts of the American
and Japan varieties have
been planted in numerous
localities, and are just be-
ginning to bear fine crops,
French walnuts and filberts
are likewise grown in many
localityss by amateurs, and
much interest is being mani-
fested in this fruit and in
the near future commercial
plantings will undoubtedly
be made. From the experi-
ence of the past and the
character of the nuts pro-
(liK-.-.I. it i- I'.inflilently predicted that the nut crop of
tlir liiturr. will be one of much value on the foothill
laiHl "t till' state. The almond, the apricot, the black
fill arj.l thr l("Huit grow and fruit quite freely in the
suuthi ru ■..itious of the state. The cranberry thrives
along the coast, and there are a few small bogs under
cultivation in favorite spots. £ jj l^^e.
OKEOCOME. See Selinurn.
0RE0D6XA (Greek, mountain glory). Palmice(r.
This genus includes the Royal Palm, the pride of Florida,
and the only tall palm native within the borders of the
United States b( fore the annexation of Porto Rico and
Hawaii; also the Cabbage Palm, which is cut down
when three years old for the central leaves, which are
tender and edible. Oreodoxa contains 5 species of pin-
nate palms from tropical America. The nearest culti-
vated allies are Euterpe and Acanthophoenix, but in
these the petals of the pistillate fls. are free, while in
Oreodoxa they are grown together at the base. Oreo-
doxas are spineless palms, the solitary, erect, robust
trunk cylindrical or swollen at the middle: Ivs. termi-
nal, equally pinnatisect; segments narrowly linear-lan-
ceolate, narrowed at the apex, unequally bifid ; midnerve
rather thick, scaly beneath; margins not thickened, re-
curved at the base; rachis convex on the back, sulcate
toward the base, and acute toward the apex above;
petiole half -cylindrical, sulcate above: sheath long:
spadix rather large, with long, slender, pendent
branches: spathes 2, entire, the lower serai-cylindri-
cal, equaling the spadix, the upper ensiform, ventrally
fissured: bracts and bractlets scaly: fls. small, white,
in scattered glomerules : fr. obovoid or oblong-ovoid,
small, violet.
Of the Royal Palm Reasoner writes: "It is one of the
grandest of pinnate palms, growing to a height of over
100 ft., with immense, plumy, feathery leaves and a
straight white trunk. It is a grand tree for extreme S.
Fla. for avenue planting, and is valuable in all sizes,
but especially when 4 ft. or over in height."
OKEODOXA
A. Leaf-segments not wrinkled or wtivi/.
B. Trunk swollen at or above the middle.
rtgia, HBK. Royal Palm. Pig. 1592. t'audex 40-60
ft. high : leaf segments 2X ft. long, 1 in. or less wide,
linear, acuminate: fr. ovoid. Kin. Everglades of Fla.,
Cuba. Antigua. G.F. 9:1.=)5. S.S. 10:505. U.C. 111.
17:239; 27:297. A.F. 12:311. G.M. supp. Oct. 1, 1892.
BB. Trunk not swollen at the middle.
olorftcea.Mart. (.dreca olerAcea,Jaeq.). Cabbage Palm.
Caiidex 100-120 ft. high: leaf -segments lanceolate-linear,
acuminate, 3 ft. long, Vi in. widi-: fruit oliovoid-ob-
long, ^4in. West Indies. Cult, in S. Fla,
aa. Leaf-se(fmetit>i /n-inkl"! n >nJ iravij.
Sancdna, HBK. Stem 12ii-l.W ft., smu.ptli. glabrous,
grayish black : Ivs. pinnate; Ifts. membranaceous :
wood very hard, used in building houses. Colombia.
Cult, only in S. Calif. — Franceschi says it has brownish
leaf-stalks and is more tender than the other 2 species.
Jared G. Smith.
OREOPANAX (i.t , mountain Panax) AraliAcece.
Some eighty species names ha\e bttn referred to this
genus, but the number of spei ii s i- jr lut h n< t one-
half this number. In the trade Tli , t t < treo-
panas are usually known as \rili i r \i ilia
tribe the petals are imbruato m ili h i in
Oreopanax they are ^ alvate Tin dr | ui \ i ii)pi-
cal American trees and shrubs with ^\i\i\ n i iii[ und
entire or toothed thii k h s ind fls iii den-e heads
which are arranged in rattmes or panich s caUx with
minute or obsolete limb petals 4-7 usualU ') the sta-
mens of the same juuuher and with ovate or oblong
anthers: ovarv 3-7 1o(ukd the st\les ratliei long and
bearing a flat, 'not thnk stignu fr globose and berry-
like. Few species )f ()riopini\ aie known iii (ultiva-
tion. They are hothouse suliints lequiiiug the treat-
OEIGANUM
A. Lvs. all simple.
reticulatum, Decne. & Planch. {ArAVu
Willd.). Fig. 1593. Small tree, with .iltt
entire, oblanceolate lvs. 12-18 in. long. sr>n
lute on the margin, strongly alternate v.
ticulated with shades of green: "
nearly or quite an inch in diam.
Amer. — A handsome plant for foliage.
AA. Some of the lvs. strongly digi-
tately lohed or angled,
Sanderiinum, Henisl. Shrub or small
tree, with habit of Fiitsiii iiapyrifero :
lvs. glabrous, thick
stalked, triangulii
ovate in outline, (
ering plants cordate
and entire: fls. mi-
nute, in small, glo-
bose heads, which are
arranged in racemose
panicles. Guatemala.
G.C. III. 13:451. A.
F. 8:1283.
AAA. Some or all of
the h-s. digitate.
Epremesmlianum,
Andr^. Shrub of striking habit
Ivs. large, long-stalked, digitate,
the leaflets 7-9, oblong or lanceo-
late and usually tapering at
either end, the middle ones deep-
lobed: fl. -heads in a spike. Ori-
gin unknown; perhaps a garden
form of O. dactiilifnliiim. Hort.,
in which each of the 7 lobes is
usually lobed. R. H. 1884, pp.
.■i20, 321. Gn. 29, pp. 354, 355; 30.
p. 447. -Named for Count Epri5-
mesnil. Dieppe, France. Well-
grown jilants resemble Fatsia
Jaj>„i,!,;i {Aralia Sieboldii).
Andreinum, Jlarchal. Shrub,
/3-"
witll variahli' fnli
.ge: lvs.
ellip-
Oreopan
ax reticulatum.
tic- to niuii.li>li, ^t:
Iked, the
X54.)
surtao. and petio
es red-tc
men-
tose, varying from angled
)ilv di^'
ate and the
divisions pinnatifld: fl.-he
lls L'
liul;ir, i
1 a terminal
raceme. Ecuador.
R.H. 18t
-■ I'l'
:.L' 1 . ■■-:•
Thibatitu, Hook
. Small
-I. Ihii.
.ui.escent on
the young parts:
Iv.s. I. .11
_--.I:,l
.-,1. 'i 7
iil.olate, the
leaflets lanceolate
(.1- ..lih.i,
.■..|:,t.
rllMl-r,
ii in. or less
long, dark green:
H.-lnrnU
. ill
II chiini..
in a tei-minal
raceme 1 ft. long.
.Mex. l;.
M. 1.:;
peduncul&tum w
IS ,.„.■.■ 1
^tr.l
n 1 alif.
with follow-
ing description: "
vs. i.alni
tc. ti
-.d witi
.■e,l; makes
a fine foliage pla
It, liual
■ It tu
ns out to be
Kf,h;„t,.ri<, pani
uhit'i.
L. H. B.
-M.
""%M..>ti'''"Vf!'l^
4^'^
1592. Royal Palm Oreodoxa regia
ment given tropical \ialias Harms (Lngler i Prmtl,
Pflanzenfamilien) dnides the species into i groups. —
lvs. digitate, lvs. lobed hs not lobtd llii spfcies
described beyond are thost whuh art now most often
mentioned in gardening literature, but the writtr has
seen only the first in American collections
ORIGANUM (ancient Greek name said to meandelight
of iiiKiintttiiis). Lubiatw. This includes several plants
known as Marjoram which are fully described below
from the popular ami br.rtieultnral points of view.
but the fls'. .0 M ■■ I. .,1111- 111 li.a.l~ surrounded
Origanum is a genus of about 25 species of subshnibs
and herbs mostly natives of the Mediterranean region.
Whorls 2-fld., rarely 6-10-fld., crowded into globose or
oblong spikelets: bracts cokired and larger than the
calyx, or green and sniallrr than the calyx; calyx va-
rious, 5-toothed or 2 lii'i"'! ■ i-"r'>Il:i 2 lipped.
Authorities dilTera- 1 . xv li. iIm r i iir eominon Pot Marjo-
ram is O.vuliinre or ('."/. '. . . \ limwiin's Vegetable Gar-
den holding to the tirst <_ipinioii, w hile Nicholson's Dic-
tionary of Gardening and .7. M. Thorbum&Co. take the
latter. The two plants are very distinct, as the following
1174
ORIGANUM
descriptions show, and the point can be easily settled
by each reader for the particular plants which he is cul-
tivating.
A. Calyx of S equal teeth: bracts colored.
vulgire, Linn. Wild Marjoram. Lvs. stalked,
broadly ovate, subserrate, broadly rounded at the base,
villous: fls. purplish, in corymbed clusters or short
spikes. — Cult, in old gardens; also wild along eastern
roadsides, being naturalized from Eu. B.B. 3:111.
AA. Calyx S-lipped: bracts not colored.
B. Lvs. stalked.
BB. Zivs. not stalked.
Onltes, Linn. Lvs. ovate, subserrate, villous or to-
mentose, mostly cordate at the base: fls. as in O.
Majorana but a little larger: spikelets ovoid, very
numerous in a cluster. Southeastern ESi., Asia Minor,
Syria. VV. M.
Origanum Majorana, Sweet or Annual Marjoram, is
a native of the countries bordering the Mediterranean
sea. It is an erect, branching perennial, bearing grayish
green, rounded or oval leaves, small, whitish flowers in
terminal clusters which appear in mid.summer, and
little, oval, dark brown seeds. The plant has a pleasing
odor and warm, aromatic, bitterish taste, due to a vola-
tile oil which is soluble in water, is offlcinally credited
with tonic and gently excitant properties, and, as an
infusion, is employed in domestic medicine to "bring
out the rash" in such diseases as measles. More fre-
quently than in medicine, however, its green parts are
used as a condiment, being highly esteemed an a season-
ing for soups, stews, meat pies and dressings. In the
garden this plant is treated as an annual, hence the
name "Annual Marjoram." This practice became neces-
sary since the plants are prone to winter-kill unless
carefully protected. Its propagation is also somewhat
precarious, owing to the small size of the seeds and the
tenderness of the seedlings when exposed to the sun.
Shade, therefore, until the plants are well rooted is usu-
ally necessary. Successional plantings may be made
throughout the spring; sometimes transplanting from
hotbeds or coldframes in May or June is practiced.
The plants should stand 6 inches asunder in rows 12
inches apart, in light, dry, but good soil, be kept clean
throughout the season, and harvested for winter use
just before flowering, the plant being cut close to the
ground and hung in a cool, airy place to dry. If planted
early, leaves may be gathered in late spring. Accord-
ing to Dreer, American-grown seed is better than im-
porti-il seed for winter use. as it makes more bulk, while
iniii-iii.^l -> . .1 is lietter when the plants are to be cut
L-r. • ' •■• '■ ,■ r use.
'' ' 'i[i'tre, Pot Marjoram, a branching,
li.ii'l. i il, about 2 feet tall, bearing in mid-
suuiuu r (.luk "1- purple flowers, and small, brown, oval
seeds, grows wild on the skirts of European woods.
The highly aromatic leaves and the young shoots gath-
ered just before blossoming are used like those of
•Sweet Marjoram. The plant is of easy culture, succeed-
ing in all warm garden soils. It may be propagated by
seed, but, where established, division in spring or
early autumn is generally practiced. The plants should
be set 10 inches asunder in rows 15 inches apart, and
kept well cultivated. Dwarf Pot Marjoram, a variety
that comes true from seed, bears large heads of whitish
flowers, and is often used as an edging plant.
M. G. Katns.
OBtXA (Japanese name). Rutctcece. Deciduous
shrub, with alternate, petioled, almost entire lvs., and
greenish inconspicuous fls. It has proved hardy in
Mass., but has no decorative merit bcsidos its bright
green foliage, which is not attacked by insects or fungi,
and has a strong disagreeable odor like that of Ptelea.
Orixa seems to grow in almost any soil. Propagated by
greenwood cuttings; also by layers and root cuttings
and by seeds. The genus has but one species. Fls. dioe-
cious, appearing with the lvs. on the branches of the
previous year; sepals and petals i, staminate fls. in ra-
ORNITHOGALUM
cemes, pistillate fls. solitary : fr. consisting of 4 dehis-
cent pods, each containing 1 black, subglobose seed.
Pistillate fls. and fr. are described as solitary as stated
above, and so they are on Japanese specimens, but a
plant in the Arnold Arboretum has the pistillate fls. and
fr. in short
Japdnica, Thunb. (Cehistrns Orixa, Sieb. & Zucc.
/?ex Orij«, Spreng. Othini Orir,, . L.im.). Shrub, to
8 ft , with spreading I.imtkIm s |Milirs,-,.nt when young:
lvs. obovate to obloiijr. ..Mu-.lv |...iTit.-.l, entire or finely
crenulate, bright green al...\.. lin.ly pubescent beneath,
translucently glandular puuctiite, l!-t in. long : fls.
small, greenish: pods about Ja in. long, light greenish
brown. April, May. Japan. Gt. 35:12.'i2.
Alfred Rehder.
OBNAMENTAL GAEDENING, or ornamental horti-
culture, is that branch of horticulture which is concerned
with cultivating plants of all kinds for ornament rather
than for food. It includes floriculture and also the cul-
poses aside from ornament is forestry. The culture of
trees in general is arboriculture. ) Ornamental gardening
includes carpet-bedding and formal gardening in gen-
eral, while landscape gardening is concerned with mak-
ing nature-like pictures, or at least with the general
plan of the place.
OENITHdGALUM (Greek, bird and milk ; application
unkiM.wiii. /.ili,)r,,i. This genus includes the Star of
Betlililicin, a dwarf, hardy bulbous plant which bears
umbels of trrccii ami white fls. in May and June. Omi-
thogalum is one of the largest genera in the lily family,
containing about 100 species scattered over Europe, the
Orient, North and South Africa. In 1873, when Baker
monographed the genus (in Latin) in the Journal of the
Linnean Society, he recognized 73 species altogether,
but in 1897 he gives an account (in English) in Flora
Capensis of an equal number from South Africa alone.
Baker made 7 subgenera, based chiefly upon the color
of the fls. and the shape of the cluster, though one sub-
genus was cut off from all the rest by having the sta-
mens perigynous instead of hypogynous. The majority
of the species seem to have more or less green in the
fls. either on the face or back or both, and often the
green is prettily set off by a narrow white margin.
Some species have pure white fls. and a few have yel-
low or yellowish ones. Some of the dominant forms of
flower-clusters are oblong-cylindrical, broadly triangu-
lar, subcorymbose an<J( lanceolate. Ornithogalum is dis-
tinguished from otb^r genera as follows : perianth per-
sistent; tube none; segments C, usually spreading:
filaments more or less flattened and in many species
unequal; alternate ones being broader at the base:
ovary sessile, 3-celled; ovules many in a cell, super-
posed : style short or long : capsule membranous,
loculicidally 3-valved : seeds globose, usually not
crowded nor compressed : often the perianth segmenta
are keeled and the green color follows the keel.
Horticulturally, Ornithogalums may be divided into
hardy and tender groups, and each of these may be sub-
divided into dwarf and tall. The hardy kinds are con-
sidered by English amateurs amongst the choicest
summer-blooming bulbs for wild gardening. With the
remarkable increase of wild gardens now going on in
America, arrangements should be made so that ama-
teurs may procure these bulbs cheaply aii.l s.-ntt-r iht-m
with a free hand alongwoodland walks an. i n. ili. i:.:.--.
The common Star of Bethlehem, O. ■■ .
dwarf kind, is the only Ornithogalum till. I i ,'
mon in our gardens. O. nutans has es.-ap. I tr.ni :, f. a-
old gardens but seems never to be advertised in Anitrica.
and rarely even by the Dutch bulb-growers, but in Eng-
land "it is a very popular species and one of the most
easily managed of all the Ornithogalums. In borders
amongst other named bulbs, however, it becomes a
great nuisance, an account of the freedom with which
its innumerable bulbils are formed. In a semi-wild or
uncultivated spot it is a capital subject for groundwork ;
it requires no attention whatever, and flowers freely all
through April and May."
Of the taller hardy kinds O. lati folium and O. pyra-
ORNITHOGALUM
midale seera to be the most desirable. These are the
best to place among shrubbery and leave undisturbed
for yt-ars. A particularly robust clump of O. tati folium is
rtri.rih.l a'. In aring Over a hundred spikes of flowers
on stalks ;t ft. hiirh. O. pyramidale is here doubtfully
rif.ir.il t.. ('. .V<irbonen.ie, but there is no doubt about
the beauty ot the plant which English gardeners call O.
pyramidale. For formal beauty it is hard to excel. It
sometimes makes a perfect pyramid of starry white
flowers, the spike 12-18 in. long, the fls. an inch across,
and a hundred or more fls. in a spike.
The tender kinds in cultivation are chiefly from the
Cape of Good Hope, though O. Arabicum is found in
the Mediterranean region. Connoisseurs are divided be-
tween O. Arabicum and O. nrulutnm, but the former
has been more pictured aii.l Iii- ,i _i. m. r- number of
almirers. When well grown i! , : i, ' i In- showiest
plant of thi. whole genus, d. \ ihkle plant.
U grows to perfection in (;i,. :,,-.,. Malks :t ft.
high and fls. 2 iu. across, burn, m ini , ini.innal clus-
ters. The tall-spiked waving masses of white remain in
good condition for some weeks. In Guernsey they are
esteemed for cut-flowers. The white of the large, broad-
petaled fls. is set off by a gleaming black -pistil, which
makes a striking and pretty feature. O. Arabicum is
suitable for pot culture in northern conservatories, but
perhaps the best way to grow it is in quantity in a frame.
The bulbs have a way of remaining dormant for a season
or two, a difficulty possibly to be associated with their
iusufiicient ripening. W. Goldring writes: "To keep
the pots with the bulbs in them in a greenhouse and
not watered is not sufficient; they should be kept in a
dry atmosphere, and if baked in the sun, so much the
better. Autumn is the best time to get l)ulbs, and after
potting they should be kept dry till spring, and with the
signs of growth plenty of water shouM be given, and
occasional weak manure water." It is suspected that
there are two varieties, .i -h\ M. mi ing and a free-bloom-
ing kind. This nia\ ■ : f its reputation for
capriciousness. O.'/ ■ i nrtogrowand earlier
tobloom. Withgentl. f"r-r,_ i; , : 1... hail for Christinas
ORNITHOGALUM
1175
It wa
without finding it offered. 0.<::i ifl.ilii,,, i, sumlailj lar.
in trade catalogues, but it is still cultivated in dwelling
houses under the erroneous name of .Sea Onitm. Thi
Sea Onion is Prgiiica maritima, a plant of the saim
general appearance but distinguishable in leaf, flowe
and fruit as follows: Urginea maritima has Ivs. 2-3 in
wide: raceme 1^2-2 ft long: bracts 3-4 lines long: fls
white with a brown keel: seeds crowded, disk-like
Ornithoffatitm caudatum has Ivs. 1-1^ in. wide;
J^-1 ft. long: bracts B-9 lii
green: seeds not crowded no
Perhaps the best purely h<
group are to be found in The
hv Goldring in Gn. 49, p. 308;
in Gn. 41, p. 376.
Is. keeled with
ardy kinds by "D.K."
A. Fls. self-colored, both front and baclc.
B. Pistil prominent, shining, greenish black.
Artibicum, Linn. Fig. 1594. Bulb ovoid, 1-1!^ in.
thick, proliferous : Ivs. 5-8, glaucous green, 1-1% ft.
Ittiig. ■*4-l in. wide: scape 1-2 ft. long: raceme 6-12-fld.,
roundish or deltoid in outline, 3-5 in. long and wide:
fls. self-colored, odorous; filaments lanceolate, not cus-
pidate, alternate ones distiuctlv broader, but not quad-
rangular on the base. Mediterranean region. B.M. 728.
Gn. 49:1003 (good). B.M. 3179 and B.R. 11:906 (as O. co-
rnmbo.ium). G.C. II. 19:665. Gn. 22, p. 249; 32, p. 145;
41, p. 377; 48, p. 309. -The pistil is a beautiful and strik-
ing feature.
BB. Pistil not a striking feature, dull, smaller.
c. Number of flon-ers in a cluster Ig-SO.
thyrsoldes, Jacq. Bulb globose, 1^-2 in. thick: Ivs.
5-6, lanceolate. 6-12 in. long, 1-2 in. wide: scape yi-\%
ft. high: raceme 12-30-fld., dense, triangular in outline.
3-4 in. wide: fls. self-colored; filaments alternately
longer and lanceolate, alternately shorter, dilated above
the base and bicuspidate. S. Af r. B.M. 1164 (fls. white,
with a brown eye).
Var. atureum. Ait. (O. niireum, Curt.), has golden
yellow fls. B.M. 190 (fls. saffron).
Var. flay^Bcens, Ker., has pale yellow fls. B.R.
4:305.
cc. Number of flowers in a cluster 50-100.
latiidliiun, Linn. Lvs. .5-6. ascending, glabrous,
fleshy herbaceous, broadly lorate, 12-15 In. long, l}^-2
in. wide in cult. : filaments about equal, lanceolate.
Tauria, Caucasus, Kurdistan, Arabia, Egypt. B.M. 876.
B.R. 23:1978 (fls. green only at tip of keel, and borne
in a perfect pyramid).
AA. Fls. with a green face, the outer segments nar-
rowly margined white.
B. Cluster i nrerse I y pyramidal in outline.
tenuifdlium, Guss. Bulb ovoid, 1 in. thick, simple:
lvs. 5-6, narrowly linear, 5-6 in. long, 1-2 lines wide,
unspotted: scape 2-3 in. long: raceme 6-10-fld., corym-
bose or inversely triangular in outline, 2-3 in. long and
wide: pedicels ascending: fls. with outer perianth seg-
ments margined white. Mediterranean region.
BB. Clusters quadrangular in outline.
c. Number of flowers 12-20.
timbell&tum, Linn. Star of Bethlehem. Bulb sub-
globose, 1 in. thick, bearing numerous bulbils: lvs.
6-9, narrowly linear, 6-12 in. long, 2-4 lines wide, deeply
channeled, distinctly spotted white: scape 4-6 in. long:
raceme 12-20-fld., quadrangular in outline, 4-6 in. long.
6-9 in. wide: lower pedicels in fr. spreading: fls. with
outer perianth segments margined white. Mediter-
ranean region. Escaped from old gardens in U. S.
cc. Number of flowers S-12.
ezsc&pum, Tenore. Bulb ovoid, %-! in. thick, not
proliferous : lvs. 5-6, narrowly lioear, 4-6 in. long, 1-2
lines wide, glabrous, spotted, disappearing after the
fls.: scape 1-lK in. long: raceme 3-12-fld., quadran-
gular in outline, \% in. long, 2;-'2-3 in. wide : lowest
pedicels in fr. deflexed : bracts '^-l in. long, shorter
than the pedicels: fls. with outer perianth segments
margined white;- style very short. S. Eu.
1594. Ornithogal
AAA. Flowers more or i
with yreei
B. Blossoms nodding.
nilitans, Linn. Bulb ovoid, 1-1^ in. thick, producing
offsets freely: lvs. pale green, 1-1)4 ft. long, 3-6 lines
wide, disappearing after the fls.: scape 8-12 in. long:
raceme 3-12-fld., oblong-cylindrical in outline: pedicels
1176
ORNITHOGALUM
shorter than the bracts: fls. green, margined white on
back, the lower ones nodding. Eu., Asia Minor. B.M.
269. Gn. 32:621 & p. 77; 41, p. 376. — Rarely escaped in
U. S.
BB. Blossoms erect or ascending.
c. Widtli of leaves 3-6 lines.
Narbon^nse, Linn. Bulb ovoid, 9-15 lines thick: Ivs.
strap-shaped, 1-lK ft. long, 3-6 lines wide, glabrous,
glaucous green, scarcely disappearing before the end of
flowering: scape 1-1}^ ft. long: raceme 20-50-fld., ob-
long-cylindrical, 4-8 In. long, lK-2 in. wide : lowest
pedicels 9-15 lines long: fls. whitish, keeled green on
the back; filaments lanceolate at base, not squared. S.
Eu. B.M. 2510 (striped, green back and front). — O. pij-
vamiilAle, Linn., is considered by Baker to be a robust,
large-fld. garden form, but it is said to grow wild in
Spain and Portugal and may be a distinct species. Fls.
white, with a green stripe on back. Gn. 41:854.
(f. Width of leaves 9-18 lines.
D. Filaments alternately linear and lanceolate.
longebracteS.tuni, Jacq. Lvs. rather fleshy, glabrous,
lanceolate, lJ^-2 ft. long, %-\}4 in. wide, persistent
until after flowering: scape \yi-2 ft. long : raceme
dense, 30-60-fld., oblong-cylindrical, 6-9 in. long, 1.5-18
lines wide: lowest pedicels 9-12 lines long: fls. whitish,
keeled green on the back: bracts 9-15 lines long; fila-
ments alternately linear and lanceolate at the base. S.
Afr.- Baker says the bulb is 3-i in. thick.
DD. Filaments alternateh/ lanceolate and quadrate
at the base.
caudatum. Ait. Lvs. lorate, IV2-2 ft. long, 1-1^ in.
wide: s, :i|,, I ' , :; 11. l.ing; raceme dense, H-1 ft. long:
fls. h:iii li 1 ^:i..i fa.-e, and keeled green: bracts 6-9
lines l..i,i.-, s. All. l',.M. 835. Window plant.
AAAA. Fl.t. white, with a brown or greenish yellow
eye: perianth segments revolute.
revoliktuiii, Jacq. Lvs. lanceolate, G-9 in. long, C-9
lines wide : fls. not keeled with green, many in a sub-
•corvmbose cluster; style very short and stout. S. Afr.
B.M. 653. B.K. 4:315. W. M.
CBOBUS is considered a suhirenus of Liithynis. liut
ORTHROSANTHUS
Orontium is a genus of one species, which is found in
swamps and pools from Mass. to Fla., mostly near the
seacoast, but extending as far inland as central Pa. and
La. Spathe usually soon deciduous : fls. hermaphro-
dite, covering the whole spadix ; .sepals scale-like, im-
bricated upon the ovary, usually 4 in the upper and 6
in the lower fls.; ovary 1-celled; ovule solitary, semi-
anatropous : fr. a green utricle.
aqu&ticnm, Linn. Golden Club. Blade of lvs. ,=i-12 x
2-5 in.: stalk 4-20 in. long: .scape K-2 ft. long. B.B.
1:364. L.B.C. 5:402. R.H. 1888:85. Gn. 27, p. 213.
F. W. Barclay.
0R6XYL0N (Greek, a mountain tree; nevertheless
it grows anywhere from sea-level to an altitude of 3,000
ft.). Also written Oroxylum. Bignonidceie. A genus
of one species, an Indian tree, which, as Franceschi
says, is "remarkable for the large size and striking form
of its leaves, almost black flowers, and long, sword-
shaped pods." This tree is cult, outdoors in S. Calif,
and under glass in Europe. It attains 25-40 ft. in In-
dia, has lvs. 2-4 ft. across, which are shining and twice
or thrice ternately pinnate; Ifts. 5x3-4 in.: raceme 10
in. long: fls. fleshy, 2% in. long, 2-3K in. across, bell-
shaped, and white or purplish according to the Flora of
British India.
This tree has no near ally of garden value. It might
be roughly compared to a Catalpa for its long pods and
winged seeds, and for its much-cut foliage to Jacaran-
da ovalifolia, which is one of the most striking and
elegant trees cultivated in subtropical countries. Ge-
neric characters are: calyx large, leathery, truncate or
obscurely toothed : corolla-lobes 5, subequal, round,
crisped, toothed : stamens 5 : capsule septicidally 2-
valved: seeds thinly discoid, with a broad, transpar-
ent wing.
tndicum, Vent. Lvs. opposite; Ifts. ovate, entire:
peduncle 1 ft. long: capsule 1-3 ft. long, 2-3 in. wide,
hardly 4 lines thick. India, Ceylon, Cochin China, Ma-
OKTHOCABPUS (Greek, straight fruit, which distin-
uislu-s this genu* from Melampyrum). Scrophularid-
III. <>. jmrjmrii.^cciis, Benth., is a plant something
Oriiii" /' 1 . , [ \ Kewensis re-
ferre.l 1 / ;' , l.ut older au-
thoritii . I' I I : ■ I! I. ,1 r It to Lathyrus
■«/?>».s. 1 .i i,i, I /.....;;;.. t - 111,, ,,tlu-r species as
follows. 1,,. .1,1.1 I 111 .'..ml, tluli .-.liajiLd libers : stem
angled, uubranched, narrowly winged above: Ifts. 2-3
pairs, linear-lanceolate and linear: style linear. Nor-
mally it has white or yellowish fls., with the standard
often flushed rose color on the back ; but var. wrsico /or, .
Koch, has a purple standard, with yellow wings and
keel. This is B.M. 675 (as O. rarius) and probably the
form in cult.
0B6NTIVM (one of many names arbitrarily applied
by Linnseus ; he probably had in mind some water
plant growing in the Syrian river Orontes). Ardcew.
Golden Club. Orontium aquaticum , or Golden Club, is
a hardy, native, aquatic plant, which bears in early
spring yellow "clubs " on white stalks. The "club" is a
cylindrical spadix 1-2 in. long. The lvs. are ascending
or floating, according to the depth of the water. They
are oblong-elliptic, with a blade 5-12 in. long, and no
distinct midrib, but numerous parallel veins. The fo-
liage is handsome, dark velvety green above, silvery
below. The plant is very strong and deeply rooted, grow-
ing in water 10-18 in. deep. On account of its firm hold on
the soil it may be planted in swifter water than most
aquatics. It has the fault of being difficult to eradicate
when firmly established.
San Diego to Huiiilioklt Co., so aljiiudaiit as to give the
ground a purple hue formiles in some places; occasion
ally, with duller or only pallid color, in salt marshes.
The reddish, soft and copious beard of the narrow and
hooked upper lip which marks this species is composed
of many- and close-jointed hairs." This plant was
offered in 1891 by Orcutt. For fuller description see
Gray's Syn. Flora of N. Amer. In Orthocarpus the
calyx is 4-cut; in Castilleia many-cut.
OKTHROSANTHUS (Greek. »»o»-niii<7 flower; because
the fls. open in the nir.rniug and fade before noon).
Iriil<icea>. (>. muUHluriis is a charming plant some-
thing like our blue-eyed grass or Sisyrinchium. It has
a tuft of grassy foliage a foot or two high, and sky-blue,
6-parted fls. an inch or more across, which open one
after another for a week or so. Horticulturally it is
classed among tender bulbs, though its rootstock is a
short, thick rhizome. This choice plant comes from
Australia, which, unlike the Cape of Good Hope, is very
poor in showy bulbous plants of the iris, lily and ama-
ryllis families.
Orthrosanthus is a genus of 7 species, 2 from tropical
America and 5 from Australia. Lvs. firm, linear, ei|ui
tant: clusters many-fld., panicled: fls. pale blue; pedi-
cels so short that the capsule is not protruded from the
spathe; perianth -tube very short or none; segments
oblong, nearly equal, spreading; filaments free or con-
nate only at the base: ovarj- 3-ceIled: ovules many,
ORTHROSANTHUS
superposed; style-branches alternating with the an-
thers: seeds minute, very near Sisyrinchium. which is
a more variable genus, and has longer pedicels. See
Bakers Handbook of the Iridete (1892).
There seems to be no recorded American experience
with O. multiflorus. Krelage lists it among bulbs suit-
able for frame culture. Nicholson says it thrives and
does best when planted in the border of a cold conser-
vatory, and adds "if, however, it is necessary to grow
them in pots, use turfy loam and leaf -mold, and insure
sufficient drainage."
multiflorus. Sweet {Libe'rtia asiirea, Hort.l. Lvs. a
dozen or more, l-l}4 ft. long. }4 to K of an inch wide:
panicle 4-6 in. long: capsiile obtuse. Southern anil
■western Australia. L. B.C. 15:1474. B.R. 13:1090 (as
Sisyrinchium cyaneum). ^V. M.
OR'tZA (derived from the Arabic name, Eruz),
Graminete. Six species of the tropics, including O.
sfttiva, Linn., the well-known rice of commerce. This
is a native of the Old World tropics, and is naturalized
in Brazil; cultivated extensively in China and India
and more recently in the coast region of our southern
states. A marsh plant, with flowers in panicles; spike-
lets 1-fld.; empty glumes 2, small; fl. -glume and palet
about equal, laterally compressed, keeled, the former
usually more or less awned. Contrary to the usual sup-
position, rice paper is not made from rice, but from
Paper Mulberry or Bamboo. j^ g_ Hitchcock.
0RYZ6PSIS (Greek, rice-like: from a fancied re-
semblance to that grain). Gramineo:. Mountain- Rice.
Contains about 24 species of temperate regions. Mostly
tufted perennials, with narrow panicles of rather large
greenish 1-fld. spikelets. Empty glumes thin, nerved,
nearly equal: fl. -glume coriaceous, becoming involute,
provided at base with a short callus, and at apex with a
simple untwisted deciduous awn. Three of our native
species are offered by dealers in wild plants.
melanocdrpa, Muhl. Distinguished by its leafy culm,
the lvs. being broad and flat : panicle simple or com-
pound; fl. -glume blackish: awn about 1 in. long. Rocky
woods, NewEng. to Mo. — Blooms late in summer.
asperifdlia, Michx. This and the next have tufted,
naked culms, with flat, concave or involute lvs.: culms
9-18 in. high, bearing sheaths with rudimentary blades:
lvs. rough-edged, evergreen: awn H in. long. Northern
states to Colorado. — Blooms early in spring.
Canadensis, Torr. Culm 6-15 in. : lowest sheaths
leaf -bearing: lvs. involute, thread-shaped: awn very
short, deciduous or wanting. Me. to Minn., on rocky
hills ; rare. x. S. Hitchcock.
OSAGE ORANGE. See Toxylon.
OSIERS are willows used for baskets and willow-ware
in general. .Some dogwoods are also called Osiers.
The various kinds are described unilrr Salix nnd Cor-
nus. Osier culture is generally con^idrri-.l a- l"lnni.'ing
to sylviculture rather than to horticnltur. . an.l i~ tlu-re-
fore not treated here, but the inter. ,tr,l r.a.l. r ^lu.uld
procure "Osier Culture," by John ^1. ^Sinipsun, u p:un-
phlet of 27 pages, issued in 1898 as Bulk-tin 19 of the
Div. of Forestry, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture.
OSMANTHUS (fragrant flnirer). Oledeea'. The cul-
tivatiil m.riil)ci-> of tlii-< i:.-iiu^ are usually known as
Ol.-a-. Imt Osiiiaiitlm^ is ,li<tiii-iiished from Oleabyits
iitit^ri.'atr i-aTh.-r tliaii \'al\ai.' ..I.tuse corolla-lobes: fis.
fa^rirli-,1 i.r ill s|,,,rt. ]HTfirt .ir imperfect racemes; lvs.
gfiK-rally i-pj-nsirf. tnriri.' or -surrate, thickish ; ever-
green tri( ~ or slii-ulis, of 7 or 8 species in eastern Asia,
Pacific islaiMis. aii.l one in North America. O. fragraits
is the oiiI\- 'i.niiiion ^] it-s in cult., and this is a green-
house plant in tin- North, lieing grown for its very fra-
grant tls. It is of the easiest culture in an intermediate
temperature. It is almost a continuous bloomer, al-
though ordinarily it should be rested in late winter or
summer in order to ripen the wood for fall and winter
bloom. Be careful not to overpot. and keep the plant
free from mealy bug. In the South and in California,
it thrives when planted out in a place shaded from the
midday sun.
OSMORilZA
1177
A. Lvs. small-toothed or entire.
iikgians, Lour. [Olea h-Agrans, Thunb.). Fig. 1595.
Small tree or shrub, usually cult, as a pot -plant: lvs.
oval to oblong and lanceolate, finely sharp-toothed
(said to be entire in the wild plant), thick, lighter col-
ored and veiny beneath; fls. small, white, the corolla
divided nearly to the base, in clusters in the upper ax-
ils, very fragrant: fr. not produced on the cult, plant,
but on the wild plant said to be ellipsoid and ?^ x K in.
.China. Japan. B.M. 1.552. L.B.C. 18:1786.
Americ^nus, Benth. & Hook. Devil-wood. Florida
Olea. Glabrous small tree or tall shrub, with whitish
bark: lvs. thick, evergreen, lance-ol)long, with a short
petiole, entire, shining above: Hs. polygamous or dioe-
cious, dull white, in panicles which are shorter than the
lvs., fragrant: fr. a small dark purple drupe. Blooms
in spring. N. Car., south. S.S. 6:279, 280. — This plant
is in cult, in choice collections south, but it is not now
advertised.
AA. Ll-S. n.^iiaJlii sp-nnj-tnntlirrl aiirl hnlly-lil-e.
AquiJdlium. -.-!,, -,„:i!l, ,•■, ..r.-r.-. o ir. .•, «iili .•il!].li.'
or Oblong-o\ a ^ ; - i!i
Japan. G.C. ll.ii:o,-,i. \.ix vaiiaoi,-. \ III. ilicifolius,
Hort. (Ole<i ih..i,.l,,i. lla-sk.).i-~ a compact dense
shrub, with Miiall. r h^. Tlori- an- variegated-leaved
forms (as O. A'/" '!"fiitn> . \ar--. n :n-'inti and artjenteum ).
Var. myrtiSolius. ll-.it., lia^ .-oi!i]ia.-t lialiit. with rigid,
spineless lvs. i<^i,i,ii,llni.< .I./.i.Im/,,,,,, j, liardy with
some protection as far noiil, is lialiini-n. and Phila-
delphia. Vari.-i.'alo.l forms an- .-.ii,.-i iiii.-^ ijratted on
privet, but they lark in i-oustinitioii.
O. lalitolia and O. liijustrifnUa of tlic trade are probably
Phillyreas. O. buxifolia, Hort., is probably Olea Capensis,
Linn., a shrub from S. Africa. L, JJ. B.
OSMORHlZA
matic, edilih
perennial htri
foliage anil .
i-ferring to the sweet, aro-
lliferie. A small genus of
with ternately decompound
A -rayed umbels. Thev are
icely, but till- tnif- Swf-pt
plan- i -liich have the scent -.1 ii - ...i umI
an- !ii^'. Two western s|.- 'h c
ailvc III-. -1 III til.' rastern states, and J .a-t.rn .|,.,-i.s
are rarely offered. F. W. Barclay, who has i-liargo of a
very large collection of native plants, writes that the
eastern species require a loose, rich, rather moist loam.
He adds that they are usually to be found in shady
places, but where soil conditions are suitable they do
well in the sun. Wilfred Brotherton remarks that their
foliage turns a handsome purple in autumn.
Generic characters : Calyx-teeth obsolete : fr. linear.
1178
OS3IORHIZA
glabrous or bristly; carpel slightly flattened dorsally or
not at all; styles long or short; seed-face from slightly
concave to deeply sulcate. Coulter and Rose, Monograph
of North American Umbelliferse, 1900. The generic
name is also spelled Osmorrhiza.
A. Fr. with prominent caudate attenuation (2-4 lines
long) at base, very bristly.
B. Style a line or more long.
longiBtylis, DC. Stout, glabrous or slightly pubes-
cent. Canada to Va. and west to Dakota. B.B. 2:530.-
Roots with a stronger smell and taste of anise than O.
brevistylis. Brotherton says it is a much prettier plant
than the next, with larger umbels.
BB. Style half a line or less long.
c. Lfts. 2-3 in. long: rays stout, 1-2 in. long.
hrevistylis, DC. Bather stout, villous-pubescent:
Ivs. 2-3-temate: style and stylopodium half u line long.
Canada to N.C. B.B. 2:530.
cc. iffs.
long: rays slender, 2-4 in. long.
nMa, Torr. Rather slender, somewhat pubescent or
glabrous: Ivs. twice ternate: style and stylopodium K
line long. Mts., Calif.
AA. Fr. without caudate attenuation at base.
occident&Iis, Torr. {Myrrhis occidentilis, Benth. &
Hook.). Rather stout, puberulent or pubescent: Ivs.
2-3-ternate ; lEts. lM-4 in. long: umbel 5-12-rayed:
rays 1-5 in. long: stylopodium and style %-l line long.
Calif, to Wash., east to Montana. ^ jj
OSMI^NDA (from Osmunder, aname of a Saxon god).
itsmitnddceGe. A small genus of showy native ferns,
witli rather coarse foliage, but highly ornamental from
their clustered habit. The sporangia are formed in
panicles borne on the veins of reduced Ivs., provided
with a rudimentary transverse ring and opening verti-
cally.
A. I/vs. fully bipinnate.
reg&llB, Linn. Royal Fern. Growing in clumps 2-5
ft. hiji^h, some of the leaves bearing panicles at their
summits; pinnse 1-2 in. long, rounded at the base and
usually blunt. Well adapted for open, moist places.
^>.:
Eu., N. Amer. and Japan. — Commonly called Flowering
Fern or King-fern. O. Japonica, Thunb., is a form with
the sporophylls forming distinct leaves and soon with-
ering away ; various crested forms appear in cultivation.
AA. Li'S. bipinnafifid only.
cinnamdmea, Linn. Cin-xamon Fern. Fig. 1.596.
Plate XI. Growing in clusters 2-1 ft. high or even
more, the sporophylls appearing earliest, at first green.
OSTROWSKIA
but becoming pale, long and narrow, cinnamon-colored
at maturity of the spores, the Ivs. growing about a
crown from a large, mostly vertical rootstock. N. Amer.
— Very handsome for decorative purposes, especially for
low grounds.
Claytouiina, Linn. Growing in crowns, with the
sporangia confined to a few (1-10) of the central pinnsB
of the leaf, and of a dark brown color. Similar to the
last, but lacking the little tuft of wool in the axils of
the pinniB which characterizes the Cinnamon Fern. N.
Amer; said also to grow in India.
L. M. Undekwood.
Osmundas are strong - growing ferns of vigorous
constitution, and well adapted for general culture in
any fertile soil which is not over dry. They are deep-
rooted ferns and, therefore, require considerable di-i.th
of soil. All the species do well in full sniilii;lit.
but the most satisfactory position for all the -.|„ ,ies
would be a deeply dug, thoroughly enriched border ly-
ing lei'i ' f ,( .i;"n. 0. regalis reaches perfection only
in ri> li II, |.^ in full sunlight or thin shade,
wh.i. , , a heightof 8 ft. O. Claytoniana
prefei - I., h. j"..ii ~'iil in moist but not wet, open or
partial!} >!ia.li_il pu.-.uions. It may attain a height of 6
ft. O. cittnutnomcu is naturally a fern of the swamp,
though not in such wet positions as O. regalis. It
grows most luxuriantly in partial shade. In a wild state
it occasionally attains a height of 6 ft.
F. W. Barclay.
OSTEOMfiLES (Greek, stotie apple or stone fruit).
Ri'si'iccif. The plant which bears the uncomfortable
name of Osteumeles anthyUidifolia is a white-fld., red-
fruited bush, ranging from China through the Pacific
islands as far south as Pitcaim's island. It has pin-
nate foliage, silvery beneath, each leaf 2—1 in. long and
composed of about 25 lfts. The specific name of the
plant records its resemblance in foliage to Anthyllis
Barba-Jovis, a plant with pea-like fls., known as Ju-
piter's Beard, which is considerably used for seaside
planting in frostless countries. Botanically Osteomeles
is closest to our shad bush (Amelanchier), but inferior
in hardiness and in beauty of fls. All the other species
of Osteomeles (about 7) are natives of the Andes, and
have simple Ivs. The silvery nature of O. anthyllidi-
folin varies considerably in the wild, and glabrous speci-
mens have been collected.
Generic eharacters: trees and shrubs: Ivs. alternate,
stalked, leathery, evergreen, entire or serrate: fls.
white, few or numerous, in flatfish clusters: calyx-tube
bell- or top-shaped, adnate to the carpels; lobes 5, per-
sistent; petals 5, oblong; stamens 10 or more, inserted
on the throat nf the calyx; carpels 5, more or less grown
together and to the calyx: drupes 5-stoned.
anthyllidifdlia, Lindl. Evergreen bush, 5-6 ft. high,
much branched: bark brownish black: Ivs. spreading
and recurved; lfts. more or less in pairs, yellowish
green: fls. about % in. across, a dozen or so in a clus-
ter. B.M, 7331. -sv. M.
OSTEOSPfiEMUM moniUienim is a shrubby yellow-
fl<l. eoHiptKsite, growing 2—1 ft. high, which was offered
in ISill by Reasoner Bros.. Oneco, Fla. It has dropped
out of cult. It is fully de.scribed in Flora Capensis
3:133, where the entire genus of 38 species is mono-
graphed.
OSTEOWSKIA after N. ab Ostrowsky, Russian pa-
tron ' iiiipanulAceie. The Giant Bell-
plow i ■ ranks among the two dozen most
intere-i III,' naiii j.erennials " introduced during the
last tw<i deeailes c.t the nineteenth century. Each stem
grows 1 or 5 ft. high, is branched only at the top, and
bears 3-6 bell-shaped, pale lilac fls. 1-6 in. across and
1 in. deep. A healthy clump may throw up as many as
0-lOstems. Beforethediscovery of thisplant,P;a#ycodon
grandiflorum was generally considered the showiest of
all the large bell-flowers, but J. N. Gerard declares that
the Platycodon is very commonplace beside Ostrowskya.
In the colored plates the flowers have a rather washed-
out appearance, except in "Garden," which shows pink-
ish tints. Gerard describes the color as a very light
lavender or mauve, almost white, with deeper veinings.
OSTROWSKIA
A dark blue variety was thought to exist, but unt'oi*tu-
nately nothing of the kind has been seen in cultivation.
Altogether it is a very singular plant.with its great fleshy
roots, sometimes 2 ft. long, its whorled Ivs., and the
conspicuous pores of the capsule, which are twice as
numerous as the sepals — a ^t'lieric character. Unlike
Platycodon, its I.-, u. i l.iuic.ii- and light green.
It is the only >| - ^ i senus Ostrow-
skya is close t,i i -i::! . ! _- : 1111,'uished by the
whorled Ivs. ;ui. I n,. ,1.1,., , li,- i, .h,. n. -ally greater.
The Giant HaninU uii.i> .1 il. epli worked, perfectly
drained, sandy soil. Soon after flowering the plants go
to rest and nothing is left of them above ground. Their
place should be carefully marked to protect the brittle
roots from careless digging. Our dry summers and au-
tumns seem to suit the plants w,.ll. Imt frequently in a
moist October growtli startv an<t liiis seriously weakens
the old plants. When cniy a f.u- plants are grown, a
tight board covering will l»- f"un.l I'.mvenient for keep-
ing the roots dry and dormant. For winter protection
it is advisable to give a liberal covering of litter. Ex-
cessive moisture will destroy the crown. Flowering
specimens can hardly be expected within 4 years from
seed, and seeds are slow to germinate unless fresh.
Nurserymen now propagate the plant by cuttings of
the young growths taken with a heel in spring; ama-
teurs by root-cuttings.
magnifica, Regel. Giant Beli.-fi.ower. Tall, strict,
glabrous herb, with tuberous i-<>Mr^r l\ --. in distant
whorls of 4 or 5, ovate, toothed. v|,<,i 1 -^I'dk. d. 4-U in.
long; calyx-lobes 2 in. long, spr-aMin:,^ <n- r-curved:
floral parts 5-9, usually 7: stvlc lar:,'i'. thi.'k. vellow.
Eastern Bokhara, at 7,000 ft. Gn. :!4:G81; .52, p. 481.
B.M. 7472. G.F. 6;276. A.F. 4;331. V. 11;305. G.M.
31;459, 461. R.H. 1893;472 and p. 473; 1888, p. 344.
I.H. 35:71. G.C. III. 4:05. S.H. 1 :437.
J. B. Keller and W. M.
OSTRYA (ancient name). CiipuHlero!. Ostrya Vir-
ginica, commonly known in America as Hop Hornbeam,
Ironwood or Leverwood, is a small- to medium-sized
tree, with birch-like foliage, slender yellow male cat-
kins borne in spring, and female catkins which look
like clusters of hops, and ripen in July and August. In
the eastern states the Ht'p Hnrnl>eaui usually grows
about 15 to 18 ft. high. Inn in tI„ iMihll,. West it grows
much higher, sometinu - tt. The bark is
beautifully furrowed. I - a wide range,
but is not common, o. . " .,"-<m. . r. , ^,-..p., and O.Ja-
ponica, Sarg., have prove. I liai.ly ai the Arnold Arbore-
Ostrya is a genus of 4 species — the following, one in
southwestern U. S., one in Eu. and Asia and one in Ja-
pan. Catkins borne with the Ivs. or before: males
drooping, sessile at the ends of bramhlets „f the pre-
vious year, their fls. solitary in tin- a\il i.f .a.-h hraet:
females terminal, solitary, ereet. ilnir tU. L' tn each
bract, enclo.sed by a bractlet, whiiOi in fruit enlarges
into a closed membranous bladder: male fls. without
bractlets; stigmas 2: nut compressed, sessile in the
base of the bladder-like sac.
Tirginica, Willd. Fig. 1597. Lvs. ovate or oblong-
ovate, acuminate, doubly serrate ; bladders 6-8 lines
long, 4-5 lines wide in fruit; female catkins 1!^-2H in.
long. Dry woods. Cape Breton to Minn., south to Fla.
and Tex. S.S. 9:445. B.B. 1:507. Gn. 24, pp. 230, 231.
OSWEGO TEA. Jfoiinj-rfa ,U,hjma.
0TH£BA Japdnica, imported by Berckmans, Au-
gusta, Ga., is an evergreen shrub, with obovate or ob-
long-obovate glabrous Ivs.. entire or nearly so, and 2-3
in. long. There can be but little doubt that it is a species
of Ilex, but the shape of the Ivs. does not agree exactly
with the flgure given by Thunbergof his O. Japoniea,
which was subsequently referred to Ilex by Sprcngel
under the name /. Olhera. In none of the more recent
publications on the Japanese flora, however, is either
name mentioned, and it is likewise omitted in the
monograph of Ilex by Maximowicz. As the genus
Ofhera has no botanical standing it is perhaps the best
to use Ilex Olhera as a provisional name for the culti-
OTHOXNA
1179
vated plant until it has borne fls. and fr., and thus en-
abled us to determine its exact botanical position. In
foliage it resembles very much /. integra, and it may
probably prove to be this species when the fruits are
known. The Olhera Japoniea of Thunberg as flgured
in his Icones Plantarimi Japoniearum, pi. 13, is much
like /.ro/H«(?n, and may represent a plant .)f this species
with staminate fls. The hanlin.v.; ,.( th.- cultivated Ilex
Olhera is probably the same as that .if /, lntifoUa and
inlegra , and also its cultivatinn an,l irn.pairation. See
Orixa. \i,ii,i i. Rriii>KK
Olhera Japoniea, & very beautifni c,i nam, nial .vit-
green shrub or small tree, is well estalili-lM -I m -. \.ial
Florida gardens. In the late E. H. Halt -, Ljanlm. at
Federal Point. Fla., there is a small, bushy, dense tree,
alinut JL' feit hish. which has flowered and fruited abun-
dantly. ■]'».. jilaiits in my own garden, one on high pine
laini, tl tin 1- in richer soil near the lake, have done
e\,-rr, liiiL'li "i II. though tho OUB lu luolst ground is by
fr.i 111. ill- I an. 1 very dense. They were planted out in
'I '■ md the most vigorous one is now 7 feet
ill- I ill in diameter, provided with branches
tr-iii ill. _.|.,iiMil. The plant resenihles Ile.r inteqra.
lint i- illlt.a-.nt in habit and irniwtli. Whatever it- enr-
uxauon ana ieru.izing. jj Xe„ki.inu.
OTHONNA (ancient Greek name, of no particular
application here). Compdsilie. About 80 South .\fricau
herbs and shrubs, of which one (Fig. 1598) is in general
cultivation as a window-garden plant. The heads are
usually yellow, with fertile rays and sterile tubular
disk florets: torus convex or somewhat conical, usually
honeycombed : scales of involucre in one series, more
or less united to the base, valvate : style of disk fls.
not divided : akenes oval, with bristle-like pappus in
many rows or series. Only one species of Othonua ap-
pears to be in general cultivation, and this has no es-
tablished vernacular name in this country, although it
is sometimes dubbed "Little Pickles" because of its
cylindrical, pulpy leaves.
The plant shown in Fig. 1598 is commonly known as
1597. Hop Hornbeam— Ostrya Virfiinica
Olhonna ctasiifoha, but thereby arises a puzzle in no-
menclature By Linnaeus a certain flat leaved plant was
called Olhonnn rta<f.ifnlw 'Subsequently some of the
species of Oth mil 1 V MI v p ntei hv Jaubert & Spach
intoadi-t 1 listinguished by in-
volucral 1 the disk florets 2-
parted ( 1 to this new genus
was O/A t 1 1 h then became O^/jOH-
nop•,l^^lh II I I I I lub i. S| nh Bentham & Hooker
consider Linnieus Olhonna eiassifolia to be a horticul-
turil form of Olhonnopsis cheiiifoha It was therefore
a natural sequence to say that the Olhonna crassifolia
of horticulturists is properly Olhonnopsis cheirifolia,
a statement which the writer made in the revision of
Gray's "Field, Forest and Garden Botany." It turns
out, however, that the Olhonna crassifolia of horticul-
turists is not the Olhonna crassifolia of Linnaeus (if he
has been correctly reported). The former plant is a
true Othonna. It is the Olhonna crassifolia of Har-
vey: but since this name crassifolia was used by Lin-
naeus, it cannot be used again in the same genus, and
Harvey's plant must take some other name. In fact,
before Harvey's time, the name Olhonna crassifolia
was used by Meyer for still another species. The O.
crassifolia of Harvey was once ilescribed as O. filic.au-
lis, but this name also has been previously used in the
genus. It seems, therefore, as if a new name must be
V
OUVIRANDRA
species, mostly natives of the Chilean and Peruvian
Andes. Herbs', rarely somewhnt w.h.iIv -it tti. hn^e, usu-
ally dwarf, decumbent or en- i:",' i -h -r- .iistance,
glabrous or sparsely hairy : 11-. > i - ■ :iiid soli-
tary, or in a raceme at tht- ;i| i !■. usually
scarlet- or rose-colored; CMicilli i i^' ■ \ I nMlrical or
slightly bell-shaped at the throat, lubes marly equal;
stamens -t, didynamous: stj-le entire.
coccinea, Pers. Hardy herbaceous perennial, sparsely
hairy: Ivs. mostly radical, lung-stalked, heart-shaped,
unequally lobed and cnii;ir,-: v. ■;!],,■ furnished with 1- or
•J-stalked' Ivs. at the lia-c , uhI |.;iii - ..f toothed bracts,
from which the pedi.-. I- m-i-, ■ . ilyx-lobes 5, short.
'^3i^
1598. Othonna Capensls knowi
eardeners as O crassifoha
A yellow-tlowerod tr iibngpl it
with su( nilcnt U iM s ' ^ " >
given to the O ci n<M/(Wi« of Har\ey and of the horticul-
turists, and this is done below W hat now , is Lninipus'
Othonna crasiifuUa i As earlj as 1771, this plant was
figured in color by Philip Miller as the "Othonna foliix
lanceolatis tnteqeminis' of Linnfpus Hoitus Cliffort-
4anus. It was hguri d again b\ Edwards in 1818 (B.K.
4:266). It IS an upright or ascending undershrub, with
flat leaves rcm.nJ.ug one of U«\es „f the st^ck. It is
described in the European books, but is probably not
in commercial cultivation. It is native to the north of
Africa. A reproduction of part of Philip Miller's pic-
ture of the plant, reduced in size, is shown in Fig. 1599.
Capinsis {OthSnna crassifdlia, Harv., not Linn., nor
Meyer. Othonndpsis cheirifdlia, Ba.iiej in "Fiehi, For-
est, and (iarden Botany," not Jaub. & Spach). Fig.
1598. Perennial, becoming shrubby at base in its native
country, glabrous, «itb >l.-ii.l, r iruiliiiL' "t .In.uping
stems: Ivs. 1 in. ur 1,--- l.nj-. ili -liy :ni.l .■; liinli-i.-al-ub-
ovoid, -sharppuini. .1. . itli. r -r;,it. r. ,1 ,,r m .ln-ters:
pedicels 2-6 in. l.m-. :i~.-.-im1iiii.', sl,.ii.l,r: li.:,.K n.-arly
or quite 14 in. across when well giuwu, the narrow,
bright yellow rays wide-spreading. S. Africa. -An ex-
cellent plant for hanging baskets, for it withstands ex-
tremes of moisture and temperature. It is readily prop-
agated by planting pieces of the stems. It blooms in
nearly all seasons. Fls. open only in sun . l. h. B.
OVBlSIA (Gov. Ouris, of the Falkland islands).
ScrophulariAeere. O. coccinea is a choice alpine of
tufted habit, heart-shaped Ivs., and scarlet, narrowly
funnel-shaped fls. 1-lJ^ in. long. The general appear-
ance of the inflorescence is distinct. The fls. are borne
in opposite pairs to the number of 12 on a scape a foot
or more high. Each flower points at a sharp downward
angle from its slender red fl.-stalk, which is as long as
the flower. The fls. are 2-lipped, 5-lobed and bulged at
the very base. This rare and charming plant is culti-
vated in America, but not advertised at present. The
secret of its culture is a stiff soil combined with deep
shade. {See, &\so, Alpine Gardens.)
Botanically, Ourisia is allied to the foxglove, to which
it has no casual resemblance. It is a genus of 23
iig. Chi
W. M.
OUVIEANDRA
ith
• tiuot and luteresiing plants m the vegeta-
. It grows in Madagascar, its skeletonized
iug just under the surface of the water.
be handled
- cultivated
-. The Ivs.
li-ls in. long
in all the lin' • ' - -i i.n'l.i- :m|i
are oblong in ' ■ i.tn' >|m<'ijih
and 2-4 in. Kim:,,! ^.., li_. |i;ni).
The genus and even the family of tin-
iect of much debate. If it were not for t
foliage the plant would be referred by
Ion. However, the venation of the Lm
exactly that of Aponogeton. and nu^^ ;
occurs in which the spaces betw. , n tli.
ur wholly filled with green matte r. IMj
that if Ouvirandra were kept di-tiu.i i
Aponogeton must go with it. ". /. ii< '
y.v
plants t« Aponogeton.
The Lace-leaf plant can be grown in a tub in a warm
greenhouse. For some unknown reason the plant seems
rarely to succeed in a jar or glass aquarium. In Mada-
1599. Othonnopsis cheirifolia.
■leaved plant which has been confused with C/(/i6
Capengis. For comparisou with Fig. 1598.
Om'IRANDRA
gascar, according to the Botanical Magazine, the plant
grows in running water. Some cultivators think that
the water must be changed every day, but this is not
nectssir\ If c nfervsp ij pear intr 1 i e a few '- '
p le a 1 I ail tl e e \ 11 U^o ir the{,rcen -.cum an 1
OXALIS
1181
but the native O. riolacea produces only the
first and last of these three forms of flowers, which are
designated as long-styled, mid-styled and short-styled.
•^ — e-a' -pe-'e- -"» — *-ea*ed as be'o"g'ns*o a ="pa-ate
<'en 1 Bi phjtun po sess pinnate senstiveh^
) r I 1 1 1 >n of the coi j o ii 11 ilbs
1 t the jounf, b ill s pro luced
I lerground root b\ ome
f the cli nip of those
t brous r oted
h\ cuttings or
I e gro M from
lower and )me
1 I K 1 )am
^•^^^^l
-^- ^
oxygen. (See Aquarium.) The plant should be potted,
and plunged not more than 18 inches below the sur-
face of the water. For potting soil use a rich compost,
such as is reconiiiiHiuli-.l f.ir Xviiii.liaas. The water
should be kept clf:m aii.l -\v. t.' :iimI :i temperature of
65° to 75° provided. Av..i,l ,iir,it smiliu'lit.
In Madagascar tin- >ti-t':uii^ ..fttn dry up, and the
tubers carry the pl.iiit .iv.i- tli.- .Irv ~.a-..ii. In imitation
soil, and leave tlii-in ..n :> -.In If in ;i In.tliouse during
the month of Felnuary. It i- .i..ul.ttiil whether this is
necessary. Potting sliunld Im- done wiiile the plant is
in active growth, not dormant. Prop, by division.
fenestrilis, Poir. (Aponogetou fenestrciJe, Hook.).
Fig. 1600. The fls. are small, and consist of 6 stamens,
;i pistils and 2 white petal-like bodies. The fls. are
numerous, and borne in 2 spikes, each about 2 in. long,
which are united at the base, and borne on the top of a
scape a foot or so long. A.F. 7:67. A. G. 15:169. B.M.
4894. G.M. 38:830. Gn. 30, pp. 344, 345. Mn. 6, p. 231.
F.S. 11:1107. I.H. 8:300.
O. Bemieriana. Decne., differs in having sni.iller open spaces
in the Ivs., and pinkish 4-parted spikes.
Wm. Thicker and W. M.
6XALIS (sharp; referring t.. tlif usual acidity of
the foliage). Geraniacm . ~..iiiriiiih- treated as a fam-
ily, Oxaliilacea: Over L'nii -,,., ,, ,. mu^tly of South
Africa and tropical and Mil.tr.. pi. al Ani.-rica. A few
are weeds or woodland plants ihnius;h the northern
countries of both hemispheres. Mostly bulbous or
tuberous herbs, with clover-like Ivs., cultivate,
ders and rockeries or especially as hanging-basket
window plants for their flowers : a
few used in salads, and several of
the South American species grown
for their edible roots or tubeis.
The fls. usually close at night and
in cloudy weather, and the leaves
"sleep" at night (Fig. IGOli.
O. AeetoseIJa produces, in addi-
tion to the showy flowers, others.
concealed by the leaves, which are
fertilized in the bud, like those of
our native blue violets. The bul-
bous and tuberous species com-
monly consist of three otherwise
similar forms, in the flowers of
which the styles are respectively
longer than, intermediate between,
and shorter than the two sets of
i an r e\el 1\ Karl Kciche in
EnglersBt I ihrb 18 o »-«)0 ( 18J4).
^^M trllease.
N„..^ ... ...^ c-L.va.cJ k.„J., ar.,L„rJj,at lea.t in
the Xorth. The bulbous or tuberous kinds grown in
greenhouses make handsome pot-plants for i
winter decoration. They are also favorite hn
and one frcquentlv sees tlli'tn di«|ilav. <1 r'
plants. They al aMiy u'f..w.,. ..Laii. ):■ :-•'
tinue a long tim.- in l.|....iii. 'I'll.' i.."'~
August or Scj.tfJiili.'i-. an.i .■. >niln<n.'. -i
11 1. 1. ...HI. When
red. until Anally
1 another season.
D. Hatfield.
atropurpurea.
hipunctata, 9.
Bowiei. 13.
caprina, 14.
delieata, 5
Deppei. 11
elongnta, ]
florib
fulgida. 16.
nrandiflnra, 1.5.
M.irtiana. 9.
multiflnra. 16.
Ortgiesi, 4.
purpurea, l.'i.
rigiduln. l.'j.
suggiUata, \r>.
tetr..iphyUa. 11.
tropwoloides. 2.
Leaves of Oxalis tetraphylla,
day and nieht positions.
1182
OXALIS
OXALIS
A. Plants without bulbs or scaly
rootstocks : stem usually elon-
gated, leafy,
B, Ijft's. palmately placed, not
separated, notched.
c. Color of fls. rosy 1. rosea
cc. Color of fls. chiefly yellow.
D. Peiliincles shorter than
I IS 2. comiculata
DD. Prdinicles lonqerthan Ivs.
E. F<>lii,,,r rliistrri-rl 3. Valdiviensis
EE. h'.'in:,!,' sr.iii, ri'fl 4. Ortgiesi
■BS. LftS. pill Ji. II. hi 1,1,:,., I. SiiDK'
what s, i„n;ii^ ,1. ' I'l'i-r 5. delicata
AA. Plants tvilh iiiiiUnirouml stems
thickened and scaly at end,
forming a sort of tuber: stem
scarcely any: Ivs. of 3 Ifts.
B. Fls, white, with rosy veins.
c. Lfts. obcordate 6. Acetoaella
cc. Lfts, broadly triangular,
scarcely notched 7. Japonica
BB. Fls. rosy, lilac, or white 8. rubra
LAA. Phiiils frniii loose. Scaly, ovoid
;,.(//.,<■ sl< III mnrcely any: fls.
II, III,, III il 1,11 ilongated scapes.
B. Lfts. J.
0. Hulb composed of ■
small ones 9. Martiana
cc. Bulb simple 10. violacea
BB. Lfts, 4orS II. tetraphylla
BBB. Lfts. 5-10 12. lasiandTa
lA. Plants from hard, mostly fusiform
bulbs: lfts, S, Cape species.
B. Fls,umbelled: stems scarcely
any,
o. Color of fls, rose 13. Bowiei
cc. Color of fls, yellow U. cemua
BB. Fls. solitary on the peduncles.
c. Stem scarcely any : lfts.
broad 15. variabilis
cc. Stem distinct, leafy: lfts.
n. Lvs. nearly sessile 16. hirta
Tin. Lis. mo.^tly long-stalked. 17. versicolor
ept
darker red fls.
Sweet, scarcely differs,
Chile. B.M. 2415 (as O.
2. comiculita, Linn. Slender, prostrate, often root-
ins, loosely hairy: lfts. obcordate: fis. usually 2 to 3
toKetliiT, small, yellow. — A tropical form of this poly-
niorpliinis species is universal as a greenhouse weed,
fspecially in Agave and Cactus tubs.
Var. atropurpiirea. Planch. {Ctropaeoloides, Schlach-
tir). AM.'fiiiliiif;. tufted, with deep purple-red stems
and fuliage. Sometimes used for beds or borders, and
forcarpetinglarge tubs, etc. Eu. F. 8.12:1205; 19:1968.
R.H. 1897, p. 499.
3. Valdivifinsis, Bam. ( O. Valdividna.'SoTt.). Short-
stemmed: lvs. clustered, long-petioled; lfts. obcordate:
tis. closely umbelled on erect, elongated peduncles, yel-
low, with'reddish veins. Chile.
4. Ort^esi, Kegel. Fig. 1602. Stem elongated, erect,
rather fleshy and usually reddish: lvs. scattered, often
on long, colored petioles; lfts. red below, cuneate, with
broad V-shaped notch at end: fls. very short-stalked, in
forked cymes on elongated peduncles, small, yellow,
with deeper veins. Peru. Gt. 1875:817.
5. delicita, Pohl. Stem erect, elongated, slender,
branching : lfts. ovate or lance-ovate, acute : tls. in
forked cymes on elongated peduncles, small, pale rose.
Brazil.
6. Acetos6Ua, [.inn. Wuon Sokkel. Rhizome slender,
tlio ■nils scan-.ly tliicki-mcl. dtns.ly scaly: Ifts. obcor-
liati-. not iiraiiiri-tlottfi! : ris. solitary on the scapes,
wliif. witli row \ eiii>. Eu.. N. Auier. Gn. 47, p. 129.-
Wliile a i-lianuing plant for the wood-garden, this, which
is sometimes held to be the original Irish Shamrock,
scarcely enters into ordinary gardening. G.C. II.
the
last. Japan.
8. rtbra, St. Hil. Rhi:
loosely toothed tut.t-rs. >ior
and often clustemi : I ii - >
orange-dotted ben. ,1 1 i
thickened at ends into
-s jiearly an inch thick,
lit., more or less hairy,
.• mostly compound :
Il ilceper veins. Bra-
zil, (in. .W. p. 511 (;,- I' ' ..' /., I. -Usually cult, as
o. fl,,rihiiii,l,i. whii-li nanif properly belongs to the
iii\t, and ^.. in. tunes, but also erroneously, as O. arbo-
i;,i. A lila.- Il..«ered form passes erroneously for O.
I ilii,-'i nil. nui\ a white form for O. arborea, v&r. alba or
(>. iiliiii : anil (>. violacea and O. violacea var. alba of
the trade seem to be this species and its variety.
9. Martiina, Zucc. (O. tirbiea, St. Hil. O. bipttnc-
titta, iirah. O. florilniiida , hehm.}. Bulbs composed of
numerous small ones: lfts. obcordate, somewhat hairy,
with a marginal row and some scattered dots of
orange color beneath: umbels usually compound :
fls. rose-purple. Trop. Amer. B.M. 2781 ; 3938.
— Bv a misprint this is sometimes advertised as
O. min-ilima.
in. violicea, Linn. Bulb simple: lvs. rather
fleshy. i.'lalir..ns: fls. in simple umbels, rose-vio-
let. F.ast.rn V. S. B. M. 2215. Mn. 5:121.-
Sfar.-i-Iy us.-t'ul. except for hardy borders, rock-
II. tetraphylla, Cav. lO. De'pjiei.hoM.). Lfts. 3 or
4. dfltoiil, truucatelv notched, each crossed by a pur-
j.Iish band: fls. rather few, lilac to deep rosy. Mexico.
L. B.C. 8:790; 15:1500. G.M. 39, p. 403. Gn.8,p. 43.-
Sometiraes called O. esculenta, because of the large
fusiform roots beneath the bulbs. See Fig. 1601.
1602. Oialis Orteiesi.
1. rdsea, Feuil. Stem elongated, erect: lvs. scattered
rather short-petioled ; lfts. obcordate : fls. in open
irregularly forked cymes on elongated axillary pe^un
cles, rather large, rosy, with deeper veins. Chile " "'
2830. B.R. 13: 1123 '(as " -■ ■ '
12. lasiindra, Zucc. 1
not notched, several in
about a reddish disk at
rosy crimson. Mexico.
13. Bdwiei, Herbert,
fts. 5 to 10, oblong-spatulate,
•hes long, radiately pendent
end of petiole: fls. crowded,
B.M. 3896.
Plant low: lvs. large; Ifts.
floribunda). O. Sii
s. large
rather tleshy, broadly obcordate, deep green: fls. large,
loosely clustered, bright rose-red. Cape. B.R. 19:1585.
B. 1:25. R.H. 1858, p. 120. Gn. 10, p. 159.
14. c6Tnna, Thunb. Fig. 1603. Lfts. broadly obcor-
date, deeply notched, often purplish: fls. large, com-
pactly clustered, bright yellow. Cape. L.B.C. 12:1154.
OXALIS
B.M.237(as O. caprina). A double-fld. form naturalized
about the Mediterranean is also commonly cult. F.S.
19:1964. -Both the single and double forms are fre-
([uently but wrongly listed as O. hitva and O. flara,
and sometimes as O. caprhia, and the popular name of
Bermuda Buttercup is becoming attached to them
OXYDENDRUM
1183
15. variabilis, Jaeq. {O. fariiibilis, var. albitldra,
Lindl. O. graiidindra, .]a,cq. O. ln.rula, JsMq. O. pur-
purea, var. ;dx«i«, Hort. O. rigidula, Jacq. O. su(/(iil-
W/n, Jacq.). Lvs. large, rather fleshy, sometimes pur-
plish, petioled: lis. large, white or slightly variegated
with rose color, yellowish at base. Cape. B.M. 1683.
Var. rtlbra, .Jacq. (O. purpurea, Jaeq. O. specidsa,
Jacq. O. venusta, Lowe). Fls. rosy to deep rose-pur-
ple. Cape. B.R. 18:1505. B.M. 1712.
16. hirta, Linn. (O. rosetcea, Jacq. O. mwlHfldra,
Jacq. O. rubilla, Jacq. O. hirtHla, Jacq. O. hllgida,
Lindl.). Lvs. nearly sessile; Ifts. spatulate: fls. from
lavender or pale rosy (var. rosea) to deep rose color.
Cape. B.R. 13:1073. B.M. 1031. L.B.C. 3:213.
17. versicolor |0. «?o«5rd?a, Jacq.). Glandular: lvs.
and peduncles clustered at end of simple stems ; petioles
mostly elongated; Ifts. linear- wedge-shaped: fls. white,
yellowish below, the petals bordered with red, opening
only in full sunshine. Cape. B.M. 155. F.S. 8:834.
Wm. Trelease.
OXfiBA (meaning dubious). VerhenHcece. It needs
but a glance at any of the colored portraits of Oiera
coi-fhirit to show that it is one of the most interesting
climbers cultivated in our hothouses. It has ivory-
white, trumpet-shaped, sweet-scented fls. 2 in. lung and
1 in. across, borne profusely in clusti r- mT :i ,1.,. , n ,.r
more. A plant 2 years old from ciii ' m-
pletely clothe the rafters and bloom ii _lit
of the clusters causing the fls. todi |. _; . iIil^
prominent calyx reminds one of Cli:i:ul, „.ii.,u l'i,,.,„p-
sonw, a distinguished favorite and near relative. As
the cylindrical part of the corolla-tube leaves the calyx
it makes a sharp bend and then broadens out into a
funnel-shaped flower, with the 4 lobes scarcely spread-
ing. The spirited appearance of the fls. is enhanced by
the long style and the 2 stamens, which are thrust out
and strongly curved.
75
Oxera is a genus of 10 species of shrubs, often
climbers, all from New Caledonia. Lvs. opposite, en-
tire, leathery: fls. whitish or yellowish, in twice- or
thrice-forked cymes, varying greatly in form of calyx
and corolla, but the latter always 4-lobed, and wide-
throated; drupes 4-parted or by abortion reduced to a
single segment.
polch^Ua, Labill. Lvs. 2-5 in. long, stalked, the lower
ones oblong-lanceolate: calyx conspicuous, loose, com-
posed of 4 more or less united greenish yellow sepals,
each V^-Va. in. long. (in. 33:651; 45, p. 333. I.H. 36:76.
J.H. III. 30:33. B.M. 6938. G.C. III. 3:209. R.H. 1890.
p. 274. -Once offered by John Saul, Washington, D. C.
Also cult, outdoors in S. Calif.
OX-EYE. In America, Heliopais ; in Europe, JSHp/i-
thulmum. Ox-eye Daisy. Chrysanthemum Liucanthe-
mum and Biidbevkia hirta.
OXLIP. Pr.
elatU
OXYANTHUS (Greek, sharp flower; referring to the
acute lobes of the corolla and calyx). Jiubiaceie. A
genus of 15 species of African trees and shrubs, allied
to the Cape Jasmine and to Gardenia citriodora. They
are remarkable for their extremely long and slender
corolla-tubes, which are topped by a 5-pointed star of
spreading, narrow lobes. The fls. are sometimes 5-6 in.
long, and 2 in. across in cultivation. Lvs. opposite: fls.
usually white, in axillary racemes or panicles; calyx-
tube truncate, or with 5 short teeth; corolla salver-
shaped, throat glabrous ; stamens 5, inserted at the
mouth of the tube: ovary 2-celled, except in 1 species;
style usually exserted: stigma usually spindle-shaped
or club-shaped, 2-cut.at the top; ovules numerous, not
immersed in the 2 fleshy placentae: fr. a sort of berry.
Twelve species 8
ire
described
in tne Flora of Tropical
Africa, 3 in Flora
'.C:
jpeusis.
NataUnsis, Soi
id.
Branches
, lvs. and calyx glabrous:
lvs. elliptic-oblor
1?
or ovate-1;
anceolate, shortly
nate, 7-8 in. long
,3
racemes axillary.
loosely
16-20-fld.: fls. wl
lite
'; corolla-t
ube about half the length
of the lvs. Wet
pl
aces in woods near Durban
, Natal.
Cult, outdoors in
Fla. and i
n Eu. under glass
O. tuMf!t)rus.l><-
Hi^lii(liil..ir
<I.nl.(.nil,.i,s; lvs.
obtusely
rounded or som,M>
r,-inM .'il 11
I- l.;i-r lis. 6-7 in.
long, at
0XYC6CCUS. See Vaceinium.
OXYDfiNDRUM (Greek, sour tree; from the acid
taste of the foliage). Also written Oxi/dendron. Eri-
cde'ea. Sour-wood or Sorrel-tree. A genus of one
species, a North American tree 15-40 ft. high, bearing
numerous small white tubular fls. in early summer. Its
chief licauty lu-s in the character of its inflorescence
(see Fii.'. 111114 1. wliirli is a panicle composed of 6 or more
racemi-^. iiuli ali^m :;-6 in. long and bearing as many
as two (1(17.111 in iidcnt fls. It is also valued for its highly
colored autumn foliage. It is of rather slow growth and
is useful in shrubberies, along the borders of woods, or
even within the woodland, since it endures shade fairly
well. It is of easy cultinv in .nny niiMlcrately good soil,
but rather slow in iM-'CiditiiiL'- ( -riil'li 1m ij.
This tree is (.nc .if m:; '.!•,, nurserymen as
Andromedas. Tlic jik'; i' !• hms among botan-
ists to-day distill. Ill, il; ; , ,ii many different
genera, leaviim^ (inly .1. , ,. / ,■ m ^Vndromeda as
strictly defined. A h.i,"h/, :l,i ,t rliona is made a mono-
typic genus call((l ' t\\ (Icndrnm, based on the following
characters: calyx ciit intc .", s.-jiarate sepals which over-
lap more or less in tin- ycniiL,' tuids: corolla ovoid-cylin-
drical, crowned with .t short teeth: anthers long, linear,
blunt on the back, opening by long chinks down the
front: capsule woody; seeds numerous, needle-shaped.
arhdreum, DC. (Andrimeda arbdrea, Linn.) Sour-
wood. Sorrel-tbee. Fig. 1604. Smooth-barked tree
attaining a maximum height of 60 ft., with trunk 15 in.
thick: lvs. deciduous, membranous, oblong or lanceo-
1184
OXYDENDBUM
late, 3-6 in. long, glabrous, veiny, slender-stalked:
clusters home on leafy shoots of the season: fls. open-
ing slowly. Rich woods, Pa. and Ohio, along the Al-
leghenies to Fla. B.M. 905. B.B. 2:571. S.S. 5:235.
F. W. Barclay and W. M.
OXYLOBIUM (Greek, «7mrppo(Zl. Leguminfisir. This
is one lit many genera of Australian shrubs with pea-
likL- (Is. which are little known in cultivation. For
winter bloom under glass none of them equals Cytisus
Canariensis. Oxylobium is a genus of 28 species, of
which perhaps a dozen have been cult, in Europe. Their
fls. are yellow, or more or less flushed with red on the
keel or the base of the standard. O. CalUstachys is per-
haps the best for conservatories. In America it is cult,
only in S. Calif.
Generic charac-tcrs: Ivs. very short-stalked, opposite
or more or less nil,. il, cl. i,i.l\ s.^attn-i il it alternate:
fls. in terminal -! .- ':., i. 'n.-; p. i;.l- rh.w.d: sta-
mens free: (ivai ' i' -!■ ^lalkcc!. i-:;ii-,.vuled.
Nearest to fill. II .- ■ , ■■■ l,ii.| i^ almui a, lung as
The fi.M-i" 111 I • I, -nil-red the type of another
genii^ : i: !. I III all other species of Oxy-
III iiivcence of the pod. See
lobiiiiii • ■' . .1,. . i.,i. . • ... I
Flora Aii-iiaiii ii-i- _• II I I -I. I,
Callistachys, Buuth. Tall shrub: Ivs. mostly in ir-
regular whorls of 3, varying from ovate-oblong and
1 J^-2 in. long to lanceolate and 4-5 in. long, leathery,
silky-pubescent beneath when young: racemes oblong
or pyramidal, 2-6 in. long. B.R. 3:216 (as Callistachys
lanceolala). B.M. 1925 (as C. ot-a/a). P.M. 8:31 (as C.
longifolia). L.B.C. 20:1983 (as C. retusa). J.H. III.
3.-):35.
OXYPfiTALUM (Greek, sharp petal). Asclepiaddcetr.
<>. <ii ntlfiim is a tender twining herb from the Argen-
nni- Ki public with changeable 5-lobed fls. about an inch
OYSTER PLANT
across. The fls. are said to be pale blue when they first
open, then purplish, and when withered lilac. Not cult,
in America, but apparently desirable for cultivation here.
The following are perhaps obtainable from Europe: O.
(ippendiculatum, ^ith pale yellow, fragrant fls.; O.
' ■ " and O. solanoides, blue,
f alii.iit 50 species, mostly
V I'.razilian herbs or sub-
, "iiiii.site: calyx 5-parted:
liiil: -.-ales of the corona 5,
oruUa and staminal tube.
Banksia,
with
purple
tinged ro
,..
OxypH,
hini
^ a iri
South A.
shrubs, t^
iiiiii
■ III- 11. 1
corolla dr
■lily.
-i-ur, -1
fastened a
tthe
b:^se ol
the
caertileum, Dene. Downy: Ivs. short-petioled, oblong,
one of each pair of the upper Ivs., .3-4-ttd. : corolla-lobes
but cordate-hastate at the base: peduncles axillary from
spreading : scales of the corona 5, erect, darker blue,
fleshy, exserted, recurved and notched at the apex.
B.M. 3630 [Tweedia versicolor).
OXYTEOPIS (Greek, sharp keel). Legiiminbs(r.
Three Colorado wild flowers are ofliered under this
name. The lis. are pea-shaped, borne in spikes, and
range from white through blue and iMirpU- to i-rinison.
The plants are tufted, and the l\->. n. ..M i innate,
have 7-16 pairs of Ifts., and are .:- lute
beneath. O. iamfteWi is one of man : i iiave
been charged with being the "Lorn i inins
western horses. This genus, acconli i, I I - . i nno
( Pittonia 3:208), should be ret. 1 1 . ' . . llu^.
.Aragallns is reviewed in Erythi-a 7 , ' . :- -i Imt
the genus is not defined. It is clos.-h i -i . ; ra--
alus. and differs essentially in the 'piil i l- n-ially
2-celled instead of 1-celled. About a clo-/,en kin<ls of
Old World Oxytropis said to be cult, in Europe, mostly
in rockeries. They are hardy, easily prop, by seed or
by division, and prefer a dry, sandy loam. These
plants are of very minor value horticulturally.
A. Stipules free: pod l-htvuhd.
defUza, DC. {Aragdllus deflixus. Heller). A toot or
less high: Ifts. crowded in 12-16 pairs, lanceolate to
oblong, 3-6 lines long : fls. about 3 lines long : pod
1-celled. Mts., Brit. Amer. to Colo, and Utah. -Very
distinct species, by reason of its stipules.
AA. Stipules adnate to the petiole: pod 2-loculed,
L&mbertii, Pursh (Aragdllus Lamherti, Greene).
Lfts. about 7 pairs, 4-16 lines long: spike sometimes
short-oblong, densely fid., often long and sparsely fld.:
fls. 1 in. across, typically purple or violet; calyx not
inflated, distinctly surpassed by the mature pod : pod
turgid but not membranous-inflated, more or less
leathery, subterete, neither glandular nor viscid, im-
perfectly 2-loeuIed or less. Common on the prairies.
B.M. 2147 (dark blue). B.R. 13:10.54 (blue). V. 3:138.-
AvenNelson.inErythea7:62.saysthat the species should
be restricted to the purple- and violet-fld. forms. D. M.
Andrews offers a crimsontlcl. form, and also var. spi-
c4ta, which has large spikes ..f white tls. \y ^j
OXYtTRA.
Lai,
OYSTER PLANT or SALSIFY. Tragopogon pom-
PACHlRA (nitne Guiana name) M.ili
of ibout SO spicies ot tropical Ann ii
0.1(1 vnd sbon\ tiowers The fls m i\ In
•liudie-. Then thief beauty is thtii ii i
st mn ns hut tlu ir petaK ire ilso vtiil n
Fli
lh(
11 tult under glass abroad, but as a
ire not suitable for tonservatoiy cul
\ grow too high and require too many
1 I L they flow er They are of easy cul
use and grow rapidlj Sometimes
red above A I
Diet Gard (n
here described
Caiolmea mmo
cup slnped truncate
Adansonia h\s
1, 'icut cal\x,
while
m the other two
genera the tiljx
IS tiunoate
aquAtica, \n) 1
1 fts ^lilir.i
us "]-l
1 lusuUh
■i),ellip
tic oblou^ 1 1
Mi t
lll| I
1 1 1 111
subses
sile cilw 1
in long,
6-8 line-, «.l
1 il
>o\ e into
10 piired Ml 1
1 { 1 1 1 1
,
1 III mil
itb, each
forking uid 1 . >
11114 III- " St
Ulli US
lu p iirs
color of
hUments vellnwi
ish purple s
tigma
obscurely
5 lobed
Trop Araer W c
st Indies
P „!ha -Wilp
Ic^s IcsinUe
liec-jus
eit flowers
it 1 time
when the tree h ism
itohige Pelil
yellowish white mside hla
J/ // if ^.
PACHlSTIMA ( said to be del 1
Shghl 111 I , I I ,
and aio h 111 I i i i I 1 1 r
rocky slopes i i i I I i
to grow in 111 \ I 1 HI I I 1
tions Prop I \ I I 1 I 1 \ II in I
half ripened wo d uiidii ^1 iss ^^\ | i u tli
mountains of North America, allied t 1 ii ii\niii
Branches somewhat quxdrangular, 1 en u 1\ wiih
minute stipules 15s perfect, small, in ti w 111 ixilliiv
cymes, cahx lobes, petals and stamens 4 m xry 1 idled,
usualh only one cell developing into a small, oblong,
1 seeded capsule
Myrsinites, Raf [itiigimla nuiitifiiUa Nutt Oie6
phihi nniihf II , ^utt ) V| 1 I In, I Mil f J ft Ivs
broidh Hi] ti t 1 I i I \ i h I ih i \ lute at
the HI 11,111 11! 1 SI 11 ul ii 1 hii 1 III! -1 111 long
fls sh II stilki 1 II I h 1, 1 1 1 111 m 1 11, May-
ihl ml \ ith Mi\ -hcscmblea
the suiill lci\ed form ot Uuovy
Hills ia(Ucnn%, but of more r'gid
and stiff growth
C4nbyi,Gray Dwarf shrub with
trailing and rooting brani hes
Ivs narrow oblong, occasionally
obovate, revolute andusualh ser
rulate abo\ e the middle M-^
in long fl stalks filiform, longer
than half the leaf fls reddish
April, Ma> Mts of Va Meeh.
Nit Flow I, 1 44 —This is some
what similar in habit and foliage
to E iionymus nanut , but less Mg
orous Sometimes called Rat
stripper Alfred Rehder
PACHYKHIZUS
Prohabh i.uh - I
plants with ixill it ^
reddisli inn « II
tr I in| IS 11
//, 7
nted)
tgui
They are strong twming
of blue or
pinnate Ivs .
ic of
troinisiit bolh 111 liilsi hi les the thick till elous root
Often weighs 50 to 70 lbs , and attains a length of 6-8 ft ,
m size for four or fi\e jears Some writers
describe the root as turnip shaped, and it is so figured
in Blanco's "Flora de Filipinas." When young, the roots
are palatable. The Ifts. of this species are 3-4 in. across,
the standard of the papilionaceous fls. roundish ovate,
and the legume nearly smooth, straight, 6-9 inches long.
P. Iiihfrdsiis, Sprengel, is tropical American, producing
edible pods larger than those of P. angtilatus, and with
rather smaller tubers. l. h. B.
FACHYSANDKA (Greek, thick stamen). Buxhcece,
which is often united with Utiphorbidcew. Prostrate
perennials from rootstocks, 6-12 in. high, scaly below,
with alternate, usually deeply toothed, evergreen or de-
(1185)
1186
PACHTSANDRA
>
ciduous, 3-nerved broad Ivs. above: spikes staminate
above, with a few pistillate lis. at the base of each : stam-
inate fla. with 4 sepals and stamens and a rudimentary
pistil ; sepals variable in number in the pistillate flowers ;
petals none; pistil 3-eelled, 2 ovules in each cell: seeds
smooth. Two species known; of low and dense growth.
Very early flowered and attractive to bees. Of little
value in gardens except for the masses of bright green
Ivs. Easily prop, by division in ordinary soils. Good
for rockeries.
procumbens, Michx. Mountain Spuhge. Fig. 1605.
With spikes of white or purplish fls. from the base of
the stems. March-May. W. Va. to Pla. B. M. 1964.
L.B.C. 10:910. B. R. 1:33.
termina.Us, Sieb. & Zuec, has the small spikes of
whitisli fls. terminal, and the Ivs. obovate-cuneate ;
dwarf. May. Japan. Var. varieg4ta, Hort., with white
variegated Ivs., is in the trade.
P. coriacea. Hook., cult, in Europe, is referred to Sarco-
eocca. J. B. S. Norton.
P. procumbens is, in the vicinity of Boston, decidu-
ous, and is only desirable from the feature of its curi-
ous flowers borne so extremely early in the spring. The
foliage is of a dingy color and deciduous, whereas
P. terinhmlis is a true evergreen with thick, glossy
foliage forming a dense mat, making a very desirable
low-growing cover plant, succeeding admirably either
in full sun or partial shade. The variety variegafa is a
very choice cover plant for ornamental effects.
J. Woodward Mannino.
PACHtSTIMA. SeePacJiistima.
PACKAGES. See Packing.
PACKING Tl f 1 fntioii of placmg fresh fruits and
vegetables it I iig plants in suitable has
kets boxes 1 ite transportation (The
term is also I r the process of tanning
or preserving 111 ii I vegetables when done
especially employ ed
1606. Packine o{ cut-flowera.
when perishable horticultural products are prepared for
long shipment. Much of the value of such products for
distant markets depends on proper packing. With trans-
ported nursery slock of all kinds the life of the plants
depends on it, while with fruits, vegetables and cut-
PACKING
flowers the attractiveness and salability of the product
are very largely determined by the care and judgment
with which the goods are packed.
The requisites for the proper packing of living plants
are: (1) that the roots be protected from injurious dry-
ing by a covering of some damp material, (2) the par-
tial exclusion of the air, and (3) that ventilation be suf-
ficient to prevent the heating of the contents of the
package. Bog moss (sphagnum) is the material com-
1607 Berry
holding 32 boxes
monly used to prevent the drying out of the roots.
Moistened hay, straw, chaff, planer shavings, or other
similar material is sometimes substituted for the moss,
or used in connection with it.
Small I'lauts. as strawljerries, cabbages, etc., are often
packe<l u|itiL'lif. ■'II.. Ii.ycr deep, in light, paper-lined
baskets, wiili tli.- r,...tv liedded in moist sphagnum, the
plants bi-i'iLT ..r..H.i...l t..i.'ether so closely as to prevent
undue ilryiiiL-. Sinall |. hints in pots may be shipped in
the sanii- wa>. ..r. if tlii. time occupied in transit does
not exi-iTil :: ..r I .lav ^. tlicy may be knocked from the
pots anil \Ma|.|....l ill i.ajiiTwith the ball of earth still
adheriiiir t.. i).. r....i- Paper pots are also manufac-
tured f'.iil I 1. 1 il I purposes. These paper bundles
are thill ; . . .iivenient box or crate.
Fruit ii I iilher dormant nursery stock
are pa('l<' .1 m l.i_. i.\. ^. or in balefe covered with straw
and baggiiii.'. ni.iuL'li sphagnum and other packing ma-
terial being used to keep the contents slightly moist.
Large shipments of nursery stock are often iiinde by
packing in liulk in the car, thus saving the expense of
boxes.
Cut-Hinvi IS an- II. ssarily perishable, but the kinds
most usi'.I In il..ii~t- may be kept in good condition for
several da\ > it ili'\ an- so packed as to avoid crushing
and to maintain a n.ol, watcr-.saturated atmosphere.
This condition is best secured by placing the flowers a
single layer deep, in light, shallow boxes or trays that
are placed one on top of another and strapped together
for shipment. Each tray is lined %vith a sheet of oiled
paper large enough to fold overthe t-.p and t.. i.n.li-ct the
contents from drying. Sufli-
cient moisture is secured by
using damp paper for packing
about the stems. A cool tem-
perature is essential, and
should be secured by refriger-
ation if necessary. Fig. lUdfi.
The methods of packing
fruits and vegetables neces-
sarily differ widely with the
nature of the articles to be
packed, and forthe same prod-
uct custom often has estab-
lished different practices in
different (Sarts of the country.
Formerly, it was the habit in
many markets to return empty
packages to the shipper, so that they could be used
over and over again. With the vast increase in distant
shipments, due to improved transportation facilities,
this became impossible, and now cheap gift packages
intended to be used but once are coming into favc
in some regions are used exclusively.
For berries of all kinds, and other small fruits,
1608. Delaware peach
■ and
PACKING
1187
boxes or baskets, maile of thin veneers fastened together
with tacks or with wire staples, are generally used,
though pints and even smaller sizes are popular in some
markets, especially for such delicate fruits as rasp-
1609. Bushel bask
berries. Square baskets, a little larger at the top than
at the bottom, are preferred at the East, while in the
Missi.ssippi valley the sihkuv "H;ill(>i-k" or oblong
"Leslie" boxes af- np^-ih u-iil In i iiln r .■.■i-< ;i <'<-r-
tain number, usu;ill\ ■ i:' ■ i '" ■ : . i ■ ' ■ ! ■ ' p. Iii;lit
slatcratesforsliii'iii,- I i I'. i -Lets
are filled in the li.-M ,. i^. 1... . - 1 ,,.-,. rtcd
more or less thoruuyljl;. .a iln paikiu^ li(,ij.,i , uln lu the
process of packing usually consists iu urraugiug the top
layers so that the box or basket shall be evenly, but
slightly, rounding full, so as to avoid crushing, and yet
not seem slack-filled on re.iching market.
In some cases notably in Floridi the
boxes are emptied and repacked from
the bottom
Peaches are reg \uU i iketel i i
gre.iter variety f i 1 1 t
our fruits In (
southern states
smaller packages it becomes a rather difficult art to
so place each fruit that the package shall be full, and
yet have none of the top layers stand high enough to
be crushed by the cover. If the fruits chance to run of
just such size that the package can be evenly filled by
packing in uniform layers, one on top of another, the
problem is comparatively simple. Thus, with the Geor-
gia 4-quart basket, some of the small early kinds, like
Tillotson, often run so that three layers deep just fills
the basket properly. Again, with the largest Elbertas,
two layers, one on top of the other, are sufiicient, butthe
great bulk of the crop will not pack on either of these
plans, and it is necessary to introduce a broken layer
between the bottom and top layers. Such packing re-
quires skill and experience in order to produce satisfac-
tory results. When the fruits run unevenly in size they
must lie assorted or tliey cannot be packed conveniently.
It is sloWL-r and more expiMisive than simply dumping
the fruit into large haskrls, but delicate fruits, like
peaches, endure distant shipment much better in small
than in large packages, and experience is constantly
demonstrating that extra care in assorting and packing
fruit is always well paid for by increased market prices.
All of these packages, or modifications of them, are
also used for plums, pears, early apples, tomatoes and
many other products. Which one to select (or use in any
given case will depend on the character of the product,
the distance from market, the available supply of skilled
labor and on the usages and preferences of the market
to be supplied. The latter is an important factor and
one that sometimes changes in the same market with
4-quart
and thr
eighths
It has
and car
carrvn
River c
under t
the Ml
blskP
1 I li shehi
t 1 N 1 the H
Duntrj an 1 Ne v Englin 1 a imilar basket is
It h 1 iing onlj If luaits In Mi higan custom
) It the bulk of the sh pmciits aie in long flat
baskets of various sizes — quarter third and
hel The f r lit is usualh covered with colored
anl it IS s metimes further protected by slat
\t other AIicl in-nn pickT-e i a ritl er hea%\
for ma
mid lie pi xs
late \ears it has been
repla e 1 to some e\
tent by 4 quart b ts
kets like those use 1
in Georgia 1 ut
packed one la\er
deep m 4 basket
crates Californ a
peaches alwa-v s come
in rectangular ''0
pound boxes each
fruit carefully se
lected and wrapp i
in paper With tl
larger of these pack
age 1 ke tl e 1 1 1 1
ranging the top
to secure the d ire 1
fulness, but with the
different seasons of the year Thus
vith tomatoes in
Chicago and other western markets the supply early in
the spring is largely from Fk n la wh(
re the custom is
to pick green wrap m papers and pack in the Georgia
G basket crate Pig 1010 Thisstjleo
f package and of
packing now dominates the maiket an 1
IS the recognized
standard for torn It es I ir n Alircl nn
I \pril During
the last of Ml Ih fl M
ntoes be-
gin to api e
tities.
These ai i
t 1 asket
crates B
1 Y are
preferred 1111 1
rapped
toraat es in ( ) 1 t r t i 1 t i
1 t 1 hscount.
e\en if of goo I q lality
( ripe are likewise marketed in aval
let) of packages.
\t tl X tl tl % t 1 ,] 1
in the 6 balket
III 1
k 1 in round 3-
1
nt The great
a IS however,
1 1
1 IMl These
III 1
ide with
SI nlott msaulsol 1 \ ci
1 ^ eneer
co\ er fastened down with v. 1
t, rapes
ire packed in square 5 j un 1
pieces
f tlln^eneercr Ic r tl
t up to
1 t. 1 eld in
,1 111!)
etimeseitht of
tl I ,11
king a ''0 or 40-
1610 S X basket crate
I,sed lor torn t es and peaches
Georgia and Florida.
el 1 lliiiertetl riiesaieren \el ^ tb sharp-
in t 1 chipcr The j acker should incline the 1 asket
such a wi\ that the packing ma^ begin in one end,
us allowing the top, or face, to be made of the
t'sefuU
of California pears.
. ir r,,i,.> f'liiits.and
smoothly overlapping tips of the clusters with no sts
showing.
Pears at the East are packed in barrels, half hurj
or kegs, or in some of the various peach packages.
California they are all wrapped in paper and are ci
fully packed in 40-pound
boxes.
Until within the last
few years the barrel was
the almost universal ap-
ple package, and it is
still used for handling
the great bulk of the
crop. Early, perishable
kinds have, however,
long been shipped in the
various peach packages.
Recently, the growers of
the Pacific coast have led
the way in packing win-
ter apples in boxes.
They are wrapped after the ma
Some eastern growers are find
to follow this western fashion i
it seems probable that the belli r , i-lis at
least will come more and more »<■ i' - mailer
packages. In Boston, a bushel !.■ \ - i i lUufor
apples and other products. Fig. li.lJ. In i..i.kiiifj apples
in barrels it is customary to place the first one or two lay-
ers by hand, turning the stem ends all down. This is
called facing. The barrel is now filled, a basketful at a
time, by lowering the basket into the b.arrel and carefully
turning out the fruit. The burr.! i-; -ilialvrn a>iuiiallv
so as to settle down the fniif. an.l when tin- 1..|. is rcarl,,.,!
into place with considcralil.- l-r.-. a |wn_- 1, ^n- ,„■ a so-
cial barrel pre^^ i,. ;i _■■;-. .i :-[■■' ;•,::--', 'I'ln' i.at r. 1
is now turned "1 ■ '■'" i- ni.Mke.l
as the top, so tli;i ■,,. l. ■ l:i:i> l.e r\|iMs, ,|
on opening. F..r ■ '-■ i unir -, \ aii-iii- .i|HM -^^ ,.ik it \ .■ni i-
lated barrels are in use. Fi;;. Inl.;.
The requisites for the proper packing of any fruit or
vegetable are: |1) that the package selected be inex-
pensive, attractive, favorably known in the market, and
suited to carrying the given product in L-cod ci.nilition:
(2) that great care be taken in a- m!!!.-, - ■ tl.i: ail,
goods of one even quality go in ■
skill be used in so placing the i," '
<ivonly and solidly filled, thus prrM i i - j M,. -I, h i m- nal
pa;onia
The highest grade of n.^.s, r.>]„.-iaily of Ir
This fact is now fully recog-
, ,, , ~j r , nized by all progressive grow-
.a J. Ventilated barrel. ' ^ = ,, _ ^
ers. p. S. Earle.
/'./. ;,iii,/ /7(ii(e«.— While flowers should not be
crushed by being crowded in shipment, it is more
often that damage is done by their being too loosely'
packed and being able to move and shake against one
anotlic-r. In this wav the petals are often damaged. The
Harri-ii nil r,r.-,-iil,,rum lilies, in fact all the true
lilie^i. I ' ' ■ ''ti.'ult of all flowers to pack. They
shoiil.l i liar no part of the flower will touch
eitlnr ' -ides of the box. Several dozen
spik.-s III i, I , .; ;. ji iher and if the flowers are closely
iiitiivv i I I lo no harm to each other as they
will all I If this plan is not followed then
tiny II' . n veloped in cotton batting.
Onliiil., |i Ilia 111 II Iv ,,f the Cattleya type, are difficult
to pack Imt ti-avel finely if each spray is fastened to
the bottom of the box. Wrap a piece of soft paper around
the stem and fasten to the bottom of the box with a
small staple
PaiDfiKIA (Latin, pffi?".'. I. ail Mm II : nriirin.- r..
/' ' '/,,!. liubidcece, Fm' ; i. al
-i.iaii-^ r Winers, mostly rial \' i lii- . ami
111'' Malay Archipelago, but .' ■ ; r a ',, ai ami
one In.m Brazil. I', (■ii..:.. ■ ,' ,| j,i i; W.
Oliver at the U.S. F.-i n-. i ' ", ' ,,-t„n, D. C.
Oliver writes ("Pla, ■ i , :- '. it is "usu-
ally grown as a ~i" ' ^ ' ml.cr, but it
is hardier than i^ Laiarill\ - ijijn-. il, it is rather
an attractive-looking but not frce-1. looming vine. The
leaves, or any part of the plant, when bruised emit a
nio-st offensive odor. Cuttings should be put in anytime
after the growths are matured."
Paederias are slender plant- h - mi iii-iii , i an U in
whorls of 3, petioled : fls. in ' : 'I i.:i' ''liii-
chotomous or trichotomou>l> s,
bracfeolate or not; corolla i','":li( m i anin i -na [a .1 ;
thront glabrous or villous; l..l.e.~ -1-,'.. xal\aie, wnli m-
riexeil, crisped margins, tipoften;Mobed. Distinguished
111. Ill allied genera by the 2-locular ovary and 2 capillary,
io'Tida. Finn, nFiFron^ or nenrh- ^o- Iv;. opposite,
F.SOKIA (after the mythical physician Paeon ). Samin-
uldce(r. Peony. Pinky. P-bony. Peonies are among
lie iliizen cmnnionest anil best hardy herbaceous per-
A na I imimili 1 111 1 'ar Mli' n 'a - r . l;<i"l- I li e' k ened to form
pound or ilissected; sepals 5, persistent ; petals con-
spicuous, broad, 5-10, but doubling may take place in
any species by the numerous stamens becoming petals:
carpels 2-5 on a fleshy disk; follicles dehiscent; seeds
large, fleshy. Common garden forms are shown in Figs.
IfiU, 11)15. Extended accounts of the genus are by J. G.
Baker in Gatd. Chron. II., 21:732; 22:9 (1884), and R.
1614.
I. Lynch, in Journ. Royal Hort. Soc. 12:428 (1890). f
botanical monograph by E. Huth, occurs in Engier'i
Jahrbiicher.Vol. 14(1891'). According to Peter Barr.everj
species mentioned in Index Kewensis has been intro
duced to cultivation in Europe, except P. obovala, >
native of Manchuria, which Mr. Barr hopes to obtain by i
personal visit to China. K. c. Davis.
P^ONJA
Peonies are rarely attacked by any insect, animal or
fungous disease, neither do they require any covering
during the severest weather: in fact, they are among
the most hardy, showy, and easily grown of all the
garden flowers In del ca o£ t nt and fragrance the
Peonv more nearlv ip\ roaches the ro e thin a v other
fl wer The oil f 1 oned earlv re 1 p n c It ated
s nee tl e t of PI nv t 11 i fa r e our gar
leu Neirl all of tl e one th a I or n e i ame I
,111 r o-rown at pre e t h e 1 ee 1 ta ned
, I for of P 11 n i off
I I 4 doul le va et es were k own
1 g sorts are not so poi_ Hr as tl e
1 I \ lo not keep as long '
P^ONIA
1189
ranges from tne middle of May through the month of
June. They grow from 1-3 feet high, and are therefore
suitable for planting in front of shrubbery, along drive-
ways, and are especially pleasing when entering into a
distant vista. When planted in a border with fall-bloom-
vhen cut i
t „oo 1 r ch cow man re as the plants
a 1 Tl e g nd should be kept well
t 11 1 u 1 al top dre "■ put above the plants
in ^o^ ember, this should be forked nto the so 1 the
next spring. Peonies should have a liberal supply of
water at all times, and especially while in bloom.
Liquid manure, when applied during the growing sea-
son and at a time when the ground is dry, gives good
returns, both in the growth of the plant and size of the
bloom. , „ . , , ,
Plauting.-The crowns should be set 2 inches below
the surface. In transplanting, it is a good idea to re-
move all the old eaith so as to start with fresh, unim
'erished sml next to the roots The flowers produced
small dnided plants are hkelj to be imperfect, but
when thoroughly estiblished a plant will continue to
bloom if undisturbed for upwards of twent\ years
During the period of blooming an inconspicuous wire
support IS desirable, as a heav> rain often beats down
the flowers
Giinipiiiij -The host of ancient and modern varieties
available, ranging from purest ^\hite to deepest crim
po'
son, m such a diversity of form and size, atford great
opportunity for the carrying out of extensive color
schemes. Peonies do well in partial shade, which pro-
longs and intensifies the color of the bloom, and there-
fore can be used to advantage to brighten up somber
nooks. The period of blooming for herbaceous Peonies
ing perennials, such as phlox, funkia, etc., their rich
glassy foliage is very effective. , , •
Forcing. -Uit the plants in October and place in a
coldframe where thev will be accessible when the time
for forcin" arrives. 'When brought under glass, a uni-
form temperature of 55° to 60° should be maintained.
By feeding well with liquid manure, strong blooms can
be produced in eight weeks. A two-years' rest is nec-
essar\ for the plants before being forced again lo
, fine blooms
remove the lateial buds
hrst literal bud is rffnin
a latei peuod of bl< i>iiiiii
should be cut off so th.
will be formed and tli
ible floKering varieties
as formed When the
nt of the terminal one
I iin 1 The old flowers
II iry seed follicles
li II t the plant It is
, 1 1 tiiliage on all Peo
\ not interfere with the
thods hy which Peonies are piopa
(if loots (the most preialent) by
rare sorts, and bj seeds, to obtain
in the spiing
fill when the
V rootlets f.iim
st 1 ( lit oft till
made with in t\i to i icu
Id be taken that all of the
the\ maj remain dormant
I sliiiot un iii„ rise to the
Tubeis diMded wi
a as they often act
I t till 1 US plants
aid can bo shipped long distances
I thod is resorted to in herbaceous
1(1 1 ut \ iiiitRs are to be rapidly
I I I 11 1 1 IS inserted into
I letv, from which
I II \cd This opera
I \ii lit They should be
|i iiiti 1 and transplanted the
The
till. \\ seed IS somewhat tediou
II _ iifw \ uieties by h\l ii ll■
_ itbered as soon as 1 1| ill Mil
\ I 111 her A mulch dm
I,, fiiound moist and ]«■
rally two years are rfqiiir''! i"i I'l' -'
nd three "more before a wi-ll-iU-vilnii
spected. Wm. A. Peterson
INDEX.
alba-plena, 6. Double Anemone- Old Double Flesh-
albiflora, 3. fld. Red. 6. White, 6.
amaranthescens, 8. Double Anemone- Otto Froebel, 6.
Andersonii, 10. fld. Rose, 6. PallasU, 7,
anemoneflora, 6. edxdis, 3. papaveraeea, 1.
anomala, 5. elatior, 7. paradoxa, 9.
arborea. 1. Excelsior, 10. Penelope, 10.
arietina, 1(. Exquisite, 8. peregrina, 8.
atrorubens. 6. festiva, 3, 6. pulcherrima, 8.
Banksii, 1. fimbriata, 9. Purple Emperor, 10.
Baxter!, 10. flore-pleno, 4. Keeve.-!iana, 3.
blanda, 0. fulgida. 6. Reevesii. 3.
Blushing Maid, 8. Gertrude Jekyll, 7. rosea, 6.
Brilliant, 8. hybrida, 4. rosea-superba, 1.
Brownii, 2. insignis, 5. Rosy Gem, 10.
Byzantina, 8. intermedia, 5. rubra-plena, 1.
Califomica, 2. lobata, 6. Ruby Queen, 8.
Chinensis, 3. Matador, 10. Sabini, 6.
compacta, 8. Monte Gear, 7. Seraph, 8.
Cretiea, 10. Moutan, 1. Sinensis, 3.
Crown Prince, 10. North m Glory, 10. Sunbeam, 6.
decora, 7. officinalis. 6. temiifolia, 4.
Diogenes, 10. Old Double Bed, G. vittata, 1.
Old Double Rose, 6.
A. Plants shrubby: disk enveloping the
base of the carpels 1. Moutan
AA. Plants herbaceous: disk not prodxKed
to rni-ilop the base of the carpels.
B. Pildl.t short and leathery, scarcely
r.rr.rilinri thr sepals 2. Brownii
BB. Prtals lint halliirij, large and ejr-
I'liin/iiiij, iiiiii-h exceeding the
c. F'll/irtis and plant qttite gla-
brous a. albiflora
CC. Follicles tomentose, erect or
slightly spreading.
D. Zivs. and stem glabrous through-
E. Lfts. finely dissected 4. tenuifolia
5. anomala
EE. Lfts. not so finely divided. . 6. officinalis
DD. irs. and stem puliescent in
the upper part.
E. Middle hihe of terminal Ifl.
trifid 7. decora
IS. pere^ina
U. paradoxa
EE. Middle lobe of tirminal Ifl.
rarely bifid, nerer Irifid.AO. arietina
1. Hout&n, Sims {P. arbdrea, Donn). Tree Peon v.
Stem 3-6 ft. or even higher if not cut back, much
branched: Ivs. glabrous; lfts. more often entire at the
base of the plant than above: fls-. as in P. officinalis,
but various in color : follicles numerous, very hair}',
rather small. May, June. China. Long cult, there,
where varieties are numbered by the hundreds. Var.
rubra- pl^na, Hort. Rose-colored." almost single. L.B.C.
11:1035. Var. rosea- sup^rba, Hort. Fls. much more
doubled. Gn. .-il.-.-.w) (as R,ine Elizabeth). F.S.
14:1395-6 (Trioni|.lH- .1.- liiandl. Var. vittata, Hort.
Fls. single, white, n.M-aml llisli odor, striped, fragrant.
F.S. 7:747. Var. papaveraeea, Andr. Petals thin and
poppy-like, white, with red at center of flower. L.B.C.
6:547. Gn. 38:775; 52:1141, and pp. 324, ?25. Var.
B&nksii, Andr. Fls. much doubled, rose-colored, and
large. B.M. 1154.
2. Br6wnii, Dougl. {P. Califdrnica, Torr. & Gray).
Low: Ivs. glaucous or pale, lobes obovate to nearly lin-
ear: fls. dull brownish red; petals 5 or 6, thickish, little
longer than the concave sepals; outer sepals often leaf-
like and compound ; flower-stem reclining or recurved ;
disk many-Iobed : , follicles 4-5, nearly straight, gla
brous; seeds oblong. Early spring or summer. Pacific
states. B.R. 25:30.
3. albiHdra, Pallas (P. (duUs, SaliO.l. Fi:,.s. \CK.
1617. Stem 2-3 ft., often branchini: iin.l li. arum' froiu
2-5 fls.: lfts. 3-4 in. long, oblong. .I.. |,. r ^.-rr,,, ihaii /'.
Brownii, veiningred: peduncle Iotiu"*-!- Ihaii in F. offi-
cinalis, often with a large simple bract: outer sepals
large, leaf-like: petals large, various in color, usually
white or pink : follicles often 3^, ovoid, with spiral
P^ONIA
stigmas. June. Siberia. B.M. 1756. F.S. 8:812. Gn.
30:576 (var. Adrian); 50, p. 170; 51:1123.
Var. Beevesiina, Loud. (P. Reevesii, Hort.). A
double form, with deep red petals. P.M. 1:197.
Var. Sinensis, Steud. {P. Chinensis, Vilm.). A tall
Chinese variety, with large, double, crimson flowers.
One of the commonest forms in gardens. B.M. 1768.
Var. Jeativa, Planchon. Fls. double, white, with a few
marks of carmine in the center. F.S. 8:790.
4. tenuifdlia, Linn. Fig. 1618. Stem 1-1^ ft. high,
1-headed, densely leafy up to the flower: Ivs. cut into
numerous segments, often less than 1 line broad: fl.
erect; petals dark crimson, elliptic-cuneate, 1-1 J^ in.
long; anthers shorter, than the filaments; stigma red,
spirally recurved: follicles 2-3, about K in. long. June.
Caucasus region. B.M. 926. A.G. 17, p. 658.-Var. flore-
pl^no, Hort. Pis. dense, double, crimson. F.S. 4:308.
Var. hybrida, Hort. Fls. rich crimson: Ivs. very pretty.
5. andmala, Linn As t dl as P. officinalis, glabrous:
Ivs. cut nit 1 nil 1 11 nfluent, lanceolate, acute seg-
ments : fl iTight crimson, very large;
outer SI]. 1 1 Hid into compound leafy
points; J.I I 1 ng- follicles 3-5, ovoid, ar-
cuate, toiiii 1 - 1 Kii -ind Asia. B.M. 1754.
Var insignis, I i i I '} \ iriety of the above
which IS niii-t . iili - I u'h: Ivs. about 10,
the loni r i.n. V \ . 1 X ) n ilucing to the fl. :
carpels null 1. .1 i ul i 1 ii irae Peter Barr is
ually reduce to the flower.
Var intermedia, C. A. Meyer. Lvs. deeply lobed: fls.
(i. officinilis, Linn. (P. fulgida, Sabine). Fig. 1619.
Stem stout, 2-3 ft. high. 1-headed: lvs. dark above, pale
beneath, the lowest more divided than the others, hav-
ing 15-20 oblong-lanceolate lfts , 1 m ..i nmre broad;
outer sepals leaf -like: petiK ni i . n P. -2 in.
broad, obovate : stigmas iin I tnllides
2-3, becoming 1 in. long. M . i m ( ino of
the commonest in gardens I i| 1 - 1 .( !■> P. pu-
bnis). Gn. 53, p. 233.
1617. PiEon
Var. alba-plena, Hort. Fls. double, while, tinged
vitb red. Gn. 19:265. Garden forms are given trade
lames, as : rosea maxima, rosea pallida, rubra, and
nany others. These varv in color from nearly pure
vhite to pink and bi-antiful shades of red.
PAI.AUA
1191
Some horticultural forms, with nearly single flowers of
recent importation and not yet much used, are: anem-
onBBfldra, crimson, globular fls., with a mass of twisted
crimson stamens, edged with yellow. A.G. 17:663. (jIn.
16'8. Pa!onia tenuifolia (XX).
10. arietlna, Anders. Stem 2-3 ft. high, hairy toward
the top: Ivs. 5-6 on a stem, rather glaucous and pubes-
cent beneath ; segments oblong to oblong-Ianceolate,
strongly confluent, decurrent: fls. always solitary, dark
red, large : follicles 3-4, densely tomentose, ovoid,
spreading widely, becoming 1 in. long, strunsrly arched;
stigma recurved. Southern Europe. B.i; I'n-lfi , :,^
P. Cretica). — There are a number of li ,'; ,i ' , i
rieties. Eleven of these are: Andersmn , . i :ji :
iioifeft, crimson; Critica, blush-pink: < ,.. „ /■,
deep rich crimson ; Diogenes, bright crim>ou; Aj<./-
sior, brilliant rose; Matador, pure rose; yuiilitni
Glory, large, soft rose-pink; Penelope, bright rose;
Purple JSmperor, crimson-purple ; Rosy Gem, rose-
pink.
P. Uroiert, Boiss. & Rrul IN n^l ^ :i iMn;; to white. Allied
to P. officinalis and eor.il I ; l-.i int.— /'. co/o/Zi/m,
Retz. Tall: lower Ivs ..,..: :,.,,,,,, iN rriinson; petals
with very dowii.^
and subsessile. I ; ' ; / ■
siibsessile, wliiti-.-/'. l,,}. r,..,i„. Pallas
Daurica).-P. TTAiWcj/i', Hort. Fl.'i.'s'ni-
be considered as a variety of P. alliitL.T
mnniAna, Stev. Beautiful pale yellow
B.M. 6645.
FAINTED CUP. CastUleia:
FAINTED LEAF. Euphorbia heterophylla
PALAF6XIA Hookenana. Su Poh/pteris.
Var. festiva, Tausch. Fls. white, with red centers.
Native of Europe.
7. decora, Anilers. Stems 2-3 ft. high: Ivs. horizon-
tal, diiiiiiiishiiig to the t"i' ; Itt-;. oblong-obtuse : fls.
rather small: petal- f. u . -miil. nnrow: peduncle long:
foUii-les hairy, lai-' . itotn the base when
mature. S. Eu. 'I'l' ■ 'i- are: Gerlrude Je-
A-i///, rich crimson; J/-, . ',-,-, j. ink.
Var. PillasU, Anders. Lvs. narrow-oblong: fls. rich
Var. el&tior, Anders. Lvs. broadly oblong: fls. rich
crimson, very large: receptacle with few processes, and
a connection between the carpels at their base of similar
surface and appearance to that of the carpels.
8. peregrrlna, Mill. Stems about 1 5-^-2 ft. high: lvs.
5-6 on a stem, deep srreeu and irlabrous above, pale
green and pilose beneatli; cth.iwise the lvs. and fls.
are much like those .i( /'. ,,fi,,-, ,i<ilis. Europe. Two
beautiful garden t'onns wiili .l.nil.le fls. are: amaran-
thr's
ohe'r
.the
itter dif •
plant dwarf and bushy: fls. crimson: £x(iiiisUe, soft
satinv pink ; Puby Queen, bright ruby red ; Seraph,
bright pink.
9. paraddxa, .\nders. Plant one of the dwarf est: lvs.
in a dense tuft: Ift-. IMcI.ed and incised: fls. purple-
reil: carpels ].res-e,l rl.i-.ly to-etlier. Trieste. -Dif-
fers from /*. in ,-^>inn'r i.y snialler ovate and more glau-
c<nis leaves, leatlets more ilividi-d and crowded. Var.
fimbri4ta, Hort. Double purple tls.. with projecting
purple stamens ; very pretty, but not much cult, in
America.
'\
4^^
1619. Paeonia officinalis (X %).
Also written Palara. MalvAcea:. P. flemosa is a half-
hardy annual, with prettily cut foliage and 5-petaled
pale rose fls. about IK in. across, borne in summer and
fall. Palaua is a genus of 5 species, 4 from Peru and 1
from Burma. They are annual or perennial herbs, to-
mentose or somewhat glabrous: lvs. usually lobed, dis-
sected or sinuate: bractlets 0: fls. axillary, peduncled.
1192 PALAUA
solitary; calyx 5-cut: ovary many-celled; style stigma-
tose at the apex; carpels crowded witbout order.
flexudsa, Mast. Slender, branched from roots: stems
8-10 in. long, ascending, flexuous above: leaf-stalks 1-2
in. long; blades 1-2 in. long and broad, triangular in out-
line, pinnatifid, the segments lobed; lobes obtuse: fls.
mauve, paler towards center, with bright red anthers
which are very numerous and arranged in 5 longitudinal
series; styles 25-30. Peru. B.M. 5768.
palAva.
Palau
PALItTRUS (ancient Greek name). Mliamndcea.
Spiny trees or shrubs with alternate, 2-ranked, 3-nerved
Ivs., 'small greenish yellow fls. in axillary clusters and
oi-liiriiha- l.i";iilly Willi', cl, ,-iiriuu-.lv >Iki]h'.I fruits resem-
>:\«,- -.,},.■:,.] «,il, a liHKMl liniui iliat. Tlir .MH^specles
culiivatr,! ,,, ll,,- r,„inli\ IV iM.t r,.|i;,Mx l,;,,M> north of
\\;,-l.ir,_'t"i,. |i. I'.: in \la--. II 1- !.iii-i . i r ry winter
vli....- . '. ,,•,', ....,■ I ;. . ■ , . , . .liuiiental,
:iv II,'. ■ . . i : ■ • I , . - ,i .j ~..il and
pri-l'T- a --11111} aiiil x'.ariii pii-ilaai. I'r'.['. hy seeds
tings. Pour species from S. Europe to China and Japan.
Stipules usually changed into spines: fls. small, perfect,
in axillary or sometimes terminal cymes; petals 5, 2-
lolii-d; stamens 5: fr. woody, 3-celled, depressed sub-
j;l..l)..-i-. with a broad, orbicular, horizontal wing; cells
1 ■.,-(■. led.
Spina- Christi, Mill. (P. aiislr&Hs, Gaertn. P. aculeA-
tus, Dest. Z. .,"'-'■ T'- •.,...^. WiUd. tthdmniis Ptili-
iirus, Linn), h Ihurn. Christ's Thorn.
Spreading. >|in : ii, sometimes procumbent:
1 of the 2 spiia - 11 I Im ,■...■ ■.( the petioles straight, the
other hooked anJ iiiiu\. .1. Ivs. rather slender-petioled,
ovate, usually unequal at the rounded base, obtuse, mi-
nutely serrulate, glabrous, dark green above, pale or
grayish beneath, %-lH in. long: fls. in axillary short-
peduncled cymes: fr. brownish yellow, about % in.
across, glabrous. June, Julv. s. 1 jm ni II imal. and N.
China. B.-^l. 1893 {as Zizijpli,,. J ■ . .] -r.lio (as
P. f/n/rt/».s|.-This plant is sup) ■■ . lui-nished
the crown of thorns which wa- i-la . i . Ii.ad of
Christ before his crucifixion; others ii. I / ,'''>■
Spina-Christi to be the shrub the crown i
These two shrubs resemble each othi-r - - '' i
thevhardlv can be distinguished withciiii n- .viniin.-
berry lik.< in '/irvvlins: the shape of the ilioin, is ,-.^-
at-tly tin - I'll. !!■ . :.rh SpCCiCS.
/' " ; Tree, to 30 ft.: Ivs. 2-4 in. long, ela-
Iii-"u- , , .loss, glabrous, purplish. <'hina This
but I' .^ in [.. I i ill species is perhaps the most ornanu-ntal
of the t:enus; it lias not proved hardy at tin \i I \i -.
etum — P. ramomjistmtM, Foir. (P. Aubletia In. a -
Shnibsimilar«to P. Spina-Christi, butwith li'it I: , i
l-irger Ivs. pubescent beneath, and small- i ;-i ■ i
China, Japan. Alfkli. KLHi.tk.
PALH. Plate XXIV. Palms are amongst the most
striking plants in tropical floras. Their tall, straight,
unbranched trunks surmounted by a spreading canopy
of huge pinnate or digitate foliage distinguish thein
from nearly all other forms of vegetation. They are
widely spread in tropical regions, being most abundant
in America and few in Africa. They are particularly
conspicuous in the Pacific isl.snds. Although the Palm's
are such bold and inti-nstin^- ).lants. the species are
very imperfectly understood. This is due to the great
difficulty of making liirl.ariiiiii sj.eniniens. to the fact
that the greater numlier of botanists are residents of
regions in which Palms do not -row. ami to tlie difl'er
ences of opinion as to the rel.iii\n iiii|...rt:iine of the
various botanical characters. Many "f iln I'alms have
been named first from cultivate. 1 s],,..iin, ti-. and often
before the flowers and fruits are known. When the
specimens finally come to fruit, the names are usually
shifted, causing much confusion. The proper generic
positiim of a Palm may be unknown for several years
after it becomes popular in the horticultural trade.
Consider the changes in nomenclature which have
occurred in Palms that have been referred to the
genera Areca and Kentia.
PALM
The species of Palms are not very numerous. They
probably do not exceed 1,000, although more than that
number'have been described. Bentli.ini <V lI. I > i ,i.-.-ept
132 genera, and Drude, in Engler iV 1'. n ! i' .in/.en-
familien," accept 128 genera. Jb.-i : ; ■ i.i are
small, and many of them are nion.. \nn- in. mrirest
genera are Calamus, with about 2ou s|.eei.s. all Old
World, mostly Asian; Geonoma, with about 100 species,
all American; Bactris, about 100, American; Chamae-
dorea, with about 60, all American; Licuala, with 30,
ranging from eastern Asia to Australia; Desmoncus,
about 25, American ; Cocos, 30, all confined to America but
the cocoanut, which is now cosmopolitan; Pinanga, with
about 25 species, of the Oriental tropics; Areca, nearly
two dozen, Oriental. Many of the species, particularly
in the small genera, are restricted to very small geo-
graphical regions, often to one island or to a group of
islands. The Palms represent an old type of vegeta-
tion, and they are now, no doubt, on the decline.
Palms have been favorite greenhouse subjects from
the period of the first development of the glass plant-
house. The stereotyped form of conservatory is a
broad or nearly square structure, with narrow benches
around the sides over the heating pipes and a Palm bed
in the center. In these conservatories a variety of
Palms will succeed, requiring neither a very high tem-
perature nor much direct sunlight. In fact. Palms usu-
ally succeed best under shaded roofs. The Palms are
most sal i-iinn I \ ill I in i I- \. .11111,' state, before the trunks
beconi.- \- i ; ■ i mi,, m. ami l..f..re the crowns reach
thegla^- Ii, ' n I iiiiil.. r .d Palms have pinnate or
pinnatis..! 1. n,.-, ami tins,, species are usually the
more gracetnl in habit, rsmall Palms are now in great
demand for room and table decoration, and a few spe-
cies are grown in enormous quantities for this trade.
They are sold when small. They usually perish before
they are lav-j-e en.-.iL'Ii t.i be cnnibersome. Amongst the
most p.n 1 .. ..1 III. ... Talms are Chrysalidocarpus
httet"''" ^^ ^' ' .".'n.i and Forsteriana, Cocos
Weddi ' I '/'/• I's/.s, and possibly one or
Some Palms en. lure considerable frost without injury.
Of such are the Sabals and the Palmettoes of the south-
em states. The Saw Palmetto (Serenoa serrulula) and
the Blue Palmetto {Bhapidophyllum Hystrix) occur as
far north as South Carolina. In Asia, Nannorhops grows
naturally as far north as 34°, and in Europe, Chamae-
rops (the only Palm indigenous to Europe) reaches 44°.
In the tropics. Palms furnish houses, clothhig, food
and ornaments. The range of the n. ..mnii.- ii-. - is well
indicated by the following extract fr.' P- nn ., i:ni.'ler
&Prantl|: "In a family which, lil !' , is of
nn.rl. . .,., 1 1 ., .nl,i,,'i a- an introduction to Special re-
nal,,- -I,, .n,nr, ',1 L. in'ra. A European does
. 1, i , , , ' , , , I Ii,. products of the Palms
nlin.hnr [,,.|n.! lr,,ni I In- I r.-jiics, and those which
are use.l bv the civilized peoples and more especially by
the natives in the tropics. Of the first, there should be
noted a few fruits, as, for example, dates and cocoanuts,
whose use gives us a slight picture of the importance of
Palm fruit of the tropics. Then follows the Indian sago
coming from the pith of the stems, which surpasses in
quality the European product, and then the oil made
from fruits of oil Palms which, considering its almost
unlimited supply, is of more importance than the olive
oil. In Europe a great role is played by the fibers com-
ing from many Palms, as the Piaijaba and Cocoa fibers.
Perhaps, in the course of time, one or other of the
Palm-leaf products will find greater use in the produc-
tion of paper. The numerous kinds of 'Spanishschen
Rohres.' that is. those thin stems of the genus Calamus
which have a silicious covering, are necessary in the
making of bent-wood furniture and baskets. Wax (from
Copernicia, probably not from Ceroxylon) plays in
Europe, as a competitor of beeswax, but a small role.
On the other hand, the stone nuts, seeds of Phytelephas
and the stony kernels of some Cocoineae, are imported
from America in ton quantities, to be used in making
small articles. To these protlucts, of considerable
influence on the European trarle. must be added num-
berless others used in the tropics, where the numerous
PALM
Bweet as well as the starch hold
liig traits are at the command of
the inhabitants From nianj spe
cies are cut out the soft terminal
bud (heart), -nhich is eaten as
Palm silid and fiom other vers
cut" ft liid the jrtat quantity t
bweit -II IS w rkpd t Mi^'U i
am. or i- us, d as Palm wmi
Min) stems furnish excellent
building wood and in the artistic
industries of the Mala> s and Pa
pu^s as well as that of the i
of Brazil such Palms, furnish not
only the mam timbers of their
hut's, but the leaves are plaited
and used for the sides and the
roof. Other leaves cut in
strips give them coverings,
fans, shields, complete clothing
and hats. Even the spines aie
used as tips for spears, for tat
tooing - paints and for hooks ,
whereas the fish-line itself is
made of the strong fibers of
other species. Other uses, as
that of the betel nut (Areca), in
chewing, are worthy of
also."
As the trunk of the Palm
the leaves underneath the
die and fall Csualh tl:
petioles, or their bases, r
for some time, forming a shaggv
capital to the column, this is well
marked m the laige or Cabbage
Palmetto of the South The
Palms are mostly trees, and some
of them rise to the hi i,::ht of
nearly 200 tt 1 ut s in ,i limb
ing and tl , u 1 hiubs
In some 1 I li I Ills aie
prickl) I 1 ill\ th \ 111 il I \ ti>
straight, c lueh i ks 1 ut i few species produce
branches abo\e The tlo\\eib of Palms usu*ll> aiise
underneath or m the crown, from the axils of the
leaves The dusters are really spadices, although often
branched, and are covered m the bud by a drj spathe
composed of one or several leaves or parts The re
mains of these spathes are well shown in Fig 1497, p
1100. In the upper cluster on the left the spathe is
arching u^ er the fruits. The blossoms are relativeh
sin 1 I ilh dull colored and not showy The
II t ■ t or unisexual, 3-merous, — the seg
11 111 two series, stamens usually 3 or 6,
..% I I I.I. uled or the 3 carpels wholly separate,
j.ii_iiKis . .tLi.l usually sessile. The fruit is various
beiug either a drupe or hard berry-like structure, often
edible.
The genera chiefly known to horticulturists are the
following:
Tribe AEEORa;. Lvs. pinnaiisect, the leaflets free oi
joined so as to form a plaited limb, the sides in lei
nation reduplicate: fls. monwcioiis in- ilia ci ii^ s I
umbilicafet with ventral raphe «."/ ^ . ' '
Areca, Pinanga. Kentia, Hy.lri,. ; '
Hedyscepe, Nenga, Archonthoph.ini 1. >
Dictyosperma, Ptychosperma, Cyii iii: ^ I
phloeus, Cyphopli.iiiix. ClinnsiiLjinii, i ^ [>l
Euterpe, Acanth.ij.lMrnix, . irr,.,l,.\;i. I;,iimi1:i I
spadix, Howea. i '• r.i\\l'ni. \". r-'lmii .li in !' i
Cham^dorea. Hy..]ili.'ri"'. lu.si-h.Ti:.. iIi'.iimhi i \\]
trogyne. Wallichia. Didvniosperma, Arenga ( ir\ i>t i
Phytelephas.
Tribe Phcenice.*;. Lvs. pinnatisect, segment's aeumi
nale and with indwplicate sides in vernation spa
dices interfoliar, the spathe solitary: fls. dicecwim
carpels S, only one maturing, the stigma terminal
seed strongly ventrally sulcate, the embryo dorsal
Phoenix.
1620 A Palm house
Tkibf ( ilMHFi- /is fill shall d uidni shaped
Tribe Lepidocarte i
shaped.
the
'Its
spadiie^teimuial " i mucous-
fls pnli/qamo tnoniKi ns uniiinliie mo,e oi less
Jlniulid fr clothed v ith leflexed, shining, imbrt-
tuti appteiicd scales seed it ith dorsal raphe and
I Hit I il embryo
Calamus Ceratolobus R ijihi i
rniBE Borasse^ /' >i I'll 'hi segments fan-
shiipiil mid thf s I I I ,1 It spadices niter
I I , tl I III I ill lliiii'l "•■ dioecious,
t s on the spadix,
I ,1,1 I, mild, the
the endocarp oi shell haid and uuody and proiided
It ith S-7 pores
Bactns Astrocarvum, Acrocomia, Martinezia, Eteis.
Dipl.ithemium, CocDS, Maximiliana, Scheelea, Attalea,
Tulii
Th.
1194 PALM
Munich, 3 vols., 1823-1850, is a standard work. Ker-
shove de Deuterghem's "Les Palmiers," Paris, 1878, is
an important work. A popular running account of
Palms and the rarious kinds, by William Watson, will
be found in the following places in Gardeners ' Chronicle :
1884 (vol. 22), pp. 426, 522, 593, 728, 748; 1885 (vol. 23),
pp. 338, 410, 439; 1885 (vol. 24), pp. 362, 394, 586, 748;
1886 (vol. 25), pp. 75, 557; 1886 (vol. 26), pp. 491, 652;
1887 (vol. 2, ser. 3), pp. 1.56, 304; 1891 (vol. 9), pp. 234,
298, 671; 1893 (vol. 13), pp. 260, 332. l H. B.
Hardy Palms in California. — Palms grown in the
open in California gardens do not exceed in number 20
genera, and numbering about 60 species. The following
17 genera of about 40 species may be found in our best
Palm collections, and all these species are growing in
the gardens of Los Angeles and vicinity, and may be
found throughout southern California in limited num-
bers from San Diego to Santa Barbara. Occasional
plants of species not mentioned are found in some old
gardens, but are not so plentiful as to be considered in a
general list of our hardy Palms. In enumerating these
plants they are placed as to their importance, or rather
as to their numerical strength in California. Our native
Fan-Palms, the Washingtonias, natives of San Ber-
nardino and San Diego counties, have been most exten-
sively planted, and may be found everywhere, serving,
in some instances, a variety of purposes. Fig. 1622. In
growing this Palm water is of the first importance. When
planted along a street, those adjoining vacant lots often
remain nearly at a standstill, except in ca.se of an un-
usually wet winter, while those along the cultivated
lots or lawns grow faster than any other Palm. When
one in its native habitat blows over by the force of the
desert winds, the hole left by the roots and stump
invariably fills with water. W'ashingtonias are hardy
600 miles north of Los Angeles. It may be well to
state that hardiness in Palms is principally a ques-
tion of size, the larger ones passing through the most
severe winter unharmed, while the small ones may
perish. So, too, some Palms supposed to be very ten-
der need protection from sun more than from frost.
This is particularly the case with the so-called Kentias
and Rhapis. A certain Howea (or Kentia Forsteriana)
is protected only by a large overhanging branch of a
sycamore, which is of course leafless in cold weather.
-J--, Ai
"^^^
lown San U eeo
Washinutuiiia filifera, San Jaeiuto Alts.
yet it has reached a height of 12 feet, with a diameter
at base of 12 inches, and it has never been injured by
frost, yet water hydrants 10 feet away have been frozen
so hard as to burst them. In Los Angeles is a Kentia
15 feet high, growing on the north side of a house,
protected from sun alone, being 20 feet from the build-
ing, where for several winters the ground near by has
frozen to the depth of 1 inch. This is in the bottom-
lands, the coldest part of the city.
Phoenix dactylifera, though not so ornamental as
others of the genus, was extensively planted in early
days and is one of the hardiest of Palms. Pig. 1621. The
most popular Palm for the masses, who look for grace
and beauty combined with cheapness, is Phoenix Cana-
riensis. More of these are planted at present than any
other three species. In Los Angeles and vicinity they
may be counted by tens of thousands. Like these
two for hardiness is P. reclinala; and all may be seen
growing north of San Francisco -some 200 miles. All the
genus is hardy in southern California. Trachycarpus
eieelsiis and Chipmerops humilis, the latter varying
greatly in appearance, will grow as far north as any
i'aliiis aiirl ;,r(- p..|.ular evervwhere. The former in
iliir;. ■•;.)- iMll -r..« 1" tin- height of 25 feet, while the
!■') i:i <■.:■■]■ ~ li' ii 't (if trunk in the same time.
/ - ' ' , ,. ,11. 1 /,. Chinensis are both popular,
iiii.uL'h 11"! hiiiMv .. Ill - 1,1.. the southern part of the state,
an. I ih.- latiii- jimxi lie shaded from noonday sun.
J^ftfthtu ut-matu and IJ. tilulis (often known as Braheas)
grow around San Francisco bay luxuriantly. Coeos eri-
oxpalha is hardy even farther north than the Ery-
theas, and is by far the most ornamental Palm to be
found in that section. Other Cocos in southern Call-.
fomia are C. flexuosa, plumnsa, coronata, Bomamof-
fianOj and many others. Any Cocos will grow here in
protected places except Weddelliana. C. plumosa is
without doubt the most graceful Palm grown, and at
present very extensively planted in the southern citrous
belt, sometimes for .street or sidewalk trees. It is also
one of the fastest growers, and will reach 20 feet in fif-
PALM
PALM
1195
tfera, are coraraon examples of the feather
are also minor characteristics of foliage that
mark many of the genera, some having pinnate leaves
with erose tips, a few having bipinnate leaves (as
Caryota Keens), others with flabellate leaves having
erose segments, and many with the segments of the
leaves bitid or split at the tips.
The flowers of Palms in general are not specially at-
tractive either in size or coloring, many of them being
greenish white or yellow, and some orange or red ; but
these flowers are produced in prodigious quantities by
some of the species, perhaps the most prolific in this
respect being the Talipot Palm ( Corj/pAa unibraculif-
era), which throws up a branching inflorescence to a
height of 30 ft. above the foliage, such an inflorescence
having been estimated to include fullv sixty millions of
flowers!
The seeds of Palms are also found in many sizes and
various shapes, ranging from the size of a pea in some
of the Thrinax to the unwieldy fruits of the Double
Cocoanut, Lodoiceu Sevhellaritm, which will sometimes
weigh 40 lbs. each and require several years to reach
maturity.
As a rule, the members of any single genus of Palms
are found in one hemisphere, either the eastern or
western as the case may be, probably the greater num-
ber of species being of Asiatic origin, and compara-
tively few being found in Africa. An apparent excep-
tion is found to this system of hemispheric distribution
in the case of the Cocoanut, this plant being so very
widely distributed throughout the tropical world that
its original habitat is still in doubt. On the other hand,
some species are found to be very local in their natural
teen years, with ordinary care. ArchontophcBnix Alex- Cocos i
andirte and A. CunniHghamii, the most elegant of our veined i
Palms after Cocos plumosa, are not quite so hardy but There
will thrive from Santa Barbara southward, in warm mark n
locations. The same exposures, with shade during the with er
hottest part of the day, will do for Redyscepe Canter-
buryana and Howea Forsteriana and H. Belmoreana ;
also Rhopalostylis Baveri and B. sapida. The four
species of Sabals seem to thrive and seed well in this
section, though S. Palmetto and S. Blackbumianum
grow much faster than the others. Rhapidophyllum
Hysfrlx is perfectly hardy, but on account of its dwarf
habit is not so extensively planted as its merits deserve.
Bhapis flabelUtormis and B. humilis need protection
from sun alone, though there is a Rhapis growing for
ten years without protection from either sun or frost,
and in the coldest section of Los Angeles, but its color is
not all that could be desired. C'haracedoreas are planted
only where they can be protected from both frost and
sun, though they thrive better under such circumstances
than they do under glass. In such situations they are
just the plant for the purpose, as they do not grow
away from the protecting tree as do sun- and light-
loving Palms, but remain erect. Brahea dulcis may
occasionally be seen but grows too slowly to be popu-
lar. One of our grandest and hardiest Palms, one that
deserves for many reasons to be more extensively
planted, is Jubcea spectahilis. We have a few 20 feet in
height with a bole 4 feet in diameter, and are much
more striking in appearance than any of the Phoenix,
which latter they somewhat resemble.'
Ernest Braunton.
The word Palm is a pnpnliir arsisnation of one of the
largest and most iiii|nu-f;niT t;uiiilifs among the mono-
cotyledons, about l.L'iin ^|,..i,- ,i| Palms having
been recorded, thouf.'h many 1. 1 I lii'se are not yet >, /'ij
in cultivation. The lu'jiubt-rri ui tliis family are ' \ ^ ■^ -^
essentially tropical in habit it m highly orna
mental in appearance, and man\ of them aKo of <<^-,^ k
very great economical value thur ^sv v\ '
fruits, stems and leaves not only _ ,
entering largely into the manufac <i^^
tured products of both Euro])e and ^ , ••
America, but also providing both ^.s=^^ " ^ ^
food and shelter for thousands of ^ _ "^^^ -
the inhabitants of tropical coun , *" ^ ^ '^
tries. One notable characteri'-tic
of Palms in general is their un
branched stems, the exceptions to
this rule being verv few, and
mostly limitc.l i.) tljc int-mbtis of
one genus. II v|,li:iii.'. ..r which the
DoumPaliii "t I'.-'M't. //. 'fliibinca,
is the best rx:ini|.l.-. While th( ^c
unbranched stems form a promi
nent feature in connection with
this order of plants, yet great i i
riations are found in size and habit
some of them towering up like i
slender marble shaft to a height of
I'no're th-an 100 feet and then ternn
nating in a crown of magnihtcnt
plume-like leaves, while others m->\
reach a height of only 3-^ f i ( t
when fully developed. In some m
stances the stems are so long and
slender that a scandent habit is
the result ; these rope-like sti ms
of the Rattan Palms in particul ir
are described as wandering througli
the tops of some of the great tn is
of the Malayan Peninsula to i
length of several hundred feit
The foliage of the Palms is of
two chief kinds, the fan-^elIl(d
leaves, in which the venation r idi
ates from a common center and 1W3 A dieitate leaved Palm and one of the best Palms for small conservatories—
the feather-veined, in whith tht Rhapis flabelUformis
veins run out from the side» of a
long midrib, the leaf being frequently divided into long, state, in proof of which the Howeas may be cited; this
narrow segments. Of the first group the common Fan genus has been found only within the circumscribed
Palm, Livistona Sinensis, is a good example, while the area of Lord Howe's Island, which from a comparative
Date Palm, Phoenix dactylifera, and also the Cocoanut, point of view may be termed merely a fragment of land
1196
■ the South Par
Few Palms ai
States as nati'
known Palmeti
leaved !
£01111
tlie Ui
limited in numbers, yet there is at least
one unique species in the gi'oup in the
form of Pseudophcemx Sargenti, a
mcmotypie Palm, that is only known to
exist in a wild state on certain of the
Florida Keys, and in quite limited num-
bers even there.
Europe is even less favored as to na-
tive Palms, there being but one species
1624. known there in that condition, Chanue-
Germination o( »"<'/'« kicmilis, also a fan-leaved species
Chrysalidocar- and comparatively hardy, being capable
pus lutesccns. of enduring moderate frosts.
The Palm tree of the Bible is doubt-
less the Date Palm, Phmnix dactijlifera, which is found
in large numbers throughout Syria to this day; and in
fact the small grove of dates within easy reach of the
Syrian householder forms one of his most valuable
assets, for it provides food not only for his family, but
frequently for his horses or camels also.
The act of producing flowers does not necessarily ter-
minate the life of a Palm, though in some instances
such an effect may be produced by this cause; but a
singular habit has been noted in regard to the flowering
of the Fishtail Palm, Caryota urens, which when it
reaches maturity begins to throw out a flower-spike
from the top of the stem, this being followed by succes-
sive spikes of flowers, and ultimate bunches of seeds
from the top of the plant downwards, the flower-spikes
appearing at the joints of the stem, and when this pro-
cess of flowering has proceeded down to the ground, or
until the vitality of the plant has been exhausted, death
ensues.
There are also a number of species of Palms that de-
velop a soboliferous habit, throwing up a number of
shoots from the base of the plant, JRhapis flubtllifor-
mis, sometimes known .-js the Ground Kattan. being a
good example of this cla^*;. riTDoTiL' v,-}ii'-}i tliM widely
grown and elegant CVic//-' .' ■- '•■' •■ N also
found, together with th' 1 Phoe-
nix and various other jr. 1 w .■ : r ins are
unisexual, but there an- al-" in:iii\ ..liiii- m liml, both
male and female flowers an- produced on tl
spadix, in some instances the males being grouped to-
gether near the ends of the branches of the inflores-
cence and the females nearer to the main stem, while
in others a female is placed between two males, thus
arranging the flowers in threes.
Cross-pollination of Palms by artificial means has
probably been seldom practiced, there being few culti-
vated collections in which the opportunity for such an
operation has presented itself; but it seems highly prob-
able that such cross-fertilization has been accidentally
effected among wild plants, for in large lots of seed-
lings intermediate forms are frequently seen, this pe-
ciiliaritv having been noted among Howea seedlings,
whciH- fciniis intermediate between H. Helnioreana and
//. J-'nisI, riiniii are found, and sometimes seedlings
that seem to combine the characteristics of H. Belmo-
reiina and those of its near relative ffedt/^ccpe Cantir-
biiryana. Similar -variations from a given type have
also been noted among the Phoenix, several so-called
species being most likely merely varieties.
Many Palms are armed with stout thorns or prickles,
not only the stems but also the leaves and even the
fruits in some species being thus guarded, these prickles
being usually very hard and tough. In some cases,
notably Acanlhorhisa stanracantha, the prickles around
the stem are often branched, and are decidedly un-
pleasant to come in contact with. In the case of Des-
moncus, this being the western representative of the
Rattan Palms, the tip of the midrib of the leaf is con-
tinued in the form of a hooked spine, and helps to sup-
port the plant in its scandent career. The sharp spines
of certain Palms are used for poisoned arrows by some
PALM
of the South American tribes, these arrows being pro-
jected through a blow-pipe formed from a section of the
iii'llow ^tciii of another Palm. Among the species of
l'!i-ini> It ■- r.ftrn found that several of the leaflets
' I - ! ' ■ ! :i-<- of the leaf are developed as spines,
I i il. ts becoming stiff and hard, and eapa-
The
.-ery
can only be touch. -il ;
ent article, the um -
the stems and leaver 1. 1 ;i
cal countries being enoii.trb
One prominent instance
Palmyra Palm, of which a
8110 different uses. Other
Cocoanut Palm, the fruit:
if many of the Palms
11 limits of the pres-
ily the fruits but afso
< ;\ i - 1.1 till volumes.
. ■ ■ ■ litility is the
' ' iiii-rated over
\ !i i-M - include the
(il arc imported by
ons every year, and
providing a valuable
food, either fresh or in a desiccated
condition, also produce that very
valuable fiber from which cordage,
matting and a great variety of
goods are manufactured. Also the
Phoenix family, which produces
the dates of commerce in appar-
ently endless supply, and the date
sugar of Bengal, this being con-
tributed by Phoenix syli-estris,
while the stems of Date Palms are
often used in house-building in the
East. Another very valuable Palm
product is found in Palm oil, this
being largelv derived from the
fruits <.f fjhiix Giihieinsis. the oil
being expressed from the ripe fruits in much the same
manner that olive oil is manufactured. The rattan of
commerce is chiefly composed of the flexible stems of
various calami, the plentiful supply of this material be-
ing sufficiently attested by the great variety of articles
manufactured therefrom. Various Palms have been.
PALMERELLA
1197
f
1
,„„„fiti.-s thos.. s,.r.,is are usually
1 |.. it-- 111.. I...I- I'.iiig well drained
!■ h-i : - 1, ■■: II ihe seeds sown
: . ! .1 II ..f soil, watered
1
.1 -.. 1m IV ih. . ,11 1, iv,.eive thebene-
t
.Mt. .iiHl at 11., tiuie should they be
1 1 prepare i
allowed to become
u\ er nul el
/?=*'
^^ very dry The period
t t r \iort Sa
y^y^
yOY required for germi-
al o procure 1 f
/// ""♦;°'^ ^.'"■'<^'* greatly
^..»IJUn•^.I.uo^/mt ...... .
^^-~5^5>s / /
/// with d.ftVrent spe-
species, but the prcHl-
v^^ / / /
uet is not equal to tliat ^^
/ iniisin girniinating
of Metroxylon. Thu ^
5s^ \^^ // / / / J
/ ill 2 or 3 weeks if
so-called whale -bone
v\ Mm ///V / /
fresh, and being
brooms frequently used
ready for potting in
in stables and f orstreet-
about 2 months, while
cleaning are mostly
made from Piassaba
seeds of some of the
^^^^^v ^^m ////// //"■ /
Attaleas have been
(or Piavaba) fiber,
known to remain in
this being gathered
the earth for fully 3
from around the base
years before starting.
of plants of Attaleas,
arge seeds or nuts ^HSRB' very much al
The seedlings of
mostly A fiin ifeia
many species are
The Attaleas also produce 1
ke the seed leaf m many instances
those of i fimfoi being
Isnown as Coquill i ^mW being a lone
nirrow simple leaflet this de-
nuts ind q , t Hr h u
H 1 t r ornamental ^
Y s n, t, 1 fte
1 1, rlMii- pi Ih t tl fHllmgs
^l^'}}'}l II ^1 ' , '
1 1 Me t le.eiv
1 1 11. nunu
1 liinj hil
tilt 1
1 tl
111 1 1 I les,
1 1 1 lit to
11 1 1 1 tirm
1 1 I
1 tl tl n of
singulir Pvlm trjin s uth
Un 1 .'l.'armg a
e mm 1
1 Itural notes lor par-
larjre fruit in -nhRh ire tent
lined tl m () to <l of
tl ul U !
1 ill be found through
the ivory nuts the pi int it
self hiMug a short
out til
tins time a few general
anl sometimes crte) ii ^ st
m fi m which pro
rem 11 k
t f Films as 1 whole
ceeds a n 1 i 1 1 t | i
t t I 1 thit ire
111 1 ted
frequenth I HI I
11 Isof 4,< ,
and
( ,te,h, tt , 1 1
1 1 11 ami the
1 1 1
t und
Iea^esotth | n |l 1
tl Utdnut 1
1
1 t are
< f thi E i t 1 1 1 1
11 tl ,lt,^es
1 1 11
I 1 same
of thit p rti I t tl 11
11 ,, l.lt 1 s, ,
1 ,^n.ss m aui„ht tem
The ( ai: I 11 t 1 \\
11 1 ^ /,. 1 i.ritn
h this in view a mini
oleri I til lilt
It 1 lih
nuiin t
the winter of 56-60° IS
nltl rn ^dot
sitest t
1 «rag Palms while an
the LilliJii s illed me ms the destruction |
alv HKC t 1
(1° luring the day will not hurt
of su h a tree f r the portio
n eaten is composed
them
of the ifntr-il bu i in which the young lea\es are |
An abunda
ice of water is required for many
c >mr 1 tl> githered together
Palms grow o
n the banks of ri\ers or m swampy
Pulm iiiitiirr. for deeorat
ve purposes in the 1
ground . and
Bven those found on higli and rocky
United States, h.as made it
ground send
their roots down to such a depth
during the past 10 years, anc
now seems ' [
as to find a liberal water supply.
to be a well-established bu>
iiicss. with ^-;=^a^ /
Some shadi
ig throughout the summer is best,
the pnispect of a st.ady in.-
T.s.-asthe /^^^,'jJI the foliage gr
iwn undnr ..'I-iss being more tender
- > n,es £J^mS~ *"•>" "''' "■"
11 dh I'l. .1.1. ..1 ..utdoors. Repot-
better understood. A ur.;.t
— r^'i-s ^^^m
?r^ ""-' ^i'""';i '■
d .111 .luni _' il . vpiing and sum-
Middle States beiiij; th.' r.nt, r ..f this
industry, though larLr. nunili. is :ir.- also
grown in a few suuth. rn st;iii-: and '
owing to a favorabb- rlimat.- an.i i:iailu-
ally improving busin.-ss iii.tli...ls. it
seems probalile that American growers
will soon be able to compete with their
more experienced brethren of Europe in l^^''
this class of plants. of Howea 1
horticulturr. in tlir riiiT.'.l Stat.s are contained in a
very shurt list.ilic -r, at. r .|uantity being confined to
five species, naiinlv, /./ r/,s7..H,i ( 'Iiiiienxix, Hnwea Bel-
moreana, Howra Fvr.^t.ri.iiia, VI,nisal!,lnr„rp„M J„t,-x-
cens and Cocos »',-rl<lel!iami, v.-hUf l.--- .ii.im;iii.- ..f
Caryota urens, several species of Pli i / '
ensis being quite largely planted out'l. I - .;li
and on portions of the Pacific coast, .S', ./■,//. . ', ,./;.<
and some others of the Ptychosperma group, and some
few Livistonas cover the extent of the catalogue for
many growers.
Of these, the seeds are imported in a majority of
cases, and on the quality of these seeds the success of
the grower depends, so far as getting up a stock is con-
cerned. Most of these species germinate readily in
mflis. piLt.iilh til II I., ing compara-
ttl. ic.ot I. tl. n (.11 till ]. irt of most Palms
I \ \ ijilier 1 and March 1. Give only
.si I shifts, that is, use pots only 1 or
lu_ 1 and always ram the soil firmly.
1 s ,1 IS the basis t,.r tli. !>. st soil for
.1 safe fertilizer
various proportu
propoi
w ith
tl T " II,. 11 .illowed
to gaii I mg tht great-
est d Ml Is may become
estalili ^ persisted in.
The 111 I 11 II 1 [ I I 1 1 'se observation
on the pait nt the gn.w < i . .iiid tin prompt removal of
all insects w. H. Taplin.
PiLMA Christi is Castor Oil Plant, Bicinus.
F&LMEB£LLA (Dr. Edward Palmer, contempora-
neous American botanical collector). Lobeliaceif. A
genus of one species, a rare herb found in Lower Calif.,
with small blue fis. like those of a Lobelia. The genus
differs from Lobelia in the remarkable adnation of the
well as in the integrity of the corolla-tube,
1198 PALMERELLA
at least its upper part. It soon splits from the base up-
ward for a good distance, and, indeed, before withering
the lower part of the corolla is much disposed to sepa-
rate into five claws (liberating also the lower part of
the filaments). The filaments are adnate to the corolla-
tube for a long distance and then monadelphous and
adnate on one side or the other.
d^bilis, Gray. Slender, glabrous, branching herb:
Its. alternate, linear-lanceolate, entire, sessile, 2-3 in.
long ; floral ones gradually reduced to bracts : raceme
lax, few-fid. : corolla-tube whitish, 9 lines long, lobes
light blue, 2 of them smaller than the others, the larger
ones 3-4 lines long. Var. serr4ta, Gray,was offered in 1881
by E. Gillett, but it is probably not in cult, anywhere.
PALMETTO. See S>ih„!.
PALMS, POPULAR NAMES OF. Alexandra P.,
Arrl,„i,lnj,l,„,ii.r Ahxinnlni. Assai P., Kid, ,■/„■ rilillis.
Betel-nut P., .1 /■.■(•.( Cal,;-lni. Blue P., Eiiillna ar-
iHiita . Bourbon P., Lulu ii in . Broom P. , A ttalea funifera
and Thrinux argenti-u. Cabbage P., Kiiterpe oleracea.
Club P., Cordyline. Cocoanut P., Cocos nucifera;
Double Cocoanut or S. u (■(..•..;uiut P., Lodoicea.
Coquito P., Jiihini xpirl.ihilis. Corojo P., Arrocomia
srirt-rin-pn. Curly P. , //.wr. ./ i:,h„nr,,nn,. Date P.,
Plin nix ilirr/iflif.yil . European P., i 'luninr f'li.^ hitmUis.
Fan P., aiiv'>|..-.-i.'s with t;iii-sliM|i.>.l, raihrr thiin pin-
ii.it.- hs. Fern p., (•„,„... Fish-tail P., („,,;../„ «,■--».•.■.
Flat P., //.■ir.'i, Fin si, rill ml. Guadeloupe P.. K'n/tlim
riliilis. Gru-gru P., Axt ,;„:i rimm ,-iil,,,ir,' an.l Air,,-
• ■■iiiiiii s,'l. riii-iii/iii . HempP.,( 'liiiniii l-'ips ijri'ls,! . Ivory-
nut P., I'liii/./ii.liiis Mil,-, iir/.n. Norfolk Island P.,
Hhiipiilnsiiilix r.iiii.ri. Oil p., El-is (;,ii„,,„sis: .■,!>,.
Corns liiiiiirn.iii. .1.-, Palmetto P., Snlml. Panama-hat
P., fiirliiilni'irn i.iilnnii.i. Para p., Eiil.r,,.- nlnUs.
Haffia P., I{n,iliin. Royal P., *',-...,?,..,., riiiin. Sago P.,
variniis six'cics irl' Smiiis iiii.l I'lirns. Savauah P., Sabal
mnnriliiffniniis. Talipot P., fiini/ilin innhrnnilifera.
Thatch P., SnhnI ninrkhnrni.uin: II. .i,;,, F.irsliriana.
Toddy p., Ciininln nniis. Umbrella P., llnli/scepe
Caulrrhuni'i'ia. Walking-stick P., Baeuliu-ia mono-
slitehija. Wine P. of E. Indies, Caryota vrens, PJimnix
si/tventris and BortiHStts flabeUiforynia; of New Granada,
Vocos biilyracea.
PALUMBlNA (said to be from pa'lumbes, wood-pig-
eon; from a .supposed resemblance of the fls. ). Orchi-
dAceae. A monotypic genus greatly resembling Oncid-
ium, with which it was formerly united. It differs
principally in having the lateral sepals entirely united,
forming a single segment resembling the dorsal sepal
in shape and size, the labellum scarcely larger than
the petals and resembling them in shape.
c&ndida, Reichb. f. The only species is a small plant
with narrow, compressed pseudobulbs, each with a sin-
gle slender leaf, 6-12 in. long: fls. few, small, white,
in a slender raceme ; sepals, petals and labellum ob-
long, acute, differing but little in size and shape. Guate-
mala. B.M. 5r)46. G. (;. 1865:793; II. 20:233 (as On-
cidiiim candidiim). — May be easily grown in a temper-
ate house. Blooms in summer, the fls. lastmg a long
*'"'<'■ HErNKICH Hasselbkiso.
PAMPAS GRASS.
Gy,i
PANAX (old Greek name, meaning all -healing).
AraliAcew. Thirty to 40 trees or shrubs, mostly of the
tropics of Asia, Africa, Australia and the Pacific islands,
as defined by Bentham & Hooker ( including Nothopanax ) ,
some of wliicli are Lcrown in warmhouses for their inter-
den:
i-edgi'
Pse
edge-
Eleutherococcus it is known by its gyncecium (or pis-
tils) being usually in 2's, rather than in 5'sor higher
numbers. Prom Fatsia it is distinguished by having
the pedicel articulated beneath the flower. See Fatsia
for another discussion of relationships. Panax has a
■calyx w^ith entire or 5-toothed margin, 5 valvate petals,
PANAX
5 stamens with oblong or ovate anthers, usually 2-Io-
culed ovary which ripens into a drupe-like compressed
fruit, and with mostly compound, often much-divided
leaves: fls. small, sometimes polygamous, in umbels,
heads, racemes or panicles. The Panaxes are to be
grown in the warmhouse, where they should have the
treatment given tropical Aralias (see p. 87).
As defined by others, the genus Panax includes only
7 or 8 herbaceous species, natives of the temperate re-
gions of North America and Asia, while the woody spe-
cies are referred mostly to Polyscias and Nothopanax;
the species of tlie Polyicias lia've, according to Harms,
pinnate leaves, ami tln.^.- of the other have digitate
or simple leaves. .\~ ilm- umhi^tood, the genus Panax
includes the gin-.ii_'. /'. 'I'h njii. fnliiim, for which see
Ginseng. The dwarf i.'iii^.ti[,' ur ground-nut of the
northern states is P. triMinm. It is not in the trade.
These two plants are often described in the genus
Aralia as A. quinquefolia and A. trifolia.
fniticdstun, Linn. (Xothop&nax fruticdsum, Miq.
Polyscias fruticdsa, Harms). Shrub 3-6 ft. in cult.,
with pinnately compound Ivs., the Ifts. stalked, ovate-
oblong, acuminate, coarsely serrate, the ultimate ones
incised, 3-lobed: fls. in paniculate umbels. Java, etc.—
Prized for its fern-like foliage, but known mostly in its
cultivated varieties.
Var. Victdrise (P. Virlbria-, Hort.). Fig. 1C28. A
compact form which constantly sends up new .stalks:
fdliagp recurving, cut, curled and tassclleil. li;rlit (
witli white -variegated
n.ar-itis. G.C. II. 19:
4ir.. l.H. 31:521? An
.■xci.|l,-nt table plant.
Throjigh inadvertence.
Fig. 1028 was used in
the place of Aralia
Giiitfoylti, p. 8:,]sted.
Var. laciniitum (P.
laeinidliim, Hort.).
Lvs. twice - pinnate,
drooping, about as
broad as long, tinted
with olive-brown, the
leaflets and divisions
narrow. Very grace-
ful.
Var. ezc^lsiun (P.
exeHsum, Hort.?).
Lvs. very finely out and fern-like, margined with white.
Var. plumitum {P. plnmdtum, Hort.). More finely
cut tlian var. Im-in intii m , and differing from var. excel-
.s-iiw in haviiiir no wliiti- on the foliage.
Mpidum, P.nll. Compact: lvs. biternately divided,
thc> end llivi^i.>n largest; pinnules or ultimate leaflets
oliliqiirly obnvate, the Central one in each case small
(s,.initin]i-s ahnost rudimentary) and more or less cov-
cn-d l.v its two lateral ones, the margins spinv-toothed
and cut. Brazil. Recent.
nitidtun, Bull. Compact : lvs. roundish obovate,
toothed and somewhat spiny, sometimes with deep in-
cisions. Brazil. Recent.
aiireum, Sanilrr. " A di^titvt rlrL-niit nnd Intrlilv at-
ii.it h.axv ill tliu >Ut;hti^t .-._ii-.' lit il,.- \MiiM. Individ-
ually the li-avcs are small, th,- edy.-s finely serrated,
while near the margins are several splashes of clear
green."— Sander,
B&Uourii, Sander. "A decided acquisition for all dec-
green and creamy white coloring the more attractive.
Each of the pinnas forming the leaf is orbicular in
dantly splashed with en aiii> wliit,-, tl li.-. s .if the
leaves being entii-.'l>' ^vliit.-. 'I'h-' st.ins an- hr.inze-
green, specked with av.tv. Th.- liaiiit is .■..ni|iai-t and
bushy, well featbert-d from base tu ai.ix w ith foliage.
Introduced by us through our collector, Micholitz, from
New Caledonia."— Saniier.
) have been of-
tum. Bull.
Ifts. linea
Trr
rkeil with pallid spots: Ivs. 3-pinnate, tlie
e uu.l whitish toothed. Polynesia— P.
er. Of climbing habit, with long-stalked
s. aljtuit 3 ft. long, the petiole greenish,
marked with white, the Ifts. oblong-laii-
Solomon islands. G.C. III. 23:242.— P.
properly P. fruticosum, var. multi-fidura.
.i.-t plant, with 3-pinnatisect Ivs. and lin-
ti' peiriiients ^^ in. or less long, with brts-
i„. Mil. •11. i.\r,'ili;. si.l.-n.li.lissima, Hort.).
unil.,.k ,.f l.n.wnisl. IN, ii, lonL-.L-rniinal i.rn,i,-les. S. Sea
islands, Anstral. li.M. 07'.),s.— i'. unuitiiM, Bull. Lvs. long,
pinnate, the Ifts. nan-ow-laiioeolate and deeply blunt-toothed,
Brazil. — P. sessiliflbrum, Rupr, & Max,, is described in Acan-
thopanax, its proper genus. L. H. B.
fuU referring: to sup-
diieea. Pancratiums
lid Spider Lilie.s or
iji of bulbs, hard)' or
PANCRATIUM (Lati>.,.
posed medicinal valu. I. .
and Hymenocallis, >i>iiirt
Spirit Lilies, form a hvau
tender, .some blooming ii
and all characterized by the singular and beautiful rtoral
structure known as a staminal cup and pictured in Vol.
II at page 788. This cup is white and has the texture of
petals. It is fringed or toothed in a great variety of
ways. The tilaments growing out of the cup are long
or short. The ]ii-riaiith segments are generally long,
slender ami gi-ai-ffully r<'ciirved. Thus many fanciful
variations of tin- Spidt-r Lily type are produced.
The naims ..f tln-si- charining plants have been
shifted ba.-k and fortli l..tH-,.,ii I'ancrattums and Hy-
monni;,ai.lKT of tile Amaryllis family (J. g]
. -enera as follows: Pancratium has
- Ill a cell and the seeds are black and
• lire; Hvmenocallis has few ovules in a
■ U are usuallv solitarv, large, and with
tinii ,\\h\c\i is Hymen
iilli-tiihr J-J in. long
iMag. 20:181,
malum prob-
ocallis ovata.
B. Staminal cup small, 3-i lines long.
lUyricum, Linn. Fig, 1629. Lvs. 5-6, strap-shaped,
glaucous, V4-2 in. wide: scape 1 ft. or more long: fls.
6-12 in a centripetal umbel: perianth-tube 1 in. long;
Malta, S. Italv. B.M. 71K. (ill. 4,K, 1.. 24i;.-Har.Iiest,
commonest and best,
BE, Staminal cup large, 1 in. long.
maritimum, Linn. Pig. 1629. Lvs. 5-6, linear, glau-
cous, persistent, finally 2-2H ft. long: fls. very fra-
grant; perianth-tube 2-3 in, long; staminal cup very
prominent, the teeth short, triangular and regular ;
free part of filaments 3 lines long. Spain to Syria,
B.K. 2:161.
AA. Perianth-tube 5-6 in. long.
tOTtudsum, Herb. Same section as P. vcrecundum,
shown in Pig. 1629, but not in the trade. Lvs. 6-12,
linear, spirally twi,sted: fls. 2-4 in an umbel; staminal
cup over 1 in." long, distinctly toothed between the short
free tips of the filaments. Autumn and winter. Arabia
and Egypt.
^.^^,
P. Amancms, Ker.= HymenocaIlis
Andr..-H. oyata.-P. calnthinin,, .
.ifolii
counted for by Baker.-
fragr.ins, Willd.= H. C
siimably = H. Galvesto
ably H. Harrisiana. -
Mexicanum=ii. lacera. — P. ovatimi
tatum,KeT.='B.. lacera. — P. undiila
llttor,
' PANDANTIS (Latinized Malayan name). Pandan&cetf .
Screw Pine. Screw Pines are tropical plants often at-
taining the size of trees, and remarkable for their stilt-
like aerial roots, and tlie y,, rfi i t ~|iir,il arrangement of
their long, sw"idsli:i|. ' ' 1' ' -eneral appearance
is singular. .Se,. ii^.' |i. 1 i le.ld aloft a few
long, scarred, iiakul l.i,;; .; ii i.ue of which is
crowned by a tult ol h -. lie, atrial roots gradually
lift the trunks out of the ground, but they doubtless
anchor the trees also. They are, however, diflieult
organs to explain. Pandaiiuses are also remarkable for
their spines, which are rather small but very numer-
ous, all the same size and arranged at regular intervals
along the whole of each gracefully recurved sword-
shaped leaf — a perfect expression of formal linear
beauty.
Two species of Pandanus .ire of the first importance,
P. Veitcltii and P. utilis, the former variegated, the
latter not. ( See Figs. 16.-iO-,-i2. ) Young plants of these are
amongst the most popular of all foliage plants for home
decoration. They are especially suited for fern pans
and table decoration. They are grown to a very large
extent by wholesale florists and palm specialists. Every
conservatory has them, and occasionally P. utilis ia
76
1200
PANDANUS
grown to a considerable age and height for the sake of
a perfect bpeciraen of the spiral h ibit of growth on a
large scale See Fig IGil In the tropics P. utiUs is
as valuable to the natnes as manj palms The fruits
are edible and the roots furnish filler for ropes, Ijas-
kets, niiits ind li .ts IS ilo also the leavis, which are
used ill in il 111 I II 1 iiiilii.ts In M luntuis the leaves
I II 1 t 111 ik till bags in which
There are mor
Trees or shrubs, rarely
iiunK slender or robust:
\ so There is only one
I n \ 1 inetia This has nu-
s w hile those of Pandanus
\lso Frejcinetias are usu-
Ivs. very lonf, •<< n
other genus m th.
merous o\ules in tl
are solitary in the c
ally scandent
The botany of Pand mus is iliiiost Impc'lcss. Panda-
nus presents an acutt i ^ m i I III t .1, .lifliciilties
with foliage plants f\\ ' ■ I'lluced
in cultivation, no ni n ii|.iions
scattered through niui\ i i i ! -. and
often faulty, geogriplm il .li mluiu n i- • .nU- ever
to permit them to be accounted tui m ant Huni; Hs. and
fr. too complicated anil out of the ordinary to describe
within reasonable limits, species coming and going;
mixtures in the trade. Even the standard botanical
works are of little help to the horticulturist, for the two
points of view have scarcely anything in common. But
Pandanus has peculiar difficulties, for the plants are
dioecious, and onr- mver kn.iws what the sex will be
until the plant- Hum r. Tin n- is a good horticultural
review of Pan.!. i^: ::\ p. 134 (1884), but the
best account i- - i-v W. H. Taplin for the
Florists' Revi. « - -.. li has been revised for
the present occasion l.j -Mi. Taplin. -w. M.
In general, the species of Pandanus are not difficult
to manage and under favorable conditions they are rapid
growers. They require a high temperature, 65-70°,
and little or no slmdin:.- .luriiiu' the winter months, es-
pecially for the vin. L'.ii. .1 kinds. A satisfactory soil is
good loam enri.ln M «iili "M manure. As the plants
make many coai-i- i..Mt-. it i- Lost not to pot them too
firmly, and during tin- -iiiiiiinr to o-ive them abundance
of water. If the atmosi.lii v !< in"i-t there is little need
for syringing overhead, ami imii Hiilarly during winter.
Overwatering, if coupl.-.l \viili an ai-.i.hntal low tem-
perature, may lead to an atta.k of •■s|iot."
Certain species, as P. I'eiti-liii. produce suckers freely.
Cuttings of these root easily at any season. Rooting is
hastened (as in the case of the pine-apple) by keeping
the cuttings somewhat on the dry side until they are
PANDANUS
callused. meanwhile giving them a fair amount of bot-
tom heat.
P. iitilis is propagated by seeds, which are a regular
commodity and sure to germinate well. Seeds should
be planted in light soil and placed in a warmhouse.
The seeds should be set "bottom up," as this is the end
from which the germs emerge. The seeds are odd-look-
ing, being closely .set in a more or less globular mass
that hangs down on a stout stem, while the individual
seeds, or rather fruits, are compound and often contain
8 or 10 germs, the latter being inclosed in cells of a
tough, horny substance within the body of the fruit.
Some gardeners soak the seeds before planting, but
the writer has found no gain after soaking seeds of P.
iitilis for 48 hours in tepid water.
P. VeUchii is one of the very best variegated plants
for decorative purposes. Its endurance as a house
plant depends largely on the conditions under which
it has been grown. Soft and sappy specimens are liable
to rot.
P. utills is second in importance in the trade, but is
usually obtainable in much larger quantities owing to
the readiness with which the seeds may be obtained and
germinated. Plants in 3-inch pots, 8 inches high, retail
at about 25 cents; plants in 6-inch pots, 18 inches high,
about $1. Handsome specimens 3 feet or more high,
with the screw character well developed, are worth
from $5 to $10. P. utilis is a rapid grower and requires
generous treatment as regards soil and water, and gives
little trouble unless spot develops. The spot is caused
by the burrowing of a minute insect in the leaf. Its pro-
gress seems to be favored by overwatering. Badly
affected plants should be thrown away, as they are
likely to be permanently disfigured. In case of a light
attack, keep the plants somewhat drier and dose them
with sulfur.
Among variegated kinds P. Candelabrum, var. varie-
galus, is perhaps second in beauty only to P. yeitchii,
but, unfortunately, it is too spiny and the spines on the
lower side are reversed, so that the plant is difficult to
handle. It suckers freely.
Among dwarf kinds P. graminifolhis excels. It is
only 2-3 ft. high when fully developed, and it is at its
best in a 4- or 5-inch pot. It is suitable for the center of
fern pans and i^ readily itirnaied t.v .-iitfinL's.
For larire -li.'rhiien- /•.!'■ i- n nolile jilant.
It is rather Mi-eepi il.jr i mt. r. 1 lie
writer has ne\.r .e.n n !■■ i- i he -aiiie
is true of /'. I';,,,/, ,„,,,,, I, ,^ ^ Tl iihMly. any I'an-
danus will jiroili ■.inkers it' one has the patience to
wait for tliem t" ili v. io|. on old specimens, or if the cen-
tral gniWlll lie .111 out.
Among the more s|.jnv kinds P. retlexus is unique m
habit, the leaves of a well-grown plant being so much
recurved as to hide the pot.
P. Baplislii and P. caricosus are newer sorts. The
former is variegated. P. caricosns is dwarfer than
P. Bapti.stii, and has narrow, green leaves but little
armed with spines. It branches freely and might be
briefly described as a very strong P. gramiiiifolins,
though perhaps less useful for trade purposes.
W. H. Taplin.
Pandanus Sanderi, or as it has been termed the
"Golden Pandanus," will not only become a great rival
to the popular Pandanus i'eitchii, but will, as soon as
it is introduced and can be produeeil in .|nnnM!v. out-
rank it as a commercial plant on :e i ' ' ■' ^ more
decided, intense and attractive markn 1 i i • L-a-
tion of P. Sandrri is of a pleasini: i ; 'lis-
tributed in some instances viti, , ,:, ' " ''o ,'
green, while in others the li ill -i ' ' ■ '• leaf will he
marked with this creamy m : i ■ ''m,,. while the
voung growth in the cent. I ^ i- .range bronze
color^ The entire plant is -niM-i ,1 ■ ,.li .. .olden sheen
than
lion tliniiL'liout the plant is more decided
,irl,,, : iliis especiallv appears to be the
case in kari.'. r-iz.-.i s,„.,-imens, say'in plants 3 to 4 feet
high, where the lower or older leaves attain a much
more brilliant color, while in P. VeiUliii this lower foli-
age loses much of its original brightness, and under
ordinary circumstances frequently turns entirely green.
PANDANUS
1201
The prrowth of the plant also appears more graceful,
the leaves being recurved in a more pleasing manner,
and suckers very freely. j. D. Eisele.
Bapfistii, 3. granliiiifolius, 8. reflexus, 13.
(_':indelllbruni. 2. 14, heteroparpus, 10. Sanderi, 4.
raricosus. U. Jaritnicns. 'J. utilis, j.
Forsteri. 6. odnratissimus, 12. Vandermeesehii, 15.
Fosteria'nus. B. ornatiis, 10 varieKatus, 2, 12.
furcatus, 9. pygmajus. 7. Veitt-hii, 1.
A. Foliage variegated.
B. Lvs. variegated with white.
c. Midrib not white 1 . Veitchii
cc. Midrib white 2. Candelabrum
var.variegatus
BB. LvK. variegated with yellow.
C. Yellow stripe down the cen-
li-r .!. Baptistii
!■(■. Vrll.nr si ri f, s ,1 Itentuti IKJ
ir,ih ,/,: , H 4. Sanderi
AA. Folia,,,- „,.l ,■„,-, ,„,,!,, I.
B. Spill, X i;„s,.,i„hl„ shr.rf.
C. Hahitafli:^. xtiff.erecf.
D. Color of spines red 5. utilis
DD. Color of spines yellowish
green II. Forsteri
cc. Habit of lvs. more or les.-:
recurred: color of spines
nsiinlljf white.
D. G^rowth dwarf 7. pygmEEUS
K. graminifolius
DD. Growth strong il. furcatus
li>. heterocarpus
1 1. caricosus
12. odoratissimus
BE. Spines disagreeably long.
(\ Habit of lvs. very much re-
flexed 1:1. reflexus
cc. Habit of lvs. more or less re-
curved II. Candelabrum
OCC. Habit of lvs. stiff, nearly
erect 15. Vandermeesehii
1. Veitchii, Hort. Fig. 1630. Lvs. 2 ft. long, broader
than in I', iililis, somewhat recurved, spiny, dark green
in thi- center, margined with broad bands of white,
r.ilyuusia. A.F. -4:570. F. 1871, p. 177. Gn. 2, p. 501.
2. Candelilbrum, var. variegatus. Hort. I P. .rin;!iiieiis,
giued white; marginal spims white; spines .m the
midrib of the lower suifaee reversed, .lava. F.K. Jiiih'.t.
V. 9:20. Lowe .'ili.- Perhaps ranks second iu l.eauly
only to P. reitchii, hut unfortunately it is too spiny.
Lvs. drooping, narrower than in P. Veitchii. See No. 14.
3. B&ptistii, Hort., offered by Saul and
Pitcher & Munda: has a yellow stripe down the
ei-nter. Tapliii says it is a rapid grower. Not
in lnde.\ Kewensis.
4. Sanderi, Hort. Sander. Habit tufted: lvs.
aiel diir.'i'in- nnji-ii in ili<- variegation, which
in thi- case i> eMJ,!. n \ellow.andin place of being con-
lined tn tlie in.ir-in, ..r nearly so, it is distributed in
narrow bands of yellow and green in alternation through-
out the length of its leaf. G.C. HI. 23:249. R.H. 1898
p. 230. G.M. 41:G86. A.G. 19:455.-Taplin says it is a
rapid grower.
5. itilis, Bory. Fil-s. K,?.]-?,. .Vtiain- I'e f, n ;,, A^nla-
gascar: lvs. glaucous, ereei, l-J', 11 1 . | ,1. reil.
Madagascar. Here nia\ Im-Iohl' !. II /' r/
tianus); B.U. 50H 1 1'.' Cm,!, I„l,r„„, . I.ii, i.-.^..J70
{P. flagelli form is. or fl<ibellif,irm is). A.F. 4 :.'.71. -.Nich-
olson refers P. odoratissimus to P. utilis.
6. Fdrsteri, Moore (P. FosteriAnus, Hort. Siebrecht).
Lord Howe's Island. Better accounted for in Voss'
scheme on next page.
7. pygmaeus. There. Low, spreading shrub, not over
2 ft. high in the center, but sending out from the base
numerous horizontal, rooting, sinnulated branches: lvs.
about 4 ft. long, spirally arranged in3's, linear-subulate,
with a clasping base; margins and keels fringed with
small white spines. Mascarenes. The above descrip-
tion taken from B.M. 4736, which is a doubtful specimen.
8. graminifdliuB, Kurz. Lvs. 12-18 in. long by 3-4
lines wide; marginal spines minute, straight. Burma.
P. graminifolius of the trade has never been carefully
distinguished from P. pygmwus, and, according to
Nicholson, it is a species of Freycinetia. F.R. 2:388,
where Taplin says it has a tufted, much-branched habit,
dark green lvs. about Yi in. wide, not so stiff as most
species; spines short, whitish.
!l. furcitus, Roxb. Tree, attaining 30-40 ft.: lvs.
15-20 ft. long, somewhat glaucous beneath; spines 1-2
lines long, curved. India. R.H. 1879:290; 1881, pp.
174, 175.
10. heterocirpus, Balf. f. Branching tree, with slen-
der trunk, very numerous roots and spreadiugbranches:
lvs. lanceolate-acuminate, dilated ;ind cl.asping at the
base, erect-spreading, leathery, stri.r. ^-neTiisli, often
somewhat glaucous at the base, rather tl.ii in;irgin cov-
ered Avith small red. slightly ineurx-d spines; lower
midril' fnrnishe.l fi-..rn the nii.MIiMJtli distant spines
of the -liiii. '-Ilm-ici, r M;i-c:in lu M.unis. — A Very Va-
rialilc /■ liiit distinguished
l.y li:ii . I : : I /■ ■ ef the trade is
syiieii}!""". mill /• /,,/.,..,.,',,.,,,, "Strong-growing,
with broad, dark green foliage; spines white; under
side of lvs. slightly glaucous."
11. caricbsus, Spreng. Shrub: lvs. !)-8 ft. by 2-2^ in.,
slightly glaucous; spines minute, white, relatively few:
male inflorescence erect. Moluccas. R.H. 1878, p. 405.
— Offered liy Van Geert, of Belgium.
12. odoratissimus, Linn. f. Height 20 ft.
green. 3-5 ft. long; spines short, wliite. hid
G.C. III. 17:14. -A scent will. -I, 1- luu. h ■ -n . 1
is obtained from the male iK. '\'\ , 1 . , ,
from Nicholson. The sp.ci, - 1
counted for in the Fh.ra .if Uriii 1: h m 1
gitus, Hort. , secured by Keasuner 11 nm ile \i
is identical with what the florists call /*. J,,,-,
13. reflexus, Lodd. Lvs. more c. iin)ileiely rec
in other common species, 5-6 ft. lenir. dark L'reeii, shin-
ing; spines long, white, those on tlie midrib of the
lower side reversed. Mascarene Islands. F.R. 2:387.
-XAv. 1895 by Pitcher & Manda.
lvs. light
I'i in Java
ved than
14. Candelabrum, Beauv. Candelabrum Tree.
Chandelier Tree. Tree, attaining 30 ft. "Lvs. 3 ft.
by 2 in., dark green; spines brown" (Nicholson). Trop.
Africa. B.M. 5014 is doubtful, referred to P. H«i«s.— Not
1202
PANDANUS
popular variegated
advertised in Amer., but fo
form, see No. 2.
15. Vandermieschii, Balf. f. Lvs. stiff, suberect,
2K-3 ft. long, lK-2 in. broad, very glaucous; margins
red and thickened; spines strong, red; midrib red.
prominent, spinv. Attains 20 ft. in Mascarenes. G.C.
III. 18:237.-T^i|.lni ;^v ~ it i- Mf.uter and usually more
upright than /', I 1 - ^. are dark green and the
plant does not i r^. The spelling Vander-
meerschii is pM./.iu.n 1 1. . i.
Another View of Pandanus.
In the third edition of Vilmorin's Blumengartnerei,
Voss gives a very different treatment of Paudanus. It
has every evidence of being based upon living plants in
German conservatories. A portion of it is here trans-
lated and ^^
feminine
Candelabmm, 3.
reflexa
Javanica, 8.
6,7.
A. To7<ng plants with unbranched stems.
R. Upper s!r!r of lis. flat on each half.
1. iitilis, Liiiii. I P. n,l,iriil!ssima, Jacq.). Margin of
lvs. jjurplisli n-.l, stmn^'lv s])iiiy: lower side of lvs. with
a keel. \ar. Madagaecariensis, Van Houtte {P. f'an-
dermeeschii, Balf.). Lvs. thickly white-powdered at the
base. P. /'ors/eri, Moore, from Lord Howe's Island: lvs.
light green and shining above, bluish green beneath;
spines yellowish green.
BB. Upper side of lvs. more or less keeled on each half.
2. furcita.Roxb. (P.coj-tVdsa, Hort.). Afastgrower;
large specimens occasionally flower in German conser-
vatories and then branch. Lvs. light green; spines
lighter, marginal ones erect, those of the keel below
recurved.
3. CandeUbrum, Beauv. In this and No. 2 the stems
are thin and the aerial roots very thick. Lvs. blue-green;
spines light colored, tipped brown. The inference is
that this species is distinguished from No. 2 by the
spines of the lower keel not being recurved.
PANICULAKIA
AA. Foiing plants with scarcely any stem.
4. reJlixa, de Vriese. Lvs. strongly reflexed; spines
on margin and lower keel strong; no keels above. P.
om&ta. Lam., lacks the spines on the lower keel, but is
otherwise the same.
1633. Pandanus utilis.
An old Screw Pine in the tropii-s. (.\dapted from
The Garden.)
AAA. I'oung plants freely branched from the ground.
B. Spines absent or only a few at the apex of lvs.
5. IsTis, Roxb. (P. odoratlssima, Noronha). (Not
adv. in America, but inserted because of its synonym
and the interest attaching to a spineless Pandanus.)
BB. Spines present and sharp.
c. Upper side of lvs. flat on each half.
C. pygm8Ba,Thouars(P.(7r«»ii«!«Ho,Hort.). Dwarf,
and densely bushy, with many aerial roots: lvs. dark
green; marginal spines whitish.
re. Upper side of lvs. more or less keeled on each half.
7. nitlda. Kurz. (P. graminifolia, Hort. ). Shrubby,
attaining 8 ft. Lvs. remarkably shiny on both sides ; the
lower keel lacks spines.
K Javanica, H..rt Bn-bv: Iv^, dnrk e-reon above,
ong as
P. Ja
W. M.
PANICULARIA (Latin name referring to the pani-
cled spikelets). Glyceria of the trade. Graminea:. A
large genus of swamp grasses inhabiting all parts of
the temperate zone, and characterized by ample pani-
cles, many-fld. spikelets with only the 2 lower glumes
empty; the others fii-m in texture, obtuse, strongly 5-7-
nerved, rounded on the back, and without cobwebby
hairs; styles present. Only the following are in the
American trade:
Americana, MacM. ( Glyceria grdndis,Wa.ts., also Hort.
Glyceria aqndtica, Amer. authors). Reed Meadow-
Grass. Tall, erect and stout (3-5 ft. high), glabrous:
lvs. large and broad (3-8 lines broad), spreading: pani-
cle very large (8-15 in. long), mostly dark brown, its
PANICULAKIA
branches long and spreading: spikelets l-T-fld., 2-3
lines long: flowering glumes 1 line long. North America.
— Good for planting in wet places for the margins of
aquatic gardens, etc.
nervita, Kuntze (Ghjceria neri'dte, Trin.,also Hort.).
Nekved Manna-Grass. Lower and more slender (1-3
ft. high), erect, glabrous: Ivs. much smaller (2-3 lines
widej : panicle 3-8 in. long, greenish, its branches long
and spreading: spikelets 3-7-fld., 1-lK lines long;
flowering glumes three-fourths of a line long. North
America. — A graceful native grass growing in damp
ground or shady places k M Wiegand
PANICUM (old Latin name of Italian millet Selaita
Kahca s iid to be deri\ed tiom p«Ktt((iM»i a panicle,
alluding to the usual form of the inflorescence)
G-taminem An immense genus of grasses scattered
1 I I I I It
fact th it the> are not well represented in the meadows
and I 1 dines ot temperate and northern regions An
ir II it Lt t I i^ pTiss of the wiimtr rtgicns is how
/ S| 1^ I ts with one
i I ! t1 nd flower
I lilt a glume
1 1 1 1 1 I 1 u the third
I ci ., I iUell Heimt, t,lume IS Lhdi iLterized by
bting of a much hrmcr texture
virgitum, Lmn An upright grass with stiff culms
2-0 ft high spikelets m loose compound panicles
usu-ilh more or less puijl 1 h q punted first
^lunie half as long as s} il 1 1 second
ind third glumes of about 1 1 I utrved A
hirl\ perennial used for i 'lis Native
of eastern U S R H 18 " i Is [ 2 M U,
p. 215; 29, p. 235; 37, p. 245.
sulc&tnm, Aubl. A tall perennial, 4-6 ft., native of
tropical America: Ivs. large, 1 in. or more broad, some-
what hairy, conspicuously plicate: panicle narrow,
about 1 ft. loTi;,', with iiKiiiy ascending branches, bearing
short-pedir, llr.l ^pikriits tliroughout their length, and
also scatt.i-i (I l.ii^tli>: spikelets pointed: lower glume
one-halt, scc.m.l ^'hnn.- two-thirds the length of third
and fourth, ail strongly nerved.
pUc&tum, Lam. Called "palm grass" in the South,
where it is cultivated for ornament. Native of East
Indies. Resembles the preceding, but Ivs. broader and
nearly smooth, and panicle larger and more bristly:
spikelets similar. R.H. 1862. p. 2!)0; 1896, p. 572. Gn.
12, p. 517; 31, p. 487; 37, p. 245. — Woolson, of Passaic,
N. J., says it grows 4-6 ft. high in the hardy border
and makes a fine statelv grass; useful for winter
bou^ii.-ts. A vari.-gat.-.l foriii is figured in F.S. 17:1743
China and Japan, aii<l
try unknown, but prdi:;
cussed in Parmer's llii
What is usually grown
name of Millet is .S. /,
P. i'an"c£rd(um=Opl
Crus-galli.
form is kii..w
is used for f'^
AKXYAKi. (JRASS. The Cultivated
111 Kanivanl niillet. The ordinary
ivatr.l s.ijl. TIh' f.irni in the trade
eies [P. fi-Hi,,. I, t.f. niH > 1^ iis,.,i ill liMlia fur its grain.
Panicle nia.li' iii. uf nuiiiirciis ,l<-iisi- ali.rnate spikes:
spikelets crowded on two sides of a 3-sided axis: sec-
ond and third glumes more or less awned. Annual.
capilUre, Linn. Old Witch Grass. A common
native annual grass and weed, recommended for culti
vation on account of its ornamental purple panicle
which is ample and loose, the spikelets being borne ot
slender hair-like pedicels. R.H. 1890, p. 525; 1896, p. 572
miliaoetun, Linn. Trite Millet. Bkoomcorn Millet.
Spikelets all pedicellate in an umbel-like, drooping pan-
icle, each with 3 empty glumes and 1 flower. — A tall
nual grass (3^ ft.) with soft Ivs., grown for fodder, but
not in common use in this country. Cultivated from
ii. .1 i;i.--ia. Native coun-
I . I ; i -^ More fully dis-
I ' r. S. Dept. Agric.
iiM I ' I States under the
1 i;,/,.i.i and its varieties.
Burmanni. For P.Germanicum^
see setana. a. S. Hitchcock.
PANSY. The Pansy is everywhere
There is much character in it. Tht
likened to a face It appeals to pel
fact the word Pansy is only a corrupt
pemee meiniij, thought lie lit
ease is also i ill I
plant has o i I
Pansy is oi I
mentions it il
critical stu hi i t tl
the Pansj w I
tinct from wil I \
that Its spec 1 1 \
tity could nut 1 1. dttci
mined nith precision
and in fact this is the
case to the piesent
dij It IS geuei illj
considered however
that It his descended
from I tolafrtcof /{see
I iola)f a small peren
ni il VIC let natne toil
cooler parts of Eun i
In Its neuly uormil i
unlmpro^ed form
I wla titiolor IS
grown in gardens Fig
1634 It lb a most m
teresting plant be
cause handsome flow
ered and variable The
flowers of this Molet
usually have three
colors or shades, mostly blue whitish and jellow, but in
the different varieties one of the colors strongly pre-
dominates. A form with very small and inconspicuous
flowers (var. arvensis) has run wild in many parts of
the country.
Pansies are perennial, but they are grown practically
as winter or spring annuals. Commercial growers sow
the seeds in fall, and sell great quantities of the .seedling
plants before winter sets in. These plants are bloomed
in frames or cold greenhouses, or they are planted in
the open for spring bloom. Plants are also started in-
doors in late winter for spring bloom. Pansies delight
in cool, moist weather; hence the American summer is
not to tlieir liking, and they usually perish. A new
stuck of i.laiits is startnl .-very year.
Thf ithiiirrn imi'i-MX I'll ransics run in strains or fami-
lies ratln I- tliaii in il.ainii.' \ arieties. These strains are
maintaiiic.l ai a liicli L:ia.lr livthe best cultivation and
the closest attcuti.iii to s.lrction. The seed of the best
strains is necessarily expensive, for it represents much
human care. The stock usually runs down quickly in
other hands. It should be renewed from the seed-
breeder each year if the best results are to be main-
tained. These fancy and high-bred strains require extra
care in the growing. Most of the best strains are of
European origin. They are usually known by the name
of the breeder. The chief points of merit in the high-
bred Pansy are size of flower, brilliancy of coloring,
arrangement of colors. The flowers may be self-colored
(of only one color) or parti-colored. The parti-colored
flowers are of throo general types; 2 banner petals and
3 ceTltrai i"-tals- of ilitTnri-iit cniors : petals all niargined
with hi- Kiel- ,■,,!, a-: i ,, I 1 1 . a I Ul i . i ,, , I Tin i , . :, i-,. all grades
fouie! ' r • . . : a', . ■ .'|,'nreyel-
low. (liHer, in siiii.i,.^ ,,f 111,,,.. |,iii-[,|,-, \ i,.|ia. nal-purple.
Pansy flowers are now grown 3 in across. Fig. 1635.
With the above account may be compared Gerard's
description of Pansies in 1587. He pictures the Hearte-
ease or Viola tricolor with small violet-like flowers, the
1204 PANSY
petals standing apart from each other. The "Upright
Heartsease," or Viola assurgens tricolor, is represented
as a stouter and more erect plant, with rounder but
scarcely larger flowers. These are described as follows:
"The Hearts-ease or Pansie hath many round leaves at
the first comraing up; afterward they grow somewhat
longer, sleightly cut about the edges, trailing or creeping
upon the ground : the stalks are weake and tender,
whereupon grow ttoures in form & figure like the Vio-
let, and for the most part of the same bignesse, of three
sundry colours, whereof it tooke the syrname Tricolor,
that is to say, purple, yellow and white or blew; by rea-
son of the beauty and braverie of which colours they
flre very pleasing to the eye, for smel they have little
or none at all. The seed is contained in little knaps of
the begnesse of a Tare, which come forth after the
floures be fallen, and do open of themselves when the
seed is ripe. The root is nothing else but as it were a
bundle of threddy strings.
"The upright Pansie bringeth forth long leaves
deeply cut in the edges, sharp-pointed, of a bleake or
pale green colour, set upon slender, upright stalks,
cornered, jointed, or kneed a foot high or higher ;
whereupon grow very fairs floures of three colours,
viz., of purple, blew and yellow in shape like the com-
mon Hearts-ease, but greater and fairer; which colours
are so excellently and orderly placed, that they bring
great delight to the beholders, though they have little
or no smell at all: for oftentimes it hapneth that the
uppermost floures are differing from those that grow
upon the middle of the plant, and those vary from the
lowermost, as Nature list to dally with things of such
beautv. The seed is like that of the precedent."
L. H. B.
The Pansy is truly a "plant for the million." Its ease
of cultivation, hardiness and cheapness have mide it one
of the most popular plants m this countr\ 1 ht undtr
/^=-
Nearly K natural '.
signed is inclined to believe that as many plants of
Pansies are sold as of all other plants.
Pansies were first improved from the original type in
Great Britain, where the cool and moist climate is well
adapted to their cultivation, and new varieties were
gradually brought out with larger flowers of varied
colors. For many years England and Scotland bore the
PANSY
reputation of growing the best Pansies. About twenty-
five years ago, however, three French specialists. Bug-
not, of St. Brieuc, and Gassier and Trimardeau, of
Paris, made immense strides in developing the Pansy,
and their productions were a revelation to the horti-
cultural world. Such sizes and colors were previously
thought impossible. Trimardeau created a new race with
immense flowers and very hardy constitution. His strain
crossed with those of Cassier and Bugnot has given a
Pansy which is superseding the older English varieties.
It must be admitted, however, that the best results can
be obtained only at the expense of much care and culti-
vation and selection, and specialists only can be ex-
pected to reach the greatest degree of perfection. The
strains degenerate very soon unless constant attention
and care are bestowed on the plants. Contrast the flow-
ers grown by Cassier and Bugnot themselves with the
strains sold nowadays generally under their names ! The
choicest flowers are rf-mnrfd so far from the type that
they produce but litth- sh.-.I aii.l that ..f sln.rt \ itidity.
The seed has to be t;:iilirr.,l l.y iLan.l.ainl ii i-i m-ci-s-
sary to go over the sr^.l-L.-cN ,v.iy .lay. With tin- .■h.'ap
and common strains hs-; i-urcfiil iiiith"ils .if s.a.l frathi-r-
ing are used. At the time of harvesting tlie phmts
are all pulled out and laid in the shade for the seed to
slowly ripen, when the seeds are all cleaned at once.
In this country, with more extremes in temperature,
more care must be exercised than in Europe in the se-
lection of localities and exposure, and with the best of
care Pansies will not last very long in bloom. A posi-
tion sheltered from high winds and exposed to the
morning sun will be found the most favorable, and soil
of a clayish nature well enriched will grow the best
Pansies. Frequent sprinklings also, to keep the ground
and foliage moist, will be of great benefit. The general
sowing for the production of early spring bloom is made
out of doors in August, while seeds sown indoors from
tebruirN to June will produce plants to flower inter-
mittenth during late summer and the fall months.
Whin sowing Pansy seed on a considerable scale in
August sow the seed broadcast in a seed-bed out of
doors, cover very lightly with fine soil or well-rotted
manure, and press the seed in with a small board ; then
mule h the seed bed with long, strawy horse manure,
fnim nhith the small particles have Oeen shaken off, to
tlic thi kncss of one inch, so as to have the soil well
111 1 I \ I nl\ covered. At the end of two weeks the plants
\mII I up Then remove the straw gradually, a little
It I tun selecting a dull day if possible. Keep the bed
i I his process for germinating Pansy seed is
11 kd by Cassier, and the undersigned from his
1 nence recommends it above all others. In
I 1 iiid Scotland the choicest varieties are perpet-
II I 1 \ means of cuttings, but it seems to be impos-
il I t in iintain the size for any length of time by this
11 I 111 North America.
11 1 ni^its aie desired for winter bloom, plant them
IS Ml Ml IS thev are large enough on beds or benches
near thi glass in the greenhouse. The temperature for
violets suits them very well. They are grown to a slight
extent for cut flowers.
If wanted for exhibition purposes, keep them in a
lower temperature till January; some freezing, even,
will benefit them. Start them slowly into growth at a
temperature of between 30-40° at night, as a higher
temperature will diminish the size of the flowers. A
weak solution of guano or hen manure once every two
weeks will help them wonderfully. Flowers 4 in. across
cm be grown for exhibition. During growrth and bloom
maintiin a rather low, even temperature, without actual
fri ( /uij: larefullv avoiding extremes in temperature.
In t i\ orcd localities Pansies designed for early spring
li!o ini rtitive no glass protection during winter, the
plants from the August sowing being transplanted in
the fall from the seed-bed directly into their permanent
quarters. Good Pansies can be grown out-of-doors with-
out glass protection as far north as Nova Scotia. Gen-
erally, however, it is much better to winter Pansies in
a coldframe, especiallv the finer strains. Pansies in
bloom should be partially shaded from the hot midday
sun. particularly the fancy-colored strains, the petals of
which are more delicate in texture.
Dents Zikkqiebel.
PAPAVER
PAPA VEB (old Latin name of dubious derivation).
Papaverhcea. Poppy. Poppies rank among the most
popular annual flowers in cultivation. From their as-
tonishing range of color, and
from the formidable list of
names given below, one might
suppose their botany very
rtunplieated. It is, however,
easy to understand. There
arc ..nly 4 species commonly
cultivated and these are all
arkably distinct. They
(1) the Opium Poppy, (2)
the Corn Poppy, (3) the
Iceland Poppy and (4)
the Oriental Poppy.
1. The Opium Poppy,
P. somniferum, one of
and the
PAPAVER
1205
of P
most variable. It is an an-
nual, of tall, stately habit,
and recognized at once bv
the glaucous hue of its foil
age. The flowers are tin
largest of any of the annual
species, but unfortunatel\
they are useless as cut-flow-
ers because they drop their
petals.
2. The Com Poppy of
Europe, P. RlKzas, is also
an annual, but a dwarfer plant, with green, hairy, finel.
cut foliage and smaller flowers. This is the delight "f 1
every American that visits Europe. The Shirley Pop-
pies are the best strain of this species; in our gardens
the flowers last longer than the common Poppies and
the plants are neater when out of bloom.
3. The Iceland Poppy, P. nudieaiile, is the glory of
the Arctic regions. It ranges over an immense territory
and varies remarkably both in the wild and the garden.
Orange, red and white are the chief colors, besides
shades of yellow, but the flowers never attain the
brilliant scarlet of the Corn Poppy. Although the
Iceland Poppy is a perennial, it is sluut Im .1 ami is
commonly treated as an annual. It i- knnwii toi the
satiny texture and crimpled chai.n t. i .it it- petals.
The flowers are excfUciit f..r . uttii.i.' , ~p. . i.ilh if
the young flower- n - -1. I ' mil cut in the earh
morning, a prith i, ' 1ms to many flow<i-
often supposed t.i I liome decoration.
4. The Oriental I' ; , - . /' .lule, is a longer-lm d
perennial, and altliuu.;h ii h i- the largest flowers ot
any species in the genus it has nothing like the fame
of the Opium Poppy. However, it has the double ad-
vantage of being easily propagated by either seed or
division, and it has a considerable range of color,
which is said to be largely due to crosses with P. brac-
teattim. The latter may be only a botanical variety; it
differs in having large bracts below the flower.
The other species are for the fancier. The Alpine
Poppy, P. alpiniiin, was considered by Linnseus to
be a distinct species from the Iceland Poppy "
ever, every gradation has been discovered between the
typical form of P. niidicaule of the arctic regions and
the common Poppy found in the Alps. The former has
a yellow flower, while the common Alpine Poppy is
white. Botanically, the Poppy of the Alps is generally
regarded as an extreme form of P. nudicatile, char-
acterized by a dwarfer habit and more fljiely divided
foliage. For horticultural purposes P. midicaule and
alpiiiiini should be considered to be distinct species.
The Iceland Poppy can be easily grown in the border,
while the Alpine Poppy demands rock-garden treatment.
The fomicr does liest in a moderately rich and light loam,
while the latter does better in a rather poor soil. Both
need fill! exj.d-iire to the sun, and P. alpiinim probably
nec.N lietie, diaiiiai,'e. The form of P. alpiuum which
has Hiiite jHtaN ivith a green spot at the base niav be
This is sli..,vi, i„ e,,i,:,. in
Gn. 24:410, and also in Correvon's pcket ,.,,,.1, ,., ,i,e
wild flowers of the Alps, entitled Ph.r. .
Correvon states that the yellow-fld. feiin ,:
rum) is found in the granitic Alps, the inf. i, i„ , I,, i,,^.
that the white-fld. form is characteristic of the calca-
reous Alps. An orange-red Poppy is also found in the
Alps and on the continent is often called P. Pyrenai-
The tendency in England is to make it a variety
ule. Whether all these plants are species
<.r \ aiiitii s and how they should be named are matters
..f . .1.1111. .11. The range of color has been indicated
al..i\ . Aside from color, the important points on which
these \ ai leties are made and imiiiade are as follows: the
degree of hairiness nt st, m .nei . ipsule: whether the
hairs are appressed oi ~].i. ..I,,,, ih, manner in which
the foliage is cut, ami tli. -Ii .| . . i the capsule, which
varies from short, thi. k .iml sul._rl.,li(ise to long, nar-
" ■ ' haped.
Papaver is a genus of about 50 species, mostly natives
of the Mediterranean region. There is, however, one in
South Africa and another in Australia. Also a true
Papaver has been discovered in California, and has
been named P. Cnlifoniii um. (The "California Poppy "
of gardens is Eschscholzia. ) Papa-
herbs with a milky juice,
smooth and often glau-
lly lobed or dissected:
nicies long: buds noddir
\ shade of red, violet, yellow
white: sepals 2; petals 4; sta-
s num. I. .11- sti_-in,itie lobes 4-
made from the
.iuice of P.
from shallow cuts
made in the young
capsules. The
seeds have no nar-
ic properties and
'" for bird
the name
nial plants are
1 inter
esting. " At the
hybrid confer-
Paris, gave a very interesting account
of a successful attempt at hybridizini
the Opium Poppy(P. sowuuVenou )wit]
P. orientate or P. bracteatum, th
1206
PAPAVER
hybrids of which did not produce seed until thev were
again cross-fertilized with P. orientale, when a perma-
nent race of showy plants that grow freely from seeds
wa^ obtained." F. W. Burhidge, in Gn. 56, p. 321 (1899).
There is no garden monograph of Poppies, but the
student may find an account of .'IS specii's in Boi.ssier's
A# W'rA
1^11807).
umedin
"■:>■■> ,■.. ,, ,. , :,,,u, bi.
l--^ :ii''l I" •■ MMiu- I inlinar-
for the horticulturist, though
not for the botanist. In the case
of the Poppies it is not very
useful. The duration of several
kinds is doubtful, species which
lie annual in the South behaving
IS biennials in northern botanic
„ irilens. Moreover, for garden
'I "^ all Poppies are to be
'''•' 1-; annuals for best re-
iili the exception of P.
' '" and bracteafum, which
I u K.ii.luuer thinks of as one
The Oriental Poppy is,
may live for
after the third year it usually de-
generates. It blooms the first year
from seed and the best results
are usually secured the second
year.
The following account of Shir-
ley Poppies is given by the Rev.
W Wilks in The Garden 57, p.
385: "In 1880, I noticed in a waste
corner of my garden, abutting on
the fields, a patch ot the common
wild field Poppy (P,//i«(erjff7i«'as),
one solitarv Howr-r nf which
..f white.
■k'll and
hundred
plants. I had four or five
on which all the flowers
were edged. The best of
these were marked and
seed saved, and so
on for several vears, the
flowers all the while get-
ting a larger infu-
te to tone
ly pure white. I
then set myself to
change the black
central portions of
the flowers from
black to yellow or
white, and having
at last fixed a strain
with petals varying
in color from the
brightest scarlet to
pure white, with all
of flakes and
1637. Oriental Poppy.
Papaver orientale (X 1-5).
shades of pink between and all
edged flowers also, but all having yellow or white sta-
mens, anthers and pollen, and a white base." * * * Mr
Wilks then distributed it freely to all. "My ideal," he
continues "is to get a yellow P. Rhceas. and I have
already obtained many distinct shades of salmon. The
bhirley Poppies have thus been obtained simply bv
selection and elimination. • » • »- j .
.i.^Ji* ''^"^ "oti'^ed that true Shirley Poppies fl) are
single, (2) alwaj-s have a white base with (3) yellow or
white stamens, anthers and pollen, (4) never have the
smallest particle of black about them. Double Poppies
and Poppies with black centers may be greativ admired
by some,
interestiri
werld-rii
nished «
of one Ml
the Shiil.
are not Shirley Poppies. It is rather
' ■' that the gardens of the whole
" \ rman's alike -are to-day fur-
<i"-n are the direct descendants
I seed raised in the garden of
^■- .' lately as August, 1880."
There is no way in which the lover of color in flowers
can gratify his taste so cheaply and so fully as bv g7ow
mfl ;' f °1 "'''r""" "^ ^'''I'pies. No other flowe? will
iii'i'i 'l ^"' ' '' -'"'^''""■'^ ^hl.w iij the border during the
" ', •- "'•,"'■' ■""' ''"' hr-i h.'ilf "f August. To grow
.J ■ " ■ "I'l'M -. I'laiit ihr ,,., ,1 :,s early in the spring
it"uhl'i,t7.',l",i'.!l„'',T' "";^-"l- ' "ver very lightly, for
II piaiiiL-a deep tli. -i , ,] ,|,„- i,,,i urrminate The best
Sl^lt^;.!::,':;: -,:-
«f ^^u;'.''.,;;;\;::j--v-^,j'^
IrnJ^ P S™^'?S ^'^•■i^ties and 12 in. for the"^ strong
growing />somn,^er«m. Pick all the pods as soon a!
the petals drop, unless one desires to save seed. This
nftT^^ lengthens the blooming season and saves a lot
of trouble the next year. The seed is quite hardy, and if
eft to npen, the seedlings come up in countless numbers
i. th f T"^ fP""!"^;,, ^'°- advantage of self-sown seed
is that the plants bloom two weeks earlier than if
planted in the spring. Poppies must always be planted
where they are to bloom, as no annual Pbppy will beir
transplanting. Poppies are so susceptible to cross-fer-
tuization that new strains arc constantly arising The
ease with which they can be originated has led to much
confusion in the seed catalogues.
P. somtiiferum the Opium Poppy, is the commonest
kind in cult, and is sufficiently described elsewhere
P. Bltcpas. the scarlet field Poppv <if (ireat Britijn is
theparentof many beautiful f.iriiis ■ Fi- lii's (ifti|,'..e
the best is the Shirley, the I.. x.li.M ,,t~,'ll r,,i,,,i,.. ,he
flowers are of the mostdelieat. -ilky tr \tin. ai'^l in ,viry
imaginable shade and coml.inati.,,', ,,f xihitc i.ink md
red, with yellow anthers. Var. um ft.-o.siuii .the Fire Drairon
of some catalogues, is dark cardinal, with a black blotch
at the base of each petal, and purplish black anthers
P. lavigatum resembles P. ■umbroauin. thv (!■< l.einL' the
same color, but the black blotch is marj.-ii,. ,1 witli white
and the petals are more upright, not <ip, mir' ...it -,• fl-.t
as in P. Jiliwtts. Sometimes P. l(Ffi,,ai„i„ . . m, , ., mi-
double, but with this exception all tlic Minll.i .ImuMc
Poppies are forms of P. ^Sffos. The ranun. ui,,. n.i ],.,,,
all the gracefulness of the single forui, w nh a w "),(!. rlul
diversityof color, white through pink t..th. .1. . i , -t , rmi-
son, and in every degree of doublen.-- ti. m l mt ; i -ws
of petals to perfectly double. The vari. ti< -, iinihr:-siim
and Shirley .show a tendency to come double though never
so completely as the ranunculus-fld. The Rosebud and
Mew Japanese Pompone are selections from the ranun-
culus-fld. type. "Golden Gate" is a miNture of P um-
brosiim, P. lavigahim and P. r,n,„„,„i;n„nim in sinele
and double. ' *•
The best of the perennial I'.ii:|,i, ^ ar. /■ unrlirniiU
and orientale. P. midicani, . il,. Ir, I I I'ni.pv is one
of ourmostdesirable perennial-, i,.-. i, ;:;•.. H rhe'flowers
are cut regularly and no sefil|M„^ all,,!,, ,1 t,. form it is
in bloom from May to October. Ih. iN, ar, ,,ii wiry stalks
12 in. or more long, and well .MJai,!,,! l,,r , uitiiig The
colors are white, yellow, ami cran^'. r,-.l: tlj.v are easily
grown from seed, and will bloom the fiist year if sown
early. It is well to grow new plants every second year,
as in the colder parts of the country it is subiect to
winter-killing when the plants get old.
Very different from the dainty Iceland is the gorgeous
Oriental Poppy, one of our most striking and showy gar-
den plants. Pig. 1637. The great fls., 6-8 in. across", deep
scarlet with a bluish purple base and stamens, are held
well above the foliage on stout leafy stalks! Unfortu-
nately, the flowering season is short: 2 or 3 weeks in June
and their glory is gone. They also are easily grown
from seed and are very hardy. P. bracteatum, deeper in
color and more robust, is, strictly speaking, a variety of
P. orientale. Other varieties have orange, pink, and
salmon-colored flowers, but none of them are so effec-
tive in the garden border as the type.
P. glaucum, the Tulip Poppy, is a weak, spindly
PAPAVER
grower if planted thickly. The tls. are of an intense
cardinal color, without black blotch; the outer petals
much larger than the inner, overlapping at the edges,
giving it the appearance of a tulip. P. a re iiur I urn, in the
writer's experience, is scarcely worth growing.
R. B. Whtte.
1207
aculeatum. 12.
Frem^h. 4.
Peaeock. 10.
llariepiiiuin. 12.
Persicum, 17.
album. 14, 15.
glaucunl, 11.
uilosum, 13.
alpi.mm 13.
!;ramlitiorum, 2.
plenum, 2.
Gmnlandicum.U.
priecox, 3.
Athinti.-iim. 5.
Hookt-ri. 4.
puniceum, 14.
Pyrenaicum, 15.
hra?t"eatum™3.
h.vbri.lmu', 273.
ranunculiflorum, 4.
Briile, 1.
imraaculatum, 2.
Rlioeas, 4.
C'alitornicum, SI.
iilvol„ciat<,m,a.
roseum. 3, 15.
cirdiuale. 1.
rnbro-aurantiaeran
Caueasicum, 6.
.laponicum, 4.
14.
Chinese. 1.
lievigatum. 8.
nibram, 15.
coccineum, 14.
luteum. 14, 15.
rupifragiun, 10, 5.
Mephisto. 1.
semiplenimi, 2.
Corn. 4.
Mikado. 1.
setigenim, 1.
rroceum. 14.
Murselli.l.
Shirley. 4.
Danebrog, 1.
Sintenisii, 2.
Danish Cross. 1.
nndil'aule. 14.
somniferum, 1.
Danish Flag. 1.
Opium, 1.
splendeus. 2.
limbriatura, 1.
orieutale. 2.
striatum, 14.
Flag of Triiee, 1.
siUphureiim. 14.
Tulip, 11.
llavifloruin, l.i.
paeony-Howered, 1,
llavum, l.i.
Parkmanni, 2, 3.
umbrosum, 4.
flvribundum. 6.
Pavnninum. 16.
Faroitium. 16.
Victorian Cross, 1.
DD. Pl.-i. icttJt laiye, leafy
bracts
Filaments not dilated at
1. somniferum
2. orientale
3. bracteatum
."st";,-.
D. II..
lUdUj
E. .S7/.;„i..^V r.nix S-10. i. Khoeas
EE. iiti.jin.jtic nijjsGS.. 5. rupifragTim,
var. Atlanticum
EEE. Stigmatic rays S-6. . 6. Caueasicum
DH. Herbage sparingly
bristly or merely
pilose-pubescent.
E. Petals purple, spotted
dark.
F. Lvs. bipinnalisect. 7. arenarlum
FP. it's, p i nn ately
parted 8. laevigatum
EE. Petals brick- red,
spotted green 9. Califomioum
EEE. Petals orange- red,
unspotted 10. rupifragum
CC. Stem-lvs. clasping 11. glaucum
D. Herbage bristlif 12. aculeatum
DD. Herbage soft-huirii i:i. pilosum
AA. Capsule bristly
B. stems leafless 14. nudicaule
15. alpinum
BB. Stems leafy.
c. Sepals appendaged: cap-
sule minute 16. FaToninum
CC. Sepals not appendaged:
capsule large 17. Persicum
1. somniferum, Linn. Opium Poppy. Fig. 1630. Ro-
bust, glaucous and glabrous plant, 3-4 ft. high, with fls.
4-5 in. across, much larger than those of any annual
kind. Lvs. oblong, unequally toothed at the base; stem-
lvs. cordate at the base: petals orbiculate, every shade
from white through pink and red to purple, but not yel-
low or blue: capsule obovate, stalked, with a flat disk.
Greece, Orient. Gn. 9, p. 197. Gt. 40, p. 609; 44, p.
593. R.H. 1893. p. 349. S.H. 2:272.
Among the double forms there are two main strains
or types, the carnation-fld. and the pteony-fld. (the lat-
ter P. piJEonio'fldrum, Hort. ). The former has fringed
petals; tin- lattiT m.t. B..tli iiii'hulc- a wide range of
color, :iim1 .\rii :, M'll.iu- i.u'iii I-. ;i(l\ ,-i'i i-->l, l.iit this
form 1- . ^ ■:.. ,i , ;: : ii':. ■ . ■ . / ' V , is an-
other -I ■ ..: M.,, . .!■_.;•.• ., Mikado
is a fax.. I,:- . /', . ., ,..,-! . - :,■;„,, name for
doublr 1,11,^, M >.„,■.. ^ /■ , , ■ !- n..i u j.olanical
nanu'. h i- lii- Ii.-im i, ii:.i,m ..i i ,,i<:,iial. another strain
of d..nlil- Irin-. .! iK. I bi-.. -. I'..: ; :. ^ an- a double-fld.
ties and ,a.ini.i-ixiii- .Iwari'.r iliau -trains previously
known. R.H. 1WI3, y. 349. An exceptionally interesting
monstrosity has occurred in which there are no petals,
and the stamens are supposed to be transformed into
pistils which actually ripen seed. It was figured as long
ago as 1851 in F.S. 6, p. 242 and again in R.H. 1893,
p. 349. It seems to be no longer advertised, but it was
considered constant.
Among the single varieties. Danebrog is one of the
most -^frikii:- "v.,\ i.nymlar. The white spots at the base
1 Cross. Of the
Bride are favor-
About a dozen
her van.ti.s an- advertised
Var. setigerum (P. scligcm
1 longer advertised, but acco
idkei
1, DC). P. setigerum is
ding to Nicholson numer-
li from it. P. setigerum
of P. .<sonniiferum. It is
sica and Hy^res. It dif-
h are incised-toothed, the
•e pointed; also the cap-
mes is in P. somniferum.
2. orientale, Linn. Oriental Poppy. Fig. 1637-8. This
and the next are the most robust and large-fld. Poppies;
also the best. eoTiiiiiiMi.st and hum.-t lived of the per-
ennials. Plants i^Vi.w ::-4 l"r. !ii::ti .uhI bear fls. 6 in. or
more across. Lv~. Iiis|,i,i. pinnat.iv j.arted; lobes ob-
long-lancenlatf. -.-nai.': rap^il.- ni„,vate, with a flat
disk: «tiu-TTiati.- i;i. - I1-i:. In /•. ..>-.. i.t.ilc the petals
are .n-i l- m,:, I ! , .,■, .', i l •, \.\ ,, k ~\;~\. It «-a~ m.t until
late in :,.._■. ^ i, ■ ii - -i.r,nn^ ma.ln a .leoided
break n . .- i • ,... . . ', . ki-> .if l,\lirid- vith P.
nge
through several shades of red to orange, salmon and
pale pink. Some are unspotted, some are adapted to
cutting, and doubling has made some progress. Among
the Latin names of varieties belonging to this class are
grandiflorum, hybridum, immaculatum, nanum, spl6n-
dens, Parkmanni, plenum, semiplenum, and Sintenisii.
■Or
ntal
done in the summer time.'
l.-<l alTiT l>l<M.niing, ill late July
un.w in I In- antiimn, and these
rt a\\-a\" and make good growth.
■y w.uld n.it recover in time to
variety can be increased largely
' short pieces. This also is best
tha
dl. (P. oricntAle, var. braeteAtum).
■■Im:,' 111 having large, leafy bracts.
I ihr . .,|.,r of this species in the
1 .1 /'. /nil ^n?e scarlet. Also the
ar.. ^aid tu be earlier, the lvs. con-
m1 tlie stigmatic rays 16-18 instead
Irrsia. B.R. 8:658. G.C. 1860:647.
s more or less united into one was
II F.S. l.'i, p. 186, but it seems to be
hybridum, Parkmanni, preecox and
!. See also species No. 2. P. ih-
'iiiium, Haage & Schmidt, seems
-'■ribed kind. The name suggests
Rhoeas,
Corn Poppy. This is typically
a dwarf, green, bristly plant, with pinnately parted
foliage and lis. about 2 in. across, two of the petals
smaller than the others, all scarlet and spotted black.
Height 2 ft. or less. In cultivation every shade known
to the Opium Poppy has been reproduced in the Corn
Poppy, but the fis. are always smaller. In the wild it
varies greatly, the foliage once or twice pinnately
1208
PAPAVER
parted, the bristles many or few, appressed or spread-
ing, the fls. spotted or not. Eu., Orient. Gn. 30, p. 297.
— Up to 1886 the French Poppies were considered the best
strain. Since then the lovely strain known as Shirley
Poppies has surpassed all others. This strain was de-
veloped by the Rev. W. Wilks, secretary of the Royal
Horticultural Society. It is one of the finest contribu-
tions to floriculture ever made by an amateur (see p.
1200). Var. ranunculifldnim, Hort., is a strain with
^^
1638. Oriental Poppy. Papav
double tls. in various colors, self and variegated, with
the petals entire, rounded and somewhat reflexed. Var.
Japdnicum, Hort., is a strain introduced about 1893 from
Japanese gardens, and said to have smaller and fuller
fls. than ordinary and of more varied shades. They are
called Japanese or Japanese Pompons. Rhoeas was the
name used by the ancient Greeks and Romans for the
Corn Poppy.
Var. umbrdsum, Mottet( P.itmbrdsum, Hort.) , is a plant
with petals of a darker red than the typical P. Rhaas
and blackish spots. It was introduced by Vilmorin
about 1891, and was considered a marked gain in pro-
ductiveness. The habit is dwarf, compact, much
branched. Soon after a double form was distributed.
Mottet considers it a form of P. Shceas, but some bot-
anists consider it a form of P. commutatnm. Judging
from a single trade specimen, the undersigned supposes
it is a nearly glabrous form of P. Rhxas : the buds are
bristly, but otherwise the plant has only a very few
appressed hairs on the peduncles and on "the Ivs. along
the midribs. P. umbrosum was found growing wild in
Attica. P. commutatum is a species closely allied to
P. Wiaeas, and differs in having the petals obovate
and not overlapping instead of orbicular and overlap-
ping, while the anthers are ovate instead of oblong.
R.H. 1891, p. 431; 1893:12; 1893, p. 350. G.C. 11. 22:49.
V. 9:187.
Var. Hodkeri (P. Rodl-eri, Baker). A puzzling plant
found in the gardens of India, and of unknown parent-
age. It is nearest to P. Rhwas, and "differs in its great
size, for it forms a bushy herb 4 ft. high and upwards,
and in the great number of the stigmatic rays, which
PAPA\'ER
are 12-20, i . e., nearly double those of P. Rhoeas; the
fls., capsule and seeds also are much larger and the
stigma broader in proportion." The fls. attain 314 in.
in diam., and vary from pale rose to bright crimson,
with a white or black spot at the base. B.M. C729. Gn.
29, p. 139. G.C. II. 25:9. Procurable from England. -
Said to revert occasionally to P. Rhoeas.
5. rupifragum, var. Atlinticum, Ball (P. AtUnticum,
Haage & Schmidt ) . Hoary and everywhere covered with
copious spreading hairs except the glabrous capsule:
height 1-2 ft.: Ivs. oblanceolate; hairs spreading: fls.
2-3 in. across; petals orange-red or scarlet; stigmatic
rays 6-8: capsule club-shaped. Morocco. 6,000-7,000 ft.
B.M. 7107.
6. Cauc&sicum, Bieb. (P.
■sf.).
B K.
sected: buds ovate: calyx i;!
petals somewhat in pairs: sti;.;i
B..M. 1075 (brick-red, not spott
7. arenirinm, Bieb. Annual, sparingly beset with
bristles which are spreading on the stem and appressed
on the foliage: Ivs. twice pinnatisect into minute linear
strips: fls. purple, with a dark spot at the base of each
petal; filaments not dilated: capsule obovate or top-
shaped, with a convex disk : stigmatic rays 7-9. Sandy
places in Caucasus and Caspian region. — Procurable in
England.
8. laevigitum, Bieb. Glabrous or with a few small
bristles: fls. purple, usually spotted; petals minute,
obovate: capsule narrowly top-shaped or club-shaped:
stigmatic rays 8-10. Greece, Orient. — It is doubtful
whether the plant sold under this name is true, for in
G.C. III. 5:21 it is .shown with large, roundish, over-
lapping petals.
'1. Callibmicum, Gray. Annual, sparsely pilose-pubes-
11 lit. 1 _",. ft. liitrh: Ivs. pinnately parted or divided
iiii.i :i.uti-li t.p.iiln-d or 3-lobed or entire segments: fls.
Boiss. & Rent. Dull green, nearly
glabrous. Spain. The typical form offered in England.
See No. 5.
11 Klaiicum, n..iss. & Hausskn. Tulip Poppy. Per-
' I nil glabrous except a few small, ap-
I I ili.iig the peduncles, branched at the
li:i' V ■ irnadly cordate at the base, pinnately
l<..irrit lit (-aiu-ii. the lobes triangular, di T^*:iri ; rhr ti nth
obtuse, callous, muticous: petals laiL- '.■ ■ •inl
atthebase: capsule ovate, stalked; ^m i > ' ■ i '^iit
12. Svria. Gt. 40, p. 608. repeated ii ■ i ill J7.
R.B. 20, p. 58. S.H. 2:467 anil V. l.',:,:. l;.ll. lt;ii;. p.
463; 1893, p. .350. Int. Is'.'l Ix I ;. luiry, of Krfurt.-The
charming plant s..M iiml. r lii- nan, e reminds one im-
mediately of a tulip 111 r,ni-i ,1 tlu color and texture of
the flower, but espei-iallv hirmi^. nf its cup-like shape.
The two inner petals are smallir, i n-.t. ami make a loo.se
cup. The plants grow about ]L'-I4 in. liii,'li jiiid produce
50-«0 large fls.
12. acule&tam, Thunb. (P. Cmii i.'nnnii. Burch. P.
ht'irrkhim, I>C.). Annual, 1-4 ft. high: stem branched,
densely covered with spreading, rigid, unequal bristles:
Ivs. green, sinuately pinnatifid, the laciniations spine-
tipped: fls. scarcely 2 in. across; petals scarlet -orange,
unspotted: capsule elalifAn-. nlil.intr-obovate. S.Africa,
Australia. B.M. 36l':: Tl r i.nh I'oppy known to in-
habit the southern In m i-jli.M . I'n'rurable in England.
Annual in S. Africa. I.ut -.ml Im h. Iiiinnial in northern
botanic gardens.
13. pildsum, Sibth. and Sm. Perennial. This flower is
about 3 in. across, brickred, the petals all of a size and
with a pale spot at the base: .stems tall and scabrous,
freely branched : Ivs. covered with velvety, appressed
hairs; stem-lvs. clasping, broadly oblong, lobed and
serrate: capsule glabrous, oblong-club-shaped : stigmatic
rays 6-7. Rockv alpine heights of Mt. Olympus in
Bithvnia. B.M. 4749. Gn. 41, p. 277; 42, p. 585.
PAPA^'ER
14. nudicadle, Linn. Iceland Poppy. Fig. 1639.
Typically a yellow-fld. arctic perennial, more robust
than the next, with divisions of the Ivs. entire or spar-
ingly cleft, and capsule short, thick and roundish. In
America this form is found as far south as southern
Colo, on the peaks of the Rockies. Gn. 26:464; 24, p.
342; 28, p. 58; 42, p. 584. V. 13:297. B.M. 1633; 3035
and R.H 1890:60 (P. croeeum). P.S. 10:1017 (as var.
croeeum). The following varieties are advertised in
the trade : Album, aorantlacum, coccineum, crdcenin,
striatum and sulphdreum. Double forms in the various
colors are advertised. Older names which are likely to
reappear are vars. liJteum, puniceum, and rubro-auran-
tiaoum, B.M. 2344. P. crdceum, Ledeb., a native of the
Altai Mts., is a form nearer to P. nudieaule than it is
to alpinum. The name "nudieaule" refers to the lack
of Ivs. on the stem which distinguishes this and the
Alpine Poppy from the common Corn Poppy of Europe.
P. Greenldnilicum. Hort., is possibly a catalogue name
for P. nudieaule.
U-V \[-
Iceland Poppy, Papaver
(XM).
1.5. alpinum, Linn. Alpine Poppy. Typically a fra-
grant white-rtd. perennial of the European Alps, of
dwarfer habit, with divisions of the Ivs. cut into many
fine and narrow secondary divisions, and a longer and
narrower capsule approaching club shape. Gn. 24:410.
L.B.C. 5:434. The following varieties are advertised:
PAPHIOPEDILUM 1209
albifldrum. album, aurantiacum, flaviildrum, fl4vum,
Pyrenaioum, roseum :ind rubrum. P. liiteum, Hort. EU-
wanger aii.l Barry, belongs here, but P. luteum of the
botanists i- the Wilsh Poppy, Meconopsis Cambrica.
10. Pavoninum, Fisch. & Meyer (P. Pavdnium, Nichol-
son Diet. Gard.). Peacock Poppy. Annual, sparsely
hispid-pilose: Ivs. pinnately parted, the divisions ob-
long-linear and incised-toothed: petals scarlet, dark-
spotted : capsule minute, ovate: stigmatic rays 4-5.
Sandy places of Turkestan and Afghanistan.' G.C
II. 26:329. — Botanically it is very distinct by reason
of 2 short, horn-like appendages, one on each sepal
near the tip on the back. Int. 1886 by W. Thompson,
Ipswich, Eng., who added the following points: "dwarf,
1 ft. high, neater and less weedy than most annual Pop-
pies: petals with a gray spot at the base and a horse-
shoe-shaped band of black. In the early part of the
day the flower seems to have a white eye, surrounded
by one complete ring of black." A good plant produced
100 flowers.
17. PSrsioum, Lindl. Biennial, setose-hispid: stem
tall, branching, pyramidate ; Ivs. pinnately parted :
buds oblong: calyx setose: petals overlapping at the
margin : capsule large : stigmatic rays 5-6. Persia.
B.R. 19:1570 (petals brick-red, with or without a white
spot at the base). This has been, and may still be, con-
fused in the trade with P. CaucasicHm. Both are glau-
cous, and both advertised in England, but they are
biennials.
P. album, Hort. Bridgeman. is presumably a double white-
fld. variety of the Opium Poppy. — P. coccineum, Hort. Bridge-
man, is presumably a double scarlet-rid. variety of the common
Poppy.— i*. maculatum, var. superbum, Haage & Schmidt, is
presumably a form of one of the common species. ^^ jj
PAPAW is Carica Papaya ; also Animimi.
PAPER MULBERRY. See Broussonetin.
PAPER PLANT. See Cypenis Papi/rus and Papyrus
PAPHlNIA (Paphos, city of Cyprus, sacred to Venus).
Orehiilitceo-. A rare and prettv SfHUs of orchids, having
the habit of small I.v r:,.!,-, '■n,. .■uii..,i-l> -li.q.rd fls.
are borne on ]> . : ii . i 1\ 2-fld.
Sepals and pitn - i ■ ii-olete:
labellum uppeniM'-i n ,.t, i hi, nr.-asily
grown with Lyta.-,ic-. aii.i .-li..ui.i l.i- (..ai.u ,i m librous
peat and moss. During the growing period they require
a liberal supply of water.
cristata, Lindl. Pseudobulbs ovate, 1-3-lvd.: Ivs.
lanceolate, 4-6 in. long: scapes pendent, 1-2-fld. : sepals
and petals laiici-'daic. acuminate, spreading, the latter
a littli' sinallri- : all streaked above and transversely
ban<leil l.rl.iw with .li-ep crimson or chocolate-brown
marking's en a wliitish ground; labellum much smaller,
chocolate-purple; the 2 lateral lobes oblong, pointed,
halt spreading, separated from the middle lobe by a
deep constriction; middle lobe triangular-rhomboid,
with an erect crest and clavate glands on the disk, and
bordercil in front by a fringe of clavate hairs. June-
Aug. Trinidad. B.M. 4836. B.R. 21:1811 (as J^«xi7-
rugosa, Keichb. f. Pseudobulbs small, rounded: Ivs.
small, linear, acuminate: fls. waxy, creamy white, cov-
ered with red spots, which run together in blotches.
grandiflora, Rodr
ig. (P.!7™»rf/s,Reichb.f.). Fls.choc-
olate-bn.Hii, striat,
.f on thr. lower half of the sepals and
petals Kith -r.M„i
h V. Mow and cream color, margins
cream: iali.-ll,,,., .
aik liuiplo at the base, with an ob-
long. .-r. am r,,!,,,-,
i mi. Ml.- lol.e, and a pair of small
lobes on each side
Brazil. G.C. III. 14:.561.-A curi-
FAPHIOPfiDILUM (Paphinia (above) and word for
suiidal). Orchiddcerr. A section of Cypripedium sepa-
rated by Pfitzer. It is distinguished by the3-loculed ovary
and by the conduplicate arrangement of the Ivs. in the
.1210
PAPHIOPEDILUM
bud. Pfltzer writes in Engler& Prantl's Pflauzenfamilien
that the "ovary is completely 3-loculed, or 1-loculed be-
low and only the tip divided into 3 locules." The species
have not been revised and will be found under Cypripe-
dium and Selenipedium.
P. barbdttim. Pfitz. (Cypripedium barbatum, Lindl.).— P.
BiixalU. Pfltz. (Cypripedium Boxalli. Reiohb. f.).— P. cauda-
tum. Pfltz. ( .Stienipediiim caudatum, Reichb. f.).
Heinrich Hasselbking.
PAPPOOSE ROOT or BLUE COHOSH is Caulophyllitm
tliaUctroi<h's, a native plant that does not appear to be
in the general trade.
PAPtRUS antiqudrum (Fir 11.40) the E„'vptian
Paper-plant, is Cyperus Puptim II I i tech-
nical description. It IS a tall ^'i iiiatic,
bearing an umbel of long and is. It
does not endure frost. It is mm li hiig out
about ponds in the summer Tin in iiii~ Im In dding are
1640. Papyrus antiqi
propagated in January and Fel>ruary, by di
roots that were brought in from the open
The plants are kept quiet - --■ '■- — '
The roots are divided
started '
_ _ divided.
„.jall pieces, and the divi-
warm sand propagating bed.
the plants grow, they are potted. By late spring
plants should be ready for use in shallow pools in the
PARACHUTE FLOWER, adv. by Blanc, 1900, is Cero-
pegia Sdndersoni, Decaisne, from So. Africa. AscUpia-
dilcece. It is a tall-twining plant with fls. of most un-
usual shape and structure. It is figured in B.M. 5792,
from which the following extracts are taken : " Stems
stout, succulent, as thick as a goose-tjuill. . . . Lvs,
small and distant for the size of the plant, shortly
stoutly petioled, 1 14-2% in. long, ovate-cordate, obtuse,
thick and succulent, nerveless, deep green like the
tube 2 in. broad
and green at the
5-angled transyni:
veins; this presr
cap is ;i Iiiil'Iii
central jiaiHll:, : .
and the mniLin-
trausparciii. il:ii.
Ceropr-.^i r,„,i
Several s|)<-cirs ;
when the first v
ii.in- within the border."
ili"iii Ml -|ri-ies, mostly African.
'iwn in I'jirtipean collections, but
of this Cyclopedia was written
none had been offered in the American trade. Some of
them are bulbous-rooted. They demand a warm or in-
termediate house, and are propagated by cuttings of
the
All the species are odd.
L. H. B.
PARADtSEA (saidi
e, of which this
Often written
-. St. Bnino's
I be from Paradis
plant is supposed to be a fit inhabitant!
Pariiilisiii. St. Bruno's Lily. LiliAee
Lily and St. Bernard's Lily are aih<iii-<.l m h. mly
every good-sized catalogue of hardy j ms,
as Anthericum Jyiliastrum- and .1 >< / '/'>,
but the former should be called i^^o-'M// ^- ./ L' : <i h :nii .
Both these plants have white, lily-likt- lis., iK.rne in
early summer on scapes a foot or more high. The lis. of
both are tipped green outside. The lvs. are linear, all
radical, and a foot or so long. Both plants are natives
of middle Europe, and bv tln-ir pcpnlar names recall
the life-saving monks of' tin- Ali-. it i- no wonder,
then, that they are often (•.iiifu-, ,1, '111. I'^iradisea has
larger fls., which are fuiuirl -li,[|i. .1 raih. i- than rotate,
but the fundamental diffenn.-. s himhi wliich Paradisea
is made a separate genus lie in tlie stamens. In Para-
disea (according to Bentham & Hooker), the anthers
are attached at the middle of the back and are versatile;
in Anthericum the anthers are attached at their base
and are erect. Moreover, the stamens of Paradisea
are hy pogynous ; of Anthericum, perigynous. Following
are some of the other differences as given by Baker in
Journ. Linn. Soc. 15:286, 287, 301 (1877):
Paradisea Lilidstnim, Bertol., has 6-8 lvs. : scape 12—
24 in. high : raceme 2-10-fld. : bracts lanceolate : perianth
18-21 lines long: style 15-18 lines long; ovary and cap-
sule oblong.
Anthericum Lilidgo, Linn., has 12-20 lvs.: scape 6-15
in. high: raceme ( sometimes panicled ) 10-20-fld.: bracts
linear: perianth 6-9 lines long: style 5-6 lines long:
ovary and capsule globose. Some of the above char
acters will not hold for cultivated plants.
P. LiUastrum, var. major, Hort.. is said to be a much
larger and better form than the type, growing 2-3 ft.
high and bearing more and larger fls. Gn. 9:1 {&s An-
thericum Liliastru^n var.) has fls. 2 in. long and 2H in.
across. ^^ ji,
PARADISE FLOWER. StreUtzia reginoe.
s, not in the
PARA NUT. Berthollelia.
PARASITE. A parasitic plant is one which fastens
itself upon another plant (or other organism), and,
stimulated by the latter, either grows into its interior,
or sends certain sucking organs into its tissues by means
of which a part or all the nourishment necessary for the
Parasite is obtained. A plant which lives upon dead
organic substance is termed a saprophyte (which see).
The most common Parasites are to be found among the
fiiiii;!. wliich lire the abundant causes of plant diseases,
--n li .1- ru-i-. smuts, and mildews. These fungous
r, .!■ nil of their nourishment from the host,
.1 1. and mo.st commonly grow within the
ti- , - ;,; ii, I. , ay to form their reproductive bodies, or
spi.K --.. llii n are al.so Parasites among flowering
plants. Of these there are two principal classes: (1)
those green in color, or chlorophyll-containing, such as
the mistletoe and the bastard toad-flax; and (2) those
practically devoid of chlorophyll, such as the dodder
PARASITE
PARK
1211
ape. Member
3f the
ass are ac-
• their own
arljoiia 11^ mar. -rial fn.in ('( ).j and wat.r. while meni-
lers III' fhr ^ II. 1 ria-s iiMist r.Tiiv.- all nr nearl}' all
letweeu Parasites and sapruphj tes ; tliere are plants
larasitic at one stage ami saprophytic at another, and
here are those which are at once parasitic and sapro-
'lyt'C- B. M. DCGGAR.
PARASOL, CHINESE. Sterculia platanifolia.
PARASOL FIR or TREE. Sciadopitys verticillata.
PARASOL PINE. Pinus Pinea.
PARDANTHUS. See Belen
mda.
vl
PARIS (n.ime discussed below). Herb Paris. Love
Apple. Lilii'treii'. Everyone who knows and loves a
Trillium will he interested in the Herb Paris, which
differs from a Trillium in having its floral parts in
4's instead iif 3's. There are about 8 species alto-
gether, and in some of them the floral parts are in
higher numbers than four. They resemble Trilliums in
being small, hardy, rhizomatous plants, found in moun-
tainous countries of the north temperate zone, and even
in the arctic regions. Also they have a single whorl
of Ivs. at the top of the scape and a single flower, but
in Paris the outer perianth segments are more herba-
ceous and calyx-like, while the inner ones are much
narrower and less showy, being mere strips of petal or
even entirely absent.
The name Paris is an interesting one. The berry of
the plant is compared to the apple of discord, while the
four leaves surrounding it are likened to Paris and the
three envious goddesses, Juno, Minerva and Venus.
Others think the name is derived from par, equal, refer-
ring to the agreement in number between leaves and
floral parts.
quadrifdiia, Linn. Herb Paris. True Love. Height
9-12 in.: Ivs. netted-veined (very exceptional among
monocotyledons): peduncle rising 1-2 in. above Ivs.:
perianth segments yellowish green, the 4 inner ones
rather more yellow: berry bluish black. Rarely the Ivs.
and floral parts are in 5's. The dominant European
type, scattered all over Eu. and Siberia. from the Arctic
circle to the Mediterranean, in woods and shady places,
but usually very local. Fls. in spring or early summer.
Gn. 31, p. 16.5.— Not advertised in America at present.
W. M.
PARIS DAISY. Chrysanthemum frutescens.
PARlTIHM tiliiceum is referred to Hibiscus in this
work. It is a handsome shrub or small tree, of 10 to 30
feet, bearing considerable general resemblance to the
cotton plant, for which travelers have sometimes mis-
taken it. In Porto Rico it is often planted for hedges
along roadsides, and is very abundant in waste places
near the sea. It was already widely distributed in
Ameri.-a in prehistoric times, and has now been intro-
duced throughout the tropics.
It is valued for its very strong bast fiber which has
much similarity to jute, but differs in the peculiar prop
erty of maintaining or even increasing its strength
after long maceration in water The extraction of the
filler for the manufacture of cordage md othei pui
poses offers no special difficulties li 1 1 i
recommended for paper-making \i ,
lized in Porto Rico for domestic pui]
home-made ropes being twisted from II li i i i
are. however, very favorable for th iau\ ui u i
emajagna on a large scale, should more exteusn e indus
trial uses be found for it. O F Cook
PARK. Plate XXV. A tract of considerable size set
apart primarily for enjoyment Meaning origmallv m
England, a place for the preservation of deer for the
chase, the word is often used now to denote the land
scape character commonly associated with such deer
parks. In the United States, when the original signifi-
cation is meant, the word is modified, as deer park,
game park, etc. As a type of landscape the park is
characterized by comparatively broad stretches of pas-
ture lying between irregularlv and rather widelv spaced
masses of tree foliage. It is extremely simple and quiet
m character, and while it often contains many other
elements, such as ponds or running water, thickets of
bushes under the trees or occasionally outstanding,
houses, bridges or other artificial structures, these fea-
tures are all subordinate as well as harmonious if the
scene can be called typically park-like.
Private Parks attached to countrv houses, in America
are usually so called because thev have, or are intended
' I have, something of this ,iark iikr tviie of scenery. A
II this type is called,
place departing very wi
L;ri.ve, a garden, a
I nil country-place.
i NMth the
:• i ' . I Is ^ were
i"ii-M,- oi Knglish
■ i..i ihf need of
"utdoor recreation
earliest important
niclion were based
I- models, and the
" municipal under-
i'ln, that it is now
i\ tract of land set
I ss of the kind of
1' ; but the best
ccording to its charact
farm, ormore vaguelv b
Public. Parks are .io r
is necessarily of the t'
word "park," but becau
the most notable pnl.li
cities at the time wli. n
making rauiiicii.., I i i,
of their growii .:
pleasure gnmnM ■ :
upon these anil ; i:
name"park " .ain. i.i i..
takings in the \\a\ ni m
almost indiscriiiiiii It. Iv
apart for publi.- .iiii.yi
enjoyment or the charac
usage appears to confine the meaning of'public park to
a tract of considerable size, leaving the lesser spaces to
be called squares, gardens, playgrounds, places, etc.
Another special use of the word in America is its ap-
plication to tracts of land in the West, many square
miles in extent, either set apart by government, as
Yellowstone Park, or naturally distinguished by the
presence of comparatively gentle grazing land in the
midst of rougher country. "Park" is also used in a
more general way to indicate the general purpose of any
open land devoted to public recreation, or of the organi-
zation controlling it, etc., as "park system," "park de-
partment," etc.
A large city park system usually contains parks of
varying size and character and many smaller pleasure
grounds. No rigid classification can be made, but the
following may be regarded as reasonably ilistinct types,
each havingits own field of usefnhi. -vs. its ..wn merits and
its own limitations. In practice tin- lin. s l.itw. m these
types cannot be distinctly drawn, l.iit j r r. >ults are
often due to losing sight of the ilistin.-t aii.l ..ften con-
flicting motives which have given rise to these types.
1. The large rural Park (Plate XXV. Figs. 1641-3),
generally from 200 to 1,000 acres, is in most cases the
chief feature of a city park svstem. It is seldom under-
taken except liv lii-r .iii. - ..I' ,iil. - -., lapi.lly growing
that the need .if , 'i >. ■: ' . . I. irU' f..reseen.
Its main obj.-i-i ,^ ■,■]-,, in -..jjie de-
jree for the in) - ... . j. .. . , :„:ii ,,,,-[ ,,f rpc-
the enjoyim
majority of .
antidotes for
cities are of
beautiful cm
accessible to
lieautiful natural scenery is to the
■rs .me of the most refreshing
_ 111!'... iices of city life. Where
1- enjoyment is readily
I til. population, and it has for-
1212
PROSPECT PARK
■— Tnnrfnhnnr " ^'7^
16«. Plan of Prospect Park. Brooklyn, to illustrate I
lar^e rural park.
tunati'ly hi'come more so in proportion !<■ the Mze ot
the cities within the last fifteen \.:ii- iin-n^L tin- de-
velopment of trolley car lines ami tl iM-le;
but this increased accessibility of i! - I'l'en
in part offset by the growth of the .in. - in in,' m. -ame
period, and by the serious impairment ui tlie mral quiet
of the suburban regions through the same cause— im-
proved cheap transportation. It is therefore necessary,
if the people of large cities are to have easy access to
refreshing rural scenery, that the municipality should
withdraw from its taxable area a tract suflBciently large
to provide such scenery within its own limits. The cost,
both directly in money and indirectly through interfer-
ence with the street system and with the normal com-
mercial development of the land, is necessarily very
great, and only the purpose of providing beautiful scen-
ery, thoroughly contrasting with the city life and
measurably sequestered from all its sights and sounds,
can justify this cost, because almost all the other
purposes served in public recreation grounds can be
met more economically and far more conveniently in
smaller areas distributed throughout the city. The
essential characteristics of a well-designed and well-
managed park of this class are, therefore, that all of
the numerous other objects which it may serve are
subordinated to the provision of beautiful scenery and
to rendering this scenery accessible and enjoyable by
large numbers of people, and that the subordinate ob-
jects are met only in such ways and to such a degree
as will not interfere with the simplicity and the rural
and natural quality of the scenery.
Although Central Park, in New York, is the most
noted park of this class in America, It can hardly be
taken as the most typical example on account of its
rocky, complicated topography, its unfortunately nar-
row shape, owing to which the surro\indiiisr Iiiirli build-
ings to a great extent dominate it-^ ^.-i im rv , niHl to the
interruption offered by the great n-n \ "n- « In' li cut it
into two independent parts. Pros]', i I'mKim Brook-
lyn, begun in 18G6, is here descrili.-.l in -"Hh- .Irtail for
the purpose of affording a concrete example of the
principles that the writer wishes to illustrate respect-
ing rural parks. Fig. 1642 and Plate XXV.
Prospect Park has an area of 526J^ acres. Its main en-
trance is about 3i4 miles from New York City Hall, or
1% miles from Brooklyn City Hall. It is approached from
the city by four lines of trolley cars, but is at the city
end of the Parkway System, so that it must be reached
through ordinary streets. The chief features of its de-
sign are: 1st, the open, park-like landscape of the Long
Meadow; 2d, the woodland section, hilly and rising to
an elevated outlook; 3d, the lake and its surroundings;
4th, a series of minor passages of scenery and ele-
ments of interest fitted in at points not appropriated
for the main effects. The most characteristic and most
valuable part of the park is the Long Meadow with
its surrounding masses of wood, from the shade of
which the outlook ranges over one of the most beauti-
ful and simple park landscapes in the country. But
one is not brought directly to the Meadow from the
outside streets. One goes at first thrnusli a formal plaza,
then through a retired, shad \ .mi. . InMnli. i . just long
enough to give a sense of ret i M ! . i ;. rity. then,
if on foot, through an ari-li\ ' Irive, that
does away with the nervousiM-- -i n. — ip- a throng of
carriages, and then one comes ..ui suaaeulN upon the
joyous, sunny greensward. Its extent— over 50 acres —
is enough to secure an effect of breadth and
freedom without bringing its whole expanse i
gle view. One can see that it reaches beyond the pro-
jecting groves and scattered trees that form the back-
ground of the main composition, and he is tempted to
stroll on and open up the prospects thus suggested. The
surrounding groves are freely used for picnic parties,
and although much of the ground is tramped bare
beneath the trees, but little serious harm is done. A
carrousel or merry-go-round with its loud, mechanical
org.-iii. the only discordant feature of the place, was
irged
Tl--
or attractive tor its purpose, Uas now neen tratisioriiieti
into a rose garden. On the lower edge of the Long
Meadow are the pools which are at the source of the
park ornamental water system. They illustrate both the
value of water in a park laiiils,-ai,e and the practical
difficulty of securiiii; iimi iiiainiaiiiint,' agreeable natural
shores within the coiitiiH- .if a lar-e city. Where the
banks are clothed with slinil.s the effect is admirable,
but wherever the grass-land conies to the water's edge
and in many places where shrubs once grew, the ground
has become foot-worn to utter bareness. Little iron
PARK
railings in parks are in themselves no protection in great
public resorts, and even wire fences may entirely fail
to prevent people from trampling some of the shady
banks and rockeries into barrenness. Adequate policing
an 1 p ompt pa' of p nt that annot withstand too
f u the nly m d an 1 the e h Id
be la k n all tj pa k L a ug
1 M ad w th wat ti w d wn th ugh a
n n the w dland p t n of th pa k
wh lly had w 1 1 > t es w th a a d
nd g wth Th ugh th w dl i
n the paths and 1 a e omi t 1
n ow num u and nt at
th nt acy anl 1 a 1 of yl an
an 1 po nt of pe al n eta II
1 J mple u t at h Ite II
n 1 the 1 ke In th th n pa t I
pak alkeba n ttt
b al f na on b t f natu al api
PARK 1213
and blocking the narrow bridges. The unused concert
place now has a display of bedding plants. The second
gathering place was at the top of Lookout Hill, which
rises lllO feet above the surrounding country and com-
mands a u He v w xt ndng ut t a H a
n d a pla e n wh 1
w 1 t 1 ok and p
p n i ngl nt at
111 b d! p
f Ik k 1
nt an 1 and tl 1
h g und n th
1 tanl F wl P 1
\ th ptat n t
k n
\\ Id
1 ttle
k by
^^
^
^^^'^''
r4
l"'|f_
!?v-=i:i^::
1 1 1 f th le b
t
1 1 1 n t of tl e
k
1
1 11 t th t p f
1 1 t 0 n all p I
1 '
1 a on thej u y le
Tl
// Ij] A (F g lf44 ) f m
Ilia th al ut
ually a
flo n h n g al i e
na th
e la e 1 I a k 1 a 1 n ta
nfix d
b tledfl 1 f p ta
ge body of land n n p at a p nt of
e s to
al f, p 1 1 n It 1 t
possibl
" to attain within so small a space
e degree of seclusion from the city and
of breadth, simplicity and free-
m that
are the essential features of the
1214
PARK
landscape of a rural park; yet small passages of Inter-
esting and agreeable scenery are often attainable, and
the obviously artificial objects which may intrude upon
them can often be so treated as to harmonize with the
effect. The scenery can seldom be quite natural in ap-
pearance, but it can often be very beautiful, a certain
elaboration, elegance and even magnificence taking the
place of the more quiet and restful simplicity of the large
park, in a way that appeals very obviously to many peo-
ple, and there is therefore more or less tendency to
develop large parks in the same direction. It is un-
fortunate that it should be so, for as these ends can
be attained almost as well upon small parks as upon
large, it is clearly a mistake to treat one large park in
this style instead of several of smaller size .so distrib-
tited as to serve conveniently a larger population. It
is because more cities have small parks of this elabor-
ate and what might almost be called gardenesque treat-
ment than have large and simple rural parks, that so
many people have a perverted conception of what con-
stitutes a park.
Morningside Park, New York (Fig. ](i45),is an ex-
ample of a small city park upon an extremely rugged
and picturescjue sitf, planned, in order to enhance this
qualit\'. wifli \<.lil:iiM I ..!' il. .-i.rative elaboration. It
occupii - i I I' ■ 111 Ironi 200 tooOO feet wide
and?-;, .it , ,.| , e of elevation of from
50 to inn ;..;..;. . ,1 ;iii.l the other, rendering
the laud uuiii l.n- .-.Uuri.-. ui Inaliliugs. From its situa-
tion as well as its narrow shape it is essentially unse-
cluded; indeed one of its most notable features is the
impressive and utterly unrural view which it offers
over the busy streets and houses of Harlem, that
stretch away from its base. This view and the boldness
of the crags i.s emphasized by a stone terrace along the
upper edge, supporting a promenade and a tree-lined
boundary .street. Convenience of passage is met by
numerous In-..:,.! i.aths, with nnisnnry steps fitted to the
irregulariiir- ..r tin- Icdir's. Tin- planting among the
ledges wa- <l'-kni'<i to hr .it' tin- lanLrl.-.l sort such as
often cl.jth.- I.r..k.n l.-.li,'.> naturally, wliile the more
level laud at tlic base uf the crug.s is treated by contrast
as a smooth lawn, with scattered trees. The natural
boldness of the crags is partly lost by an effort to ex-
tend turf over every possible area, and the shrub plant-
ing is possibly rather too garden-like in style to be in
entire accord with the situation, but in general the park
is treated in a manner approaching that of the large
parks, although without any attempt at complete rural
seclusion. It contains a little over thirty acres, ex-
clusive of the v.ui..us l..mn.Iary streets and prome-
More commonly ^ni:.ll |.ark~ ar.- used for the display
of interesting an. I -le.iw ll..u.ring shrubs and trees,
and make a feature of I'ouutaius, statues and other
sculpture more or less good. In moderation and skil-
fully used such objects, together with terraces and
other architectural work, are entirely appropriate and
desirable in parks of this class, and add much to the
effect of elegance and riclin.--. I'li.- in-.-.lnminant pur-
pose is to please the eye, a^ m ih.- huL^.- parks, but in a
way that has often a littU- ..f ili.' • l.iii.rii ..f spectacular
effect and certainly more ..t inti r.si in the individual
objects than in the case of the quiet rural park. The
enjoyment is more closely related to that offered by
architecture and decorative design and other pleasures
T ^ e (/roiinrfs are spaces of
varj I I n the scope of the park sys-
tem us aims other than the en-
jo\m times the loidmg feature is
a pla sports r>s a sort of
outd or k 1 leigulei for little 1 ..in. times a
_■ |. la. ■.'■." The
area is usually restricted, and, as the name unli./ates, the
object is to offer the maximum of outdoor recreation
for the people of a single neighborhood, when they
have not the time to go far afield. As children out of
school hours are most in need of such provision, play-
grounds form an important feature in many grounds
of this class; but in all the best examples the means
of meeting the various practical requirements, whether
I'ARK
athletics, band concerts or what not, are so arranged as
to produce a pleasing effect on the eye as well. This is
the more diflftcult from the fact that these grounds get
very hard usage: and it is practically impossible to
maintain a respectable turf on the area devoted to a
playground. This is sometimes left in loam worn bare
in streaks and patches by the playing, but it is better
surfaced with well-compacted gravel. So far as any
single example can represent this class, which must
vary in every element with local conditions, Charles-
bank, in Boston, may be taken as an illustration. This
playground occupies a tra.'t ..f al)..iit ten acres upon the
borders of the Charlie riv. r at a |...int near a district of
considerable congest!. .n. an.! ii|.i.-d by a population
of a poor class. A |.r..ni.iia.l. was established on the
edge of the sea wall aljuut tw.. lin.nsaTHl feet in length,
and between it and the uii.li^iiiii.. .1 str.ets a play-
ground was laid out, having an a\ .lau..' w i.lih of tihout
two hundred and fifty feet. Wnliin ihi- l..ni;. narrow
belt of public ground were i-tal.lisli.il tw.. outdoor
gymnasia, each with a running track and a building for
dressing and bathing. One of these outdoor gymnasia
was designed for women and children and the other tor
men and boys, and they are at the opposite extremities of
the playground. The tract between them was laid out
with walks, trees, shrubs and turf, and was intended pri-
marily to appeal to the aesthetic senses. The Charles-
bank has well proved the practicability of maintaining,
within the very heart of the city, a tract of ground oc-
cupied by greensward and trees despite the fact that it
is frequented by thousands of men, women and chil-
dren. The city of Boston provides free instruction in
gymnastics upon the playground, and yearly over 70,-
000 women and girls, and 200,000 men and boys have
made use of the facilities offered. The total cost of
this plavground for land and improvements to date is
$382,000, and the yearly cost of maintenance is $10,000.
4. Squares, places, gardens, and the like, usually
of small area, are scattered about a city at street inter-
sections and the like. Their principal functions are to
furnish agreeable sights for those passing by them or
through them in the course of their daily business, and
to provide a pleasant resting place or promenade for
the much smaller number who take the time to use them
so. On account of the almost constant passing through
such stjuares the best arrangements all provide for rea-
sonal.lv .iii-,.t anil convenient paths along the lines
ni..si n-. 1, w li. I,- this is not done many of those who
us.- til. s,|ii,ir, ai-.- likely to be so irritated by the indl-
ri-.tiii -- :i~ 1. 1 miss much of the pleasure they might
oth. r 1 . I ..I I A formal plan of walks, either on
sii I . Ill 111, is generally adopted for such
sijii . ii -iiii..l to the conditions and to the
il.iiii.i !■ . > n 111 iiHiit of tin- area, providing much more
erteeii\ely ilnin an irregular plan for the numerous
statues, fountains and gay flower beds which have their
most appropriate location" in such a place. Shade trees,
either as a complete grove, or in rows along the paths,
or grouped in some more complex plan, are almost es-
sential features of such squares, but where displays of
flowers are to be made open spaces must be left for sun-
light. A modification of this type of square is sometimes
met with where the space, instead of being used as
a short cut and for enjoyment from within, is designed
primarily to present an agreeable picture to those pass-
ing it upon the adjacent streets. When the area is very
small and the passing is almost wholly along one side,
and in other special cases, this tr.atni.-nt is most effec-
tive, because, where the only aim i- a In autit'ul picto-
rial effect from a limited point i.l vi. w. in iter r.snits can
be obtained than when appearan.. s must I..- rewin'iled
with other uses of the land. Nevertheless there are few
cases in which a small square will not have a greater
recreative value to the public if its pictorial aspect is
somewhat sacrificed to such uses as resting and prom-
enading.
5. Pnrl-ways anil boulevards as parts of a park
system serve usually as pleasant means of access to
parks from other parts of the city, or from one park
to another, and also as agreeable promenades in them-
selves. I '..mm. trial traffic is usually excluded from
tli.-m. Hi.iii. \ ai.ls are arranged formally, usually upon
strai-lii lini s. with rows of shade trees and parallel
PARK
ways for those on foot and on wheels.
Thi- simplest type has a broad drive in the
center with a walk on either side separated
from the drive by a belt of turf and it is
always shaded by trees. Frequentlj , two
driveways are provided with a broad space
between containing trees and turf, and
sometimes foot paths, bicycle paths, bridle
paths or other conveniences, and often
shrubs, flowers, statues and other decora
some boulevards have been made to pro-
^ ide for electric car tracks upon a special
where the cars can att nil Ii)..'li spitil « ith
little danger of coUisii. II w ith th. i m hi-
des. Such reservatKiTis n, _', m i ill\ be-
tween two roadwajs hut la ^..in. sub
single trjtk rescMation is
placed on either side of a single roadway
between the curb and the sidewalk A
1 be discuniniated
L boulevard, inc'uili s num Im ultli
.)f turf or planted fin.uii.l m.l in. In I. s
© 3
^ 5 ,
'i'
3 I §
^-i S 3
|l
(2^ g i 1
l|
© ■- i
il r
M ? ?
> g
^ ^ ^
^ 3
^ "
most gener
successful method ot
vs in the United States
of three to
five members appointed for terms of three
or 6ve years and reti:
so as to maintain continuitj of policj
anil pimpirilnp indf pi ndi nee of local
piihrii il . li nu'i s Til. . ..nimission ap-
p.nnis ,, (\. ,ntn. ..Die. is a secretary
siiiiK tnhuuil skill, anil each devoting
his whole time to the work and receiving
a salary. Under the orders of the super
intendent, who receives his instructions
;|^^v^^^
ai"V«
1216
PARK
PARKINSONIA
direct from the board, are employed an engineer, local
superintendents, gardeners, foremen, etc. The engineer
is generally an assistant of the city engineer, assigned
temporarily to park work '"' n-w pa-k" i-e *o *--
acquired or plans are to be nudi for thtir development
a professional landscape architect is employed to advise
1857-1868, special report ace
Park, 1858; Brooklyn, ISIw-:
panying plan of Prospect l';<
iJuffal 187
lS7y, 1880,
pfei^
#4iil^^^^
fc^*^"
1646.
the board and to make plans, and is usually retained at
least in a consulting capacity during the period of con-
struction. Some large cities retain a consulting land-
scape architect permanently to advise them with regard
to qnf-^ti.iii= ..f iniiir. -vf-nient and maintenance affecting
the ll..-l:'i ..! 1':. l.:i:'U,
SI'ff' '. ' --tatistics of parks are almost
unattaii 1.,^ ,H >,.mpanying incomplete compila-
tion (srt LuuL I'l i'a;;i') was ma<le in 1897 by the secre-
tary of the Louisville Park Commission. Some items
are corrected to 1900.
Bibliniiraphy. — "Park" in American Cyclopedia, En-
cyclopedia Americana, Johnson's Cyclopedia ; Park
Reports of the various cities, especially New York,
-■ ' f-.iiio, report
■^ utli ) irl:. 1>,I , M-i,iir;.l. report on
Mount U<)\al, with phin, 18X1. .See Pro-
(cediiit, American Social Science Asso-
iiiticn 18 '0, 1880; "Mass. Park Law,"
tati printers, 1894; Proc. Amer. Park
md Outdi or Arts Assoc.
F. L. Olmsted, Jr.
PARKIN SONIA (John Parkinson, 15G7-
11 _) 1 ndi n apothecary, author of tlie de-
li.httul I aradisus Terrestris and Thea-
iririi Botanicum). Leguminbsip. Seven
r s pecies of tropical trees or shrubs,
tt II arintd with short spines: Ivs. bi-
Iiiinite with 1 or'2 pairs of pinn»; the
common petiole short, often obsolete or
spinescent stipules minute or none: fls.
yellow or whitish, on slender pedicels in
short loose axillary or terminal racemes;
calyx ) parted, produced at base and
jointtd upon the pedicel; petals 5, clawed,
the upper one within and broader than the
rest somewhat cordate, the claw pubes-
cent and nectariferous on the inner side;
stamens 10, free, the upper one gibbous
outside: ovary several -ovuled, shortly
stipitate : pod compressed, 2-valved, lin-
ear to linear-oblong, more or less twisted: seeds com-
pressed, albuminous. Bot. Calif. 1:161.
The dominant type, both in the wild and in cult., is
P. acitleata, the Jerusalem Thorn, which is probably a
native of America, but is naturalized or cult, in all tropi-
cal countries. Another species is S, African, 3 are
S. American, and the rest belong to the region between
Te.\as and S. Calif. P. anileatn is a thorny evergreen
tree with feathery drooping braiu-hes and handsome yel-
low fls.; it is admir;iMi- l'..r IiicIl-cs, thrives in the driest
places and can eiidin' -i.m. . ,,|,|. It has been cult, in
European couservai.irii -. Krim.- usually raised from im-
ported seeds, but it i- ^f ililli.-iilt .ulture. P. Torreyana,
though generally destitute of Ivs.. is known in northern
Albany.N.T
Baltimore. Md
IS
111
280
1.100
^Boston MetropoliUii-Reservations.
Parkways
?BnfFalo
Chicago, 111. . .'..".'.■ '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.y.'.'.'.'.'.'.\
9,279 46
n.iM
9.').')
137
2,097
Des Moines, Iowa
400
520
gEssex County, N. J
969.7
Indianapolis, Ind
Kansas City, Mo
Louisville, Ky
Parkway
Milwaukee. Wis
i..-!:i8
l.O.W
400
New York City Park System
Omaha. Neb
Peoria. Ill
322
Acrtagr.
lien and cost
Poputalion.
per capita.
295
1.137
2,339.57
$2,135,700
10.000,000
16,627,033
100.000
600.000
530,000
$21 33
16 66
3137
83.43 1,053.13
116 290.C
St. Louis, Mo
St. Paul. Minn. ..
San Francisco. Ca
Springfield. Mass.
Toledo, Ohio
Washingtor. I). C
Wilmington, Del.
1^}
Gl
1,338
100,000 »•
160,000
*
1.113
1.003.520
215.500
9
461
1. 140.000
300,000
25
40
1,540
2.75D.000
200.00J
5.190
50,000,000
2.000.000
29
523
30.000,000
552
750.000
767
3,0110.000
290,000
318
3,618
6.2.3O.000
1.250,000
31
385
100.000
2,177
638,000
44
87
889
296,415*"
133.200
14
224
1.314
3.744.605
360.000
■2A
20
483
169,000
50.000
10
29.69
269.18
422.351.46
70,000
Condei
nnation o
n hand tor
■nore land.
»«M
Condemnation.
PARKINSONIA
Mexico as palo verde, from the bright gn-en color of the
branches. It stands drought even better than P. ncii-
teata. These plants belong to the same tribe with such
line northern trees as Gleditschia and Gymnocladus and
such southern kinds as Caesalpinia, Poinciana aud
Colvillea.
A. Lfts. numerous: rachis flat, long.
acule&ta, Linn. Jerusalem Thorn. Small, glabrous
tree, the slender branches often pendulous: spiny peti-
oles ^-1 in. long: lfts. very small, oblong; rachis
K-IK ft. long: racemes axillary, 3-6 in. long: fls. fra-
grant, pendulous. S.S. 3:131.
AA. Lfts. few: rachis terete.
Torreyina, Wats. Small tree: lfts. 2 or 3 pairs: ra-
cemes terminating the branches: pedicels jointed near
the middle, the joint not evident until in fr. Valley of
the Colo, aud eastward. p. Franceschi and W. M.
PAKNASSIA (after Mt. Parnassus). SaxifmgAcetf.
Grass of Parnassus. About a dozen species of low-
growing, moisture-loving, hardy perennial herbs, of
tufted habit, each scape bearing a solitary, 5-petaled,
white or yellowish flower K-l>2 in. across. They are
suitable for shady positions along the water's edge, and
are prop, by seeds or division. They generally grow
about 6 in. high, but attain 2 ft. They bloom from June
to September; the petals are conspicuously veined with 9
or more green lines. The plant which Dioscorides called
"Grass of Parnassus" is P. palustris, the only species
that is common in Europe. This is perhaps the best
one for cult., but they are all much alike. Parnassias
are suitable plants for moist, sunny or partially shaded
positions. They prefer a peaty soil, but such is not
necessary. The species are generally tenacious of life
and are good perennials. The North Carolinian species
are hardy North.
Parnassias are natives of the north temperate and
arctic zones. Calyx 5-parted : petals withering, but
persistent: fertile stamens 5, alternating with the pet-
als: ovary 1-celled: style very short or none: stigmas
usually 4: ovules many: capsule 1-celled, with 4 pla-
centae projecting within, 4-valved.
A. Petals not clawed.
B. Rudimentary stamens 9-$0 at the base of eiirh
petal.
c. Scape-leaf clasping.
palustris, Linn. Grass of Parnassus. Lvs. ovate,
usually cordate at the base: fls. %-l in. across: rudi-
mentary stamens 9-15 at the base of each petal. Eu.,
Asia., N. Amer. Gn. 41, p. 500. A.G. 13:696.-In Eu.
considered the commonest and best species, but in this
country it seems to be advertised only by dealers in
Japanese plants.
cc. Scape-leaf not clasping.
Califdmica, Greene. Height 1-2 ft.: lvs. ovate or
ovate-oblong, 1-2 in. long; scape-leaf very small, and
borne much above the middle: fls. 1% in. across; rudi-
mentary stamens about 20 at the base of each petal.
Calif. Int. 1900, by Horsford.
BB. Rudimentary stamens SS at the base of each
petal.
Carolini&na, Michx. Height 8-16 in. : lvs. ovate,
broadly oval or orbicular, more or less cordate at the
base; scape-leaf borne below the middle: &s. %-li4 in.
across ; rudimentary .stamens usually 3 in each set.
Swamps and low meadows. New Brunswick to Manitoba,
south Va. to la. B.B. 2:182. B.M. 1459. -Commonest
in cult.
AA. Petals clawed.
B. Rudimentary stamens S at the base of each petal.
asarifdlia. Vent. Height 10-16 in.: lvs. orbicular,
kidney-shaped at the base, often 2-3 in. wide; scape-
leaf clasping, borne at about the middle: petals not
fringed. Wet places in high mts. of Va. and N. C.
B.B. 2:184.
PARONYCHIA
1217
BE. Rudimentary stamens 5-9 at the base of each
petal.
fimbriMa, Banks. Lvs. kidney-shaped to cordate-
ovate: petals fringed below the middle. Colo, to Calif,
and Brit. N. Amer. lut. by Gillett in J88I, and still
cult.
P. nMMcoia, W.I II I'li. Iki-. i ;,,,.i .,,;u-.-st of allthespe-
cies, and lacks tlM' .l.h.Mir l-...,iii\ :mi<i iiiiiu' petals of P. pa-
lustris. Lvs.ellii.ih "\ai., s,,,|„. l,.ii 1 1h4ow the middle:
petals shorter tliiui i
lobes: rudimentjiry
r KiiiiK as rum pared with calyx
;{, not topped liy anthers. Hima-
P. W. Barclay and W. M.
PABNASSUS, GRASS OF. See Parnassia.
PAROCHfiTUS (Greek, near a lake). Legumittds(f.
This plant was offered recently by A. Blanc, of Phila-
delphia, under the name of Shamrock Pea or Blue
Oxalis. It is a halt-hardy perennial trailer, with foli-
age like the shamrock, but with each of the 3 lfts.
marked at the base with a handsome brown crescent;
the pea-shaped Hs.. have a cobalt blue standard and
pink wings. It iv ,l,.>;ir;.l.l.- f,,r hanging baskets, pots
and rockeries. r.Idi. -:,x~ ,i i.l,,oms the year round. It
is a native of tr- I I i! i I eastern Africa, ascend-
ing the Him;ihi} ■ ii II I I.) 13,000 feet. If seeds
could besecun.l Hi.ni iIm -i.atest altitude the plants
might be hardy in the North.
Parochetus is a genus of one species. It is allied to
the clovers, sweet clover, medick and rest-harrow, and
differs from them in having a more acute keel, a 2
valved pod, and the lfts. not stalked.
commtinis, Hamilt. Shamrock Pea. Blue Oxalis.
Height 2-3 in.: rhizome thread-like, wide-creeping:
petiole 2 in. long: lfts. obovate. emarginate, glabrous
or slightly pubescent: peduncles 1-2-fld. : fls. %-% in.
PARONYCHIA ( old Greek name used by Dioscorides,
meaning whitlow-wort, or a cure for a disease of the
fingers or toes). Whitlow-wurt. IllecebrAcew ; by
Britton and Brown referred to CaryophyllAcew. About
40 species of annual or perennial herbs, natives of the
Mediterranean region, erect or diffuse, often dichoto-
mously branching: lvs. opposite, broad or narrow, en-
tire, the margins flat or very rarely recurved ; stipules
prominent, scarious, shining: fls. minute,without petals,
axillary or rarely in terminal cymes, usually densely
clustered and hidden among the stipules. A few are
cult, in the hardy border, and 2 are said to be much
used in bedding. The two Fjuropean species here given
do not appear in the leading catalogues, domestic or
foreign, but P. serpyltifolia is said to be much used for
carpet bedding abroad. Allied to Herniaria, which see
for generic differences. The species described below
are perennials. P. argentea furnishes the Algerian tea
of medicine.
Lis.
'itli,
■ nearly .
argentea. Lain, rrostratc, dirtusi-: lvs. obovate to
oblong or lanceolate: tls. iat.rai 1 ti-rininal, dense,
intermixed with lvs.: bracts uval.-. aiiite, much longer
than the fl. ; calyx-lobes semi scariiHis, hooded, mucro-
nate on the back near the apex, ('oinnmn in dry places,
Mediterranean region.
BB. Foliage ciliate at the margin.
serpyllifolia, DC. Prostrate, creeping: lvs. obovate,
flat, rather fleshy ; fls. terminal ; calyx - lobes blunt.
Arid parts of southern and eastern Eu.
AA. Lis. narrou , linear or awl-shaped.
B. Awns of the calyx-segments erect.
argyrdcoma, Nutt. Erect or ascending, 3-8 in. high,
clothed with silvery, appressed, scale-like hairs : lvs.
linear; stipules silvery white, scarious, entire, usually
shorter than the lvs. : fls. in forking cymes: bracts large,
silvery, membranous. Rocky places. Me. and N. H. to
Ga. and Tenn. Also called Silver Chickweed, Silver-
head, and Silver Whitlow-wort. B.B. 2:38.
1218 PARONYCHIA
UB. Awns of the caJyx-segmeuts divergent,
dicli6toina, Nutt. Woody at the base, glabrous or
puberuleut, 4-U in. tall; stipules entire, often 5-6 lines
long, tapering into a slender awn: fls. in forlting cymes.
Dry soil, Md. and N. C. to Ark. and Tex. B.B.'2:39.
Adv. 1883, by Woolson, Passaic, N. J. -w. M.
Paronychia argyrocoma is an interesting little plant
whicli shows remarkable geographical distribution; it
occurs rather abundantly on the high rocky summits
of the Carolina and Tennessee mountains, but does not
appear northward in the Appalachian system till the
peak of Mt. Washington is reached, where it grows
sparingly; stations are also reported on several lower
mountain tops in Maine. It is not difficult of culti-
vation and is prized tor rockeries, its silvery tufted
appearance lending a distinct charm to the collection
for this purpose. Propagated by seeds and division.
Harlan P. Kelsev.
PABROTIA (after F. W. Parrot, a German natural-
ist and traveler, afterwards professor of medicine
at Dorpat; 1792-1841.). Bumameliddcetr. Ornamental
deciduous shrubs or small trees, with alternate, short-
petioled, orbicular to oblong Ivs.. ■.iumII iU. in dense
heads appearing before the Ivs., and m itli fi . similar to
those of the Witch Hazel. The P.iMan ~|h, i.^ i. Lardy
as far north as Mass. Its chief beauty -i>K in the
brilliant autumnal tints of the foliage, which changes
to golden yellow, orange and scarlet and remains a
long time on the branches. The early appearing fls.,
with the purple pendulous stamens, are also attrac-
tive. The Himalayan species is much more tender and
its foliage turns only to pale yellow, but the fls. are
somewhat more showy from their rather large white
bracts. The Parrotias grow in any well-drained soil and
like a sheltered position. Prop, by seeds and layers and
also by greenwood cuttings under glass. Two species
in N. Persia and the Himalayas. The short petioles
have large deciduous stipules : fls. small, in dense
heads, surrounded by an involucre of several bracts;
petals wanting: calyx o-7-lobed, embracing the pubes-
cent ovary about one-half ; stamens S-l."); styles 2: cap-
sule 2-celled, with 2 beaks, dehiscent between the
beaks, with one oblong shining seed in each cell. The
wood is very close-grained, hard and strong, and P.
Persica bears therefore the name Ironwood. The tough
pliable branches of the Himalayan species are exten-
sively used for basket-work and are also twisted into thick
ropes used for the construction of twig-bridges over the
great rivers of its native country.
PArsica, C. A. Mey. Shrub or small tree, to 15 ft., with
spreading branches : Ivs. oval to obovate-ohlong, ob-
tuse, coarsely and crenately d.'iitate alinve the middle,
dark green above, pubesct-nr In nratli wln-n young, 3— t
in. long: bracts of flow.i li. ml- r.ri.iHd with dark
brown toraentum: stamen^ .'i-7. |i'Im1ii1'Mw. with linear-
oblong, purple anthers: fr. with nrurvt-d beaks. N.
Persia. B.M. 5744.
Jacquemonti&na, Decaisne ( Fulhenillla involurrdfa.
Pale). Spreading shrub or small tree, to 20 ft.: Ivs. or-
bicular, crenately toothed, stellate-pubescent on both
sides, 2-4 in. long: heads many-fld , with spreading
white bracts sprinkled with a purplish scurf on the
back: stamens about 15, erect, with yellow, oval-oblong
anthers. Himalayas. B.M. 7501. Alfred Rehdek.
PAEKOT'S BILL. See Clianthiis.
PAHEYA ( Capt. W. E. Parry, Arctic explorer) . C'riici-
fene. fi'our or five North American and a few Asiatic low
perennial scape-bearing herbs, with thick roots or cau-
dices, narrow leaves and mostly racemose, white or pur-
plish showy flowers: pod broad and flat, mostly elliptic,
with orbicular seeds. The Parryas are alpine or bbreal,
often arctic plants, and some of them will no doubt prove
useful for the alpine garden. So far they are practi-
cally unknown in American gardens. In 1881, Gillett
introduced P. M6nziesii, Greene (as Cheiranthva Men-
ziesii, Benth. & Hook.). It has a leafy scape 3-8 in.
high, with a raceme of many flowers, the petals nearly
K in. long and bright purple. N. Calif., north to the
Lower Columbia river. L. H. B.
PARSNIP
PABSLEY. Fig. 1647. While indispensable in the mar-
ket garden. Parsley is but rarely found in our home
gardens. The addition of a bit of Parsley foliage,
finely chopped, heightens the flavor of soups, fish,
etc. The principal use of this vegetable, however, is
1647. Curl-leaved Parsley.
tor garnishing meats and fish, and for this purpose it
seems to be the vegetable par excellence, equally desir-
able in the home as on the hotel table. A very few plants
will suflice for the home garden, and any spot of good
soil will do for starting them from seed. Sow as early
in spring as practicable, either in an early hotbed or
coldframe. or in open ground. Parsley seed germinates
somewhat slowly, and the plants are feeble at first. In
open ground, early sowing aids the plants to get ahead
of the weeds. In larger patches the rows should be a
foot apart, and seed sown rather thinly in shallow drills.
Thin the plants to stand a few inches apart, and culti-
vate same as carrots. Gather the leaf-stalks as needed.
For use during winter and early spring, start plants
in open ground in early fall, and on the approach ot
cold weather set them in a corner of the greenhouse
bench, or in a box or keg filled wilh rich loam placed iu
a light kitchen or cellar window.
When the plant is a year old (sooner or later), it
throws up seed-stalks, and produces seed in abundance,
even under glass protection. By keeping the seed-stalks
closely cut out, the season of li-af-vicid may be prolonged
for a time. Seedis.;i-ih ^.n 1.. .v,l aTi.l cli-anr,].
The varietal diff.f- ■ • • ■ 'i i -■■ in. il>- in tl,.' t..|i:iLri-,
Common, or more UimK .ii\M..i, a- in tlji- ('inlrd,
Double Curled, Moss ( nrlt-d ami Fern-Leaved.
For the botany of Parsley, see Vurum Petroselinum.
T. Greinek.
VKRSSIV {Pastinaca saliva). Fig. 1048. The average
home gardener thinks much of quick results. The
drawback to Parsnip growing, in his estimation, is the
length of time which the crop requires for its develop-
ment. When seed is sown,
in early spring, the liar\est
seems a long way ofl" To off
set this disadvantage how
ever. Parsnips become a\ail ,
able as green material wlicn -^ ,-,,..'
other things fresh from the
garden are very scan e oi in
tirely absent, nameh, durint,
open spells in winter, and in
the very early spring months-
A crop of good, straight root^
may not be quite as ea^il\
produced as a crop \t( SmOutl.
carrots, but when once grown,
it does not burden one with
much responsibility in regard
to storage or keeping, which
is an important point in its
favor. The roots may be left
in the ground where they
grew or stored in moss or sand
in the cellar. This feature
makes them valuable also as
food for cattle, sheep, hogs
and poultry in the early spring
in case the table or market should
that time.
The best soil for Parsnips is a clean, rich loam, which
offers no obstruction to the uniform expansion of the
roots. Prepare it the same as for beets or carrots, or
IMS. Parsnip,
all tor the
•ASSIFLORA
1219
^.-.-aiiii-^, lo :i-4 h.. apart ill the luw ; at Hit- ^aiuf lliii.
pull up or cut out all weeds. The free use of tlir
iiHud wheel-hoe will keep the patch clean until the en-
tire surface of the ground is covered with foliage, thus
preventing further growth of weeds. Cultivation may
then cease.
The varieties are few in number. For shallow, stony
or otherwise unfavorable soils we have the Round or
Early Short Round; for better soils the Half-Lonj.',
Student, or Hollow Crown; and for deep, clean soils tlie
Lcinp; Smooth.
Seed is easily grown. Plant the roots in spring in any
good soil, and gather the seed hearts when most of thi-
seeds in them are mature. Dry them on sheets, and
then thrash or strip.
For botanical account of Parsnip, see Fastinaca.
PAKTHfiNITJM integrifolii
Greineb.
•ii'an Fever-
.' one dealer
5 a composite from Chile which
The plant cult under this name
tt r d I T hn Saul is probabl)
■M 1 1 h is believed to
1 there seems to be
1 etause we have so
PASCALIA glaiica
PASatJE FLOWER
PASSirLdSA (1
ten col ire 1 i irts of the fl ril en%el \v nere th u„ht
t represent the 10 apostles present at the crucifixion
i'eter and Judas being absent Inside the corolla is a
h w\ 11 wu or oiona f colore 1 til in ent or fringe
nted by the 3 t I n t 1 i
\illarv coiling t I r tl
onrges The I h i 1
he persecutors 1- 14 \ \ i t ti n
he Passion flcwer ( i It /
The following ketch f the Pi sion flower legend
ni Folkari s Plant L le I e„ends and Ljrus ai
'41 1 reiK lu i tt
n
Indians shoul 1 be n\erted
in its several parts the em
t ir Lord In the jear 1610
1 r f an exhaustive treatise on
T\ Ki busih engiged on this work
ei in Rome an Augustinian friar
1 <le \ lUegas, a Mexican b> birth. He
and showed to Bosio, the drawing of
-tu|..Ti.i<insly marvelous, tnat he hesitated
!!• II III "t it in his book. However, some
ill scriptions were sent to him by
^iain, and certain Mexican Jesuits,
I ronflrmed all the astonishing re-
irvel; moreover, some Dominicans
^ ! and published a drawing of it, ac-
- and descriptive essays. Bosio,
I it to be his duty to present the
. 1. the world as the most wondrous
lie Vniri- trioufitufe discovered in forest or
>wer represents, he tells us, not so directly
our Lord, as the past mysteries of the
is a native of the Indies, of Peru, and of
- Im IV ill, S|.iiiiianls .■all it ■ 111.' I'li.wer of
:i,,l 11 Iki.I ■■\■:n■\^ }■■■ ii ,1, -i-ii.-d by
may \
indie:
iiim the heathen
preordained by
1 to the Passion-
Is. The genus has little horticultural
flower m Bosio swoik shows tl 1 is iwisi. .1
and plaited the three niils 1 f tli.- ilat'
elldtion just as tl ey ippear t l.aiiri. r-.
etc ' The upper petals write I s,.ri|.ti..ii,
are tawny m Peru 1 ut m N n-' wtiiti-,
tinged with rose The fain r iiiMc a
blood coloured fringe asthou„l ■ . ..iir;;c
with which our blessed Lord I If ri.l
umn rises in the middle Tl ■ it; the
crown of thorns encircles the col in i ii 1 1 >se in the
center of the flower from which the column rises is a
portion of a yellow colour, about the size of a reale, in
which are five spots or stains of the hue of blood, evi-
rSZO PASSIPLORA
dently setting forth the five wounds received by our
Lord on the cross. The colour of the column, the crown,
and the nails is a clear green. The crown itself i.s sur-
rounded by a kind of veil or very fine hair, of a violet
colour, the filaments of which number seventy-two,
answering to the numlier of thorns with which, accord-
ing to tradition, our Lord's crown was set; and the
leaves of the plant, abundant and beautiful, are shaped
like the head of a lance or pike, referring, no doubt, to
May-pop.— Passiflora incarnata.
that which pierced the side of our Savior, wliilst they
are marked beneath with round spots, signifying the
thirty pieces of silver.' "
With the exception of a few Malayan and Chinese
species, the true Passifloras are natives of tropical
America. Many of them are cultivatod as curiosities,
and some of them for the bi :int\ ..f th. ir flowers and
for their festooning foliaL'-
lately lobed or angled <n-
showy ilowers are solit;u>
racemes. The fruit, is i.ll
fleshy or berry-lil^. . . n , .
being borne on p n
the pepo of the i ;i
on a long stalk wIik h i- i
with the tube formed liv 1
ire either digi-
!• The large,
! I . . if on axillary-
1 -l"lH.ilar and usually
lit 1-l.H-uled, the seeds
The fruit is allied to
riie ovary is supported
li in or usually united
lion of the bases of the
filaments. The structure of the fruit is well shown in
Fig. 1650; the remains of the floral envelopes have
broken from the attachment on the torus and re'^t on
the fruit. The petals are borne on tli. tlir.nt of the
calyx, but in some species they an ' ^ rlv nr
quite a dozen Passifloras are n:iti\. i ~ and
one of them, P. Intea, grows naii.i.i:,, ;..; ihiiih
as southern Pa. and Illinois. From \ ii.;inia .-"ii;h. the
Maypop, P. incarnata, is a very eomiuou plant in fields
and waste places. Both these species are herbaceous
perennials. The fruit of some Passifloras is edible.
In cultivation, the Passifloras have been considerably
hybridized, and they are also confused with Tacsonia.
In 1871 Masters enumerated 184 species (Trans. Linn.
Soc. 27), and a number of species have been discovered
since that time.
PASSIFLORA
Mo.st of the Passion-flowers are yellow or green in
color of envelopes, but there are fine reds in P. race-
moMi. P. Rnddiana, P. coccinea, P. alata, P. vitifolia,
and two or three others. L H B
P. cwnilea and Constance Elliott are both hardy at
Washington. In summer time we use P. faetida (raised
from seed annually), and during the last two seasons,
P. CoUmensis, for trellis work. The last named is a
good thing for this line of work ; the fls. are white,
purple center, about 2 in. in diameter; native of Mexico;
very easy to prop, from cuttings of soft wood. Not many
of the tender species and hybrids are grown to any great
extent in this country. P. alata and P. quadrangutaris
are desirable climbers for a roomy, warm greenhouse.
ijiia
liar
to
the
are prop, from
bottom heat.
difficult to 1 1
ripe as po-,sil,l
face of tlle lea
acerilolin. 2.
fcetida: see supple-
ociformis, 11.
adenciMMla, 2.
mentary list.
Pfordtii. 23.
.-.lata. 11,
tulgens. l.S.
pimiiicea. 11.
alatocaTulea, 2:!.
gracilis. 1.
princeps. 7.
alba, 20,
grandiflora, 22.
pruinosa. 1(>.
amabilis, 7. l;f.
Hahnii, 3.
pubescens. 18.
atomaria. 20.
incarnata. 17.
qnaiirangularis.
llrasilicnsis. 11,
kenneshia. H,
Iluchanaiii. 10,
Had "i ana, «.
cainilea. 22_
lanrifol'ia. 14,
mniiiiinca. 16.
Lawsoniana. 11,
tinifolia. 11.
Colimensis': see
ligiilaris. li.
supplementary
Londnni, 8,
variet-ata, 'lo!
list.
Ln„ci. 0,
vclutina. U,.
Constance Elliott
Intea. .-.,
22.
ninlifurmis. 11,
vit'ifol'ia! io!
Decaisneana, 12.
MauriUana, 11.
Watsoniana, 9.
eUulis. 18.
Mascarenriin.
A. Corona with sJiarp folds, and crinkled at the edge.
B. Fls. apetaloiis, usualhf with no bracts.
1. gricilis, .l.na,. Slender annual: Ivs. rather small,
broadly deltoid "\ ,.i., v.ry shallowly and bluntly 3-
lubed: fls. ^o|ii,ir\. |.ale meen or whitish, considerably
surpassed by the 1\>. . the calyx-lobes oblong or lanceo-
late, the filiform ravs of the corona in a single row and
equal: seeds with 6 elevated ridges. Brazil. B.R. 11:870.
— Fl. about 1 in. across. Easily grown either indoors or
in the open, as a garden annual.
BB. Fls. petaliferous, with large bracts.
2. aden6poda, Moc. & Sess. {P. acerifdlia, Cham. &
Schlecbt.). Lvs. glabrous, cordate, 3-nerved and 5-
lobed, the lobes ovate-acuminate and somewhat serrate:
bracts cut-serrate. Mex. to S. Amer. — Once advertised
by Saul.
3. H4hnii, Mast. Tall, glabrous climber, with very
slender terete branches: lvs. ovate, peltate at base,
strongly 3-nerved and each of the side nerves ending in
a tooth, but the leaf-margin otherwise entire but bearing
minute red glands: stipules kidney-shaped, dentate,
purplish, nearly or quite 1 in. across: fl. -bracts 2, en-
tire: fl. about 3 in. across, solitary, whitish, the corona
shorter than the envelooes, the outer filaments being
orange. Mex. B M. 70.i2. R.H. 1869, p. 430 (as I>is-
emma Hahnii). G.C. II. 12:504.
BBB. Fls
c. Leaves oblong-ovate.
4. triSasciita, Lem. Lvs. 3-lobed to one-third or one-
half their depth, the margins entire, with an irregular
reddish purple band along each of the three midribs:
fls. yellowish, fragrant, small. Brazil. I.H. 15:544.-
Interesting for its ornamental foliage.
cc. Leaves broader than long,
5. litea, Linn. Herb, 5-10 ft. tall, glabrous : lvs.
broader than long, shallowly 3-lobed, cordate at base:
PASSIFLORA
fls. solitary, about %m. across, greeuisli yellow: fr. a
globular berry about % in. in diara. Pa. south and
west. B.R. 1:79.-It has been offered by dealers in na-
tive plants.
AA. Corona not crinkled or folded on the edge, plane or
nearly so.
B. Braets fjrown together.
6. Iigul4ri8, Juss. [P. Loivei, Heer). Woody below,
tall, branchy : Ivs. large, cordate, ovate-acuminate,
neither lobed nor toothed: Hs. solitary, the petals and
sepals greenish, the corona white, with zones of red-
purple: fr. said to be the size of an orange. Trop. Amer.
B.M. 2967. -Young foliage has metallic hues.
BB. Bracts free.
c Tube of flower evident and cylindrical swollen at
the base
7 racemdsa Brot (P pilnceps Hort P amabilis
H )rt m I irt I L\s ,1 ibrous usuallj truncate at base
ni tU (leepU ih)! ( il the margins entire Hs 4 m or
m 11 X ri s the mil v\ petals deep red and wide
[uihn^ the short uj light crown purplish calvx
keeled on the lowtr il H litar\ but the peduncles
usii ilh 2 from an i\il I iinii^ i u emose on the ends
of the shoots bi u I li /il I M 2001 BR 4 285
L B C 1 84 Gn il i \ Ini Id pecies and a parent
of various garden li\ I n 1 I li 1 t of the red flowered
Passifloras bumiuei and fill
8 Raddlina DC (P ke,mes)na Hort ) Rather
slender Ivs shallow cordate S lobed and sparingly den
tite purplish beneith fls with\er> narrow distinct
PASSIFLORA
1221
ight
■i„ht
nhil
Granadilla Passiflora quadranguli
(XM)
9. Watsoniina, Masters. Stems wiry, purplish, with
leafy dentate stipules : Ivs. shallow ■ cordate, rather
broader than long, 3-lobed to the middle, with a few
teeth : peduncles 1-tld. : fls. about 3 in. across, the sepals
linear and shaded with violet ; petals also very narrow,
lilac: crown of many rows of filaments, violet with bars
of white below the middle, the inner and shorter set deep
violet. Probably Brazilian. G.C. II. 26:C48-9. l.H.3G:74.
Gn. 33:638. A. F. 6:571. -Good grower.
cc. Tube of flower very short, thick or fleshy in siib-
D. Stems and branches stronyly 4-angled or even winged:
Granadilla. Fig. 1651.
,.r, L'i-ii.r"ns: Ivs. ovate or round-ovate,
IN' I ■! 'I' i iitire, the petiole with 2 or
Inge: fl. large (3 to 5 in.
I ■ ill Tit. with ovate sepals and
I ■hii. \i iihiii and the latter reddish),
i-i il lit" Tt series of white-and-purple
1 nt of which the outermost exceed
ti oblong 5-9 m long jellowish
1 hble Tropical Amer B R 1 14
K H 1898 p 569 Gn 59 pp 4 7 -
1 the tropics and variable both as a
vine and tor its edible fruits Frequent in collections
of e( ononiic plants in the North It is a good climber
for (ovpimg a tie nhouse roof Best results are se
cured il 111 t ni| 1 itiiie does not fall below iO° The
fiuii 111 11 111 mini 1 The fls usuill) ntfd to be
hand I lliiiii I il Unit is wanted on house grown
plant \ 1 variegata Hoit (P laitegata Hort)
has t ih i_ II t h l«ith)ellow
11 aUta I)i\ md Stem winged Ivs glabrous oval
to I \ it! nil whit I ordate at base the mat gin often
undul itt hut itlit rwi e entiie the petiole with 2 purs
of glands fl 3-1 m across ^er\tT ^i mi tli ml u r t
the sepals and petals cai mine i n n iil\ i |uii i
lonj, as the envelopes the mini i u lil n in | iii
colored with red purple md wiiii li \ II \\ \ il
pointed about m I n^ Mn ti i^i ml n
10. quadrangrul&ris
Tall strong climlwr, .
cordate at ba-.. , mm i
3 pairs of gi;ii. :
across) and ini' i
petals (the t'lniih r ■, I
^\ldelJ >,it
19
Lawsoniana
inln 1 U 1 \ I'. \ ,11 die P
1 nil , i hiasih /IS, Desf
/ inns Rcem P lati folia
I w u and P Mascarensts
I 1 I) forms of this species
t -VI I t IS a hybrid of P alata
iiul P M((fmos« Us oblong oval somewhat peltate
entire fls 3-4 m across brownish mside the corona
w ith hlaraents in several series
I 12 Decaisned.na Hort is a
.1. hybrid of P gvadjatigulans and
«,— ^ P alata fls bright carmine in
<^V !^ side about 4 in across corona
^A ''V^ as long as or longer than the en
W) V»,, velopes the more or less tortu
%y ^'»l, ous tilaments banded with deep
' blue and white Ivs beaiing
about 6 glands R H 1855 281 F fe 8 848
DD St(W, and blanches tetete oi at leatt
not uinged
E Leaies not lobed
amabilis HUM in Inn 1 i ml ti n ti h
ii_ licit 1 1 ,ii\ B M 4401 (jv 11 1214
iSoha Lmn (P ttni folia Juss ) Jamaica
Ki E Water Lemon Stem terete plant
h oval to o^ al oblong thickish entire with
1 irp point petiole with 2 glands fl about lY
white with red spots or blotches corona
vhat exceeding the petals or at least about equal
mg them in 1 series -s lolet with white bands fr about
3 in long mellow spotted with white edible Trop
Amei B R 1 13 B M 49q8
].). coccmea, Aubl. (P. lelutina, DC. P. fulgens.
Morr.l. Glabrous: Ivs. ovate and coarsely toothed;
petioles with 2-3 pairs of glands: fl. scarlet; corona
orange: fr. pulpy and edible. S. Amer. The fr. is said
to contain "a chemical principle of hypnotic value."
<raith.
1222 PASSIFLORA
F. Blosxoiitx hrhihl
16. vitifdUa, HBK. (P. s.,,nr,l,n
Mscens, DC. Tacsbnia liiuh.i,,.,,,, .1
Ivs. corilate-ovate in outliin-. .Iifjilv
and the divisions coarsely toothed,
ally pubescent beneath : fl. 4-6 in.
the linear-obloug sepals and petals bright scarlet, the
sepals with a spine at the tip; outer corona filaments
red, the inner ones white, all of them upright or spread-
ing and much shorter than the envelopes. Brazil.
F.M. 1878::!17. G.C. III. 8:213.-An old species, but
not common in cult. Said not to be free-flowering.
P. pu
I . Stem terete
■ bed or d
ng-veined, usu
across, nearly flat.
led
s^^^^r*'^^!*-.
^^^-^ j^
PASSIFLORA
violet, the corona of numerous filaments, the outermost
of wliich are nearly as long as the petals and are deep
violet at the base, yellowish in the middle and curly at
the top. British Guiana. G.C. III. 22:393. -Fiist de-
scribed in 1897, and now offered in this country by San-
der & Co.
GG. Jiays (listinctly shorter than envelopes : teaf-
margins nturlii or quite entire.
20. 41ba, Link & Otto. [P. atomdria. Planch.). Stem
terete: stipules very large and leaf -like: Ivs. broad-
ovate and somewhat cordate, rather shallowly 31obed,
glaucous beneath, the margins entire : peduncles ex-
ceeding the Ivs., 1-fld.: fl. little more than 2 in. across,
clear white: fr. obovoid. the size of an
egg, green at first, but becoming vellow-
ish. Mex. to S. Amer. G.C. II. 19:«i«.
R.H. 1883, p. 201; 1884:3U.
21. violacea, Veil. T:ill. glabm.is. with
f^
pp. Blossoms white, greenish, purplish, or variousli/
tinted, but not red.
G. Rays of corona (or the outer ones) about ns long as
tile floral envelopes: leaf-margins strongly serrate
(except sometimes in No. 19).
17. incamita, Linn. M.\t-pop. Fig. 1650. Tall-climb-
ing strnuL' viii.-. iilal.niMs or nearly so: Ivs 3-lobed to
about hull' 111. ii lb i.ih. liroadly cordate-ovate in outline,
serrate, ih.- [.rtiole hearing 2 glands near the top: fl.
:ixilhu\ i.n.l -i.litiiry, about 2 in. across, white, with a
li-hi iMii]il. nina" banded at its center: fr. oblong,
:ii"iui 1 ni. l.Tiu'. with 3 sutures, yellow when ripe. Dry
|.la,-.s. V;, . .,,„th and west. B.M. 3G97. Mn. 9:17.-A
weedy plant, but offered by dealers in native plants.
With protection, the roots will survive the winter as far
north as Baltimore, and the strong herbaceous vines will
make a fine cover for arbors and verandas. Easily
grown from seeds.
18. «dulls, Sims. Fig. 1652. Morewoody and stronger:
Ivs. large, deeply 3-lobed and serrate : fl. white, often
tinted with purple, the rays ne.arly as long as the envel-
opes, white for the in.i.ir half hut purple at the base:
fr. globular-obl..!!-. i!,i i I . iin ih-dotted when ripe, the
rindhard. Brazil I M - - iMi. 1857, p. 224; 1883,
p. 489. Gn.50:l JiilOl. A. G. 13:120.-
Runs into several l-nn- I !m tiuit is fragrant and edi-
ble, but there is little pulii. tlie seeds occupying most of
the interior. Readily grown from seeds. Naturalized in
tropical countries.
19. pmindsa. Mast. Climbing, the stems terete, gla-
brous : Ivs. broad in outline, 3-lobed beyond the middle, the
lateral lobes diverging, the margins remotely glandular-
toothed, glaucous beneath: stipules very large and leaf-
like, cordate, 2 in. long: fl. 3 in. across, pale or pearly
1 Ik i" ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ tms, the under sur-
i.i ' I - ^ : fl. about 3 in.
■( : --. !.' i":.i, .oil sepals lilac-pink
iii-idi i.-ipal- i iidiii,^ in a long spttrl, the
numerous tilaments of the corona white-
tipped and barred with violet and white.
Brazil. B.M. C997. R.H. 1885:468.
22. caertlea, Linn. Fig. ]6.i3. Slender,
but a strong grower, glabrous and some-
what glaucous: Ivs. divided nearly to the
petiole into 5 lanceolate or lance-elliptic
entire sharp-pointed segments of which the 2 lower ones
arc s.jnietimes again lobed: fl. 3-4 in. across, slightly
fra:,'iaiit. greenish white, the sepals tipped with a short
point, the rays of the corona in 2 series, blue at the tip,
white ill the middle and purple at the base, the styles
light purple. Brazil. B.M. 28. Gn. 31, p. 421; 34, p.
114; 46, p. .•(GO.-The commonest of Passion-flowers in
American greenhouses, and now represented by several
named forms and hybrids. Can be grown in the open
aiato-cs'^lea (P. Pf.h-.ii',
.nrona of 3
y. hlue-pur-
base. B.R.
pie in the iiiidiUe. and black-purpi
10:848. K.H. 1847:121.
Passifloras in the Amer. trade, but not accounted for botani-
and 2i)», the var. ciliata. Mast. In cult, in thi.s leuiitry. hut
apparently not in the trade. Variable.— P. galhana. Mast.
Steins terete: Ivs. lance-oblong, short-petioled, entire: stipules
ovate-pointed: fl. solitary on a long peihimle, .'1 in. a'-ress,
greenisli yellow, the sepals and petals v.r>- T,:irr --.-- t( r not
folded corona short. Brazil. GC. III. •-'" ' '' ' ' " '"•-
nil. Mast. Lvs. broad-oblong, acute, enrir. _ i^
above, but not beneath: fl. erect. 4-5 in. art — r
let and rose color, with white in the center : r.r,I,.^.!. . rt.
PASSIFLORA
PASSION FLOWER P
pastinAca I r ti
1 1
le 1
for
1 I a cool cl t t e
I es 1 f, d fo r lee
It was It at d b f
r n w 1 1 f ro i 1
1 Iti li 1 1
PATCHOULI PLANT see
PATIENCE. Patiencp Do
PATRINIA lE. L. ratrin, 1742-1814, French traveler
in Siln-rial. \'a leria iiacfii . About 10 sjjecies of yellow-
or wliite-Hil., raleriau-like. hardy herbaceous peren-
nials friiin t-\rra-tropical Asia. They grow a foot or so
lii^rii i,),,,,ni ill carlv Slimmer and may have about 20
Mil, ill lU III -ill-;, r- _' HI. a.-ross. Two species are of-
111. .1 I. . . . - I ■■ . ii . -r plants.
r r I I I - i from the other 8 genera in
th.i \ :ili n III iiiiii I I :iiiii. lis and mostly yellow lis.
has piiqili- tls. Patni, - _ ;-",.r loosely villous :
Ivs. oner <ir twin- i r r. the radical ones
rarely entin.-; cynii^ ivnt i mii'led: bracts nar-
row, free, but sometimes a]i]ieiina^'ed with a large, 2-
nerved and iietted-veined bracteule which is appressed
to the fr. : corolla-tube very short: lobes 5, spreading:
sterile loi-ules of the fruit nearly as large or larger than
the fertile ones.
A. Stem glabrous.
scabiosaefdlia, Fisch. Radical Ivs. ovate or oblong, in-
cised-serrate and lyrate : cauline Ivs. pinnatifid, the
loljes lanceolate-linear, acute, terminal one longest: lis.
vellow: corymb looselv subpaniculate: fr. 3-cornered.
bahuria, L.B.C. 14:1340.
AA. Stem villous.
villdsa, Juss. Radical Ivs. villous, petiolate, auricled:
cauline Ivs. sessile, dentate: corymb pauicled. Japan.
— The plant offered by the Yokohama Nursery Co. is
said to have white fls.
PAULLlNIA ( probably after Simon Paulli, 1608-1680,
priifiss..!- .if aiiat.iiny, surgery and botany at Copenha-
L'en I . s,ii,nnl,ir, ,f . P. thaUctrifoUa is a handsome stove
fiiliai;!- i.laiit. with much divided Ivs. somewhat resem-
bling a nie. maidenhair, or a davallia. The fls. are in-
conspicuous, pinkish and borne in autumn. In the early
seventies, when the interest in foliage plants was at its
height, this plant was widely distributed. It used to be
PAL-LOWXIA ITl'i
1 t 11 f r 1 1 rgr o tl p 11 r
1 f e ol 1 tl o es 1 r r I t 1 o ce
nt t r 1 1 "■ th top f gl tl) tul s II
1 r tro g C ^\ Ol r t I \c 1
tforl rge cj a 1 ta 1 les II Tl jo i t,
I 1 f 1 t I tl ) re laded
1 1 I I 1 1 c tt n^,s of ) ng
I 1 1 tl c t 1 are p nel e 1
1 I a I n ke hai dson e
I I p tt f, 1 a Jnfe
1 I I toft tl ri hlro
II 1 tl a I b r 1 SI kl nt of
t 80 pe tl t op
cultivated
Passion I
PAULOWNIA I fi I \.i 1 lulowna, princess of the
\(tli ii I s ' I Ornamental decidu
oils tt iinilar to Catalpa \vith
ani) I and pale \ lolet large
tls 1 \_lo\( in shape, in ter
min il I I I the l\s The species
m tultn tl 1 1 liiih birl\ in shiltered positions as
far north as Miss but the fl buds are usualh killed in
winter and it does not flovitr n giilarh north ot N(w
York city. As an ornamental foliage plant it may be
grown as" far north as Montreal, where it is killed to the
ground everv winter, but throws up from the root vigor-
ous shoots attaining 10-14 ft. .with Ivs. over 1 ft. and occa-
sionally even 2 ft. long. If used as a foliage plant and
1224
PAULOWNIA
cut back to the ground every spr
shoulu be removeil except one
plant during the hrbt -vedis of til
grow more rigorous e\ ery ye n
will decreise in size weakened I
ting back tlii.\ should then be n ;
plants. Where the fl.-buds which are formed the pre-
vious year are not killed by frost the Paulownia is one
of the most conspicuous flowering trees in spring, and
in summer the foliage, though it is of somewhat dull
color, attracts attention by the size of the Ivs. In tem-
perate climates it is sometimes used as an avenue tree.
It thrives best in a light deep loam, and in a sheltered
position. Prop, by seeds sown in spring or by root-
cuttings, and by greenwood cuttings under glass ; it
may be grown also from leaf -cuttings; the young unfold
ing Ivs.
propM-:>
third ■'<
Heni\
off close
lul-glass in the
11 and Japan; a
1 l">rted by Dr.
in terminal panicles ; calyx
oUa with long, slightly curved
jue 5-lobed limb; stamens 4:
ulicidallv dehiscent, with nu-
imperialis ^i l »- /\ui (P (o»ien(os«, ''teud ) I-i„'
ll,)4 li I in II with stout spriading br iiii hi s
foriniii,' I I iirid h il h s rather long petioUd broadlj
cordate ()\ ate i ntirt or sometimes i lobed acnminatt ,
pubescent abo\e, ton» ntose beneath, i-8 in long or on
vigorous shoots e\ en larger panules to 10 in long fls
fragrirt p ih m >I. I T -2 lu long pedi( els and cah\
densil\ 1 I l\ I I wood\ bioa<lh o\oid,
poiiilc 111 1 April Mn ( hiua,
.Iai>ni s, / I M
10 7 1.. I 1 Mn 7
Alfred Rfhdeu
Mth
great %\hen in full h i i n I
a densi shade It st m i i I )
befoie the lea^es conn mi .11 i
over before the tree is in full li it
For this reason it is not a favorite
The .Jacaranda is a prettier oiue,
PAVONIA
more floriferous, lasts three times as long, the blooms con-
tinuing until tlie tree is in full leaf. It is out of leaf not
more than half as long as Paulownia is. It makes as
dense shade as the Paulownia, has a prettier leaf and is
more desirable in every way. The growth of the two
trees is about the same at the end of a quarter century.
The habit of the Paulownia in retaining dry seed-pods
on dead limbs 3 or 4 ft. long is very unpleasing, and
necessitates a thorough cleaning each year to the tip
cud of the uppermost branch — often a hard work to ac-
complish. Ernest Bkaunton.
PAVETTA (Malabar name of P. Iiidl,;,}. 1,'iihi,;,;,, .
Al'uur liil species of tropical shrubs and small tren^
clusi-ly allied to the brilliant Ixoras but far less sbiwy.
the lis', smaller, and the clusters looser; also they have
a much more conspicuous style, which is often thrust
out of the flower an inch or so. The fls. are white or
greenish, salver-shaped, 4-lobed (rarely 5-lobed), and
borne in trichotomous corymbs, containing as many as
.'iO fls., which at best may be 1 in. long and % in. across.
Pavettas generally have membranaceous Ivs., while
Those of Ixora are leathery. In Pavetta the style is
longer and spindle-shaped at the top; in Ixora the style
iri-iM-i-ally lias J slii.rt l.i iinches at the top. Other generic
.•liara.'t.r- .if I'avrtta are: calyx-lobes short or long:
staniiiiN 4 cir ,",, l.arily exerted: disk tumid, fleshy:
nvary L'-Iocular: drupe 2-stoned.
A. Foliage variegated.
Borb6nica, Hort. Foliage plant with unknown fls. Its
position in this genus is a mere guess. Lvs. about 9 in.
long, oblong-acuminate, rounded at the base, with a
salmon-red midrib, mottled with light green on a dark
green ground. Bourbon Island. Lowe 5.
AA. Foliage not variegated.
Natalinsis, Sond. Lvs. lanceolate-acuminate, petio-
late. glabrous: calyx-teeth bri.stle-shaped, thrice as long
as the calyx-tube: fls. white. Natal.
P. Caffra, Haw. & Sond, Lvs, obovate. almost sessile, gla-
brous: calyx-teeth twice as long as the tube: tis. white. S.Afr.
B,.M, 3,'>80.— P. Indica. Linn. Glabrous to tomentose: lvs.
varyine greatly in shape: calyx-teeth much shorter than the
tube: fls. white. India. B.R. 3:198. W. M.
PATIA. Included with ^scithis.
PAVONIA (J. Pavon,,ioint author of Ruiz and Pavon's
Flora Peruviana et Chilensis; died 1844). Malvhcea.
About 60 species of tropical herbs or shrubs, tomentose,
hispid or glabrescent: lvs. often angled or lobed : fls. of
various colors, peduncled or crowded into a sort of head
at the tips of the branches: bractlets 5-maiiy. distinct
or more or less connate; calyx 5-cut or 5-toothcil; jiet
als spreading or convolute-connivent: staminal ci.luniu
truncate below the apex or 5-dentate: ovary :". loculcd,
lied.
Perhaps the most desirable species is P. nnilliflnrn.
know u to gardeners as /" H^ioti This has manj showy
• — <'.<f
^vSi
PaVDnia iniermcdia \-^7:\)-
ir elect ham whorled, and
■ I up shaped group of bract-
rii ish of dull brown, tightly
ih of petals protrudes the
1 e 3 in long and bears nu-
The illustration sho
P.Makoyana, Morr.,ot the trade, is Gtsthea Makoy4na,
Hook , B.M. 6427, a Brazilian plant with a dark purple
mass of petals set off by about 5 large, broad, showy
red bractlets. The only difference between Pavonia and
(lOethea lies in the bractlets, which are narrow in the
former and broad in the latter.
P. intermedia, St. Hil., Fig. 1655, is a Brazilian plant
int. by the U. S. Dept. of Agric. for economic reasons.
Its bractlets are intermediate in breadth between the
two genera Pavonia and Goethea.
multifldra, A. St. Hil. {P. irwli, E. Morr.). Robust,
probably shnibliy. usually with a simple stem: Ivs. alter-
iKite, 6-10 in. X i'.,-2 in.^ oborate-lanceolate, serrulate;
Hs. in a short, terfiiinal corymb. Brazil. B.M. 6398. F.
M. 1877:276. W.M.
PAWPAW.
id Cur
PEA. The garden Pea is the most important member
of the genus Pisum (which see). It is native to Europe,
but has been cultivated from before the Christian eia
for the rich seeds. The field or stock Pea differs little
from the garden Pea except in its violet rather tliaii
white flowers and its small gray seeds. There are
many varieties and several well-marked races of gar<leii
Peas. Whilst Peas are grown mostly for their seeds,
there is a race in which the thick, soft green pods, with
the inclosed seeds, are eaten. The common or shelling
Peas may be separated into two classes on the character
of the seed itself. — those with smooth seeds and those
with wrinkled seeds. The latter are the richer, but they
are more likely to decay in wet, cold ground, and there-
fore are not so' well adapted to very early planting. Peas
may also be i-lassified as climbing, half -dwarf or show-
ing a tendency to climb and doing best when support is
provided, and dwarf or those not requiring support.
Again, the varieties may be classified as to season,—
early, second-early, and late; examples of these classes
are shown in the pictures. 1656, 16.57. 16.58. respectively.
classification ( Les Plantes Potag^res)
L. The Pea round (smooth).
B. Plant climbing,
c. Seed white,
cc. Seed green.
BB. Plant half-dwarf,
c. Seed white,
cc. Seed green.
BBB. Plant dwarf.
c. Seed white,
cc. Seed green,
t. The Pea wrinkled (divisions as above
lese garciem-rs about iNew York city g
67, Co
Chinese
species i
knotty 01
(Fig. 1659). The pods
tendency to develop :i
the lower side. The I
in color, and they gem
quality they are sweet
vhat
i I I. and there is a
r margin along
[till I and are variable
rii ihirk in cooking. In
client, but they do not
possess any superiority over our common varieties.
The seeds which we have obtained from the New York
Chinamen are mixed. In color, the Peas run from nearly
white to dark brown. The brown seeds, however, have
given us much earlier pickings than the light ones. In
one instance the seeds were sorted into three grades-
light, medium light, and d.irk brown — and all were
planted in sandy soil on tin- Jiitli ..f .April. On the .5th
of July the dark-seedeil plot i,Mv.- :i « 1 picking, while
the light-seeded, and evin the im liiiiin plots produced
much taller plants and vcrv li\v of ili'- pods had begun
to fill. The dark- and mr.liinn >, , ,1, .1 plots produced
plants with colored flow, r- iIk -tiin.Uird being rose-
purple and the keel I.I^hL lurpl.' -.<,<'{ sidasht-d. The
light-colored seeds, on thr oili.r Icni'l. ^^;tve pure white
flowers, larger leaves and broader pods. These facts
are interesting in connection with the evolution of the
garden Pea and its relationship to the red-flowered field
Pea."
Left to themselves, the varieties of Peas soon lose
their characteristics through variation. They are much
1657. Pea. Nott Exce
influenced by soil and other local conditions. There-
fore, many of the varieties are only minor strains of
some leading type, and are not distinct enough to be
1226
PEA
recognized by printert descriptions. This accounts for
the confusion in varieties of Peas, particularly in the
dwarf or extra-early types. The varietal names are
many. In 1889 (Annals Hort. ) American dealers cata-
logued 154 names. L. H. B.
1. Peas for the Home Garden. — Green Peas are at
their best when perfectly fresh, and should come to the
table within 5 or U hours from the vine. Those bought
in the market can rarelv be served until 24-48 hours
1658. Pea, Champion of Eneland
after picking, when they necessarily have lost mucli of
their good quality. It is, therefore, a great advantage
to have a home-grown supply. Though they are of
easy culture, it is not always feasible to give them a
place in one's own garden, because they require consid-
erable space, 1-2 yards of row being necessary to produce
a single "portion," and it is rare that more than 2 or 3
pickings can be made from the same vines. Peas need
a rich, friable soil, but an over-supply of nitrogen or
the use of coarse and fresh manure will result in a rank
growth of vines, with frw t"«I'^ ""'1 Pfas of inferior
quality. The best manuri^il rMi„l,ti..H f..r Peas is found
where' a heavy dressini; .if f.niH/ri lias been applied
the previous year. It su. I. a -.il i- not available, the
application of 3-6 bushels ..£ will r.itt.a stable manure,
or. in place of this, about one-half bushel of wood ashes,
3 or 4 pounds of salt and 5-10 pounds of ground bone
or other commercial fertilizer to the square rod, and
well worked into the surface soil just before planting,
will give good r.-iili-. Mi'-^t of the cultivation for
Peas should 1.. .Iim I" t..i. iliey are planted, and it
is more important tor tin- ii"ii than for most that the
ground should I"- ",ii wnrkiil and made as friable as
possible before the seed is sown. While Pea vines will
be killed by a hard freeze, they will endure a slight
frost with but little injury, and thrive best in a cool,
damp soil and atmosphere. It is, therefore, desirable
to plant as .-nrlv in the spring as the soil can be worked.
The writi I liki- l"^t to plant in double rows about G
inches aiiaii. "iili ilir distance between the pairs about
iL-lit to which the variety grows. If the
III Mill drained, form a trench 4-C inches
deep and drop 10-20 seeds to the foot according as the
variety is a tall- or dwarf -growing one, and cover about
an inch deep, gradually filling the trench as the plants
grow. In proportion as the soil is heavier and less
porous and well-drained the trench should be shallower
until, on tenacious clay soils, the seed should be within
an inch of the surface.
All the garden varieties, if planted in the way sug-
gested, will sive n fair return without trellising, but
those -riwiii- .o. 1- 2 feet high will do better if sup-
ported. I'll. II- i^ nothing better for this purpose than
brush, lilt till- i- nut always available, and the vines
can be w. II Miin.orted by driving stakes 2^ inches
wide 12-20 feet apart in the double rows, and as the
vines grow inclosing their tops between wires or wool
twine stretched opposite each other on either side of
the stakes.
Anything more than mere surface tillage is apt to do
the Pea crop more harm than good, but any crust
formed after rain should be broken up, and the vines
will be greatly benefited by frequent stirring of the sur-
face soil.
2. Peas for Market. — The above notes will suggest
the best methods of culture for market, and profit will
depend largely upon the selection of varieties suited to
the needs of the trade, and the use of pure and well-
grown seed.
3. Peas for Cnnniiigi. — The quantity of Peas canned,
and the popularity of such goods, has been largely in-
creased by the use of the machines known as viners,
in the use of which the vines are cut when the green
t'..r .
■ the plants
hours after cutting, it 1>. ni. - . --
through the viner and the I', a- inn
day they are gathered, and tin . .mn.
table fresher and better in .|iialii\
the pods obtainable in mark. . w I
ning or for seed. Peas art- I
with grain drills and no fan r
the crop is improved by a i in i. o
after sowing and a weeding lianow j
4. Varieties and the Growing of Seed. -There are
few vegetables in regard to which there is greater dif-
ference in tastes as to desirable qualities. To some
people tenderness is the most essential quality ; to
others sweetness, while still others care most for a rich
flavor and marrow-like texture. Varieties have been de-
veloped to meet all these wants, as well as those vary-
ing in growth from 6 inches to G feet in height and of
great diversity in the size, form and color of the pods.
In this vegetable .the quality and purity of the seed
used is of great ini|iorla -, for evi-rv "iii.-ss " of Peas
roii-I-l- ..r !!,.■ |.r...li,-l ..r liii.lr, -r. .!-". ai,.l :. - !l|.- |-i..dS
squash or other vegetables,' which give a larger seed
return. The most that can be done is to use the greatest
pains to keep the varieties pure and of high quality by
PEA
planter more dependent iipou the ability and lionesty of
liis seedsman.
Some of the most distinct types of the hundreds of
varieties of garden Peas are:
(1) The earliest kinds, such as Alaska and First and
Best, which produce early-maturing, comparatively
small pods filled with Peas of rather low quality, on
vines about 2 feet high.
(2) A long list of dwarf -growing sorts like American
Wonder (Fig. 1656 1 and Premium Gem, which produce
small- or medium-sized pods generally crowded with
Peas of fine quality on vines ranging from 6-18 inches
in height.
(;f) A large class like Strategem and Heroine, which
produce very large pods containing large, rich-liavored
Peas on thick, heavy vines growing 18-:j0 inches high.
(4) Lastly, there are the taller growing sorts, like
Telephone and Champion of England (Fig. 1658), which
vield large crops of large- or medium-sized pods on vines
growing from 4-6 feet high.
In :ulditi"n t.i the above-named sorts grown exclu-
sivily f..ru~i a- ;;rien Peas, there are a number of kinds
wilh lijirih , \ i:,'(ir')us, tall-growing and usually branched
vines whiVli inuiluce in great abundance smooth, hard
Peas wliii'h are used when ripe for split Peas or other
form of "soup stocks" or for stock-feeding; though
some of them, like the Marrowfats and the "Turkey" or
French Uanner. are quite extensively used for canning,
most of the celebrated Petit Pois of Prance being put
up from the last-named variety. In field culture for
stock the ground should be made ready in the fall and
the surface simply "fined" with a cultivator, disk or
gang plow in the spring. As early as the surface can
be got into good condition sow broadcast, carefully cov-
ering with a gang plow or disk harrow, from IK to 3
bushels of seeil to the acre, according to the variety
used; or they can be put in rows better with an ordi-
nary grain drill. .ijnividcd it he <if a i.attciii with the
PEACH
1227
tlriU. It is g,-i
,gba
-..wllig,
L-d to ad-
vantage when the jdants are an inch or two high. The
crops should be harvested before the vines are so ripe
that the Peas will waste by shelling, and it can be done
by pea harvesters, which are attachments to ordinary
niawins; iiiacliines, or cut and "rolled" into windrows or
bunfhes witl] a sliort scythe. They are easily threshed.
The i.rilinarv vhld is from 20 to 50 bushels to the acre.
W, W. Tracy.
PEA. Everlasting P., Latltijfns Jalifolhi.i. Blory P.,
Cli.tifthiis Ji.n„,.i,rl. Hoary P., Pigeon P., COkihis
Ii„l„ ,is. Scuriy P., Psumlen. Sweet P., LntUiimx odo-
ratiis and Si<;;l Pta.
PEACH. Plate XXVI. The Peach is essentially a lux-
ury. Its cultivation is attended with much risk. The
areas in which it can be grown with success are scattered,
p.irticularlv in the ncrthern states. The Peach is tender
to frost, a.i.l the liability of til- hu.ls and Mosvnns to
fru.t. Stra.i-.-lv .•
in the .South tliaii
likely to be swolh-
em winter, and to
northeastern stati
cbieHy bv iniklii.-
!-lls" of the south-
n freezes. In the
s are determined
•rature. Thcv lie
Wl
of
the Unite
grov
commercial regions are relatively few. (im- ot tli.sc re-
gions lies in proximity to the southeniniovf ni. ml"!- of
the Great Lakes, particularly alonir lio -"iitlo :i-I'Tii
part of Lake Ontario in New York aihl i :.ii:h1;,. '.,\^.m:
the southern shore of Lake Erie and on ih.- . m-t,-™
shore ot Lake Michigan. In this latter belt, known as
the Michigan "fruit belt," the Peach reaches its highest
northern limit in the eastern states, being grown with
profit as far north as Grand Traverse, on the 44th parallel.
Another large area begins near Long Island Sound, in
Connecticut, and follows the seaboard as far south as
the soutlicm part of the Chesapeake peninsula and ex-
tending; aipproxiiiiately one hundred miles inland. In
the southoni Atlantic states there is another commer-
cial Peach area, cciniprising the upper lands of Georgia,
Alabama and adjacent states. Farther south than this,
where the soil does not freeze to the depth of the roots,
the root-knot disease, caused by a nematode worm, is so
serious as often to interfere with the raising of the crop.
In this southrrn iiart. aK,,, il,,. ,,M tin,,- variety's of
Peaclii- Mo Tiot t],v]^■ lo I-, r|-rli,,n. Imt -on.o of tlo-
Vbim■^■■<^\^•'~:n■r,:~■•^ -I. in- - I sal , Mart ion . Aliotlior
large l'.a.ii--n.» in-ar.a li.s ,„ sontli.-ni mm. .is, .Mon.l-
ing westwur.l across .Mi.>souii iiiid into Kansas. Easltru
Texas has also developed a large commercial peach-grow-
ing business. Part of western Colorado is now becoming
known as a peach country. Nearly the whole of Cali-
fornia, except the mountains, is admirably adapted to
the I'.a.h, and tin- fruit is grown there on alarge basis.
There av isolat.al fhn'es all over the United States in
which I'.a.li L;r..\\ in:; is profitable, but the above outline
desiiiiiaii - 111. an as of largest commercial importance
In !■ - .1. too cold for the normal develop-
ment ! 1 111.- tree may be grown with some
satisia.i I' It "\ la- Mil-' it down in winter. For this pur-
pose the iitr Is usually trained with a thin or rather flat
top so that it will lie upon the ground when the tree
is bent over. When the tree is to be laid down, earth
is dug away from the roots on one side, the ball of
earth which holds the roots is loosened somewhat, and
the tree is bent over until it reaches nearly or quite the
level of the ground. It may remain in this position
without covering, being protected by its proximity to
the earth and by the snow which drifts into the top; or
sometimes the tree is covered with litter or even with
earth, -if with litter, care must be taken that mice do
not nest therein and gnaw the trees.
Although the Pca.h has many forms, it is all one spe-
cies. /', . . /' /. See Prmms. It is probably na-
tive t i I ' t has been in cultivation from the
earlii I i . aiue into Europe by way of Per-
sia, wli. 1. a .1-' Persira, and also Pefffh. From
Peaches of tin- rnii.-.l stat.--. 'I'h.-s.. p.-a.-lu-s do not
thrive well in tin- .Aii-.-nn- -.imiIi. Iiov>.-m i-. In in. .re re-
China, and thes.- tvi-.-s, ..f Hhi.-h tli. H-.m v i I-i-. 1661)
is the chief example, thrive well in the far south. Still
another type of Peach, which is hardy and productive
in the South, is the Indian type sometimes called the
"native peach." This is pr..l. al.lv derived from the
Pea.-li.-- n!ii.-Ii 111- •:n-]'. Si^iiiiai.'; 1.1-.. ught into North
Ani.-i ii 1 ' : :■ range of countrj-
in til. - liotanist Nuttall
foun.l I .,,.!,. - .; :_ -i .. II -.-t as Arkansas.
■Still an.. Ih.i H|-. ..1 r.a.li I- ;la I ', .-n-to, or the flat
Peach of (.'hina. Tins i- a.la|ii. .1 .nlv t.. il .\trenie
southern part ..f tli.- .-ounti-\ . ilin\ in;.- w.-ll in tin- north-
ern part of the citrons li.-ll. It is niM.-li to,, .arly-l. loom-
ing fort
ch tla
of I
has been described as a
rpa , but there is every
a nn.dified form of the
niilMin S9, Texas Ex-
wl'.ieh are known
_-toups: (1) The
, i,_ ;ln- variety known
il al.-u the Angel and
^'ith oval, long-pointed
ordinary Pea.li -
periment Stati
in North Am. i
Peen-to or flat I '- m ii i .. -
as the Peen-t.^ il'i^- i''
Waldo; (2) the South Chi:
fruit with deep suture near the base, represented by
the Honey (Fig. 1661 1 ; (3) the Spanish or Indian race,
with very late, yellow, firm, often streaked fruit, repre-
sented by various southern varieties, as the Cabler (Fig.
1662), Columbia, Galveston, Lulu, Texas and Victoria;
(4) the North China race, with large, mostly cling or
semi-cling fruit and very large, flat leaves, represented
by the Chinese Cling, Elberta (Fig. 16631, Mamie Ross,
Smock and Thurber ; (5) the Persian race, including
the common varieties of the mid-country and the North,
1228
PEACH
as Crawford (Fig. lflC4), Oldmixon, Salway, and the
like. The varieties of Peaches are many, although less
numerous than those of apples. An inventory of 73
catalogues of American nurserymen, in 1900, showed
291 varieties on the market.
The Peach is a showy tree when in bloom. There are
double -flowered vaiietics (Fig. lOfra), which are as
Peen-to Peach
handsome as the dwarf flowering aliiioinl. and thev are
more showy because of the greater size of the 'tree.
These double - flowered varieties have never become
popular, however, owing to risks of winter injury and
spring frosts, depredation of borers, and the short sea-
son in which they remain in bloom. The flowers of the
Peach are naturally variable in both size and color.
Peach-growers are aware that there are small-flowered
and large - flowered varieties. The character of the
flower is as characteristic of the variety as size or color
of fruit is. Fig. 1666 shows two extremes. The Craw-
fords are small-flowered ; the Alexander and Amsden
are large flowered.
Propagation. — Tbe Peach is always propagated by
means of seeds. The first year the seedlings are
budded to the desired variety. The seed is planted on
the first opening of spring in rows far enough apart to
allow of horse tillage, and the seeds are dropped every
6 to 8 inches in the row. These seeds should have been
kept moist during the winter. Usually they are piled
out of doors, being mixed with sand or gravel, and al-
lowed to freeze. The shells are then soft when plant-
ing time arrives and many of the pits will be split.
Then it will not be necessary to crack the pits. In the
northern states the trees will be ready for budding in
August and early September. The buds are set close to
the surface of the ground, and they do not start until
the following spring. The year succeeding the bud-
ding, the bud should make a tree 3 to C feet in height,
and at the end of that season it is ready for sale; that
is, the tree is sold when it is one season from the bud.
In the southern states, Peach seedlings may he large
enough to bud in June or early July of the year in
which the seeds are sown. The buds will then grow
that season, and the trees be ready for sale that fall.
That is, the whole process is completed within the space
of one sea.son. These "June-budded trees " are popular
in the South, but they have never become thoroughly
established in popular favor in the North. They are
very likely to be injured by the first winter, since the
trees are not so well matured, as a rule, as the one-year-
old trees grown in the North. If, however, they with-
stand the first winter, they should make as good trees
as others. For the details of propagation, see the article
on Oraftage in Vol. II.
Soil and Planting. -The Peach will thrive on most
any soil, providing the climate and site are congenial.
The best Peach land, however, is that which is light and
sandy. On such lands the Peach develops its highest
color and its richest flavor, although on heavier lands
PEACH
it may be more juicy. The soil in the great Peach sec-
tions of Michigan and the North Atlantic region is light
and loose. ( )ii lii;ivv lands the Peach is likely to grow
too late in th,. i:,ll :,ri.l t.. inake too much wood. The
fruit is usually s,m„«l,at Icwer in color and tends to
be later in iJ|.(iiniK. TIh- low color maybe corrected,
however, by planting the trees far apart, and bv prun-
ing to open tops to admit the sun.
Since the Peach blooms very early and the flowers
are liable to be killed by late spring frosts, it is import-
ant that the site on which the orchard is planted
should either be relatively free from late spring frosts
or such as to retard the bloom. In proiimity to large
bodies of water, late spring frosts are less likely to
occur, and the tree blooms relatively late because the
water equalizes the climate and adjacent areas do not
warm up so quickly in the spring. This is particularly
true along such large bodies of water as the Great
Lakes. In interior places it is well to choose a northern
slope or other backward site, on which place the trees
are retarded in bloom. In warm exposures in cities
Peaches are very likely to be caught by late spring
frosts because they bloom too early. It is usually better
in such cases to plant the trees on the north side of a
building.
Peach trees are always set when not more than one
year from the bud. The distance apart varies with dif-
ferent soils, different parts of the country and with dif-
ferent growers. The standard and maximum distance
is twenty feet apart each way. If trees are planted at
this distance, they maybe tilled with ease, andheading-
in may not be necessary. Many growers, however, plant
closer than this with excellent results. By giving extra
good tillage and fertilizing they force trees to bear young,
and by the time the trees begin to cnjwd the or<liard
has paid for itself, and some of thi' ir. . - inn 1.. i,
moved. Whilst this practice may br ri I ! ,. i . i,,l
cases, the case depending on the em iL if
the owner, it is not to be advised for l i i . , ,, j . ~.
Tilling and Fertilizing. — HsLYing .sil..Kil h:.-- laud,
the Peach-grower must look with the greatest care to
the cultivation and fertilizing of the orchard. Peach
orchards should not be cropped after the third year; and
if they are planted on sandy lands, and particularly if
set less than 20 feet apart, they should not be cropped
from the time they are set. Very frequent stirring of
the surface soil from May until August, and thereafter,
perhaps, a green crop which shall be plowed under the
next spring, is the best general plan of tillage. Never
seed down a Peach orchard nor sow it to grain. If there
is any fruit that should never be neglected, it is the
Peach ; and this is why careless men do not succeed
with if, riii.i whv =o many of the orchards produce only
(Iftii^ I'm! ,ti — M!-:ii,'t'ment. But it is easy to produce an
ovir. . 'I ir.,iiir lands. The trees grow to a great
si/i J '' lirst few years, their tops are full of
liia\ .\ I. :,^ i - ainl the foliage holds very late in the fall.
These trees generally bear tardily and in some cases
they are not productive. They run to wood. The winds
tear them to pieces. The trouble lies first in the land:
PEACH
it is too strong for the Peach. The second trouble may
be the too free use of baru manures or other nitrogenous
fertilizers, or too late tillage in the fall.
The keynote to the proper fertilizing of Peaeh
orchards is liberal use of potash and phosphoric acid
and sparing use of nitrogen. Ashes, muriate ot potash,
bone fertilizers,— these are some of the best fertilizers
for Peach trees. Tillage, with green manure crops at
the end of the season, can be relied upon to furnish the
nitrogen in most instances; and it is even possible to
plow under too much Tetch or crimson cl(p\er in the
course ot years. Peaches which overgrow are likely to
suffer in winter.
Pruning Peach rcces. — The methods of pruning Peach
trees are the occasion of much discussion amongst po
mologists. The differences of opinion turn thieflv about
three practices, — short trunks with rapidly ascending
branches; high trunks with more horizontal branches,
aiul shortening-in or heading-back the annual growth
Each of these three methods has anient ad\ocates and
opponents. It is probable that each system has distinct
merits for i)articular cases. The nature and fertility of
the soil are often the dominating factors m these oppos
ing methods. A system of pruning which fits the slow
growth and hard wood of sandy soils maj not be adapted
to the rapid growth aud heavier tops of tiees on strong
soils. Fig. llJliT shows what is believed to be in gen
eral, the best method of pruning Peach tiees on sandy
or what may be called Peach soils. It is thi mturnl
method. The tree is allowed to spread its ti \> it will
with no heading-in. The foliage is com| it him h Ivlit
and does not place great weight upon till In ith lit s lud
the trees, on such lands, do not grow huh kh tu sm h
great size as on heavy lands. This method of allowing
a tree to make its natural top is the common one in the
Chesapeake peninsula (Fig. 1668) and in the Michigan
Peach belt (Fig. 1669). It will be observed, also, that
the pictures show trees witli sli,.it trunks ami forking
branches. It is a pr.valrnt ..imn. n ih.n -urh trees are
more likely to split with l":i.U ..i funt iIkui tliose which
have more" horizontal br;ni.-l,.s. I,ui this ,. ;,n error. Of
course, much care should be exercised to s,-e that the
branches do not start off from the trunk at exactly the
same height, thus making a true fork or Y. With this
precaution, the i-rotchy trees are no more likely to split
than the others, while they allow of a much better form
of top, unless the tree is to be headed-in. The horizontal
branches of the high-topped trees often appear to carry
a load of fruit with less ease than the more upright
branches of the other style of training. This danger
ot breaking is greatly lessened if the fruit is properly
tliiriiii'd. The low trunk permits a more open top, and
this sei-ms to be an advantage. One is often surprised
at the tliiimess of top in the best Peach orchards of
.Micliigan and Delaware. In such tops, the Peach should
color better, and it is reasonable to expect less trouble
from fungi.
Yet there is much to be said for the high-topped trees.
They are more easy to till and it is ciuite as easy to pick
their tniit ; and 111. -re is less tendency to make long and
spiau liiiu' Ih- iiicii. s as a result of careless pruning. On
rirh lainK. it i~ p. iliaps the better method. And here
is tlir .liict' nas.iii for heading-back in tlie North,—
tiie nicessity of checking the growth and keeping the
tree witliin bounds when it is growing in a strong soil.
Whetliir one shall head-in his trees or not, therefore,
must depend on circumstances. In sandy Peach lands
it is generally unnecessary, but it may be a good prac-
tice when trees make an over-exuberant growth. This
heading-in is usually done in the winter, from a third
to half the annual growth being removed.
Heading-in the branches always tends to make a thick-
topped tree. The best growers usually give much atten-
tion to cutting out the small unprofitable wood from the
center of the tree (compare Figs. 1670, 1G71). This labor'
may be greatly increased if heading-in is practiced. If
not persistently thinned of the inner growths, headed-in
trees tend to produce fruits of lighter color and of later
ripening. Many orchards have suffered from twig-
blight in these central shoots.
The pruning may be made a thinning process. The
fruit of the Peach is borne on the wood of the previous
year. The Peach makes true flower-buds, — those con-
taining no leaves. Two flower-buds are borne together
as a rule, on either side of a leaf-bud. These buds
often show plainly as early as August, or even earlier.
At that time the position of some of the fruit-buds may
be distinguished by the triple leaves (Fig. 1672). When
the leases ha\e tallin, the t«in fruit buds, with the
leaf -bud between, present the appearance shown m
Pig 1673 Not always do the two buds develop one of
them may be aborted or minred so thnt a single flower-
bud and a leaf-bud stind tuiri thi r These flower buds
art borne on both the sti
the weak growths in tin
fruits in the interior of t
poor, theritoie it is ir"'»l
shoots nil tilt Ill-nil nl t
truit 111. I ill. .Hill. 111. . 11.
beat!
distaiii .
less th. I - i
little itsuH II, uiiii
Thinnim, th^ 1
in thinning the fr
Peaches sh.inld st
and
The
Ii U.I |ii\s bitter
i.e which the remain-
or m the vital energy
h trees that are regu
\eai, barring iniunes
forget
1664 Crawford Peach i 1 1 1
that the work is more easily done in .June or .1
in September. The thinning should be ilela;
the fruit is the size of the end of one's th
by this time the "June drop" has occurred.
1230
PEACH
Peaches can be readily seen and handled. The fruit
from well-thinned trees usually sells for twice as much
as that from overloaded trees, and the vigor of the
trees is conserved at the same time; and the grower
has the satisfaction of selling a superior product.
There are two rules for the workman to observe in the
thinnini; "f fruit: il) n-uioval of injured or inferior
fruits; cJi allMW no two fniit-^ to stiiiid closer together
than till- .|i-i.-iiM-r wliirli li:i, l.fi-n ih-ciilrd on-say about
sixinclu^ lorr.arl,.,.
Mark.:tiii,j.^\f -low.-r^ ar.- ii,-KUgcnt in thinning the
fruit, they are too often po-^itively careless in marketing
it. Even in years of low prices, honestly and tastefully
packed fruit brings good prices. The handsome boxes
of California Peaches, containing 60 wrapped fruits, will
sell readily for $2 to $4, whilst home grown fruit sells
for 25 to 75 cents a half bushel; and yet the latter may
be the better by the time it reaches the consumer.
There are several faults with common methods of
handling Peaches. The packages are too large. The
fruit is not graded and selected; in fact, it is not well
grown. There are often no wooden covers on the bas-
kets, and, as a consequence, that part of the package
nliKh -hould look the Dest is usually the most jammed
and crushed In obserMng the markets, one finds that
((Uite half the jiackages are not full when they reach
llie salesman The Peaih is a dessert fruit and should
command a fancy price. Therefore, it should be packed
in dainty baskets, and the packages should be sold with
the fruit. Peaches in bushel baskets is a contradiction
of ideals: the bushel package is for apples, potatoes,
and turnips.
In New Jersey and Michigan the staple Peach pack-
age has been the tall, wide-topped basket. Of late years,
however, different forms of the Climax basket ( Fig. 1674)
have come to be poiiular. ami in some parts of the country
tlipy aiv II-,. 1 i\.lii-i .1. Till- fruit always should be
packii!,! ' ' 'i.-r grade being carefully
/«N,,, ii.i i> -i - 11- insect enemies of the
I'eiich iu\- ilu l..,i, r aii.l . unulio. The borer usually
works in the crown of the tree near the surface of the
ground. The borer itself is the larva of a wasp-like
moth. It is an annual insect, completing its life-cycle
within a twelvemonth. The eggs are laid in summer.
By October, in most parts of the country, the larva
is large enough to be detected. In September or Octo-
ber, therefore, it is well to grub the trees. The earth
PEACH
is removed from the crown with a hoe or strong iron
trowel, and whenever a hole is discovered in the bark
or gum is exuding, the bark is cut away with a knife
until the grub is discovered. Not all the grubs can
be detected at any one grubbing. It is well to go over
the trees again the following May or June, to catch the
lart^e grubs before they pupate. The grubbing of trees
may --riiii like a laborious operation, but it is not ex-
prii-i\i It iloiir t'l'iiiKiirly and thoroughly. It does not
coiii|iar. \iiili ]iiinjiiii.' in cost or labor. It is the only
sur-f ami sati>.tai-tor\- wa\' to avoid injury by borers.
The curculio attacks the fruit. Soon after the blos-
soms fall the small weevil or beetle, which resembles
a pea-bug, lays its eggs in the fruit; and from these
eggs a grub soon hatches, and the Peach becomes
wormy. The eggs are laid during a considerable period
— from two to four weeks — depending on the location
and the season. The insect is more or less dormant in
the cool of the morning and will drop when the tree
is jarred, and this allows the peach-grower a chance of
catching it. A large sheet, covering the spread of the
top, is laid under the tree and the tree is jarred quickly
two or three times, when the curculio falls, and it is then
picked from the sheet. There are various apparatus for
catching the curculio, all working on the above principle.
One of the best of these is a 2-wheeled rig, something
like a wheelbarrow, which carries a large canvas or
muslin hopper. There is an opening in the hopper op-
posite the operator, to allow the hopper to be wheeled
under the tree so that the trunk may stand near the
middle of the machine. When the machine is in place,
the operator gives the tree two <.r three quick thumps,
and the insects drop, I'^nallv. tli.T.' is a tin or zim-
receptacle at the aiH\ ,,r il,. I n. r inii. w lu.'h in-.ris
may be shaken. Tin - '■ , j . '. j '■] ' * ■n - Im - u n . ,ir]y
in the morning, USUI , I!. i'i.i..|,lo-
ration with the buL'-m- iiiiir'liin.' i- nuilr « nlun a w.-.-k
after the blossoms tall. If insci'ts are found the ojiera-
tion is continued. If the insects are very abundant the
bugging will need to be done every morning; but if they
are not abundant it may be necessary to go over the
pKantation only two or three tiiii.> a w. . k. Tin- biiii-L'ing
is continued as long as the in-.ii- arr fiiiinil in ^nlli-
cient quantity to do much daniaL'i. 'V\^■^• "r ilinr w. iks
will usually cover the egg-lay III- -.a-on; Imt Mini, nines
the catching must be continn,,! ,\,ii Lm-, r tliaii this.
This bugging is a laborious oj,. raiiiii, Imi if is the only
sure method of combating tin , nr, nli.,. I'ln- work can
be made much more easy anil .s|,. .lit imi-, it the groimd
is hard and firm, to allow tin. i liim s to be wheeled
readilv. It is well, therefore, to till the orchard as early
as possible, and if the ground is very soft to go over it
with a slicker or other compacting implement just be-
fore the bugging operation begins. After the curculio
catilniiL' is done, one may begin the thinning of the
fruit. All Peaches which give evidence of having been
attackod by the curculio are then pickeil; this is an im-
portant means of keeping the pest in check.
JHxi'iixes. — The Peach is subject to many insidious
•tnd inexplicable diseases. Of these the worst is yel-
lows. The yellows is a di.stinct disease. It is not a
condition. It attacks Peach trees of all ages and in all
conditions of vigor, seeming to have a preference for
those that are thrifty. It is incurable, and its tenni-
nation is always fatal. It is communicable from tree to
tree. The means of communication is unknown, but it
is not spread through the soil, it probably does not
originate in the roots, it is evidently not convi yi-il
from flower to flower, and it is probalil\ not fr.insf.rmil
by means of pruning tools. It may I.,- (lis^.niiiiatial
by buds, even by those from branehis that <lo not yet
show signs of the disease. The one uninistakable
symptom of yellows is the red-spotted character of the
fruit. The flesh is commonly marked by red lines or
splashes beneath the spots. These Peaches generally
ripen prematurely, and in the second year they are
usually smaller and often more fuzzy than the normal
fruit. The second symptom to appear— or the first in
trees not in fruit-is'the "tip" growth (Pig. 1875). This
is a short growth starting from the upper or ferminal
buds, usually late in the season, and is characterized
by narrow stiff yellowish small leaves which stand at
nearly right angles to the shoot. Sometimes these tips
PEACH
appear late in autumn, after the k-iives have fallen, or
in spring before normal growth begins. They are often
first seen upon the ends of watersprouts. This "tip"
growth is sometimes little pronounced, and then only a
practiced eve will detect
"■",-' iT , It. The third mark of
the disease is the push-
'V ing out of slender stiff-
'"'t leaved yellowish shoots
~ from the body of the
'^ tree or the sides of the
-=-^^ large limbs (Fig. 1076).
In pronounced cases, or
w hen the tree is about
to die, these shoots may
branch into close bunchy
tufts. These symp-
■j^ toms are frequently
wholly absent in this
state throughout the en-
1 tree tire course of the dis-
PEACH
1231
The Michigan •
-forn
In its liurtl stage, the yellows is marked by small and
slender growth of all new wood, small, narrow, yellow
or redtlish foliage, and occasionally by a great pro-
fusion of slender and branchy growths in the center of
the tree. As a rule, yellows trees die in five or six
years from the first visible attack, sometimes sooner.
The yellow and stunted condition following neglect or
the work of borers — both of the common borer and the
pin-hole borer— is often mistaken for yellows. Ex-
termination of all affected trees — root and branch — is
the only method of keeiiiug the disease at bay. This
work should be d,.ne vigorously and thoroughly. The
entire coniiiiuiiity shuiihl unite. Trees may be set in
the places fruiu whiih the diseased trees are removed,
without fear of coutamiu:itiou. The cause of the disease
is wholly unknown. Almost every ascribed cause has
been disproved upon careful investigation. Even when
the cause shall have been discovered, the remedy will
probably remain the same- extermination. The disease
has no uniform preference tor varieties, soils, climate,
nor methods of propagation or cultivation. No fertiliza-
tion of the soil will cure the disease or check its spread.
The disease sometimes attacks the almond, apricot, and
Japanese plum. Yrll.uvs has been recognized for
about a century. It i^ i iiliar tu North America, and
is generally distrilniii.! ihnih mI' tlie Carolinas and east
of the Mississippi. I'.'V iiidr >|.iciflc information on
Peach yellows, consult tlif writings of E. F. Smith,
published by the U. S. Dept. of Agric.
Rosette is a very serious disease of Peach trees in
the southern states, characterized by dense rosettes
or bunches of foliage on the young shoots. It soon
^^k^
preference for some varieties, particularly those with
large, soft and dark-colored leaves. It is also influ-
enced greatly by the season, although it is rarely wholly
absent. A moderate attack does not perceptibly injure
trees in full vigor. In many cases, however, the
larger part of the leaves fall from the tree in June, and
the fruit, deprived of nourishment, may also fall. Leaf
curl, the curculio and lack of pollination are the chief
causes of the "June drop" of Peaches. The leaves
"curl," or become puckered, early in the season, and
soon die. Experiments have demonstrated that a thor-
ough spraying with full-strength Bordeaux mixture just
before the buds swell in spring is very nearly a spe-
cific. If long-continued wet weather follows, it may be
advisable to sprav again, when the petals have fallen,
with B.iid.aux Hiixturc, consisting ..f 2 i...im.ls of cop-
per sullat.'. 2 ]. Mini. Is uf .|iiii-k-Iiiii.-. and .'ill gallons of
and ai\ , tliis >,■ 1 spraying will l.c uiiiircissary. For
full account of iVach curl, see Newton B. Pierce, Bull.
20, Div. Veg. Phys. and Path., U. 8. Dept. Agric, 1900
(pp. 204).
"Little Peach " is a recent disease which has appeared
in Michie-an and western New York. It is ordinarily
charari.-nzid liy tlie Peaches remaining small and hard,
the tri-is li.viii- \ iu'or and the leaves becoming small.
AftiT a fiiiir tin- tree dies. It seems to spread when
once istal.ii^lii M I'l an orcliard. The cause of the difil-
young Michigan Peach orchard.
ome it is thought to be
have associated it with
■tility in the soil, overbearing
• -s.."s. It has every appear-
i-iiuct disease. No remedy
I I vised to pull out the trees
mI yellows. Some growers
iiue'the disease partially or
1 of nitrogenous fertilizers
im to tillage. All these questions,
to be demonstrated.
Peacti I
Eastern Maryland.
proves fatal. The cause is unknown. The remedy is
to exterminate the trees as soon as the disease appears.
The leaf curl has been the subject of more concern
amongst Peach-growers during the past few years than
any other disease, except the yellows. It has a decided
. 1 1 i >oi-der.
! .;i nit have
iinething
1 il,.. -li.H.i, ,, ,1,10 to the
1 nit to rut. The decayed
hang on the tree, and be-
tion for the coming year.
1 tie found in orchards all
IV .as, s. a \.ai- following
- !,.■ iii.i-t alani.laut in the
- ..11.11 Ivill- ill.' twigs that
-am.' tiiui;!.- attacks the
Ex|.. ■ ^' : 11. f.iuud th:
d,-~ti . .' IS in spring, and this injury may
pa-- •.. - .if frost. He also found that thor-
ougli -pi 1} iii_- •. iih copper fungicides greatly reduced
the injur}-. His advice for the treatment of the dis-
ease is as" follows: (1) Gather and burn all mummified
fruit. (2) Early in the spring, before the fruit-buds
1232
PEACH
begin to swell, spray the trees with a solution con-
taining 1 pound of copper sulfate to 25 gallons of
water. (3) As soon as the fruit-huds begin to swell,
spray the trees with Bordeaux mixture or copper car-
bonate. Follow this by another spraying before the
buds open. (4) As soon as the fruit shall have reached
full size, make a third application. This may be fol-
lowed by two or three applications at intervals of five or
seven days during the ripening period. It will proba-
bly not be often necessary to make more than one late
application. Thorough thinning of the fruit is a good
preventive of the spread of the rot.
There are no up-to-date American books on the Peach.
Three works have been published: Fulton's "Peach
Culture," 1870, newediti-
and Diseases of the Pi;i'
Willcox's "Peach Cultui
There are several excellcni
on the Peach. See also. I
Peach Guitarist, "and Black
l?i,
•The Cultu
•. Pa., 1880;
X. J., 1886.
rion bulletins
II Apple and
. of the Peach
and the Pear on the Delaware and Chesapeake Penin-
sula-" L. H. B.
Peach Culture IN THE South (Fie. M^T^^ - P.-;ir-hes
have been abundant in the southern si;ii.- ^im , f 1,, \ .-ry
earliest settlement, the so-called Si. .> i , . . 1,^-
ing first distributed by the early sfti I ,. ;ind
to this day, all through the South Atl.mi i -i.m - i hr did
"Spanish Blood." or "Tinsley" Peach, is spukin of as
one of the choice fruits of the earth. From time to time
all the improved varieties were scattered through the
South by the more progressive horticulturists and nur-
serymen, and these and their seedlings were abundant
on nearly every plantation. The South being strictly
an agricultural country, there was little chance for com-
mercial Peach culture until along between 1870 and 1875,
when the introduction of a number of new extra-early
varieties of the Alrx.iiTdcr type, seedlings of Hale anil
Rivers, gave such lui-ht, >li..« y Peaches the latter part
of May and early .liuif tlmt ;iftempts were made to
market them at a [irufii in nur Northern cities.
A lack of quick, through railway - express service
caused them to be three and four days on the way, and
usually to be delivered in bad order. Occasional lots,
arriving in fair to good condition and selling at from
$12 to $20 per bushel convinced a few of the shippers that
the extra-early Peaches of the South were appreciated at
the North, and persistent efforts were continued to get
them to market in sound condition. Every conceivable
\\\jyjyi
1670. Unpruned thick-topped Peach tree.
style of shipping package was used, — paper- wrapped
fruit placed between layers of cotton, excelsior, paper,
etc., and sent by express or steamer, — and all brought
about the same returns, "Arrived in bad order." Only
occasional lots paid a profit. Finally, heavy refrigerator
boxesthat wouldhold about; G bushels of fruit in packages,
PEACH
and a sufUcient quantify of ice, with strong caster wheels
under them so they could be trundled in and out of freight
cars, were utilized to bring Peaches north by Savannah
and Charleston steamers ; and by re-icing on the steamers
much of the early fruit came through in good order and
sold at such satisfactory prices as to encourage the
\A!h , 'I,
■dh': .^ '^i*''!
sending of the large midsummer Peaches to market in
the same way, and the planting of moderate sized or-
chards and the further experimenting with seedlings
and varieties best suited to long shipments.
The perfection of the refrigerator car for fruit trans-
portation, improved machinery for the cheap manufac-
ture of ice, the consolidation of various small railway
lines into great through routes of transportation, and a
full appreciation by their managers of the importance
of a .successful I'l-ai'li imlustry, and last but not least,
the originating' ..f tin- ICIIitrta Peach by Mr. Rumph,
were the final f;Hi"T- in raj. idly developing the great
commercial Piarh imln^try in Georgia, and its smaller
counterpart-^ in s. i ., Ala.. Miss., Ark. and Texas.
The year I.--~'i aw th. iii~t large Peach crop success-
fully harvi-^ ml ami iii.irk.tial. Profits were large, and
beingreporti-.l in tli.- |t. -~. nniny times greater than they
really were, stimulated much planting by those entirely
unfamiliar with fruit culture, and with no special love
for it except the money that might be made out of it.
Cheap lands and the abundance of good, low-priced
labor were encouragements to extensive plantings. In
nearly every state of the South, land in vast tracts
suitable for Peach culture may be had at from $3 to
$10 per acre, and labor from sun to sun at from 40 to 60
cents per day. Aloug the Atlantic and Gulf coast, vary-
ing from one to two hundred miles inland, most of the
land being low and flat, early blooming, followed by
spring frost, makes the Peach industry too uncertain to
be profitable. The hill lands in western sections of At-
lantic coast states, and northern sections of the Gulf
states, is really the Peach country of the South. Fort
Valley and Marshallville, the great Peach centers of
Georgia, though on tablelands about two hundred miles
from both ocean and Gulf, and at an elevation of a
little over 500 feet, are not in what might strictly be
called the hill country, being just below the southern
edge of it. In this section of Georgia, most of the Peach
orchards have been planted on old cotton-land, much of
which has been in cultivation a century or more, and
while the surface-soil is worn and poor, down deep in
the red clay soil underlying the 6 or 8 inches of sandy,
gray loam of the surface, there must be a vast amount
of fertility from the way Peach trees grow when once
started and a reasonable amount of culture is given.
A majority of the orchardists, who are cotton-planters
as well, plant second- and third-class yearling trees, or
PEACH
else small June-budileii trees any time from October to
March; opening furrows for the trees and cross-check-
ing the rows 18 to 22 feet apart; later plowing this land
and planting it in cotton, continuing it for three and
often four years. Two to four hundred pounds of low-
grade fertilizer is applied in drills for the cotton and
usually very thorough culture given; trees are allowed
to grow at will, their culture being incidental to the
cotton crop. In such orchards very little if any pruning
is ever attempted. After the trees become so large as
to drive out the cotton, one plowing is given in winter,
then anything from fairly good culture to none at all
the rest of each season. Such a system results in many
"scrub orchards," that arc not very profitable after six
or seven years.
Specialists, who devote almost their entire time to the
Peach business, plant their trees mostly 16x 16 or 18 x 18
feet and give them entire use of the land. The under-
signed, being a rather close pniner. has about l.W.OOO
trees planted 13x13 feet and about IT.'i.oOO planted 15
PEACH
1233
15 i
iled
All land is plowed deep, and soUK-tinii
before planting. Young orchards are given freiiucnt
and thorough tillage up to mid-season, when 2 or 3
rows of cow-peas are drilled in at least 4 fei-taway from
the rows of trees; these and the trees are cultivated
frequently, until the peas have taken almost full pos-
session of the ground, and it is time for both the land
and trees to have a rest from cultivation. In the fall
when peas are ripe, enough are gathered for next year's
seed, after which hoijs or nniles may be turned in to
pasture for a time. Tli.' stul.lile furnishes a fine winter
cover, and is turniii dnxMi ,,t lir^t plowing in February
or March, when sinriiin r .nlnin- lu-gins, and at proper
time the orchard is :ii:.tin sr.-ii. <l i.. cow-peas, across the
former direction of ili. r w-. Ihrie years of this usu-
ally builds up a p. rf. rt Mi.liar.l without the aid of any
other fertilizers, ex.. p! jmsviiiiy a very little about the
trees at time of i)laniiii^' tc. ^'ivf tljem a start.
Low-headed trees an- tli.- rule, the trunks seldom
branching over 18 inclies up, and often 8 inches to
a foot from the ground. In one section of the writ-
er's orchard at Fort Valley, Georgia, he has 100,000
trees 8 years old, headed .so low that in a full-crop
season like 1900, a man sitting on the ground could
have gathered fully one-half the fruit from each tree.
As a rule, the close cutting-back at time of planting,
and a general shortening-in of the leading branches for
the first 2 or 3 years, is about all the pruning given,
even in the best orchards. Our own plan is to shorten-
in every year much of the past season's growth, and
from the central head often cut back 2 or 3 seasons'
growth; but under no circumstances are any of the
1673. Fruit-
■ ith leaf-
good side shoots cut out that force themselves on all
the main stems when the top is properly headed back.
Figs. 1678, 1679. These little side branches have given
the writer several full crops of fruit, when without them
there has been failure.
Soil and climate fav^.r tli. \< i\ l.riu'htest of color on
all Peaches in the S-nitl : ^ ; i!:: ^f the soil and th<*
long, hot summer sun .i ■ ,. i . i ■ . -. and
sweetness of flavor m.j. [,.i - ,,i,. utlier
section of America, thuu^'h ilu .-.aiuc varie-
ties are not as juicy or luscious as when
grown further North. The writer's obser-
vation leads him to believe that there is
more water and less of solid matter in the
Peach the further one goes North with its
production, and while one can eat more of
the northern Peaches ripe from the tree it
takes the southern-grown Peach to put fat
on one's ribs. During the jiast ten years,
besides very heavy plantin^-s l.y southern
landowners, northern fi-uit nn-Ti sinirly and
in corporations have planted cxtriisi\elv nf
ppach.-s:,ll tbr..iiL'h the South, niu.st largely
in (it^'t _i:i iM I ii. --I'liih and west of Macon.
witliN' II..':.. I .".II miles.
'I'll' .: I.''.: Ill cnnnection with cotton
plaiii.'iih.nv lu ilieway from 10 to 100
acres in extent, while the "straight-out
Peach farm " seldom has as few as 50 acres
in fruit, more of them having from 100 to
200 acres, while orchards all the way from
300 to nearly 3,000 acres in .xlcnt are no
uncommon sight. Saniud H. Kuni]ih, at
Marshallville, Georgia, lias ,„.■,;■ iIimii 1.000
acres superbly cultivat. .1 in .inliard; the
writer's orchard at Fun \'all''>. *'
has considerably more than 2. (Mm ;
fruit trees, 335,000 of which can
from an outlook on the central
house. Rows of trees l>2-2 mills ii
stretching away in all directions give a tween.
powerful impression of the Georgia Peach
industry, which turns out 2,500 to 3,000 car-loads of
Peaches in the 6 or 7 weeks of a busy picking seas<in,
and yet has not one-half its planted treis in really full
fruitage.
Growth usually ceases early in August, and tin trc.s
shed their leaves the last of September, a nM.ntli ..r Ii
weeks before any frosts come. Should tlic fall be warm
and wet, some fruit-buds will be forced into bloom, while
the great majority will remain dormant until late Jan-
uary or early February, when spring growth commences.
The seasonof full bloom is usually about the first week
in March, though it varies all the way from February 15
to March 25, and no matter whether early or late, the
entire blooming season of most varieties covers a period
of nearly 3 weeks. -While spring frosts are the greatest
period ..ftcn irives a . 1. .i ' . ' Mm- ."f fruit be-
some bcjateil IhhIs. I .. n -' \ai-\ini,' chances
of escaping between ir-; , ' > ■ r in three
Jack Frost is master of tin -: 'i i More is no
Peach crop. Two oth.r >. i n . I .miper the
southern Peach culti\;iior monilia or
brown rot. Curculios an- vcin al'im.lant : in Linningearly
in April, they keep up their destructive work uniil the
end of the fruiting season. When the crop is abundant
frequent thioning of the stung specimens and burn-
ing them prevents serious harm, although the extra
expense is considerable ; but in seasons of short or
moderate crops trees must be jarred daily and the cur-
culio gathered on sheets or canvas trays and destroyed.
During the season of 189). in the Hale orchard, 100,000
trees were freed from the curculio by jarring 50,000 trees
every other day for 7 weeks. A practically perfect
crop of fruit was harvested, and the orchard shipped
more sound fruit than any other 500,000 trees in the
state, or nearly one-quarter of Georgia's Peach crop of
that year.
The early spring months at the South are inclined to
be pleasant and very dry. and the summer rains, which
are frequent and abundant when they do come, often do
1234 PEACH
not set in until the latter part of July or early August,
near the eud of the Peach shippiug season. Often,
however, they begin in June, and continue for 2 or 3
weeks and in the case of tlie season of 1900 it rained for
6 weeks right through th< miin pirt of the Peach har-
vest Hot sun betw fi 1 \hi nn 1 tl e pi ersl nuig-
giness of a warn 1 | II t I it lia
fungus and br | I ng
tree bprajmg I 111 list
before the buds II 1 ] ! ice
more when the fi I 1 I 1 I I \ 1 iv-
mg an excess of Imie is i ra ti cd 1 ) a fe» an I holds
the rot in check to a considerable extent Besides the
sprats in the Hale orchaid if rot appears we go over
the fruiting trees every day or two and gather and burn
all fruit showing even the smallest speck of rot, and in
this way secure much more sound fruit than when
only the spraying is practiced. In amajority of orchards,
however, neither spraying nor picking the rot is prac-
ticed, and the loss of fruit is often from 50 to 80 per
cent of the entire crop.
The first great crop of Georgia Peaches that made a
strong impress on all northern markets was in 1HS9,
when the F.Uierta varii'tv bv its lurge size, great licjiiitv
be realized tliat there could be too much of even a good
thing. The rushing of a great volume of fruit, no mat-
ter how choice, into tlie markets in 2 or 3 weeks, before
they hnci li, . n "I-ih >l !i|."toat least a liberal supply of
good fniit I I ' i ii'^s mistake. To remedy "this
there h:i- ■ m ; i |.;ist four years a hunt after a
good liiil, : i.r.cede the Elberta. as well as
later on. f. l., l,,.i.... il. S.. tl>:it n-liiln i,ri..r t.. IS'li; ii,,,r.-
than 75 per ceut uf the phmi n, •- i. . ic - i 1 .11.. i :,i. -n .■■
that time not more than r _ i
have been planted. Thcf' i . . ■ i i
ties, and a longer and luor. i-i-iimMi -. i...n ..i iti:ii
keting has been :i^vur< .1. A l-w Alcx:m<lt'rs are yi-r
planted and opiii tli. -. i^ni late in May. Triumph,
ripening a few il.n - liin. In- li.-rn largely planted: it
suffered most fn.in imI m ruin, and while of good size
and very fine quality, fnnn its "woolly" appearance and
early decay, it tliorouglily demoralized the early mar-
kets; and when the thousands upon thousands of Tri-
umph trees not yet in fruiting come into bearing a de-
thatwill takesev.T il « , , i. - ,,. , ,,:, \;-.,.-], -,a~.,i, f.n- tl,..
markets to recx . i '".!: ' .i '..ii...' \,.iii.im- 1.. -in
to come along. K:.. . i.';. . i , . ..mini:' li> nnn.ti lii-l). I-
has always been very pri.tital.lc.
The little Tillotson, that mildews its foliage in the
North so as to be a general failure, comes to a perfec-
tion of tree and fmiLige in the South; the bright red
PEACH
littl.- Pca.li.s. seldom mon^ than an inch and a half in
dianni.i, ril,. -■,... .f ami i|..li..i..ii^. are really the first
exti-:i ' r. , ' . - ... ihnl til. . ir wav tl. market. Greens-
bi.r an.l 111. l.> ..n.i Waddell afewdays
hit. I I., lam,, an.l li.antitul early Peaches,
that ail II. :ii„' i xKii-n cly iilaiitid. Carman, of extra
size and great b.:-auty, follows a little later; while St.
John, Mountain Rose. Thurber, Belle of Georgia, El-
berta and Stump, make up most of the rest of heavy
planting ; while Emma and Frances are being most
largely planted to close up the season from the 1st to
the 10th of August. Some Peaches of the Crawford
type are grown all through the South, but they do not
suci'eed as well as most others of the Persian strain,
ami m.i f til.- Persians do as well in the far South as
III. N.rtli riiiiia strains, to which Wad.i.-H, Tluirlar,
I',. II, an.l 1,11.. ria belong. The South lllilia P.-n.-lns,
1.. whiili 111.. I'....n-t.), Honey and Angel la-l.tnL.', suc-
,..,.,1 l,..,t in II. .11, la ami close along the Gulf coast.
\Vliili. tluif III. I -. ..I il:,\..ris appreciated by some,
they are ii..t _. ' .: ,. iii al.le for market.
In prepaiai - .. i ing the fruit crop, many of
thi- lar^'i- ..I. Ill 1.1- l,a^ . ill 1 11. ad side-tracks lunning to
tli.ir (.a.-Uing In.uscs in tlie orchard; refrigerator cars
at. l.i..iii;lit South, and every available bit of side-track
f.r till., or four hundred miles about is filled with
th.v. ,ais. At leading centers, refrigerator car people
l,a\.. ,.,n-tni,'t..(l great ice storage houses, with every
...nv ,111,11.. I.. I .|uirk!y icing and re-icing cars. Agents
..I 111, -. 1. IriL', raii.r car companies, by frequently driv-
iiiL.' ,ii...iii am. .11- the orchards and keeping in touch
with 11. II ir 1-. r-. plan to have enough cars iced up
an.l ' 1- to be ready for each day's demand,
ami . n ..rder with the railroad agent the
niul, 1 .iihardist may have one or a dczen
r..tii_;. iii.i- .,1- .l.-Iivered on his side-track in the
morning. K.ir smaller shippers, who cannot load in car
lots, the railroads keep at all times in season refrigera-
tor cars on siding at each station in the Peach district,
into wliicli any number of shippeis may load ; more
often til. f.. will 1... a niiiiil,..r of Such cars loading at the
sani.. tun. . -.. iliat a -lii|.|,. r may have a choice as to
wlii.li n,ark,t 11. «iil ,,,n-iL'Ti his fruit. Except in the
heiiilit ..t til. -I a-, .11, til. s,. .-ars are often two and some-
tiiii. ~ I ill,,. ,la>- ill loading, and the continued opening
of til. . ir t.. i.iit ill small lots of fruit prevents perfect
nfrii;. I.. ; . ..iiscquently fruit from small .shippers
nior. .,11,1, u.., - t,. market in bad order than from the
laii:. r .,1. liaiiN, «lii-re a car can be quickly loaded and
at .,ti, , ,-1,.-, ,1 u|., not to be opened until ready for sale
in -..III, ti..itliiiii market. In the Hale orchards a car
1- ..II, n |..,,,1. .1 in an hour, and very little of the fruit
i- ... ,.r -,. l.,tig as two hours ].iissiiig fu.m the tree
tlirongh tlie assorting and j.a, Im- l.ii-. - t.. the car.
For ten successive mornings, 1 il. re were
picked, graded and nailed up i i i tl,c doors
closed and sealed up, three car i. .:,.;- i.. i. i. , i-hto'clock
in the morning; seven o'clock ami liH.\-l..iu- minutes
was the latest, and seven thirty-hve the earliest finish.
Only by a lively start at daylight can such work be ac-
complished.
In some of the smaller orchards, fruit is packed in
1 ii. - I l.askets right under the trees, and then hauled
a-ons, often without springs, to the railroad
In .ilhers, some of the old farm buildings are
n-.l I- j. a. -king houses; more often special IniiT In.u.ses
of the orchards, Willi, in st\l. ami ..i i.-
depends upon the int. 111-. t f th. i i.i. i.l
desire to handle the fruit fa). iilh in l,..-i |...--i,.i. nan-
ner. The picking baske
low, round basket, wit
about a half-bushel. With good refrigerato
prompt railroad service, fruit is now allowed to come
f.. full maturity on the tree, and is picked just before it
l„.L-iiis to soften.
Ill III. 1 1 ale orchard expert pickers instruct all new
w iL. I- how to judge by the color on the shady side
of a r.a.-li. when it is ripe for the harvest; then
each picking gang is in charge of a f,.r. man, win. is
ever on the alert to .secure uniformit\ in tin \\.,rk.
Each picker is numbered, and has a litil. .ativas
bag with his number stenciled on it. ami tilli.l with
PEACH
tickets of same numT)er; one of these tickets is placed
in the bottom of each basket as lie begins to fill it, so
that when any basket reaches the assorting table and
proves not to be up to the standard, the inspector of
grading is notified, the ticket number given to a field
inspector, who on horseback gallops away to tone
up the careless pickpr. Pirkinu- ::.Mi) bushels or more
of Peaches in a >\-Ay. ir i< |...~vil,lr M any time to
locate the picker ..f . \ , ly l.:i-k.i. 'I'liN frroat orchard
is all blocked off bv hv.hu. - nuiniii- ii"i-tli and south
every 500 feet inlu ai.<.ut IL' ariv tracts, with cross
streets every 1,000 feet, so that 2.')0 feet is the greatest
distance from any tree to an avenue of travel. Each
picking gang has its required number of '" basket boys "
and "toters," who keep the gang supplied with empty
baskets, and "tote" the full baskets to the avenues,
where they are loaded on broad, low-down wagons, hold-
ing about 80 baskets, and hauled to the packing house,
which is a two-story building 40 x 112 feet. The sec-
ond story is used for storage of crates and baskets, all
labeled and finished for immediate use, while the first
floor is a platform 3 feet high, sides open all around
but protected from sun and rain by a lean-to shed about
it, under which the wagons drive as they come from the
fields with the fruit.
Two wide packing benches run the entire length of
the shed; through the center of these benches, raised
nearly a foot, runs a line of canvas trays or pockets,
about 18 inches wide, and divided into sections about
every 2 feet. Along the outside of these benches, with
room enough back of them to receive the fniit
from the wagons, stand the graders— bright
young men and women from the best white fam-
ilies of the South. There is room enough on the
sides of the bench, in front of the canvas trays,
for a row of picking baskets, filled with the
fruit just as it came from the tree. With one or
two expt-rt L'laili IS al"ii^' this lirn- to instruct in
the work aihl i-^n^i .|iiiiitly kr<|, ii toned up, the
sound fniit IS a--iiin a (In.ii fivni the picking
baskets intn Thtrf si/,.s: rxrras, No. I's and sec-
onds, all carefully placed in the canvas trays in
front. Overripe and bruised fruit goes in baskets
at the feet of the grader and finally reaches the
evaporator, while the decayeil or othrrwisc worth-
less fruit goes to the dniiili :iin! i- .1- -troyi'd liy
fire. On the oppositi' s|,ir .! i':- |. ■, 'i f;i,-iiig
the graders, stainl tin ]':ii I r room
enough on the ediri- 'if tin i : ! of the
trays for the 6 bask.r i-aii;' t- i- -uumI l-it^tli-
ways (this carrh-r ti'Hii I'liu ^ xp, liL-iice liavin'
been found to be tIm i>ni 1m ^r ;iii(l most profii
able package to li^ihli.- :1m s..iitlic'rn Peaches).
Removing the top layn-s .,f l.askits and division
trays, the bottom tier of baskets is quickly and
firmly packed solid full of whatever standard
size "fruit happens to be in the trays in front of
each packer. The division rack and t..p tier of
baskets are then replacrd, and filled in the aamv
uniform way. Instructors and ins| tcirs of
packing are constantly ^vnikiin; u]> and d"wn the
line, encouraging' ami assi.tin'.' in the work, so
that uniform resnlts niav 1..- s. .ured.
As
end of t
to kno\v
either i
if poorl
sight.
PEACH 1235
on top of the crates at each end and are lightly nailed
down. Tier upon tier is l.iiilt up in this way, either 5
or 6 crates lii.k. iin'il ih. .ar is full. Spacing of the
crates and th. ! vides space for cold air
around each ,1 t, . In dry seasons, when
fruit is free i- ..i -. 1 1 1 1 s , cars as now constructed
can with satei\ t..- lo;idfd o crates high, but in wet sea-
sons, with ret ).]■. valeut, they arrive in market in much
better enl.r when K.aded only 5 high. Besides the ori-
ginal ieiiiL-, wliK h requires 4-6 tons to a car, a re-icing
after heading takes 1-3 tons, depending upon how
long the car is loading. In going to New York, cars are
re-iced at Atlanta, Charlotte, N. C, and Alexandria, Va.,
and if to New England points again at Jersey City.
For Chicago and the Northwest, they are re-iced at At-
lanta, Cincinnati or Louisville. A car will hold 525-650
crates, according to the size of the car and whether
loaded 5 or 6 crates high. Handled along best modern
lines, with careful inspectiou from start to finish, it
costs, inehnlitiL' freight and all incidental expenses,
from 'J(l to L's e, nts to take Peaches ripe from the tree
and pl.ee till 111 111 ilie car. Freight averages about 42
cents 111 tlie\;inous northern markets, refrigeration 13
cents, cartage :; ,-, nts, and comniissien 7-10 per cent of
gros
arket a ci
six 4-quart baskets. H
$1.50. a little sells as
siderable is sold at les
25 cents : this, of conn
olding
t$lto
^•ivrd tips appearing ;
Left-hand specimen shows two snialM
October, 2 or 3 of the normal leaves still
The middle specimen shows numerous tips appearing iu August.
Right-hand specimen is a healthy twig, for comparison. P. 1231.
. net full enonudi. or in any way defec-
<-k to the jiacker to be righted. Some
packers will not put up more than 40 or 50 crates per
day, while very expert ones put up as many as 150 and
iu some cases 200; while the average is from 75 to 80
crates per day when the work is done under the most
careful inspection. The name of the variety and grade
of fruit is stenciled on the cover, as it is nailed on, and
the packer's number is penciled on the red label, on
each end of the crate ; then away to the car. Here,
placed side by side about 2}4 inches apart across the
car, it takes 7 crates. Then two strips of inch-square
staff, just long enough to reach across the car, are put
Sales at anything above $1 per crate can be counted in
towards cost of production and as profit, j jj jj^^e.
Peach Culture in the Fak North. — Having tasted
Peaches that were thoroughly ripened on the tree, the
writer became very desirous of growing this fruit at his
home iTi nertlieni Vermont, and knowin:; tliat tlie fruit
buds <d' til.' r.iM li tree are not of suflieient liardiness to
endiiie ilio ri-or ..f this climate without tiroL-.tion. he
exereis.,1 liini-elf for .some cheap and elfe.-tiv way to
cover them. He remembered that when a hoy his father
had some Peach trees near the house that had been al-
lowed to branch at about a foot from the ground. One
1236
PEACH
winter, in a severe snow storm, a branch of one of
them was weighted down by the snow and partly split
from the trunk and lay there until spring. Though the
thermometer during the storm fell to 30° below zero,
that branch bore fruit the next season. Remembering
this, the undersigned felt confident that if he could
train Peach trees so that the tops could be easily
brought down to the ground and covered, he could grow
1676. The tufted shoots of Peach yellows.
this most delicious fruit. After experimenting some
time the following method was found to be efficient.
Secure a very young tree, preferably a seedling from
seed, planted where a tree is desired, and train the
trunk of it horizontally 8-10 inches from the ground,
and suffer no branches to grow. Break off the tender
branches when they are not more than 3 inches long by
bending them sideways, not down over the leaf, as that
would be likely to break off the leaf also. The trunk is
kept horizontal while it is growing by tying it loosejy
the
a slender pole, which is fastened horizontally. Of
the tendency of the tree is to grow npward at
, and therefore one must look to it aboiit once a
week that the branches are broken off and the trunk
tied down. When trained in this way the tree will con-
tinue to grow vigorously until frost stops it, but it is
necessary that the young wood has time to ripen suffi-
ciently to endure the winter. The writer finds that if he
ceases to break off the branches for 4-6 weeks before
the usual time of frost, the wood at the end of the trunk
will be sufficiently ripened to stand the winter when
protected.
To protect the tree the first winter, take some half-
inch boards about 3 inches wide, and nail their edges
together so they will be like a wooden eave-trough.
Then cut the tree trunk loose from the pole to which
it is tied, put 2 or 3 shovelfuls of earth around the
PEACH
roots and place some evergreens on the ground under
the trunk (just enough to keep it from the soil) ; lay the
tree upon the evergreens and place the trough over the
tree, covering it completely from root to tip. Finally
place a few evergreen boughs over the whole. If the
butts of the boughs are thrust a little into the ground
they will be frozen in and held firmly.
In the spring when danger from frost is past uncover
the tree, fasten the little pole in its place, tie the tree to
it and place the trough over the whole of the tree, ex-
cept a little of the tip. This is important, for if this
horizontal trunk, which now has no leaves, is not cov-
ered from the sun the bark will surely be killed along
its top. After the buds at the tip have grown a little,
break off all but the strongest, and train as in the pre-
vious year and so continue until the desired length of
trunk is obtained. If the tree is in good soil and well
cultivated it will in 2 or 3 years make a trunk 10-15 feet
long. When this latter length is attained the trunk is
long enough to be pliable for a good many years, as its
thickness does not increase very fast. Now, while keep-
ing the horizontal trunk in its place, allow its end to grow
up and forniahead, which may be trained in a fan-shaped
fashmn, parallel with the trunk. A stout stake is driven
at the place where the head is formed, to which it is tied
during the growing season. When freezing weather
conies the head is loosened from the stake and turned
luir sideways on some evergreens placed to keep it off
tin soil. Orarthe hea<l of the tree put a few more ever-
1 ■ I us and over these some boards to keep snow from
'Mug in, which will melt during a mild time, and later
I ■! m ice about the twigs and kill them.
From this time the treatment of the tree is the same
as that of any fruit tree, except that it must be covered
each fall and tied up each spring. The writer was
wirned that he would be troubled with mice under the
COM. rings but he has practiced plowing between the
I re I s 1 nil fall, turning the furrows toward the trees,
iiid h iv iiiit been troubled with the rodents. Trees
tn tti <l HI this way never fail to bear and produce as
il nil i iiiih as when grown upright from the start.
J. T. Macombek.
I III MicmoAX Peach Industry. — The history of
■ MiLirii 1 1 il I'each-growing in Michigan would be a fas-
iinitMi„' tile indeed if it could be written in detail.
The er.is of prosperity bringing on in many cases the
wildest speculation in property, followed sometimes
by severe depressions, have given our prominent Peach
centers some of the features of a western mining camp.
Frequently some shrewd painstaking grower rises to
affluence with a few crops from a well-grown orchard,
on a wisely selected location, and there immediately fol-
lows a class of men who take money out of other lines
and plunge into the mysteries of Peach-growing with
the recklessness of a gambler, often purchasing most
unsuitable locations, planting large quantities of ill-
chosen varieties, cultivating them for a few years, only
to learn in the end that Peach-growing is a profession,
and the production of large quantities of luscious, beau-
tiful fruit, and getting them to market at their highest
stage of excellence, is no mean art.
The so-called Peach belt of Michigan is a strip of
country located on the east shore of Lake Michigan,
varying in width from five to ten miles. In three or
four locations, owing to the favorable contour of the
lake and topography of the land. Peaches are grown
with a marked degree of success, even as far as forty
miles inland. This belt begins probably fifteen miles
south of St. Joseph, in Berrien county, and extends
northward to the northern shores of Traverse bay, Lee-
fs: tmt not all
tin- r, -liter of
the lake, while it is noticeable tliat wh.Mi- tin- lake is
broadest, extending into the land, the least success is
attained.
The wonderful success of this region can be ac-
counted for by iust two conditions, a suitable soil and
the thermal influence of Lake iMiflilu'aii. Thi' combina-
tion is so good that this region lia^ in.t si-.n :in entire
failure of the crop in thirty yi:n^. himI v.ry fi-w light
crops. Usually there are tlini- t.. li\i luavyirops to
PEACH
chards ure properly located :
one light one whe
correctly handled.
The history of the industry can probably be dated to
some year prior to 1860, but it did not reach any
prominence until about 1864 and was at high tide by
1867. At this time and up to this date the commercial
orchards were in a small radius around St. Joseph and
Benton Harbor, the sales being almost entirely made in
Chicago, as there were no railroad communications with
other cities and the steamboat service to Chicago was
fairly good. During the year 1867 yellows was first
noticed by men who knew the disease, although it no
doubt existed here a year or two previous. However,
little attention was paid to this disease until it gained
such impetus and virulence that these orchards, valued
at and selling as high as $1,000 per acre, were swept out
of existence. So thoroughly did this disease do its work
that there were probably not as many as ten live Peach
trees in a whole township in 1880. The pioneers of the
Peach industry gave up in despair and either left the
country or turned their attention to farm crops or small
fruits, which latter industry soon gave this port, Benton
Harbor, the distinction of being the heaviest shipping
point for small fruit in the United States.
While this destruction of the orchards was going on
at this point a few men at South Haven, 30 miles north
on the high banks of Lake Michigan, with perfect soil
and slopes and most beautiful surroundings, had be-
gun the planting of orchards, and with wisdom bom
of misfortunes and with a higher intelligence, began
to investigate the dread disease; and so well and cor-
rectly did they learn its treatment that to this day
the yellows has never gotten the start of them and the
orchards were never better nor larger than they are to-
day, while the yellows had been constantly with them
since 1875. In sharp rontrust to this case, another point
within 30 miles bftrnn -. ni.,_- I', ,, l,, , :,!,,,;,t isSO, nearly
the entire country !>■ :■ - ■ ' I ■ ' i i i titril orchards
for miles around , 1 1 1 1 1 , [i. ared many
owners, with stian.: , ; , ., lo destroy
diseased trees or alli'u ii ii- ; i,- 1 1. ;■ : ihi' law theii
recently enacted for the pur|iM i pr.iii tins,' orchards
from destruction by this m- ipihi-r lai^jmis disease.
They even went into the court- t..~a\i M\ m:; trees from
the ax and fire of the legal .a.ninii^^i.iii, rs. The inevi-
table result was that in a few viais tlnv l,..autiful pros-
perous region was practically iMii ..f rli.' i'.arh business.
During these years it had l.i, n ,li-,-,.vered that
Peaches could be grown with su.rf ss au.l proHt at points
far north, and in some cases far inland, where the ele-
vation was great, until now immense quantities are
marketed in Kent, Oceana, Mason, Benzie, Grand Trav-
erse and Leelanaw counties, while Berrien is rapidly
regaining her lost prestige as the heavy producing
county, an honor long held by Allegan county.
In all these counties the yellows now exists in nearly
all orchards over four years old, but only in the hands of
a careless few is it allowed to gain enough headway to
menace an orchard. All men now know that as soon
as the disease appears the tree affected should be de-
stroyed by fire as commanded by law, and if neglected
the entire orchard must pay the penalty. Commissioners
clothed with power to act stand guard over the careless
ones in every township, compelling them to destroy
immediately all affected trees or do it themselves,
charging up all cost and collecting it with other taxes.
So well does this law work and so few are our other
difficulties that this Peach belt is now beyond doubt the
best in America, the crops being more profitable than
those of California and more reliable than those of any
other section.
It is impossible at this date to give statistics as to the
acreage of yield, as the business is extending so very
rapidly and the census report of 1900 is not yet issued.
In a general way it may be said that this entire region
is one of small orchards. Nothing like the mammoth
orchards of Georgia can be found in the state, but or-
chards can be found in every neighborhood producing
more Peaches from one acre than these mammoth or-
chards do from four, and giving regular annual crops.
Trees well cared for usually begin producing at two
years old, and at four years old should and do produce
4 to 5 bushels per tree, while the best orchards some-
PEACH 1237
times produce as high as 8 or 10 bushels on trees 6 to 8
years old and with trees set 20 by 20 ft., which is com-
mon practice, the yield varies from 200 to 800 bushels
The cultivation and care of the Peach orchard have un-
dergone great change in the past 10 years. What might
be styled modern methods prevail now in nearly every
neighborhood; fine and thorough tillage, careful timely
pruning and rigid thinning previous to the pit-hardening
period are the rule among our best growers. They know
that a tree overloaded cannot produce choice fruit nor
can a tree weakened by an excessive crop of fruit pro-
duce a good crop the following year.
The best fertilization for our soils for Peach-growing
seems to be phosphoric acid in the form of bone, and
potash in the form of carbonate or muriate, with vege-
table mold furnished every year by a growth of oats or
other winter cover-crop sown after tillage ceases in
August. This cover-crop holds all the Peach foliage
where it falls. In the spring it furnishes a decomposed
mass ready to be turned under to a shallow depth by
gang plows.
The packages used are of various kinds, but the prin-
cipal oni's are thr ono -fifth bushel or 10-pound basket,
the 'v-Iii]--1h-1 or jri |ioiin.l liasket and the bushel basket
for iiH-.liiim ixraftts. whil.- the 6-basket carrier crate,
..uiaK of frmi. is a favorite package for
strio
or .Milwaukee,
rioiiiiiii; hours,
i~ and express
.1 tiiwist region
mrr is fhe sup-
liile thr larger
aded where the
'V coujigned to
live or six great
1,'erators out of
i;iiriaio,pitts-
I liaiiapolis
; - lining up
The markets, as wril as th,- uiv.
surpassed. Witli only :.-i'. hours'
land the freslil\ pirk.al fruit in
where sales are made liuriii- tin- .
and shipment made by refrii;.ia
for all the cities of the great w.si
where Peaches cannot grow. In i
ply for the smaller cities distril.
cities are supplied by rft'rii,'frat.ir
fruit is grown and sold to sjiot I
the commission trade. In addition
railway systems take solid trains
this region every evening on ra|.i
east and south, the favorite mttrl.-
burg. New York and Boston in
and Cincinnati in the south. ^\ii
during the past two years a \. i
trade with cities in Iowa and Jlis,
The profits of this crop vary so much according to the
skill and judgment of the grower that it is well-nigh
impossible to give accurate information, but it is proba-
bly a safe estimate to put the average net profit at
$100 to $150 per acre for a term of years with ordinary
care, but the best growers realize far greater returns.
Indeed, in 1899, when all other regions except California
had an entire failnf.-. tin- n--_-i..n alionf H.-nton Harbor
and St. Jos.-pli '"■'■' - <"'■■ ■■- ',■■' .-i-n. of $300
to $.500 per a.i- , : i,;ird over
$35,000 was lal I ■ . . I. . k of four
acres of EUan-ta- LM\r a I. HMii I'l s(;,7mo, ors:i,(;75 per
turn of more than $600 per acre in a year of great plenty
and low prices. Such yields and prices are phenomenal',
and shoulii only In- considered as indicating the possi-
biliti'- -t' ilo ri.|i under most favorable circumstances
and w i ,1 iiatjement.
Srv.i :! .1 I , at organization for commercial pur-
pos.> h 1^' iM . II III i.inpted, but so far none have been
eutirtl;, ,su, . t.,siui unless what is known as the central
packing-house system now being worked at two points
in the Peach belt may be said to be a success. This plan
is one by which several growers combine and build a
packing "house on the railroad, hauling all their fruit to
this central point, wiiiro it isall packed under the super-
vision of a sii|ioi intond.iii anil loaded directly into the
cars, selling in lar lots liv ^rrade either to spot buyers
or in distant inarkots liy wire so far as possible, con-
signini; tlio lialam .• to promising markets. This plan
has f ho ail Mini a-, of relieving the grower of the burden
of o[>. i-aiinu' a jiai king house, thereby reducing cost of
paoka^os and parking to a minimum and facilitating
sales. The disadvantage is in hauling loose Peaches
several miles, and in the extra handling, which causes
bruising and injury to quality if fruit is ripe. This last
fact necessitates picking the fruit rather green and
1238
PEACH
best trade, so that it be-
" llie desirability of the
' r. that the largest and
.i<k and ship their own
jr.ater profit in a high
makes it unsatisfactory 1
comes an "iicii f|ii<-«ii"ii
plan. It ,. „,„„■, ,M,.
best grcAM : ■ •
product. I" , I
In another maimir has the State Horticultural Society
and an excellent system of State Farmers Institutes
worked c vast benefit to the industry. They have held
meetings singly and in series in every Peach-growing
locality in the state. At these meetings every detail of
modern high-class Peach culture and marketing has
been freely given by the most successful growers of
this and other states. These meetings have been fol-
lowed by complete printed reports placer] in the liands
of every grower. In this .•..m ti.in it -:1h,uM !i..t he
considered too e.\tri-iii.' to ^Tatf iljai tin- lirl|i r.-^-.n r.i l»y
our growers from a tew al.li' ].i-ariir-, I an.l -.■i.ni iiii- men
cannot be estimated in .i.. liars. Sullic it t.. say that
nearly every practicable idea given by these men has
been quite generally acted upon with great financial ad-
vantage, and the improvement in handling this crop has
been s(j marked during the past five years as to be really
plnnoini iial. Nature having done its full duty to this
r< L'inii. iIm. .1. incuts required for success are a careful
s.li. ihin ..I |."Mtion with regard to soil, elevation and
sliipinnu' ta'i lilies, a willingness to learn, and a love for
the business, coupled with a high sense of honor in mar-
keting. The adverse conditions are improper selections
of location or varieties and the diseases, yellows and curl
leaf, both of which are quite easily managed by ener-
getic men. Trees affected with yellows are promptly
removed and destroyed, and replaced immediately by
young trees. The curl leaf is not regular in its appear-
ance, but occasionally a season comes when its attacks
on certain varieties are serious. It is easily controlled
by preventive spraying.
The writer has visited many of the noted Peach re-
gions, but nowhere has he ever seen such success attained
by men of modest means as in the Michigan Peach belt.
Its future looks even brighter than its past.
R. Morrill.
Peach Culture in Delaware. - 1. Historical
Sketch. -No one knows when the first Peach trees were
I ., 111. .1, \V.- iva.l that as ,.arU as 18U, a Mr.
r.i- \. i, .,1 \. .-..ni.a.-k.-onntv.X'a. uicmintv south of Del-
aware on the peninsula), had G3.U00 Peach trees, the
product of which was converted into brandy. The trees
at G years of age yielded about 15 gallons of fourth-class
brandy per 100 trees, which sold at $2 per gallon. The
profits cnnld not have lieen larije, unless the trees
It 1-, |H.s..il,lr th.it tli.. -.-.-.l wa- -.>wn in rows, and the
s..Mllni:;s allow. ,1 t.. r. ii.aiii a> lliey grew.
The tii-t I'each urrhard f^r commercial purposes iu
Reeves and Jacob Ridgeway on a farm belonging to the
latter, about one mile from Delaware City, on the Dela-
ware and Chesapeake canal. It consisted of 20 acres of
budded trees, and by 1836 they had planted 110 acres.
In a single season Messrs. Reeves and Ridgeway re-
ceived $16,000 gross from their Peach crop, the fruit
then bringing from $1.25 to $3 per 3-peck basket in
the Philadelphia market. This success induced others
to embark in the business, among whom was Ma.jor
Philip Reybold, who in 1842 had 12,960 trees. James
Thompson was another pioneer in the business. In 1846
he stated that New Castle county contained about 3,000
acres in Peach trees. Ma.ior Reybold and his sons alone
had 117,720 trees covering 1,090 acres, from which
63,344 baskets were shipped in August of 1845. In 1848,
the Peach crop was estimated at 500,000 baskets, chiefly
from New Castle county, of which the Reybolds grew
about one-fourth. In Kent county, Jehu Reed had
planted an orchard of Red Cheek Melocoton as early,
perhaps, as 1829. and several years later had 10.000
extensi\-e nrcliarils in K' Ttt cMm;1\-, In ^n <i x county,
Ciqit. I 'has. Wriirlit \',:.^ ..!•. .i 'j.. i- ■ i,, [.l.mt trees
on all cxifrKl.-l si-ali , , ' . ■ i,, product
Troth, Karly V.'n'k. . ,..|.:. ,, I;,.,, n,., .' . H, lMal"ii'''Free!
Stump, Crawford Late, Mammoth Melocoton, Crockett
White and Smock. Ex-Governor Ross and J. P. Collins
were also extensively engaged in the Peach business,
but the orchards in Sussex at that time generally con-
sisted of from 1,000 to 5,000 trees each.
Governor B. T. Biggs, Governor John P. Cochran and
J. B. Fennimore were among the largest growers around
Middletown in 1871, and Seerick Shallcross, also of Mid-
dletown, marketed ]2."i.rt"'> haskft-, valued at $1,10.000.
This orchard container I .. .., .i .,,. |,,ii i trees, ami was
said at that time to I" I' ' _ ; ih. w..rl.l.
Delaware was the li r - ~ ' jep I'lach ruliiire
on a large scale, ami It m:ii~ i.r.i.lnre.l mure fine
Peaches than any other locality in the world. The qual-
ity, appearance and size of the fruit when grown under
favorable conditions have never been excelled, if
equaled, by any other section of the United States, but
the appearance of the yellows in .New Castle and Kent
counties, the frequent .1, nieti.in of the crop by >m-
timely frosts, and tin ,,],, nin- ef otlier sections has
taken some of the kIoiw awav ir.ini the once famous
Peach districts of Kent aiel New Castle counties. The
center of tlic iit.lnsiry wa- Mi.Mlec.wTi in the late sixties.
Then it move.l i,. miimh,,. .\fter a few vears Wyoming
was the great .'ili rea t .wai.ls which all the commission
men looked for llieir supply; ii..w it» is Bridgeville.
The Peach belt has been moving southward for several
years, until now Sussex county raises the largest part of
the crop. The trees do not attain the mammoth size of
those on the heavier soils of New Castle and Kent
counties, but Sussex, except in northern ]...ris. h.is es
caped that bugbear of Peach-growers, till >- ll.tw-.
There are probably about four million leei, n,,- ,„
Delaware, though no accurate statistics |i:,x , |„ , n nia.le
since 1890. The Delaware lailroa.l e,,nip.ii,\ estimated
that there would be 4..iiin.niin Im-keis ,,i i , mi along its
various lines in 1900. Imi iis r,,,,i,is t,,, ih.. crop are
not vet completed, (in ,\u-ust i^.',. :;.■". em loa.Ls. mostly
of yellow fruit, were .shipped from Bn.lKciille alone.
There would have been at least GO cars had there been
a demand for white fruit, hut a large proportion of the
white Peaches were not picked in 1900. The Peaches
are shipped to all of the large cities where freight rates
are not prohibitive, and to smaller interior cities of
Pennsylvania, New York and New Knelainl.
2. Ch;^hj-«. - Most of the trees are s, t in the fall.
Where fall planting is practiced the tne pushes out
young roots all winter during mild weather, and as a
rule grows better than when set in the spring and is
compelled to grow roots and leaves at the same time.
The ground, preferably a clover sod, high and dry, is
plowed deep, thoroughly harrowed and checked into
rows generally 20x20 feet apart. Some planters set 22
feet, others closer. A hole is dug of suflicient size to
admit the roots without crowding, and in November the
tree is planted about the depth it formerly stood in the
nursery, with soil heaped a little to allow for settling.
For planting, the writer prefers a good one-year tree
of the second or third grade, 2-3 feet in length, without
many branches. The small nursery stock will make good
trees if properly cared for and will last as long, bear as
much fruit and come into bearing as young as trees
4-G feet high. It is a great mistake to suppose the
larger tree is better. It is more sightly, but that is its
chief merit. It will not develop as many roots, nor will
it pack in as good shape for shipping, and the shock of
transplanting is far less to the small tree; it can be cut
back root and top; it is much easier to plant; and the
percentage of loss is much smaller, for if in good con-
dition and well planted, 99 per cent will grow. The un-
dersigned says this after having grown several million
trees in the nursery and many thousand in the orchard
of his own propagation and from other nurseries all
over this country. On light lands a shovelful of wood
ashes or of well-rotted manxire gives the tree a good
start. Either is applied at the base of the tree durins
the winter. Before the sap starts thetrees are usually
PKACH
headed back to a whip 18-24 mthes hi^h and all \()ung
shoots aie afterwards rubbed oft except 4 or o for the
too Young orchards are usualh well cultivated until
August 1 to 15 Aphids if thev attack the top,
destroyed b^ strong tobacco water or kerosene
ilsion If the aphids attack the loots i hindtui of
Dissolved South f irohm
makes one of the h, -t t i
expensive, and it is 1 i
1239
ang plow and the sulk\
tnder favorable eondi
good crops 20-25 >ears
ined between the years of
)t generally practiced m
e problems that is i
id will be gnen greater
')00 the trees and prices
f thmnmg The pickers
in li 111 In the orchard
until thf V
they shoii!
except 111
oes, wliicli can bu niauurcd highly and at the
time not interfere with the trees. Under no con-
should the trees be seeded in grain or grass, and
cultivatiuii should be given each year. The trees
iually examined for borers at least once a year and
The pruning is done in fall or winter. No heading-
back of bearing trees is practiced, but no doubt many of
the young orchards now lieiiig planted will be grown in
this manner. Dead wood is removed annually and the
top kept open to admit the sun so as to color the fruit.
A low wagon is often used for hauling out the brush.
In the nursery the trees are always propagated by
budding. At one time it was supposed that natural
seeds produced the best and healthiest trees, but expe-
li.ii.r lias shown that no trees are better or healthier
iIliii iIim,,. ijrown from seed taken from the most vigor-
::, .1/-///.1//H3. — Formerly all of the fruit was picked
iu hiiskits, packed in crat«s holding three pecks, and
sliipped to the commission men of the various markets.
At the present time a very large proportion of the crop
is sold in flve-eiahths baskets to the buyers at the rail-
road station. This method of marketing is the most
s.«isliirt,,rv HMvt.. .liM"'si'..f 11 I'.ii.-l. <■,:,]>. Tli.-l.in.rs
is sold at fam-v prices, either at tlie station or in the
general market. Refrigerator i-ars. holding 600 to 80O
baskets, are used for fruit that requires two days to
1240 PEACH
reach its destination and plain cars for near-by points.
The cost per basket on refrigerator cars to Boston,
Providence, Hartford, and other eastern points is about
40 cents, and to New Yorls, Elmira or Syracuse about
35 cents each. In plain cars the cost to New York is
19 cents, and to Philadelphia about 12 cents each.
A large proportion of the smaller fruit is used by can-
ning factories, of which there are one or two in every
--■l'l'(«k.
1678. Hale Peach I
town. A factory in Seaford uses about 3,000 baskets per
full capacity. The Peaches
lie factories of the state employ
Formerly a good many of the
i|"'rated, and evaporators were
I. h-growing belt. The present
I fruit and the competition of
t have caused this phase of the
Peach business to be abandoned. Numerous factories
have converted large forests of gum and of pine trees
" "■ ' 11100 the baskets cost
day wh
peeled 1
several
smaller
built til
low pri
Californ
l.ask.-ts.
14 1
have the standard
Than in the Peach,
anted not more than
Formerly the white
Mountain Rareripe,
ill is for yellow fruit,
\ e to be sold at low
I pay, but
best variet
orchard
ten years ua.. an- i.^ :;■ i i • ' '
demand then an i
Peaches, such a~ '
were in strongdin
and the finest wlui. \:ui.ih-
prices. Early kinds als" usid
come in competition with th
Georgia. Late varieties, which were also very profitable,
are now ripe when the best fruit from New York, New
Jersey and western Maryland is in the market. The old
orchards comprise Troth, Hale, Crawford Early. Moun-
tain Rose, Reeve, Oldmixon, Mt. Rareripe, Crawford
Late, Stump, Smock. Couper Late, Garey Hold-on, and
others, and as in other fruits, most of them contain
too many kinds. A large proportion of these old kinds
have to go to the canning factories at low prices when-
ever there is a general Peach crop, as the market will
not take them. In the new orchards the yellow fruit
will predominate, with a few white varieties. Probably
the kinds most often found in orchards under five years
old are Foster, Mountain Rose, Reeves, Oldmixon.
Moore Favorite, Elberta, Chair Choice, Crawford Late
and Smock. The Elberta is being planted more heavily
than any other variety. If the writer were to set a new
orchard his own choice would be as follows: Connett
Early, perhaps Mountain Rose, Foster, Reeves, Elberta.
Chair, perhaps Crawford Late, Prize and Townsend.
Nearly all growers would always include Crawford Late,
and many of them Moore Favorite and Thurber.
Of the newer varieties in Delaware, Connett Early.
PEACH
Carman, VVaddell, Greensboro, Champion, Mamie Ross
and Lady Ingold are the most promising, with prefer-
ence for the first three and the fifth and sixth. The
Delaware Experiment Station has an experimental
orchard of 300 varieties ten years old at Seaford, on the
writer's place, and another orchard of 75 varieties at
Bridgeville, most of which fruited in 1900. In the Sea-
ford orchard a number of Tasmanian trees were planted
to determine their orchard value and their suscepti-
bility to Peach yellows. A number were al.so planted at
the Delaware Experiment Station grounds and in other
parts of New Castle county. In Sussex county they are
vastly inferior to home-grown stock in the quality of
the fruit and in the growth of the trees, while in New
Castle county they practically all died from the yellows.
5. Peach Yellotvs.-The yellows swept the orchards
out of New Castle county and from the northern part of
Kent county, but it has not advanced for ten years much
beyond the borders of northern Sussex. The most
intelligent growers hold it in check by cutting out the
trees on the first indication of disease and burning
them, but there is no systematic attempt on the part of
all growers, nor on the part of the state, to stamp out
the trouble. There is a yellows law on the statutes, but
it is not enforced, though in the past its enforcement
did much good. For several years the disease has not
been so severe, though there has been a good deal of
complaint about it in 1900. New orchards are again
being planted on a large scale in Kent county and some
are again planting around Middletown in New Castle
county. Many believe that the yellows has run its
course in Delaware, and that by careful attention in
taking out trees the Peach can again be set in places
where the yellows has wiped out the orchards.
6. General Remarks. — The geographical location of
Delaware is such that no other market can approach it
aing
It
ontinent.
reach most of them, and
■ mnrkets. The soils are
)i l:i'v:iri . n liiidilim loam
in the central part, and a sand \
It is easily and cheaply workii
kindly to treatment. Of th.' n
cleared of chestnut and sassaiia- ai
pine-land makes excellent orchards.
cow-peas or other cover-crops grow readily and furnish
humus and nitrogen to the soil, and with the natural
ease of working and cheapness of labor make it possible
to bi-ing an orchard into bearing and to maintain it at a
■I'sponds
recently
red, but
very low cost. Late spring frosts are the most serious
drawback to the business. Sometimes several crops
will come through in succession, then for three or four
years the crop will be killed. In the past decade there
have been four crops in the state. Other dra%vbacks are
the large orchards, making intensive culture without a
large capital impossible, while still another is the ten-
ant system of working the land, which makes it difficult
PEACH
to introduce into general piac'tice tbe most improved
methods of culture.
Tlie Peach business on the whole has been profitable
to Delaware. The days, however, when fortunes were
made from a single crop, when a farm was bought or a
large mortgage lifted in a single season, have passed.
Once those times were known in Delaware, but that was
before Georgia, the Carolinas, Arkansas, the Ozark
region of Missouri, Michigan, New Jersey, New York,
or Connecticut had entered into the business on their
present scale. Peach - growing is still attractive to
planters in Delaware. More money can be made in it
than in general farm crops. More attention is being
given to the selection of varieties, to the care and plant-
ing of orchards, the picking and handling of the crop,
and, last butnot le:ist. ti. tli.' n]!irketing of the fruit,with
as many middleinfii .'limiiKii,-.! us modern business
methods will allow.
Peaches Carriet! h,i P,„„s,jh;,„i.i Ptiilntad, Delaware
Division.
rear. Baskets. Year. Baskets. Year. Baskets.
1878 .-,l:1 liin
The figures for 1900 include the peninsula, but not
two small side lines. It is estimated that 1,000,000
baskets were carried by other means and that 500,000
were used by the canneries. Probably two-thirds of the
Peaches included in this estimate were grown in Dela-
'"^T^- Charles Weight.
The Peach in California.— There is no distinct
Peach belt in California, but the Peach is grown suc-
cessfully over a wide area and under varied climatic
conditions. Tourists generally talk of "the California
climate " as if it were one thing, but a glance at the
article California in this work will give the reader
some idea of the immense variety of climate and crop
conditions.
A narrow strip along the coast is too cold for the
best quality of Peaches, even wlinrc frost i^ unknown.
A very few miles inland and up to an .i.-vation of ■_>. -
3,000 ft., the Peach is at Ijomr wlim tlio Lrrowrr hav
done his part. In a lari;t- part of tlo' -tati- tin- l..>t
results are attained only byirrii^MiiMii. In ^oino placo.- no
rain falls from the time the trees bloom until tlm latest
fruit is gathered. There are sonu- l".alitn s. jiow.-ver,
where the water in the soil is close on.uii.-h to tin- sur-
face to give an ideal supply of moisture witln.ut irriga-
tion. It is an odd fact that Peaches in the central part
of the state ripen before those in the southern part.
The time of ripening in the extreme southern part does
not vary much from that of southern Ohio, while 500
miles north in the Sacramento valley they ripen two to
four weeks earlier. In some of the warm foothill regions,
-■Vlesander begins to ripen the latter part of May.
All kinds of care are given orchards, as one will find
in any state, but on the whole orchards probably re-
ceive much more attention in California than elsewhere
in the United States. The successful orchardist has
learned well the lesson that there is room at the top.
The less careful have learned that there is little money
in the orchard business.
In the preparation of the soil, deep plowing is all
that is usually done. California soils are generally
about the same all the way down, but vary much in
depth. Good Peach orchard soils should be not less
than 4 feet deep, and a L'coati-r 'topth is desirable.
The trees are usually |.lanto,| L'i)-25feet apart. In the
southern part of tin- -tato tho I'ost practice is to grow
nothing between th.- tiaos. ov.-n the fir.st year. The till-
age is thorough, deep and frequent. After February I,
tillage is given in two directions after each rain, care
being taken to complete the work before the soil can
PEACH
1241
bake or get hard. This double cultivation is Kept up at
least once a month after rains cease, which is usually in
March. Thorough surface tillage is practiced after each
irrigation. Tillage may be much deeper without injury
in California than in most states, for the reason that
there is a much warmer subsoil which permits the roots
to go down deeply to roach flic- luoistun- nrr.-ssary to
carry them over the Ion- jM-rioils wjtliout rain ■■<■ ii-n^-a-
tion. Orchards should l.o |.orf,.th froo of m.,,u fr?,™
March 1 to the end of tho -rowm- s.as.m. il.au til-
lage is not sufficient. Tlic grouml uuist be in tiue tilth
from 4-6 inches deep and kept so all summer.
The low-headed tree has the preference. At planting,
the nursery tree is cut back to 12-18 inches. The first
six weeks after growth begins the trees are gone over
at least once a week to rub off all sprouts that are not
desired. Pour or five are left to form the main branches ;
these should be as evenly distributed around the tree as
possible. Also they should be as far apart in a vertical
direction as possible, as two growths should not come
from one place. Three or 4 feet of new growth for each
branch the first year is considered fair. The first prun-
ing occurs the following winter, .\bout three-fourths
of tlip season's erowth is cut back and all small shoots
arc taken otf fi-oin what i~ I, -ft. This facilitates even
ami hotter -iMwtli of the m mlar\ hraliches that start
tlo- s n<l \.ar. Tloic s|i.,uhl ),.• _'-:: of these branches
from cacli primary hralah. h.inu- careful to keep all
others rublied off by at least weekly visits to the tree
for a month or more after growth begins. The second
winter's pruning consists in cutting back one-half to
three-fourths of the length of the main growths and
cutting out most of the small side shoots. .\ few are
left to bear some fruit the thir.l ye.,r. r.aeh fall oi- w in-
ter at least one-half the Icnijth .'if the main irniuthv is
cut back and a number of tlio remaiinn:; small l.eaiing
shoots are take,, out. If these bearing shoots have
],I.iii . el fiuii 1 lids near the base, it is best to cut off
om i . . ih of these. If they have no fruit-
bml- ... : e I as they are not likely to have if the
tree 1- :;i .uiiiL- \ ery f ast ) tlicy are left whole. This
cutting back of the bearing shoots aids very much in
the thinning of the fruit. The best practice' is to cut
out all shoots which fruited the previous season. They
nearly all die anyway. The tree lo,,ks luuch better
without them and is su|i|iose(I hi he mor.^ lualtliy.
Nothing short of sevi-re ju nniim ^. enn - Ihe he-i i-e^ults
under ordinary circtiinsia,
There is no single ojh laii.-n ot , .■ iin|n,,-taiiee than
the thinning of the fruit. e\ee , ! o ,- -,,,!, the,-,,n-h
1 nam it, i: as above described. I'l . re :,i, tnn- Tu-iheds
of thinning. The one that e;,: , ,:, ,! i, :,:,,! ,|,e
easiest and possibly the best i e t,. , an .io
it) is to pull off all' but two I'e.nhe. f,,,n, eaeh h.arnis;
shoot. A dozen or more may he on the shoot. l,ut they
must be taken off. The usual size of such shoots is
about an eighth of an inch in diameter. If they should
be about H inch in diameter, three or four Peaches are
left. The time to thin is wh. n <l,e I-e.e h.- are about
% inch in diameter. At this -; •' ,e 'kelv to re-
main on the tree (the "May .li ; i - ; i-n. and if
thinning is promptly done th,' .e. . ,;. ,.i strength
will be .small. Those who think ihi.-. i-- .-i \ , re thinning
should remember that any fruit, both in bulk and
weight, is eight times as large as one that has only half
its diameter. The above method of pruning and thinning
saves the tree fr,>in breaking down. The fruit is all mar-
ketable. Tin- tri [• makes a good growth and is in flue
comliti.in for tin s,,, .aed iiiL.- ,Top. And, finally, if pays.
Tin- vari.tie- |.iaiiie.l III I alifomia are largely Foster
Early ami I, ate i lawforil. :\luir and Salway for free-
stone- Tl iiiL-i- .and Lemon Clings, for clings, are
larL- ' ! I he canneries. Levi Cling is largely
plan I - ef the foothill regions. There are
Ulan. i ; is planted in a small way. Some of
the ula.i ,.111. i- -ive promise of taking a place among
the regulars. A good variety of Peach for California
must have large fruits and plenty of them, which will
ship well and dry well. White Peaches are but little
used. The canneries are paying the best prices for good
yellow clings.
Three or four irrigations, about a mouth apart, are
usually given. The furrow system is the prevalent one.
1242
PEACH
Three to six furrows are made between the rows of
trees, and in these the water runs in a small stream
24-48 hours for each irrigation. The length of time
depends on the soil, some soils taking in water much
more freely than others. The amount applied each time
should equal a rainfall of 3 or 4 inches. One irrigation
after the crop is off is excellent for the succeeding crop.
There are four ways of disposing of the crop-drying
shipping, local markets and canneries — though it is
seldom that all of them are available m one lo Llit\
The usual net return to the grower is a little less than
one cent per pound for the best fruit
Drying is the largest opening tor the disposil < f the
crop. The drying is all open iir sun drMng rfquirmj:
5-8 days to complete the work 1 !i tr iif i 1' II
sulfured after cutting. The time i i '
to the sulfur fumes is 3 or 4 hours I
fruit should be just about ripe en i i 1
without sulfur would make the bu ii i
market standards now are. The sulfuun..' 1 rtsei \ s tl
color and quality of the fruit Ripe fruit dried without
it would be black and taste burned In cooking sul
fured fruit first apply hot \\ it i t r i minute or two
then pour off, cover the fruit ii i) t i and atttr
half an hour or more pour oil I ked in this
way may be eaten in quaiiin li;id effects,
and there will not be enouj^li -iniui ■ in i.. tarnish the
silverware. The usual net pi up i.. ili.- .Iiu-r is 5-7 cents
per pound for Peaches dried from large, well-ripened
fruit and well sulfured to preserve a fine color.
H. CCLBERTSON.
PEACOCK FLOWEE. See Poinciana regia.
PEANUT is described under Aiachis hypog(wa, but
Peanut culture is not included in this work because
Peanuts are an agricultural, rather than a horticultural
crop. See Farmers' Bulletin No. 25, V. S. Dept. Agric,
by R. B. Handv, 24 pp.,
PEAE. Plate XXVII 11
in North America, is deri\
till- Kuropean Pyrus conm
Sinensis. Pears of the Eur
in North America from tin < iilii~t -. Ttl. im lit nl tli.
country. They thrive parfK ularly wi 11 in the New Eng
land states and New York, an<l west t.) the Great L..kcs,
and again on the Pacific slope. In the great interior
basin. Pear culturs :
velopment of iIm tr.
In the norfli ].r ;iiri
severe that the I'.ai
prccariotis, due pr
two have gained great c
are LeConte and Kieffei
was found to be well adapted
its general introdui'tioii tlu-re
the south. It . ~ ■ I - I ;;
in recent v.,,i
mated by tli. i, ,,,^
gradually less, inn - ni
taken by the Ki.iler,
blight-free. Tl,,- Ki. i > i
Kieffr-r. of Roxl,,. ,-,.,,, I I
t y the Sand or Chinese Pear
,,, was introduced into the
■ I racted little attention. It
•,iiinon Pear, and a race of
-suit. Of these hybrids only
luercial prominence. These
Pigs. 1681-3. The LeConte
the southern states and
terthe cl,,.,- of fhe civil
:<"''" I' ji ■ in-oof, but
111 ii, ■ ' ,-. ,il Us great viir.,r.
healiii- I : - ~ ; i , i , - ,. ,i il,,- keeping quali-
tii-- ■ I ' . the fruit is dis-
til,- i . I' ,11- - I- 1 ,1. ,1, ni;, IK is of the market
aii-1 I , . . ■ 1 I i-int tor i-uniiiiiir. hi the cold prairie
u , parts of the cold north, Russian
I ,. me headway in recent years. These
.11, i;i.i>; i,,,,-., \.\., ,i ot Pi/nix communis. The fruit
,- u-uaily .,1 l-,,i niiality, but the trees are considerably
hardier than the ordinary Pear. Pijrus Sinensis itself
bears a very hard Pear which is inedible in the raw stat«,
but it is excellent when used as quinces are. It is fra-
grant and ornamental. The tree is a most vigorous and
cleim grower. The plant is well worth growing as an
ornamental. It is used for stock for ordinary Pears,
particularly in the southern states. See Pyrus.
The Pear thrives on a variety of soils, but it sum-t-ils
best on those which are rather hard ■ I , ' 'i - , '
and loamy lands it tends to be short-liv. .: I
in part, to the fact that trees grow rapid I
and are. therefore, more liable to the all, - i _
It is now L'enerally accepted that trees w hi, i, .u-l iu.!,.,;.^-
' L- ,,,1 soft growth are more susceptible to blight
- wiiich grow rather slow and firm, although
,,,' liable to attack. Some varieties are much
,; Ii, , I, ,nie than Others. Caution must be exercised.
th.T,-f..re. in the tilling' .■! tli, r- ;-, ..,.ii.,i.i, Whilst
Pears profit by the Im-si ii1I:,_.> .,i ; :- - ,. i j.oiatoes
do. it is easy to carry tli, iili _ i-lt so far
as to produce too vigoi-o,i- -Ii.^^;M n,-, : ,.,.1-7 invite
the blight. Therefore the most careful Pear growers use
sparingly of stable manure and of nitrogenous cover-
crops. They prefer to supply fertility by means of con-
centrated fertilizers which are not very rich in nitrogen.
If, however, the trees are
not making a strong and
steady growth, it is as nec-
essary to apply nitrogenous
fertilizers to the Pear tree
as til any other. In the in-
terior country. Pears are
likely to suffer from sun-
scalil, and therefore the tops
are started very low, usually
not more than two or three
feet from the gronml. Staml-
ard Pears are pruned nuicli
not so severely. Heavy
pruning tends to open the
top and to invite sun-scald,
and it also tends to make
too strong and sappy growth.
After the top of the Pear
tree is well formed and es-
tablished, it is customary to
do little pruning, only keep-
ing the top fairly free and
open. The Pear bears on
spurs which continue to branch and to bear for a number
of years, and in pruning it is important that these spurs
be not removed unless it is desired to thin the fruit.
The flowers are borne in umbel-like cymes (Fig. 1684),
but m most cases only one fruit sets in a cluster. Pear
trees are usually planted much closer than apple trees.
The customary distance is Ih-iO fttt. Fig. IGhG show-,
an average east-American Pi ir ui, li nd
Many of the varieties ot 1' u- ii. int. i til. with tli. m
selves: they need the poll, n . t ili. i \ n i. ii. -- in . i !. i
682. Section of the Kieffer
Pear, to show its ordinary
form in the North.
alternate with one .
. rows of
I .....(1 \ It 1. tu s of Pears are numerous. The one most
iiiip.irtaiit \.iriet\ is the Bartlett (Fig. 10851, which was
early introduted' mto the United States from Europe,
\\here it is known as the Boncbretien. At the
present tnai the Kietft i ]>i..inbh holds sec-
ond pi 1 ; il t ~ the Seckel
(Fig li '\ and is the
st.vnd II I 11 mint varie-
ties ai. , I - ' 1-. m. Hard\,
HowlU. -I .1 .. li. a 1 . Du 1. ilic list might
be almost ludehmttlj txttnded. In the Gulf
region the oriental h\brids alone are success
ful, and the leaders are Kieffer, LeConte,
Garber, and Smith. The season of the ma-
turity of Pears runs from midsummer, when
it is introduced by Summer Doyenne and
Manning Elizabeth, to late winter, when it is
closed with su.-h late winter varieties as Nelis.
The
Pear
latet
Winter Pears are kept as winter apples are,
although somewhat greater care is necessary.
They should be kept in a uniformly cool
temperature. If allowed to hang too long on
the trie, they become over-ripe; and then if
placed in an ordinarily wanu cellar, they do
not keep more than one or two months. Un-
like most other fruits, all Pears are greatly improved in
quality if thev ar.- ripiii..! iii.I.iors. Thev should he
picked as .sooii as tin v li:n .• v. a. lied their full size and
have begun to c..l..r, l.iit I., f..r.- they have become soft,
and be placed in a .Iry ami rath, r cool room. If the wind
PEAR 1243
is allowed to blow over them, they are likely to shrivel.
If kept too warm, they ripen too quickly and soon rot.
The best quality is secured when they are picked about
two weeks in advance of their normal ripening.
When worked on the quince root, the Pear is easily
grown as a dwarf. It then comes into hearing ear-
lier, and, since the trees are small, the fruit can be
thinned and the trees sprayed, and the fruit therefore
should be of the highest qualit} . Dwarf Pear trees re-
quire mule care than the <irdinarj standards, howe\er,
ulaul
1 . I i I 1 irf Pear tree should ne^e^
!. I h I _ n twehe feet. In order to
k. . 1' It .1 M I 1 I troni one-half to two thirds
ot the annuil „'i..«th is unnned late each winter. The
trees are otten planted as close together as ten feet each
way, but this is too close. With the ordinary broad top
pruning, whiih nearly all American growers give, one
rod apuit eaih way is not too great. A good dwarf
Pear tree is one in which the union with the quince
stock is very close to the ground. When the tree is
planted, this'union should be from fourto six inches be-
low the surface after the ground has settled. This deep
planting prevents the breaking of the union and places
the quince beyond the reach of borers. If planted
deeper than this, the Pear cion may throw out roots of
its own; in fact, it sometimes does this if planted only
six inches deep. This rooting of the stock is no par-
ticular disadvantage, although the tree thereafter tends
to grow stronger and greater pruning is necessary. An
expeit grower can pick out the trees whnli .irt r.n.ttd
Pear stock by their
11 )i. .1. -IKS to check this redundant ..
1 1 IT
Il til I'l 11 loots. It is the common i
1, ,1 III is.ue short lived This min 1
til, gleatel numbi r ot .,„,,„„„. M In
h . u il ut
% irds and on untill 1 i l«
lit Ptai ouhaid
,.„ good, well diaii.i 1 1.
is well-tilled and
^'i\en regulai piuiiii ii
time. Theie are
ihvarf Pear orchai.ls i \ i t
t. which are fifty
jears old and are still thiiltN ..1 p.
111. tn. The ■sa-
iiety that IS oftenest grown is i .h\ .
1 IS till Duchess
(Duchess de Angouleme) H. 1' s .
llii IS a large
Pear of irregular shape whn li si lis »
, n 1,1, luse of its
size, but It IS of inditlerent .|u ^llt^ im
1 iiia\ not be good
enough foi a special oi posonal maiktt. Other varie-
ties popular for dwarfs are lionise Bonne, Anjou, Clair-
geau, Manning Elizabeth, and. to a less extent. Bartlett
and Seckel. The Kieffer is now and then grown on
dwarf stock with very good results.
The insect enemies of the Pear are numerous, but,
with two or three exceptions, arc nut very serious. Tlie
tree is attacked by borers. :iltlii>ui.^ii t" ;i l<-~-. . \tt-jil i)i;in
peaches and apples. These ar.' k. i>i in rU.rk i.\ .Ii-'l-mii;
them out once or twice a y-.tr ■■>- "U "Uirr truii si... k--
The fruit is attacked to somi- . \i.iit l.y the .•...lliii 111..1I1,
but the arsenical sprays keep this insect in check. i>f
late years the psylla,
attacking the growing
parts, has been serious
in parts of the East, al-
though it is very irregu-
lar in its outbreaks. It
can be controlled by thor-
ough work with a spray
of whale - oil soap, one
pound in three to five
gallons of water, begin-
ning soon after the fruit
has set, and repeating
the application whenever
the psyllas become nu-
merous. In some parts
of the East the fruit is
attacked by the Pear
midge, a minute fly whose maggots work in the very
young fruit. Thorough cultivation will check this seri-
ous pest, but its complete control often involves the
destruction of all the young fruit on the infested trees;
in some sections the application of kainit to the soil is
said to kill the insect after it leaves the fruit to un-
dergo its transformations.
The foliage and fruit of the Pear are attacked by para-
sitic fungi, w^hii'h cause the leaves to drop and the fruit
to become scabby. These diseases are readily held in
check by spraying with Bordeaux mixture. Fifty years
ago the White Doyenne Pear was the most popular va-
riety for growing on the quince root, but because of
the Pear scab it passed away. It was supposed that the
disease was due to uncongenial climate. Since the ad-
vent of the sulfate of copper sprays, however, it has
been found that the White Doyenne can be grown as
well as ever. Flemish Beauty is also an example in
point. Years ago it was one of the most popular stand-
ard varieties, but of late years it has been little grown
because of the cracking of the fruit. It is now likely to
come into vogue again for home planting. The Bor-
deaux mixture is a specific for the disease.
Pear blight or fire blight is the most serious disease
of Pear trees. It is an American disease. It is caused
by a microbe which enters through the growing points
(flowers and tips of shoots) and thrives in soft or "suc-
culent" parts. Gradually the micro-organism works
down the stems, killing the tissues and causing the
leaves to die. In the leaf-blight, which is a distinct
disease, the leaves are more or less spotted and tliev
fall; in the Pear blight, the leaves turn black and hang
on the tree. The Are blight attacks apple trees,
particularly in the Plains region. It is probably ab-
original on hawthorns and related plants. There is
no perfect preventive of the disease. Some varieties
seem to be relatively immune, as, for examplt , the
Duchess. It is now generally I)elii\..l ili .1 tii.- ..k
more subject to the disease when iln \ .t. i.. l^ '.j . \
cessive growth; therefore it is a(h 1^. . I 'I .r 11". . .1 1
the application of stimulating mariut. - I I< r ii. .
As soon as the disease appears, cui i.m iIh .iilici.il
parts, severing them some inches below the lnwt-t
point of visible attack. Do not allow blighted branches
to remain on the tree over winter. Pear blight is nut
equally prevalent or virulent every year.
There are no recent American books on the Pear.
Two books have been written on this fruit: Thos. W.
Fields' "Pear Culture," New York. 18.')8; P. T. Quinn"s
"Pear Culture for Profit," New York, 186fl, New ed.,
I88.S.
Some years ago the writer secured from the ven-
erable T. T. Lyon, of Michigan, since deceased, an
article, for publication, on the Pear. The article was
not published, however, and it is reproduced below,
omitting only the parts on insects and diseases. The
writer is glad to place this article alongside the others
in order to contrast the view-points of two generations.
Mr. Lyon's article, which is most excellent and cautious
PEAR
and characterized by beauty of style, is of the type that
He 11.. |..Tii,'er see. The person who is familiar with
|.i. s. ni .kiy points of view will discover that it lays the
. iii|.li,i-i~ ..11 formal presentation, propagation, pruning,
\ aneiies. whereas little or no attention is given to sys-
tems of tillage, pollination, spraying, and commercial
methods. l H. B.
The Pear. 1. Its Importance. — So far as cultivators
generally are concerned, this fruit is less important
than its near relative the apple, for the reason that,
while the two begin to ripen at nearly the same season,
there are few, it any, desirable varieties of Pears in
season later than December (if we except a few austere
ones, suitable only for culinary purposes), while apples
are abundant for four or five months longer. Moreover,
during its entire season, the Pear is supplemented by
the mass of luscious, though perishable, summer and
autumn fruits. The liability of very many usually ex-
cellent varieties to be rendered indiflerei.t m .juality
by unfavorable seasons, neglect or uiiswit.l I. ...il. 1-,
also a serious detriment to the general |.<.|.ularit\ ..f
this fruit. The liability to the loss uf the ire.s hy
blight, beyond question detracts greatly from the value
of the Pear, especially for commercial purposes; while
it also exerts a discouraging influence upon amateur
planting. To the careful and discriminating amateur,
as well as to the man of wealth, with a fondness for
fruit culturfe, whether in person or by proxy, this fruit
oftan assumes a prominence over any, if not all, others.
2. Extent of Cultitfatiov. — Doubtless, for reasons
heretofore stated. Pear trees are but sparingly planted
by most persons. The fruit sent to the market comes
largely from the plantations of specialists who, with
soils adapted to the purpose and the necessary knowl-
edge of varieties, have undertaken the business as a
comiiier.ial enter). ris.-. In the climates of the seaboard,
and. t.. a .■..ii-i.lerahli- extent, in the region of the Great
Lakes, 111. I'.ari- .N-w-pTieTially successful; while away
from th. inlliH II... i.f lartre bodies of water, and es-
periall\ in ih.- j.iaiiie regions of the Mississippi valley,
from nii-n:ial.l.ii. -s of climate or .soil, or both com-
bined, th. tt. .- ai. lialtle to be either killed or seriously
in.iiire.t in umtrr. tiiid hence are short-lived and un-
profitalile.
3. Jji;;f<-^ -Perhaps in no other important particular
does the climate of eastern and central North America
differ more widely from that of the Pear-growing re-
gions of Europe than in its liability to sudden and
extreme variations of temperature. Owing to this cli-
matic peculiarity, aspect becomes an important consid-
eration in the selection of a location for a plantation of
Pear trees. As a means of avoiding the full influence
of exposure to the rays of the sun, during the severer
paroxysms of summer heat, while the trees are in actual
PEAR
growth, anil alsci to mitigiite tlie lialiiliiy to alternate
freezing and thawing in wintir. a nortlicrly or north-
easterly slope is to be pnt'crnd ; wlii.'h, however,
should be so gradual as not to siriously interfere with
the convenience of cultivation. As wi- approach the
northern limit of practicable Pear culture, however,
a modification of this rule of selection may be found
desirable, since, with the shorter growing season, a
warmer exposure may prove necessary as a means of
hastening maturity.
4. Soi7s.— While the Pear tree will yield more or less
satisfactory results in a variety of soils, it is found to
succeed most perfectly in a strong loam, of moderate
PEAK
1245
mit such peculiarity to its offspring. Seeds resulting
from known or artificial c-ross-fi-rtiliz.itinn, and there-
fore of known and scl.-cii-d pannt.i^-i- on both sides,
offer increased probability of valuabli- n^ults. Seeds
intended for the originatic.n of m-w vari.tiis should be
planted very thinly in strong, rirb, dt-i-ply prepared
soil, in a single row. and covered with not more than an
inch of earth, so that the young plants shall have ample
space for development.
Seeds intended for the growing of stocks for nur-
sery purposes should be collected from varieties in
which the seeds are plump and well developed, as well
as from healthy, vigorous trees. American nurserymen
depth, overlying a porous subsoil. Soils which are lia-
ble to be wet during any considerable portion of the
growing season are unfit for this purpose, unless deeply
and thoroughly underdrained ; while even then they
are quite liable not to prove fully satisfactory. A few
varieties are found to be moderately successful on
sandy soils, but for general planting such soils should
be avoided.
5. Manures.- The liability of the Pear tree, in this
climate, to the attacks of blight is thought to be in-
(T.asr.l l,y .•x.'.ssiv.- -r.,wth. It is, therefore, desirable
tlii.t 111.' ;iiiiiii,il L,'ri>«ili I H- completed and ripened at as
.ally ;i .l:ii. .i~ |irjr 1 1,;, 1,1,. ; and the more so, since the
nded
illow
drills. In our American climate the foliage and un-
ripened wood of seedling Pears is very liable to be at-
tacked during midsummer by leaf-blight or mildew,
which prematurely arrests their growth. For this reason
European stocks are generally preferred by nurserymen.
This attack of mildew may often be partially or wholly
avoided by planting in virgin soil remote from other
cultivated grounds. Pear seedlings form a very long
tap-root during their first year, with few. if aiiv, side-
roots. For this reason they are taken up pn f. ihIiU in
autumn, and the tap-roots shortened to li .u- s inili,^.
they
newed fj)
phorus. ^
position
ist in ex
either an
applied t
illv trans
, with the
iless, and
rs usually
ir charac-
illy recog-
tlie occa-
r.Uing by
I' ditTerent
purpose of keeping the earth cool, nn.l :il-" k. .Ijeck
evaporation from the soil; but this -Im.hM i;..t 1.. ,l,,ne
mulch sill. Ill, I l„. k.|.t «,-ll pulverized.
6. P/v./. .;./.(;--„ ,, I Hv seedlings: Seeds, when to
be plant, -,1 r..r il ii-iiiation of new varieties, should
be selecte,! tr,.iii w.il i.'iown and fully matured fruits,
of such varieties as possess in a high degree the quali-
ties sought to be reproduced or improved, since a va-
riety in which a characteristic is strongly developed
and persi.stently manifested is the more likely to trans-
1.-. iiu|M,r.,il,lc to fiiruscc U) wliat extent such transfer
may interfere with the occult formative processes
through which its ultimate qualities would have been
developed.
(6) By budding: Seedlings of one or two years'
growth, intended for standard trees, are usually planted
from 6 to 10 inches apart in the nursery row; for the
reason that space, as well as cultivation, must be econo-
mized to correspond with prices, although it is impos-
sible to grow trees of good form and properly branched
of the size and age demanded by most planters when
thus closely planted. Trees thus closely planted should
be removed, or at least thinned, after having made one
1246 PEAR
year's growth from the bud; while trees intended to be
grown two or more years in tlie nursery row, and prop*
erly branched, should be given twice or even three
times tlie space mentioned.
The budding of Pear stocks may be done during July
and August if they continue in a growing condition, but
they are liable to be attacked by mildew of the foli-
age' for which reason they must be closelv watched,
1687 Seek.
and should the malady prove troublesome the budding
must be done as soon as properly matured buds can be
obtained. Such stocks as, for any cause, were left un-
budded at budding time, together with any in which
buds shall have failed, may be grafted the following
spring; but this, as well as any and all grafting of the
Pear, must be done very early, before the earliest move-
ment of the sap in spring. In the spring, as soon as the
swelling of the buds indicates that the germs are alive,
the stocks are cut back to force them into growth. Often
to insure the formation of straight, upright, symmetrical
trees, careful nurscrynu-n leave 3 or 4 inches of the
.stuck :il. in (■ the ins,it'i..ii ..f thi' bud, to which the young
sli...t iii:u \'<- ti.il, if it -liall fail otherwise to take an
upriL'lii .liirripin. sin .Ml, may also be thus tied to pre-
\tiit tlii-ii- iMJiit: 1. low II >'ut, or otlicrwise injured by the
wiiiil. These stulj» .should be cut back to the bud when
no longer needed for the purposes indicated. Such
sprouts as spring from the stock in consequence of the
cutting back must be removed from time to time to
encourage the growth of the bud. This slumld be (Ume
while they are yet tender and succul. m .-.i].! .ini, ili.n ■
fore, be taken off without the use of a K rin- i i " > --
must be repeated as they reappear, iin!-- - ii i- n mli i.d
unnecessary by the failure or loss d tie- liu.l. >. ,.
Grnflat/e.
7. Piiuiinsr. — Beyond that described under the head of
budding, little pruning is required during the first sea-
son, except to pinch in such side shoots as threaten to
rob the one intended to become the trunk of the future
tree. Early in the spring of the second year, all lateral
shoots must be wholly cut away, and since the Pear
tends strongly to renew its growth from the teiminal
buds of the previous year, the shoot intended to become
the ti-unk of the future tree must be cut down to the
point at which the top is to commence,when the branches
to form the head will start from the buds nearest the
top. The uppermost shoot must, if needful, be confined
in an upright position to constitute the continuation of
the trunk.
The habits of growth of varieties differ so widely
that no inflexible rule can be laid down to determine
PEAR
the height at which the top of a Pear tree should be
commenced, unless it be that the heads of the more
spreading varieties should be started higher than those
of a more upright habit. The preferences of the ma-
jority of purchasers have begotten among nurserymen
the priic-tiee of forming the heads of all varieties at a
Ih-ilIii if :; oi- i f^.t. This height is open to the objec-
ti'iii I si-riously faulty in the case of such
si'i. ' _ . I . - as Onondaga, Osband Summer, or
Flnifi-ii l,(;iui\, II is essentially unsuited to such very
uprmlii gio»,i.> as Buffum, Sterling, Clapp Favorite',
and even Aujou. In this particular, as in various others,
the practice of nurserymen, begotten by the preferences
of the average of their customers, fails to adapt itself
to the needs of the more intelligent and considerate
orchardist, and to those of even smaller planters, who
regard the health and productiveness of their trees as
of higher importance than the possibly increased con-
venience of cultivation.
A proper system of primary branches, upon which to
grow a permanent head, should be provided from the
growth of the second season. Probably the most satis-
factory provision for this purpose consists of a central
shoot, with from 3 to 5 laterals diverging from the trunk
at its base. A head should, in no case, be grown upon
two shoots, forming a crotch, since this will be very
liable to split and thus ruin the tree. A few varieties,
of which Rostiezer is a notable Pxam|>lf. have the habit
of producing but few branchfs. aini aKo of making
successive annual growths, mainly Irom tin' terminal
buds of the previous year, tlms foii.iini; a too open or
straggling head. Such tendi-ii. y is li.st ovircome by
cutting back the branches in spring, the effect being to
increase their number, though at the expense of vigor.
After the primary branches have been developed, and
the growth of the third year is in progress, compara-
tively little pruning will be found necessary beyond the
occasional cutting away of a straggling or crossing
tiranch. although there is a class of varieties, of which
Summer Doyenne and Winter Nelis are types, which,
especially when growing vigorously, incline to twist and
straggle so awkwardly that the branches must fre-
quently be tied in position to insure the formation of a
satisfactory head.
Prior to the third or fourth year, all pruning must
necessarily have for its object the direction and en-
couragement of wood growth, for which purpose it is
most effective when performed in late winter or early
spring, while the trees are yet dormant.
The fact should not be forgotten that pruning, in pro-
portion to its extent or severity, may be a tax upon the
vigor and health of the tree, and, therefore, to be prac-
ticed as sparingly as possible. Such necessity may be
to a considerable extent avoided, if the orchardist, with
a well-defined ideal in mind of a tree such as he
desires to produce, will, during the growing season,
pass frequently through his plantation and pinch out,
while yet small and succulent, all growths not needed
for his purpose, at the same time "stopping" such of
the reserved ones as may be too far outgrowing their
fellows. With the efficient performance of this process
while the framework of the top is being developed, very
littl. iMuniiig will remain to be done on the arrival of
-l.iiii_, ivhile nearly the entire growth, which would
i.tle rui-e have been pruned away in- spring, will have
I.e. II .iMiiloyed in developing the reserved branches.
Willie the cutting away of an occasional small branch
may be done at almost any time, large branches should
be removed only in case of actual necessity, and at a
period early enough to permit the thorough drying and
hardening of the cut surface prior to the movement of
the sap in spring, as a means of preventing bleeding
and consequent decay.
Summer pruning tends to check rather than encour-
age wood growth, and since it acts to a great ir or less
as does the permanent bendiiii,' nt ih. I.ian.lies and the
hardening of the tissues, to li,i-t. n tli. foiuiation of
fruit-buds and the production of frint.
The Pear may be successfully grafted uj.oii the white
thorn, the mountain ash and tlie apple, an.l siu'li ..n-.ifls
have occasionally proved more or less produeti\e f. .r a
time, but in such cases the union between sto.k and
PEAR
cion is generally, if not always, imperfect; and such
uncongenial combinations are therefore usually short-
lived. The quince is the only dissimilar stock upon
which the Pear is extensively grown. Quince stocks for
this purpose are largely imported from Prance. The
Angers quince is generally preferred for this purpose.
These stocks aie usually planted in nursery rows at the
age of two years, to be budded during the following
summer, in the same manner as Pear stocks. When
intended for dwarf trees, nurserymen usually cut them
back after one year's growth from the bud to the nearly
uniform height of 18 inches, although with the more
upright-growing varieties it is by many deemed prefer-
able to branch them even G or 8 inches lower. Aside from
the height at which they should be branched, the prun-
ing and management should be identical with that pre-
scribed for standards, with the important exception that
when planted out for fruiting the junction between the
quince and the Pear should be 3 or 4 inches below the
surface to encourage the formation of roots from the
Pear. Trees thus planted will commence to bear, while
yet growing, solely from the quince stock, and will con-
tinue to produce fruit after rooting from the Pear, thus
affording the early fruiting of the dwarf, as well as the
permanency of the standard.
Not more than a specimen or two should be per
mitted to grow upon a dwarf the first and second veirs
after planting. Such trees, if left to fnnt treph will
almost certainly be ruined from o\ il mii^ I t n
they are fully established. Manvvaii ti «!, n _, » n
as dwarfs can never be safelj allom i t m nii m i
than a small portion of the fruit whuh th \ will n itur
ally set.
While several varieties are found to be especially sue
cessful when grown upon the quince most others prove
only moderately so, requiring careful and expert man
agement to insure satisfactor\ results A few others,
of which Bosc may be named as a prominent case, are
obstinately unsuccessful upon the quince, and even
when double - worked upon a dwarf of a congeni')!
variety, their success appears to be bj no means as
sured.
Dwarf trees trained as hereinbefore specified, an
commonly known as half-standards Other and moii
elaborate forms are known as pyramids cordons
etc., descriptions of which are not deemed necessary
here.
8. Choice of Trees. -Aside from the selection of the
location for an orchard, the first important particular
IS the selection of the trees, leaving the choice of varie-
ties for subsequent consideration. Trees of one year's
growth from the bud are to be preferred for the follow-
PEAR
1247
: ( 1 ) Fewer roots need be injured or lost in
the process of lifting and replanting, for which reason
the tree may be expected the more promptlv to recover
from the shock of removal. (2) The single season's
growth may be cut back and the top commenced to suit
the preferences of the planter. (3) The top will present
little or no obstacle to the force of the wind until the
roots shall have gained such hold upon the soil that
there will remain little liability to displacement from
this cause. (4) The risk of failure from removal is
greatly diminished, while the more prompt recovery ami
increased rate of growth of the trees in the more open
orchard rows may be expected to fully compensate for
one or two years more of growth in crowded nursery
rows. (5) Something will also be saved in the cost of
the trees and in the expense of transportation, as well
as in the labor of planting.
If older or high-branched trees are not objected to, it
will usually be found that they are but imperfectly
branched from having been grown in crowded rows.
9. Preparation of the So^.-When the late Dr. John
A. Warder was asked how large the holes should be
dug for planting orchard trees, he replied, "Of the
full size of the orchard;" and it may also be remarked
that when the ground for an orchard has been well
tilled and fertilized to a depth at least equal to that
at which trees are to be planted, there is no longer
occasion for holes larger than shall be necessary to re-
ceive the roots in their proper position. If the subsoil
be not freely pervious to water the ground must be
deeply and thoroughly underdrained, and in no case
79
should the hole in which a tree is to be planted be sunk
into a subsoil so impervious as to retain water beneath
or about its roots. If such retentive subsoil occurs too
near the surface, and is not considered suitable to be
mixed with the surface soil, it should be thoroughly
disintegrated to the requisite depth by means of a
subsoil plow or other equivalent device. In all nearly
level, retentive soils, it will be found advantageous to
"back-furrow" a land along the line of each row in
the direction of the surface drainage, so that when the
trees have been planted the drainage will be away from
them.
10. Laying Out, Staking and Planting. -The most
economical mode of laying out and planting an orchard,
so far as space is concerned, is doubtless that com-
monly, but erroneously, designated as quincunx, and
more correctly as hexagonal ; but whether planted thus
or in rectangles, the work may be most rapidly and ac
curately done by planting a stake where each tree is t(
stand, and using what is known as a planting board
consisting of a strip of board 6 or 7 feet long, with s
hole for a stake near each end, and a notch or slot in
termediate and in line between them to receive the
stake, and to support the tree while the earth is being
carefulh hlled in under, among and above its roots.
1688. Aniou, one of the popular late fall and early winter
Pears (X Vo). (See p,-»ge 1243.)
The following are good general rules to be observed
in the digging, handling, preparing and planting of
trees :
1st. In digging trees aim to secure as many of the
main fibrous roots as possible.
2d. Expose the roots as little as possible to the dry-
ing influence of sun and wind.
3d. Prepare the roots for planting by cutting away
the bruised and broken portions.
4th. If the roots have been essentially shortened in
lifting, cut away the superfluous branches and also cut
back such as are to remain till a proper balance of root
and top is secured.
5th. In heavy, retentive soil, plant the tree very little
if any deeper than it stood in the nurserv, and, in addi-
tion, raise a slight mound about the trunk to avoid the
occurrence of standing water at that point.
6th. In strong but dry soil, a tree may be planted an
inch or two deeper than it stood in the nursery.
7th. In light sand, with dry subsoil, a tree should be
planted 3 or even 4 inches deeper than it stood in the
nursery.
1248
PEAR
8th. Dig the hole in which a tree is to be planted
deep enough to receive 2 or 3 inches of tine soil, before
putting the tree in place, making it large enough to
allow the roots to be spread out in their natural posi-
tion.
9th. See that good, friable surface soil is well filled
In beneath, among and over the roots.
10th. Should the soil be dry, with no immediate pros-
pect of rain, it will be well, after nearly filling the hole
with earth, to apply a pail of water, and after it shall
have settled away, to fill up the hole with earth and
PEAK
true of at least very many varieties that even if blown
off or gathered when but two-thirds grown, the fruit if
put away as already described will usually acquire a
satisfactory quality. Fruits thus gathered and ripened
are found to have less tendency to decay rapidly at the
.f wi
Pea
tramp it down firmly. Staking will rarely be found
necessary, except, possibly, in the case of trees old
enough to have been already branched, but such stake
must be watched and the tree protected against injury
by rubbing against it.
11. Subsequent Cultivation. — {a) Newly planted trees :
Ground occupied by young trees must be kept well
cultivated during the spring and early summer. If hoed
crops are planted larger quantities of manure will be
required, but in either case cultivation should cease as
early as the beginning of August in order to hasten the
ripening of the young wood. This process should be
continued during at least five or sis years, after which
green crops may be grown and plowed under as a
means, in part, of maintaining the fertility of the soil.
(6) Mulching: Especially during the first few years
after planting, in case of hot, dry weather during the
growing season, mulch may be applied to check evap-
oration from the soil and to keep it cool, but it should
not be permitted to take the place of cultivation. The
soil should be well pulverized before applying it.
ir) MaTiuring: As stated under that head (5 1, manures
sli.iul.l !"• :qiiplied Sparingly but regularly, preferably
in hit.' autMiiiii. and should be plowed under, or other-
\vi^.- niixc.l with the soil at that time or in the early
spniiL'. a^ a means of promoting early growth and the
tlHiiMu-ii ii|i.iiing of the wood in advance of severe
. .il.l. I'lpiniii^-li maturing of the wood should also be
a--i-i..|. a- already said, by ceasing cultivation the
12, r.'.f'A. ,,»-, '""? Ripening the Fruit. -Xn selected
Pears, wl;. ili. i im. lali .1 for the market or for use at
home, sliMiild 1.. , :,ir fullv hand-picked.
(a) (iatlirniii.' -iiiiiiii.-r and autumn Pears: With very
few exoeptiiius all I'ears acquire a higher quality if
gathered before they are fully ripe. The generally ac-
[•epted rule is to gather the crop when an occasionally
full grown, wormy specimen is ripe, or when there is a
perceptible change in the color of the maturer speci-
mens, or when the stem parts readily from the branch
if the fruit is slightly lifted.
(6) Ripening summer and winter Pears: When gath-
ered the fruit should be placed in a cool room devoted to
the purpose, and spread upon shelves, or in lack of a suit-
able room they may be placed in shallow boxes or
drawers, where in due time they will acquire their full
color and flavor. Since this fruit parts with moisture
quite freely, it, and especially the later ripening varie-
ties, should be protected from a drying atmosphere, par-
ticularly from drafts of air, which will cause the fruit
to shrivel and become tough and leathery. It is also
Some varieties an- fcmnil to ripen perfectly
without further attenti..!]. but the quality of
most kinds will l>e mueli improved if they are
brought into a temperature of 00° or 70° a fort-
night t efore their usual .season of maturity.
( rf ) \\ inter cooking Pears : These should be
gathered and put away in close packages in a
o I frost-proof room, in the same manner as
et apples, like which they will shrivel, and
me tough and leathery, if left exposed to
air They may remain in this condition
til needed for use.
1) Picking and Marketing. -In America,
1 (. irs are generally packed for mai-ket directly
from the tree, without awaiting the process of
ripening Barrels are largely used as packages,
alth ugh this fruit is frequently put up in half-
barrels and sometimes in bushel, peck and even
on in half-peck baskets. American growers rarely
ripen their fruit before marketing it. This, if
done at all, is more generally accomplished by
the dealer, doubtless with decided profit, since in the
larger cities fully fifty dollars have been known to be
paid for a single barrel of selected fruit, and yet the
same fruit ripened and offered in quantities to suit cus-
tomers has been sold at two or three times the original
cost. The marketing of unripened Pears is obviously
unprofitable so far as the producer is concerned.
In Europe, the choicest fruits are carefully selected
and house-ripened. When approaching their best con-
dition the fruits are separately wrapped in soft paper,
and are then put up in packages of perhaps one or two
dozens, and sent so as to appear upon the market when
in the best possible condition. Such fruits command
prices quite in excess of what they would have realized
had they been offered in an immature condition.
14. Varieties. — Since the popular and desirable va-
rieties of Pears may be found fully described in stand-
iinl |ii.iii.il..L-i' al works, such descriptions here are not
ill . ' . .\mong the very numerous varieties
.if 1 . il in such works there are doubtless
mail- I -III- high quality and other valuable char-
, for .some unexplained reason, have
he attention of growers,
vary in their season of ripening with
of latitude, and often, to some extent, with
of location, even in the same latitude, the desig-
nation of such .season h. n.nies a matter of more or less
difficulty. In the fiilli.\v in;; li-is the season given will
be approximately that lietw..ii the forty-second and
failed to
Since
change
for
and to pel-
supply of 1
The foil.
these, arra
It is as true of the Pear as of most
s, that very many varieties are of
ve appearance, or of such delicate
to disqualify them for the market,
.•-s,.>v, in :,■„ eminent degree, the
i~ II) i.|i ri nil.-r them desirable,
iiiilispensable forthe
inied amateur Pears.
-1 lit a II A I if the most popular of
ximutelv in the order of maturity:
De.T,rl>orn in. e. Ai
Rostiezer m. Aug.
Manning Elizabeth.. . .e. Aug.
Brandy wine e. Aug.
.Excellent, but-.
n. Sept.
. Sept.
niddle: b. beginning.
'LAi;
124")
Name. Season. Remarks..
Tyson e. Aug. b. Sept.. A tardy bearer.
Stevens Genesee b. Sept Rots soon at the core.
Olapp b. m. Sept Rots soon at the core.
Washington m. Sept.
Belle Lucrative m. e. Sept.
Bosc e. Sept. Oct.
Wliite Doyenne e. Sept. Nov Liable to crack badly.
Seckel Oct.
Gray Doyenu
.Oct. Nov.
.m. Oct. Nov.
Reeder Nov.
Emile d'Heyst Nov. Dec.
Mount Vernon Nov. Dee.
Dana Hovey Nov. Jan.
Langelier Nov. Feb.
Prince St. Germain Nov. March.
(h) Culinary Pears: Very few dessert Pears are found
to be satisfactory for culinary uses, since they too gen-
erally lose at least a portion of their flavor and aroma
in the process of cooking. There are, however, several
varieties of high, austere character which prove "■'ap'ed
to this purpose, among which are the following:
Name. Season. Remarkt
Vicar Nov. Jan Occasionalli tood
Black Worcester Nov. Feb. [enough for dessert
(e) Market Pears: The markets demand varieties of
attractive appearance, of at least medium size and of
fine texture. To the grower, productiveness and \ igor
of tree are also of primary importance. If possessing
the foregoing characteristics, a variety may pro\e at
least temporarily popular, even though of comparati\ elj
low quality. The following varieties, some ol which
may also be found in the amateur list, are all more or
less popular as market fruits:
Name. Season. Semarkt
Tyson e. Aug. b. Sept.. Excellent, but i t irdv
Sterling e. Aug, m. Sept.. Productive, aiii e\
ceedingly beautiful.
Clapp b. m. Sept Rots soon at the core.
Bartlett b. e. Sept Leading market Pear.
Souvenir du Congress. . b. e. Sept Sometimes very large.
BuCFum m. Sept Variable in quality.
Howell m.Sept. Oct.
Fleraisli Beauty m . e. Sept Rots soon at the core.
Bosc e. Sept. Oct Excellent for all pur-
Boussock e.Sept. Oct. [poses.
Louise Bonne e. Sept. Oct Grown only as a dwarf .
Onondaga e. Sept. Nov.
Superfin Oct.
Sheldon Oct Is nisseted and dull in
Rutter Oct. Nov. [color.
Anjon Oct. Nov. [43°.
Kieffer Oct. Nov Not valuable north of
Le Conte Oct. Nov Succeeds best at the
Angouleme Oct. Nov Grown only on quince
Diel Oct. Dec. (stocks.
Clairgeau Oct. Jan.
Columbia Nov. Jan.
McLaughlin Nov. Jan.
Lawrence Dec.
Josephine of Malines..Jan. Feb.
15. Relative Desirableness of Dwarfs. -There are
a few varieties, among which Louise Bonne and An-
gouleme may be especially mentioned, which on free
(Pear) stocks are either tardy bearers or require to be
fruited several years before developing their ultimate
qualities, but which succeed unusually well upon the
quince, developing at once upon that stock their ulti-
mate qualities. These, especially the Angouleme, are
valued as market varieties when grown as dwarfs.
Angouleme, and perhaps some other varieties as
dwarfs, occasionally bloom so profusely as apparently
to prove unable to develop the fruit, which in conse-
quence proves abortive. The natural and obvious rem-
edy in such case is disbudding, or its equivalent, cutting-
back the fruit-bearing shoots before growth is com-
menced.
The fact that very many varieties are not perma-
nently successful when grown upon the quince is
doubtless partially, if not in many cases even wholly,
due to their increased tendency to early and excessive
productiveness when grown upon that stock, which,
owing to the very common unwillingness of the grower
to remove the excess of fruit, is allowed to consume the
material needed for wood growth, and thus to occasion
exhaustion before the tree has gained a thorough hold
upon the soil.
If, with any variety capable of forming a satisfactory
union with the quince, and with the tree planted in the
manner heretofore described, the entire crop of bloom
or incipient fruit of the first one, two or even three
years (dependent upon the vigor of the tree) were re-
moved, and if subsequent crops were carefully and
thoroughly thinned, it is at least highly probable that
permanent health and longevity would prove nearly or
quite as general with dwarfs as with standards, thus
permitting the more extensive growth of the Pear in
greater variety in small or amateur plantations and in
limited grounds than is practicable with the use of
standards.
Lyon.
1690 Ladders used in New Jersey for picking Pears
I L„„S „i, 1..E N„,.T,.i,n., ,,.,!,. ,:~.- I Lv cuiiuie ol
Pears in the middle west follows ihi- general lines of
Pear growing in the Atlantic St:it.s, Imt tliere are some
radical points of differciK'c. The aillimilties of Pear
growing in the upper Mississii.jii Vallev are many and
grievous. Above the fortieth parallel and west of the
Great Lakes, nearly all efforts have been failures. The
best successes have been on high, rather steep ridges
and bluffs near watercourses, with light colored clay
soils and northerly exposures. Pear trees are not planted
to the bottom or to the top, but in belts midway around
the slopes. Plums may be used lower down and cherries
above.
The ground should be already set in clover or blue
grass. Small circles are spaded out for the trees. These
are cultivated with the hoe and widened with the growth
of the tree. Small trees branched very low are best.
The trees may be cut back the second year to within a
few inches of the ground. Only a very moderate annual
growth is desirable.
Use no manure until the tree has borne several crops
of fruit, and then only with extreme care. Rich, black
soils, plenty of manure and clean culture are deadly to
Pear trees in this region.
The critical period is that of the first fruit crop. The
deadly enemy is blight, which is sure to appear then.
The successful Pear grower must not neglect his orchard
a single day during the season of blight, but watch for
the enemy and cut out and burn every blighted twig as
soon as seen. Sultry, damp weather in June is most
critical.
Such varieties as Wamer,Longworth. Vermont Beauty,
Koonce, Kieffer, etc., are said to succeed further north
and resist blight better than any others. Under slightly
more favorable conditions. Clairgeau, Howell, Seckel,
Tyson, Washington, Flemish Beauty, etc., may be used.
The hardiest and blight-resistant varieties may be
grown and when in bearing a branch or two grafted with
a more delicate sort with success. q^ l Watrous.
1250
PEAR
The Pear in California. — Visitors at the old Cali-
fornia missions during the early part of the century
noted the presence of seedling Pear trees in the mis-
sion gardens. Many of these trees survived the neglect
which came upon the mission properties after the secu-
larization, and were in thrifty growth and bearing at
the time of the American occupation. The first Pears
sold in San Francisco and in the mines in 1849-50 were
gathered from old mission trees, and some of these old
trees grafted over, gave the first California product of
the popular European and American varieties of half a
century ago. From this beginning the growth of Pears
increased until the commercial product of 1899 included
the following: 1684 carloads sent overland to eastern
and foreign markets (about the same as for the five
years preceding) ; 5,760,000 lbs. dried Pears shipped to
the same destination (a million pounds less than the
preceding year) ; 483,384 cases of canned Bartletts and
24,772 cases of other Pears canned, which was 140,000
cases more than the preceding year. There are about
one and one-half million Pear trees in California or-
chards.
It is a most interesting fact that a single variety fur-
nishes a very great part, perhaps even as much as
four-flfths, of the Pear products of the state, and that is
the Bartlett. Whatever it may lack in high quality is
more than compensated for by its commercial servicea-
riety grown in the Atlantic states and in the west of
Europe. This is not, however, the chief reason why the
Bartlett so largely preponderates in California. The
ruling condition is found in the fact that owing to the
marked differences in localities not widely distant and
yet differing in elevation, in exposure to coast influ-
ences and away from them, and other local causes, the
Bartlett has a very long ripening season, and valley,
coast and mountain Bartletts follow each other through
nearly three months and thus make succession of dif-
ferent varieties during this period unnecessary. There
is, however, at present a greater disposition than
hitherto to extend the season by growing other varie-
ties, but they are selected for resemblance to the Bart-
lett type. Clapp Favorite is sold as an "Early Bart-
lett," and a Winter Bartlett, an Oregon seedling, is now
being planted to carry the same style of a Pear as late
1691 Dwarf Pear trees 45 years old in the Yeomans orchard
as possible. Still some progress is being made in ex-
tending the California list of popular Pears and some
of local and of distant origin will probably achieve
prominence, especially in the shipments to distant
markets.
California Pears are grown on Pear-seedling roots-
very little recourse being had to rooted cuttings or to
dwarfing stocks. A dwarf Pear tree is almost a curi-
osity. The heavier loams and even clays are sometimes
planted with Pear trees, not because they are best for
PEAE
Pears but because other fruits do worse than they. To
fully plant the area intended for fruit, Pears will go on
the intrusions of heavy or too moist soils, while the
freer soil will be given to other fruits. Still the chief
product of Pears is from the best loams California
affords, and the profits from the tree warrant the use
of such land. Pear trees are regularly pruned to a low
vase form, but seldom opened in the center, the inte-
rior being used for bearing wood, and foliage enough
retained to partially shade the fruit. The fruit is
thinned to favor size and to relieve the tree from over-
bearing. Irrigation is employed in some parts of the state.
The varieties chiefly grown are the following: Bartlett,
Anjou, Clairgeau, Clapp, Comice, Dana Hovey, Easter,
Hardy, P. Barry (a California seedling), Seckel, and
Winter Nelis. E. J. Wickson.
The Kieffer Pear was grown from seed of the Chinese
Sand Pear, probably crossed with the Bartlett, by Peter
Kieffer, a horticulturist, who lived near Philadelphia.
He first exhibited the fruit at the Centennial Exhibition,
in 187B, in that city. See p. 1242. The planting of or-
chards of this valuable Pear began soon after this time
and has continued ever since, more largely in the past
2 or 3 years than ever before. The Kieffer being won-
derfully productive, the planting having gone on apace,
and none of the earlier planted orchards having ceased
to exist, the question may properly arise, with the great
probable increase in the production of the fruit, What
of the markets?
We in the East have been shipping Kieffer Pears by
car-loads, sometimes packed in barrels, at other times
loose or in bulk to be packed at destination, to cities in
the middle West, but those cities in the future will be
largely supplied with fruit grown near by. This Pear
has grown in favor with consumers, to an extent fully
equal to the increased production. It was observed
in the Philadelphia and New York retail markets
and fruit stands that during the months of October
and November, in 1898 and 1899, there were very
few Pears offered, except the Kieffer. It is excellent
for canning and preserving, and it is fortunate that
such is tlie case, so that a large part of future crops
may be used in this manner. The Kieffer will flourish
on almost any ordinary farm land, but sandy loam is
preferred with gravel or claj^ subsoil, and prefer plant-
ing, what would generally be considered close, 150 to
200 trees per acre, leaving a driveway of 22 to 24 feet
every 3 or 5 rows, on which to cart the fruit from the
orchard. By close planting the trees protect each other
from the winds to a great extent. Two-year trees are
1 est for planting; let them head low, 2 or 3 feet, cut
1 ack at planting and annually for several years one-
half of preceding year's growth, and keep top thinned
S3 it will not be too dense. In this way one will have a
sturdy tree that will carry two or more barrels of fruit
m such shape that the orchard can be cultivated until
the Pears are of marketable size. In the season of 1899
a yield of over 10,000 barrels of Kieffers was had from 80
acres of land, and now, on August 30, 1900, there is a
prospect of a similar yield. An 8-foot Clark cutaway,
drawn by 4 mules, is still running in the orchard. In
our first orchard planting of the Kieffer we were not
advised of the importance of pollination, and planted
Urge blocks without mixing in other sorts; the results
were very little fruit, except on trees near to or adjoin-
ing orchards of other varieties; there Kieffer trees pro-
duced uniformly good crops. It was a heavy loss to
have an orchard in this shape for several years; the
remedy seemed to be, and was, to top-graft some of the
Kieffer, and also to replant to other sorts blossoming at
the same time. A mixture of not less than one-tenth of
I le Coute or Garber answered the purpose. One to 3
per cent of the orchard trees die annually from a sort
of body blight; the spaces are reset with other trees,
which bear fruit in a few years. In picking the fruit
we use ladders hung on wheels (old carriage wheels),
which are readily handled and safe. Ladders 12 to 24 or
even 30 feet can be used, but with one of 18 feet, properly
hung, a man can pick Pears from the top limbs 20
feet high and the ladder need not touch the tree. Fig.
1690. The orchard can be gone over quickly and the high
Pears picked first, these being most likely to be blown
off and to be bruised in falling. We use, in handling
TEAR
our fruit from the orchard, baskets holding % bushel, and
cart into packing house on low wagons, the platform of
which is made of 2-ineh hemlock plank 18 feet long and
hung as low as will permit a 2-foot front wheel to turn
under; being low it is very convenient to load from the
ground. A man can readily load 70 to 80 baskets with-
out getting on the wagon, and the packing house floor
is about the same height as the low wagon for conven-
ience of unloading and reloading on other wagons for
carting to markets. John S. Collins.
PEAR
1251
DwAKF Peaks. — Dwarf Pear trees are produced by
budding the Pear-wood upon the BVench quince. The
point of union should be so low that, when the young
trees are transplanted into the orchard, this point will
be 3 or 4 inches below the surface of the ground. The
quince, being naturally of a slower growth than the
Pear, will, by the moi.s'ture of the ground and its protec-
tion from the drying effects of the atmosphere, be kept
more nearly equal to the size of the Pear. As the tree
becomes older the Pear will throw out Pear roots at the
union, which will give increased vigor and strength to
the tree in its years of maturity when producing heavy
crops of fruit.
The soil best adapted to dwarf Pears is a rich loam,
with a subsoil which requires thorough underdraining—
a tile drain within 5 feet of every tree in the orchard
would be thorough draining. The soil should be good
strong corn or potato ground, and kept in such condi-
tion of fertility from year to year, for which purpose
good well composted, barn>iid ramure his no et^u il
butmay be supplemented b\ other fertilizeis — as grouii 1
bone and potash Small crops as beans and potatc i s
may be grown between the trees the first few \eiis ttttr
plantmg but ne\er should thev be allowed in the le ist
to interfere with thorough tillage, or to rob the trees of
proper and desirable nourishment The growth of the
tree is of far greater \alue than an^ firm crops which
can be grown betwirn the tires The s il shi ulil 1
thoroughly cultiv it 1 it I i t i \ i\ 10 i ] In Imii _
the growing seasini Till il nt \n_ti i I i "-^ i i ml i I
It should cease in tun tl it il « I m \ lulh ii| i
Suitible cultnati n m h i IK I i\ ii with ii\ , |
on the ground, f \ | t ] il h w hi n suflicient sp-iee
left without n
The trees shou
Tini.«s 20 f,
irf P(
« s 15 feet each v
« ith one tree m
become older
t 1 frequent cult
nl 1 a dwarf Pear
>■ clover for the i
ng, which
falling of
the least
may be done at any cMin .ni.nt tiin.
the foliage and lirfi>rc tli.- ImhN he
swollen in the spring; '"it ivliirr th.' (-..Id is severe it is
better not to prune till about the first to middle of
March. This pruning should begin with the first year,
and be continued annually during the life of the tree,
cutting back all of the new growth to within 4 to 8 buds,
and thinning out all surplus branches which will not be
wanted for limbs to the tree, so that at maturity the
tree shall be open-headed, with opportunity for plenty
of air and sunshine all through the tree, without which
superior quality of fruit cannot be grown. The lower
limbs should be within 20 to 24 inches of the ground.
Trees when 20 to 50 years old should not be more than
12 to 14 feet high, and the diameter of the branches
about 12 to 16 feet. See Fig. 1691. It is a very errone-
ous impression that a dwarf Pear orchard under proper
conditions is short lived. There are in the United
States orchards in vigorous condition, and now produc-
ing annual crops, that are from thirty to flftv years
old.
Some of the advantages of dwarf over standard Pears
are: more trees can be planted to the acre, they com-
mence bearing much younger, the fruit is not so liable
to be blown ott by early winds before maturity, it is
much more quickly and easily gathered than from high
trees, the fruit is larger and of better quality than that
on standards. All varieties do not succeed equally well
as dwarfs, because they do not all form an equally per-
fect union with the quince. Duchess is the leading and
most profitable variety now grown as dwarf, although
many others succeed well. l. t. Yeomans.
Pears for Export. — Pears have not been grown for
the export trade to any large extent, but there is no good
reason for it. As France supplies the English market
with the finest Pears that are grown, the American
shipper needs to study the varieties, season, and extent
of the French supplies to avoid a difficult competition
which liiis t.. :«■ iiift ill seasons of full production. When
the I'lar fv\> li:is l»-i-n light on the continent, as often
occiir-i wr Ikivi- surci'ssfully exported the Louise Bonne,
Anjoii, H..S,-. ami Winter Nelis. Later varieties, as the
Easter and Josephine de Malines, with their very fine
quality, would meet with ready sale in foreign markets.
As size and quality are important factors with Eng-
lish buyers. Pears for export should be grown upon
dwarf trees, that close pruning may be done, the fruit
judiciously thinned, and the much higher culture given
that the dwarf tree requires.
The fruit should be gathered when it has reached its
most perfect development, but not allowed to come to
its full maturity, or approximate ripening. This is the
right condition of fruit when it is to be shipped without
refrigeration. With refrigeration, a little fuller maturity
may be allowed. Each specimen should be wrapped in
paper. A layer of excelsior should be placed on the bot-
tom of the box, which is marked to be opened; over this
place a sheet of paper. Pack the Pears in single layers.
i^.4-'^^^l,M^
r
covering each with paper and excelsior until the box is
filled, nailing cover securely under considerable pres-
sure. Boxes should hold 36 large Pears, and 00 of me-
dium size. Fig. 1692. This is a refinement of even the
best packing for the common domestic trade. Fig.
1693. The risk in exporting is in the lack of proper
facilities on steamers that are not fitted with refrigera-
tion. The fruit often becomes overheated and decays
m IK
condition, the prices reeei\ed are usually 40 per cent
greater than those of the home market. The best re-
sults are obtained when the Pears are packed and
shipped direct from the on-liard.
With fruit of superior (|iKility, b.-ttcr steamer facili-
ties, and more careful lianaiinu', :i l,iri.'e quantity of
American Pears can be i.x|".rt..il, f..r foreign markets
are steadily demanding and lereiving increased sup-
plies. Geokge T. Powell.
PEAK. Alligator P., Persea gratissim
Persea (/riitissima. Balsam P., .Womorrficn C
Garlic P., C'riit<rv<i (lyimnilra. Prickly P., Op,
Avocado P. ,
PEAEL BUSH, Ka
Pearl Weed i
below. Near the top the Peat i
and porous : lower down it tends to be bla
and without indication of its votrftahlp
varies from 1 or '_' p'-r c, nt in n.wly for
20, or even 30 p.-i ni ni tli- ol,l. r I', n
monly used for fu-i t^y iho Iri-ii |ii;t-.i
never in Araer
more for its porous
nher-
and for
PECAN
irntain but a small percentage of organic or vegetable
m itti 1 P( at n the jtlier h m I is spoken of as an
I lit I I I 11 geU of vegetable
I i ] It IS formed either
I I 1 t I I limatic conditions.
II t \ I I li I 1 t M t I I r the influence of
w Iter IS trund in shiii^s ir tht plates from which
water cannot pass a\sd> readil) Aquatic plants and
mosses flourish, and at the end of the growing season
they die down; vegetation is renewed the following
season, and so on until the layers of decaying vegeta-
tion rise above the surface of the water, when fenis and
plants of a more ligneous character generally establish
themselves and give firmness to the surface.
That which is dominated by climatic conditions, as
on the silicious sands of some parts of England, and on
the heathy sands in the north of Germany, is composed
principally of the roots of heaths, mosses, and other
ci-vi.to^Mn'is whirl, <;r,-w among the heaths. It forms a
str:'l:iiM of .,■,),:, I liii^'lit h, M,ok™ of a. a Tory fil^rons
FEAT is a kind of soil formed by the partial decay of
plants in the swamps of the temperate zone. It is a
standard potting material in greenhouse work for cer-
tain classes of plants, as ferns, orchids, heaths, rhodo-
dendrons and other ericaceous plants, woody plants from
Australia and the Cape of Good Hope, and many other
choice and diflicult subjects. American gardeners com-
plain that they are handicapped in growing such plants
because American Peat is poorer than European, the
lack of fiber being chiefly deplored.
The Peat bogs of England are often 5 or 6 feet deep, and
some of the Irish ones are said to be as deep as 40 feet.
They have been forming ever since the glacial period,
but are now on the decline, owing largely to natural
causes. Peat bogs represent the decay of many kinds
of aquatic and marsh plants, but chiefly sphagnum
(which see). This moss grows upward and decays
■ .. ^ . ■ ^,^0^^^ fibrous, light
rk, heavy, dense
irigin. The ash
lowh forniod Peat to 10,
old, r 1'. ;ii. Peat is com-
-h |ii a- iiitiy, but almost
•-holding properties than
for its plant-food. If dried, it may be used as
sorbent for liquid manure, "not so much for it.s
ent value," says Roberts ( in his " Fertility of th- '
"as for conserving the nitrogen in the manurt
improving the condition of the stables."
The transformation of Peat bogs into arable land is
rarely a pressing problem in America. It is usually too
costly for a new country. The notion, however, is ver>'
common that Peat lands are extraordinarily rich in
plant-food. Nevertheless, according to Roberts, swamp
muck and Peat are not richer in plant-food than the /
good soils, with the exception of the nitrogen in the— | —
Peat, which, without doubt, is far less available than it | ,,^,
is in good soils. (American Peat contains about .07 per
cent nitrogen, .21 per cent phosphoric acid, and .13 per
cent potash. ) Peat lands differ from good, arable soil
in being cold, sour, and too wet. To reclaim them one
must drain off the superfluous water and apply lime
freely to destroy the harmful organic acids. Sometimes
sand or clay may be added to improve the texture.
Tillage opens the 'soil to air, warms it, makes it uncon-
genial for nitrites, and congenial for nitrates. It takes
time to reclaim Peat lands. Thoroughly decayed Peat
is muck. W. M.
Peat is chiefly composed of vegetable matter in what
might be termed a state of suspended or partial decay.
The soil which covers the greater portion of the earth's
surface has been made by the disintegration of rocks
and stones, through the agency of frost, water, and the
atmosphere, and is composed mostly of sand and clay,
these differing in proportions according to locality.
Such soils are spoken of as inorganic soils, since they
broken ii
readily m
the ideal niuturial in which
other genera of the family
the hot summers of th
cannot be grown to tl
England. !■• :ii ■.. iii' I
■ fern-root, bog Peat, and
for orchids." The fiber is
is the ideal material for
, and
thi!
in not ha
cas, epacris, ai
though owing to
y these last-named plants
lu- iierfection which they attain in
I I- f und in swamps is abundant
- from the European product
I \ liber. Though not of much
:i I MM^. etc., it is useful in potting
nni; iieds for planting rhododen-
other larger-growing plants of the
useful in mixing soils for vases
in exposed positions outdoors dur-
Peat in orchid cultuiv. oi.v. Amrriran L'ar.l.n.'r> n-,
kalmia-root and fcrTi-i-o.,t, .-|iorially tlio lattor. wliic-l
mav generally be foun.l in c|iiantity ui...u tlii- vmfa.o o
the' Peat which has risen above the water. When choic
can be had the roots of the more slender-growing fern
are preferable to the larger and stronger -gro
species, since the roots are correspondingly finer.
Edw.\kd J. Canni>
ng
PEA-TREE.
also Sesbi.
PECAN (fficdria Pectin, Britt. C&rya olivaformis,
Nutt.). Of the 10 or more species of hickory, the Pe-
can is the most important from the horticultural stand-
point. Possessing, as it does, the desirable qualities of
rapid growth, reasonable precocity and productiveness,
and producing a nut with thin shell, good cracking
quality, full kernel and delicate flavor, it may well rank
first among our native nuts in value and cultural im-
portance. Its probable cultural value has long been
recognized, but only within the last twenty-five or
thirty years has there been systematic planting of the
trees in orchard form with a view to deriving profit
from the sale of the crops of nuts. By far the larger
part of the commercial product of Pecans is still ob-
tained from the wild trees of Texas, Louisiana and Mis-
sissippi.
The species is indigenous on lowlands and river bot-
toms thronu'liniit most of the valley of the Mississippi
ami its jar'.-.r triliutaries. It is found as far north as
l)av.n|ioit. Iowa, in the main valley, Covington, Ky., in
that ,.f ih. ( ihi... and Terre Haute, Ind., in that of the
PECAN
1253
Wabash. It is also abuiulai
central Texas, exteiidiiii; sn
nowhere reaching the ininnci
area of natural distiiliiiii.ni.
able portions of Olii". Imliai
Kansas, Oklahoma, liulian
tucky, Tennessee, Alabaniu,
Texas. Commercial plantai
have been made in most of t
this area in North and South
iguout eastern and
d into Mexico, but
St of the Gulf . The
re, covers consider-
ois, Iowa. Missouri,
■ I I, Lunisiana and
.-. :.ii.l outside of
. il.Mirgia, Florida,
X.w .M. \i.-,., I alit'ornia and Oregon. Small experimen-
tal I'l.iniin-- ) I ;ive been made in most of the middle and
ii.irili.rii -Ian ~. The cultural era of the Pecan may,
th.r, for.-, I iisidered as now fairly entered upon.
L'nder favorable conditions of soil within its natural
range, the tree attains majestic, dome-like proportions,
reaching a trunk diameter of 4 to 6 ft., with a height of
100 to 175 ft. and a spread of top of GO to 70 ft. Some
of the largest trees niMinlcil are found in Illinois and
Indii
the
the
•al MNtribution. This ten-
lUKi.r favorable conditions
^tiolls regarding the proper
distance for planting in orchard form to insure the
health, vigor and productiveness of the trees as they
approach maturity. It has also given rise to much
speculation as to the possibility of dwarfing the tree by
propagating upon other species and thus, by reducing
the size of top and trunk to render the tree more tract
able and if po sible increase its pioportional prtductive
nes Little ciroful an 1 s-( tematic work ha been dene
on thi lirr 1 i m t f th i Hnte 1 orchards
II I
war \ m the ca e )f tht 1 1 rid i range the fa% r
which it met with from the soldieis of the Union arnn
doubtless did much to spread it reputation in northern
cities and to pave the wa-\ for a fuorable rccepti n
when first shipped in large qumtitie during the \
nod of 1870 to 1880 Since then the intiea e in deni 1
has been rapid and stead\ and foi minj >edr tl
large thin shelled varieties have retiilert at hi!;,her
prices than are obtained for an^ othei American grow n
nut Choice Pecans of large size rarel) retail in north
em cities at less than 40 cents per pound and fre
quently ri e to /o cents for a fancv article
Accurate statistical data on the tf tal jield and value
of the crop are lacking but the -s leld often runs into
the millions of pounds per annum single farms in
Texas having handled upwards of oOO 000 lbs in a sea
son. A large and growing demand for Pecan meats has
developed among confectioners, one New York dealer
having prepared and marketed 100,000 lbs. of these in a
year.
From the favor with which exhib
American si-crioii at tlio Paris Exr
f this nut in the
ion of 19a0 were
-^iilirable export
I oU!.umption.
I'ruin its wide
area of natural distribution, covering, as it does, more
than fifteen degrees of latitude, the species may be ex-
pected to thrive in most of the regions adapted to the
culture of the common tree fruits of tlie north temper-
ate zone. Trees fn.ni diffirint latitii.l.s arc found to
vary greatly in hardinr.ss, as w-ouhi !"■ i\iircto<l. Sn-d-
lings from the lower .■Mississippi vallry Mirniiril. p. tlie
winters of Massachust-Tts ami MiotiiLraii. wiim tn-cs
grown from Indiana, Illinois and Iowa seed survive un-
injured. On account of lack of productiveness aud the
small size of nuts in the North, the area of probable
profitable planting east of the Rocky mountains is not
likely to extend north of the Potomac and Ohio rivers.
In portions of California and Oregon the trees are re-
ported to make a strong and thrifty growth, but there
is general complaint tliere of Lack of productiveness.
Within the area in which the species succeeds, most of
the profitable trees at this time are on moist and rela-
tively fertile soil.
The moist, clayey and sandy loams of river bottoms
subject to occasional overflow, are peculiarly adapted to
this tree. It thrives on fertile uplands that are sufti-
ciently moist and rich, and even on light, sandy soils
when will f.rtiliz.d, but the cost of the fertilizing
necessary on lii^iit soils is probably too great to leave a
possible piolii in tlie culture of the Pecan. In Texas,
certain soils underlaid with hard-pan are reported to
have been fitted for planting by exploding a charge of
dynamite in the hole where the tree is to be planted,
thus loosening the soil, affording drainage and prepar-
ing it for easy penetration by the roots.
Propagating. — 'Durmg the earlier years of Pecan or-
charding none but seedling trees were planted. Many
^
fe
'^R
K*A
-»'^wi
fc^'
'' 1
P"
■ ' '^
''
k
M
i^--
f
V
^
m^^--^^- ,:.-
m
1694. Top-grafted Pecan.
bat the
orts to
rafting
of the planters believed (as sonio -till .-.
seedlings would come true to t\|n am
perpetuate valuable varieties by hinhl
were unnecessary. As larger numbers ui trees oi
known parentage have come into bearing it has become
evident that the variation among seedlings of this spe-
cies is very great and that a large proportion of the
seedlings of choice varieties fail to equal the parent in
vigor and proilu.tiviurss ,,f tree or size and quality of
fruit. Fig. lil'.i.'. sl,,,«s an instance of such variation,
the thirteen forms illn-irat.,1 having been produced by
thirteen dift'eiant sirdhni: ini-s grown from one crop of
nuts from a single isolated tree, by B. M. Young, Mor-
gan City, La. Mr. Young states further that other
seedlings from the same tree showed even greater varia-
tion, and that with few exceptions the nuts of the seed-
lings were smaller than thi^sp of the parent tree. These
varv as -rrnllx 111 pn.ilmlii . Ill -- a,- in s i ,.. , ,f nut, the
productive has for two years borne upwards of one
hundred and fifty pounds of nuts.
The early attempts to propagate the Pecan by the
methods of budding and grafting practiced on the more
1254
PECAN
common orchard trees were rarely successful, and the
opinion became prevalent that this species could not be
budded or grafted. Various devices for propagating
by layers, by upturned roots and root-cuttings were
suggested and tested at different times, but none of
these proved of permanent value.
The first really successful work in graft-propagation
seems to have been by crown-grafting on fecan stocks.
This is most commonly practiced in early spring on
stocks in place, having a crown diameter of from 1 inch
to 2 or 3 inches. The stock should be cut off smoothly
at the crown and grafted either by splice, or side-cleft
graft, according to size of stock. Cions with terminal
buds are preferable, and they should in all cases be so cut
that but one scarf exposes the pith. In this method no
wax is used, but the grafted stump is carefully mounded
up with moist earth to the top bud of the cion, to
prevent drying out. In the humid and mild climate of
the Gulf states, this is probably the most promising
method for the inexperienced amateur. Bench-splice
root-grafting on 6-inch top sections of one-year-old seed-
lings has been fairly successful in some cases, but
grafts set on lower sections of root are not considered
worthy of planting out. Annular budding on the new
wood of second-year seedlings yields a considerable
proportion of success when favorable climatic condi-
tions prevail, but in unfavorable seasons, as of extreme
drought or heavy rainfall, it results in almost total fail-
ure even with expert operators.
Top-working of the Pecan is generally difficult, only
a small percentage of success usually being obtained
with any method. On young trees of Pecan, Water
Hickory (H. aquatica) or Mocker nut {ff. alba), not
exceeding one inch in diameter, occasional success by
splice-grafting is obtained in Florida. Diagonal side-
grafting on various hickory stocks is also occasionally
successful in Florida, but no orchards of commercial
importance have as' yet resulted from any of these
methods of propagation.
The most promising results in the top-working of
Pecan trees that have yet been obtained are probably
those of E. E. Bisien, San Saba, Texas, who finds annu-
lar budding in June or July of strong shoots of the
growth of the current season the best method. An
abundant crop of such shoots is secured by cutting
back the trees severely in March, using a cross-cut saw
if necessary, as is sometimes the case on large trees.
If the tree is old and the bark hard, the pushing of buds
is stimulated by hacking the bark of the stubbed trunk
PECAN
and branches with a hatchet. The budding is done
when the shoots attain the size of an ordinary lead pen-
cil. Budding done on dry days is found to yield much
the best results, especially if followed by several days
of dry weather. The clous must be thoroughly pro-
tected against drying out between removal from the
tree and budding, however; and the "tying in," for
which strips of old cotton cloth are used in preference
to stronger material, must be thoroughly done, to insure
success. When all conditions are favorable, thrifty
seedling trees are quickly transformed to choice varie-
ties in this way, and begin to bear good crops within
three or four years after the operation is performed.
Fig. 1694 shows such a tree during the fourth season
after budding. The tin guards about the trunks are
found necessary in that section to protect both young
nuts and tender shoots from destruction by squirrels
during the summer.
Distance, Methodof Planting, and Cultivation. -From
its large size it is clear that the Pecan should not be
crowded. Most of the orchards planted have been at
distances of 40 or 50 feet, but experience would indicate
that 60 feet is a safer distance. Where seedling trees
are depended upon it is probably advisable to plant
closer together on the start, with a view to cutting
out the trees bearing inferior nuts as soon as their true
character is discovered. As at least half of the seed-
lings of any given lot may be expected to yield nuts very
much inferior in size to the seed planted, it is probably
wise to plant about double the number that are desired
as permanent trees. The subsequent thinning out will
leave the trees irregularly placed, but until bud propa-
gation of the species, both in nursery and orchard, is
better understood and more successfully done than at
present this is probably the safest and most economi-
cal method for the orchard planter to adopt. In the
earlier days many planters advocated and practiced
planting the nuts where the trees were to remain in the
orchard, usually planting two or three in a place to in-
sure a "stand." The difficulty of protecting the young
trees from injury and the consequent uneven character
of the orchards have caused most of the later plantings
to be made from the nursery row at the age of one or
two years. If planted on strong and well-prepared soil
to insure a vigorous growth the first season after re-
moval to the orchard, one-year-old trees are probably
preferable. The tap-root of the one-year-old Pecan tree
is usually two or three times as long as the top, and
more care in digging from the nursery rows is neces-
sary than with most trees. No harm will result from
a moderate shortening-in of the tap-root, however. In
fact, the tree is probably benefited by the more spread-
ing root system that results from this practice.
If the nuts are to be planted either in nursery row or
orchard they should, if of valuable varieties, be stratified
in sand during the winter and planted out as early in
spring as the ground can be worked. If of common
sorts or in regions where mice and squirrels do not
abound, they may safely be planted in well-drained soil
before winter sets in. Ordinary nursery cultivation will
usually suffice, but nothing necessary to insure a strong
and vigorous growth the first season should be left
undone. Digging from nursery row is most easily done
with a horse tree-ditri;ir, wlii.-'h cuts the roots at a suf-
ficient depth to avoir! iuiuriiiL.- ilic- trees.
The soil for orchard I'lanritiir should be thoroughly
prepared, and, if not naturally rich, should be well fer-
tilized with well-rotted stable manure or some fertilizer
rich in available nitrogen. Much depends upon securing
a strong growth of both root and top the first year after
transplanting. If proper care is taken to cultivato and
fertilize the trees they are probably iiol inj ! 1 \ . r,,|i-
ping with ordinary hoed crops for i'<H, ' ' ,i-.
especially if occasional leguminous ri'i ■ i — a
clover, cow pea or velvet bean, are I'l- ^ uo r
trees reach maturity in thrifty condition, .iiUii.iiu.u is
probably less important, though some of the juust pro-
ductive trees reported are in fields regularly planted
with cultivated crops.
JIarvesfing and Marketing . — The common method of
harvesting is to gather the nuts at intervals of a few
days as they fall, sometimes hastening the dropping by
beating the bunches lightly with bamboo or other light
PECAN
1255
rods. The nuts should not be left on the ground long
enough to become wet or discolored by storms, as both
appearance and quality are injured thereby. Most Pe-
cans of medium size, and below, are now polished by
to the pound, the retail price is rarely below 50 cents per
II). in the large cities, while for seed, such nuts, if of
well-authenticated varieties, usually bring from $1 to
$2.50 per lb.
Probably at least 95 per cent of the market supply is
still from wild trees and, as the crop varies greatly in
quantity from year to year, the wholesale price is sub-
ject to wide variation; 3 to 5 cents per lb. for ordinary
wild Pecans is about the average price paid by buye:
In recent full crop years, considerable
been held over m refrigerated storage,
have been realized in some instances i
Large quantities of the medium siz
special establishments in different citi
Antonii
•fits
York, and marketed in
cardboard cartons
in the form of meats
read} for the domestic or
commercial confectioner
Such meats usually re
tail at 50 to 60 cents per
lb and at a somewhat
lower price their con
sumption will undoubt
edlj be largely increased
Insect Enemie •! —
Among the movt trouble
enemies of the Pe
re certain leaf eat
aterplllar^ mtlud
fall wibworm
^1 u w
111 1 liubtlessbe
111 11 (
11 tn, m case
tin ,
t li uld appear
.mill, IS The
hi 1 l\
twi^ _ii<ller(On
i, In
.'/ lulalu-,, bay)
IS soni
some on Pecan The fe
male beetle deposits her
eggs in
twin's which she
ift. i» 1
1 1 .irdles to
U h ID
.M lit thitthey
friction in revolving barrels before being placed with
retail dealers. This process cleans and brightens the
's, and renders them more attractive in appearance
Unfortunately, it has the same effect on stale nuts as
on fresh ones, and makes possible the working off of
old stock for new. Dealers have been quick to take
advantage of this and frequently mix old polished nuts
with new at the beginning of the season. It is therefore
not advisable to polish or otherwise manipulate high
grade fresh Pecans at the present time. The demand
for large, thin-shelled nlits for seed has consumed so
large a proportion of the product up to the present time
that market prices on large nuts for table use are hard
to ftx. For fresh nuts, running approximately 50 or less
lilt I untea
hickory borer [Cyllene
pic/MS,Drury ) and allied
species, sometimes work
havoc by tunneling the
biura lajer and inner
bark but their attacks
are believed to be con
fined to old or feeble
trees The hickory
bark boiei (Siohitus, 4
works upon trees that have lost
!.h ad\ anced age or other cause The
t 1 these IS the prompt removal and
I 1 trees as soon as disco\ ered
t serious insect enem) to the com
« 1 is th 111 kor\ shuck worm
lull ill 1 1 \ 1 of whah pene
X I I iiremature drop
troublesome on
111 I 1 //- lacinwsa) and
HI I |i |i ii'l t destruction of
\ Inauiug has been discovered
1 —I nder the stmnUus of the high prices
utb o£ good reputation m . .
1256
PECAN
Pecan, mostly selected wildlings, have been dignified by the
application of names more or less appropriate, during the past
ten years. In most instances these have been published with
but brief and imperfect descriptions which do not serve to
identify the varieties. As but a small proportion of them have
ever been propagated by other means than by seed, the future
production of nuts under ttiese names m;iy be expected to show
suit in a confused
,-e been tluis dignified
with names it is very (loul
been offered by nurseries t
Of those that have been so
southern nurseries, the foil.
PEDICULARIS
Paragon (Fig. 1696. 0.— Introduced by Herbert Post, Fort
Worth, Texas. Long-obov.-itc. witti pyramidal apex, large, with
moderately thin shell. 'i,.!. in- \m II k. riiel plump, but with
rather deep convolution- ,;,:,i,. ^....d.
Russell (Fig. 1696,;/ '' .... Springs, Miss. Intro-
duced by Cbas. E. Pali^ " -; - Miss. Oval, pointed,
medium to large in size, \v n h \ . i \ i Inn -hell and plump, bright
kernel; cracking quality t'.\ceileiit ; llavor delicate, quality very
good. Tree productive.
San Saba (Fig. 1696. /i).— Origin, San Saba, Texas. Intro-
duced by E. E. Risien. San Saba, Texas. Nut cylindrical, small
to medium in si/r, with \»-ry tliin shell, fine cr.-icking quality,
very bright kmi, ! miil ,i. ]i.',-(t. ll;iv(-r Tlii- litrl, nut is of the
highest quaiiM : -' ,i, - -, , i ,, ., ,n,i i.ni i,,, n ,]] size would
be one of th
Sovereign I , ' '' _ - - I i- A seed-
M- :j'4 X j-i iiiciies in circumference,
■ syus.. Mammoth, Rome, Pride of
' (''invent. La., and disseminated un-
. I tT.. rent nurseries. Large, cylindrical,
I Tiii.l<iie and tapering at apex, which is
shell moderately thin; of good cracking
Ivor. Tree reported to be vigorous, but
md yielding nuts varying greatly in size
trodueeil t.v ' i ■ ' !'■■ C', I .'.
of the hiiL-.
alittlec'ir.-":n, l„.r.. ,„.,.,.■,■
cellent. Tree Ihiill.v and in
Jewell ( Fi'j. 1690, d).— lut i
Ocean Springs. Miss. Ver>'
usually rather angular; si
easily from kernel, which
nistricted and
ness, parting
well; quality
prings. Miss. Dissemi-
Pabst, Ocean Springs. Miss. Cylindrical,
moderately large; shell medium, p.arting well; kernel plump,
bright and of excellent quality. Tree vigoi ' >---.--
Stuart (Fig. 1696, j).— Origin. Pascagouli
by the late W. R. Stuart. O.ean Si.!-ini;s,
large to very Inr^rr- ^^.^l.'tc.i it
shell moder;iT. K t hm ,i .,,1. n
quality good I
Miss. Introduced
liss. Cylindrnjal,
ng 35 to the pound;
«'»od: kernel plump,
'1 by the late W. R.
i-' -I.I- -^ I' i .A'l 1 M.in southern
.i..i.ui,.-i H,..ui .-..ui.i.ii, li.u,..is. bothevl-
eii U. Pecan and H. laciniosa. Neither
nilar character give promise of immediate
I I til tailed descriptions of varieties and fuUerdiscus-
sicni of Pecan, see Eept. on Nut Culture, Div. of Pom.
U. S. Dept. of Agr., pp. 49-«4, PI. i, 8, 9, Fuller's Nut
Culturist, chapter on Hickory Nuts, pp. 147-2(12; Kept.
Mo. Bot. Garden 7, pp. 28-42, PI. 1-23. See Hicnria.
Wm. a. Taylor.
FEDICULABIS (Latin, loxtse; long supposed to breed
ice in sheep that fed on these plants). Scrophnhir-
idcece. Lousewobt. About 125 species of herbs, mostly
natives of the northern hemisphere.with terminal spikes
of yellow, reddish purple or white fls. The few kinds
cult, in hardy borders are chiefly esteemed for the
beauty of their fine-cut foliage. A good many species
have been tried, but they seem to be short-lived and
it is conjectured that their roots are more or less para-
sitic on other plants. A few are annuals or biennials,
but the great majority, including those described below,
are perennials. They are procurable from dealers in
native plants. P. Canadensis seems to be the only
.\merican species cult, in European gardens. A good
plant of it has 6-8 fls., each % in. long, in a spike 1% in.
long, which becomes 5-8 in. long in fruit.
Generic characters: Ivs. alternate m- \\h..il.<i. inf.ly
subopposite, 1-raany times pinnat(l\ i ly
merely dentate: calj-x anteriorly cnr, .'.-
toothed; corolla 2-lipped, the upper on, r _m:.:i vhIi
or without a long beak: staraens4,didynain(>iis; cajisule
ovate or lanceolate, oblique: seeds usually few.
A. Galea {upper lip of the corolla) with a lonq beak
(Vain. long).
ht I ft.: Ivs. undivided, mi-
ite: fls. white; beak circinate-
he lower lip. Colo, to Brit. Col.
rjt short beak or none.
. longer than the fls.
racembsa, Dougl,
prdcera,
pinnately
iowish aud
1697. Pedicularis procera (XK)
- !'■'.. Robust, IK^ ft. high: Ivs.
, ... i.-l.> in. long: fls. sordid yel-
i .ui.iu . Mts. of Colo, and NewMex.
BB. Bract.'i shorter than the fls.
c. Capsule ovate, scarcely longer than the calyr.
lanceol&ta, Michx. Swamp Loi-sewort. Glabrous or
nearly so. 1-3 ft. high: Ivs. alternate and opposite, pin-
nately lobed, upper ones sessile: fls. yellow. Aug. -Oct.
Swamps, Conn, to Manitoba; south, Ohio to Neb. B.B.
3:185.
cc. Capsule lanceolate, three times as long as the calyx.
Canadensis, Linn. Wood Betonv. The common
American Lousewort. usually more or less hairy: stems
PEDICULARIS
tufted. Ja-IJi ft. high:
Ivs. mostly alternate, pinnatelj-
parted, all but the uppermost peti-
oled: a.s. yellow or reddish, rarely
white. April^une. Dry woods and
thickets, Nova Scotia to Manitoba;
south, Fla. to N. Mex. B. B. 3:1SG.
B.M. 2506.
PEDlLANTHUS(s7ioe-ffoicer).£'H-
2>horbiAce(e. Mostly small succulent
shrubs, having the characters of Eu-
phorbia, except that the involucre
is irregular and enlarged into a short
spur on the upper side. About 15
species in tropical America. They
are easily grown with the fleshy Eu-
phorbias in sandy loam, well drained
al^d manured. Propagated by cut-
tingdried at the base, then inserted in
occasionally moistened sand.
titbymaloides, Poit. Bird Cactus.
Jew Bush. Stem 4-0 ft. high, green:
Ivs lanceolate 1-3 in long, dark
green involucres bright red pointed
declined ^—^i in lone; in terminal
PELARGONIUM
1257
cymes stun
serted W i
10 8S7 1
25U(k'»;/ '
]\ l""
st^lp 1
P maciojii Benth
whitish ■stems, and m
leaves from Calif is oc
ally cultivated
i::i\:
J B
=! Norton
PEEN-TO, or Flat
of the South IS Pmoik
See Peach a.ud P, u,ui
Peach
-f-
PEEPULTEEE Fniis lehg
PEIRfiSKlA See Pne-.k,,,
PELARGONIUM i t ,1 1,
the fruit 1 I n, ni I 1 n I i li
stork s bill \ < I I < (
NIU5I c t _ 11 i 11 I 1 I \1 s
The p. 1 ' '
may hn I
gomuiii > iiier-,ot'
cies and n i I il i, \ iiiable
confusing in a wild stdtt «ith plant
breeding in many plices and con
tinned through two centuries, and
with a Hree special literature, the
genus offers extepttonal advantages
and perplexities to the student Most
of the species are South African,
whence thev earl) cime into eulti
vation b\ the English and Dutch
P. citcuUiitiim the dominant parent
in the florist s Peliigoniuras was
known m England as early as 1690.
The two originals oC the race of zonal
or bedding Geraniums were intro-
duced into England in 1710 and 1714.
Early in that centurj', a half dozen
species were grown at Eltham, ii
den of James Sherard, and these were pictured in
1732 in Dillenius' account of that garden, "Hortus
Elthamensis," a sumptuously illustrated work in quarto.
Even at that time, JP. iii<ii<iiiiiiis had vnried markedlv
(see Fig. 1698). In his --iM.i, . ri:iiii;iniiii." 17:i:;,
Linn»us described the f- li Im Kn. \\
(about 25) under the gen n- i 1 7-7, I, 1 1' i n
ier founded the genus I'. iji-.iiMinn. ;im.i i raiisi,.n-,.,|
many of the Linnipan spe.i. s. I. ll,-i lU.r > \v..ik "(ii-ra
niologia,"aquarto, appeared in Paris in 17K7 to 1788, witli
44 full-page plates. Early in the nineteenth century, many
species were in cultivation in Europe, and experiments
in hybridizing and breeding became common. There
ie98.
the famous gar-
hmatu-./lore, cunaneo Pem.
quinans (and a variety of it) as figured by Dillenius in 173J.
One-half size of the original pl.ite
seems to have been something like a Geranium craze.
The .•xii.-iiiiitiits si-em to have been confined chiefly to
the ili-\-.|i>)iiiM III (.t the show or fancy Pelargoniums, as
gni nli'iu-r -iilijr, ts. The Geranium interest seems to
bav. ,uliiiiii:it.'.i in Robert Sweet's noble work on "Gera-
niiur.i. |inl.li-li..l in five volumes in London, 1820 to
ls:;n, 1 ..ni;iiiiin:,' 7(10 well - executed colored plates of
-1 riiii.ii r,,ii- ]ilants. At that time many distinct garden
IinI.ihIs «,r.- ill riiltivation. and to these Sweet gave
Luiiu iiutaniial names. His fifth volume is devoted
chiefly to garden forms of the show Pelargonium type,
to which the name P. domesticum is given in the follow-
ing sketch. The development of the zonal or bedding
Geraniums had begun in Sweet's time, and he includes
1258
PELARGONIUM
them in his pictures, but the larger part of their evolu-
tion is subsequent to his history. Various small works
on Pelargonium have appeared. De Jonghe's "Trait6
M^thodique de la Culture du Pelargonium," Brussels,
1844, contains good bibliographical and cultural data.
Most of the cultivated forms of Pel-
argonium can be grouped into four
general horticultural classes :
I. The zonal, horse-shoe, fish, orbed-
ding types, known to gardeners as
Geraniums. They comprise a mongrel
class, lately designated (Bailey, "Bot-
any," p. 314) as Pelargonium horto-
rum. This race seems to be derived
from P. zonule and P. inguinans.
These species were made by Linnteus
in 175,3, but he founded them on de-
scriptions in earlier works rather than
directly on the plants. In America,
the zonal Geraniums are very popu-
lar, for they develop their colors well
in the bright climate. They are popu-
lar in all countries, however. They
probably stand closer to the lives of
a great number of people than any
other ornamental plant. If a window
or a garden can have but one plant,
that plant is likely to be a Geranium.
The old race of large - flowered and
large-clustered Geraniums was known
as Nosegay Geraniums, because they
were bouquet-like, but this term is not
known in America. Another race has
been developed for its zone-marked
leaves. There is alsoarace of double-
flowered zonals, which have appeared
chiefly since 1860. The very full dou-
ble and close-clustered forms lose
much of the grace and charm of the
single types. Some of them are little
better, to a sensitive eye, than balls of
colored tow or wadding. In the devel-
opment of the individual flower of the
Geranium, there have been two ideals
—the English ideal for a circular flower
with the petals broadened and over-
lapping, and the continental ideal with
a somewhat 2-lipped flower and the
petals well separated. In the Gar-
deners' Chronicle in 1841, p. 644, the
proper form is set forth in an illustra-
tion, ami this is contrasted with the
"original form;" the picture is repro-
duced, somewhat smaller, in Fig. 1G99.
"The long, narrow, flimsy petals of the
old varieties, "the writing says, "moved
by every breath of wind, and separated
to their very base by broad, open
spaces, have been succeeded by the
beautiful compact flowers of the
present day, with
appeared under the name ot "gros
1699. Gardener's ideal, ^o''*'" ""^ ." 'arge-wood " race^ It is
and the oriEinal form, characterized as follows by Dauthe-
as depicted in 1841. ' nay: umbels ordinarily 4-5 in. in
PELARGONIUM
diam. : fls. very large ; petals roundish, or sometimes
triangular, the limb always very large and giving the
corolla a remarkably round contour: Ivs. very large,
thick and coriaceous, plane or incurved, more or less
indented, strongly nerved, their diam. averaging about
5 in.: pedicels large and short: pe-
duncles large, rigid, and projecting be-
yond the foliage: wood soft, fleshy,
very large, often 1% in. around. To
this type Dauthenay refers the Bruant
Geraniums, dating from 1882.
A special handbook is devoted to
these plants: Dauthenay, "Les G^ra-
■ Paris, 1897.
II. The ivy-leaved Geraniums, the
products of Pelargonium peltatum.
Fig. 1702. The species is said to have
been introduced into England in 1701.
It is a weak and straggling plant, used
mostly in vases, hanging baskets, and
other places in which an overhanging
subject is desired. The foliage is thick
and shiny, slightly peltate and promi-
nently angle-lobed, and the pink or
reddish '2-lipped flowers are always
admired. Much-improved and double
forms are now in commerce, and the
plant is probably more popular than at
any time in its history.
III. The show or fancy type is
known to gardeners as Pelargonium,
and in this country also as Lady Wash-
ington Geraniums. Fig. 1705. These
plants are very popular in Europe,
being grown in numerous varieties.
They are prominent at the exhibitions.
Because of the hot, trying summer
climate, these plants are of very sec-
ondary importance in America, al-
though there are many gardeners who
succeed well with them. This race
of Pelargoniums seems to have de-
scended chiefly from P. cncullatum,
although P. angulosum may be nearly
equally concerned in it. P. grandi-
floriim is also thought to have been a
formative parent. It is probable that
two or three other species are con-
cerned in the evolution. In fact, the
late Shirley Hibbard once wrote (G.C.,
July 3. 1880) that "it must be evident
to every cultivator of these flowers
that the blood of a score or so of spe-
lips is mingled in them." This marked
LMrden race, which represents no sin-
L'le wild species, is designated below
ii". P. domesticum.
IV. Various scented-leaved Gera-
niums, known mostly as Rose Gera-
niums. These are of several species,
with their hybrids and derivatives. The
common Rose Geraniums are nearest
P. .,rin;i,le)is and P. Badula. TheNut-
mi-i; (i(r;inium is P. odoraiissimum.
Asiib- from the above groups there
are scvtral species which appear spo-
ra<lii-allv in the trade, as P. tomento-
siiin. P. lehinutum, P. trisle, P. qiiin-
quvrnlm mm, P. fulgidum and P.
ijiiirfifiiliinn or the derivatives of
enrh. Tlif ..fb.-r '^]u;-\,-< mentioned in
the f"ll..\viiiL' :i.-...ii:i; .iini Tint men-
tion,-I ;ili.n c . , . . ■ - All by the
writi-r ici li. II : . I . I ii irade. but
>st as ,.:,ni.i. ..I --!.,. II l-riiisor for
"11-. M;,iiv ..( th,. ini,- species of Pel-
\ -ati-fii'ii'iy iilaiits. and they deserve
11. I''\v -i.iif cilli-ctions of Pelargo-
1 \ariiTj.s iiavi- tieen made in this
1 1- .Icibn Saul. Washington, once had a
■tinn. Robert Sandiford. Mansfield,
iiiiiit grower of the zonal and ivy-
1 the Cottage Gardens, Queens, N. Y.,
'he upper two show the 2-lipped
al. Uppermost is Mrs. E. G. Hill ;
Idle one, Mactdatum i lowest, Wistre.
PELARGONIUM
and E. G. Hill & Co., Richmond, In.l. John H. Sie-
vers, San Francisco, has a lar^e collection of the
Lady Washington class. The Horticultural Deiiartment
of Cornell University has
had about 1,000 varieties
and species, representing
all groups.
Bentham and Hooker
estimate that the genus
Pelargonium contains
about 170 species. Nearly
all of them are from South
Africa. All the species
mentioned in this article
are from that region.
Harvey, in Vol. I of Har-
vey & Sonder's Flora
Capensis (1859-60), ad-
mits 163 species; and his
descriptions are followed
closely in the characterizations of
species given below. Pelargo
nium is distinguished from the
genus Geranium by technical char
acters. In most cases, the flow
ers of Geranium are regular, but
those of Pelargonium are irregular, the
two upper petals differing from the
others in size and shape and often in
coloring. The most constant dififer-
euce between the two genera is the
presence in Pelargonium of a nectar
tube, extending from the base of one
of the sepals and adherent to the side
of the calyx tube or pedicel. This tube
is not seen by the casual observer,
but it can be discovered by making a
longitudinal section of the flower and
pedicel. In Pelargonium the calyx is
Sparted ; petals 5, mostly obovate or
spatulate, in 2 sets or series comprising
upper and 3 lower ; stamens really 10, but
3 or more of them merely sterile filaments
L. H B
Culture of Zonal Geraniums. — While
the general florist may consider Geianium
culture the easiest of all gardening, the
fact remains that it is as necessary to ob
serve the requirements of the Geranium
as it is to observe the requirements of an\
other plant, in order to succeed and pio
duce the best effects attainable. Whik
it is true that the Geranium will grow and
make a good showing with coraparativel}
little care, there is as much difference between
a skilfully grown Geranium plant and one care
lessly grown as there is between a fancy and
a common rose or carnation.
In order to secure the best results it is nec-
essary to propagate from perfectly healthy
stock. The dangers of over-propagation are as
great with the Geranium as with most other
plants. In order to keep the majority of the
varieties in good health it is necessary to plant
the stock intended for propagation in the field
and to propagate either from the field-grown
wood in August or early September, or to lift
the plants in the month of September and plant
them on benches in the greenhouse, where
they will become established and will main-
tain a vigorous constitution throughout the
winter season. The propagation from field-
grown wood is far less successful than from
wood grown inside, and when the field-grown
cuttings are placed in sand, a large percentage
of them is likely to damp off, especially if
there has been a comparatively abundant rain-
fall during the month of July. The best method 1701. Leaves
that the writer has found for striking the field- niums
grown cuttings is to put them in 2-inch pots,
using a light, sandy soil free from all manure and chem- s
icals, and to place the pots in the full sunlight either in
a coolhouse or a frame. These cuttings must be kept on
PELARGONIUM
1259
the dry side until the calluses have been well formed,
although they should not be allowed to shrivel at any
time. If the cuttings show signs of shriveling, a light
syringing is preferable to a heavy watering. After the
have started to grow, the treatment of the plants
is the same as if the cuttings had been rooted in the
sand and repotted. The writer considers wood grown
inside superior to field-grown wood, as the cuttings are
much shorter - jointed ; most of them can be taken
from the plant with a heel and 95-100 per cent of them
will root in sand in the ordinary cutliug-benoh.
A good temperature for the Geranium propagating
house is 56-60°, with a bottom heat of 05-68°. While
the cuttings are in the sand and before they are rooted,
be taken about keeping them too moist
for fear of "damping off," or what Geranium
growers know as " black rot." As soon as the
Geranium cutting is thoroughly callused and be-
gins to emit roots it should be potted up at once.
The best soil for Geraniums, according to the
writer's experience, is a firm, pliable clay loam;
this is best if used absolutely without any ma-
nure, especially fresh manure. After potting the
cuttings they slii)iil<l bt- lightly watered and
shaded for a day ni- sn if the sun is extremely
I the roots lalir In. 1.1 and the foliage fills
up and the stilus begin to look plump.
The Geranium should not be grown at
any time in its young state in a soil
that is too rich, and care must also be
taken that the plants are not kept too
The Geranium is subject to few dis-
eases, and .so far as the writer has
been able to observe these diseases are
brought on by improper treatment, such
as having too much fresh rank manure
in the soil or keeping the plants too
wet. Too much strong plant-food in the
soil combined with too much
moisture produces a spotted con-
dition of the leaves ordinarily
called "spot." It usually appears
in the hottest weather or imme-
diately after extreme heat accom-
panied by copious showers or
rains.
Excellent specimen Geranium
plants may be grown in pots,
especially of some of the newer
French and English round-flow-
ered varieties. In order to pro-
duce the best results, select
young, vigorous plants that have
been propagated either in the
latter part of August or
the fore part of Septem-
ber, and that have shown
a disposition to take hold
immediately, both in root-
ing and in starting to
grow after being potted.
The soil should not he too
iich, and it is best to start
with the plant in a rather
small pot, say 2H in., and
proceed onward with light
shifts, -that is, shifting
the plant from a 2K-in.
to a 3K-in. pot, and so on,
letting the sizes increase
an inch at each shift un-
til a 7-, 8- or 9-in. pot is
reached, which will usu-
ally be large enough to
flower the finest speci-
mens. Whenever potting
the Geranium, be sure to
pot firmly, as a firm soil
produces a short-jointed,
stocky growth, and far more bloom than a loose or over-
rich soil. When the plants reach a 5- or 6-in. pot they
may be regularly fed with manure water. The most
ri
12G0
PELARGONIUM
critical time for these specimen Geranium plants will be
during the months of July, August and September;
during these periods exposure to intense sunshine should
be avoided. Too much water and a close temperature
are always detrimental to the
Geranium. Syringing the foli-
age frequently in order to
keep down tlie temperature
is also detrimental. If these
plants are kept under glass,
a light shading or stripping upon the glass is bene-
ficial. Probably the best position for such plants dur-
ing these three extreme months is on the north side
of a row of trees, some distance awav from the trees,
where the plants will liav.- tin- li.iicfit of the subdued
shading of the foliasv. If l..|.t iin.i.r glass and shaded,
abundant ventilation -.ImhiM ah\a\s be provided. As
the winter approaclics, a ni^-lii I. inperature of 60° and
day temperature of 7U '-7.j\ wUli plenty of ventilation
during the daytime, especially in bright weather, seems
to best suit the plants. Syringing ruins the flowers,
and too much moisture either in the pot or upon the
foliage causes the spotting of the foliage known as
"dropsy." In planting the Geranium in the field or in
beds always avoid an over-rich soil. The soil should be in
good condition and fertile, but must not be loaded with
either chrniical or aniTiial fertilizer. Too much water
j'" ■ ' I foliage to appear.
Aii.MiMi .,,-■ — . ,. iiMM I- - nines serious, espe-
ciallv Hi iMi.ii.. l.\ )i..i >,,i.„,i.., accompanied with a
superabundance of moisture, is "stem rot." This fre-
quently attacks imported stock. Just what produces
this disease the writer is unable to say, but it is most
serious during intensely hot seasons; the entire plant
turns black and fades and withers away. The stem rot
occurs in varieties that have been very heavily propa-
The insects that affect the Geranium are also compar-
atively few. The red spider is sometimes a serious
pest during the summer and is difficult to get rid of
when it is once well established. The only method that
the undersigned has found efficacious is to syringe the
plants with an extremely fine spray, and also to pick off
the leaves that are seriously affected and bum them.
The greenfly is also troublesome at times, but is eas-
ily managed with the ordinary fumigation of tobacco.
There is a small caterpillar that eats the foliage and
sometimes proves a serious pest. If one can induce a
few ground sparrows or any of the warblers, or even
English sparrows, to make their home in the green-
house, they will put a speedy end to these caterpillars.
Another remedy is to go over the plants carefully and
pick the catei-piilars off and destroy them. This is tedi-
ous, as it must be done frequently.
In the way of bedding Geraniums, as a rule the Bru-
ant section produces the best results, but there are a
number of English and French varieties that do espe-
cially well in our hot climate. The greatest difficulty
that we have in successful Geranium culture in America
PELARGONIUM
is the intense heat of the .summer months, chiefly July
and August. The writer has found that the following
varieties grow especially well in the field as well as in
beds on lawns. In the Bruant section: Mme. Landry,
Beauts Poitevine, Mme. Charotte, Mme. Chas. Moliii,
and C. W. Ward, all of varying shades of salmon-pink;
Jean Viaud, pure clear pink; Mme. Jaulin, peach-pink;
John Doyle, A. Riccard and General Grant, scarlet;
Thos. Meehan, magenta-pink ; Count de
Castellane. a deep crimson-scarlet. Among
the French varieties: Mme. Barney, Mme.
IMiilip La Brie and Francis Perkins, pure
y^ pink; Rene Bazin, bright rosy salmon;
y tMTlrude Pearson and Grandville, pure
liink; Marvel, S. A. Nutt, Richelieu, Cha-
teaubriand and De La Vigne, brilliant crimson-.scarlet;
Pasteur and John P. Cleary, bright orange - scarlet;
Eulalieand Mme. Buchner, snow white; CiBsar and Duke
de Montmart, brilliant aniline-purple.
h larger list of varieties suiialilc f..r pot culture
may be mentioned, for when ^'rowin- in i-.i- a larger
collection is desirable. Among tin r.iuani- nia\ I. e men-
tioned: Mme. Charotte. Jean Xiini, Mm., I.andry,
Mme. Jaulin. ^Mm- '■(,:,.. M,,!,,. , ,,:,i ,i, i .,.i,.llane.
Beauts Poiti-viTii M..., ,i, - | ;,,,,., \ • :ni.n-. . an.l Thos.
Meehan. In th. I ,. ,| ., , i,,,,,: Hall
Caine, dan .Ma. . \\ I iumI, I'carson,
Mrs. Chas. l'ra,-..n, loH.na M..]., laili.in DntT, Mary
Beton, Dorotliy Hurnai^ii-. an.l K'lHliai-.l Kipling. In
the Fancy or Aureole soil ion : .\.mIi.« I , an-, .ban Re-
Grandville, La I'lMnlnni, .Mark •|i\ain. Hubert
Charron, J. B. Varronc, .Mnn . P.inant. Mme HIanche
Jamet, George Sand and iiaumiir. crimsons and scar-
lets; Rasphail Improved, John P. Cleary, Richelieu,
Chateaubriand, Dr. Despres, Ryccroft Pride, Pasteur;
in salmons. Modesty, Nydia and in purple Due de Mont-
™*"^- C. W. Ward.
Show Pelakgoniiths. — What we know as show Pelar-
goniums have enjoyed a long popularity. By the gen-
eral public, and by old people especially, they are known
as Lady Washington
Geraniums. They are
not so commonly grow n
as Geraniums, chieflj
on account of their
limited season of bloom
and the fact that the\
cannot endure our hot
midsummer suns
Through the greater
part of the summer
they are liable to be
neglected. They also
require different treat
ment from Geraniums,
and-if skill there be-
more skill in cultiva
tion.
We will commence at
the end of the bloom
ing season. They are
past, and require rest
— a season of ripening
the growth alreadj
made. During this
time very little water
will be needed, and
they mav be stood out
in the full sun. W e
need only cut off the
old flower -stems. In
no sense should the\
be cut back at this
time, neither should
water enough be given
to encourage new
growth. All the
leaves should stay on
until they naturalU
turn yellow with .ICC. th^
growth. In Scjitcnilit i
weak and soft ;
eood Pelareonu
P cirdahiin <{ botanists or m
rftsho< tit tl» it speties
I in ing a thoroughh ripened
1 m i\ prune them into shape
\ I nt 111 any case cut out all
In \ hould then be shaken out
PELABGONItTM
and repotted in a light compost, not rich, into the small-
est sized pots that will hold them, for the process of
growing them on has to be gone over every season. After
potting, a good soaking will be necessary, and they may
be placed in a well-lighted coldf rame. There is no need
to keep them close; the stimulation of water, and the
slight protection of a frame being usually enough to
start them into new growth. No forcing will ever be
needed at any season, and if one wished he might keep
them iu a coldfrarae until very late in the season, so
long as adequate protection against frost is afforded.
With us they are at their best in late May and June,
and to have them in good condition we grow them
slowly in a house averaging about 50° night tempera-
ture (slightly less in midwinter), from October onward.
After the turn of the days-in January - we repot
them, using now a richer compost. We give a fairly
good shift, depending in part on the size of plants de-
sired, the vigor they show, and the difference in varie-
ties. If we had wanted them to bloom in April or, as
some florists might, at Easter, we should have potted
them at once— in late August or September, into the
size they should bloom in, — a medium size, probably the
same as they had lately occupied, and have taken them
indoors to grow on continuously. But for our display,
in May and June, they are potted again in January, and
some may be given another shift when extra vigor or
the possible need of a few extra large specimens de-
mand it. They will need careful stopping Some rub
bing out of weak shoots when they break abundanth
will help those that remam and we may e% tn have to
do a little pruning. Stopping, however, must
be discontinued as soon as the flowering stems
begin to show, which is about the end of Febru
ary iu the writer's practue These stems can be
distinguished easily b\ a shghtlj difteitnt man
ner of growth. Up to this tmiL the pi mts m i\
be allowed to grow naturilh l.ut it w w iiit
trained specimens we mu'.t 1m „iti t ■ Ix nd lln pl
as we wish them to grow as th* ir ^lowth ^jk < d
ily hardens and the plant will reidih take ind
keep the form to which it is &h iped
Water should be given sparingly through the
dead of winter. Februirj and March are the
months when the most growth is made, and at
this time we can stimulate them materially by
the judicious use of artiflcial manures, which
may, it necessary, be continued until they come
into bloom. They are much subject to the at-
tacks of greenfly and red spider; and as the foli-
age is fairly tender and liable to injury from to-
bacco smoke, we are compelled to rely upon fluid
insecticides almost wholly The blooming season
is very much lengthened by giving a slight de-
gree of shade.
The best time to take cuttings is soon after the
flowering season. Often towards the last of the Froi
season, the plants make a few "growing" shoots,
and these we take ; but off and on during the summer we
can get cuttings, and any time until August will do. Cut-
tings taken during winter time with a heel make pretty
little plants in 4- or 5-inch pots without stopping. Cut-
tings taken at the usual time and grown on in 6- or 7-
inch pots come in handy in grouping for the front lines.
It is necessary to raise a few plants every season to re-
place older plants which have grown too large. New
varieties are raised from seed, which is freely produced.
In hybridizing it does not appear that hand-pollination
has any effect, as the seedlings seldom show any par-
ticular affinity to either parent.
There is a dwarf strain of show Pelargoniums known
as "fancy." The plants are usually heavily blotched
and very free-blooming. The writer has never seen
any in this country. T D. Hatfield.
INDEX TO THE SPECIES NAMES.
arifriilosura, 8. exstipulatum. 19. peltatum, 4.
lietulimmi, 5. fragrans, 21. quercifolium. 13,
capit.itum, 11. fulgitium, 24. Quinquevulnerum.
cordatum. 6. grandWorum, 10. 23.
crispnni. 17. graveolen.s. 14. Radula, 15.
cucullatum, 7. hortonim, 3. tomentnsum, 12.
denticiilatum, 16. inquinans. 2. triste. 22.
domesticum, 9. Limonium. 18. zonale, 1.
eehinatura. 20. odoratissimum, 21.
PELARGONIUM
1. zonile, Willd
Niu.M. Shrubby in
tries, becoming
,-. snn'if!fn( hntnchcs, avd strong
I, -I;,!: inflorescence umbellate:
7. Ih< ! ii/tper ones short. [Cico-
• Hi Hki.i.ino Geraniums.
Zonal, or Horse -SHOE Gera-
its native place and in warm coun-
oody at the base even in pots, the
ua-anuihtjf/nc arlforcfccnj , Miu cucullabs anaulsiu .
1704. Pelargonium angulosum.
rem Dillenius' ligure in 1732. One-half the .size of the original plate.
ve young branches somewhat hispid: Ivs. round-cordate,
glabrous or pubescent, long-stalked, usually with a zone
or horse-shoe mark of deeper color on the upper sur-
face, the margin crenate-dentate, with several very
shallow rounded lobes: stipules broad, cordate-oblong:
peduncles long, the fls. nearly sessile: calyx-tube gla-
brous or nearly so, 4-5 times longer than the lanceolate
segments ; petals separated, narrow-wedge shape
spatulate. — "Among s' '
flowers vary from scarh i
of red to pure white."— //
/•.jona/e was introducid i
described it in 1753 ii-; '.
species on previ. Ills ,1.^, i
is probable that thr s|„ ,i(
fied by domesriianoii w
seems to be no accepted i
the plant.
2. inquinans, Ait. Pish
more velvety than P. zo
viscid, the leaves not zor
ular and vLscid, 3-4 tini.
segments ; petals brnad
varying to lighter colors,
sides." This is the Gtra
The
ny'red.
li.-ii 1,1' ' . • ■ ' There
nrtniil ..r il iiL'iii.il form of
Geranium. Fig. 1698. Plant
xale, sometimes more or less
ed : calyx-tube densely gland-
s loiit^'cr than the lanceolate
V olii.vntc, scarlet, but now
-••Am. .11!; shrubs and on hill-
iiiuiii iiiiiiiiiKins of LinnjBus,
1262
PELARGONIUM
who founded the species on previous descriptions. One
of the descriptions (Dillenius, in "Hortus Elthamensis,"
1732) was accompanied by a picture, and this picture,
reduced one-half, is reproduced in Fig. 1C98. It will be
seen that even in that early day the species had varied
into a form with short-notched petals and short pedi-
cels. Introduced into England in 1714.
3. hortdrum, Bailey. Common Fish or Bedding Gera-
nium. Figs. 169iV1701. The common Geranium in
great numbers of forms, derived from the blending of
P. zonule and P. inquinans in more than a century of
careful selection. The original species are not now in
cultivation. Practically all garden Geraniums have the
zonal marks on the leaves or bands or a central blotch
of variegation. Some of them have intermingled colors
of green, white and red on the same leaf. Some are
" silver-banded " and some "gold-banded." See Fig. 1701.
AA. Plant weak and usually trailing, the branches
slender and not succulent: Ivs. fleshy and
glossy, lobed, marginally peltate : inflorescence
umhellate : good stamens 7, 2 upper shorter.
{Dibrachya.) Ivy-Leaved Geraniums.
4. pelt&tum, Ait. [P. scut&tum, Sweet. P. hederaefb-
lium, Hort.). Fig. 1702. Plant with slender- .iointed,
more or less zigzag stems which are glabrous or very
nearly so (except at the top) : Ivs. glabrous or minutely
pubescent, fleshy, the petiole inserted .just inside the
margin at the base, about 5-nerved, with about 5 short
wide, mostly obtuse main lobes and often with smaller
minor lobes or angles and notches: peduncle very long,
originally 4-8-fld., but now bearing many greatly modi-
fied fls., the calyx-tube slender and stalk-like and often
longer than the pedicel and 2-3 times longer than the
PELARGONIUM
pointed nerved and mostlj ciliate lobes, petals twice as
long as calyx-lobes, red to white or purplish, the 2
upper ones erect and purple blotched or striped, the 3
1706. Pelareonii
querciluliu
lower ones usually smaller and not marked and sepa-
rated from the upper as if the flower were 2-lipped.
B.M. 20. — Parent of the Ivy-Leaved Geraniums, now
much improved and varied. Prized for baskets.
There are forms with double fls. and colors of various
kinds. It is a most desirable plant and very floriferous
in most of the garden sorts.
AAA. Plant woody, not succulent, the foliage often
srented but not "fishy;" Ivs. various, but not
distinctly pinnately parted: inflorescence pan-
iculate or umbellate: good stamens ? or 6. (Pel-
argium.)
B. Stipules present and conspicuous.
O. Lvs. not distinctly lobed, thniiqh often angled, mostly
oral or orate and cordiiU . E.rr,p/i.,ns in P. do-
.5. betulinum. Ait. Erect ami ^l^■ulpby. liuwny only on
the youug growths: lvs. stalked, oval or ovate, obtuse
or not prominently acute, rounded or truncate at base,
the stipules sharp and deciduous: fls. light purple, the
broad upper petals with dark streaks. B.M. 148.— A
handsome and neat plant.
6. cord&tum, Ait. Pig. 1703. Shrubby and erect, vil-
lous or nearly glabrous : lvs. long-stalked, cordate-acute,
denticulate and sometimes obscurely lobed: peduncles
usually branched, the pedicels and calyx soft-hairy:
Hs. purplish, the petals twice as long as the sepals.
B.M. 1«5 (as P. cordifoliutti). -Told from P. cucullatum
by its flat cordate-acute Ivs. It is a handsome plant in
bloom. The plant in cultivation as P. cordatum (Fig.
1703), has leaves more truncate at the base than the de-
scriptions and old pictures call for, although on some
shoots the leaves may be typically cordate.
7. cucull&tum, Ait. Tall and shrubby plant, much
branched, softly and densely villous: lvs. long-stalked,
kidney-shaped and cupped or cucullate, denticulate,
very soft-pubescent, the stipules ovate-acute and with-
ering: fls. purple, in many-fld. panicles, the pedicels
and calices densely silky-hairy, the petals twice as
long as the lance-acuminate sepals. — "Very common
round Capetown and in the western districts, where it
is often used as an ornamental hedge-plant."— ffnrre^.
Known in England from 1690, and the parent, with P.
angulosum and probably others, of the fancy or show
Pelargoniums of gardeners. Not known in cult, in its
pure or original form.
8. angul6sum. Ait. Fig. 1704. Differs from P. cucul-
latum in its harsh-hairy covering and rigid angled
leaves: the Ivs. are short-stalked, truncate or broadly
cuneate at base, with 3-5 shallow angular and acute
short lobes; panicles with fewer-fld. umbels.-
PELARGONIUM
Included this plant in his Geraiiiiim c
Alton separated it as a distinct spec
G. cucullatiim was founded on literatu
sources of information
was Dillenius' "Hortus
Eltharaensis,"with apic-
ture ; but this picture,
•which is reduced one-
half in Fig. 1704, is what
is now known as P. a„-
gulosum. This is one of
the species which has
entered largely into the
Pelargoniums of florists.
9. dom^sticnm. Com-
mon, Show, Fancy and
Lady Washington Ge-
raniums (or Pelargo-
NilTiis). Fig. 1705. The
•iter
name for the garden type
1708. Pelareoni
of fancy Pelargonium.
The race is said to be
derived chiefly fromf.
rncHUatum, P. angii-
/■istim and P. grandi-
florum, but the writer
can see little evidence
nf the blood of P. gran-
lUf Jorum. It seems
to be nearest to P. cu-
cnllatum, having the
:isk-
shaped not lobed Ivs. and mostly the soft-hairiness of
that species. In many of them, however, the leaves are
distinctly augle-lobed, sunirestiiisr P. miiiiilnxum. It is a
fair question whetlit-r /•*. nnulhifunt ;ni'i P. itiigiflosKm
are themselves to be n.n^i.li n .1 v|„.riti,-;iily ilistinct. P.
domesliciim is meant t mpi'is.' tin- whole range of
garden forms of the Simw ,.r Laily Washington Pelar-
goniums. The name will t-nalile one to talk about these
garden plants with precision. To many of these garden
forms specific botanical names have been given, so that
P. domesticum is not tin' first name that has been ap-
plied in this grouji, Imi iIm' w i-ii.i i^ wi :m :o-r ilun imy
collective or group i ■ i ' i .> - . i, iii
particular, has i;i\' i 1.' i ms.
These old names. Iii-.i ■>.!, ;ip|. I. i.ui-
cal forms, and it woaUi l.r w..l. i, loir
application to cover the entire groo| [ t„.
difficult to select anyone of them n- : iM...
under botanical rules, than others, h irnte
to call this garden form either P. r,i. ■< •,.„. ,,r /'. an-
giilosiim.
ca. Lrs. sharply S-7-lobed and sharphj toothed or
10. rrandifldrum, Willd. Shrubby, glabrous and
glaucous: Ivs. long-stalked, strongly 3-7-nerved from
the top of the petiole, deeply .")-7-lobed, the lobes broad
and sharp-toothed, the stipules ovate and mucronate:
fls. about I! on each peduncle, the stalk-like calyx-tube
3-4 times as long as the lanceolate segments, the obo-
vate white petals (upper 2 with red lines) 3 times as
long as calyx-segments. —A handsome and distinct spe-
cies, not now in cult, in its pure form.
11. capititum. Ait. Stems weak and trailing, with
lom; wliito liairs. woody at the base: Ivs. long-stalked,
conlato, :!-.■. lol.ed and the lobes rounded and toothed:
peduncles longer than the Ivs., densely many-fld.,the
80
PELARGONIITM 1263
fls. sessile, rose-purple, with calyx-tube much shorter
than the hairy mucronate calyx-lobes. — Plant rose-
scented, but not in general cultivation in its pure form.
ccc. it's, cordate-lobed, soft and velvety.
12. tomentdsum, Jacq. Plant rather thick- and soft-
stemmed, long white-hairy all over: Ivs. very long-
stalked, very broadly cordate-ovate, 3-5-7-lobed and
small-toothed, soft and velvety: stipules ovate-acumi-
nate, withering: fls. small, white, with red near the cen-
ter, in a lax panicle. — Scent like peppermint, and for
that reason it is somewhat grown. The stems are long
and straggly.
cccc. I/vs. deeply several-ma ny -lobed , with narrow
divisions rather rough or stiff, strong-scented.
Rose Geraniums.
13. quercifdlium, Ait. Oak-leaved Geranium. Scar-
LET-FLOWEKING RosE GERANIUM. Fig. 1706. Shrubby
and branchy, somewhat hairy and glandular: Ivs. with
stalks 2-4 in. long, cordate-ovate in outline, with 2-3
pairs of oblong side lobes (Ivs. pinnatifid), which ex-
tend nearly to the midrib and are again toothed and
notched: stipules small, 2 pairs at each node: fls. few-
several rather small, red or purplish, in umbels and
with short pedicels.— A rather common greenhouse
plant, the Ivs. often with a dark spot.
14. gravdolens, Ait. Fig. 1707. Much like the last,
but Ivs. longer -petioled and palmately 5-7-lobed or
parted, the broad lobes flat and pinnatifid into many
mostly obtuse lobes: stipules cordate-acute: fls. many
on mostly long peduncles, pink or light purple, small,
the calyx hairy and nearly sessile, the calyx-lobes half
as long as the petals. — This is one of the commonest
forms of Rose Geranium. A typical leaf is well de-
picted in Fig. 1707 (lower Bgure).
15. E4dula,Ait. Fig. 1707. Differs from P.. 7ra!'eo?e»is
in the narrower divisions with revolute margins of the
Ivs. : the Ivs. are deeply palmately parted, the lobes
narrow-linear and pinnatifid, all rough-hispid on the
upper surface and soft-pubescent beneath: fls. small,
pale purple, with dark streaks. — Does not appear to be
in the trade in a pure form, hut the narrow-lvd. Rose
Geraniums are probably hybrids between this and P.
graveolens.
16. denticuiatum, Jacq. Fig. 1708. Much like P.
iJodii/a, but the leaf-lobes very denticul.ite ami fl;it: ivs.
glabrous and viscid
above, plant weaker -
It has a balsamic odor
Perhaps it has entered
into the garden foims
of Rose Geranium
ccccc. l,vs small
-i. '
round -cot date H
Inhed half thin
.'.,.n,andthem.n
iinix t,iothed or jag
-mi
Much branched and
very scabrous or rough
Ivs. 2-ranked small and
rigid, short stalked
rseh
duncles, violet the I ^\
er petals nairrw — \
plant with lem n
scented foliage Pr 1
ably not in general ciil
tivation now in a pure
18. Limdnium Sweet
Lemon Geranilm Fig 1709 Lvs larger than in the
last, not 2-ranked soft fls purple and lilac —A garden
hybrid, P. cnspum apparently being one of its parents.
There is a form with variegated lvs. Sometimes known
1264
PELARGONIUM
to gardeners as P. oilornliim. It is a neat anil worthy
plant, and showy when in flower. It has a lemon or
palm scent. The variety known as Lady Mary is of this
group.
B. Stipules very minute and adnate.
19. ezBtipul^tum, Ait. Resembles P. crispum in
habit and foliage : Ivs. round-ovate, small, velvety,
about 3-lobed, the lobes cut-toothed or lobed: peduncles
slender, with very small bracts: fls. small, white, with
short spatulate petals. — Lvs. about H in. across, with
odor of pennyroyal. Appears not to be in the trade, at
least not in a pure form.
AAAA. Plant with a short and thick more or less
fleshy stem or caudex, from which arise slender
branches, the lvs. tong-stalked and reniform or cor-
date and obscurely lobed: stamens 6 or 7. (Cor-
lusi
.V.
20. echinjktam, Curt. The fleshy caudex armed with
persistent spine-like stipules ; lvs. white-tomentose,
cordate-ovate and obtuse, about 3-5-shallow-lobed :
calyx downy, the tube sev-
eral times longer than the
^ , calyx-lobes: fls. white, with
a spot near the center (vary-
~ 1*^.", ing to all purple), the petals
J ik'Sft'^V notched. B. M. 309. - Now
'' 1W^ 'li T'V '^"<' *''<'° advertised. The
^j^T-j^ ^S~' \ fls- are said to change color
21. odoratissinmm, Ait. Nctmeg Geranium. Pig.
1710. Stem or caudex very short, throwing up many
slender and weak soft-pubescent branches: lvs. very
long-stalked, soft, round-cordate and very obtuse, ob-
scurely 3- or more-lobed, the margins dentate-crenate:
peduncles long and borne opposite the lvs., 5-10-fld. : fls.
small, white, the petals about twice longer than the
calyx-lobes. — A common plant, cult, for its pleasant-
scented foliage. The plant known to gardeners as P.
fragrans is either this species or a close derivative
from it.
AAAAA. Plant with short stem and tuberous roots, the
lvs. pinnate or pinnntely parted, the fls. in many-
fid. umbels. (Polyactium.)
22. triste, Ait. Stem or caudex very short, succulent:
lvs. large, ■2-3-pinuately compound pubescent, the ulti-
mate teeth gland-tipped: calyx-tube long and stalk-like,
much exceeding the pedicel, the lobes half as long as
the petals: fls. brown-yellow with dark spots. B.M.
1641.— A well-marked species, occasionally offered in
the trade.
23. quinquevulnerum, Willd. Somewhat shrubby at
base, sparingly branched, hirsute : lvs. 2-pinnatifid
with linear toothed segments, the stipules broadly cor-
date and mucronate: fls. purple, scentless, the petals
obovate, velvety and pale-edged; calyx-tube as long as
the pedicels, somewhat hairy, the lobes obtuse. — Once
offered by Saul.
PELL.EA
24. fiilgidum, Willd. Stem shrubby, densely pubes-
cent: ivs. pinnately 3-parted, silky on both sides, the
central segments 3-lobed, all deeply toothed: peduncles
usually branched, many-fld. : fls. small, bright scarlet,
the petals obtuse; calyx-tube conspicuously swollen at
the base and again just underneath the flower, thrice as
long as the pedicel, the lobes linear-obtuse. — Not now
seen in its pure form, but it is probably a remote parent
in various small-flowered scarlet Ge
FELEC^FHOBA (Greek, hatchet -bearing; from au
alleged resemblance in the tubercles). Cactdceie.
Hatchet Cactus. Stems globular, short-cylindric or
clavate, small, often cespitose: tubercles strongly com-
pressed from the sides; areolae very long and narrow,
bordered on each side by a row of about 20 very short,
appressed comb-like spines: fr. naked. A genus of 2
species closely allied to Mammillaria.
asellii6Tmis, Ehrb. (from a fancied resemblance to
Asellus, the wood-louse). Fig. 303, Vol. I. Juice watery:
tubercles ashy green, more or less deeply grooved to
the woolly axil; spines not projecting beyond the mar-
gin of areola: fls. purple with paler sepals: fr. near the
center, red. Nuevo Leon and San Luis Potosi, Mex.
I.H. 5:186.— Var. cdncolorbas pure purple fls. B.M. 6061.
pectinita, Schum. .Juice milky : tubercles bright
green with naked axils ; spines projecting a little
beyond the margin of tubercle: fls. yellow, lateral.
Oaxaca, Mex. Katharine Brandegee.
FELICAN FLOWEB. Aristolochia grandiflora.
FELLfflA (Greek, pellos, dusky; from the usually
dark-colored leaf-stalks). Polypodiicea. A genus of
small, rock-loving ferns, with the sori at the ends of
free veins forming a mostly continuous marginal band
around the segments and covered by the more or less
changed margin of the segments. Most species thrive
best on limestone rocks.
A. Lvs. simply pinnate.
B. lifts. 4~5 pairs.
Fringlei, Dav. Lvs. with 4-5 pairs of large triangular
hastate stalked Ifts. 1 in. or more either way: sorus
forming a wide marginal band. Mexico.
BB. Lfts. 5-8 pairs.
Brldgesii, Hook. {PlatyUma Srldgesii, J. Sm.). Lfts.
subsessile, orbicular or subcordate, 4—5 lines long: sori
confluent in a broad intramarginal band. Calif.
BBS. LIts. 20-40.
TOtundifdlia, Hook. Lfts. short-stalked, oblong or
roundish, entire, obtuse. New Zealand.
falcita, F^e {Platylbma falcatum, J. Sm.). Lfts.
nearly sessile, lanceolate or lanceolate-oblong, mucronate
and often slightly falcate, sori in broad lines. India to
Australia and New Zealand.
AA. Li-s. bipinnate.
B. Pintup formed of 3 sessile lfts.
temifdlia, F^e. Lvs. 6-12 in. long on strong dark
chestnut stalks, narrow, with 6-12 opposite pairs of pin-
nae; lfts. closely rolled together, linear. Trop. Amer.
BB. Pinnce (at least the lower ones) pinnate.
Wrightiina, Hook. Lvs. 3-6 in. long, 1-3 in. wide,
deltoid; pinna) with several linear-oblong pinnules on
each side % in. long, with inrolled edges and a sharp
mucronate point. Texas to California.
atropurpi^ea, Link. Lvs. 4-12 in. long, 2-6 in. wide,
lanceolate to ovate l:iiir..,.hitr-, with several pinnules
which are sessile, ;iurir|( ,1 ,,r luart-sliaped at the base,
the broad line of s|..ii;iiiL'i:i marly hiding the narrow
marginal indusium. Ea-stum America to the Rocky
AAA. I/vs. at least tripinnatifid.
c. Shape of lvs. triangular-deltoid, with narrow ulti-
mate divisions.
d^nsa, Hook. Cliff Brake. Lvs. 2-3 in. long, 1-1 !4
in. wide, on slender brown stalks; segments linear with
enrolled edges sharp-pointed; indusium permanently
covering the sori. Pacific North America.
PELL.EA
CC. Shape of Ivs. elongate, ovate or lanceolate.
andromedsBfdlia, F^e. Lvs. 6-12 in. long, 3-C in. wide;
ultimate divisions \%-2 lines long, linear-oblong, with
enrolled edges. California. — Sometimes known as the
Coffee Pern.
hast&ta, Link. Lvs. G-24 in. long, 6-12 in. wide; ulti-
mate divisions ovate or lanceolate, 1-2 in. long, nearly
sessile: sori in a narrow marginal line. Eastern and
south Africa. Small lvs. are sometimes only bipinnate.
P. Stelleri. Beddome (P. gracilis, Hook.), a rare membranous
species of the eastern states, is more closely allied to the gemis
Cryptogramma, to which Prantl has referred it.
L. M. Undekwood.
PELLIONIA (J. Xlphonse Pellion, ofRcer in Prey-
cinefs voyage round the world). Urticcicea. Of this
genus we cultivate 2 choice tender creeping foliage
plants, suitable for baskets and for the borders of
greenhouses under the benches. The genus contains
about 20 species of herbs, often creepers, rarely siib-
shrubs from tropical and eastern Asia and the Pacific
islands. They have alternate, 2-ranked lvs. which are
unequal at the base, entire or serrate: fls. monoecious
or dioecious, in dense cymes; perianth segments 5,
rarely 4, in fruit sometimes unchanged but usually in-
creased and investing the fruit. The following are gla-
brous plants from Cochin China, with lvs. about an
inch long and half as wide, and slightly crenate at the
margin. All the species known to science are oriental.
One of the species was once advertised as a Peperomia.
DaveauS.na, N. E. Br. Lvs. dark bronzy olive-green
more or less flushed violet or red, with a fern-like figure
of light green down the middle of the leaf, the figure
being narrowly oblong and crenate. This figure is some-
times absent from some of the lvs. The lvs. are more
acuminate than in the next. R.H. 1880:290 (as Begniiia
Daveatiana, a charming picture). I.H. 29:472 (poor).
pulchra, N. E. Br. Lvs. dull blackish along the mid-
rib and veins, the inter-spaces being light green, the
under surface pale purplish. I.H. 30:479. A. G. 15:4.
FELOEIA. See Teratology.
FELTANSBA (Greek, referring to the peltate an-
thers). Aroide(e. Arkow Arum. An east American
genus with two species which have been much con-
fused. They are steraless herbs, the glossy arrow-
shaped leaves arising from strong underground parts:
fls. monoecious and naked, the staminate ones on the
upper part of the long spadix, the anthers sessile and
imbedded and opening by terminal pores, the 1-loculed
ovaries attended by 4 or 5 scale-like bodies or stanii-
nodia: spathe usually exceeding the spadix: fr. a 1-3-
seeded, mostly leathery berry, borne in large globose
clusters. Peltandras are excellent subaquatic plants,
their large thick sagittate leaves always adding variety
and interest to margins of ponds and to bog gardens.
Single specimens or clumps are usually most prized.
Peltandras are easy to colonize.
undulita, Raf. Lvs. narrow-sagittate, the basal lobes
long and nearly or quite acute: spathe 4-8 in. long,
green, convolute around the spadix for its whole length :
sterile part of the spadix much longer than the pistil-
late part: fr. green, 1-3-seeded. In shallow pools or bog
margins, N. Eng. to Fla. and W. A.G. 1893:111.— The
root is composed of thick cords or fibers.
ilba, Raf . Lvs. broader, the basal lobes short: spathe
white, the upper part expanded and calla-lil e: sterile
part of spadix little, if any, longer than pistillate part:
fr. red, 1-seeded. Va., S. — Boot tuberous, l. H. B.
PEITOPHOBUM (Greek, shield-slmpe(3; referring to
the peculiar stigma). Leguviinbs(e. Six species of
splendid tropical trees, belonging to the same tribe
with the gorgeous Poinciana and Caesalpinia, all of
which represent a type of structure widely different
from our northern pea-shaped flowers, as they have 5
distinct petals which are all about the same size and
pe:.nisetum 1265
Blanco's "Flora of the Philippines," where the golden
yellow fls. are nearly IM in. across, a dozen of them in
each raceme, and 4 racemes uniting to form a great
panicle. The Philippine species, P. inermr, is probably
the same as the Australian on.-. P f,'rr:i/,!n.>im . which
Franceschi has introduced at Simii I'.ni. n i i ihf., tmt
reports so far unsuccessful, r : i: li:i\( iIm-
Mimosa type of foliage. Eii.li 1.: .i /■ .,.;.„,,,,„
has 8-10 pairs of pinnee, and la. 1, [.miia m 1" iiaii^ i.f
leaflets.
Generic characters: petals 5, roundish; stamens 10,
free, declinate; filaments pilose at base: ovary sessile,
2 to many-ovuled: pod flatfish, indehiscent, with nar-
rowly winged margins.
Peltophorum is diMi..:i,i 1.! '. n i '.a-ali.inia and
Poinciana by the valxai, i - -1 ili.- latter,
while the two former ii.r. I ;; ~i .njirnis strongly
imbricated. The peculiar .si ■ " '■ ■' --j=.-
distinguishes it from its t
Hsematoxylon ( log-wood ) .
ferruglneum, Benth. (P. inSrme, Naves). Tree attain-
ing 100 ft., taking its specific name from the dense rusty
toraentum which covers the young branches, petioles
and inflorescence: pod 3-4x54-1 in. wide, bearing 1-3
seeds. Australia, Philippines. ^- jj
PENNISfiTUM [penna, a feather; seta, a bristle).
Gramlnece. Contains about 40 species of the tropical
regions. One species. Pearl Millet, is cultivated for
fodder. The genus is allied to Panicum and Setaria, the
spikelets being 1-fld., with usually 4 glumes, surrounded
at base by a cluster of bristles and arranged in spikes
or spike-like racemes. First glume very small, second
longer than fl. -glume. The bristles fall with spikelets
instead of remaining attached to r.ichis as in Setaria.
villdsum, Brown (P. longistylum of florists, i
Hochst.). Fig. 1711. Spike broad, 2-4 in. long, and
featherv from the bearded bristles: culm 1-2 ft. high,
pubescent below the spike. Abyssinia. R.H. 1890, p.
shape.
ine colored plate of a Peltopho
Eiippellii, Steud. (P. Snpell&u
Culms taller and spikes longer ai
the preceding. Abyssinia. R.H.
42, p. 206 (1895).
of some works),
acre graceful than
1, pp. 54, 55. I.H.
r2CG
PENNISETUM
typhoideum, Rich. {PeuU-iUdria spicAtn, Willd.).
Pearl Millet. Culm 3-8 ft., bearing a close cyliudri-
cal spike 3-10 in. long, % in. thick, pubescent below
the spike: Ivs. long and broad. Native country un-
known. Occasionally grown in the southern states,
where it ripens seed. May be grown farther north for
forage.— A luxuriant annual long cult, in the Old World
for forage and more or less for the fruit, which is used
as food.
Japdnicum, Trin. (P. eomprissum, R.Br. GymnWirix
Japdnica, Kunth.). A low annual with long narrow
Ivs. cult, for ornament. Culm 2-3 ft., scabrous, espe-
cially under the dense cylindrical spike; bristles une-
qual, naked. Australia.
macrotlrum, Trin. ( Gymndthrix caudcita, Schrad.). A
tall perennial with stout culm hearing a dense pointed
spike about a foot long. Bristles naked. South Africa.
-Cult, for ornament.
Iatif61ium, Spreng. (Gymndthrix lafifdlin, Schult.).
An ornamental perennial. Culm 3-4 ft., bearing several
nodding spikes 1-2 in. long : Ivs. lanceolate, X in. broad :
bristles short, naked. Argentine Republic. R.H. 1890,
p. 546. A. S. Hitchcock.
The fine plumy grass known to gardeners as Penni-
setum longistylum is much used for bedding. It is, per-
haps, the finest dwarf grass which is grown chiefly for
its flowers. It sometimes survives the winter at Wash-
ington, D.C., but should always be treated as a tender
subject. Plants raised every year from seed are satis-
factory if se'ed is sown early enough, but divisions of
old plants will give larger pieces which flower sooner
and require less attention than seedlings. The old plants
may be wintered anywhere out of reach of frost. About
February 1, in the latitude of Washington (a month later
North), cut off the old leaves to within 6 in. of the
crowns: divide the clumps into small pieces, trim the
roots so that they will ultimately go into 3- or 4-in.
pots, and place the pieces thickly together in boxes of
sandy soil in a greenhouse with a temperature of about
60°. As soon as new roots have started pot the young
plants. They may be removed to a coldframe long be-
fore the soft bedding material demands all the available
indoor space. G. W. Oliver.
PENNSYLVANIA, HORTICULTURE IN. Fig. 1712.
During the past century l*enusylvania has been promi-
nently before the world because of its mineral wealth.
The ruins of many iron works located in rural districts
are now reduced to the primitive stone masonry of the
smelting furnace, but mark the places of great activity
previous to 18.')0. Later, these industries were concen-
trated in towns and cities, where, with improved ap-
pliances, new methods of transportation and greater
facilities for handling labor and capital greatly lessened
cost of production and increased the capacity of fur-
naces. Now, at the close of the nineteenth century, a
vast majority of the once profitable iron-ore beds is
exhausted or forsaken because of richer fields discovered
in otlier states. Coal, both bituminous and anthracite, is
still most actively mined, and.extensive areas are sac-
rificed by farmers to the coal digger in the western
counties and in the anthracite region in the northeast.
The same may be said of the northwestern section,
yielding petroleum and gas.
The forest operations in Pennsylvania have long ago
p.issed the high-water mark of their activity. The white
pine forests of the Alleghany mountains, the stretch of
hemlock spruce which covered the belt of counties
touching the western slope of the Alleghany mountains,
and the groves of cherry and black walnut are fast dis-
appearing. Formerly Pennsylvania stood first among
the states in the output of forest products. Originally
the state was essentially covered with forest, but now
Dr. J. T. Rothroek, Forestry Commissioner of Pennsyl-
vania (Report of 1895), declares that less than 36 per
cent of the area of the state is in timlit-r.
Pennsylvania has an area of t".:i" -^u,.!, miles,
nearly rectangular in outline— l', ' i ' ,h1 be-
tween the northern and southern I" n aver-
age length of 28.3.85 miles runnini; •■.•>•■ • a-i h"! w.-st.
This area is crossed slantwise by tlie l.r.j.nl Lund of
PENNSYLVANIA
Appalachian mountains, making three distinct topo-
graphical regions.
The eastern region comprises all that territory lying
southeast of the Kittatinny mountains, or a line drawn
from Franklin to Northampton counties. It is gently
undulating, rising in places to great hills which assume
the proportions of a mountain in the South mountain
range. This region was first settled and is now mostly
cleared and cultivated. The richest lands of the state
are found in this section.
The central or mountain region is a belt about 50
miles broad, made up of parallel mountains and nar-
row valleys comprising one-fourth the area of the state.
The western boundary of this region is the Alleghany
mountains, the greatest of them all. The valleys are
covered for the most part with excellent grain land,
but the hills and mountain slopes are stony and more
or less barren.
The western and largest region has an area of 24,861
square miles, or about 55 per cent of the entire state.
It is essentially a high plain, marked in the north,
where the elevation is greatest, by deep-seated streams
or canons, some of them 500-800 feet deep. The eleva-
tion gradually decreases toward the southwest. There
is much land so recently cleared that no attempt has
yet been made to utilize it for agricultural or horticul-
tural purposes. There is no question, however, but that
much of it could be easily put into condition for fruit
culture.
The statistics of 1890 show that Pennsylvania has 18
seed farms, covering an area of 6,006 acres. The seeds
extensively produced here are beans, cabbage, carrot,
field corn, cucumber, lettuce, parsnip, onion sets and
potatoes. Several of the largest seed houses of the
United States are located in Philadelphia, that of David
Landreth having been established in 1784. There were
reported for 1890 311 nurseries, with a total area of
6,598 acres, representing a value of more than $3,000,000.
The stock chiefly grown is made up of apples, cherries,
peaches, pears, plums, deciduous and evergreen trees
and shrubs. In the cultivation .4' ■.niMiii.iital plants and
the production of cut-flowi-r^ 1'. iiii~\ h ania takes a
prominent place. The census .if ls:iii wa^ tlir tirstto take
noticeof this industry and shows :, H(sfalilishnu-nts,with
a total of 0,066,144 square feet of glass, being second only
to New York. The size of these establishments ranges
from 300 to 100,000 square feet of glass. The largest
nuniliir of roses was propagated in Pennsylvania in the
yiai- ill. -I -I 111 I i.-s were gathered. The largest total
vail, r II sali-s were respectively in New York,
I'll I I I .1 I 'alifornia; and the largest total val-
U'-< "I I III I i'\M I- sales were rcspeotivelv in New York,
lllln...> ai..ll'.-i,n>\lvaiiia. In trii.-k frirTl'i- I'mnwh-nnia
joins with NewJr,- ! x. - \ . • ': ■■■ i.-i ,- tli,-
most important di'ti I i ni i \-
cels all others in tin ; : . . i _ ami
tomatoes, and has 1iiil;i inii.a^i.- m a -i'.i i ii;;ii - , I,, ans,
celery, cucumbers, melons, pias, Irish and sweet po-
tatoes.
The fruit interests of the state are not as great as
they should be. Apples are grown successfully in the
larger part of the territory, but mainly for home or
local consumption. A few orchards of commercial ex-
tent have been planted in the last quarter century. The
best varieties for market are York Imperial, Smith
Cider, Fallawater (all of Pennsylvania origin), Baldwin,
R. I. Greening and Ben Davis. Peaches are now grown
extensively in two sections in and about Franklin and
Juniata counties, known respectively as the "South
Mountain" and the "Juniata" peach belts: each belt
reports an area of 3,000 acres devoted to peaches.
W. G. Waring has observed that "peach trees in Penn-
sylvania grow to a much larger size and greater age
than along the Atlantic shore." Plums and cherries are
not extensively grown. Grapes are adapted to this state,
but nowhere except in Erie county has the extension
of vinevards been rapid, and there it was due to the in-
fluence of the Chautauqua grape belt of New York, of
which the Erie county vineyards form a part. More
attention was given to pears 40 years ago than now on
account of the present fear of the "fire blight." Penn-
sylvania has contributed some of the most valuable vari-
eties of pears now in cultivation, such as the Seckel,
PENNSYLVANIA
Tyson, Bramlywine, Ott, Jones ami Kiuffsessing; also
the Kieffer, now a leading iMniimri-rial \;(iiety.
In floriculture a portion of (In .^tir .onniy iias become
noted as the "carnation lult " 1 nu^f d tiie numerous
establishments there makin;; ;.|.i(i:ilti. s ,if producing
the cut-flowers and breeding improved varieties.
The Bartram Garden was the first attempt in the
United States to gather plants and trees for the pur-
pose of study. See p. 758. It was established in 1728
by John Bartram along the Schuylkill river. It is now
in that part of Philadelphia known as Kingstssing.
PENTAS
1267
and beautifully figured in Blanco's "Flora of the Phil-
ippines," but rare in European gardens and unknown in
America. It is a branched plant growing 2-5 ft. high,
with fls. which open at noon and close at the following
dawn. The fls. are nearly lyi in. across, 5-petaled,
axillary, short-peduncled. Recommended to lovers of
rare, tender annuals.
A genus of one species. Bractlets 3, caducous: sepals
5, lanceolate, connate at the base; petals 5; stamens 20,
connate at the base, 15 fertile in 5 groups of 3 each,
alternating with 5 staminodes which are nearly as
long as the petals : ovary 5-
celled ; cells many-ovuled:
capsule l..o»licidally 5-
vhich. ho'
floral parts;
not
strictly true of the genus
nor a rarity in the family).
Nubi(tf:i-(e. Nine species of
tender herbs and subshrubs,
resembling Bouvardias of
the
tbei
1712. Pennsylv
I illustrpte
of the horticultural reeions.
Through the untiring and zealous eft'orts of that broad-
minded horticulturist, Thomas Meehan, the city of Phila-
delphia in 1891 purchased 12 acres of land from the
Eastwick estate, which contained the original garden,
and thus the preservation of this old h<irtii-ultuial mon-
ument seems to be assured. It is II"" "ll!^ "11. mI" iiKtny
small parks possessed and cared ft >r ' ii- ^ ■■ I'hil-
adelphia. The principal parks of tin : I mt
Park in Philadelphia, in which d.ti nil. . i...-un
aoout 18()0; the buildings of tlio ( '..in. .1 i ;\|...-itiun
were placed on these gromnN in l.sj;. h ha- an area
of 2,200 acres and is well iiiaintainr,!. All..uli.iiv parks
occupy the ground formerlv kii..\vu a- tli.. ('..niin.nis in
Allegheny City. Of mon^ irc.nt ..^tal.lisliiiMnt are
Schenly and Highland Parks, in Pittsburg. The ceme-
teries of the larger cities are in the hands of competent
superintendents, and the park ideas of landscape and
ornamentation are becoming the prominent features of
these sacred grounds. Qeo. C. Butz.
PENNYKOYAL of Europe, Mentha Pulegium; of
America, Hedeoma pulegioides. Bastard P., or Blue
Curls, is Trichostema dichotomum. All are members
of the Mint family.
The garden Pennyroyal, Mentha Pulegium, is a Euro-
pean perennial, used for seasoning. It is one of the
"sweet herbs." It is easily grown, profiting by a win-
ter protection of leaves or litter. Prop, by seeds or di-
vision. Beds should be renewed frequently.
PENTACH^TA (Greek, referring to five bristles at
the base of the pappus). Comp6sita>. Six species of
low, slender, Californian annuals with thread-like, al-
ternate Ivs. and small or medium-sized heads, the rays
when present usually yellow, sometimes white: the
disk-fls. sometimes turning purple. P. aiirea, Nutt.,
growine 3-12 in. high and with 7-^0 deep golden rays,
was offered by Orcutt in 1891 and was pictured in Gt.
1153, but has no horticultural standing.
PENTAPETES (Greek' having 5 leaves; an ancient
name of some cinquefoil, transferred by Linnaeus to
this plant, which has 5 leafy growths (staminodes) ac-
companying the stamens). SterculiAeew. A pretty red-
fld. tender annual, widely distributed in tropical Asia
lilac and ti.
A good cluster is 3 ii
fls., each of which is % in. across. The Hs. are about %
in. long, funnel-shaped, and generally have 5 spreading
lobes, sometimes 4 or 6. It is usually grown like Bou-
vardia in warm conservatories for winter bloom, but it
is sometimes used for bedding in wanner countries, as
it gives three months of rather showy bloom when
treated like Lantana. In general, the species .seem to
be less worthy than Bouvardias.
Generic characters : Herbs or subshrubs, erect or
prostrate, hispid or toraentose: Ivs. opposite, stalked,
ovate or ovate-lanceolate ; stipules multifid or multi-
setose: inflorescence usually corymbose : calyx-lobes
4-6, inequal; corolla pilose, the long tube dilated and
villous in the throat; lobes valvate; stamens 4-6, in-
serted below the throat; filaments short or long; an-
thers fixed at the back, included or exserted: disk tu-
mid or annular, often produced into a cone after anthe-
sis: ..viuy i-li.c-iili'd: ovules numerous: style-branches
papilL.M-: i-a|.^iili. membranous or leathery, 2-locuIed,
lociili.-i.ial : >....U minute. Six species are given in the
Flora ..f Tn.i.i.al Africa 3:45 (1877).
A. Fls. not white.
c&mea, Benth. Erect or decumbent,
shrubby at base, merely puberulous, no
hairy: Ivs. 1-0 in. long, 4J^ lines to 2 in. broad, ovate,
elliptic or lance-oblong: cymes peduncled or not. B.M.
4086. B.R. 30:32. B.B. 21:217. Gn. 21, p. 329. J.H.
III. .30:209. R.H. 1870:130 (var. hermesina). Var.
ftuartiniina (P. QnartiniAna, OMv.) is a rosy-fld. var.
said to be much better than the type. Gt. 45, p. 464.
AA. Fls. white.
lanceoltlta, Hort. This novelty of 1900 is figured in
Dreer's catalogue, which says, "A pretty half-shrubby
greenhouse plant, not unlike a Bouvardia in general ap-
pearance, but flowering more profusely and continuously.
It may be planted in the open border during the sum-
mer, but it is valuable chiefly as a winter-flowering
pot-plant, for which purpose it is especially well suited,
being in flower all the time. The pure white flowers
are produced in flat heads of 15 to 30 flowers each,
similar to a Bouvardia, but much larger, and last in
perfection a long time." w. M.
1-2 ft. high,
at all rusty-
1268
PENTLANDIA
PEKTLANDIA. See Vrceolim,.
PENT8T£M0N (Greek for five stamens, all 5 stamens
being present, whereas related genera have only 4; but
in Pentstemon one of the stamens is commonly sterile).
Scrophiilaridce<e. Pentstemon. Beard-tongue. For
the hardy border, Pentstemons are most satisfactory
plants, and the great number of showy speeies allows
much latitude in choice of color and habit. All are per-
ennial, but some of them bloom the first year from
seed. In a dry and hot place they are likely to be
short-lived, although nearly all the species thrive best
in full exposure to sun. They are not particular as to
soil. They are propagated by division and by seed.
Many of the species are not hardy in the northern
states, but P. barhafiis and its varieties, P. pubes-
cens, P. Icevigatus and variety, P. confertns and va-
riety, P. diffnsus, P. oratus, P. grandiflonis, P. acu
minatus, P. cieruleus, P. glaber and varieties, and also
others, may be expected to stand in the North, par-
ticularly it given a protection of leaves. An excellent
garden race has been produced, here designated as P.
gloxinioides. This seems to be a product of hybridiza-
tion and selection. It is little known in American gar-
dens, althouKh it is a handsome and deserving plant.
Some of the forms of it are treated as annuals.
Pentstemon is a typical American genus. One species
is native to northeastern Asia and several to the cooler
parts of Mexico, but the larger number of the 100 species
inhabit the United States and Canada, particularly the
western parts. They are all herbs, although some species
are somewhat woody at the base. They bear long-tubu-
lar often 2-lipped flowers in terminal usually inter-
rupted or leafy clusters. The anther-bearing stamens
are 4, the cells of which are united or confluent at the
apex but separate at the base; the fifth stamen is repre-
sented by a prominent sterile filament (which rarely
bears an anther). The style is filiform and the stigma
entire; the fruit is a globular-pointed capsule, contain-
ing wingless seeds.
It is difficult to so arrange the species of Pentstemon
as to make them easy of determination by the horticul-
turist. There is no monograph of all the species, but
Gray's account in the Synoptical Flora (Vol. 2. Part 1)
describes the American species north of Mexico; and
this ai-c.Miiit lias I.,. ,11 closely followed here. The ar-
rangemini "I ~|i. , ii^. Imwever, has been modified con-
sideralily t.i admii tlir Mexican species and to make the
group iMsiii- I.. I- iIh- l.ftfinner. The following account
contains all the Pentstemons, with one exception, known
to be in the Amer. trade. This exception is "P. rubi-
caulis; 1 ft., rich crimson, from Oregon," which is in
the trade but unknown to the writer. Other species are
mentioned in Old World literature. Other native spe-
cies will appear in the Amer. trade : these mav be found
In Gray.
INDEX.
aeuminatus, 14. dififusus. 34. Newberryi. 1.
angustifoHus. 10. Digitalis. 23. ovatus. 30.
antirrhinoides, 3. Douglasii, 1. Palmeri, 24.
atrapurpurexis, 19. gentianoides, 6. procerus, 17.
azureus, 38. glaber, 9. pubescens. 31.
glandiilosns, 32. pulchellus. 19.
barbatus. 5.
Richards
3ordoni, 9.
csei-uleus. 15. graoilentus, 36. Robinsoni, 1.
campamilatus. 19. gracilis, 21. roseus. 19.
eentraiithifolius, 8. grandiflorus. 12. rotundifolins, 18.
Clevelandi, 25. Hartwegi. 6. Sconleri, 1.
Cobaea. 28. heterophyllus, 39. secundirtonis, 16.
coccineos, 5. humilis. 20. speciosiis. 9.
contertus, 17. Jaffrayanus, 38. speotabilis. 27.
corditolius, 2. laetus. 37. statidfolius, 32.
crassifolius, 1. Itevigatus. 23. Torreyi. 5.
cristatus. 29. Lemmoni. 4. tubiflorus, 22.
cyananthus, 9. Lobbii, 3. venustns, 33.
cyanthus, 9. Menziesii. 1. Wrightii, 11.
Murrayanus, 13.
deustus, 26.
A. Veils of anthers dehiscent for nearly or quite their
whole length, united or connivent at the apex and
soon spreading from each other, (aa. No. 32.)
B. Anthers covered with long wool.
1. Menziesii, Hook. Woody at base. 1 ft. or less high:
Ivs. thick, obovate to oblong, serrate or entire, mostly
glabrous, the lower ones short-stalked: cluster a raceme.
PENTSTEMON
pubescent ; fls. 1 in. or more long, violet-oiuc t», pu<-pl*,
usually 1 on each pedicel, the upper lip 2-cleft and the
lower 2-clett. Wyo., west and northwest.
Var. Newberryi, Gray (var. Bdbinsoni, Mast.). Fls.
pink or rose-purple. Calif. G.C. 1872:969.
Var. Doilglasii, Gray {P. Doitglasii, Hook. P. crassi-
fdlitis, Limll.). Fls. lilac-purple, pink at base: Ivs. ob-
long or obovate-lanceolate, entire. Ore., north. B.R.
24:16.
Var. Scoilleri, Gray {P. Scouleri, Lindl.). Fls. violet-
purple: Ivs. lanceolate to linear-lanceolate, sparsely ser-
rulate. Ore., north. B.R. 15:1277. B.M. 6834. G.C. III.
7, p. 204. Gn. 52, p. 42.
BB. Anthers glabrous or only hairy {not woolly).
C. Plant semi-scandent (somewhat climbing) by means
of long, slender branches.
2. coTdifdlius, Benth. Plant very leafy, somewhat
pubescent: Ivs. ovate, serrate, 1 in. or less long: clus-
ter or thyrse short and leafy, the peduncles several-fld. :
corolla tubular, scarlet, the tube 1 in. long and the limb
half as long. S. Calif. R.H. 1850:221.
ce. Plant erect, self-supporting.
D. Corolla lemon-yellow to yellow-red.
3. antirrhinoides, Benth. {P.Ldbbii,'Hon.). Plant 1-5
ft., glabrous or nearly so, branched and leafy: Ivs.
small, oval or spatulate, entire: fls. in leafy panicles,
the peduncles 1-fld., the broad fls. about 1 in. long, the
lower lip deeply 2-lobed ; sterile filament bearded on one
side. S. Calif. B.M. 6157. I.H. 9:315.
4. L6mmani, Gray. Slender shrub, 5 ft. or less tall,
bright green and glabrous : Ivs. ovate-lanceolate,
toothed; panicle loose and branchy, the long peduncles
2-7-fld.: fls. small, dull yellowish and red, the seg-
ments nearly equal. Central Calif.
DD. Corolla not yellow {unless occasionally in P. con-
fertus), mostly in shades of red or purple, .vowir-
times white.
E. Stem and Ivs. glabrous, at least up to the inflores-
cence. (EE. No. 28.)
F. Corolla long and slender, not swollen near the base
or greatly widened at the mouth: straight-flotrered
5. barb&tns, Nutt. Tall, erect, branching, glabrous
and more or less glaucous herbs : Ivs. firm, varying
from lanceolate to linear, entire, strong- veined, the
radical ones oblanceolate or spatulate: fl. -cluster long
and open, narrow, the peduncles about 2-3-fld. : fls. slen-
der, about 1 in. long in wild forms, strongly 2-lipped,
varying from light pink and flesh color to carmine,
the lower lip usually bearded. Colo., south. B.R. 25:21.
R.H. 1896, p. 347. Mn. 7:141. -A showy perennial, and
common in cult. One of the best.
Var. T6rreyi, Gray {P. TSrreyi, Benth.), is a scarlet-
fld. fonn, with almost no beard on the lower lip; the
commonest form of the species in cult. Excellent.
Var. coccineus, Hort., is a scarlet-fld. horticultural
fonn.
6. H4rtwegi, Benth. {P. gentiano\des, hinAX.). Tall
and erect (3-1 ft. high), somewhat branched, the stems
dark purple: Ivs. lanceolate to lance-oblong-linear, or
the upper ones broader, sessile, glabrous and entire:
fl. -cluster somewhat pubescent, long and open, the pedi-
cels 3-6-fld.: fls. drooping, dark rich purplish red,
slightly curved, the limb somewhat 2-lipped and the
lobes acute. Cool regions in Mexico. B.M. 3661. B.R.
24:3. Gn. ,37, p. 603: 49, p. 406.-A fine garden plant,
now much modified by domestication.
7. gloxinioides, Hort. A race of garden hybrids, issu-
ing largely from P. Hartwegi ; the other most important
parent being P. Cobaa. Probably other species have
entered into the amalgamation. The group needs criti-
cal study from the growing plants. The fls. are large,
with a broad nearly regular limb, and in many colors.
The plants are strong and floriferous. Flowers some-
times measure 2 in. across. Some of the strains bloom
freely from seed the first year. Not hardy in New York,
unless very thoroughly protected ; it is probably better
to winter it in deep coldframe.
PENTSTEMON
8. centranthifdiius, Benth. Plant strict and leafy,
1-3 ft. tall, very glaucous: Ivs. thick and entire, from
ovate-lanceolate to linear, mostly sessile and clasping;
inflorescence long and narrow, the peduncles 2-3-fld. :
fls. about 1 in. long, scarlet, narrow-tubular, the lobes
short and acute; sterile filament naked. Calif, to W.
Ariz. B.M. 5142. P.S. 22:2309.
FP. Corolla {except in P. rotundifoUus) with a promi-
neutlji enlarging tube, which is often contracted
near the base: thick-flowered species. Corolla
nearly straight, but short in P. confertus.
Q. Leaves entire (sometimes serrulate in P. confertus).
H. Dehiscence of anther cells extending from base but
not through the apex.
9. gUber, Pursh (P. Gdrdoni, Hook. P. specibsus,
Dougl.). Erect herb (1-2 ft.), with .simple stems, gla-
17H. Pentsten
caeruleus ( X ^4).
A slender form.
brous and somewhat glaucous : Ivs. oblong-lanceolate
to ovate-lanceolate: fl. 1 in. or more long, broad and
wide at the mouth, bright blue to purplish. Mo. river
west. B.M. 1672 (as P. glabra) and 4319. B.R. 15:1270.
Gn. 27, p. 42. R.H. 1895, p. 383; 1896, p. 347. -A very
handsome plant, known by its large blue fls.
Var. cyandnthus, Gray (P. eydnthns, Hort.). Tall
and less glaucous, the Ivs. broader (ovate or cordate-
ovate to lance-ovate) : fl.-cluster dense: fls. bright blue.
Rocky Mts. R.H. 1851 :453.— Preferable to the type.
HH. Dehiscence of anther cells extending from the base
to the very apex and through the junction or
confluence of the two cells at the apex.
I. Inflorescence rather close and compact.
J. Shape of some or all of the leaves as broad as
PENTSTEMON 12b9
nelform (or widening upwards) and with wide-spread-
ing rounded lobes, scarlet ; sterile filament bearded
down one side. Ariz. R.H. 1892, p. 448.
11. Wrightii, Hook. Rather stout, 2 ft. or less tall,
more or less glaucous: lowest Ivs. obovate, the upper
ones oblong and clasping : inflorescence long and
loosely fld., to peduncles about 2-fld.: fls. about % in.
long, bright red, the mouth broad and the rounded
lobes spreading Ji in. W. Tex. and N. Mex. B.M. 4601.
F.S. 7:085.
12. grandifI6ru8, Nutt. Fig. 1713. Stout, very glau-
cous: Ivs. thick, broad and obtuse, the floral ones with
very broad bases: peduncles very short or almost none:
fls. nearly or quite 2 in. long, lilac or blue, enlarging
near the base, somewhat 2-lipped and the upper lip the
smaller; sterile filament minutely pubescent at the tip:
fr. large. Wisconsin, south and west. — Handsome.
13. Murrayinus, Hook. Erect, 3 ft. : Ivs. broad-ovate,
clasping, and the upper pairs grown together into a
cup-shaped body (connate): pedicels 2-3 in long: fls.
deep scarlet, with rather small lobes; sterile filament
glabrous. Tex. B.M. 3472. Gn. 26, p. 229. R.H. 1896,
Dougl. Glaucous, strict and usually
stifllsh, 2 ft. or less tall: Ivs. thickish, the lowermost
broadly ovate to obovate, the uppernmst laucc-uvate to
short-ovate and clasping and uvikiII\ nMn n :(I, . tin-
floral Ivs. shorter than the fls. : iiill.in - I ill.-
peduncles 1-3- or more fld. : IN. ii.ail n 1 - lu
violet, wide at the throat, tin- ..l.iu>. I - -1 r. :i-iiiiu-;
sterile filament bearded at the lip. iM... ruer. wc.>i and
south. B.R. 15:1285. -Very satisfactory.
jj. Shape of leaves lanceolate to linear.
15. caenileus, Nutt. Fig. 1714. Mostly lower: Ivs.
linear to lanceolate, those at the base of the fl.-cluster
usually exceeding the fls.: inflorescence usually close:
fls. blue, varying to lilac or white. Dakota to Colo.—
Seems to run into P. acuminatus.
16. secundifldrus, Benth. About 2 ft. tall: Ivs. nar-
row-lanceolate, somewhat glaucous, the radical ones
spatulate: inflorescence long and strict, the peduncles
1-3-fld. : fls. lilac or purple, the basal tube about twice
the length of the calyx, the throat broad and bell-shaped
and about equaled by the spreading rounded lobes;
sterile filament glabrous or bearded only at the top.
Colo. —Handsome.
17. confertus, Dougl. One to 2 ft., pubescent in the
inflorescence: Ivs. oblong to lanceolate to linear, usu-
ally entire but sometimes minutely .serrate : inflores-
cence a narrow interrupted spike, the peduncles sessile
or the lower ones stalked: fls. M in. or less long, cream-
white to sulfur-vellow, narrow, 2-lipped, the lower lip
bearded within. 'Rocky Mts. to Ore. B.R. 15:1260.
Var. caeriileo-purptireus, Gray (P. /irdcprK.?, Dougl.).
Fls. blue-purple to violet. Colo., west and north. B.M.
29.54. L.B.C. 17:1616. -A common form in gardens, and
a reliable and satisfactory plant.
II. Iiifloresreiicr very open and loose, due to the fact
that the peiliin'cles are i-6 in. long and the pedi-
cels 1 in. or more long and the fls. drooping.
18. rotundlfdlius. Gray. About 2 ft. tall, branching
from the base, glaucous: lower Ivs. thick and leathery,
orbicular-ovate and obtuse, long-petioled, stem-lvs. ses-
sile and cordate-orbicular: fls. 1-1% in. long, narrow-
tubular, yellow-red, the lobes short and acute; sterile
filament glabrous. Northern Mex. B.M. 7055. G.C. 111.
4:205. G.F. 1:473.
GO. Leaves serrate or dentate.
H. Sterile filament bearded at the tip or along
one side. (hh. No. 26.)
I. Color of fls. purple, blue or rose, incidentally rang-
ing to white.
19. campanuld.tus, Willd. Branching from the base,
2 ft. or less tall: Ivs. lanceolate or the upper ones ovate-
lanceolate, long-acuminate, broad at the base and ses-
sile, stronglv serrate: inflorescence long and narrow,
the peduncles usually 2-fld. : fls. 1 in. long, rose-purple,
the narrow base of "the tube about the length of the
1270
PENTSTEMON
calyx, the upper part broad and ventricose, the sub-
equal lobes rounded and spreadlner. ttin tlti-i.nt liairy;
sterile filament hairy at the top. Mix. I;M :>•■( An
old garden plant which is variable in li
has received many names, as P. ".- 'i"-
purptireus, pulchelliis, roseiis. Set- HI;. i:;;IIJJ and
14:1138. L.B.C. 15:1429, 1438.
20. htlmiliB, Nutt. Low, usually not over 6 in. tall,
pubescent in the inflorescence: 1 vs. oblong to lanceo-
late, somewhat glaucous, the upper ones small-toothed:
inflorescence 3-1 in. long, with 2-5-fld. peduncles: fls.
?2 in. long, rather narrow, deep blue or sometimes
ranging to white, the lower lip.
bearded within. Rocky Mts., i
F. 1875:211.
21. gracilis, Nutt. Talle
times minutely puberulent, slen-
der : Ivs. iinear-lanceola
times nearly entire, the radical
ones spatulate or oblong: inflores-
cence strict, the peduncles 2- or
more-fld. : fls. nearly 1 in. long,
mostly narrow-funnelform, lilac-
purple ranging to white. Colo, and
Wyo., north. B.M. 2945. L.B.C.
16:1541.— Pretty species.
II. Color of fls. nearly or quite
white, but sometimes shaded
with red or purple.
22. tubifldrus, Nutt. Stem 2-3 ft.,
t leafy above: Ivs. oblong
ovurc-hmceolate, barely
'. passiTiir into small bracts
• ve : intlurcsoence of densely-
. somewhat whorled clusters:
about ^ in. long, scarcely 2-
PENTSTEMON
spreading, the small lower lip bearded at the base. Pa.,
west and south. B.M. 1425.— A coimuon plant, best
known in the form
Var. Digitalis, Gray {P. DigitMis, Nutt.). Pig.
1715. Very tall, 4-5 ft., with larger white abruptly in-
lowers. B.M. 2587.- Sometimes becomes a weed
tiflds. It is iu cultivation as a border plant.
Palmeri, Gray. Plant 2-:! ft. tall, the foliage
■ k, oviiti- to oblong-lanceolate, the
?r piaioied and the upper connate, very sharp-den-
or sometimes almost entire : inflorescence long,
tly glandular: fls. cream-white tinted with pink, the
narrow part of the tube about as long as the
calyx, the upper part very wide and open, the
mouth % in. across and 2-lipped: sterile fila-
ellow-bearded. Utah, south and west.
B.M. ()064. F.S. 20:2094. P. 1874:37.
flated i
glauc,
III. Color of flou
Cl^velandi, Gray. 1
ft.
1715. Beard-tongue— Pentstemon teviaatus. var.
lipped, the spreading limb nearly as long as the tube,
white or nearly so and sometimes tinged with purple.
Kans. and Ark.
23. laevigitus, Solander. Tall and slender, 2-A ft.,
more or less glaucous: Ivs. rather firm, purplish, some
what glossy, ovate to ovate-oblong-lanceolate and clasp-
ing, the radical ones oblanceolate or broader, all small-
toothed: inflorescence long and loose: fls. about 1 in.
long, white and sometimes tinged with color, rather
slender, narrow at the base, the short lobes not wide-
more,
less glaucous, becoming woody at
the base: Ivs. rigid, oblong or ovate, sharp-
toothed, the upper ones usually connate by
their bases: inflorescence long and narrow:
tts. '% in. long, crimson, with narrow throat;
sterile filament bearded at top. S. Calif.
G.M. 36:626. P. 1878, p. 149.
HH. Sterile filament glabrous.
26. dedstUB, Dougl. Stems 1 ft. or less tall
from a woody base, glabrous throughout : Ivs
thiekish, varying from nearly linear to lance-
olate to ovate, some or all of "them serrate, the
uppermost sessile: infioresceiice iiiany-fld.,
loose and open: fls. not over }4 in. long, dull
white or yellowish white and sometimes
tinged with purple, wide-mouthed, the lobes
wide-spreading. Montana to Calif. B.R. 16:
1318.
specWbilis, Thurber. Two-4 ft., erect,
somewhat glaucous: Ivs. ovate to ovate-lan-
ceolate or sometimes oblong, acute, the up-
per ones acuminate and connate by their
bases, very sharp serrate-dentate : inflores-
cence long and many-fld.: fl. 1 in. or more
long, rose-purple or lilac, the narrow part of
the tube about twice the length of the calyx,
the upper part broad and full, the lobes
rounded. N. Mex. to S. Calif. B.M. 5260.-
A beautiful species.
EE. Stem and Ivs. more or less
pubescent or hirsute.
F. Corolla 2 in. long.
28. Cobaea, Nutt. Fig. 1716.
Straight and erect, stout, about
2 ft., minutely pubescent: Ivs.
thick, ovate-oblong to oblong to
broad-lanceolate, the upper ones
clasping: inflorescence mostly
simple and open : fls. very large,
reddish ['Ui'iiie t" wljite, the
base ver\ n;(rrit\\ )>iii the upper
part of til. ii..w,i Im.ad and
open, thi- liiiili only ul.x-urely 2-
lipped; sterile filament bearded.
Prairies, Kans., south. B.M.
3465. Gn. 49:1068. Mn. 4:113.
— Very showy, and probably one
of the parents of the garden
race of hybrid Pentstemons.
Corolla 1 i
less long.
29. cristatus, Nutt. Only a few inches high, pubes-
cent, usually viscid above: Ivs. linear-lanceolate to nar-
row-oblong: inflorescence erect, leafy below: fls. about
1 in. long, purplish, rather abruptly dilated above, the
lower lip bearded ; sterile filament strongly yellow-
bearded. Dakota to Colo, and N. — Good.
30. ovitUB, Dougl. Stem slender but erect, 2-4 ft.,
more or less pubescent: Ivs. ovate, rather thin, bright
green, serrate, the upper ones clasping: inflorescence
PENTSTEMON
erect but lax, the p
in. loiif,'. I.lu.- .-hani.
lip bearili-il. ]<l;ili..
31. pubescens, .^^
often ilci'uml.iiit si
des
eral-fld.: fls. about 7a
purple, 2-lipp(Ml and the lower
Hid north. B.M. 2903. -Good.
Loose-growinj;, the .slender
ng 2 ft., usually
pubescent: Ivs. obioug to oblanceolate, small-toothed,
the radical ones ovate to spatulate: inflorescence loose
and open, the peduncles 2-3 in. long and the pedicels
1716 Pentstemon Cobaea
often 1 in 1 jng IK al out 1 m long drooping dull
purple or viokt oi v-ii > mg to fle>.h color rather n irrow,
with 2 short lobes, bearded on the palate sterile fila-
ment densely bearded Dry fields and banks from On-
tario south and west. B.M. 1424.— The common Pent-
stemon of the East, and useful in cult.
AA. Cells of anthers not dehiscing or opening to the
base, the hasal part remaining saccate.
B. Leaves dentate or serrate,
c. Plant viscid and soft-pubescent.
32. glanduldsus, Lindl. (P. staticifdlius, Lindl.).
Rather stout, 2-3 ft. tall: Ivs. rather thin, ovate-lanceo-
late, acuminate, the upper ones clasping, the radical
ovate or oblong, all toothed or serrate: inflorescence
narrow, leafy below, the peduncles f ew-several-fld. :
fls. large, somewhat over 1 in. long, lilac, with inflated
throat, the lips short and broad ; sterile filament gla-
brous. Idaho to Wash, and Ore. B.R. 15:1262; 21:1770.
B.M. 3688.-Showy.
cc. Plant not viscid^ either glabrous or puberulent.
33. venistus, Dougl. Stem erect, nearly simple, leafy,
2 ft. or less tall, glabrous: Ivs. thickish, oblong-lanceo-
late to ovate-lanceolate, very sharply serrate : inflo-
rescence narrow, not leafy, the peduncles 1-3-fld. : fls.
usually exceeding 1 in. in length, somewhat 2-lipped,
light purple, .somewhat hairy within; .sterile filament
hairy above. Idaho and Ore. B.R. 1G:1.'!09.
34. diffisna, Dougl. Stems about 2 ft. tall, diffuse:
Ivs. ovate to oblong-lanceolate to cordate-ovate, un-
evenly and deeply serrate : inflorescence leafy, the
pedicels very short: fls. % in. long, light purple, 2-
lipped; sterile filament hairy above. Ore., north. B.M.
3C45. B.R. 14:1132. R.H. 1872:410.
PEPEROMIA 1271
pinnatifld, the upper ones not opposite : inflorescence
loose: fls. % in. long, light purple; sterile filament
somewhat hairy at top. Ore. and Wash. B.M. 3391.
B.R. 13:1121. L.B.C. 17:1041.
BBB. Leaves entire.
0. Sterile filament somewhat bearded,
36. graciUntus, Gray. A foot or more tall from a
woody base, naked above: Ivs. lanceolate to linear or
oblong, glabrous: inflorescence loose, the viscid pedun-
cles 2-5-fld. : fls. K in. long, violet-blue, the lobes very
short. N. Calif., Nev., and Ore.
cc. Sterile filament glabrous.
37. laetus, Gray. About 1 ft. tall, from a woody base,
closely pubescent: Ivs. lanceolate to linear-lanceolate,
the radical ones spatulate: fls. 1 in. long, blue. Calif.
38. azireus, Rmth. Erect or ascending, 3 ft. or less,
glaucous, Miiiirtiiins uiiiiiilely pubescent: Ivs. narrow-
ovate to iinir.iw liiiM , ,,i;,ii.: inflorescence loose and
open: fls. 1 ' . in. ..r I. --, hiii^', blue to violet, sometimes
reddish at tin- Ims,. ih. limb about 1 in. across. Calif.
B.M. 7504.
Var. Jaffrayanus, Gray (P. Jaffray&nus, Hook.).
Lower (about 1 ft. tall), young stems tinged with red:
Ivs. oblong to oval or the upper ones ovate-lanceolate,
glaucous: fls. large and showy, rich blue and reddish at
base and in the throat. Utah to Calif. B.M. 5045.
R.H. 1874:430.
39. heterophyllus, Lindl.
from a woody base, tlif ]tl:i
iugfromoblong-laii I:ii< :,
below; inflorescenr' :
ally 1- or 2-fld.: Hs. :h u
pie, very slender at ili' l-.i--
the lips well marked. Calif
R.H. 1875:110; 1896, p. 348.
PEONY. See Pmonia.
PEPERdMIA (Greek,/)f/)/)fr-?(7.-fl. Pii., r,),,„ . An
enormous genus of tropical herlis, mostly .\iri.ri<;ui, in-
cluding some small but choice toIiULCc ].l;iiiis lor , .ni-
servatory or house decoration. See Fi.L,'. 1717. AiiniKil,
or perennial by a cnipiiiL; .au.h \ <.r liy tubers formed
at the base: stems ]iiv.-ti,iic. .iv, ping and thread-like,
or erect and slendi-r. ot' -Iimii, iIm, i. and succulent: Ivs.
alternate, opposite, nr in wli.nN c,f 3-4 (rarely 5-0),
entire, fleshy or memliranous, often with pellucid dots:
fls. minute, usually disposed in a dense spike, as in
Fig. 1718; stamens 2; anther cells confluent; stigma
sessile in the ovary.
Speaking of P. arifolia, var. argi/reia, ,T. D. Hooker
says (B.M. 5634) : "It is a very beautiful plant, and like
Stems reaching .3-5 ft..
B.M.
L. H.
BB. Le
I deep-cut.
a many of its congeners, is well adapted for placing
long the edge of a shelf in a tropical house, both be-
ause of its beautifully marbled leaves and the length
f time which these keep in good condition. In fact,
1272 PEPEROMIA
few plants are better adapted for permanent bordering
in tropical houses than Peperomias, their leaves vary-
ing so much in depth of colour, in marbling, in the dif-
ferent hues of their upper and under surfaces, and in
the colour of their stalks; then, too, they are not attrac-
tive to insects, make no litter, and give very little
trouble in propagating and cultivating."
The plant which seems to be the commonest in cult,
here is the one figured in B.M. 5G31 as P. arifoUa, var.
nrgyreia. However, DeCandoUe thought that this plant
•was not the true P. urifoUa, and he renamed it P. San-
■dersii (after Wilson Sanders), but the name is invariably
spelled Saundersii in trad(
which DeCandolle makes are t(
are that P. arifoUa has a slif^r
longer than the Ivs., while /* ^
the catkins are about as l.m-
tions is a plant known as 7'' /
that does not appear in lj"t
very distinct species with dark
logues. The distinctions
chnifal. The main ones
~*rT!i rtTi'l catkins much
I i- no stem and
I ^"me collec-
/ia,ananie
■:,l ,„-.!,. -,l':. [ills. It is a
fleshy Ivs. 8
inches, becoming very hard when old ;
and upright in habit, afoot in height: fls. in insignificant
catkins. It is a very good species and deserves to be
more generally known. It is not in the trade, at least
■not under this" name.
The names of Peperomias are much confused, partly
owing to the vast size of the genus, which always in-
creases the difficulties of discrimination, and partly to
the minuteness of the tls. Moreover, the duration of
many kinds is uncertain, while great numbers are
1718. Catkins of Pep.
areyreia.
Tuonocarpic, that is, they tlower and fruit once and then
die. The latest monograph is in Latin, DC. Prod.
16, part 1. .392-468 (18691. For important criticisms on
the key characters used by DeCandolle, see Hillebrand's
"Flora of the Hawaiian Islands.'' ^. jl.
Peperomias are very attractive little plants, and their
fleshy leaves enable them to endure the dry air of a liv-
PEPEROMIA
ing room much better than the great majority of plants.
While they are essentially warmhouse plants, they will
endure a coolhouse temperature for weeks without any
apparent harm. They need shade in summer, but none
in winter, and require less water than the genera] run of
warmhouse subjects. Never keep them too wet. A
loose, lumpy soil with a mixture of broken charcoal suits
them well. A pan 3 or 4 in. deep is better for them than
a deep pot. They are easily prop, in sand or sandy soil
in a bottom heat of 75°, either by the leaf, as with
Begonia Bex, or with an inch of stem attached. Early
spring is the best time to propagate. P. pitbifoUa is
well adapted for a hanging basket. P. maculosa makes
a fine subject for a pan. These, together with P. ari-
foUa, var. argj/reia, and P. marmorata, are the best
kinds for the florist.
argj'reia. 1.
arifolia, 1.
brevipes. 9.
latifolia, 7.
INDEX.
mAculosa, 4.
magnolicefolia, 3.
Wm. Scott.
prostrata. 8, 9.
pubifolia. 10.
tithymaloides, .1.
Verschaffeltii, 2.
Plants for pots or pans.
B. Lvs. alternate.
c. Stems short or wanting.
D. Foliage variegated.
E. Sase of lvs. rounded,
arifoUa
sJinji' 'I 'J. Verschaffeltii
EEE. Base of Irs. iiriii,' :!. tlthymaloides
DP fnllnnt nnt ,.nr! .,ynl„rl , 4. maCUlOSa
CC Stems numerous long slen-
der 5. metallica
BB ii? opposite or tn 11 horh
C Bane of lis uith 2 round-
ish oieilappmg lobes 6. marmorata
CC Base of Its acute 7. latifolia
AA Planli ftr hanytng baskets
B Li 1 roundiih . 8. nummularifolia
9. brevipes
BB Lii oiale .10. pubifolia
1 anfdlia Miq {P argyrea or anii/ran. Hort. P.
Sandenii t DC ) Fi^s 1717 lil8 Stemless: lvs. al-
ternate ptltatt o X iA 1-a petioh s dark red, 4-8 in.
long Cult onlv in the form v ^r. argyrMa, Hook.,
whi h differs from the t\pe in hiving broad, parallel
l)n_itn hml lands of white between the nerves. Brazil.
HM Ills 212488 AG 19:17. F.R. 1:637.-
M n i| 1 iiinual or biennial
Verschaffeltii Lem Distinguished from P. mar-
It \\ tht basal lob( s of the lvs., which do not
1 1 ip but are separated b\ a notch as in a typical
r lit! haf A smaller and mere delicate but more
I I I li( 1 plant stun sh rt sttm, branches, petioles
1 I I Inn Ii mudi longer trinslucent and pale rose
II 1 _i lu I pper Amazon Bra?il. I. H. 16:598.
tlthymaloides A Dietr l,P magnoliirfdlia, A.
1) ti I \ dternit* subo\it<. icutish, 2-3 in. long,
1 1 1 111 m re th m ) ner\ ed nerves subopposite;
] 11 1 1 111 If n„ k( eled beneith stem rooting below,
s lilt Doininp,o — Monocarpic annual or biennial.
1 maculdsa Hook Ivs alternate (?) ovate-lanceo-
lii 1 Inning green \er^ tic liy; petioles beauti-
1 1 with purjih Santo Domingo. — A good
II I 111 Perennial
mclillica I ind & Rod is distinct from all others
1 I I 111 (1 1\ Its nuiiH r u lender, unbrauched
teni 1_-1( in high and 1 mceol it lvs. It probably be-
loius in some other gdui or f miily. It was int. in
18£72 before the tU. .vere k,.o„,i, -.^J there seems to be
no subsequent record of fls. Lvs. blackish green, painted
white down the middle, red-veined below; petioles short,
reddish brown. Peru. I.H. 39:157.
6. marmoT&ta, Hook. Stem short, much-branched,
nearly J.j in. thick: lvs. opposite, ovate-cordate, deeply
2-lobed at the base, the lobes rounded and overlapping.
The lvs. are .3-5 in. x lK-254 in., not as broad as P.
arifoUa and less concave. Not adv., but has been un-
necessarily confused with P. ari folia.
4
PEPEROMIA
7. latiidlia, Miq. Stem 10 in. high, decumbent: Ivs.
obovate or obtusely ovate, 5-7-nerved, opposite or in
whorls of 3, base acute, glabrous above, pubescent be-
■neath ; petiole 7-8 lines long. Sandwich Islands.—
Monocarpic annual or biennial.
8. nummularifolia, IIBK. Delicate creeper, with long,
thread likr. r.".iiM- stvms and small orbicular Ivs., pu-
beruliixi- ,,i ^rhilnat.-: Ivs. alternate, ciliate, obscurely
palnuitilv :; iH TV, .1, :i-4 lines in diam. Trop. Amer.-
The abuvu cksiriptiou is from Grisebach. Five other
■species in the West Indies have the same habit. P.
prostrdta, Hort.. is probably a syn., but see P. hrevipes.
P. prosfrota is a stove basket plant figured in G.C.
II. 11:717 and F. 1881, p. 103, with a good-sized petiole.
The Ivs. are very small for the genus, and are said not
to exceed two -fifths of an inch. Lvs. bordered and
nerved with greenish white. Annual.
9. br^vipes, C. DC. Lvs. alternate, orbiculate, younger
•ones hirsute, older ones glabrate, ciliate, 1-nerved : style
none: berry with a very short stipe. Trop. Amer.—
The above description from DC. Not advertised, but
inserted because Nicholson refers P. prostrata to this
species and keeps P. nummularifolia distinct.
10. pubifolia, Veitch. Perennial creeper of unknown
habitat, suitable for hanging baskets. Lvs. small, ovate,
marked with a central gray bar.
P. resedcefldra, Andr^, int. in 1865. was "found in all stoves"
2 years later and said to be "a plant for the million." It dif-
fers from all the above in being a flowering plant rather than
a foliage plant, for the lvs. are merely bordered lighter green
and the tls. are about as showy as those of a mignonette, each
one 3-4 lines long, and WO or so in a raceme. Stem 1-lH ft.
high, red. forked : lvs. broadly ovate, cordate. Colombia.
B.M. 6619. m M
PEFINO or MELON SHBUB is Solan
luricatum.
FEFdNIA (Greek, melon, gourd). Cucurbitctcea.
Seven species of tropical perennial herbs, prostrate or
scandent, often villous, with fibrous roots: lvs. lobed or
rarely .ntir.-. d.ntute ; fls. large, yellow or whitish,
mono-cious, iIm- in:tlrs solitary or racemose; petals 5,
free. i>l"'v;it(.; stain. us 3; female fls. solitary: fr. large
or mt'diuiii. (In.- sii.cies from Madagascar; the rest
African. P. Jlmkciinii was int. in southern California
with the remark that it is an immense grower and has
thick dark green foliage and yellow fls. ; but it seems to
have been lost fiom the trade for the present.
Mack^nnii, Naud. Distinguished from its congeners
by the following characters : lvs. broadly ovate-cordate,
5-lobed to the middle: male fls. solitary; calyx-tube
subglabrous, narrowed from apex to base. It is hardly
scandent, densely villous and the stem grows K-6 ft.
long: lvs. 4 ill. 1..111.': petals over 1 in. long: fr. oblong-
ovoid, alii.ut (111' siz,:. ,if a hen's egg, green at first, then
marbli'.l wirli wliir.-. finally all red; pulp orange-col-
ored, iusipiil. Natal.
PEPPER. The black and white Pepper of commerce
are treated under Piper. With American horticultur-
ists " Pepper" usually means the red Pepper (Capsicum,
which see) of which the green Pepper is merely the
unripe stage.
The red Pepper is doubtless a native of the New
World tropics, as there is no record of its having been
known prior to tlii' discnverv of .America. Aivonling to
ing!
'Lif
tioned by Martyr in ll;i:;. wh.. says r..liiiiii.ns l,r..ii^lit
home "Pepper iiMi-c- pnn-.'iit tlian iliat l'f..ni i 'an.Msiis,"
merce from the oriental countries. It was cultivated by
the natives in tropical and southern America before this
time, and about a century later Gerarde speaks of its
being brought into European gardens from Africa and
south.-rii Aiia. Til.- .-a-.- witli wlii.-h the plant spreads
cial 1
ii.-.liat.-Iy f..il..\viiiu- till- ilisi-overy of Amer-
tropical Asia and Africa, vvln-i-c it was supposed by
many to be indigenous and from there introduced into
European gardens.
The first record of the use of Pepper is apparently
by Chauca, physician to the fleet of Columbus, who in
PEPPER 1273
1414 alludes to it as a condmient Writers about a cen-
tui\ 1 itt r L iisikred it i aluable as an aid to digestion
111 1 1 ill 1 ti lied its use in dressing nu its dveing.
(Ill tl 1 [ ii| St s Medicinally it was mu(_h Used for
\ ui u iiln lit such as drops) , colic, ague and tooth-
achL, lud wUlu mixed with honey and applied exter-
'-j:^!^^^^
nally was used as a remedy for quinsy. A. a later
preparations were given for black vomit and var
tropical fevers and for a tonic, also for gout, paiah sis
other diseases. Its modern use is largely as a condin
forming a seasoning in almost eveiy dish eattn b\
inhabitants of warm countries The smallei ^ an.
aremostly used for this pill ii.ise Hi. .n.nii. P.
of commerce consists of tli n II i i i it
duced to a powder. Th. i
into Pepper sauce of \ ai i
brine or strong vinegar '1 ii I
the well known Tabasco I'l | i i
sup. "Chilh con carnie " . i i i
varieties finely ground and n i\ .1
varieties are often eaten i i\\ I i
do radishes, and also fmii
tomales so common in t)
known in the southern Uii >
fleshed sweet vaiieties i
farther north, -who use tin i Ji
parts are th. n fiH.l f..i;<ther plntd iii Ills ^Mlll \ in, -ar
and kept until wanted The fruit is often used in stuff
ing pitted olives after being cooked in olive oil. In
Spain .some are canned after being thus cooked and
eaten with French salad dressing. The seed of Peppers
is more or less used as a bird food ; and the plants of
some varieties, like Little Gem and Celestial, are grown
more especially for ornamental purposes.
Some 30 varieties are recorded by American seeds-
men. Thev differ from one another mainly in the form
and pungencv of fruit and habit of growth. There are
endless fornis among Peppers, but certain types are
well fixed, as indicated by the botanical varieties under
Capsicum. While all kinds are more or less pungent
1274 PEPPER
about the seeds, the pungency of most of the smaller
sorts, like Coral (rem. Tabasco, Chilli, Cayenne, and
Cherry extends to the fleshy portion, but as a rule the
large kinds, like Ruby King (Pig. 1719), Squash, Bell,
Sweet Mountain, and Golden Queen are sweet or very
moderately pungent with the seeds removed. Some
medium-sized varieties, like Long Red, Celestial, and
Oxheart, are hot; others, like County Fair and Kaleido-
scope, are mild.
As a rule Peppers are not grown in large quantities
in any particular locality, but most gardens near large
cities in the central and southern states grow a few to
supply local markets.
In growing Peppers the seed is usually planted under
glass in February or March, and the young plants trans-
planted to pots or boxes when of sufficient size to han-
1720. Pepp
plant ready
ki-pt
die. From 12 to 20 days are require. 1 f.
germinate, the time varying accord ins; t..
seed and the manner in which it h:is )>•
germinating power is said to last four ycM
in pods until sown will grow when 6 or 7
light, warm soil, heavily charged with humus and one
that will not quickly dry out, appears to be the best.
In May or June, or after all danger of frost is past,
the plants (Fig. 1720) are set in the field in rows about
2:2 ft. apart and 18 in. apart in the rows. The ground
is kept thoroughly cultivated, not only to keep down
weeds but to maintain an even but not excessive moist-
ure at all tiiii.-^. wlii.'h is vpry essential for best results
iTi -rowini.- tliis iil.nit. By kc-.i.iiiLT tlie soil well worked
u[> aiinnhi tin' |>hiiii ^ liny staini u|i nuich better against
tlii' «iuil> an. I wciulil i.f tlirirnuii fruit. Pruning or
pinfliiusc tlin iij' .nils ;illrr tilt' fruit begins to mature
is oceasicjiially rc.a.inuM ndi-d, but is rarely practiced
except whni ^|h ,jmh n^ ,.f especially fine fruit are de-
sired, in wliii-li ca-. Ill, Unit is thinned, leaving only a
few on each [ijanl "t tin- larger sorts. In gathering, the
fruit should not be torn off but cut witli a kiiif ■ scis-
sors, leaving at least one inch of stem. Tin' n-nal \-L'c-
table crate is used for packing and niarlM lint; iln ci,,|..
Insects do not injure Peppers growing: in tiir lirhi.
Red spider and greenfly (aphis) frequently attac'k
plauts growing under glass. The red spider may be
kept in check by repeatedly syringing with water, and
the greenfly may be killed bv fumigating with tobacco
dust. Two fungous diseasi-'s fr...|in-Titlv ..ccur on the
large varieties growing ouiii". a- i^ a pink an-
thracnose {Glmosporium pii"> li causes the
fruit to rot about the time ii !■ ^ ' 1 n: the other
is a dark anthracnose {Colh l^-^ ' " I' " "> >>":nitn).
In preparing Peppers for table use, handle them with
gloves to prevent burning the fingers. Neither soap
nor water will soothe hands burned by Peppers, but
milk will. H. C. Irish.
PEPPER GRASS. Lepi,li„m.
PEPPERIDGE or TUPELO. See Ni/ssa.
PERESKIA
PEPPERMINT. See Meiitli,,.
PEPPERMINT STRINGY BARK. Eucalyptus pi-
perita.
PEPPER ROOT. Dentaria dipkijUa.
PERAPH'fLLUM (from Greek pera, beyond, and
phijllijii : alluding to the crowded leaves). Jiosice(f.
The only species is a much-branched rigid shrub, with
deci.lnon^. aliirnate. rather small and narrow Ivs.,
while i|., Mniilar I" apple-blossoms, in few-fld. upright
corynili- a|i|ic'ii in- with the Ivs., and berry-like edible
fr. llar.l\ as ini icTtli as Mass., but seems to possess
onlylinl n lai v aim , It is of very slow growth
and ill. 11, ins ..I, •., I -Ml- <ild. It grows in well-
draincil ^i.il an.: ,1 : 11 inn, and is best suited to
be plant. ..1 .III .... I -. .| . .1 snuthern aspect. Prop.
by seeds au.l lai. r, I 1,, malting .>n .Xmclanchier or
Cratiegus. It is .-i.i~rl\ ullu-.l t.. Ain.-lan.-lii-.r. but dis-
tinguished by ilv ...nx inli.isi. lis.. ,.\ liii.lri,. .-alyx-tube,
orbicular petals, an.l aKi. I.y ii> narn.w h ~. The only
species is P. ramosissimum, .Nnti., a rigid shrub, 2-6-
ft. high: Ivs. oblong to oblaneeolate, almost sessile, en-
tire or sparingly serrulate, silky pubescent when young,
%-2 in. long: fls. in few-fld. erect corymbs, white or
slightly tinged pink, with rose-colored disk, % in.
across ; petals orbicular s|ii-..aiiinir; styles 2-3: ovary
2- or incompletely l-.-. II. .1 : ii. |.. inlulous, globose,
brownish yellow, ab.mi ' m. ... 1.-^. May. Ore. to-
Calif, and Colo. B.M. 74J.i. Ai.fhed Rehder.
PERENNIALS tend to live from year to'year, as op-
posed to annuals and biennials, which die root and branch
the first or second year after flowering and fruiting. Per-
ennials include trees, shrubs and herbs, the two former
being woody, the latter not. "Perennials " as commonly
used by gardeners is a convenient shortening of the
phrase "hardy herbaceous perennials," which includes
Peony, Phlox and other non-woody plants whose roots
live over the winter while their tops may die to the
ground. The phrase "hardy herbaceous perennials"
is also shortened in common speech to "herbaceous
plants;" or one speaks of his "hardy border." See
Serbs and Border.
A popular fallacy about Perennials lies in the com-
mon statement that "they die down every year and
come up again in the spring." Many of them never
come up. Peonies are as long-lived as shrubbery, and
a clump of Fraxinella has been known to outlive father,
son and grandson in the same spot. But these are
exceptions. The general practice with Perennials is
to divide them every second or third year. Nearly all
hardy herbaceous plants should be lifted now and
then, because the crowns which give the flowers in
most desirable kinds flower only 2 or 3 seasons and
then die; but the plant may be continually spreading-
and making new growths, which furnish the flowers, and
unless lifted and divided the stocks become scattering
and unattractive. Another very good reason for lifting
and dividing the Perennials is that, being mostly strong-
rn.itid jilaiits, they deplete the soil.
PERfiSKIA (Nicolaus Fabrieius Peireskius, of Aix,
France I. Cactdrea. Also written PcinsA/rt. Shrubby,
the slender, ..ftr-n very Inn..- brandies s,,r,.a,iing or
wanting: Ivs. In-, .a-l. -..nni inirs nin.li Ilk., ill..-,, of the
lemon tree: tls. \\li.'.l--lia|.. .1, ]ii..i.' ..r I.-- [.anioulate
at the ends of t\vif;s; ..\ary [<r,il\ : s._a.ls ..lark, thin-
shelled, with two coverings.
aculeita, Mill. Lemon Vine. Blad Apple. Barba-
DOES Gooseberry. Branches woody, rather slender,
becoming 10-20 ft- Inner: Ivs. pinnate-veined, 2-3 in.
long, 1-2 in. br...-nl: s|.in..s at tirst 2 intra-axillar, short
and hooked, lai. r nnim i..iis and 1-2 in. long: fls. very
pale yellow, si.in. lini. s ].)nkisli. 1-lJ^ in. broad, some-
what panicled at Iln- .11. Is .,f the branches: fr. lemon-
color, the size of an olive, at maturity nearly or quite
smooth. Widely spread in tropical America. B.M. 7147.
G.C. III. 20:625. -This species is much used as stock
on which to graft other species of Cacti.
1^
PERESKIA
Bldo, DC. Fig. 309, Vol. I. St«
culent, less branching: Ivs. often 5 in. long by half as
wide : spines at first commonly solitary in the axils,
later more numerous, all straight: (Is. purple, lJ^-2 in.
broad: fr. 2 in. long, pear-shaped. New Granada, Brazil.
B.M. 3-178. G.C. III. 20:427.
subuiata, Muehl. Stem 2 ft. or less high, below half
wood, above fleshy and branching: Ivs. persisting a few
years, dark green, shiny, as thick as a pencil, about 3
in. long, half cylindrical and ending in a spine : areolfB
felted, in the young plant with a few hair-bristles
later with 2-4 straight, pale yellow spines 3-4 in. long.
Chile. — Can be used as stock for Epiphyllum.
spathulita, Otto. Stem upright, with few horizontal,
spatulate, shiny green leaves: the diffuse areolffi at
first somewhat woolly, later felted, above with a bunch
of short bristles, below with 1-2 yellowish white, straight
spines. Mex. Katharine Brandeoee.
PEEFUMEEY GARDENING. The perfumes of the
•market are derived in part from animal secretions
(musk, civet), in part from artificial chemical com-
pounds, and in part, and chiefly, from the class of vege-
table products loosely called essential oils. "Synthetic"
or chemical perfumery materials are the more or le.ss
perfect artificial reproductions of organic compounds
used in perfumery. If it were possible in all cases and
with perfect success to compound these substances the
production of floral perfumes would soon be at an end,
as the chemical process would be sure to be cheaper
than the horticultural. But nature knows how to add
some touches which the chemist's art cannot imitate,
and even where synthetic manufacture is possible, the
result is in general regarded as a cheaper substitute.
At the same time, sentimental reasons count consider-
ably in favor of the natural perfume, and considering,
further, that some perfumes cannot be imitated chemi-
■cally, there is no present cause to apprehend the ex-
tinction, or, in view of increasing demand, even the
decline, of the industry of producing natural perfumery
oils.
The essential oils used in perfumery are secreted in
different parts of the plant. The flowers are naturally
thought of first, being the seat of the fragrance of the
rose, violet, cassie, jasmine, tuberose, the orange in part,
and numberless other plants whose perfume is extracted
or only enjoyed as naturally exhaled. The oil of laven-
der is yielded more by the green ]i:irts nf Tlir tluwer-head
than by the corollas. In rose gcr;iiiiiii]i. tliyim', winter-
green and patchouli the foliage is tin- t'r;iLri;iiil i)nrt. A
number of essences are derived fn.iii w.k.iIs. ;is those
of sandalwood, red cedar taid rlKxliiini. Tlie oil of sweet
birch comes partly from tin- \V(".il. hut mainly from the
inner bark, and the saiiii- is tnu- of sassafras. In the
case of the latter, howiv.r. th.- iv.its cnly are used; in
the case of the f"-inir tl"' \ jul- t..|i~. Srvprnl hfrbn-
ceous roots ul-- "■ '■ ■■ ■- n^ .UTi- y.,\, (■■him. In
snakeroot and ■• ■ ' '■' I i' iinds -tf tlir "r:iu[i'' ;iii'l
other citrous I'l : ' • : M:|"iii:iiit ]iri-[iMiiiT\ oils,
and the oil of lur. i u ml- <-.nnr< fn.iii ih.- frriiiriit.a
kernel of thr iim.
Tlio stall. hinl niotliiiils of extracting essential oils are
four. ii;inirly. iIm- iiso of mechanical means (chiefly ex-
pression!, iiistili;itioii, enfleiirage or inflowering. and
maceration. Expression appears to be applied only to
the rinds of the citrous fruits. These are placed under
pressure in a screw press, or sections turned wrong side
out are squeezed in the fingers, the oil being taken up
with a sponge, or the fi-uit is rubbed in a cup lined with
spikes (iciieUe A piquer), the oil collecting in a hollow
handle. An eenelle on a larger scale in the shape of a
hollow drum has also been used.
In distillation, the oil-bcarine: nuiterial is heated with
water or sulijei'te.l to hot st.-atii, :iimI tin- oil, hiim; vohi-
if the vapor woro not .■..iHlmso.l, :iimI tliis is :HToiii|ilisli,',l
bypassing it tiit-ou-li : il ..r .MiniNaloiit nff;ni-oi,iriir
of pipe kept cool l,y :i llow of w.Ai-v. TI n.lonsi.l
steam and oil fall into ■, " I'lorontino rocipi.iit ,' a v.s-, I
with a spout cotnili-diit at tin- lia-o I. lit fisiiiLr to III.-
level of the top, s,, tiuu tin- lii-a\i.-i- li.|inil, som.-tini.-s
PERFUMERY GARDENING
1275
poured off separately. After the water and oil have
mainly separated, the water will still contain enough
oil to make it highly fragrant, and in this state it goes
to market as rosewater, orange-flower water, etc., or is
returned to the still to be redistilled with the next
charge.
The remaining two methods depend on the fact that
grease has the power of absorbing essential oils. In
enfleiirage the grease, without heating, is spread over
both surfaces of panes of glass which m.- s.t in fianics
{chiissis), so that they can be piled ..n. o\.-i- ,-iii..ili,-r
with spaces between. In these spaces ai-.- [.l.i.-.-.l 1 1 1. dow-
ers, the charge being renewed daily miDl il..- i;i-.-as.- is
sufficiently impregnated, when if .-..listi! -., ;,■• |„,ina.le."
"Extracts"are made by ditri-sti.- .i. i i .i. in alcohol,
which has a still stronger ;.i ., i ih,- perfume
than has the grease. The al. . . I n. i i i > i l.e deodor-
ized to save perverting the iLnal [.. iiuni. , and is then
known as "Cologne spirit." The grease used in this
and the next process, moreover, must be freed from all
corruptible matter by a special process. Tallow and
lard, commonly mixed, and sometimes the fat of the
deer and other animals, are employed.
In maceration the pomade is produced by immersing
repeated charges of the flowers in melted grease or fine
olive oil.
In recent times various chemical processes for ex-
tracting perfumery have been tried, apparently with
some practical success; but they have not yet sup-
planted the old methods. Carbon bisulfid and pe-
troleum ether are among the solvents employed. These
methods would be less easily practiced by beginners
and amateurs than the ordinary ones.
The art of distilling is not only not difficult to learn,
but is already in practice in this country in the case of
peppermint, sweet birch, sassafras, eucalyptus, etc.
More care and better apparatus would be required for
distilling roses and other flowers, but the process is
essentially the same. Nor do the grease processes in-
volve any difficulties which may not be overcome by
the application of a little American ingenuity and
capital. In fact, the production of the raw materials
of perfumery might proceed almost at once, so far as
the dilHculty of the processes is concerned. But can
we grow the requisite plants?
That many of the standard perfumery plants will
grow in this' country needs no proof, and there is no
reason to doubt that tlieir fragrance in properly chosen
localities will equal that of the same plants in the
European centers. In general, success in this line
must be looked for only southward, even in dealing
with hardy plants, though there may be exceptions to
this rule. Cool trade-winds and fogs at flowering time
are to be shunned. The natural conditions in Florida
seem not very different from those of the south of
France, the great center of perfumery farming in
Eufoi.e. and in fact the feasibility of sti.-cossfnl per-
ing
Flor
tory lietween these two points is available for some
lines of the industry.
Among the particular plants to be noticed, the citrous
fruits deserve a leading place. Nearly or quite all of
the trees of this f;i-oii| , ii . ;i,.niij iln- sweet, the bitterer
Seville, and the 1. i i ■ , the sweet and sour
limes, the lemon, til. , i I i In- shaddock, contain
valuable perfumi-s . ill.. I m i... | ■ .1 of their fruit, or in
their flowers, or in il.. ii 1. a\. s, or in more than one
of these. Of the fruit oils, that of lemon is imported
into this country in largest quantity, followed by oil of
bergamot, oil of orange bitter and sweet, oil of limes
an<l "ccdrat" or citron oil, the last two in very small
.|uaiititi..s, l.iif tl.o ,-,-.li-at at a vor>- lii-h J. vice. These
oils Mil- .■\ir;..-t.-.l l.\ . \].i-.ss],,,i, till- ilistilied being
III. ..ili.r 'III.- oil of the hitter orange is superior to
ilii' .-t ill. ... . . t ; the oil of bergamot is far more val-
ni.il. iliin . iili.r, but can rarely be had in an unadul-
t. rai..l still. . The flowers of the orange treated by
distillation vu-lJ"ueroli." The scent of neroli, however.
1276
PERFUMERY GARDENING
is not that of the flowers, an alteration taking place
d\iring the distillation. Orange-tlower water, consist-
ing of the condensed vapor of water with a little un-
changed oil adhering, affords the true odor of the
flowers. By maceration, likewise, the true floral fra-
grance is obtained. The abortive flowers which fall
from the trees are available for perfumery use, but the
flowers are also sometimes picked, presumably with a
better result. Besides the product of fruit and flowers,
the leaves and young twigs pruned from the sweet
and bitter orange's yield to distillation the oil of "petit
grain," of considerable though minor value. There is
no reason to doubt the perfumery capacity of American
orange groves. Indeed it has been asserted that the
orange flowers of Louisiana excel in sweetness those of
foreign parts. In Los Angeles, California, something
lias been done towards utilizing the peel, and in Florida
a beginning has been made with both peel and flowers,
but for the most part these resources are at present
suffered to go to waste.
The lemon verbena, Lippia eitriodora (Fig. 1721),
may be mentioned in passing as furnishing an attrac-
ti\.'- i"ifinri.' ..f tlie citrous order, and as available at
lr:,-.i ill I'll. ri. la and California.
'I'ln- ji. rliiirirry products of the rose and its allies
iiiiiit 11. M aiiiiition. The value of the importation of
atiar ut rosea — to say nothing of rose perfume in other
forms — exceeds that of any single citrous perfume, and
at the same time the capacity of this country for pro-
ducing this and the other rose perfumes can scarcely
be called in question. The present supply of the
European and American markets is derived chiefly from
Turkey and from the perfumery region of the south of
I' ranee. The attar or otto of roses is produced most
lar^'ely in Bulgaria and other parts of European Turkey,
from the damask rose. It is obtained by distillation,
which is there conducted in a rude manner. In the
Grasse district (south of France), the rose water, ob-
tained as explained above, yields more profit than the
attar, which is regarded as a by-product of the distilla-
tion. But the rose perfume is here largely extracted
by maceration, finishing with enfleurage, processes
which secure the true rose odor, which is not repre-
sented by the attar or water. The pomade and its
alcoholic extract are perhaps the finest of rose prod-
ucts. The Provence rose is here employed, a hybrid
or variety of the hundred-leaf, Jiosa centifolin, the
type to which the cabbage and moss roses belong.
Pictures of this rose present, not the well-known door-
yard variety with short and crowded petals forming a
flat disk without visible stamens, but a variety with
larger and looser petals of a deeper color, with stamens
in the middle. Both this and the damask rose are
spring bloomers, the latter yielding also a .small crop in
the fall.
The luxuriance of roses on the Pacific coast and
through the South invites experiments in those regions
to ascertain their perfumery worth. Affluent vegeta-
tion cannot be taken as sure proof of a rich perfumery
content, but this must be directly investigated by the
nostrils and better by experimental distillation. There
is practically no doubt, however, that in properly
chosen localities American roses can compete in sweet-
ness with the European. How far north the rose can
be utilized for perfume cannot be settled in advance of
experiment. The rose must have a hot sun, but the
June sun is hot far to the north; and as at most only
two harvests are gathered each year the advantage of
the South may not be as great as might be supposed.
Still thp |>r''-;iiru)>t!on is that our coming rose industry
wiM 1 ....... I'l. I..! in our warmer sections. The soil for
i':. . ■..! lie poor, but there is a possibility of
1! n.li for the best perfumery results.
A\!ii'. .1 1 I il liM.ii seems to be practically confined to
till- t».. riisis mentioned above, other kinds whose odor
is attractive are available for treatment by the grease
processes. There appears to be little in the methods of
cultivating roses for this purpose which would not sug-
g.^t ii-i If ti. an i.\|H.rifni-ed gardener. It takes some
:i.u'i I |.. uimN i.f }.. laN t.. yield a pound of oil, but that
I u.l -Im.mI.I l...\v..iili at retail about ninety dollars, and
mm., if of i-\tra i|iiality.
The oil distilled truiu the green parts of the common
PERFUMERY GARDENING
rose geraniums, Pelargoniuiii eiipilutiim ( !) and P. Ka-
ditla, resembles in fragrance the oil of roses and is largely
used as a substitute for it. Though generally not sold
at retail under its own name, it is in itself a legitimate
perfume, and its production should be undertaken in
this country— only, however, in the South, where the-
long season admits of three crops of leaves and where
the stumps with the soil heaped around them will sur-
vive the winter. The largest crop is to be had on rich
lowland, but the finest quality is produced on drier and
less fertile ground. In France, it is now grown mainly
on irrigated land, but the product has to be ameliorated
by the admixture of oil from drier locations. The rose
geranium is largely grown in Algeria, and in Spain,
Sicily, etc., as well as in France. Geranium oil in turn
has its substitutes, among which the oil of lemon grass-
from India is conspicuous.
The European sweet violet, Viola odorata, affords
the finest example of a favorite type of odors quite
different from the citrine and the rose. The oil of the
violet itself is necessarily so expensive as to be little
used. The large amount of flowers required and the
amount of hand labor necessary for gathering such
small flowers, each growing on a separate stem, are
apparently insurmountable obstacles to the extensive
use of true oil of violet. Still it may be presumed that
there will permanently be a class of buyers willing to
pay the necessary cost of so choice a perfume. The
violet yields its full fragrance only southward, but it
must be grown in partial shade. When labor conditions
admit, true violet perfume may be produced in Cali-
fornia and in the South. An expert grower of violets
has even thought that they might be grown under glass
for this purpose.
Of the same general type and in some wise a substi-
tute for violet perfume, is that of Acacia i'arnesiana,
the "cassie" of the French, known in the South a*
"opoponax." The small yellow balls of flowers are
treated by the grease processes, particularly macera-
tion. While not ranked as high as violet, the perfume
is in entirely good standing and produced in large
quantities. The flowers dried with proper care have &
market value for sachets. The opoponax tree grows
freely in Florida, is apparently native in Texas, and is
suited to the climate of Arizona and southern Cali-
fornia. The labor of picking the flowers would be
somewhat expensive. Several other acacias are eligible
for perfumery use.
To the same group belongs the perfume of orris or
iris root. It is afforded by the rootstocks of three
species of Iris, formerly gathered wild and now culti-
vated near Florence and at other points in Italy. The
species are Iris Oermanica (Fig. 1178), /. pallida, and
/. Florenlina (Fig. 1721), the first of these being our
common garden Iris, with deep blue flowers, the second
a paler-flowered species, the third having white flowers.
High authority affirms that the use of the first two
species is only a falsification, and in fact that the root
of /. Germanica causes serious inflammations. It is
certain that the first two are extensively grown ; but
/. Florentina alone appears to be much used for dis-
tillation. When cultivated the Iris is generally propa-
gated by root division, the cuttings being placed for
the first year in a nurser}% afterward set in rows a foot
apart. It is grown in stony dry soils on hillsides or
mountains. The crop is gathered once in two or three
years. The cuticle is scraped from the root, which
after being dried in the sun is stored in a dry place for
the development of its fragrance. This is wanting in
the fresh root, and does not reach its maximum under
three years. When distilled the root yields "orris but-
ter," but it is more largely used in the form of an alco-
holic tincture or ground up for sachets. There is no
reason why orris root should not be grown in many
parts of this country, but the returns at present are
Another important group of perfumery plants con-
sists of several members of the mint family. Pepper-
mint and spearmint (Fig. 1392) can hardly be placed in
the perfumery class, but lavender, thyme and rosemary
could not easily be spared from the perfumer's re-
sources. Lavender is native on dry slopes in the Medi-
tprranean region, and the oil is most largely produced
PERFUMERY UARDENING
in the region of the maritime Alps. The plant has
been introduced, however, into some of the southern
counties of England (Miteham and Hitchin being the
centers), and found to produce there an oil which has
commonly been regarded as far superior to the French,
and at any rate is different in kind (see Mentha). The
English lavender is grown in light and well-drained
calcareous soils. In well-drained ground lavender will
bear some cold, especially if protected, but profit can-
not be looked for far north. Lavender of the French
type may be expected to succeed in California out of
the reach of the trade-winds, and may perhaps not
require irrigation. There are shallow calcareous soils
in the "black belt" of the Gulf states which might per-
haps yield an oil like the English, and the same may l>e
true of some tracts northward on the Pacific slope.
Lavender is treated by distillation, and it is said in
England that direct contact with the water yields better
PERFUMERY GARDENING
1277
for fine soaps. This so-called oil is a poisonous com-
pound formed in the process of fermenting the cake of
the kernels from which the fixed oil has been expressed.
Its production should be considered in our almond-
growing regions, especially California.
Of our native growths there are some which are
already utilized as the source of scenting materials.
The root of sassafras is or has been distilled in Penn-
sylvania, Jhiiylaiid and Virginia, and in other northern
til,
Win
-/ „:/„,«„ I ,,,,',;,,„«<(, has luijg befu
ii>, and latterly in this country. It
' ilar-of-Lebanon perfume than the
iiM-l£.
r wild ginger or Canada snakeroot,
/'.-.<■, yields a fragrant oil quoted in
1 1 said to be used especially for
I perfumes. The sweet goldenrod,
furnishes an oil which has a market
1721 Perfumery plants Ins Florenti
results than the application of dry steam. ( See, also,
Ij(rvanditla.}
Thyme (chiefly the garden thyme, TJiymus vulgaris)
furnishes a perfume particularly suited to soaps and
imported into this country in large quantities. Rose-
mary has a stimulating property and is an essential
ingredient in Cologne water. Both of these could quite
possibly be grown, say in California, but might not be
able to compete well with the spontaneous product of
Europe.
Some notice should be taken, too, of the rather hum-
ble group of odorous plants belonging to the parsley
family, including anise, caraway and fennel. Not only
are 'he oils of these three (chiefly anise) largely im-
ported, but also their seeds (chiefly caraway). Caraway
runs wild northerly, fennel has established itself on the
lower Potomac, and anise could doubtless be grown, but
there is no reason to expect large profits from these
plants.
There are several plants deserving consideration
which do not fall into any of these groups. One is the
jasmine {Jasminum grandifloritm and J", Satubac).
Fig. I72I. This furnishes almost the only odor which
cannot be imitated by combinations of others. The oil
of .iasmine is very valuable. The plants can be grown
in our warmest regions. The tuberose furnishes another
choice perfume and has been very successfully grown
for the purpose in Florida. {See Polianthes.) The helio-
trope (Fig. 1032), jonquil (Fig. 1460), and mignonette
are also to be named. Of a quite different scent from
any of these is the oil of bitter almond, so important
I xtracted in Florida.
niaiinolia is doubtless
III ilir same is probably
e. Tlie great magnolia,
in the South, but its
Jasminum ^randiflo:
standing. The rich odor nf flu- y.llow jessamine of
the South has been success'
The common market i..itui]
mostly or entirely an imitatiu
true of CUtlira atuihiUa p,r
Magnolia grandi flora, abou
flowers might be diflicult to secure in quantity. Clethr
is abundant enough in the Atlantic coast region, but
some difficulty might be experieiii-od with it owing to
the fact that (.nlv a |>art <•( tin- Mowers in the raceme
open at one tim.." Tl].- tl..w.rs .,f the swamp magnolia
or sweet hny. .n,i<,>i"li.i \',r.i,,n„„„ ,.r M. glanca (Fig.
1347), should be Irii il. 'I'lic s|.iii- \tunh, Sensoin odor-
iferum, affords several scents. The sweet and copious
bloom of Azalea arbori-xcens in the southern mountains
has been suggested for treatment. It is to be feared
that the delicious odor of the native crab apples would
be too expensive, considering the difficulty of collecting
enough petals. The bloom of the wild grape might well
be thought of. Many of our plants— these are only
examples-will eventually be tried and a few will be
found steadily valuable. It is useless to expect com-
mercial success with small and scanty-flowered plants
like trailing arbutus, Mpigaa repens, however pleasing
in their natural state.
The production of perfumery oils may be conducted
on large farms by capitalists; or a central establish-
ment may contract with individuals for flowers and
other materials ; or the business may be carried on
cooperatively; or individuals may operate on a small
scale in connection with other lines of farming. Some
1278 PERFUMERY GARDENING
competent women to whom other avenues are closed
may find this work available and congenial.
Intending experimenters should seek further info
tion in one or more of the books which
public. With regard to methods of ext
son's "Perfumes and their Proparntioii
fldently recommended. S.iwr's "' 'dnrn;
cially the first series) is valii:ii.lr )"itli t
and the grower. Piesse's "Ait ut I't rtuiiMTV " will also
be found useful on both sidus of the subject. Gilde-
meister and Hoffman's "Volatile Oils" is also very valu-
able. E. S. Steele.
Also consult E. S. Steele's article on "Perfumery
Gardenins" in the Yearbook of the U. S. Dept. of
AsrU-.. f(.r is'.ig. Vol. 22, part 2 of the Journal of the
Knyal Hurt, S..C. (London, 1898) contains a list of per-
that yield them, and also
before the
ctiou, A skin-
may be cou-
aphia"(espe-
the extractor
list of
books (
FEBtLLA (said to be a native name in India).
Labidtw. Perilla Nankinensis is distinct among all
tender bedding plants by the color of its foliage. The
leaves are a dark, wine-purple, with a bronzy luster.
These colors are more or less toned with green, espe-
cially in young plants. The Perilla is an annual herb,
growing about IH ft. high. It is considerably used in
subtropical beds and for the back of ribbon borders.
It is sometimes planted next to a dusty miller or other
white-leaved plants for the sake of contrast. The
foliage has an odor suggesting cinnamon. In Japan
the Perilla is of economic importance for the production
of oil. Perillas need a sunny or at least half-sunny
position. They thrive under the treatment given
half-hardy annuals. Sow the seeds thinly and cover
nearly an inch. Avoid planting Perillas too closely;
leggy specimens are wretched. The lis. are incon-
spicuous and produced in autumn. Before the intro-
duction of the Coleus, this plant was much used as an
■ornamental flower-garden plant, and is still used largely
in the gardens of northern Europe, where the Coleus
makes but a stunted growth. But in our warmer sum-
mers it is displaced by the more brilliantly colored and
free-growing Coleus.
Perilla is placed by Bentham and Hooker next to the
American genus Collinsonia, with which it agrees in
the following characters: flowering calyx of a nearly
■equal teeth; fruiting calyx declinate, 2-lipped; anterior
lobe of the corolla larger: perfect stamens 4. The
main point of difference lii s in ih.- iiutl<-ts; those of
Perilla are netted-veined. wluli ilh.-. ..f i i.llinsnnia are
smooth. Also the anther ci'M < r i 'i.liiii-iiiia are divari-
cate, while those of Perilla ar.' linallx in. r.ly divergent.
Perilla is placed in the .satne sulitribe with Mentha, but
belongs to a group in which the whorls of fls. are not
axillary (as is usually the case in the Mentha group),
but are spieate or racemose.
ocymoideB, Linn. Also spelled ocimoides. The typical
form has Ivs. green on both sides and is worthless for
gardens. Lvs. opposite, rarely speckled with brownish
purple, only slightly wrinkled, base wedge-shaped or
narrow; blade broadly ovate or roundish, pointed or
blunt, hairy or not, eutire or variously cut at the mar-
gin. In the wild, it is a coarse, often shaggy plant, 2-4
ft. high, with lvs. 3-6 in. long, petioles 1-3 In. long:
racemes .'i-S in. long: corolla white or reddish, 2 lines
long: fruitiiii^ calvx t . in. lunir. Hinialavas, Burma,
€hina, Japan. H.^1. 2:1:1:.. -Spariii-ly run Wild.
Var. Nanki
V..SS tP. X.n,!.-:
Decne. P.
.ase wedge-
.ns); blade
i.'d, margin
lien young.
phylla (P.
is a lari;..-
shaped " fo
ibout 1872. P.G. 2:7;
ikhihisiii macrophyll<
form characterized by its al
The lvs. are wavy-fringed. Habit
(2) Var. macro-
tnpdcfa, Hort.)
PERIPLOCA
pact. (3) Var. eliltior {P. Nanltiiihisis macropliylla
elAtior, Hort. Benary) is a taller form of var. macro-
vhylla. (4) Var. varieg4ta (P. Nuiikhihisig foliis vurie-
gatis, Hort.) differs in having the foliage spotted with
white. (5) Var. microph^lla {P. JViinkinhisis micro-
phylla v)gricans, Hort. Benary) is a small-lvd. form
int. about 1899. -^^M. Scott and W. M
1722. Peristeria elata-Holy Ghost Plant.
FERtPLOCA (Greek, peri, around, and plekein, to
twine; alluding to the twining habit). Asclepiadctcecf.
Twining, rarely upright, glabrous shrubs, with opposite,
deciduous or evergreen entire lvs. or sometimes leafless,
and with rntlicr small tisually dark -colored fls. in axillary
or t.iininal .-yni. s. :\l,isr <.f tlie species are subtropical,
but til. ..Illy ^|.,. i. s .nil. in this country is hardy north
to N. w 'i..iK, aii.l ran l.i- Kriiwn even in Canada when
trailiii;; uii tlic yrouud and somewhat protected during
the winter. It is a vigorous and high-growing climber,
with handsome dark green and shining foliage, and is
well suited for covering arbors, trellis work and trunks
of trees. It bears fragrant fls. in summer and keeps its
foliage until late in fall. It thrives in any well-drained
soil and prefers sunny positions. Prop, by seeds or by
greenwood cuttings in summer under glass ; also by
layers.
Twelve species, distributed from S. Eu. to trop. Africa,
China and E. In.lia. Shrubs, with milky .iuice: fls. in
axillary or tiriiiinal cymes; calyx 5-lobed; corolla 5-
partid. Iiiariii:; inside at the base a 5- or 10-Iobed
crown ; stamens 5, with very short filaments and with
PERIPLOCA
the anthers connected at the apex and Tillous; style
shoit, with broad stigma: (r. consisting of 2 follicles,
containing numerous, small, winged seeds.
Graeca, Linn. Silk Vine. Deciduous shrub, twining
to 40 ft. : Ivs. petioled, ovate to oblong-lanceolate,
acuminate, dark green and glossy above, 2-t in. long:
fls. in loose, long-peduncled cymes, brownish purple
inside, greenish at the margin and outside, %-l in.
across; petals oblong, villous; crown with 5 slender
thread-like incurved glabrous appendages : follicles
narrow, about 4 in. long. July, Aug. S. Eu., W. Asia.
B.M. 2289. B.R. 10:803. L.B.C. 14:1389. Gn. 34, p. 78.
— Under the name of P. angustifolla a narrow-leaved
form is sometimes cultivated, but it is P. Graca, var.
angustifolia, Jiig. The true P. angustifolia, Labill., is
synonymous to P. lavigata, Ait., from the Canary Isl.
and N. Africa, with persistent Ivs. and pubescent ap-
pendages of the crown. Alfred Rehdfe.
PERIST£;RIA (Greek, dove, from the form of the
column and wings). OrchidAcece. A genus of stately
South American orchids, having large plicate leaves
unfolding successively, and tall, erect or hanging
flower-spikes. The flowers are nearly globose or cup-
shaped, of a waxy texture, with broad, concave seg-
ments. The genus is distinguished from the related
genera Acineta, Sacsena, Gongora, etc., by the curious
shape of the labellum and column. The base of the
labellum (hvpochil) is united with the column by broad
wings (pleiiridia). The upper part of tlie labellum
(epichil) is movably joined to the hypochil. Five
species, of which two are commonly cultivated.
These plants are easily kept alive, but difficult to
flower. When growth begins thc-y sliimld lie iilanted in
well-drained coni[..ist ..f lilin.n-^ li.:iiii, l.^af in.ilil and
sand, and carefully \v;i.ir..l until ili'' pljiii~ li.-i-diiie
vigorous. Later liipinl iiKinurr .u- iM,rMiiu-i ni;iy lie
spikes. Liberal treatment will produce line sj'eciitiens,
but poorly fed plants often fail to flower at all. When
resting, they should be removed from the tropical
house to a cooler room. P. elata is often grown as a
purely terrestrial orchid.
elita. Hook. Dove Flower. Holy Ghost Flower.
Fig. 1722. Pseudobulbs 4-5 in. high, bearing several
strongly veined Ivs. 2-3 ft. high: fl.-stem 3-4 ft. high;
fls. in a raceme covering about one-tliird the leneth of
the flower-stalk, cup-shaped, creamy while, wax-like and
fragrant, 2 in. across; sepals bn.aclly "V-ite to rotund;
petals more delicate; labellum fleshy, lucailly ohovate,
truncate, sprinkled with deep purple; eoluniii with large,
curious wings, supposed to bear resemblance to a dove,
June-Sept. Panama. B.M. 3116. Gng. 5:151. V. 8:163.
Gn. 12, p. 153; 30, p. 574; 42, p. 324. R.H. 1876; p. 133;
1877:110 —The labellum and wings of the column are
sometimes spotted with purple.
p^ndula, Hook. Pseudobulbs ovate-oblong, 4-5 in.
high, bearing lanceolate, strongly veined Ivs.: scape
pendulous, from the base of the pseudobulb, bearing as
many as 20 fls.: fls. fflol.ular in outline, Vi in. across,
fragrant, greenish white out-ide, tin-..! with rose and
thickly dotted with j.uriile wiiliiu; sepals roundish con-
cave, united at l.asi ; ]Htals laihiT smaller; labellum
Guiana. B.M. 347',t.
treatment, but rarel
P. Humboldtii, Lin.l
•itliin the flower.
-Requires tropical
PERfSTBOPHE (Greek, peri, around, and strophes,
belt; alluding to the involucre). Acanth&cem. Erect
branched or loosely creeping herbs or half-shrubby
greenhouse plants cult, for their flowers. Lvs. entire:
fls. solitary or in elusters .,f 'J-ll surrounded by an
involucre, in loose eyiies or e\ inose panicles, or distant
on slender brauehes; luaets of the involucre narrow;
calyx deeply 5-pai-ted, shorter than the bracts, scariose
or hyaline; corolla-tube long, slender, slightly enlarged
above, limb deeply bilabiate, the posterior lip narrow,
erect, concave, entire or eraarginate, lower lip spread-
ing, apex 3-parted; stamens 2, a little shorter than the
corolla lips; anthers 2-celled; sterile
PERNETTYA 1279
style filiform: capsule oblong, contracted into a solid
stalk. About 15 species, ranging from tropical Africa
through the Malay Islands and Australia to India.
The plants are cult, like Jacobinias or Justicias, of
the same family. Cuttings taken at any time when the
wood is soft will root in a warm bed in 3—1 weeks, after
which the potted plants may be removed to a house of
lower temperature. They require a rich loam mixed
with some leaf-mold, and plenty of air.
1723. Peristrophe speciosa (X K).
specibsa, Nees (Justicia speciosa, Roxb.). Fig. 1723.
Plants erect, spreading and branched, becoming 2-3 ft.
high: lvs. opposite, petioled, ovate-acuminate, smooth:
fls. in clusters of 2-3 on slender branches, violet-purple,
1% in. long. Fls. for a long period in winter. India.
B.M. 2722. L.B.C. 20:1915. B. 2:74.-A pot-plant of
bushy, compact habit when well grown. Good for the
window. Usually thrives best in partial shade.
angustUdlia, Nees. Plants low, erect, very much
branched: branches nearly hori/outul, pubescent above:
lvs. lanceolate, pointed at I...1I1 ends: fls. sparse, in ter-
minal cymes, rose-colored. ll..«eis freely. Java.-A
var. ailrea variegita has th, eenirr of the lvs. varie-
gated with yellow. Useliij lor vases and baskets.
Heinrich Hasselbeing.
PERIWINKLE. Vi,,ea.
PERNETTYA (after A. J. Pernetty (1716-1801); he
accompanies Bougainville on his voyage and wrote "A
Voyage to the Falkland Islands"). Ericilceie. Ornamen-
tal low evergreen shrubs, with small, alternate, usually
serrate lvs. and small, while or jiiiikish, nodding fls.,
usually solila]-;, in the a.il- aid followed by very deco-
rative berii' - .0 I I I II white to purplish
black or blin I i 1 i;; on the branches
all winter. 'In.. : ' ' i '> shrubs are great
favorites in Ln^ I. u 1. 1. I n-'ivn in this e.^.ijn-
try. P. mucrotiala -.n:. /• ^ . •' 1I1. Imr.iie.t .-.re
probably hardy in si ; ■ i" I: .s
New York. They af ■ :i r . i r-
ders of evergreen shrnl.K. m - mh.I al-.. mak.. \ . r\ lian.l-
some pot-plants. They grow best in a peaty and porous
moderately moist soil and prefer sunny positions, but
seem to grow almost as well in any other well-drained
soil; in shade they will not fruit as profusely as in the
full sun. Prop, by seeds or by cuttings of half-ripened
1280 PERNETTYA
wood in summer under glass ; also by means of layers
and suckers. Grown chiefly for the ornamental fruit.
About 25 species from Mexico to the Magellan region,
mostly in the mountains and 1 species in Tasmania and
New Zealand. Fls. axillary, usually solitary on slender
nodding pedicels, rarely in racemes; calyx 5-parted;
corolla urceolate, with short 5-lobed limb; stamens 10.
the anthers 4-awued at the apex: fr. a 5-celled many-
seeded berry. Allied to Gaultheria, but the calyx not
enlarged and rarely fleshy after flowering.
mucronita, Gaudich. (Arbutus miicron&tus, Linn, f.)-
Much-branched shrub, to 2 ft., with glabrous or spar-
ingly hairy branches: Ivs. almost two-ranked, ovate,
spiny-pointed, serrate, dark green and shining above,
glabrous, %-% in. long: fls. solitary, nodding, subglo-
bose, white or slightly tinged pink, about one-fifth in.
long: fr. white to dark purple, %-yi in. across, red in
the t}-pical form. Mav, June. Magellan region to Chile.
B.M. 3093. B.R. 20:1(;95. L.B.C. 19:1848. Gn. 23:389;
59, p. 41. Gt. 34, p. 214. G.M. 40:811, M.D.G. 1898:397.
— Many vars. partly originated by hybridizing with the
followmg species are cult, in English and Dutch nur-
si-ri.-s, mustiv diffiriii},' in the color of the fr., which is
usually iii.li.-ut.cl by tli.- name of the var., as, var. Alba,
atropurpiirea, coccinea i F.M. 1879:339), lilaclna (F.M.
lS7;t::i:;'J), nigra, purpurea (P.M. 1879:339), rdsea, san-
gulnea. .\N" /*. Drummondi, Cummlnqi, speeioaa,
fl.,r,l,,i,„T., ((I.e. II. 18:649 and III. 28:4C5), belong
lifT'-. /'. ni iiri'mitia and its vars. are among our most
ornaiiiciital fnnting shrubs in winter-tirae, when they
ai'e loaded with bright-colored berries contrasting well
with the dark glossy foliage; they are also very hand-
some in spring when covered with their numerous white
flowers.
angmstifdlia, Lindl. (P. mucrondta, var. augustif&lia,
Nichols.). Closely allied to the preceding: Ivs. lanceo-
late to linear-lanceolate, usually arched backwards,
smaller: fls. somewhat smaller, on slender pedicels;
anthers twice as long as filaments; stvie as long as
ovary. May, June. Chile. B.R. 26:03. B.M. 3889.
P. ciliAris Don. Spreading shnib: Ivs. oblong to narrow-oli-
ioug, serrulate, J^-l in. long: fls. solitary, ovate, white: fr.
almost black. Mexico.-^', ciliaris. LiiuU. U.C. II. ln:8;i, an,l
III. 28:463. belongs pri.l.iLIx i.iT y,v. :,- -T\f,^ - K'-.^-rh.
I'pright shnib: Ivs,..- ■■. -. .■ •.'■'■. ■. 1 ' , in.
PERSEA
of the clusters shorter than the petioles : fr. a small,
blue drupe. Woods, N. Car. to Fla. — A handsome ever-
green, with wood useful for cabinet work and other
purposes.
AA. Outer cahjx-lohrs i./Kiilhn, tl,r inner, or veri/
tndica, Spreng. Haii.N..ni. ti... with elliptic-oblong
or lance-oblong attenuati-ac-ute trhibrous Ivs. 3-8 in.
long: panicle 3-6 in. long, the peduncles compressed,
and the branches 3-5-fld., the fls. white and H in. long:
fr. scarcely fleshy. Canary, Madeira and the Azores
Islands. — Offered by F. Franceschi, Santa Barbara.
J
'^
with the
phUlyre.,1
ingly hisi.
H-
solitan-. Me-ufo. B.il.Jl,,. Alfred Rehder.
PEKOTTIA of a trade catalogue is an error tor Par-
rot i,j.
PEKSfiA (pre-Linn£Ban name, ultimately derived
from Persia). LaurHceie. As understood by Bentham
& Hooker, Persea contains about 100 species, but Meiss-
ner (DC. Prodr. 15, pt. 1, 43) distributes some of the
species in other genera, and retains only 50 in Persea.
The Perseas are trees or shrubs of the tropics or wanu-
ri.'a and the Old World, with
I -i.i.ll \\liito or gfeenish flow-
the flowers are usu-
: ..ilyx, no corolla, and
-. II. -. i.iit one series sterile.
M\ai> being sessile and taper-
ars a disk-like stigma. Three
an trade, all being prized for
clean evergreen foliage, and one of them, P. gra-
ttssima, for its large edible fruit. P. Carolhiensis
grows naturally as far north as North Carolina, and P.
Cafesbyava, a shrubby species which is not in the
trade, grows naturally in south Florida.
A. Outer calyx-lobes distinctly shorter than the inner.
CarolinSnsis, Nees. Red Bat. Bull Bay. Tree,
reaching 40 ft., with sraoothish branches: Ivs. 2-3 in.
long, oblong to lance-oblong, glabrous and deep green
above, glaucous beneath: fls. pubescent, the peduncles
temperate parts of Ame
thick alternate leav. - im.
ers, mostly in pani. :.
ally perfect, with .1. ,
stameus usually 12 m i
The pistil is single, lin-
ing into a style which be
species are in the Americ
1724. Alligator Pear. Pen
gratissima, Gaertn. f. Alligator Pear, Avocado
Pear. Ai^uacate. Midshipman's Butter. Fig. 1724.
Native to the American tropics, but now .widely distrib-
uted : fls. greenish, downy, in dense fascicles which are
arranged in leafless panicles: ovary downy, ripening into
a large pear-shaped, green or purplish drupe, contain-
ing one large seed. B.M. 4.580. B.R. 15:1258. I.H.
36:75. — Offered in southern Florida and southern Cali-
fornia. The fruit is occasionally seen in northern
markets. In Southern California and Mexico the fruit
is common in the markets. It is grown to a small ex-
tent as far north as Los Angeles, but it requires a
hotter climate to render the fruit certain and palatable.
It will thrive in climates to which Anonas are adapted.
L. H. D.
The Avocado, or Alligator Pear, is a native of the
West Indies, Mexico to Peru and Brazil. It is very
common in Jamaica, being found in every settlement or
plantation. The tree grows to a height of 25 to 30 ft. ;
it has elliptical or elliptical-oblong leaves, 4-7 in. long,
glabrate and pale beneath ; the fruits are large, more or
less pear-shaped, and covered with a green or deep pur-
ple skin, and containing a large quantity of a firm, yel-
lowish green pulp, enclosing a single large seed. This
fruit is highly esteemed by all classes in the West
Indies. The pulp is marrow-like, and is eaten as a
salad, usually with the addition of pepper, salt and
vinegar. Europeans as a rule do not like the fruit at
flrst, but once the taste is acquired they become ex-
ceedingly, often excessively, fond of it. The pulp con-
tains an' abundance of oil "which may be used for illu-
PERSEA
minating purposes, also for soap-making. The seeds
yield a deep, indelible black stain, and are used for
marking linen. Pl.ints are easily niisrd from seeds,
and be^'i'i ■■■ •' • •'■....• ■ -i- ■' ■■- •■'■' 'I'lirre
areag I ■• - ■■" !"■■- :■■•■!■ i ' ■■■''-■>■ in
size, sbap. I ' ■ are
crossing. ^. Harris.
PERSIAN INSECT POWDER. Chr!/santhemum,v.312.
PfiRSICA. See Pn,,,i,s.
PERSICARIA. Referred to Polygonum.
PERSIMMON. Plate XXVIII. Of the Persimmon,
two types are known in cultivation for their fruit, — the
native, and the Japanese or Kaki. The former is yet
little improved, although it has possibilities. See
Biospyros.
The native Persimmon or date plum, Diospyros Vir-
giniana (Fig. 1725), is found growing wild in most of
the southern states and as far north as 38° lat. It
will thrive and ripen its fruit, however, as far north as
the Great Lakes. The fruit is little known except to
those who live in localities in which it grows wild, and
even there but little attention has been given to its cul-
tivation and improvement. The tree is usually of small
size when grown in the open ground, reaching a height
of 20-30 ft. ; when grown in the forest it often reaches
a height of 60-80 ft. : and in the rich alluvial river
bottoms, from 2-3 ft. in diam. The wood is hard
aad elastic, and very durable when used for inside
work, but it will rot very quickly when placed under
ground. The fruit is subglobose and ranges in size
from K-2 in. in diam., depending largely on the num-
ber of seeds which it contains, although seedless vari-
eties an inch in diameter are sometimes found. The
fruit has a very disagreeable, astringent quality when
green, but this disappears in most varieties when it
becomes fully ripe. The date of ripening in the central
states varies from Aug. 1 to Dec. 1. The old notion of
early botanists that this fruit must be subjected to the
action of frost before it becomes edible is erroneous;
many of the very best varieties ripen long before the
appearance of frost, while others never become edible,
baing so exceedingly astringent that neither sun nor
frost has any appreciable effect on them. The Per-
sim:non is readily propagated from seeds, which should
be procured in the fall or early winter and planted in
the same manner as peach pits; but as the seedlings,
especially from cultivated varieties, cannot be relied
upon to reproduce themselves, they should be budded
or grafted when 2 or 3 years old. This should be done
in the spring as soon as the bark will slip freely. This
tree is more diBScuIt to transplant successfully than
almost any other kind of fruit. If too much of the
lung tap-root is cut off the tree will be sure to die.
Transplant in the autumn, cut back most of the top,
but preserve as much of the root as possible. The
Persimmon will do fairly well on almost any kind of
soil not too wet, but it will show its appreciation if
planted on a rich, warm soil, well exposed to the sun-
light, and kept well cultivated for the first few years
after planting, until it becomes adapted to its new
surroundings. .T Troop.
The Japanese P-rxhnmrr,,. /i;,-, ,-,■,,,,■-.,- h'll-;. is r.m-
sidered by the Japan. ■-.• :i- •■■■• ' ■• • -, i..,Tii.i|.i-i,>,il
product. Althoiii.'li mli i\ :i- ■! i iih ..f I'l-aih'.-
for more than 7.3 viar-. th.! . ,. : , .; i;-vii.a>c —
ful introduction into tht; L'iiiIlI Male- luiviuus tu ali.ait
1870. Trees were first sent to C;iliforuia and subse-
quently to Aug^usta, Ga., but owing to defective routs
and long delay in transit, the first and second shipniftits
proved a failure, and not until 1876 came the first sur-
cess with a few trees. All early importations of trees
grown in Japan consisted of trees of small sizes with
long tap-roots and no laterals; this, with imperfect
packing, caused their loss and subsequent disappoint-
ment. American enterprise, however, remedied this,
as nurseries were at once established ne.ir Yokohama
PERSIMMOX
1281
and well-grown trees of the best varieties were exported
to the United States. Experiments were made at the
South by grafting upon native stocks. This proved
successful when the graft was inserted upon the collar
of the root, 3 to 4 inches below the surface of the soil;
but top-grafting or budding upon side branches of large
trees was seldom free from failure. The best method
of propagating Japan Persimmons is by collar-grafting
upon seedlings of the native species '{Diospyros Vir-
giniana), which are grown either by planting the seed
in nursery rows or transplanting the young seedlings
from seed-beds early in the spring. The seedlings can
be budded during summer, and in favorable seasons a
fair proportion of the buds will succeed.
The U. S. Department of Agriculture received a large
quantity of trees from Japan about 1878 or 1879, and
fearing that the winter of Washington might prove too
cold the trees were sent to Norfolk, Va., where many
bore fruit the following year. The first fruiting of
which there is any record was at Augusta, Ga., in 1879,
upon trees grafted upon native seedlings growing in
the forest. As regards the hardiness of the Japanese
Persimmons, an experience of twenty-five years demon-
strates that some varieties are more resistant to exces-
sive cold than others; but few can withstand a temper-
ature of zero; and as a i-ule they are more successful
below the 32d degree of latitude than farther north.
Many seedlings have been produced that seem to have
increased frost - resisting powers. Instances are re-
ported in which some of these trees have withstood the
winters of east Tennessee. By successive sowing of
seeds from these hardier seedlings we may look for a
race of trees, either of pure Japanese blood or crosses
with our best native sorts, that will be adapted to the
middle sections of the U. S., or as far north as is the
habitat of the American species.
Seedlings, so far as proved by many experimenters,
have a tendency to produce male flowers only during
the first three years of blossoming. After that period
a few female flowers appear in very small proportion,
sometimes one female flower to 200 male flowers. Fully
one-half of the seedlings produce nothing but male
flowers; consequently the proportion of fertile trees is
seldom more than 2 to 5 per cent at first blossoming,
in cases in which subsequent female flowers appear not
above 10 per cent. Again a large proportion of the fruit
is small, austere and uneatable. This accounts for the
small list of the really good sorts cultivated in Japan
or exported here.
There is a great difference in the habit of growth
and foliage of the varieties. All have broad and shiny
leaves. Some varieties make a growth of 5-7 feet the
first year from graft, and at 10 years form a tree 10
ft. in height. Others assume a dwarf, compact habit
and seldom grow above 5-6 ft. in height; this class is
more precocious in reaching the bearing age than the
taller-growing sorts, which are also apt to overbear.
It is not uncommon for a three-year-old tree to yield
several hundred perfect fruits. Thinning the fruit as
native species grow, but usually fail in wet soils.
The fruit of all the varieties is very attractive, both
as to size and color. The latter is u.sually of a bright
orange-red or vermilion, which is more or less intensi-
fied according to variety. The fruits begin to color
when half grown, but should not be gathered until just
before frost for the late-ripening varieties, or until soft
with til.' rarly kinds. Snnip rariptins begin to ripen in
th.- ni;.!.ll.- S"iitli as .'ariy as S,-pt,-mbpr, but apart of
iiM-i a:iil ki |.t sMiiii.l ill a riiol r i until January. The
r..iMiil -lia|M(l varii_-tifs ri|M-n liivsr, the oblong last and
k( r |, tin loiiirest; these latter shouldbe slowly house-
ri|M n.-.i to remove the slight astringency inherent to
tlii>-i- varieties.
Til' tl, -li varies according to varieties, but is usually
of a briirht orange color, soft, rich and sweet and with
an apricot flavor; when soft, the pulp should be eaten
with a spoon. Some varieties have dark brown-red flesh,
and are usually edible when quite solid. A peculiarity of
these consists in both red or half red- and half brown-
fleshed specimens being produced upon the same tree.
1282
PERSIMMON
This is frequently the case when several varieties are
grown near each other, possibly showing the effect of
cross-pollination. This variation in the color of the
flesh has caused some confusion in reaching a correct
nomenclature. The earlier shipments of trees from
Japan usually consisted of about 12 names, but no reli-
ance could he placed upon these names. The same
name was often found to apply to several distinct
varieties, or one variety had several synonyms. After
years of fruiting the so-called 40 varieties originally
1725. The native Persimmon, Diospyros Vireiniana (
introduced, a more or less correct nomenclature has
been attempted; but from the many local names found
in various localities this has been a diflicult task.
In the annexed list of the most desirable varieties
such synonyms are added thereto as have been ascer-
tained after several years' trial. JIany names refer to
Japanese localities, others t.. tin ir -Iki]il-. size, color,
etc.; their significance in .T;i|i:iii. ~( Im- a^ far as possi-
ble been translated in Eul-H-Ii liv Mi . Irata, a highly
educated Japanese artist, t.. wIm.iu tin writer is also
ndebted for \ al able ii f r t tl e use of tl is
fru t in h s native countr
Among or Temon (name of -i Tspa (
fl te ed Iper y r hhed dark r nge t
da
en we gh ng lb o
Matur ty Sept
pt unt 1 Miroh Tree
V s ual y dried
; ellent Q al ty s t
H yak
we ght I \
of tl e r
no ssl p t k
Tine nash or Seedle
k o g ves tl e Htter n
but we fin 1 hotl rn
tree lb il o un f
nyms tn t la
very late. Must 1
PERSIMMON
height: apt to be of dwarf growtli. Sometimes seedless, but
frequently with from 6 to 8 seeds.
loyama Qaki (name of locality).— Medium to large, round,
but somewhat nirrower at the apex yellowish orange with
iHrk or bKck pencilings at apex Flesh dark brown or grayish
I rown \ erv <!weet Can be eaten when solid 4 to 6 ounces
Eurukume (this may possibly be Goshw hira or Palace Per
simni n) — \ers 1 irge round somewhat flattened 3 to 3j^ in
in di un i\erige weight 10 ounces and sometimes yields
speciuu 1 lb ounces in weight keeps late Flesh red Tree
J/iHoAnii(Persimmri
afi 1
uM
11 mine
ofilocahtj)— Svno
njm Liree Stork Egg
long pointed
treQuentlj weighing 10 1
1
k 1
1 right ^
ermihon led
tlesh red rich but astr
nel I
V house ripen
int. The foliige is ^el
\1
I,
11
1 iisti
ntt from my
1 1 tree having
I Ih
piepired in
1 H 1 t r wii t 1 1 e 1
\ 1 1
1 1, I
1
1 in
I 1 f
1 1 irrel until
% I
\-l
tie^i "'('■ "M\zelll"-
PUte WMI
l' 1
1 lightly ol-
long '™in dmn iver
rei„
^ nl 1 ed
deep oriuge red Hes
h us
t bright
in\ or half red ind hilf 1
re often
prod lied upon the s tm
ly.ther-i Pieties Trn
tiliziticn
t 1
exceed
mens'^'e'b.l' l"
fd speci
Okame { ^t t
ns 01
long Hjakun \1 I
\.!'2 in
oblong deei r 1
Tsuru no A ( x, rk Ftt,
-I
\\
un
[ ite oblong
pointed 2yox3Sin w
eight
4
skin bright red some
Te;
imei
1 with
I lack at apex
tlesh rel vers g nl
itp
eh
lie onl
T when soft
!• l,.ge Img anl si in
V tl
1 1
t
1 „
rous grower
1 r / / / nledo '
I M 1 oblong
1 It 1 t I 1 1 K red often
with Hick mottlmgs ne i ii h\ H 1 ni d „in\ I rown with
darker spots brittle and is edible while solid as early as Oct
1 \ ery prolific and bears fruit in largeclusters Tiee an up
right grower
Zengi or Zmgi (name of Japanese village) —Plate XX\ III
Small 1^4X2 in weight 3 to 4 ounces flesh dark brown with
darker spots verv sweet edible as early as middle of Septem
ber while still solid and 1 ists throughout October
P J BEKCkMAS":
Another Ettnnale of the Japanese Persimmons —
Grafted on our nati\e Persimmon, Diospyifs \ ir
ijiniana, the Japanese x arieties seem perfecth at
home and make much longer lived trees than those
imported from Japan. All varieties come into early
bearing and many of them are too prolific for the best
welfare of the trees. Tliis tendency to overbear should
be corrected by thinning the fruit. Several of the
varieties produce very large fruit, single specimens
often weighing over a pound.
Some of the varieties ripen in August, some in
November, and others intermediate between these
dates. It requires some experience to determine just
wh n tl p fr t 1 a reache 1 tl e proper stage to be
k ar es with the d fferent varietie
s t s ha\ e lark flesh others 1 ght
fl u xti re of the two The 1 fcht ai 1
1 k 1 h r 1 ally in texture and cons stency as
w I a a[ f ar e and wl en fo n I in the sa ne f r t
are ne er blended but alwavs d t net The dark fle h
ne er astr nt,ent the 1 (,ht fl si is astr ngent nt 1
t softens The dark flesh If t s r j and i ea
1 ke an apple and is e 1 ble 1 Xon e f
the entirely dark fleshe I k 1 soften
The hgl t fleshed kind an 1 ht an i
1 rk fl h are ver\ lei r ch tl e
ft In ne the
1 g u to soften
f llv r pe Seeds
I 11 t fle hedknl are
Ik h 1 fl h have seeds m
t r p rt n t tl e i a tj f 1 rk flesh
The market x alue of tl e fru t is at present n ore or
less errat c ^. large proport on of the fru t eat g
I e ] e f the North do not -^et know what a fl e f r t
e Pers mn on is The frits ha e t le
le hard and allowed to r pen after r a h nj,
11. Commission men are 1 kely to sell tl
;i!iii Hi. ]iiiblic to eat them — or attempt to do so— a week
or two ahead of the proper stage of ripeness; hence the
PERSIMMON
Japan Persimmon in its best comlition is comparatively
little known.
The following are some of the most prominent varie-
ties (as understood by the writer) arranged in order of
ripening, beginning with the earliest; although it must
be borne in mind that some of the varieties are more
or less interchangeable, in different seasons.
Zeiigi. — The smallest of all; round or roundish ob'ate;
liiiimeter I'i in. lonsitudiaally and 2K in. transversely: skin
yellowish red: flesh very dark, quality good; seedy; edible
wlieu still luird: one of the earliest to ripen. Vigorous, prolific.
Taber .Vo. /jy.— Medium, roundish, flattened at base; has a
small but well-defined point at the apex; diam. about 2%\a.
both w;iys: skiu d;irk yellow-red. with peculiar roughened sur-
fiice, smueivhat resembling alligator leather in appearance and
markings, except th;it the miirks ar- uvu:il!y \try small and
uniform: flesh light brown, crUp, su.,:, m, :,ty, tree from as-
triTigency: excellent: a good k*"'P"r ;iiid sIhi'I'im-.
rerfi/i)-/c/ii. — Large, obbite; aim.i. i.r ::'.. in lungitudinally
i.nn: lli-'ii \rry (l:iik in■.•^^-|l. \ mu'i ii:,' toward pui-plish:
h, iTi^P: in nH.ility nMi' of ihr Ik'sI. Tlic fruit is good
,.n Mill li:ii-.|. A iH-.ivy l„.:,nT:.n,l rx lingly thrifty.
'/(' — L:ir:,'.' In v.-ry lari;.', varx in:,' fn>m roundish
, rnilliili-h oMat.', !>iit ;il\v;i>-^ ,snin<>\vh;it flattened at
-: :,--n. r,ill\- -li^'litly il.-lir.'^s--il ;it Ilip imiut opposite
^Ivin ii:,-lil Inillisli yi'lliiw, nearly ;tlw;iys marked with
vriiis ;ii tin-aiii-x: flesh dark brown, sweet, crisp and
it ;istrin^.nt: :: 1 while still hard; a good keeper:
' li.-st Hi;ii k.-t M'ri^, of good growth and afreebearer.
— I.;irLie, ll:it, tnnnito-shaped. Somewhat four-sided;
in loii^itiiilin;illy ;ind 3^ in. transversely: skin light
langing to dull n-il. mottled with orange-yellow : dis-
olor: tlesh deep, dull red, brown around the seeds, of
?re are usually a few: some speciraeus are entirely
led and seedless: there is no astriugency after the
US to soften: quality fine: one of the best. In form
I the de-
PETASITES
1283
pres
ally I
nred,
doi
Hachiya. — Very large, oblong, conical, with short point;
x'ery showy; diameter 3''4 in. longitudinally and 3^ in. trans-
versely: skin dark, bright red, with occasional dark spots or
blotches and rings at the apex; flesh deep yellow, sometimes
having occasional dark stre;iks, with seed. Astringent until
ripe, then very fine. The birgest and handsomest of all. Tree
vigorous and shapely : bears fairly well, but is not as prolific
as some of the other varieties.
Taber Xo. ;.'J.— Medium, oblate, flat or depressed point:
diam. l^s in. longitudinally and S^'/s in. tr;insversely; skin
rather dark red, with peculiar stipple marks ; flesh dark
brown, sweet and not astringent; seedy; good. Prolific.
r(//jf-.Vrt,s/i('.— Large to very large, roundish conical, pointed,
very Sinn. >th ;uiil symmetrical; diam. 3^ in. longitudinally and
3' - in tr;ins\ I rs.ly; skin light yellow, changing to bright red
at inll in:iturir\ ; flesh yellow and seedless; quality very fine;
lierhaps III,, innst highly esteemed of the light-fleshed kinds.
Tri--' is yienrous ;ind bears well.
(.>Aa//(t'.— Large, roundish oblate, with well-defined quarter
marks, point not depressed ; diameter 2^ in. longitudinally
aiul 3^s in. transversely; skin orange-yellow, changing to bril-
liant carmine, with delicate bloom and waxy, translucent ap-
pearance: the most beautiful of all; light, clear flesh when
ripe, with light brown center around the seeds, of which it has
veral ; loses its astriugency as soon as it begins to ripen;
vigorous and good bearer.
ality fine.
Triumph. — yiedmrn; tomato-sliaped; skin yellow: flesh yel
generally h.as a few seeds; very productive; qual
i from Sept. till Nov.
Tst^rw.— Large, slender, pointed: longest in proportion to its
size of all ; diam. 3-' a in. longitudinally and 2% in. transversely :
skin bright red; flesh orange-yellow, some dark flesh around
the verj- few seeds : astringent until fully ripe, then good.
t\istata.— Medium size, conicjil, pointed, somewhat four-
sided: diam. 2's in. longitudinally and 2'*-s in. transversely;
skin salmon-yellow: flesh light yellow, dark flesh and seeds
occurring seldom; astringent until ripe, then very fine; a good
keeper. Tree distinct: a rapid, upright grower; foliage luxu-
riant; the most ornamental of all the varieties mentioned.
G. L. Taber.
PEEU, MABVEL OF. Mirabilis Jahipa.
PERUVIAN BAKK. Cinchonc.
PESCATOEIA (after M. Pescatore, who had a large
collection of orchids at St. Cloud, near Paris). OrcJii-
ddcew. A group often united with Zygopetalum, but in
horticultural works usually treated as a distinct genus.
The Ivs. are equitant, tufted, without pseudobulbs: fls.
solitary on stems ,3-6 in. long, from the axils of the Ivs.,
mostly large and showy, and fragrant; sepals and petals
purple
broad, concave, spreading; the lateral sepals forming a
mentum; labelltuu clawed, lateral lobes small, middle
lobe rounded, spreading; crest thick, consisting of a
number of keels arranged in a semi-circle near the base
of the lip; column slender, not boat-shaped. About 10
species. For culture, see Zygopetalum.
Klabochdnim, Reichb, f. Lvs. strap-shaped, 1 ft. or
more long: fls. 3-3K in. across, variable in color; sepals
oblong, obtuse; petals shorter, all white with chocolate-
points; labellum 3-lobed, yellowish or white, and
r many purple-tipped hairs ; callus sulfur-colored,
with brown keels. Ecuador. Gn. 22:314.
Day&na, Reichb. f. Lvs. tufted, 6-10 in. long: fls. on
short scapes; sepals oblong-obovate, acute, white, with
green tips ; petals rhomboid-rotund ; labellum clawed,
angled on each side of the base; limb oblong, emargi
nate, revolute on the sides, white with a callous ring
which is purple-violet, the base being of the same color;
column yellow, with a red band near the base and the
anther of the same color. Late autumn. Colombia.
Var. rhodJtcra, Reichb. f. Sepals and petals with rose
tips; labellum orbicular, suffused crimson. B.M. 621-J.
cerlna, Reichb, f. Lvs. in tufts of 4 or 5, cuneate-
oblong, pointed, 1 ft. long: peduncles 2-6 in. long, 1-fld. :
sepals and petals nearly equal, the latter somewhat
clawed, fle.shy, rounded, concave, pale straw color;
labellum ovate, yellow, with a thick semicircular crest.
Flowers at various seasons, the fls. lasting a long time.
Chiriqui. B.M. 5598 (asSwii^ci/a cernm). F.S. 17:1815
(as Zygopetalum cerlnum).
Heinrich Hasselbring.
PETAL0ST£M0N (named from the peculiar relation
of the petals and stamens). Legumindsw. About 22 spe-
cies of American herbs, mostly western and perennial,
glandular-dotted, with small odd-pinnate Itts. and
spikes which are terminal or oppo.site the lvs. and bear
many small fls. ranging from white through rose to
purp'le and violet. P. viohiceus is a charming plant,
thriviiii; in any liirht soil and forming a broiul, low bush
with tiiiily cut f.diago, and bearing a constant succes-
sion (if shiiwv spikes of deep violet flowers. Well
adapted for the front of the border or the rockwork.
Petalostemon and Dalea are charncfi-rized by having
the lower petals longer than the st;ni.l:inl. with their
claws adnate to the staminal tulm: Imi 1'. i:.lcistemon
has only 5 stamens, while Dalea has ;i-lii. ( iiher generic
characters: calyx-teeth or lobes almut enual: standard
cordate or oblong, with a free, slender claw, the 4
lower petals distinct and subsimilar: ovary sessile,
2-ovuled: pod included by the calyx, membranous,
usually indehiscent and 1-seeded.
A. Fls. u'liite.
c&ndidus, Michx. White Prairie Clover. Height
1-2 ft. : Ifts. 5-9, oblong or oblanceolate, 8-12 lines long.
Ind. to N. W. Terr., south to La. and Tex. B.B. 2:289.
AA. Fls. rosy purple or violet.
B. Habit decumbent.
deciimbens, Nutt. Stem about 1 ft. long: Ifts. 7-9,
linear-oblong: fls. deep violet-purple. Red River, Ark.
BB. Habit erect.
c. Bracts glabrous.
viol&ceus, Michx. Violet Prairie Clover. Height
l>2-3 ft.: Ifts. 3-5, narrowly linear, often mucronate at
apex : fls. violet or purple; corolla about 2 lines long.
Prairies, Ind. to Texas. B.B. 2:290. B.M. 1707.
CO. Bracts silky-pubescent.
tenuifdlius, Gray. Silky Prairie Clover. Height
1-2 ft.: Ifts. 3-5, linear, obtuse at apex: fls. rose-pur-
ple. Dry soil, Kans. to New Mex. B.B. 2:291.
J. W. Manning and W. M.
PETAStTES (Greek, a broad-brimmed hat; referring
to the large, broad lvs.). Compdsitm. About 8-12 species
of hardy perennial herbs much like the common colts-
foot {fussilago Fartara), having large lvs. of the
same general shape and more or less covered with
the same white felt, but the fls. range from purple to
white, not yellow, and are borne in corymbs instead of
1284
PETASITES
singly. They are rather coarse and weedy, but the fol-
lowing are desirable for special purposes.
P. fragrans, the Winter Heliotrope or Sweet Colts-
foot, has the merit of blooming in winter and its fls.
have a delightful vanilla-like odor. The fls. are small
and vary from pale lilac to purple. A few sprays are
desirable for cutting during winter. The plant also
differs from the common coltsfoot in having darker
colored and evergreen foliage. It is suitable for carpet-
ing shrubberies and for dry banks of stiff clay where
choicer subjects will not thrive. Like most others of
the genus, it spreads rapidly by underground runners.
This plant seems to be unknown to American commerce ;
the above points being taken from Gn. 23, p. 113, and
53, p. 328, where the plant is well pictured.
P. palmata blooms from April to June, its fls. varying
from nearly white to pale blue or purplish. It is found
in rich dark swamps or sphagnum bogs from Newfound-
land to Alaska and south to N. Y., Wis. and Calif. It
has been offered by two dealers in native plants.
P. Japonica^ var. gigantea has recently appeared in
European and American garden literature. The cata-
logue of the Yokohama Nurserv Compan ' ' " '
the le.lf-st:ilks s-mw (! ft. bk-li nn.l 1-1'. il
stalks an- .-itm ;.~ ■• v. ■, ini.t- :iii> i- I" m- 1
flower-liu.i^, \vlii.';i ..: : . i' ■■. i ' ■ '■
agreeable lUivi.r. Tin- i.Imit l]:is 1 n advet
in America since 1900 by several dealers.
The genus is widely distributed in north
perate and subarctic regions. The number of
species is uncertain, but the essential character
of the genus (as distinguished from Tussilago)
is that the heads are nearly or quite dioecious,
and rayless or with very short and not showy
rays; also the fact that the scapes usually have many
fls. instead of one. The Ivs. are orbicular or reniform,
alwavs with a deep heart-shaped base and the scapes
are covered with scales like a coltsfoot but sometimes
the lower ones are more leafy.
A. She or Ivs. gigantic, Syi-4 ft. across.
Japdnica, F. W. Schmidt. Island of Sachaline. Var.
^gant^a, Hort. Lvs. orbicular, margin wavy. Sacha-
line Isl.— Grows as high as a man.
AA. Size nflvs. 5-12 in.
B. Blooming December to March.
frigrranB, Presl. Winter Heliotrope. Sweet Colts-
foot. Height 8 in. : lvs. appearing during or after an-
thesis, orbicular, margined with small cartilaginous
teeth, glabrous above, pubescent and green below:
heads fragrant, the marginal fls. of the female heads
in the form of short rays. Mediterranean region.
BB. Blooming April to June.
palmllta. Gray. Height G-24 in. : lvs. orbicular in out-
line, deeply 7-11-cI' fr 1h y.mil the middle, and the lobes
sharply dentate, irr. rn mimI L'l-ibrous above, densely
white-tomentose 1.. n.iiili : li. hIs fragrant, 4-C lines
across, the marj^'iiuil lU. ot iliu female beads in the
form of short ravs. K. Amu, N. Amer. B.B. 3:409.
W. M.
PETRfiA (Robert James, Lord Petr^, 1710-1742, a
patron of botany who had the finest collection of exotic
plants in Europe). Verbent't'-t'fr. P^trea mlubilis, or the
Purple Wreath, is one of tli.- i;iri-t. iii..st distinct and
beautiful of tender climbers, 'i'li. iliw .r is like a5-pointed
star of lilac with a good-si/, ,1 % im1, t in tin- middle. See
Pig. 1726, which indicates the. frriieefnl raceme 7-8 in.
long, containing perhaps two dozen flowers. The flowers
begin to open at the base of the raceme and the showy
5-pointed star is the calyx, whose sepals are colored
like petals. The calyx spreads open while the corolla
is still a round bud in the middle, and it remains after
the corolla has fallen, so tbiit the vine, at fir.st glance,
seems to bear two kinds of fluwers. The blooms appear
in March and April. It should be in every greenhouse
collection, although it is of very irregular growth. It
does not bloom freely in small plants; it probably has
other drawbacks, for it has always been a rare plant in
Europe, though often enthusiastically commended. The
PETUNIA
fls. seem to vary considerably in color : The Purpie
Wreath is suitable for rafters. Propagated by cuttings
of dormant wood taken just before the new growth be-
gins. Give the cuttings bottom heat.
Petrea is a genus of about 16 species of tropical
American twining or arborescent shrubs: Ivs. opposite,
leathery: fls. violet, purple or bluish in long, termi-
nal racemes; calyx-lobes colored during authesis but
often becoming green in fr. ; corolla usually a little
more intensely colored; limb 5-cut, oblique; stamens
4, didynamous: ovary imperfectly 2-loculed; locules 1-
ovuled.
volitbilis, Linn. Purple Wreath. Fig. 1726. Lvs.
3—4 in. long, short-stalked, ovate, elliptic or oblong, acu-
minate or obtuse, entire or wavy. Cuba to Brazil. B.M.
826. F.C. 3:108. Gn. 12:82.
G. W. Oliver and W. M.
PE-TSAI or Chinese Cabbage. Brassica Pe-Tsai.
PETTfiKIA (after Franz Petter, a Dalmatian botan-
ist; died 1853). Leguminoste. Only one species, very
similar in habit to Laburnum, but with the yellow fls.
in upright dense racemes, terminal on leafy branchlets.
It is but rarely cultivated, since it is less showy in
bloom than Laburnum or many species of Cytisus. It
is probably hardy as far north as Mass., and requires
the same culture as Laburnum, which see. If grafted,
Laburnum is to be used as a stock. This monotypic ge-
nus is closely allied to Laburnum, but differs by its up-
right racemes, by the wings and keel being at the base
adnate to the stamens and by the sessile ovary. It is
said to possess the same poisonous properties as that
Presl. (Cijtisus frigrans, Weld. O.
Weldeni, Vis. Labtimn'm ramentiiceum, C. Koch).
Upright shrub, to 6 ft.: lvs. 3-foliolate, almost glabrous
or sparingly pubescent when young, on about 1 in. long
stalks; Ifts. cuneate, obovate to oblong, usually obtuse,
%-2 in. long: fls. fragrant, very short -pedicelled, in 1-3-
in. long, dense racemes; calyx 3-lobed, silky; keel
silky: pod linear-oblong, sparingly silkv, to 1% in. long.
May, June. Dalmatia, Istria. B.R. 29:40.
.\LFRED ReHDER.
-n PETONIA ( South American aboriginal name, said to
have been applied to tobacco). Solanacecf. There are
twelve or more species of Petunia, mostly native of the
southern part of South America. One or two grow in
Mexico and another {P. parviflora) is naturalized in
the southern parts of the U. S. Petunias are small
PETUNIA
herbs of straggling or decumljent habit, pubescent and
usually viscid, with opposite entire Ivs. and large showy
axillary flowers. The genus is closely allied to Salpi-
glossis, being distinguished by having 5 perfect sta-
mens, whereas that genus has 4. The calyx is 5-parted,
and, in the cultivated species, several times shorter come true,
than the corolla, which is long-salverfomi or somewhat
PETUNIA
1285
age of 40 per cent doubles. Usually the weaker seed-
lings, in any batch of a double strain, are most likely to
produce double flowers. Fanc# varieties may be propa-
gated by cuttings from plants that are carried over
inter, although cuttings of double forms do not always
L. H. B.
-lobed. The colors are
t blue, clear red nor yellow,
siest culture. They demand a
. Seeds may be sown directly
may be started in flats or pots
funnelform and indi;
white to light purple.
Petunias are of the
warm, open, sunny pli
In the open, or the pla
indoors for early results. The plants are
tender and therefore should not be trusted
in the open until settled weather comes.
Thin the plants to 12-18 in. apart. They
bloom when very small, and continue to blos-
som as they grow until destroyed by frost.
The common Petunias are rather weedy in
habit, but their great profuseuess of bloom
under all conditions makes them useful and
popular. They are particularly useful for
massing against shrubbery, for they make
a florid undergrowth with almost no care.
Some of the modern improved named varie-
ties are very choice plants, and one would
scarcely believe, if he were ignorant of the
genus, that they represent the same species
as the flowers of 25 years ago. These high-
bred types require more care in the grow-
ing. They would best be started indoors,
and be given the choicest positions in the
open garden. Petunias are tractable as
winter subjects under glass. The best pro-
cedure is to sow seeds in late summer or
early fall and to grow stocky plants in pots ;
but old plants can be lifted on the approach
of cold weather, cut back, and taken inside
for winter bloom. They require cool treat-
ment, a night temperature of 45° to 50° seem-
ing to suit them well.
nyctaginifldra, Juss. Pig. 1727. Tall
and relatively stout, usually growing erect:
Ivs. large and rather thick, oval-oblong, up-
per ones nearly or quite sessile and the
lower ones narrowed into a distinct petiole:
fls. dull white, long-tubed (the tube three
or four times the length of the calyx), fra-
grant at evening. Argentina. B.M. 2552. — Oci
seen in old gardens.
yiolicea, Lindl. Stems slender: Ivs. oval or ovate,
sessile or very short-stalked : fls. smaller, broad-tubed
(the tube twice or less the length of the linear calyx-
lobes), rose-red or violet, the limb relatively short.
Argentina. B.R. 19:1620. B.M. 3113 (as Sulpiglossis
inUgrifolia).— Hot now in cult, in its pure form.
hybrida, Hort. Figs. 1728-30. The common Petunia,
a hybrid derivative of the two preceding. For history,
see Bailey, "Survival of the Unlike," Essay 29. P.M.
2:173 (as P. tiijclnqhiiflora riolacea). B.M. 3556.-This
type is wonderfully variable, but it differs markedly
from either stem parent: from P. ni/ctaglnif!ora in it's
broader tube and many colors; from P. violacea in its
longer tube, wider limb, and many colors; from both in
its much larger and multiform flowers and more stocky
growth. In some of the strains, the flower is very broad
and open, measuring 4 or 5 in. across. There are types
with the flowers deeply fringed ; others with star-like
markings radiating from the throat and extending nearly
or quite to the margin of the limb; others with full
double flowers. The colors range from white to deep
red-purple, and variously striped and barred. There are
forms of very dwarf and compact habit. Only a small
proportion of the seedlings of the double strains bear
double flowers; but the single flowers are usually of
superior size or color. The reason for this small per-
centage of doubles is the fact that the seed must be
selected from single flowers, because the full double
ones do not produce seeds. Single flowers carefully pol-
linated with pollen from double flowers will give seed
that will produce an average of 25 per cent doubles, and
single flowers bearing petaloid anthers will give an aver-
Petunias in California. — The Petunia is one of the
most variable of all flowers and shows a very strong
tendency to revert to the natural type. The pltint-
breeder cherishes not one, but many. "ideals. It is the
perfect habit of a certain plant that one wishe
nally
nyctaeinitlora (>
bine with the flowers of another. Or the object is to
give to this flower a little heavier texture; to another
an added frill upon this blossom; a richer color there, a
greater depth to this throat, a more distinct ring here,
an absolutely pure tone of color in another, to intensify
the rainbow tints in another, to deepen the color of
those blotches while retaining the pure white back-
ground. In an ideal Petunia the first requisite is color,
while form, size, texture, marking and habit are all of
nearly equal value.
The California Giant Petunias originated with the
undersigned at Ventura, Calif., in 1888, and in their
present condition are the result of very careful study
through a long series of continuous cross-fertilizations.
They are grown in the open ground, and usually trans-
planted directly from the seed boxes. We have new
seedling stock each year, but retain plants the second
year for seeding purposes. The strain comprises 19
varieties, including the Ruffled Giants seen in Fig.
1730. The blossoms are all hand-pollinated and in the
case of the New Fancy Fringed Perfection Double each
seed-pod is handled from 7-12 times.
To those persons who are willing to take the most
pains to raise the best Petunias, the undersigned would
say that the germination of each seed is of utmost im-
portance, for every seed represents an individual plant.
No two Petunia plants give blossoms of the same kind,
and there are invariably points of excellence and difl'er-
ence in all. In a packet of seed containing say 200
seeds, the purchaser may feel satisfied if he bring 20
plants to the blooming stage, and may think he has ex-
hausted the possibilities of the strains, whereas the
Petunia specialist would know that in those 180 seeds
which did not come to the blooming stage a wealth of
beauty had escaped him. Then the writer emphatically
1286
PETUNIA
urges all to care for each seed. Pill shallow boxes with
fine, light soil, say an even mixture of leaf -mold and
sand, and wet thorouKhly l.y iMiiiriTJi; on boiling water
—to prevent trouble fmiti ins.-cts .iml to heat the soil.
When the soil has coolol sullirii-ntly l.ut is still warm,
sow the seeds very thinly in tin- l.oxes, so that the
plants may be 1 in. apart. Covi-r s.-eds very slightly
with a little sifted sand, and place a piece of slate or
glass on top of the boxes. If the white root points of
germination appear before the leaves, sift on more
sand, and watch closely. When the small leaves ap-
pear, remove slats and give plenty of light, to produce
strong, stocky plants. The soil may now need water,
which should be applied very gently, that the tiny seed-
lings may not be displaced. Later the larger plants
may be transplanted from seed-boxes into other boxes
or pots. As the wealsest plants frequently give the
finest blossoms, care should be taken to preserve every
plant until the blossoms appear.
Mrs. Thos. Goxtld.
PEUCfiDANCM (ancient Greek name). UmhelUferte.
There are many views as to the limits of the genus
Peucedanum, which is equivalent to saying that it has
no limits. Bentham & Hooker made it a most complex
group, comprising about 100 Old World and New World
species, and including such genera as Petroselinttm.
Anethum, Imperatoria, Toramasinia, Pastinaca, Tied-
mannia, Lomatiura. Coulter & Rose, the latest Amer-
ican monographers (Monogr. of the N. A. Umbell., U. S.
Dept. Agric. 1900), remove the American species and
accept Rafinesque's genus Lomatium. With this vi.w
we agree, and the cult, species are referred to tliis i.'iiius
in the following account. ¥ot Tommashih: i-irtii-ill,nis,
of southern Europe, offered by American seidsmen, s,t;
PEUMUS
Tommasiiiia. For P. graveolens, which we prefer tc
call Anethum graveolens, see Dill.
Lomatiums are all western American plants, of about
60 species, growing in dry .soil. They are stemless (or
nearly so) perennial herbs from tuberous or fusiform
roots, and compou
leaves. From Piu'
to Coulter & Rose ..
tall and brancliiiiL^^
meadows of the t '
cal stylopodiuni. ;in
dissected)
iiii,' t.i till- ariil n-gions of western North Amer-
iih usu:dly single un)bels terminating simple
led pfdnncli-s. no stylopodiuni, and often several
i>s." Horticulturally, the Lomatiums are of small
and they have not been cultivated sufficiently to
iven rise to cultural forms. A few of the species
een offered by dealers in native plants. They
o thrive well in dry, exposed places. They are
tinj; for tin- front row of hardy borders and for
ing in wild open places, and for use in rockwork.
A. P,,h,nrhx xisunnn slender, n>
iver suollen at the top.
B. Biactli Is 01 iiivolucel conspi
united at b,i;
cuotis, often broad or
L. dasycArpum, Coult. & Ros
ctirjium.Turr. i: Cr^n- Sf.tr, v
peduncles sever:il. -'■ m. i -,1
Ivs. rather small, ji . . i
p (Peiic^danum dasy-
>-vy short or wanting;
nt,2in. or less high:
segments short -1..I. 1
fls;: fr nearly orl.iruhM. >..u,i„-
ipoiind, the numerous
ruved, bearing white
. u Calif.
BB. Sractlets small o
>r wanting.
c. Lrs. nar,ow in outh
ine, pinnate.
L. H&Uii. Coult. ,fc Rose (P.
short-stemmed. tli.> i- .liimh - i.-l
Ivs. oblong in oni ; :,. . j-
toothed or pinn;it]!
tls.: fr. broadly elhiii. .il. -laii..
ndllii, Wats.). Very
1. in. tall and glabrous:
. nts ovate and deep-
nived, bearing yellow
11-. Ore. and Wash.
c. Lvs. broad in uiilline, IS-ternate.
L. platycdrpum, Coult. & Rose (P. simplex. Nutt.).
Oft.Mi t:UI and stout, but sometimes nearly stemless:
Ivs. icriKite or '.'tiTnate. the Ifts. almost filiform to
linear hiiM-ic.hiti': iiiiihcl :i-15-rayed, bearing yellow fls.:
fr. i.icaclly ..l.lnii'; tc. iii-arly orbicular, sometimes emargi-
iiatu ut each end. Colo, and Utah to Mont, and Wash.
L. tritemitum, Coult. & Ro.se {P. Irilerndtum, Nutt.).
Sometimes 2-2Vi ft. high: lvs. 2-3-ternatc, the Ifts. nar-
row-linear to linear-lanceolate: fls. deep yellow: fr.
narrowly oblong, glabrous. N. Calif, to B. C.
AA. Ptdinirle stout, su-ollen at Ihe top.
L. nudicaaie, Coult. & Rose (P. nudicaitle and P.
leioedrpiiiii. Nutt. i. Stemless, glabrous: peduncle 12-16
in. tall, from a long, fleshy root: Ivs. 1-2-temate or 3-
quinate, the Ifts. thickish and ovate to narrow-lanceo-
late: umbel unequally 5-20-rayed. bearing yellow fls.:
fr. narrowly oblong. Calif, north and west.
L. H. B.
PEtMUS (said to be a Chilean name). Syn., Boldfia,
Boldea. Monimidcew. A genus of one species, the
Chilean Boldo, a small tree of considerable economic
interest. It has exceedingly hard wood, which is used
for making many kinds of implements; it also makes a
charcoal said to be prized by smiths above all others.
The bark is used in tanning and dyeing. The lvs. are
used in medicine. The fniits are edible; they are small
berries, sweet and aromatic. Finally it has some orna-
mental value, being evergreen and fragrant throughout.
The fls., which are not very showy, are white, Hin.
across, and borne in small panicles, each branch of
which is parted into three. This tree has been adver-
tised in southern California. The male tree has been
cult, under glass in Europe, but scarcely outside of
botanic gardens and only for its economic interest.
Generic characters: male fls. with 10-12 perianth-
lobes, overlapping in 2-3 series, the outer ones herba-
ceous or membranous, the inner ones more petal-like;
disk investing the calyx-tube pilose within; stamens
female fls. smaller, the lobes more inequal.
PHACELIA
1287
after anthesis circumscissile above the disk-bearing
base and deciduous: drupes 2-5: seeds pendulous;
albumen copious.
Bdldns, Molina (Boldba frdgrans, C. Gay). Attaining
20 ft.: Ivs. opposite, leathery, very rough and warty.
Chile. B.R. 31:57.
PFAFFIA (C. H. Pfaff, 1774-1852, German chemist).
AmarantAce(e. Nine speciesof slender perennial herbs
from Brazil, tomentose or villous, rarely glabrate : Ivs.
opposite, sessile or nearly so, entire: heads or spikes
densely tld.: bracts and bractlets transparent: fls. usu-
ally in solitary, long-peduncled heads, bracteate and
with 2 bractlets: perianth 5-parted; staminal tube long,
5-cut to the middle, the anther-bearing teeth ciliate
at the margin: stigma discoid or head-like, entire or
Pfaffia gnaphaUoides (syn., Gontphrena gnaphalioi-
des) has been slightly known to European gardens for
a good many years. In 1899, Peter Henderson & Co.
offered '^ Gomphrena gnaphaUoides, or the Trailing Am-
aranth," with the remark that it is a desirable trailer
for covering embankments and rocks, thrives on poor,
dry soil and has white fls. like small clover blossoms.
Because of the failure of the seed crop, however, the
plant did not become established iu the American trade.
The probability is that the plant in the trade at pres-
ent as Gomphrena gnaphalioidts is incorrectly named.
In catalogues the trade plant is figured with the flower-
heads in clusters of three and on short stalks, while
DeCandolle describes the heads as solitary and long-
stalked. Moreover, the true plant has always been re-
garded as a stove plant in Europe, and at best it could
be treated in America only as a tender annual and not
as a hardy and permanent subject.
gnaphaUoides, Mart. [Gomphrena gnaphaliotdes,
Vahll. Stems subshrubby below: Ivs. lanceolate, 10-15
lines long, 2-4 lines wide, soft, ashy gray above, woolly
beneath : peduncles 5-7 in. long : heads globose, 6-9
lines across : bracts unequal, ovate, mucronate, scar-
ious, the lower one villous, lateral ones longer, glabrous
at the base; stigma globose. y^^ j^
PFElFFEEA, See Ehipsalis.
genus includes the old genera Whitlavia, Eutoca, Mi-
crogenetes, Cosmanthus, and several others. About 50
species exist in North America, the region west of the
Mississippi furnishing by far the greater number. The
flowers are mainly of a handsome blue or violet, many
PHAC£LIA (Greek, cluster; on account of the
crowded flower-clusters of the first described species).
Hydrnphylh'tcea'. Annual and perennial plants of the
misphere, chiefly North American. The
1730. A modern
species and varieties running throu.;h
lighter shades to pure white The an
nuals are of eis\ cultivation requir
ing, to bring them to perfection a soil
sunnj and not too moist
Some species like a sandy soil, others
a firmer clay. Some are erect and give
the best effects when planted thickly;
others are more spreading and hence require consider-
able space. In height they vary from only a few inches
to several feet. The flowers are borne on more or less
recurved racemes that straighten as the flowering pro-
ceeds. They vary from an inch long in some species to
less than a quarter of an inch in others. In addition to
those described below there are many other beautiful
species of Phacelia, annuals as well as perennials, that
should be in the trade.
Generic description : Aiiiinnl or ]..-rHnnial plants, with
alternate simple or .■.,i,,i„,iin,l i. n ,^. :,im1 inflorescence
in more or less scc.ri i i -|iik.>: c.rolla de-
ciduous as the capsule _ I ii \ virions shades of
blue, purple or white nil.. >. nh ..|- \virli..ut interval ap-
pendages, these when present in the form of 10 vertical
folds or projections, adnate to or free from the bases of
the fllaments: calyx-lobes commonly narrow, often en-
larged upwards, especially in fruit: seed-coats reticu-
lated or pitted. The plant's are hairy, nearly smooth, or
glandular, in whole or in part. The herbage of some of
the glandular-hairy species has an offensive odor.
INDEX.
alba. 4. 5. gL-indulosa, 2.
campanul.iria. 6. gloxinioitles. .5.
campanulata, 6. grandifhira, 5.
eongesta, 3. humilis, 1.
divarioata, 11. Meiiziesii. 10,
flmbriata, 9. inultiflora, In.
POPULAR KEY.
A. Plants viscid-glandular, at least
above.
B. Foliage simple.
c. Base of Ivs. usually cordate. (J. campanularia
cc. Base of Ivs. obscurely or not
at all cordate.
D. Corolla cleft above the mid-
dle.
E. Fls. bine, with a purple
or white center 8. viacida
EE. Fls. blue or while all
through 5. Whitlavia
DD. Corolla cleft below the mid-
dle: fls. deep violet 7. Parryi
Orouttiana, 12.
Wrangelian
PHACELIA
BB. Foliage pinnatifid to compound.
I fid,
ith enti
12. Orcuttiana
9. Kmbriata
2. glandulosa
lobes .
cc. hvs., at
ccc. Xrvs. fwi
AA. Plants not
hardly so.
B. Foliage entire, or a few of the
lower Ivs. pinnately lobed. . .
0. Sabit erect 1. humilis
10. Menziesu
00. Habit siiri'inliiKj 11. divaricata
BB. Foliage piirt I :l ^. . ■,.!,/, „,,/„,/.
o. Jyvs. piiiiKih hi ■:':-fni. .1 ii. congesta
CO. Lvs. pinniil, h/ :i-i:-.livi,lul . . 4. tanacetiJolia
For fear that this purely artificial key may not be found
to apply with all garden plants, which are so mucli more
liable to variation, there is given below a key based on
more technical characters, derived from Gray's Synoii-
tical Flora:
BOTANIST'S KEY.
1. Section Euphacelia. Ovules 4, a pair to each
placenta; seeds generally fewer, with reticulate or pit-
ted testa: corolla-tube with 10 laminate appendages in
pairs at the base of the stamens.
A. Lvs. all simple and entire, or
nearhi so 1.
AA. Li'S. „l,l.:ii,i or i,,nn:ir,r, pinnately
B. Ci
cc. Plu
glandulosa
or hardly so :t. congesta
BB. Calyx more or less setose-hispid . 4. tanacetiJolia
2. Section Whitlavia. Fls. showy: .seeds and ovules
few to numerous : appendages 5, small and
emarginate i
attached to the base of each filament.
a. Corolla purple or hltte. varying to
u-liil, in r„llir.,linn, the tube
l„„„, r lint,, II,, h.hrs.
B. /.,-s..„;,i,' „,■ ,l,ii„id 5. Whitlavia
BB. Lis. ,;,i;l,ii, 6. campanularia
AA. Corolla riuUI, rolutr-eampanulate,
the lobes longer than the tube... 7. Parryi
3. Section Cosmanthus. Ovules and seeds few to
numerous: appendages to the corolla none.
a. Plant viscid 8. vlacida
AA. Plant sparsely hirsute 9. fimbriata
4. Section Edtoca. Ovules several to numerous:
appendages to corolla 10, vertical and salient.
A. Plant erect 10. Menziesii
AA. Plant diffusely spreading 11. divaricata
5. Section Microgenetes. Ovules not pitted nor
favose -reticulated, as in the previous sections, but
strongly transversely corrugated.
12. Orcuttiana
1. hdmiliB, Gray. Annual, unbranched or branched
from the base, 2-6 in. high, pubescent or inflorescence
often hirsute: Ivs. spatulate oblong or oblanceolate,
generally obtuse, the lower rarely with 1-2 ascending
i'-
^.n-i
y,
' ^^^'^^^^y^-'^—--^^
1732. Phacelia viscida
lolies : spikes loosely paniculate or solitary : corolla
indif^o-bhie. rather deeply lobed, surpassing the usually
lim-nr o;ilyx-lobes; filaments moderately exserted, gla-
lirous or sparingly bearded above. Calif, to Wash. — This
pn-tty little plant seems to be unknown to the trade, but
it is to be hoped it will not so remain.
2. glanduldsa, Nutt. (Futbca glanduldsa. Hook.).
Viscid-pubescent and glandular, softly if at all hirsute,
9-12 in. or more high: Ivs. irregularly and interruptedly
2-pinniitifid, or below divided; the numerous lobes ob-
long, small, somewhat incised, obtuse: calyx -lobes
oblong or spatulate: corolla about 2 lines long, bluish,
purplish or white, with lobes shorter than the tube;
stamens and 2-cleft style moderately or conspicuously
exscrtiMl : seeds with the minute reticulations even.
Nortliwi'st Tex. to Ariz, and Mex.
d commonly cinereous,
foot or more
the least.
1731. Phacelia Whitlavia (
oval, iiicisely pinnatifid or irregularly lobed, the lower
lines niiistly" petiolate and the upper confluent; calyx-
liilies linear or somewhat spatulate; corolla blue, 3 lines
long, the lobes as long as the tube; stamens more or
less exserted : seeds reticulate scabrous, the fine sharp
meshes being, as it were, toothed at the junctions. Tex.
B.M. .■(4J2. V, 5:154; 12:140.
4. tanacetifdlia, Benth. Erect annual, roughish hir-
sute or hispid, not glandular, or above slightly so, 1-3 ft.
high : Ivs. pinnately 9-17-divided into linear or oblong-
PHACELIA
linear once or twice pinnately parted or cleft divisions,
all sessile or nearly so, the lobes mostly linear oblong:
spikes cymosely clustered, at length elongated ; very
short fruiting pedicels ascending or erect : calyx-lobes
linear or linear - spatulate, not twice the length of the
ellipsoidal capsule; stamens and style conspicuously
exserted; seeds with very narrow pits bounded by thick
walls. Calif, and northward. B.M. 3703.-Var. ilba,
Hort., has been offered.
5. Whimvia, Gray (Whlllarh: ,i,;, inliflAra, Harv,).
Fig. 1731. About afoot lii-l,. |m,,-, l^ 1, ran. -liing, hirsute
and glandular; Ivs. oval*- nr ih inihI. iii.isely toothed:
corolla with cylindraceous \ .ni rl.i.v,. tulu; usually an
inch iDritr, thrii-e tlie IciiL'tli "f Uir l.ilic^: appendages to
tlu- tilaiiirnt-^bairv. S,,iitl„-ni Calif. B.-M. 4813. F.S.
ll:l(i,s:.. li.C. l>:,t:t;7:i.-A l.,aiitiful s|,ei-ies and much
Var. gloxinioides ( Wlulliii-in ,il,i.riiii<''ii!i-s, Hort.) and
var. ftlba {WIiilDr,., ,i/l,„. Il,,rl.l arr linrti.-ultural
forms with Spotti^.l ami whil.- t\-. rrv|,rrti\-.ly.
6. campanularia, Crav. Lmw.-i- than tin- la^t : Iv^.
subcordate or cordate. Ir-v (lrr|>ly dnitaif: tiilir nf tlif
truly carapanulafr .a.r.dla '•. in. l.niu'. cxpanclial at
throat, barely twi.-r the lin^tli .if il..- \,,\„-^ : a|.|..-iiilagi-s
to the filaments L'lal.n.us an.l ^in.all.-r, ..lii.-ru i^.- much
like the last and al]n..st as sli..wv. S. Calir. H.M. |-.7:i.i.
G.C. II. 20:135. F. 1883: 14.'). On. 31, p. 5.-)4; 5,t:1206.
— P. campanulata of some is presumably this plant.
7. P4rryi, Torr. Rather slender, 9-18 in. high : Ivs.
ovate, irregularly and incisely double-toothed or lacin-
iate, or the lowest sometimes pinnately parted; the
upper continue longer than their petioles: corolla cleft
beyond the middle, deep violet, 8 lines across; fila-
ments bearded: ovules on each placenta 20-30; seeds
15-20. Calif. B.M. 6842. G.C. II. 24:716.
8. vlsoida, Torr. (Eutbca visckla, Benth.). Fig. 1732.
A foot or 2 high, branching, hirsute at base, very glan-
dular above: Ivs. ovate or obscurely cordate, doubly or
incisely and irregularly dentate, 1-2 in. long: corolla
deep blue, with j.urple or whitish center, from half to
nearlv an in.-li in .liani. Calif. B.R. 21:1808. B.M.
3572. R.ll. lti.31::!(;i. .J. H. HI. 29:183.
9. fimbri4ta,.Michx. (Cosmntitlnn: fimhrirltiis, Nolte).
Weak and diffuse, a span liiirli. sr.nn'whai hirsute: cau-
line Ivs. 3-7-cIeft or lobed ..i- tin- l..\v.r lyi-ately divided,
the lobes obtuse or roun.li-li: ra.-. iii.s fi-w-fld. : pedi-
cels filiform: calyx-lobes liinar i.l.l.mg or spatulate;
corolla white, only 3—4 lines broad, shorter than the
stamens, its lobes fimbriate. Alleghany Mts., Va. to
Ala.
10. M^nziesii, Torrey {Eutdca nmltifldra, Dougl.).
Plant 9-12 in. high, at length paniculate-branched, his-
pid or roughish hirsute, usually also minutely cinere-
ous-pubescent: Ivs. mostly sessile, linear or lanceolate,
entire or a few of them deeply cleft, with few or single
linear or lanceolate entire lobes: spikes or spike-like
ed
ovules
12-16: capsule shorter than the calyx; seeds oblong,
coarsely favose-reticulated. Calif, to Wash., and east
to Montana and Utah. B.R. 14:1180. B.M. 3762 (-E.
Menziesii}.—A beautiful species, and easily cult.
11. divaricita, Gray (Entoea (Hvarieiltn, Benth.).
Diffusely spreading, a span hish, ni..re or l.-ss hirsute
the petiole. occasi..nall>' l-'_'-ti..itlii.l ..i- 1.. !..■.! at l.as.'.
loose; the pedicels usually mu.-li sli..it.f tliati t)i. .a
Calif. B.M. 370G.'' B.R. 21:1784'!
Var. Wrangeliina, A. DC. Fig. 1733. Differs from
the type only in having the Ivs. inclined to be lobed or
1-2-toothed. It is known to the trade as Uuloca Wran-
geUana,F. &M. P.M. 5:199.
12. OrcuttiElna, Gray. Viscid, puberulent, about 1 ft.
high: Ivs. pinnatitid, somewhat lyr,ate, the lobes short-
oblong and entire: fls. sessile in tin- at l.-ii-th .Litigated
dense spikes ; corolla r.iTatf-.-aiii|.atiulat.'. li.iiiMi. the
length of the calyx, with liinl. :;-t lin.s I,,-,, ail, white,
with yellow eye. nearly or .(uit.> .l.stitnt.' ..f ini.-rnal
appendages: capsule oval, nearly e.|iialiiiK llie narrowly
PH.EDRANASSA 1289
spatulate (barely 2 lines long) sepals, 12-14-seeded;
seeds oval, obscurely favose-reticulated between the
transverse corrugations. Lower Calif.
L. P. Henderson.
PHaiDEANASSA (Greek, gay queen). AmaryUi-
dAeea. Five or 6 species of tender summer-blooming
bulbs, with fls. that are tubular in appearance, borne in
umbels, generally drooping and usually bright red with
green tips. They are all found in the Andes at 7,000-
12,000 ft., except P. CarmioU. a native of Costa Rica,
which differs from all other species in having the peri-
anth segments much shorter than the tube. Probably
the choicest species is P. chloraera, the tube of whjcii
seems at first sight over 2 in. long; however, the seg-
raerely connivent most of the distance and it
is only for a distance of a third nf an inch at the base
that they are really grown together info a tube. This
species has (i-12 fls. in an umliel. .Judging from descrip-
tions, the showiest species should be P. LehiiiaiDii,
which, however, has only 3-4 fls. in an umbel and seems
to have dropped out of cult. P. gloriosa, Hort., recom-
mended by some American dealers, seems to be un-
G.'ii.ric .■haraitiTs : perianth sul>cylindrical ; seg-
llienl- i:, I .tii:il, .■■•pillar. -|.n ailiML' 0 al ill.- tip: sta-
11. ri • ^. i I. ■! ,M ■. I ••■, ■! . ■: ■.. I 1.1 il,. lull.-: ovary
Ini.u'lir'i'iai'u VnmIm'.,!: -..|.iV- il'l:lll^, -iiiaii. '.iia.d<. The
Ivs. are iietmli-.l. iil.lnnf; ..r lan.-i-..|al..-, |.n..luced after
the fls. according to Baker, but this point is doubtful
for all species. Baker, Amaryllideas.
A. Fls. cliieny red.
cUOT&cra, Herb. Bulb globose, 2-3 in. thick: Ivs.
produced after the fls. : blade 8-12 in. long, 2-3 in. wide;
petiole )4 ft. long, according to Baker: fls. scarlet, tipped
green. Andes of Ecuador, to 12,000 ft. B.R. 31:17
(petiole 1-3 in. long).
AA. Fls. chieny green.
viridifldra. Baker. Bulb ovoid, lyi in. thick: leaf
solitary; blade 5-2-2 in. broad; petiole short: fls. about
1290 PH^DRANASSA
4 in an umbel, green towards the tip, witliout any red,
passing into whitish towards the base. Andes of Ecua-
dor. - Possibly a mere color variety of P. chloracm.
W. M.
FHAIVS (Greek, dark; referring to the color of the
fls.). Orchidiceae. Often spelled P/injiis. Very large
terrestrial orchids with ample foliage and tall clustered
stems terminating in racemes of showy fls. : sepals and
petals similar, spreading or half-spreading; labellum
large, with the lateral lobes enclosing the column,
usually gibbous or spurred behind; column slender;
poUinia 8. Distinguished from Calanthe by the free
labellum; from Thunia by the leafless, bracted scape
which does not terminate the leafy axis. Natives of
tropical Asia, Africa, Australia, China, Japan, and the
South Sea Islands. Heinrich Hasselbrinq.
Phaius is a genus of terrestrial orchids, few species
of which are commercially valuable, though they are all
interesting and worthy of culture in general orchid
collections. The Phaiiis grandifolius group comprises,
besides the tvpe. several well-marked species and varie-
ties such as P. WalUehii. P. mtiCKlatns, etc., all large-
growing sorts of easy culture. These grow best in a
moist situation at a temperature of 55° to 60° F. at night,
with an advance of 10° by day, during winter months, and
a moist, shady location with an active atmosphere during
summer, allowing a good supply of water whenever the
compost is getting dry, especially during the growing
season. Good potting material consists of equal parts of
chopped sod, sphagnum and well-rotted cow manure or
leaf -mold. One-third of the pot space should be devoted
to drainage, covered with sphagnum or rough material
to keep it free and open, and the plant shoald be kept a
little below the rim of the pot to allow space for water.
They grow very well at the cool end of the Cattleya
department.
P. tuberculosus, P. HumblotU, P. Mishmensis and
kindred species, with their hybrids, need a very moist,
active atmosphere and a trifle more heat than is
required for the last group. They grow well in open.
■well-di-ained pots or baskets, in rough material com-
posed of equal parts peat fiber, rough decaying leaves
and sphagnum, chopped and mixed well together with a
few nodules of charcoal. They enjoy a liberal supply
of water at the roots at all seasons and should never be
allowed to remain long dry. In bright weather syring-
ing over the foliage will be found beneficial and assists
in keeping down red spider and thrips. Stock is in-
PHAL^NOPSIS
creased by dividing the plants between the pseudobulbs.
After potting, give them an extra amount of water,
atmospheric moisture and heat until they start new
action. See also Thunia. jj. m Qrey.
A. Fls. yellow to brown.
mactd^tus, Lindl. Pseudobulbs ovate, 2 in. high : Ivs.
3-1, broadly lanceolate, plicate, lK-2 ft. long, varie-
gated with numerous yellowish spots : flower-stems
about 2 ft. high, bearing a raceme of 10-15 yellow Hs.
each 2-3 in. in diam. ; sepals and petals half spreading,
oblong, obtuse; labellum erect, with the apex recurved,
streaked with orauge, wavy and crenate, sides convolute
over the column, and the base prolonged into a spur
half as long as the ovary. Spring. Northern India and
Japan. B.M. 2719 (as £?e(jrt ITooSfcrdJi) ; 3960. L.B.C.
19:1803.
WAlIichii, Lindl. (P. bicolor, Lindl. P. grandifdlius,
Lindl., not Lour. P. grandifldms, Reichb. f.). Fig.
1734. Tall: Ivs. broadly elliptic-lanceolate, 3-4 ft. long:
flower-stems erect. 3-5 ft. high, clothed with scales: fls.
4 in. across, varying in color from chocolate-brown to
primrose-yellow; sepals and petals spreading, lanceo-
late, long-acuminate; labellum with an ample elongate
tube; limb oblong, acute or acuminate, recurved, margin
crisp; spur slender, incurved. The labellum is less
variable in color than the sepals and petals. The base
of the tube is yellow, dull reddish beyond, with the
throat purple with yellow or red edges on the disk;
apex white. Feb.-May. Trop. India, northward to the
lower Himalaya. B.M. 4078; 7023. P.M. 6:193. -P.
BItimei, Lindl., is a form that cannot be distinguished
by any botanical character. Ceylon. B.M. 6032.
graiidifdUus, Lour. (Bletia Tdnkervillite, R.Br.).
One of the oldest orchids in cultivation. It has smaller
fls. than P. WalUehii, with less acuminate sepals and
petals and a shorter obtuse lip and spur: sepals and
petals reddish brown, but variable, white on the out-
side; labellum white at the apex, throat and disk yel-
low, sides crimson. China, Australia. B.M. 1924. F.S.
7:738. L.B.C. 1:20. G.C. 1872:733; II. 18:565; III.
3:112. Gn. 3, pp. 183, 221. A.G. 20:279.
AA. Fls. xchite to rose-color.
Humbldtii, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs, Ivs. and habit
like P. grandifolius but smaller: flower-stem 18-20 in.
high, erect : fls. white and rose-colored, tinged and
streaked with darker red; sepals oblong-acute; petals
twice as wide; labellum spurless, lateral lobes .striped
with brown on a whitish ground, middle lobe light pur-
ple, with a yellow callus. Spring. Madagascar. R.H.
1891:204. G.C. II. 26:173. A.G. 12:161. A.F. 6:609.
tuberculdsuB, Blume. Rhizome thick: pseudobulbs
small, bearing several lanceolate Ivs. 6-9 in. long: fls.
2-3 in. across, in erect spikes; sepals and petals ovate-
oblong, white; lateral lobes of the labellum recurved,
yellow, almost covered with brownish crimson spots,
margin crenately lobed ; middle lobe bifid, white,
spotted with purple, having 3 thick, yellow keels; mar-
gin crisp and crenate. Feb. Madagascar. B.M. 7307.
R.B. 18:145. G.C. II. 15:341; 18:565; 21:520; III.
13:237. —Difiicult to grow, requiring a higher temp, than
the other species.
Mishmfiusis, Reichb. f. Stem 2-3 ft. high, leafy
above: Ivs. 6-10 in. long, elliptic-lanceolate, plicate:
scape from the axils of the lower Ivs., together with the
loose raceme about 2 ft. long: fis. 2 in. across, pale or
dark rose-colored ; sepals linear-oblong, acuminate;
petals narrower; labellum with rounded side lobes and
a subquadrate, .spotted middle lobe, which is somewhat
3-parted ; spur slender, yellow. Himalaya Mts. B.M.
P. AshtoorthiAnus, Sander. A garden hybrid (P. Mannii X
P. njaculatus). Fls. large: sepals and petals clear old gold;
labelhim large, of the same color, with mans radiating choco-
late lilies, outer surface clear yellow. G.M. 40:551.
Heinrich Hasselbking.
PHAJUS. See Phaius, above.
FHALJEN6FSIS (Greek, moth-like: suggested by
the large white fls. of some species). Orchiddeew.
This genus, called by Lindley "the grandest of all
orchids," contains some of the most magnificent species
PHAL^NOPSIS
to be fonnd in the orchid family. The plants are natives
of the hot regions of India and the Malay Archipelago,
growing on trunks of trees and sides of rocks under
conditions of high temperature and great moisture.
The flowers are remarkably beautiful in form and color.
Those of the larger species are borne in graceful
1735 Phala;nop!
drooping panicles, on which they usually all face in one
The plants are of monopodia! growth, having short
stems which increase slowly in length : Ivs. few, thick,
leathery, often mottled : inflorescence a raceme or
panicle, large, or not longer than the Ivs. : sepals spread-
ing, the lateral ones more or less united with the base
of the column : petals about as large as the sepals or
very much broader; labellum variously shaped but
united with the base of the column. About 40 species.
Heinrich Hasselbrixg.
The species of Phalsenopsis are all truly epiphytal,
and are found growing in their native hal)itats on rocks
and trees at very low altitudes or at sea-level in moist
but often exposed situations where the rains during
their growing season are frequent and excessive, and
the temperature registers 70°-75° F. during the night
and as high as 90°-95° F. during the day. They are
principally natives of the Philippine Islands, eastern
India, Malaya, Sumatra, Java and Borneo, many of
the individual species growing over a wide range of
territory.
With but few exceptions, they grow best in the warm
portion of the East Indian house where a temp, of
65°-70'' F. at night and about 75° F. during the day, or
85° with solar heat, can be maintained through the
winter months. The summer temp, may range about
70° F. at night and 80° or 85° by day. Air should be
admitted in greater or less degree at all times to keep
the atmosphere active, but direct drafts must always be
avoided. Shade is necessary except in December and
January, but should never be sufiBciently heavy to
PHAL.ENOPSIS 1291
exclude indirect solar influence, as plants grown with
overabundant shade, heat and moisture make weak
tissue and a thin cuticle incapable of withstanding
extremes in temperature and humidity to which they
are subjected more or less during the winter months.
Such careless treatment invariably results in either wet
or dry spot, and the plants, having no pseudobulbs, are
liable to perish.
Basket or cylinder culture suits them best, and they
should receive all necessary attention, such as rebaskct-
ing and top-dressing, at the commencement of their
growing season in Feb. or Mar., but they do not require
much root space at any time. Chopped live coarse
sphagnum makes the best compost; this should be lib-
erally inti-rspiisid with rough pieces of charcoal, to
wliich the roots cling freely. The compost
should be worked in firmly about the roots to
make the plant steady. During the resting period
give water when the compost is becoming dry.
During the growing season water freely and give
1 an occasional overhead syringing. When the
plants are flowering profusely weak liquid
cow or sheep manure may be given once
. ,, a week with good effect.
j^jj\\ There is no special means of propa-
~W\\\ e^tion; young plants are often produced
Wi" on the flower-scapes, and the old flower-
scapes if bent down on the wet sphag-
num can sometimes be induced to send
up young plants. r. m. Gket.
INDEX.
amabilis, 1, 2. Lowii, 6.
amethystina, 8. Liiddemanniana.l:!.
antennifera, 7. ochracea, 13.
Aphrodite, 2. Parishii, 14.
7 aurea, 1. Portei, 3.
/ casta, 2. Porteri. 3.
Cornu-cervi. 10. punctatissima, 4.
Dayana, 2. rosea, 15.
-^ Esmeralda, 7. Sanderiana, 2.
gloriosa, 2. Schilleriana, 5.
granditlora, 1. speciosa. 11.
Harriettaa, 1. Stuartiana, 4.
intermedia. 3. Sumatrana. 12.
leucorrhoda, 2. violacea. 9.
. Petals much broader than the
sepals.
B. Labellum with apical appen-
dages; rostellum short.
c. Apical appendages
cirrJwus.
D. Middle lobe very nar-
rnw 1. amabilis
DD. Middle lobe trowel-
shaped 2. Aphrodite
cc. Apival appendages shorty
horn-like.
D. lyvs. green 3. intermedia
DD. Zrt's. mottled, at least
when young.
E. Fls. white 4. Stuartiana
EE. Fls. rose-purple 5. Schilleriana
BB. Labellum without apical
appendages: rostellum
loiir/ 0. Lowii
. Petals 's,;,r,;l,i ,„■ ,„.t al all
■d.r 11,, .
B. Claii'
ill,
• the l,d,-ral I,
■of the labellu
tire.
D. Bach is compressed ;
brads fleshy.
E. Middle lobe of the
labellum fleshy,
EE. Middle lobe of the
.10. Cornu-cervi
1292
PHAL^NOPSIS
DD. Sachis U;;f..
E. LulH'Uum
EE. Zahellii,,, ,.
F. Mi.l.l/. /,.
lateniUjl
rl. /7. ,s/,//.ii. speciosa
FP. Mi.l'l/. /..
FFP. J/,./,//, /,.,
G. L„l../I„„.
GG. Lilhr n
created,
vided
fleshy c
/., /<./.. N. .1::. Luddemanmana
' .n'../.J..'ll. Parishii
callus.... 15. rosea
1. amibilis, Blurae, notLiiidl.(P.(7TO)if7;ff.'.)v7. Lindl.).
Fi^. 1135. Lvs. long, pale green; tls. ^-ariatilc in ^izi-.
sometimes nearly 5 in. across, pure whit, witli ^taiu^ of
deep yellow and a few purple spots on the lal.i Hum and
on the column; dorsal sepals ovate to oblun^% laieral
sepal lanceolate; petals rounded-fan-shaped ; lateral lobes
«f the Ubellum obliquely cuneate incurved middle lobe
Aer\ mrrow with jellow cirrhi Autumn Mala^ Arch
B M 3184 f G 1848 J9 II 2G 213 C n 19 p 30o
24 1 )tn « pp olO )]7 R H 1800 pp 238 23J
Ibir p 1 1 \t K ,1 -\ ir atlrea Ri Ife (P gran
difl I, -sir a,,, ( Wirnei) Front liilf of the lateral
f tl.
Ill the
P HAmettae
k
1736. Phalaenopsis Harriettse (X K). See So 1.
2. Aphrodite, Reichb. f. (P. nmdbitis, Lindl., not
Blume). Lvs. elliptic -lanceolate, 1 ft. or more in
length, dark green, obliquely retuse: fls. 3 in. in diam.,
pure white, with the labellum streaked and spotted with
yellow and red ; sepals elliptic - ovate ; petals large,
rhomboid ; lateral lobes oblong, middle lobe trowel-
shaped, with white cirrhi. Fls. at various seasons, but
most freely during summer. Philippines. B.M. 4297.
B. R. 24:34. P.M. 7:49. P. S. 1:40. G. C. 1848:39;
11.26:213. Gn. 31, p. 273; 3.5, p. 362; 38, p. 157; 48, p. 484.
R.H. 1897, p. 150. A.F. 6:89.
Var. Oay&na, Hort. (P. amaUHs, var. Dayina. Hort.^,
has regular flowei s with the lower sepals minutely (lotted
■with crimson, the labellum also being heavily marked
with bright crimson. A.G. 21:457.
Var. c4sta, Rnlfe (P. enstn, Reichb. f.). Lvs. thinly
spotted: fls. like the type, with a rosy tint especially at
PHAL^NOPSIS
the base of the sepals and petals, and a few spots at the
base of the lateral sepals. — Scarcely distinct from the
following, but distinct from the type.
Var. leucorrhdda, Rolfe (P. leucorrhbda, Reichb. f.).
Lvs. blotched with gray in irregular bands: sepals and
petals flushed with rose, the former yellowish outside:
callus yellow, spotted with purple. Philippines. F.M.
1875:166. R.H. 1896:500.
Var. Sanderi4na, Rolfe {P. Sanderiihia, Reichb. f.).
Fls. .suffused with rose; labellum variegated with brown,
purple, and yellow. Island of Miadanao. Gn. 24;407;
3. intermedia, Lindl. A natural hybrid between P.
Aphrodite and P. rosea. Resembles P. Aphrodite in
habit but the fls. are smaller. Sepals obI„n-, acute,
white; petals rhomboid, much lai-.i. - liii, ,\ itl, f, w
rose spots at the base; labcllim: i,, 11 I ■■ . ,| Inl.rs
erect rose purple spotted wiili i. LiKl-
nchcrimson terminating in 2 .~1 hi ;,;;,. I i, ,,i|.|iii].s.
— The same t^pe has been aniliii.ill) i,i.HiuLi;a by
crossing the two parent species.
\ ar P6rtei Reichb. f. (P. PMeri, Hort.). Fls. large,
stained with rose purple: lvs. about 1 ft. long, deep
green ( f II 5 369, 371. F.M. 1875:162. J.H. 111.
Ml 1 • ( n 21 326 G.M. 38:111.
4 Stuarti4na Reichb. f. Lvs. elliptic-oblong, obtuse,
I ut 1 11 lung mottled when young, becoming dull
„n.(.n abo\ c and reddish below; piini.-l.. inrL'f , brBiicbed.
dre oping fls 2 in across; sepal- . II:m i. .l; u,,, « 1, it.-
or greenish white the lateral ..n. , i nl, ,,.,|;
petals rounded but nl. ,■. . . i . ;iii::iilai-,
white with few purple .1.1- .: I-..; lal.. Hum
white at the tip, lateral lobes obliquely obo-
\ate obtuse, with a pair of cuneate calli be-
tween them; middle lobe orbicular, ending in
2 white cirrhi. Jan., Feb. Philippines. B.M.
6622 IH 31:540. F. 1882:49. Gn. 22:348;
45 p 426 G.C. IL 16:753; III. 4:389. J.H.
Ill U lo7 P. E. 11: 393. -Very near P. Schil-
Itwni tut very different in color. Var.
puuctatissima, Hort., has the sepals and petals
[r tu h 1 otted with purplish red.
) SchiUeriana, Reichb. f. Fig. 1737. Lvs.
6-18 m lun„', oblong, dark green and mottled
with gray above, purple below: panicle droop-
ing flat as much as 3 ft. long and nearly as
broad bearing often over 100 fls. each 23^^-3 in.
^ across dorsal sepals obovate, acute, the lateral
ones o\ ate rich rose-lilac; petals large, rhom-
boid colored like the sepals; labellum colored
like the rest of the flower or paler and often spotted with
reddish brown and having a yellow callus; lateral lobes
rounded oblong with 2 quadrangular calli between
them middle lobe o\al, ending in two divergent horns.
Jan -March Philippines. B.M. 55.30. F.S. 15:1559.
I H 10 348, 3o o6, 43, p. 154. S.H. 2, p. 47. Gn. 3, p.
183; 22:.348; 33, p. 615; 35, p. 363; .38, p. 157; 48, p.
484. G.C. II. 12:.301; III. 3:529; 17:.367. F.M. 1877:257.
R.H. 1886:396. A.G. 14:65. G.F. 4:390. A.F. 11:1081.
6. Ldwii, Reichb. f. Lvs. 4-5, oblong, fleshy, deep
green, tinged with purple: panicle slender, 5-20-fld.:
fls. 1^ in. in diam., white flushed with purple; dorsal
sepals broadly ovate, lateral sepals oblong; petals fan-
shaped, with a rounded apex; labellum violet-purple,
lateral lobes small, reflexed, middle lobe oblong; rostel-
lura very long-beaked. Fls. during summer months.
Moulmein (India). B.M. 5351. F.S. 18:1910. Gn. 9:14.
G.C. III. 2:745.
7. EsmerAlda, Reichb. f. (P. anfevnlfera, Reichb. f.).
Lvs. oblong, acute, 4-8 in. long, gray-green with few
dull purple spots: raceme erect. 6-10-fld., 6-18 in. high:
fls. about 1 in. in diam., dark or pale purple to white
with red streaks; lateral sepals ovate, dorsal sepals
obovate ; petals obovate ; labellum clawed, 3 lobed,
lateral lobes ovate to rotund, erect, yellowish; middle
lobe broad, obtuse, deep purple; claw with a slender
appendage on each side. Cochin China, etc. B.M. 7196.
F.M. 1879:358. R.H. 1877, p. 107.
PHAL.ENOPSIS
8. amethjstina, Reichb. f. A small species with
cuneateoblong Ivs. : fls. small, cream-colored with
an amethyst labellum; sepals cuneate-oblong ob
tuse; petals subequal or a little smaller; lateral
lobes of the labellum cuneate; middle lobe obovate,
notched. Malay. G.U. 1870:1731.
9. vioiacea, Teijsm & Binn. Lvs. oblong 8-12
in. long, light shining green : flower-stalks not
longer than the Its. : fls. few, 2 in. across; sepals
and petals broadly lanceolate, yellowish white
changing to rose-violet toward the base; middle
lobe of the labellum fleshy, deep purple, with a vel
low callus; side lobes small, erect, purple and
orange. May-Oct. Sumatra. F.M. 1879:342 Or
C. II. 16: 145. -Plant of dwarf habit. The fls re
main on the plant a long time.
10. Comu-c6rvi, Blume & Reichb. f. Lvs. about
9 in. long, leathery, oblong: flower-stem about as
long as the lvs., erect, clavate, bearing 6-12 fls
fls. yellowish green, barred with reddish brown
sepals and petals fleshy, lanceolate, the latter small
er ; labellum whitish, lateral lobes erect on the
irregular, fleshy, excavated claw, middle lobe cres
cent-shaped, apiculate. Summer. Trop. Asia Java
or..l Sumatra. B.M. 5.570 (as Po?;/f7,,7r,s r.ic»»-. )ii)
:i. speciosa, R.'i.'lil.. f. r.v~. .il.h.n-: il- -i II i
in racemi'-; ^r ].anirl.-. w !.i
madder; s.|,:,K .il.l,,,,-; (., : ■ ', . ■ ,
with erect. Im.-ar. tM,,il,,.,l, >.,,">v -hi- I I
a fleshy, purpk- ami wliiii- uii.Klk- l..i.v ti.aii.^ ii
hairy cushion. Andaman Lslauds (Bay of Beugvl)
G.C. II. 18:745; 26:277.
12. Sumatrina, Korth. & Reichb. f. Lvs. pointed
about 6 in. long: inflorescence about as long as the
lvs., 6-10-fld. : sepals oblong, pointed, 1 in. or more
in length; petals more cuneate; all yellowish white
barred, with bands of reddish brown ; labellum
short, clawed; lateral lobes erect, meeting and each
having a short curved tooth pointing backwards
middle lobe oblong, fleshy, white, streaked with
violet, very hairy in front. Sumatra and Borneo B M
5527. P.S. 16:1644. G.C. 1865:507.
13. Liiddemanniina, Reichb. f. A small plant with
thick, oblong fleshy lvs. 6-8 in. long: inflorescence
about as long as the lvs., with few handsome fls near
the top: fls. 2-3 in. across; sepals and petals oblong
acute, white, marked with transverse bars, those at the
base being amethyst, while the upper ones are brown
labellum deep violet, with yellow blotches on the side
lobes; middle lobe oblong; side lobes erect ligulate
deeply 2-tootbed. Feb.. March. Philippines. BM 5a23
F.S. 16:li;;»;. R.H. ]s72:.S90. F. 1865:257.-The old
flowe.'-sti-ms ,.f this phmt produce young plants by
which thi' -<|iciiis may he easily increased.
Var. ochricea, R.irhb, f. A form with yellowish fls
and ochre-colored bars. R.H. 1872:390.
14. F&rishii, Reichb. f. Dwarf: lvs. oblong lanteo
late, acute, 2-1 in. long: fls. in 6-10-fld racemes
scarcely longer than the lvs., crowded; dorsal sepals
oblong, lateral broadly ovate, white ; petals obovate-
spatulate, white; lateral lobes of the labellum small,
horn-like, yellow, with purple spots, middle lobe broadly
triangular, red-purple, often white on the disk; crest
semilunar, broken up into subulate filaments In front;
the disk has a peculiar appendage ending in 4 long
subulate filaraents. Burma and Moulmein. B.M. 5815.
15. rdsea, Lindl. Lvs. oblong, dark green, obliquely
retuse : scape about a ft. long, nodding, dark purple,
bearing 12-14 fls. : sepals and petals ovate, obttise,
white, tinged with pink in the center; labellum rose-
colored, .scarcely longer than the sepals; lateral lobes
small, lunate, middle lobe ovate. Philippines. B.M.
5212. F.S. 16:1645. G.C. 184S:i,7I.
P.Ltsterii. Advertised. but douliffnl -T r.<(,-HO-«i, Reichb.
f. Plant of the habit of P. viola.iu. wiih nain.ucr lvs.: sepals
cuneate-oblong, purple, with tin- lat.-ral s.-pals white at the
base: petals like the lateral sepals or barred with purple; la-
bellum short, clawed, mauve, white and yellow. Malay.
Heineioh Hasselbring.
PHALANGITJM LiliAstmm. See Paradisea Lilt-
astrum.
1293
>'
1737 Phal^nopsis SchiUenana ( ;
See^
FHALABIS (old Greek name used by Dioscondes,
pr<^ bai h from phaJo\ shinmg in allusion to the shin
ingseed) Graminece Ten species mostly of southern
Europe one nati\ e throughout the northern part of
North America a variety cf which is the Ribbon Grass
P Canatien is Canary trass which is cultivated m
Europe for bird food or sometimes as a ceieal is occa
sionall\ tound in this country along roadsides This
annual species on actount of its variegated oi ate
spikes IS worthy of cultivation as an ornamental grass
Spikelets 1 11(1 ttllected in heads or spike like panicles
Empt\ .^luiu 4 1 ut the second and third minute
Outer ^luTii 1 It hiped awnless
arundinacea I iiui Reed Canarv Grass A tall per
ennui ( t tt ) ^ itli flit /'2 m wide lvs and an elongated
spike like panicle (open m anthesis)of whitish spikelets,
native through northern America in wet ground where
It IS an important forage grass Recommended for
planting in parks and grounds along the banks of
streams or artificial ponds. A very striking native
grass.
Var. variegita (var. picta). Ribbon Grass. Gar-
dener's Garters. Fig. 1738. Lvs. longitudinally striped
with white. Commonly cult, for ornament and some-
times run wild about old places.
A. S. Hitchcock.
FHALOCALLIS (Greek words referring to the delicacy
of the cone formed bv the crests). IridAeece. Referred
by Baker to Cypella. " The plant offered as P. pliunbea,
Herb., by Dutch bulb-growers is Cyp^Ua pliimbea,
Lindl., a South Brazilian species differing from those
described at p. 429 as follows: corm large: lvs. lanceo-
late: stem stout, 2-4 ft. long: fls. dull lilac; outer seg-
ments 13'2-2 in. long; inner with a small obovate blade
and long claw; style-branches 2-fld, each fork with 1
erect and 2 spreading spurs. B.M. 3710 (fls. chiefly
lilac). F.S. 4:395 (chiefly light blue). F.S. 14:1466
[flnre striata, veined and flushed with rich purple
shades on a white ground).
PHARBITIS.
1294
PHASEOLUS
f
FHAS£OLUS (ancient Latin name, somewhat altered,
of a beau). Legiimhibsw. Bean. Annual or perennial
mostly twining herbs, or some of thrm w.nirly at the
lia-ic, with mostly pinnately 3-foliol:it.' ~ti]i. il.it. haves,
axillary peiluncles bearing cluster^ ft wiiiii, \<lluw,
red or purplish papilionaceous flowers, ami i • ■ less
compressed (dat-sided) several to many-seeded -I-vaived
pods. Many species have been described, all of warm
countries, but there are probably not more than 100
kinds that can be clearly separated as species. Prom
its allied L'.-iier.-i. I>lias..,.liis is «..paratHd by minute
charactiT^ ^i , ;,l ■, x, . ^i > I,, an,! k,, 1, h, I -liii -.-idus the style
isbeardi 'I ;. i . : ' ilihuIs oblique
or lateral ,:,,.. 1 ^f the style;
the keel i~ .-..lir,] nii.,a Murai I .. " h . I nr hiding the 10
diartelphous stamens ( in 0 and 1 1 .
Since Phaseoli are tropical or warm-country plants,
they must not be subjected to frost. Most of them are
garden annuals which are given a warm place after all
danger of frost is past. One of them, P. Caraealla. is
sometimes grown as a greenhouse climber, but in Cali-
fornia and other warm parts it thrives in the open and
climbs hedges and trees, often smothering them. The
culture is set forth under Bean, but the species are
contrasted below. See, also,
Mucuna, Vicia, Vigna.
INDEX,
aconitifoliiis, 5. gonospermus, i
Glyci
amcemis. 2.
latisiUquus, 7.
Caraealla, 1.
lAmeiisu, 7.
carinatus. 8.
lunatus, 7.
maerocarpus, 7.
cnmiiressiis, 8,
multiflorus, 3.
elliptlcus. 8.
Mungo, 6.
fa'pundJts, 7.
glaber, 6,
ohlongv3, 8.
puberuliis, 7.
radiatus. 6.
A. Perennial tall-twining species, with large, fragrant,
showy fls., and nearly or quite glabrous Ivs,
1. Carac&lla, Linn. Caracol. Snail-Flower. Cork-
screw-Flower. Leaflets broadly rhombic-ovate, pointed
or acuminate: fls. large and fleshy, in axillary racemes.
FHASEOLUS
light purple to yellowish, very fragrant, the large keel
coiled like a snail shell. Tropics, probably of the Old
World. B.R. 4:341. V. 2, p. 370. -Naturalized in parts
of California, where it grows 20 or more feet high, some-
times becoming a nuisance. It is an old-fashioned
glasshouse plant in cold climates, but is now rarely
seen. It is sometimes planted out in summer.
2. adendnthus, Meyer (P. amanus, Soland. P. Trnx-
illhisis, HBK. P. cirrhdsiis, HBK.). Foliage much
like that of the last, the Ifts. ovate and somewhat acute:
fls. very showy, red (or light blue 1), fragrant, in dense
almost capitate clusters: pod 4-G in. long, usually curved.
Tropics; grown sparingly in southern California.
AA. Perennial from tuberous roots {biit P. multiflorus
grown as ,i n annua! If.), the fls. either large o»
small, the Ifs. pubescent or scabrous.
3. multifldrus.Willd. Scaki.h Ki nm uVi an. Ditch
Case-Knife Bean (a whiti- \ . . I i::i!i. Root
thickened and tuberous, pen II ~ ili but per-
ishing in the North: plant laii i^>u.;h_ .i.d slender,
minutely pubescent: Ifts. thin, il,..ii.l.a i.i aiu and acute,
scabrous -pubescent : fls. rather large and showy, in
racemes, in the Scarlet Runner type red, in the Dutch
Case-Knife white, the keel not distinctly projecting: pods
long (3-6 in.), with a curved slender type: beans large
and plump, much flattened or nearly cylindric, red and
black in the Scarlet Runner, white in the many other
forms. South American or Mexican, but now widely
spread. -The Scarlet Runner form is ]>opuUiras an orna-
mental vine for arl...!- ai .1 i i . r v, ii..;< .,■ - .i i,h lini.'s
being known as F\,.y,. ■ -:_ r. ■ . ■ I . i . .' I ■■• Tlir
Dutch C.-
-Knif.-
Melde':
by the Me
are apparently white-fld. form- I
seed seems always to be as^. .
dwarf or "bush "'form, probal.l) mI /'. i,,.. '
introduced a few years ago as BartidiUs' :
(see Bull. 87, Cornell Exp. Sta.). Fig. 1740.
likely that more
than one species
is passing as P.
multiflorus,
of the Mexican
forms being im-
perfectly under-
stood.
PHASEOLUS
4. reWsus, Benth. Metcalfe Bean. Root very large,
said sometimes to weigh 30 lbs., ruuniug deep into the
ground: stem trailing, roughish: Ifts. rhombic to oblong,
mostly obtuse and often retuse, rough on both sides : tis.
in loose, interrupted racemes,
rather small, purple: pod flat,
short, broadly oblong, !
what curved. Tex., west and
174J. Pods of Sieva, Large Lima.
Potato Lima (.Xi4).
The two last are forms of P. lu-
, macrocarpus.
south. — Lately recommended as a forage plant in the
dry regions of the Southwest. The Ivs. are thick and
heavy and well adapted to dry, hot climates. Stems
grow 8-10 ft. or more long.
AAA. AiiHuaf {at least in the iV,), either twining or
"hush." the Ivs. mostly pubescent, cult, for food.
— Garden beans of various kinds.
B. Pod usually %iyi. or less broad: usually not climbing.
5. aconitifdlius, Jacq. Moth BEA>f. A diffuse, bushy
or somewhat trailing plant with loosely brown hairy
PHASEOLUS
stipules small, narrow and iminted r
lowish, in heads on the fn.is ..t li:iir\-
pod becoming 2 in. Ion.:;, inaih c'n
India, where it is cult. U>r lunna)! t
biit only rarely seen in (-..llrcriuTis it
said to be able to withstand much di
6. Uiingo, Linn. Gram. Erect or
nearly so, 1-2 ft., stout, with the fur-
rowed stems densely clothed with
long brown hairs : Ivs. large and
long-stalked ; Ifts. very broadly
ovate or nearly rhomboid-orbicular,
usually entire, thin, short-acute:
stipules large, ovate ; fls. rather
small, yellowish, in a capitate clus-
ter of 5 or 6 on the end of the
stout hairy peduncle: pod 3 in. or
less loii!,'. Tiearly cylindrical, some-
what lurv.il. Iiiarhiff 10-15 beans.
S.Asia, whii-.' it is ivcrvwhere cul-
tivate.! f"!- limiKin food.- Rarely
seen in this muntry. In habit it
somewhat resembles the Soy bean
(Glycine). The slender pod is
hairy at first, but the hairs are de-
ciduous. It is very variable. Prom
botanists it has received many
Var. gUber, Roxbg. Lvs. and
pod, and sometimes the stem, gla-
brous.—A domestic form. This is
probably the Adzuki bean of
Georgeson, Btill. 32, Kans. Exp.
Sta., where it is praised for the
high quality of the bean. He de-
scribes 2 forms, the White-podded
and Black-podded Adzuki, both
with small red or brownish seeds
with truncated ends and a long
narrow scar. Pods 3-5 in.
long.
Var. radi4tU8, Hook. f.
{P.radiatus,UDn.). Stems
all parts densely
1295
very small, yel-
illary peduncles:
Irical, glabrous.
and for forage,
lis country. It is
Pod usually % in.
more broad: plants :
uralh, climbing,
giving rise to "bu
forms.
C. Beans large and usu-
ally flat.
7. lunitus, Linn. Sieva
or Civet Bean. Figs. 1741-
4. Small and slender, usu-
ally not climbing very high :
Ifts. thin, short and broad,
ovate - pointed (except in
special forms, as the Willow -
leaf I: fls. ..f nirdinin sizt-.
whit.- ...■ wliiti.li, ill axillarv
1744. Leaves of Phaseolu
Two upper ones, Willow
Leaf, a very narrow - leaved
form of the Sieva type ; mid-
dle one. Potato Lima: lowest
one, Large Whit© Lima, the
two later beiug var. macro-
slender stems, growing 1-2 ft. tall: Ifts. mostly ovate
to rhombic-ovate, 2-3-lobed at the apex for one-fourth
to one-half their length, the lobes narrow and obtuse;
papery, .^-,> 11, , j.,11-, n.u.'l
curvc.l on the Ijauk and pru
Tided with a long tip, s])lit
ting open when ripe and th.
valves twisting: bean;
small and flat, white, browi
or mottled. Trop. America
-Widely cult, in warm coun
tries, and prized for its earli-
ness and prolificacy. It gives rise to dwarf or bush
forms, as the Dwarf C'lUMliua, Henderson Bush Lima
(Fig. 174.'i). ('..niiiion in American gardens.
Var. macrocarpus, H. nth. {P. inamanus, Linn. P.
Lim^iisis, sarrli.ir.'ihis. f,i,-ihidus, lulisitiguus, Mac-
fadyen. P. pHlnriilns. HHK. P. Xiianv.ii, Zucc).
Lima Bean. FIlts. 174:;, 1744. Distiiii'iiisli.-.l from the
Sievas by tall, r.il.nst -n.wtli and lat.- rip.-ning: Ifts.
large and thick. ..vatc-lani-e..hit.-: p.xls f.-w.-r to the ra-
ceme, straight or nearly so, without a i.rominent tip.
1296
PHASEOLUS
PHELLODENDRON
not readily splitting at maturity : beans very large,
white, red, black or speckled. South Amer. — Widely
grown in the tropics, and one of the richest of beans.
Unreliable in the northern states because of the short,
cool seasons. There are two forms in cult, in the U. S. :
Plat- or Large-seeded Linias, with seeds very flat and
leans.
veiny and more or less lunate in shape, and very broad
flat pods, with a distinct but not prominent pod, and
broad-ovate Ifts. ; Potato Limas, with smaller tumid
seeds, shorter and thicker pods, with a very short point,
and long-ovate, tapering Ifts., with angular base. In
both these groups there are dwarf or bush forms, — Bur-
pee Dwarf Lima in the former, and Kumerle Dwarf
Lima in the latter. The Lima Bean is perennial in the
tropics.
cc. Beans relative}!/ small, oblong and nearly cylin-
drical.
8. vulg&ris, Linn. Common Bean. Kidney Bean of
the Engli.sh. Haricot of the French. Pigs. 1745-7.
Slender, twining, more or less pubescent: Ifts. rhombic-
ovate or ovate, acuminate: peduncles shorter than the
petioles, few-fld. at or near the apex: fls. small, white,
yellowish or blue -purple : pod slender, somewhat
curved, provided with a straight or curved tip. Now
believed to be tropical American. — Here belong all the
common garden pole beans, aside from the Lima types,
including the Pole Cranberry (Fig. 1747), and so-called
Horticultural Lima. Runs into very many forms.
VaT.akrms {P.ndnus,Lian.). Bitsh Bean. A do-
mesticated race, differing only in its dwarf or "bush"
habit. It is now the more popular type, particularly in
America, since it requires no labor in providing poles
or other support. This includes all the common gar-
den and field beans.
1746. Lone-podded forms of Phaseolus vulearis.
For a history of garden or kidney beans, see Georg
von Martens, "Die Uartenbohnen," 18C9. He makes 7
specific types and many subtypes or botanical varieties.
His species are: P. vulgaris, Savi. Pod straightish and
subtorulose, long-mucronate ; seeds somewhat com-
pressed, oblong-reniform. P. compressus. Martens
Climbing: pods compressed and broad, short-mucronate;
seeds strongly compressed, oblong-reniform. P. gono-
spermus, Savi. Climbing: pod subincurved, tomlose
and short-mucronate; seeds somewhat compressed and
irregularly angular-truncate. P. carinahis, Martens.
Climbing: pod falcate and rugose; seeds teretish, elon-
gated, somewhat truncate-carinate. P. oblongus, Savi.
Dwarf, erect: pod subcylindrical, straightish, long-
mucronate; seeds subreniform-cylindric, twice longer
than broad. P. elliptieus. Martens. Low. erect or
somewhat climbing: pod straightish, more or less
torulose; seeds small, tumid-elliptic. P. spharicus.
Martens. Nearly erect, or climbing: pod straightish
and constricted; seeds large and subglobose.
L. H.
PHEASANT'S EYE. ^'^arciss1ls poeticns, Dianthus
idon
FHEGdPTEElS (Greek, heech-fern) . PohjpodiAcea.
Beech, Oak or Sun Fern. A genus of ferns allied to
Dryupteris in habit, but with no indusium, the sori being
entirely naked. There are numerous tropical American
and Sandwich Island species worthy of cultivation in
warmhouses. Three of our native species
are sometimes offered in the trade. For
culture, see page 575.
A.. Fronds (Ivs.) small or medium-sized,
at most tripinnatifid. (Native spt-
B. Lvs. bipinnatifid, broadly tri-
hexagondptera. Fee (Polypodiiim luj
<i,l„iH:,il,riii,i, Michx.). Lvs. 9-15 in.
lon^, usually broader than long, palt'
green; lower pair of pinnee defiexed
and set forward; sori marginal. East-
em U. S.
polypodioldes, F^e. Lvs. 5-9 in. long,
longer than broad, dark green, slightly
hairy beneath ; sori nearer the margin
than the midrib. Eu. and northeastern
N. Amer.
BB. Lvs. tripinnatifid, lanceolate.
alpfistris, F^e. Lvs. 1-2 ft. long, 6-8
in. wide, with numerous finely cut lance-
olate pinnae, the lobes toothed ; thinly
herbaceous. Eu. and northwest Amer.
n&athehabitotAspleniumfilix-famiiia
BBB. Lvs. ternately tripinnatifid.
Dry6pteriB, F^e. Oak Fern. Lvs.
triangular, .'i-9 in. each way, the lowest
pinnsB nearly equal to th* central (ter-
minal) portion, giving the leaf a temate
appearance. Eu. and N. Amer.
AA. Fronds (lvs.) several feet long,
decompound.
Kerandreni&na, Gaud. Lvs. several
feet long, decompound with light brownish polished
stalks, and straw-colored rachides; texture herbaceous;
sori near the margins of the segments. Sandwich
Islands. Also advertised under Polypodium.
L. M. Underwood.
The American species are of easy culture in shady
places, and increase rapidly by creeping rootstocks.
The fronds are light green, of a distinct and attractive
hue. They have the fault of dying down for the sea-
son before the summer is over, especially when Brow-
ing in rather dry positions. P. polypodioide.i prefers
a moist, shailed place. It is not so quickly deciduous
as the other two species. P. Jiexagonoptera is suited
for almost any shaded position. The fronds often die
down in August, and at this season are occasionally
much and handsomely variegated with pure white. P.
1747. Cranberry
Pole Bean —
Phaseolus vul-
earis (X K).
Dryopte-
can hardy fen
work, though i
; of the most beautiful of small Ameri-
^ntly suited to shady rock-
growth early in the season.
P. W. Barclay.
PHELLODfiNDRON (Greek, phellos, cork, and rff»-
dron, tree; alluding to the corky bark). Ruiacta.
Ornamental deciduous trees with large, opposite, odd-
pinnate lvs., inconspicuous greenish fls. in short
terminal panicles and black frs. P. Amurense is quite
PHELLODENDRON
hardy as far north as Mass., but P.Japonicnm is some-
what tender; the first has been recommended as a street
tree for western cities, as it resists drought and heat in
summer and seems to be not attacked by insects. It is
of rapid growth when young and forms a rather low,
round head. It seems to grow in almost any Itind of
soil except in a very moist one. Prop, by seeds, which
are produced freely when both sexes are planted and by
root cuttings, dug up in fall and stored during the
winter in moist sand or sphagnum. Two closely related
species in E. Asia and Japan. FIs. diceclous, in terminal
short panicles; sepals and petals 5-8, ovate-lanceolate;
stamens 5-6, longer than petals: ovary 5-celled, with a
short, thick style: fr. a black drupe with 5 small one-
seeded stones.
Amur^nse, Rupr. Chinese Cork Tree. Tree, to 50 ft.,
with spreading branches forming a broad, round head ;
bark of the trunk light gray, corky; almost glabrous:
Ifts. 7-17, ovate to ovate -lanceolate, narrowed or
rounded at the base, long-acuminate, minutely crenu-
iate,dark green and somewhat shining above, glaucescent
and glabrous beneath or pubescent only on the midrib:
fr. globose, black, about K in. across, with a strong
turpentine-like odor when bruised. June. N. China,
Amurland, Japan.
Jap6nicum, Maxim. Closely allied to the preceding.
Lfts. ovate, rounded or truncate at base, acuminate dull
green above, pubescent beneath, with rather prominent
veins; leaf-stalk and inflorescence pubescent. June.
Japan. — Less hardy than the preceding and probably
only a variety of it; but sometimes thrives in New
England. Alfred Rehder.
PHENOLOGY (contraction of phenomenology ; that
is, the science of phenomena): the study of the rela-
tionships between the climate of any place and the
annual periods of plants and animals. Plants vege-
tate, bloom, and ripen fruit at more or less definite
seasons, each after its kind ; animals mate, bear young,
migrate and hibernate each also after its kind; but
these recurring events are related to the climate in
which these things live: with these inter-relationships
Phenology has to do. The most complete means of
comparing the climate of one year with that of another
are the life-events of the animals and plants of the
years. Thermometrical readings are the customary
measures, but the thermometers record only tempera-
ture, whereas local climate is modified by conditions
of humidity, cloudiness, the sequence of atmospheric
changes, and many subtle agen-ies which cannot be
measured by means of instruments. Living things are
the agents that really measure climate. A record of
the life-events of living things, therefore, even though
imperfect, should contribute to the science of clima-
tology; and incidentally it should contribute much to
the science of biology. Records of plant-events are
more comparable than those of animal-events, because
plants are stationary and have no volition to adapt
themselves to inclemencies by means of change of po-
sition, diet, or otherwise; therefore, plants emphati-
cally express cliraatal influence. A record of the first
blooming of a given apple tree, for example, during a
series of years would give comparable measures of the
lateness or earliness of the different seasons. Most
so-called phenological observations in this country have
been mere records of dates of blooming, leafing, migra-
tion of birds, peeping of frogs, and the like, without
correlative data respecting the local climate. They are
therefore of relatively little consequence to science. In
this country the literature of Phenology is very meager.
See Bailey, Essay 17, "Survival of the Unlike," and
"Instructions for taking Phenological Observation,"
"Weather Review," Sept., 1896, U. S. Weather Bureau.
L. H. B.
PHILADfiLPHUS (name of an ancient Egyptian
kii]-; upiilii-d !(■ this genus with no obvious reason).
Snxlfriujar,,:. MooK Orange. Svringa. Ornamental
deciduous ur rarely half -evergreen shrubs with opposite
entire or serrate Ivs. and white showy fls. in terminal ra-
cemes or solitary on short branchlets, appearing mostly
in June and often very fragrant. Most of them are
hardy North except P. Cottlleri, Mexiranus and the
PHILADELPHUS
1297
other Mexican species; P. iomentosus and Blllardi are
only half-hardy. They are well adapted to shrubberies
and are mostly of medium height, the tallest being P.
pubescens, which grows to about 20 ft.; P. Gordoni-
anus and P. inodorus grow nearly as high, while
P. microphi/Uus hardly exceeds 3 ft. They thrive well
in almost any well-drained soil and even under trees.
If pruning is needed it should be done after flowering,
since the fls. appear on the wood formed the previous
year. Prop, usually by hardwood cuttings, or by
suckers and greenwood cuttings under glass; also by
layers and by seeds, but they are very apt to hybridize
when several species are growing together.
About 30 species have been described. They are dis-
tributed through the northern hemisphere; inN. Amer.
south to Guatemala and from southeast Europe to
Himalayas and Japan. All are shrubs with exstipulate,
petioled more or less distinctly 3-nerved Ivs. : fls. solitary
or racemose; calyx-lobes, petals and styles usually 4;
stamens 20-40: fr. a dehiscent, 4-valved, many-seeded
capsule. Owing to the absence of well-marked charac-
ters the species are often rather difficult to distinguish,
and this difficulty is much increased by the numerous
hybrids which have originated in cultivation. The
latest account of this genus is a short monograph by
E. Koehne in Gartenflora, Vol. 45 (1896), p. 450, etc.,
where 33 species are distinguished, of which 20 are
American.
It seems strange that Philadelphus is popularly
known under the name of Syringa, a very different
genus of no botanical affinity and little resemblance;
but this is only continuing the usage of the old
herbalists who used to unite under Syringa species of
Philadelphus, Syringa and Jasmine. Thus we find in
Gerarde's "Herball," first published in 1597, descrip-
tions and figures of Syringa alba. White Pipe, S.
candea, Blue Pipe, and S. Arabica, Arabian Pipe, the
1748. Philadelphus
(XJi).
first being Ph iladelph us coronarius, the second Syringa
vulgaris and the third Jasminuni Samhac. This
accounts also for the German popular name Jasmine
for Philadelphus. In French Syringa has been changed
to Seringa, and is used in this form as the popular
name for Philadelphus. Linnaeus decided to take up
the name Syringa for the 5. crerulea of the older
botanists and Syringa alba he called Philadelphus, a
name previously used for the same plant by some of the
old herbalists.
INDEX.
argenteo-margin- Gordonianus, 2. Pekinensis. 6.
ata, 8. grandiflonts, 1, 12. primulseliorus, 8.
aureus, 8. hirsutus, Vi. pubescens. 1.
Avalanche, 10. inodorus, 12. roswflorus. 8.
Boule d'argent. 10. latifoliits, 1. siilicifolius, 8.
Califomicus. 5. laxus, 11. Satsumi, 4.
Candelabre, 10. Lemoinei, 10. specioBiseimnx, 9.
. ". ", Lewisi, 3. speciosus, U,
Qthiflorus, 8, microphyllus, 14. spectabiUs, 1.
Falconeri, 7.
floribundtts. 1. aud
suppl. list.
Gerbe de Neige, 10.
itiidulatuti,
Yoknbamee,
ZeyUeri. 9.
1298
PHILADELPHUS
B Calyx pubescent oiitiide bark gray
pub^scens T isel (P latMlxus bchrad Pi
matin
last J I
cent b
rmi
1749. Philadelphus
white, scentless, lK-2 in. across. June,
July. Tennessee. B.R. 7:570 and Gn. 40, p. 289 (as P.
grandiftorus). B.R. 23:2003 and G.C. II. 16:81 (as P.
speciostia).— The figures quoted above do not represent
typical plants; they are probably partly hybrids of this
species with P. grandiflorus and inodorus, but the figure
accompanying the original description by Loiseleur in
Herbier gen. de I'amateur, Vol. IV, t. 208, agrees well
with wild plants from Tennessee. A dwarf form with
double fls., cult.as P. nivalis spectabilis flore plena, prob-
ably belongs to this species. P. pubeseens of Koch and
of Koehne is P. vemicosus; see supplementary list.
Ciilyr glabrous outside: bark br
grayi
2. GoTdoni&nuB, Lindl. Shrub, to 12 ft., with grayish
brown branches : Ivs. broadly ovate to elliptic, coarsely
dentate, especially those of the young shoots, light
green, pubescent beneath, thin, lH-3 in. long: racemes
dense, 5-7-fld. : fls. pure white, scentless, 1M-I?i in.
across; petals oval-oblong: ovary half -superior. June,
July. Wash, to Ore. B.E. 25:32. Gn. 3, p. 233.
3. Lfiwisi, Pursh. Upright shrub, to 8 ft. : bark of
branches dark or grayish brown, usually with numer-
ous horizontal cracks: Ivs. broadly ovate or elliptic-
ovate, entire or sparingly dentate, glabrous or some-
what hairy beneath, thickish at maturity, l]4-3 in. long:
racemes short and dense, 5-9-fld.: fls. short-stalked,
1-lM in. across, scentless. June, July. Brit. Colo, to
Calif.
4. Satsiimi, Sieb. (P. Tokohdmce, Hort.). Shrub, to
8 ft., erect: branches of last year with grayish brown
bark, usually marked with whitish, longitudinal fis-
sures: Ivs. ovate, long-acuminate, dentate or sometimes
entire, almost glabrous, 3-6 in. long: racemes loose,
erect, 7-9-fld. : fls. about 1 in. across, slightly fragrant.
May, June. Japan.
PHILADELPHUS
AA. Bark of last year's branches peeling off in thin
flakes, brown.
B. Fls. in many-fid. panicles, but sometimes racemose
on weaker branches.
5. Calilamicus, Benth. Upright shrub, to 8 ft., with
brown branches: Ivs. ovate, with few teeth or almost
entire, glabrous or somewhat pubescent beneath, thick-
scentless; petals oblong. June, July. Wash, to Calif.
-Similar in habit to P. Lewisi, to which it is usually
referred as a variety.
BB. /7s. in 5-9-fld. racemes, rarely S.
c. JjVS. glabrous or nearly so beneath, ovate-lanceo-
late : pedicels glabrous.
6. Fekin6n8is, Rupr. (P. coronArius, var. PekinSnsis,
Maxim.). Uprisrht shrnh. to 5 ft.: Ivs. ovate-lanceo-
Ute, acumin;iii'. clciitii-nlMtP. thickish at maturity, VA-
3 in. long; i>'!i..l.- j.iM[ili--h : racemes short and dense,
usually ,")-ll iM.: tK. I'., in. across, slightly fragrant;
style dividt-'l "lily at tin- apex. May, June. Mongolia,
N. China. — Dense, upright, but rather low, free-flower-
ing shrub.
7. F41coneri, Sarg. Shrub, to 8 ft., with slender,
li-iiiirulatr. l',;-:i ill. long, thickish at maturity: fls. 3-
7, >li iiili 1 jM,l 1,1 lied, fragrant, pure white, about IH in.
acT'i--; (mI\ \ liil.rs lanceolate; petals oblong, acute;
■itvlf iiiiicli l.,iii.'i T than stamens, deeply divided. June.
Uriniii uiikiiowu ; probablv Japanese. G.F. 8:497.
M.D.G. 1899:2.11. Gng. 8:340. -Very graceful shrub,
wide-spreading.
cc. Lvs. more or less pubescent beneath, usually
a, Linn. Fig. 1748, 1479. Shrub, to 10 ft.,
with upright branches: lvs. ovate to ovate-elliptic, usu-
ally acute at both ends, denticulate, sparingly pubes-
cent beneath, 2-1 in. long: fls. 5-9 in rather dense ra-
cemes, creamy white, very fragrant, on rather short
pubescent pedicels; petals oval; style divided about one-
half. May, June. S. E. Eu., Caucasus. B.B.2:186.-Thi3
is the common Mock Orange, less showy than the follow-
ing species and of somewhat stiff habit, but deliciously
fragrant. There are several vars. in cultivation. Var.
arginteo-margin&ta, Hort. Lvs. edged creamy white,
and other variegated forms. Var. atireuB, Hort. Foli-
age yellow. Var. nilnUB, Schrad. Dwarf, compact shrub,
with dark green foliage; flowers but rarely. Var. sa-
licifdlia, Hort. Lvs. lanceolate or linear-lanceolate.
There are also several vars. with double fls., as vars.
dianthifldras, multinorus planus, primoleeildruB (R.H.
l.sTi), |>. .10.')), rosselldruB, mostly of dwarfer habit than
thi- typ.'.
0. Z^yheri, Schrad. Probably hybrid of the preceding
aiul /*. inodorus: lower than P. coronarius and more
spreading, with sometimes arching branches : lvs.
ovate, usually rounded at the base: fls. usually 5, pure
white, slightly fragrant or scentless, lK-1/4 in. broad;
style sometimes longer than stamens, divided one-half
or less. June. Of garden origin. The difl'erent forms
of P. Zeyheri are, besides those of the following hy-
brid, the most showy of the genus, bearing the large,
pure white fls. in great profusion along the branches.
P. speciosissimus, Hort., belongs here.
10. LemAinei, Lemoine. Hybrid of P. microphyllus
with P. coronarius, of varying'habit : lvs. ovate to ovate-
elliptic or ovate-lanceolate, visually pubescent beneath
and %-2i4 in. long: fls. 3-7 in short racemes, very
sweet-scented ; petals oval to oblong, mostly dentate
at the apex. G.F. 2:617.-Some of the best forms of
this hybrid are Avalanche. Graceful shrub, with slen-
der arching branches, covered almost the whole length
with showy white fls. G.C. III. 21:89. M.D.G. It96:293.
Gerbe de Neige is similar, but the fls. are larger. Boule
I'argent has large, double fls. and the habit of P. coro-
narius. G.C. III. 18:19 and 2:!. svippl. L'K May. Can-
dMabre. Low shrub, with upriL.'lit l>iaii.-li.s cv. r.d « lib
large fls. M.D.G. 1896:294. Var. er^cua. rpriulit, to
5 ft., covered with white fls. Mont Blanc is similar in
haljit, but fls. larger and showier.
PHILADELPHUS
PHILIPPINE ISLANDS
1299
ris. 1-3,
lUy I
c. r^lowering hranchlets 2 in. or more long, u'ith 2 or 3
pairs of rather large Irs.: pedicels and calyx
glabrous.
li. Idxns, Schrad. {P.iinduWus, Hort. P. specibsus,
Schrad.). Shrub, to 8 ft., with spreading slender
branches: Ivs. elliptic-ovate to oblong-lanceolate, entire
or sparingly denticulate, often slightly recurved and
pendulous, sparingly appressed pubescent beneath, 2—4
in. long: fls. oftener solitary, scentless, 1-1 J^ in. across ;
style as long as stamens. May, June. S. C. to Tenn. and
I'l'a. B.R. 2:186. Gng. 8:.'i40. — This species is closely
allied to the following, and perhaps best considered a
mere variety of it.
12. inodorus, Linn. (P. grandifUrus,yf\\\d..). Shrub,
similar to the former, but usually more upright and
more vigorous: Ivs. broadly ovate to elliptio-ovate, usu-
ally dentate, bearded in thr axil^ of tlin vriiis licTioath,
3-5
fls.
caly.
oftc
N. C. and Te
B.M. 1478. The P. inodorus of Gray diftVrs in its
smaller, often entire Ivs. and smaller, usually solitary
fls. with short ovate calyx-lobes. — Some forms of this
species, and especially the preceding species, have
proved tender north, but most are hardy.
13 hirsiltris Nutt (P h nimus Schral ) tpright
or spreading shrub to 6 ft h ovite a uminate ser
rate pubescent il ove gravi h tomento e beneath 1 2^2
m long fls 1 3 on si rt 1 nnchlpt witl i lalH 1 ] iir
of Ivs creiray wl tp I 1 tii- 1 \
pubescent st^ le 1 I \ t
Ala and Texas ( | | I II
II 2 119 B R n U -11 I I
than most of the 111 1
most N A ] t
enclose 1 1 1 1
cept a fe 1
I id en 1 1 1 I
tl H pf 1 1 1p 1 1 II
U microphyllus Shrub to 6 ft high with
] 1 1 1 1 lianches Ivs oil n{,o-iate
11 1 I 1 I t on both sides or almost
gl lini „Ui escei t 1 eueath M 1 m long fs 1 3
\\ ite alout 1 in a ross veiv fragrant cahx gl Irons
r appresse 1 pubescent New Mex to Calif and Colo
( f III ' li( Cn 40 8^4 P & 5 100 -One of the
t 1 I Hc PS deliciously fragrant likes sunnv
v:is — i'. fichmik-ii, Rupr.
Upright.: Ivs. large and thin; fls. s<-.
appressed pubescent at the base; pet:il
—P. tenmnUus. Rupr. Allied to P. en
spre;i.ling l.ranohes : Ivs. almost glali
of long-peduneled cymes. Origin unknown.— P. jierniMstM,
Sehrad. (P. pubescens, Koch, not Loisel.). Allied to P. pu-
bescens, but bark brown; Fls, smaller. Origin unknown.
Alfred Rehder.
PHILAGfiEIA. Consult iapagerm and Philesia.
PHILfiSIA (Greek, ?orf?i/). Lilidcem. A member of
the lily family with the general appearance of some
common northern shrub is certainly an extraordinary
thing. Philosia is such a shrub, growing 3—4 ft. high,
near tin- Siiaits ..f Magellan, and bearing showy pen-
dulc'u-. n ,1, l,;i|i,iL'.ria-like fls. about 2 in. long. It is
far n iii"\. .1 fi^m iln- ordinary lily types with 6 similar
periaiirli-NrunHtiiiv. f,,r it has a distinct calyx of 3 sepals
and 3 petals, it is closely allied to Lapageria, but differs
in habit, in the calycine character of the outer perianth
and the monadelphous stamens. This plant is very rare
in cultivation. It is said to live outdoors in the most
favored localities of England and Ireland.
Magellinica, J. F. Gmel. (P. hnxifdlin, Lam.). Much
branched: Ivs. alternate, linear-oblong, 1-134 in. long,
leathery, evergreen, feather-vpinpd. ghibrous, glaucous
lieneath; margins reflpx<'<l ; i"-ti'il" i"iiited at the junc-
tion of the blade: Hs. ^-In in l,i i i,i rosy red; petals
wavy; filaments unit. ,1 i , Ih l,,w the middle,
then free: ovary l-cpll' ■: ' parietal placentas
which bear seve'ral ovul. - ii :ii"ii\. B.M. 4738. F
1854:05. G.C. II. 18:105. W. M.
Philesia is too slow-growing ever to become very
popular. The undersigned cultivated this plant more
than 20 years ago, but has not seen a specimen of it for
many years, and does not know where to find one at the
present time. It is a short-jointed, hard-wooded shrub,
with rather leathery, box-like leaves, and will grow to
about 4 feet in height in time. It is an Andean species
closely related to Lapagiri;i. wliicli fa.t will ;ifeount for
that bigeneric hyiirid knuwn a> /'Inhi.i, n,i I'titchii.
Philesia is said to be found from Cliilr .hwii nearly to
the Straits of Magellan, and sliould. tin n r.,ro, l.e nearly
or quite hardy. In the writer's oxjM-rionr,. \\ ith it this
plant was grown in a Camellia Inms.-, in wliirh a night
temperature of 45° was maintaim-il, tlir jihints being
firmly potted in a light, peaty soil. Ii llowored but
sparingly in the latter part of the sanmnr. The flowers
were borne only singly in the axils of the leaves. Cut-
tings may be rooted when taken from ripened growth,
but require careful management in a cool temperature,
and are usually several months in rooting. If one tries
to grow Philesia in too high a temperature the general
result is a good crop of thrips and a case of general
debility, much as with Pernetfi/a inurronafa under sim-
ilar conditions. The writer does not consider Philesia
extraordinarily hard to manage, provided it is kept cool
and in a dewy atmosphere, but it will positively rebel
against forcing. ^x, u. Taplin.
PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, HOETICULTUEAL CAPA-
BILITIES OF. Fig. 17.50. The Philippine Archipelago
occupies about 700 miles of longitude and 1,000 miles of
latitude (from 4.40° to 20° north lat., and from 116.40°
to 126.30° ea.st long.), just across the China Sea from
the mainland of Asia. The equatorial current passes
its southern border, the Kuroshiwo originatos near the
northern limit, the eastern portion is influenced by the
Pacific drift, and over the whole the summer monsoon
bears its rain-laden clouds. Of the 1,200 or 1,300 islands
constituting the group, many are scarcely more than
mountain peaks thrust above the sea, and less than 30
have an area worthy of special consideration. In gen-
eral the mountains bear in a northerly direction and
rise to such height as to materially influence the rain-
fall. The mountains are not, in the main, abrupt and
forbidding, bat the elevations are gradual and deeply
indonted with valleys, affording innumerable fertile
llai- il.'h^ the slopes. The area of the islands is given
- ill : square miles, of which a large percentage is
1. i/on has about 36 per cent of the total area
iinl Min.l.niao 29 per cent. The temperature is not
extremp and is remarkably uniform on the islands of
the archipelago. The observatory at Manila reports
that the average temperature of December— the coldest
month — for the 17 years prior to and including 1896 was
1300 PHILIPPINE ISLANDS
77°, and for May— the warmest month-82.9°, while the
mean temperature during that period wus 80.42°. Tlie
rainfall averages for February .46 in. For the 5 dry
months, Dec, Jan., Feb., Mar. and Apr., the total
average is 5.47 in., and for the 6 wet months, June,
July, Aug., Sept., Oct., and Nov., the total average is
G.'i.G') in. Observations show that the islands differ
PHILIPPINE ISLANDS
the southeast of LuEon, with its moist, volcanic soils, is
the hemp region. Some of the smaller islands south of
Luzon, particularly Masbate and Ticao, produce hi njp
principally. Large quantities of sugar are produced in
Luzon, chiefly on the sandy loam and alluvial lands in
provinces of Pampanga, Cavity and Laguna, though
sugar
may be found in nearly all portions of
this island. Sugar is the principal product
of Panay, Negros and Cebu. The following
report of the principal exports of the Phili (
pines for 1897 gives a condensed statement
of the present agricultural situation:
Manila hemp $8,571,850
sugar
Coffee
Cocoanuts and copr
Sapan wood
Indigo
i.911,535
45.648
2,128,380
2,687,978
23,323
50,825
21,554
24.937
15.755
19,464
22.562
8,.S93
13,687
Betel-iiu
than for u
hemp {Ml'
Aloe fiber
1750. Philippine Islands, to show the ceneral form of the archipelago.
from one another but slightly in temperature, while
there is considerable variation on the same island due
to altitudes. Portions of Luzon are cool the entire year.
Upon the basis usually allowed in tropical countries for
decrease in temperature due to elevation, an elevation
of 5,000 ft. would give an annual mean of 60.42°. There
are tablelands where the mean would not be over 70° F.
Different portions of the same island show also wide
divergence in rainfall owing to mountain ranges.
The soils are quite varied, including not only all the
grades from sandy to stiff clay, but limestone, slaty,
volcanic, alluvial, "etc.
While the Philippines are adapted by climate and soil
to the production of almost everything that can be
grown in the tropics, the Spaniards, pursuing their
usual policy, limited their production to very narrow
lines. North Luzon, including the extensive valley of
the Rio Grande de Cagayan and its affluents, was
chiefly devoted to tobacco; the low, flat, clay loam lands
east and north of Manila, including most of the prov-
inces of Manila and Bulacan and a portion of Pampanga,
is farmed in rice. To the south of Manila the provinces
of Batangas, Cavity and Laguna produce considerable
coffee; while the long, irregular promontory forming
The principal cereals that can be pro-
duced are rice, corn, barley and tropical
wheat. The general plan for producing
rice is very crude. The rice is planted in
a seed-bed, properly prepared, the last of
April. The fore part of June, after the
rainy season has saturated the soil, the na-
tive takes his water buffalo and plows
a small field, previously surrounded by a
levee. The water and soil make a thin
mud ; into this he sets the rice plants from
a seed-bed, or he occasionally sows his rice
broadcast. The heavy succeeding rains
flood the field and perfect the crop, which
usualh matures and is harvested in Decem-
b -r At harvest the rice is hand-cut with
an implement similar to a corn hook, but
lighter. The rice is bound in small bun-
dles, and when partially dry is laid upon
the levees in ricks with the heads hanging
over the bank. When cured the grain is re-
moved with the hatchel or by tramping.
There are large areas adapted to the pro-
duction of maize, but the Indian rarely
gives much attention to cultivation; hence
the results are small, except upon new
lands. With more knowledge of the maize
plant and with more industry it should be
a profitable crop. Barley and glutinous
wheat are winter crops, suited to the cli-
mate and well ada).fi-.l t" snpi.lement the
food supply. LiniiTi-il quniilitics of beans
are produced. It is not probalil.- tliat any of the cereals
will he raised in surplus quantiti-^. sulliri. nt forexport.
Fiber material, sugar, tobacci>. finii- an.l luits will con-
tinue to be the leading exporr-. wjtli a rapid increase
of the last two, under Ameri. an .•.intml
The Philippines an- m.irc ,-. I, l.rat, ,1 f..r their fiber
ii—lii.i. Til.- l„st known is Manila
ijh tli.T.- is some export of
I! ; I.I n|.|i|.- i-loth (pina). Manila
hemp grciw- h, . m inni in ..n ihi- rich volcanic soils of
the southcrij l,u/...ii p.-i, insula. It belongs to the same
family with the Ijauaua, and its growth is similar. The
trunk is 8-10 in. in diam. and is formed entirely of con-
centric leaf-stems or petioles. It is 8-10 ft. high at
maturity. It is renewed by offshoots that spring from
the base of the old plant, which are also used to set new
fields. One setting of a plantation is good for ten
years. As soon as the trunk is mature it is cut and
each of the thick, fleshy leaf-sheaths of which it is
composed is removed. The leaf-stem is then placed on
a bench; a bar of wood with teeth on the under side is
firmly pressed upon it while two men pull the stem,
scraping the pulpy material from the fiber. The fiber is
then hung up to dry. Four men will clean 150 pounds
PHILIPPINE ISLANDS
.u' Hber, worth $12, per day. They receive oue-half for
cleaning.
t'fyetahles. — The great variety of vegetables that can
be grown in the Philippines and the constant supply
that might be had from a well-tended garden, indicate
the source from which the people should obtain their
principal food. As far as can be observed, gardening
is not especially in the line of the Filipino. The
Japanese accomplish marvels in gardening by the use
of human excreta, both solid and liquid; the Filipino
has. in addition, the excreta of the water buffalo, but he
rarely has what can be properly called a garden. He
may have small patches of beans, sweet potatoes and
taro, but nothing approaching a garden, except culti-
vated for the city market. The traveler in the Philip-
pines is impressed with the high culture of the people
along some lines and their total lack in others. Gar-
dening is one of their deficiencies, and it is the more
surprising from their proximity to China and Japan.
The following well-known vegetables are produced in
the islands:
Beans of many varieties, beets, carob bean, celery,
cabbage, cassava, carrot, cucumber, eggplant, garlic,
gourd, lettuce, lentil, muskraelon, onion, okra, pump-
kin, pea, pepper of all .kinds, peanut, potato, radish,
sesame weed, sweet potato, turnip, taro, tannier,
0, watermelon, yam.
Fruits. — The banana, fruit of Musa sapientum (Figs
187, 188), is abundant in all portions of the islands.
Except on the coffee plantations it
" ily produced close to the na-
tive huts, where it supplies shade
and furnishes food. The principal
variety sold in the local markets is
the Guinea. The fruit of this va-
riety is 4-5 in. long, peeling thin,
flesh rich, yellow and firm, mainly
eaten fresh". The plantain (Musa
PHILIPPINE ISLANDS
1301
flavor
tains bjideriug the western coast of Luzon. In
it is similar to the Java and is highly prized in the
markets to which it has been shipped. There is a
variety of coffee produced in Mindanao called Zam-
boanga. It has a larger berry than the Manila and is
not so highly prized. Its principal market is Singapore.
Coffee-growing requires high-class agriculture, and for
this reason it has never flourished in the Philippines
as the climate and the conditions warrant. Several
things should be carefully observed in coffee-farming:
the young plant should be root-pruned and transplanted
once or twice before final setting in the orchard; holes
2% ft. square and 2 ft. deep should be dug and filled
with soil, for each plant in the permanent orchard-
holes 8 ft. apart; coffee trees should be pruned an-
nually; the shade trees or plants should not be such as
will draw heavily upon the soil and should not be so
dense as to give more than a partial shade. The best
and the poorest coffee are the product of the same tree,
hence the necessity of great care in produ
grading. With
a full develop-
ment of the cof-
fee industry the
It is
and a
more vigorous
producer than
the banana and
is usually eaten
cooked. With rice it constitutes the principal food
of the Filipino. First it is produced with little labor,
an important consideration in tropical countries; sec-
ond, it adds an agreeable flavor to the rice; third, it
ripens almost continuously throughout the year; fourth,
it produces more food per acre thsin any other fruit or
any cereal. Cases are reported in which 40,000 lbs. of the
edible portions of the plantain have been produced per
acre. This would give nutritive material per acre as
follows: protein, 520 lbs. ; fat, 240 lbs. ; carbohydrates,
8,400 lbs. Fifteen hundred lbs. of cleaned rice per acre
(larger than any Philippine crop) would furnish pro-
tein 120 lbs., fat 45 lbs., carbohydrates 1,182 lbs. The
plantain is dried and ground or pounded into flour for
food. To transport bananas and plantains to the United
States would require steamers with some refrigeration,
or the fruit would be too ripe on arrival.
The coffee plant, Coffen Arnbica (Fig. 514), grows
luxuriantly in the sheltered ravines of the mountains of
the entire group; but the principal portion for export is
grown in Cavit^, Batangas, Laguna and in the moun-
Oranges, lemons and limes are
produced abundantly. They are,
however, of an inferior quality, due
to variety and lack of cultivation and
of pruning. The orange
exceedingly healthy and vigorous.
In the hands of the Filipino the orange is practically a
product of nature. No effort has been made to imp
the fruit by the general introduction of better i
nor to improve the quality by selection, cultivation,
fertilization and pruning. There is scarcely any limit
to the supply of this luscious fruit that could be produced
annually if "science and industry should be directed to
planting it upon the elevated tablelands of these islands.
The soil on large areas is well adapted to the citrous
fruits. The abundant rainfall during the fruit-growing
season and the dry weather during the period of ripen-
ing, are conditions that will not be overlooked by the
intelligent horticulturist in the future. What has
been said of oranges is equally applicable to lemons,
limes and grape fruit.
The shaddock. Citrus Decnmana, of which grape
fniit or pomeln is the best variety, is a native of the
Jl;il.ivMii ^uhI r'.ilvnesian islands and is at home in the
Pliili|i|iiii.-. I'liis fruit sometimes attains great size
( i:, II. ~, I, Init i- t...> coarse for commerce. The demand
for tlif laix^'-. iui<'V, subacid pomelo has always been
much in excess of the supply, and this, if it could be
obtained abundantly, would rank in consumption with
oranges and lemons. See Citrus and Pomelo.
Pineapple, the collective fruit of Annnns saiivus (Fig.
83). finds a congenial habitat on the sandy coast lands
and in the warm, rich valleys of these islands. Under
these conditions the plant with care attains large size
and the rich, saccharine juice develojis its highest
flavor. The pineapple is propagated by setting the
1302
PHILIPPINE ISLANI
suckers, which spring from the base, in rows 4 ft.
apart and 2 ft. in tho row. This requires about 5,000
plants per acre. It bears fruit in 18 to 20 months. Care-
fully cultivated the fruit should weigh, on an average,
6-8 lbs. Occasionallj- specimens are found weighing
16 lbs. There are many cultivated varieties and they
vary much in size and quality. With encouragement it
would soon become an important branch of commerce.
Up to this time they have been grown simply for home
consumption and for the exquisite fiber, sometimes
called "pineapple silk," obtained from the leaves.
Guava, fruit of Psidium Guava, has been acclimatized
and finds genial conditions. The beauty of the tree,
the fragrance of the flowers and the utility of the little,
subacid, juicy fruit, make it a favorite garden tree
wherever it can be grown. Its excellence for jelly is
known, but it has not yet attained commercial import-
ance in the Philippines. See Guava and Psidium.
Chocolate bean, fruit of Theobroma Cacao, is a small
tropical evergreen, bearing an elongated, egg-shaped
fruit 5-10 in. long, containing numerous seed's the size
of a chestnut, imbedded in a sweet pulp. These seeds
are known in commerce as chocolate beans, and both in
the green and dry state are used by the natives as food.
They contain about 50 per cent of oil and have an agree-
able flavor. For manufacture, the seeds, after the re-
moval of the husk, are roasted, then ground into an oily
paste which is mixed with sugar and flavored, forming
the chocolate of commerce. As yet, the bean has been
produced in a limited quantity, but the industry could be
developed into a large business. See Theobroma.
All the spices are at home in these islands. Allspice,
fruit of the Pimenta officinalis (Figs. 1804-5), a beau-
tiful evergreen, attaining a height of 30 ft.; nutmeg,
fruit of the Mi/rislica fragrans (Figs. 1452. 14.5:!). a
1754. Ylang ylanff, yielding a famous oil (X ~A).
bushy evergreen 40-50 ft. high; and ginger, the rhizome
of Zingiber officinale (which see), a perennial plant,
reed-like, with annual stem 3-4 ft. high, have been tested
and are or can be produced in the islands. Cinnamon,
inner bark of Cinnamomnm Zeylanicum ; cloves, the
fruit of Eugenia caryophyllata (Fig. 500), a beautiful
evergreen 15-30 ft. high; and pepper, the fruit of Piper
nigrum, a short shrub, find a natural habitat in Min-
danao and the Sulu group. Spices to the amount of
$2,782,301 were imported into the United States in 1899,
all of which could be supplied by the Philippines under
a proper development of this industry.
PHILIPPINE ISLANDS
Vanilla, Vanilla planifolia (which see), is a climber.
It has a long, fleshy pod with numerous seeds, from
which are obtained by fermentation the vanilla of com-
merce. It commences to bear at 3 years old and con-
tinues for 30 years or more. In 1899, the value of
$1,235,412 was imported into the United States. This
plant can be grown luxuriantly on all the Visaya and
Sulu islands.
Cocoanut palm, Cocos nucifera (Figs. 506, 507, 1497),
is an almost universal coast product of these islands.
Its certain germination, vigorous growth, number of
months in fruitage, and long life without cultivation,
give it value in the estimation of the natives. The tree
in full bearing produces about 150 nuts annually and
continues in fruit nearly the entire year. The fiber of
the thick husk enveloping the nut is manufactured into
cordage, matting, brushes, bags, etc.; the shell of the
nut is made into drinking cups; the kernel or meat of
the nut is manufactured into sweetmeats or becomes
the copra of commerce; the pint or quart of sweetish
liquid in the center of the nut is used for drink, fresh
or fermented. For copra, the ripe nuts, after gathering
and removing the husk, are allowed to remain in the
sun till the milk is dissipated and the kernel shrinks
from the shell. The shell is then broken and the meat,
further dried, becomes the copra of commerce. This is
largelv trarsported a* liallnst to Eni-ope. where the oil
is .■X|,r.-^v.-.]. In l.s',17 tl,.- ,jx|...rl ,,f .-..pra from the
coul<l li.. u,.-,r:,^,:] in.l.-liiii't.-'ly'iM iiM-ri 't !„■ ,l,.m'ands of
Vl,n:_ i ,i,j, ( '.nnn/a odorata (Fig. 1754), a native of
till- I'i 1 tall tree with large, generally c.roop-
in^'. , from which is obtained the oil of
coiiiiii. t. . I Im ,11 -lage annual export from 1886 to 1890
Candlenut or oandleberry — the fruit of Aleuriles tri-
loba, a tree .30-40 ft. high,— is exported in considerable
quantities, averaging about 16,000 lbs. annually. The
berry, when dry, burns- hence called candlenut. The oil
li.is the property of drying rapidly, and is used by artists.
Betel-nut, the fruit of the Areca palm, Areca Catechu,
is about as large as a hen's egg. When the tough,
tihrous .shell is removed, a nut about % in. in diameter,
having an albuminous rind, remains. This is chewed to
aid dii^t'stion and sweeten the breath. It is supposed to
strengthen the gums. Previous to chewing, it is boiled
and wrapped in a betel-leaf with a small quantity of
lime. The annual export has not averaged more than
300-400 lbs., mainly to India.
Many fruits, valuable only for home consumption, are
prodviced in the Philippines. The best known of these
are bread-fruit, custard apple, mango, maugosteen and
Bread-fruit, fruit of Artocarpus inci.<ia, is found in
all of the principal islands. It is about 6 in. in diameter.
When nearly ripe it is gathered and baked. The crust
is then removed and the farinaceous pulp is eaten alone
or with cocoanut milk. If mashed, packed in a bundle
and covered with earth, it undergoes a slight fermenta-
tion at first, which soon ceases, and it will then keep for
some time. In some islands it is one of the principal
foods.
Custard apple, fruit of Anona reticulata, a large, dark
brown fruit with a soft, creamy pulp like custard, must
be eaten soon after it ripens. This variety was intro-
duced by the Spaniards.
The mango, fruit of Mangifera Indica (Figs. 1360,
1361), a large, spreading ornamental tree, is about 3 in.
long and generally obovate, flattened on one side— light
yellow when ripe. The flesh is subacid, rich and juicy,
somewhat fibrous, attached to a large stone in ''he cen-
ter. There is a slight turpentine flavor, not observed
after a taste for the fruit has been acquired. The tree
is a constant and prolific bearer, which, with its value
and beauty as a shade, makes it a desirable home tree,
especially with the better class of people. It is abun-
dant in uncultivated places. The fruit is picked when
partially ripe and made into sweet pickles or is pre-
served, but it is principally eaten in the natural state.
The mangosteen, fruit of Garcinia Mangostana (Fig.
893). is esteemed the most delicious of the oriental
fruits. It is about the size and shape of the apple, with
PHILIPPINE ISLANDS
a rind like a pomegranate. The interior is divided by
thin partitions into cells, which contain the seeds sur-
rounded by a white or red jdicy pulp of a most delicious
flax or combining the finer qualities of the strawberry
and the grape Unfortun iteh thi-. fnut is too delicate
for transportation In 1 1 liti u t it use as a hand
fruit the pulp IS prespr\ 1 i t im nt I
The mulberrj both wliit m i 1 1 i 1 i grown in
Luzon but It has not itfi i i 1 tli itt iition which its
valuable wood and abundant tiuiltge wHirant
Tamarind known as Manila tamarind (fiuit of Pillu-
colobium dulce) was introduced from Mexico Tlie
PHILIPPINE ISLANDS
1303
Addiliornil Xotes OH the Products of the Philijtpines.-
The land in the Philippines is seldom given good atten-
tion. Crops are planted in the easiest possible way and
allowed to grow about as they will. Plows of a modem
make were two years ago unknown there. The natives
utilize a crooked limb or a rudely made wooden contriv-
ance to scratch the ground. Probably the production of
sugar will be the first to increase under American con-
trol. There are only a few haciettdas or plantations
with ntnflii'tL' like "modern sugar-making machinery.
I'nii :ii iH 1 ,,Tii it i^ rstimated, is lost in the crude
|.i. . . I\ iiiiployed. There is no sugar re-
liii. ! ,.K. Till- establishment of one would
^'iriils ~i iiMiil.Lii' [H-(i<!iiction. The island of Negros is
Hemp is the most developed industry in the Philip-
pines. The coeoanut industry is fairly well developed.
We may also look for remarkable growth of the cultiva-
tion of the plant from which rubber is made. Mindanao
and the southern islands are especially fitted for it, so
experts say
grasses are seldom seen m the Philippines
Hay is never used Rice L'lass is substituted being
.^\*kV^
\ '
■^P-
1755. Fruit of the Duilan. exterior view and cross-section.
sweetish subacid pulp, inclosing Its seed, is boiled and
eaten, is made into a cooling drink or is preserved in
sugar. The tree is valuable for shade and for timber,
and is noted for the fragrance of its flowers.
The sapodilla plum, fruit of the Achras Sapofa (see
Sapodillo), a small, somewhat acid fruit, becomingvery
sweet when overripe, is cultivated to some extent.
The Mammee apple or South American apricot, fruit
ot Mammea Amerierina (Fig. 1354), is produced in a
limited way. The fruit is yellow, 5-6 in. in diam., rind
and pulp near the seeds bitter, intermediate portion
sweet, aromatic and agreeable.
Grapes can be grown successfully in "ohm- of the drier
parts of the islands, and there is i". .i.miLi ,,1 i !,<■ success
of the strawberry and the blackl" i i > nlities.
Importation of tropical fruits n i 'I States
in 1899, much of which could sm,.,, i>, -n;.|.lM.| l,y the
Philippines with proper encouragi-iiii'iit :
Coffee $,i.=-.,475,47n.n0
Copoanuts, copra .ind tigs 5.985, 90.^. 00
Bananas 5,665, .'iSS.OO
Lemons 4, 398,004.00
Oranges 1,097„596.00
Spices 2,782^^301^
$75,204,864.00
S. A. Knapp.
!-hal£ fv
harvested in bunches, the sod and suil aMach- d. It is
freshened with water before fed to li..,-. - ^,,,1 .-itile.
Spanish books say that cotton is grown t.. ,',ii,s,,|,.i;,l,Ie
extent in Ilocos provinces of nortluin Luzon. Straw-
berries can be found in the higher altitudes of Benguet
province. It is said that all efforts to cultivate the
rose in the Philippines have failed. More than thirty
varieties of bananas are grown in the Philippines, some
of which are superior to any in our own markets.
Frank E. Gannett.
Circular No. 17 of the Div. of Bot., U. S. Dept. of
Agric, contains 8 pp. of notes on the plant products of
the Philippine Islands.
A most remarkable fruit of the Philippines and other
parts of Malava is the durian, shown half size in Fig.
1755 (reduced' from plates in vol. 7 of the Trans, of the
Linn. Soc, illustrating Charles Konig's account of the
fruit). It is the Dnrio zibethinns of botanists, one of
the Malvacea-. The reader may find an entertaining
account of this fruit in Alfred Russel Wallace's "Malay
Archipelago," chapter 5. It grows on a "lofty forest
tree, somewhat resembling an elm. • • » The fruit
is round or slightly oval, about the size of a large
coeoanut, of a green color, and covered all over with
short stout spines, the bases of which touch each other.
1304
PHILIPPINE ISLANDS
and are consequently hexagonal, while the points are
very strong and sharp." It has five compartments or
cells filled with cream-colored pulp in which are imbed-
ded two or three seeds the size of chestnuts. The liking
for the durian is an acquired taste. "To eat durians,"
writes Wallace, "is a new sensation, worth a voyage to
the East to experience."
FHILLYB£a (its ancient Greek name). Oledceir.
Ornamental evergreen shrubs, with opposite short-
petioled, entire or serrate Ivs , small white, usually fra-
grant fls. in axillary clusters and small berry-like,
dark-colored fruit. Most species are hardy only South,
but P. decora, the handsomest of all the species, is
probably hardy in sheltered positions as far north as
tiew York. The Phillyreas maybe used in the southern
states and Calif, for evergreen shrubberies in drier and
more exposed localities. They grow in almost any soil
and prefer sunny positions; P. decora alone seems to
grow better if partly shaded. Prop, by seeds and by
cuttings of half-ripened wood under glass in summer
or by layers; they are also sometimes grafted on Li-
gustrum ovalifolium. Five species in the Mediterranean
region. Lvs. entire or serrulate, thick and leathery,
quite glabrous: fls small, in axillary short racemes;
calyx 4-toothed: corolla 4-lobed, with short tube; sta-
mens 2, with very short filaments; style shorter than
tube: ovary 2-celied • fr a 1-seeded black drupe.
A. Lvs. %-2 in. long: fr. small.
latifdlia, Linn. Shrub or small tree, to 30 ft., with
spreading, somewhat rigid branches: lvs. ovate or oval
to ovate-oblong, rounded or slightly cordate at the base,
dark green and shining above, pale beneath, '%-\}i In.
long- fr. globose, concave at the apex. May, June. S.
Eu., N. Afr. There are several varieties. Var. leevis,
Ait. Lvs. ovate, almost entire or slightly serrulate.
Var. TOtundildlia, Arb. Kew. Lvs. broadly ovate or
roundish ovate. Var. spindsa, Ait. {P. ilivifbUa, Willd.).
Lvs. ovate or ovate-oblong, sharply serrate.
m^dia, Linn. Spreading shrub, to 20 ft : young
branchlets puberulous; lvs. oblong-ovate to ovate-
lanceolate, entire or serrate, dark green and shining
above, %~2 in. long: fr. ovoid, pointed. May, June.
Mediterranean region. -The most important of the
many varieties are the following: Var. buxif61ia, Ait.,
with oblong-ovate, obtusish lvs. Var. olesefdlia, Ait.
(P. olewfdlia, Hort. ). Lvs. oblong-lanceolate, almost
entire; branches erect. Var. p^ndola. Ait. Branches
spreading and somewhat pendulous: Ivs. lanceolate.
angustifdlia, Linn. Spreading shrub, to 15 ft., with
glabrous branchlets: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate to linear-
lanceolate, dull green above, 1-2 in. long: fr. globose
or ovoid-globose, pointed. May, June. Mediterranean
region. Var. T0Binarini!61ia, Ait., has linear-lanceolate
Ivs.. sometimes over 2 in. long, and erect branches.
The 3 preceding species are very closely related to each
other and considered by some botanists to be varieties
of only one species.
AA. Irvs. S-5 in. long: fr. )4in. long.
decora, Boiss. & Bal. {P. rilmorinitlna, Boiss. &
Bal. i^. /«i(riYdiia,Hort. P. Medu-idewi,STe<l.l. Shrub,
to 10 ft , with spreading branches: Ivs. oblong to ob-
long-lanceolate, acuminate, u.sually entire or remotely
serrulate, dark green and shining above, yellowish
green beneath : fr. oblong-ovoid, purplish black. June,
.July. W.Asia. B.M. 6800. (i.C. III. 4-673; 10:.369.
R.H. 1889, p. 199: 189.i, p. 204, 20.5. M.D.G. 1898:349.
S.H. 2:523. Gn. 24, p. 490. Alfred Rehder.
PHILODflNDRON (Greek compound for tree-loving).
ArAcem. Shrubby or tree-like, with short internodes,
usually climbing, rarely arboreous : leaves from entire
to bipinnatifid. Differs from Schismatoglottis in floral
characters. The flowers are monoecious, on spadices,
with no perianth, the sterile with 2-0 stamens united
into a sessile obpyraraidal body, the pistillate fls. with
a 2-10-loculed ovary and some staminodia, the ner-
ries inclosed in the involute spathe. The species are
all tropical American. They are monographed by En-
gler in DC. Phaner. Monogr. 2:355 (1879), and more re-
PHILODENDEON
cently by the same author in Botanische Jahrbiichei
26:509 (1899). In the latter, 167 species are accepted
Only a few Philodendrons can be grown to have an
ornamental appearance in a small state. One which
goes under the name of P. elegantissimum , with finely
cut leaves, makes a good pot specimen, although it will
reach a good height where suitable opportunities are
aft'orded. The same may be said of P. Selloum, a beau-
tiful species with pinnatifid leaves. The arborescent
kinds should have a very porous rooting medium and
copious supplies of water while in active growth. When
climbing they must have provision made for the roots,
which are produced along the stems. Some of the spe-
cies do well climbing up the stems of t;tll palms, such
as Arenga and Livistona ; otherwise di;ul tr\niks nf
tree ferns make admirable rooting substaiirfs fur the
roots to penetrate and cling to. Propagation is by divi-
sion of the climbing stems. P. elegantisi<imitm is an
unidentified trade name.
A. Leaves bipinnate.
B. Terminal leaf-segment S-lobed, the lobes unequal.
Selldum, C. Koch (P. Sniowi, Hort.). Blade pinnat-
isect, the segments again pinnate or lobed; terminal
segment 3-iobed, the cuspidate middle lobe about equal-
ing the obtuse lateral ones; spathe slightly cuspidate,
its tube longer than the ovate hooded blade, green with-
out, white within. Distinguished from P. bipiinwtifi-
dum by the very numerous parallel translucent spots,
which are visible on both sides of the leaf and are often
excurrent on the margin. Brazil to Paraguay.
BB. Terminal leaf-.iegment S-5-lohed, the middle lobe
much longer than the lateral ones.
bipinnatifidum, Schott. Blade pinnatisect, the seg-
ments again pinnate or lobed: terminal segment 3-5-
lobed, the middle lobe ovate-lanceolate, acute, much
longer than the obtuse lateral ones; spathe oblong-
ovate, its tube scarcely distinct from its blade, purple
without, white within. S. Brazil.
AA. Leaves, simple.
B. Leaf-blade lanceolate.
crassin^rvium, Lindl. Climbing: lvs. lanceolate-acu-
miiiaif. tile iiiidiH-rve very thick and inflated: spathe
ohtu-,. aii.l h Ucl. apiculate at the tip. Brazil. B.R.
23:llirj.H.- /'. jiii/zi/f, Hort., is much like this and per-
haps a form of it. It is larger: lvs. obovate-lanceolate:
tube of spathe rosy crimson inside and outside, the
limb white inside and spotted outside.
BB. Leaf-blade sagittate.
specidBum, Schott. Stem tall, arborescent; petioles
terete at the base, concavo-convex above, twice as long
as the midrib; blade triangular-oblong-ovate, bright
green, acuminate, deeply sagittate, the basal lobes
rhomboidal, obtuse, abruptly narrowed on the inner
side above the middle; spathes thick, green with pur-
ple margins ; spadix finger-shaped, shorter than the
spathe. Central Brazil.
BBS. Leaf-blade oblong to ovate-cordate.
c. Color of leaf milky white above, with reddish veins.
Sddiroi, Hort. Lvs. cordate, ovate, milky white with
reddish veins above; petiole cylindrical, pink. U. S.
Colombia.
cc. Color of leaves some shade of green above.
D. Petioles tomentose.
verrucdsum, Mathieu (P. Cdrderi, Hort.). Stem long,
branching, climbing, ashy gray, scabrous, angular-cvlin-
drical, swollen at the nodes; petioles stout cylindrical
or somewhat angled, bright metallic red, covered with
soft, erect, twisted, fleshy bristles and greenish hairs;
blade glabrous, green above, brilliantly polished, or
with paler lines and immersed nerves, bright green
beneath with salmon-violet lines between the lateral
nerves; ovate-cordate, the semicircular basal lobes one-
third as long as the slightly undulate apical one. Inter-
nodes of the .stem 3-6 in. long: petioles 4-6 in.; blades
6-8 in. long. 4-6 in. wide. Venezuelan Andes. l.H. 18:79
(as. P. Daguense).
PHILODENDRON
DD. Petioles glabrous^
gigantdum, Schott. Climbing: petioles 3 ft. long,
thicli, cylindrical; blade cordate-ovate, 24-28 in. long,
16-20 in. wide, tbe basal lobes slightly introrse, semi-
ovate or obliquely semicircular, one-fourth as long as
the apical one, separated by a broad parabolic sinus;
spathe tube 2 in. long, oblong, purple; spadix very
thick. Trop. America.
Imbe, Schott (P. SeUoinanum, Kuntb). Branches
rusty purple: petioles of young plant semicylindrical,
terete, sparsely brown-spotted, 1J4-2 times longer than
idrib; bla('
the midrib;
lade :
iiblong, the
epa
P. Imhe
III. TS
oblong basal lobes one
rated by a wide paraboln
aiiieal lobe cuspidate; ^
its broadly ovate blade .
a finger. Rio dp Jan.
Mexican P. S'linjin in ii i
gardens. P. i<u>niin,i, n
gated Ivs. which .in i. .
spoctibile, Liiukii.
12-15 in. long, nearly a:
Hab.f
Andre&num, Devans. Lvs. rather large, cordate-ovate,
with short basal lobes, bronzy green. Colombia. R.H.
188C: 36. -Sparingly grown. Looks like a narrow-lvd.
Anthurium.
P. Devansaydnum. Lind..is a scandent sppries with rather
red when young. Peru. IH U 4- -l'i,li: Hi. ..Is t'.isH
P. asperatum. K.H.h S;,ii.|.-r \- i .. a.h .in-.. 1'. iiiii..! inl.-. v:ii-.
Laucheana: "a l..\-..l,\- ir.iilin- si..\.. ii.iii^.. |.l:iiit . vvln-h is u.l-
Quite distinct from iiii.i ^f.'Htly sii]i..ii.>r t.. tli.' w-W kn.iwu
P. imperiale. The hahit is mneh more gruceful, the heart
shaped foliage smaller and more elegant. Down the center,
from either side of the bro.%d light green midrib, extend irregu-
lar blotehes of dark green, projecting into a clear glaucous
color, the edges of whi.."h are relieved by green blotches. The
bases of the peti.^Ies l>e^r bright re.i and green phyllodes." P.
asperatum is a sh.irt jniiite.i .•liiiiliing Brazilian species with
cordate-ovate entire .hill Kreen Ivs.— R MAmin. Andr6. Lvs.
cordate-ovate, a..-ute. varieijat.-.l witli white: spathe partly open
above and whitish, the tube lilood-red. Ecuador. R.H. 1883. p.
104; 188:i:4S2: 1897.P. 573. I.H. 43:66.— P. pertl'JSum is Mon-
stera deliciosa. Jared G. Smith and G. W. Oliver.
PHLEBODIUM (Greek, a vein). Poh/podidcew. A
genus of ferns related to Polypodium and sometimes
united with it, but differing widely in the venation,
which is broken up into ample areolffi, each of which
contain 2 or more free veinlets which bear the sori on
their united tips.
aiireum, R. Br. (PolypAdium aiireum, Linn.). Lvs.
2-3 ft. long rising from large, scaly wide-creeping root-
stocks ; divisions 5-9 in. long, nearly an inch wide, with
copious, large, bright yellow sori. A rich ornamental
species from tropical America, with glaucous green
leaves. In Florida it grows on palmettos.
P. glaHcum, var. Maun or P. ilayii. See Phymatodes.
L. M. Underwood.
PHLfiUH {phleos, an old Greek name for a kind of
reed). Gmminem. A genus of 10 species in temperate
zones. Spikelets 1-fld., in a close cylindrical spike-like
panicle : empty glumes 2, persistent, keeled, short-
awned : fl. -glume shorter, delicate, awnless. Perennials.
prat6nse, Linn. Timothy. Herd's Grass. Figs.
1756, 1757. Commonly cult, for hay and for pastures,
either alone or in company -ndth red clover or other
grasses. It was introduced into Maryland about 1720,
from Europe, where it is native, by Timothy Hanson, and
hence called Timothy. The other name is said to come
from a man by the name of Herd, who found it growing
in New Hampshire and began its cultivation. It is bet-
ter adapted for hay than for pasture, and for the latter
is suited to temporary rather than permanent pasture.
A. S. Hitchcock.
PHLOMIS 1305
PHLOGACANTHUS (Greek for flame, and acanthus).
AcanlhdceiE. Tall half-shrubby herbs with entire or
somewhat toothed lvs. : lis. white, red or greenish in
long terminal or short lateral spikes; calyx 5-parted,
segments linear, awnlike, acuminate; corolla-tube long,
broad, curved, limb 2-lipped, upper lip
erect, entire or2-lobed; lower lip 3-parted;
perfect stamens 2, inserted on the lower
part of the tube, anthers with 2 parallel
cells; ovary many- ovuled; capsule round or
obtusely 4-angled.
Used like the others of the family as deco-
rative pot-plants in the greenhouse. They
require a rather warm, damp atmosphere
and a soil rich in humus. Propagated by
cuttings or seeds.
thyrsifldnis, Nees. Shrub, 3-7 ft. high:
lvs. 7 X 1% , lanceolate, glabrous : fls. orange,
P in long, dense, villous thryses ; corolla %
in. wide, tubular, 2-lipped. India. Cult, in
S. Fla. Native to India.
No description is available of P. cardinalis,
advertised 1893 by Saul, nor of P. Drummondii,
recently offered by Childs.
Heinrich Hasselbeino.
1756.
Phleum pral
Timothy {>
Phleum pratense- Timothy.
K).
PHLdMlS (old Greek name used by Dioscorides).
Labidtm. Jerusalem Sage. About 50 species of herbs
and shrubs native to the Mediterranean region with
dense axillary whorls of rather large yellow, purple or
white fls. Perhaps a dozen species have been cult., but
they are rather coarse plants except for wild gardening
and among shrubbery. They are of the easiest culture.
The genus is placed by Bentham and Hooker next to
Leonotis (Lion's Ear), which, however, has an exces-
sively long upper lip. Phlomis plants are more or less
woolly, and some of the species not cult, in America are
conspicuously white-woolly. Lvs. all alike, or the up-
permost reduced to bracts: whorls many- or few-fld. :
fls. sessile; calj'x usually plicate, truncate or with 5 equal
teeth; upper lip of the corolla (galea) broad and com-
pressed or strongly concave, rarely narrow and falcate;
stamens 4, didynamous. The first three species described
below belong to the section Euphlomis, in which the
galea (upper lip of the corolla) is only shortly bearded
and the lateral lobes of the lower lip are small and
appendaged ; the last species belongs to the section
Phloraidopsis, in which the galea is long-bearded in-
side and at the margins and the lateral lobes of the
lower lip are nearlv as large as the middle one. P.
tuberosa has run wild sparingly in the East. It is a
vigorous and hardy species, propagating by subter-
ranean tubers.
1306
PHLOMIS
A. Fls. yellow.
B. Plants shrubby: bracts not sharp and rigid at the
apex,
c. Wliorls SOSO-fld.
fruticdsa, Linn. Shrub, 2-4 ft. high, divaricately
much-branched: Ivs. rounded or wedge-shaped at the
base: bracts broadly ovate or ovate-lanceolate. S. En.
B.M. 1843. — In the East it blooms from June to July.
In S. Calif., according to Franceschi, it blooms in win-
ter, and has the merits of withstanding drought and
heavy sea winds. In New England it needs protection
in winter.
cc. Whorls about 16-fld.
visodsa, Poir. Lvs. truncate or subcordate at the base :
bracts lanceolate-linear. Syria. Not in the trade, but
inserted to show the differences between this and P.
Busselliana as recognized by DeCandoUe.
BB. Plants herbaceous: bracts very sharp and rigid at
the apex.
Kusselliina, Lag. Herb, 3-.5 ft. high: lowest lvs.
deeply cordate: whorls 40-50-fld. Syria. B.M. 2542 (as
P. lunarifolia, var. Busselliana).
AA. Fls. purple.
tuberdsa, Linn. Herb, 3-5 ft. high : lvs. deeply cor-
date; lowest one.s 6 in. or more long; floral lvs. 2-3 in.
long, 6-8 lines wide: whorls .30-lO-fld. S. Eu., eastern
and northern Asia. B.M. 1555. ^, jl_
1758. Ouedlinburg or Star Phlox.
A horticultural form of ridox Drummondii.
Natural size.
FHLOX (Greek tor flame, once applied to species of
Lychnis). Pidnnoitiih'ea-. Phloxes are amongst the most
satisfartr.iv ..f L-nni. ti plants. Their neat habit, bright-
colort-il t! ' -I iR-ss of bloom, and ease of cul-
ture mil 1 - everywhere. The Phloxes are
herbs. • ; . ; ■ • iis all' North American (except
perhap.-. t i.i '. Mli.m., although P. Sibirica also grows
in Asiatic Kussia. There are two classes of Phloxes,
tlie annuals and the perennials. The annuals are deriva-
tives of Phlox Drummondii, of Texas, which has now
risen to first place as a garden annual. It has been im-
mensely modified by domestication, so that the named
garden varieties are numbered by scores. These garden
forms differ in stature, color, size and shape of flower.
Some are semi-double. An effort has been made to pro-
duce a yellow flower, but nothing nearer than a buff has
yet been secured. The Phlox colors run to the cyanic
series, and it is probable that a pure yellow is unattain-
able. Phlox Vmmnrondii is of the easiest culture.
This fact, together with the profusion and long season
of its bloom, is an important reason for its popularity.
It needs a warm, sunny place. It will grow even in
poor soil, but in order to develop to its highest perfec-
tion it must have rich soil and the individual plants
sett I., I ; .s.ini.tiiiH'^ tlirv arc v,,'. : ■,,!,..::■ I m the plants
bl(".ln -" Villlii,- that tlii- 1- I ■• i ;'..,!. If the
grc.uii.l 1^ |"i"r and dry, tlir i-:.,;,; av,. bloom-
abundant they may be expected to continue their bloom
until late fall.
The perennial Phloxes comprise many species. P.
paiiii-iihi/(i and J', iiinrnhita have given rise to the
panicles liave becolin' i li. hniu^ in ^'an.- l<aiii^. and a-^
densely ailed as a hydran-ra. -Ih.. .■,,!, a- av n.o.t fn-
quent in reds, but tlnrr arc many lairi.lc, w Imii, -;d]nMii
and parti-colored varietii ^. Th i^ i^ r. nni:il ! 'Id c\ should
have a rich and rather moist ^.ii; n n i- i ■ i- ii-wn tn
perfection. Let each cluraii li a i ; ■ ■ I I 1.
veloped, of 2-3 ft. across. Tli. ; I : : : ...i-ai.
nurseries usually do not com.- m'- t lid ;! a , i . r^n-ni ~s
until their third or fourth year. They will cnutinue to
thrive for several years with little attention, as is at-
tested by the fine clumps of old-fashioned forms about
homisti-ads. Fnr the highest satisfaction in blooms,
Imw, ■. . r, i1m plants should be relatively young or at
lea I I c.l by dividing the clump. The stool
^'raa , - nutwards. Prom the young, vigor-
<ju a outside of the clump the new plants
should I., r. .in .;, it one desires to propagate the variety
to any extent. Old stools should be taken up every year
or two, and divided and transplanted. This work is
done in the fall, after the growth has ceased. By this
process, the plants do not become weak and root-bound.
Inferior and vigorous seedlings are often allowed to
grow about the old plant, causing the named varieties
to "run out." The perennial Phloxes usually bloom in
early summer, but if the tips of the shoots are pinched
out once or twice in early summer, the bloom may be
delayed until late Summer or fall.
Plilox is allied to Gilia and Polemonium. Some
species are more or less shrubby at the bnse. The
corolla is salverform, the lobes 5 ami iin--tl'/ nl.tii'^r',
the throat narrow or nearly closed. 'I'l' -i n- m.- a.
and inserted on the corolla-tube, the ami in
eluded in the tube. The fruit is a -n iili
3 locules and few to several small usually ila i-i, -. , d>.
Leaves mostly opposite (upper ones suiiietitiu-s alter-
nate), entire. 'See Gray, Syn. FI. vol. ii, pt. 1, p. 12'J.
aristata.9.1-1.
in.ai-ulata 3.
r.'jaan~, 7
bifida. 10.
naua, 16.
CanadmsU, 6.
NrLvmi. 12.
specios'a. 15.
Carolina. 4.
nilida. 5.
Stellaria. 11.
carnea, 5.
nivalis. 12.
stellata, 1.
decussala. 2.
omnitlnra is an old
stolonifera. 7.
divarioata, 6.
garden name of
subulata, 12. .
Douglasii, 13.
some hybrid
suffruticosa, 5.
Drummondii,
1.
Phlox of the P.
triflora. 4.
f rondosa. 12.
paniculata sec-
glaberrima, 5.
tion.
A. Annual
garden Phlox, pubescent.
upper Irs. often
alternate.
1. Drummondii, Hook. Figs. 1758-60. Erect, branch-
ing, 6-18 in. tall : lvs. oblong-acute or lanceolate, the
upper ones more or less clasping: fls. showy, in broad
mostly flat-topped cymes, the calyx-lobes long and nar-
row and spreading or recurving in fruit, the corolla-
lobes broad-obovate. Texas. B.M. 3411. B.R. 23:1949.
— This is the common annual garden Phlox, now culti-
vated in numerous varieties, some of them having
deeply cut petals (the "star" Phloxes). Fig. 1758. The
seeds were received in England in the spring of 1835,
PHLOX
from Texas, having been collected by Druramond. In
October of that year it was described and figured in
Botanical Magazine, by W. J. Hooker, as Phlox Driim-
mondii. The flower was described as "pale purple with-
out, within, or on the upper side, of a brilliant rose-red
or purple, varying exceedingly on different individuals
in intensity, and in their more or less red or purple
tinge, the eye generally of an exceedingly deep crim-
son." Lindley described and figured it in Botanical
Register, 1837, describing the flowers as "either light or
■deep carmine on the inner surface of their corolla, and
a pale blush on the outside, which sets off wondcrfiilly
the general effect. A bed of this plant has hardly yet
been seen; for it is far too precious and uncommon to be
possessed by any one, except in small quantities: but
I have had such a bed described to me, and I can readily
believe that it produced all the brilliancy that my in-
formant represented." At the present time. Phlox
Drummondii is one of the most popular annuals, and
it has varied into many shades. P. hortensiaflora, P.
stellata, P. Leopoldii, P. tirandiflora, P. Heynoldiaua,
and many other names, belong here.
AA. Perennial Phh<.r,x „f r„r!.,„x hahll . either puhes-
DD. Inflorescenc
'.d loose or flat-topped: pla
B. Flou-erin,,! si, ,„s .
c. Plant ghilimiis (..,-,
D. Infloreseenee hinje a
2. panicuiata, Linn. (P.
Perennial Phlox of g.ar
itfish.
,■///.,, II. .i-t.l. Fig. 17(11.
in luuuv furms. Plant
: lvs.oijl.ing-lanceolate
and mostly tapering at
the base : calyx-teeth
awl-like. Woods, Pa.,
W. and S. B.M. 1880
Til,' ii;.r.iit of the great
iiiiiiii" r .if perennial
IMil.iX.s „f gardens, al-
tliuugU .some of these
may bo hybrids with
the next. "Fls. pink-
purple, varying to
white," according to
Gray. In cult, varying
much in color.
3. maculita, Linn.
Slenderer usually with
a spotted stem Us
smooth and usu
1759. Phlox Drum
ally thicker than those ot me abo%e the upper ones
usually clasping: calyx-teeth short fls as in above
Range of the last, and in cult., but less important horti-
culturally than P. paniculata
i. OY&ta, Linn. (P. Carolina, lAmi. P. trifldra.
Sweet). A foot or two tail, the stems erect from a
short, decumbent base : Ivs. narrow-ovate to oblong-
lanceolate, the lower ones tapering lo base and the upper
1761. Phlox paniculata.
ones somewhat clasping: fls. pink or light red, about 1
in. across, the straight or slightly curving tube twice or
more longer than the rather short and broad calyx-teeth.
Pa., soutt, mostly in elevated regions. B.M. 528.
5. glab§rrima, Linn. Fig. 1762. Differs in somewhat
taller growth, linear-lanceolate to narrow-lanceolate,
taper-pointed, firm, nearly veinless Ivs. which have
revolute margins and in the narrow, very sharp-pointed
caljx teeth ^ a to Wis., and south.
\ IT suffruticdsa, Gray (P. suffruticbsa, Willd. P.
nitida Pursh) Stiffer, sometimes pubescent above:
Ivs considerably broader: fls. varying to flesh color.
(ti andTenn south and west. B.M. 2155 (as P. Cdriica).
B R 1 68
Plant distinctly hairy or pubescent (exceptions in
No. 9).
I Sterile prosttate or mnning shoots arising from the
base of the plant.
I divancita Lnin. (P. Cnnnd^nsis. Sweet). Wild
S\\fFTWiTT! ir St.-Tii-- ■Iiiiil-r, imbescent, 10-18 in.
I II |\ r,-, ■■ I- I !■..'.!. --'^ r.. ovate-lanceolate,
, , tl I , ii I. - t.Tminating short
1 , , I I , 1. ; -li blue, handsome
,1 I I I in _iaui. Ill' ■ i-'l I l.'l'fs often notched,
tl 1 \1 Ih 11 irr.iwaii.l siil.nhite. Woods and copses,
III I \ I 1 ..rounds western Ontario, west and .south.
I M ]i (t F 7:256.— A very attractive early spring
H x I tten coloring the fields in Michigan and other
I irts Prefers rich soil.
7 r^ptans Michx. (P. sfolonlfera. Sims). Low and
weik the flowering stems reaching 6-12 in., the sterile
ones long and prostrate, the plant thinly glandular-
hairv Ivs short ovate or obovate. more or less obtuse:
fls few m each cyme, purple or violet, the lobes mostly
entire the calyx lobes narrow and subulate. Pa. and
Kv to Ga mostlj in the upper regions. B.M. 563.
DD Sterile prostrate shoots none.
8 amoena Sims (P. /jrodimfieii.*, Gray). Stems 6 in.
or less high from a decumbent base, pubescent or hairy:
Ivs. numerous, mostly in rosettes at the base, few on
1308 PHLOX
the flowering stems, small, oblong-lanceolate to linear-
oblong, mostly obtuse but sometimes nearly or quite
acute: fls. numerous for the size of the plant, purple,
pink or white, the lobes usually entire, the calyx-lobes
narrow and sharp-acute. Dry lands, Va. to Ky. and
south. B.M. 1308.
9. pildsa, Linn. (P. aristMa, Michx.). Stems ."ilender
but erect, 2 ft. or le.ss tall, pubescent or hairy (nearly
glabrous forms occur) : Irs. small, linear or linear-
lanceolate, widest near the base, acuminate:
1762. Phlox elaberrima (
ous in rather loose cymes, varying through purple, pink
and white, the lobes entire, the calyx-lobes awn-like.
Dry fields, woods and prairies, British Amer. to Fla.
and Tex., growing as far ea.st as New Jersey. B.M.
1307. L.B.C. 13:1251.
habit.
c. Corolla-lobes 4-parted or very strongly notched.
10. bifida, Beck. Low, the stems stiff and sometimes
almost woody and often 1 ft. long and rising 3-8 in.
from the ground, minutely pubescent: Ivs. linear and
rigid, 2 in. or less long: fls. scattered, violet-purple, the
lobes 2- or 3-cleft as far as the middle or farther into
narrow spreading segments. Prairies, 111. and Mo.—
Rarely cultivated.
11. SteI14ria, Gray. Glabrous: Ivs. linear, sparingly
ciliate towards the base: fls. scattered, usually
long-peduncled, pale blue to whitish, the lobes
cleft only at the apex into short oblong parts.
Lexington, Ky., to southern 111. G.F. 1:257.
cr. Corolla-lobes very shallow-notched or entire.
11, P,<h,nch'S usually bearing few to .<!everal
.ileniler-imlieelled fls.
V2. subulita, Linn. (P.nivAlis, hoM.). Ground
Pink, jiloss Pink. Fig. 17G:t. Tufted or matted,
the depressed stems more or less pubescent:
Ivs. crowded or fascicled (except on the flower-
ing stems), narrow-linear to linear-lanceolate,
very sharp and usually stiff, ciliate: fls. nearly 1
in. across, light blue, pink or white, in small
clusters standing 2-6 in. above the ground, the
lobes obcordate or entire. Dry banks and fields.
New York W. and S. B.M. 411; 415 (as P. seta-
cea). L.B.C. 8:780; ISil'Sl (as P. a ristata).- I
A much prized old garden plant, useful for col-
onizing where it is desired to cover the earth
with a mat. It is much used in cemeteries. It
blooms profusely in spring. The plant is very
variable. P. JVelsoni, Hort., and P. nivalis, Lodd., !
white-fid. forms. Var. Alba is
There are striped forms. Vai
garden form with rose-colored
PHCENIX
DD. Peduncles chiefly axillary and mostly 1- to S-fld.,
or the fls. nearly sessile.
E. Lrs. crowded or fascicled: plant forming a dense
evergreen mat or tuft.
13. Doilglasii, Hook. Very low and densely tufted,
pubescent or nearly glabrous: Ivs. verj* narrow, pointed,
the margins at base often ciliate: fls. small and short-
stalked, purple, lilac or white, about % in. across, the
lobes obovate and entire, the tube little exceeding the
calyx. Utah and Mont., W.
EE. Lrs. little if at all fascicled: plant only loosely
tufted
P. Style nearly or quite equaling the corolla-tube.
14. adstirgens, Torr. Stems 3-6 in. long, diffuse and
ascending, glabrous except the peduncles and calyx:
Ivs. ovate-lanceolate or ovate, acute, less than I in.
long: fls. rose-colored or whitish, nearly or quite 1 in.
across, the obovate lobes entire, the tube nearly twice
longer than calyx. Oregon. G.F. 1:66.
FF. Style very short.
15. specidsa, Pursh. Variable in size, sometimes as-
cending to 3 ft., more or less glandular above: Ivs. 2 in.
or less long, linear to lanceolate, the uppermost broad
at base: fls. rose-pink or whitish, in corymbs, the lobes
obcordate, the tube little surpassing the calyx. Calif.,
north.
16. n&na, Nutt. Only a few inches high, glandular-
pubescent: Ivs. 2 in. or less long, linear, sometimes
alternate: fls. light red or rose to white, scattered or
somewhat corymbose, about 1 in. across, the lobes usu-
ally entire and roundish, the tube somewhat surpassing
the calyx. Colo., New Mex., Tex. G.F. 1:413.
L. H. B.
PHffiNICOPHdRIUM Sechellamm. See Stevensonia
grandifitliu.
-f— PHCENIX (Theophrastus gave this name to the Date-
palm, perhaps thinking of Phoenicia, where the Greeks
were supposed first to have seen it, or of the Phoenician
purple, or of the fabled bird of Egypt). Palmdcea-. An
exceedingly distinct and popular genus of palms, whose
horticultural merits are discussed below.
Spineless palms, without trunks, or with stout or
slender, short or long, often cespitose erect or inclined
trunks, clothed above with the persistent bases of the
leaves : Ivs. terminal, spreading, recurved, unequally
pinnate; segments somewhat fasciculate or almost equi-
distant, elongated-lanceolate or ensiform, acuminate,
rigid, inserted by the wide base; margins entire or
folded in their entire length; rachis laterally com-
pressed, convex on the back; petiole plano-convex, usu-
ally sninv, with very short ri^'id i.iiimc; slu-aths short.
fronddsa i
fibrous : spadices usually many, erect or nodding in
fruit, or pendent: peduncle strongly compressed:
branches usually somewhat umbellate: spathe basilar,
entire, long, compressed, 2-edged, coriaceous, ventrally
PHCENIX
and at length dorsally divided ; bracts usually obso-
lete: Hs. yellow: fr. a berry or drupe, oblong, orange,
brown or black Species 10 to 12, perhaps more. Tropi-
cal and subtropical Asia and Africa.
Jared G. Smith.
Phcenix in Oeneral.—The latest botanical monograph
of Phcenix (by Beccari in Malesia 3:345) admits only 10
species, although there are about 60 names. Such a
"lumping" of species is very unwelcome to the horti-
culturist, and it is probable that nearly all the synonyms
cited below represent forms that are abundantly dis-
tinct for horticultural purposes.
A good horticultural appreciation of Phoe-
nix is that by William Watson, of Kew, in
G.C. III. 9:234, 298, from which liberal ex-
tracts are made below. Phoenixes differ from
all other pinnate-leaved palms in having the
Ivs. folded upwards and lengthwise, and in
the peculiar form of the seed, as seen in the
Date stone. The plants are either male or
female. The fruits of only one species are
used for food; viz., P. dactyUfera. (For Date
culture, see Date.) In England only P. rtipi-
cola ranks among popular decorative plants.
Of all palms, the cultivated species of Phoe-
nix are the most difficult to define. Many
hybrids have been raised in the gardens of
the Riviera, where many species flower and
fruit every year. It is almost impossible to
keep these pure, Kerchove records the won-
derful fecundity of a Phoenix; P. reclinata
at Nice fertilized with pollen from P. tenuis,
reclinata and pumila produced 20,000 seeds. The rais-
ing of Phoenixes from seed is done on a large scale on
the Riviera. The seeds are sown in beds in the open
and the seedlings transplanted into shallow trenches,
like celery, so that the trenches may be regularly
Hooded during the summer drought. Watson thinks
that next to the coco-palm, the Date is perhaps the
most useful tree in the world.
P. Canariensis is the noblest of all Phoenixes, and
one of the most majestic palms in cultivation. Its rate
of growth is astonishing: a tree supposed to be only 10
years old had a trunk 4 feet high, 3 feet in diam. at the
base, with about 100 Ivs. forming a head 25 feet across.
Another specimen of about the same size bore 8
bunches of fruit, each weighing about 50 lbs.
P. sylvestris is the Wild Date of India, where it is
cultivated for its sap, which yields sugar and "toddy."
The trunk attains a height of about 4 feet when 7 years
old, and it is then tapped by cutting a notch in the stem
at the top and catching the sap as it runs out. The tree
continues to yield annually 15-18 gallons of sap for 20-
25 years, or 8 lbs. of sugar per year. Fifty thousand
tons of date-sugar are produced every year in Bengal
alone from this and other palms.
"P. reclinata and P. spinosa are united under the for-
mer name by Beccari. Taking the dwarf, cespitose,
shiny-leaved elegant plant found in Caffraria as far
south as Grahamstown, and comparing it with the tall,
solitary-stemmed, huge-headed, grav-green-leaved plant
of the tropical regions of Afrii;i. it is dinicull to believe
that they are merely forms *.f <nn- s; i. s,"
The following are f
perature (others rcqi
media, rr,-! > ,<..i., ■.i,,!
The 111..- I
last dec;.. I- i /■ /;
1705. Si....'iiin it- Ji. :;ii vrs. old ha
2 ft. high. Watson siiys': "It is by far the smallest of
all the many kinds of Phoenix known, and is also excep-
tional in the form of its stem and in the elegance and
soft texture of its bright green leaves." Watson adds
that it deserves to rank with Cnros Weddelliana and
Geonoma gracilis for usefulness in a small state. This
palm suckers freely and in a wild state grows in clumps.
Out of deference to the latest monographer. P. Hahel-
etiii is here treated as a variety of P. liumilis; but
Watson declares that it is a distinct species and that in
the form and texture of its Ivs. it resembles P. rupicola
more than any other species. \y_ jl_
PHCENIX 1309
Phoenix in Florida.— iJo palms in the writer's Florida
garden can vie in beauty, stateliness, and massive growth
with some of the members of the genus Phoenix. The
undersigned cultivates specimens of all the kinds of-
fered by the trade. All the palms for this Florida gar-
den, with a few exceptions, have been raised during
1764. Date Palm-Phocnix dactylifera.
An unusually straight-trunked specimen.
the last ten years from seed in the writer's greenhouse
in Milwaukee. Most of them, although planted on high
and dry sandy pineland, begin to show an elegance,
stateliness and beauty entirely beyond all expectations,
especially the species of Sabal and hardy Cocos, but the
Phoenixes are far ahead of them all. As soon as the
seedlings began to show their characteristic leaves they
were sent to Florida. The first ones were set out in the
fall of 1891. Of these Phcenixes several have attained a
height of 10-15 ft. and a spread of Ivs. 15-25 ft. in diam.
The massive trunks are almost as thick as a water barrel
1310 PHCENIX
and the height above the ground is 4-5 ft., while at least
3 feet more are buried in the ground like a post to
keep the exceedingly heavy top in position. The trunk
all around and up from the ground is provided with
strong Ivs. 10-15 ft. long. In the lower extremity of
each frond the leaflets are replaced by long formidable
spines, which perhaps serve the purpose of protecting
the trunk and the earth of the plant from the attacks
of man and beast.
The type of the genus, the common Date-palm,
Phcpnix dacfytifera, Is the least ornamental of all, and
its growth is disappointingly slow. The writer has seen
a plant IG years old which just now begins to form a
trunk. Well-grown specimens are very fine, but they
cannot be considered rivals in beauty of the four kinds
which are the subjects of the four following para-
graphs. Phixnij- davtiiUfera , var. exceJsa, is much more
robust and rapid-growing than the typical Date.
The East Indian Wild Date, Phoenix sylveslris, though
having the same glaucous foliage as the common spe-
cies, is a rapid grower and an exceedingly beautiful and
stately palm. The writer has seen specimens 12 years
from the seed that had assumed a height of 25 ft., with
Ivs. 12-15 ft. long and a spread of the crown 25-30 ft. in
diameter. It is perfectly hardy, having stood a frost of
15° above zero, and it grows equally well on high and
low land, though its growth is much quicker in fairly
moist soil.
The stateliest of all the palms that can be grown in
the gardens of Florida is the Canary Island Date,
Phcenix Canariensis, a species with huge trunk and
immense Ivs. 12-15 ft. long, with a spread of the crown
averaging 30 ft. in diameter. The leaflets, Avhich are
densely set along the midrid of the frond, are flattened
and are of a glossy dark green color. At an age of 8
or 10 years this species begins to form a trunk and to
show its ti III- rti:iriict»'i-. The trunk is now about 3 feet
in diameter .mmI ii~ m.i-^iveness reminds one of a water
barrel. Ar ;iti [f^'- wf aliout 12-15 years this palra is a
grand and riol)!.- ..I.j.-.t, a perfect picture of .symmetrical
beauty. There is no palm in the Florida gardens that
can compare with it in stateliness and grandeur and in
rapidity of growth. Its beauty is much enhanced if
planted in groups or if arranged with specimens of Sabala
and Cocos and the grand Bambusa argentea. Land-
scape effects can be obtained in this way that will be
not only unique but at the same time enchantingly
beautiful.
Perhaps of equal beauty and almost of the same state-
liness and vigorous growth is a hybrid said to have
been raised by the late E. H. Hart, between P. Canar-
iensis and P. sijlvestris. It has the beautiful glaucous
color of the latter and the flattened leaflets as well as
the sturdy growth of the former. A plant received
by the writer in the fall of 1891 is now 13 ft. high,
with a diara. of the trunk of 3 ft. The lower leaves,
which almost rest on the ground, are over 12 ft. long,
while the upper ones gracefully arch to all sides. Most
of the writer's visitors from the North pronounce this
the most beautiful of all his palms. It is indeed a grand
and beautiful pla
slender trunk and narrower and more arching leaves,
which have a much lighter green color. It is of a very
strong growth and soon forms fine specimens. This
species belongs to the group of large-growing kinds
forming a single stem. They produce no suckers at the
base of the trunk to speak of. Most of the other kinds
are smaller, more tender, bushy, and produce suckers
freely.
•ding t
1," the
Phoenix, but there is no doubt that the limits of i
various species are at present not well understood, and
considerable confusion prevails among the synonyms.
P. Leonensis and P. spinosa are apparently not to be
separated, the latter being perhaps a synonym. The
glossy green Ivs. are provided on their edges with
soft white threads. It is a strong-growing palm with
long and slender Ivs., and, as suckers are pushed up
profusely, it soon forms dense clumps of great beauty
which eventually attain a height of 15-18 feet. P.
PHciNIX
rerliiinta, with arching leaves, perhaps never grows
higher than 10-12 ft. It is a bushy palm of a glossy
dark green color. P. Nalalensis and P. Zamibarensis
seem to be identical with P. recUnata. P. farinifera is
a low bushy palm of great elegance from East India,
and P. rupifola and P. cycadifocia are also very grace-
ful and line species. The latter species has the most
beautiful and elegant foliage of all the species of
Phoenix. P. pmnila and P. acaulis are very small
kinds, while P. pnludosa, being provided along the
leaves around the stem with formidable spines, forms
dense and impenetrable thickets. P. glaiica is a small-
growing species with glaucous-green foliage. These are
all tender palms, but they grow well on high pineland.
1765 Phoenix Rccbelen i of horticulturists
but considered by 1 ^tini t to 1 af imof P humitis
See species No. 6, on p. 1311.
All these Date-palms grow with great luxuriance in
south Florida; but P. Canariensis, P. sylvestris, P.
tenuis and the hybrid between P. Canariensis and P.
sylveslris are not only the hardiest and the most beauti-
ful of all but they form extremely elegant and stately
specimens in about ten years from the time of planting.
They grow most luxuriantly in low, moist, rich soil, but
they also do e.xceedingly well on high pineland if well
fertilized during the rainy season. In fact, they will
thrive under an application of nitrogenous fertilizers in
quantities suflicient to kill almost any other plant. The
lower leaves of P. Canariensis often suffer from rusty
spots which disfigure them badly, but the spots will
soon disappear if the plants are well watered, cultivated,
and fertilized.
All the members of the bushy-growing group of Date-
palms are rather tender, and they have suffered severely
by the heavy freezes which have visited Florida of late
years. Though losing all their foliage, they will be as
fine as ever the next fall if, immediately following the
frost, the heart-leaf is pulled out. If left in its position
it will soon rot and injure the center of the plant be-
yond recovery.
Deep planfiiis- i« vrry ossential with all palms, but
especially with th.- Inr^-.- .ind massive Dates. Each
plant shoul.l i" -^i m :i linsin-like excavation about 6-8
ft. in diam. tm.l _' It, d^. |. in the center. If this precau-
tion is not t;il<.ii tlu- heavy palm would very likely be
blown over by strong winds. The young palm after
planting works its way down until it stands about 2K-3
ft. deep in the soil; then the trunk grows upward.
There it stands like a post, smoothly rounded at the
bottom, emerging its long, rope-like roots in all direc-
tions but parti<-iil;trly downward. The writer knows of
a specimen in which tlu- ends of the roots at a depth
of 15 ft. could not be found and they evidently went
PHCENIX
down many more feet until they had reached the clay-
bank or the water. There are quite a number of small
feeding-roots found in dense masses all along the rope-
like main-roots near the surface of the soil, but not such
a network of surface-roots as we find in all the hardy
species of Cocos (of the C. auslrulis type), in which
almost all the roots run horizontal and are mostly found
near the surface, while in the species of Phoenix they
run downward. The large-growing species flower pro-
fusely in the fall and winter, while the bushy species all
flower during the spring months. In all the species of
Phcenix the male and female flowers are borne on differ-
ent individuals, and the various species flowering at the
same time hybridize readily. h. Nehrlinq.
Phcenix in California.— The undersigned now has
growing In the ground the following species: P. Canar-
iensis, dactylifera, reclinata. all large; cycadifolia,
farinifera, pumila, nipicola, tenuis, 2-4 ft. high ;
Sanceana, Jubae, sylvestris and Zeylanica, all in pots.
Much confusion exists here, and few dare recognize
more than the three first named. We have P. dactyl-
ifera as high as 100 ft. .Some specimens grown from
seed saved from commercial dates have made 50 ft. of
trunk in 30 years, while others of the same seeding
have made but 8 ft. Either we have numerous hybrids
here or else some species that no one knows. We have
them in all shades of green and glaucous-green, all
habits of growth, stiff and upright, pendulous and soft,
narrow leaves and broad ones, slim-folded and wide-
spreading, the latter like an inverted leaf of Jubita
spectabilis. No one here has attempted to straighten
them out. The only species easily recognized every-
where and by every one is P. Canariensis, the gem of
the genus. This is regarded by one eminent Calif ornian
nurseryman as a garden hybrid, but it always produces
fertile seeds, and seedlings from it do not vary, which
cannot be said of any other Phoenix here. Niext in popu-
larity conies P. recliiuita; the others are only found in
collections. P. dncti/lifera is seldom planted now, and
few nurseries ever grow it. All species of Phoenix are
hardy here as far as the writer knows. P. Canariensis
is most easily removed from the ground, and the best
time is Aug. and Sept., the hottest weather, as then they
recuperate faster. The only other time to remove is in
the early spring, before growth, and then if the weather
turns cold it is risky. Ernest Braonton.
Phoenix in the iVoW7(.— Although Phoenixes cannot be
considered to be as decorative subjects as the Howeas
and Chrysalidocarpus, they are among the hardiest of
palms. For any unfavorable situation where any palm
can be expected to thrive, recommend a Phoenix. Out-
doors they endure the hottest sunshine without losing a
particle of color, whether placed in jars, vases or beds.
As house plants they are unequaled for resistance to
neglect. They also bear the tying and untying and the
crowding and wear and tear of public decorative work
better than any other palms. The writer has a pair of
specimens of Phcenix rupicola, which within the past
six years have been packed and unpacked five hundred
times; they have withstood excessive heat and cold,
gas and dust, and still stand to-d^y in the broad sun
with their arching fronds perfect. The Date-palm is not
quite so graceful. P. Leoiietisis or sfiiiosa is slightly
stifler than P. rupicola, but very handsome. Other
kinds useful to the florist are P. Caiiarleiisis, farinifera,
pumila and tenuis. (This paragraph has been adapted
from an article in Scott's Florists' Manual which em-
bodies the experience of Mr. Scott and of the under-
signed.) W. H. Taplix.
(Varions other names will be touiid in horticultural litei
ture, but the following comprise those known to the Ame
can trade.)
aeaulis. 7. Jubce, 9. Ra^belenii, G.
Andersoni, 1. Leoiiensis, 2. rupicola. 1.
Cau.iriensis, 9. Loiunerii, 6. Senegalensis, 2.
cycadifolia, 11. maeroearpa, 9. BpitioBa, 2.
dactylifera, 11. melanocarpa, 2. sylvestris, 10.
excelsa. 11. paludosa, 3. tenuis, 9.
farinifera, 4. pumila, 8. Zanzibarensis, 2.
Hanceana, 6. pusilla, 5. Zeylanica, 5,
PHCENIX
1311
humilis, 6.
reclinata, 2.
A. Texture of tfts. flaccid 1. rupicola
AA. Texture of Ifts. rigid.
B. Arrangement of Ifts. £-ranked.
c. Porni of Ifts. latieeolate 2. reclinata
cc. Form of Ifts. ensiform, with
filiform tips 3. paludosa
BB. Arrangement of lfts.S-4 or mavy-
c. Position of Ifts. equidistant.
D. Color of li's. dark green 4. fariniiera
DD. Color of Ivs. light green 5. pusilla
cc. Position of Ifts. grouped or
fascicled.
r>. Stem bulbiform: Ivs. short.
E. Lfts. scattered, irregularly
fascicled 6. humilis
EE. Lffs. in nearly opposite
fascicles 7. aoatUis
DD. Stem erect: li's. long.
E. Irrs. very slender 8. pumila
9. Canariensis
EE. JA>s. more robust.
F. Foliage glabrous 10. sylvestris
PF. Foliage glaucous 11. dactylifera
1. rupicola, T. Anders. (P. Andersoni, Hort. Cal-
cutta). Stem 15-20 ft.x8 in., solitary, slender, naked:
Ivs. 10 ft., quite glabrous; petiole compressed; seg-
ments IK ft., 2-ranked, not fascicled, flaccid, bright
green. Sikkim, Himalaya. G.C. II. 8:45. F. 1887, p.
1G5. I.H. 25:318. F.R. 1:143. A.G. 13:141. A.F.
4:569.— "The numerous bright green decurved lfts. all
in one plane are peculiar to this beautiful species." A
form with some of the lfts. white is figured in I.H 34:3.
2. reclin&ta, Jacq. (P. Leonhtsis, Lodd. P. Senega
lensis. Van Houtte. P. spinbsa. Schum. & Thom. P.
Zamibarinsis, Hort.). Stem short (3-4 ft.): Ivs. 2-
ranked, bright green, fiMi<|ii»'!y iirmate-recurved toward
the apex; lfts. rigid, ai>|in.xini:if.-, strict, 12 in. long,
1 in. wide, lanceolate, afiiniinair. i-uiigeut, the terminal
9 in. long, slightly bifid, the l^\vl•^t spinescent. Trop.
and S.Africa. F. 1871, p. 135. A.F.4:568. A.G.I3:141;
14:410; 16:346. Gn. 39, p. UO.-P. melanocdrpa, Naud.,
has black edible fruits, and was found in a garden at
Nice. It is "supposed to be avarietyot P. Senegalensis."
R.H. 1894, pp. 493, 496, 497.
3. paluddsa, Roxb. Gregarious, subarboreous: trunks
8-25 ft. high, 12-18 in. in diam., often reclining, annu-
late: Ivs. 8-10 ft.; lfts. 1-2 ft., opposite and alternate,
2-ranked, ensiform, with filiform tips, whitish or mealy
beneath ; petiole 3-5 ft. long, slender, scurfy, with many
long spines; sheath fibrous : fr. black-purple. Seashore,
tropical Asia.
4. farinifera, Roxb. Shrubby: caudex at most 4 ft.,
thickly clothed with old leaf -sheaths: petiole with 1 or
2 pairs of spines; lfts. subopposite, 4-ranked, ensiform,
rigid, pungent, dark green: fr. black. Ceylon and
southern India. — "The caudex has a farinaceous pith"
(Roxb.). "The foliage is so spiny that it is impossible
to walk through clumps of it" (Steavenson).
5. pusilla, Ga-rtn. {P. Zeylanica, Hort.). Stem 10-14
ft.: Ivs. rather short; lfts. very many, subequidistant,
7-10 in., spreading at right angles, 4-ranked, rigid, pun-
gent, bright green. Ceylon.
6. hilmilis, Royle. Stems short, tufted, bulbiform,
rarely elongated: Ivs. subglaucous; lfts. scattered, in-
terruptedly fascicled. Very close to P. aeaulis, but
distinguished by the very long-peduncled, fruiting
spadix. Hilly districts of India. — Var. Hanceilna, Becc.
(P. Hancedna, Hort.), from China, is cultivated.
Var. Louridrii, Becc. (P. Baebelenii, O'Brien). Fig.
1765. Lvs. 1 ft. long; lfts. 5-7 in. long, shining, dark
green, soft, curved, subglaucous, often approximate,
mostly falcate, not spinous at the tip. Assam to Cochin
China. G.M. 38:80. A.G. 15:201. G.C. III. 6:475;
11:731. G.F. 3:273.
7. acadlis, Buch. Caudex bulbiform, 8-10 in. in diam.,
densely clothed with sheaths and bases of the petioles:
lvs. 2-1'. ft. ; Iff s. in subopposite fascicles, many-ranked,
3o-l' J ft. loiiir. ri ly rigid, somewhat glaucous, marginal
nervr v. ry -tiMii^': petiole 1 ft. or more, with many
spine.-: t'r. Ijiiu'lit red to blue-black. India.
1312 PHCENIX
8. pilmila, Hort. Stem slender, graceful. 6-10 ft. : Ivs.
10-16 ft. long, recurved, drooping; Ifts. 8-12 in. long.
4-ranked. Gt. 20, p. 173 (description). Fla. Farm. &
Fr. Gr. 1898:67.
9. Canari^nsiB, Hort. {P. tenuis, Versch. P. Jtiba,
Webb). Resembling P. dactylifera, but more slender
and graceful in all its parts: Ivs. more numerous. Ca-
nary Islands. R.H. 1888:181. G.C. HI. 15:405. V.
19:51. Gng. 5:215. Gn. 57, p. 255. K.H. 1893, pp. 126,
127. -Var. macroc&rpa is cult, in Florida.
10. sylv^stris, Roxb. Stem solitary, stout, 25-40 ft.
high, clothed with persistent petiole bases: Iva. 10-15
ft., glabrous; petiole spiny ; segments 1-2 ft., fascicled,
2-4-ranked, rigid, light green. Very close to P. dacti/l-
ifera and perhaps the origin of that plant. India. I.H.
10:351. V. 16:101. P. 1872, p. 29. Gn. 54, p. 117. G.C.
III. 10:105.-A hybrid of P. sylrestris and Canarien-
sis secured by E. H. Hart is highly praised by Ameri-
can connoisseurs.
11. dactylifera, Linn. (P. cycadifdlia. Hort.). Date-
palm. Pig. 1764. Stem tall, erect : Ivs. glaucous,
arcuate-ascending ; Ifts. linear-lanceolate acuminate,
strongly complicate, the lower 4-ranked, the upper 2-
ranked, irregularly and remotely aggregate: fr. evlin-
drical-elliptical, 1-2 in. long. Arabia, N. Afr. R.H. 1893,
p. 127.— Var. ezc61sa is cult, in Florida. See Date.
P. dumdsa. Hort. Saul. 1893. Of "dwarf h.ibit." .Seems
unknown to botanists.— P. glauca, cult, by H. Nehrling, is a
name not in the texts.— i*. Natalensis and vur. variegata jire
offered by Reasoner, but no description is available. — P. San-
deridna. Presumably introduced within recent years by San-
der & Co., St. Albans, Eng.-P. spinuldsa. Hort. Siiul, 1S93. is
).— P. tomenthsa. cult, by H. Nehrling, is an
obscure name. .Jared G. Smith.
PHOLIDUTA (Greek, scale and ear; the scales of the
unopened raceme are said to recall the rattle of a
snake). OrchidAceie. A small genus containing about
20 species, natives of In.lia. S. rliin.i and the Malay
Archipelago. Mostly nf th, li.ii.n .it I'n-logyne, with
creeping rhizomes and psrud.iiiuii.s , -isting of a sin-
gle internode. Fls. small, sh.iit |HHicrlli-d, in slender
racemes, each with a large bract ; sepals and petals short,
broad; labellum excavated or sac-like : column very
short, winged around the top. For cultivation, use
strong, light, rich potting material, broken pots, old dry
cow manure, plenty of drainage. Do not allow to be-
come very dry. Temperature, 55-65°.
imbricita, Lindl. Pseudobulbs oblong sulcate: Ivs.
oblong-lanceolate, plicate, 6-12 in. long: raceme long-
peduncled, 3-8 in. long: Hs. small, rather crowded on
the raceme, white or yellowish, with a shade of violet
Feb. -May. India. B.R. 14:1213; 21:1777. L.B.C.
20:1934.
Cbin^nsis, Lindl. A small creeping epiphyte. Pseu-
dobulbs cespitose, 1-2-lvd.: Ivs. oblong-unilulate, acu-
minate, fls greenish white, in drooping racemes not
more than 2-3 in. long; sepals ovate; petals Imear; la-
bellum oblong, recurved.- This plant has long been
known from Chinese drawings.
Wm. Mathews and Heinrich Hasselbrino.
PHOBADENDEON ilav^scens, Nutt., is the Mistletoe
of eastern North America. Fig. 1766. It is parasitic on
deciduous trees, as far north as New Jersey and south-
ern Indiana and extending southwards to Florida and
Texas. P.R. 3:590. It makes dense bunches 1-3 ft.
across, with thick oval or obovate yellowish green ever-
green Ivs. The forkinir twiir'i are ti-rfte. "and break
easily at the base. TIm- ti-. arc .|i i.Mi-., Ii..rne in very
short spikes or catkin^: ln-rnc^ amln i u Int.-. nlohular,
small. The plant is ■•,,||,.,-t, ,1 tMi- ciin^tma- -i-eens (see
Greens, Christmas]. Tlj.- (M.I W.n-l.l .Mistletoe is Vis-
PH6BMIUM (Greek, phormos, basket; referring to
one use to which this fiber plant is put). Lilidcea. New
Zealand Flax. The New Zealand Fla.v, Phormiitm
tenax, is a tender herbaceous plant, 3-6 ft. high, with a
tuft of 2-ranked, sword-shaped Ivs. and panicles of 6-
lobed fls. varying from red to orange. It is a choice
plant for conservatory decoration and f.ir siil>fr.>i>icMl
bedding. It is a very formal plant, its linrs L.-inj^
strong, stately and rather stiff, — perhaps t ii.li s,, in
immature specimens. The genus is east I \ .listin-uislM .1
by its fls., which are erect, numenms. pani.-l.-.i, the
perianth with a top-shaped tube, and the somewhat
incurved segments loosely connivent above. Phormium
belongs to the tribe of which the day-lilies (Hemero-
callis and Punkia) are representatives in the northern
hemisphere and the poker plants (Kniphotta) in the
southern, its nearest ally being the Australian Bland-
fordia with fls. of similar colors but pendulous and with
stamens affixed at the middle of the tube instead of at
the apex, as in Phormium. Phoniiiiinis Ivive a short,
thick rhizome and cliist.rs ..f tlii.'k.' I lilirous roots.
There are three sp.-.-i.s. all tf.iiii N.w /.., aland. The
common species, P. I' mix, is th.' tall.st plant and gen-
erally has redder fls. than /'. C.inkiaiiinn . The rarest
species, P. Hookeri (not in trade), differs in having
Ivs. which bend back until they reach the ground.
Phormiums are perhaps too slow of propagation to be
ranked among the few most popular plants for subtropi-
cal bedding, but they are esteemed choice subjects by con-
noisseurs. They arc a prominent feature of many fine
establishments in California. When Phormiums are to
be prop, by division G. W. Oliver recommends that they
be planted outdoors in very sandy soil during May ami
divided during September. ^ jj
For certain combinations and in places where it can
have plenty of moisture Phormium tenax is a valuable
plant, having a very distinct and unusual character all
its own. The type is easier of cultivation than the
variegated kinds. Much better results can be obtained
by raising the typical form from seeds than by division.
Seed sown in Feb. and grown on rapi.11^" "ill ttrtlrc L.-....d
plants for bedding purposes the spri II L' I ti" i. ii ..mil'
year. The seedlings may be either ].l.n \\i
in pots; in the latter case give a ii .'..i
plenty of water after the plants have 1. 1 L' II ImiI.L Willi
good treatment one may expect at the eii.l of a year and
a half a well-furnished specimen 3-3/^ ft. high in a
6-in. pot. If one can afford room in a warm house, so
much the better. The variegated forms require partial
shade and even moisture; they do not come true from
s*'<^<i. J. p. Cowell.
a. Lvs. 2-S in. wide, split at apex.
Unaz, Linn. New Zealand Flax. Fig. 1767. Ro-
bust: lvs. attaining 4 ft. or more, 2-3 in. wide, dark
green, margin and keel bricht red or brownish : scape
5-7 ft. high, much overtopping the lvs.: fls. typically
The Milk.vee.
to the right shot
photographed nn an isnehroma
nary plate, is shown beside it
Plate XXIX PnotoEiaphy.
upper left corner was photographed upon a "backed" plate to
irae subject photographed without "backing." The yellow N
(without color screen); the same flower in the s
nteract halation: the view
the left below was
lighting, made on an ordi-
PHOBMIUM
scarlet, but in natural forms varying almost to pure
yellow; perianth 18-21 lines long. B.M. 3199. Gn. 50,
p. 369. A.P. 13:748. R.H. 1848:5. V. 13:340. Gn. 20,
p. 397.— Var. atropurptkreum has reddish purple foliage.
R.H. 1877, p. 389. Var. atropurpilreuin Tarieg&tum is
alleged to be a "veritable fountain of white, purple and
rose color." Var. nlgro-pictum (iV. purpureum nigra-
limbntum, Hort. Saul?). Lvs. deep green, with a nar-
row margin of blackish purple, which becomes broader
1767. Phormium tenax.
and more distinct towards the base, making in mature
plants a zigzag line whicL outlines the 2-ranked habit
of the lvs. Var. variegatum has fls. striped creamy
yellow and white. R.H. 1878, p. 86. Var. Veitchi&num
(var. Veitchii and P. Veifchidnnm, Hort.) has broad
creamy white stripes on a light green ground. A.P. 5 :39.
The type and varieties all have the red margin and the
variegated forms are all smaller than the type.
AA. Lvs. %-l}4 in. wide, scarcely split at apex.
Cookianum, Le Jolis. A smaller plant: lvs. 2-3 ft.
long: scape 3-G ft. high: perianth 12-15 lines long, yel-
lower than the abo\*e. Var. vaTiegd,tuiii has yellowish
white stripes. P.M. 1874:112. -^^ jl_
PHOSPHA.TE. This word is often used by farmers
as synonymous with commercial fertilizers. Consult
Fertility, Fertilizers and Manures.
PHOTlNIA (Greek, p7io^e(Mo.s, shining; alludingto the
chining foliage). IncludingiTc^prome/fs and Ponrtliiwa.
Bos(lce(e, tribe Pdmew. Ornamental evergreen or de-
ciduous shrubs, with alternate, usually serrate lvs.,
white fis. in sometimes very large corymbs, and very dec-
orative red or scarlet fr. The evergreen species are ten-
der in N. Eng., and bear only a few degrees of frost; but
the deciduous P. villosa is hardy as far north as Massa-
chusetts, and is very conspicuous in fall by the scarlet
f.all colnrinsr of the fnlinffp and afterwards by the
niimerous si-;irl.'t fruits, wlii.-li n-tain their bright color
until nii.hvi.it.r a)..l :n-. n..t . ateu by birds. Of the
evergrt-iii s|.. ri,>, />. ,t rh,iiif,,ini , which is very similar
to P. ari-nihitit :uh1 als,, to />. nl.ibm, is the best known;
it is a very striking obj^-ct in \\iiil'r, witli its large
clusters of bright red fr. ripeniiii; in D.r, ml,, r and
contrasting well with the glossy <!.,rk um, ,ii t<,liage.
The Photinias are not very parficulai- as t,, s,,il, but
thrive best in a rather light, sandy loam, and the de-
ciduous ones prefer sunny positions. Prop, by seeds
or by cuttings of half-ripened wood under ghiss and
by layers ; also by grafting on hawthorn or quince.
About 20 species distributed from Japan and China to
India and Java, 2 s|.(i-i(s in Calif, and Mex. Shrubs,
rarely small trees witli stipulate lvs.: tls. in corymbs or
short panicles; |..ials :,, ,,il,i,ular; stamens 10-20;
styles 2, rarely 3 ,u- 4, coinuite at the base: fr. a small
PHOTOGRAPHY 1.313
1- or 2-seeded pome. Closely allied to the Aria group of
.Sorbus and only distinguished by the top of the fr.
being rounded and hollow.
A. LfVS. deciduous : fls. in corymbs.
viUdsa, DC. (P. varidbilis, Hemsl. Poiirthiwa
villosa, Decne. Sdrbus terminAlis, Hort.). Upright
shrub, to 15 ft., with slender spreading or upright
branches: lvs. short-petioled, broadly obovate to oblong,
cuneate, acuminate, sharply serrate, dark green and
glabrous above, more or less pubescent beneath when
young, lK-3 in. long: fls. white, in 1^-2 in. broad,
glabrous or villous corymbs terminal on short lateral
branchlets: peduncles warty: fr. about M in. long,
bright scarlet. June. Japan, China. G.P. 1:67. — A
very v.ariable species. Var. leevis, Rehd. (P. hrris,
DC. Poiirihiii-n arr/iita, Hort.), has narrower lvs., only
sparingly pubescent when young and soon glabrous,
glabrous inflorescences and somewhat larger fr. G.P.
4:377.
AA. Li's. evergreen, glabrous: fls. in large panicles
semil4ta, Lindl. (P. glAbra, var. Chininsis, Maxim.
Cratirgiis gldbra, Sims, not Thunb.). Shrub, to 20 ft.:
lvs. with petioles about 1 -in. long, oblong, usually
rounded at the base, acuminate, serrulate, dark green
and shining above, yellowish green beneath, .5-7 in. long:
p.anicles to 6 in. broad: fls. ^4 in. across; st.iniens 20:
fr. globose, H in. across, red. ."Mav-.Inlv. diin.i. H.Jl.
2105. L.B.C. 3:248. Stands faiil- «, II in \\a-l,uiL.'t.,n.
glabra, Maxim. {Cratipgns ,jl,;i,n:. Thui.l,.,. Slnub,
to 8 ft.: lvs. on about J^-in. huig i.eti,.l.s, .llii.iie or
obovate to oblong-obovate, cuneate at the l)ase, acumi-
nate, serrulate, 2-4 in. long: panicles 2-4 in. across:
fls. % in. across; stamens 20: fr. subglobose, red. May-
July. China, Japan.
arbutifdUa, Lindl. {ffeter„„>.!. ,,, i ,;',.;,„ . |;,,,ni.
Cratieijus arbutifolia. Ait.). r< . , , - ,,r
small tree, to 20 ft. : young I ua,i, li, i. , ! ,,s
usually tomentulose: lvs. oi,l,,i,L t ■ , ' , ,
10: fr. l.riKlit re,l. ' ;, m. aer..ss. ,ln,,, i ( :,r.
S.S. 3:11)3. B.K. (;:4II1. -Called CliriMn,;,- i;, ,,. in
Calif., where the fruits are much used i.u t_l,ii,in,as
decoration.
r. arpfila. Wall. (Pourtliiasa argnta. Decne.). Closely allied
to P. villosa: lvs. longer and narrower, firmer, densely white-
tomentose beneath when young: corymbs larger. Himal.— P.
elliptica, Nichols., is Eriobotrya elliptica, Lindl., a Himalayan
species not in cult, in this country. — P. Japdnica, Nichols. =
Eriobotrya Japonica. Alfred Rehder.
PHOTOGKAPHY, HORTICULTTTHAL. Plate XXIX.
As a means of description and of record, photography
is of great importance to horticulture in all its branches.
A reference to magazines and to trade catalogues of the
day shows a growing use of the "half-tone" engraving
process; and these en^r:,\ n,-- ai, merely photographs
transferred to aco],],- i i - " ''^ means of minute
chemically-etched d,,i : , , i Miing surface for the
typographic press. .Manv <,:!,, r illustrations — notably
many in this Cyclopeilia — are adapted fr,,in or drawn
directly from photographs, being then en:^n-aved by .an-
other photographic etching process on liar.l zini'. Tea
limited extent, photographs are also i>rinte,l <,n tlie pre-
pared surface of l„.v,v,.,.d bl,i,-l<s. an, I u^, ,1 in lieu uf a
drawing as a -.k, i-O, f,,i- 1 1,,' w ,,,,,! -.n 't ;,\ . ,
Every e\i,' i ■ lal college
finds in pli,,i i, t both to
its records a 11, 1 i,, u- .1, .i i |-i i\ , \i.,il.. . I', ,r i h.- botanist,
photography provides both an uni,|nely aeiuirate means
of recording plant details, and of portraying the appear-
ance of the growing plant in its habitat. A photographic
herbarium represents the living plant more adequately
than the iisual dried specimens. Some of the larger
nursery and seed establishments are also coming to
maintain photographic equipments, in order that they
may readily preserve views of the varieties which it
is desired to advertise. In horticultural journalism
photography is of prime importance. In advanced
collegiate institutions and at the meetings of various
progressive horticultural societies and institutes, the
presentation of photographs by means of the stereopti-
1314
PHOTOGRAPHY
con is found to be o£ enormous advantage, and the teach-
ing or entertainment is made more efficient through this
means. Therefore, all branches of horticultural activity
are conjemed with photography, and the progressive
instructor dealing with horticultural problems in an
educational institution, or handling the government's
money in the experiment station work, must be able
to practice photography with a fair degree of proti-
ciency, if he is to accomplish the best results.
As Horticultural Photography differs essentially from
the line of work in which the ordinary portrait photog-
rapher is engaged, some special skill and certain items
of equipment are desirable for the tradesman, or experi-
menter, or teacher who wants to make his illustration
effective. Those who deal, as does the writer, with many
photographs from many "artists," come to know and
abhor the thoroughly inadequate work of the ordinary
professional, who is fitted both as to equipment and skill
only for the picturing of the human face and form. Not
once in twenty times does satisfactory and efficient horti-
cultural photographic work come from the professional;
and. therefore, the horticultural instructor or tradesman
is best served by taking up photography in an indepen-
dent manner.
ApparafHS. — For views outdoors of trees, plants, etc.,
any view camera of the regulation or of the "folding"
type will answer, though, as it is often desirable to
obtain relatively large details of fruits or flowers or
plants in sifUf a bellows of more than the usual focal ca-
pacity or length is preferred. The modem "long-focus"
cameras are suitable, and the size most used by horti-
culturists is that taking a plate 5x7 inches in dimen-
sions. For such size a rectilinear lens with a focal length
of seven or eight inches is advisable; and if one of the
two lenses forming the combination is available as an
objective of about double the focal length of the com-
bination, and the camera is provided with a bellows
which draws out several inches beyond the focal length
of this single lens, much facility in operation is provided.
Any of the modern high-class view lenses are suitable,
and those of the anastigmatic type, which are not only
rectilinear but also render views in a flat and correct
perspective, are preferable. It need not be assumed,
however, that the very highest grade lens is essential,
for in the hands of a thoughtful and reasonably skilful
operator, an ordinary rectilinear lens, costing, for the
size mentioned, but $15 or $20, will often do satisfactory
work. Whatever lens is used, it should be fitted into
a quick -working shutter, as outdoor exposures, with
modern rapid plates, must be made in small fractions
of a second. The shutter, it may be explained to the
unacquainted reader, is merely a convenient device for
opening and closing the lens to the light for the inter-
val of time desired by the photographer.
As there is frequent misconception of the work done
by a lens, and as even lens-makers sometimes give
faulty advice as to the proper objectives for any specified
uses, it may not be amiss to suggest to the inquiring
horticultural photographer an investigation on his own
account. Photo-Miniature No. 1, "Modern Lenses," is
a brief, clear and concise statement of the principles,
properties and construction of lenses, which may be
consulted to advantage. The focal length of any lens,
in connection with the size of the plate upon which it Is
to be used, determines the angle and amount of view in-
cluded. The human eye is a lens of about 16 inches
focal length, and to have a photograph render perspec-
tive as seen by the average eye. an objective of the
same focal length is required. Thus, on a 5 x 7 plate, a
lens of 8 inches focal length will include twice as much
in the view, and show it in half the size as seen by the
eye. This forced perspective is sometimes desirable
and sometimes unpleasant. If the 8-inch lens is com-
posed of two elements on what is known as the symmet-
rical plan, the rear element may usually be used alone
(by screwing out the front lens), and it will have ap-
proximately double the focus of the combination. This
will give about the perspective seen by the human eye.
and will need to be used in connection with m I.m|1.,\v«
of at least the same length or "draw "as tin- f^ '>■:>] L HL^rli
of the lens. Some of the hlgh-frra.lr i.n--- .<<.
made on what is termed the "convertil>I-- " !'l:ii ■ < *. t
the two elements being of a different focal linLtli. Tlm-
PHOTOGBAPHY
a certain lens which as a whole is of 7}4 inches foous,
includes one element of 12 inches focus and one element
of 18 inches focus. Either of these single lenses, or the
combination, may be used separately, so that from a
given position three views, including proportions dif-
fering as 5, 8, and 12, may be made.
To photograph an object in natural size, the double lens
is preferable. If the lens be of 8 inches focus, it will give
natural size when placed equidistant between the object
and the ground-glass focusing-screen of the camera, at
double its focal length. Thus the bellows would need
to be drawn out so as to have 16 inches between the
ground glass and the lens, while the object to be photo-
graphed should be maintained in position 16 inches
from the lens.
A tripod, capable of adjustment as to height, and of
sufficient rigidity to sustain the camera in a moderately
high wind, is easily obtained. The cheaper forms are
fairly efficient, but the photographer who has much
traveling to do finds it preferable to obtain one of the
more expensive and carefully fitted types, which fold
into a smaller compass.
For indoor work, including the making of photographs
of fruits, flowers or plants in large detail, a special
form of camera-stand is very desirable. One arranged
so that the camera may be maintained in an inclined or
nearly vertical plane, while the object to be photographed
rests on a plate-glass exposing stand in front of the lens,
gives great facility and ease of operation, and does away
with many difficulties of illumination. A few experiment
stations possess devices of this kind. A form which has
been found exceedingly satisfactory in practice is de-
scribed in No. 13 of the Photo-Miniature, " Photographing
Flowers and Trees," and is here reprinted by permission
in Figs. 1768 and 1769, showing the camera-stand both
as arranged for horizontal and for vertical work. In
operation with this device, the flower, fruit or plant to be
photographed is laid upon the plate-glass stand, and the
camera, fastened by its tripod screw upon a movable
bed, is moved backward or forward as a whole, or
through its bellows, until the desired size and focus
are obtained. The background may be varied to any
extent desired by cardboards or cloths placed below
or back of the plate-glass stand, out of focus. The
camera-stand is mounted on casters, so that it may
be readily moved about to secure the most favorable
lighting. Objects which can best be handled on a hori-
zontal plane may be disposed somewhat as shown in
Fig. 1768. For work of this sort a north side-light is
found vastly preferable to the conventional sky-light. A
greater mistake in the equipment of a studio for hor-
ticultural work could not be made than to provide the
sky-light deemed essential by old-fashioned professional
photographers, although now happily abandoned by the
more progressive workers for a "single-slant" light,
which gives far better results. There should be pro-
vided in the work-room of the horticultural photog-
rapher several good reflecting surfaces, so that the side
of the object opposite the main source of light may be
properly illuminated.
Plates and color-values.— As practically all Horticul-
tural Photography has to do with the tints of growing
things, the well-known color inaccuracy of the ordinary
dry-plate is a serious disadvantage. The ordinary plate
responds most actively to the rays at the blue end of
the spectrum, and is very sluggish in taking an im-
pression from green, yellow and red, the latter color,
indeed, being rendered practically the same as black.
Yellow, which in actual color value is on a par with
light blue, and only a few shades less intense than
white, is rendered by the ordinary plate as a dark color,
as all operators who have photographed yellow roses,
yellow apples, yellow plums, and the like, will have ob-
served. Fortunately, there are available photographic
plates, known as isochromatic or orthochromatic plates,
which, to a certain extent, correct these difficulties, and
the skilful operator may, by the use of the proper plate
and in some cases a suitable ray-filter, give approxi-
mately correct values to all the colors of the spectrum.
Iiir all ordinary horticultural uses, where blue and yel-
liw are not found in the same subject, the isochromatic
plate of the most rapid speed is satisfactory. It gives
yi-llow its proper value, at the same time improving the
PHOTOGRAPHY
rendering of the green foliage and slightly increasing
the truth of representation in pink, lavender, and the
lighter red shades. It is very much better, then, for the
photographer who has to do with horticultural work to
confine himself exclusively to these isochromatic plates
for all his work. If he has a subject including blue
flowers, the especial activity of the blue rays, which
otherwise would render the photographic impression as
intense as if the object was white, can be restrained by
a suitable ray-filter, which is applied in front of the lens.
This ray-filter is either a glass cell filled with a one per
cent solution of potassium bichromate, or a piec
plane optical glass covered with a suitably stained col
lodion film sealed with another optical glass and pro-
vided with a convenient mounting for slipping on the
lens. With this ray-fllter and the isochromatic plate be
fore alluded to, the yellow is slightly over-valued, bu
the blue is given its proper relation. The beauty o
outdoor photographs is vastly increased by the use o:
the plate and ray-filter mentioned, because a proper
color value is given to the sky, and the cloud forms are
preserved in all their attractiveness. If the subject be
PHOTOGRAPHY
1315
of the isochromatic plate as compared with the ordi-
nary plate in photographing yellow tulips.) Halation is
caused by the reflection of brilliantly lighted objects
from the back of the glass plate carrying the sensitive
emulsion. Light possesses enormous velocity, and
there is a constant and almost inconceivably rapid play
back and forth between the two surfaces of the glass
plate, which is covered only on its face by the sensitive
photographic emulsion. This results in a thickening of
all the finer lines which should be rendered in the posi-
tive as white. It is best counteracted by "backing" the
plate with a composition which will absorb all the rays
of light that pess through the emulsion on the face.
1768. AdjustaDle camera-stand, horizontal position
a heavily loaded peach tree, for instance, the
tion of the yellow, brought about by the use of the ray-
filter, will give a needed slight exaggeration of color
value to the fruit, which, under treatment by an ordinary
plate, will be almost indistinguishable from the mass of
foliage. With the ray -filter the exposure required is
practically trebled. In this Cyclopedia, advantage has
been taken of isochromatic plates in photographing
.some of the subjects. The carnations, Plate IV, Vol. I,
show a variety of shades properly rendered by the
means indicated. The dahlia, Plate IS, shows the
rendering of dark red shades in connection with green
foliage by the isochromatic plate. The persimmon
plate (XXVIII) in this volume also shows orange, yel-
low and red fruits as properly rendered under this
isochromatic handling, and the oranges (Plate XXIII),
including fruits from the light lemon-yellow Pomelo to
the deep orange-red Tangierine, prove also the useful-
ness of the plate suggested.
A difficulty known in photographic practice as hala-
tion must also be counteracted if the fine detail of sub-
jects involving much light is to be preserved. Plate
XXIX shows a milkweed pod, first as photographed with
a plain isochromatic plate and second as photographed
with the same plate, treated so as to eliminate halation.
(The two lower figures on the same plate show the value
1769 Adjustable camera stand vertical position.
Any daik substance which can be brought into absolute
optical contact with the posterior surface of the glass
plate will answer but the mo-t eflitient backing is
provided by an alcoholic solution of soap to which has
been added a mixture of ervthrosin and aurin, two red
anilme pigments having high absorptive powers. This
coating is easily applied and easily removed before
development; and the writer m his practice of Horti-
cultural Photography uses isochromatic plates backed
with this dyed soap-solution for all important work.
Even with the aid of the isochromatic plate and the
ray-fllter the photography of shades of red is difHcult.
because of the lack of actinic or chemical quality in the
red rays of the spectrum. In practice it is found neces-
sary to give a very much prolonged exposure to objects
containing red. and then to restrain the overexposure
upon development by means of a suitably compounded
developing solution. Details regarding this are out of
place here, but may be obtained from the works cited at
the end of this sketch.
Lantern-slides.— A few words may be added concern-
ing the production of lantern-slides, now of the greatest
importance in illustrative work. A lantern-slide is a
positive on glass, and therefore is made from a nega-
tive. It is made preferably on a special plate, much
slower than the regular photographic dry-plate, because
1316
PHOTOGRAPHY
verohloride rathi
and pi-ut'Ti.,1 in- ;, en cr
may be u^i-.l if a suiiahi.
reducticii. This i/au reaii
tion of tile camera-staud
of light bars are added,
plate-glass frame to a
aplii
•^trai'-'l 111 I'lLT. 17IJ8. A pair
iililiii,' lr..lii thr top of the
.[M.rt at tin- other end of
•uvy luusliu or light canvas
thrown over tliis serves to exclude the excess of light.
A ground ^-la~^ tram.- is added back of the plate-glass,
which hitt. r i~ r. irhivcl to give place to a turn-table
arrangenieiit. made t.. take and hold negatives of vari-
ous sizes. In practice, the ground glass end is turned
toward the strong light, the negative to be used is ad-
justed in the turn-table, and the image focused in the
camera as usual. The 5x7 size largely used by hor-
ticulturists is in just tin- right jiroportion for the
ordiiiarv laiitn-n piate ..f .\inrrican i.ra.'li.-e, which is
:;', X 1 "iii.'ii.-s, Sli.l.-s Miav aN Tiia.l.- l.v , tact, if
so used. I" 111- pi a .11 Ml -A itli a lantern plate in
an ordinar> i^iniMi i n . a i Ln\-en a short exposure
to an artiiirial !:.. - > are seldom of good
quality. If it i~ i. lun. .1 i.. mak.' lantern-slides from
diagrams, engravings or any positive material, a nega-
tive must be first prepared, for making which the verti-
cal position of the camera stand (Fig. 1709) is very
convenient.
In making lantern-slides, it is important to learn the
proper exposure, for errors in exposure cannot be cor-
rected in development to any great extent. The careful
worker will expose several plates upon the same subject,
give all the same development, and act upon the ex-
perience thus gained.
The only work treating specifically of the photography
of flowers and trees is a previously mentioned mono-
graph in The Photo-Miniature, No. 13, published by
Tennant & Ward, New York. In the same series of
monographs is an excellent treatise on the production
of lantern-slides (No. 9), and another on modern lenses
(No. 1), previously cited, j. Horace McFarland.
PHOTOSYNTHESIS. The term Photosynthesis is
derived from (xreek words signifying "light" and "put-
ting together." It is applied to that process by means
of which, under ordinary circumstances, green plants
build up organic or carbon - containing compounds.
Carbon is the element which as a rule denotes organic
substance. It is an essential constituent of the cell
wall, or fiber, and of the protoplasm; likewise of starch
and of sugar. Green plants manufacture practically all
of the organic matter which may eventually furnish
food for plants and animals, so that all life is ulti-
mately dependent upon them.
Ordinary air contains only about .04 per cent of car-
bon dioxid ; yet the green plant as a rule obtains all of
its carbon from the air. Chlorophyll and light are abso-
lutely essential in order that organic sulistance may be
manufa<-i m. ^L i 'ii 1 .i-.^pl! \ II, tin- -nii-taia-e which gives
the grciai .•..■..! '<, ',.,11 ,,i,,| i,,.,,,.-l,. a^,,,i\ , ,.,a-urs in defi-
These ,-l,|..i..|.M.. I, i„„ii,.- ,,,.,. .ia, raoiaiii 1,-lit and thus
obtain eut-rt;> ..i p..rt.r i.. u.nk. This energy cannot be
obtained by the common plant in any other way, as by
the absorption of radiant heat from a stove. The cell
sap absorbs the carbon dioxid which has diffused into
the leaf (.see Physiology of Plants), and the energy
obtained from light works upon the molecules of carbon
dioxid (CO2) and water (H2O) of the cell sap in such
a way that these molecules are rearranged and united.
A molecule of some simple carbohydrate, perhaps
formaldehyde (CHoO), is formed; and some of these
molecules are perhaps immediately condensed to sugar
(CeHiaOe). In this process more oxygen is supplied
by the water and carbon dioxid than can enter into the
organic product, and this surplus oxvi^'en is thrown off.
This whole process is calle.l |ili,,f..sviithr.is.
An accutnulation of sugar in ih.. 1. .if would hinder the
further manufacture of tlii- inMilurt ami much of the
sugar formed is, indeed, iniinediately diffused to other
very rapidly in sunlight,
1 is changed to starch, an
h is usually removed from
,y potassium salts seem to
ifacture of sugar, perhaps
laiiiiaining chlorophyll in
entiL'!) iiia..iiv.- in assiniilati.m, when illuminated.
The ri il i-nil of tin- siic.tnini iinhrac-es the colors which
are principally concerned in the activity of the chloro-
phyll function. Photosynthesis is most rapid under
those conditions of temperature and food supply which
best stimulate growth. The process is more rapid, how-
ightly
ters, such as laowu an.l r...l, in ilii. assiniilaiing organs
does not mean that .lilor.ij.h) II is aliseiit, and that other
substances may replace it, Chlorophyll may be present
but veiled by a more prominent color. It is improbable
that any other coloring matter besides chlorophyll and
a related substance, etiolin, is effective in carbon dioxid
assimilation.
Photosynthesis may be inhibited by too intense light,
by extremes of temperature, and by deleterious chemical
agents. It ceases immediately in darkness, and is very
feeble in weak light.
The results of photosyntli.ti.- a.tivity may he nof.d
in this way: An acti\ ■. la aia-h of ,.|o,i, a ..i- oih,r |iond
weed may be kept in a v.ss,.! of « aii r in the ilark until
it shows no starch wit 11 tin- io.liiie test. 'I'he hraneh Is
then placed in spring water, which contains consider-
able air. On placing the experiment iu sunlight,
bubbles of oxygen will immediately be given off. This
indicates that photosynthesis is active; and after a time
starch may be found in the leaves. 3_ m. DnaoAB.
PHEAGMlTES (Greek, groining in. hedges, which,
however, does not apply to this grass). Graminece.
Species 3, one in tropical Asia, one in South America,
and one, our species, cosmopolitan. Tall and stout per-
ennial reed grasses with long running rootstocks and
terminal panicles with aspect of Amndo. Spikelets
3-7-fld. Differs from Arundo chiefly in having the low-
est fls. staminate, the flowering glume sharp-pointed
but not bifid, and the hairs of the spikelet confined to
the rachilla.
commAniB, Trin. Cosimon Reed. Culm usually 8-12 ft.
high: lvs.2 in. wide. Marshes and along edges of ponds.
The ornamental feathery drooping panicles appear in
late summer or autumn. Gn. 31, p. 33.
A. S. Hitchcock.
FHB'fHA (one of the many names which Linnaeus
never explained), t'erbendceie. A genus of one species,
a hardy, perennial herb of little horticultural value. It
has slender branches, coarsely toothed ovate Ivs. and
small purplish or rose-colored opposite fls. borne in
long, slender terminal spikes. It seems to have been
rarely cult, in Europe and is offered by one American
dealer in native plants.
Phryma is an outlying member of the Verbena family,
and is by some authors made the sole example of a
family of its own. This is because its ovary is 1-celled,
while the rest of the VerbenaceEP, as a rule, have a 2-
or 4-celled ovary. There is some evidence for regarding
it as a 2-celled verbenacer.us plant in which only half of
the ovary develops. Tliis j.lant has the inflorescence of
the Verbena tribe and tin- halht of Priva. Generic char-
acters are: ovule solitary, en .t. urthotropous, laterally
affixed at the base: seed without albumen; cotyledons
convolute; radicle superior.
LeptOBt&chya, Linn. Lopseed. Height 2-3 ft.: Ivs.
3-5 in. long, thin, the lower long-stalked: fls. at first
erect, soon spreading and the calyx in fruit closed and
abruptly reflexed against the axis of the spike, the teeth
long, slender and hooked at the tip. June-Aug. Com-
mon in moist and open woods, Canada to Minn., South
toFla. and Kans. B.B. 3:205.
PHE'tNIUM I from Greek word for toad, because the
plant inliahits marshes). Scitamindcecf. About 20 herbs
of the ( Mil World tropics with creeping rootstocks and
large oblong showy radical leaves. The genus is closely
PHRYNIUM
PHYLLANTHUS
1317
allied to Ca
with thi-iii.
seed-lM-;inii:
Phryiimiii u
!•; in IM.i
i,'r.,«ii til.
and is often confused
w World plants with 1
whereas Calathea and
:tring loeules. In Cala-
uil on a leafy stem or
c (lirectlv from the rhi-
(whii'h v.- I. It i^ i.n.l.al.le that there are no true Hhry-
nium-j ill tl,,- Amrr. tra.le. P. variegiltum, N. E. Browui,
is JUiiniii/<i <t riiihli i:n,-,;i , var. variegata. It is a stove
plant of dwarf haliit with ovate-lanceolate acuminate
green leaf-blades which are marked with cream-white
or white stripes and bands. I.H. 33:606. F.R. 3:469.
Gt. 46, p. 581. J.H. III. 28:27. It is a worthy plant,
now coming to be popular. For Phrynmm ejiinium,
see Calathea eximea. L_ H. B.
PHYGfiLIUS {fliyht and sun, because it was said to
love the shade). Scrophularidcew. Two species of
south African shrubs, one of which is in the trade.
The flowers are long and tubular, not unlike those of a
Pentstemon in looks, scarlet, with exserted stamens in
2 pairs, and a long, filiform declined style: fr. a many-
seeded capstile. The Ivs. are opposite and petiolate,
crenate-dentate.
Cap§nsis, Meyer. Cape Fuchsia. Fig. 1770, Erect,
becoming woody at the base, glabrous, the stem with 4
angles or narrow wings: Ivs. ovate, rounded at the base,
firm and veiny, bluntly small-toothed: fls. slender, 2 in.
long, somewhat curved, 2-lipped, purple - scarlet, 1-4
together on the ends of straight-spreading peduncles,
drooping. Cape of Good Hope. R.H. 18.'j7, p. 599; 1886,
p. 473. B.M. 4881. F.S. 11:1111. -A fine subshnib
blooming in su nraer and hardy in protected places as
far north as Philadelphia. In the North it is lately
becoming known as a greenhouse plant. It is excellent
for planting out, enduring heat and dry weather as well
as geraniums, or even better. It is propagated by seeds
and also bv cuttings. The cuttings may be taken from
the late fall shoots of outdoor plants. Phygelius is a
showy plant, deserving to be better known, l H. B.
PHYLLA.GATHIS (Greek, diinne leaf). Melnslo-
micew. Four species of herbs from the Malay Archi-
pelago belonging to a family noted for its numerous
stove foliat;.- |ilauts. Tlir Ivs. ..f P. rctmi.HMui are
praised for tli.'ii lors, l.oth abovo and l.rlow. their
venation, tli.-ii- |,hutr.l clKira.-in-, ■.,iv\ ilnir sii-.m;; shad-
ows and rrilrrfcd Inrlir~, 'I'lir l\^. ar-r ^lovsy green
above, tint. m1 hIoult tIm' w'-vy- with ini-inUic blue and
purple
li thrv .-Mv a n-h ,,,,.. ...rv red, with the
\-..^ ..r :i hriirlii'r- ' r AlMiut 10 Strong
nerves v\v....|, «rh -m.-.inl lurvi-^ Irom base to apex.
These |il:i'ii > li:i\-i- -li..,r , rill 'k -t.in^ : l\ s. opposite or
the terminal -oiilar\. I:ir-i--li.l iolnl , ronnilish. cordate
at the l.a-i. .liliro or iloni im hit,. : |1,. ,rovv,l,.,l into a
short-|ii-iliini'lril Ininl. i-o,v. alnmr '.III, ac-ro-^s: petals
6, rarely :i: stannns ,s, rarolyd: ovary 4 .■.•li,.,l. rarely
3-celled; capsule top-shaped, 4-valved. The nearest
ally in cult, is Sonerila, which ordinarily has 3 stamens.
■inrlifnlifi belongs to the same family
, S',i/,,r,v„,,,„, hiflMin and Ci/min-
h -oni.vvli.ii rosonihles the former
I :,t Wiishington, D. C,
phi/lhi
test out- ,.!..,_
in 18;i',1. Ill a |.... 111. .11 ].:ir:l vli;,,l,.,| from the sun.
They behaved will, ami in siirli a sitiiaMon, where
the surface of the soil is covered with some low-grow-
ing plant, as Hydn. tyle or Lysimachia, to keep the
sun from the roots, it may become a valuable feature
for outdoor decoration. But for indoors, it may be used
as a substitute for the more gaudy-leaved Sphaerogyne,
as it succeeds in an atmosphere in which the majority of
greenhouse plants can be grown. Propagation for small
plants is by the l"af. the petiole of which is inserted in
sand, the blade Iving flat on the surface, and the ribs
severed in several places. Prom the cut parts nearest
the petiole, numerous small growths are made; these
may be potted when an inch or so high. For making
specimen plants quiokly, old subjects which have been
encouraged to braucli' may be cut up, and the pieces
inserted in pots in bottom heat. Thev send out roots
very quickly."— Oliver's "Plant Culture."
rotundifolia, Bluine. Stem rooting at intervals, 4-sided,
dark purple: Ivs. 6 in. or more by 4K in., roundish ovate,
abruptly acuminate, denticulate: floral parts in 3's or
Sumatra. B.M. 5282.
W. M.
1770. Phygelius Capensis
:K).
PHYLLANTHUS (Greek,p;ij//;o«, leaf, on»ios, flower;
becan-^o tilt- tlowers are apparently borne on leaves).
Eniih.:rhiri,-r„ . Herbs or shrubs, without milky juice:
Ivs. siinill. alt.riiati-, entire, usually in 2 lateral rows on
the Miiall iiianililits wliii'h then appear like pinnate
Ivs.: IK. iixilLiiv. a|. rial. Ills, monoecious or dicecious,
tlio ^taniiiiiii. Ill viiKill iln-<ters without a rudimentary
liistil. [,i-nlLiii ^ohiiiry: sepals 4-6, separate from the
disk, iniliriiiii.il: stamens 2-6 or more, usually 3: cap-
siilo Willi,; to iiiaiiv 2-seeded cells, often fleshy; embry»
lari.'i-: ....t vl...|.iiis broad.
Moll- iliaii mil species, mostly in tropical regions. A
few iiiilv are cult., mostly for their graceful foliage.
Monographed by Mueller in DC. Prod. 15, 11:274, where
he divided the genus into 44 sections, some of which,
as Emblica, Cicca and Xylophylla, have been considere.l
by others as separate genera.
1318 PHYLLANTHUS
( Foliage X 1-1
A. Foliage of large, broadly ovate-elliptical varie-
gated Ivs., not pronouncedly distichous.
niTdsuB, Smith. Snow-bush. Shrub of loose habit,
with dark wiry somewhat zigzag branches: Ivs. 1-2 in.
long, obtuse, white and green mottled: fl. small, green-
ish, discoid, hanging by long pedicels from the leaf
axils. S. Sea Islands. P.M. 1874:120. I.H. 25:332.-
Var. Tdseo-pictus, Hort. Lvs. mottled with pink and red
as well as white and green. Gn. 10, p. 2lil. P. 1878, p. 13.
— Used in the house and for bedding out in summer.
AA. Foliage of narrowly elliptical or ovate, distinctly
distichous green Ivs,
£mblica, Linn. Emblic Myrobolan. A much-
branched shrub or small tree: foliage branches with
many linear-elliptical, obtuse Ivs., which are close to-
gether and }4-% in. long: fls. small, short-pedicelled
in the axils of the lower Ivs.: capsule baccate, %~l in.
in diam. E. Indian region. L.B.C. 6:548.-Fruit used
raw or preserved: foliage handsome.
distichus, Muell. (Cicca dlsticha, Linn.). Otaheite
Gooseberry. Fig. 1771. Shrub, with ovate acute Itts.
1-2 in. long: fls. on separate branches below the foliage:
fr. fleshy, edible. India and Madagascar. — W. Harris,
of Hope Gardens, Jamaica, W. I., writes that the Ota-
heite gooseberry is an elegant shrub or small tree often
cultivated in gardens in the lowlands of Jamaica and
the West Indies. The fruit is very acid and astringent;
the root is an active purgative, and the seed is also
cathartic. The fruit is occasionally pickled, or made
into preserves. Plants are raised from seeds.
pdlcher, Wall. (P. pallidifdlius, Miill. P. glaucfs-
cens, Hort. 1 Reidia glauc^scens, Miq.). A small
shrub: Ivs. much like the last, but ovate-elliptical, 34-
IH in. long, glaucous below: fl. small, red and yellow,
the pistillate near the end of the foliage branches, on
long pedicels, the staminate below; sepals laciniate:
capsule small, globose, puberulent. Java. B.M. 5437.
G.P. 4:161.
AAA. Foliage of flattened stems hearing scale-like
Ivs. and fls. on the margin.
speciAsus, Jacq. {P. arbiiscula, Gmel.). A small
shrub: floriferous branches, lanceolate, strii '
2-3 in. long. Jamaica. B.M. 1021 (as Xylophylla
folia).
PHYLLOCACTUS
M. 2652. Near speciosus. Fls. small
and yellowish on the margins of the branches. Known as
Xylophylla montana. Native to Jamaica. — F. atropurpitreus,
Hort.= var. of P. nivosus, with dark purple Ivs.— P. Chantriiri,
Andr*. R.H. 1883, p. 5.H7. Sepals fringed. Cochin China.— P.
salvicefdli^is, HBK. R.H. 1883, p. 176. Leaflets truncate. Fls.
small, somewhat globular. S. Amer.
J. B. S. Norton.
PHYLLIEfiA. See Phillyrea.
PHYLLITIS (Greek, a leaf; from the simple foliage).
Polypodidcece. A genus of ferns popularly known as
the Hart's-tongue fern, with simple Ivs. and elongated
sori at right angles to the midrib; indusium appearing
double from the coalescence of two sori, one produced
on the upper side of a veinlet and the other on the
lower side of the veinlet next above.
Scolopindrium, Newman (Scolophidrium vulgdre,
Sm.). HART's-TONorE. Lvs. 10-15 in. long, heart-
shaped at base, 1-2 in. wide, growing in tufted clus-
Widely distributed in Europe, where there are
curious varieties in cultivation; and local on
coruiferous limestone in central New York ; also in
Canada and Tennessee. l. M. Underwood.
PHYLLOCACTUS (Latin, phyllum, a leaf ; from the
flatt^'in'd k'uf-like stem). CactAce(e. Branches flat, two-
iilKed, crcnate on the margins, the crenatures bearing
the duwers, and bristles rather than spines. The fruit
is often angled, usually scaly, but without spines or
wool. About a dozen species are recognized by botan-
ists, but few are known in the wild state, and most of
them have so profusely hybridized with each other
and with species of Cereus, especially C speciosus, and
even with Echinopsis, that many of the forms in culti-
vation are wholly doubtful. In strict priority the genus
should be called by the older name Epiphyllum, under
which nearly all the species have received names.
In their native haunts Phyllocacti are often epiphytic ;
consequently in cultivation they do not require as much
sunlight as most other genera of Oactacese, and water
can be more freely supplied to them. See also Cacti.
There are hundreds of Latin names in the catalogues
which seem to represent species, but they are horticul-
tural varieties or hybrids. One of the hybrid forms is
shown in Fig. 1772.
many hybrid Phyllocacti (X V4)
,. Tube of fl. 4-8 in. long: flowers white or yellowish
white within, often rosy on the tube and outer
sepals, 4-10 in. in expansion.
B. Style white.
grindis, Lem. Very large, sometimes 20 ft. long:
tems slender, round or 2-edged, with flat, leaf-like,
PHYLLOCACTUS
lanceolate, often very long and large, undulate branches :
fls., including the tube, nearly 1 ft. long, 5-6 in. in ex-
pansion, opening, according to Schumann, in the day-
time. Honduras; also said to be found in Cuba.
cren&tns, Lem. In cult, commonly not much more
than 3 ft. high, freely branching from the lower part of
the stem: branches thick, with a strong
midrib, but thinning to the edges, which
are rather deeply crenate : fls greenish
yellow outside, 6-10 in. long, and about
as much in expansion, day blooming
Honduras.
angiUiger, Lem. About 3 ft high
many-stemmed; basal stems cjlmdrical
hard and woody, the large leafy branches
deeply cut in the margins, like the teeth
of a very coarse saw: fls. 5-8 in long
the tube very slender. South Mexico
B.M. 5100.
BB. Style red.
stonopfitalus, Salm-Dyck. (P lalifiou'!,
Zucc. '{). Branches very long and lar„'e
crenate or somewhat serrate, acute or
acuminate: midrib and usually side rilis
evident; areolfe with rather large s( ales
and dark bristles: fl. 8-10 in long,
spreading and in full bloom bent back
wards; petals narrow. Perhaps from
Mexico. — Much advertised as the Queen
Ho6keri, Salra-Dyck. Branches long
but narrow, crenate-serrate, in age dark or
bluish green, often reddish on the mar
gins; midrib strong and side ribs e\i
dent: fls. 6-8 in. long, yellowish white
within, reflexed in full bloom Brazil
and Guiana.
strfctus, Lem. Erect, b r s n li i n cr
reaching a height of 10 ft.. \ iili I r
cylindrical branches and .sli n i I i
like secondary branches: cr' i nii t
teeth rather deep, unequal on tli | [
site sides; bristles wanting: tul t of the
fl. very long and slender, outer sepals
brownish, inner pure white ; the floiAer
opens late in the evening and closes be
fore dawn; in full bloom the sepals are
very strongly recurved. Said to come
from the island of Cuba. — Often found
in collections under the name of P
latifrons.
AA. Tube of f! . very short ■• ft 1 leJ
Day bloomers.
Ackermaimi, Salm-Dyck. Fig 17H
Stems numerous, sometimes reaching
3 ft., somewhat recurved : branches usu
ally less than a foot lOng, with evident
middle and side ribs; areolae on the lower and younger
shoots bearing short bristles : fls. scarlet-red ' "
carmine-red within, the throat greenish yellow, tube
very short, the limb wide-spreading, 4-6 in. in diam.
B.B. 16:1331.— Not known in the wild state.
phyllantlloldeB, Link. Branches at length hanging,
cylindrical at base, lanceolate above: serratures obtuse;
middle and side ribs evident; bristles few; fl.-tube 2 in.
long or less, with spreading scales, the limb somewhat
longer, often striate. South Mexico.
bif6nnis, Lab. Soon pendulous, the branches cylin-
drical; short branches leaf-like, the lower e.gg-shaped,
the upper more lengthened; fls. small, purpfe-red, le.ss
than 2 in. in expansion: ovary without scales or angles.
Honduras. B.M. 6156. V. 2:159.
Tn addition to the species described above, the following are
recognized by Schumann: P. acuminatus, caularrhizus, Gt^rt-
neri. phyllanthus. Russelianu^ and Thotmisianus. Of these,
P. Qcertneriaiid Busseliaiius .ire usually included in Epiphyl-
lum: P. caulorrhizns is perhaps .in unusual state of some other
species j P. Thnmnsinnns dfic-ribpcl from a garden plant is
almost certriinly a hylirid. £pipltythitn Gtudneyri is by some
referred to Phyllocaetus. Kathakine Bkandegee.
PHYMATODES
1319
FHTLL6STACHTS is treated under Bamboo. P.
heteroeycla, now in the trade, is in the supplementary list
on page 130. Since the Bamboo article was printed,
P. Marliacea has been introd. to American trade. It
is a rare bamboo, hardy in England, of which Mitford
says; "It presents such a marked resemblance to Phyt-
lo^tachys Qiiilioi that I do not think any
expert could tell them apart without ex
aniining the wrinkled base of the stem, to
vhich Phi/lln-.t(ichii!, Marlia.
PHTLLOTJINIUM.
Xrnitho
FHYMATdDES (Greek, a close network). Polypo-
didcem. A genus of ferns allied to Polypodium and
sometimes united with that genus, but differing in the
fine copious irregular areolse formed by the anastomos-
ing veinlets and the free included veinlets spreading in
every direction. For culture, see Fern.
a. Lvs. simple.
Sw&rtzii, Underw. (Polypbdium Swdrtzii, Baker).
Lvs. 2-4 in. long, H-l in. wide, narrowed gradually
toward both ends: sori in a single row each side of the
midrib. Florida Keys and tropical America.
mussefiliom, Blume. Lvs. 1-3 ft. long, 3-4 in. wide,
with an acute point, the lower part winged to the base;
main veins very distinct, with numerous small sori
almost coverine the whole surface. East Indies. — Known
also as Drytiaria and Polypodium mus(efolium.
PHYMATODES
nigrfescens, Uli
Lts. 2-:! ft. Iciiii.'.
•naked, (hirk ki-c.-
rib than the edfjf
I the uppe
glailcum, Kunze (Pulyiiodi
12-18 in.long, e-8 in. hr.ia.l..
.___ 3 entire lobes
glaucous; veini
row close to tin
dium MdyH,H>.
cultural form. I
imitifid.
I iiigrescens, Blume).
uad, cut nearly to the
1-2 in. wide; surfaces
I- row nearer the raid-
\iti*'s which are promi-
'ini.-iiiii. Kunze). Lvs.
.wii tn :i winged rachis
idf, both sides naked,
PHtSALIS (Greek for
cal>x enlartjes and incloses
Tomato tiRoiND Cherk\
perate countries the largei
are variable and therefore
t... F.E.10:«00, is ahorti-
.■•■-•s, tig. 21.
L, M, Underwood.
bladder, because the thin
the fr ) Solandeeo' Hi sh
Herbs of warm or tern
r number Americin The^
fusing to the s\steinatist
PHYSALIS
usually with zigzag mostly simple angled pubescent
stems: lvs. ovate, with broad base, angular, the peti-
ole widening at the top: fls. whitish, the anthers yel-
low: fr. red (sometimes eaten), the ripe large calyx
blood-red and very showy. Seems to be native from
southeastern Europe to Japan, but now adveiitive or
naturalized in mauv paifs ..f tl,,- «..,!. L (.n. II, p. ,-,77;
49, p. 2:W; 57, pp. -J.s, i:;_'.--ni- ^l^,n^l.rr,■^ 'rni,i,',t.. is
au old garden plant, !jrii» ii t'O- ii ~ In-hK .■^Imci I, I gil-
ders. The plant groH^ 12-ls in. tall (it .aM.-t .-ultu'e.
In the North, plants are usually started indoors. It is a
perennial, the roots withstanding much frost if pro-
tected, but it is usually grown as an annual. Not hardy
in the northern states.
FrancWti, Mast.(^. A lkek^ngi,va.T. FrancliHi. Hort. ).
Chinese Lantern Plant. Differs from P. Alkekeiirii
chiefly in its greater size, making a plant 2 ft. tall and
bearing calyxes 2 in. in diam. In his original descrip-
tion of the species. Masters (G.C. Ill, 16, p. 4,34) makes
the following characters: "It differs from P. Alkekeiiyi
eping
in being an unbranched annual, not a peren
fibrous root, with erect branche
base, glabrous instead of setose.
in the leaf-stalks being con^i.l.i'
tion to the blade." Japan, i . '
43.5: 49:10.59; 57, p, _•> , i
J.H. III. 29:343. R,H. !>
22:«1; 23. p. 91. Gt. 45. p, i;:!i;; 4(1, p. VX\. A G.
18:81. F.R. 1:426. -One of the most profusely
advertised novelties of recent years. It is a
most striking and showy plant. It was brought
Iv.H,
The species number anywhere from 30 to 100
or more, depending on the author. The genus
is allied to Nicandra, and more remotely to
Capsicum, Lycopersicum and others. The flow
ers are usually not showy, and are much like
those of Solanura in structure; corolla rotate
or short bell-shaped, plicate in the bud, 5-lobed
or 5-angled, usually blue or yellowish, borne
solitary in the leaf axils; stamens not united
or connivent. The calyx greatly enlarges in
fruit, becoming a bladder inclosing the 2-loculed mostly
yellow or greenish berry. Lvs. alternate, mostly angled
and usually distinctly stalked. Most of the species are of
little consequence horticulturally, although/". Alkekengi
and P. Fruncheti are much prized for the glowing red
very large calyxes, and P. ptibescens and P. Peruviana
are "grown for their edible fruits. Several of the species
are known for their fruits where they grow in a wild state.
In most parts of the U. S. and Canada one or more spe-
cies grow about gardens, in fields, and in waste places.
These species are popularly known as Ground Cherry.
The fruits are usually made into preserves, although
they are sometimes eaten raw. The common cultivated
species are annuals, or are usually treated as such in
this country. They require no extra care, TMially the
seeds are sown indoors in the Nortli, in ot-.b-r t<i -r<-n re as
much of the crop as possible befcu-i t'n.^f. >bi^f uf the
cult, species are long-season plants, and tin r. r.m- ueeil
to be forwarded in the spring. Tlie liij^'h cub.r.sof P.
Alkekengi and P. Franchefi do not develop until the
fruit is ripe. Give a warm, sunny exposure. The plants
do not withstand frost. Let the plants stand 1-2 ft.
apart in the row.
A. Plants iiith large red calyxes in frtiit.
to England from Japan bv James H. Veitch, and first
described with a name by Masters in 1894. In 1879, how-
ever, it had been described by Franchet, of the Jardin
des Plantes, Paris, as a form of P. Alkekengi, but with-
out name. The fruits are very brilliant orange-red in
the fall. The berry is said to be edible. Some writers
describe the plant as perennial.
AA. Plant with green or yellow or at most only red-
veined calyxes. Mostly grown for the edible berry.
B. Stems glabrous or I'ery nearly so.
izoc&rpa, Brot. Fig. 1774. Erect, 3 or 4 ft. tall, bear-
ing smooth branches and lvs., the latter thin, ovate or
lance-ovate and variously toothed or notched : fls. large
and open {% in. or more across), the border bright yel-
■ and the throat bearings black-brown spots; anthers
sh: husk purple-veined and entirely filled by the
round, purplish sticky berry, and is sometimes
torn open by it. Mexico, and introduced northwards to
the northern states. — The form in cult., described here,
is probably P. capsicifolia, Dun., now regarded by some
as a form of the cosmopolitan P. angulata. The writer
prefers, however, to refer the plant to P. ixocurpa as
outlined in Britton & Brown, although there is doubt as
to the identitv of the cult, plant with this species. Al-
though the ciilt. plant is sometimes sold as P. edulis
(erroneously), the fruits are usually too mawkish to be
purplii
large
PHYSALIS
eaten from the hand ^at least as ijrdwn hi tlie N.). It
is a very vigorous and i>r."lu<tlv,- |.hint luid is ,,f smue
consequence as an ornaniini;il. l.ui n i- t.,o u( . M) t.. be
of much value. The fr. is liu-rr il,:iii in iIh imiivi. P.
angulata. The plant figun-.i l.\ Caniiiv :is /'. rn.lureii
(R.H. 1882:216) is the one here descrilied. in Mexico,
the fruits are said to be used in the making of chilli
sauce and as a dressing for meats, usually under the
name of "tomatoes." The Mexican forms are confused.
BB. Stems ptibescent or hairy.
pub6 cens, Linn. Strawberbt Tomato of vegetable
gardens. DwAKF Cape Gooseberry. Husk Tomato.
Oroind Cherry. Fig. 1775. Low, trailing flat on the
ground, or sometimes ascending to the height of a foot:
Ivs. rather thin and nearly smooth, more or less regu-
larly and prominently notched with blunt teeth : fls.
small (%in. or less long), bell-shaped, the limb or border
erect and whitish yellow, the throat marked with 5 large
brown spots; anthers yellow: husk smooth or nearly so,
thin and paper-like, prominently 5-angled and somewhat
largerthan the small, yellow, sweetish and not glutinous
fruit. N. Y. to the tropics. -The plant is very prolific,
and the fruits are considerably larliir than in tlji- other
species. When ripe the fruits tall, ami it tin- season is
ordinarily dry they will often keep in good coiidition
upon the ground for 3 or 4 weeks. The fruits will keep
nearly all winter if put away in the husks in a dry
chamber. They are sweet and pleasant, with a little
acid, and they are considerably used for preserves, and
sometimes for sauce. The plant is worthy a place in
every home garden It is grown more or less by small
ga 1 n nea tl 1 g t an 1 tl f t a ft
n n th w nt k t Th h f bi t n t th
wtl
lag auunt f
t 11 p ead 4 f
The plant a
feet apart n th
1 f
PHYSIANTHUS 1321
larger ( J^ or ^s in. long), open-bell-shaped, the limb or
border widely spreading and light yellow, the interior
or throat blotched and veined with 5 purple spots, the
anthers blue-purple: husk thicker and .larger than in
the last, somewhat hairy, and has a niueh longer point.
Tropics. B.:\I. ]>»■-. Tl,i -|M,i, . ,- ,„,, i.Me for the
northern st:iii '[' '- . . , ,: iliious, and
much like th /' . ,i,,-,.. but it
has been ,.,:!', , ,1 I. .l' I'u ,,' ,e„l "uie J, f. /-.'■, ''"it'^'v.'ns
de~r,,l..d ,, , :,,e,l by Jlorison in 171 . ,■• I ...l : ,!
I'eMi, ■ ■ ;^ h was then cultivated . ■!, ., :■ d
is eiilri\ ;ttrd at rlie ('ape of Uood Hope, in some pans
of the- i;ast Indies, and more especially at the English
settle ment nf Niw South Wales, at which latter place it
is kn.iwii by the name of the Cape Gooseberry, and is
the chief fruit the colonists at present possess; is eaten
raw, or made into pies, puddings or X)reserves." The
plant is rarely sold by American seedsmen.
P. lohdta offered by dealers is not known to the writer. It is
advertised as one of the Ground or Winter I 'lierries, with \\«-
let fruit. It is probably not P. lobata, T.nr P,.ili:,ns a tnnn ef
the cultivated P. ixocarpa.— P. i'/ii/i/.y> //.Ana, l.,ini , ,i ii.him.
species, is said by Britton & Brown t.. Iiaxe l.em "teMn-iiy
cultivated for its fruit." i 1 1 i ■
PHYSIANTHUS (C eek bJ Id
11a f tl 0 11a t be) A
n w 1 f d t A
cult at I 1 I 1 II
na f Ba b I /III
d and a I I I I \
of tl e auth I
Dunal n 18 1 i i b I I
Fhjsal ta but lat 1 ta t u t D n
PI ?a w th L una" P p b of wh h
c n mon Hu k T n t I t a ult ated fo m
Peruviana, Linn. {P. e'thilis. Sims). Cape Goose-
berry. Fig. 1776. As compared with P. pubescens,
this is a much stronger grower, the plant standing par-
tially erect and attaining a height of IJ-^-S ft.: Ivs.
thicker, less regularly toothed, more pointed, heart-
shaped at the base, and very pubescent or fuzzy: fls.
bio ra f e ly
to ha e
1 flow
I ea ly
tlj n a
It
11
t il n t C tt g
n Th e may be
d b f e cool weathe
d an 1 ge m nate w ell
o tl Aaiasaeondd
ha h h u t fa d pa t of England and
a e wn outdo n Cal f A q a I an
be flowered in pots, but the border of the greenhouse
is better.
There are about 13 species of Araujia, all with oppo-
site Ivs. and whitish or rosy fls.: corolla-tube short or
long, inflated at the base; lobes 5, very wide or narrow,
overlapping toward the right in the bud; crown with
1322
PHYSIANTHUS
5 scales attached to the middle of the tube or lower, flat
and erect or convex and appressed to the staminal tube:
seeds long, bearded. Schubertia and Physianthus should
perhaps be considered as subgenera, the former contain-
ing the hairy plants with somewhat funnel-shaped fls. ;
the latter nearly glabrous plants with somewhat salver-
shaped fls.
A. Fls. 2-zy., in. across, umbellate.
Aratljia erav^olens, Masters [Physidnthus gravMens,
Hort. P. auricomus, R. Grah. SchubMia graveolens,
Lindl. S. grandifldra, Mart.). Densely covered with
harsh, spreading yellow hairs : Ivs. 3-4^ x 2-2Jii in.,
obovate, acuminate, greatly narrowed and cordate at the
base, hairy on both sides: fls. funnel-shaped, i.e.,
swelled at the throat. S.Brazil. B.M.3891. B.R. 32:21.
G.F. 3:369. G.C. III. 4:271. Gn. 32:607. A. G. 13:695.
AA. Fls. 1 in. across, cymose.
Aratljia 8eric6fera, Brot. (A.dlbens, G. Don. A. seri-
cifera, Ind. Kew. Araitjia sericdfera, Mottet. Physi-
dnthus dlbens. Mart.). Nearly glabrous: Ivs. 3 x IJi in.,
oblong-acuminate, wide and square at the base, minutely
pubescent below: fls. salver-shaped, i. e., not swelled at
the throat, pale rose in the bud and only faintly odorous.
S.Brazil. B.M. 3201. B.R. 21:1759. G.C. III. 2:653;
20:523. R.H. 1857, p. 89; 1883, p. fts. Gn. 24. p. 409;
.34, p. 397. Mn. 6, p. 206. -The plant as above described
is the Physianthus albens or Araujia albens of the
fade. 6. y^^ Oliver and W. M.
PHYSIC NUT, FRENCH. Jatropha Curcas.
PHYSIOLOGY OF PLANTS. What Plant Physiology
Meati!i.-T\\i- very fact of cultivating plants presup-
poses S..T11C kiiuwiidf,-... of how the plant lives, i. e., of
plant pliysiiil(i;;y. T/ie pristine cultivator sought to
imitate nature, and by a system of selection and in
favoring by cultivation the few plants which seemed
best suited to his wants, he really improved and devel-
oped what he demanded for
use. Thus with but little
knowledge of how the plant
lives, improvement in definite
directions has gone forward
from the earliest times. Never-
theless, the limitations in im-
provement have been regu-
lated rather by limitations in
man's knowledge of plant-life
tlian by any lack of capacity
for development in the plant
itself. Every new discovery
in plant physiology must
eventually be of value to the
horticulturist in one way or
another, and the fundamentals
of physiology are of prime im-
A study of plant-life in field
and garden alone would hardly
have given foundation for
plant physiology as a science.
With a knowledge of the inti-
mate structure of the plant
the experimental method must
be applied both in the field
and in the laboratory. Neither
actions nor processes can be
intimately known unless the
separate activities are in some
way isolated and each for it-
self investigated by a study
of cause and effect. From the
germination of the seed, and
the interesting changes which
this involves, through all of
the intricate living processes
of breathing, taking in of food, digestion and assimila-
tion of food material, and the formation of new plant
substance, we have the plant living, the plant in ac-
tion. Similarly, as a sensitive organism, it is to be
studied as acted upon by all of the external conditions
about it, and as responsive to every change of environ-
1777.
Root system of squash
plantlet showiner adher-
ence of soil particles.
PHYSIOLOGY
ment. In the broader sense of the term, physiology is a
study of this living, sensitive, adaptable, reproductive
plant.
Every living process and every change produced by
season or other condition has its charm and interest if
the underlying principles are understood. A knowledge-
1778. C
of rootlet showine root-hairs
of these broadens the sympathies for the general ob-
server of plants and gives the reflective cultivator a
truer appreciation of the buoyant living organism with
which he deals.
The Functions of Organs J>iffer. -Hoot, stem, leaf
and flower are definite organs or parts of the common
cultivated plant, and as distinct organs each of these
has definite plivsiological functions, more or less pecu-
liar to itself. Tlie r.H.t of the soil, bog, water, or epi-
phytic plant liu- ill fa.h c-ase peculiarities and modifica-
tions of stnirtiin . i„)inittiiig it to do best the slightly
differing funriiMii^ «lii'li each is called upon to per-
form. In till- -.am.- wav there are variations in the re-
parts in their relations to external conditions.
Desert vegetation consists generally of very curiously
modified plants. There are, in general, wonderfully
thickened and reduced green stems. Many of these plants
tide the plant over long periods of drought. Except
in the novel interest afforded, these modifications are
more or less meaningless unless it is remembered that
here physiological conditions have been seriously modi-
fled, and the plants have met their needs in the most
serious way. As compared with other vegetation, struct-
ure has here been violently subordinated to function.
Oxygen Sujiply and Mespiration. — Even the plant of
ordinary culture is not such a dependent organism as
its lack of general locomotion would imply. It lives,
moves and works every day. In every living process
work is accomplished. There is work in maintaining
the rigidity of its structure, in absorbing food material,
in supporting and accomplishing the various complex
internal processes of assimilation, growth, and devel-
opment. The forcing of its roots through the soil and
rock, and the resistance tDthe stress of winds and other
agencies are examples of the energy daily expended in
maintaining itself. In order to accomplish this work,
oxygen is necessary, as with the animal, the energy be-
ing secured from the breaking down of organic com-
pounds. Ordinarily, the leaf and stem are bathed in
the atmosphere, and so the superficial presence of oxy-
gen is always assured. By the leaves and green stems
oxygen is absorbed mainly tlirough pores (called stom-
ates, or stomata) in the epidermis. The stem may also
secure a further supply through certain corky cushions
known as lenticels, found abundantly in sumac, walnut,
elder, etc. Roots also require a constant supply of oxy-
gen, and terrestrial or soil roots suffer greatly if de-
prived of it for short periods of time. A field of Indian
corn flooded with water will soon present a very un-
healthy appearance, on account of the fact that water
forces the air out of the soil. Cultivation is in part
a means of aerating the roots. JIany greenhouse difli-
PHYSIOLOGY
cutties are directly traceable to over- watering, or "cold
feet," the effect of too much water being partially to
prevent aeration. Water plants have adapted them-
selves to getting oxygen in other ways, and many bog
plants send to the surface special roots for aerating
purposes.
No plant can live without oxygen. In some way or
other oxygen must be secured. The more active a plant
is, whether in growth or in movement, the more oxygen
will it require. Even dry seeds must respire slightly,
and in some kinds respiration may be so rapid that after
a single season death may ensue. This use of oxygen,
whether by the germinating seed or by the growing
or assimilating part, is accompanied by the giving off
of carbon diOxid, or foul gas. This whole process is
respiration; and in its ultimate effects it is similar to
respiration in animals.
The Sole of Water in the Plant. -Even quicker to
manifest itself than the action of suffocation by lack of
oxygen is the injury which most plants may suffer from
an insufSciency of water. The rigidity of an herbaceous
or succulent plant is due largely to its water content ;
and without a substantial degree of this rigidity, growth
would cease and life soon become extinct. The plant
pulled up by its roots or cut down, wilts almost imme-
diately. The wilting of plants, then, is due to a lack or
loss of water supply.
The way in which the ordinary plant may constantly
obtain a quantity of water from the soil is worthy of
full discussion. On pulling from the soil a growing
plantlet of squash, we find a tap-root and a number ot
small rootlets. To the latter cling, perhaps, small par-
ticles of the soil, as in Fig. 1777. If, however, seeds
are germinated between pieces of moist paper or cloth
so that there will be no disturbance of the delicate grow-
ing parts, further structures will be evident. From a
quarter of an inch or so behind the root-tip, and ex-
tending backward for a considerable distance, the root-
lets are clothed with numerous delicate hairs (shown in
Figs 1778and 1788). These are the root-hairs, and it was
to such as these that the soil clung in Fig. 1777. They
are simple, long, tube-like cells consisting of a cell wall
with living protoplasm and cell sap. The inner proto-
plasmic lining of this cell wall permits water and salts
in solution to pass inward by the interesting process
of osmosis. , . .
The root-hairs are temporary structures which never
grow into rootlets, but which die away as the roots
become old or woody. While living they perform the
important function of absorbing from the soil nearly all
of the water needed by the plant. Being numerous and
extremely delicate, they come into the closest touch with
the surface film of water adhering to the little particles
of soil, and from such film water they more readily
satisfy their needs than from free soil water. They
can extract water until the soil contains only a very
small per cent, or until it is dust-dry.
The root-hairs absorb water freely, and during active
growth it is forced upward into root and stem so vigor-
ously that a pressure (root pressure) of considerable
extent may be manifest. If the plant be severed and a
tube applied to the stump, this pressure manifests itself
by lifting a column of the liquid absorbed, and often to a
considerable height. In any herbaceous plant it may be
tested, as in Fig. 1779. In the grape vine 36 ft. of water
may be maintained. The bleeding of plants is an evi-
dence of root pressure.
Water is actually absorbed in much greater quantity
than is required merely as a constituent of the plant
body. In fact, to form one ounce of plant substance it
is estimated that 15-25 pounds of water must pass
through the plant. This surplus water passes off
through the leaves and other succulent parts, princi-
pally through the stomata previously mentioned. This
process is one of evaporation from living membranes,
and it is called transpiration. That transpiration is not
inerelv an evaporation process may be roughly shown
by an experiment with two similar leafy branches
freshly severed. One of these is dipped in hot water
to kill the protoplasm, then the two are left to dry out.
Transpiration from the living twig will be less rapid
than evaporation from the dead one. The demonstra-
tion of transpiration is an easy matter. A leafy branch
PHYSIOLOGY
1323
of any plant may be cut off and the end inserted through
a bored cork into a bottle of water. Over the whole may
be placed a larger jar or bell-glass, and in a short time
a mist will collect on the inside walls of the latter.
Transpiration is facilitated by dry air, wind, high tem-
peratures, movement of the plant, etc. If on a hot day
or in dry weather transpiration is greater than the
amount of water absorbed by the roots, the plant wilts.
A very slight shower will refresh a wilted plant, but
not because the leaves have absorbed water. The plant
recovers because the air is saturated, and transpiration
is thereby so much lessened that the roots can catch up
in furnishing the necessary supply.
Fully a quart of water is daily transpired from a form-
ing cabbage head, and the number of tons of water daily
given off per acre by forest or even meadow-land may
reach an astonishing figure. The amount of water tran-
spired by a small potted plant may be readily weighed.
Place the pot in a glass jar as seen in Fig. 1780, tying
over the top and snugly around the plant some soft rub-
ber cloth. Water the plant through the glass tube and
then weigh. After standing 6 or 12 hours m a dry
atmosphere the weight will be consid-
• - , erably reduced, due to the loss by
r5 transpiration.
The path of the ascending water
current or sap current is through par-
ticular vessels of the young woody
pirts In trees it ascends in the
J oungest wood rings, not between bark
and wood In herbaceous netted-veined
(diic)t\l( donous) plants the path is in
the ring of woody tissue or bundles
between the bark and pith. In the
Indian corn (monocotyledonous) it is
in the thread-like groups of fibers
(hbrovascular bundles ) scattered rather
irregularly throughout the pith. That
the current is always through these
1779.
To test root pressure,
woody bundles in the above plants raaj be demonstrated
by placing branches of the plants m a tumbler contain-
ing some eosin solution. In a few hours the bundles
will be colored for a considerable extent The current
will rise much faster if the branch to be used is cut un-
der water. This prevents the access of air and the par-
tial stoppage of the conducting channels. For the same
reason flowers wilt less rapidly when the stems are cut
under water. .
The total amount of water in plants varies from a very
small percentage in dry seeds to about 50 per cent in
1324 PHYSIOLOGY
green wood, and often as much as 95 per cent in the
pumpkin.
The Food Supply of Salts from the 6'oiL-Besides se-
curing from the soil its water supply, tli.- i.lani must
secure in the same way all of its a^l -liiiMni-. anil
usually all of its nitrogen, as soluMi -,di-. Tli. ^alts
furnishing food are such well-known t.Mul iijL'nilicnts,
of fertilizers, as i.otusii compi.uuUs,
1781. Sweet pea grown
soil containing the tube
cle-forminE oreanism.
1782. A similar plant in
soil freed from the tu
bercle bacteria.
phosphates, nitrates, etc. The various mineral elements
generally necessary for the plant are potassium, phos-
phorus, sulfur, calcium, magnesium, and iron in small
quantities. These, as well as other inessential elements,
are the constituents that remain in the form of ash when
the plant is burned in air. That each one of these ele-
ments, as well as nitrogen, is necessary for the full
development of the higher plant has been repeatedly
demonstrated. For this demonstration seedlings are
supported and grown in .jars containing culture solu-
tions. One or more of the above elements may be left
out in certain cases to be compared with one in which
all are present, and it will then be found that growth
and development will soon oe arrested where even one
necessary element is entirely absent.
Nitrogen Sometimes Furnished by the ^lii-. — Plants
ordinarily get their nitrogen from the soil as nitrate of
soda, saltpft'^r, ..r ..tl,.-r s„l„l,le salts. Thi.^ i- tlir- rule.
and alth'>nL-li tin ;ni- .■I'liiaiii^ al»"ur 7.' p.T ci-ni Ii\- w.-JL'lii
of the fr- .- 1-1- in tl,,^ f,.,n. mtinlv i„r,i
a great i-\r. i,ii-ii i.i M,i~ ruli-. ( Itj tin- f..,!- of ^u.-h
plants are found swellings or tubercles, as in Fig. 1781,
caused by the growth of parasitic bacteria. By the aid
of these bacteria, the plant is able to appropriate the
free nitrogen of the atmosphere and to thrive in a soil
almost free of nitrates. This has been demonstrated
repeatedly with plants in sand or water cultures. Utiliz-
ing the free nitrogen of the air, leguminous crops,
whether used as green manure or not, restore the land
by returning to it more nitrogen than is taken away.
They necessarily enter into any thorough system of
rotation upon weak lands, and represent an important
economic factor in horticulture, particularly in orchard
culture.
Tlie Association of Moots with Fungi. — Other plants
are also aided by an association of the root with certain
filamentous fungi. In connection with the roots of the
oak, beech and other woody as well as herbaceous
plants, this association of root and fungus (termed
mycorhiza) is of much aid in the absorption of solu-
tions from the soil. In such cases it is thought that the
PHYSIOLOGY
fullest development of the plant is dependent upon the
presence of the fungus.
The Formation of Organic Substance. — ^est to the
elements of water (hydrogen and oxygen) carbon forms
the bulk of the plant substance. It is a constituent of
all starchy, sugary or nitrogenous (organic) products,
and of all woody fiber. It is, in fact, the element whose
presence indicates organic substances. When plants
are Ijurned in an atmosphere more or less devoid of
oxygen, the bulk of the remaining charcoal is pure
carbon, for the ash present would be so small in volume
that it might be neglected. The ordinary green plant
obtains this carbon only from the carbon dioxiil of tin-
atmosphere. Carbon dioxid forms only .nl To .tir. ]•• rent
liy weight of the atmosphere, and in iinl.-i- fo cnri r iiit(.
the composition of the plant, it must fir^t tliflu-r ii^t-lf
into the tissues of the leaves an.l - ! . i - ' ■ > i, ; 1 1-. Tin-
leaf is so constructed that th»- 1 1, i , I M.I , h itloxid
readily takes place. Numer.Mi- , , tiom ti.„
epidermal surfaces into the air -;,m ■ -. ■. h !■ n p- nftrale
all parts of the leaf, as in Fig. I 7n.i. Hy niians of tliis
system of comnuinication, diffusion results, and the
carbon dioxid is brought into contact witn a large ab-
sorbing surface of living colls. Together with favor-
able growth condition^, )to,.',.v,T. th.- utilization of
carbon dioxid depend ^ m ii,, i, ,f - 1, . n (rlil,,rophyll)
and sunlight. The r. - II ,.ii-o,l,~ a con-
siderable part of th- _'i;, .tmi Py means
of the energy thus pr.nhi..| .-.uLon dioxid (CO2) is
forced to unite with a portion of the absorbed water
(HjO). The union of these substances is accomplished
by an obscure process, but in such a way that eventually
carbon and the elements of water ( hydrogen and
oxygen 1 are united in the form of a carbohydrate.
This substance is first readily demonstrable as starch,
— of the composition CcHjoOs. In this process of
union, or synthesis, there is an excess of oxygen fur-
nished, and it is this oxygen which is thrown off by
the leaves. This process of uniting carbon dioxid and
water under the influence of chlorophyll and sunlight
in the living tissues is known as photosynthesis — a
building up of higher substances by sunlight. The pro-
cess is also called carbon dioxid assimilation. Pho-
tosynthesis and respiration are, in a way, reverse
processes; in the former carbon dioxid is absorbed in
sunlight and oxygen given off; in the latter, as pre-
viously noted, oxygen is constantly absorbed and carbon
dioxid given off. However, the ordinary plant, as a
whole, respires but feebly, while it assimilates carbon
very rapidly in sunlight. The result is that by night
a small amount of carbon dioxid is given off and by
day a large amount of oxygen. See Photosynthesis.
The starch made in sunlight and stored in the cells of
the leaves is in the form of insoluble granules, like
commercial starch. In order to be utilized by the pro-
toplasm in growth, or in forming further plant sub-
stance, it mu.st first be transformed, or digested. This
is constantly taking pla«e in the leaves by means of an
enzyme called diastase. The diastase converts the starch
to a soliitde substance, a form of sugar, and this sugar
111 .\ til, n lie used immediately in building up more
r pli X organic compounds used by the protoplasm, or
th. -ULii may 1)1- fran~porti<l to sonif sp.rage organ
of the plant, such as root (dahlia), stem (potato), or
thickened leaf, and there be reconverted to starch or
changed to some insoluble or more complex product.
This translocation of the starch formed in the leaves
liy day may be so thoroughly effected during a single
night that none will remain as starch by the next day.
PHYSIOLOUY
An unfailing test for starcii is a blue or blue- black
reaction on the addition of a weak solution of iodine. A
bit of starch ]i!istp. or the cut surface of a potato or
other stanliy uica, will i|uickly show this reaction. In
green Wn\ f^ >i:u< h may l)c tested by first dissolving out
the chlc.ii.|ili> II ill aN i.liol and then staining the leaf
with iodiiii-. Ill tin- saiiK.' way one examines a leaf varie-
gated with white. The green or colored parts of the
leaf alone will show starch, the white areas showing no
blue or purplish coloration, demonstrating that they
have formed no starch.
It requires a glass apparatus, such as is shown in
Fig. 1784, to demonstrate that a land plant cannot form
starch in an atmosphere free of carbon dioxid. Over a
small potted plant (or better, the plant may be trans-
planted to a glass jar protected at the top liy rubber
3loth) is placed the vessel a, ci-iiHiit.-.l t.i tin- trlass
plate, 6. A solution of caustic poia^li in .■ ali-Mil,^ the
carbon dioxid in the vessel, and all air aiiiiiiiii.l must
pass through the U-tube d, which contains at < imiuice
stone soaked with caustic potash. This plant exposed
to direct sushine for a few days will show no starch
formation on testing its leaves. In a short time it will
also become unhealthy and ccasp ti. f;r..w.
Not only does chlorophyll a. i in > ..njiiiMtion with sun-
light for the manufactur. ' ' ,t. in general,
sunlight is absolutely neiM-- ' liat .-hliirophyll
may be normally develii|M.i. >, ,,i, ^. i miiiiited in a
darkened vessel or potato .-vi-iuui.^ uh.rh liuve pushed
into growth in a darkened cellar will remain yellow or
white. Moreover, the plants will grow long and slender,
and death will result when the plantlet can no longer
draw upon the parent part for starchy matters. The
total dry weight of such jdaiits will m.t be greater than
the dry weight of the orinmal - I .ir tulnr. In this
connection it might be sTatr.l that t'l rn spores require
some light in order that f;.i niiiiaiiun may occur, while
the germination of <iriliiiar\ Il.iwfring jilants is slightly
retarded in the pn-siia <■ nf li-lit.
The sugar into whicii -lai.li is la.nverted for translo-
cation is abundant in tin- I. av.s; and it is also trans-
ferred to all liviii- parts ni tlir |,lant. alniiffwith other
org_anic pr.i.lnrts, l„si,|,.s tin- varii.iis salt- in -uhition
which hav.' , ,.i,,i- n]< u, ih.' Icav,- tnnn tin- s,,il. ruder
the inHu.n t llir anivr |,i-,.tM|ilasni .,]' til.- l.aif-.'clls
in growth may be formed. All parts of the ordinary
plant are dependent upon the roots for a supply of the
mineral salts and nitrogen ; but, on the other hand,
they are entirely dependent upon the leaves for the first
organic substance, and for much iiiii.arfd f 1.
Growth, and the Differentiatin,, ,,i .s7,», /„,-,.- Plant
growth is apparent to the unaided .y,- as ,liaiiL'<- in
form and size of organs and tissuis. Tin- r.-al tvi-
dence of growth Is in the multiplication of the tissue
cells, or of constructive changes in the form and bulk
of these cells. Growth may be so rapid that it may be
readily measured, or it may proceed so slowly or by such
obscure internal modifications that very little external
Indication of the complex processes will be manifest.
PHYSIOLOGY 1325
Even under such adverse conditions as that of decidu-
ous trees in winter, some slight growth may be taking
place, and it is not well to dissociate from the idea of a
living plant all growth phenomena. Nevertheless seeds
and other air-dried plant parts may live without growth
for considerable periods.
The growth in size and length of different plant or-
gans is very various. The zone of growth in the root is
it back of the tip, so that if an ink mark
made immediately behind the tip and
another a quarter of an inch further back,
almost the entire growth extension of the
will take place within the region thus
very tip, because
1 to aid in forcing
id obstacles. The
marked. There is no ^M-u\\tl]
it is hard and protect. .1 liy a
its way through the sni! aiai ai
region of greatest cell divisi.i
region of greatest elongation. ( in tlir otli.r Jiand. the
young stems of annual plants and tin- rapiil .■l.iiii;aiion
of the young shoot may for a tiiia- s1m>\v lh-ow ili ilircn^^h-
out the entire extent. The wini.r cuialiti.in ,,t' a l.< . ,h
twig is shewn in Pig. 1785, and the leiig, .klicate,
<.v.rla|.|.in- sralcs of the buds are very evident. Each
hiiii iv an iiiri|.iiiit branch, as is readily seen in the
spring' will 11 ihi- liiids elongate; the delicate scales
si-jiarair t'arilnr and farther from one another, each
bearinir a litilr haf in its axil, and marking a now
distinct joint .ir iii.ili- in the new branch. Various
stages of this L'.ii. ral ilMngation are evident from
Fig. 1786. Finally as tin- branch lengthens through-
out its entire extent, the scales drop, the leaves expand,
the older nodes cease to elongate, and the wave of elon-
gation follows a few nodes behind the terminal bud.
In the common woody plants growth in diameter is
of
ter of the
forms, or else peels off periodically. 'I'li. I it. n nn ,1 i.n
of the tissues in different parts denote- 1-
ological functions. Thus the woody ]mii ■ ■ ■ hl'
rings conducts the water and other -> il ! i-. aiid
through the woody bundles of the leaf-stalk, veins, and
veinlets it is distributed throughout the plant body.
The bark or phloem portion of the bundles is largely
1326
PHYSIOLOGY
the eonduction of the digested or leaf-
formed foods to other parts.
Seed Production. — So far as we know, the ultimate
function of a plant in nature is to produce seeds or to
reproduce its kind. It matters not how far the horti-
culturist may have diverted this natural function in
particular instances, in general the sum of the physi-
ological activities is directed to seed-production. Much
energy is directed to the development of form and color
in the flower, also of fragrance and odor, and there are
deep-seated physiological processes connected with pol-
len and ovule production, with pollination, fertilization
(see p. 579), and the subsequent development of the
seed.
Seeds are, as a rule, richer in nitrogenous matter
than other parts of the plant. Likewise, in phosphorus
and magnesium salts there is a marked increase in the
seed. Of these last-named substances, there is a migra-
tion, as it were, from the older parts to the region of
seed formation, and finally to the seed. On the other
hand, the salts of lime gradually increase in quantity in
the older tissues, particularly in the old assimilatory
tissues.
The Living Protoplasm the Seat of Vital Action.—
Physiological activities cannot be thoroughly studied by
the use of the plant as a whole or by the use of the
organs as particular parts of a complex whole. The
final seat of all the plant activities resides in the living
protoplasm of the cells composing the plant. Except as
serving purely mechanical purposes, the old heart wood
and bark of trees are inactive, and they contain no liv-
ing substance. They are made merely of the hardened
walls of cells which once constituted living parts. The
actual living parts, such as the leaves, buds, flowers,
fruits, and young wood, are composed of living cells. The
most essential part of a living cell is the protoplasm, a
serai-fluid, viscid substance which constitutes the living
material in all organisms. A definite layer of the pro-
toplasm surrounds the inner surface of the cell wall,
and protoplasmic strands radiate throughout the cell,
In which is also differentiated a denser and absolutely
essential part termed the nucleus. In addition the cell
mechanical support, and as a physiological agent it is
quite dependent upon the protoplasm. In conjunction
with the wall layer of protoplasm, the cell sap absorbs
water osmotically from weaker solutions outside, and by
the same process solutions are passed from cell to cell
and diffused throughout the growing parts. When trans-
piration Is proceeding it is some of this water of the cell
sap which is given off through the leaves into the air.
As a result of this loss of water the protoplasm con-
tracts away from the cell wall and the rigidity (turgor)
of the cell is lost. Thus the cells and the tissues lose
strength, and the plant becomes flaccid and wilted.
It is by means of the chlorophyll, but it is not the
chlorophyll alone which has to do with the formation of
starch from carbon dioxid. The chlorophyll is imbed-
ded in the living substance, forming definite chlorophyll
bodies ; and it is only when associated with living matter
that it can perform its functions.
The Plant is Affected by External Conditions: It is
Irritable.— When a seed is put to germinate, the first
requisite is that it shall imbibe water and swell. Oxy-
gen is at hand, and if the necessary temperature pre-
vails the protoplasm is awakened to activity, and new
growth is incited. The protoplasm increases in bulk in
existing cells, and then cell division begins. At first
the embryo draws upon the seed for its food supply,
and is able to establish itself in the soil. A differentia-
tion into tissues and organs having different functions
has already occurred. Moreover, as soon as growth be-
gins, the influences of external agencies assert them-
selves. The first shoot does not wander about in the
soil, but, directly against the force of gravity (nega-
tively attracted), it directs itself upward. In an exactly
contrary manner, the first root attracted by the stimulus
of gravity (positively attracted) directs Itself down-
ward. Only the ovi-rtlimw or nverbalancing of gravity
by some superior stiiuulu^ tmii prevent this reaction.
If a pot containiiiL' a -.•.illiii;.' li.- placed upon its side,
the stem will aetuuUy cur\ e when some growth has
PHYSIOLOGY
already occurred, bending itself directly upward, as
shown in Fig. 1787 The root will form a curve in its
growth, and again grow downward. The response of
growing organs to the stimulus of gravity is called geot-
ropism. Geotropism acts upon the active growing part
and by means of the living protoplasm.
The relation of the plant to light, or the light stim-
ulus, is one of the most pronounced phc
nature. In a dark chamber
young shoots will direct
themselves or grow directly
toward light admitted through
a small slit. Note how the
seedling bends toward the
light in Fig. 1788. If exposed
the roots would direct them
selves in a contrary manner
Even the mature leaves of all
plants will turn or lean toward
the source of light. This mar
1788 Youneseedhngshowme
bendine towards the lieht
be \\ell observed outside when the sun is low, and at
any time of day with a window garden. An interesting
case of the response to light is to be found in the wild
lettuce {Lactuca Scariola), which is known as a com-
pass plant. In sunlight this plant holds its leaves in
a vertical plane, one row of leaves pointing north and
the other south. This provision may be to avoid the full
rays of the midday sun, and yet to secure the best ad-
vantage of the less intense forenoon and afternoon sun-
shine. The response of plant organs to the stimulus of
light is known as heliotropism.
In the same way plant organs will be stimulated to
grow towards or away from air ( aerotropism ) , a certain
degree of moisture (hydrotropism), a definite tempera-
ture (thermotropism), nutrient substances or other
chemical agents (chemotropism) mechanical irritation
(thigmotropism) and other stimuli. In all of these ways
the plant is active and irritable. In all cases it is the
active protoplasm which is concerned in determining
the nature of the response.
Temperature has a marked effect upon all living pro-
cesses and it deserves particular mention. It may limit
either by too great heat or too intense cold each of the
particular vital activities. There are three critical tem-
peratures for growth, a maximum or higher tempera-
ture, a minimum or lower temperature beyond which on
either side no growth takes place, and the optimum, or
that intermediate grade which brings to the best devel-
opment all of the faculties of the plant. Sometimes the
optimum as reckoned by the amount of growth would
not correspond to the optimum for flower or seed pro-
duction, a fact well recognized in greenhouse culture.
The growth optimum may also be a temperature at
which the plant is more readily attacked by parasitic
diseases. Particular varieties or species vary greatly as
to their susceptibility to disease at different tempera-
tures. Often it is of more value to know the tempera-
ture at which the general sanitary conditions for a plant
are an optimum, rather than to know the optimum for
growth alone. The absorption of water by the root-
hairs, the manufacture of starch by the leaves, transpira-
tion, and other processes are to a large extent depen-
dent upon the temperature. Hot, dry winds of the sum-
mer-time often cause serious injury to trees, owing to
the rapid transpiration from the leaves. In dry seasons
this is very likely to occur with the Norway maple.
Fig. 1789 represents an injury of this kind. As a rule,
PHYSIOLOGY
tne leaves on that side of the tree from which the wind
comes are much more injured than others.
The annual fall of the leaf in deciduous trees is usu-
ally a matter of temperature, although drought and
other conditions may also cause periodic defoliation.
It would cost much labor to protect the large green sur-
faces during the winter and it is economy to part with
a portion of the structure. The cool days of autumn
PHY^OCARPUS
1327
maple injured by
chill the root-hairs and irritate the assimilatory organs.
The former cease to perform their normal absorptive
functions, and from the leaf are gradually withdrawn
the substances which are readily made soluble. The
cell walls and the less useful parts are left, and by the
formation of a distinct corky layer across the leaf-stalk,
where it is attached to the main stem, the plant cuts off
its assimilatory organs by a natural process, so that no
wound or injury except the well-healed leaf-scar shall
mark its fall. In this process the chlorophyll is oxidized
and changes from green to some other color, as yellow
or red; and often it is by this means that the beautiful
autumn colors are developed. These colors also serve
very likely as a protection to shield twigs and trunks
from the hot autumn sunshine. Likewise, the twigs
themselves may be provided with color for the same
purpose.
The old leaves are dropped in the autumn, but al-
ready a new set of modified leaves in the form of bud-
scales have been formed, in turn to be defoliated the
next spring, after serving a term of winter protection.
Deciduous trees then shed their summer leaves when
growth ceases and their winter leaves when growth is
awakened.
Plants such as the squash and potato may be killed
by a degree of cold less than the freezing point. It is
because the protoplasm of the cells is stimulated to
give up its water into the spaces between the cells, and
then not being held by the protoplasm, this water is
readily evaporated and the plant dies from being dried
out. In the same way a plant may wilt and eventiially
be much injured if cold water is applied to its roots. In
general, freezing consists in the drying out of the pro-
toplasm and the formation of ice crystals between the
cells. The plant may recover if the protoplasm can
gradually reabsorb this water: it will die if the water is
not reabsorbed.
The effect of temperature upon orders and species of
plants is very evident in the differing character of the
vegetation in different life zones. Temperature is not
alone the cause of the difference, but it is the principal
factor. In the tropics succulent plants predominate,
and gigantic leaf surfaces abound as accommodation
to the great moisture content of air and soil. In the
temperate regions there is a degree of heat encouraging
perfection of size in woody development coupled with a
considerable luxuriance of foliage, as well as a large
development of herbaceous plants. In arctic regions
the more succulent green growth is entirely suppressed,
in general smaller woody forms abound, and even the
texture of leaves and fruit is expressive of hardiness.
Plants along the seacoast differ from those farther
inland, the salt spray having a very injurious effect
upon those which have not become resistant to it.
Around the edges of ponds and lakes there is a struggle
for position, and as a rule the differing capacities of the
plants to thrive in differing depths of water, or degrees
of moisture, cause them to be arranged in definite
The sum of the responses to these and other stimuli
determine the form and character of the plant, and
determine whetlier it shall very closely resemble its an-
cestors, or whether it shall have characteristics vary-
ing slightly from them. From tbf^ same parent a dande-
lion of the mountain-side will ditV. r s,„,i,.« i,;it from the
dandelion of the lowland m.ail"\v. i;\i. rnul agents,
under which category cultivatiun i- an iiniM.iiant factor
with domesticated plants, act not only sli^'lnly to change
individuals, but in time to change varieties and species.
Wiirkiiiir from one generation to another, in conjunction
with natural or artificial selection, external agencies
ilevelnp new forms and habits as the plant adapts itself
more jK-rfectly to these conditions. In this way plants
vary as individuals, and in time as races or "species.
These variations are but slight from one generation to
another, but it is safe to say that there are few culti-
vated plants to-day which resemble exactly their ances-
tors of the Linnfean times.
iiVfi-n^Hj-e.— Among works upon plant physiology may
be mentioned Sorauer's "A Treatise on the Physiology
of Plants," translated by Weiss (Longmans, Green &
Co. ) ; Detmer's "Practical Plant Physiology," translated
by Moor (The Macmillan Company); and Pfeffer's
gardeners, and the others are technical treatises. Such
books as "Living Plants and Their Properties." by
Arthur & MacDougal; "The Survival of the Unlike."
by L. H. Bailey: "A Theory of Horticulture," bv Lind-
ley; "Plant Kelations," by J. M. Coulter; and other
similar works may be consulted with much profit.
B. M. DUGGAR.
PHYSOCAEPUS (Greek, physa, bladder, and kai-pos,
fruit; alluding to the inflated capsules), ^jn., Opithis-
ter. Bosacecp, tribe Spirwea. Nixebark. Hardy orna-
mental deciduous shrubs, of spreading or erect habit,
with stipulate, alternate, petiolate and mostly 3-lobed
Ivs. and with umbel-like heads of whitish fls. appearing
late in spring, terminal on short branchlets along the
stems and followed by clusters of small pods, inflated
in some species and often assuming a bright red color
late in summer. Thev are well adaoted for shrubberies
1790. Nmcbark— Physocarpus opulifohus (X K)
and grow in almost any soil Prop easily by either
hardwood or greenwood cuttmgs also by seeds. Five
species in N. America and Amurland, allied to Spiraea
and formerly mostly referred to this genus, but distin-
84
1328
PHYSOCARPUi
guisheil by tlie stipulate Ivs. and the often intlated poda
dehiscent along both sutures and containing one or tew
shining yellowish seeds, the bark peeling off in thin
strips. Also aometimes united with Neillia.
opulifblius, Maxim. (Spirha opiilifdlia, Linn. Opii-
Idster opiilifdlius, Kuntze). NiNEBAiiK. Fig. 1790.
Shrub, to 10 ft. high, with wide-spreading and recurv-
ing branches : Ivs. roundish ovate, usually cordate at
the base, 3-lobed, with the lobes crenately dentate, 1-3
in. long, usually glabrous beneath: corymbs 1-2 in.
broad, raany-tld. : pedicels and calyx glabrous or pubes-
cent: pods 3-5, inflated, much longer than calyx-lobes.
June. Quebec to Ga., west to Manitoba and Kansas.
B.B. 2:19.i.-Var. liltea, Kirchn. (var. ailrea, Hort.).
Lvs. bright yellow at first, changing to golden bronzy
yellow. Var. njlna, Kirchn. Dwarf form with smaller,
less lobed, dark green lvs.
Amurfinsis, Maxim. (Spinea Amurhisis, Maxim. Op-
nldater Amurensis, Kuntze). Similar to the former,
higher and of more vigorous growth : lvs. 3-5-lobed,
with acute or acuminate, doubly serrate lobes, usually
pubescent beneath, 2-5 in. long: fls. large, with grayish
tomentose pedicels and calyx: pods tomentose, only
one-third longer than calyx-lobes. June. Amurland.
P c.npitAUis, Kuntze (Spirasa capitata, Pursh. Opulaster
Closely ill'::. .! i..V, .,;,',ii.-,,ii,, t/: .':'' ri ;>- .' ^ivii.it liir'geri
with Sfri::' ■ : ■.;,,::.' '.'. *,,,-■, ',-, ■!:- jiedi-
(ap":'.:'::' . , "m: .':' ' >'.' ' ,'' ' , • 'V:,, Z! " \\.'"\f.\
ally KluUri
pudb 1-2. Colu
Alfred Rehdeb.
PHYSOSTfiGIA (Greek, fiiaddcr and covering; refer-
ring to the inflated fruiting calyx). Labidtic. False
Dkagon-head. Three or 4 species of hardy herbaceous
perennials, native to America, with spikes of gaping
fls. of purple, rose color or white. P. yirgiiiiana, the
dominant and most variable type, is frequent in gar-
dens and i-i ■.,,niiiiiiirs called the Obedient Plant be-
cause it< .MiMlla Hill vtav for a while in whatever posi-
tion it is t.iTiM il, t.. tl,.- right or left. This plant and its
varieti.-^ ir.,v 1, id !ii b-ast 7 colored plates devoted to
them, :i .1 - I . I.' ■ r for any labiate. P. f'irginiana
is an ill. 1 1 well grown and it does best in a
stroHL'. 1' * I > i-tile soil. It forms large clumps
3-t ft. luL'l: :ii:'i M is in July and Aug. Requires fre-
quent divisinn .ir replanting.
Generic characters: calyx bell-shaped, swollen and
remaining open in fr., membranous, lO-nerved; teeth
5, equal; corolla 2-lipped, inflated above; upper lip con-
cave, rounded, entire; lower lip 3-Iobed, the middle lobe
commonly notched ; stamens 4, didynamous ; anther
cells parallel. i
Virginiina, Benth. [P. Virgtnica, Hort.). Fls. an
inch long, ranging from purplish red through rosy pink
and lilac to white. B.M. 4G7. Mn. 7:81. F.R. 5:55. V.ir.
41ba, Hort.. is a recent and beautiful white-fld. form.
K.H. 1898:330.
Var. specidsa, Gray, is a tall form with very acutely
serrate lanceolate lvs. and dense-panicled spikes. A
Texan form with erect, imbricated fls. B.M. 3386 {P.
imbricata).
Var. denticulftta. Gray (P. denticulAtum, Ait.). A
lower and more slender form with crenulate denticulate
or obscurely serrate lvs. and more slender or loosely-fld.
spikes. Middle Atlantic states. B.M. 214.
F. W. Barclay and W. M.
PHYSijRTIS (Greek, bladder and tail; from the purse
or pouch-like spur). Orchiddcecv. A genus of about
20 species belonging to the category of Goodyera and
Anoectochilus, and cult, for their foliage. Stem simple,
erect, leafy: lvs. petiolate.ovAte to lanceolate: fls. small,
in a terminal raceme; petals and dorsal sepals cohering,
galeate; lateral sepals free; labellum spurred, strongly
above the entrance of the spur and abruptly
PHYTEUMA
contracted, middle lobe spreading or recurved; column
short. Natives of the warm regions of Asia and Amer.
The American species have their Ivs. mostly spotted.
querceticola, Lindl. (Goodyira quercicola, Chapm.).
Stem ascending, 6-12 in. high: lvs. ovate or oblong-
ovate, thin, on slender petioles, spotted with silver-gray :
spike densely fld.: sepals and petals oblong, obtuse:
labellum concave, ending in a broadly ovate, acuminate
and recurved point; spur pouch-like. Aug. Low shady
woods, Fla. and westward. Heinrich HASSELBRmo.
PHYTfiLEPHAS (Greek, elephant plant; referring
to the hard white seeds which can be worked like ivory).
Palmdcea. Prostrate or ascending palms of doubtful
relationship, referred by some authorities toPandanaeea .
They are dioecious, the fls. densely crowded in catkin-
like spadices, without any perianth: leaf - segments
acuminate. Species 15. South America.
macroc&Tpa, Ruiz & Pav. Ivort-nut Palsi. Caudex
low: lvs. very long, pinnate. Peru, Venezuela. Gn. 24,
p. 468. -Once adv. by Pitcher & Manda. Furnishes
the vegetable ivory of commerce. Sometimes called
Negro's Head. Jared G. Smith.
PHYTEtTMA (old Greek name, meaning simply "a
plant," used by Dioscorides for some mignonette-like
herb). Campanuldcew. Horned Rampion. Phyteumas
are hardy herbaceous perennials, used for borders or
alpine gardens. (See Figs. 1791, 1792.) The fls. are
mostly shades of blue, nuire or It-ss jmrplf, rai-ely white.
There are two styb-- "f iiii'uri -i-. n. i . ■■],. - |..lii,l:ir mul
thelong-and-narrow, !■ I : :: I n, . i i -t-
ing. The showy fc.ii I.' I i /' ' ' i I'-i Li.nir.
seems to be a gnmii -i n <t :.i:u !i -.n.-.i
pistils; but these pi>iii-liki- I..mIi,-> an- n-allj cunillas
which usually show slits at their inflated base and are
narrowed above into a very slender tube from which the
style and stigmas are much exserted. In P. eomosum the
corolla neviT uppiis. but in all the others it finally splits
at the top, iiKikiiiL' :i -I'll iiilin:,' oi- wlieel-shaped flower.
The tubul:ii ■ -i i ih. ni.ist attractive in the
round-chi-ii I ■ i Mm "in ii stage, perhaps, it
the oblon:; 'Ill-Ill' I s ■ ■ n -. I'hxti-nmas are natives ol
the Mediterranean n-^'iun; about .50 species. These
plants are little known in this country, but the follow-
ing account is given because the plants are worthy and
because the species are much confused amongst horti-
culturists. None of the species seem to be regularly in
the American trade.
Phyteumas generally seed freely and may also be
prop, by division, which is best performed in spring
after growth begins. They thrive in ordinary garden
PHYTEUMA
boil in either border or rockery. A very critical review
of Phvteumas from the garden standpoint is given
by "D". K." in Gn. 28, pp. 91, 92 (1885), from which
the following points are abstracted. The smallest
species, as P. Immile and piiiirHlnnnii. sliuuld be
planted by themselvi^s cir h itli ..thrr \ , i , .1 ", :ii i" .iIpiiH-s,
so that they will n^t l.r ^m-ilMn-.l i. .". - , .' . • ..i-^i-r
sub.iects. The tull. ~t. in<i~t m.i .i-i : ^ . ins
is A oa»ipo)U(A)i./. N, lart-r ilutiii - . : :; ft.
in diam. and grow 2 ft. high, .sih h ■ i is a
finecenterpiecefor a flower-bed and i: i I July
andAug. Similar to it but inferior i /' .».,
with lighter blue fls. Both have ..11 ■ i - .s,
as also do P. Halleri and P. syn. ;,,,„. ih. limner
growing a foot high in dry, sunny sputs in a .south-
ern border, the latter attaining 1^2 ft, on sunny rock-
work.
At the other extreme as regards habit, ease of culture
and style of inflorescence, is P. comosum, which in
rockeries requires renewal every few years. A stock
should therefore be constantly kept in pots.
PHYTEUMA
1329
B. Fruiting spikea little elon-
gated', merely oml.
c. No. of fls. about 5 in. pauclflorum
cf. No. of fls. about l:i 11. globulariafolium
D. f'ppir Irs. eiilirc !2. hemisphaericum
m.. I'rr. ,- hs. ,-. „n,irhj
■ 13. humile
DDL. ' . , , .,/, u. Sieberi
cce. N". ■■■ ■ ■ : '■ -•/■.■.
D. Iji-'U i.i <(■(//( uii. oimte
base 1.5. orbiculare
DD. Bracts linear.
E. Height K ft IB. Charmelii
EE. Heiqht 1 ft 17. Scheuchzeri
winter the crown
: partial
rockery it likes a shady position and
should be covered with coarse sand
the time growth starts until flowerit
as a pot-plant it is more easily niai!
well mixed with pieces of sandstoi
marbles and wedge the roots tight 1\
stone; plunge the pots in cool mater
shade.
Of the other round-clustered types the following are
very much alike: P. orbiculare, Scheuchzeri, Charmelii
and Michelii. P. hemispharicum thrives best in dry,
stony places, particularly in the cracks of a crumbling
brick wall, or on a steep slope with a southern exposure.
It grows 1-R in. high.
The h.
from in
III. 'i-.w:
G. Don,
Section 1
of the ,-.
situate 1 1 ]
2 or 3 HI
belong SI
Austriacum. In.
betonieaet'olium,
Campanula, 1.
Ciimpanuloides,
Halleri. 7.
hemisphjericum ,
humile, la.
limouit'olium, 8.
In florescence <
D. Stigmas 2.
E. Root-lvs. long-
stalked ;i. scorzoneriSolium
EE. Boot-lvs. short-
Stalked 1. Michelii
DD Stigmas S 5. betonicaefoUum
CC. Flowering spikes oblong
or nearly so.
D. Spikes dense.
E. Color of fls. whitish
greenish at tip G. spicatum
EE. Color of fls. dark
violet, rarely
white 7. Halleri
DD. Spikes loose
E. Fls.n,jhlhl„.-: st.n,
bni nrh, ,1 .s. limouifolium
EE. Fls. .'nrl.- rinl.t:
strin nni lirinirlieii. ii. campanuloides
at base; uppe
duncled, solit:
2. comdsum,
genus with n
corollas are n-
unbranchH.l, l
other types of inflorescence in Phyteuma (X K).
ipikeJ r. limonifoUum and the denser P. >
folium.
1 ! .iiily species in the
- ■ I: ' , and in which the
il.i apex. A decumbent,
alive to the Alps: fls. pale
i .ve. B.M. C478. G.C. II.
in Gn. 28, p. 91; 44, p. 554,
II. 26:81. copied in I.H.
.•!. scorzonerifolium, Vill. Fig. 1792. This and P.
belnninrfolium should probably be regarded as botani-
cal varieties of P. Michelii. but for clearness and for
1330
PHYTEUMA
horticultural purposes they may be cons.aered as dis-
tinct species. A native of the Alps with fls. of sky-blue
(B.M. 2066, erroneously as P. tietonicwfolium) or pur-
plish blue (B.M. 2271).
4. Michilii, All. This may also be distinguished from
P. seorsonerifolium and P. betonicwfoliiim by having
the calyx pilose at the middle, it being glabrous in the
other two. A native of Mt. Cenis in Sardinia, with Ivs.
never cordate. Color of fls. not stated, probably blue.
5. betonicsBfdlium.Vill. Rootlvs. cordate, long-stalked:
bracts fewer than in P. Michehi and probably not re-
flexed. Eu. Not B.M. 2066, which is P. scorsoneri-
folium. Color of fls. not stated.
6. Bpioitum, Linn. The color of the fls. (whitish or
yellowish, green at tips) is highly characteristic: lower
Ivs. doubly crenate-serrate, long-stalked, cordate: spike
oblong, 2-3 in. long. Eu. B.M. 2347.
7. H&Ueri, All. Lower Ivs. doubly and coarsely ser-
rate, long-stalked: spike ovoid-oblong; fls. dark violet
to white. Eu.
8. Umomidlium, Sibth. & Sm. Pig. 1792. This may be
distinguished from P. eampanuloides by the stem-lvs.,
which are fewer and pass into bracts: fls. light blue.
The inflorescence is more sparse, but very dainty. Mt.
Olympus, Dalmatia, near Naples. B.M. 2145 (P. stricta).
L.B.C. 7:667 {P.virgata).
'.I. campanulotdes, Bieb. Sufficiently distinguished in
tlir kiv -.ukI under No. 8. Caucasus, Armenia. B.M.
liii:. shows ;i stalk with over 60 fls., while P. Umonifo-
liiim li:is c.nly 12-30. Fls. dark violet.
10. paucifldmin, Linn. Very dwarf: Ivs. entire;
root-lvs. short, obovate-lanceolate: bracts ciliate, entire
or subdentate at base, never dentate at apex. Western
Alps and Pyrenees. Fls. violet, according to Koch.
11. globtdarisefdlium, Stemb. & Hop. Probably a
var. of P. pauciflorum with larger stems, root-lvs. 2-4
lines longer and thrice as wide, and the bracts always
entire at the base. Austrian Alps. Fls. violet.
12. hemiapheerioum, Linn. Lvs. erect; root-lvs. sub-
entire, linear or lanceolate-linear, much or little shorter
than the stem: bracts ciliate, subentire: fls. blue, white
or yellowish. Alps and Pyrenees.
13. hAmile, Schleich. Root-lvs. linear-lanceolate, nar-
rowed at the base, upper ones remotely denticulate:
bracts narrowly lanceolate from an ovate base, sharply
toothed. Eu. Gn. 28:502. Fls blue
14. SiSberi, Spreng. {P
CharmMH, Sieb., not Vill.)
Lvs. cordate, ovate or ovate
lanceolate, crenate: bracts
ovate, acuminate, sharply
serrate. Eu. Fls. violet, ac
cording to Koch.
15. orbiculiire, Linn. (P
confusum, Kern. P. Aus
trlacum, G. Beck). Lvs
crenate ; root-lvs. cordate
or ovate; upper stem-lvs.
linear : bracts subserrate.
Eu. B.M. 1466 (P. corda/a);
fls. purple. L.B.C. 2:122.-
A very variable species with
forms ranging from 2-20 in.
high.
16. Charmfilii. Vill., not (. C
Sieb. Probably a botanical 'U^,^
variety of P. Scheuchzej'
Bracts 3-6 lines long, ere
or spreading. Alps. He
probably belongs the cut 1
Deled P. comostim in Gn.
19, p. 419; 44, p. 554; and P. orbiculare, Gn. 28, p. 90.
17. Sche4chzeri, All. Bracts 18-24 lines long, reflexed
or spreading. This and No. 16 differ from Nos. 10-15
inclusive in having few, narrow, unequal bracts instead
of many broad ones which are about equal. S. Eu.
B.M. 1797 (fls. purple).
P. Balbim, DC, is near P. spicatiun: stem 4-« in. high:
root-lvs. cordate: spike white, about 9-12 lines long in flower:
PHYTOLACCA
bracts few, linear, shorter than the fi.: color of fls. not stated.
Piedmont.— 7'. Var,-sti<F of liir. is P.humile, No. IS.butP.Ca-
restiae of Vill i~ I' ^' itiimii :i species probably nowhere in
cult., and s.-.n- i: : , i, ,i iLmi P. humile unless it has a
larger stem , 1 1 1 ! , ' n'l <;ilyx gl.ibrous instead of mi-
nutely eiliatr /■ l: Heyer nnd P. Schellanderi, are
offered by tin- N,,- v ii;i; \ 1 1 . ( rtum at Zoeschen. -^^ jj^
PHYTOLACCA (a hybrid name: Greek, phytos, plant,
and French lac, lake; referring to the crimson berries).
Phytolaccdcew. P. decandra, our common Pokeberry,
is sometimes offered by dealers in native plants and its
young asparagus -like shoots are sometimes used as a
pot herb. Its flattish berries yield a crimson juice of
a very distinct hue, but it has never been fixed for
dyeing purposes. Children sometimes make red ink
from the berries for amusement. Pokeberry Is some-
times a troublesome weed. It is thoroughly natural-
ized in Europe. It has been used to give color to pale
wines, but its use for this purpose is injurious and in
Portugal is prohibited by royal decree. The roots are
emetic, purgative and somewhat narcotic. The word
"poke" is supposed to come from the American Indian
word pocan, which apparently referred to any plant
yielding a red or yellow dye, as pokeweed or bloodroot.
In President Polk's campaign his followers wore leaves
of pokeweed.
In collecting young shoots for greens, care must be
taken not to include any portion of the root, as this
would give a bitter taste and might cause serious ill-
ness. Small pieces of the root eaten by mistake for
horse-radish or turnip have caused serious and in some
instances fatal cases of poisoning. The seeds are also
poisonous.
Phytolacca is a genus of about 10 species of tropical
shrubs, herbs or trees, sometimes climbers: lvs. alter-
nate, sessile or petiolate, acute or obtuse, entire: fls.
small, greenish white, borne in long racemes which are
at flrst terminal but by further growth of the stem come
opposite the lvs. ; calyx of 4 or 5 persistent rounded
sepals; stamens 5-15: ovary of 5-15 distinct or some-
what united carpels: fr. a fleshy berry; seeds 1 in each
cavity
1793. Pokcweed-Phytolacca decandi
decAndra, Linn. Pokeberry. Pokeweed. Pokeroot.
Also called Scoke, Garget, Pigeonberry and Inkberry.
Fig. 1793. A glabrous, strong-smelling, perennial herb,
4-12 ft. high: root large: lvs. oblong-lanceolate or
ovate-lanceolate, acute, petiolate: racemes 2-8 in. long:
stamens 10 : ovary 10-celled : berries nearly K in.
across, ripe Aug.-Oct, Me. to Minn., south Fla. to
Tex. B.M. 931. D. 93. Gn. 21, p. 179. Mn. 1, p. 53.-
PHYTOLACCA
Common in clearings. A variegated form once cult, for
ornament is shown in R.H. liiST, p. 16, the Its. light green
above often shaded rose and more or less margined
white, beneath pale rose to violet.
Ltster H. Dewey and W. M.
FtCEA (ancient Latin name derived from pix, pitch).
Coniferm. Spruce. Ornamental evergreen trees of
pyramidal hiihit with spreudiiif^ wliorled branches clothed
densely with acicninr spivrdlv :,rr:m_'. .1 Iv^. AViout 18
species in tlir rdiln- iumI -.i ;:.i,i. hnnif,'^ iif the
northern iMini'i'tnrr Ii-.mh : . n , i, |. i.i tin- hi^h
mountiiiiiN .it tl.r t. 1111, 1 [■,.;> ;.j. ;, . I ' . i iiiui.liil tn-i-s,
PICEA
1331
lines formed by numerous stoniata arniDgud in rows and
on all 4 sides, or compressed and stomatiferous only on
the upper side which, on the lateral branchlets, by
twisting of the leaf-stalk appears to be the lower one.
sessile and jointed at the base to a short stalk projected
from a prominent cushion, called a pulvinus: fls. monoe-
cious, catkin-like, terminal or axillary; the staminate
yellow or red, consisting of numerous spirally arranged
anthers with the connective enlarged at the apex and
scale-like; the pistillate greenish or purple, consisting
of spirally arranged scales each subtended at the base
by a small bract and bearing two ovules at the inner
side: cones pendulous or spreading, with persistent
scales not separating from the axis after shedding the
seeds, which are provided with a large and thin obovate
or oblong wing. The names Picea and Abies are often
exactly transposed by horticulturists and others.
The catkin-like fls. of the Spruce appear in spring and
are often very con.spicuous by their bright red color.
These are followed by usually pendent cones, green
or purple before ripening and light to dark brown at
maturity. The Spruces are not only highly ornamental
but also very valuable forest trees, and as inhabitants
of cooler climates they are especially adapted for culti-
vation in northern regions. All are hardy north except
P. Smilliiutia and P. Sitchenais, but do not resist
heat and drought well; some, however, as P. piingens,
orientaUs, excelsa^ and also P. alba and perhaps P.
Omorika, endure drought better than most others. For
ornamental park planting the Spruces belong to the most
valuable evergreens on account of the symmetrical habit
and rapid growth of most species. Only a few, like P.
orientalis, obovata, Omorika, and poUtri, are of slower
growth and therefore well suited for smaller parks and
gardens; and so are the numerous horticultural forms,
which are mostly dwarf and slow-growing and some-
times more interesting and curioxis than beautiful. The
Spruces are often planted as shelters and wind-breaks,
and "also used for liedirf-s. e^pe^'irtlly P. exeelsa, which
makes a very dcii-^.- an.l .Inral.l.' IlmIi:.- wlien regularly
trimmed. P. pnlii^, i, al-,. m .miiihi. ihIimI as a good
hedge plant and ^i.iii« w.ll a.la|,t..l. with its rigid,
spiny Ivs. The Spiin as thiivi' ln'st in iiioclcrately moist,
sandy loam, but will grow in almost any kind of soil
provided it contains enough moisture; wet and dry
soils are equally unfavorable. Slopes of northern aspect
are well suited for Spruces, and they thrive better in
shady positions than most other conifers. As the roots
mostly spread horizontally near the surface, the Spruces
will grow in shallow soil and are easily transplanted
even as rather large plants; they may be moved with
success at any time of the year except when the young
shoots are growing, but if possible avoid transplanting
shortly before dry weather is expected to set in.
Propagated by seeds, which ripen in fall and are usu-
ally kept dry and cool during the winter and sown in
spring outdoors in prepared beds or in frames or boxes.
The young seedlings should be shaded and watered in
dry weather and may remain a year or two before be-
ing transplanted in nursery rows when not sown too
thickly. Varieties and rarer kinds are often increased
by layers or by grafting on seedling stock of P. eicelsa.
Picea alba is used for forms of this species and for P.
nigra and rubra. Veneer-grafting in spring or August in
the greenhotise is usually emploj'ed, less commonly cleft-
grafting with half-hardened wood. The dwarf forms
grow readily from cuttings under glass in August or fall
and given slight bottom heat in early spring; also most
other forms and species, especially "those with thinner
and tiner branches, can be raised from cuttings.
The Spruces are important timber trees. The soft and
light, straight-grained wood is much used for construc-
tion, the interior finish of houses and fur fuel, also for
ship-building; but it is not durable in the ground. The
bark of some species is used for tanning leather, and
medicine. From the Red and Black Spruce, Spruce
beer is made by boiling the branches with honey.
Spruces are often known in nurseries, especially in this
- luder the name of Abies. Alfred Rehder.
1794. Cones of Piceas ( X W .
P.pvujiens; lowest one, P. alba; upper right
hand, P. nigra, var. brevifolia.
The Piceas embrace some of the most useful as well
as ornamental trees of the Conifer family. They cover
a great variety (.( forms, from the still' l.ranclied, sturdy
and rugged /'. ;,»»./. ii.v to tlie litlic, [,n-ar<rul and droop-
ing P. Bri'in rill 11,1 . 'I'lio Ainoriraii s]io.-ios comprise
P. alba, nigra, riihra. pliii.i.iis. E ,uj.' I iiunini, Brew-
eriana and tiitclietisix. The grand and towering Douglas
Spruce and the graceful Hemlock Spruce, so called, are
not true Spruces and will not be noticed in this article.
Picea alba, the White Spruce, is a native of the
northern parts of America and is justly thought to be
one of our best conifers, a compact and upright grower
of great longevity; trees growing at Waukegan, 111.,
over fifty years old are still well branched at the bottom,
retain their pyramidal form and annually make an
upward growth. They are the most aromatic of the
Piceas; in fact, this odor is often used to identify them
while young from the Norway Spruce or Engelmann's
Spruce. They grow on a great variety of soils, bear
crowding well and also will stand severe pruning; hence
are tised for wind-breaks and hedges. They vary con-
siderably in color, some of them fairly rivaling the blue
form of the P. puvgais. This tree, being a native of a
cold climate, is subject to the ravages of the red spider
in a warm cliuiatf and should not be planted south of
Phihul.lpliiaor St. Louis. There is a variety of i'. alba
found ill tin- Blaok Hills that stands extreme drought
bettor than tlie northern form and is largely planted on
the dry prairies of Nebraska and the Dakotas. It does
not, however, do as well in northern Illinois or farther
east as the northern variety.
Picea Engelmanni, one of the gems of Colorado,
resembles P. alba more than it does its near neighbor
P. piiyigens, being of finer foliage and not as stiff-
branched as the latter. It is one of the few conifers
that will stand the extreme cold of St. Petersburg,
Russia, but on our western prairies it soon loses its
lower branches, as it seems to be unable to withstand
the hot and drying winds of that section in late sum-
mer and early autumn. In the eastern states, however,
it does not have this fault, as the cooler and more
humid air seems to better agree with it.
Another Colorado conifer. Picea pungens (the blue
form being called by some the " Queen of the Piceas ") , is
a striking and noble tree, seeming to be hardy wherever
tested and on all varieties of soil. Strong, sturdy, and
upright in growth, its form alone would make it a strik-
ing figure in any landscape. Its beautiful color varies
from a light silvery hue in some specimens to a dark
blue, almost purple in others. In some specimens the
braiiolios an- in .listiii.-f aial romlar wliorls, resembling
Annir,,ri,i ,.rr, ls,f. r ii.l-n lil.MI>- 1 1 1.l.si and finest
sporliiMiis .if ilii- L-raiiil inr arr f..iiiMl ..11 tlio former
grouii.ls of tin- lal.i l;..l..Tt |l..nirlas. at Waukegan, III.
These trees are now 2.5 to 30 ft. high ami show no signs
1332
PICEA
of weakness anywhere, being one iii.i ■
the ground upward. The gi-een f^n
an excellent tree, but is not as im
planters and lovers of trees as ii
always compared to its more «trikii._
Spruce. There is a lim- si., .iiii.ii -!■ n
grounds, even larirrr than the Miw t
not suffer in coiii|.ari-oii witli ii, nrai-
concolor, A. Fnis.ri. I'. A'mi. Ii,i<t im
densis or Hemlock Spruce, Pseudotsu
A.' !,, il;c Blue
i;,' on the above
111], which doe-s
ifrhbors, Abies
. T.suga Cana-
a Douglasii or
Douglas Spruce, and Plnus Sfrobus, all large and fine
specimens, equal to any in the middle west.
Picea nigra, or Black Spruce, is undoubtedly the
poorest tree of the genus from a landscape gardener's
point of view. It has very short needles and is greatly
disfigured by its cones, which hang on for several
years. It begins seeding when very young and is an
exceedingly slow grower. Some good specimens of it
are found, however, in the East, but in very restricted
localities. P. rubra, long thought to be a variety of
the preceding, is a much better tree in every respect,
resembling P. excelsa in color and form. It seems to
be a short-lived tree, especially in the West. This tree
is undoubtedly the least known of the American Piceas.
P. Sitchensix of the Pacific coast strongly resembles P.
pungens; in fact, when the latter was first introduced
it was thought to be a variety of P. Sitchensis. It has
much finer branches and needles than P. pmii/ens, varies
in coloring as much as the latter, and where hardy
makes a very fine tree. Unfortunately it is not hardy in
any of the iKirtlir-rn states. Vnhke P. pungens, it will
not staiiil .'Imv,. jl|aIlri^i_^ as the needles fall off badly
bed together by the wind or
where
strike
Witlj
P. Br
Siskiy.
Califor
beautiful
li' iii'i^t graceful and elegant Picea is
W i I ping Spruce, a native of the
i I .iii-es of mountains in northern
- It has the true Spruce form,
I I with horizontal branches and a
I'fii (Nilor. In its general features it
resembles a well-grown specimen of the Norway Spruce,
but its distinguishing beauty is in the long, pliant,
pendulous branchlets which hang straight down from
the branches to a length of 6 to 8 ft. and no larger
around than a lead pencil. It has a stately grace in
calm weather, but its characteristic impressiveness is
seen only when the long, flexible branches are undulat-
ing in a light breeze or streaming before a gale. The
bark is sni.,..th an.l r.-.l.li>li in color, adding to its
beautv wii. r.- L'liiii|.^<v ,,f it .an he seen through the
green f..lia-.-. It -iv.w. ..u[v at high elevations in its
native lial.itat tiiid ..ii tin- iM.rtlicrn slope of the moun-
tains where the annual fall of snow is 15-25 ft., as the
winter trip of the mail-carrier .shows. The cones are
from 2% to 314 in. long, of a purplish color, and as they
grow only on the tips of the branches they add greatly
to its beauty. Unfortunately this beautiful tree has
not proved satisfactory. Out of over 300,000 seedlings
raised in 1893, only one plant is now alive; it is grow-
ing on the writer's grounds and is scarcely 6 in. tall,
having cost over $100 per inch, and this is doubtless the
largest specimen in cultivation.
Of the foreign Piceas P. excelsa is most popular;
in fact is the best known and most largely planted of
any of the genus. It makes a large, fine-looking tree,
grows in a great variety of soils, is hardy throughout
most of North America, is the most rapid grower of any
of the Piceas, and stands close planting very well. It is
used more than any other tree for wind-breaks and
shelter-belts. It bears pruning well. Hedges of this
species and P. alba that have been planted more than
25 years are growing on the Douglas grounds that are
now 6 ft. high and 8 ft. across the base. One fine speci-
men tree on these grounds measures about 52 ft. high
and 55 ft. from tip to tip of its lower branches. Other
foreign species, but not as well known nor as thoroughly
tested as the preceding, are P. nhnrata. a close, com-
pact-growing tree dark grpe<i in .'nlnr, P Smithiana or
P. Morinda is one of the liam:-. m. ~i ,.: ii,,. I'ioeas. but
is not hardy in the nortlj. - - : i,i~ from seed
collected at an elevatinn , ■ - . ii,,. Himalaya
mountains not proviriir li;ii'i\ I ■ . -i - i nnt-iis of this
tree are found in Califc.riija: wli, i,- it is justly prized.
PICEA
There are several species of Picea from Chi
Japan that will doubtless prove hardy in the
states. All Piceas will stand the pruning knife, but
this should be used not later than July 1 in the northern
states and earlier farther south. They are propagated
from seed the same as Larix; and their varieties, of
which there are a great number, are either grafted or
raised from cuttings over bottom heat.
Thomas H. Doi-glas.
Note on the Grafting of Piceas.— In the writer's ex-
perience, Picea alba is a good stock on which to graft
the finer varieties of Spruce or those having four-sided
leaves. Pot the stock
the last of August,
keep in shaded frame,
syringe till danger of
wilting is over and
harden gradually. Be
careful not to keep the
earth in the pots too
wet, as roots are lia-
ble to rot. Place the
stocks in greenhouse
after light frosts, ami
graft as soon as roots
have started — about
last of Januarv gen-
erally. Do r
until buds have made
much growth, for then
the sap will be run-
ning strongly to the 1795. Picea excelsa— Norway Spruce
upper buds," leaving
the cion to remain dormant. When stock and cion are
of same size, the veneer-graft can be used. In large
stocks, use slit- or side-graft. Be sure that the knife
is sharp enough to shave dry wood. Cut the cion in
elongated wedge-shape; place it in the cleft by twist-
ing the stock with left hand, fitting the cion exactly
with the right. Be careful to wax well, as a hole the
size of a pin left on the cut surface will be fatal to the
cion. Place the grafted plants in a close frame until
the cion is well started. Syringe from two to three
times a day, shading when too hot. OJive air gradually
until well hardened. Do not cut back the stock for one
year, as the cion may make second growth and winter-
kill. If cion should die, do not use the stock again until
after a year's rest, as two consecutive pottings will
usually ruin the plant; this holds good only with Tsuga
and Picea alba. The above method can be used with
equal success on Pinus, Abies, Junipems and other
evergreens propagated by grafting. g. P. Drew.
For names not found here or in the
supplementary list, eon
snit Abies and Tsuga.
Abiet:. 5.
etata. 5.
Omorika. l.S.
acieuiaris, 14.
EUwangeriana. 5
orientalis, 6.
acutissima, 7.
Engelmanni, 10.
Parryana, 11.
Ajanensis, 13.
excelsa, 4, 5.
parviformis. 5.
alba, 9.
Finedonensis, 5.
pendula, 5, 9.
Alcockiana. 13. 14.
ghiiica. 9, 10, 11.
polita. \.
alpestris. 5, 15.
Gregoryana, .'i.
procumhens, 5.
argentea, 9, 10, 11.
Hnndoensis. 13.
pseudopungens, 10.
anrea. !l.
inversa. 5.
pumila, .i, 8.
Barryi. 5,
Jeznensis, 13.
hicolor. 1, 14.
Khutrow, 2.
pygnia^ais.'
bre^-ifolia, 8.
Mariana, 8.
pyramidalis, 5.
Breweriana. 16.
Mtixwelli.o.
rubens. 7.
Canadensis, 9.
medioxima, 5.
rubra. 7. 9.
Clanbrasiliana. 5.
Menziesi, 11, 12.
Schrenkiana. 3.
coerulea, 9, 11.
miniata. 5.
Sitchensis, 12.
commutata, 10. 11.
vmmta. 5.
Smithiana, 2.
compaeta, 5.
monstrosa. 5.
speciosa, 12.
conica. 5.
Morinda, 2.
tabulicformis, 5.
denudata, 5.
murlcata, 5.
Torano. 1.
diffusa, 5.
viminalis, 5.
Doumetti, 8.
nigra. 8.
virgata. 5, 8.
dumosa. 5.
obovata, 3, 4.
viridis, 11.
Lvs. quadrangular, all 4 sides with
stomata.
B. Scales of cone oborate or orbicu-
lar, rounded, closely oppressed
before ripening.
c. Cone Sy,-6 in. long.
PICEA
Lv
sharply pointed
DD. I/vs. pointing forward^ not
very rigid.
7-. Length of h'S. %-3 in., or
shorter in .Vo. S: l/outig
tjratichlets glabra » s ,
grayish yellow
EE. Length of h-s. yi-1 in..
shorter only in dirarf
vars.: young hranchltis
brown
EEE. Lengthoflvs. 2)4-5 lines.
CO. Cones %-2 in. long.
D. Young branches pubescent . .
DD. Young branches glabrous,
light brotvnish yellow I
BB. Scales of cone oblong or rhom-
boidal, erase at the margin and
nsunlly striate and undulali ,
thin, very loosely oppressed nr
slightly spreading Id.
II.
A. Lvs. more or less flattened, with
white lines on the upper side,
green on the lower one.
B. Cone - scales rhomboidal, erase-
denticulate, loose : Irs. much
flattened 12.
13.
B. Cone-scales orbicular or oborate,
. obovata
. ezcelsa
. orientalis
nigra
alba
. bicolor
. Omorika
Breweriana
1. pollta, Carr. (P. Torino. Koehne. P. bicolor,
Hort.,not Maxim.). Tree, to 90 ft., forming a dense,
broad pyramid, with riiriil stmit l.r;inclies when young,
older trees with th<- IkiMi i.f /'. ..rrrl.ia, with somewhat
pendulous branclu-^: y.iiiiiL' lnnni-lies thick, glal>rous,
yellowisli Imiwii: 1 , -. i i-i^i. ilii-k. r th;in i.roail. often
falcate. s],\,:vrj ■•,■., v\ -•■ - l , ' 1 \„ ]^'!:^: l.iMi:i:,lr fls.
green, >t:i!, '. ,,,'_,:-, ',,,,£;,
brown, rt' ' ■ _nii.
Japan, s./.. _ , , , i . i ,.• . II. ;..,_.,., ill, ^ , ,_'.'. , . i Iti.
eading
2. Smithiilna, Boiss. (P. Morinda, Linls. P. KIM-
row, Carr.). Tree, to 1.50 ft., with wide-spreading
branches and slender pendulous branchlets : lvs.
crowded, usually thicker than broad, acute, bright or
dark green, K-2 in. long: pistillate fls. purple: cones
5-7 in. long, dark brown and glossy; scales suborbicu-
lar, with entire margin, firm. Himalayas. G.C. II.
24:393. Gn. 19, p. 359; 35, p. 599; 39. p. 72.-One of the
most graceful Spruces; tender in New England. The
young growth starts very early and is liable to be in-
jured by frost in spring, especially when planted in
warm and damp situations.
3. Sohrenkitlna, Fisch. & Mey. {P. obovAta, var.
SchrenkiAna, Carr.). Tall pyramidal tree, with pendu-
lous branchlets, somewhat similar in li:ii'!i !<> /'. • ■ ■ /.«« .•
lvs. equally 4-slded, acute, somewlKii ,11 i-l's
in. long, on young plants often slii;lr .iics
cylindric-ovate, 3— 4 in. long; scales \\ m ii iinii. mid-^rin.
Cent. Asia.-Said to be very similar ill lu.i.n i.. i-'. ,\,n,lh-
iana. But recently introduced and only .small plants
are known in cultivation; quite hardy.
4. obovita, Ledeb. (P.eic^lsa.Tar.obovAta. C. Koch).
Tree, to 100 ft., similar in hnbit tn thn following with
somewhat pendulous braiicliltfs : youiiL.' liiTniclos
brown, glabrous or siiirhtiy ].ulH.s..rni : 1^^. qii:t(]i-;iiiLru-
lar, acute, dull or lilui^li LTieii. ',.-', in. lorn.': jiistilhit.-
PICEA 1333
long; scales with entire margin. N. Eu. to Kamscbatka
ami Manchuria. Gu. 20, p. 91. R.H. 1894, p. 274. Mn.
5, p. 189. — Of slower growth than P. excelsa and more
5. exc6lBa, Link. (P. Abies. Karst.). Norway
Spruce. Pigs. 1795-7. Tree, to 150 ft., with spreading
branches and usually pendulous branchlets: bark red-
dish brown: young branches brown, glabrous or pubes-
cent: lvs. quadrangular, acute, dark green and usually
shining, K-1 in. long: staminate and pistillate fls.
bright purple: cones cylindric-oblong, 4-7 in. long,
light brown; scales obovate, with erose-dentioulale
margin. N. and M. Eu. Era. 1:102. Mn. 4. p. 185; «,
p. 85. -This tree is extensively planted as an ornamen-
tal tree in the northern iiinl castiin states; ii is ,,i rapi.l
growth and is a hand son lo \i->-r. w itli it- ur.i.. i ul ha Lit
and dark green, dense ioliai:*-, Imt. likf inanv ^|oaa-is
and firs, loses much of its laautv wlnn ;i -i..w- ,.|,|,
and usually after 30 years it becomes ili t: j^. .1
in the top. It is one' of the best con if'! , : ' r
shelters and winil-breaks. The Norwa\ s; , : , . ,
variable, and a great number of ganli t, : .i, - u. ui
cultivation. Some of tlio l>est known aro ijn h.ll.AMi,^:
Var. Birryi, Hort. Dark i,M-,on. wit), vi-otous. thick
branches and short iirandii. ts. \ar. Clanbrasiliana,
Loud. A dwarf, coinjia.t toini. wiili slioit. crowded
branchlets and -small. ^4-^.iii. lonu^ l\s. 'I'liore are
many other dwarf f.irnis, ,ljrt,riii- s,,ni,wkat in habit
and t'olia,!,'e, as vars. oompacta, conica, diffusa, dumbsa,
EUwangerlana, Gregoryana. Maxwelli iFiL.-. IT'.isi. mu-
ricata. parviformia, prociimben=^. pumila, pygmaea, tab-
ulaeformis. Var. Flnedonensis, Conl. Lvs. jiali- yellow
invfersa, t'arr. With drooling l.raiiclMs .lusely ap-
pressed to tlie stem. ling. C: 1(10. Var. monslrosa, Loud.
A form witli few, tl.i.'k branches clothed with rigid,
thick lvs. Var. pendula. Loud. With irregularly dis-
posed ]M-ndtilous I.rani-lies and branchlets. Var. pyra-
midalis, Carr. With tlic Inanches ascending at narrow
angles, forming a narrow pyramid. Mn. 6. p. 87. Var.
viminalis. Willd. Branches in remote whorls, almost
horizontal, with very long and slender branchlets with-
out or with very few lateral
branchlets. Var. virgata, Jacq.
(deinnh'ila, Carr.). Sparingly
I slender
braii'-li.-s .Ir^iiniie of branch-
erones j.emlulou.s and the upper
ones ascending. R. H. 1854,
p. 102. P. excelsa, var. elAta,
Hort., is probably a seedling of
this variety and an intermedi-
ate form toward the type. Gn
3:177. There are also some
forms with variegated and yel-
low foliage. Two geographical
forms of slow -rowtli and dens,-
haiiit an- var. alpestris, I'.riiL'^'..
froint)i.-)liL'li Al]is,in ), al.il a "
folia;;.- r.-s.-inl.lini: /'. o/^.,. a
var. medioxima, Nyl., from
Eu., in habit and appearai
similar to P. orientalis.
miniata, mentioned in t
genus Abies in the suppleme
ary list as A. miniata, is a m
print for A. minuta, which
a synonym of P. excelsa, var.
6. orientalis, Carr. Tree, to (X >;;.)
120 ft., with ascending and
spreading branches and somewhat pendulous branch-
lets : young branches brown, pubescent : lvs. thick,
obtuse, dark green and shining, crowded and more
or less appresscd to the branches: fls. carmine: cone
cvlindric-ovate, 2J^-3}^ In. long, less than 1 in. thick:
scales orbicular, entire at the margin. W. Asia, Cau-
casus, (i.e. II. •21:308; 25:333; III. 3:734. A. G.
IMriUo. Mn. .', ]>. l.'^'.t. \'. 20:185. — A very graceful
S|iriii-.- \\it)i (lark. ::l.issv foliage; of slow growth and
tli.i-.r.ire valiial.lr tor ^in:ili(-r gardens. It holds its
1334 PICEA
7. riibra, Link (P. acHtixsima,^. G. Jack. P. rubens,
Sarg.). Red Spbuue. Tree, to 80 ft. or occasionally
to 100 ft., with short and slender branches forming a
narrow pyramidal head, with red-brown bark : young
branches reddish brown: Ivs. quadrangular, acute or
mucronate, dark or bright green, shining, about }4 in.
long : fls. purple : cones oblong, 1J4-2 in. long, light
reddish brown, glossy; scales obovate, rounded and en-
tire or slightly erose at the margin. From Canada to
N. C, along the Alleghany Mts. S.S. 12:597. -Hand-
some tree, but requires cool and moist situation and is
less drought-enduring than most others.
8. nigra, Link (P. Maridna, Britt., Sterns & Pogg.).
Fig. 1799. Tree, usually to 20-30 ft. or occasionally to
100 ft., with slender, often pendulous branches forming
a narrow, irregular head: bark gray - brown : young
PICEA
brown and glossy, lJ^-2 in. long; scales orbicular, with
usually entire margin, thin and flexible. From Labra-
dor to Alaska, south to Mont., Minn, and N. Y. S.S.
12:598. G.F. 8:223; 9:355. F.S. 21:2251. -A decorative
species of dense habit when young and with rather light
bluish green foliage; it endures heat and drought much
better than the two preceding species. The most im-
portant garden form is yar. csertilea, Carr. (rar. argintea
and var. glaiica, Hort. Abies rubra, var. violdcea,
Loud.). Of dense habit, with light bluish green or
almost silvery gray foliage. Var. atirea, Beissn., has
yellow foliage. Var. n&na. Loud. Dwarf, forming a
dense round bush. Var. pfindula, Beissn. With pendu-
lous branches.
10. £ngelmani]
Tree, to l.'iO ft.
Enge
The I,
between 1 1
and be^. .1
years c.l 1
1797 Shcdd.ne of t
he leaves of Norway Spruce
- of a limb that is eisht j cirsoid The part
„r..wth between A and 1) it is two years old ;
1 H se isons •,(;„ The sec tion beyond C is six
s of age Tlie four juirs growth of this limb
U <<.\(i(d with t<di-iEe -vs is the part shown in
aud'S^ne
younger)
h^xu' l.lirth.",, ,, ,, 1 n
onthe eightjeir..! 1 M 1
This shows that th 1 ^
, ,n\ 1 n ^ between (. and D (seven years old)
1 1 1 'li se on the branehlets and these are
I III 1 MX or seven years
branches brown or yellowish liioH u h^ quadrangular,
obtusish, dull dark or bluish grten, lilooiny especially on
the upper side, %-% in long fls purple cones oval
oblong, globose ovate when open, dull grayish brown,
%-!% in. long ; scales rounded and finely denticulate
at the margin. From Can. to Va., Minn, and Brit. Col.
S.S. 12:596. — Very variable in habit; cone-bearing trees
often only a few ft. high when growing in swamps. The
most ornamental garden form is var. Donm6tti, Carr.,
with :isc. -I I dii I g'Towded branches forming a dense conical
pyr.iiiii.l. A -iniilar form, somewhat broader at the base
:iiiii with iiinn. light bluish green foliage, is var. Hari-
4na, B. issii. (i.e. IIL 11:80. Var. brevifdlia, Rehd.
(P. brcrifdUa, Peck). Fig. 1794. Small tree, with short
spreading branches forming an irregular and narrow
head : Ivs. usually %-% in. long, bluish green: cones
X-1 in., seeds 1-12 in. long. Of little ornamental value.
V. 23:291. A. G. 23: 201, 203. Var. virgita, Rehd., is
a sparingly branched form with long and slender
branches destitute of branehlets, very similar to P.
excelsa, var. virgata. G.F. 8:45. Var. pdmila, Hort., is
a dwarf, compact, cushion-like form of very dark green
color.
9. 41ba, Link (P. Canadensis, Britt.. Stems & Pogg. ).
Fig. 1794. Tree, usually 60-70, sometimes to 150 ft.,
with ascendent branches and usually pendent branch-
lets : bark light brownish gruy: Ivs. slightly curved,
acute or acutish, more or h^s lilui^li given, K-94 in.
long, of a strong, aromati.' ...Ii.t- wlun bruised: fls.
pale red or yellowish : com-s . yliinlnc-oblong, light
Abies commutdta, Murr.).
til slender spreading branches in
closely arranged whorls, forming a
dense and narrow pyramid in young
trees : winter-buds with brownish
yellow usually appressed or little
spreiiding scales: young branches
jiale brownish yellow, pubescent:
Ivs. slender, straight or slightly
incurved, acute, bluish green to
steel-blue, K-1 in. long, without
resin canals, of a strong aromatic
odor when bruised: fls. purple:
cones oval- to cylindric -oblong,
light brown, lH-3 in. long; scales
rhomboidal, narrowed and truncate
or rarely acute at the apes. From
Alberta and Brit. Col. to Ariz, and
N. M. S.S. 12:599.-A very orna-
mental tree, varying in the color
of foliage. Var. glaiica, Hort., has
bluish or steel-blue, and var. ar-
g6ntea, Hort., silvery gray foliage.
P. pseiidopuugens, Dieck, seems
not to differ from typical P. Engel-
luanni. P. Engelmanni is said to
be sold for P. pnngens. It is more
common, and its seeds are there-
fore more readily secured.
11. ptingenB, Engelm. (P. Par-
rydna, Sarg. Abies M(miesi,
Engelm., not Lindl.). Fig. 1794,
1798. Tree, 80-100, or occasionally
to 150 ft., with horizontal stout
branches in rather remote whorls,
forming a broad, regular pyramid:
winter-buds with brownish yellow
usually reflexed scales: young
branches glabrous, bright yellowish brown: Ivs. rigid,
incurved, spiny - acuminate, bluish green to silvery
white or rarely dull green, % to one and one-flfth in.
long, with 2 resin canals: cones cylindric-oblong, light
brown and glossy, 2X-i in. long; scales rhomboidal,
narrowed and erose at the apex. Wyo. to Colo, and
Utah. S.S. 12:600. G.C. II. 20:725; 111.10:547. Mn. 7,
p. 51. Gng. 7:49. S.H. 2:273. F. 1884, p. 5. G.M. 40:35.
— A very handsome and very hardy tree of symmetrical
habit, with light, sometimes almost silvery white foli-
age. According to the different shades of color of the
foliage, vars. arg6ntea, coBrillea and glatica, Hort., are
distinguished. Var.yiridis, Regel ( P. commtitAtn, Hort. ),
is the form with green Ivs. A dwarf compact form of
this species originated about 10 years ago at the Arnold
Arboretnim.
12. Sitchtasis, Carr. {Abies Mfmiesi, Lindl.). TroE-
LAND Spruce. Sitka Spkuce. Tree, usually 100 ft., oc-
casionally 200 ft. high, with slender horizontal branches,
forming a broad pyramid in young trees ; in old trees
the upper branches short and ascending, the lower ones
slender and spreading, clothed with slender branehlets:
bark bright or dark red-brown : young branches rigid,
light brownish yellow, glabrous : Ivs. bright green,
shining and rounded on the lower side, flat, slightly
ridged and silvery white on the upper side, sharply
acute or acuminate, K-1 in. long: staminate fls. red:
cones cylindric-oval, pale yellowish or reddish brown,
2M^ in. long; scales rounded at the apex and erose.
Alaska to Calif. G.C. II. 25:728, 729. S.S. 12:602. G.F.
PICEA
4:21I(erroneously named Douglas Fir). M.D.G. 1896:403.
—A very ornamental tree, especially attractive by the
contrasting colors of the foliage, but it can hardly be
grown successfully in the eastern states; it does not
stand the hot summers well, and is probably not hardy
farther north than Mass. Var. specidsa, Beissn., is of
slower growth and more compact habit, with more as-
cending branches and shorter, more rigid Ivs.
13. Ajanfinsis, Fisch. {Ahies Jezohisis,
Sieb. & Zucc. P. Hondoinsis, Mayr. P.
Alcocki&na, Veitch partly). Tree, 100-
150 ft. or occasionally higher, with hori-
zontally spreading slender branches : bark
dark gray : young branches glabrous,
ihining, yellowish brown or yellowish
green: Ivs. slightly curved, acute or ob-
tuse, slightly ridged on both sides, dark
green and shining below, silvery white
above, %-% in. long: fls. carmine: cones
oblong, light brown, lH-3>a in. long;
scales oval -oblong, erose. E. Siber.,
Amurland, Sachatin, Yeso. B. M. 6743.
G.C. II. 13: 115, 212; III. 3, p. 53. Gt. 38, p. 217,
figs. 2-5. — Similar to the preceding and highly orna-
mental, hardier: Ivs. somewhat broader and shorter
and less sharply pointed than in the preceding. P.
Ajanensin and P. Sondoensis are considered by Mayr
as two distinct species: the first has yellowish green
branches and on older plants the slightly swollen leaf-
cushions are recurved; the latter has light reddish
brown branches, the leaf-cushions on the upper side of
the branches are much swollen, pointing forward, with
two small furrows below the apex, the Ivs. somewhat
shorter and the bracts of the scales somewhat narrowed
near the middle.
14. Alcockl4na, Carr. (P. I.icolo,; Mavr. Abies bt-
color, Maximowicz). Tree, 80-150 ft., with slender
spreading branches : bark grayish brown : young
branches dull reddish brown, sometimes finely pubes-
cent: Ivs. somewhat curved, dark green above with two
bluish lines below, sharply acuminate, %-% in. long:
cones oblong, brown, purple before ripening, 3^ in.
long; scales obovate, finely denticulate at the often re-
curved margin. Japan. G.C. II. 13, p. 213. — Handsome
tree, with more slender branches than the preceding
and of more rapid growth. Sometimes cult, under the
name P. Alcockiana nova and P. acicularis.
15. Omorlka, Bi.llc (rhin.< 0,„nr)J:n.'P:m>-]i\]. Tree,
to 100 ft. or liiirh.-r. witli r^iilin- sin,,-! ^prfadini; aii.l as-
cending l)r:iii.-lii-s fMniiiii- a iiarr.iw ]iyi-iiiiii.hil lii-ad:
young braiii-lu's In-nwu. |.ut.csrtMii : i\>. nnnprcssed.
ridged on botli siiWs, ul.tust- and mucroiiulate, dark
green and shining below, with whitish lines above, %-
PIERIS
1335
16. Broweriina, Wats. Tree, 80-120 ft. high, with the
branches at the top slightly ascending, the lower ones
horizontal or pendulous, with whip - like pendulous
branchlets often 7 or 8 ft. long, furnished with similar,
slender lateral branchlets; young branches reddish
brown, pubescent: Ivs. straight or slightly curved, ob-
tuse, rounded and dark green at the lower surface, al-
most flat and with white lines above, %-l in. long:
brown, glossy, \%-2yi in. long; scales almost orbi(
with finely denticulate margin. S. E. Eu. G.C. II.
21:308; III. 21:153. Gt. 47, p. 177. -Handsome tree of
rather slow growth, forming a dense and narrow pyra-
mid when young; very hardy.
staminate fls. purple: cones oblong, 2}4-5 in. long, lij
orange-brown; scales obovate, with entire margin. '
kiyou Mts. in Ore. and N. Calif. S.S. 12:601. G.F.
3:66, 67; 5:595. G.C. II. 25:497.-One of the most dis-
tiuct Spruces, but it has not yet been successfully cul-
tivated in the eastern states
P Columbiana Lemm Is a form of P Engelmanni of
smaller «ize with <;m iller ne m I ih 1 1 \m 1 irk -P
UUhiu Mist Tieo t I II 1 but hs
shorter about ^4 ^-j 11 1 cones
13m long Amurli 01 —P
Maximouiczi Kegel \l dller in
e%erv pirt l\s ibnit I 1 lu cult
pHnts J.ipan \^, ^ j^^j Kehder
PICKEREL-WEED Ponttdena
PICOTEE. See Carnation.
PICRASMA (Greek, pikrasmos, bitterness; referring
to the bitter bark and wood). Including /'icrcfwa. Sima-
ritbAcete. Trees and shrubs, with alternate, odd-pinnate
Ivs., yellowish green fls. in axillary, long-peduncled,
loose cymes and subglobose, dry, berry-like fr. About
8 species in S. and E. Asia and W. India. Only P.
ailanthoides, Planch. {P. Japonica, Gray), seems to be
in cult. It is an upright shrub, almost glabrous except
the tomentulose inflorescence: Ivs. with 4-8 pairs of
Ifts.; Ifts. ovate or oblong-ovate, acuminate, crenately
serrate, 2^-3K in. long: fr. pea-sized, bright red,
with 1 seed. N. China, Japan. This is probably the
hardiest species of the genus, but has proved only half-
hardy at the Arnold Arboretum. Farther north it may
be of value on account of its orange and scarlet fall
coloring and the bright red fruits. It is sometimes
tinited with P. quassioides, Benn., from Himalaya and
China. Wood and bark are exceedingly bitter. The
wood of some species, especially P. excelsa, Planch.,
from Jamaica, is used in medicine like that of Quassia.
Alfred Rehder.
PICTURES. See PJidlographi/.
PIE-PLANT. See Bliuharb.
PI£RIS (a mythological name). Including Porfiuia.
Ericilcew. Ornamental evergreen or deciduous shrubs
or rarely small trees, with alternate short-petioled Ivs.
and handsome usually white fls. in often-panicled ra-
cemes or in racemose axillary fascicles. The evergreen
P. florihunda and the deciduous P. Mariana are hardy
North and, like the other species, are valuable for the
earliness of their flowers. The most beautiful are
P. Japonica and P. formosa, with long drooping or nod-
ding racemes of white fls. arranged in terminal panicles;
the first thrives still in Mass., but the fls. are usually
winter-killed, while P. formosa can be grown only South.
They are easily forced, and P. Japonica especially
may be recommended for this purpose; it makes a very
handsome and graceful pot-plant for inside decoration
with its slender racemes of pure white flowers hanging
over the glossy bright green foliage. The species of
Pieris, like other Ericaceae, grow well in a moderately
1336
riERIS
moist, well-drained and porous soil, but dislike lime-
stone and heavy clay; a partly shaded situation suits
them best. Prop, by seeds treated like those of Azalea
or Rhododendron; also by layers, and the evergreen
ones by cuttings of almost ripened wood in August
under glass, kept during the winter in a cool green-
house. They root very slowly; cuttings taken from
forced plants root more readily. About 10 species in
N. Amer. and in Asia from Hinial. to Japan. Caly.x-
lobes valvate or distinct; corolla globose or urceolate ;
stamens 10 ; anthers obtuse, with a pair of awns near
the base or the filaments 2-toothed below the apex : cap-
sule with 0 dehiscent valves ; seeds linear-oblong, not
winged, with membranaceous testa. Often included
under Aiidn.iiMila. Clirsely allied to Lyonia, but dis-
tinguishi'.i Ij\ it- iiwnlrss anthers, and to Zenobia, which
has thi- aiiihri- I iiwn.il at the apex. The foliage of
some speci. > i> >aiil I.. Ill- poisonous to cattle.
B. Flowers in ti nii,u,il
year and r. ,„,ti,i,,
capsule globose , irt/hi>ni nthjes.
floribfinda, Benth. & Hook. (Andrdmeda floribiinda,
Pursh. PoHuna floribiinda, ISSutt.). Fig. 1800. Dense
shrub, 2-6 ft. high: branches and petioles with strigose
liniwn hairs: Ivs. ovate to oblong -lanceolate, acute,
iii'iiiiirh -, rriilai.' ami -ri.i-rly ciliate. Otherwise gla-
f ^ ! ' ' I f ' _ 1 I iMiiig, in terminal dense
' I "i:. ;. I I i' h . _ la.roUa ovate, strongly
a'._M.v ,: ::,., ', :,, i • . i, •, \|.rii.May. Va. toGa., in
In \i._l ■ M I.M.I.-,!..,. B.R. 10:807. M.D.G.
1-'^:.;: \' I 'I.- .-vergreen shrub for its hardi-
Japonica. i '- I'on A iidrdmeda Jap^nica, Thunb.).
V\ii. loiil. .-.1,1 111,, Willi spreading branches or some-
times small tree to 'M ft.: branches glabrous: Ivs.
crowdeii at the ends of branches, obovate-lanceolate or
oblanceolate, crenately serrulate, cuneate at the base,
glabrous, 1X-2K in. long : fls. in pendulous panicles.
4^
PILEA
Dwarf form with small linear-oblanceolate Ivs. Japanese
botanists speak of a variety with the racemes a foot and
more long: this form seems to be not yet introduced.
P. Japoniea is one of the most graceful early-blooming
evergreens.
. ^
W^.
i801. Pieris Japomca
3. Fls. in axillary clusters, forming terminal leafy
racemes.
nitida, Benth. & Hook. {Andrimeda nitida, Bartr.
. rori(ifi(i. Ait. I. Fettek-bush. Shrub, 2-0 ft. high,
ith triangul.ir liiaiMlif^. .[uite glabrous: Ivs. obovate
■ broadly .lliiitir t.. ..Ii|.,iiir. narrowed at both ends,
■ight grc.ii ami -liiiiiiiL.' ala.ve, entire and slightly rev-
II. r .-:; in. long: corolla cylindric-
k. ',-' in. long: capsule ovoid glo-
ili. Mitiires. March-May. N. C. to
lii'i'i ^Var. riibra, Lodd. Fls. deep
olute at till-
ovate, whit-
bose, with ri
Fla. and La.
pink. L.B.t
.K.\. Ln. deciduous.
Mariana, Benth. & Hook. (Andr6meda Maridna,
Linn. Li/iniia Jlitriihia. U. Don. Leucdtliog Maridna,
DC). .ST.iiiiiEU-Bt'SH. Shrub. 2-4 ft. high, glabrous or
nearly so: Ivs. oval to oblong, obtuse or acute, usually
cuneate at the base, entire, 1-3 in. long: fls. nodding,
in axillary clusters on leafless branches of the previous
year, forming 2-5 in. long racemes; corolla cylindric-
carapanulate, white or pale pink, almost 14 in. long:
capsule ovate-pyramidal. April-June. R. I. to Fla.
B.M. 1579.
r /,>niio.\a. D. Dim, Evevgreen slmib or sm.all trfp. to 12 ft..
2H-5 in. long; corolla ovate, not angled. '
longer April, May. Japan. R.B. 11:1
Gn. 12:98 and p. 424; 50, p. 307: 57, p. :i;W. (r.(.'. 11. 17:797.
M.D.G. 1898:544.-Var. albo-marginata, Hnrt. Lvs.
with whitish margin and smaller. Var. pygmsea, Maxim.
ALFRED ReHDER.
PIGEON BEERY, rinjtohicca decandru.
PIGEON PEA. Caj""'": I,idic„s.
PIGEON PLUM. See Corrolnlm.
PIG-NUT. Siffi-Kwi«.
PIGWEED. Species of Chenopodium and Amaran-
PlLEA (iiilous, a Roman cap; one of the segments of
the pcnaiitti ii tin ^I-* ilc-cnbed species covering the
akeiic, /,' ^1 1 1 1, pical and some temperate-
region 111 il ' \ ), annual or perennial, of
\ arious hi) i i i in are weedy plants, but
forms of 1,11, II 1 I I - are grown in greenhouses
for their compact f. rn like sprays and for the interest-
ing phenomenon of forcibly discharging the pollen,
whence the name Artillery" Plant. The species are
widely distributed in the Old and New World. The
PI LEA
flowers are monoecious or tlioecious, mostly very small
and in axillary clusters; stamens 3-4, and the sepal-
lobes in the staminate tts. of the same number; sepal-
lobes of pistillate fls. 3, the ovary 3-angled and erect
and bearing a sessile tufted stigma, with 3 scale-like
staminodiuras : fr. an akene, ovate or nearly orbicular,
compressed, more or less invested in the perianth.
There are 150 or more species of Pilea, one of whicli,
P. pumila, is a small nettle-like plant growing in the
The Artillery Plants of the gardens are small branchy
half-succulent herbs, usually grown in pots and allowed
to reach a foot or so in height. The gracefully curving
fronds of small ovate or obovate shining leaves are
much prized. They are easy to grow, being propagated
by cuttings. They thrive "best when given an abun-
dance of water. Sometimes they are used as edgings in
orchid houses, to screen the pots with green, and they
also tend to equalize the moisture conditions and thereby
contribute to the welfare of the orchids.
When the staminate flowers open, the pollen is usually
discharged forcibly and visibly. If a plant is put in a
sunny place when the pollen is ripe, it may set up
a vigorous bombardment, particularly if the foliage is
sprayed. (See I. H. 1, p. 64 ( 18.54) for an account of this
phcnomi-uon.) The Artillery Plant is seen in nearly
i\. \-\ -I I c iilh.iisr. but whether there is more than one
-i n cultivation it is difficult to deter-
ii: - :h- <'haracters are difficult to draw. The
h-. nil -:i .ipposite, are unequal. Usually the
braii._iiiLi.^ iit.\tlup alternately on the branch.
microphylla, Liebm. {P. mnscbsa, Lindl. P. eaUi-
trichioldes ot some nuthoTs). Monoecious: small, rather
weak plant: Ivs. less than J< in. long as a rule, some-
times very small: fl. -clusters mostly sessile or nearly so.
S. Amer.
serpyllifdlia, Wedd. (P. muscdsa, Hort. in part. P.
calUtrlchioides of some). Fig. 1802. Dioecious: plant
usually stronger and more upright: Ivs. usually more
than Ji in. long, and fl. -clusters more peduncled. Mex.
Seems to be the commoner species, but it is difficult to
determine them. L_
PIIOCAEPTJS (Greek, pUos, a cap, and karpos, a
fruit, from the shape of the fruit). MntAcew. Shrubs or
small trees, sometimes attaining 10 ft., with pinnately
compound Ivs. of 1-4 pairs and a terminal leaflet; the
Ifts. opposite, but the Ivs. usually alternate: fls. in
elongated racemes: petals 4-5, valvate; stamens 4-5:
ovary 4-5-lobed, not tubercled. The plants of the genus
form the source of the alkaloid "pilocarpine," and to-
gether with plants of several other genera, the basis of
the drug "Jaborandi." Seventeen species, natives of
tropical America, principally Brazil.
pennatildlius, Lem. Branchlets glabrous or puheru-
lent: Ivs. alternate, 1-VA ft. long; Ifts. 2 or 3 pairs, be-
sides the terminal one, 3-9 in. long, oblong ; apex
rounded or eniarginate, coriaceous, yellowish green:
raceme spike-like, many-fld. (about 100); rachis stout,
pedicels stout, horizontal, with 2 small greenish tooth-
PILOCEREUS 1.33T
shaped bracts at their bases: fls. reddish brown, rotate.
Brazil. B.M. 7235.-Int. into Calif, by Dr. Francesehi,
and said to be hardy in the open wherever the lemon
can be successfully grown.
Arnolu V. Stui
PILOCEEETTS (Latin, ;)i7i(s, hair). CactcLcew. Asome-
what hetereogeneous assemblage of forms differing from
related species principally by the presence in the fruit-
ing area of different or more copious and lengthened
hairs or bristles, in some of the species aggregated in a
circumscribed area and termed a cephalium. For cul-
ture, see Cactus.
Brunnowii, 5.
Celsianus, 5.
chrysomalhis. 9.
,12.
INDEX.
floctnisus, 6. Royeni, 6.
fossitlatus, 5. SargeiLtiam
Haagei, li. Schottii. 1.
polylophus.
A. Fruiting area circumferential, of lengthened bristles-
or weak spines, without woolly hairs: no hairs on-
1. Schattii, Lem. {P. Sanientictmis, Ore). Pig. 1803.
Branching from the base, lil-15 ft. hiirh. glaucous: ribs;
4-10, commonly 5; spim^ t-7. \ ri-y slun-t, tliii-ktiH-d :it
base: areolae of the fnntiiii; :ur:i li.^uin- v, rv r.ii.i,,,,^
and long (1-3 in.) stilll-h tui-n.i l.riMlr,: iS. Mnall.
pinkish, about 1 in. Ion-: fr- si.ii. .diKI. . iIm ^izc and
somewhat the coli.r of an Mli\c. N..riii .McxhM and Baja,
California. G.F. 4:4:;7.
2. scoparius, P"-cl-. Tr.-. lik.. i i.lih liranrhi-d. 25 ft.
high, 1 ft. in cliaiii.: ra.lial -liii,.- lJ-i:,,v.rN ~li,.rt. cen-
trals 7-8, not iiiurli I.i,,^-,,'; 1,1 il,,. il..«,,-iim l.ralirhf^
the spines chan-r to |..Tm.r ^toui l,ii-tl,v an.l lli.- airola-
are closer td-.'tli.r. f.nniili- a l.ri-tty .al.ltaliinn ; IN.
small, bell-shalird, r.d.li-li : Ir. -I ■■ ol a lia/.lnul . Xrar
bristle-like, less than '.. in. Ioul- ;
usually 1; spines of ilif Mow* im
crowded: fls. large, tnnii|.c t -liap. ,
scaly. Mex.
AA. Fruiting area hilir^ii. ./ •!■ ,
which the flow rs ,,,, i,„in
lanuginous, «• j-c. ;-/ //. /'. II'
4. Hoppenst6dtii, W.li. c.lniiin
reaching a heitrlit .if :!n ft.: nl'< ii
Ki: radial spines 14-18. viiy slmr
lower 1
lunar, ^iiii]il<-. slender,
< nuiii, iMU~, more than
hort ; .■.■ntrals 5-8. the
.; all tlir spines at first
sh^then white: cephalium of 1-2 in. long tufts of
yellowish hairs, forming a narrow bract on the north
side of the plant : fls. 3 in. long, bell-shaped, whitish,
with rosy tips. Mex.
5 Celsianus, Lom. i p. f,,sxiil!ifus. Lab.). Columnar,
in tin- -arM. n- -jni-lr. hai.ih more than 4 ft.high, 3in.
indiani.: rii.~ !" I, ' i ; -roen; areola? bearing long
(2 ill. I Willi' I ■ -|iiues usually 9, the lower
one. till- loiiL'i-t. I --ili.iii 1 ill. long; central usually 1,
sometimes 4. the Iniit'est sometimes 3 in. long, all yellow:
fls. not known. Andes of Bolivia.
Var. Brinnowii, Schura. (P. Bninnowii, Haage Jun.).
Stem stouter: wool brownish, more copious ; spines
stronger and darker.
6. Koy^ni, Riimpl. (P. floccbsua, Lem.). Columnar,
branching, reaching 15 ft. in height, 2-3 in. in diam.:
ribs 9-in. obtuse bluish pniinose: spines 12-16. rigid,
divanr.'ii,.. l.ri-lil .■hiiIh r-v, Ilo... . it,, ii,i„T oii..s larger,
ncarl '■','.■.■ '■' ■' • ■■•'■'■ '.■■■..•.■■ N.iii,' hairs
last
1338
PILOCEREUS
7. Houll^tii, Lera. Tree-like, attaining 40 ft. in height :
branches divaricate; cultivated plants usually 3^ in. in
diam: ribs 6-8, rounded, glaucous ; radial spines 7-9,
spreading K in. long, honey yellow, central twice as
long and stronger: areolie of the sterile stem with more
or less hairs, which in the fruiting area are very numer-
ous, making a shaggy tract sometimes 1 ft. long: lis. 3
in. long, imbedded in the wool, turbinate, greenish red
outside, rose-red within: fr. dark red, depressed-globose.
Mexico. B.H. 1862, pp. 427-^30.
AAA. Fruiting area a prominent cephalitim composed of
dense locks of woolly hairs intermixed with
bristles, unilateral except sometimes in P.
chrtfsomallus .
B. LniKj hairs absent except in the cephalitiyii.
8. Columna-TrajAni, Salm-Dyck. Tree-like, attaining
a height of 50 ft. and a diam. of over 2 ft., simple below:
areolae large, elliptic ; radial
spines 10-12, the upper very
short, the lower longest, nearly
an inch long ; centrals 2, the
upper an inch long, the lower
4-5 in. : fls. about 2 in. long,
scarcely projecting from the
unilateral woolly and bristly
c-vhaliuiii. Mfx. R.H. 1890, p.
IJ'i Till ^].i(iHf name refers to
till f.illl.m^ Tr:iiau's Column.
par
9. chrysomillus, Lera. Tree-
like, with erect branches, reach-
ing a height of 30 ft. : ribs in
cultivated plants 13 : areolse
with long hairs; radial spines
11-13, the upper H in. long, the
lower twice as long; centrals 4,
still longer; all the spines am-
ber-yellow, becoming brown:
cpphalium terminal or some-
times unilateral, a foot long,
xM.i.llx .md setose. Mex.
Ill senilis, Pfeiff. Old Man
("\i n s. Columnar, reaching a
busht of 35 ft. and a diam. of
1 ft., branching at the very
base, the branches becoming
parallel with the parent: ribs
20-30, very little elevated ; areolae
bearing 20 to 30 white, wavy
bristles 2-5 in. long; later ap-
pear also, at first 1, then 3-5
!%^ -^ strong, yellowish spines : fls.
'^- =^. very numerous in the cephal-
1803. Pilocereus Schottii. i"™. nearly 4 in. long, red out-
side, reddish white vnthm: fr.
violet, 2 in. long. Central Mex. R.H. 1889, p. 568; 1890,
p. 128.
11. Dautwiztii, Haagp i /' ///)/. ■. P.iselg.). Colum-
nar, reaching 5 ft. in h.-ii;lii. 4 in. iii iliiiiii.: ribs 25-30.
low, obtuse: areolae cl.isi t.i-. ihi r. ln'aring over 20
needle-like, spreading and mtirlmkiut; spines, and also
copious long, white, curled hairs which cover the whole
upper part of the plant, like a spider's web: cephalium
and fl. not certainly known. Northern Peru. G.C. 1873:7.
F.S. 21:2163.
AAAA. Fruiting areola and younger parts of the plant
bearing short hairs, but cephalium wanting.
12. ex^rens, Schum. {P. virens, Lera.). Branching at
base, 3-4 ft. high, 2-3 in. in diam., tapering above:
ribs 4-6, obtuse, the sterile shoots with short, sparse,
woolly hairs at the top; spines commonly 7 radials,
very short, 1-3 centrals 4 times as long; woolly hairs
much more abundant on the blooming plant : fls. about
3 in. long, trumpet-bell-shaped, without wool or spines.
BT&ziL Katharine Brandeoee.
PILdGYNE. See Melothria.
PIL0MNA. See Trichopilia.
PIMELEA (Greek, fat; refernng to the fleshy seeds).
Thymelmacea. Rice Flower. A genus comprising
many showy species, and confined almost exclusively
to Australia and neighboring islands. They are mostly
delicate shrubs, fitted only for greenhouse culture,
though reported to be hardy in the open wherever the
lemon can be successfully grown. Lvs. nearly always
opposite, always simple and entire: Inflorescence usu-
ally a terminal head or cluster, never umbellate, often
with an involucre of 4 or more bracts at the base : per-
ianth tubular, with a spreading (rarely erect) 4-lobed
limb: stamens 2, inserted in the throat opposite the 2
outer perianth-lobes : ovary 1-celled: fr. a small drupe.
Of the many species, only three {P. decussata, P. li-
gustrina and P. spectabilis) have been actually intro-
duced into the U. S., but there are so many other very
showy species, some of which are already in the Old
World, that in all probability more will soon be found
In our collections for greenhouse culture. For the lat-
ter the soil should be a mixture of peat and loam, with
enough sharp sand added to make it "gritty," and spe-
cial care given to insure perfect drainage. After bloom-
ing, the plants should be cut back severely to stimulate
new growth. They can be propagated from either seeds
or cuttings. Ernest Braunton writes: "P. decussata
is an elegant little shrub, of uncertain existence. In
southern Calif, it attains a height of 3 ft., with the
same width at the top, flowers magnificently and then
dies. In northern Calif, it does the same. In the open
ground it lives 3-5 years, and must have shade."
Arnold V. Stubenrauch.
Cuttings of well-ripened wood of P. spectabilis and
P. decussata root freely at 60° placed under a bell-glass,
in a .shaded house. They are not strong growers and
must not be over-potted. During the summer they do
best when plunged outside but covered with lath racks.
Tlifv iiiav 1m- kfpt with auriculas. During the winter
till . hii, i. 1. ,-t wjtli iricHsat 40-45° at night, and they
wil! i. i-tir witliout forcing. They are rather
si - : ml- fur a commercial man, but they
pri'iiM. :\]]\ li. II- jirofitable. P. decussata, espe-
cially, IS one of the ttnest of pink greenhouse shrubs.
H. D. Darlington.
arenaria, 9.
hyperioina, 3.
rosea, 10,
decussata, 13.
spathulata, 15.
spectahUis, 14.
Blauea. 6.
longiflnr.i, 1.
sylvestris. U.
Tnvnlucral lvs. absent 1. longiflora
Inrolucral lvs. reduced to S small
bracts 2. drupacaa
Invnlucral lvs. 4-S.
B. Jyvs. distinctly penniveined.
c. Fls. white 3. hypericina
4. ligustrina
cc. Fls.rose-coloredoryellowish. 5. suaveolena
IB. Lvs. not penniveined or very
obscurely so.
c. Color of involucral lvs. green.
X>. Fls. white.
E. Perianth -tube cylindri-
cal 6. glauca
7. linifolia
EE. Perianth-tube wider at
top 8. graciliflora
EEE. Perianth-tube narrower
at top 9. arenaria
DD. Fls. rose-colored.
E. Perianth-tube cylindri-
cal 10. rosea
EE. Perianth-tube wider at
top 11. sylvestris
DDD. Fls. white and pink in
same head 12. nivea
PIMELEA
CC. Color of involucrul Irs. pink
or red, or tinged only at
margin.
D. Fls. rose-colored 13. ferruginea
DD. Fls. white and pink in
same head 1-1. spectabilis
DDD. Fls. pale yellow 15. spatliulata
AAAA. Involucral Ivs. 8 or usually more
than S 16. imbricata
1. longiHdra, R. Br. Stems 4 ft. or more high, slender,
very leafy: Ivs. sometimes alternate, linear, hairy: fls.
pure white, hairy externally, long and slender: heads
globose, many-fld. : anthers yellow, not exserted. B.M.
3281.
2. drupicea, Labill. A straggling shrub 6-8 ft. high
or lower: branches leafy: Ivs. ovate to oblong-elliptical
or oblong-linear, glabrous above, slightly silky hairy
beneath, distinctly penniveined : fls. white or tinged
with pink, silky hairy, small; anthers yellow, hardly ex-
serted: heads sessile, few-fld. L.B.C. 6:540.
3. hypericina, A. Cunn. Stem slender, 3 ft. or more
high: branches not vpry lonfy; Ivs. elliptically oblong,
smooth : fls. hernuqiliru'iiti- :itnl female on distinct
plants, very hairy . \t. riiall) ; lir riii:iphrodite fls. longer
and more slender: li'-:i(U in;iii\-llii. and crowded.— Very
similar to P. ligiislrin.i , in fart placed as a variety of
it in Flora Australiensis; distinguished in having more
involucral Ivs. much shorter than the fls. and silky pu-
bescent or hoary. B.M. 3330.
4. lignstTlna, Labill. Erect, 5-6 ft. high: Ivs. ovate
to oblong or elliptical : involucral Ivs. 4, very rarely 5
or 6, as long as the fl.-tubes, glabrous: fls. sometimes
female only, silky hairy. Int. into Calif., where it is
said to do very well. B.R. 21:1829.
5. suavSolens, Meissn. Erect, usually less than 1 ft.
high, sometimes branching at base only: branches very
leafy: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate to oblong-linear; involucral
Ivs. 4-8, usually as long as the fls. and ciliate: fls. yel-
lowish when fresh, usually hairy; heads globular, very
large and many-fld. B.M. 4543 (as P. macrocephala).
6. glailca, B. Br. Erect, much branched, 14-1% ft.
high: Ivs. ovate to oblong-lanceolate or almost linear;
involucral Ivs. usually 4, shorter than fls. : fls. silky
hairy: heads globular," not many-fld. L.B.C. 17:1611.
7. linifdlia, Sm. Erect, from less than 1 to 3 ft. high :
branches slender, bark ferruginous, not very leafy: Ivs.
linear or oblong; involucral Ivs. 4, nearly as long as
fls.: heads terminal, globular, erect. B.M. 891.
8. grracilifldra, Hook. Erect, slender, 2% ft. high:
Ivs. lanceolate, dotted above; involucral Ivs. 6, shorter
than fls.: fls. long, slender, glabrous. — Very similar to
P. sylvestris, and described as the same in PI. Anat. ;
distinguished from it by narrower Ivs. dotted above, and
more slender pure white fls. B.M. 3288.
9. aren&ria, A. Cunn. Small, erect shrub, dichoto-
mously branched: Ivs. ovate, obscurely downy above,
silky hairy beneath ; involucral Ivs. not different from
stem-lvs. : fls. silky on outside; anthers and 'style not
protruded beyond perianth-tube : heads few-fld. ami
sessile. New Zealand. B.M. 3270.
10. risea, R. Br. Erect, small : branches sparse 1
leafy: Ivs. linear-lanceolate, glabrous on both siili
involucral Ivs. 4, as long as fls., ciliate on margins: 11-.
with long spreading hairs on lower portion of tulu-,
silky on upper portion. — Very closely allied to P. fer-
ruginea. B.M. 3721 (as P. Hendersoni). B.M. 1458.
L.B.C. 1:88.
11. sylvestris, R. Br. Shrub, 2-3 ft. high, copiously
branched : Ivs. lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, glaucous ;
involucral Ivs. 4-6, smaller than stem-lvs., shorter than
fls.: fls. quite glabrous; stamens and style very much
protruded: heads large and many-fld. B.M. 3276. B.R.
19:1582. L.B.C. 20:1965.
12. nivea, Labill. Erect, bushy or straggling, 6 ft.
or more high: branches and under side of the Ivs. white,
with adensetomentum: Ivs. ovate or orbicular, glabrous
above ; involucral Ivs. 4-6, larger than stem-lvs. : fls.
tomentose or silky: heads globular, terminal, many-fld.
B.R. 24:24 (asP. incowo). P.C. 1:9.
Pl.MENTA 1339
13. terruginea, Labill. (/>. cUcussiita. R. Br.).
Stunted, much branched, from less than 1-3 ft. high:
Ivs. ovate or oblong, firm; involucral Ivs. 4, orbicular,
glabrous, shorter than the fls. : fls. hairy, lower portion
hispid, upper silky: heads terminal, globular. Cult, in
Calif. L.B.C. 13:1283; 18:1708 {&s P. diosmifolia).
14. spect&bilis, Lindl. Erect, 3-4 ft. high : Ivs.
crowded, linear-oblong or lanceolate : involucral Ivs.
4-6, ovate or ovate-lanceolate, half as long to nearly as
long as the fls., usually tinged only at margins : fls.
white after expansion, hairy outside; heads very large,
globular, many-fld. B.R. '27:33. B.M. 3950.— A very
handsome, showy plant, cult, by H. D. Darlington,
Flushing, L. 1.
15. spathulita, Labill. Much branched, 2-3 ft. high:
Ivs. linear to linear-oblong; involucral Ivs. ovate, gla-
brous, sometimes not colored: fls. silky hairy, much re-
sembling P. linifolia: heads large, globular, many-fld,
and nodding. F.C. 2:72 (as P. cerniia).
16. imbricata, R. Br. Small, erect, much branched,
from less than J^-IK ft. high, usually clothed with
long, silky hairs, but sometimes glabrous: Ivs. usually
crowded, alternate or opposite, oblong-lanceolate to
linear; involucral Ivs. similar to stem-lvs., much shorter
than fls. : fls. white, outside hairy ; tube cylindrical,
heads terminal, globular, many-fld. B.M. 3833 (as P.
nana). Arnold V. Stubenrauch.
PIMfiNTA (from the Spanish pimento, allspice).
MyrtHcece. The genus containing the Allspice is a
group of 4 species of highly aromatic trees native to the
West Indies, with large, leathery, feather-veined, long-
stalked Ivs. which are black-dotted beneath, and numer-
ous small white fls. borne in terminal or axillary, tri-
chotomous cymes. As a genus Pimenta is distinguished
from its near allies (Eugenia, Myrtus) by the circular
or spiral embryo and the 2-celled ovary with 1-6 ovules
pendulous from the apex of each cell. Other generic
#
1804. Allspice— Pimenta officinalis (>
characters: calyx-tube top-shaped; petals 4-5;
mimerous: drupe 1-2-seeded.
Allspice is the unripe berry of P. officinalis, which is
gathered and dried in the sun. Its name comes from the
idea that Allspice combines the flavors of clove, cinna-
mon and nutmeg. Allspice is common in the wild in
Jamaica, inhabiting: limestone soil. It is more exten-
sively cult, in Jamaica than anywhere else. It is cult.
up to 4,000 ft. The plant is not "offered in the American
1340
1S03. Flowers of Allspice (>
ispeoies by tlir ■•lil"ii-- h--^.. I-1o1»m1 c:ih
■drupe. Tree, '.''" I" m !' jm . '• - ' '■ m
% in. long: ll^. : : , -
male Piment" \-
veloped. B.M. ]:,;•; ;:.■ )/:,,'- /' -.
folia).
P. Acris. Kostel, called Bnyberry, Black Cin
Clove, where cult, in the Orient, is distingaiished by the 5-
lobed calyx, ovoid dmpe and tije veins of the Ivs. rather promi-
nent above. B.M. 3153 (as Myrcia acris). Yields oil of myrcia,
the basis of bay rum.— P. Pimento. Griseb.,is distinguished
by the nhovate Ivs.. 5-lobed calyx, ovate-oblong drupe and Ivs.,
with veins obsolete above.
PIMPEENELL. Properly .1 nagaUis.
PIMPINfiLLA (possibly from Latin bipimiula, bi-
pititiato . r mix Uit'i-ii . About 70 species of herbs, one
of wliieb has bec-u <leseribed under Anise. Lately P.
inteqerrimn , Gray, has been offered by one dealer in
tardy native plants. It differs from Anise in being a
perennial plant with Ivs. 2-3-ternate and segments en-
tire. B.B. 2;52G.
X and globose
long; petiole
s thick. The
'i-j^ans less de-
'it. var. longi-
lamon and Wild
PINK
acuminate, the upper confluent, the margins not thick-
eued, recurving at the base; rachis acute above, convex
below; petiole convex above; sheath elongated: spadix
usually small, very simple: peduncle short: branches in
groups; spathe 1, symmetrical, swollen or compressed
iind 2-winged: fls. rather small: fr. ovoid or elliptical,
orange or red. For culture, see Palms.
KWilii, Blume. Fig. 1806. Stems tufted, 20-30 ft.
high, slender: Ivs. 3-4 ft.; Ifts. many, 1-2 ft., falcate-
linear to linear-lanceolate, finely acuminate, strongly
2-3-ribbed, upper confluent; petiole variable in length,
somewhat scurfy: fr. H in. long, shortly apiculate. Su
gr&cilis,
e {Areca gracilis, Rosb.). Stems 6-
lines iu diam., thickening upwards,
ii-n:,lly l; n u'iui.Mis : Ivs. 3-i ft. long, sparingly pinnate;
prth.i.. ,11, .1 sh, :itlis scurfy; Ifts. inserted by a very
br.iad l..i,<-. 1 ft. or more long, the lower ones 2-.'i-
ribljeil. liiiely acuminate, the upper 3-5 in. wide, many-
ribbed : fr, ^'j in. long, scarlet or orange, smooth, taper-
ing to the tip. Himalayas, Burma, j^ked G. Smith.
PINCENECTlTIA. See Suliin:.
PINANGA (Malay name). P(ilmdce(r. About 25 spe-
cies of slender, spineless, bamboo-like palms from In-
dia and the Malay Archipelago. Lvs. terminal, un-
equally lobed or pinnatisect, or simple and bifld at the
apex; segments plicate, many-nerved, the lower ones
en.l oftbr .\ll„lir;,l, 1;,, I . , I I , I I, M i , . /,•„/„. ,r,„. Tilis JU-
clude.s the l-VvLT True or liuoryiii Dark, a lull shrub or
small tree with fls. in large terminal cymes. luitive to
the marshy banks of streams in the pine barn us from
'S. C. to Fla. Its showy flower-cluster attains a br.a.ltli
of 4 in. and depth of 3 in., with as many as 20 Hs., lar'h
1 in. long, tubular, white-, s|i.-.-li|i'.l r.-.i. witli 't revolute
lobes. But the distimm,' i.;,iin.> •■( th- Fcvt-r Tree,
both botanically iiiid In.ii i. nli oi all\ . is tin- ].n'sence of
5 or more large, sIioh y ,-..l,,rr.l tloml i, .iv.s. These are
2 in. long. 1-1% in. wide, oval or roundish, acute, nar-
rowed at the base, and peach-yellow margined with rosy
red. The interesting feature of these floral lvs. is that
they are not bracts, but modifications of one of the
cnlvy-lolx's ^vbich are normally small and awl-shaped.
iiiiiv ..1 iinr .|„-.-i,.s of this genus is known, P.
' I I ..|..iiiliia. The Fever Tree has been
. I. 1 I'lS r u'lass, but it is rarely successfully
piibens, -■Micli.\. Georgia Bakk. FeverTree. Bitter
HAiiK. .\ttanis 2.') ft.: lvs. oval or oblong, acute, 4x IJ-a
in.: iiiidrili rosy : calyx 5-lobed; lobes deciduous or one
of them in the outer fls. often transformed into a showy
floral If. ; corolla hairy; stamens 5, exserted, stigma ob-
tuse: capsule -globose, papery, 2-celled; seeds numer-
ous, in 2 rows, horizontal, winged. F.S. 19:1937. S.S.
5:227-S. — Piiirkiii-i/ii piihi'tis grows in low marshy woods
ill hi in li.i.l, 1 - ,,r u :iiii|i~. It thrives best when shaded
'i ' - . :! - require very rich moist soil
u i"\vn under shade. They are
111 I . „ . r v|i.ised to direct sunlight until
.4 oi J i.ii 01, ii, iliiu e;ne partial shade.
P. J. Berckmaxs aud W. M.
FINE. What the apple is among the fruits, what
the oak is among the broad -leaved trees of the temperate
zone, the Pines represent among the conifers, excelling
all other genera in this most important family in num-
ber of species, in fields of distribution, in extent of area
occupied, in usefulness and importance to the human
race. No other trees of the temperate zone have con-
tributed so much to the biiil-lin;; 11,. .t rn ilization and
no other, it may be predict. <l , 'i Imger to till
the important place in thi- In : ilized man;
for not only do they in a niimli. r "t -|i. ■ i. s lurnish the
most satisfactory qualities of wood for structural pur-
poses, but their frugality in regard to soil conditions
will preserve them a place as wood-producers in many
of the poor sites, when the lands fit for agricultural use
have all been turned over to food production.
Among the 70 or more well-distinguished species-
over 600 species and varieties of Pinus have been
described— all inhabitants of the northern hemisphere,
ranging from the arctics through plains and moun-
tains to near the equator, occurring in the tropics
at least on high mountains, a variety of adaptation, of
form, of usefulness, may be found to satisfy every
requirement; and since more than half the number of
PINE
1341
species (about 40) aie indigenous to North America or
tUe United States, it is hardly necessary to go out of
our own country for plant material.
For economic importance as well as a combination of
points of excellence in all directions, ornamental as well
as useful, rapiditv aud ijuantity of production and
adaptability to .Inn :,n uhI --.iI. liie chief place belongs
to our White Pin. ; ' ^ , ;md next in importance
stands the Lonu'l' I I' '' '(,<//■(* I of our southern
states. TheR.Ml In;. , / ', , ,.,-,.„), the Sbortleaf (P.
echinata), the Lol.l..|[\- i /'. /'..i/.M. "itli ili.- Culi;iii Pine
(P. Oube>isis},:<'Ui th.-ir St.. IV, 1.. ilir ,uo,ni.iiis ,|„anti
ties furnished :uiiin:illy l.y tli.- lir^t imhI sc.,,ii,1. Iu our
western mount;nii, tli.' Hull I'Iim' i/'. /■-./'/' m,,,! . the
Sugar Pine {P. L't„>h, r.';.(,.'M. .■m.l ''..■--' I I 'mi.- (P.
»ion(Jco;a) are (lur l:ir-i tiiiiii. -I- I't. - n.i ■' M'\\i;,p.
Ji/ocoftMi7e repla.n - .iiir Wini^- \'t'- ■ I -niva
and Jfon^ezwm'f ai-.' I hi' itiiiM>ii;iii: r . 1 n our
Philippine i.oss.. --,.,),- ~| h , /■- ../„,-,'.s-,
forms illl|"M l:illl III . ,■ nn tuT'r-I-. I M ijUiip. III!' Sriifch
Pine I /' ' mim-Imi~ 111.' lulk nf -iiin.lies,
with y. / I I" r.- ^iiiilh.ri, .•iMinlii.-. In
I furnish from
iitine, tar and
conifers, the shaft dominating over the branch system
aud the latter surrounding the former in re;;ular wh.irls,
later on the symmetry is disturbed an.! linalh ilie
towering old Pine may have its bole sjilit iij. ini.. m.iriy
stout branches and the crown may havt- l.ri.a.l.n. .1 ami
flattened or rounded off in the umbrella-liki- lasliDu
which the Stone Pine (P. Pinm) exhibits so strikingly
in the Italian landscape. This flattening of crown is
characteristic of most Yellow Pines, while the pinons or
Nut Pines have a tendency to the broora-like or apple
tree appearance. Of our eastern species, the White Pines
alone preserve to some extent the conical habit of the
crown in imitation of the spruces with more or less
symmetrical horizontally spreading branches, which
render them pleasing objects throughout all periods of
life. On the Pacific coast a number of species preserve
the conical form.
In the choice and combination of plant material we
should keep in mind that the Pines are essentially
light-needing species, hence do not bear overtopping or
crowding unless they have a chance by their rapid
growth in height to escape from the pressure of their
shade-making neighbors; the White Pines, especially P.
Slrul,i,s witli ir-i .l.iiser foliage, is more tolerant of shade
than III In I -; iln dwarf P. montana is also tolerably
own Longleaf Pine. Pine wool is made from the leaves
of this aud other species, essential oils are distilled
from leaves and young shoots and used medicinally, and
the seeds of the Nut Pines are used for food and flavors.
While the economic importance of the genus can hardly
be overrated, the ornamental value is undoubtedly less
than that of other genera like the spruces and firs.
Nevertheless, at least interest and picturesqueness, if
not beauty and symmetry "ot form, attach to a large
number of species.
Choice of material for planting with such a wealth of
species is difficult; yet climatic limitations reduce the
number that may be grown within each climatic zone,
and further assistance in the choice may be found in the
fact that the botanical division of the species into three
groups; viz.. White Pines. Yellow Pines (so called from
the color of the wood) and Nut Pines, denotes at the
same time differences of lial.it and form.
In no othergr.iuj.. i.irliav-. i- i' ^" in ..-^ai y t.. I<.>epin
mind that form an.! lial-ii .-lian-ii ilir.niLli ili.' .liif.'rent
periods of life fn.in tin- jiiv. nil.i iliinii-li ili- a.lnl.-.-ent
to the virile an.l s.Miil.- ^ta-n, ..f .liv.i|.ii.iin-nt : wliile
symmetrical and pleasing in their youth anil grand or
• picturesque in their age, in their intermediate stages
the trees may be straggling and unsightly. Starting in
its youth with the pyramidal aspiring habit of all the
and laggards, remaining dwarfs or medium-sized treef
again our king of Pines, the common White Pine, ar
its giant congener the Sugar Pine, with the Bull Pine i
In regard to foliage, quite a large variety can be had.
For grace and elegance nothing better again than our
five-needled silver-lined White Pine can be suggested,
although P. exctlsa from the Himalayas, with its
slenderer and longer branches and more drooping foli-
age, aud the dwarfs P. Pence from Macedonia and P.
Knrnieii^is. with their denser and more compact
crown-;. Mini «oinn ..tln-ri ..f tl... White Pine tribe, may
i-ss anil viiror of foliage, our Red
outranks even the much-planted
an Pine, and for interest iu devel-
opment nothing can c.niii.i-tf witli our Li.iigleaf Pine
{P. in,Jiixfrl.-i I. Willi ii - 11. -. ,.. liii-li ill \ ig speci-
ni.nn i\.-iiil a I'm 'I ' i ' ■ i ■ ' ill dense,
gra.'rfnl tuft. Iln n i ■ . lip of the
striking appcaraiun. I iil..! luiiai. 1\ , iL i.-. not adapted
for planting north of the :j:;d degree.
The thin, grayish, short foliage of the frugal Bank-
sian Pine and of several other of our Scrub Pines, and
the stouter also grayish foliage of the Scotch Pine, make
a pleasing color contrast against the somber dark back-
ground of spruces and firs, while the short, stiff needles
of the Nut Pine P. edidis and the interesting one-needle
Pine {P. motiophyUa) resemble the spruce foliage. Color
of bark varying in species from silvery gray through
red and yellow tints to almost black, and character or
size of cones from the diminutive globose forms of
P. contorta to the long, pendulous cones of the Sugar
p. Torreyana and Sabiniuna, may also influence choice
of material.
With wide range of distribution and hence adaptive-
ness as far as climate is concerned, we have our Short-
leaf Pine {P. echinata) , which is found from Massa-
chusetts to Texas, and in
W(
all Pii
{P. pOHilerii.ia), which
ranges from the moist
Pacitic coast in Washing-
ton to the dry slopes of
Arizona. In Kurope, the
Scotch Pine comes nearest
to such wide distribution.
species, there have been
found hardy in our north-
states the Scotch
i'',is',s'. liwJana, ' Tlinn-
heii/i. while the Mexican
I'lnes and those of south-
ern Asia will endure only
the light frosts of our
southern states. Yet in
the parks of Washington,
D. C, the following Pines
are to be found: P. Stro-
biis, Cembra, excelsa,
Lambertiana,Ayaca'hidte^
Koraiensis, palustris,
T(eda, ponderosa, rigida,
Laricio, glabra, Virgini-
ana, echinata, montana. Pinaster, edulis, pungens,
sylvestris, Massoniana; and the probability is that most
of the other species .could find a place there to live if
not to thrive. Figs' 1807-1809 show how a species may
vary under different conditions.
The list of species hardy in the Arnold Arboretum
(Boston) comprises the following;
1. Thriving well.
Ljimbertiana, resinosa,
Laricio, rigida,
montana, Strobus,
monticola, sylvestris,
parviflora, Thunbergi,
Peuce. Virginiana.
pungens,
P. excelsa and P. ponderosa pendula thrive well In a
sheltered place, but are probably not quite hardy here.
2. Hardy, but not of promising growths
Balfouriana, var. aristata, flesilis,
contorta, var. Murrayana, monophylla.
In the interior middle states the number which would
stand the extremes of drought and cold would probably
be reduced; a partial list found in the Missouri Botani-
cal Garden is given below;
The best are given first. All of the later ones on the
list die out sooner or later, as the city smoke is very
detrimental to coniferas. None do very well on that
1808. Pinus ponderosa.
A mature tree 60-90 ft. high, i
dry and shallow Colorado soil
Bungeaua,
Cembra,
densiflora.
echinata,
Jeffrey!,
Koraiensis,
Mughus(P.
Austriaca.
Strobus,
Cembra,
ilio).
Virginii
Laricio,
sylvestris,
ponderosa.
For seaside planting P. rigida has shown itself most
fit, and of foreigners in proper climate P. Pinaster and
Halepensis, while P. contorta on the northwest coast
and the frugal P. radiata on the southwest coast are
the seacoast trees par excellence.
The Pines are essentially inhabitants of the poor sandy
soils and dry situations, their stout root system enabling
them to seek the scanty water supplies where other
species find it difficult. Some, like the White Pme, are
adapted to a variety of soil conditions, but only a few
can endure a surplus of water; P. resinosa will follow
the White Cedar into the swamp and thrive there as
■well as with the Banksian Pine on the poorest gravels;
PINE
P. rigida is at home both in wet and dry places; 1
Scotch Pine of the Baltic sand plains may be found
the peat bogs, but only eking out a miserable existen
while P. Tmda, the Old Field Pine, makes magniac(
trees in the southern swamp, and with its slow growth
under such conditions an excellent timber. Pinus con
iorta and serotina also are indifferent to water conditions
at the root; so is the Cuban Pine, but P. pahistris be
lies its name, for it is only very rarely found in poorly
drained {)laces and does not thrive there.
The propagation of Pines does not offer any difiicul
ties. The seed usually has a high germination percen
tage in most species if kept dry and cool, and it retains
vitality for several years, deteriorating of course some-
what from year to year. To avoid deterioration in
transoceanic sliii nts, )iacking in charcoal dust has
been founil v.iy ^.iv ic ^ble. While most of the Pine
seeds spn.ui r. :i.|ily. thr White Pine, with some others,
has the bad imt'it :'l" l\in^ over for one year in part,
unless treated to a hot-water batli for 24 Imurs before
sowing; or perhaps by s
after coming out of the i
two weeks of September.
light mold early, rather
system to develop, .-..v.
size of seed not ov. i- '
sifting sand over tlic ^t
first year special can' i-; i
supply and transpiration
for 1
■ • I .ill immediately
i~ diinntr the first
-li"ul.l he sown in
liinly according to
fh is best done by
sieve. During the
regulate the water
ling seedlings; they
want to be kept humid, not wet, but resent drought as
much as a surfeit; and especially sudden changes from
drought to wet are likely to produce "damping-off." To
prevent too rapid transpiration the familiar lath screens
should be applied.
To prevent the formation of excessively long tap-
roots which some species are wont to form, mechanical
1809. Pinus ponderosa.
Giant specimens 225 ft high grown in the deep moist
soU of the \osemite % alley.
means may be adopted ; but the best plan is to manure
near the surface, so that fibrous roots will be formed.
Such manure consists of one-third steamed bone meal
and two-thirds ammonia superphosphate. Root-pruning
PINE
and transplantine in nursery rows when 1 or 2 years old
is practiced to secure a stocky root system. In Ger-
many one-year-old Scotch Pines are planted by the mil-
lion for forest purposes, but for ornamental purposes
older plants are to be used ; yet it is safest not to use
them older than 3 or 4 years for permanent situations.
In the third year usually the first branching occurs, in-
dicating that the root system is not well established.
In transplanting, the utmost care must be taken not
to expose the roots to drying influences, a thin' loam
puddle answering best to keep them moist. While
transplanting can be done at any time of the year, it is
safest to do so in early spring, except when a droughty
season is apt to follow, when fall planting is to be pre-
ferred.
A large number of nurserymen's varieties, dwarf and
pendulous, varicolored, etc., have been developed, es-
pecially from P. sylvestris and P. Sti-obits. The most
interesting freaks perhaps are those bushy forms de-
rived from P. Canariensis and Pinea produced by lay-
ering, in which single needles instead of the usual bun-
dles of two in one sheath are produced, imitating the
primary single needles of seedlings. The manner in
which nurserymen's varieties are propagated by grafts
or cuttings is discussed under PiMWS.
According to the nature of the Pines, if there is choice
of location possible the well-drained situations, even
dry ones, should be reserved for them. They belong,
with few exceptions, to the hill-tops not the bottoms, to
the sands not clay soils, and will stand southern expo-
sures better than the spruces.
Pines are frugal by nature, and can stand poverty bet-
ter than surfeit,— nevertheless they respond best to
medium conditions, namely, a mellow surface and well-
drained, deep, loamy sand, not too rich in organic
matter and loose enough to permit the natural develop-
ment of the heavy tap-root system. Under such condi-
tions the peculiar rich foliage gives most satisfaction and
the rank, luxuriant growth which leads to poor form
is checked; disease from fungi is obviated; the cot-
tony scale (almost the only enemy of the White Pine) is
more readily fought, and injuries from caterpillars and
beetles are more readily repaired.
To prune evergreens, and especially Pines, requires
an artist, or else the result will be malformation: the
best plan is to correct form by breaking out the center
bud from such shoots as project beyond proper limits;
thereby also a more compact growth is induced, which
in the Pines with their open habit is desirable. If it be-
comes necessary to top the branches, the cut must remove
also the bolster at the base of the branch; the resinous
exudation will prevent decay, and the cambium soon
covers the scar if the out has been made properly. For
hedge planting the Pines furnish no specially desirable
material, being light-needing and therefore thinning out
soon in the interior; yet the White Pine will stand as a
hedge for a considerable time and also the dwarf P.
montatia. Perhaps some others may answer the pur-
pose.
For the botany of the Pines, see Phiiis.
B. E. Fernow.
PINEAPPLE. The Pineapple (see Ananas) is indig-
enous to America. It produces one of the most de-
licious fruits now regularly on our markets. The finest
qualities are developed when the fruit is permitted to
ripen naturally upon the plant. For distant markets
the crop has to be gathered in varying degrees of un-
ripeness to suit the time required in transit.
The amount of importations reached its maximum in
1894; viz., $750,000 worth. Since that time there has
been a rapid decline. But for a succession of severe
winters our own needs would be supplied from home-
grown fruit. In 1894, 4,000,000 " apples " were marketed
from Florida plantations; this amount was largely re-
duced by the freezes of 1894 and 1895. The freeze of
Feb., 1899, again reduced the output, so that the crop
of 1900 only approximated that of 1894. As a result of
these freezes, the plantations are now more carefully
protected by sheds and by being placed in frost-favored
locations. The year 1850 seems to be the earliest date
at which Pineapple-growing was attempted in the U. S.
This attempt was made near St. Augustine, Fla., ac-
cording to Taylor. In 1860 planting was commenced on
the Keys, but the want^f facilities for rapid transpor-
tation and the more favored Cuban and Porto Ricau
plantations made the development slow. In 1897,
$15,000 worth was imported from the Hawaiian Islands,
but these islands will not offer enough fruit to seriously
affect the eastern market, though the importations will
increase largely.
Profits.— Good Pineapple land may usually be obtained
from $1.50 to $60 per acre, the higher-priced land being
in favored locations, at railway stations and near settle-
ments. The cost of clearing and preparing varies from
$20 to $80 per acre, according to the cost of labor and
the character of the growth on the land.
From 8,000 to 15,000 plants are needed to the acre,
varying with the variety and the notion of the planter.
The price of plants in the field varies from $3 per 1,000
for Red Spanish to $350 per 1,000 for the finer varieties.
The cost of cultivating and fertilizing an acre for one
year varies from about $20 to $150. It takes about 18
months from the time of setting out to the maturing of
the first crop, which yields 50-350 crates per acre. Under
favorable circumstances the second crop may be double
that of the first. By careful attention the plantation
may be continued for 8 or 10 years without resetting;
the second or third crop frequently bearing the maxi-
mum amount of fruit.
When a common variety is planted the returns are
mainly from the sale of fruit, but with fancy varieties
the sale of plants constitutes the main source of returns.
Four hundred dollars or more per acre has been realized
frequently for a crop of the commonest varieties; in
this case increase in plants cannot be considered as of
much value. The value of a crop of fancy fruit is about
double that of the common, and $1,000 worth of plants
may be sold without detriment to the plantation, if it is
a variety that is in demand. From this must be sub-
tracted the cost of transporting to the markets, which
varies more or less with the distance<tliie fruit is hauled.
This cost varies with the quantity shipped, from $20 to
$80 or more per acre.
Soil.— The Pineapple thrives in a variety of soils,
but whatever be its texture it must not be moist or wet.
The Pineapple plant will survive air-drying for months,
but decays rapidly in a moist atmosphere. The great-
est acreage is located upon dry, sandy land, formerly
overgrown with spruce-pine {Pinus clausa) or a mix-
ture of spruce-pine and hardwood. Chemical analyses -
of the soil from Pineapple fields show an exceedingly
small fraction of a per cent of the essential fertilizer
ingredients present. A physical analysis shows that
the water content is very low. A considerable acreage
is located on the Florida Keys. Here there is only a
small amount of leaf-mold, often not more than an inch
on the average, covering a coralline rock. But for the
fact that Pinapples actually grow and make crops on
such soil it would seem entirely incredible.
Fertilizers. —With conditions of soil as described
above, it is imperative to fertilize, and under the exist-
ing conditions in the Pineapple belt there is no other
remedy than the addition of commercial fertilizers,
and nothing better. While much is still to be learned
about fertilizing this crop, it is fairly well established
that for Pineapples on spruce pine land dried blood,
ground bone, and nitrate of soda are good sources of
nitrogen; that low-grade sulfate of potash, carbonate
of potash and high-grade sulfate of potash are good
sources of potash; that acid phosphate should be used
in small quantities only or avoided, using pulverized
bone instead. A good plan for fertilizing is to drop a
small handful of cotton-seed meal into the bud imme-
diately after setting out. In October, apply about 600
lbs. blood and bone and 400 lbs. lowgrade sulfate of
potash (not kainit) per acre, or the equivalent of these
fertilizers in some of the forms mentioned above. A
second application may be made in the following Feb-
ruary; at this time the amount may be increased 10 to
25 per cent, according to the growth the plants have
made. A third application may be made in June or
July; and if the plants have grown vigorously a still
further increase in amount may be made. A fourth
application may be made in October, increasing the
amount if the plants have grown vigorously. The suc-
ceeding applications may be made at the time suggested
1344
PINEAPPLE
above, and the increasing and decreasing of the amounts
may be determined by the progress of the plants. As
the average spruce-pine Pineapple land is not suffi-
ciently fertile to grow a full crop of Pineapples, much
more depends upon proper fertilizing than any other
one operation.
Pi-npmintinn.-'VhSf pl-'mt i'< propagated by means of
The
the
leafv I
belo'w
field V
in the marliet. Just
phieh are left
the
ij liuit is g;ithert-d; these are known as
slips. In the axils of the Ivs. buds occur; those that
develop near the ground make strong plants in a few
months and are known as suckers. A strong plant will
mature an "apple" in June and produce 2-5 suckers by
the middle of September. Buds which develop from a
portion of the plant under ground and form a root sys-
tem independent of the parent plant are known as rat-
toons. Crowns are not planted extensively, as they re-
main on the fruit when marketed. Good strong suckers
are usually employed for planting out. Rattoons are
left in the field to replace the plants which have borne
a crop, but they are not sufficiently numerous to make
a full stand; hence some of the suckers must be left
also. Slips require a year longer than suckers to ma-
ture a crop. According to Webber, it takes 10-12 years
to mature a plant from seed. Plants are raised from
seed only for breeding purposes.
Preparation of the Land. — It spruce-pine land is pre-
pared it is cleared of all stumps, wood, roots and any
other organic material, and is plowed deep and leveled
off smoothly. The fields are then laid off in beds of 6 or
grows wide, depending on the variety. Tin- li.-.K >Iic,iiM
be narro\C enough to permit fertilizing' mimI w..]kiiiL' w itii
a scuffle hoe without entering the lit-ds. :i^ l.rrjikiiiL' ilit-
Ivs. is very detrimental. For lied .'^[.aiii.-l] tin- r.ni - me
made 18-20 in. apart; for Queen.s 2U-L'2 iu. ; fur I'oilo
Ricos 30-30 in. They are usually placed in checks of
about the same distances.
The methods employed on the Keys are quite different.
The land is cleared by cutting off the trees, .shrubs,
etc., which are allowed to dry and are then burned. The
plants are then set out with a grubbing hoe; they must
be set out irregularly, as the rocky soil does not furnish
root-hold everywhere. Such fields become exhausted in
a few years and have to be abandoned.
Tillage.— This operation consists in running over the
ground with a scuffle hoe. Where the plantation is set
out in beds the handle of the hoe is long enough to per-
mit cultivating to the middle withmit the laborer enter-
ing the bed. Only about an ineh ef the snrtare soil is
agitated, usually immediately after tie leitilizer has
been applied. Weeds arc not troiil.h seme, ex-rptiug in
1810. The Ou
apple.
fields that have been cultivated a long time. Under
sheds tillage is more frequent and appears to be more
necessary. On the Keys no tillage is possible, but tall-
growing weeds and such ligneous plants as may spring
up are cut off. In all of the work among Pineapple
PINEAPPLE
plants the greatest care should be exercised to avoid
breaking the Ivs., which are very brittle.
Marketinij. — Tbe fruit is picked a week before it
would mature. It is packed at once into barrel ( 12 x 20
x36 in.) and half -barrel (12x10x36 in.) crates, usually
in the latter, the different sizes being packed in separate
crates and designated as 18's, 24's, 30's, 3G's, 42's, 48'a
and 54's. according to the number required for a half-
1811. The Enville Pmeapple.
barrel er.ate. The fruit must be handled without being
leiiise.l and packed firmly to prevent its abrasion
ill iransit. To protect the fruit each one is wrapped
separately in brown paper.
rdWf^ies. — Since the propagation is carried on by
means of offsets, the varieties are fairly stable and
quite definitely marked. The variety most extensively
grown is called Red Spanish, Spanish or Reds. It has
a medium-sized apple, and is a hardy plant. Abachi
(Abakka), Blood, Queen (Fig. 1810), Sugar Loaf, En-
ville (Fig. 1811) and White Antigua are varieties that
produce medium-sized apples of excellent quality.
Black Jamaica, Black Prince, and Prince Albert pro-
duce large apples of excellent quality. Smooth Cayenne
produces a large apple of good quality. Porto' Rico
produces a very large apple of good quaUty. There are
other varieties grown more or less extensively and other
names for the above-named varieties, but the foregoing
have been officially recognized by the Florida Stale
Horticultural Society.
Pineapple Sheds. — It has been found very advan-
tageous to build a shelter for "pines"; in the winter a
shed protects the plants from too great radiation of
heat, and in the summer it reduces the intensity of the
sun. The original object of the shelter was to protect
the plants from frosts and freezes. Pineapple plants
freeze at 32° F. This degree of cold does not kill the
heart of the plant, but only the larger portion of the Ivs.
Pines under sheds have passed through a temperature
of 25° P. without serious iiiinrv. The roof of a shed is
usually fiat, or undulaiinr with' the s„rf; of the lan.l.
The height varies will, tii. M.-i..- et tl,e in.lividual. but
is usually about eii:liT leii ;(Im,\ ,. iIm i:r<-iiiMl.
In Fig. 1812 the rn.,f i. sli-litly le^s tliaii 7 ft. from
the ground. The stringers ruiming crosswise in the
figure are lHx3x21; those rtmning lengthwise are
l/^xlj^xl5. The material for the roof is cypress
plastering lath of usual length and width. The stringers
running lengthwise are 46 in. apart. The openings be-
tween the lath are just the width of a lath. The amount
of luniber needed (per acre) is about as follows:
4U posts (n.VJ for roof. 72 for sides) 4' x 4' x 8°.
toil pieces I's' X :)' X 2il°.
iJUO pieces (K40 for roof, V20 for sides) IK' x iK' x U°.
80,000 lath (75,000 for roof, 5,000 for sides) %'x 1' x 4°.
It takes about 9.000 feet of luniber for the above ma-
terial exclusive of the lath. All lumber must be first-
elass and free from knots. This can still be reduced by
about 2,500 feet by using wire in place of the I!',' x 1)4'
X 15° and weaving the lath in this. Under the most
PINEAPPLE
PINGUICULA
1345
favorable circum
$450 per acre, biif
form that will wi
Diseases and i
heart: The can si
seems to be morr
during a dry ont
around the heart taking -
- ( 1 ) Heart rot ; bitter
i is not known, but it
<i )ti;^ a raiuy season than
ssts itself by the portion
. water-soaked appearance.
This condition progresses outward until the whole ap-
ple is involved. It is not necessarily accompanied by
rotting, though this usually follows. The whole apple
becomes bitter, even before it is entirely involved.
When this disease is present in a held the fruit should
be marketed as soon as possible, that the apples may be
consumed before becoming badly atfected.
(2) Sanding: This disorder occurs immediately after
setting out, especially if a long dry spell occurs at this
time. It is produced by sand being blown into and fill-
ing the bud of plants. Immediately after setting out
drop into the bud a small handful of cotton-seed meal,
or the same amount of a mixture of 1 part ground to-
bacco stems and 3 or 4 parts cotton-seed meal. This
soon forms a firm plug in the bud, keeping out sand but
not interfering with growth. Blood and bone, or blood,
bone and tankage, may also be used.
(3) Spike; longleaf : This disease manifests itself by
the Ivs. failing to expand at the base, thus giving the
plant a contracted appearance. The outer portion of
the leaf spreads from the center of the plant, but usu-
ally fails to take on a broad, flat, healthy appearance.
Experiments have proved that this disease may be pro-
duced by improper use of commercial fertilizers, though
the disease has occurred where no fertilizer had been
used. Abundant evidence is at baud to show that the
disease is not due to an organic agent but rather to
untoward condition in the soU. Change the fertilizer,
avoiding acid phosphate, kainit and cotton-seed meal in
large quantities, and give protection as by a Pineapple
shed (spike is a rare thing under sheds).
H) Blight; wilts: This disease occurs in a sporadic
manner, usually without any apparent regularity. In
some varieties the first intimation of blight is by the
outer end of Ivs. turning red, and later by the tips wilt-
ing. This wilting progresses until the entire plant has
dried up. According to Webber the direct cause is a
soil-inhabiting fungus which attacks the roots. Remove
the wilted plants and set in healthy ones. If the plants
are of valuable varieties trim off all diseased roots and
much of the stem, together with larger Ivs., and reset.
1812. Pineapple shed
intil the
It is probable that the fungus will not
roots again penetrate the soil.
(5) Red spider (Stigmmus FloHdanus , Banks) : This
species attacks the tender white portion at the base of
the Ivs. The effect upon the plant is greatly out of pro-
portion to the small amount of injury to the parts
attacked. In later stages the Ivs. rot off at the place
attacked. Drop a small handful of tobacco dust into
the bud of the plants. Subsequent rains and dews
leach the tobacco and carry the solution down to the red
spider. If they are not all dead in a week or ten days,
repeat the dose.
(6) Scale insect {Diaspis bromeliea): This scale
insect becomes troublesome in dry localities and in
greenhouses. The insect usually attacks the lower sur-
face of the leaf, but each point of attack shows througb-
as a yellow spot on the upper surface. Spray with
resin wash, resin compound, kerosene emulsion or
whale-oil soap.
(7) Mealy bugs (Dactylopius eitri and other species) :
These insects attack the base of the Ivs. just at or below
the ground level; also the bud. and wlifii fruit m.ttiires
they multiply in great nurabiT^ :iiihmil- Hi.- slip^^ ;niil in
the eyes of the fruit itself. Th.- r. iimMx i^ i lir .run.- ms
for scale insects, but it is \ . ry .iiriiiult i.. make llii<
application effective. When tin- iin'aly Im^'s an- irnsciit
before the fruit-bud forms much good can be done by
applying a large handful of tobacco dust in the axils of
the Ivs.
Pineapple culture is also discussed under Florida.
P. H. Rolfs.
PINEAPPLE AIR PLANT. TiUandsia utriculata.
PINEAPPLE FLOWER. Eucomis punctata.
PINE, DAMMAK. See AgatJiis.
PINE, KAURI. See Agathis.
PINE, MORETON BAY. See Araucaria.
PINE, NORFOLK ISLAND. See Araiicaria.
PINE, SCREW. See Paudauus.
PIN£LLIA (after Pinelli). Ar<lce<r. Three species
ot hardy perennial tuberous herbs, native to China and
Japan. Foliage appearing with the fls. ; Ivs. 3 or pedat-
isect: peduncle solitary: spathe marcescent : fls. niontp-
cious in the appendiculate spadix, all fertile; perianth
none; male fls. with 1 stamen; female fls. one-sided:
ovary 1 -celled; ovule solitary, orthopterous. See Engler,
in DC. Mon. Phan. 2:505.
tnherifera. Ten. Adult Ivs. 3-cut, the middle segment
lK-2 times longer and wider. China. — There is a variety
with narrower leaf -segments and another with Ivs. cut
into 5 segments.
PINEY. Old-fashioned name of Peony.
PINGUtCTJLA (diminntive of Latin pi„,,niR, fat; re-
ferrini; td flu- su<'culciit and unasv f(.liai.'rl. Lentibul-
,n-i,h;,f. BlTTKiaVoKT. Al..,llt ::» spirirs of small,
s«aiii(i-l"viny lu-rhs id i-ariiivuiDus lialiiis with pretty
long-spurreel Hs. sonu-tliiiig liki- ii snapdragon. They
grow in tufts or rosettes with several scapes less than<
a foot high, each bearing a solitary flower. The Ivs.
are more or less short, thick, succulent, and densely
covered with crystalline, glandular hairs, which give-
the Ivs. their buttery feeling. Small insects are caught
on these sticky hairs, and the margins of the Ivs. roll in
and cover them. D. T. Ma«dougaI writes: "A digestive-
fluid, probably a trypsin, exudes from the surface of the
leaf which dissolves the bodies of the insects, allowing
the substances of which they are composed to be ab-
sorbed by the leaf. The leaves of Pinguicula also con-
tain vegetable rennet, and Linnffius mentions that the
leaves of /'. riiliim-is were used by the Lapland tribes
fur (-ui-'lliinr milk, and Pfeffer says the same custom
pr.-vaiU :.iii..ni.' ilii- peasantry of the Italian Alps."
riim'iuriila-i iiiaku dainty flowering plants in pots;
althouirb natives of northern countries, they can scarcely
be consiilered hardy subjects, as they require special
treatment. The choicest species are undoubtedly
P. hitea and P. eaudata. P. lutea, a native of our low
pine -barrens from N. C. to Fla. and La., is unique
in the genus by reason of its yellow fls., while P.
rinidata, with its rich purple fls., is the finest of all
which range from violet and purple through rose
charm of P. eaudata, aside
to whitish.
1346
PINGUICULA
from its color, lies in its extraordinarily long spur,
■which attains 2 in., while the 5-lobed limb reaches an
equal length. These plants are scarcely known in
America outside of botanic gardens. P. W. Burbidge
has given a detailed account of his success with P.
caudata in Gn. 22, p. .309: The spring and summer foli-
age are scarcely recognizable as belonging to the same
plant. In early spring the Ivs. are numerous, small,
short, thick and pointed, forming a dense rosette like
an Echeveria; in midsummer the Ivs. are large, thin,
obovate and lax. The plant blooms freely in both
stages, but produces the largest fls. later. In the fall
the foliage again becomes a bulb-like mass of fleshy
Ivs., and so rests all winter. Burbidge found that
the plants can be readily propagated by these fleshy
Its., each one producing a new plant, as in the case of
the bulb scales of certain common lilies. These leaf
cuttings were placed by Burbidge in the live sphagnum
of orchid baskets. Young plants were potted in 2K-in.
pots of live sphagnum, using small crocks only. These
small pots may then be plunged in small shallow
orchid pans to prevent extremes of moisture and hung
up in the cool end of a Cattleya house. Burbidge has
also grown P. hirtiflora in pans of sphagnum standing
in a saucer of water and treated to the hottest sunshine.
The fls. are said to last 8 or 9 weeks.
Pinguicula belongs to the same family with Utric-
ularia, a group composed largely of aquatic plants
which capture minute creatures in little bladders that
are developed on the thread-like Ivs. Pinguicula differs
in the more terrestrial habit, the 4-o-parted calyx,
spreading position of the posterior lip of the corolla
and also in the anthers. Pinguicula is one of the very
few dicotyledonous plants with only 1 seed-leaf. The
fls. of Pinguicula are often reversed before and during
anthesis.
A. Color of fls. yellow.
litea, Walt. Unique in the genus by reason of its
yellow fls. and nearly regular (not 2-lipped) corolla.
Exceedingly variable in the size of all its parts, and in
the obtuse toothing of the coroIIa-Iobes. Scapes 5-12 in.
high: fls. K-IK in. long and broad; spur curved, about
as long as the rest of the corolla; throat spotted and
belly lined with red; palate very prominent and densely
bearded. Low pine barrens, N. C. to Fla. and La B M
7203 (most of the lobes ■t-cut, the middle cut being
deeper). B.R. 2:126 (2 upper lobes once-cut, 3 lower
lobes 4-cut).
AA. Color of fls. purple to lilac
B. Spur S or 4 times as long as the rest of the coroll i
caudata, Schlecht. Scapes 5-7 in. high fls dei i
bright violet-purple, attaining 2 in.; lobes all rounili I
except the middle one of the lower lip, which is retusi
Mexico. B.M. 6C24. Gn. 23, p. 309.
BB. Spxir about as long as the rest of the corolla
c. Fls. %-l in. long and broad
grandifldra, Lam. Scapes 3-8 in. long fls blue
rarely purplish violet," according to DC, 10-15 lines
long, 9 lines broad (3 or 4 times longer than in P. vul-
garis ) ,• lobes undulate ; palate with 1 or 2 white spots ;
spur straight, a trifle shorter than the broadly funnel-
shaped tube. Western Eu. G.C. III. 10:373.— Accord-
ing to Bentham, this is a large-fld. var. of P. vulgaris.
with longer spur and broader lobes, which in the west-
ern part of Eu. passes into the common form.
hirtifldra, Tenore. Scapes 3-1 in. high : fls. 8 lines long
and broad, lilac or rose (blue according to Tenore, and
shown as purple in B.M.), with a white tube; spur
straight or curved, about as long as the rest of the
corolla. S. Eu. B.M. 6785. Gn. 25, p. 290. -Possibly
distinguished from P. grandiflora by the color of the
tube, which is white outside and yellow in the throat.
According to Burbidge there is a var. with pure white fls.
cc. Fls. yiin. long and broad.
vulgiris, Linn. According to Hooker, this differs from
P. hirtiflora in the bright blue color and the retuse
lobes of the corolla, as also in the less globose capsule:
scapes 1-5 in. high: fls. bluish purple ("blue," writes
Hooker), about 6 lines long; spur nearly straight, about
2 lines long or as long as the rest of the corolla. Wet
rocks, Eu., Asia, N. Amer. Gn. 57, p. 335. -Sometimes
called Labrador Violet. \\r_ ]y[_
PINK. See Dianthns; also Carnation.
PINK MULLEIN. Lychnis Coronaria.
PINKROOT. Spitjelia.
PINKSTER FLOWER. A wild Azalea, A. nudiflora.
PiNUS (ancient Latin name). Coniferce. Pine. Pine-
tree. Evergreen resiniferous trees, usually tall, rarely
head, and clothed with acicular Ivs. in clusters of 2-5,
rarely solitary: fls. catkin -like, appearing in spring;
staminate yellow or purple, often conspicuous by their
abundance; pistillate greenish or purplish, developing
into subglobose to cyllndric, usually brown cones, which
sometimes attain 18 or more inches in length, ripening
mostly not before the second or rarely the third year.
The Pines are among the most i]iij>urt;mt timber trees
of the northern hemisphere, :ii ^l mux if tlum are val-
uable for the decoration of p;i: ' ' ! 1' II-.
A great number of tin- : . .i i, inly north.
Among the hardiest are P. >'// . i .- . . /"irvifloru,
Bungeana, Koraiensis, riyn/./, c/. < ,i, .i i./i , Thunhergi,
resinosa, sylvestris and moiituiia. The Mexican species
and those from southern Asia stand only a few degrees
of frost. The degree of hardiness is mentioned with
the description of each species.
Young Pines are with few exceptions of more or less
regular, pyramidal habit; but in old age they are often
very picturesque, especially P. Strobus, radiata, riglda,
Pinea, Cembra, jjaricio, parvi flora and others. Of very
graceful habit, with slender branches and drooping foli-
age, are P. excelsa, Ayacahuite, Mont(zum(P, longifolia,
and Canariensis, but they are all, except the first
named, very tender. The very large cones of some
species, as P. Lambertiana, Ayacahuite, Sabiniana and
Coulteri,are a conspicuous ornament. Most species are
of vigorous growth when young, but the
foreign species usually grow rather
slowly and are therefore well suited for
nnller gar lens especially P. Koraien-
1813. 1814.
Staminate cone Pistillateflowers (enlareed) of /
of Pinus rigida. also a younEf pistillate cone natural size.
(X 2.) o, front view of two ovules; c, side view.
sis, Peuce, Bungeana, parviflora; the American P.
aristuta and flexilis may also be recommended for this
purpose. For planting rocky slopes P. divaricata_
rigida, Virginiana and some western species are valu-
able; and if dwarf forms are desired P. montana is one
of the best, thriving in more shaded positions and as
undergrowth in open woods better than any other spe-
The Pines are not very particular as to the soil, and
^ PINUS
in their native habitats they usually occupy the less
fertile situations, as dry uplands and sandy plains.
Some, as P. rigida, Ciibensis and Tceda, can be grown
both in dry and in swampy ground, Pinus pahisiris is
very unhappily named, since it almost never grows in
swamps. Pines are much used for the afforestation of
barren sandy plains and dry rocky mountain slopes.
For seaside planting P. iitsirinis, Pinaster, Halepensis
and also P. rigida are valuable.
Pines cannot be transplanted successfully when old
on account of their long tap-roots, and only younger
nursery-grown trees should be used for planting. As
they cannot usually be taken up with a good ball of
earth, it is well to immerse the roots in a loam puddle
immediately after the trees are dug up. Pines are
propagated by seeds sown in spring either in prepared
beds or frames or in boxes or pans; the seeds should be
covered only slightly with fine soil, but the larger ones
about a quarter of an inch, and the young seedlings
shaded and watered when necessary. Varieties and
rarer kinds are grafted on their types or allied species,
usually by veneer-grafting on potted stock in the green-
house in winter. Cuttings even of the dwarf forms
do not root readily; the easiest to root are young shoots
■with primary foliage, as they sometimes appear on
older branches or on the trunk.
PINUS
1347
The Pines belong to thi
in their native countrii
America P. palustris, t
western states P. Zand
derosa; in Europe P. syli
Asia P. TJni7ibergi and de
P. excelsa. "
speci
lost important timber trees
tins,, aiv in eastern N.
■ I'us :,,)•{ .rliiiKita; in the
'itntii, moiilicota and poyi-
'ris iiiid Liirii-io: in eastern
flora y and in the Himalayas
From the resinous secretions of many
P. pahisiris, Cubensis, Pinaster, Hal-
epensis and longiloUa, turpentine, tar and pitd
obtained. An essential oil used medicinally is distilled
from the Ivs. and young shoots of several species.
Edible seeds are produced by some species, in America
by P. edulis and cembroides; in Europe by P. Pinea and
Cembra, in E. India by P. Gfrnrdiinui. Mats similar
to Cocoa mats are manufacturcil frniji the Ivs. of P.
pahisiris and Pine wool fur stiillini; iiiatlrcsses is made
from Ivs. of European and Anuricau s|Ji'cifS.
About 75 species are known, distributed through the
northern hemisphere from the arctic circle to Mexico
and the West Indies, N. Africa and the Malayan Archi-
pelago; in the tropical and subtropical regions they are
confined to the mountains. Resinous trees, rarely
shrubs; winter-buds covered with imbricate scales: Ivs.
of 2 kinds; the primary Ivs. are spirally arranged and
as they appear on young seedling plants and occasion-
ally on shoots from the old wood, are green and
subulate, but commonly they are reduced to small
scarious bracts bearing in their axils the acicular, semi-
terete or triangular secondary Ivs. borne on an unde-
veloped branchlet in clusters from 2-5, rarely reduced
to 1, surrounded at the base by sheaths of 8-12 bud-
scales: fls. monoecious; the staminate ones axillary,
clustered at the base of the young shoots, catkin-like,
yellow, orange or scarlet, composed of spirally arranged
numerous 2-celled anthers with the connective enlarged
and scale-like at the apex (Pig. 1813); pistillate lateral
or subterminal, grwenish or purplish, consisting of
numerous spirally arranged scales each in the axil
of a small bract and bearing 2 ovules inside near the
base (Pig. 1814): cone subglobose to cylindric, with
woody scales closely appressed before maturity and
tightly enclosing the seeds, which are usually furnished
with a long thin wing, but in some species are wing-
less or short-winged; the apex of the scales is usually
more or less thickened and the exposed part, which is
usually rhombic in outline and termed apophysis, is
often protracted into prominent bosses or knobs; the
apophysis is terminated by the umbo, usually differing
in color and ending mostly in a spine or prickle. In P.
Strobus and the allied species the apophysis is flat and
thin, and bears the spineless umbo at the upper end,
while in most other Pines the apophysis is thickened
and transversally keeled and bears the umbo in the
middle. These differences belong to the most impor-
tant characters in the grouping of the species: other val-
uable characters are furnished by the stnicture of the
Ivs., which contain either 1 or 2 iibro-vascular bundles
and usually 2 or more resin-ducts, being either pe-
ripheral, i. e., situated beneath the epidermis; or par-
enchymatous, i. e., enclosed by the tissue of the leaf;
or internal, i. e., near the flbro-vascular bundles;
strengthening cells, i. e., cells with thickened walls, are
1815. Pinus Strobus.
Leaf with a single flbro-vascular Ijuuiile (a), usually
two peripheral resin-ducts (6) ; strengtliening cells (c)
only beneath the epidermis ; stomata (d) only on the
mostly present beneath the epidermis and often sur-
round the resin-ducts, sometimes also along the fibro-
vascular bundles. (See Figs. 1815-1818). Thenumberof
the flbro-vascular bundles and the position of the resin-
ducts can be readily seen with a common magnifying
glass in thin cross-sections made with a sharp razor
from the middle of the leaf and placed on a glass-plate.
In the following enumeration the species are grouped
according to Mayr's classiflcation, with a few slight
changes; his names of his sections, however, are
omitted, since they are mostly not well chosen, and the
sectional and subsectional names of Engelmann sub-
stituted as far as his groups could be brought in accord-
ance with those of Mayr. To facilitate the determination
of the cultivated species a key is given to determine
plants without cones. Good illustrations are found in
Sargent, Silva of N. America, vol. 11 ; Lambert, Descrip-
tion of the genus Pinus ; Lawson, Pinetum Britannicum ;
Forbes, Pinetum Woburnense ; Antoine, Die Coniferen.
For the horticultural vars. see Beissner, Nadelholz-
1816 Pinus Coulter!
Leif with two hbro \ iv ulir l.iunlles (a) se\eral
parenchynntous lesin lim ts ();) vtri ngthenmg cells, (c)
around the resm ducts several layers beneath f
dermis and along the inner and the -
side of the
libro vascular bundles ,
(d) all I
kunde and the new edition by A. H. Kent of Veitch's
Manual of the Coniferse. Among other important works
may be mentioned E. A. Carrifere's Traits General des
Coniferes, 2d edition, 1867; Heinrich Mayr's Die
Waldungen von Nordamerika, 1890; Englerand Prantl's
Die Naturlichen Pflanzenfamilien II Tell, 1. Abteilung,
pages 70-74 (Leiferung 3 and 4); G. Engelmann's Re-
vision of the Genus Pinus, in Transactions of the
Academy of Science of St. Louis published in 1880;
Maxwell T. Masters in Journal of the Linnean Society,
volumes 22 (1886) and 27 (1889); Conifer Conference in
Journal Royal Horticultural Society, volume 14 (1892).
For a fuller account of the relative value of species of
Pinus and their culture, see Pine.
1348
1817. Pinus palustris.
Leaf with two fibro-vasculiir bundles (a) ; several in-
ternal resin-ducts (6) ; one layer of strengthening cells
('•) beneath the epidermis and on the inner sld» (if the
libro- vascular bundles:
1818. Pinus echinata.
Leaf with two fibro-vascular bundles (a) and several
parenchymatous resin -ducts (&); only one layer of
strengthening cells (c) beneath the epidermis;
(d) all around.
alba, 3.
GrazeUeri. 4.
parviflora. 8.
albu-terminata. 43.
Halepensis, 41.
pendula, 20. 44.
arsentea. 44.
Hamiltoni. 37.
aristatii. 15.
heterophylla. 22.
horizontalis, 36.
Pinea, 39.
aurea. 43,'44.'
inops. 30.
Pithyusa, 41.
auflralui, 23.
insignis. 27.
Anstriaca, 36.
Jeflfreyi. 19.
prostrata. 3.
Ayacahnite. 6.
Koraiensis, 9.
pumila. 10, 44.
Balfonriana, 15.
Lambertiana.5.
PumiUo. 45.
Banksiana, 31.
Larieio, 36.
pangens, 34.
Senthamiana, 20.
Lemoniana. 87.
pygnwa. 3. 36.
Bolanderi, 33.
Louioniana, 6.
pyramidalis. 3, 4
brevifolia, 3.
longifolia, 2.i.
Pyrenaictt. 36 a:
Bangeana, 11.
macrocarpa. 18.
suppl.
Suonapartea, 6.
Mandshurica. 9.
quadri/olia. 12.
BourntH, 33.
maritime. 37.
radiata, 27.
Calabrica. 36.
Massoniana, 38, 42.
resinosa, 40.
Canariensis. 24.
minor, 37.
rigida, 28.
Carpatica. 45.
mUia. 29.
roatrata. 45.
Cebennensis. 36.
monophylla, 14.
rotundata, 45.
Cembra, 10.
Moiupeliensis. 36.
Roxburghi. 25.
clausa, 32.
montana, 45.
SabinJana. 17.
Moietereuensis, 27.
Halzmanni. 3«.
compacta, 44. '
monticola. 4.
scopnlorum. 20.
coutorta. 33.
Mugbus, 45.
Sibirica, 10.
CouUeri. 18.
muricata. 35.
Sinensis. 42.
Cubensis. 32.
Murrayana, 33.
Strobus, 3.
densiflora. 43.
sylvestris. 44.
divaricata. 31.
A"pa(.n».», 1.
Tasda, 21,
Don-Pedrii. 6.
nigra. 36.
Thunhergi. 38.
eehinata. 29.
nigricans. 36.
Torreyana, Ifi,
edulis, 13.
nivea. 3.
tubcrculala. 2(i.
ElHotu. 22.
Oeulus draconis,
umbraculifVra, :
exeelsa. 1.
38, 43.
fastigiala. 3, 44.
Pallasiana, .36.
variegata, :»< 43.
flexilis. 7.
p.ilustris. 23.
Virginiana, 3li.
Fremontiana. 14.
Parryana. 12.
zebrina, 1.
Kky for Determining Pises Without Conbs (compare
Figs. 1815-1818).
A. Number of Jv€. 5, only occa-
sionally S or 4.
B. Sheaths deciduous: fibro-
vascular bundle 1.
c. Edges of Ivs. serralafe.
D. Length of Ivs. IK-S in.
E. Branchlets glabrous or
nearly so.
P. The Ivs. 6-8 in. long:
branchlets glaucou.i. 1. ezcelsa
PF. The Ivs. S-5 in. lotto:
branchlets «<>t
glaucous.
G. Tree a rather dense
pyramid 2. Fence
GO. Tree an open pyra-
mid 3. Strobus
EE. Branchlets densely
brownish tomentose . . W. Cembra
XEE. Brajichlets pubescent
or puberulous.
F. Needles slender,
somewhat pendu-
lous, 4-6 in. long... il. Ayacahuite
FF. Needles stiff, 1%-^ in.
long.
a. Back nf Ivs. with
fine white lines... 5.
GO. Back of Ivs. usu-
ally not lined.
H. Color of Ivs. blu-
ish or dark
green 4.
HH. Color of Ivs.
bright green 9.
DD. Length of Ivs. %-l% in.:
Ivs. usually twisted,
forming brush - like
tufts at the end of the
branchlets 8.
cc. Edges of Ivs. entire.
D. Lvs. 1%S in. long 7.
DD. Lvs. l-ia in. long 15.
BB. Sheaths persistent: fibro-
vascular bundles S: lvs.
8-12 in. long, rigid 16.
A. Number of lvs. 3, or 4 or 1, only
occasionally g or 5.
B. Usually solitary, sometimes
inS's 14.
BB. [Tsually 4, sometimes S or 5..V2.
BBB. Usually S, occasionally 2.
c. Fibro -vascular bundle 1:
sheaths deciduous.
V. Ma rgin of lvs. entire: lvs.
',-/'.; III. long 13.
im, .Miinjni of lvs. serrulate:
Im. 2-iin. long 11.
cc. Fibro-vascular bundles £:
sheaths persistent.
D. Branchlets glaucous: lvs.
bluish or grayish green.
(See also No. 21.)
E. Habit of lvs. slender,
drooping 17.
EE. Habit of lvs. straight,
stiff.
F. Buds very resinous:
lvs. 6-12 in. long,
dark bluish green. . .18.
FT. Buds not or little
resinous: lvs.5-8in.
monticola
Koraiensis
eduUs
Bungeana
Iff, pc
bluish
green 1
DD. Branchlets not glaucous:
lvs. dark yellow or
bright green.
E. Habit of lvs. slender,
drooping.
F. Besin- ducts inter-
nal 2
TT. Besin- ducts paren-
chymatous: buds
brown 2
FFF. Besin -ducts periph-
eral: buds bright
chestnut-brown 2
EE. Habit of lvs. stiff.
F. Length of lvs. 6-12 in.
palastris
Canariensis
longiMia
G. Buds cylind r i c,
with spreading
scales little or not
resinous: lvs.8-12
green, tn z s
S's
GG. Buds oblong-i
PINUS
G. Buds resinous 35. muricattv
GG. Buds not resinous.
H. Besin-ducis par-
enchymatous. ..37. Pinastei
HH. Besin -ducts pe-
ripheral 39. Pinea
EE. Scales of the thick
FW. Foliage dull: resin-
ducts parenchyma-
tous '
Key Based on Cones and Seeds.
slender.
A. Cone-scales thin at the apex.
H. Foliage pale yel-
with a marginal obtuse umbo:
lowish or bluish
number of lvs. 5: sheaths de-
green: buds ob-
ciduous: fibro- vascn lar
long -ovate.
bundle 1: wood soft and light..
dark brown 2U.
tuberculata
Strobus.
KH. Foliage bright
B. yVings longer than seed: cones
green: buds
long and slender: resin-
ovate, bright
ducts of lvs. peripheral.
cheslnut-broirii.27.
radiata
Eustrobi.
GG. Character oflvs.
c. Scales ivith broad, rounded
stout.
a. Form of buds
apex.
D. Lvs. slender: branchlets
thick, ovate.
usually glabrous 1.
ezcelsa
acute or acumi-
2.
Feuce
nate 211.
ponderosa,
Strobus
\ ar, scopulorum
w. Lvs. stout : branchlets
HH. Form of buds ob-
puberulous orpubescint. 4,
monticola
long-ovate 2S.
riirida
Lambertiana
Number of Ivs. 2.
cc. Scales with elongated and
B. Branchlets glaucous.
tapering, at last recnrnil
c. Buds very resinous 30.
Virginiana
Ayacahuite
cc. Buds not or little resinous.
apex li,
BB. Wings shorter than seeds „r
D. Hue of Ivs. dark bluish
wanting: cones more or /. ,«,v
yreen 29,
echinata
ovate, with thickened scales.
DD. Hue of Ivs. bright green. .V.\.
densiflora
Cembrrn.
B. Branchlets not glaucous.
c. Margin of lvs. entire:
C. Length of Ivs. ISy^ in.
branchlets glabrous, light
i>. Branchlets brown o,
brown I .. 7.
flexilis
orange: resin-ducts
cc. Margin nf Irs. s,rnil„tr:
parenchymatou.i.
hry,rhhtsin,h.-<rr„t.
li. Character of Ivs. slev-
der: branch lets brown .32.
clausa
'rrsi,i-,Incl.-< i„r,i.h,r„'ll. ».
parviflora
EE. Character of Ivs. stout,
DD. Seeds wingltss: r ,; s i ii -
twisted: branchlets
ducts parenchymatous.. 9.
Koraiensis
orange or orange-
10.
Cembra
brown.
AA. Cone-scales more or less thick-
F. Lvs. 1-3H in. long.
ened at the apex, with the often
c. Resin-ducts 1 oj-^.33.
contorta
spiny umbo in Ihr miihll, nl III,
GG.Besin-dncts2-o ...-.U.
, pungens
transvirsrhi inl,i,,l .i/.,:/,!,,/-
FP. Lvs. %-l in. long ...31.
divaricata
SiS. PlNAVIKK.
DD. Branchlets dull greenish
B. Sheaths r,l,lnr.,„s „r rurlnn,
yellow or greenish
backand tardily <l,ci,hio,is:
brown: resin-ducts pe-
fibro - vascular bundle 1:
ripheral.
resin-ducts peripheral.
C. Seeds short-winged: num-
e. Character of lvs. slen-
der: buds not resin-
ber of lvs. 1-4, only nera-
otts 41
Halepensis
sionitlhi ,;.
EE. Character of lvs. stout:
V.Mar.,i,' ..f h... s.rrulatr.
buds coated with resin.
S: si,, „ll, S r„,l„r.,i,s.
F. Generally a tree 44,
, sylvestris
Grr,fr,li,n„i 11.
Bungeana
FF. Geiirnill,/., sl,r„l,..Ar,.
. montana
DD. Mar,/ in of lvs. entire ;
CC. Length of Irs. .:-:i > .. .
sheaths curling back and
D. Color Of l:l,.h ,rl,,t,sl, nr
falling off endofthe first
grayish wlnlr 3K,
. Thunbergi
year. Cembroides.
DD. Colorofbndsbnnc,,. (8ee
E. Number of lvs. SS. ... 12.
Parryana
also No. 41. )
EE. Number of lvs. IS.... 13.
edulis
E. Scales of the oblong
U.
monophylla
buds with re flexed
cc. Seeds with long wing: num-
tips, chestnut-brown.
beroflvs.S: marginentire.
F. Habit of lvs. rem
Balfowrianee 15.
Balfouriana
slender and thin... 42.
Massoniana
BB. Sheaths persistent: fibro-vas-
FF. Habit of lvs. stiff and
cular bundles S: margin of
rigid.
lvs. serrulate.
1350
PINUS
c. Numier of Ivs. 5: resin-
ducts parenchymatous.
Pseudostrobi 1(
CO. Number of Ivs. S, occasion-
ally 4-5: resin-ducts usu-
ally parenchymatous.
Tcedm.
D. Branchlets glaucous:
color of Ivs. bluish or
grayish green.
E. Lvs. slender, drooping .1
EE. I/vs. stout,6-12in.long:
seeds long-winged
19.
DD. Branchlets not glaucous:
color of Ivs. da>-k yel-
loivish or bright green.
E. Ijengfh of Ivs. 5-12 in.:
Ivs. stout :
ponderosa
Taeda
Cubeiisis
palustriB
Canariensis
longitoUa
. Length of Ivs. S-7 in.:
Ivs. stout. (See also
No. 20 var. )
F. Cones veni oblique.
S)4-6iH.long: length
of Ivs. usually 4-6
PP. Cones not oblique, S— 4
in. long : length of
Ivs. usually S-i in. .28. rigida
CCC. Number of Ivs. £.
D. Mesin-ducts parenchyma-
tous: cones mostly be-
tween the whorls.
Lariciones 29. echinata
E. Branchlets glaucous ..30. ViTginiana
EE. Branchlets not glau-
cous.
T. Lfvs. ISYi in. long,
a. Cones not prickly.. SI. divaricata
QG. Cones prickly 32. clausa
33. contOTta
34.
pp. Zfvs. S%-7 in. long.
a. Winter-budsbrown.Zh.
.%. Laricio
37. Pinaster
GO. Winter-buds gray-
ish white or silvery
white, oblong, not
resinous, only tips
of scales often
light brown 38. Thunbergi
x>r>. Besin-ducts peripheral:
cones usually appearing
at the whorls. Sylves-
E. Length of Ivs. S}4-8 in.
T. Seeds short-winged,
% in. long 39. Pinea
FF. Seeds long-winged.
O. Branch lets not
glaucous 40. resinosa
41. Halepensis
42. Massoniana ^ ^
QQ. Branchlets glau- ^^ ,
cous 4.1. densiflora ^7
EE. Length oflvs.%-S% i».44. sylvestris
* 45. montana
I. Stkobus.
1. Eustrobi.
1. exc^lsa, Wall. (P. NepaUnsis, Chambr.). Attains
150 ft., with spreading and slightly ascending branches
forming a broad open pyramid : branchlets greenish,
glabrous, glaucous: winter -buds cylindric - obovate,
acute : Ivs. slender, flaccid, drooping, grayish or bluish
PINUS
green, 6-8 in. long: cones cylindric on 1-2 in long
stalks, 6-10 in. long: seed brown, 4 lines long. Himal.
Gn. 31, p. 195. A.G. 19:149.-Handsome tree, of some-
what loose habit, with graceful pendulous foliage, hardy
as far north as Mass. in sheltered po-
sitions. Var. zebrlna, Bailly, has the
Ivs. with a whitish zone near the tip.
2. Peilce, Griseb. (P. exc(lsa,-v&T.
Peiice, Griseb.). Attains 50 ft.,
with ascending short branches form-
ing a narrow dense pyramid : branch-
lets greenish, glabrous, not glaucous:
winter-buds ovate: Ivs. straight, blu-
ish green, 3-4 in. long; cones short-
stalked, cylindric, 3^-6 in. long,
with obovate scales: seed 4 lines
long. S. E. Eu.— An ornamental
hardy Pine of dense, regular habit
and slow growth; forms a narrower
and denser pyramid than No. 3.
3. Strdbus, Linn. White Pine.
Figs. 1815, 1819, 1820. Attains 100.
occasionally 150 ft., with horizontal
branches in regular whorls forming
a symmetrical open pyramid. In old
age the head is usually broad and
open and often very picturesque.
Branchlets greenish or light green-
ish brown, glabrous or slightly pu- ,3i9_ p^^^^ Strobus.
berulous : winter-buds ovate, acum- (X !>» )
inate: Ivs. soft, bluish green, 2^ in. "'
long (or 3J^-5) : cones on stalks %-l in. long, cylindric,
slender, often curved, 2-4 in. long, with oblong-obovate
scales : seed red-brown, mottled with black, 3 lines long.
Newfoundland to Manitoba, north to Ga., 111. and Iowa.
8.8.11:538,539. A.G. 12:645; 13:1. Gn. 30, p. 404. -Very
valuable ornamental hardy Pine of rapid growth, sym-
metrical when young, picturesque in old age : no tree is
better adapted to break up the monotonous sky-line of
plantations in northern parks. There are a number of
garden forms occasionally cultivated. Var. 41ba, Loud,
(var. iiivea, Carr. ). Low form of irregular habit, with
almost silvery white foliage. Var. brevifdlia. Loud.
(var. ndna. Knight. Var. pygmiea, Hort.). Dwarf,
compact, round bush, with short Ivs. Var. fastigi&ta,
Beissn. (var. pyramid Alls, Hort.). With ascending
branches, of narrow pyramidal or columnar habit. Var.
pro8tr&ta, Arb. Kew. Dwarf, procumbent form, diffuse
and trailing on the ground. Var. umbracullfera. Knight.
Dwarf, flat-topped bush, with short Ivs. R.H. 1869, p.
38. There are also forms with variegated and with yel-
low foliage.
4. montlcola, Don. MotrNTAiN White Pine. Tree, to
100 or occasionally 150 ft., with slender, spreading,
somewhat pendulous branches forming a narrow open
1830. Pinus Strobus (X H).
pyramid: branchlets puberulous, yellowish or reddish
brown: winter -buds ovate, acute: Ivs. stiff, bluish
green and glaucous, lK-4 in. long, with few inconspic-
uous or no lines on the back: cones short-peduncled,
cylindric, slender, slightly curved, 5-11 in. long, yellow-
PINUS
Ish brown ; scales pointed by the slightly thickened
umbo; seed red-brown, mottled with black, % in. long.
Brit. Col. to Idaho and Calif. S.S. 11:540, 541, G.F.
5:,5, 7. R.H. 1869, p. 126 (as P. Groeselieri). -Similar to
P. Strobus, but forming a somewhat narrower, more
slender pyramid ; hardy as far north as Mass.
PINUS
1351
1821. Pinus (lexiUs (
5. Lamberti&na, Dougl. Sugar Pine. Fig. 1823. Tree,
to 200 or 220 ft., with spreading somewhat pendulous
branches forming a narrow open pyramid ; old trees
usually with flat-topped wide-spreading open head:
branchlets brown, pubescent: winter-buds oblong-obo-
vate, apiculate: Ivs. stout, sharply pointed, dark bluish
green, 3^ in. long, with conspicuous white lines on the
back: cones on peduncles 2-3J^-in. long, cylindric, often
slightly curved, light brown, lustrous, 10-20 in. long:
seed about X in. long, dark brown or nearly black.
Ore. toMex. S.S. 11:542, 543. Gn. 31, p. 152, 153. G.C.
II. 23:11; III. l:769.-One of the tallest trees of the
Paciflc coast; in the eastern states it is hardy as far
north as Mass., but grows only slowly; has handsome
dark foliage.
6. Ayacahdite, Ehrenb. (P. Btwnapdrtea, Roezl. P.
Don-Pedrii, Rcezl. P. Loudonidna, Gold.). Tree, to 100
ft., with spreading, slender branches: branchlets yel-
lowish brown, finely pubescent: Ivs. slender and some-
what pendulous, bluish green, 4-6 in. long: cones short-
stalked, cylindric conical, gradually narrowed toward the
apex, often slightly curved, brownish yellow, 9-15 in.
long: seeds about Si in. long, gray-brown, mottled dark
brown. North Hex. G.C. II. 18:493; III. 20:751, 753.
Gn. 25, pp. 192. 193. — Handsome tree, somewhat resera-
blingthe White Pine, but foliage more slender, especially
ornamental with its large cones. Not hardy north.
2. Cembrce.
7. flfixilis, James. Limber Pine. Fig. 1821. Tree, to
50, occasionally to 80 ft., with stout horizontal branches
forming a narrow open pyramid, in old age with low,
broad, round-topped head: winter-buds broadly ovate,
slender-pointed: Ivs. rigid, acute, dark green, lH-3 in.
long: cones ovate to cylindric-ovate, light brown, 3-6,
rarely 10 in. long; scales rounded at the apex, tipped
with an obtuse, dark umbo, the lower oues elongated
and reflexed: seeds dark brown, mottled with black,
^-K in. long, with narrow wing. Alberta to Calif, and
NewMex. S.S. 11:546,547. G.F. 10:165. -Hardy Pine
of slow growth; seems to be best adapted for (
tal planting on rocky slopes.
8. parvifldra, Sieb. & Zucc. Tree, to 80 ft., of dense,
pyramidal habit, with slender, horizontal branches:
branchlets light greenish brown, puberulous: Ivs.
crowded, rather stiflf, usually twisted, forming brush-
like tufts at the end of the branchlets, bluish green,
%-\yi in. long : cones ovate or oblong-ovate, almost
sessile, reddish brown, 2-3 in. long: seeds dark brown,
hardly X in. long. Japan. S.Z. 2:115. — Hardy and very
ornamental Pine, bearing numerous decorative cones
when older. Cultivated plants are often grafted and as-
sume a more irregular habit. In Japan it is often culti-
vated in pots and dwarfed. A.G. 14:212.
9. KoraWnsis, Sieb. & Zucc. (P. MandshuHca, Rupr.).
Pyramidal tree, to 100 ft.: branchlets with yellowish
brown pubescence: winter-buds oblong-ovate, acumi-
nate, dark chestnut-brown: Ivs. straight, dark green
and glossy on the back, bluish white on the inner sides,
2H-4 in. long: cones almost sessile, conic-ovate, yellow-
ish brown, 4-6 in. long; scales rhombic-obovate, with re-
curved obtuse apex : seed over ^ in. long, brown, sharply
edged. Japan, Corea. S.Z. 2:116. Gng. 6:1. — In cultiva-
tion of slow growth, forming a rather dense, broad pyra-
mid, with handsome foliage. One of the best hardy Pines
for smaller gardens.
10. Cimbra, Linn. Swiss Stone Pine. Tree, to 70
or occasionally 120 ft., with spreading usually short
branches forming a narrow, dense pyramid, in old age
often with very picturesque broad, open, round-topped
head: branchlets coated with dense yellowish brown
tomentuiu: winter-buds globose-ovate, long acuminate :
Ivs. straight, dark green on back, bluish white inside,
2-3X in. long: cones short-peduncled, ovate, obtuse,
light brown, 2K-3H in. long; scales broadly ovate,
rounded at apex, apophysis much broader than high:
seed % in. long. M. European, Alps to N. Russia and N.
Asia. G.C. II. 17:80, 81; III. 24:459. Gn. 19, p. 369;
28, p. 175, 182. Gt. 45, p. 205. -Handsome hardy Pine
of slow growth and symmetrical habit when young.
Var. Sibirica, Loud., has shorter Ivs. and longer cones,
and is of narrower habit and more vigorous growth.
Var. ptimila, Pall. See P. pumila in suppl. list.
II. Pinaster.
11. Bunge&na, Zucc. Lace Bark Pine. White Bark
Pine. Tree, to 80 or 100 ft., with long and slender
branches: bark flaky, light gray: young branches gray-
ish green, glabrous: Ivs. rigid, acute, light green, 2-4
in. long: cones almost sessile, conic-ovate, light yellow-
Pinus edulis (
ish brown, 2-3 in. long; apophysis much broader than
high, ridged, with a triangular pointed and recurved
umbo: seed dark brown, with narrow wing, %-% in.
long. N. China. G.C. II. 18:9. -Hardy slow-growing
tree of bushy habit in cultivation and with rather sparse
light green foliage.
1352
12. Parryina, Engelm. (P-quadrifdlia,
Sudw.). Nut Pine. Pinnon. Tree, to 40
ft. .with stout, spre.-idinff branches, form-
glaucous J ■ I , 1 I 'II-: cone
subglohi,..-, I'. J 111 i.im;i,1. cliestnut-
browa, lii^tiMn^ ; ;i|M,|,)iysi,s thlck. pyra-
midal, coiiv|,irn,,ii-iy ki(l.-(l; umbo with
minute rt^i-ui-\ i-il [Tirklt.-: seed about K
in. loug. Calif. 8.8. 11 :549.-Not hardy
north.
i:^. ^dulis, Engelm. Nut Pine. Fig.
1822. Small tree, 10-20 or occasionally to 40
ft., with horizontal Iir:iiirli.~. liu..liy when
young, with low. imuimI iMjii.. -l In m.'i in old
age: branchlets liL-ln \,ll..«i.|i lnv.wn, pu-
berulous at first: h ^. j-.;, n-i.l. dark green,
y4-l% in. long: coi,e.> aljuo.st ,cs5.Ue, broadly
ovate, greenish yellow, lustrous, about 134
in. long ; apophysis pyramidal, strongly
keeled ; umbo with minute recurved tip:
seed K in. long, with narrow wing remain-
ing attached to the scale. Colo, to North
Mex. and Tex. S.S. 11:5.52. -Hardy as far
north as Mass., forming a slow-growin;.'
and compact bush. The seeds are an im-
portant article of food among the Indians.
14. monophylla, T..rr. & Frem. (P. Fie
tnniituhiii . F.ii.li.i. Tree, 15-20, occasionally
to 50 ft., similar to the preceding: branch-
lets light orange, glabrous: Ivs. usually
solitary, sometimes 2, terete, rigid, spin-
escent, glaucous green, ?i-lM in. long;
cones broadly ovate, light brown, 1^2-2
in. long; apophysis depressed-pyramidal,
ridged, the flattened umbo with a minute
incurved tip: seed }4 in. long. Calif, to
Colo, and Ariz. S.S. 11: 551. G.C. II. 20:
44: 26:137.-Of slow growth, hardy as far
north as Mass. The .solitary leaf has been
believed to consist of two connate ones, but
this is certainly not the case, as the one
flbro-vascular bundle plainly shows.
5. Balfourianm.
15. Balfaarii.na, Jeffrey. Foxtail Pine.
Tree, to 40, occasionally 90 ft., narrow pyr-
amidal when young, irregular and open" in
old age: branchlets dark brown, puberulous
at first: Ivs. crowded, incurved and pressed
against the branches, rigid, acute, dark
green on the back, white inside, 1-lK in.
long, remaining for 10 or 12 years on the
branches ; cones pendulous, subcylindric.
dark purplish brown, 3 !4-5 in. long; apophy-
sis flattened, the concave oblong umbo with
minute iucurvcMl prickle: seed ^ in. long.
Calif. S.S. 11 :.",:,,;. -Not hardy north. Var.
arist4ta, En:.'eliii. (P. aristdln, Engelm.).
B..>liy tree, necasionally to 50 ft., sometimes
a semi - prostrate shrub : branchlets of
lighter color and aini.i-t L.'lal.r.m-: Ivs. witli
less conspicuous wliite line, in^i.le: cone-
cylindric-ovate, :)-::',, in. Luil': apuplivsis
elevated ; umbo with a slemkr incurved
spine to ii in. long. Calif, to Utah and Ariz.
S.S. 11:554. G.C. III. 20:719.-Hardy as
far north as Mass. ; in cultivation usually
a handsome low, bushy shrub of distinct
habit: Ivs. often sprinkled with resinous
dots.
6. Pseudoslrobl.
16. Torreyina, Parrv. Solfpah Pixk.
Tree, to 40 or occasi.,nallv i.. en ft., with
spreading and s..neiiiii.-- ;i - '■ . n il i n i;
branches: brand'i-t- - --i ■■ . ......li-i.
bloomy, glabrou
13 in." Ion;;: co
s broadly
apophjsis low-
ted and refli led
ids % m long.
7 rw/li,
17 Sabiniana, Dougl Dk.c.er Pine.
Bill Pinl Ine, to .^.O or occasionally
80 ft , usuallj dnided into se\eral stems,
with short crooked oranches, tne lower
ones pendent, the upper ones ascending,
forming a round-topped head: Ivs. slen-
der, flexible, pale bluish green, 8-12 in.
long: cones pendent on about 2-in. long
stalks, oblong-ovate, light red-brown,
G-10 in. long ; apophysis pyramidal,
sharply keeled, fliif'ene.l :it tl,e st'r:ii-_-|.t or
incurved apex, tli. L,>,, ...l, ,>,.i, ,..i,|,
recurved apex: s' - , i ,i-
winged. Calif, n - i i - i. . i,i i .::
5:45. F.S. 9:964. -N..I ,r, hurili In-tin.-i
Pine of loose habit and with sparse pale
f(piiaf,'e. The seeds are edible.
is. Cdulteri, Dun(P. mncrocdrpa , Lindl. ).
I'n.H Pine. Fig. 1823. Tree, to 80 ft., with
stout branches, pendulous below and as-
cending above, forming a loose pyramidal
liead : winter-buds oblong-ovate, resinous:
Ivs. stout, acuminate, dark bluish green,
6-12 in. long: cones short-stalked, pendent,
cylindric-ovate, yellowish brown, 9-14 in.
long; apophysis elongated-pyramidal, nar-
rowed into the compressed spiny- tipped
straight or incurved umbo: seed J4 in. long.
Calif. S.S. 11:571, 572. G.C. II. 23:409,
413 ; III. 4:765.-Not hardy north. Old
trees are often very picturesque and the
large cones are conspicuous and ornamental.
19. Jiffreyi, Murray [P. ponderbsa, var.
Jeffreyi, Vasey). Jeffkey's Pine. Tree,
to 120 or occasionally to 180 ft., with short
spreading or often pendulous branches, the
uppermost ascending, forming an open pyr-
amidal and sometimes narrow spire - like
bead : young branches fragrant when
broken : winter-buds oblong-ovate, not res-
inous: Ivs. stent, acute, paFe bluish green,
5-s in. Line-: r.mes conic-ovate, light brown,
i; rj in. ienu; .iiiopbysis depressed, keeled;
uinl". el..ni:aieil into a slender recurved
spine: seed about >j in. long. Ore. to Calif.
S.S. 11:562, 563. G.C. II. 22:813; III.
5:301, 369. G.F. 5: 185. -Distinct and orna-
mental Pine of symmetrical habit when
young, hardy as far north as Mass. Among
the hardier species this Pine has the long-
est Ivs.
20. ponderdsa, Dougl. (P. Benthamiina ,
Hartw.). Yellow Pine. Kt i.i. Pine. Figs.
1807-9. Tree, to l.-n, ,„,:,- n i,, -jiin ft,,
branches usually a-i- i . . ii 1 1 . . imN ,ni.l
forming a narrow ,- 1 > 1 1. in,. iM.i.i: liraneh-
lets reddish brown, iiamanl wlien broken:
winter-buds oblong-ovate or ovate, resinous :
Ivs. acute, dark green, 5-11 in. long: cones
almost sessile, often in clusters, ovate-ob-
lonff, light reddish or yellowish brown and
Instnnis, 3-6 in. long; apophysis depressed-
|iyraini(lal or flattened, with a broadly tri-
ani^iil.ar umbo terminated by a stout, usu-
ally recurved prickle ; lower scales with
in. lie elongated apex : seed M in. long.
1.1 it Col. to Mex., east to Neb. and Tex.
s s. ll:.-,(;o, 561. G.F. 8:395. G.C. III. 8:
.'.:.:. .'1.1. .569.-One of the tallest and most
iin]...rtant Pines of the western states.
Ilar.ly as far north as New York, and in
slielfered positions to Mass. Var. p6ndula,
H.W. Sarg., has drooping branches. Var.
scopuldrum, Engelm. {P. seopuldriim,
L.emm.), is a geographical var., smaller in
every part: usually to 75 ft. high: Ivs. .VT in. long,
sometimes in 2's.: oones smaller, ovate. S.Dakota to N.
Jlex. and Tex. S. 8.11:564. G.C. II. 9:797.-Somewhat
hardier than the type.
1824. Pinus rieida (
21. Taeda, Linn. Loblolly Pine. Old Field Pine.
Fkankinoen-se Pine. Tree, to 100, occasionally to 170
ft., with spreading branches, the upper ascending, form-
ing a compact, round-topped head: branchlets yellowish
brown, sometimes slightly bloomy: winter-buds oblong,
resinous: Ivs. slender but stiff, acute, bright green, 6-9
in. long: cones sessile, spreading, conic-oblong, light
reddish brown, 3-5 in. long; apophysis flattened or de-
pressed-pyramidal; umbo small, with short, triangular,
recurved spine, lower scales not elongated: seed V^ in.
long. Del. to Fla. and Tex. S.S. 11 :577, 578. -Not hardy
north and rarely cult, for ornament.
22. CuMnsis, Griseb. {P. heteroplnjUa, Sudw. P.
ElliMii, Engelm.). Slash Pine. Swamp Pine.
Tree, to 100 or 120 ft., with horizontally spreading
branches forming a round-topped broad and compact
head: branchlets orange-brown: winter-buds cylindric,
light brown: Ivs. dark green and lustrous, acute, in 3's
and 2's, 8-12 in. long, with internal resin-ducts: cones
short-peduncled, conic-oblong, dark brown and glossy,
3-CHin. long; apophysis flattened, keeled; umbo small,
with minute recurved prickles : seed Ve-^i in. long. Ga.
to Fla., near the coast. S.S. 11:591, 592. -Handsome
Pine, with compact broad head, hardy only south.
23. paldstris, Mill. {P. anstrdlis, Micbx.). Long-
leafed Pine. Southern Pine. Fig. 1823. Tree, to 100
or 120 ft. with ascending branches forming an ob-
long open head : branchlets orange-brown; winter-buds
whitish, oblong: Ivs. crowded, forming tufts at the end
of branchlets, dark green. 8-18 in. long, with internal
resin-ducts: cones nliiinst sr^^ilr. cylindric, dull brown,
C-10 in. long; apoiilu^i-i tlriit.-n. ,1 : umbo dark brown,
with triangular, retiixiMl ^Itnrt s|>iii.-s: seed almost J^ in.
long. Va.'andFla.,t.i .Mi>s.al..n-tliecoast. S.S. 11:589,
590. G.F. 10: 115. -Viiyiuipurtaut timber tree, but rarely
planted for ornament ; "hardy only south Branches are
imported in great quantities into the northern cities in
midwinter and used for decorations on account of their
large, handsome foliage.
24. Canariinsis, C. Sm. Tree, to 80 ft., with slendei
branches forming a broad, round-topped head: branch-
lets yellowish : Ivs. slender, spreading and pendulous,
light green and lustrous, 9-12 in. long, with parenchy-
matous resin-ducts; cones cylindric-ovate, 4-8 in. long;
apophysis low -pyramidal, irregularly 4 -sided, light
brown and glossy, with obtuse umbo: seed '4 in. long.
Canary Isl. G.C. III. 3:721. -Handsome Pine, cult, in
Calif, and in colder regions, sometimes in the green-
house.
25. lon^fdlla, Lamb. (P. Sdxbnrglii, Sarg.). Tree,
to 100 ft. or more, with round-topped symmetrical head:
branchlets light yellow brown : winter-buds oblong, light
chestnut-brown, not i
light green, 8-12 in. 1
cones short-stalked, ci
elongated - pyramidal,
curved; umbo obtuse
portant forest tree i
north, but cult, in Cs
PINUS 1353
sinous : Ivs. slender, pendulous,
ng, with peripheral resin-ducts:
lic-ovate, 4-7 in. long; apophysis
compressed, more or less re-
seed %-l in. long. Himal. — Im-
its native country. Not hardy
Very decorativ
plant, with its long drooping light green foliage.
20. tubercuiata, Gord. (P. attemidfa, Lemm.). Enob-
cone Pine. Tree, usually 20, occasionally to 100 ft.,
with slender horizontal branches ascending at the ends,
forming a broad pyramid, with open, round-topped
head in old age: bark thin, scaly: young branches
slender, dark .min-i Iim,,!,; .Aini, i l.u.ls oblong-ovate,
dark brown: h -, ' ■ i^ale 5'ellowish or
bluish green. :: , ,
stalked, usuall> ^i, . , ; ;. i ■. i ,..i
long, upper sc:iii_.^ unh |j> i.umilal
nent, sharply pointed and recurve
depressed apex and small prickly
long. Ore. to Calif. S.S. 11 :575,":
L-: cones short-
onical, 33^-6 in.
v; umbo promi-
wer scales with
bo: seed M in.
G.C. II. 24:784,
F.S. 5, p. 517c. — Of little ornamental value and not
hardy north. Usually a bushy tree with sparse dull
foli
age.
27. radiata, Gord. {P. inslgnis, Dougl. P. Monterey-
hisis, Hon.). Monterey Pine. Fig. 1823. Tree, to 80
or 100 ft., with stout, spreading branches forming an
irregular open, round-topped head: bark thick, fur-
rowed: branchlets brown: buds ovate, bright chestnut-
brown: Ivs. acute, bright green, 4-6 in. long: cones
short-stalked, conic-ovate, upper scales with elevated,
rounded, almost hemispherical and obscurely keeled
apex; umbo small, with minute straight or recurved
prickle, lower scales with almost flattened apex: seed
black, }i in. long. S.Calif. S.S. 11:573, 574. F.S. 6,
p. 44. G.C. III. 9:336, 341. Gn. 36, p. 47; 49, p. 312.-
Handsome species with bright green foliage and of rapid
growth and bushy habit when young; valuable for sea-
side planting. Not hardy north.
28. rfgida. Mill. Pitch Pine. Figs. 1813, 1824-1827.
Tree, to 80 ft., with horizontally spreading branches
forming an open, irregular pyramid : branchlets light
brown: winter-buds o\ ate or ovate-oblong, chestnut-
brown: Ivs. stift and spu ading, acuminate daik green,
1825. Pinus rigida. with youne
2-5 in. long: cones almost sessile, often in clusters,
ovate, light brown, 2-t in. long; apophysis little ele-
vated; umbo triangular, ending in a slender, recurved
prickle: seed dark brown, H in. long. New Brunswick
to Ga.,west to Ontario and Kv. S.S. 11:579. G.F.
4:402; 10:195. Gn. 31, p. 128, 132. M.D.G. 1896:301.-
Hardy Pine of rapid growth when young and easily
raised from seed; grows on dry and sterile soil. As an
ornamental plant it may be used on dry and rocky
slopes, where it becomes often Tery picturesque when
1826. Pinus rieid
older. It sprouts readily from stumps if cut down or
destroyed by flre.
8. Lanciones.
29. echinita, Mill. (P. mltis, Michx.). Spruce Pine.
Yellow Pine. Tree, to 100 or 120 ft., with slender often
pendulous branches in regular whorls: winter-buds ob-
long-ovate, brown; Ivs. slender, acute, dark bluish
green, sometimes in 3's, 3-5 in. long : cones short-
stalked or almost sessile, conic-oblong, dull brown, IJ^-
2 in. long; apophysis flattened ; umbo little elevated,
with short straight or curved prickle: seeds one-flfth
to M in. long. N. Y. to Fla., west to III. and Tex. S.S.
11:587. — Handsome tree, with broad, oval head, hardy
as far north as Mass.
30. Virgriniina, Mill. (P. f Hops, Ait.). Scrub Pine.
Jersey Pine. Tree, to 40, or sometimes to 100 ft., with
slender horizontal or pendulous branches in remote and
irregular whorls, forming a broad, open pyramid or
sometimes flat-topped : winter-buds oblong, dark brown :
Ivs. stiff, twisted, spreading, acutish, 1^-2K in. long:
cones conic-oblong, reddish brown, 1K-2K in. long;
apophysis little elevated, with a broad, depressed-pyra-
midal umbo ending in a short recurved prickle: seed
pale brown, 14 in. long. N.Y. to
S. C, west to Ky. and Ind. S.S.
11:581. — Hardy as far north as
JIass., but of little ornamental
merit. Valuable in the Middle
States for covering dry and bar-
il.
1. divaricita, Dum.-Cours.(P.
tiksiihui. Lamb.). Tree, to 70
but usually lower and some-
shrubby, with slender,
spreading branches, forming a
broad, open head : branchlets
yellowish to purplish brown :
winter-buds oblong-ovate, light
brown, very resinous: Ivs. stiff,
1827. twisted, spreading, acute or ob-
Old cone of Pitch Pine tusish, dark or bright green,
-Pinus riEida(X %). "^out 1 in. long: cones conic-ob-
long, usually curved, pale yellow-
brown and lustrous, unarmed, 1^2-2 in. long, remaining
on the tree for 12 or 15 years; apophysis flattened, with
a transverse line and a small dark obtuse umbo: seed
black, Vb in. long. Hudson bay to N. Y., west to Minn.
PINUS
S.S. 11:588. -The most northern of all American Pines
and quite hardy, but not of much ornamental value.
32. clatlBa, Sarg. {P. Inops, var. clausa, Engelm.).
Sand Pine. Spruce Pine. Figs. 1828, 1829. Tree, to
20, occasionally to 70 ft., with slender, spreading
branches: branchlets red-brown: winter-buds oblong,
obtuse, not or little resinous: Ivs. slender and flexible,
acute, dark green, 2-3 in. long: cones short-stalked,
often oblique at the base, conic-ovate, dark reddish
brown, 2-3K in. long, remaining closed for 3 or 4 years
after ripening and often becoming enveloped by the
growing wood of the stem; apophysis depressed pyra-
midal, conspicuously keeled; umbo with a short, stout
spine. Fla. and Ala. near the coast. S.S. 11:.582. G.F.
5:161. -Little known in cultivation and not hardy north.
33. cont6rta, Dougl. (P. Boldnderi, Pari.). Scrub
Pine. Tree, to 20, occasionally to 30 ft., with rather
stout branches forming a round-topped compact or
open head, or a tree, to 80 and occasionally 150 ft., with
a narrow pyramidal head : branchlets light orange or
orange-brown: buds ovate, dark chestnut-brown, resi-
nous: Ivs. stiff, twisted, acutish, dark green, 1-3M in.
long: cones ovate or conic-ovate, oblique at the base,
1-2 in. long, light yellowish brown and lustrous, scales
of the upper side with elevated, pyramidal apex, the
dark umbo ending in a slender incurved spine. Alaska
to Calif., west to Mont, and Colo.- Var. Bolinderi,
Koehne, the typical form, is a low tree, with shorter,
1-2-in. long Ivs. and with very oblique cones, often re-
maining closed for several years after maturity. S.S.
II :567. G.C. II. 19:45. Var. Murrayina, Engelm. {P.
MurrayAna, Murr. P. Boursiiri, Carr.), is the form in
the Rocky Mts., and a taller tree of pyramidal habit, with
longer, lJ^-3K-in. long Ivs., less oblique cones, opening
usuallv soon after maturity. S.S. 11:568. G.C. 1869:191
and R.H. 1869, p. 278 (as P. Tamrac). R.H. 1854, p.
220. In cultivation it is usually a bushy, low tree and
seems hardy north.
34. piingens, Michx. Table MotrNTAra Pine. Pov-
erty Pine. Tree, to 30, occasionally to 60 ft., with
stout spreading branches forming a broad, open, often
flat-topped head: branchlets light orange: winter-buds
oblong, obtuse, dark chestnut-brown: Ivs. stout, twisted,
sharply pointed, dark green, 1}^-2K in. long : cones
conic-ovate, oblique at the base, light brown, 2K-3K in.
long; apophysis pyramidal and conspicuously keeled,
the conical elongated umbo ending in a stout curved
spine: si'imI light brown, H in. long. N. J. to N. C. and
Tciiii. S.S. ] 1 ;."..K4, — Hardy as far north as Mass., but
of littl.' ..riKuiHiilal value.
."i.'). muric4ta, Don. Prickle-cone Pine. Tree, to .50,
occasionally to 90 ft., with stout, spreading branches
by the branch (>
forming a regular pyramid in young trees, in old age
usually round-topped and compact: branches orange-
brown: winter-buds ovate, dark brown, resinous: Ivs.
stiff, usually twisted, acute, dark green, 4-7 in. long:
cones usually clustered, oblong-ovate, oblique at the
base, chestnut-brown, 2-3K in. long; scales of the upper
side with elongated conical apex terminated by a dark
triangular spiny umbo, scales of the lower side more
flattened, with slender straight spines; the cones usu-
ally remain closed for several years after maturity:
PINUS
1355
seeds almost black, V* in. long. Calif. S.S. 11:585, 586.
G.F. 10:235. F.S.5, p. 517. G.C. 11. 21 :48, 49, 53.-Hand-
some Piue, with regular, pyramidal head ; not hardy
36. Laricio, Poir. Corsican Pine. Tree, to 100 or
occasionally 150 ft., with stout, spreading branches in
regular whorls forming a symmetrical pyramid, in old
age sometimes broad and flat-topped: branchlets usu-
ally light brown : buds ovate or oblong-ovate, light
brown, resinous: Ivs. stiff, acute, dark green, :i'.,-6}2
in. long: cones sessile, ovate, yellowish brown, glossy,
usually 2-3>2 in. long; apophysis depressed, conspicu-
ously keeled; umbo flattened, obtuse or with a very short
prickle: seeds gray, 5^ in. long. S. Eu. to W. Asia.—
Verv variable and usually the following 4 vars. are
distinguished : Var. AustTiaca, Endl. (var. ntgricans,
Pari. _P. .l/(.v(().(C((, Hoss. P. Hlf/nt, Hort. ). AUSTRIAN
Pine. Figs, Ibl4, 1830. Tall tree, with broadly ovate
head aud very dark green, rigid foliage: branchlets
grayish brown. S.E. Eu., from Austria to Dalmatia
and" Eouraania. Gn. 19, p. 477; 38, p. 113. Mn. 10, p. 170.
R.H. 1894, p.241. Var. CalElbrica, Delam. Tall tree, with
shorter ascending branches forming a narrower, less
•dense head : Ivs. of lighter green : branchlets light
brown. Italy. Sicily. Gn. 27, p. .121; 29, p. 104; 36. p.
523; 52, p. 219. G.C. II. 21:15; III. 4:693, 705. Var.
Pallasiina, Endl. Tall tree, with long and stout
branches: Ivs. dark green and glossy: cones light
brown, about 4 in. long. W. Asia. G.C. II. 20:785;
21 :481. Var. Cebenntosis, Gren. & Godr. {P. Sdlzmaiiiii,
Dun. P. MonspelUnsis, Salzm. P. Pyreudica, Hort.,
not Lapeyr. P. Cebenninsis, Hort. P. horuonlAlis,
Hort.). Tree, to 60 ft.: branchlets orange-colored:
Ivs. slender, to G% in. long : cones small, about 2 in.
long. Var. pygmaea, Rauch. Dwarf, dense, bushy form.
The flrst-named var. is the hardiest and hardy north,
while the others are at least hardy as far north as Mass.
They are of rapid growth and conspicuous by their
large, dark green foliage. Var. Cehciinensis is espe-
cially very handsome as a young plant, with its long,
dense leaves.
37. Pln4ster, Ait. {P. marltima, Poir.). Cluster
Pine. Tree, to 100 ft., with spreading or sometimes
pendulous branches forming a pyramidal head: branch-
lets bright reddish brown: buds oblong-oval, brown, not
resinous: Ivs. stiil, acute, usually twisted, glossy green,
5-9 in. long: cones short-peduncled, clustered, conic-
oblong, light brown and glossy, 4-7 in. long; apophysis
pyramidal, conspicuously keeled with prominent tri-
angular, acute umbo: seed grayish brown, J^^ in. long.
S. Eu., near the coast. Gn. 14, p. 20. — Handsome Pine
of regular, pyramidal habit and rapid growth, but not
hardy north. In England it is much used for seaside
plantmg and the vars. Htimiltoni, Pail ,
var. Lemoni&na, Endl., and var minor,
Loisel , are occasionally cult in English
gardens
several horticultural vars. have been introduced from
Japan: one of the most distinct is var. Oculus-draconis,
Mayr, each leaf being marked with 2 yellow bands and
therefore the tufts of the Ivs. at the end of the branches,
1830. Austrian P:
Pinus Laricio, var. Austriaca (X 14).
38. Thiinbergi, Pari. {P. Massoni&na, Sieb. & Zucc,
-not Lamb.). Japanese Black Pine. Tree, to 100 ft. or
occasionally 120 ft., with spreading, often somewhat
pendulous branches, forming a broad, pyramidal head:
branchlets orange - yellow, the winter buds oblong,
grayish or silvery white : Ivs. stiff, sharply pointed,
bright green, .3-43^ in. long: cones short-stalked, conic-
ov:iff. ijr.ivisli brown, 2-3 in. long; apophysis flattened,
witli -mall. (Iriiri-ssed umbo, obtuse or with a minute
priikl. : -r, .1 iriavish brown, J^ in. long. Japan. G.C.
II. •J.i:::4.'). S.X. 2 -113. -Handsome tree and hardy north.
if seen from above, show alternate yellow and green
rings, hence the name Oculus-draconis (dragon-eye).
Var. Tarieg&ta has the Ivs. partly yellow or occasionally
wholly yellowish white. There are also similar forms in
P. densiflora, which may be distinguished by the brown
color of the winter buds.
9. Sylvestres.
39. Pinea, Linn. Stone Pine. Tree, to 80 ft., with
long, horizontally spreading branches forming in older
trees a broad, flat-topped head: branchlets pale brown:
buds with revolute scales, oblong-ovate, not resinous:
Ivs. rigid, acute, bright green, 5-8 in. long : cones broadly
ovate, chestnut-brown, 4-5J^ in. long ; apophysis de-
pressed-pyramidal, radiately ridged; umbo flat, obtuse:
seed reddish-brown, % in. long, edible. S. Eu. G.C. II
20 45; III. 4:604, 605. Gn. 27, p. 245-247; 50, p. 460.-
Tree of picturesque habit, with a trunk usually desti-
tute of branches for a considerable height
and with a wide-spreading parasol-like head.
Not hardy north; in warmer regions often
cultivated for its edible seeds.
40. resinftsa, Ait. Red Pine. Norway
Pine. Tree, to 70, occasionally to 150 f t. ,with
stout spreading and sometimes pendulous
branches forming a broad pyramidal head
when young and an open round-topped one
m old age: branchlets orange-color: buds
ovate, acuminate, light brown, resinous: Ivs.
slender and flexible, acute, dark green and
lustrous, 4-6 in. long : cones subsessile,
conic-ovate, light brown, 1K-2K in. long ;
apophysis flattened, conspicuously keeled,
obtuse, with small dark unarmed umbo ; seeds dark
brown, % in. long. Newfoundland to Manitoba, south
to Pa. and Minn. S.S. 11:550, .551. A.G. 12:645.-One
of the most ornamental Pines for northern parks, quite
hardy and of vigorous growth. Lumber tree.
41. Haleptosis, Mill. Aleppo Pine. Tree, to 60 ft.,
with short branches forming an open, round-topped
head: branchlets slender, yellowish or light greenish
brown: winter-buds small, cylindric, not resinous: Ivs.
in 3's, slender, bluish or dark green, 2K-1
long: cones conic-ovate or conic-oblong, yellowish
1356
PINUS
brown, unarmed, 2K-3K in. long; apophysis flattened,
with a transversal line and a little or not elevated
obtuse umbo: seed M In. long. Mediterranean region.
G. 0.11.22:553; III. 3:029. -Not hardy north and of little
ornamental value, but recommended for seaside plant-
ing. Trunk usually slender and destitute of branches
for a considerable height: foliage thin and sparse, in
tufts at the end of branchlets. Var. Fithyilsa, Stev., is
a smaller tree with slenderer branches, longer Ivs. and
smaller cones. W. Asia.
42. Mas8oni&na, Lamb. (P. Sinensis, hamb.]. Tree,
to 80 ft., with slender, spreading branches: branchlets
yellowish brown: Ivs. very slender and thin, light
green, 5-8 in. long: cones oblong-ovate or ovate, dull
brown, 2-3 in. long; apophysis flattened, slightly keeled,
with a small, flat, unarmed umbo: seed 1-5 in. long.
China. — Not hardy north and rarely cult. Often con-
founded with P. Thunbergi and P. densiflora.
43. densifldra, Sieb. & Zucc. Japanese Hed Pine.
Tree, to 100 ft., with spreading branches forming an
irregular, rather broad head : branchlets orange-yellow,
bloomy: buds oblong -ovate, chestnut -brown: Ivs.
slender, acute, bright bluish green, 2^-2-5 in. long:
cones short -stalked, conii- -i.v;itr i.. "i.l..ug, grayish
brown, somewhat oblique ;it ih. l,a-. . ;ili"Ut2 in. long;
apophysis flattened and >li-liil\ liiiL-.d. those near
the base sometimes elongutiil; uiiil.ci sinall, with a short
prickle or obtuse: seed grayish yellow, h in. long. Jap.
S Z. 2:112. — Ornamental hardy tree, rapidly growing
when young, often very picturesque when older. Many
garden forms are cult, in Japan, several of them with
variegated Ivs. The best are perhaps var. adrea, Mayr,
with yellow foliage; var. albo-terminjlta, Mayr, with the
tips of the Ivs. yellowish white, and var. OculUB dracdnis,
Mayr, like var. varieg^ta, Mayr, similar to the vars. of
the same name under P. Thunbergi.
44. sylvdstris, Linn. Scotch or Scots Pine. Fig. 1831.
Tree, to 70 or occasionally 120 ft., with spreading, often
somewhat pendulous branches, pyramidal when young,
with broad and round-topped often picturesque head in
old age: branchlets dull grayish yellow: winter-buds
oblong-ovate, brown, resinous: Ivs. rigid, acute, twisted,
bluish green, 1^-3 in. long: cones short - .stalked,
conic-oblong, grayish or reddish brown, \%-li^ in.
long; apophysis little thickened, slightly keeled, only
those near the base elongated; umbo small, obtuse: seed
dark grav, 1-6 in. long. Eu. to W. and N. Asia. Gn. 36,
p. 167; 38, p. 4.55; 49, p. 296. -One of the most impor-
tant timber trees of Europe. It is quite hardy, but has
little to recommend it as uii ..iikium nial ti-.-e. Several
geographical and garden imu,- hn •■ t"^ n .listinguished.
Var. argSntea, Stev. Foli;i^. h-lii Min-h green, with
silvery hue. Var. ailrea, II. .ii., witli th.- young Ivs.
golden yellow. Var. column^ris compActa, Bailly.
PlNUS
montana M II Swiss MoivrAr
I 1 t all> low often pio
to 40 ft sm lai
t Hrkei 1 ro vn
rowded ^4
1832 Mush
Mts. of M. Eu. Gn.30, p. 2-5. Mn. 5,p. 4.l.-Hduasonie
hardy low shrub with ascending branches densely
clothed with bright green foliage; ornamental as single
specimens or for covering rocky slopes and as under-
growth in open woods. A very variable species which
has been divided according to the cones into the follow-
ing 3 vars. or subspecies. Var. uncin&ta, Willk. (in-
cluding var. rostraiu and rotiindiita, Ant.). Cone very
oblique, usually deflexed; apophysis pyramidal, with
often reflexed umbo. Often arborescent. Var. Fumilio,
Willk. (P. PumUio, Ha-nke. P. Carpdtica, Hort.).
Cone reg\ilar. subglobose to ovate, before maturity
glaucous and usuallv violet-purple, ripe yellowish or
dark l.rnwii. \;ir. Mdghus, Willk. (P. Miighus, Scop.).
Fi!^'. Is::l'. ri.Tit- regular, conical or conic-oval, with
,ly uiiil.os, not bloomy, yellowish brown be-
_', iHinanion-brown when ripe.
r I ' 1 ' ih i;l eseelsa.— p. albicauU^. Engelm. Py-
raiii . ['ly eo ft., sometimes shrubby: allied to
I'll' i^h or light brown: cones smaller. 1K-3H
ill , • 1' imrplish hrown. Brit, Col. to Calif , and
W>.. -- i - '■■ \LiiU Prol.al.lv as liardv as P fl,.xi-
lis- /■ I . !■ . ■ I' II:, I.," '-■■ /■ i,'.' ,:,■'• l.n^- Ini
ton
IF
1831. Scotch Pine-Pin
■.'A).
Dwarf, dense, columnar form. B.H. 1889, p. 393. Var.
fastigiilta, Carr. (var. punimiddlis, Hort.). Of pyra-
midal habit. N. 3:146. Var. p6ndula, Hort. With pen-
dulous branches! Var. pilmila, Hort. Dwarf globose
bush
and obtuse. Mex. (t.O. 11
to 80 ft., with pyramidal 1
gray: Ivs. dark green, 2-
13.— P. levcodermis. Ant. Tree,
allied to P. Laricio: bark light
ong: cones oblong-orate, light
PINUS
erayish brown, dull, about 3 in. long. S.E. Eu. Probably hardy
north.— P. Mayridna, Sudw.=P. latifnlia. — P. mncroiiht/lta,
Lindl., not Carr.-P. Montezuniii-,-/'. il,>nle;ui,i,i: L.-unl.. (P.
Gordoniana, Hartw. P. (.Tn-iiv i ih ;i ''"■i-<\ 1' m m i .>|ili> Ha,
Lindl., not Carr.). Tree, to mi ii . , .1 ■ 1 I I'"!--
reyana: Ivs. eiaucousor green, 7 1 , 'i:. ^nt,'.
light brown: apophysis depres-. . 1 ili, ,:: 1 1 re-
curved spine. .\Iex_. (i.e. Ill, .- M. H.,, 1: V I- ,.■:) j; : tin.
lii.niit Tm'i ^\"iiMii\ rii^ -liMW X-n li;(r.l\- north. — F. oKteospernia,
Knu.lin V .■.■Mil.rni,lrv -/■ ,.,i/"/.i. Sehiede. Allied to P.
TiiiliL: If.'v t- -ti tT, I\^ s,,ni.riiTi..> 4 or .5, drooping, light
Graceful n- ■' ' '' '> i',
AlliedtoP !• ■ ' , , . _ ,1,;;
IVS. StOUtel- ,: , . ■ ' ' ^'i'
flora.— P. Plmi. I>lnn, = Abn- i ' -' I'
Cembra, var. pumila. Pall. ) . Shi ilh.d
to P. Cembra, but resin-duct,-^ ih ■ ' m.
long: cone Ij^ in. long: seed I \\ ' i ~ i-^r-ia
to Japan. Hardy.— P. Pyrewin,--., I,;ii",ii- il' I .iiii 1 1 I'.-n ).
Tree, to 60 ft.: allied to P. Halepensis: Ivs. twii-e :is I..tik, .'■.-7
in., bright green: cone oblong, 2-4 in. long, with rugose de-
pressed knobs. S.Eu., W.Asia. G.C. III. 4, p. 268. Not hardy
north : often confounded with P. Laricio, var. Salzmanni.
from which it is easily distinguished by its greenish to reddish
brown branchlets.— P. rerteca, Engelm.— P. strobiformis.— P.
serdtina, Michx. Pond Pine. Marsh Pine. Tree, to 50, occa-
sionally to bO ft. ; allied toP.Tasda: Ivs. dark yellowish green:
cones 2H-3 in. long, with slender, incurved deciduous prickles,
remaining closed for I or 2 years after maturity. N. C. to Fla.
S.S. 11:580. Not li.ardy north.-P. st.obifnrmm. Engelm. (P.
reflexa, Engelm.). Tree, to 100 ft. : allied to P. flexilis: Ivs re-
motely and minutely serrul.ate or almost entire, slender, 2^-^
in. long: cones 5-0 in. long, with reflexed knobs. Ariz. S.S.
11:544,545. ALFRED ReHDEK.
PtPEE(theancientLatinname). PlperAcete. Pepper.
A vast genus (probably 600-700 species | of both the Old
and New Worlds, mostly In the tropics, a few of which
are in cultivation in this counti-\- :is irrf-enliouse foliage
plants. In choice collections dill- i< lik.-lyt.. find several
other species, but as they seldi-ni t'niit it is very difiioult
to determine their species. In iIh- li.ll.iwinu' list appear
all the names that oe,-nr in tip Vt ■!.■ .n ti-:i.l.-. Piper
is an exceedingly tlirtirnli --.ii- i.iiir . -nnniii-t he-
cause of the great iitimlMi- .' I 11- \ :iM;iti,ni of
foliage in the same |il:ini ,i- :;■,.,■ , ,, . h-, ilic .lilli-
culty of matching the ^r\c- ..i ilip s,,,nH s|,ci-ics, the
imperfect specimens in herbaria, iiiid the scarcity of
good studies of the plants in the wild. In nearly all
cases, Pipers are dioecious. The flowers are very minute,
and are borne beneath decurrent bracts in slender,
PIQUERIA
1357
BB. Lvs. broadly ovate or roundish, evergreen.
nlgrnm, Linn. Black Pepper. Plant woody below;
stem strong, terete, emitting roots, tall-climbing, gla-
brous: lvs. thickish, stalked, broadly ovate-oblong or
nearly orbicular, the base usually rounded and oblique,
5-9-nerved above the base, the nerves alternate: fls.
sometimes polygamous but usually diojcious: fr. glo-
bose, red. Old World tropics, but now widelv dispersed
in warm countries. B.M. 3139. -Occasionally grown in
hothouses, particularly amongst collections of economic
plants. In the wild it i,s :i str..nt- .■limber, rooting at the
i<-^. .-^"inetilnes re:i.lnn- L'n li :,, li.-t-ht. The dried
liri-i-h's. wliieh :ii-,. ,-"11. , ,i ■, I ' ■ I [M. are black and
\viinl%le.l, ;iih1 const II HI, ', I : , I .ni-er of commerce.
When the ..liter skin 1- ..i :i,.in the fruit, the
product is White I'.-pi.. 1, II niinercial Pepper
comes mostly from th.- .i.si.rn tr..|.ii-s.
orn4tum, N. E. Br. Clnnlnn-, in 1,-, ft. tall, glabrous,
rooting at nodes: lvs. ul;il.r..its ■.■mil directed to one
side;" petioles slender ini.l n. :iily i.-r.-te, the blade pel-
tate, ovate-orbicular, with :i sln.rt. i:ither blunt point,
the nerves 7 but not |ii..niiii. nt ;ili..ve and uniting in
loops on the margin, tin- iipi.e:- Mnfn.-.- of the young lvs.
shining green and covered with pinkish spots, the old
lvs. duller and whiter-spotted. Celebes.
met&Uicum, Lindl. Lvs. thick, rounded, handsome
metallic green. Borneo,
P. Be«e, Linn. BETEL(which see). Climbing, nearly or quite
glabrous: lvs. large and thick, ovate-oblong-acuminate, usually
oblique at base, strongly 5-7-nerved: spikes often 4-6 in. long:
fr. very tleshy, often cohering into a long-cylindrical mass.
Eastern tropics. B.M. 3132. Lvs. cheweil by natives, and the
plant much cultivated.— P. C(//^('/>.(, liiini ( ( 'ut.i-i.;t ..fficinalis,
Raf.). CUBEB. Climbing or tre.lik.- U- :;l:iliV..us, oval,
short-acuminate, obliquely c.irdtite, th.- npl'-n- .-n.-s smaller
and oval-oblong: fr. resemblint; th..v,, ,,t I' nit.'rum, but
st.alked. E.Indies. The fr. is enii.l..,v.-.l in m.-.li.ine-P. per-
phyrophylhim. N. E. Br. (Cissus p(.ri>liyr..i.hyll.'i. Lindley.
and of horticulturists). H.andsome climljing foliage plant
with bro.adly cordate-oval short-pointed Ivs. that are purple
beneath and bronzy green and pink-spotted along the veins
above. Probably E. Inilies, F. .1, U: 14'.il, R H l,ss:t, p ,nt!0.
Lowe, 59.-P. nihninu,l.,.-.nn:^ Riill s'lii'il, ..nh , , ,1 ;,.n';. .1
roughish stems: K-; .■...: : , .. , ' 1 '■' ■, '
very gray.the i..-ti..l.- [.Ill i-
Hort. Climbing': lvs . ,,., ! ■ ■.
rose-colored d<.ts ;iii.l si n:ik ,;, 1, 111^' I h. \. H,, \.i\ hi. I' ..1
natum. and perhaps not ilistinct l';i,i)u;i, 1,11, :ii :i:i
L. H. B.
PIPPEEIDCfE s an English name of the Barberry;
for Pepperidge. see Nijssa.
PIPSISSEWA. Se
CI, I
a,,hiln
mostly clinihing shrubs, hut some are trees and some
herbs. The Pepper of commerce is the product of P.
nigrum. For Red Pepper and Chile Pepper, see Capsi-
cum and Pepper.
Pipers are easy of cultivation. Most of those known
in our houses require a warm-house temperature and a
humid atmosphere. Easily multiplied by cuttings of
the firm wood. They are grown for the decorative value
of their drooping or bushy sprays.
Plant i
jnd bushy.
Porst. Glabrous shrub, reaching 20 ft. in
some of its native places: lvs. cordate-orbicular to
ovate, stalked, short-acuminate, 7-9-nerved from the
base, the blade 2-4 in. across: .spikes solitary or in 2's,
short-peduncled, the staminate ones 2-3 in. long and the
bracts peltate, the stamens 2 or 3; pistillate spikes
shorter, the fls. with 3 stigmas. New Zealand and other
South Pacific islands. -Offered in Calif. Lvs. aromatic.
AA. Plant climbing, or drooping when not given siip-
B. Lvs. ovate-lanceolate, deciduous.
Futokadsiira, Sieb. Japanese Pepper. Clinging
closely to walls by its aerial roots: lvs. ovate-lanceolate
and acuminate, cordate at base, glabrous: fls. greenish:
berries red. Japan. — Handsome plant, standing con-
siderable frost.
,'lobose
the
duncles axillary. s..lit:irv ..r .■liisi.r.,,| : iK, sumH. white,
sessile, in cylindrical spikis ..r -I..I...S,- li.n.ls; petals
usually connate to the inuMl.-. v;il\ nt,- ; .stamens 10,
free: pod straight or ciirvetl, flat. 2-\'alved; valves en-
tire, not septate within.
Cebil, Griseb., from the Argentine Republic, is a fast-
growing unarnieil tive, attiiiiiiii!.' (ill ft., int. by Fran-
It is valued in its nmn ,• lim.i i',,i- ii.n \r.,i-l. rinnae 12-
I6-paired ; Iffs, '_' l-tn imir. .1 : lis, « I
heads about '.2 in. in .liani, in.-lii.liiii: tl
duncles %-l in. long: corolla fuiinel-sh:iped, l.VJ lines
long; stamens 10, distinct, long-exserted : pod 6-8 in.
long, 8-10 lines wide, straight but sinuate between the
seeds. j. 3. S. Norton.
PlftTTfiEIA (A. Piquerio, Spanish botanist of eigh-
teenth century). Compdsita. Under the name of S^eci'd
serrata or S. serrafifolia, florists grow Figueria tri-
nfirvia, Cav. (Fig. 1833), for its small white fragrant
flowers and for bedding. It resembles a small Eupa-
torium in foliage and flowers. The small heads are
borne in small panicled corymbs, each cluster terminat-
ing a slender axillary branch or peduncle. The leaves
are opposite, lanceolate to oblong-lanceolate, serrate-
dentate, very short-stalked. There is a dwarf, compact
form (var. n&na, Hort.), and also one with broadly
1358
PIQUERIA
white-edged leaves (var. variegita, Hort., Fig. 1834),
which are much used for bedding out. The Piqueria
endures both sun and shade, and thrives with even in-
different treatment. For flowers, it is much prized in
winter, when delicate white sprays are not abundant.
It demands the general treatment given zonal gera-
niums. Prop, by cuttings with great ease, and begin-
ning to bloom when only 2 or 3 in. high. It often blooms
in the cutting-bed. It also grows readily from seeds,
^
1833
Piquena tnnervia (X K) 1834.
Kuown to florists as Mareinate form of Piqueria
which are handled by seedsmen. Frequent pinching
will keep the plants within bounds and contribute to
floriferousness. Plants allowed to grow as they will
soon become straggly and wiry. For winter bloom the
plants may be handled in pots or grown in beds. A
stock of compact pot-plants kept in a cool comer is very
useful for filling vacancies in the house.
Piqueria trinervia is native in Mexico. It is per-
ennial. B. M. 2650. The genus contains about 10 species
of herbs or bushes, all of tropical America. The heads
contain 3-5 whitish tubular fls. : torus plane or convex,
naked: pappus none or very short: akene 4~5-angIed.
L. H. B.
Usually the best way to manage to produce good flow-
ering plants of Stevia in midwinter is to save a few
old plants after the flowers are cut at New Years. Cut
off the old stems 5 or 6 inches above the pots and stand
the plants in any cool house. The plant needs the cool-
est house at all times; 40° at night during the winter
will grow it better than a higher temperature, but, for
all that, it does not endure the slightest frost. About
March 1, these old plants will have sent out any num-
ber of small growths from the base of the stems.
These root very readily in a cool propagating house.
They should then be grown along, first in 2- and after-
ward in 3-lnch pots, until the first of June, when they
should be planted out in the open ground. It need not
be very rich ground, for they are very rampant growers.
Give every plant 2 feet of space. They seldom need
any artificial watering during summer, but they should
have frequent pinching to produce bushy plants. The
more shoots, the more flowers will be secured. Before
there is any danger of frost in the fall, the plants
should be lifted and put into 6-. 7-, or 8-inch pots. They
lift well, and if stood in the shade and kept syringed
for a few days they will show no bad results of the lift-
ing. A position at the north side of a shed or wall is
much better for them for the next month than under
glass, but always have them in a position where they
can be protected in case of a frost. By the end of Oc-
tober, if frost is escaped, put them in the lightest and
coolest house available. If kept cool these verj- desir-
able sprays of flowers will be in perfection at Christ-
mas, and that is the time they are most valuable. Al-
though classed as a common, cheap flower, there is a
grace about Stevias that makes them indispensable for
many of our flower arrangements, and we consider them
a very needful florist's plant. -^jj, gcoTT.
PIKONNEAVA. See^chmea.
PISClDIA (Latin, fish and kill). Legumindsa. A
genus of 1 or 2 species, including the Fish-poison tree
of the American tropics, or Jamaica Dogwood. The
leaves, bark and twigs of this tree when thrown into
the water intoxicate or stun the fish so that they can
be caught readily. (For the plant used in China for
this purpose, see Cocculus.) The bark has also been
used in medicine for its hypnotic effect. Botanically
this" genus is close to Lonchocarpus, differing mainly
in the pod, which is long, thickish and longitudinally
4-winged. Generic characters : calyx-teeth 5, short,
broad: wings adhering to the falcate keel: vexillar sta-
men free at the very base, but grown together at the
middle with the others into a closed tube: ovary ses-
sile, many-ovuled.
Erythrlna, Linn. Fish-poison Tree. Jamaica Dog-
wood. Lfts. 7-11, opposite, oblong or elliptical, pointed
or blunt: fls. purplish white, K in. across: pod 2^ In.
long, 4 lines broad; seeds 6-8, black. Trop. Amer., es-
pecially common in Jamaica.
PISTACHIO. See Pistacia.
FISTACIA (derived indirectly from ancient Persian
pista}. Anacardidce(e. J*, rera produces the Pistachio-
nuts of commerce, which are much used In confection-
ery and flavoring. The so-called nut is really the seed
or kernel of a dry drupe. The seed is green, and has a
highly peculiar flavor. P. Terebinthtis exudes from its
stem the fragrant Cyprian or Scio-turpentine used in
medicine as early as the time of Hippocrates. Pistacia
is a genus of about 10 species of trees, found from the
Mediterranean region to Afghanistan, with 1 species in
the Canaries and 1 in Mexico. Lvs. alternate, evergreen
or deciduous, odd-pinnate: fls. small, in axillary pani-
cles or racemes, dioecious and without petals; males
with 5-cut calyx and 5 stamens; females 3-4-cut and
with 3-cut style: ovary 1-celled. Engler, DC. Monogr.
Phaner. 4:284-293 (1883).
vSra, Linn. Pistachio-nut. Small tree attaining 20
ft.: lfts. 3 or 5: fr. large, oblong, acute. Mediterranean
region and Orient. Cult, in S. California, Calif. May
be grafted on P. Terebinthtis.
P. Terebinthtis. Linn. A small turpentine-producing tree:
lfts. 9-13. mueronate: petiole not winged: stamens pink: stig-
mas red: fr. small, roundish. Soutliem Europe, Mediterra-
nean region. In the European form the terminal 1ft. is about
as long as the others, but in the oriental form it is minute or
lacking. Mentioned in the lists of .\mer. Pomological Society
as a cultivated fruit, as is also P. vera.
FtSTIA (probably from Greek, pistos. watery; refer-
ring to its aquatic nature). ArAcete. Water Lettuce
or Tropical. Duckweed is a small, tender, perennial
floating herb desirable for aquaria. It forms a loose
rosette of lvs. and has long, slender, feathery roots.
The plant sends out runners on which may sometimes
be seen young plants in all stages of development. A
healthy plant measures about 6 in. across. The lvs. are
generally more or less wedge-shaped, 2-5 in. long, pea-
green, velvety to the touch, and covered beneath with a
sort of mealy down. The Pistia rosette has been com-
pared to a half-grown lettuce plant before the head has
formed. Like many other aquatics, the Water Lettuce
has an immense range. It is found in fresh waters
throughout the tropics, and in America is said to be
native as far north as North Carolina.
Water Lettuce is commonly grown outdoors in sum-
mer in collections of tender aquatics, and also in
aquaria. The summer temperature of the water should
be 70°-80° F. Although it grows well when floating free
in several feet of water, it seems to do better when
placed in shallow water where the roots may reach the
soil. Larger-sized plants may be secured by using a
thin layer of rich soil or well-rotted manure in the
bottom of the vessel. Soft water is said to be essential.
Running water is not necessary. The plants should be
PISTIA
shaded during the middle o£ the day in summer, or the
foliage is likely to become yellow and sickly-looking.
In winter the plants are liable to some decay.
Botanically, the genus Pistia is unique. The latest
monographer of the aroids (Engler, in DC. Monogr.
Phaner. 2, 1879) makes Pistia the sole representative of a
subfamily, one of his 10 primary natural divisions of the
Arum family. He regards the Pistias as all one species,
though 9 or more have been described. He recognizes
4 well-marked varieties, based iipon the shape of the
Ivs., which he ca!I« rjnwrrfn, .tpafhithtta, obcordata and
Unguiformis. Afrir the f.intincntal fashion Engler
takes no m f tli.v,- 'i^ ;i typ.- tn which the others are
referred. It i^ laMl.aM,- tli;it tli.' form with obcordate
Ivs. is the <<nv .-liii-lly '/ult, in .Vnn-rican water gardens.
Generic characters: fls. unisexual; spadix without ap-
pendage, adnate to the back of the spathe; male tls. in
whorls, with 2 very short stamens which are much
grown together and inserted at the apex of the spadix;
female lis. solitary: ovary 1-celled; ovules numerous,
orthotropous, in 4-6 series ; fr. baccate, irregularly
breaking open, normally with many seeds.
Stratidtes, Linn. Water Lettoce. Tropical DtrcK-
WEED. Tender perennial aquatic herb described above.
The small white fls., though inconspicuous and borne
at the bottom of the cup of Ivs., are large enough to
show at a glance their relation to the Arum family.
B.M. 4564. F.S. 6:625. W. M.
PlSUM (Greek and Latin name of pea). Legtimi-
ndsie. About 6 species of mostly climbing herbs of the
Mediterranean region and eastward, one of which, P.
sativtim, is the common Pea. Calj-x-tube oblique at the
base, the lobes more or less leafy; standard obovate or
orbicular ; wings adhering to the keel ; style mostly
rigid, widened above, bearded down the inner margin:
Ifts. 1-3 pairs, the leaf ending in a tendril or point, the
stipules conspicuous. Annual or perennial, of easy cul-
ture. Hardy.
PITCHER PLANTS
1359
ixy^).
a, Linn. Garden Pea. Fig. 1835. Annual,
glabrous and glaucous, tendril-climbing: stipules large
and leafy (usually as large as Ifts.) : Ifts. oval or ovate,
2-3 pairs, the leaf ending in tendrils: fls. few, on an
axillary peduncle, white : seeds globular. En., Asia.
See Pea.
Var. arvfinse, Poir. (P. arv(nse, Linn.). Field Pea.
Fls. usually bluish or dull white, with purple wings;
seeds angular, often gray. Grown for forage.
fonndsum, Stev. (Orobus formfisws, Stev. Ldthyms
frigichis, Schott & Ky. Plswm Aticheri, Janh. & Sp.).
Perennial, 1-2 ft. tall, not climbing: stipules sagittate-
ovate: Ifts. 1 pair, small, ovate-rhomboid, entire, mu-
cronate: peduncles 1-fld., the fls. purplish: legume
86
smooth, as also the ovate seeds. Asia Minor, Persia.—
The Orobus formosHS that has appeared in the trade
seems not to be this plant, for the cult, plant is de-
scribed as having "dense spikes of purple flowers." It
is not known to the writer whether the true P. formosum
is in the trade. l H. B.
PITANGA. Eugenia Micheli.
FITCAIBNIA (W. Pitcaim, a London physician).
Sromelidc€(e. Mez, the most recent monographer of
the bromeliads (DC. Monogr. Phaner. 9), admits 134
species of Pitcairnia. They are American, mostly tropi-
cal. In choice collections, various species of Pitcairnias
may be expected, but very few of them are in the Ameri-
can trade. They are billbergia-like, very short-stemmed
perennial herbs or subshrubs with dense rosettes of nar-
row, often prickly-margined leaves, and a central spike
or raceme of long-tubular red, yellow or nearly white
flowers. The &s. are perfect; sepals 3, free; petals 3,
unguiculate, erect or spreading at the apex, usually with
2 small scales at the base; stamens 6, free, with linear
anthers: fr. a 3-valved capsule, with numerous seeds.
See also Baker in Journ. Bot. 1881. For pictures of two
Mexican species, P. Jaliscana and P. Palmeri, see G.F.
1:197 and 211. P. farinosa is an undetermined trade
name. For other species, see Puxja.
For culture of Pitcairnias, follow advice given under
Billbergia.
coralllna, Lind. & Andr^. Stemless: outer Ivs. hard
and dry. without marginal spines, the inner ones with
brown-spined petioles and broad plicate recurved blades
which are somewhat scurfy on the back: peduncle about
1 ft. long, bright red, the raceme of about equal length
and drooping: fls. coral-red. about 3 in. long, the calyx
part comprising about one-thirtl of this length ; stamens
as long as the petals, with white filaments; stigmas
twisted. Colombia. R.H. 1875:250. B.M. 6600.-Per-
haps the best species.
Moritziina.Koch (P.Klotzscliictna, 'Baker) . Stemless:
Ivs. linear, in a rosette, 12-18 in. long, usually spineless
and the petiole short or none : raceme 1 ft. or less long,
on a leafy peduncle of about the same length : fls. red
or yellowish, usually not 3 in. long. Guatemala.
caertlea, Benth. & Hook. (Piiija cmrfdea, Lindl.).
Foliage pineapple-like, with linear very acute Ivs. 2 ft.
long, which are spinose-dentate and nearly glabrous:
peduncle 3-4 ft. tall, the bracts membranaceous, the in-
florescence somewhat branched but not loose : fls. narrow-
tubular, the petals blue and oblong-obtuse, the sepals
much shorter and green and obtuse; alternate stamens
shorter. Chile. B.R. 26:11.
alpfistris {P. cwrulea. Baker. Pfnja Wh^tei, Hook. f.
Puya atp4siris, Poepp.). Flower-cluster much branched
or panicled, with bracts more serrate than in P. carulea:
fls. very large and showy, with a flaring mouth, dull
metallic blue. Chile. B.M. 5732. -A plant in bloom has
the habit of a yucca. This and P. caruleav)i\\ probably
stand considerable frost.
heteroph^lla. Beer (P. Morrhtii, Lam. Pttija hetero-
phi/lla, Lindl. ). Stemless: Ivs. of two kinds, the outer
ones narrow and spiny, brown, and being the termina-
tion of bulb-like scales, the later ones being longer
(16-24 in.) and green and entire: fls. flesh color or light
red, in a close oblong spike that is shorter than the
green Ivs., the latter arising, however, from separate
shoots. Mex. to Venezuela and Ecuador. B.R. 26:71.
-Odd. L. H. B.
PITCHEE PLANTS are carnivorous plants bearing
pitchers which in some cases contain a liquid secreted
by the plant by the aid of which the plant digests the
bodies of insects. The native Pitcher Plants of our
northern and southern states are Sarracenias. The Cali-
fornia Pitcher Plant is described under Darlingtonia. The
favorite Pitcher Plants of greenhouses are Nepenthes.
All these plants have a morphological resemblance in
their pitcher - bearing foliage, but their flowers and
seeds are so apparently unlike that they suggest deriva-
tion from widely different parts of the vegetable kingdom.
The genus Nepenthes might possibly be derived from the
Aristolochia family, being a degenerate along one line,
1360
PITCHER PLANTS
while the parasitic Cytinaceae might be regarded as
having degenerated along another line from the same
source. The Australian genus Cephalotus, which has a
pitcher strikingly like the pitchers of Nepenthes, may
be a wayward relative of the Saxifrage family. Sar-
racenia, Darlingtonia and the Venezuelan genus Heli-
amphora seem to be more closely allied to one anotlier
than to the others and make up the Sarraceniaceae.
These are similar in stamens, style and seed to the
poppy family.
PITHECOCTfiNIUM (Greek, monketfs comb; from
the fruit, which is covered with spursjor warts). Big-
noniUcece. About 23 species of tropical American bigno-
nia-like climbers, with racemes of rather large, trumpet-
shaped white fls. They are mostly natives of Brazil or
Mexico. They belong to a group of genera character-
ized by having a short and thick capsule (ovoid or ob-
long), and the seeds arranged more or less distinctly in
2 or more rows, while Bignonia belongs to a group of
genera characterized by a long, linear capsule and seeds
arranged in a single row. Generic characters: calyx
truncate or minutely 5-toothed; corolla-tube gradually
swollen above the cylindrical base, often incurved,
limb somewhat 2-lipped, lobes 5, rounded, spreading;
stamens 4, didynamous, fixed to the cylindrical part of
the tube : capsule densely covered with prickles or
warts. The Ivs. have 3 lfts.,or the terminal one is
sometimes lacking or transformed into a tendril as in
the 2 species below. The following are cult, in S. Calif.
A. Fls. completely white.
clematideum, Griseb. (Anemopagnia clematideiim,
Griseb. Bigndnia dlba, Hort. not Aubl., according to
Franceschi). Lvs. sometimes with 3 Ifts., sometimes
with 2 Ifts. and a tendril; Ifts. ovate, suddenly con-
tracted into a long, blunt acumen, very shortly wedge-
shaped at the base: cymes terminal, few-fid., racemi-
form or corymbiform. Argentine. — Grisebach says his
Anemopwgmii clematideum must be transferred to
Pithecocteuium because of the sessile, muricate cap-
sule, the septum slightly reduplicate at the margin and
the hilum of the seeds linear, although it approaches
the smooth seed of Anemopaegraa. (Anemop.oegma dif-
fers from Pithecocteuium in having a smooth capsule
and seeds in a single series.)
AA. Fls. ifhite, yellow-throated.
muricitum, Moq. Lfts. cordate, acute: fls. in a ter-
minal, manv-fld. raceme ; corolla 1 in. long: fr. 3 in.
long. Mex.
P. huccinalirium, Mairet. See Bignonia. w. M.
PITHECOLdBIUM (Greek, monkey's ear). Legumi-
nosic. A huiiilnil ur more species of tropical shrubs or
trees, with ur without stipular spines: lvs. bipinnate:
fls. usually white, pentamerous, or rarely hexamerous;
corolla tubular or funnel-shaped; stamens few or very
many. For distinction from near allies, see Inga.
These plants are cult, in the South, especially Calif.,
for shade and forage.
A. Plants .y>lny.
B. Lfts. 1 pair.
diilce, Benth. (/m/ii di(;(i.s, Willd., not Mart.). Small
tree: lvs. bipinnate; pinnse 2 pairs; lfts. usually 1 pair,
much narrower on one side of the midrib and with a
nearly straight margin, the other side broader, obtuse,
but with a minute point at the tip on the upper surface,
and a small gland between the forking petioles; petioles
hairy, shorter than the lfts. : stipular spines very short
and straight: racemes terminal : fls. white: pod twisted,
red, glabrous. Mexico, Philippines. Consult Itiga.
BB. Zfts. 5-10 pairs.
Mexicinum, Rose. Tree, 15-20 ft. high: lvs. with
straight, stipular spines (sometimes wanting) 1 line
long; pinnae 2-5 pairs; lfts. 5-10 pairs: inflorescence
paniculate: fls. in heads, pedicelled. Mexico, where it
is commonly called chino. — .J. N. Rose says that it has
much the habit of the Mesquit, is valuable for its wood
and is rapidly becoming exterminated.
PITTOSPORUM
EBB. Lfts. 10-20 pairs.
brevUdlium, Benth. Shrub: pinnae 3-5 pairs: lfts.
10-20 pairs, oblong-linear, 2-3 lines long. Along the
Rio Grande in Texas, where the evergreen foliage is
said to be readily eaten in winter by sheep and goats.
— Franceschi says the whitish fls. are much sought by
bees.
AA. Plants spineless.
Sam&n, Griseb. Tall tree: pinnje 2-6 pairs; lfts. 2-7
pairs, obliquely obovate or obovate-oblong: corolla vel-
lowish; stamens light crimson. The fls. are balls of red
stamens an inch or two in diameter. Trop. Amer. G.C.
111. 11:557. — Called Rain-tree because it bursts into leaf
and flower at the beginning of the rainy season. A rapid-
growing tree planted throughout the tropics for its dtnse
shade and also because its pods filled with rich sugar
pulp are eagerly eaten by cattle and horses. ^t jj
PITS will be discussed under Winter Protection.
PITT68P0KUM (Greek, pitch seed; in allusion to
the resinous coating of the seeds). Pittosporinea.
About 100 species of hardy or half-hardy evergreen
shrubs or small trees, met with chiefly in the southern
hemisphere and largely in Australasia. Lvs. alternate,
mostly entire, the terminal ones in subverticillate ro-
settes: fls. mostly solitary or umbellate in the axils of
the terminal lvs., regular, the parts in 5's; sepals dis-
tinct or connate at base; petals connivent or cohering
at base: ovary 1-celIed; placentie 3, parietal; style 1;
stigma 1 : fr. a globular woody pod, 2-many-seeded.
Handsome, often fragrant evergreen shrubs ciilt. in the
greenhouse at the East, in the open in Calif, and the
South. Prop, by seeds, or cuttings of the half-ripened
^o<">- J. BURTT Davy.
Pittosporums at Los Angeles: P. undulatiim is used
considerably for hedges, for which purpose it is very
good. A specimen in Singleton Court about 25 years
old is more than 25 ft. high. It seeds very profusely
each year, and the blossoms are very sweet in smell
and, owing to their great number, make a fine show.
This tree is nearly as far through the top as it is high.
P. nigricans or P. engenioides do not grow as com-
pact. The undersigned knows of some specimens of
P. engenioides that are 35 ft. high and 12 ft. through
the top. The only other kinds at all common here are
P. viridiflorum, crassifolium, Tobira and its var.
lariegatum and P. tenuifolium. The latter is similar
to what goes here under the names of P. engenioides
or nigricans, except that the lvs. are about one-third
the size. P. revolutum and rhombifolinm are less
known in cultivation here.
EkNEST BEAItNTOy.
crassifoliimi. 1. Ralphii. 1. Pobira. 10.
eugenioides, 'A. revolutum, 6. undiilatuni. 8.
nigra. 2. rhombifolium. 7. varieeatuni, 10.
nigricans. 2. tenuifolium. 2. viridifioruin, 5.
phillyrseoides, 4. tetraspermam.9.
A. Fls. chocolate to almost black: seeds black.
1. crassiJblium, Soland. ^P. Sdlphii, Kirk!)- Kako.
Tall shrab or small tree of pyramidal growth, rarely ex-
ceeding 30 ft.: lvs. 2-3 in. long, very obtuse, thick and
leathery, glabrous and dark green above, clothed beneath
with dense white tomentum: pedicels 5^-1 in. long: fls.
J^ in. long; sepals linear, densely pubescent: fr. 1 in.
long; seeds ripen in about five months. March, April.
New Zealand. G.C. III. 26: 205. F.S. 21:2151. B.M.
5978.— Useful for ornamental planting on account of
its pale, somewhat glaucous foliage: hardy and espe-
cially valuable for wind-breaks along the coast, with-
standing the severest gales and uninjured by the ocean
spray.
2. tenuifdlium, Gaertn. {P. nigricans, Hort. P. v'lqra,
Hort.?l. Tawhiwhi. Small tree, 20-40 ft. high, of sym-
metrical and compact growth: lvs. l>2-2 in. long, acute,
thin, dull green, glabrous and shining: pedicels Jj in.
long: fls. % in. long; sepals oblong, acute, glabrous:
fr. % in, long; seeds black. April. New Zealand. — Used
in Calif, for clipped hedges and mass planting.
PITTOSPOKUM
AA. yis, yellow or yreeniah yellow.
B. Plant glabrous throughout: sepals very short.
3. eugrenioldes, A. Cunn. Tarata. Small tree, 20-40
ft. high : Ivs. bright yellowish green, shining, handsome,
3-4,'.j in. long, acute; margins often undulate: fls. K in.
long or less, partially monoecious or dioecious; sepals
very acute: fr. }4 in. long, apiculate; seeds mature in
about 12 months. April. New Zealand. — In Calif, the
most extensively cult, species, much used for clipped
hedges and ornamental shrubbery; hardy; growth rapid.
A variegated variety is cult, iu Europe.
4. phiUyTEeoldes, DC. Small, graceful tree or slender
shrub with the habit of a weeping willow: Ivs. 2-A in.
long, with a small hooked point: fls. >a in. long, soli-
tary, yellow, often dioecious; sepals very obtuse: fr.
i4. in. long, oval, much compressed, yellow; seed dark
or orange-red. Deserts of interior Australia.
5. viridifldrum, Siiiis. (ape Pittosporum. Shrub,
6 ft. high : l\^. .•!.,. xatr. .ihiiise and retuse, glabrous,
shining and r.ii.uhit.- li.niath : fls. in somewhat glo-
bose panicles. i:rt-,-nish vllow, jasmine-scented: pedi-
cels glabrous. Cape Colony. B.M. 1684.-Int. by Fran-
ceschi, as also was No. 4.
BE. Plant with loiver side of Ivs., young shoots and
pedicels densely clothed with rusty towentum :
sepals % in. long,
a. revoMtum, Dryand. Tall shrub : Ivs. 2X-3 in.
long. 1-1'< in. wide, acutish: fls. % in. long, yellow;
sepals acuminate, tips recurved: fr. ^-% in. long,
routfli outside ; seeds red or brown. Feb.-April. Aus-
trali.
B.R.
Fls.
treenish white or yellowish white.
B. Lvs. acute or acuminate.
7. rhombildlium, A. Cunn. Queensland Pittospo-
rum. Tree, (iO-sn ft., or when grown as a pot shrub 4-5
ft. high : Ivs. rliomboid-oval, coarsely and irregularly
toothed from the middle up; veins prominent on both
sides: fls. in a corymb resembling that of a Cornus;
sepals obtuse; petals and capsule Kin. long: seeds 2-3,
black. Queensland. — Franceschi says that the hand-
some yellow berries persist all winter in S. Calif.
8. tmdul&tum. Vent. Mock Orange. Fig. 1836. With
us a shrub or small tree: Ivs. oval-oblong to lanceolate,
entire, flat or undulate, rich deep green, margins often
1836. Pittosporum undulatum
undulate, veins inconspicuous: inflorescence not corym-
bose : fls. intensely fragrant at night ; sepals acumi-
nate; petals .5-6 lines long: capsule % in. long; seeds
numerous, light brown. Spring. Australia. B.R. 1:16.
9. tetraspSnnum, Wight & Am. Madras Pittospo-
rum. Lvs. elliptic-oblong, acute, margins slightly
waved and recurved : peduncles 1-2-fld., pubescent:
PLACEA 1361
fls. yellowish; sepals minute, pubescent, lauceolate>
acuminate; petals linear: capsule 4-seeded. Feb., Mar*
India. — Int. by Franceschi, 1897, who says it has very
rich foliage, silky white in the new growth.
10. Toblra, l>i\
RUM. Winter-ri", -
dark green abuM-. i
sile umbel, pure w
Withstands some f
E Pittospo-
Ivs. obovate, glabrous,.
Ii : fls. in a terminal ses-
aut. China and Japan.
varieg4tum, Hort. {Fig.
1837), has lvs. variegated with white. — In the East this
variety is the favorite Pittosporum, as it makes a good
house plant. The typical form is also cult, in Fla.
J. Burtt Davt.
PIXY or Flowering Moss is Pyxidanlhera harbulata.
PLACEA (possibly derived from a Chilean name).
.4 marylliditcew. Five species of rare and beautiful
Chilean bulbs, of diliicult culture bearing showy fls.
something like an Amaryllis (Hippeastrum), the colors
being white or yellow, streaked with red. Botanically
the peculiar feature of Placea is its cup or corona,
which is smaller than that of Narcissus and red, instead
of yellow or white. The beauty of the Placeas, how-
ever, is of the Hippeastrum type, though the fls. are
not so symmetrical, for at first sight it looks as if two
of the perianth-segments were torn away. Placeas are
generally classed as autumn-flowering bulbs. Though
natives of the Andes at considerable elevations they
are not hardy. The bulbs are said to lie deep in the
ground in their native country, and pot culture is
generally considered unsuitable for deep-lying bulbs.
There is probably nothing in the genus finer than
P. orniita as depicted in The Garden, with its umbel
of 4 fls. each 3 in. across, and painted with red on a
white ground, while each perianth has a strong green
stripe up the middle. Yet Lemaire declares that his
P. graniliflurii has much larger flowers, the other
parts of the ])laiit hr\],i: tline times as large as in
P. ornaf'i. P. ■'ni'it'i \\a~ ili.- lir.st species discovered,
butMiers. w|].. t'l.uii'l it in lsL'4. lost all his bulbs by
shipwreck. t.p;.-ttlnr with tin- irreater part of his collec-
tions.
"Placea," says Max Leichtliu. in Gn. ,i4, p. 510, "is
one of those bulbs which will not he pot-bound. I either
plant them in a walled frame which is kept free of
frost, or in a low house which has a border on the south
1362
PLACEA
side, and is kept at 37° or 40° F. at night, and leave
them alone. They go to rest about August and push
up about December, Uowering in May. In a pot they
ought to have their exact time of rest, and must be
buried in the soil, which ought to be very rich, but in
pots they are not certain to flower. They must be
planted with at least an inch of soil over their necks,
and they prefer a loose soil. 1 use thoroughly decom-
posed cow manure (three and four years old), mixed
during decompn^itii. II will] iiiii--t|]ii.l sih it sand."
Ueneric (■harart.Ts: pniaiitli Innn. I sl,:,|„.,l, with
scarcely any tuli-' ; r^.vu-A liinntl s|ia|,( ,] , n,., rir.i at the
base of the senin.-iiis, (li.c|.ly cui. iln- cli\ ixi.Mis notched,
stamens inserted inside tlae corona; uviiry u.p-.shaped,
3-celled; ovules many, superposed; btyle declinate:
stigma capitate, obscurely 3-lobed.
orn&ta, Miers. Bulb 1 in. thick : Ivs. 2, linear, appear-
ing with the fls.: scape 6-9 in. high: umbel 4-(i-fld. :
perianth -segments 1-lK in. long. B.E. 27:50. Gn.
54:1202.
P. grandiflhra. Lem., is thrice as big us P. omata, more flor-
iferous, and is essentially distinguished by its perianth-seg-
ments, which are more acuminate and sharp- pointed. I.H.
15:574. F.S. 20:2047 (erroneously as P. omata). yif _ jj.
PLAOIANTHTIS (Greek, ohUque flotver). Malv&cem.
About 11 species of tender shrubs and herbs from Aus-
tralia, New Zealand and Van Dieman's Land, with large
or small white 5-petaled flowers. They are hardy in the
most favored parts of England. The finest species is
P. LyalU, which, however, is not easily prop, by cut-
tings. This species is grown as a pot plant or for
cutting. The house treatment given Daphne will suit
it well. None of the species is offered in America.
They are known as "Ribbon Trees."
Generic characters: Bractlets none or distant from
the calyx : calyx 5-toothed or cut ; column of stamens
divided at the apex into many filaments : cells of ovary
2-5, rarely 1 or many: ovules solitary, pendulous; car-
pels in a single series : style-branches longitudinally
stigmatose within. Foliage and inflorescence various.
Distinguished from Abutilon by the number of ovules.
A. Fls. large, 1-1% in. across.
Lyalli, Hook. Small branching tree, 20-30 ft. high:
Ivs. 2-4 in. long, cordate-ovate, doubly crenate, pale or
white beneath ; petiole 1-lH in. long: fls. I-IH in.
across, numerous, drooping, in axillary clusters of 3-5;
styles pink; calyx campanulate. July. B.M. 5935. Gn.
44:917. G.C. III. 4:209.-Said to be evergreen below
3,000 ft. in New Zealand, deciduous above.
AA. Fls.
all, % in.
less.
L&mpenii, Booth. Botanically only a variety of P.
pulchellus, but horticulturally incomparably superior.
Shrub, attaining 6-8 ft. : Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, 4-5 x
X-1 in., sharply serrate: Hs. in short, axillary leafy
panicles, very numerous and crowded ; styles very
small. Van Dieman's Land. G.C. II. 22:201."
pulchellus, Gray {Abiitilon pulchilhim. Sweet. A.
pulchrum, Don). Tall shrub: Ivs. lanceolate, cordate,
acuminate, 2-3 in. long, coarsely crenate: fls. few,
clustered along rachis of axillary racemes: ovary
5-celled. Australia. B.M. 2753 {Sida pulchella).
H. A. SiEBRKCHT and W. M.
PLAGIOBdTHEYS (Greek, plar/los, sidewavs, and
bolhros, pit or hollow; wherefore tin- mum- siiuuld have
been written Plagiohothrus) . /,'.■// "'■/-". <.i . Xine spe-
cies of low-growing, commonly ' ' , ■ ,iN from
western America, with small wlir. ' M . h.ncsP.
nothohiU'us, Gray, which was on. . ,i ; . i i Breck
under its synonym JUritrichitim ;;;.//,./,'.'/(,';;;/, Gray.
This plant "has no horticultural standing and is no
longer advertised. See Gray's Syn. Flora of N. Amer.
PLANEKA (after J. J. Planer (1743-1789), professor
of medicine at Erfurt; author of several books on bot-
any). CTrtieAceo'. Water Elm. Monotypic genus, allied
to Ulmus and Celtis: Ivs. pinnately veined, alternate:
fls. polygamous, with deeply 4— 5-lobed calyx; staminate
fls. short-stalked, in clusters at the base of the young
PLANTAGO
branchlets, with 4-5 stamens; pistillate or perfect ones
on rather slender stalks, 1-3 in the axils of the lower
Ivs. : fr. a small muricate nut. The only species is P.
aquAtica, Gmel. {AuSnymtis aqudticus, Walt. P. vliiii-
fblia, Michx.). Small tree, sometimes to 40 ft.; Ivs.
short-petioled, somewhat unequal at the base, ovate to
ovate-oblong, unequally serrate, glabrous at length and
somewhat leathery, 1X-2K in. long; fr. oval, % in.
long, with irregularly crested fleshy ribs. April, May.
S. 111. and Ky. to Fla. and Tex. S.S. 7:316. This tree
is not in general cultivation and has little to recom-
mend it as an ornamental plant. It would not prove
hardy north. It will jiroliably thrive best in moist soil
and be prop, by sir!-- -iv-n -m,,,, aftir ripiiiint; in May
and by layers, 'i'l . ; ': i > ii.innrs i-nlt. nn.l.i- the
name of i*. og»<('" i .i ■ . r in I' i ,„its ,iniii„ stris,
var. viminalis, I . < : ..; / . „l,ii,i, to wliu'li the
true Planerais siimlar in It h;iy.j, or to suiuu other small-
leaved elm.
P. acumi7iata. Lindl.=ZeIkowaKeaki.-P. carpinHblia. Wats.
=Zelkowa carpinifoUa.— P. Japdnica, var. Verschaffelti, Hort.
=Zelkowa Japonica, var. Verschaffelti.— P. Keain, C. Koeh=
Zelkowa Keaki.— P. ripens. Hort.=Ulmus pumila or Chlnensis.
-P. Richardi. Michx.=Zelkowa carpinifoUa.
Alfred Rehder.
PLANE-TEEE. See Platanus.
PLANER-TBEE. Planera.
PLANT (Latin, planta). A plant is a living organism
consisting of one or more cells, some of which, inmost of
the higherforms, contain agreen substance— c^^oro/;/*]//?
— by the aid of which they are able in the light to con-
struct carbohydrate food-matters (as sugar, starch, etc. )
from carbon dioxid and water. The cell protoplasm
assimilates or uses these carbohydrates and is nour-
ished by them, and from the elements they furnish it
is able to make celltilose, the substance which walls
it in, and gives strength and solidity to the plant.
Animals do not (as a rule, at least) have chlorophyll,
and cannot construct carbohydrates from carbon dioxid
and water. Some plants have the habit of absorb-
ing their carbohydrates ready-made from other organ-
isms, and they are destitute of chlorophyll, as in case
of the fungi, lichens, bacteria, and some flowering
plants (e. g., dodder, Indian pipe, beech drops, etc.).
Such plants are more or less degenerated, and are phys-
iologically like animals, but they still retain enough of
the typical plant structure so that we are rarely at a
loss where to place them. Green plants absorb carbon
dioxid from the air, and in the process of carbohydrate
formation they give off a certain quantity of oxygen.
However, in the further chemical activities of their cells
oxygen is absorbed and carbon dioxid is given off. In
the plants which are not green (and in animals, also) the
first process is wanting, while the second takes place.
These facts have given rise to the view that plants and
animals are quite opposite in their physiological rela-
tions to the surrounding air. They should not be con-
trasted, however, in this way; it is more exact to say that
creen plants have two important nutritive functions,
II 1\ I 1 ' rail.on absorption and fixation (technically,
/ '. ;ind (2) the assimilation of food mat-
I' ■ I. I II Miiii — in the process of which oxygen is
ali-.ii ii.il ami . arl)on dioxid is given off— occurs in all
jilantN and animals. g. E. Bessey.
PLANTAGO (the Latin name) comprises some 200 or
more species of annual or perennial herbs or subshrubs
occurring in many parts of the world. It is a weedy
genus, and only two or three species have any economic
or commercial value worth mentioning. They are gen-
erally known as Plantains, although this name is also
applied to certain bananas {see Miisn i , wtiii'li iir<- t'lants
of widely different kind. Planl'ui:- ,' ■ .a Kib-
wort, is sometimes used in pasturi- III , i i ' i i i.l. I.e-
cause it affords more or less sprin- n ilry
and sterile soils. The seed is otV. n.l In Aim rican
seedsmen for feeding birds, but not for sowing. In
this country, however, it is one of the vilest of lawn
weeds, thriving in our hot, dry .soils when grass kills
out. The only remedy for it is to secure a better stand
of grass, and this is made possible by making the ground
PLANTAGO
rich and so treating it that it will hold moisture. Plan-
tago Goronopus, the Bucks-horn Plantain, native to Eu-
rope, Asia and North Africa, is sometimes eaten as a
pot-herb (see p. 697). It is a low perennial, with linear-
lanceolate often pinnatifid leaves. It is
not in the American trade. P. cordata,
of the eastern United States, is offered
by one or two dealers in native plant.s as
a subject for colonizing in bogs and mar-
gins of ponds. It is perennial, with a
stout rootstock, large cordate-orbicular
shining leaf-blades, and a slender spike
rising 1-2 ft. high and bearing small pink-
ish flowers with exserted style and sta-
mens. P. major (Fig. 1838) is a very com-
mon dooryard weed. There are about 20
native or naturalized species in North
America. Plantago is the typical genus
of the PJantatjitmcem, a family that con-
tains two other genera, both monotypic —
Littorella in Europe and northern North
America, and Bougueria in the Andes of
Peru and Chile. L. H. B.
PLANTAIN. See Plantago and Musa.
PLANTAIN LILY. F» n k la .
PLANTAIN, RATTLESNAKE. Hiera-
PLANT -BREEDING
1363
^.
PLANTAIN, WILD. Heli.
Bihai.
PLANT-BREEDING. Practical agri-
culturists the world over have long rec-
ognized that animals can be greatly im-
proved by intelligent breeding, but it is
only within the last century that it has
come to be recognized that plants can be
improved in the same way. Even yet some
of the fundamental principles of plant-
breeding are not gt-n. r;iii\ nn^l. r-i I ;iii(l
require to be deiii.in- ■ < i,i-Hiit-
ally. Within recent \. t -, u-
eral interest has b.-cn :i\v;iK>iMri m tin-
subject, particularly in Llils ruuniiy. uinl
doubtless results of the greatest interest
will soon be attained.
Practical plant-breeding may be said to
have begun with the work of Thomas An-
drew Knight and Jean Baptiste Van Mons
in the early part of the nineteenth cen-
tury. Knight was the first to show the
practical value of hybridization in the
production of new sorts and races. As
early as 1806 he wrote: "New varieties of
every species of fruit will generally be j %
better obtained by introducing the farina 1 'i
of one variety of fruit into the blossoms ^'^
of another than by propagating from a "^"
single kind." The other most important Spike of Plan-
first established by Van Mons, a Bel-
tain, Nat. size.
horticulturist who worked mainly
with pears. (See Essay 5, "Survival of the Unlike,"
Bailey.) Since this time many investigators have given
time and thought to the ways in which plants may be
improved, until at present we have established a fairly
definite system which may be followed, with slight
variation, in the amelioration and improvement of any
The plant-breeder must first of all recognize that a
thorough knowledge of the plant he desires to improve
is of primary importance. The time for haphazard ex-
perimenting has long since gone by, and the experi-
menter may simply waste his time if his efforts are not
well directed. If it is apples or wheat that he desires to
improve, all of the varieties of apples and wheat should
be studied and their qualities recognized. The experi-
menter should always have in view a definite improve-
ment which he wishes to obtain, and the varieties which
exhibit this feature in the highest degree should be
selected for the work. If working from the utilitarian
standpoint, the desirability of having a definite aim in
view can hardly be overestimated, as it is only in this
way that the breeder can be guided in his selection of
the parent stock or stocks.
Systematic plant-breeding includes two processes
largely distinct in their nature: (1) The production of
variations, and (2) the fixation and augmentation of
desirable variations by methodical selection.
In order to improve a plant it must be induced to vary
in the required direction. If this variation is brought
about by some environinciitid cbiingi- tin- saiiii- condi-
tions are maintain- a tiiniiijli iilMilln I :;. IM 1,11 |..h. a 1 id the
plants showing '1 . _ luired
direction are a^ai' -• .. . i i-. ling to
a progressive iiiiiir.iMiiiiiii m lii. 'iiai a -m i ,icsired.
If the variation is iir.,.iin-i-,l \,\ i,N l,ii>li/aiU,.u ii must be
fixed and rendered hercilitary by a similar process of
selection. Thus, whether breeding by selection alone
or by hybridization, these two factors of breeding enter
into the process.
Variations, How Pi;iiiir,i:ii, - in iicneral, plants
reproduce their main cliariaii i> iiiirlian^ed. The sta-
bility of the races of our mil i\ an il |ilanis and natural
species depends upon this law nf lirra-ility. which has
been expressed in the aphorism "lilic- prudma-s like."
Plants, however, are not fixed and stable li.in-s. hut
are eminently plastic and variable. Every itMii\i<liiaI
differs from every other individual in some way, just
as every individual animal differs from every other
individual of the same race. These individual vari-
ations which enable us to recognize one plant from
another, or one animal from another, and which are
inherent in the being itself and not, so far as can be
determined, dependent upon environment, are what
Darwin termed "indefinite variations," and are now gen-
erally known as "congenital variations." If we examine
a row of nursery trees of apple or peach we find that
every individual may be clearly recognized by some
distinctive character. Some trees grow erect and col-
umnar, some low and spreading, some branch low, some
high, some have large leaves, some small leaves, and by
a careful examination numerous other distinguishing
characters can be found. It is on these individual
variations that the improvement of plants by selection
mainly depends.
It has been found by breeders of both plants and
animals that individuals vary greatly in the power of
transmitting their characters to their offspring, and
this is one of the most important factors in plant-
breeding. As an illustration, ten individual cotton
plants may be selected which produce an exceptionally
long lint of comparatively the same character. If the
seeds from each of these ten select plants are planted
separately it will be found that the ten plants vary
greatly in their ability to transmit this character of
shorter staple than the parent form. On the other
hand, one of the original ten plants may have the power
of inheritance strongly developed and transmit to the
great majority of its progeny the quality of producing
long lint. It is to the progeny, then, of this individual
that the breeder must look in order to fix a new race of
long-staple cotton. The strength of the hereditary ten-
dency is thus of the greatest importance to the breeder.
Another form of variation probably important to the
plant-breeder is that caused as a direct result of envi-
ronment and termed by Darwin dettnite variation, be-
cause all plants subject to the same environment tend
to vary in the same direction. As an illustration, plants
removed from a low altitude to a high altitude become
dwarfed in stature and the flowers become larger and
usually brighter colored. Transferring the plant to the
seacoast and growing it under maritime conditions usu-
ally results in the leaves becoming thicker and the
whole plant more succulent. If such plants are trans-
ferred back to the interior, away from all effects of the
sea. the next year they usually, if not always, revert
entirely to their original characters. If, however, they
are grown in a maritime region for several generations
and the seed is selected every year from the most suc-
culent individuals, it is believed that a succulent sort
may be originated more quickly than in any other way.
1364 PLANT -BREEDING
How valuable this factor of environment is in the origi-
nation of newly cultivated sorts yet remains to be dem-
onstrated scientifically, but some practical plant-breed-
ers contend that it is a factor of very great importance.
I'*Y£AR
0 The fint plant selected
S-^YEAR
B-0
3"'YEAR
4-* YEAR
\r.'o%-\\s.^^\ \500\-^(j)
1839. Dii
illustrating method of
Occasionally individuals "sport," as gardeners say,
and plants entirely different from the type of the race
are produced. These variations are usually very marked
ones and no definite cause for their appearance is yet
known. Many valuable races of cultivated plants owe
their origin to variation of this sort. For instance, the
Cupid type of the sweet pea, a dwarf race, originated
as a seedling sport from the Emily Henderson, an ordi-
nary tall sort, and certain other sweet peas, the writer
is informed, show a tendency to sport in this way.
Another variation of similar kind is the change in
character of certain parts or branches of individuals,
known as bud-sporting. Bud-sports have proved par-
ticularly valuable in producing new sorts of chrysan-
themum and other plants cultivated for their flowers.
There appears to be no way in which the breeder can
induce seedling- or bud -sports, and the only course
seems to be to watch carefully for their occurrence and
be ready to utilize them whenever they appear.
The most f.riil.- way of securing variations is by the
interniiiiirliiii,' "f ^|MTies and varieties by hybridization.
By lil.Ticliiii; cli^tinrt types of different species or races
in tills \vii> , in(ii\ iduals of almost any grade of inter-
mediacy between the two parents can be obtained and
those having valuable combinations of characters se-
lected and sometimes fixed into stable races. Cross-
ing in general is probably the most active agency in
procuring variation, and is thus of the highest impor-
tance to the plaiit-ln-eeder, inasmuch as the production
of till- iiiitiiil variation of a desired kind and in a de-
sired diro.ti..n is the most difficult achievement.
Impkovesient bv Selection. — Improvement by selec-
tion depends upon the principle of gradually augment-
ing a quality by selecting seed each year from that
individual which by comparison with numerous other
individuals is found to exhibit the character desired in
the greatest perfection or highest degree. By this con-
stant selection of seed from the best individual, it has
been found that the desired quality can be secured in
more and more marked degree the longer the selection
is continued. It is to this cumulative power of selec-
PLANT- BREEDING
tion that the great improvement in many of our cul-
tivated plants is due, and, in general, selection may
be considered a fundamental factor in the successful
cultivation of any crop, as it is necessary not only to
improve a race but to retain it true to type and in vig-
orous productive condition.
The most marked instance known to the writer of the
improvement of a plant by selection alone and the de-
pendence of an entire industry on this factor, is that of
the sea island cotton. Every successful grower of sea
island cotton selects his seed each year with the great-
est care, and pursues year after year a definite process
of continuous selection. In beginning selection, the
general crop is examined and a ntmiher of individuals
selected which seem from L''-THr:tl a|'|w:irance, vigor,
productiveness, etc., to bt- -:; : ii'--. These su-
perior plants are then sul-.j'': ' iifical exami-
nation as to (1) vigor, (L'l ; ; .ill) season,
(4) covering and size of seo-1, i '. > > Kai a. i. t i>r staple, etc.
Under the last heading, "character of staple," attention
is given to (a) length, (6) strength, (c) silkiness, (d)
fineness, (c) uniformity of length and (f) proportion of
lint to seed. etc. Finally, considering all of the above
1841. Improvement of
points carefully, the individual which is found to be su-
perior to all others is selected. The seed from this is
saved and planted the next year in a select patch and
will usually yield some 500 individuals.
The second year a single superior plant is selected
with the same care from among the 500 plants grown
from the seed of the plant selected the first year. The
seed of the remaining individuals of the 500 plants is
retained to plant a special seed patch the third year.
The third year the seed of the specially selected plant
of the preceding year is grown by itself, producing
some 500 plants, from among which a single superior
individual is again selected. The seed of the remaining
500 plants is again retained to plant a special seed patch
the fourth year. Further than this, in the third year
the seed of the 500 plants grown the previous year is
planted by itself and will produce a patch of some 5
acres in extent, which will yield sufficient seed to plant
the general crop in the fourth year of the selection.
(Compare Fig. 1839. ) In succeeding years this policy is
continued, the general crop being grown continuously
from seed of a higher and higher grade of selection.
Under this continuous selection the quality and length
of the staple has been continuously improved (Fig.
1840), and the yield increased, so that the growers to-
day are producing more cotton than ever before and of
a better quality. Com (Fig. 1841), wheat, and very many
of our races of other cultivated plants have been im-
proved in a similar manner, and many of our most valu-
able races to-day are simply types gradually ameliorated
through years of continuous selection.
In a similar manner selection may be used to improve
any character of a plant, as the shape or color of a
flower, acidity of the fruit, sugar content of the root (as
in the beet), protein content of the seed (as in com and
PLANT -BREEDING
wheat), etc. The necessity of intelligent selection of
plants from which seed is' to be taken can hardly be
overestimated.
In all of our orchard fruits selection has played a
most important part, though here the process is slightly
different, as the selection is usually limited to a single
generation, the best individual among many seedlings
being selected and propagated by buds or grafts so that
further selection to fix and retain its qualities are un-
necessary. In this way was produced the famous Con-
eni"! ;:r-i'iit', thn Dana Hovey pear, the Wealthy apple,
e- I' -' ' r lie understood, however, that coTitinu-
(. . ill Id not give valuable results among
i.; No. Some of our good select seedling
\;u ;■ ■ .^ I'. - i illings of select seedlings, and the pro-
cess is tlius a continuous one, though carried on largely
by different experimenters owing to the long time re-
quired to secure fruits.
The character of the individual as a whole is a factor
of prime importance in selection, and should be clearly
recognized by every one striving for improved or
pedigree plants. The aim should not be to select the
single best fruit, but to select fruit from the best indi-
vidual plant. If one is solectinpr to decrease the num-
ber of seed he woul.l |.r..lKili|y .-ntirely fail should he
depend upon exaniinitm ;i iiuiiiIhc of fruits without ref-
erence to the plants ..n «lii, h ih.y ^'rew, and selecting
that one for propagation wliii^li was found to contain the
fewest seed. He should examine the fruit on numerous
trees, and then take seed for planting from that tree
which by the examination of many fruits is found to
show the most decided general tendency toward seed-
lessness.
Limitations of Selection. — Selection is by many horti-
culturists considered to have been the most important
factor in the development of our cultivated plants, and
some go so far as to assert that all other factors are
of minor importance. Botli iio~;^inu' and selection,
however, have their definite ami lii^iiin-t jilaees in any
rational system of plaut-br Imu'. Wle n used alone in
the improvement of plants. ><t' i-iion .1- peiuls upon the
adding up of small, in-sigiiilirant variations through
many generations, which in il n'i may possibly
result in marvelous differeneis: l.iii l.\ this method the
breeder has no way to fore.' tlie dian'.'e, and must be
satisfied with slight variation and long-continued selec-
tion. When marked changes and new creations are
desired it is to crossing or to chance sports that at-
tention must be directed.
PLANT- BREEDING
1365
a, mature bud shearing stage which should be selected
for emasculation; b, similar bud with the tips of the
corolla pried apart and the stamens removed; c, a bud
opened naturally, too old to operate on: il. a hml of ihc
stage shown in a and 6, with corollii ninnv.ii u> -Imw
the internal organs; e, a bud the sanif ;i^ in '/, lnii u itli
the stamens removed; f, the same as r, lilt nlil. r. ;ii iln'
age when pollination normally takes j.1;i't ; </. jn-vtil
shortly after fecxindation. the remnants of the stamens
having fallen away.
Improvement by Means op Crossing.— Aside from
selection, crossing has played the raost important role
in the formation of the varieties and races of onr culti-
vated plants, but the results obtained are in many cases
closely connected with selection. In the production of
new and novel races it is to the crossintr of mark-
edly different species or races that the breeder must
look. In this way plants maybe obtain. -.1 c.iinl'iiiiiii^
the good qualities of two distinct sorts, wlrli an .liini-
nation of the undesirable features. In plam^ win.h :in-
propagated by vegetative parts, such as hinl^, irrafi-,
cuttiiiL-^. ' tr.. :i d.-irablf variation obtained bv cross-
ing
f.d di
ange:
in applL... p.ur.s.
and all orchard fi
the case of plants propa-
gated by seed, however, a
valuable hybrid must be
inbred and selected for
several generations until a
fixed type is produced.
The process of crossing
or hybridizing plants is
neither difiioult nor mysteri-
ous. It is simply necessary
to recognize that plants, like
animals, bear male and fe-
male organs. In plants,
however, the male and fe-
male elements are most com-
monly borne on the same
individual and in the same
the castor bean, corn, 1843. Plant of
)wers covered with bags
hybridization work.
hemp, box elder, etc.,
done very easily by simply selecting a bud just before
it opens (Fig. 1842) and prviiig the tips of the petals
apart so that the stamens may be pulled off with small
pincers or forceps. Tlie Imil slioiild then be inclosed
in a small paper bag until tlic]iivii| nnitures normally,
when the bag may be removeii .imi the pollen dusted
over the pistil (female orj;an I. Alt.-r this the bag must
again be put over the flower to prevent other pollen
from being brought in by insects, etc. Fig. 184H. In
some cases the pollen may be placed on the immature
pistil without injury when the flower is emasculated,
and this is a great saving of time when it can be done.
However, in experiments conducted by C. P. Hart-
ley, of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, it has
been demonstrated that in some plants the pollination
of immature pistils produces injury and thus cannot
be practiced in all cases.
In some instances, as in the apple, pear, cotton, etc.,
it is difficult to pry the petals apart to remove the sta-
mens, and in such cases the corolla may be cut off
without injury, in this way exposing the organs so that
the stamens can be easily removed (Pig. 1844).
In striving to secure a certain combination of the good
characters of any two sorts, very numerous crosses
between them should be made in order to furnish the
breeder greater range of selection. Indeed at every
step the success of the plant-breeder depends on han-
dling large numbers. True, the desired variation may
be secured in a small batch of crosses, but the chance
of success is increased in proportion to the number
handled. In his experiments Burbank has found that
in peaches about one desirable variety of superior ex-
cellence is obtained from each 1,000 seedlings tested,
while in raspberries and blackberries only about one
sort in 20,000 has proved to be worthy of retention.
In the crossing of races and species th# hybrids in
the first generation are usually nearly alike, exhibiting
in general the same intermediate characters. In the sec-
ond generation of these hybrids, however, there is al-
most invariably greater variation, and it is usually from
the plants of this generation that the most valuable
1366
PLANT -^BRBEDINQ
types can be selected. It is thus important that the
hybrids of the first generation should be inbred with
their own pollen or with pollen of the hybrids of the
same combination, and numerous individuals of the sec-
ond generation obtained in which plants showing the
desired combination of characters are more likely to
be found.
One of the most prominent characters of crosses is
their extreme vigor, which is particularly marked in
racial and specific hybrids where the parents are widely
distinct in characters (Fig. 1845). In crosses of closely
related sorts, which are reproduced by buds, cuttings,
slips, etc., and whiqh do not ordinarily remain true to
type when propagated by seed, the increase in vigor is
not commonly so marked.
Sterility, which is a common character of hybrids of
very distinct species and races, may prove a detriment
in certain cases ; but it is seldom that all of the hybrids
of any combination are completely sterile, and in most
instances of this sort complete fertility can probably be
secured by selection.
The improvements which can be secured by means of
crossing are almost innumerable, and many of them, so
far as we are informed, can be secured in no other way.
Such is the production of fragrant varieties from odor-
less types as has been accomplished in the case of pan-
sies, and the blending and changing of colors of flowers
and fruits. Increased hardiness and adaptability to
growth in warmer climates might possibly be secured
by simple selection through a long series of years; but
they can doubtless be most quickly secured by crossing
tender and hardy sorts or species, when plants can be
obtained which possess these opposite qualities.
Fixation of Crosses. — In plants which are propagated
by vegetative parts no fixation is necessary, but in those
which are propagated by seed, all crosses that are
found to possess desirable qualities must be fixed by
selection into stable races reproducing these qualities
true. Usually, a large majority of the progeny of a cross
will revert toward one of the parents, and may not
show the characters desired. In order to render the de-
sired qualities hereditary, the cross must be inbred
with its own pollen or the pollen of another cross of
the same parentage which exhibits the same characters,
and a large number of plants grown from the seed thus
produced. These plants must then be carefully exam-
ined and individuals selected for further work which
have reproduced the desired characters in the highest
degree. These individuals must be again inbred and the
process continued for several generations until all of the
plants are reproduced true to the desired type. This,
in most cases, requires from five to six generations of
careful selection. The time used in selecting to fix the
type is by no means lost, as meanwhile careful attention
can be given to increasing the fruitfulness so that this
factor also mav be greatly improved.
1844. Cotton flowers, illustratine the process of emasculation*
a, mature bud showing the stage which should be
selected for emasculation : 6. a similar bud with the
corolla c\it oflf ready to emasculate ; c. a similar bud
with the stamens removed,— emasculated.
The SELErfiON op Vegetative Parts.— Within re-
cent years some attention has been given to the im-
provement of plants by the selection of buds, cuttings,
etc., and the results obtained by certain practical in-
vestigators indicate that much may be accomplished in
PLATANUS
this way. In orchard fruits, carnations, violets, pota-
toes, etc., careful attention should thus be given to the
buds or cuttings used in propagation. By a careful
selection of violet cuttings from those plants which
were found to produce the greatest number of good
flowers, P. H. Dorsett has greatly increased the average
1845. Increase in size of cotton bolls caused by hybridization.
F. Sea island cotton used as the female parent: H,
hybrid ; M. Klondike, a variety of upland cotton used
as the male parent.
yield of his plants and believes that an increased yield
of nearly 100 per cent is perfectly possible by careful
attention to this factor alone. Here, again, it is not in-
creased yield merely which can be improved, but various
other qualities as well.
The literature of plant-breeding is mainly scattered
through periodicals and is difficult of access. The prin-
cipal work treating the subject in a general way is
Professor Bailey's "Plant-Breeding" (The Macmillan
Company, New York, 1895). The following are a few of
the most important general papers: "The Production et
Fixation des vari^t^s dans les v^g^taux," by E. A. Car-
riJre, Paris, 18G5; "Die Pflanzenmischlinge," by W. O.
Focke, Berlin, 1881; "A Selection from the Physiologi-
cal and Horticultural l^ipcrs of Thomas Andrew Knight,
published
cultural S(H
Utilization i
H. J. Wehti
culture, 18M
Varietes dai
in ;m ih.iis of the Royal and Horti-
I i II. 1841; "Hybrids and their
1 ML'." by W. T. Swingle and
1 , I'. S. Department of Agri-
la I'riMluction et la Fixation des
lautes d'Ornement," by Jean Bap-
tiste Verlot, Paris, 1865; "The Improvement of Plants
by Selection," Yearbook, U. S. Department of Agricul-
ture, 1898; "Hybrid Conference Report," Journal Roy.
Hort. Society, vol. xxiv, April, 1900 ; " Survival of the
Unlike," by Bailey. Herbert J. Webber.
PLANT CELLARS will be treated under Winter Pro-
PLATANUS (its ancient Greek name). Platnndrea.
Plane-tkee. Button-wood. Ornamental deciduous
trees with alternate, petioled, rather large, palmately
lobed Ivs. and small greenish flowers in globular, soli-
tary or. racemose, slender-stalked and drooping heads,
followed by similar heads of fruits remaining on the
branches during the winter. The smooth, light-colored
often almost creamy white bark of the branches and
limbs, usually mottled by darker blotches of the older
bark, which peels off in large thin plates, gives the
tree a very characteristic appearance in winter, while in
summer the Plane-tree, with its large head of dense
bright green foliage and with its massive trunk, is a
beautiful and majestic shade tree. The native Platanus
occidetitalis is hardy north and P. orientalis hardy as
far north as Mass., while the southwestern and Mexican
species cannot be cult, in the North. From time imme-
morial the Oriental Plane, which was well known to the
ancient Greek writers, has been famous for the larg?
PLATANUS
size it attains— trunks of 30 ft. diameter and more are
reported to exist— and has been planted as a shade tree
in W. Asia and S. Europe, and to-day it is still one of
the favorite street trees throughout the temperate re-
gions of Europe. It has also been recognized in this
country as one of the best street trees, even to be pre-
PLATANUS
1367
■^■^T^VaJU
1846. Plane-tree -Platanus occidentalis.
ferred to the native Plane, which, unfortunately, suffers
from the attacks of a fungus, Gla'osporium nervisequum,
while the Oriental is not injured by it. The Plane-trees
stand pruning— even severe pruning— well. To what
extent they are sometimes pruned in European cities
without losing their vitality is shown in an interesting
illustration in "Forest Leaves," vol. 3, p. 97. They are
also easily transplanted even as larger trees. They grow
best in a deep and rich, moist soil. Prop, by seeds sown
in spring and only slightly covered with soil and kept
moist and shady; also by cuttings of ripened wood and
by greenwood cuttings under glass in June taken with a
heel and sometimes by layers. Varieties are also occa-
sionally grafted in spring on seedlings of one of the
species. The stellate hairs of the young Ivs. when de-
tached by the wind, sometimes float in great quantities
in the air and are liable to cause irritation and some-
times inflammation of the miicous membranes of the eye,
nose and mouth. But as this is likely to occur only dur-
ing a very limited period late in spring it can hardly be
considered as a serious objection to the use of Platanus
as a street tree.
Six or 7 species of Platanus are known in N. America
south to Mexico and from southeast Europe to India.
Trees with the bark exfoliating in thin plates,
only at the base of older trunks the bark is
persistent, of darker color and furrowed
tube, with spreading leaf-like margin, peti
ole with the enlarged base inclosing the ax
illary bud: ivs. palmately veined, covered
densely with stellate hairs when young fls
monoecious, in dense, globular heads, stami
nate and pistillate similar, but on separate
peduncles; sepals and petals 3-8; stammate
with 3-8 stamens, pistillate with 3-8 pistils
with elongated styles: fr.-heads consisting
of numerous narrowly obconical, one seeded
nutlets surrounded at the base by long bans
occidentalis, Linn. Buttonwood But
TONBALL. American Plane-tkee Also
wrongly called Svoamore. Figs. 184(i lS-4"
Large tree, attaining 130 or occasiomlh 1 0
ft., with a round-topped oblong or brcid In i 1
and with a trunk 10 ft. or excepfionalh nai
in diam., often of considerable height Imk
of limb and branches of very light often al
most creamy white color, at the base of the
trunks dark brown. Assured: stipules large,
with toothed margin : Ivs. as broad or broader than
long, truncate or cordate, rarely cuneate at the base,
usually 3-, sometimes 5-lobed,"with shallow sinuses;
lobes shorter than broad, coarsely toothed or entire.
floccose-tomentose when young, at maturity only pubes-
cent on the veins beneath, -1-9 in. broad: fr.-heads soli-
tary, rarely in 2's, on 3-6-in. long pedunclt-s. about 1 in.
across or more, comparatively smooth at leug-th; nutlets
with obtuse apex, with the rest of the style oiie-six-
■ shoi-te
May.
•io and
G.F.
u 3, p.
teenth i
Minn., soutli
2:354,355; '.i:
69; 5, p. 20.'..
tallest of all 'li' I'iiMMi^ 1 i. , - ..( ,\, .\ „l an excel-
lent street and i.ark iixi rtli..rc a i.> u..i nijuinl by fun-
gous diseases. There are several vars. in cultivation:
Var. Hisptlnica, Janko (P. Bispmiica, Lodd.). Lvs.
large, 3-5-lobed, with very shallow sinuses, coarsely
toothed, usually cordate at the base. Gn. 1, p. 588;
20, p. 370. Var. pyramidMis, Jaen. (P. pyramidAlis,
BoUe). Of pyramidal habit: lvs. usually 3-lobed, often
longer than broad, with usually rounded base. Var. tu-
bifera, Jaen. (P. stiph-ba,'HoTt.). With very conspicu-
ous elongated, tubular stipules. Tlin-c arc also some
forms with variegated lvs. Var. Siittneri, Hurt., with
the lvs. spotted and marked whit.-, and var. aureo-vari-
egita, Hon. (var. Kehey&na, Jaen. i, with \ .llow varie-
gated leaves.
orientWls, Linn. Oriental Plane. Tree, to 80 ft.,
with usually very broad and round head on a compara-
tively short trunk : bark of dull grayish or greenish
white color; stipules small, usually with entire margin:
lvs. usually broadly cuneate at the base, deeply 5-7-
lobed, rarely 3-lobed, with the sinuses reaching almost
to or below the middle; lobes longer or much longer
than broad, coarsely toothed or entire, glabrous or
nearly so at maturity. 4-Hiii.lnng: fr.-heads 2-4 on long,
drooping stalks. I.ri^tlv, ilir nutlets narrowed at the
apex into a i.ersjsi,.),t si\ 1, tu 2 lines long. Wav. S. E.
Eu.tolndia. U.F.4:;il. U.f. 111. 23:25, 27. Gn. 1, p.
550; 20, p. 369, 371, 373. — A variable species, of which
the most important forms are the following: Var. aceri-
fdlia, Ait. (P. aeerifblia, Willd. P. intermedia, Hon.).
Lvs. less deeply lobed, the sinuses rarely reaching be-
low the middle; lobes usually 5, the middle one only
little longer than broad: fr.-heads usually in 2's. Gn.
1, p. 588; 20, p. 371 and probably 1, p. 486 and 20, p. 370
(as P. occidentalis). This form resembles in foliage
the American Plane, and is also of more pyramidal habit
than the Oriental Plane, which in its typical form has
a broad head, with wide-spreading branches deeply
divided, 5-7-lobed lvs., and the fr.-heads often in 3*3
and 4's. It is often considered a distinct species, and
some have ventured the opinion that it may be a hybrid
between P. occidentalis and P. orientalis, as it is in
some characters intermediate between the two, but the
fr. does not differ from that of the latter. The var.
1847 Platanus occidentahs (
aeerifblia, which is the s
hardier and is more gene
of the Oriental Plane th
Var. digitata, Janko (P.
-called London Plane, seems
lily planted under the name
n the typical P. orientalis.
mhracuUfera, Hort., var. Zo-
136S
PLATANUS
ciiiidta. Hort.l. Lvs. cuneate or truncate
at the base, deeply 5-lobed, with narrow, elongated,
coarsely toothed lobes. Gn. 1, p. 572, 573; 20, p. 371.
Var. undulita, Ait. (var. cune&la, Loud. P. cunetUa,
Willd.). Often shrubby: Irs. short-stalked, smaller,
usually deeply 3-lobed and cuneate, with narrow-toothed
lobes. Gn. 1, p. 618; 20, p. 371.
P. racembsa. Nutt. (P. Calitornica. Benth.). Tree, to 100 or
120 ft., with a trnnk often divided into several stems: lvs. usu-
ally cordafB ..r tniiv^it*. deeply 3-5-lobed. with ovate-liineeo-
late.mostlv . i.tu, l - i,:tletomentosebeneath. 6-10 in. long;
fr.-he.idv ( u the slender stalk, racemose. Calif.
S.S. 7;:>J- ' ^i.a'h. comprises all si>ecies of the ge-
nus. — /' 11 ' I' " U li- Tree, to 80 ft., often divided into
several ^t. ;n.^ . ;.,-.. u.Li.illy cordate or truncate, deeply 3-7-
lobed, with luiiceohite, acuminate, entire or dentate loljes, to-
mentose beneath or nearly glabrous at length, 6-8 in. long:
fr.-heads racemose, rather smooth, each on a short stalk. New
Mex. and Ariz, to Calif. S.S. 7;3'29.
The other species, as P. Ueiicana, Moric which is some-
times planted as a street tree in Mexico, P. Lindeniana, Mart.
& Gal., and P. gtabrdta. Fernald, aU natives of Me.\., are not
yet introduced. Alfred Rehder.
, rnrya, nut; alluding
Fortunea. JuglandA-
ruished from all other
iiiinff an upright cone-
' : T)ip branches with
■ •■ i^ilcs: Irs. odd-
/ ' ' " . but smaller;
: : iiiiiial, solitarr:
PLATYCARYA r ,
to the sli:,| 1 ;i
Juglanihu'fic i'\ II - i-i •
like spike. .Small a.-.-,.
solid pith : wiuter-bud.s '
pinnate, similar to thosi
staminate catkins axilhu
fr. a small, winged nut in 'ii :ix;i- 1 densely imbri-
cated, rigid and sharply pointiil hmeeolate bracts form-
ing a terminal upright cone. Rarely cult, and probably
not hardy north of the Middle States. It has graceful
and interesting foliage, but its ornamental value is not
great. Prop, by seeds and by layers, probablr also by
grafting on Hicoria.
strobil&cea, Sieb. and Zucc. (Fnrlunea Sindtsis,
Lindl.). Small tree, with upright glabrous branches:
Irs. 8-12 in. long; Ifts. 9-17, sessile, oblong-lanceolate,
falcate, acuminate, doubly serrate, pubescent only on
the midrib beneath, 3-4 in. long: fr. -bearing cone about
1-lH in. long, oral, brown. Summer. Japan, China.
S.Z. 2:149. F.S. 4, p. 32Gb. R.H. 1888, p. 88.
Alfred Rehdek.
PLATYCfiRIUM (Greek, broad horn: alluding to the
shape of the Irs.). Polypodiiceie. Stag-horn Fern.
An anomalous genus of ferns with irregularly lobed
thick Irs. with the sori forming irregular patches orer
one or both surfaces. The sterile Irs. are flat, rounded
expansions closely adherent in layers to the substratum.
In their natire forests these ferns grow to the surface
of trees and old plants and often form enormous nests.
Eight kinds of Platycerium are offered for sale in
America. The word "disk,' as used below, refers to the
widest unbranched portion of the fertile frond.
A. Plants not forked like a stag horn...\.
AA. Plants resembling a stag horn.
B. Sori borne on a special receptacle
described under iVo. 2 2.
BB. Sori borne on the last forks ornear
their base.
c, Barren fronds stag -horn -like
aboi-e.
D. Fertile fronds in pairs.
e. Plants glabrous or nearly
lowisli wool
DD. Fertile fronds in S's
cc. Barren fronds not stag -horn-
like, entire or mereli) lobed.
D. Sf'jmriit.s .111,1 sinnsrs of llu
Angolense
biiorme
DD. Si-
iliii, iilsinuj sinus, s ii,rrr„„-.
E.
f,,hr,n„h,,l p„rli„„ of f, r-
tile frond.s rery long and
narrow 7. HiUii
EE.
rnbranehed portion of fer-
tile fronds moderately
long 8. alcicome
PLATYCERIUM
1. Angolense, Wehv. (P. ^Ihiipiciim .v&t. Angolinse,
Welw.). Fertile fronds wedge-shaped in outline and
merely wary at the margin. It is also distinct by reason
of felt-like covering of rust-colored wool on the lower side
of the fronds. Barren fronds large, erect; fertile fronds
attaining a length of 18 in. and a width of 9 in. at the
top: spore-mass nearly as broad as the frond. Angola
(West Africa). G.C. III. 23:155 (repeated in 28:444).
2. bifdrme, Blume. According to Blume's plate and
description, this differs from all other kinds in having
the spores borne on a special appendage, which is kid-
ney-shaped and attached b:'ow the first fork. Blume
says there are 2 such appendages ; that the barren
fronds are roundish, entire below, lobed above: fertile
fronds 3-5 ft. long, many times forked, pale green.
Java. — The fertile fronds of P. biforme are said to grow
15 ft. long sometimes. The picture in Gn. 4, p. 295,
labeled P. biforme seems to be distinct and anomalous,
though somewhat like P. grande.
3. grinde.J. Smith. Fig. 1848. This maybe readily
distinguished from P. alcicome by its barren fronds,
which are also stag-like, while those of P. alcicome are
not. Barren fronds stalkless; segments blunt, spongy,
pale green, tomentose: fertile fronds in pairs, 3-6 ft.
long: sori not at the base of every ultimate fork but
against the upper edge of the disk, with an infertile
fori: i'rr,'rctiTr_' tievond on either side. North Australia.
(i < 1-7' ii;:. III. 8:97 (good, repeated in III. 10:698
ami - i ' hir. 5:169 (same as A.F. 6:701). F.
1> ■ ,. F.S. 6, p. 156). Not G.M. 40:135,
wliili I- /' .i:' lt,',picum. Mn. 1, p. 77 (erroneously as
P.ttb'i,:,,,;,,).
4. WAllichii, Hook. As in P. grande, the sori are
borne not at the base of the ultimate forks, but on a
disk which is not squared off at its upper surface but
rounded and projectjiiir iiit<i tin- ;uii;le Ijetweenthe forks.
Sori roundish. 3Iala^ 1'. niuMila. G.C. III. 28:435.
Hook. Fil. Exot., plat.- 'JT.
5. WilUnckii, JI<."r. . lii-tiiiL'in-.lied from P. grande
by the sori, which !i.:iiiy lill ih.- I:ist forks but do not
approach the base ,,t tli.' ~iiiii~. The fronds are thinly
furnished with minut.^ ^t. Ibit. haMs, at length glabrous
and pale prrcen. JIo,.rc -a\-: ' f. riilc fronds in 3's, elon-
iratc. pr-Tt'l.-i!*. vj:!- ^ -rir. . '' "i' h-k. Idpartite for about
tv- 'i,,,,i_ ..1 ,1 , ', , ! th,. margins of each
pMi ! ,,,,,,.. I , I ring numerous lobes
ill . i : iiiMus plan." Strong
t'.-anir. - -ii ilii- jilaiii ar.- ila- h nL,'tli, narrowness and
acuteiiess of the forks, and also the narro-ivness of the
"disk" or unbranched portion just below the primary
forks. Java. G.C. II. 3:303 (repeated in HI. 10:701 and
28:431, A.G. 15:111. Gn. 10, p. 383 (repeated in Gn.
30, p. 300).
6. .Sthidpicom, Hook. (P. Stemmdria, Beauv.). Bar-
ren fronds rounded ; fertile fronds 2-3 ft. long, clus-
tered, pendent, twice dichotomous (not twice trichot-
oraous, as some writers say) : sorus a V-shaped patch
surroundins; the sinus. Guinea, Angola. Hooker's
Garden Ferns, plate 9. A.G. 15:111. G.M. 40:135 (erro-
neously as P. grande). -The fronds are said to be cov-
ered belriw with a thin cottony down.
7. HilUi, Moore (P. alcic6rne, va.T. Hillii). Barren
fninds like /'. iihi,„rne, but the fertile fronds are erect,
the unbranched portion longer, the forks more numer-
ous and compact, the segments shorter and more
acute. Fronds clustered thinly, corered when mature
with white stellate hairs: sori in oral or roundish
masses, not at the base of the sinus but near the base
of each of the last segments. The upper third of the
fertile frond is "15-18 in. across, 3-parted, the central
segment with 1 or 2 side lobes near the apex, the 2 lat-
eral segments broader and twice or thrice forked into
5-10 ultimate lobes." T. Moore. Queensland. G.C. II.
10;.-|1, 428, 429. .J.H. III. 32:497.
s. alcicfime, Desv. Barren fronds rounded, convex,
wavv ni:irL'ined: fertile fronds clustered, attaining 2-3
ft..j-:! times dichotomous, the unforked portion erect.
the scijnieuts pendent, rather narrow and sharply cut,
under surface covered with thin cottony down: sori in
irnt'ular masses tilling the last forks and a space
across their bases, shown in B.R. 3:262, 203 (as J cros-
tichini, ,ilcicorne}. Temperate Australia. A.G. 14:153;
PLATYCEEIUM
15:111. On. 51, p. 259. G.C. III. 10:(in7. Xot Mn. 1, p.
77, which is really P. grande.
Var. m&jus, Moore, is stronger-growing, more up-
right, and with thick, leathery, dark green fronds. Ac
cording to F. L. Atkins, the fertile fronds are more
broadly cut than the type and seldom forked more than
once. Polynesia. Veitch's Catalogue 1873, p. 13.
W. M
Xo private conservatory should make any pretensions
to rank in the first class that does not take pride lu at
least one well-grown specimen of Platycerium. The
Stag-horn Ferns are amongst the most beautiful and
distinct of ferns — perhaps the most striking of all— 1 e
cause of their noble, antlered appearance and their
epiphytal habit. They have two kinds of fronds, bar
ren and fertile, the former being rounded disks which
clasp the tree trunk, while the fertile fronds generally
hang down and look like antlers. Occasionall> the
barren fronds are more or less antlered. as in P
grande, but never give so perfect a suggestion as do
the fertile fronds. The species are all tropical, except
P. alcicorne, which is therefore the easiest to grow and
the commonest in cultivation. This species can endure
a night temperature of 50° F. or even less. The glory
of the genus, however, is P. grande (Fig. 1848). The
barren fronds are exceptionally large, rounded and
wavy margined at the base, deeply cut above, forming
an erect or arching background to the pendent feitile
fronds, which fork more times and have much narr \er
segments than the barren fronds. Uiifortuuateh tl i
is the only species that does not produce suckers at tl e
roots, by which all the others are easily propagate<l It
alone must be raised from spores, a long and anxious
process. The only kind that has an erect and rigid
habit is P. ffillii, which therefore is grown in pots
while all the others may be grown on a block of wood
and some in baskets. P. hi i,,,;, ,,.]](]. -r-^ from all others
in having a separate and <ii.^i:ili/r,l -iru.'ture on which
the sori are borne, the ctlii r kiniU l>. ;iring their spore
masses on the under siufa •{ thr f, rtile fronds at or
near the last forks. P. !'fh:,-n", i1imiii.'Ii advertised in
America, is probably nnwlim- in .■nltivation in the
world. There is an iiiipn.v.-.l f.inii .if the common
type known as P. ah-i-'um . v.n-. iimjiis, which is
stronger-growing and has thic-kir fnmds, enabling it
to endure a drier atmosphere. It is therefore one of
the best, if not the best, for exhibition purposes \t
the other extreme from the slender grace of P. ale
e'orne and the rest is the bold and broad style of
P. ^thiopieuni. P. Angolense is the only one which
bear.s no resemblance to antlers.
All the species require a moist atmosphere, though
the humidity should be reduced during the winter
With the exception of P. alcicorne they all require a
high temperature. All need perfect drainage, and in
winter they should not have too much direct syringing
for they need a slight rest and are likely to spot or
damp-off if water remains on the foliage too long.
P. j:thiopicum is said to be particularly sensitive.
Stag-horn Ferns are often grown on pieces of tree-fern
stem. They are fastened to such support or to a board
by means oi wire, having first furnished the roots with
a slit piece of peat for root-hold and some sphagnum
moss, to which may be added a little bonemeal for food
and some charcoal for drainage. A little moss may be
added every year or two. Eventually the barren fronds
will entirely cover this material and the plants should
then be left undisturbed for years. A Stag-horn Pern,
witli antlers spreading 6 or 8 feet, is a sight never to
be forgotten. ^^ h. Taplin and F. L. Atkins.
PLATTCLtNIS (Greek, broad bed: in allusion to the
clinandriuin). OreliidAcece. Plants with small, closely
crowded pseudobulbs, each with a single, narrow, ever-
green leaf. The flowers are borne in graceful, drooping
racemes 6-10 in. I.m-. TIi.-v ;,iv snuill ;,ii.I n..t >!,..« v,
but the thread-lik.- v.^nn,-- arrhiit- fi-Min :,i;m.i.l' ili'-
densely tufted lt.-.-h f"liii-.- l-ivi^ ili.^ |i]:ini- a ]il.:i-iit_-
appearance. .St'i'al- aii.l pt-taN -.i.ia-a.liiii.'; Ial..lliiiii :;-
lobed; column .-.hurt, with an irtct-tootlied clHiauilrium
and a large, narrow, erect wing on each side of the
clinandrium. About 20 species in India, China and the
Malay Islands. Heixrich Hasselbrino.
PLATYCLINIS
afford them satisfactory growing con litions They re
quire a liberal supply of water at the roots, with occa-
sional syringing overhead in bright weather when grow-
ing, and should never be allowed to remain long dry
even when at rest. The plants frequently produce side
growths from the old pseudobulbs, which may be re-
moved after the growths are matured, leaving three or
more of the old pseudobulbs attached to each piece,
thus increasing the stock. When no natural break
occurs, however, the plants may often be induced to
break by slightly twisting, or notching the rhizome
with a sharp knife, thereby retarding the flow of sap at
that point. Robert M. Grey.
glum&cea, Benth. (DendrocMliim glumAceum, Lindl.).
Pseudobulbs crowded, forming dense spreading masses,
the young ones clothed with red scales: Ivs. solitary,
broadly lanceolate, tapering to a petiole which is en-
closed by the sheath: peduncle from the top of the
pspudobulb. slender, bearing a long, drooping spike of
^inall white fls.: sepals and petals spreading, oblong,
a.niiiinatf: middle lobe of the labellum rotund, curved,
I. a-, with •_> rieshv ridges. Spring. Philippines. B.M.
4v-,:;. G.C. III. 18:552.
aiiidrmis, Benth. (Dendrorhtlum mUirme, Lindl.).
Pseudobulbs crowded : Ivs. linear-lanceolate : flower-
stem thread-like, bearing a long, pendulous raceme of
1370
PLATYCLINIS
small, pale yellow fls.: sepals and petals obovate; la-
bellum cuneate-rotund, auriculate at the base. Summer,
Philippines. I. H. 25:323 (as Vendrochilum glnmaceum) .
G.F. 2:485.
Cobbi&na, Hemsl. (DendrochXhim Cobbiinum, Reichb.
f . ) . Lvs. oblong-lanceolate : fls. in a zigzag raceme, pale
yellow, with an orange lip; sepals and petals triangular-
oblong ; labellam cuneate-fan-shaped, retuse. Nov.,
Dec. Philippines. Heinkich Hasselbring.
PLATTCODON (( reek '^ ^V^
phiti/\ broad and kndnii
bell referring to the
shape of the flower).
Campatiulitc
typio genus of very handsome
hardy herbaceous perennials, with
blue or white bell-shaped flowers;
hence the name " Chinese " or "Jap-
anese Bellflower." This plant was
first placed in Campanula by Jac-
quin and later, by Schrader, in
Wablenbergia; and it is still s
times cult, under these names. In
1830 it was given a new genus
(Platycodou) by A. DeCandolle. It
is distinguished from Campanula
by its broadly cup-shaped flowers,
tlif stamens dilated at the base, and
the ciipsule opening at the top and
not at the sides. From Wablenber-
gia it differs in the valves of the
capsule being opposite to the calyx-
lobes instead of alternate with
them Several supposed species have been described at
ditferent times, but there seems to be no doubt that the
genus is distinctly nionotypic and that all forms can be
referred as forms of the type P. grandiflorttm, which
has been widely distributed and thereby greatly modi-
fied. It has been found in a wild state from Daburia to
Manchuria, in China, in Siberia, Corea and Japan.
Platycodon requires a medium sandy loam, and does
not succeed in either extremely stiff or sandy soils. It
is particularly sensitive to ill-drained soils. Under suit-
able soil conditions it is pirfictly hardy and will even
stand considerable iH-^^'Ierr. It is desirable to keep the
stems tied during tin- s.as,,ii. f.ir if once allowed to fall
they can never be raised w itbuut breaking. In autumn
the old stems should not be cut away, but the plant al-
lowed to die off naturally; otherwise the crown may be
injured. It can be propagated either by division or by
seeding, the latter being more surely successful and
therefore preferable; l.^M, -, :i -nater variety of flow-
ers is obtained in t' ^! r. care and skill are
necessary in pro|Ki_ :-i..n. because of the
fleshy rootstock. Ii i- i. -; :. ^ "Uiplished in spring,
when the plant is ljit;ikiiig miu uevv growth.
PLATYSTEMON
grandifldrum, DC. {Campdnnla grntuli flora, Jacq.
Wiihlenhi'rijin ip-a ii<1ifldra , Schrad.). Chinese or Jap-
anese I!f.i.i,-ii,. .wEK. Balloon Flower. Fig. 1849.
Plant 1-.' It. lii^'h. forming a dense, branching bush of
upri(.'lit li;iliit: Ivs. lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate, gla-
brous, tiii.'in^illy toothed: fls. large and open, attaining
3 in. in diuni., produced from tips of branches, inflated
in the bud, hence sometimes called "balloon flower";
corolla 5-lobcd, blue, pale blue-white, or variegated.
June, Julv. G.C. III. 28:223. J.H. III. 30:123. P.S. 22:
2.S32. B.M. 252. -Var. Album. A white-flowering
form Var automnUe. Later-flowering form from
Manchuria Gn. 45, p. 4(12. R.H. 1848:361; 1853:
Var Jap6mcjun (P. Japdnicum, Hort.) is of
stronger and bushier growth and freer-flowering.
The flowers average 2K in. across; the inner and
lobes alternate with one another, giving the
thr n| pearance of a 10-pointed star. —This va-
I til t procured by Dreer in 1895 from Leonard
I \ IIS France, who offered it as a novelty that
It I roved to be a flrst-class and desirable sort
1 I n tested by Dreer since, who considers it
th o lod hardy perennials.
Mariesi(P J/dWfsi, Hort.). Recently introduced
i_l ind from Japan by Maries, and supposed to be
il with var glaucvm of Siebold. It does not ex-
it in height growth stouter and more compact :
k( 1 than m the type: fls. are as large or larger
and varying in color from deep purplish
1 hi t 1 il. blue or lavender and white. G.C. III. 14:163.
( M 37 3j JH 111.35:29. Gn. 27:483; 45:964. -Var.
semi plenum Fls semi-double, and varying in color
from purple to white ; said to have been developed
from var nihiim Var. striatum. A garden form with
I liK or white fls striped with white or blue.
Arnold V. Stc-benrauch.
PLATYCRATEK (Greek, platys, broad, and crater,
bowl, dUuding to the broad, enlarged calyx of the ster-
ile fls.). Saxifragdceae. A monotypic genus allied to
Hydrangea. The species is a prostrate shrub, with op-
posite serrate lvs. and white, comparatively large fls. in
long-peduncled, loose cymes, the marginal ones sterile
and with enlarged calyx; petals 4; stamens numerous:
fr. a 2-celled many-seeded dehiscent capsule. It is not
hardy north, and of little decorative value. It thrives
best in rather moist, porous soil and partly shaded po-
sition and is easily prop, by seeds, greenwood cuttings
under glass, or layers.
argTlta, Sieb. & Zucc. Prostrate shrub: lvs. oblong
to oblanceolate, cuneate at the base, acuminate, glabrous
except on the veins beneath, thin, light green, 3-6 in.
long: cymes 3-10-fld.,on a 1-2-in. long peduncle: fls.
slender-pedicelled, the sterile ones apetalous, 1 in.
with broad, obtuse sepals; fertile smaller, with
lanceolate sepals half as long as the oblong-ovate petals.
July. Japan. S.Z. 1:27. Gt. 15:516.-U.seful for rock-
work in greenhouses. Alfred Rehder.
PLATYLOHA is a name for ferns of the genus Pellrra
which have a narrow indusium and a broad sorus. For
Phityloma Bridgesii and P. falcaia, see Pellma.
PLATYSTfiMON (Greek words referring to the dilated
filaments). Papaverciced. Cream Ccps. A half-hardy
annual growing about a foot high and bearing 6-petaled
pale yellow fls. 1-1 M in. across. This plant is iiliprop-
erly called California Poppy in some catalogues. It is
Inferior to the common and California poppies in hardi-
ness, in strength and variety of color, and in size of fls.,
but it is interesting botanically in four respects: (1) It
is unique in the poppy family in its fruit, which is not
a capsule but is composed of numerous carpels that
separate at maturity into linear parts, which are monili-
form (i.e., compressed at intervals like the links of a
necklace), each joint containing a single seed. (2) It is
remarkable for the dilation of the filaments of the an-
thers, which are numerous and separate. (3) It is one
of the few abnormal members of the poppy family with
entire lvs. (4) The petals are not shed quickly, as in
the common poppies, but they wither and remain closed
PLATYSTEMON
over the forming fruit. Platystemon grows wiId]through-
out California, except in tlie mountains, and is said to
prefer a loose soil. See Annuals.
Calif6nucus, Benth. Cream Crps. Lvs. mainly oppo-
site, sessile, ligulate, hispid: lis. light yellow to cream
color or white, rarely roseate; sepals 3. B.M. 3579. B.
R. 20:1679. B.2:65. Gn. 30, p. 313. -The smooth-fruited
form figured as P. Uiocarpum in P.C. 2:76 and B.M. 3750
is said by the Synoptical Flora to be "a mere state."
W. M.
PLATYSTlGMA (Greek, broad stigma). PapaverAcem.
Low. slender California annuals with pale yellow tls.
less than 1 in. across. They are among the few plants
of the poppy family with entire lvs. They are closely
allied to Platystemon, but differ in having the filaments
scarcely dilated, 3 stigmas instead of many, and the fr.
a capsule which is 3-valved at the apex. Other generic
characters: fls. commonly triraerous; stamens numer-
ous, free; stigmas not ..^fiilih nr . T^nir species from
Calif . and Oregon. P./'. i ^ il;. one with thick
stigmas and also diffct-- li.it.it, the others
having leafy and branch 111 u^ 1 1 III-. Ii i^ ti inured in B.M.
3575 with pale yellow H». ; m U.K. 2.i:ia54 it is shown
with 3 white petals alternating with yellow ones. Platy-
stigraas seem never to have been offered for sale in
America.
PLATYTHfiCA (Greek, iroad anther cells). Treman-
drAce(€. A heath-like Australian shrub, with foliage like
a bed-straw (or Galium) and many 5-pointed starry blos-
soms of light purple borne toward the end of the
branches. Each flower is about 1 inch across, and its
center is marked with a star of red. Platytheca belongs
to a small, beautiful and distinct family of Australian
shrubs, coTupo.sed of ^ i^em-ra, of which Tetratheca is
the dominant i\|i.. Tin Ti' maiidra family resembles
the Pnlv-alii fin: ' 1 I 1 'iifureof the capsule, but
differs in th. i- _ -livation of the flower; it
resenililis tlir I' |..t ,i. . n ,ii liaving a very small em-
bryo immersed lu L,,i,i..u.- .ill.uiiien, and particularly the
genus Cheiranthera in having anthers which open by a
pore at the top. The three genera of Tremaudracese are
distinguished from one another by the anthers; Tre-
mandra differs from the other two in having the anthers
jointed with the filaments ; in Platytheca the anthers
have 4 cells all in the same plane; in Tetratheca the
anthers are 2-celled or 4-celled, with 2 cells in front of
the 2 others.
Other generic characters of Platytheca: floral parts
in 5's; stamens in 2 distinct series, with 4 parallel cells
in a single plane contracted into a tube at the top : cap-
sule opening loculicidally at the edge, with the 4 valves
splitting septicidally: seeds glabrous, without appen-
dage. Only one species.
galioldes, Steetz. (P. verticincita,Bail\.}. Lvs. linear,
% in. long, about 10 in a whorl, hairy. Said to bloom in
June. P.M. 13:171 (as Tetratheca rerticiUata). -This
plant deserves to be better known. Cuttings of half-
ripened wood root freely under a bell-glass in a shaded
house at 60°. Cuttings rooted in February or March
will make good plants in 5-inch pots in one year. In
summer keep them phinseil outside, but covered with
shaded sash. By trimniiii- fre.iuently they will make
well-shaped plants, neeilini; no supports. Kept in a
coolhouse (45°) during winter, tliey will be covered with
bloom in March and April. The flowers last but a short
i, but the plant is so free that it is always covered
PLEIONE
1371
with bloom.
D. Darlington and W. :
PLECTOCOMIA (Greek, plaited hair; application ob-
scure!. PalmAcece. Six species of East-Indian climbing
palms which fruit once for all and then die. One of the
most interesting species is P. Khasyana, which is fig-
ured in B.M. 5105 under the erroneous title of P. Assam-
ica. This species has a slender stem 60-80 ft. long,
and about as thick as a man's arm, being slightly
thicker above than at the base. The lvs. attain 30 ft.
and are pinnate only in the lower half, the rest of the
leaf being a long, whip-like extension of the rachis of
the leaf. A singular feature of this palm is the device
by which it climbs. This consists of a series of com-
pound spines snaped like a downward-pointing Human
hand, the back of the hand being yellow and the 5
or 6 fingers composed of brown spines. These organs
are scattered all along the lower side of the flattened
rachis. They hook on the branches of trees and thus
enable the palm to climb for light.
"A yet more wonderful provision of nature," says
Hooker, "is observed in the young and yet unfolded
leaves of these plants during the period when they in-
sert themselves upwards among the branches of the
forests, for then these spines are upright and lie flat
against the stalk of the leaf, not becoming reflexed till
they are needed as a means of support." Probably all
the species pos.sess these flagellifnrm leaves and re-
markable sjiin.-s. The wliiii-like leiif-tiiis m.-iv act as ten-
drils. The L. nil- I- In!.. i,it..-,>. II I., .■nil r. 1,1, ,rs, and only
one spe.-i. - 1 1- n .! ... n,, 1 >, | , ,., ,,us is allied
to the i-iii' • ),- climbers.
William Will -..11 \ n'. .: i. 1 1 n n ..!' a I'lectoconiia
is a shell compi.s. .i : I. tiirhtlv overlapping
scales, inclosing 11 1. ,i i.li has a solid whitish
albumen almost a- i Watson adds that
young plants are ..1 11 .111. 111. 1. ini tlieir spiny lvs. are a
drawback, and the l>s. are mu.li more easily broken
than those of most pahn.s.
elong4ta, Mart. Lvs. very large; Ifts. 1-lK ft.x2 in.,
sparsely white powdery beneath, with 3 very slender
parallel nerves or costa>. Penang, Sumatra, Java.—
Offered in 1890 by Reasoner Bros.
PLECTOPdMA. A few species, now apparently much
hybridized, all referred to Gloxinia.
PLECTBANTHUS (Greek, spurred flower). Labidtw.
A large and uninteresting genus of herbs and snb-
shrubs, widely scattered, bearing rather small or small-
ish fls., ranging from blue and purple to lilac. There
are said to be some species with fls. nearly an inch long.
The genus is closely allied to Coleus, being distin-
guished by having the stamens free instead of united at
the base into a tube, which is distinct from the corolla.
In other respects the genus has wide limits of variation.
Sixty-six species are described in DC. Prod. 12:55
(1848). Sometimes called Cockspur-flower.
fruticdsus, L'H^rit. South African shrub, 3-4 ft.
high : lvs. 4 in. or more long, petiolate, broadly ovate,
doubly dentate: racemes laxly panicled: whorls about
3-6-fld.: fls. blue; pedicles 1% in. long; corolla-tube
spurred above the base: fruiting calyx declinate. — Said
to be an elegant shrub. Ernest Braunton has a specimen
at Los .\ngeles, which is 4 ft. high and 6 ft. through.
PLECTBONIA (Greek, cockspur; referring to the
spines). Hubidcece. About 70 species of shrubs or
small trees, found in the Old World, mostly in the trop-
ics. They are more or less spiny and have somewhat
funnel-shaped, 5-parted fls., with retiexed segments val-
vate in the bud, and a hairy or naked throat. Calyx
obovate or oblong; stamens 5, in the throat; style
short; stigma subc.ipitate, of 2 approximate lamellie:
berry obovate-oblong, compressed, didymous, 2-stoned:
stones indehiscent, 1-seeded.
spindsa, Klotzsch. Very spiny South African shrub,
5-8 ft. high: lvs. fasciculate, oval or obovate, obtuse,
entire, 1-1}^ in. long: racemes or panicles shorter than
the lvs.: peduncles axillary. 5-12-fld.: corolla-tube
shorter than the limb; throat naked. Int. by Frances-
chi, Santa Barbara.
PLEIdNE (from Greek ravthologv: Pleione, mother
of the Pleiads). OrehidAceo'. A small genus closely
related to Coelogyne, but having annual deciduous lvs.
and pseudobulbs. Natives of the mountains of India,
extending to elevations where snow and frost are not
uncommon. Few species are cultivated in America.
See Orchid.
macuIAta, Lindl. Pseudobulbs round, flattened, de
pressed at the top, forming a fleshy ridge around the
summit: lvs. lanceolate, from inflated sheaths: fls. pre-
ceding the lvs., on short peduncles; sepals and petals
lanceolate, spreading, white; labellum funnel-shaped,
with 5-7 fringed lamellse extending the entire length of
1372
PLEIONE
the labellums, side lobes streaked with purple, middle
lobe ovate, wavy, white, spotted with purple and yellow.
The Ivs. (all in Sept.; fls. in Nov. B.M. 4691. P.S.
14:1470. F. 18.il:97 (all as Coi-lor/i/ne m<,n(lnta}.-VsiT.
Benniiiica was once offered by Wm. Mathews.
prsBCOX, D. Don (P. Walliehichia, Lindl. & Past.).
Fig. 1850. Pseudobulbs flask-shaped, depressed, dull
green, warted and covered with a network of the old
split sheaths : Ivs. broadly lanceolate, plicate: fls.
large, on short i>c(l\ini-lH« ; ^.-pals ],,nif lanceolate,
spreading, pink ; p.t:iN smiil.-ir l.ut iKirn.wer; labellum
trumpet-shaped. iiiili-ini.-Ti\ 1m) ,. il, ]pink. white and yel-
low in the throat ; .Ii-k \Mtli l"ii.'itucliii,,l fringed lamel-
lae, margin dentat.- tiiiil.n,it.- i)rt.,Xciv. B.M. 4496.
B.R. 26-24. P.M. (;:i;j (all as CV//"y;/». WaUichiana).
1850. Pleione preecox (X K)
Lagen&ria, Lindl. & Paxt. Pseudotmll.s .-lnst.i-fd and
depressed, as in the other species, dull irir, n. in.iitled
with brown: fls. about 4 in. across, r.is. Iil-ir; -.-pals
and petals narrowly lanceolate; lalMllmu .■mii\ .ilute,
crisp on the margin, pale lilac, blutcbcd with yellow
and deep crimson in the throat and having several yel-
low crests. Aug.-Nov. Himalaya Mts. B.M. 5370. F.S.
23:2386. I.H. 14:510 (all as Cmlogyne Lagenarla). Gn.
51, p. 64.
Beichenbachiina.T. Jloore. Pseudobulbs 5-8-grooved,
flask-shajM il liut Midcl.nly contracted at the top: scape
1-2 in. loiiir. .-losi-ty sli.-athed: sepals and petals linear-
oblong, pah- iiiii|iii- t.i white; labellum nearly white,
middle lobe white with few pale purple spots, with 3
crests; margin ciliate -toothed. Autumn. Rangoon.
Heinrich Hasselbrixg.
.M. 5753.
PLEEdMA. See Tibourhina.
PLEURISY ROOT is Asclepias tuberosa.
PLEUROTHALLIS (Greek, lateral branch; referring
to the inflorescence, which arises from the axil of the
leaf). Orchiddcea. One of the largest of the genera of
orchids containing about 400 species, dispersed in the
region extending from Brazil and Bolivia to Mexico and
the West liidiis. On aroomit of th.ir sTiiall, inconspicu-
ous flowi-r- ilirse i.|:nit-i ;,r.- ,,f im. linrtictiltural value,
and not k'H'I'^IIv ciiltivaird. Strms rhistered on the
rhizome, sli.aihr,! with si'alrs ]<rU:\v ami bearing a
single leaf at tliu suimiiit: tls. in a uuddiug raceme from
the axil of the leaf; sepals free or the lateral ones
united at the base; petals smaller; labellum free, simi-
lar to the petals or 3-lobed; column short, without
lateral branches.
PLUM
Kcezlii, Reichb. f. Lvs. oblong-lanceoiate, 4-10 in.
long: flower-.stem often a little longer than the lvs.: fls.
purple-brown, in a one-sided raceme. Coiombia.
om&ta, Reichb. f. A very small cespitose plant with
lvs. scarcely 1 in. long: fls. opening successively on
erect, zigzag racemes a few inches long, inconspicuous,
yellow with brown spots. B.M. 7094. -The plant is
easily distinguished by the sepals, which are fringed
with silvery pendulous hairs.
HeINRHH HASSEl.HKINIi.
PLUM. Plate XXX. It is pmhaldx m.;;- d.tli.nit to
give specific practical advice f-u- tin- manti::- m. nt ni ttic
Plum than for any other comuii'ii linit. 'Ihis i^ l..r:ni>t
the cultivated Plums represent s(-\t-ral di^iimt ^|.r,ns
which are not equally adapted to all parts ,,f tin- .-..uu-
try, and the same remarks will not applv to tlit-in all.
There is no country in which the doniesti.-at.cl IMum
flora is so complex as in Xorth Annrii a. f<.r we not
only grow tlf -[---iiir ■;],.- oi" T'iji.ij,, ; i,,i of Japan,
but also s|i. : ■ I- ! , ti i-ountry.
In the nco-tlii . i . ! . . slope the
European •>!■ 1 i.-iu, - j.. - .m- :,nnrj riums. In
these same anas ao.i alsu ill lilt .-s,,!,!!, and in parts
ie I'lunis are
In the cold
North, in the great interior basin, and also in most
parts of the South, various native types now consti-
tute the leading cultivated Plums. These native Plums
are developed from wild species of the country, and
they are unknown iu cultivation (except m botani-
cal or amateur collections) in any other part of the
world. These have been developed chiefly within a lialf
century, although a few varieties are older than this.
For a history of this evolution, see "Sketch of the Evo-
lution of our Native Fruits."
The Plums cultivated in North America belong to the
following groups (see Pruiius):
1. Domestica or European types, Primus dotnestica.
Native to western Asia. Comprises the common or old-
time Plums, such as Green Gage, Lombard, Bradshaw,
Yellow Egg, Damsons, and the like. The leading Plums
from Lake Michigan eastward and north of the Ohio,
and on the Pacific slope. Figs. 1851 to 1856 are of
this species. Of late years, hardy races of PrtitttiS
domestica have been introduced from Russia. These
have value for the colder parts of the plum growing
regions. Figs. 1853-5 show representative forms of the
Russian type.
2. The Myrobalan or cherry-Plum type. Prinn)f c. inf-
ifera. Native to southeastern Eiir<i|M- nr s,,titli\v( stern
Asia. Much used for stocks u|"mi wliirh ti. Intd I'luius,
and also the parent of a few naim d \aririir^, as
Golden Cherry ; and DeCaradeuc and .Mariauna are
either offshoots of it or hybrids between it and one of
the native Plums.
3. Japanese types, Primus triflora. Probably native
both the South and North. This species first appeared
in this country in 1870, having been introduced into
California from Japan. For historical sketch, see Bull.
62, Cornell Exp. Sta. (1894); also Bull. 106 (1896).
4. The Apricot or Simon Plum. Prinms Simonii.
Native to China. Widely dis.sfniiiiated in this country,
but little grown except in parts of (_'aliforiiia. Intro-
duced about 1881.
5. The Americana types. Primus Americana. The
common wild Plum of the North, and extending west-
ward to the Rocky mountains and southward to the
Gulf and Texas. Admiral. ly adapted to climates too
.severe for the Domrsii:, rihin-, .i~ li:, I'iinisand the
upper Mississippi ^a: . -, , . i - ni] 38 for
an early account of il i ■ I ■ - J :_ ]<,7.
6. The Wild Goes,- .-,■ 1 1^, i ,, i;,,,,i t,]M-. / ;„ „,(s Jiort-
ulaiia. A mongrel tv]ie ot i'iums, comprising such
kinds as Wild Goose, Wayland, Moreman, Miner and
Golden Beauty. These are no doubt hybrids of the
last and the next.
7. The Chickasaw types, Pnmiis angitstifolia (or P.
CJiicasa). Native to the southern states, and there
cultivated (from southern Pennsylvania southwards) in
such varieties as Newman, Caddo Chief and Lone
PLUM
8. The Sand Plum, Prunus angusiifolia, var. Watsoni.
NatiTe to Kansas and Nebraska. A bush-like species,
little known in cultivation. A hybrid of this and the
Western Sand Cherry is the Utah Hybrid Cherry.
9. The Beach Plum, Prunus maritima. Native to the
coast from New Brunswick to Virginia. In cultivation
represented by the unimportant Ba^sftt's American;
also as an ornamental plant.
10. The Pacific coast Plum J lit.
Native to Oregon and California ^j iii,U kii wii in
cultivation, chiefly in the form kn w ii i tlj si sin
Plum (var. Kelloijgii.)
The Plum of history is PiHiiic ihmestiea It is to
this species that general pomologic il literature applies
It gives us the prunes (which see) Perhaps it would
be serviceable to classify the Domestica Plums into five
general groups, although anj classification is arbitraiy
at certain points :
(a) Prunes, characterized b} sweet firm flesh ind
capable of making a commercial dried product Thej
may be of any color, although blue purple piunes iie
best known. Some of the prunes are grown in the
East as ordinary market Plums being sold in the
fresh state. Almost any Plum can be made into diied
prunes, but the varieties used commerciallj for this
purpose constitute a more or less distinct class of firm
and thick-fleshed kinds. In the East prune is nothing
more than a varietal name. See Pntne
(6) Damsons, comprising ver\ small hrm Plums of
various colors, generally borne in clusters the leaves
mostly small. The run-wild Plums of old roadsides
and farmyards are mostl) of the Damson tjpe
Fig. 185fi.
(c) The green gages, comprising various small,
green or yellow-green Plums, of spherical form and
mostly of high quality. Reine Claude is the common-
est representative of this group in the East. The
name Green Gage often stands for a group rather than
for a variety.
((J) Large yellow Plums, such as Coe Golden Drop,
Washington, and the like.
(e) Large colored Plums, including the various
red, blue, and purple varieties, like the blue prunes,
Lombard, Brad^haw, Quackenboss, etc.
The Japanese Plums (Pninns trUloru) differ from
the Domesticas in having longer, thinner, smooth and
mostly shining leaves, smooth twigs, a greater tendencv
to the production of lateral fruit-huds c.u the annual
growth, and mostly rounder or slmrter fruits with col-
ors running more to .•lie.ri-\ -reds :nid liL'lit yellows.
Most of the varieties aie .i.. h.n.h is the Domestiea
series. The Japaiie^r- \ ni. ti.^ ai- nii|"'i r.uit because
they add variety to the li-t ami . -|i. . i ilh I ause they
-Peter Yellow Qaee
it carries well; aside from this, the trees are vigorous
and very productive, and they are less liable to injuries
from black-knot and curculio than the Domesticas are.
The native Plums, chiefly offspring of Prunus Amer-
icana, P. angusiifolia and\P. hortulana (the last name
PLUM 1373
now believed to represent a hybrid class), represent a
wide rangeof varieties. Those from Prunus Amiricana
parentage are very hardy and are adapted to r.-iricms in
which the Domestiea and .Japanese ty]te^ ar- i. lal- a.
as in northern New England, parts of (ai
northern Plains states. Those partakiiis;
P. anqustifolin parentage, „,„! the -reatei
Hortulanas,
thri
ve well
in
is too
conti
nuoii
islv hot
f(i
fmit-n
.t fii,
llgUs
is t.io i>
rei
Plun.
- rii.-
I'h
n a variety of
t when planted
best on lands
vhich Plums are grown are v
ireater number of the trees
n upon the Jlyrobalan stock
fniit h,,.,k^ t.ii th, II, ikin_
the t..|. is k. pt ".11 h.a.l. .1
normal gnm-th upc.n it. Tr
usually larger and finer at
those grown upon other Pin
is that they are nearly as us
point as any ..tli. i ' II.nv
ties that o\,i,n ^^ lie M
likely
le or two years of age than
1 stocks, and the probability
ul from the grower's stand-
111, tliei. .in ^cine varie-
l.ih.Iil, n:.\ tie stock is
luhle
h. _iM\\ I I I Ills to be
\iii th li II ,1 very
iii,l\ hind- III I III t I I I- ]iroba-
1 iiiii- I hill tlie JUrei.ahai itself.
I. h lamiliard and French Dam-
1 .1 I ike well on the peach. The
mill II 1\ worked upon the peach.
hi h IS much recommended in
t 'III 1 I i\er in the North. Some
. II. 1 ^ lew and crooked growers
in the nursem- that ii i^ .ulvisable to top-graft or
bud them on sdiiu- ^tnini.' ami straight stock. The Lom-
bard is no doubt the best stock for this purpose now
grown by nurserymen. The old Union Purple is one of
the best stocks, but it is not much grown at the present
varieties of
1374
PLUM
time. Reine Claude, German Prune, Copper, are prob-
ably best when top-worked on some strong stock. For
many native varieties, seedlings of vigorous natives, as
of Golden Beauty and Wayland, make excellent stocks.
Americanas should be worked on their own seedlings,
at least in the North. In the South they are often
budded on Marianna.
Plum trees are usually planted when two years old
from the bud, although some of the strong-growing
kinds may be planted at a year old with the very best
results. As arnlf. I-"!!!!!! tm-^ :irf ii|tmt,-il nlmnt n=! far
apart as peacli'-- -■ <'" '' •- tf'n r. i.. _''< t. .' :(i.,',rt
«ach way. Many :■ : ■ :•'■:': ■• | ■;,',■■ ,i ■. ■ ^'i Mti.-
way than the oiln ' .■.■!' '..■:, i.. - 1..;. .■•. : ; ,,■ i-.n in
one direction. If Ih l - ~\ -li m i - n ^i il, lin \ iii:i\ 1m I'lar.-.l
18 or 20 feet apart ..nr way. and from K to 12 feet the
other way. When planted, the trees are pruned in essen-
tially the same way that apple trees are. It is generally
advisable to start tops as low as possible and yet allow
of the w..rkin^' of tin- .■urculio catcher below them. This
means thut ili.- Minl.~ ^Inmld start from 3 to 4 feet above
the gn)unil. Willi tlir nLodern implements and methods
of tillaKt-, thin- i> litili- inconvenience in working the land
if tops are .itarted ii!i low as this. The subsequent prun-
ing of the Plum tree has no special difficulties. About
four or five main limbs are allowed to form the frame-
work of the top, and in most varieties, especially those
which are not very tall growers, the central trunk or
leader may be allowed to remain. The fruit of the
Doraesticas is borne mostly on spurs, as shown in Fig.
1858. These spurs, therefore, should not be removed
unless it is desired to thin the fruit. In the Americanas
and the Japanese varieties, the fruit is borne both on
spurs and on the annual axial growth.
Insects and Diseases.— The black-knot is one of the
most serious Plum diseases. It i.s best kept in check by
systematically cutting it out. The grower should go
over his orchard for it in the summer time and again as
soon as the leaves fall. If trees are thoroughly sprayed
every year with Bordeaux mixture for the leaf-blight
fungus, the black-knot will make comparatively little
headway in the orchard.
The blight, which causes the leaves to fall in August
or September, is one of the most serious diseases in
the Plum orchard; but the disease can readily be kept
in check by thorough spraying with Bordeaux mixture
two or three times during the summer. The mixture for
spraying Plums should be weaker than for apples, par-
ticularly for the Japanese varieties.
The fruit-rot is the work of a fungus. Many times
the dead and dried fruit may be seen hanging on the
tree all winter, as shown in Fig. 1859; and in such cases
it is very likely that the fruit-spur may be killed, as the
upper one in the picture has been. In handling this
<li»i-ase, the first consideration is the fact that some
1853. Early Red
varieties are much more susceptible to it than others.
The Lombard is one of the worst. Again, if the fruit
grows in dense clusters, the disease is more likely to be
severe. The thinning of the fruit, therefore, is one of
the very best preventives of the spread of the disease,
and at the same time, also, one of the most efficient
means of increasing the size, quality and salableness of
PLUM
the product. Thorough spraying with Bordeaux mix-
ture is a specific for the trouble.
The curculio, which causes wormy fruit, can be held
in check by the jarring process, as described under
Peach.
For literature on Plums, see Waugh's "Plums and
Plum Culture ; " Bulletins by Waugh, Goff and Craig,
chiefly on Native Plums. Bull. 131. Cornell Exp. Sta.
1854 Moldavka. a Russian Plum
(from which the above account is adapted); bulletins
of Cornell Exp. Sta. on Japanese Plums, and also No.
38 on Native Plums. l H. B.
Cultivation of Native Plums. -Approximately 300
varieties of Plums, derived chiefly from 6 native types,
are now propagated by American nurserymen and
planted in American orchards. A large number of
these varieties are comparatively worthless, and must
presently be discarded. A creditable minority, however,
has qualities of absolute and considerable merit, and
may be looked on as permanent additions to our pomo-
logical wealth. The native varieties are now propagated
and planted by thousands annually, both for home use
and for market. For certain culinary purposes many of
the natives are superior; and in many places, particu-
larly in states of middle latitude, they are the most
profitable market Plums grown.
The Americana Plums are especially qualified to with-
stand the severity "f ii'Tib-ni winters. They are su-
perlatively hardy. 'Il" > ■■"■. |.i Hi inilly the only Plums
grown in the cold n. i i iiirs (except the com-
paratively unimpcri' i lie Miners) and their
usefulness in nortlii I II \> • I ilIiihI and middle Canada
is limited only by the extint to which they are known.
Their cultivation has been developed to a special degree
in Iowa, Wisconsin, Minnesota, and adjacent states. For
this region they must be propagated always on Americana
stock. This stock has i.tliir ailvantanes besides its har-
diness, and it is rai.iilly rmnini.' into extensive use for
all sorts of Plums in tin- nortliwcst. The sand cherry
is sometimes used as a -ici. k, but has not yet passed the
experimental stage. It dwarfs Americana Plums worked
on it. It is perfectly hardy.
The Americana Plums are wayward and awkward
growers. With many varieties it is impossible to make
a comely orchard tree. They do not appear to take
very kindly to pruning; and the usual method has been
to let them very much alone. Careful pruning dur-
ing the first few years, directed with a view to forming
an open top on comparatively few supporting main
branches, will do something toward shaping the trees ;
but with our present knowledge, no extensive pruning
can be recommended for mature trees. The method
most varieties. Extensive thinning of the fruit is in-
dispensable. The trees are soiuetinics sev.rely attacked
by shot-hole fungus, and tli^i >ii^ti -i i.iwnir with Bor-
tacks all the native Plum's n I umI must be
controlled by Bordeaux mixtiii. ^. . >//./'»!/.
The Nigra group has two or three important varie-
ties of superior hardiness, as Cheney and Aitkin. In
general they bloom earlier, and fruit less heavily than
the Americanas. Their habits and culture are the same.
PLUM
The Miuer-like varieties are hardly to be distin-
guished from the Americanas in any way. They have
practically the same geographical range, and may be
given the same treatment in the orchard.
The Wayland group includes several varieties of
great value, especially for the South. Of these Way-
land, Golden Beauty, Moreman, Benson, and Kanawha
may be mentioned. They are not to be recommended
generally for localities north of Massachusetts and Ne-
braska, their northern limit being determined less by
their non-hardiness than by the very late ripening. This
habit of late ripening, combined with very late bloom-
ing, makes them desirable for late marketing, particu-
larly in southern markets. They are very prolific and
constant bearers. The trees are free-growing, usually
of rather spreading habit, and will bear heading-back
better than the Americanas. The pruning knife, if used
in season and with good judgment, will assist in mak-
ing comparatively open-headed and amiable trees of
these varieties.
The Wild Goose group includes varieties like Wild
Goose, Milton, Wooton, and Wiiitaker, specially adapted
to the latitude of Maryland, Kentucky and Kansas. The
same varieties succeed only less well southward; but
are not generally valuable to the north of this line. For
the section named, the varieties of this class have un-
questionably been the most profitable Plums grown up
to the present time. They are propagated chietly on
peach, Marianna and Myrobalan. These stocks are all
fairly satisfactory, though not equally good for all va-
rieties ; but when peach stocks are used the union
should be made by whip-grafting on the peach root.
Otherwise the peach stock comes above the ground and
is a prey to the peach borer. The trees are mostly
rapid, willowy, rather zigzag growers; and are amena-
ble to the pruning knife in about the same degree as
the Wayland-Uke varieties already mentioned. Whit-
aker makes an open-headed tree without much trouble.
So does Sophie. Wild Goose is more inclined to be thick
and thorny in the top, but may be thinned carefully to
make an accessible head. Milton is much like Wild
Goose. Wooton makes a fine vase-form top, which, with
a. little timely pruning, is almost ideal. Wilder, James
Vick, and some others, are prone to make thick, bushy,
thorny tops, and are hard to manage. These varieties
are all considerably subject to shot-hole fungus, which
often strips them of their foliage in midsummer. They
are mostly thin-skinned and liable to crack at ripening
time, especially if the weather is wet. They should be
picked rather green for shipment, the point to be ob-
served being that they have attained their full size,
rather than that they are dead ripe.
The Chicasaw varieties are very effective pollinizers
for all the Wild Goose and Japanese varieties blooming
at the same time; but very few of them have sufHcient
value in themselves to make them profitable orchard
trees. A few varieties, like Munsou aud McCartney,
are still planted for their own fruit; but in general
they have been displaced by other types of Plums. The
trees are mostly bushy, thorny and thick-topped, some-
times so thick and thorny that the blackbirds can
hardly get in to steal the fruit. It is difficult to prune
them enough to make really satisfactory trees. The
Chicasaw Plums are specially adapted to the southern
states, though Pottawattamie, an exceptionally hardy
variety, succeeds as far north as southern Iowa and
central Vermont. They propagate readily on any kind
of stocks.
Other types of native Plums, such as the Sand Plum,
the Beach Plum, the Pacific Plum, etc., are not suffi-
ciently numerous in cultivation for their treatment to
have been determined.
Hybrid Plums of various strains are now beginning
to come to the fore. Most of these hybrid varieties
resemble rather strongly one or the other of their par-
ent species; and the best that can be said reg.irding
their culture at this early day is that they may be safely
treated like the varieties which they niost closely re-
semble. Wickson, President and perhaps Climax, with
some others, resemble the Simon Plum, and ought to
have much the same treatment, that is, practically the
same treatment as the Japanese varieties. Gonzales,
Excelsior, Golden and Juicy, on the other hand, resem-
87
PLUM 1375
ble the Wild Goose type, and may have the same general
treatment as Wild Goose.
All the native Plums, with very unimportant excep-
tions, require cross-pollination. For the most part,
however, they are fully inter-fertile, so that a given va-
riety will pollinate any other variety, providing the two
bloom at the same time. Simultaneous blooming is of
chief importance in adjusting varieties to one another
for cross-pollination. To determine which varieties
bloom together, careful observations should be made in
the orchard and recorded, or recourse must be had to
the published tables. Pollination is effected chiefly,
if not exclusively, by the bees, so that their presence
should be encouraged.
Most of the native Plums make comparatively small
trees, so that they may be set somewhat close together
in orchard-planting, say 12 to 20 feet apart, usually
about 15 feet. Some varieties, particularly in the
South, need 20-30 ft. space. Putting a Plum orchard
down to grass is not admissible under any circum-
stances; but cultivation should cease with the first of
July, or certainly by the middle of July; for the native
Plums are especially liable to make too much late sum-
mer growth. High manuring of the soil is not usually
necessary, or even desirable: yet something consider-
ably short of starvation will be found the best treat-
ment for native Plums. F. A. Wavgh.
The Plum in California. — The cultivation of the
Plum in California differs widely from that in the
other Plum - producing sections of the U. S. Here
the dreaded curculio is unknown, and while the equally
dangerous black - knot has been found infesting a
native wild cherry ( P. denii.ssa ) it has never been
observed in cultivated orchards. The former has been
kept out by rigid inspection and quarantine regula-
tions, and the latter is undoubtedly held in check by
the existing climatic conditions — excessive dryness be-
ing unfavorable to its development. Here, "then, the
most delicate varieties of the Old World find a very
congenial home, and therefore, unlike the prevailing
custom of much of the eastern Plum-growing, form the
basis of practically all orchard planting. In early min-
ing days the California native Plum {Prvnvs svbeor-
data) was frequently cultivated, and before the introduc-
tion of European standard varieties attempts were made
to improve the fruit by the usual methods of selection.
Some very promising results were obtained ; but since
the demonstration of the great success of the more
delicate and higher-flavored varieties, there has been
little incentive to the u.se of the native species. There
are two varieties, the type being a low shrub, rarely
over 3 ft. high, branching from the ground ; the fruit
oblong, about % in. long, "almost the shape and color
of a Damson when ripe," but the pulp is described as
"inferior." The other variety (KeUoygii) forms a larger
shrub, from 10 to 1.5 ft. high, with larger fruit, round,
yellowish in color and much more acceptable, both for
eating and preserving. The two varieties are usually
found associated, "growing in patches at the heads of
ravines, on rocky hillsides and in open woods." The
larger variety is not so widely distributed, and seems
to have reached its highest state of perfection in the
Sierras, where (in Sierra county) it is still preferred in
the local markets, and where, it is said, the imported
varieties "do not pav for the picking."
With the Plum fruits might also be mentioned the
"oso berrv," or so-called "California false Plum" [Unt-
tallia cer'nsiformis), a shrub sometimes 15 ft. high, and
found "in moist places and the north sides of hills
from San Luis Obispo northward." The bark is
smooth, much resembling that of the Plum or cherry;
the fruit is plum-like, pulpy, when ripe covered with a
deep blue bloom, handsome in appearance, and has
been used in the kitchen for making pies, preserves,
and the like, though it is rather bitter to the taste. So
far as known, no attempts have been made to improve
it by cultivation.
It seems hardly fair to make a distinction between
"Plums" and "prunes" in discussing this subject from
the California standpoint. With the e.\ception of the
differences in the preparation for market, what may
be said of the Plum applies as well to the prune; for
a prune is simply a Plum which dries sweet without
1376 PLUM
removing the pit. In most of the varieties of Plums
there occurs a fermentation around the pit in the pro-
cess of drying, which prevents their being successfully
dried without its removal; these are known as "Plums."
The prune varieties are, however, much sweeter and
contain less acid ; but the main distinction is in their
adaptability of drying whole. As California has to find
distant markets for most of her immense fruit crops, it
follows, then, that by far the greater portion of her
Plum areas are devoted to the production of prunes.
Some pitted dried Plums have been prepared, but the
small favor with which they have been received does
not warrant the extra expense and labor of pitting.
Some varieties are canned, and marketed in that way;
but by far the greater portion of the real Plum product
is marketed in the fresh (not canned) state both in local
and distant cities. See Prune.
The Plum has an exceedingly wide range in Califor-
nia. It is not limited to any particular region of the
state, but is thrifty and healthy on the immediate coast,
in the interior and coast valleys and well up into the
foothills. This is perhaps most strikingly shown by
the fact that every county in the state, except two, per-
haps (one being the city of San Francisco), contains
Plum or |.riiii.- i.nh;ir.l-;. .ir botli. Wljiii it is considered
that this fox ir^ an ar.a nf iitarly 1 ilnjiiio square niiles,
extendiim' i1iimu;,-1i ',|' , .l.'-i-.c-! ..f latiiude, a fair esti-
mate of tin- ailaptaMilty .if thU tiaiit I., varyiiis; condi-
tions of soil and climate will In- ..l.i iin ■!, P.. ■ In.c.sing
varieties ripening
season maybe extended from ^]■.\\ i b It is
not surprising, then, that the acr'a_' '1- . .i.M ; ^ riums
and prunes is one of the largest iu iht .>iau . ;. .ulijug a
total of nearly 55,000 acres, an aggregate of nearly
6,000,000 trees, of which about seven-eighths are prunes.
Alameda county leads in the acreage of Plums with
2,000 acres and Santa Clara in prunes with 8,000 acres.
This great industry has developed since the discovery of
gold. The early Mission plantings (1769-182:!) included
varieties of European Plums, a few of which were able
to survive after the abandonment of the Missions in 1834
Ij r es b ickers O r t
i 1 r a grow an 1 i rk te 1
sstl 1 t sl8 0 The tro 1 ct
cf r lates 1 ack to 18ol
wl wer bro gl t to tl e
sta n where lea d 1 s
Iro I 184 Prorto tl
intr 1 1 w tl
Iru t t f re
that the I ee 1 t I 1 1 as
1 ot at fir t felt ) e c tl e a 1 to
tne production ot tne superior 1 1 1 1 [ : . i . , i ; , : i . s was
not recognized until some years hU', i. 11;' lu -t impor-
tation of prune cions from France by tlic U. S. Patent
Office in 1854 did not reach California. It was not until
two years later that Pierre Pellier brought with him to
PLUM
San Francisco a small package of cions from the fa-
mous prune district of Agen, in France. Notwithstand-
ing their long, perilous journey, tin- | r.r;,,,; i liHi^^M
arrived in fairly good condition and «> t. ,: ^,
Pellier's brother, Louis, who had :ih • : -i a
nursery and fruit garden in the .Sai,i,. < .<i.^ y,
upon a portion of the site of the (n. »ciii i ii) oi .San
Jos6. From these cuttings a number uf trees were pro-
duced which succeeded admirably, and eventually were
distributed through different sections of the state, but
principally in the Santa I'lani valhy, which to this day
remains the center of i h,' ( iil i f, .m i:, |,r im.. unlustry. In
1863 the first Calif.. 1 _ : |. nines were
exhibited at the SI, I. ! - ,,, hut it was
not until 1870 that i i _ . .. .i r. lal scale was
begun. Through tl.. ■ .n:: ual especially after
1878,numerousor<.li . n . until in 1881 some
of the larger grow. I : .mic between five and
six tons of cured fi.,... ~ --I the growth of the
yriiii.- in.liistrv has h, , n lu.u . t l.uis, until now there are
L'l.. 1. r. ..vi, ,-. inuual products reach hundreds of tons.
T'l . ..f the state was over 125,000.000 pounds
in : ' I I . .nv young trees not yet in bearing. In
Isss III, I Mii.,| States imported 83,000,000 pounds of
Plums anil prunes. Since that time the importations
have steadily declined until at present they are less than
800,000 pounds. The home product, the greater part of
which, it is safe to say, comes from California, is thus
gradually replacing the foreign-grown article.
Considerable difficulty was at first encountered in
the selection of the proper grafting stocks. Naturally
the native species were the first to suggest themselves
and were used to some extent. But they were soon found
to be unsatisfactory, mainly on account of their persist-
ent habit of suckering, and dwarfing effect. The oso-
berry, or False Plum, has also been used: it also dwarfs
the trees and causes earlier ripening of the fruit. Many
other American varieties hav,- 1,.-. n trii-d as i.-rafiiTig
stocks, but the persistent root .-uii inic i,f',n-lii al.out hy
the necessary summer cultivaii.,ii in iliis ^tair .ansrs
such heavy suckering that tiny hav.- lien ahaniloncii.
Peach, apricot and almond roots and suckers ot the
Mission Prune and Damson were used, but consider-
able difficulty was again encountered. The peach has
proved the best. The apricot and almond can only be
used in special cases, and double-working is almost
always necessary; for, although some Plums "take"
and grow on these stocks, the union is frequently im-
perfect, and instances are on record where the trees
have broken off at the graft after reaching the bearing
stage. The introduction of the Myrobalan or French
cherry-plum {Prunns cerasifera) and its adoption as a
grafting stock for Plums and prunes have greatly sim-
plified matters for the California orchardist. It does not
sucker, and experience has shown that in California it
succeeds in low, moist lands, in comparatively dry soils
and in stiff upland clay soils. It thus has become the all-
round Plum stock in California; despite the dwarfing
habit attrihiif,,! 1,, it J,y -,inn', it has proved sufficiently
free-groHii . i :, (o suit all purposes, and to
form a i: , full standard trees. Ondeep,
mellow I. lai,, ,,,,-, -|,. .,, illy adapted to the peach, that
root is still prtfi 111,1 f.u- I'lum stock; but many varie-
ties, e.g., the Columbia, Yellow Egg and the Washing-
ton, do not unite well with it, and cannot, therefore, be
worked directly upon it. This is equallv true of the
a 1 T\hch s cd n I r r "r ck f I II
Is ai 1 tl e deei 1 gl t ex
ult
Fellenl erg pn ne ha e
I erg pn
f propagat ng tl e M 1 I fr c tt ng or
seeas. ii is sam xnai me roois irora a cuitmg, oe-
ing fibrous and coming from one point, cannot form
a proper system for the support of the tree, though
some old orchards worked on cutting roots are still
thrifty. It must be admitted that the seedling gives a
PLUM
much more spreading and strong supporting system of
roots. Tliis has come to be generally recognized,
and seedlings are now usually the rule. This is all-
important in California, for there the roots of all plants
must necessarily go deep for their moisture and nour-
ishment. In fact, deep-rooting is the rule beyond all
common expectation; thus almond roots the thick-
ness of one's thumb have been found at a depth of 22
feet— one of the many instances of the characteristic
conditions of California agricultural practice
Propagation is by both buds and grafts. The usual
practice is to bud the young stock in July and August,
and then in January and February following all those
which have not taken can be grafted, thus securing two
chances. When peach or almond is used as stock,
budding alone is done, as these stocks have been found
to take the graft poorly. The trees are not allowed to
remain in nursery longer than one year after budding,
and in many cases are set out the spring following, as
"dormant buds." In California the
necessity of deep and thorough prepa-
ration of the laud before planting the
young trees cannot be too strongly em-
phasized ; for here the young tree
must have every facility for getting
its roots deeply and firmly established
at the beginning, in order to enable it
to withstand successfully the heat and
drought of the long, arid summer.
There has been much difference of
opinion as to the proper distance for
setting the trees apart and the mode
of laying out the orchard. In early
days the tendency was to rather close
planting, in some cases as close as 16
feet ; but experience soon demonstrated
the undesirability of too close proxim-
ity, and later plantings were made with
wider distances, until from 20 to 24
feet has come to be the rule. The lay-
ing out of orchards has caused much
discussion, some asserting that the
quincunx, hexagonal, and triangular
systems secure better use of the land
and allow better access to plow and
cultivator than do the planting in
squares. The square system, how-
ever, has come to be most generally used. The styk
of tree was the next point of contention among thf
growers; but experience soon decided in favor of th(
low-headed tree of the vase-form, with rather mor(
branches than usual. The early, high-headed, sprawl
ing trees have now practically disappeared from the
California orchards, notwithstanding the strong "
jections at first offered against the low trees on tne
score of impeding easy cultivation. The prejudices
have been overcome by the appreciation of the ma
advantages of a low, "stocky" tree, and the introduc-
tion of improved implements. The rule now is to cut
back the young trees at planting to from 18 to 24 inches.
Until the top is formed the stems are protected, by
whitewashing or wrapping with burlap, from the hot
afternoon sun. The iirst year from 3 to 5 branches are
allowed to grow from the stem, and these used to form
the main limbs of the tree. From this time the prun-
ing is done according to the usual methods for the
vase-form tree, with the exception perhaps that se-
verer cutting-back is practiced at first in order to give
strength and stockiness to the limbs. In California
the Plum is a most remarkable grower, often send-
ing out shoots 10 feet long in one season and prone
to overbear ; and when anything but the severest
shortening-in system during the first two seasons, at
least, is adopted, the trees very soon break down with
their loads of fruit. This has been emphasized again
and again in some of the earlier improperly pruned
orchards, where even propping proved ineffectual; the
branches break at the bearing of the props, and when
they do not break are so badly damaged from sunburn
(to which the bark is extremely sensitive) that the tree
is irreparably injured. After the third or fourth sea-
son the growth of wood is much less and usually the
pruning operations are confined to keeping the tree in
PLUM 1377
shape, removal of dead or damaged branches and short-
ening-in the current season's growth to keep the young
twigs in a vigorous growing condition and to prevent
overbearing.
One interesting exception to the usual practice might
be mentioned here. On some very rich, moist bottom-
lands of the San Joaquin valley the long, slender
branches are not cut back ; in fact, they are encouraged
by pruning back to the crown. The long, arching " canes"
are allowed to remain until they have produced a crop
(which they do in the second season with the greatest
profusion), the ends resting upon the ground as the fruit
gains weight. When these droop too low, they are cut
back to the crown, when others will be produced to take
their places. In this way enormous crops of fruit are
produced on these lands, where, with ordinary treatment,
the trees would run entirely to wood.
Thorough and persistent tillage is one of the first
principles of the California orchardist, for with him
18S6. Damson
{X%) (See page 1373 )
the absence of summer rains makes the conservation
of the winter rainfall an absolute necessity. Even
in the summer-irrigated districts the soil is tilled and
kept loose as soon as it is in proper condition, and no
weeds allowed to rob the trees of the precious fluid. Up
to three years ago, practically all the prune and Plum
crop was produced without summer irrigation. Winter
irrigation was often practiced and the water conserved in
the soil by the usual methods of tillage. But the season of
1897-8 was one of the driest in the history of the state,
with less than one-third of the usual amount of rainfall.
The use of summer irrigation was in some instances the
only salvation of the trees. The installation of pumping
plants and irrigation systems thereby received a great
impetus, until, to - day, many orchards of importance
are thus equipped, and the use of summer irrigation bids
fair to remain a permanent practice, at least in the pro-
duction of prunes.
. As yet the California Plum-grower (and this indeed is
generally true for all deciduous fruits) has hardly felt
the need of extensive fertilization. The soils of the aricl
regions generally possess such high intrinsic fertility,
and the tree-roots have such great depths from which
to draw the nourishment and sustenance, that thus far
they have been able to produce the enormous crops taken
from the land without replenishment of the natural sup-
plies. In some of the older orchards, however, the need
of fertilization Is beginning to be felt. In a great many
the main deficiency has been found to be vegetable mat-
ter, and, consequently, nitrogen. The extremely fine
tilth which has been maintained has resulted in the de-
struction of all natural green growth and the "burning
out "of the humus, and has necessitated the call for a
green-manure crop. This proliU-m is rendered more dif-
ficult in California by fbi> fai't that any such crop must
be produced during tlie wintir montlis and be ready to
1378
PLUM
plow-in with tlie oeginning of tillage in March; for no
summer-growing crop can be allowed in the orchard.
The matter has been under investigation at the Califor-
nia Experiment Station for some years, and after many
trials of native and exotic legumes, three species of
European lupins [L. pilosus, var. roseiis and var.
L the left; Thel
P. angustifolia on the right. termination of annual
(See page 1374.) growths. (See page 1374.)
cmruleuSyL.angustifolius), and the "hairy vetch "( t'icia
villosa ) have been found to be the most promising. From
numerous analyses of California soils, Professor Hil-
gard has found them generally well supplied with lime
and potash, with nitrogen and phosphoric acid not over-
abundant. It is, then, these latter which will have to be
supplied first, and such has been the advice given to
growers.
As mentioned above, the Plum has few serious ene-
mies in California, and none which cannot be held in
check by spraying and other treatment. Upon the leaves
the Plum aphiis and the canker worm have given some
trouble. Lately, the "peach moth" has been found at
work on the prune trees, but not to any serious extent.
The trees, too, are sometimes subject to the attacks of
scale insects; the black scale (Lecanium olea) , apricot
scale (L. Armeniaeum), frosted scale (i. pruinosiim)
and pernicious scale {Aspidiotus pemiciosus) being the
most frequent; all of which, however, the California
fruit-grower has learned to keep in check, and in some
cases even to eradicate. The crown root-knot has also
caused considerable trouble. The cause of this disease
has been lately demonstrated by Toumey to be a "slime
mold" (Dendrophaqus globosHs). Relief has been se-
cured by cutting off the knots and painting the wounds
with Bordeaux mixture.
In California some fruit is usually borne the third
year; in the fourth a fairly profitable crop is expected;
the fifth from 50 to 60 pounds per tree should be pro-
PLUM
duced, which ought to double in the sixth, and after
that from 150 to 300 pounds is the rule. These figures
apply mostly to the prunes; many of the Plums are two
or three years later in coming into full bearing. From
200 to 300 pounds are considered the average at full bear-
ing in the Santa Clara valley. In some instances 600 and
even 800 pounds have been produced, and a 6-year-old
tree at Visalia (San Joaquin valley) is credited with
1,102 pounds of fruit in one season.
It would be impossible to enumerate a full list of the
varieties actually in successful cultivation within the
state. Such a list would probably include every note-
worthy variety of Domestica Plum. Many, however,
despite excellence of quality and flavor," are suited
only for home-growing, or at most for local markets, on
account of poor shipping qualities. For this reason
the number of varieties planted on a large scale is
being constantly reduced.
Experience has demonstrated the superiority of some
varieties for certain climatic regions and general market
conditions, and these have lniur' to be recognized as
ftandarii. At tl,,. In , 1,1 ,,f il,,- IM .i:,ii,ls the Prune
r conditions
jK-rhaps the
1 the state.
For S(»me time its identity as the true French prune was
disputed ; but from authentic samples submitted to
tlieTii. French experts have declared it to be of the
tnio d'Ente type of the Agen district, both in botanical
rharacters and in sweetness and flavor. It is, of course,
used chiefly for curing. In the same category belong
I lie Kobe de Sergeant, Imperial Epineuse, Silver and
SuLcar — all standard drying prune varieties. The Robe
lie Sergeant has been supposed by some to be a syno-
nym of the Prune d'Agen, and is so considered in
France; but in California it is grown as a distinct va-
riety. The fruit is larger, usually more highly flavored,
and has commanded higher prices in the San Francisco
market. The tree, however, has not proved so widely
adaptable, and is in disfavor in the coast valleys on
account of defective bearing; in the interior it is more
satisfactory. The Silver prune (an Oregon seedling of
Coe Golden Drop) is also a defective bearer in some
districts, and is used mostly in the preparation of
"bleached prunes," for which it has proved quite profit-
able in sniiie instances. It is sometimes marketed in
til. f) . -Il -iiTi ;lI^o. The Imperial Epineuse is a recently
i' ' : . ! li'ii'-h variety and is fast becoming very
I - ir as tried it has proved very profitable,
.v|,..i,ilii 111 liir Santa Clara valley, where manv or-
ehaid., 1,.,., l.een grafted over to it." The fruit is very
large and handsome, and actual analysis lias shown it
in 2
Ligar
than the ordinary French. It
must be distinguished, how-
ever, from the "Imperial," a va-
riety very much inferior in
flavor and sweetness and not
nearly so satisfactory. Luther
Burbank's new Sugar prune
(introduced two years ago)
bases its claims upon superior
sweetness and flavor, together
with fair medium size. It has
not yet been long enough under
trial, however, to justify any
remarks regarding its merits as
a commercial variety. The Ger-
man prune, Italian( Fellenberg) ,
Golden prune, Hungarian
(Pond Seedling), and Tragedy
are varieties sometimes used for
curing, but are frequently
shipped green as "Plums." Of 1859. Plum rot.
these the German is perhaps The mummy Plums hang
the most extensively used. The on the tree all winter.
Italian succeeds well along the (See page 1374.)
coast in places liable to fogs
or sea winds, where the French is not at its best.
It is valuable as a late variety, and is said to dry
excellently, as does also the Golden, an Oregon seed-
ling. The fruit of the Hungarian (Pond) is very hand-
PLUM
some and showy, and is rated, on its stjie, a good seller
in both the local and distant markets. The Tragedy— a
seedling of the old Mission prune — belongs, together
with the Clyraan (a California seedling), tJiant (Bur-
bank's), Royal Hative, Simon and Peach, to the list of va-
rieties most popular for early market — especially for
eastern shipment. For canning, Coe Golden Drop and
the Imperial Gage are the most popular. The Brad-
shaw, Columbia, Damson, Duane Purple, Green Gage,
Jefferson, Washington, and Vellow Egg are all highly
regarded, and planted more or less widi-ly. as tlu-y suit
the different climatic regions. ]\I:tii\- of tlir .T.-ipaiu'se
Plums are represented in California "i.liaiM-. Tlie
most prominent of these has been tin K. l~rN . tin-
pioneer in this country of this class ^i irmi^ in the
infHri"!- rallnvs it is in some disfavor on aia a.iiiit uf its
faiiui. 1" ii, \ , L.|, color in these sections; but where it
<■' : I- profitable for shipping, and is highly
n .. vliL-re for domestic use; lately the Bur-
l.aiik iimI \\;.i,~Mn are largely replacing it. The Abun-
dance and Red June are very popular for early ship-
ment, while the Satsuma, Burbank, Normand, and
Wickson (a Burbank hybrid) are all highly esteemed,
especially for local market and domestic use.
During the past ten years elaborate investigations of
the composition and food value of different fruits grown
in the state have been carried on at the California
Experiment Station. Many interesting results have
been obtained, tending to show the vast influences of
differing soil and climatic conditions upon the character
and quality of the crops. Herein, too, may perhaps be
found some explanation for the reason why the home-
grown fruits have so readily displaced the foreign in
the markets of our country ; for the analyses have
shown that our fruits are sweeter, more nutritious and
contain less mineral matter than the European. In the
average sugar percentages represented in the analysis
of the juice, the figures are 18 per cent to 6.15 per cent
or about as 3 to 1 in favor of the California prune. In
albuminoids, or flesh-forming substance, the average
percentages stand: for prunes, Califomian 1.01 per
cent, European .78 percent; for Plums, Califomian 1.13
per cent, European .40 per cent. Here it may be men-
tioned that the California analyses have shown the fig
to stand highest in nutritive value, the apricot and
Plum second, and the prune and orange about equal for
third place. The figures for soil ingredients withdrawn
show the California crop to contain less than the
European, comparing as follows: European G.30 pounds
of ash per 1,000 pounds of fruit, Califomian 4.86; for a
crop of 30,000 pounds, 189 pounds for European and
145.80 for Califomian. The amounts of important soil
ingredients withdrawn per 1,000 lbs. in California are:
of potash 3.1 pounds, lime .25 pound, phosphoric acid
.95 pound and nitrogen 1.62 pounds. Prom these figures,
the actual draft of the crop can be determined, and this,
with the knowledge of the amounts of available plant-
food in the soil, together with a consideration of its
physical conditions, forms the basis of an intelligent
judgment of fertilization requirements.
See Wickson's "California Fruits and How to Grow
Them," the Reports of the California State Board of
Horticulture, and the Reports and Bulletins of the Cali-
fornia Experiment Station.
Arnold V. Stubekrauch.
PLUM, CHERRY. Pnoiiis cerasifera.
PLUM, COCOA. Chnjsobalumus Icaco.
PLUM, DATE. Diospyros.
PLUM, GOVERNOR'S. See Flacourtia BamonMii.
PLUM, JAPAN. Properly Prunns friflnrii : improp-
erly applied to the Loquat, Erlohotrya Japan U-a.
PLUM, MARMALADE. Lucuma mammosa.
PLUMBAGO (from Latin for Jead; because of some
old tradition I. PlumbaginAce<e. Le.\dwort. About 10
species of subshrubs or herbs, sometimes climbing, in-
habiting warm countries, chiefly of Europe, Asia and
Africa. Leaves usually alternate and entire, various:
flowers spicate or racemose on the ends of the branches.
PLUMBAGO 1379
gamopetalous, salverform, the tube usually slender,
the corolla blue, violet, rose or white; calyx tubular,
o-toothed and somewhat angled, glandular; stamens 5,
free from the corolla-tube: ovary attenuated at the top,
the single style with 5 stigmas : f r. a niembranaceous 5-
valved capsule. For P. Larpentw, consult Ueratostigma.
Two species of shrubby Plumbagos, P. Capensis and
P. rosea, are deservedly well known. In the middle
and northern states they are treated as greenhouse pot-
plants and are usually turned out to flower in summer.
They are readily propagated by cuttings taken either in
the fall from plants growing in the open or in the spring
from stock plants. They require an intermediate
temperature.
A. Fls. blue or white.
Capfinsis, Thunb. Pig. 1860. Climbing shrab but a
straggling upright plant as grown under glass, some-
what glaucous, glabrous except in the inflorescence:
1860. Plumbago Capensis (X %).
Ivs. scattered, oblong-ovate to oblong-spatulate. nearly
or quite obtuse, narrowed into a short petiole: racenics
relatively short, the fls. soint-tiiiifs aitprarint: as it uni-
belled: fls. azure-blue, witli a v.ry si, ml. r iuIm I', in.
long and several times l.ni-i-r tliao tin- -lao'liilar haiiy
cylindrical calyx-tulie, thr i-oi-olla-Iolas .ihovati- and
phlox-like. S.Africa. B.M. 2110. B.R.r,:417.
380; 46, p. 245; 48, p. 344; 58, p. 20. Var. ill
has white flowers.— A well-known greenhoi
Old plants turned into the soil in late spring i
exposure bloom profusely until frost. Plants struck
from fall cuttings also give good bloom the following
summer, but younger plants usually do not bloom so
well. Plants can be kept in a cellar during winter, or
they may be grown under glass for spring and summer
bloom. It is an excellent rafter plant. In southern
California it climbs trees 15 or 20 ft. higli if undis-
turbed.
liiuL'. srlabrous except
11. 44, p.
Hort.,
plant.
infl
Zeylinica, Linn. Hal
■"orescence, which is
use or acute, the has.- . ■
ng the stem: fls. whii,
ixserted part of the tul,.
■etuse corolla-lobes, the
Ob-
i;,'ed petiole clasp-
in the above, the
1- than the obovate
ar-hairy. Tropics
1380 PLUMBAGO
white-fld. form of P. Capensis. Distinguished from
that species by its shorter fls. and different Ivs.
BC&ndens, Linn. Trailing or climbing, glabrous: co-
rolla white with mucronate lobes, the tube twice longer
than the glandular-hairy calyx-tube: Ivs. ovate-lanceo-
late to oblong-lanceolate, pointed, stalked. Trop. Amer.
AA. Fls. red.
Tdaea, Linn. {P. sangtiinea, Hort.?). Stem zigzag,
more or leas climbing, glabrous even in the inflores-
cence: Ivs. large, ovate-elliptic, the short petiole some-
what clasping: fls. purplish red, in long racemes, the
corolla-lobes little if any exceeding the exserted part of
the tube, the calyx glandular-hairy. S. Asia. B.M. 230.
-Var. coccines, Hook. (P. coccinea, Salisb.), is a form
with larger scarlet fls. B.M. 5363. Gng. 1:183. This is
the form chiefly cultivated. Like P. Capensis, this spe-
cies is useful for summer bedding. It is also an excel-
lent subject for winter blooming in pots. l. jj. b.
PLUMI GRASS. ErUnithus Ravenna'.
PLUMEEIA (Charles Plumier,164&-1706,distinguished
French botanist; wherefore the genus should have been
spelled Plumieria). ApocynAcea. This includes the
showy tropical tree known as Frangipaui, properly P.
rubra. Plumerias are amongst the most fragrant of
tropical flowers, vying in this respect with the jessa-
mine. Cape Jasmine and tuberose. They have large,
waxy, funnel-shaped fls. with 5 spreading lobes of white,
yellow, rose-purple or combinations of the three colors.
Choice specimens have been known to bear clusters 9 in.
across, composed of more than 20 fls. each 3^ in. across.
There are about 40 species, all tropical American, of
which 2 kinds at pre.sent are offered in S. Calif, and 2
in S. Fla. They are considerably cult, in all tropical
lands. The word Frangipani is supposed to be from the
French, franchipanier, coagulated milk, referring to
the tenacious white juice which exudes plentifully from
the wounded plant. All species are likely to be called
Frangipani. Plumerias are essentially summer-growing
plants. Keep rather dry in winter. Prop, by cuttings
in February or March.
In general, the Ivs. are alternate, penninerved, the
primary veins joined to a nerve running parallel with
the margin : fls. in terminal 2-3-chotomous cymes :
bracts usually large and CMVtring the young buds but
deciduous long before antln -I- , r ,r> 11:1 iul>e cylindrical
throughout; stamens iml :■ : lii. base of the
tube; disk wanting or H'^h i : ■ n^^ the tube of
the calyx: ovules in m;iii> - i i I. s 'J. The spe-
cies are much confused uuil iiiij.iiUiilj understood.
A. Fls. more or less rosy,
rtbra, Linn. Frangipani. Low tree or shrub: Ivs.
5-8 in. long: cymes spreading : corolla-lobes broadly
oval, longer than the tube. Mex. to Guiana and Ecua-
dor ; naturalized in West Indies. B.R. 10:780 {fls.
chiefly golden, only the tips bright rose). B.M. 279.
AA. Fls. chiefly ti-hite or yellow.
B. Zivs. narrow, oblong-linear.
(Uba, Linn. Lvs. rounded or acuminate at top, revo-
lute at margin, tomentose beneath; veins rectangular-
transverse: fls. white. W. Indies. P. hypoleitca. Gas-
parr, is probably a color variety, with yellow flowers.
BB. Lvs. u-edge-shaped to lanceolate.
acutifdlia, Poir. (P. aciiminita. Ait.). Lvs. acumi-
nate, often 1 ft. or more long, 3 in. wide, broadly lan-
ceolate, with a long tapering base: corolla-lobes oval.
Mex. B.M. 3952 ( fls. white, much flushed from the cen-
ter with pale yellow). P. acuminata of B.R. 2:114, with
its narrow oblong lobes and close, well-defined golden
center, must be a different species. \y^ jl^
POA (ancient Greek name for grass or fodder). Gra-
minece. About 100 species, natives of temperate and
cold regions, mostly perennial grasses of low growth.
Several species are cult, for forage or ornament. Spike-
lets 2-6-fld., in open panicles, empty glumes shorter
than the fl. -glumes, awnless; tt. -glumes keeled on back,
araclmifeTa, Torr. Texas Blue Grass. Culm 2-3 ft.
high: panicle contracted, 3-8 in. long: spikelets H in.
long; first empty glume 1 -nerved, second 3-nerved;
fl. -glume copiously webby hairy at base. A native of
Texas, where it is a valuable forage grass. — It propa-
gates by rhizomes and forms a dense sod. Recom-
mended as a winter pasture grass in the South. Easily
distinguished from the other species by its contracted
panicle and large spikelets.
pratinsiB, Linn. KENTncKY Blut; Grass. June
Grass. Fig. 1861. Panicle pyramidal, open, usually
3-4 in. long: spikelets 3-0-fld., % in. long; lower empty
glume l-nerved, second 3 nerved: fl.-ghmie hairy at
1861. Junc-erass— Poa pratensis
). Flower enlarged.
ase: culm usually 1-2 ft. high, forming a sod with its
apious rootstucks, its long, soft radical lvs. forming an
through the middle portions of the United States. Its
most iinpLitaiit horticultural use is for lawns, for
whi.li iMir|"is,. its habit and aggressiveness are emi-
triviAlis, Linn. Rough-stalked Meadow Grass.
Resembles P. pratensis, from which it differs by hav-
ing no creeping rootstocks, taller stems, branches of
panicle more slender and spreading, usually only 2-fld.
spikelets, and lateral nerves of fl. -glume much more
conspicuous. Native of Europe, where it is a prominent
pasture grass, and rather sparingly cult, in this coun-
try, where it is recommended for wet pastures. A va-
riegated form is described. F.S. 16:1695.
compr^sBa, Linn. Known in the trade as Canada
Blue Grass (though it is probably not native to Can-
ada) and English Blue Grass, but the latter name is
often applied to Festuca pratensis. Distinguished from
P. pratensis, which it resembles, by its blue-green foli-
age, distinctly flattened culms, and its short and much
contracted panicles. Spreads by rhizomes. Native of
Europe and extensively naturalized in this country, be-
ing found in open and rather sterile soil. — It is of little
value as a pasture grass except possibly on sterile soil.
nemor&lis, Linn. Wood Meadow Grass. A tufted
perennial without running rootstocks. Panicle long and
narrow, with short branches: culms 1-3 ft.: empty
glumes 3-nerved, acuminate. Native of Europe and
cooler partsof America. — It is recommended for pasture
or lawn in shaded situations.
PODACHJiN-irM
PODACH^NIUM ( Greek, meaning foot-shaped akene ) .
Coinposilir. Two species of Mexican shrubby composites
cult. cliieHv for their large and fragrant Ivs. The Ss.
are sometimes hidden under the foliage. The heads are
about 1 in. across, with white rays and yellow disk,
about 20 or more in terminal flat-topped clusters, borne
in winter and spring. P. paniciilatum is a rare and
costly stove plant. The distinguishing feature of Po-
dachseniura is the shape of the akene, it being con-
tracted at the base into a 2-winged stipe suggesting the
shape of a foot.
Podaehseniums may be cultivated much like Ixoras.
They do best in a warmhouse. In the South they thrive
in the open. They are useful for their large and sweet-
scented foliage. Prop, by cuttings of half-ripe wood.
panicuUtum, Benth. (Ferdindnda iminens, Hort-
Zalu!ania emintns, Hort. Cosmophijllum cacalicefd-
Uum, C. Koch). Slightly branched, 9-15 ft. high: Ivs.
distant, long-stalked, roundish in outline, angled or
with few, distant, shallow, wide-angled teeth, .scabrous
above, pubescent beneath. Mex., Guatemala. R.H.
18C2, p. 110. H. A. SiEBRECHT and W. M.
PODALtEIA. See Bajitisia.
PODOCARPUS (Greek potts, podos, foot, and karpos,
fruit; alluding to the conspicuous fleshy foot-stalks of
must species). Including Ifageia, Prumndpitys and
Ultifhi/carpus. Coiiifene. Ornamental evergreen trees
or rarely shrubs, with alternate or sometimes opposite
and often 2-ranked sessile or short-stalked Ivs., small
lis., the staminate catkin-like and yellow, the pistillate
greenish and inconspicuous, and with rather small,
berry-like tr. borne on usually much thickened fleshy
I lapted for the southern states and California, except
P. alpina, which is the hardiest and may probably
thrive as far north as Philadelphia, or even farther.
They grow best in well-drained loamy soil. In the
North they are sometimes grown as pot-plants in green-
houses on account of their handsome foliage ; a sandy
compost of loam and peat will suit the potted plants.
Prop, by seeds or by cuttinirs ..f almost ripened wood
under glass; they aiv ,ds., vi.iii.tiincs grafted on any of
the species whicli can li.' IkmI in quantity.
The genus has mun- than 4" s|.iiMes, chiefly in tropi-
cal and subtropical mountains o£ .S. America, W. India,
Asia. Africa and Australia. Eesiuous trees, with linear
to elliptic entire Ivs.: tls. monoecious or dicecious, ax-
illary or subterminal, solitary or in spikes; the stam-
inate catkin -like, consisting of spirally diBi)nspd 2-
celled anthers; the pistillate consisting' ..f a ^,al.- in-
closing the ovule, with several bract>. at tin Im^i . whi.-h
become usually much thickened at nniimirx. ami fnrm
u fleshy receptacle bearimr at tin- top th,- \'lnl,ul:ir or
ovoid drupe- or nut lil.i' .. . .i : r ,,n Iclons 2. Some spe-
cies with the tls. ill Ln fr. without fleshy
receptacle are ni^n^ i i i .tanists to Prumnop-
itys (Stachycarpu^ I . Miiii\ v|,, ,ins are valuable tim-
ber trees in their utitive countries, and the fleshy seed-
stalks of some are eaten.
A. Lvs. 3~S in. long.
macTOphylla, Don. Tree, attaining 50 ft., with ascend-
ing branches: buds and young unfolding lvs. pinkish:
lvs. alternate, linear-lanceolate, sometimes falcate, ob-
tusish or acute, bright green and glossy and with a
prominent midrib above, pale beneath, 3-5 in. long,
about }4 in. wide: fls. dicecious, staminate ones cylin-
dric, %-li4 in. long: fr. ovoid, %-% in. long, greenish,
bloomy, borne on a fleshy dark purplish violet recep-
tacle. Japan. S.Z. 2:133.
Jap6nica, Sieb. Closely allied to the precedins and
probably a variety of it. Of lower gr"\vrt!: Iiu.is whit-
ish, young lvs. greenish: lvs. linear-lanr,.,.iatf, a.ute,
4-8 in. long: fls. and fr. unknown, (uit. in .ia]ian.
— Sometimes Cephalotaxus pedunciihiln , var. f.ix/iiiinfa
is cult, under this name.
AA. Z/fs. %-l% in. long
nubigena, Lindl. Tree or shrub in cultivation: lvs.
spreading, crowded, linear-lanceolate, acute and mucro-
PODOLEPIS
1381
nate, pungent, somewhat revolute at the margins, dark
green and with a prominent midrib above, with 2 white
bands beneath, 1-1% in. long: fls. dioecious, the stami-
nate clustered, }^-l in. long: fr. ovoid, % in. long, on
a fleshy receptacle, very short-stalked. Chile. P.F.G.
2:162. G.C. III. 10:171.
alpina, R. Br. Shrub or small tree, attaining 15 ft.,
with spreading branches : lvs. indistinctly 2-ranked,
linear to linear-oblong, obtuse, mucronulate, dark green,
grooved or flat above, pale green beneath, K-?4 in. long:
fls. dioecious, the staminate solitary or clustered, about
% in. long: fr. small, on a fleshy receptacle. Australia.
P. Andhta, Poepp. (Pnimnopitys elegans. Phil. Stachycar-
pus Andina, Van Tiegh.). Tree, attaining 20 ft., with upright,
or somewhat spreading branches : lvs. indistinctly 2-ninked,.
linear, dark green above, slightly glaucous beneath. K-lK in.,
long: fls. in spikes; receptacle not lleshy. Chile.— P. Bidwilli,
Hoibr.=F. Totara.— i>. Chil'ma, Rich. (P. saligna, Don). Tree,
attaining 60 ft., allied to P. rnaeropliylla: lvs. linear-lanceolate,
acute, slightly falciite. i-i^i iu. long: staminate fls. clustered,
about 1 iu. long. Cliile. Peru. -P. Chiiunsis. Wall. (P. maero-
phylla. var. Maki. Sieb. & Zucc). Closely allied to P. macro-
pliyll.i. liut a Inw-T tta-i' or ^nmitiiius sliruli. with somewhat
spreaiiiii" nr.ni'li.^ ' ■. - ^iiniirr |i, ;',,iii. long: staminate
tis. -iMni ■ < ■ i - ■ ■: l:;l. R.H. 1848:41.
—1' . I ■ M . with spreading
LHSrit.
<; .illied
It 2 in.
nng: fr.
Tree, attaining 70 ft., with wkorleil -
to P. maorophylla : lvs. linear-laih
long: staminate lis. solit.irj' or clusi.
globose. J'a in. across. S. Africa.— /
Purdieana.-P. Knya!ana. Sieb.= (.'.
var. tastigi.ita.-P. Xa<iMa. R. Br. I Nageia Japuuiea. (iiertn.).
Tree, .ittainiug 90 ft., with spreading, sometimes pendulous
branches: Ivs. mostly opposite, ovate to oblong-lanceolate.
IS peilunculata.
(P.
120 ft.!
nphylla:
iimg
in spikes; receptacle not thickened. Xew Zealand.— P. (a««-
tia. Ktmth. (Pnimnopitys taxifolia, Mast.). Tree, attaining 60
ft., with spreading branches: lvs. 2-ranked, linear, acute or ob-
tuse, abruptly narrowed into a short petiole; tts. in spikes: no
thickened receptacle. Peru, Columbia.— P. Totara. Don. Tree,
attaining 90 ft. with spreading branches: allied to P. alpina:
lvs. linear, acute or acuminate, J^-l>2 in. long. New Zealand.
Alfred Rehdee.
P0D6LEPIS (Greek, foot and srale: referring to the
unusual fact that the involucral scales have a foot-
stalk or claw). Vompdsitm. About 16 species of Aus-
tralian herbs with yellow, pink or purple rays, a few of
which are cult, as I'lalf-htirdy annuals, growing 6-12 in.
high and bearing- tls. wliiili an iliietly interesting as
representing ;iii inti-riiH-'tiaif sia:,n- li.-twcen the common
type of compii-iii' witli slmwy rays jiud the "ever-
lasting flowers, " III-.. I(. H.Im v-nia, in which the rays are
aborted and th, -i . , i. i~ ;ire the stiff involucral
scales. In p. Ill I .lucral scales are generally
colored, but at I ■ ' ly transparent, and over-
lap one anotln I in-i.i.l .t standing out like petals.
The genus belonas to an unfamiliar group of composites
from Australia and the Cape.
The following species are annuals with linear or lan-
ceolate lvs. an"d hemispherical involucres %-% in. in
diameter. They need a porous soil with full exposure
to the sun, and they also do well in pots. See An-
nuals.
A. Color of rays yellow.
B. Involucral bracts acute.
caii6scenB, A. Cunn. (P. afflnls, Sond. ). Rarely much
exceeding 1 ft. : involucral bracts slightly or not at all
rugose; claws with broad scarious margins: rays 3-4-
lobed, slightly longer than the disk-fls.
BB. Involucral bracts acuminate.
ariBtata, Benth. (P. dirysdntha. Endl.). Often ex-
ceeding 1 ft.: involucral bracts not rugose, usually end-
1382 PODOLEPIS
ing in a rigid point or awn, the claws of the inner ones
narrow and glandular: rays longer than the disk-fls.,
3-4-Iobed. R.H. 1857, p. 263.
AA. Color of rays purple or lilac.
gr&cilis, Grab. Often exceeding 1 ft.: involucral
bracts obtuse; claws narrow, glandular: rays entire or
2-lobed, 'A in. long: pappus not thickened upwards. B.
M. 2904 (disk-Hs. mo.stly purple, some yellow).
W. M.
PODOPH'tLHIM ( f rom Tournefort's ana;)o<Zop7i2/«M »i ,
duck's-foot-leaf ; from a fancied resemblance in the foli-
age). Berberid&cecB. May Apple. Mandrake. Nearly
every American boy knows of a colony of Mandrakes and
has eaten May Apples. The "apples " are yellowish, egg-
shaped fruits about 2 in. long, and have a rather mawk-
ish taste. The leaves are very distinct, being shaped
like a round shield with 5-7 lobes. Mandrakes have two
kinds of Ivs., the big solitary ones, and the smaller ones
in pairs. The large centrally peltate leaves have no
flower underneath. The flowers are nodding white wax-
like cups which spring from the fork of the stem. They
have a rather unpleasant smell. There is a white butter-
fly which comes at nightfall and probably pollinates the
May Apples. One sometimes finds Mandrake blossoms
that seem to be double, but just as he is about to pick
the extra petals, a butterfly flies away.
Some parts of the Mandrake plant are emetic and poi-
sonous. Extract of Podophyllum is common in drug
stores. Mandrakes are common in rich woods and copses
throughout the eastern United States. A colony of them
is most desirable for a wild garden. They are offered by
several dealers in hardy herbaceous perennials. They
are of easy culture, requiring deep, rich soil and partial
shade. They are useful only for spring effects, how-
ever, as the foliage dies down by midsummer or before.
Later - growing vigorous perennials, as Polygonatum
giganteum, may be associated with a planting of Man-
drake, to occupy the ground in the later part of the
season. P. Emodi requires a moister situation, and
some prefer a peaty soil for it. Prop, by division or
by seed. What we call the Mandrake is not the Man-
drake of Old World history and romance, for which see
Mandragora.
Podophyllum is a genus of four species, — one Amen
can, one Himalayan and two from China. Hardv per
ennial herbs: sepals G, petal-like; petals 6-9
as many or twice as many as the petals;
pistil 1 (rarely several): berry with
A. Fruits yellowish.
pelt&tum, Linn. Mat Apple. Man-
drake. Fig. 837, Vol. II. Height 1-1 K
ft. : Ivs. dark green, nearly 1 ft. across,
5-7-lobed, each lobe 2-cleft: fls. about 2
in. across. Also called Wild Lemon and
Hog Apple. B.M. 1819. Gn. 21, p. 127.
D. 131. B. 3.2:92. Nature's Garden 186.
—Blooms in April and fruits in May.
AA. Fruits deep red.
Emfidi, Wall. Lvs. 3-5-lobed: fls.
white or pale ro.se: fr. large as a hen's
egg, brilliant red. Himalayas. G. C.
II. 18:241. -The foliage is a ttne bronzy
red in early spring.
F. W. Barclay and W. M.
PODOSTlGMA (Greek words referring
to the t'uct that the stigma has a foot or
stalk). Asclepiaddce<E. ^This includes a
half-hardy tuberous - rooted perennial
herb which grows a foot high or less
in low pine barrens from N. C. to Fla.
and bears in summer small greenish
yellow fls. The genus is closely allied
to Asclepias, and is distinguished by
having the hoods remote from the an-
thers at the base of the long column,
while in Asclepias the hoods are ap-
POGONIA
proximate to the anthers. See Chapman's Flora of the
southern U. S. and Gray's Syn. Flora of N. Amer.
pubfiBcens, Ell. Lvs. opposite, linear-lanceolate, nearly
sessile : peduncles terminal and axillary, umbellatelj
several-fld. The only species.— Adv. by Gillett in 1881,
but presumably not hardy north.
POGONIA (Greek, beard; alluding to bearded label-
lum). OrchidiXcefe. A genus of hardy terrestrial or-
chids : mostly small, perennial herbs, with erect slender
stems: fls. solitary or in racemes ; sepals and petals
free, erect or ascending; labellum sessile, with broad
base, spurless, with longitudinal ridges. Pogonias are
delicate plants requiring care in planting. The wood-
land species should have rich leaf-mold, with deep
shade; the swamp species require peat or suitable light,
rich soil, moist yet not wet. All the species are prefer-
ably planted in spring.
A. Sepals and petals nearly equal in length.
B. Lip crested.
ophiogloBSOides, Ker. Stem 8-15 in. high, slender,
1-3-lvd.: lvs. 1-3 in. long, lanceolate or ovate: fls. soli-
tary or in pairs, fragrant, pale rose, subtended by a fo-
liaceous bract. June, July. In meadows and swamps,
U. S. and Japan. B.R. 2:148. G.F. 10:485. V. 2:269;
11:229.— This seems to be the only species that can be
grown with success. It thrives in wet moss in boxes of
sphagnum. Usually it is better to transplant from the
wild each year than to attempt to propagate the plants.
Sometimes they can be colonized in wet meadows.
BB. Lip not crested.
pdndula, Lindl. Root tuberous, sometimes clustered:
stem .'i-8 in. high, bejiring 2-8 small ovate lvs. and 1-7
pale purple fls. Aug., Sept. Rich woods, Canada to
Fla. and west. B.R. 11:908. B.B. 1:467.
AA. Sepals longer than the petals.
c. Stem bearing single leaf.
divaric&ta, B. Br. Stem 1-2 ft. high, slender, bearing
a solitary fl.: fl. 1 in. long; sepals dark; petals flesh-
colored; lip as long as petals, greenish, veined with
purple Julj Swamps, N J to Fla B B 1 468
cr Stem bearing iihorl of Its at the top
verticiUita, Nutt Stem 8-15 in high bearmg whorl
of 5 obovate sessile h s at its summit fl solitary ter
1862 Royal Poinc ana—
POISONOUS PLANTS
1383
minal; sepals lK-2 in. long, linear, dark purple; petals
nearly 1 in. long, linear. May, June. Moist, rich,
shaded positions, Ont. to Wis. and Fla. B.B. 1:468.
Heixrich Hasselbring and P. W. Barclay.
POeOSTEMON (Greek, hr„,;lr,l sfnwen). Lixhiiihv.
This includes the plant whicli pr'nlm-p^ thr well-known
perfumes called Patchouli, or in IiMiia I'lhlKi-j.at. Pat-
chouli has a peculiar, dry ni..My mii.1I mj.I is ,.ik- of
the oomnaonest perfumes in India. In the furtii-s its
presence was considered the sure test of a genuine In-
dian shawl, but the French manufacturers of imitation
Indian shawls imported the perfume in the fifties.
Patchouli is no longer fashionable. Fuller accounts
of it will be found in the " Cultural Industries of Queens-
land," V. 8:247 and Gn. 27, p. 447. The plant has no
ornamental value. Live plants were introduced into
America by Praneeschi, of Santa Barbara, and were
offered in 1900 in the East.
Pogostemon is a genus of about 30 species, 24 of which
are distinguished in Flora of British India 4:631. Herbs
or subshrubs: Ivs. opposite, rarelv in ."i's: fls. small,
in solitary or iianiclcd spikes formed of many dense
whorls; (mIxa -mI .■ iiiMl I\ \ :. t.M.ili.ii ; rnrella-tube ex-
serted or r i i.d: L.l.es 4, lower
usually inn _ ,1 r,- j ! : I I, -I r:iiL:lit or decli-
nate; fihuiiei.i- n-udl;, i.i.i r-hd : imiiIht rells confluent.
Heyneinus, Benth. ( P. Patrhnidy, Pellet). Pat-
chouli Plant. Herb, 2-3 ft. high: Ivs. long-stalked,
ovate, acute, acuminate or obtuse, crenate, simply or
doubly toothed: spikes terminal and axillary, forming
a panicled inflorescence: whorls usually separate, form-
ing interrupted spikes : fls. whitish, tinged purple.
India.
POINCIANA
in the s.v. nt.
mostly br.i:el t
graceful In]. inn
^\. de
sovernor of the Antilles
Lrfinniinds(^. Small,
I trees, with large and
innn-rous small Ifts. and
■uous stipules: fls. very
very showy, orange or scarlet, in large, corymbose ra-
cemes, not papilionaceous, the 5 petals clawed and
eroded or even fimbriate on the margin, the stamens 10
and free and esserted : f r. long and flat. There are 2 or
3 species of Poinciana, all native to the oriental trop-
ics. The genus has been confounded with Ccesalpinia,
but the calyx-segments are valvate, whereas they are
strongly imbricate (or overlapping) in Caesalpinia.
The P. pnlcherrima, known as Barhadoes Pride and
Bird-of-P;in,dise Flower, is r„.;,i,;i„if, pulcherrima.
ited in the Old
^ It reaches a
nrcely exserted
iH. lWi3. Royal Poinciana.
H..VANT. Rapid-growing tree,
nuking a wide-spreading pic-
long, with 10-20 pairs of pin-
is oval leaflets: fls. 3^ in.
(upper petal striped with yellow
Worl.l. I.nt is not m
beyond the calyx.
rdgia, Boj. Fi-s.
Peacock Flowki;. 1-
reaching 20-40 It., a
turesque top ; Ivs. 1-
na>, each pinna with
across, bright scarle
and more cuneate), the obovate petals very prominently
clawed (or narrow below) : pod 6 in. to 2 ft. long. Mada-
gascar. B.M. 2884. — Now a popular tree in frostless
countries, as in S. Fla., S. Calif., Bermuda, and the
West Indian Islands. It is deciduous. One of the most
striking of tropical trees. Sometimes seen under glass in
the North. Ccpsalpinia puUherrima is often confounded
with it; but that plant is a shrub or at most only a
small tree, with strongly overlapping calyx-segments in
the bud, smaller fls., and very long-exserted stamens.
L. H. B.
POINSETTIA. Euphorbin pulchrrrlma. Annual P.
is E. heterophyjla.
POIREA is a catalogue error for Poivrea.
POISON BEERY, CVsOkhi. P. Dogwood, /rt»s vene
natii. P. Elder, irtiis renmuta. P. Hemlock, Cn>n„».
muculatum. P. Ivy , Ii'hns Ti.sicodeiulroii. P. Oak, iJ.
Toxicodendron. P. Sumac, Vi7i»a vnmata.
POISONOUS PLANTS.
to the touch. The only i
are Poison Ivy and Poison Sumac. The former is a root
climbing vine (./?. Toxicodendron] with ternate leavea
(Fig. 1864), and the latter is a tree-like bush (Ithui.
venenata] with pinnate leaves and entire leaflets (Fig.
1865). Poison Ivy is sometimes confounded with Vir-
1364. Leaf of Poison Ivy (X K).
ginia Creeper, but the latter usually has 5 leaflets, it is
a much taller vine and it climbs by means of tendrils
' than Poison
There are
1384
POISONOUS PLANTS
many remedies for poisoning by Poison Ivy. On
the best is an alcoholic solution of sugar of lead.
tract of grindelia (sold at drug-stores)
used. Many plants, even amongst the
den species, are poisonous when eaten, but it does i
POLEMONIUM
dwarf, usually viscid, often with a creeping rhi:
which is thick or slender: Ivs. alternate, pi
fls. blue, violet, white or yellowish; calyx
after anthesis; corolla shortly funnel-shaped, broadly
bell-shaped or subrotate; lobes obovate: ovules 2-12;
capsule 3-valved. Closely allied to Gilia and distin-
guished by the declinate stamens and the filaments
pilose-appendaged at the base.
Color of fls. blue or white.
Uj"^^
Polemo
not eat them. See V.
Poisonous Plants of the U. S.." Farmers'
Bull. 86, U. S. Dept. Agric; and Bull. 20, Div. of
Botany.
POlVBEA (N. Poivre, 1719-1786; intendant of Mauri-
tius). Combretdcetf. This includes a South African
shrub with orange-red fls. cult, in S. Fla. The genus is
referred by Bentham and Hooker to Combretum, a large
genus containing some handsome plants that are little
known. Poivrea differs from the other Combretums
chiefly in the convolute cotyledons. Generic characters
of Poivrea (from Flora Capensis): calyx 5-lobed; petals
5; stamens 10, protruded: ovary 2-3-ovuled: fr. oval or
oblong or 5-winged; seed solitary, pendulous, 5-angled.
Mostly climbing shrubs: Ivs. opposite or alternate, en-
tire: spikes axillary and terminal.
bractedaa, Hochst. Unarmed shrub 8-10 ft. high: Ivs.
opposite or in 3's, 2K-3 x l-iM in.: petals clawed, red-
dish, 4 lines long: fr. oval, indistinctly 5-angled. Called
"Hiccup-nut" in Cape Colony.
POKER PLANT. Kniplwfia.
POKEWEED. See Phytolacca.
POLEMONIUM (ancient name, probably not from
Greek polemos, war, but rather the philosopher Pole-
man). PolemoniAcea . This includes the J • ' -
DEB, P. cienileum, an old-fashioned inhabitant
cottage gardens, which owes its popular name to
regular manner in which the numerous leaflets
arranged on the long leaves. It is a
hardy perennial herb, growing 1-3 ft.
high and bearing 5-lobed, bell-shaped
fls. of blue or white, and about an inch
across. Probably the finest species,
however, is the plant known to all gar-
deners as P. Sichardsonii, which is a
form of P. hiimile that has doubled or
trebled in size in cult. A fine speci-
men of P. fficharrlsonii may have a
terminal cluster 6% in. across and 5
in. deep, with 24 fls. each IH in.
across. P. confertum differs from all
others in the great density of its in-
florescence, and by connoisseurs in
alpine plants may be regarded as
the finest of the genus. Most of the
yellow -fld. forms are disappointing.
Polemoniums are of easy culture in
any deep, rich, loamy soil. P. carii-
leum and P. reptans do well in partly
shaded places not too dry. They are
easily raised from fall-sown seed.
Also prop, by division. They are im-
patient of soil on the leaves, as is
likely to occur during rain. Flowers of P. Richard-
sonii are fragrant and fine for cutting.
Polemonium is a genus of about 10 species of herbs
natives of the north temperate zone and the mountains
of Mexico and Chile. Perennials, rarely annuals, tall or
confSrtiun, Gray. Sticky, smelling of musk,
9-18 in. high, from a tufted rootstock: Ifts.
very small and so crowded as to seem whorled :
fls. honey-scented, deep blue, K-1 in. long;
corolla narrowly funnel-shaped : filaments
naked or nearly so and not dilated at base.
Rockies and Sierras. Gn. 10:48. G. C. II.
24:12; III. 27:237. - Intermediate between
urn and Gilia.
BB. Corolla-tube shorter than lobes: inflorescence open.
c. Plants n-ith thickened rootstocks: Ifts. seldom \i in.
long.
hiimile,Willd. {P. Richardsonii, Grab.). Low, slender
pl.->nt from somewhat creeping rootstocks: Ifts. 15-21,
2-6 lines long: fls. bell-shaped, blue or purplish. July,
Aug. Arctic regions. B.M. 2800 (yellow eye). G.C. II.
19:793. B.R. 15:1304 (small fls., white eye). -It has
the odor of ripened grapes.
Var. pulcll611um. Gray. Differs in having smaller fls.
ranging from violet and lavender to nearly white and in
the viscid pubescence, which is minute. Arctic coast.
P. piilchfrrimum. Hook., B.M. 2979, is a more viscid,
diffuse and smaller-fld. form with narrower corolla-lobes.
cc. Plants with slender rootstocks or roots: Ifts. larger.
D. Height IS ft.: Ifts. numerous.
E. Herbage scarcely if at all scented.
cserilleum, Linn. Jacob's Ladder. Charity. Fig.
1867. HeiL'ht 1-3 ft.: Ifts. 9-20 lines long: fls. blue,
numcrcu-* in .-i tliyrse. 1 in. or less across; style ex-
serteil. .Ma\. .Tuiir. Wet or moist ground, N. Asia, Eu.,
N. .\i.i.r. Var. album, Hort. {P. dlbvm, Hort. Bridge-
man), with white fls., is almost as
popular as the type.— A form with va-
riegated Ivs. is said to be more con-
stant and decided in the north of Eng-
land than in the south.
1866. Leaf of Virginia Creeper—
Ampelopsis quinquefolia (X /4).
compare with Poison Ivy, with whi(
nfounded.
EE. Herbage strong -scented.
foliosisBimum, Gray. More viscid than P. co'ruleum,
leafier, with broader Ifts. and the style not exserted.
Fls. commonly white or cream -colored, rarely violet.
Rocky Mts. Cult, in 1890 by Vick, but perhaps never
offered in America.
POLEMONIUM
DD. Heigid 1 It. or less: Ifts. teu
POLIANTHES
1385
5-15
rtptans, Linn. Slender, weak and diffuse but never
creeping; foliage not viscid or glandular: fls. light
blue. Vi in. across, in a sort o£ loose panicle. Open
woods, N. Y. to Ala., west to Mo. and Minn. Apr., May.
B.M. 1887. -Said to be an easy prey to snails, especially
in winter, when they attack the rootstocks.
Var. Himalayinum, Baker {P. grandiflfmim Hort
notBenth. P.otriileiim.yHT.gratHlinurin,,, J W Man
Ding). Fls. 1% in. across, lilac-blue or darker the
rounded lobes nearly 'A in. across; calyx and axis of
panicle very hairy. Himalayas. Described in G C III
1:766.
AA. Color of fls. yelloicish or flesh color
B. Fls. salmon or flesh color.
ctLrneuni, Gray. Rather stout, 1-2 ft. high: Ifts o-i
often 1}4 in. long: fls. fading to purplish, I-IS in
across. Mountain woods, Calif. — Offered by Pilkington
Oregon, 1892, but probably not in cult, now Clo eh
allied to P. rephnis.
BB. Fls. yellowish.
paucifWrum, Wats. Height 1-2 ft.: Ifts. 16-24 about
1 in. long: fls. tubular, the tube 1-lM in. long niutl
longer than the lobes. Mex. — The color is said to le
a good clear yellow, tinged red outside, but they art
probably only cream-colored at best. Offered by J ^^
Manning in 1892, but subsequently dropped.
F. W. Barclay and W M
POLIANTHES (name discussed below). Amai il
Uddceie. Tuberose. Every one knows the waxy whif
Tuberose, a single flower of which will scent a wh 1
house. It belongs to a genus of one, or at least of ver\
few, species. It is placed in the subfamily of whi 1
the Century Plant (Agave) is the type, but differ ii
not having thick, fleshy spiny leaves. Prom its ne u
est allies (Proehnyanthes, Beschorneria, Doryanlhe
it is distinguished as follows: perianth white tul e
long, narrowly funnel-shaped, curved; segments shrrt
subequal; stamens aflixed at the middle of the tul
not exserted: ovary 3-eelled, free at apex: stigmas
ovate, falcate: fr. crowned by the persistent perianth
seeds flat. Baker, Amaryllide«, 1888.
The name Polianthes was given to the Tuberose 1 \
Linnaeus in 1753 in his Species Plantarum, which is u ii
ally taken as the beginning of nomenclature. Unfor
tunately he wrote "Polyanthes" in an earlier work,
published in 1737. This was probably a slip of the
pen. Many writers have changed the spelling to Polyan-
thus, supposing that Linnseus had in mind the idea of
"many-flowered," from polys and tnitlms. Others have
supposed he derived it from poli.i, a city. It seems
probable, however, as Benthara and Hooker susgest,
that Linnaeus had in mind polios, "shining," "white,"
which is much more applicable to the Tuberose than
are the other derivations. Consult Polyanthus for other
meanings of the word Polyanthus.
The name "Tuberose" is derived from tnherosa, this
plant being the tuberous hyacinth as distinguished from
the bulbous hyacinth. The name therefore is tuber-ose,
tuberdsa, Linn. Tuberose. Figs. 1868, 1869. Root-
stock tuberous : basal Ivs. 6-9 to a stem, linear, l-l^a ft.
long, spotted red-brown on back: stem 2-3 ft. high, with
8-12 reduced Ivs. : fls. V-A-IY^ in. long, borne in pairs in
a lax spike; segments ^-% in. long. Mexico. B.M. 1817.
B.R. 1:63. R.H. 1882, p. 429. F. 1881, p. 27. Gn. 47,
P--
figured in Blanc's catalogue is.
, , species of Agave of the section
Polianthes maculata. Yon Martins. Von
. not accounted for by Baker, but according
plant with a tnber '"
Manfreda
Martins' :
to the original description
bulb: stem \~*i% ft. high: Ivs. lanceolate or obovate-1
marked with round or elliptic spots: fls. sessile, in a simple
spike, greenish yellow, spotted purple. It is probable that P.
mamdata of Von Martins belongs to another genus. ^^ jj
There are only two objections to the Tuberose: its
odor is too powerful for many people, and, like the
calla lily, it has funereal associations. Hence fashion has
deserted it, at least in America. Nevertheless 6,000,000
bulbs a year are now grown in America, and a fifth of
them (1,200,000) are used in this country. The Tuber-
ose is more popular than ever in Europe. It will always
be a standard florists' flower, for the people love it.
1867. Polemonium c^erult
Tuberoses in the Home (z'oj-dcH. -Although every
florist has Tuberoses and they are cheaper now than
ever, thousands of people like to have a Tuberose grow-
ing in their own garden. The bulbs are best procured
in spring and planted outdoors after all danger of frost
is over. The common tall-growing double sort is pre-
ferred for this purpose, largely because the fls. open
better during the unfavorable dry weather which we
often have in October. Cover the bulb about an inch
with fine, light soil. A bulb planted out June 1 will
bloom in late summer or fall. Before frost comes take
up the bulbs and store them over winter in a rather
warm (50° F.) , dry place where no frost will touch them.
If kept moist and cool during winter the bulbs are likely
to rot at the center. Sound tubers will always be green
at top or show some sign of life at the growing point.
The others are not worth planting. In the far North
where the season is short, Tuberose bulbs may be
started indoors about the middle of May, the tubers
being placed on a layer of damp moss.
Historical Sketch. -The first date of interest in the
history of a garden favorite is usually the time when
live plants first reached European gardens and showed
signs of popularity. The Tuberose reached Europe some
time before 1530. Though a native of Mexico, it came
to Europe from India and, like many other tropical
American plants of high importance, it was long sup-
posed to be native to the Orient. Thus as late as 1629
Parkinson calls it Hyacinthus Iniiicus. The plant was
brought to Europe by a Catholic priest, and the priests
refused all applications for bulbs until 1594. The first
POLIANTHES
1386
double-flowered form was secured from seed about 1780-
1790 by oue de la Cour of Leyden, Holland, who for
many years destroyed all his surplus bulbs in order to
be the sole possessor of the double-flowered Tuberose.
The Tuberose reached the zenith of Us fame about
1870, while the equally waxy Camellia and the formal
Dahlia were still fashionable. In 18G5 Peter Henderson
sold $1,500 worth of Tuberoses from a glasshouse
10x100 ft. Wm. Scott, of Buffalo, writes that he can
remember when it was as much trouble to procure a
dozen Tuberose bulbs " as it would be now to get a young
kangaroo from Tasmania." "Tweuty-flve years ago,"
he continues, "the Tuberose was a flower of the first
importance, but how are the mighty fallen!"
In recent times the greatest improvement in the Tuber-
ose is represented by the Pearl, a dwarf variety which
originated with John Henderson, of Flushing, L. I.,
in 18G5. It was introduced by Peter Henderson in 1867.
Being a foot shorter than the common double type, it is
the best form for greenhouse culture; also the fls. are
more numerous and nearly twice the size.
Tuberose Culture bij Northern Florist s. — TuheTOsea
are chiefly grown by American florists for summer and
fall bloom. It is a very difficult operation to force
Tuberoses so as to bloom from January to March, but
they can be forced with comparative ease to bloom from
April to June. Also flowers may readily be secured for
November and December by
retarding the bulbs.
In forcing, the bulbs are
started about the first of
January, bemg placed close
together in boxes only 3 in.
deep, with 2 inches or so of
on the bottom. These
boxes are placed over the
pipe where a temperature of
75° may be maintained. In four
or five weeks the tubers will
have sent roots all through the
raoss, and they should then be
potted in 4- or 5-in. pots, or
planted in a bench containing 4
or 5 inches of soil. Th
perature should never be less
than 75°, and 80° is better. For
May and June bloom, succes-
sional batches may be planted
at intervals of three or four weeks after New Years.
The last crops will usually be the best.
For November bloom the bullis are retarded in some
cool, dry place until the middle of August. The second
POLIANTHES
batch should not be planted until the middle of Sep-
tember. This will produce December bloom.
For summer blooming in the open ground, the form
known as the "Tall Double " is the most to be preferred.
In this variety, the flowers open better and are a clearer
and purer white than those of the Pearl. The Albino is
a single white Tuberose blooming in July and August.
It is a very floriferous variety, with flowers that lack
the brown or stained tint of some of the older forms.
The odor is less powerful, and therefore more pleasant,
than that of the ordinary Tuberose.
Tuberose Culture in Europe. — In Europe there is
demand for Tuberoses the year round. The Natal-grown
bulbs arrive in September, while the American-grown
bulbs do not reach Europe until December or even Jan-
uary. The former are forced, and the latter retarded.
In an excellent review of Tuberose culture in Gn.
47:330, "Southron" says: "No manure is needed in the
soil, otherwise it will tend to produce a superabundant
leaf-growth; but manure water will, if given after the
spikes are fairly started, greatly assist the bulbs in de-
veloping the flowers. In private gardens the one great
trouble oftentimes is that of red spider." * • • "The
Tuberose makes one of the prettiest buttonhole bou-
quets imaginable." • * » "Where many suckers appear
around the crown-growth, it is a good plan to thin them
out, otherwise the flower-spike will be weakened. Per-
sonally, I have bad a preference for growing the Tuber-
ose in the long pots, oftentimes termed hyacinth pots;
these take less room and are quite large enough."
Peter Henderson & Co.
Commercial Product ion of Tuberose Bulbs. -Tuberose
bulbs were formerly grown extensively for commercial
purposes in Italy, and are grown in a small way at the
present time in South Africa, though the African bulbs
are not in much favor with European florists because
the bulbs ripen and are shipped in midsummer and a
great number fail to bloom. None of the foreign-grown
bulbs are imported into the United States and, owing to
the superiority of the American-grown Tuberoses and
the low price at which they are produced, they have
driven the Italian-grown bulbs out of the American
market. About 80 per cent of the American crop is
exported. Practically the entire product of this country
is grown in a limited area in the southeastern part of
the state of North Carolina.
Tuberose bulb culture in the southern states was first
attempted by F. A. Newbury in Duplin county, N. C,
in 1868. Beginning with a dozen bulbs, be propagated
stock until, in 1888, the yield was about 1,000,000 bulbs.
During these years the crop was cultivated entirely by
hand and consequently was very expensive. The prices
received at first were $40 per 1,000, but since then
prices have declined each year as quantity increased
until, in 1888, bulbs were selling at $6 to $8 per 1,000.
In 1888 H. E. Newbury, a brother, bought out the
business, and he and J. F. Croom, another grower
who had propagated considerable stock, extended the
business very greatly, introducing less expensive meth-
ods of cultivation. By use of the horse-plow they
wt-re enabled to greatly reduce the selling price and
stimulate demand for bulbs, so that the crop of 1900,
within a radius of 20 miles of one point (Magnolia, N.,
C.I, amounted to 6,000,000 bulbs, selling at wholesale in
car-load lots at $3.50 per 1,000. This yield is secured
from over 300 acres.
The soil in the section around Magnolia, which seems
so especially adapted to the culture of Tuberose bulbs,
is a light, sandy surface with a porous clay subsoil at
a depth varying from 2 to 8 ft., with the bottom lands
a dark but porous sandy formation. In wet or rainy
seasons the bulbs thrive best on the uplands, and
in dry seasons best on the dark moist bottoms, though
they withstand equally well a great deal of wet or
drought.
The crop is set in April, after the soil has been
thoroughly pulverized. It is then laid off in rows or
furrows 22 in. apart; into these is sowed fertilizer at
the rate of 600 lbs. to the acre. About 400 lbs. of cotton-
seed meal and 20 bus. of good wood ashes to the acre
have given the best results, though any reliable fer-
tilizer with a good percentage of potash is all right.
POLIANTHES
The fertilizer is thoroughly mixed with the soil by run-
ning a plow with point only in the furrow. Into this the
sets or "seed," as they are called, are carefully placed
upright by hand and covered with plow. Usually the
bulbleta are rather slow in starting off, and just as they
begin to break through, the soil, which has become
POLLEN
1387
hardened or crusted, is raked or broken up. This assists
the plant in getting up and also destroys any growth
of grass which may have started. Cultivation is done
chiefly with a cotton plow, using the sweeps to put
earth to the plant and destroying any grass in the rows.
Tillage is required every two weeks until August: an
occasional hoeing between plants by hand is necessary
in order to loosen the soil and destroy weeds and grass
not reached by the plow. The crop is matured and
gathered between Oct. 15 and Nov. 15. The tops by
this time have reached a length of 18 or 20 in.; these
are cut off at the ground with a sharp weeding hoe and
the bulbs are plowed out very much as potatoes are.
Women then lift out and shake off the earth, and the
offsets are removed by hand. These sets are the seed-
stock for next season. The bulbs are graded as to size,
carried to curing houses, and by some placed on shelves
to dry or cure out. The bulbs must be stirred or have
their position changed every few days to prevent mold
and rot. This stirring wears or breaks off the roots and
tops of a good percentage of the bulbs, making a less
sightly bulb, though not injuring its flowering property.
The better and more modern way is to gather them by
the roots in bunches of about 10, "tie them together with
a small cord and hang them upon frames, walls and
overhead of house and allow them to cure without dis-
turbing them during the process of drying. While this
would seem a rather expensive way, it really costs but
a few cents per thousand, being done by small negro
children at nominal wages. In recent years artificial
heat of 80°-100° by means of furnace and flues similar
to those used in tobacco barns has been introduced, to
hasten curing. Four to eight weeks are required to
properly cure the bulbs for shipping, so that the first
shipments begin to move about Dec. 1 to 10. Before
shipment the bulbs are again sorted in order to get out
any undersized bulbs that may have been overlooked;
they are also counted and packed in paper-lined barrels,
holding from 700 to 1,300, the number varying with size
of bulbs and size of barrels. About 200 bbls., or 150,000
to 175,000 bulbs, constitute a car-load. The bulk of the
exports go through New York dealers, several of whom
handle half a million or more each. A few are exported
being double. The Tall Double is similar, except that
the flowering stem is longer, about 24 inches or over.
The White or Orange Flower has a long stem, with the
blossom single or resembling the blossom of an orange
tree. The Albino, a freak from the Pearl, is a dwarf
single or orange-flowered variety, but its tendency in
other latitudes is to go back to the double type, and con-
sequently is likely to disappoint the grower who expects
a single blossom. The foliage of all the above is a rich
green. The variegated-leaved variety has a beautiful
stripe of golden or silver hue on the outer edge of the
foliage. The blossom is single and the habit is dwarf.
The Tuberose is treated as au annual and has to be re-
placed each season.
A "number one" bulb (referring to size) is not less
than 4 inches in circumference and measures up to (>
inches and over; "mammoth" bulbs are 6 to 8 inches in
circumference. Only a very small part of the crop will
attain such measurement. A "number two" bulb is less
than 4 in. and over 3 in. in circumference, and while in
the youth these will bloom as well as the larger bulbs-
they are not much sought by the northern dealers.
The Tuberose is a rather slow grower; hence in the
North, where the frosts are much earlier than South,
it is likely to get caught before its spike of bloom
matures. To succeed in getting flowers in the North
they should be started in pots under glass or in rooms
free of frost in April and transplanted to open ground
in early June. The soil should be deeply pulverized.
Select a sandy loam if possible, and fertilize with
manure containing a good percentage of potash. Keep
the earth about the plant thoroughly stirred and do not
let the plant suffer for moisture. jj, g, Newbury.
POLLEN. All gymnosperms (conifers, etc. ) and angio-
sperms (true flowering plants) normally reproduce by
means of seeds. For the fertilization of the ovule, in
order that seed may result, the intervention of the pol-
len is necessary. The "dust of the flower" is therefore
of far more interest to the horticulturist than this old
popular name would imply. Studies in hybridization
and self-sterility have long made evident the practical
importance of a knowledge of pollen. Every plant pro-
vides for the production of this substance, and usually
in definite pollen-bearing leaves termed stamens. The
stamens are organs of the flower, and as essential as
the carpels. The pollen is produced in definite sacs
or compartments of the anther, located usually at the
tip of the stamen; and when the pollen is ripe, or ma-
ture, the fine grains are set free in quantity by the rup-
ture of the inclosing sacs. The abundance of pollen
produced may suggest wasteful management of the
plant's resources; but a liberal supply of this substance
is necessary. Although it requires but a single one of
the small grains to fertilize a single ovule and produce
a seed, pollen-grains are produced often a thousandfold
more abundantly than ovules. The best offspring are
produced when cross -fertilization occurs, and in the
transfer of pollen from plant to plant it is only a
small part which can reach its proper destination.
There are many chances and such great losses that
abundance of pollen is a necessary provision.
In general, flowers are pollinated by the wind and by
insects; that is, pollen is transported by these two
agencies. Flowers principally dependent upon the wind
for pollination are termed anemophilous, while those
visited by insects are designated entomophilous. These
distinguishing terms may also be applied to the pollen
itself. Anemophilous pollen is of a more or less spheri-
cal form, readily yielding to the wind, and correlated
with this is a dry and inadherent outer surface. Such
is the case, for example, in the various families to
which the oak, willow, grasses, pine, etc., belong, all of
which plants are devoid of any stock of brilliant color
or rich odors that might attract bug, moth, butterfly, or
bee. The pollen of the pine has even developed bladders,
so as to be borne more lightly upon the wind. On the
other hand, those plants largely dependent upon the
visits of insects for pollination may have the pollen-
grains provided with some kind of spines, ridges,
furrows, or viscid coatings that they may the more
readily adhere to hairy limbs or other surfaces of the
insect which may come in contact with them. Here,
1388
POLLEN
tlien, is to be found a reason for the beauty and special-
ization of external wall. In entoiuophiious pollen the
elliptical form of grain predominates, but the general
shape is extremely various; and the plants producing
such pollen are usually provided with beauty of dower,
fragrance, or other insect attraction.
In order that the pollen which has been trans-
ported to the stigma may be effective, it must be
healthy. Experiments have shown that weak, poorly
nourished orchard trees often produce
ineffective pollen. The nature of the
season may also have great influence
upon its character, continued rains
Oddly marked
Browallia. Pollen grain
of Schaueria
flavicoma.
Magnified.
ng great losses by preventing the maturity of this
product as well as by mechanical injury and by pre-
cluding the winged carriers. Most plants have some
special provision for the protection of the pollen against
rain; that is, either by the closing of the flower under
moist conditions, or by the location of the anthers in a
sheltered tube, under projecting hairs, lobes, or other
corolla appendages.
The individual particles of pollen are in the form of
delicate grains only readily visible in some quantity, as
in powdery masses. At the time when they are set free,
the grains are generally entirely distinct from one
another, to be blown about by an accidental wind or
carried by visiting insects. In some cases, however,
the grains are bound together loosely or by means of
delicate glutinous threads (Rhododendron); they may
be closely U'lited into4's (heath family); or the whole
tissue of an anther or its divisions may remain intact as
pollinia (some orchids, milk-weed, etc.). A particular
species of plant will produce pollen quite constant in
form and attire; but an aggregation of cultivated varie-
ties originated from a single species may show consider-
able variation in this regard. Nevertheless, form, size,
color, surface markings, texture of wall, and trans-
lucency of contents are not fixed qualities even for re-
lated genera or species. See Figs. 1870-3 for different
forms of pollen.
When the healthy pollen of one plant falls upon the
ripe stigma of a plant of the same species, the grains
germinate in the sugary excretion of the stigma by the
protrusion of a tube which penetrates the style and
effects fertilization as described under Fi-rfiUzntit}i}.
Furthermore, it is well known that while the flowers
of many plants may be readily fertilized by their
own pollen, the offspring are stronger when pollen
from another plant or another variety have had access
to the flower. Sometimes pollen from a foreign variety
is absolutely essential to the best fruit formation. This
is particularly true of certain varieties of the pear. A
poor quality of fruit can be prevented only by growing
together different varieties. Again, although a plant
may readily pollinate itself, yet the pollen from another
plant or variety may be prepotent over its own. That is
to say, if the plant be pollinated by its own pollen along
with that of a foreign variety, that of the foreign vari-
ety will usually effect fertilization. This can be ex-
plained only on physiological grounds, and at present
merely from a theoretical point of view. Any pollen
penetrates and effects fertilization because it is at-
tracted, first by substances in the style, and later by
the egg-cell itself. When a foreign variety is prepotent
It is so because it is more readily attracted, due, we may
POLLINATION
say, to a greater difference of potential between the
two elements, the two elements from the same plant
being more in equilibrium and less markedly attractive.
As regards pollen from a foreign species, it seems to be
the rule that hybridization does not occur so readily,
and we must then assume that the differences have be-
come so great as to cause repulsion.
The detailed development of pollen is highly interest-
ing and instructive on morphological grounds, but in
this place a very brief account of the formation of the
grains will suffice. The developmental phases in Big-
rioiiia renusta will serve as an example. A cross-section
of the young flower-bud will show that in the anther-sac
regions, semicircular layers of large well -nourished
cells ( called archesporial cells ) are differentiated.
These cells divide and the layer increases in extent,
yet in this case it is always only one cell in thickness.
When these cells have finally attained considerable size
and provided themselves with a thick wall, they divide
more or less simultaneously; and then each of these
daughter-cells divides again by a division following
quickly upon the first. Each cell has then formed four
new cells within its original walls. The new cells re-
main thus united in 4's until each is provided with a
stout wall of its own, and then they separate. Each cell
is then an immature pollen -grain, and technically a
spore, that is, exactly homologous with the microspores
of the vascular cryptogams. As a rule, before these
pollen-grains are set free, another change occurs de-
noting maturity. This consists in the division of the
nueleui of the spore in such a way that two cells of
unnq;!::' ■ ■'' n- 'lit (in some conifers several small cells
are I ■ i ':i L-.Tmination the large cell, which now
ini'l" i!' I .Irr, protrudes the tube which pene-
tr.ii. - .. liL-reas the nucleus of the small cell
di\ uit imu iw'. and one of these fuses with the egg-
cell in the ovule, thus fertilizing it.
Allied topics are discussed under Pollination, Self-
slerilitii, Flower, and Hybrids. 3. M. Duggar.
-■\ POLLINATION In botanical usage, Pollination is
' the trMii^ti 1 I I lien from the anther to the stigma. In
hortifiiltiii il u I.,' particularly with reference to orchard
fruit -i. tlic t, nil isi.tten applied in a general way to desig-
nate all tht mrtutnces concerned in the setting of fruit.
Aside from those cases in which the stamens and pistils
are so intimately associated that the pollen falls directly
on the stigma, flowers are pollinated mainly in two ways:
bv wind and > ^ in^ect^ The grasses, sedges and pines
afford ex ami 1 - t "in I j limited plants The flowers
of wind-|>iillii t 1 I I 1 1 ire UMialh inconspicuous
and without n in 1 ti 1,1 mte The-v produce a great
1873. Pollen grains of Abutilon striatum (above).
Bedding ecranium (Pelarganium hortorum, on right).
Chrysanthemum (on lower left). All magnified.
abundance of light, dry pollen, which is wafted away by
the slightest breeze and is often carried many miles by
a strong wind. The pistils of the.se plants are usually
long and feathery, and thus are well adapted to catch
the flying pollen. For the benefit of those who are un-
informed in botany, it may be said that pollination is
concerned primarily with the "essential organs" of the
POLLINATION
flower,— the stamens and pistils (see
Flower; also Fig. 1874). The sta-
mens bear the pollen in their anthers,
and they die after the pollen is shed.
The pistils bear the ovary or seed-
case, the style, and the stigma. On
the stigma the pollen falls. In some
plants these organs are separated in
diSferent flowers or even on different
plants.
The flowers of insect-pollinated
plants, on the other hand, are usually
characterized by being showy and having
nectar or fragrance, or both. The pollen
is more or less moist or sticky, so that it
is not easily blown away. An insect is
attracted to these flowers by the showy
colors and the perfume, two things which
bespeak the presence of nectar. As the
insect reaches down for the nectar, which
is near the bottom of the flower, some
parts of its body are almost sure to become
dusted with pollen. When the insect
visits another flower some of this pollen
may be brushed upon the stigma, and
a fresh supply received. This pollen may
likewise be carried to another flower, and so
on. Thus "cross-pollination," or the trans-
fer of pollen from the anthers of one
flower to the pistil of anothe
notably
IS of
: iin flowers which
early pi
plished. Many flowt
chids, have special in
ture apparenth di v 1
of securing cross j
and preventing
bodies of some in
sponding adapt iti ii
cross-pollination of i
they are in the habit of visiting most tre
quently. This correlation between flowers
and their insect visitors has been the sub
ject of extended observation. "Fertiliza-
tion of Flowers," by Hermann Miiller,
contains a bibliography of the subject up
to 1886. For the distinction between fer-
tilization and polIinMtion, see the article
The vcilii.- Mf ,r..sM,,- to plants was first
■s Darwin in 1859.
lis of Kolreuter,
Sprengel, Knight, and his own exhaustive
experiments, Darwin showed that con-
tinued self-fertilization is likely to result
in inferior offspring; while cross-fertili-
zation, within certain limits, gives greater
vigor to the offspring. Cross-fertilization
between different flowers on the same
plant has usually no appreciable advan-
tage. The reason for this is that the
plant resulting from the union of
unlike parents, as in cross-fertilization
between flowers on different plants, is
more variable than the plant resulting
from self-fertilization or crossing be-
tween different flowers on the same plant, »874.^ ?,',!;i';'."l! '^JuLT^"^"'
and hence has better chance of fitting *" ' ""*'"*" " '""*
itself to new conditions. Plants are end-
lessly modified to secure cross - fertili-
zation and avoid self-fertilization. The
principal means by which this end is
gained are: (1) Special contrivances in
the structure of the fiower, which favor
cross-pollination. (2) A difference in the
time at which the pollen matures and the
stigma becomes receptive in the same flow-
er (dichogamy). This condition is very
noticeable in some varieties of orchard
fruits. The prematurity of the pistil is and the i>n.ji. tiim ,iyl..
more common than the prematurity of the 3- Buttti |., viMnvinu-iii.iny
stamens. (3) Self-sterility, which is the small pistils n, tl„. .fni.r ,ui.l
inability of a flower to set fruit with its ^'I'^oUom -ph\TO sl'ow'in»
own pollen. It might be expected that the Sparted stigma.' and thS
self-stenhty would naturally result from stamens included in the tube.
POLLINATION
,-pollii
eloped in
lUustrate Pollination.
1. Top.— The stnictur
plum blossom: se. sepn
petals: s(a. stamens: " <
s, style: st. stigma. Tin'
is composed of tlio <
style and stigma. It c<n
the female part. The st:
are tipped with aulht
which the polle
part, is borne.
2. Fuchsi:i,«h
Thee
evidence tli:it tin-
noticeable ill ]il:i]il-
this way. Srlf.^t.
ally due to ;i .Uticifiicv in the pollen
or to defective pistils. The pollen
grains often gerniiiKile on the stigma,
but fertilizatiou does not take place.
The embryological reasons for this
are not clearly understood. About
sixty species of plants are known to be
more or less self -sterile, (i) The separa-
tion of the sexes in different flowers or on
different individuals. It is thought by
some that there is a gradual evolution
among sonic kinds of plants toward uni-
sexuality. and that adaptations for insect-
pollination, dichogamy and self - sterility
are steps in this process.
Self-sterility is cninmon in varieties of
orchard fruits, particularly in pears and
plums, and in grapes. Whenever isolated
trees or large blocks of a single variety
blossom full, year after year, but drop
most of the fruit before it is half -grown,
the trees may be self - sterile, provided
the failure cannot be attributed to fungous
disease, insect attack, frost or other in-
jury. Familiar examples of self-sterile
varieties are : Wild Goose and Miner
plums, Kieffer and Bartlett pears and
Esopus Spitzenburg apple. Self-sterility
in orchard fruits does not usually result
from defectiveness of pollen or pistil, but
from a lack of afliuity between the two.
It is not a constant factor in any variety,
but s.-inis tube as easily influenced by the
is.nthtions under which the tree is grown
as Is tin- ,1/c . shape or color of the fruit.
mate 111- I' K '.,,],, i li It --. If sterility.
Ther.tM- t sterile in
iiade
another vancfv. Tims, .Mm, i 1" .n- ti. . ly
if planted with De Soto, ;,ih1 Ki.-rt.r «ith
Le C'onte. No benefit is derived from
planting in an orchard of one variety new
trees of the same variety. There are two
important points to be considered in the
choice of a pollinizer. First, the two
varieties must blossom together, so that
cross-pollination by wind or insects may
take place. Second, there must be an
affinity between the two, so that the pistils
of the self-sterile variety will accept the
pollen of the other and develop into good
fruit. Stich afliuity can be determined only
by experiment. In a large orchard of a
self-sterile variety which is valuable for
market, every third or fourth row should
be the pollinizer.
Orchard Pollination, however, is a larger
problem than the detection of v:iriiiics
wlii'Ii are inclined to In- nnituiTlul \^llon
I>I:iiiT,'d alone, and disro\'rin^' \\li:it :tre
ih. l.est pollinizers for ili.ni. E\|iiri-
or<-ii:ir-ls lt:ive indicated that nearly all
v:iri. ti.s of orch.ard fruits, whether self-
st.rilo ..r not. will produce better fruit
with |."ll. II ,,iher than their own. The
l'.:iM\\ ill 11 1, pi r will usually bear good fruit
if |il:niio,i :iioiie, but it will bear better
fiiiii 11 iho liirlif variety is planted with it.
Till- iirol.iiliility is that most of our leading
commercial varieties commonly planted in
large blocks will produce enough better
fruit by a judicious intermingling of ona
1390
POLLINATION
or two other varieties to more than offset the slight
inconvenience in orchard management occasioned by
this mixing. The chief economic problem for the experi-
menter, therefore, is to determine what commercial
varieties may be planted together with best results;
and the rational course for the fruit-grower is to prac-
tice mixed planting on the basis of such experiments.
S. W. Fletcher.
POLYANTHUS. In common speech Polyanthus
means the florists' flowers supposed to be derived
chiefly from Primula elatior or its allies. The "Poly-
anthus Narcissus" of trade catalogues is one of the
forms of Narcissus Tazetta, an old synonym of which
was Narcissus Pohjanthos. Polyanthus may also mean
the tuberose, Polianthes, which see. There is no genus
known as Polyanthus.
POLYBOTRA. SeeAcrostichum.
POLYCALYMMA. See Myrioeephalii^.
POLYGALA (Greek, much milk; from the old idea
that some species increased the flow of milk). Puli/-
galdcea. Milkwort. Polygala is a genus of over 200
widely distributed species. Sepals 5, the two lateral
ones, or " wings," much larger than the rest and colored ;
petals rarely 5 and alternate with the sepals, or com-
monly reduced to 3 (an odd anterior one and a dorsal
pair), united below into a dorsally cleft tube; lower
petal, or keel, concave, often crested or beaked; sta-
mens 8; filaments more or less connate into a tube :
capsule 2celled, wing-margined or wingless; seeds soli-
tary in the cells. Monographed by Chodat in M^m. Soc.
Phys. Hist. Nat. Genfev. ( 1, p. 2, No. 2) . For the Ameri-
can species, see Robinson, Gray's Syn. Fl. Vol. I, p. 4-49.
In the culture of Polygalas there are three points of
view. There are hardy and tender species, and the
latter are sometimes cultivated under glass, sometimes
outdoors in the South, as in S. Calif. Of the hardy
group, P. paucifolia is excellent, because of its fringed
flowers. Of the European kinds P. Chamtebuxus is the
best, and var. purpurea is probably the best form of it.
Referring to our native species, F. W. Barclay writes :
"Polygalas are mainly plants of low moist lands, and
the majority of species are best grown in sandy peat,
or any rather light soil, in partially shaded ■positions
not given to severe dryness at any season. Seed may
be sown in fall or early spring. P. lutea is perhaps our
handsomest native species, but it is not advertised for
sale. It needs sunlight." P. paucifolia can be prop,
by division.
There are 40 or more North American species, but
most of Ihem are not showy plants and they offer little
inducement to the cultivator. Some of them — as re-
corded below— are offered by dealers in native plants,
but these are not necessarily the best. The only spe-
cies that are generally known to cultivators are exotic.
The Cape species are much-branched shrubs. 2-4 ft.
high or more, with large fls. borne in subterminal
racemes. In the good old days when heaths were
much grown for exhibition 14 colored plates of Polyg-
alas appeared in the Botanical Magazine, 13 in the
Botanical Cabinet, and 7 in the Botanical Register.
Ernest Braunton writes that "P. mijrtiMia and its va-
rieties are very commonly cult, in Calif., particularly
the one known in gardens as P. DalmacimioT P. Dalma-
tiaita; this flowers all the time and is very popular."
The popularity of P. Dalmaisiaua in Calif, is an ex-
ample of the persistence of a good thing in gardens,
though almost unknown to botanists. This name is not
to be found in any of the standard authorities, except
Nicholson's Dictionary. Nor is it known to be adver-
tised in America. The spelling Dalmatiana shows that
some gardeners have thought the name a geographical
one. The plant was named after M.DaImais,a French gar-
dener,who raised it from seed in 1839. It was described,
with colored plates, in Rev. Hort. 1844:193 and the
Florist's Journal 1846:177, and Garten Flora 5:161. In
the first-named place it is stated to be a hybrid be-
tween "P. gmndiriora and P. cordifolia." In modern
nomenclature this probably means P. myrtifolia, var.
grandiflora x P. oppositifolia, var. cordata. The pic-
POLYGALA
tures, however, do not seem to show any trace of the-
latter parent. As known in the trade, P. Dalmuisiana
is a free-blooming plant with rosy or purplish flow-
ers. H. D. Darlington writes that he has received
it under three or four different names, and adds: "It
makes a good pot-plant, but is somewhat bare of foliage.
It blooms from the ends of the ripened growth. It can
be had in flower almost any time. The odd color and
shape of the flowers, and its free blooming, make it
very attractive. It roots only fairly well from cuttings.
Usually it propagates better by layering. Put in rich
loam with well-rotted manure. It will stand consider-
able frost."
A. Plants hardy.
B. Fls. showy, X-/4 in. long.
C. Keel beautifully fringed paucifolia
cc. Keel merely 4-lobed Chamaebuxus-
BB. Pis. not showy.
c. Inflorescence a spike: fls. not
pedicelled Senega
cc. In'lorescence a rar,i,i,:: fls.
pedicelled polygama
AA. Plants tender.
B. Sabit shrubby, erect, 2-i ft. high m-
c. Lvs. opposite oppositifolia
cc. I/vs, alternate.
D. Lateral petals 2-cut myrtifolia
DD. Lateral petals not Z-eut virgata
apopetala
BB. Habit dwarf, 1 ft. or less high amatymbica
paucifdlia, Willd. Flowering Wintergreek. Gay-
wings. Fringed Milkwort. Fringed Polygala. Fig.
1875. Trailer, 3-6 in. high: upper lvs. clustered, ovate,
1'.,' in. long; lower lvs. distant, small and becoming
mere bracts at the base: fls. bright rosy purple, vary-
ing to white, 1-4 in the axils of the upper lvs. or appear-
ing terminal. May, June. New Brunswick to Winni-
peg, and Ga. Prefers moist woods and sphagnum bogs.
B.M. 2852 (petals white). B.B. 2:361.— Var. Alba was
once offered by F. G. Pratt, Concord, Mass., where it
grows wild. One sometimes finds violet-fld. forms.
The species bears cleistogamous fls.
Chamaebuxus, Linn. Bos-leaved Milkwort. Ever-
green trailer: upper lvs. lanceolate or elliptical, mucro-
nate; lower lvs. smaller, obovate: peduncles axillary
and terminal, about 2-fld. : fls. as many as 10 on a stalk,
typically yellow, more or less reddish toward the end of
the keel; stamens united only at the base. April-June.
Europe, low heaths and woods to highest Alps. L.B.C.
6:593. B.M. 316 (wings white: petals white at base,
yellow or red at tip).-Var. purpiirea has purple wings,
set off by yellow petals. Gn. 13:109; 30:.557 (charming:
wings rosy pink).
S6nega, Linn. Seneca Snakeroot. Mountain Flax.
Height 1 ft. or less: lvs. 1-2 in. long: fls. white or
greenish, VA lines long; crest small, few-lobed. May,
June. Rocky woods, New Brunswick to Rockies, south
N.C.toMo. B.B. 2:360. L.B.C. 14:1380. B.M. 1051.-
Bears no underground flowers.
polygama, Walt. Height 1 ft. or less: lvs. 1 in. or less
lont;: tls. purple or rose, rarely nearly white, 2-3 lines
long; crest relativelv large, laciniate. June, July. Dry
soil, Nova Scotia to Lake of the Woods, south Fla.
to Tex. B.B. 2:360. — Bears numerous underground
oppositifdlia, Linn. Probably the only species in the
genus with opposite lvs.; an abnormal thing in the
whole family. Tall, slender shrub: racemes few-fld.:
fls. large, purplish. S. Afr. — Harvey gives 8 botanical
varieties, of which probably the commonest in cult, is
Yar. cordita, Harv. (P. cordifdlia, Thunb., not PresL).
Glabrous or downy: lvs. broadly cordate, acute or acu-
minate. For pictures of the species and its vars.. see
B.M. 492; 2438. B.R.8:636; 14:1146, and L.B.C. 12:1189
(all under various names).
myrtifblia, Linn. Readily told from P. virgata, its
inflorescence being a few-fld., leafy raceme, while that
of P. virgata is many-fld. and leafless. Densely-
POLYGALA
branched shrub, 3-8 ft. high, with large, showy fls. near
the ends of tlie branches: Ivs. flat, variable in shape,
but not subulate: lateral petals 2-lobed, the posterior
lobe ear-shaped, reflexed S. Africa. —Var. ^andiflbra,
Hook {P grandtfldia Hoit and L B C 13 1227 not
i-J-^ i^}
POLTGONATUM
1391
1875 Polygala pauctfoha
Walt ) Fls over :
P Diilmai>,id>ia w
above
virgita, Thunb. Glabrous shrub, 2-5 or even 1.5 ft.
high, with rod-like branches terminating: in many-fld.,
leafless racemes of purple or flesh-colored fls. : anterior
sepals distinct: wings obtuse. S. Afr. — The typical
form is advertised in S. Calif., but in Eu. probably the
only form cult, is var. specidsa. Haw. {P. specidsa,
Sims). Glabrous: lower Ivs. obovate or cuneate, upper
more linear, all obtuse: raceme long and lax: bracts
soon deciduous. S. Afr. B.M. 1780. L.B.C' 7:621.
B.R. 2:150. B. 1:43.
apop6taIa, T. S. Brandegee. Frutescent, 2-3 ft.
high: branches slender, pubescent: Ivs. lanceolate, en-
tire, obtuse, alternate, remote, short-petioled, nearly
glabrous: fls. large, pink, on slender pedicels H in. or
more long; sepals 4, the upper and lower small, equal,
cymbiform, margins ciliate, the lateral very large,
nearly orbicular; petals 5, separate, upper strap-shaped,
two-thirds as long as keel, lateral pointed, less than one-
half as long, embraced with the 8 stamens by the large
cymbiform keel, which is opened on the upper and
lower edge and not cristate, or appendaged: seeds 2,
large, ovoid, pubescent. Lower Calif.
amatymbica, Eckl. & Zeyn. (P. acuminata, E. Mey.
& Hort. (?), not Willd.). Densely tufted, erect, 3-6
in. high: Ivs. lanceolate acuminate, pungently mucro-
nate: racemes lateral, few-fld., spreading or reflexed:
fls. small, wings green, keel and petals flesh color to
purple; keel with a many-parted crest. S. Afr.-P.
acuminata ot the trade is probably not P. (U-itmiiiata,
Willd., which is Budiera acuminata. Badiera diflfers
from Polygala in having 2 of the sepals only a little
larger than the others, instead of much larger. \^^_ ji_
POLYGONATUM (Greek, )HffHj/-Jojii;(!f7.- probably re-
ferring to the stem). Lilidcea. Solomon's Seal. About
20 species of hardy herbaceous perennials of graceful
habit, their unbranched arching stems bearing pen-
dulous, tubular greenish fls., which are succeeded by
handsome dark blue berries. The name Solomon's Seal
is connected witli the horizontal rootstocks which are
scarred by the death of the annual stems, each scar
being likened to seal (see Smitaciiia). The stems are
leafy above, the Ivs. ovate or lanceolate, alternate,
opposite or whorled : fls. greenish or pinkish, 1-10 in the
axils. The genus is distinguished from its nearest allies
by the c\hndrical perianth tube -n ith short lobes and
small undivided stj le The species are natives
of the north temperate zone.
Polygonatums are best suited for partially or
wholl> shaded positions though they do well in
the open m a well prepaied border. They
like a deep rich soil not subject to drought.
Easily prop by division Xhey are among the
best subjects for wild gardening. P. multi-
flo)um IS used abioad considerably for forc-
ing and for house pi mts Our native species
aie lie uunl Ij c |u illj desirable for all pur-
pi) H 111 V I ,„ ,1 Seal of English literature
li I II If I I ^^ Inch IS probably the com-
mune t I 1 11 lint toEuiope. Therearesev-
eralHimala>anau 1 I apauese species. Thecom-
Solomon s Seal of our nurseries is the
Euiopean P multiflotum the American kinds
being listed only b> specialists in native plants.
here described are offered by Dutch
bulb groweis For extended articles on the forc-
ing of P multiflonim see Gn. 26, p. 236 (or V.
7 337), 30 p 49, and F R 3:594.
A Li \ all uhorled.
verticiUatum All Stem 2-3 ft. high: Ivs. in
3-bin long: fls. in 2's or
3 s Eu HimiUxis P macrophi/llum,Ijiiik.,
IS perh ips i di tmtt var with more robust
habit and largei h s
AA iis altunnte.
B PLiianth 2-Stim^ thick.
I Height 1-PA ft fh 1 o, 2 in the axils.
officinslle All Lvs oblong 2-3 n. long, firmer than
those of P miiViflnium perianth segments greenish.
Eu., Siberia. P. ambiguum, Link., is offered as a dis-
tinct form by Krelage.
CO. Height 2-4 ft.: fls. 1-i in the axils.
latifaiium, Desf. (P. TJiunbergi, C. Morr.). Lvs. ob-
long, 3-6 in. long : perianth-segment greenish. Eu.,
Asia. — Intermediaie in habit between P. officinale and
mnltiflonim but with earlier fls.
BB. Perianth 1%-S lines thick.
c. Plant glabrous.
D. Filaments densely pilose.
multiflfirum, All. Pig. 1876. Height 2-3 ft. : lvs. ob-
long, 3-6 in. long : perianth-tube white ; segments
greenish. Eu., N. Asia. Himalayas. Gn. 26, p. 236; 30,
" flore roseo, Hort., has rosy
be varieties with double fls.
and variegated foliage. The type seems to be more
graceful than the varieties. This is the common Solo-
mon's Seal of Europe, where it is also called Lady's
Seal and David's Harp.
1392
POLYGONATUM
DD. Filaments somewhat flattened, smooth, not
routjhened.
gigant^um, Dietr. Taller and more robust than P.
biftorum, 1-8 ft. high: Ivs. lH-6 in. long, 'S-i in. wide:
fls. 1-8 in the axils. May-July. Moist woods, Rhode
Island to Manitoba, south Ga., La., to New Mex. and
Utah.
cc. Plant with Ivs. pubeseent beneath.
WfI6rum, Ell. Height 8 in.-3 ft.: Ivs. 2-4 in. long,
\i-2 in. wide: fl.s. often 2 in axils, sometimes 1-4.
April-Julv. Woods, New Brunswick to Mich., south to
Fla. Mn.8:49. W. M.
POLYGONfiLLA (diminutive of Polygonum). Polii-
gont'irew. About 7 species of American plants closely
allied to Polygonum and of no horticultural
standing. P. parvifolia was offered by Gil-
lett in 1881, but it is probably not hardy
north. The genus differs from Polygonum
in having only the inner sepals erect and
the calyx enlarged in fruit, while in Poly-
gonum all the sepals are erect and the calyx
is not enlarged in fruit.
parvifdlla, Michx. Diffuse shrub:
Ivs. wedge-shaped, vertical, those
on sterile shoots imbricated: ra-
cemes }i-l in. long, very numerous,
in an oblong or corymbose panicle:
fls. white, yellowish or rose color;
filaments all alike; stigmas nearly
sessile. Aug., Sept. Dry sandy
soil, Fla. to N. C.
POLYGONUM
Persicaria, 4
Baldschuanicum, 2.
Brunonis, 9.
cilinode, 1.
eompactimi, 11.
cuapidatum, 11.
elegans. 5. pumilum, 6.
Hartwrightii, 7. Sachalinense, 1
lanigermn, 8. Sieholdi, 11.
multiflorum, 10 and speciosum, 10.
suppl. list. variegatum. 3.
orientale. 3. Zuccarinii, 11.
oxyphyllum, 10.
1877. Common Doorweed or Knotweed. the details enlarged
—Polygonum aviculare.
POL'5'GONUM (Greek for niani/ -jointed). Polygo-
ndtcem. .Tointweed. Knotweed. Mostly herbs, annual
or perennial, with small flowers in racemes, spikes or
heads (sometimes solitary). Flowers apetalous; calyx
gamosepalous, 4-5-parted; stamens 5-9, s
serted: ovary 1-loculed, with 2-3-parted style or stig
(latter capitate), ripening into a triangular or
lenticular akene. Above each joint, the stem is
prominently sheathed. Polygonum is closely
allied to Rumex, the docks, and also to Fago-
pyrum, the buckwheats. Rumex differs in uni-
formly having a 6-parted calyx, some of the
lobes often bearing a grain-like tubercle on the
back, the stigmas tufted. Fagopyrum differs in having
an akene surpassing the calyx and in details of the
emhrvo. Most Polygonums are weedy plants, and only
B very small proportion are of merit for cultivation.
One of the commonest species is the Doorweed (Fig.
1877), Poliiqonum aviculare. It is a decumbent wiry
small-leaved annual or perennial, growing along walks
and in other hard, dry soil, where it makes a sod-like
mat. The axillary flowers are very small, and seldom
seen by others than botanists. Other Polygonums are
the common Smartweeds of swales and damp grounds.
For monograph of Polygonum, see Meisner, DC. Prodr.
14 (18,'J6). For our native and introduced species, see
Small, "Monograph of the North American species of
the genus Polygonum," in Mem. Dept. Bot. Columbia
College, 1895. The species are perhaps 200, of very
wide distribution from arctic to tropica! countries.
Most of the cultivated Polygonums are hardy border
plants, requiring no special skill or care. They are prop-
agated by seed and division, chiefly the latter. Some
of the cultivated kinds are annual, as P. orientale, and
this species is the only one that is known as a familiar
flower-garden plant in this country. Several of the
species are amphibious and are quite useful for bog
gardens.
A. Plant twining.
1. cilinbde, Michx. Slender somewhat downy climber,
mostly perennial : Ivs. cordate-ovate to ovate-lanceolate,
more or less angular or halberd-shaped at base: stem
bearing a ring of retrorse bristles at the base of each
sheath (whence the specific name): fls. white, in loose-
panicled racemes from the upper axils. Nova Scotia
south and west. — Sold as a cover plant for rocks and as
a (Jenizen of shrub-masses.
2. BaldBchuAnicum, Regel. Tall perennial climber be-
coming woody at the base: Ivs. cordate-oval or hastate,
acuminate, slender-petioled: fls. small but very numer-
ous in terminal erect ordrooping panicles, rose-colored:
fruiting calyx small, 3-sided, at first whitish and then
becoming rose-colored: akene shining black. Bokhara.
G.C. in. 16: 656; 21:17. Gn. 55, p. 454. Gng. 5: 181. B.M.
7544. — Offered by one American dealer and listed in
the American catalogues of European dealers. De-
scribed as a very vigorous and decorative hardy plant,
climbing 20 ft. high. It was first described by Regel
in 1884:
AA. Plant erect, oral Z.o.-/ «"' ■■}: mhinr).
B. Annual plants of erect h<ih,i. i.. !■■ i,. 'it, das flower-
garden Sill.j, ■ Is.
3. orientile, Linn. Princes 1 iatitkr. Kiss-me-
OVER-THE-GAEDEN-GATE. Fig. 1878. Tall-growing, much
branched above, hairy : Its. large, ovate or cordate-
ovate or broad-oblong, acuminate: sheaths short, cili-
ate and sometimes bordered at the summit: fls. bright
pink, in close, cylindrical spikes that are arranged in
open panicles, the stamens 7 and the akene lenticular.
India. B.M. 213. -An attractive old-fashioned plant
growing as high as the fence. It is most easy of culti-
In fact ■
1878 Polygonum orientale (>
POLYGONUM
varieties, as var. variegitum, Hort.,with foliage marked
with vellowish white, and var. ptimilum, Hort., with
compact haljit and the stature half that of the type.
4. Persicaria, Linn. Lady's Thumb. Fig. 1879. One
of the Smartweeds, but sold by seedsmen as a suitable
plant for backgrounds; glabrous or nearly so, erector
somewhat diffuse, 1-2 ft. tall: Ivs. lance-
olate to linear-lanceolate, slightly cili-
ate, usually with a triangular or cres-
cent-shaped spot near the middle of the
blade ( whence the name Lady's Thumb ) :
sheaths short, hairy on the margin : tls.
in short spikes, pink or greenish purple,
the stamens 6 and the akene lenticular
or triquetrous. Ku. — Naturalized every-
where about dwellings.
5. arenirium, Waldst. & Kit. (P. He-
gaiis, Ten.). Dwarf species with slen-
der wiry branches and long internodes:
Ivs. small, linear-lanceolate, l-nerved,
bearing great numbers of little whitish
Hs. along the stem, the terminal clusters
leafless. S. Eu.-Offered in Calif., for
rockeries and bouquets.
BB. Perfttnial plants of various liahit,
Hsualli/ with strong rootstocks.
c. yalh;' xmartwint-like plants, some-
tiiins i.ffrnil for naturalising in
POLYGONUJl
1393
1879.
Lady's Thumb
— Polyeonum
llueh reduced.
6. amphibium, Linn. Much spreading
id creeping, rooting at the joints, at
■st more or less pubescent but be-
coming glabrous with age: Ivs. rather thickish and
large, oblong, elliptic or lance-elliptic, mostly obtuse or
very nearly so: sheaths short, usually not fringed or
bordered at the summit: tls. light ro.secolored, in a
short, dense, terminal spike, the stamens 5 and ex-
serted, and the akene lenticular. In water or bogs,
across the continent. -When growing in water, the
floating leaves become long-petioled.
7. Hirtwrightii, Gray. Differs from the last in hav-
ing many narrow-lanceolate Ivs., bordered and fringed
sheaths, and hispid stems. Muddy places, across the
continent.
margin
long am
large, in
nd crenulate, long-acuminate : sheaths
ir la.-iTate: fls. rose-red or white, rather
liinu' peduncled spikes 2-6 in. long, the
i\MTted, the akene trigonous. Hima-
I u> KI.OOO ft. altitude. B.R. 25:46. B.M.
ileiit border perennial, blooming in mid-
tb.1t have been
laya, tr..iii il
6500. - An e;
summer. Some, at least, of the plant!
cult, as Mountain Fleece are a native
emersum), which grows nearly th
America, including Mexico
Ell. -Fls. while or greeniih
cemes planti not
(More or iess 1 i
11. Sldboldi DeVne f
Willd. P /
D. fVliole plant white-woolly.
8. lanigerum, R. Br. Stems thick, creeping at the
b.ise, but the tops erect and standing 2-5 ft. high, much
branched: Ivs. narrow-lanceolate and more or less re-
curved, acuminate, covered with down of the color of
olcl silver: sheaths short, not ciliate: fls. small, red or
copper-colored (varying to white), in racemes on slender
forking peduncles, the stamens fi. and the akene flat and
shining black. Tropics of Old World and, according to
Hooker, of America. K.H. 1801, p. 567.-Lately intro-
duced for subtropical gardening, and not yet tested in
the North. It probably will not endure northern winters
even with good protection, but it is readily propagated
each year from cuttings taken from plants carried over
winter for that purpose.
DD. Wliole plant green or grayish, not white-woolly.
E. Fls. pink or red (sometimej varying to white), in
erect spikes: plants grown for their flowers.
9. atflne, Don (P. Brunbnis, Wall.). Tufted gla-
brous plant, with flowering stems 1 ft. or less high.
from a woody prostrate rootstock: Ivs. mostly radical,
oblanceolate to spatulate to lance-oblong : sheaths
rather long, split or entire: fls. bright rose-red, in
dense, erect, terminal spikes 2-3 in. long, the stamens
8, the akene trigonous. Himalaya, at elevations of 9,000
to 14,000 ft. B.M. 6472.-An excellent little plant for
cool places, blooming in autumn.
10. amplexicaille, Don (P. oxifphijllum, Wall. P. spe-
eidsiim, Meisn. P. miiltifUriim, Hort.), Mountain
Fleece. Strong-growing tufted green-sterametl plant
2-3 ft. tall, from a woody rootstock: Ivs. cordate-ovate
to cordate-lanceolate, short-petioled or clasping, the
Y
1880 Polygonum Sieboldi (P cuspidatum) (X J^).
pointed, the strong side nerves uniting in marginal
loops: sheaths short and flaring, deciduous: fls. small
and whitish, very numerous in slender-panicled ra-
cemes, the stamens 8. and the akene trigonous. Japan.
B.M. 6.i03. R.H. 1858, p. O.il ; 1894, p. 54. Gn. 26, p.
317; 49, p. 238. -A very efffctive plant for bold mass
effects, perfectly hardy in the northern states, and now
frequently planted. It is everywhere known in the
trade as P. rnspiilatum. It produces clouds of bloom.
Var. compactum is cult.
12. SaohaIln6nse, Schmidt. Sacaline. Fig. 1881.
Exceedingly vigorous plants, spreading rapidly from
the tips of strong underground shoots, the reddish gla-
brous dead stalks often standing 8-12 ft. high through
the winter: Ivs. very large, frequently 1 ft. or more
1394
POLYGONUM
long, soft dull green, the blade oval-oblong, lJ-^-2 times
as long as broad, shallow-cordate at base, scarcely
pointed, the prominent side veins uniting by the ends:
fls. greenish, in relatively small axillary clusters, the
akene trigonous. Island of Sachalin, north of Japan, in
p. 394, ;
^
nt\
-^>;.^
and III. 14:159 (in fr.). G.M. 31:176. V. 17:161. -Re-
cently introduced (in N. Amer. in 1894) for forage and
for ornament. It is inveterately persistent when once
established, and may easily become a pest. For forage
it has little merit where other things can be grown, for
it is too coarse. For planting in rough places, where a
thick cover is required, it is one of the best of all her-
baceous perennials. It is perfectly hardy in the North
and seems to thrive anywhere. P. Sieboldi was once
distributed as Sacaline, but that species is much
smaller, with smaller, shorter and square-based leaves,
and with more profuse bloom.
POLYPODIUM
P. compdctum, Hook., is much like P. Sieboldi, but "dif-
fers in its dwarf size, decumbent lowly habit, small rigid
leaves, with waved margins, and strict erect simple female rar
eemes." Japan. B.M. 6476.-P. mulUfldrum. Thunb. Tuber-
ous-rooted climber, with reddish sti-ujs : h s. Lur.hite Dvate-
acute, shining: fls. small aixl \'.liiM-li in ^im.:!.!:]!^ i.,Miirl,.,s.
China and Japan. — P. phtt.j II ■ " ' i . rkia
Platyclados. — P. sphcerostarliw ■;. \ . 1 ittin.-,
from which it differs in tlie 'M' l.ose
spike of blood-red pendulous !l<i,,.i ■' nitii.:,i\:i r. M tis47.
-P. vacmiifdUum,WM. Rock plant allied tc P. :,ftiiif; fls.
bright rose-colored, in many slender spikes: Ivs. rather numer-
ous on the stems, short, ovate - acute : decumbent, the stems
2 ft. or less long. Himalaya, up to 16,500 ft. B.M. 4622. Un. 39.
p. M3; 43, p. 501: 45, p. 159. L. 2_ B_
POLfMNIA (the muse Polyhymnia). Compdsitce.
About 10 species of American composites, mostly coarse,
viscid and heavy-scented, the North American species
being perennial herbs, the South American shrubby or
tree-like. They have loose panicles of yellow or whitish
fls. borne in summer. For further description, see
Gray's Manual, Britton and Brown's Illustrated Flora,
CanadfenBis, Linn. Canada or Small-flowered Leaf
Cup. Height 2-5 ft. : Ivs. deltoid-ovate to hastate, thin,
deeply angulate-lobed; lobes dentate, 4-10 in. long:
beads few in terminal clusters, 4-6 lines broad: rays
minute or none. June-Sept. Damp, rich, shaded places,
western Ont. to Minn., south N. C. to Ark. B.B. 2:40.';.
— Var. radiita. Gray, with whitish rays sometimes
'2 in. long, is also offered by one dealer in native
plants.
POLYPdDIUM (Greek, many feet; alluding to the ex-
tensive rootstocks). Polypodi^cew. A genus of ferns
with naked rounded sori, and with the Ivs. jointed to
the rootstocks, leaving a scar when they separate. As
here treated the veins may be free or united to form
areolfe. The genus is a very extensive one, growing in
:ill parts of the world, and has frequently been divided
into a series of genera based on habit and the nature of
venation, which is probably a more logical treatment;
some of these genera, indeed, as Phymatodes and Phle-
bodium, have been here separated; the genus would be
more homogenous were others placed by themselves.
For culture, see Fern.
a. Veins free: Ivs. once pinnate,
B. Sori large, conspicHons.
vulgire, Linn. Wall Fern. Polypodt. Figs. 1881-3.
Lvs. 4-10 in. long, on pale stalks halt their length, 1-3 in.
wide, cut nearly or quite to the rachis into entire or
slightly toothed blunt pinnie. New EuKland to Ala. and
westward to Ore.; also common throughout Europe,
where many forms are in cult. Var. Cimbricum (Fig.
1884) occurs in New York and New England.
falcitum, Kellogg. Lvs. 12-15 in. long, 4-8 in. wide.
s, taper
-colored stalks; pinnfe
ing to a slender point, sharply ser-
rate. Calif, to Wash.
BB. Sori smaller: lvs. elastic, often
elongated.
Plilmula, HBK. Lvs. 9-18 in. long,
narrow lanceolate, 1-2 in. witle ;
pinnae numerous, narrow, entire,
blunt, the lower pairs scarcely
smaller than those above ; stalks
blackish. Fla. and trop. Amer.
pectinitum, Linn. Lvs. elliptic-
lanceolate, 1-2H ft. long, 2-6 in.
wide, cut to the rachis into horizon-
tal entire or toothed pinnae, the lower
ones gradually reduced to short, Rare,
triangular lobes. Fla. and trop. Sori about natural
Amer. size.
AA. Veins uniting, forming regular areol(e each with a
single free included veinlet.
c. Lvs. simple, undivided.
vacclniifdlinm, Langs & Fisch. Lvs. of 2 sorts rising
from slender, wide-creeping rootstocks ; sterile lvs.
roundish or elliptic; sporophylls linear or ligulate, with
large sori in a single row. Tropical Amer., from tha
West Indies southward.
POLTPODIUM
CO. Irtis. pinnate.
D. Fronds covered with flat scales underneath.
polypodioldes, A. S. Hitchcock. Lvs. 2-6 in. long, an
inch or more wide, with entire pinnffl; veins indistinct,
from the thick texture. Va. and southern 111. to Brazil;
aly growing on trees in the southern states.
POLYSTICHUM
i;f
^:^
ones which are more or less
pan and Corea.
P. at) renin. See Phlebodium
teris Dryopteris.— P. glaitcuin.
gonoplerum. See Phegopterii
cled
the
1883. Polypodium vuleare (X K).
DD. Fronds smooth beneath.
E. Pinnee broad at base and often confluent.
Califdmicum, Kaulf. Lvs. 4-9 in. long, 1-5 in. wide,
cut into finely toothed pinnae which are mostly confluent
at the base. California. — Has much the habit of the
European forms of P. vulgare.
Catharinae, Langs. & Fisch. Lvs. 6-12 in. long, 3-5 in.
wide, with numerous nearly opposite pinnae which are
dilated at the base, contracted just above the base, and
slightly enlarged and bluntly rounded at the tip; sori
large near the midrib. Brazil.
EE. Pinncf narrowed and distinct at base
fraxinifblium, Jacq. Lvs. 2-4 ft. long, 12-18 in. wide,
on firm stalks 1-2 ft. long; pinnae 4-9 in. long, with a
tough, somewhat leathery texture and entire margin.
Columbia to Brazil and Peru.
9ubatiricul6,tum, Blume.
Stalks 6-12 in. long, glossy,
from wide -creeping root-
stocks : lvs. 2-3 ft. long, 8-12
in. wide; sori in a single row
immersed in the leaf. India
to Australia.
AAA. Veins (primary) dis-
tinct from midrib to the
edge,connected by parallel
transverse veinlets form-
ing rows of similar
areola.
B. Lvs. elongate, simple,
smooth beneath.
PhylUtidis, Linn. Lvs. 1-3
ft. long, 1-4 in. wide, with an
acute point, and the lower
part narrowed gradually;
areolae in rows of 6-12, usu-
ally with 2 sori each. Fla. to
Brazil.— This species might
more justly be placed in the
genus Campyloneuron.
BB. Jjvs. ivifh under surface
Lingua, Swz. Lvs. 4-8 in.
long, 1-4 in. wide, the apex
often cuspidate, the base nar-
rowed or rounded; upper sur-
face naked, the lower matted
with reddish cottony brown;
sori in close rows of 4-6 each.
Japan to Ceylon. — This spe-
often placed in the genus Nipho-
A crested ormueh-cul
form, from a specimen
found in New Hamp-
shire. (X %.)
cies and the next
bolus.
tricuspe, Swz. Lvs. hastate. 2-4 in. each way, with a
central lanceolate-triangular lobe and spreading lateral
-P. Drydpteris. See Phegop-
See Phymatodes. — P. hexa-
P. Kerandreanuni. See Phe-
uscefblium. See Phymatodes. — P. nigrescens.
See Phym<-itodes.— P. Phegdpteris. See Phegopteris Polypo-
dioides — P. Phymatodes. See Phymatodes.— P. plumbsum is
a form of Asplenium fllixfoemina.- P. quercifbKum. See Dry
naria — P. rigidwlum. See Drynaria.- P. Swdrtzii. See Phy-
m.«odes. L. M. UNDERWOOD.
POLYPODY. See Pohirnliiim.
POLYPTEKIS (Greek words meaning mainj-n-inged
or featheri-d; referring to the pappus). Compvsitte.
This includes a handsome, rosy-fld. hardy annual known
to the trade as Pulafoxia Hookeriana. Polypteris is a
genus of 4 species of North American herbs: lvs. mostly
entire, alternate or the lower opposite, and lax corym-
bosely panicled heads of fls. borne in summer and au-
tumn: involucre broadly bell-shaped or top-shaped;
bracts commonly in 2 series, more or less colored and
petal-like toward the tips: rays wanting except in P.
Hookeriana: akenes linear to club-shaped, 4-sided:
pappus of 6-12 equal scales. Distinguished from Pala-
foxia by the colored tips of the involucral bracts and the
deeply divided limb of the corolla. Jlonographed in
Gray's Synoptical Flora.
Hodkeriana, Gray (Palafdxia Bookerian.t . Torr.).
Annual 1-4 ft. high: lvs. lanceolate, nio.stly :i-iierved
below: heads 1 in. or more across; rays 8-1(1. deeply
3-cleft. Sandy plains, Neb. to Tex. B.M. .^.'^'.i. -Hand-
some plant; sometimes treated as an everlasting.
POL'?SCIAS (many and shade; referring to the
abundant foliage). AraliAceo'. Large shrubs or trees,
glabrous, of about 8 species of India, Africa and Malaya.
Lvs. pinnate, with thick entire leaflets: fls. small,
usually o-merous (sometimes 4-merous), the calyx
truncate or toothed, the petals valvate, the ovary 5-8-
loculed, the styles usually of the same number and
distinct. Polyscias is allied to tropical Aralias and
Panax, and the culture is the same as for those plants.
For further botanical discussion, see Panax.
panicuiata, Baker (TerminAlia ihgans, Hort.).
Erect, glabrous shrub: lvs. pinnate, usually with 7
Ifts., of which the terminal one is 7-9 in. long, oblong
and obtuse, shining. Mauritius.— This is another ex-
ample of the confusion which arises from the naming
of garden plants before their flowers or fruits are
known. For several years this plant was supposed to
be a Terminalia, but now it is known to belong to a
wholly different family. Another example is Aralia
Chabrieri of the gardens, which belongs to the Celas-
tracefe (Elaeodendron).
pinn4ta, Forst. (ArMia latifdlia, Wight & Am.).
Leaflets orbicular, either nearly entire or with small and
remote teeth, the base heart-shaped. Malaya.— The
writer does not know that the Aralia latifolia of
gardeners is the above plant, as he has not seen it.
Aralia latifolia of the trade is described as "very bold
and rich in appearance; green and pale yellow leaves."
L. H. B.
POLYSTACHYA (Greek, referring to the many spike-
lets). OrchidHcea. About 40 species of tropical epiphy-
tic orchids, none of which have showy fls. P. luteola, a
native of the West Indies, has minute greenish yellow
fls. and has probably been cult, in America, but is not
worth while. Sepals connivent or subpatent, the lateral
ones connate with the short foot of the column into a
mentum: column short: flowering stems short, few-
leaved, pseudobulhous. See Orchid.
luteola. Hook. (DendrbUum polystdchyon, Sw.).
Height 6-12 in.: lvs. oblong-linear or lanceolate-oblong,
exceeded by the stem; lip 3-lobed to the middle.
POLYSTICHUM (Greek, many rows; referring to the
sori). Polypodiaceie. A genus of ferns mostly of tem-
perate regions with free veins and the roundish sori
covered by indusia that are peltate and attached to the
leaf bv a short central stalk. Tliey are mostly easily
grown and thrive best in shade. Some of the species do
J 396
POLTSTICHUM
well ia livinfr rooms. All the species have also been
described under the genus Aspidium. For culture, see
Ferns.
A. ills, simply pinnate throughout.
B. Lower pinnce gradually reduced to nit're lobes.
Lonchltia, Roth. (Anpidium LonclMis). Holly Feen.
Lvs. u-20
the pi
broadly la
falcate, the lowest trian-
gular. North Europe
and America, mostly in
high latitudes.
BB. Ijower pinnte scarce-
ly if any smaller
than those above.
acrostlchoides, Schott
(Atpidinm acrosticho-
i</es,Swz.). Christmas
Fern. Fif;s. 1885, 1886.
Growing in dense
crowns, with stalks 6-8
in. high, the pinnse lin-
ear-lanceolate, somewhat
falcate, andserrulate
with appressed teeth;
spire-bearing pinn*
contracted, with con-
fluent sori. Eastern
United States. - One of
our commonest species.
munittun, Kaulf. (.l.f-
Kaulf.). Stalks 4-12 in. long, chaflFy at base or through-
out; pinnffilong, linear-acuminate, serrate or doubly ser-
rate; sori in a single ' " "
gin. Utah northward
lepidocaillon, Hook. Stipes densely clothed with large,
heart-shaped scales: lvs. short, with 12-15 pairs of pin-
nip, unequal-sided, scarcely toothed: sori usually in two
rows. Japan.
AA. Lvs. with auricles of pinnce forming distinct leaf-
lets.
yivlpamm, F^e. Lvs. 12-18 in. long, 4-6 in wide, with
numerous lanceolate pinnte; lower basal margin ob-
liquely truncate; sori in 2 or 4 rows. West Indies.
AAA. Lvs. bipinnate in the lower I
c. Pinnules auticled.
-thirds.
pculeitum, Roth. (Aspidium aculeAtum, Swz.). Lvs.
2 ft. or more long, G-8 in. wide; pinnules twice as long
as wide, with very conspicuous basal auricles. Eu. and
Calif. -P. proliferum, Hort., is an Australian form pro-
ducing buds on the leaves.
angul&re, Willd. Lvs. 1-2 ft. long, rather narrowly
lanceolate; pinnules nearly triangular, two-thirds as
broad as long, more or less incised. Europe.
Brailnii, Lawson. Lvs. 18-24 in. long, narrowly ellip-
tic-lanceolate; pinnules 7-10 pairs to each pinna,
broad, the upper basal edge parallel with the rachis.
Eu., and mountain regions of eastern America.
e, J. Sm. {P. coriUceum, Swz.). Stalks 1-2 ft.
long: lvs. 1-3 ft. long, subdeltoid, the segments lanceo
late and bluntly lobed, the teeth not mucronate. S
Africa, S. America and New Zealand,
aristitum, Swz. Stalks scattered, 12-18 in. long,
scaly below : lvs. 1-2 ft. long, 9-12 in. wide, 3-4-pin-
POMEGRANATE
natitid. the lower pinnie largest; texture firm, glossy:
sori in 2 rows near the midrib. Japan to Ceylon and
^"^*''''''''- L. M. Underwood.
POMADfiREIS (Greek words said to refer to the
membranous covering of the fruit). Hhamnaceip. Here
belongs the Victorian Hazel, P. apetala. According
to Bentham this is a shrub 3-6 ft. high, but Von Muel-
ler, in his "Select Extra - Tropical Plants," says it ia
"a tree attaining a height occasionally of 60 feet, but
mostly smaller The foiiage is devoured with avidity by
pasture animals, often in preference to ordinary good
feed. The genus contains several other large-leaved
species." The genus is confined to Australia and New
Zealand, and 18 species are described in the Flora Aus-
traliensis. They are mostly shrubs with foliage mat-
ted with white felt beneath and very small and numerous
fls. in umbel-like cymes forming terminal panicles or
corymbs. Calyx-tube entirely adnate to the ovary, the
limb 5-parted, deciduous or reflexed; petals either con-
cave or flattish or none; stamens 5, the filaments long
and usually suddenly inflected and alternate near the top ;
disk annular, never very prominent; style 3-cleft,
rarely almost entire: capsule septicidally 3-valved.
apetala, Labill. Lvs. 2-A in. long, irregularly crenate
and rugose: calyx stellate-tomentose or hoary, with a
very short tube : cymes rather loose, numerous in much-
branched panicles : petals none. Australia. Cultivated
in California for ornament. See Buliiigia. yy jj
POMEGRANATE, the vernacular of Puniea Gruna-
tum, a small tree of southern Asia, grown both for
ornament and for its edible fruit. Fig. 1887. See
Punira. It is somewhat grown in the open in the
southern states, and al.so as a pot- or tub-plant in
greenhouses in the North.
The natural habit of the Pomegranate is of rather
bushy growth, but by careful training a tree 15-20 ft.
may be produced. This, however, seems possible only
in the extreme southern sections of the United States.
A great many shoots spring from the base of the
plant; these should be cut out, as it is contended that
they withdraw the nutriment which should go to the
fruit-bearing stems. The branches are slender, twiggy,
nearly cylindrical, somewhat thorny; lvs. lanceolate,
long, narrow, glossy green and with red veins; fls. with
a red colored, thick, fleshy calyx, crowned with bright
scarlet, crumpled petals and numerous stamens. The
fruit is globular, topped with a crown like calyx, and
the interior consists of numerous seeds enveloped in a
bright, crimson-colored pulp, seeds being arranged in
segments, separated by a thin skin, and very acid in
the typical variety. A cooling, acescent drink is made
cc. Pinnules .
Rich&rdi, Hook. Lvs. 9-18 in. long, ovate-deltoid,
•with 12-15 pairs of pinnae; pinnules deeply toothed,
texture coriaceous. New Zealand.
am&bile, Blume. Lvs. 1 ft. or more long, 6-9 in. wide,
with a lanceolate terminal pinna and 3-6 pairs of lateral
ones ; pinnules subrhomboidal, the upper and outer
portions sharply spinulose serrate. India, Japan and
East Indies.
AAAA. Lvs. more than once pinnate in the lower
iern— Polysttchuni acrostichoides
POMEGRANATE
from the pulpy seeds, with the addition of water and
sugar. This is much used at the South, and is espe-
cially grateful in fevers. The plant is injured by a cold
of from 8 to 15° above zero, hence it is not hardy above
the 34th degree of latitude north. For higher latitudes
it should be cultivated in tubs, and given a conserva-
tory during winter. For some sections of the South it
is used for hedges. The fruit begins to ripen about
September and can be kept for several weeks.
The Pomegranate is multiplied by hardwood cuttings
planted in open ground during February, or by layers
POMELO
1397
Pomegranate ( X }4)
ana also ny softwooa cuttings auring summer. As the
plant forms many shoots, these are often used, as they
usually are provided with rootlets.
The Pomegranate is supposed to have been intro-
duced into southern Europe by the Carthaginians,
whose Latin name of "Punicus" was thus given and
derived. We also find a reference in the sacred scrip-
tures. Theophrastus described it 300 years before the
Christian era, and Pliny considered it one of the most
valuable fruits, both as to its beauty and medicinal
properties. The bark of the root is a well-known as-
tringent employed in therapeutics, in dysentery and
diarrhoea; the rind of the fruit when boiled has for
many generations past been the remedy for tenia, and
a jet-black, smooth writing ink is also made of it.
The Pomegranate is a native of some parts of Asia,
and by some botanical authors is said to be also found in
northern Africa and China. Although of such ancient
origin and cultivation, there are but few varieties of
the fruit-bearing section disseminated in this country
and Europe, but, according to Firminger, several fine
varieties have been grown in Bengal from seed brought
from Cabul, one being seedless, another growing to the
size of "an ordinary human head," and still another as
large as a small shaddock.
Varieties Gro\vn for Fri
IT//./. -Willi :, Oi:M-p iir,,! ,,nlli
Spanish Jiiihy.-A^ -i
illliv;it.-a ill L.iuis
iana -
.-.-u,^ to he
only a form of tht- Sul.
'.TlV't
•ii;hi-.a,lored
with deepcrimsoiii'nll'.
'"it' i.r,,„si,I,.r'-it*tl
Dwarf.— A form "f tlu
v":,n'l^'.u'^hy
growth: fls. single: fr.
from I'.,--.' iii. in
; imlp very
acid. This can he emwn
inapot.asitfniit:
al.nn.lantly.
All these T.irieties at
e very oriiameiit,il
from
thfii- aliun-
dant yield of bright sea
are pre
Khtced upon
the extremities of the
yotii.g hraiiche.5 o
f the
same year's
growth. Wlien the pl.m
t is srnn-n in a tree
form, 1
:he branches
should he anuuuUy cut 1
liack after the leave
s drop.
Varieties Grown :
FOB Ornament (:
NON-FRUITING).
Dovhle Rfd.-With a
v.-ry large calyx, from wh
ich protrude
iii.t petals, larger than
those of the
. :,r.Tro.incedii
1 at>an(
lance dtiring
summfr :!■
Mlil.-ahrishtsca
.mpon.
Doubl. 1. ■ .: -.;;,
.1 1,. the above ii
1 shapi
3 of flowers,
but latter iir- .4 :, yu.
^..l low color.
Double Variegated, or Legrellei.—A very handsome variety
with very large fls., the petals being striped and mottled with
yellow and scarlet.
Double Dwarf, or Punica nana, racemosa.—Ot dwarl
growth, with bright scarlet, double flowers which are home in
clusters. This is especially desirable for growing in pots, as ita
flowers are abundant and lasting. p. j. BerckmanS.
POMELO. Also known as Pumelo, Pumelow, Pom-
pelos, Grupe-fruU. Forbidden Fruit, Fruit of Paradise;
by the French as Pompelmouse, and by the Spanish and
Dutch as Ponijielmoes. Pomelo is a contraction of
p<)»i»m we?!), the melon apple. Pig. 1888. This desir-
able fruit is botanically Citrus Decumana (seep. 324,
Vol. I). Macfadyen, in his Flora of Jamaica, made it a
separate species underthe name of Citrus Pnradisi (see
G. F. 9:163), but this name has not been retained. C.
Z)i'cu}itaH(i includes both the Pomelos and the Shad-
docks.
Citrus Decumana is a native of the Malayan and
Polynesian Islands, but is now extensively cultivated in
India, the West Indies, Florida, California, and in most
tropical and semi-tropical cotiutries. It is a handsome
tree, about 25 to 30 ft. high, with suberect branches.
Lvs. large, oval or ovate-oblong, crenulated, and usually
emarginate, with scattered pubescence along the mar-
gins; petiole slightly broadly winged: fls. large, white;
stamens 16-24: fr. usually pale lemon-color, either
globose or pyriform, the best varieties being about
twice the size of a good orange; pulp pale yellow or
greenish white. The pear-shaped form is not now cul-
tivated, and the very large, thick-skinned varieties with
coarse flesh are undesirable. One of the best varieties of
Pomelo or Grape-fruit known is grown in the hills of
Jamaica, and of late years has been very extens:>ely
planted throughout the island. It is a fruit about 16
inches in circumference, pale lemon-color, with smooth
skin and oil glands very noticeable but belowthe surface.
The pulp is pale yellow or greenish white, subacid in
flavor, or fairly sweet when the fruit is quite ripe. The
fruits are borne usually in clusters of from 3 to 15, hence
the name Grape-fruit (in clusters or bunches like
grapes), by which it is known in Jamaica. This fruit
commands a ready sale at highly remunerative prices in
the New York and other markets. Many varieties o'
1888. Pomelo or grape
rated, the
ityof these ha
Pomelo are r
originated in Californi;
The Pomelo is much esteemed as a dessert fruit, and
has the reputation of being an excellent digestive. It
contains sugar and citric acid, with much essential oil
in the peel. In Jamaica this fruit tree is propagated
from seeds, or by budding on the rough lemon stock.
It grows in company with the orange, and requires the
same treatment; it is not, however, so liable to disease
as the orange, nor is it so much affected by scale and
other troublesome insects.
139h
POMELO
fShaddock. — AUbougti botanically the Pomelo and
Shaddock are of one species, as known horticulturally in
Jamaica they are very different. The Shaddock is a
smaller tree than thb Pomelo, with larger leaves, but
the greatest difference is in the fruit. Whilst one is
an esteemed and valuable dessert fruit, the other is
hardly ever used, and is not exported. There are
two varieties of Shaddock, — one with a globose fruit
and flesh of a pale color, the other pear-shaped, with
crimson flesh. In both, the fruits are very large, often
weighing 15 or 16 pounds; the rind is exceedingly
thick, the vesicles are large and distinct, but the flesh
is dry and coarse, except in occasional varieties. The
Shaddock is said to have been brought to the West
Indies by Captain Shaddock.
Hog Sliarldnck. — This variety is very like the pear-
shaped Shaddock in appearance, and it is probably a
hybrid between the Shaddock and the citron, or the
rough lemon. It is of no value whatever as a fruit,
being intensely bitter, but it is used for the purpose of
cleaning floors to kill fleas, which are troublesome in
some houses at certain seasons of the year. The Hog
Shaddock is said to make an excellent stock on which to
bud Pomelo. \Y. Harris.
The Pomelo in Florida.— In no place in the world
has the culture of the Pomelo reached such perfection
as in Florida. Indeed, the improvement of the fruit and
extension of its cultivation in that state has led to its
establishment as an important commercial fruit. Its
cultivation as a market fruit has been extended from
Florida to California and Jamaica, and it is only in these
localities as yet, so far as the writer is informed, where
any of its varieties are grown on a commercial scale. In
most foreign countries the pear-shaped Pomelos, or
Shaddocks as they are more properly called, are con-
sidered superior to the round varieties, but in this coun-
try the industry has been built up with the round types,
varieties of which have been developed that are much
sweeter and of better quality and flavor than any of the
pear-shaped forms or Shaddocks. The good varieties
grown for the market in Florida are almost entirely of
native origin, though one fairly good sort— the Pernam-
buco— was introduced from South America.
In Florida the Pomelo is, in general, cultivated and
manured the same as the orange. The trees grow rather
larger than the orange, however, and should be given
considerable space. They are ordinarily planted about
30 feet apart. Pomelo seedlings from fruits of good
quality usually produce good marketable fruits, but the
differentiation of varieties has progressed far enough
so that advanced horticulturists recommend budding or
grafting in order to secure fruit of the best quality.
(For a short description of the varieties commonly
grown see Citrus Beciimann.) The Pomelo is usually
budded either on its own stock or on that of the sweet
orange or sour orange. Many growers think
that it gives best results when budded on
its own stock, and this is very extensi\ elj
practiced in Florida. The Pomelo is more ij t •-
easily injured by cold than the orange ^^ ^ "
and in the freeze of 1894-5 in Florida M "* '
trees in the northern and central pait i 1
the state were killed to the ground Sm
this time large plantings have been made i
southern Florida, and in a few years a mu
larger crop will be produced than ever I
fore. Considerable quantities of the fri
are also being produced in California
H. J. Webbek
POMME BLANCHE. P.ioralea escideul i
POMOLOGY (Literally, science of fnnts)
All those subjects, both practical and scieu
tific, that have to do with the growing of
fruits are assembled tinder the term Po
mology. It is synonymous with Fruit grow
ing. There has been an effort to divorce
the terms Pomology and Fruit-growing
making the former comprise the scientific
and classificatory subjects and the latter the
practical subjects; but such division is ar
bitrary and is opposed to usage. The word
POMOLOGY
' can no longer be held, when used in such
I, to designate merely the planting and care
of fruit-plants, for all good practice is indissolubly
associated with scientific knowledge and theory. Fruit-
growing is a more familiar and homely term than the
Latin (Tieek woid Pomology, and for that reason it has
some persons
fiu
however, that with the
ception
Prin
Po-
ological Manual," none i
lie fruit books that have
one much to mold public
I n known as Pomologies,
utwithstanding the fact
li It the greater number of
liLiu have given great at-
ution to formal descrip-
The
word that was used generically for "fruit." In later
Latin it came to be associated more particularly with
the apple-like fruits. The word is preserved to us in the
Frenchyowwf , meaning "apple, "and in other languages
of Latin derivation. In English we know it as pome, a
botanical term used to designate fruits that have the
peculiar morphological structure of the apple and pear.
This use of the term is explained under the article Pif-
rus. A pome is shown in Fig. 1889. The "core," inside
the light dotted line, is the ripened carpels; the flesh,
outside this line, is the thickened torus or receptacle, on
the top of which the calyx or "eye " is borne. However,
the root of the word Pomology is derived from the Latin
pomiDH rather than from the botanical pome.
The limitations of pomology, as an art and science,
depend on the use of the word "fruit." This word, as
used by the horticulturist, is impossible of definition.
Products that are classed with fruits in one country
may be classed with vegetables in another. To the
horticulturist a fruit is a product that is closely asso-
ciated, in its origin, with the flower. As used in this
country, a fruit is the product of a bush or tree or
woody vine, the most marked exception being the straw-
berry. Most fruits may be grouped under three gen-
eral heads,— orchard or tree fruits, vine fruits {of
which the grape is the type), and small fruits. Of the
orchard fruits, the leading groups are the pome fruits
(apples, pears, etc.), drupe fruits (peaches, plums,
cherries, etc.), and the citrous fruits (oranges, lemons,
etc.). The species of fruits that are fairly well known
in North America are not less than 1.50, but the impor-
tant commercial species are not more than 40.
POMOLOGY
Fniit-growing is the most important and charac-
teristic horticultural interest of North America. In
fact, North American pomology may justly be said to
be the best aud most progressive in the world if excel-
lence is measured by commercial standards, quantity of
product, and the quickness
and precision with which
scientific theory and discov-
ery are applied to it. Most ^ ■^ '?~ *
reraarkaltle examples of the » , -^^ < 1^
quick assimilation and ap-
plication of theoretical
teachings are afforded by
the readiness with which
fruit-growers within the last
decade have adopted tlir
ideas associated with tillagL-,
spraijing, pollination, ferti-
lizing and pruning. Yet,
great as have been the a*l-
vances, progress has only
begun: one advance l«ads
to another. Pictures of typi-
cal American fruit-planta- ^^ v, t ^
tions may be found under ^ ^' »^ ^
Crape, Horticulture, Olive,
Orange, New Vork, Peach,
Plum, etc., and others are
shown in Figs. 1890-1895.
• The American ideals in
Pomology are quite unlike
the European. The Ameri- This i
can aims at uniformity over
large areas. The European
gives more attention to special practices, particularly in
training of fruit-trees. This is well illustrated in Amer-
ican nurseries as contrasted with European nurseries
(see Nursery). The American merely prunes his fruit
trees in the nursery: he does not train them. The
American ideal in nursery stock is shown in Pig. 1896.
See Pruning.
In nearly all parts of the country the extension of
fruit-growing is the most radical change of base now
taking place in farming operations. This growth of
the fruit business is possible, because the consumption
of fruit is increasing amongst all people, the facilities
tor transpoi-tation have been improved, scientific dis-
covery has insured the production of good crops, and
because many other kinds of farming have been rela-
tively unprofitable. Unfortunately, there are no com-
plete statistics yet published of the pomological re-
sources of the United States or Canada.
Whilst the phenomenal development of American
pomology has been due in great measure to climatic and
POMOLOGY
1399
of the Cultivation of Fruit Trees" in 1817, and followed
by Thacher's "American Orchardist " in 1822. These
pioneer writings gave much of their space to orchard
management, with little mere compilation of descrip-
tions of varieties. Subsequent volumes, for nearly
■SPrnj
j^
-i ; iff H\^ ^
L-,
1892 Double plantiii
,0 be discouraged as i
g showing bush I
general practice, t
be successful when high <
1891. Young plum orchard, showing clean tillage and hlgh-
headine.
Some growers head-in vigorous yum g ti cs like the
•above, but others prefer to let them takn then nitural
course, keeping the heads open rather than thick and
close. Neither method is best under all circumst mces
See Priming. ^
economic conditions, it also has been hastened by book
writings. No less than fifty authors have contributed
books of greater or less size, either on the general sub-
ject or on special fruits, beginning with Coxe's"View
fifty years, were in large part compilations and coUa
tions of accounts of varieties. To this latter class
belong the works of Prince, Kenrick, Downing, Thomas,
Warder. It is only in the present time that we have
come to treat the subject fundamentally, by giving the
weight of discussion to principles of orchard manage-
ment. For further discussion of books, see the article
Horticulture. •
The evolution of our pomology is well illustrated in
the radical change of ideals within the last quarter
century. These new points of view may be arranged
conveniently under seven general heads:
1. The most important point of view connected with
our commercial pomology is the fact that there is a
horticultural industry as distinguished from a general
agricultural industry. At the opening of the nine-
teenth century our agriculture was more or less homo
geneous, largely because the extent of it was limited
and because there was little demand for other than
the few staple commodities. The horticulture of that
time was confined chiefly to a small area about the
homestead. A few vegetables, flowers and fruits in a
small plantation, with here and there a single green-
house, represented the horticultural effort of the time.
At the present day we conceive of whole states and
of entire geographical areas as horticultural regions.
I eisous now buy farms with the explicit purpose of de-
\ oting them to "the production of fruits or other horti-
cultural products. Even fifty years ago horticulture
\MS largely an amateur's avocation, but to-day it is one
of the leading commercial occupations of the country,
and the most important single factor in it, in America,
is pomology. With this rise of the horticultural indus-
tries came a demand for new knowledge respecting a
host of subjects which were undreamed of even as late
as a half century ago. The cotemporary progress in
pomology is largely a breaking away from the old
ideils. Those persons who are still laggards are the
ones who are holding to the point of view of a genera-
tion ago. Practices that were good enough for amateur
purposes, or for the incidental and accidental fruit-
growing of our fathers, may be wholly inadequate to the
new time conditions. At the opening of the century
there was practically no commercial orcharding. The
apple was grown somewhat extensively in many parts of
the country, particularly in New England, but it was
used chiefly for the making of cider. Small-fruit grow-
ing, as a business, had not developed. In fact, com-
mercial strawberry-growing may be said to have begun
3 A vineyard of Amencan jrapes (New York)
Pi ki»a crites lire showu lu the foieground
with the intioduction of the Ho\ey in 18i6 although
there were market plantations ot small extent alioat
some of the larger towns The commercial culture ot
blackberriea and rasp
berries, although it be ., ,. . —
gan about the middle of ^ ^
the century, did not ac
quire distinct import
ance until after the
reaction from the Civil
War. The very fact that
there is a horticultuial i^*"^'- ' •J'
our agricultural statu >.
2. With the rise ot
commercial pomolof,x
there have developed all
those questions which
are related to market
ing. The new market
ideals cluster about
three centers: (1) The
demand for special pro | ' ^ . . ~ .r*"
<lucts for special uses
(2) the growing demand 1804 Harvest time
for small packages, and
(3) the remarkiible evolution of transportation facili-
ties, and of cold storage. There has arisen an increased
desire for special grades and for particular kinds of
fruit. The fruits that were current fifty years ago may
not be good enough for the markets of to-day. Com
raercial pomology rests on the fact that more people are
consuming fruits. Many of these people buy only in
small lots for present consumption. They go to the
market often. They have no facilities for storing the
fruit, and they do not buy for the purpose of selling
Therefore the small package has come to be increas
ingly more important. Fig. 1897. Within the last
twenty-five years there has been an increasing demand
for a package that can be given away with the fruit
This demand for the small and individual package may
be expected to increase with all the better kinds of
fruits or with those that anjieal to the personal cus
tomer. This is true in all lines ot trade. Twenty five
years ago boots and shoes were distributed in large
board cases, but now each pair is sold in a neat card
board box. We are still too conservative in respect to
the handling of apples in barrels. In the general trade
and for the staple varieties of apples the barrel may be
the best package, but for the personal customer and
particularly with all the finer or dessert varieties, a
small package must come into use. It is, in fict
a question whether the bushel box would not be better
for even the staple apple trade. In most parts ot the i
■world, except in the central and eastern part of the
United States, apples are not handled in barrels. The
very fact that the grower must give attention to his
package as well as to the growing of his crop, forces
him to adopt a new point of view in his fruit-grow-
ing
3 Modern commercial orcharding has developed
the tillage ideal Under the old rt5gime the tree was
able to take care of itself and to bear a produce good
enough to meet the uncritical demands. Nowadays,
hone\ei the tieemust receive the very best of care,
t I » 1 lie iiinual crops ot great quantity and ot
tl I 1 I 1 ilit\ Iheretore the plant must be sup-
I li \ \ nil I unlmre of plant-food and moisture.
lu » wli 11 It was thought that the mere appli-
L th u ot eiieiiiK al plant-food to the soil would be
bufliLient to make a plant productive. It is now un-
derstood howner that plant-food is only one of the
requi ites of good growth. The soil must be deep
and loose and fane so that it will hold moisture and
promote all those chemical and biological activities
whith mike the land productive. In former times
the best attention in tillage was given to the annual
crops The orchard was usually in neglect. This
was because the fruit plantation had small commer-
cial mipoitince Now that the fruit plantation has
risen to farst importince, in many cases, it must be
gi\ en as good care as any farm crop. In recent
years there has been great development of special
tools and implements for the tillage of orchard lands.
Ctreater attention is given to the original preparation of
the land so that plant-
ers no longer ask how
large the hole must be
to receive a tree, but
accept Warder's advice
that the hole should be
as large as the orchard.
The philosophy ot or-
chard tillage, as un-
derstood by the best
teachers and for most
paitb ot the country, is
i (l)to prepare the land
' thoroughly at the out-
's t (2) to give frequent
^ f li lit surface tillage in
tl irlvpartof thesea-
11 I until the crop is
11 11 1\ or quite grown,
'' I and then (3)tocoverthe
^ tyl ^ ' '/ . >^ I land with some crop
that will remain on the
1 the apple orchard ground over winter and
can be plowed under in
spring. If the land has been well prepared it is not
to plow it deep after the first two or three
inless one is turning under a heavy cover-crop.
<s«#
POJIOLOGY
The surface tilth may be secured by breaking the top-
soil early in spring with a cutaway harrow, gang plow
or other surface-working tools. This may not be pos-
sible, however, on very heavy lands. The cover-crop
adds humus and protects the land from puddling and
baking in the winter. If it is a leguminous crop it also
adds a store of available nitrogen. It is possible, in
many cases, to use cover-crops so freely, particularly
of the leguminous kind, that the land becomes too rich
in nitrogen and the fruit plants make too heavy growth.
Usually the cover-crop is plowed under in spring at the
very earliest opportunity in order to save the soil moist-
ure. It is by no means the universal practice to use
cover-crops on fruit lands, but the idea has come to
stay, and the grower may adopt it or not as his judg-
ment dictates. In order to facilitate the economical
and efficient tillage of fruit lands, it is coming to he the
practice to devote the land wholly to the fruits. With
plums and pears and some other orchard fruits, it is
often allowable to use the land for the first two or three
years for annual crops, but these crops should gradu-
ally diminish and every caution should be taken that
they do not interfere with the care of the trees. Apple
orchards, when the spaces are 40 feet apart, may be
cropped for six or eight years without injury, providing
good tillage and other efficient treatment are given.
One reason for allowing orchards to stand in sod in the
old times was that it was difficult to plow beneath
full-grown trees. Those persons who desired to plow
and till their orchards, therefore, advocated very high
pruning. The difficulty with these old orchards was
the fact that the land was allowed to run into dense
sod. Heavy plowing in an old orchard indicates that
the plantation has been neglected in previous years.
Orchards that have been well tilled from the first do
not require much laborious tillage, and the roots are
low enough to escape tillage tools. In recent times,
there has been an evolution of tillage tools which will do
the work without necessity of pruning the tops very
high. Within the last ten years, at least in the eastern
states, the practice of tilling orchards has increased
rapidly. At first it was advised by a few growers and
teachers, but the movement is now so well established
that it will take care of itself, and in the commercial
orchards of New York state, at least, the man who does
not till his orchard is the one who needs to apologize.
On the Pacific coast, the importance of tillage is uni-
versally recognized, because of the dry
mate. The necessity of tilling orchards
new ideal on the poniologist; and when he
expense of tilling he feels the necessil
sufficient care in other directions to insu
returns from his plantation.
4. More and more, as competition inc
necessary to give attention to imiuing. 1
nately true that trees will bear without pruning. This,
therefore, puts a premium on neglect. The old practice
allowed the tree to grow at will for three or four years
and to become so full of brush that the fruit could not
be well harvested, and then the top was pruned vio-
lently. The result was that the tree was set into redun-
dant growth and was filled with water-sprouts. This
tended ahso to set the tree into wood-bearing rather
th.in into fruit-bearing. By the time the tree had again
settled down to fruit-bearing the orchardist went at it
with ax and saw and a good part of the top was taken
away. Tt is unw uii.l.rstood that the ideal pruning is
that whicli iiniii.s :i Hill.' i-verv vear and keeps the tree
in a uTiifuniiiy liialMiy and productive condition. The
pruning ot I ires iuis new come to be a distinct ideal, and
long as fruit trees are grown. See the article Prnninfj.
5. Now that there is demand for the very best prod-
ucts, it is increasingly more important that fruits be
thinned. The thinning allows the remaining fruits to
grow larger and better, it saves the vitality of the tree,
and it gives the orchardist an opportunity to remove the
diseased specimens and thereby to contribute something
toward checking the spread of insects and fungi. Thin-
ning is exceedingly important in all fruits that are
essentially luxuries, as peaches, apricots and pears. It
is coming also to be more and more important for apples
and for others of the cheaper fruits. In the thinning of
POMOLOGY
1401
forced
profitable
unfortu
fruits, there are always two rules to be kept in mind:
(1) Remove the injured, imperfect or diseased speci-
mens; (2) remove sufficient fruit so that the remaining
specimens stand at a given distance from each other.
How far apart the fruit shall be, will depend on many
conditions. With peaches it is a good rule not to allow
them to hang closer than four or five inches (sometimes
7 or 8 in.), and in vears of heavy crops they may be
thinned more than this. This amount of thinning often
removes two -thirds of the fruits. It nearly always
gives a larger bulk of fruit, which brings a higher price.
1402 POMOLOGY
Thinning is usually performed very early in the season,
before the vitality of the tree has been taxed.
6. Spraying of fruit plantations has now come to be a
definite ideal. Within the last ten years it has come to
be an established orchard practice; no good orchardist
spraj
he is without his tillage t
advised, the practice seemed to be so revolutionary that
great emphasis had to be laid on its importance in order
to induce people to undertake it; therefore it may have
been emphasized more than its importance justified.
This, however, is necessary with all new enterprises.
How and when to spray and what materials to use are
matters that will always be discussed, because the prac-
tices must vary with the season, the kind of fruit, the
geographical region, the insects and fungi to be com-
bated. Spraying may not be necessary every year, and
certainly not equally necessary in all geographical
regions; but the fact that spraying is necessary as a
general orchard practice is now completely established.
Fig. 1898. See Spmi/iiig.
7. Perhaps the most gratifying modern development
in our pomology is the demand for instruction in funda-
mental principles. Years ago, the pomologist was satis-
fled if he had definite directions as to how to perform
certain labor. He was told what to do. At the present
time, the pomologist wants to be told what to think.
There seems to be a tendency in horticultural meetings
to drop the discussion of the mere details of practice
and to give increasingly more attention to the funda-
mental reasons and the results that are to be expected
from any line of practice. Knowing why a thing should
be done and what the results are likely to be, the
pomologist can work out the details for himself, for
every fruit plantation and every farm is a law unto
itself.
Systematic Pomology.— The classifying and describ-
ing of the kinds of fruits is a particular kind of pomolo-
gical knowledge that is left to specialists, who are for the
most part writers. With the augmentation in numbers of
varieties, it becomes increasingly more important that
the most careful attention be given to describing them
and to assembling them into their natural groups in or-
der that similar kinds may be compared and that it may
be possible to determine the name by analyzing the spe-
cimen. Necessarily, all classificatory schemes for varie-
ties are very imperfect since the varieties often differ
by very slight characters, and these characters may
vary in different regions and under varying conditions.
Theoretically the most perfect classification is one
that considers characters of flowers as well as of
fruits, but such schemes are usually impracticable be-
POMOLOGY
The following is John J. Thomas' scheme for c
fying peaches:
Division I. Freestones or Melters.
Class I. Flesh pale or iight-cotored.
Section I. Leaves serrated, without gl.iuds.
Sectiou II. Leaves crenate. -ivitli glolii>se glands.
Section III. Leaves with reiiiform kIhihI^.
Class II. Flesh deep yellow.
Section I. Leaves erenated, with Klolmst. glumls
Section II. Leaves with reniform glands.
Division II. Clingstones or Paviks.
Class I. Flesh pale or light-colored.
Section I. Leaves serrated, without glands.
Sectiou II. Leaves crenate, with globose glands
Section III. Leaves with reniform glands.
Class n. Flesh deep yellow.
Section I. Leaves serrate, without glands.
Section II. Lieaves with reniform glands.
Class m. Flesh purplish crimson.
Section I. Glands reniform.
Following is John A. Warder's schenn' for ,Li--i
apples, adopted "after a long and cart_'tul r.Mi-i N i
and study of this subject." See Fig. IMi'.'.
Class I. 0^^(7fc or «(i(, having the axis short.i tii.u, i!,r
Sul).-,i-i:tiuu 1. Pale or blushed, more or less, but self-
colored and not striped.
Subsection 2. Striped or splashed.
Subsection 3. Russeted.
Class n. Conical, tapering decidedly toward the eye. and be-
coming ovate when*larger in the middle and tapering to
each end, the axil diameter being the shorter.
Orders I and II.
Sections 1 and 2.
Subsections 1. 2 and 3.
Class III. Round, globular or nearly so. havhii; tin- nxial and
transverse diameters about equ;d, th.' imtM.-r ntten
shorter by less than one-quarter ot tin- hiii. i Th-- -iuls
are often so flattened as to look tnni.,ii.M, win n the
fruit appears to be cylindrical or glol.uhir (.l.hit.-.
Orders, Sections and Subsections as aliovf.
Class IV. Oblong, in which the axis is longer than tlie trans-
verse diameter, or appears so. These may also be trun-
cate or cylindrical.
Orders, Sections and subsections as above.
Robert Hogg's classification of Pears ("Fruit Man-
ual," 5th ed., London) is as follows:
A. The length from the base of the stalk to the base of the
cells greater than from the base of the cells to the base of the
cause fruit growers
the ^aine time For examples of classificatory schemes
thenaler nmj consult the various fruit manuals, but
the following examples will show something of the
range and method connected with the problem:
• stalk to the base of
.. L'.i:;.:!i. ii' ui th'.' base of the stalk of
f the eye equal to the lateral diameter.
I from the base of the stalk to the base
less than from the base of the cells to the
■n 2. Length from the !., . ■ < , t
-•■ lit the eye less than tin -.ii' i ,i -;■;. [im i,r.
"11.!. Length from the hu^. ul -.'nv .,ia;k l.
i^t' of the eye equal to the lateral diameter,
ii^th from the base of the stalk to the has
•iU equal to that from the base of the cells t(
Section 2. Length from the base of the stalk to
the base of the eye less than the latenal diameter.
Section 3. Length from the base of the stalk to
the base of the eye equal to the lateral diameter.
A stable and attractive systematic pomology
must give careful attention to the names of va-
rieties. In North America much has been done,
particularly under the auspices of the Ameri-
can Pomological Society, to simplify and cod-
ifv the ideas associated with the nomencla-
ruits. The latest set of rules for the naming
of horticultural varieties is that proposed by the Cor-
nell Horticulturists' Lazy Club, and first published in
American Gardening Oct. 1.5, 1898 (see also Waugh's
pamphlet on "Horticultural Nomenclature"):
1898 Various spraying rigs
FOB POMOLOGTCAL NOMK
Form of Na,nes.
variety of fruit shall cons:
listinctiveness and con-
nee. Pitmaston Green
nre neither simple nor
rop, Golden Beauty and
varieties of plums, are
:ts seedling, hybrid, pip-
written Mcintosh Red, Crawford Early
The name of no living horticulturist
a variety without his (
id) Numbers a
dients. to
(e) An
:sidered only 'i^ ttmpuriir;
variety is under trial,
a new variety should u
ir, or by the introducer, <
iscoverable local name, provid-
should
I to these rules without loss
of identity.
2. In the full and formal citation of a variety name, the
name of the author who first published it shall also be given.
(a) Names would then take such forms as the following:
Summer Quoon, <'nxp, or Sophie (J. W. Kerr, Cat.. 1894) ; or
America. Burl.:nik. Xrw Creations, 1898. p. 5.
(6) It i- . \piri,.,| ili;ii ^urh citations of names will be used
only in «'l,iii'ir;it.' wrnks i>n pomology, in scientitlc publica-
tions, or in i'D^.'^ u here iliey are necessary for clear diserimi-
ity.
3. No two varietii
subsequently published
(a) The term "group" as here used shall be held to desig-
nate the large general groups specified by words in common
language, such as raspberry, plum, apricot.
PHbliration.
4. Publication consists in the public distribution of a printed
lame and description, the latter giving distinguishing char-
icters of fruit, tree, etc., or in the publication of a new name
or a variety properly described elsewhere.
(a) .Sui li :t i,iiMti;iTi,,ii iii;i>- l>r i]i:ide in any book, bulletin,
report, tv, !■ .:i',:.,_- r i.<ii<>,iir;il, providing the issue
bears tli'' ^l !;■ "i '^ - |,ii Imi.:ii i,,n, mni is generally distributed
amoui,' li',: •■ ! \ i!ii u. ! I ill ^'n,\\ri-., and horticulturists.
There are relatively few special technical terms used
in the descriptions of pomological fruits. The greater
part of them pertain to the pome fruits. The diagrams
(Figs. 1899, 1901) illustrate some of these terms:
Spherical, nearly or quite globular, the two diameters
being approximately equal; cnnical, longitudinal diame-
ter equaling or exceeding the transverse diameter, and
the shoulders or apex somewhat narrowed ; orate, broad-
conical, the base more rounded; oblong, longitudinal
diameter distinctly the longer, but the fruit not tapering;
oblate, distinctly flattened on the ends. In Fig. 1900 is
shown the typical form of the pear, a shape known as
pyriform. In the true Japanese or Sand pears, the
fruit is usually apple-form. (Fig. 1680.) In Fig. 1901 are
shown special parts of the fruit: bashi, the depression
at the apex, in which is the calyx or eye; cavity, the
depression at the base, in which is the stem or stalk;
suture, or the groove on the side of plums and other
fruits; corrugated or furrowed sides.
If descriptions are to be accurate and comparable,
they should characterize all the leading or designative
attributes of the fruit, and to a less extent of the plant
as a whole. Many persons who are called on to describe
varieties have adopted "forms "or regular outlines, in
order that all characterizations in any one fruit shall be
comparable. The following forms, adopted by Professor
Craig, illustrate the points that a good description should
form . .
cavity.
TREE
GENERAL NOTES.
Specimens received from Described by Date
CHERRY .' Grojip .
cavity.,
basin. . .
flesli...
TREE
GENERAL NOTES.
Specimens received fro7n Described by..
APPLE
The sources of American pomology— of the species
and races of fruits that we cultivate— are chiefly four:
(1) Original or early importations of western Asian and
European fruits; (2) oriental types, from the China-
Japanese region; (31 the introduction in recent years of
fruits from the Russian region ; (4) the development
1404
POMOLOGY
o( native species. In the first group are included the
prevailing types of apples, pears, quinces, cherries, do-
mestica plums, olives, currants, some of the gooseber-
ries. In the second group are citrous fruits, peaches,
apricots, Japanese plums, kaki, and others, many of
them having come to us by
way of Europe. In the third
class — the Russian fruits-
are types of orchard fruits
of such recent introduction
amongst us that we have
not j'et ceased disputing
about their merits and de-
merits ; therefore a special
review of the subject is
made below. The fourth
class — the native fruits — in-
cludes the grapes of the east-
ern states, blackberries,
raspberries, many gooseberries, .strawberries (of Chilean
origin), many plums, cranberries, and a few apples.
Histories of these fruits may be found in the writer's
"Sketch of the Evolution of our Native Fruits."
Russian Fruits.— The Russian apples and their close
relatives, the Siberian crabs and their hybrids, consti-
tute the hardiest types of pomaceous fruits in cultiva-
tion. It was the demand for hardy varieties for the
northwestern states and Canada that led to their whole-
POMOLOGY
uted throughout Ohio, Wisconsin and Minnesota. It
would appear that during the last half century — which
practically covers the pomological history of the West —
the periodicity of "hard ' or "test" winters has been
more or less regular. When the normal or "mild"
Showing, respect
sale introdu
IQuU. The pynlorm shape, typical of the fruits of Pyru
Historical. — There are four varieties of Russian ap-
ples that may be looked on as American pioneers; these
are Alexander, Tetotsky, Duchess (Borovitsky) and
Red Astrachan. These varieties were Imported by the
Massachusetts Horticultural Society from the London
(England) Horticultural Society about ]8;15. They
were brought to England from Russia in the early part
of the last century by the executive of
the latter society. Dr. Hogg is author-
ity for the statement that Alexander
was cultivated for 50 years in England
prior to 1808. Robert Manning, super-
intendent of the test garden of the
Massachusetts Horticultural Society
at Salem, described these varieties
from home-grown American specimens
in 1839. Their productiveness and the
handsome appearance of the fruit at-
tracted attention. Through the efforts
of Dr. Warder and other western po-
mologists they were rapidly distrib-
1, ovate, oblong and olilate forms.
winter obtains, the apples of the New England states or
their descendants do not. as a rule, suiter injury except
in the colder parts of Minnesota. These mild winters
have followed each other with delusive regularity for
periods of ten, fifteen or eighteen years. Under these
conditions fruit-growers have been prone to efface from
their memories the effects of the last "test winter" and
have planted freely of the American type. With this
type have been usually mingled Alexander, Oldenburg
and Red Astrachan. It has been invariably noted that
after the visitation of an exceptionally cold winter
varieties of the Oldenburg or Alexander types were
usually unharmed, while Greening, Janet, and Baldwin
were killed. "Test winters "-the name has more or
less local adaptation in the West— visited the north-
western states in 18.'55-6, 1872-3, 1885-6, and lastly in
1898-9. Thus it is that Oldenburg (Duchess) has be-
come a standard of hardiness among apples in the
colder parts of the United States and Canada. Impor-
tations of cions were made by nurserymen and fruit-
growers between 1867 and 1875, but the main introduc-
tion was made by the V. S. Department of Agriculture
in 1870 at the urgent request of the State Ai;ricultural
Society of Minnesota, which began the aKiiiition as
early as 1867. This Importation consisted of yourn;
trees secured through the cooperation of Dr. Edward
Regel, director of the Imperial Botanic Gardens at St.
Petersburg. The trees were planted on the grounds
of the Agricultural Department at Washington. The
collection consisted of about 300 varieties. They were
taken charge of by the late William Saunders, superin-
tendent of gardens and grounds. All available cions
were cut and distributed annually for five years. They
attracted considerable attention in the colder apple-
growing regions. Subsequent importations of cions
and trees were made by the Iowa Agricultural College
between 1875 and 1880. In 1882 Charles Gibb, of Ab-
botsford, Canada, accompanied by Prof. J. L. Budd, of
the Iowa Agricultural College, went to Russia and spent
the summer in investigating these fruits. Large impor-
tations of apples, plums, pears and cherries followed.
In these later importations the east-European fruits
were collected without discrimination, and in most in-
stances have been erroneously regarded in this country
as authentic Russians.
Apples: Phamcteristics and Nomenclature. — It is
now very difficult to say which are Russian apples and
which German, Polish or Swedish. If we were to select
the Astrachan variety as a type of the Russian apple,
which in all probability would be a correct basis, only
1901. Illustrating special terms used
Showing, respectively,
POMOLOGY
a comparatively small number of varieties could be
grouped about it. But this is ouly one of the several
apparently authentic groups which might be erected
upon certain characteristics o£ tree. In addition to
Astrachan we might cite (1) Hibernal type: trees vigor-
ous growers, with open spreading tops, and very large,
leathery leaves. (2) Oldenburg type: moderate growers,
with compact, round-topped heads ; Ivs. of medium size.
(3) Longfield type: slow growers; branches horizontal
or pendulous; Ivs. whitish and woolly underneath.
The Longfield apple, now one of the most popular of
the Russians, is shown in Fig. 1902. (4) Transparent
and Tetof sky type: trees pyramidal; bark yellow, with
numerous spurs; Ivs. large, light green. (5) Anis type:
trees upright, spreading or vase-shaped; Ivs. medium,
veins reddish. It would seem reasonable to suppose
that the Anis family was derived from the Astrachan
type. The flesh of the fruit of the various types is very
similar.
These represent the principal types of Russian
apples. The fruit they bear iu this climate matures in
the summer, autumn or early winter. It does not ap-
pear that any of the especially hardy varieties of un-_
doubted north or east Russia origin are winter kinds
when grown in the Mississippi valley. Such late-keep-
iug kinds as give promise of commercial value jippear
to have originated in the Baltic provinces or to have
been transported at an early date from the countries to
the west. These types — the Synaps for instance — have
characteristically small leaves, slender twigs, and are
less hardy than members of the groups cited above.
The "bloom," or glaucous covering, of the Russian
apple is characteristic. It does not persist to the same
extent, however, under all climatic conditions. In east-
ern Quebec it fails to develop to the same extent that it
does under the drier atmospheric conditions of the east-
ern states. As additional proof that this pruinose bloom
is an immediate climatic effect, we have but to com-
pare the Colorado Spy with that grown in New York.
The smooth, thin skin and abundant bloom of the Colo-
rado apple is characteristic in a greater or less degree
of all varieties produced in the dry regions adjacent
to the Rockies, as it is of the Russian apples in the
more arid portions of that country.
The names of Russian apples are much confused.
There is no pomological society in Russia to assist the
fruit-grower in eliminating synonyms; on the other
hand, the factors conducive to confusion are strongly in
evidence. These are illiteracy on the part of the grower
and the practice of propagating fruit trees from the
seed instead of by grafting. Gibb says "nomenclature
in Russia is hopelessly confused. Different names are
given to the same apples in different localities, the
same name to different apples growing in adjacent
districts."
Fruit-growers of the West, realizing that Americans
should have a uniform system, at least in the nomen-
clature of these varieties, called a meeting made up of
interested representatives of the fruit-grower's asso-
ciations of South Dakota, Minnesota, Iowa and Wis-
consin. These delegates, collectively styled the "Rus-
sian Apple Nomenclature Commission," met at La
Crosse, Wis., Aug. 30-31, 1898. They decided that it
would be wise to attempt a grouping to be based upon
"family resemblance." In accordance with this the fol-
lowing statement was adopted: "The varieties here
grouped as members of the same families, while in a
few cases differing somewhat in characteristics of tree,
are so nearly identical in fruit that for exhibition and
commercial purposes they are practically the same and
should be so considered." It is to be regretted that a
commission on nomenclature should take such a radical
stand as this, because the characteristics of a variety
cannot be changed by voting to call it by the same name
as the other member of the group which it most
resembles and almost, though not quite, duplicates.
The trend of modern pomology is to preserve small
differences, to differentiate rather than blend. The work
of the future will consist in large part in studying
small differences with a view of finding closer adapta-
tions. The propriety of ignoring Russian nomenclature
and the rule of priority is questionable, but in a
defensible on the grounds of a confused
Russian nomenclature and the unpronounoeableness of
Russian names. The findings of the committee have on
the whole met with the approval of those interested in
Russian apples.
1902. Longhe
Cherries.— These, next to the apples, constitute the
most clearly defined group of Russian fruits; yet many
cherries commonly called Russian are in reality Polish,
Silesianor German. The typical cherry of northern Rus-
sia is represented by the Vladimir type. Fig. 1903. This
was first introduced into America as a distinct variety.
Later importations and experience demonstrated that
Vladimir was a type, not a variety. This type appears
to have been grown in Russia for centuries from seed
and sprouts. In this way a special class has been de-
veloped. The Vladimir type is characterized by its
dwarf stature— .5-8 feet high — its peculiarly rounded
and compact top, its dark red, meaty-fleshed fruit.
Koslov-morello is evidently a light-colored juicy variety
of Vladimir. The characteristics of the tree are the
same as Vladimir, although when grown from seed in
this country the seedlings exhibit considerable va
1903. Vladimir, one of the typical Russian cherries (X %).
Tlic fruit is somewhat tapering to the stem.
tion. The amarelles and weichsels of Germany have
been grown in Russia for centuries, generally from seed,
and have become specialized forms. Cherries of the
■Vladimir and Koslov-morello types are the hardiest of
1406
POMOLOGY
the cherries. The Vladimirs have not, as a rule, been
productive in this couutry. The fruit-buds appear to
be sensitive to cold and as easily injured as some of the
recognized tender types of cherries. Although the trees
are hardy, the introduction of this type has not extended
the area of commercial cherry-growing in this country
farther north than the regions already outlined by the
profitable cultivation of Early Richmond.
Plums. -The plums imported from Russia do not
differ materially from those of the domestica type in
cultivation in this country. The trees are probably
somewhat hardier than Lombard or Green Gage, but
the fruit-buds are subject to winter injury wherever
Lombard is uncertain. In the main they have been un-
productive. Among the most widely tested varieties are
Early Red, Moldavka and Merunka, all of the Lombard
type. See Figs. 1853-5.
Pears. — These are hardy handsome trees, but none
bear fruit of good quality. Where blight is prevalent
they are extremely susceptible; while uninjured by ex-
treme cold, blight kills them off rapidly. Among the
hardiest of the class are Bessimianka (meaning seed-
less, which is only partly true), Gakovsky and Touko-
vietka. These thrive wherever the climate admits of
the cultivation of the Oldenburg apple. The fruit
ripens in August, and rots at the core if allowed to
mature on the tree.
Apricots were brought to Nebraska and Kansas by
Russian Mennonites about twenty-five years ago. A
few of those named and distributed are likely to be
retained in the fruit lists of the West.
Russian niiilherries (Fig. 1904) have been widely
sold as fruit-bearing plants by enterprising agents, but
their use to the fruit-grower should be restricted to
hedging and the formation of wind-breaks. For these
purposes they are valuable in the colder and more rig-
orous regions.
Ptf,e7i(.s. — So-called hardy Russian peaches are sold,
but they really belong to Bokara or Turkestan. The
peaches of the Baltic provinces do not differ essentially
from the ordinary Persian strain in form or hardiness.
The introduction of the Russian fruits has given us
hardy types from which to breed varieties for northern
latitudes. In Iowa, Minnesota and Wisconsin this work
is under way. Seedlings and hybrids are appearing
each year, which may be considered valuable additions
to the fruit lists of these regions.
Literature. — But two books appear to have been
written on Russian pomology up to 18()8, one by Nicolai
Krasno Glasov, 1848, the other by Dr. Regel, director of
the Imperial Botanic Gardens, St. Petersburg, in 18C8.
The latter is called "Russkaya Pomologaya." It con-
POPE'S HEAD
tions of the Division of Pomology, Department of Ag-
riculture, Washington, and Bulletins of the Horticul-
tural Department of the Iowa Agricultural College. To
Charles Gibb, Abbotsford, Can. (Quebec), we are in-
debted for the faithful and accurate translation of the
names given in the collection imported by the Depart-
ment of Agriculture in 1870. This was adopted by the
American Pomological Society in """'
glabra.
John Craig.
ILily. Ifupha^
^^r
^.
i
1904. Russian mulberry (X K).
The plant is very variable in character of fruit and in shape of
leaves. See Morus.
tains a description of 225 varieties of apples, nearly
all of Russian origin. A wood-cut of each appears, in
addition to 144 colored plates. Gibb calls it "a grand,
good fundamental work." American literature on Rus-
sian fruits is mainly confined to three sources: the
reports of the Montreal Horticultural Society, publiea-
PONTEDfiBIA (G. Pontedera was an Italian botanist,
1688-1757). Pontederiiicem. According to Engler (DC.
Monogr. Phaner. 4, p. 531) there are two species of
Pontederia. P. cordata, with several varieties, occurs
in both North and South America; P. rotund] folia is
native from Nicaragua to Argentina. Perennial herbs
of bogs and ponds, with strong horizontal rootstocks,
short spikes of showy blue flowers and mostly cordate-
oblong or ovate mostly shining leaves. The North
American P.cordita, Linn., Pickerel-Weed (Fig. 1905),
is common east of the Plains region on the borders of
ponds and along the margins of slow streams. It is a
strong-growing perennial, standing in clumps and send-
ing up several strong stems (from well-established
plants) 2-4 ft. tall, each stem bearing 1 cordate-ovate
leaf-blade and usually several leaf-sheaths : fls. light
blue, somewhat 2 -lipped, with 6 linear -oblong and
spreading lobes, the middle upper lobe yellow-spotted
at the base inside; stamens 6, trimorphous; ovary with
3 locules, 2 of which develop no seeds: fr. a 1-seeded
utricle. Pontederias are well worth cultivation in bog
gardens and shallow ponds, and P. cordata is offered
by dealers in native plants. It thrives best in
water 10-12 in. deep. It transplants with ease.
Propagated mostly by division. It grows as far
there-
the coun-
2:196;
3 :336. For P. crassipes,see Eichhornia speciosa.
L. H. B.
PONTHlfiVA glanduldsa is a West Indian terrestrial
orchid with small greenish flowers. It was advertised in
1881 by E. Gillett, of Southwick, Mass., but it is prob-
ably not hardy North, and does not appear to be in the
trade now. It is figured in B.M. 842 as Neottia gland-
V\, \ Propagated mostly by division. It grows i
X k north as Nova Scotia and Minnesota, and t
XJt fore is perfectly hardy in all parts of the
*fc^ try. B.M. 1150. G.W.F. 45. Mn. 7:1. V. 2
POOR MAN'S WEATHER GLASS.
POOR ROBIN'S PLANTAIN. Erige
POPCORN. See Co™.
POPE'S HEAD. Melocactus.
POPINAC
POPINAC is Acacia Faniesiana.
FOFLAB. See Popidus.
FOFLAB, YELLOW. Lh-iodendron.
POPPY. Papiu;,-. California P. is Exehsc.
Celandine P. Shil.^iilionini. Corn P. /'uy-c/r. y ■;
Horned P. is (ilmt,-iuin. Opium P. is Pitiu,,-, r
feriiiH. Prickly P. See Ariinnoiie. Shirley P.
finest strain of Papaver Bhaas. Tulip P. I
mainiia. Welsh F. See Meconopsis C'ambrica.
POPPY MALLOW is CaUhhoe.
POPULUS
1407
POPULUS (.ineient Latin name). Poplar. Aspen.
Flora 20 to 25 soft-wooded trees of mostly small or
medium size in the northern hemisphere, and which,
with Salix, comprise the family Salic&cea. The Poplars
are dioecious, with both staminate and pistillate flowers
naked and in slender mostly drooping catkins in which
the scales are cut or cleft at the apex: stamens few or
many, usually numerous, on distinct filaments: pistillate
fls. comprising a single 1-loculed mostly sessile ovary
with short style and 2-4 often lobed long stigmas: fr.
a small 2-4-vaIved capsule, containing cottony seeds:
Ivs. alternate, stalked, mostly broad: buds scaly, often
resinous. The Poplar of lumbermen is the tulip-tree.
(See Lirindendrnii.)
The Poplars are amongst the easiest of all trees to
grow. They grow readily from hardwood cuttiugs, as
willows and currants do. The weeping varieties are
grafted head-high on erect kinds, P. grandidrntata
being much used as a stock. Poplars thrive in almost
any soil, although the Cottonwood is most at home in
lowlands and along streams, at least in the East. For
shelter-belts they are very useful because of their rapid
growth and great hardiness. In the prairie states some
of the Russian Poplars (particularly the form known
as P. Cerlinensis) are now popular, because they with-
stand the trying winters. The Poplars are also useful
for temporary shelter for other trees and bushes. In
this respect the common Aspen [P. tremiiloides) is one
of the most valuable of all trees in the reforestation of
American lands. It springs up quickly in clearings,
and during its comparatively short life holds the soil
and protects other vegetation and finally contributes its
own substance to the maintenance of the stronger
forests. In this way it has exerted a most powerful
effect upon the configuration of our forest areas and
upon the fertility of the land from remote time. The
same qualities make it valuable, in many instances, in
extensive ornamental plantings.
The fault in the planting of Poplars is the tendency
to plant too many and to allow them to give character
to the place. About summer resorts, for example.
Poplars and willows are used much too freely. They
give the place a look of cheapness. They are planted in
such places because they grow rapidly and thrive in un-
favorable conditions; but it is better to use thera for
temporary effects, allowing better trees, that are planted
with them, gradually to take their places. The legiti-
mate use of Poplars in ornamental grounds is the pro-
duction of minor or secondary effects. As a rule, they
are less adapted to isolated planting as specimen trees
than to use in composition,— as parts of general groups
of trees, where their characters will serve to break the
monotony of heavier foliage. The Poplars are gay
trees, as a rule, especially those, like the Aspens, which
have a trembling foliage. Their leaves are bright and
the tops thin. A few of them in judicious positions
give a place a sprightly air. This is particularly true
of the common Aspen, or Populiis tremidnides, of our
woods (Figs. 1906, 1916). Its light dancing foliage and
siher-gray limbs are always cheering and its autumn
color is one of the purest golden yellows of our land-
scapes. It is well to have a tree of it standing in front
of a group of maples or evergreens. Its whole attitude
IS then one of familiarity.
The Cottonwood is perhaps the best of all our Poplars
as a single specimen. It makes a noble tree, spreading
its gray branches far and wide. But like the Aspen, it
IS cheerful and restive. One is not moved to lie under
it, as he is under a maple or an oak. Its leaves rustle
with the lightest movement of air. The ripple of its
foliage recalls the play of wavelets on a pebbly shore.
The day is never so dark but the Cottonwood reflects a
flood of light.
Some of the forms of the black Poplar of Europe
are especially satisfactory for the production of lively
effects in planting. Of these, none is better than the
form known to nurserymen as Pn/iiilu.i rliijuiis. It has
a most pleasing light and tremulous foliage, the effect
of which is heightened by a twiggy character of growth
and a reddish cast to the leaf-sfalks and young shoots.
It is an elegant tree, and well adapted to planting in
front of heavier foliage in the most conspicuous part
of the grounds.
Some of the silver- or white-leaved Poplars produce
the most striking contrasts of foliage, especially if set
near darker trees. Bolles' Poplar {Popidus Biilleana
of the nurseries) is one of the best of these trees. Its
habit is something like that of the Lombardy. The
upper surface of the deeply lobed leaves is dark dull
green, while the under surface is almost snowy white.
Such emphatic trees as this should generally be par-
1907. A good clump ol Lombardy Poplar.
tially obscured, by planting them amongst other trees so
that they appear to mix with the other foliage, or else
they should be seen at some distance. Other varieties
of the common white Poplar or Abele are occasionally
useful, although most of them sprout biidly and may
become a nuisance. The Lombardy Poplar is probably
the most striking and distinct tree that is suited to
planting in the North. As single specimens scattered
here and there in mixed plantings, or when seen over
or behind buildings, it may be most picturesque and
satisfactory; but the tendency is to plant it too freely.
Fig. 1907. The very fact that it is emphatic is the
reason why it should be planted sparingly when artistic
effects are desired. The catkins, particularly the
staminate ones, are usually attractive, as they appear
in early spring; but they are of short duration. In the
following account, the species are distinguished by
characters of foliage and habit, as these are the features
chiefly known to horticulturists. The following sketch
includes all the Poplars known to be offered by Ameri-
can nurserymen. Some of the Japanese and Siberian
forms, however, are in need of careful study. One of
the forms known as "Japanese Poplar " may be referable
to P. siiavenlens, Fisch., a species which is united with
P. balsaniifera by some authors. P. snaveolevs is
native to Amurland and Japan. For literature, see
Wesmael, DC. Prodr. 16, pt. 2, pp. 323-331; Sargent,
Silva of North America, vol. 9 (quoted below as S.S. ) ;
Bailey, Bull. 68, Cornell Exp. Sta., from which the fol-
lowing account of the cultivated species is adapted.
INDEX.
acuminata, 2.
deltoides. .5.
nivea. 12.
alba, 12.
dilatata. 7.
Nolettii. 3.
angustifolia, 2.
Dudlevi. 1.
Ontarimsia. 3.
argmtea. 12.
elegans, 7.
Pannonica. 7.
Atheniensiji. 9.
fasHgiata. 7.
Petrovshi. 6.
balsamifera. 1. 3, 6.
Oraca. 9, 10.
Polonica. 7.
Bereolensis, 6.
grandidentata, 10.
heterophyUa, 10.
pyramidalia 1, 7.
betulifolia. 7.
puramidata, 7.
Bolleana. 12.
Hudtonica. 7.
rotundUolia. 11.
Canadensis. 5.
intermedia, 3.
salicifolia. 1.
candicans, 3.
Italica, 7.
SibiHca. 3.
canesoens, 7, 12
latifolia, 3.
Carolina. 5.
laurifolia, 3. 6.
Simonii, 4.
Caroliniana. 5.
Lindlevana. I.
tremula! 8.
Carolinensis, 5.
macrophylla. 3.
tremuloides, 9.
CerUnerms. 6.
monilifera. 5.
viminalis. 1.
crispa. 1.
nigra, 7, 10.
Wobak-y, 3.
Ter
B. Petioles terete or channelled {not flattened).
c. Branchlets sharply angled.
1. viminftlis, Lodd. (P. LindUydna.Booih. P.salici-
filia, crispa, Diidleyi, pyramidAlis siiuveoleiis, Hort.
P. balsamifera, var. I'iminAlis, Loud.). Fig. 1908.
Small or medium-sized tree, of slender growth and with
a somewhat weeping habit when old: Ivs. broad-lanceo-
late, willow-like, finely serrate, often crinkled on the
margin. Asia.— This is very like the native Populiis
angustifolia, which it represents in Europe, but is
readily distinguished by its angled or furrowed stems,
and less tapering and crisped leaves which are conspic-
uously finely reticulated and whitened beneath. The
color of its foliage is grayish green, and in this respect
it affords a contrast to the native species. P. angusti-
folia seems to be rather the better tree of the two, al-
though the viminalis has a more striking appearance.
cc. Branchlets terete {nr .':nmelimes grooved on strong
groirths).
D. Leaves long and narrow.
2. angustildlia, James. Fig. 1908. Small pyramidal
or conical tree (reaching 60 ft. in the wild), with slen-
der twigs and small buds, and soft clear green foliage:
Iv.s. small for the genus, lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate,
short-stalked, green on both surfaces, finely and evenly
serrate: catkins short, densely flowered : ovary some-
what 2-Iobed. Interior region from Assiniboia to Ne-
braska and Arizona, and westward. S.S. 9:492.- Com-
mon street tree in parts of the West, and sometimes
planted in the East for ornament. — A related species of
similar ranges is P. acuminata, Rydberg, differing in
having long-petioled, rhomboid-lanceolate, acumiuate
Ivs., which are serrate only at the middle. It will prob-
ably appear in cultivation.
DD. Lvs. mostly broad-lanceolate to ovate or rounded.
3. balsamifera, Linn. Balsam Poplar. Tacmahac.
Fig. 1909. Tall upright tree, with a narrow straight
top: Its. thick and flrm, erect, whitened beneath, usually
smaller than in most other Poplars of this group, in
shape ovate-lanceolate or oval, tapering towards the top
and sometimes at the base, finely and obtusely toothed,
dark green above, but whitish or rusty beneath: catkins
balsamifera (*>
drooping, slender but rather densely fld., appearing in
very early spring. Newfoundland to British Columbia,
and southward into the northern tier of states; Asia.
POPULUS
S.S. 9:490.— The native form is occasionally seen about
farm buildings and roadsides, where it makes a durable
and interesting tree; but it is rather too stiff for the
pleasantest effects and too narrow for the best shade.
The dull whiteness of the under side of the leaves af-
1910. Populus
fords a pleasant variety and contrast in its foliage, and
the fragrance of the resinous buds in spring is agreeable
to most persons. It is a desirable tree for occasional
planting, but, like the Lorabardy, it generally appears
to best advantage when placed amongst other trees. It is
a hardier tree than the Lombardy, and does not run
quickly to such extravagant heights. In cultivation
from Russian sources, it is known as Nos. 10 and 26
Voronesh and 32 Riga. The Balsam Poplar is probably
the most variable of Poplars. In cultivation in this
country it is represented by at least three well-marked
botanical varieties, differing from the species and from
each other in the habit of growth, shape and color of
leaves and character of twigs.
Var. intermedia, Loudon [P. lauritdlin of American
horticulturists, not of botanists. P. Sibirica pyrami-
diilis, Hort.). A comparatively slow-growing tree of
close, upright habit: Ivs. very thick and hard, finely ser-
rate, oval in outline, and prominently whitened beneath,
commonly rather small for this group: twigs hard and
cylindrical. N. Asia. — It is considered to be a valuable
tree for hot and dry interior climates; and it also has
distinct merit for ornamental planting. It eventually
becomes a large tree. The Popuhis hiurifoUa and P.
SihirU-a pi/ramidalis of American nurserymen are,
apparently, only minor variations of this type. These
trees are amongst the recent introductions of Russian
Popla
Hort.
latifdUa, Loudon (P. IVol/sli
. Fig. 1910. Includes forms ■
nd P. Wdbskij,
h ovate or cor-
-ovate rather blunt-pointed leaves, cylindrical twigs
(or slightly ridged on strong shoots) and the general
habit of the Balsam Poplar. Asia. -The Ivs. are usually
large and thick, shining green above and dull white be-
neath, in shape and texture somewhat like the next
Populus balsamifera, var. candicans (
variety. The Nolestii Poplar is now sold by eastern
nurserymen as an ornamental tree. Its strong habit and
dark foliage adapt it admirably to planting near the rear
borders of grounds. The Wobsky Poplar is one of the
recent Russian introductions, with somewhat the habit
POPULUS 1409
of a cherry tree, and is much prized in the Northwest.
The Rasumovskoe Poplar appears to be of the same type.
Var. ctindicans, Gray {P. candicans. Ait. P. Ontari-
t^iisis and P. 7nacrophijlla, Hort.). Balm op Gilead.
Fig. 1911. Strong-growing spreading native tree, fre-
quently planted, and esteemed for its vigor and hardi-
ness and the resinous fragrance of its large buds in
spring-time: Ivs. broad and heart-shaped, green above
and veiny and rusty-white beneath, the leaf-stalk usu-
ally hairy and somewhat flattened. New Brunswick to
N. J. and W. to Minn. S.S. 9:491. Gn. 29, pp. 125, 126.
— It is very different from the Balsam Poplar in method
of growth, as it has none of the pyramidal or spire-like
tendency of that species, but usually makes a broad and
irregularly spreading top. While the tree is common in
cult., it is rare wild. In the early days, however, it was
found in very large trees in Jlichigan and other western
states, and was used for sawing timber; and small iso-
lated natural groves of it are still to be seen. The
Balm of Gilead makes a good street tree, and is perhaps
the best of the Poplars for shade. Well-grown trees
have the darkest and richest foliage of any common
Poplar, and this character makes the tree valuable in
heavy groups about the borders of a place. The top is
liable to become open and broken with age, however.
1912. Populus deltoides below. P. laurifolia above (X M)
and the tree often sprouts profusely. It is not well
adapted to smoky and dusty locations, as it soon be-
comes grimy. Probably a good species.
4. Slmonii, Carr. A strong, strict tree with Ivs. dif-
fering from those of the Balm of Gilead in having a
rounded or tapering base and much finer teeth, but
otherwise they are much alike. The shoots are reddish
brown and spotted, and deeply grooved. China. — Int.
into France about 1861 by M. E. Simon, and somewhat
planted in this country. Some authors consider this to
be only a form of P. balsamifera, and if the Balm of
Gilead is to be regarded as a form of that species, per-
haps this should be. For horticultural purposes, how-
ever, it seems to be distinct. It has been planted as far
north as Manitoba with entire success. It is a very rapid
grower. Useful where quick-growing wind-breaks are
desired.
BB. Petioles usually distinctly flattened, so that the
leaves turn easily in the wind.
c. Leaves large, for the most part as long as, or
longer than, broad.
5. deltoides. Marsh. (P. monilifera, Ait. P. Cana-
densis, Moench). Cottonwood. Fig. 1912. Becoming
a large, much-branched picturesque tree, with deeply
furrowed gray-brown bark: Ivs. large, triangular-ovate,
mostly truncate or nearly straight on the base, ab-
ruptly acuminate, coarsely crenate-dentate but the mar-
gin plane or flat, the petiole long, much flattened near
the blade and commonly with 2 or 3 glands at the top,
the stipules small and falling early: catkins long and
loosely flowered : fruit an ovoid acute capsule. Gen-
erally distributed from Quebec to the Rocky Mts. and
1913. Populus deltoides, var. Carolinensis (
south to Fla., mostly in moist lands or along the moun-
tains. S.S. 9:494, 495. -Variable. Some of the forms
are fairly distinct in foliage and aspect, and they ap-
pear to be associated with particular horticultural
names in the nurseries. Some of the most ornamen-
tal specimens of Cottonwood are those with reddish
leaf-stalks and midribs. Taking all things into con-
sideration, the Cottonwood is probably the best of the
Poplars for general ornamental planting. It grows
rapidly and in almost every soil, and yet it possesses
elements of strength and durability which most of the
Poplars lack. Its foliage is always bright and glossy,
and the constant movement of the broad rich green
leaves gives it an air of cheeriness which few trees
possess. The tree has been much used upon the
prairies and in nearly all western towns, much too abun-
dantly for good landscape effects. The rapid growth of
the tree gives a feeling of
luxuriance to plantations
even when most other
trees appear to be weak
or starved. The Cotton-
wood thrives best on
rather low lands, and yet
it is generally an admir-
able tree upon high and
dry areas. There is a
golden-leaved form of
the Cottonwood known
as variety fan Geertii
or Tar. aiirea. This is
of the best of yellow-
■ 'ees, and gener-
throughout the season.
Like all trees of this un-
usual character, it should
be used cautiously, and
the best effects are ob-
tained when it is planted
against a group of trees
so as to appear as if
naturally projecting
from the other foliage.
Var. Carolinensis (P. CaroJinhisis, Willd. P. Caro-
Unti &DdCarolhiia>iri,Hort.}. Carolina Poplar. Fig.
1913. A very distinct tree in habit of growth, making a
straight upright or pyramidal head: Ivs. usually less
distinctly deltoid and more gradually taper -pointed
aved
POPULUS
than in P. deltoides. Native. -The Carolina Poplar Is
much planted, and nurserymen consider it to be dis-
tinct from the Cottonwood. It differs In strict, straight
appearance, and it is a most vigorous grower. It is
much planted in Europe, where it is known as the
Swiss Poplar. Its botanical position needs to be inves-
tigated.
6. laurifdlia, Ledeb. {P. balsamifera, var. latirifdlia,
Wesm. P. Certininsis, P. Petr&vski, P. BereoUnsis,
Hort.). Certinensis Poplar. Fig. 1912. A very rapid-
growing and hardy tree, with a strong central leader and
a very heavy, dense foliage. Differs from P. deltoides
as follows; Ivs. broad-ovate in outline, with a rounded
or tapering base and rather short point at the apex; the
margin rather closely-toothed, wavy; leaf-stalk com-
paratively short, only moderately flattened, glandless at
the top; stipules present and conspicuous: bud long:
shoots slightly hairy. Siberia. -The foliage on the old
wood or upon slow-growing shoots is very unlike that
upon the vigorous branches, and is almost identical
with that of the Balsam Poplar, being broadly oval, with
finely serrate margins, and whitish beneath. The twigs,
also, are cylindrical. But the strong shoots are strongly
angled or grooved and the foliage is much like that of
the native Cottonwood but darker; and the growth is
more close and erect. The sketch in Fig. 1912 distin-
guishes the leaves. The Certinensis Poplar is a more
rugged tree than the Cottonwood, with healthier foliage
in the presence of leaf-rust, and its wood is said to be
valuable. It is now much planted in the Northwest,
and deserves to be widely distributed. Its effect in the
landscape is considerably unlike that of the Cottonwood.
Its leaves stand out more horizontally, while those of
the Cottonwood hang loosely and often vertically and
therefore give the tree-top a heavier look. The terminal
spray of the two is particularly distinguishable in this
regard. The leaves of Certinensis upon the strong, erect
shoots stand almost at right angles to the shoot, and,
at some distance, therefore, present only their ruffled
edges to the eye, producing a unique and picturesque
effect.
CC. Leaves relatively small, mostly as broad as, or
broader than, long.
7. nigra, Linn. Black Poplar. Tree of medium
to large size, with leaves somewhat resembling those of
the Cottonwood, but generally smaller and much less
1915. Populus Tremula (X %).
deeply toothed, shorter in proportion to their width and
often with a tapering or rounded base; leaf -stalk
much flattened, so that the foliage moves freely in the
wind. Eu., Siberia. — The tree usually has a pyra-
midal habit of growth and a dark cast to the foliage.
It is a less lustrous tree than the Cottonwood and grows
more slowly. Specimens were found escaped along the
Hudson by Michaux, who thought it an American spe-
cies and published it early in the century as Popuhis
Hndsoniea. Pursh, in 1814, published it again as the
"birch-leaved Vo^Xstr," Populus betulifolin, trom trees
found near Lake Ontario. Although it was found half
wild in New York about a century ago. it does not
appear to have increased itself in America, for it is
POPULUS
rarely seen, even in cultivated groumls. It is some-
times spontaneous in the East. The tree known in the
West as Popnhis betutifolia is only a robust form of
the European P. nigra. Variable in cult, and grown in
European collections under a variety of names. With
the exception of var. Jtalica, these forms are little
kno
1916. Populus tremuloides (X K).
Var. 61egans, Bailey (P. eleijans of nurserymen), is
a tree of pronounced strict or pyramidal habit, but con-
siderably broader than the Lombardy Poplar: foliage
small and light-colored and very versatile in a breeze,
with a handsome reddish tint to the leaf-stalks and
young shoots. It is worth growing in every well-kept
place, especially if placed against a planting of heavier
foliage. Populus caiiesceiis of some American nur-
serymen is very like this, although it has less color
and brightness.
Var. Itilica, Du Roi (var. pyramidAUs, Spach. P.
ItdUca.Moench. P. dUatiila, Ait. P. fastigidta, Desf.
i'.pi/»-oi«i(7(i//s,Rozier. P. pummiditta , P. Panndnicit .
P. Poldnica, Hort.). Lomjsardv or Italian Poplar.
Figs. 1907, 19U. Differs from the typical Black Poplar
(P. nigra) in its tall, narrow growth, glabrous young
shoots, a confirmed habit of suekering from the root
and generally a more tapering base to the leaves. It is
one of the characteristic trees of parts of Italy, and it
is from one of the Italian provinces, Lombardy, that
its common name is derived. The tree is probably na-
tive in Asia, however. With age, the Lombardy Pop-
lar becomes one of the most striking and picturesque
of trees, particularly when some of the sprouts are
allowed to grow about the old stock, as in Fig. 1907. In
the northernmost states it is not long-lived.
Populus grandidentata (
AA. Terminal buds relntireiy small, not glutinous,
often pubescent. Aspens and White Po'pLuiRS.
B. Mature Ivs. usually green, greenish or brown be-
neath.
8. trimula, Linn. European Aspen. Fig. 1915.
Open-beaded, light-leaved tree, becoming 50-GO ft. tall :
Ivs. small and thin, round-oval, more or less whitened
beneath when young, bordered with deep and rounded
POPULUS 1411
incurved teeth; the leaf- stalks long, slender and flat-
tened, giving a restless motion to the foliage: leaf-buds
small. Widely distributed in Europe and Asia, in this
country known chiefly in its weeping form (var. poi-
rf»?«). — The weeping form of the European Aspen is
perhaps the best weeping tree amongst the Poplars.
The spray is light, airy and fountain-like, quite unlike
the more common weeping forms of our native Populus
graiididentata, which present a stiff, angular form, a
combination that is rarely pleasing. A characteristic
feature of this tree is the profusion of its very long
catkins that appear in earliest spring, even before our
native Poplars are in bloom. The staminate or male
catkins are particularly pleasing, and planters should
select that sex, if possible.
9. tremuloides, Michx. (P. Athenihisis and Graca,
Hort.). American AspEK. Figs. 1906, 1916. Very like
P. tremula, but the Ivs. are usually less circular and
more abruptly acuminate, the margins are small-crenate
rather than deeply toothed, and the Ivs. are green on
the under side. Generally distributed in North America
north of Pennsylvania and Kentucky, and extending to
Mexico in the mountains. S.S. 9:487.-One of the first
trees to spring up in clearings. The bark of the young
trees is whitish gray, rendering the saplings very con-
spicuous in a coppice. In woods the tree is said some-
times to reach a height of 100 ft , but it is usually much
smaller than this. There appear to be no horticultural
varieties.
10. grandident^ta, Michx. (P. Grleca pendula, P.
n)gra pendula and Parasol de St. Julien of nursery-
men). Large-toothed
Aspen. Fig. 1917. Tall,
straight tree, becoming
75 ft. high, known in
cultivation in various
weeping forms. Distin-
guished from P. trem-
u la by much larger and
thicker Ivs., which are
bluish or rusty white be-
neath, more ovate in out-
line, with larger and
more spreading teeth,
stouter leaf-stalks and
larger leaf-buds. Nova
Scotia to Minn, and
Tenn. S. S. 9:488.- In
its normal or erect form
it is rarely cultivated,
but the weeping kinds,
under a variety of names,
are frequently seen. Most, and perhaps all, of these
varieties originated in Europe, where the tree, like the
Cottonwood and the common Aspen, were early intro-
duced. The habit of the tree is too stiff and the foli-
age rather too heavy to make the best weeping subjects,
however. One of the best of these weeping forms is
that known as Parasol de St. Julien. The winter twigs
of the weeping varieties have a characteristic weak or
zigzag growth. -P. hetrroplnilla, Linn., a tall tree of
the eastern U. S., may be in cult., although it does not
appear in trade lists. It has cordate-ovate, obtuse,
crenate Ivs., with terete petioles, the young parts and
the Ivs. white-tomentose. It is mostly an inhabitant of
swamps.
11. Si^boldii, Miq. (P. rotundifdliu. Hort.) Fig. 1918.
Tree, 20-30 ft., of spreading habit, with rather dark and
heavy foliage: Ivs. large, round-ovate, with a short tri-
angular subacute apex, nearly or quite truncate at the
base, dentate-serrate, with shallow incurved teeth, more
or less whitened beneath. Japan. -Hardy in western
New York.
BB. Mature Ivs. usually white tomentose beneath, at
least in the cultivated forms.
12. 41ba, Linn. White Poplar. Abele. Large, much-
branched tree, with whitish bark on the young branches:
Ivs. much like those of Populus grandidentata, but
smaller, usually thicker and more angular, the under
surface-especially early in the season-woolly white.
Eu. and Asia.— The typical form ot Populus alba is less
1918. PoDulus Sieboldii
1412
POPULUS
grown here thau the varieties with lobed and very white-
bottomed (and sometimes variegated) leaves.
Var. nivea, Wesm. (P. nivea, Willd. P. arghitea,
Hort.). This is the commonest form of white Poplar in
this country. It is Isnown by the snow-white under sur-
faces of its foliage and the 3- or 5-Iobed maple-like
leaves. It is far too frequent about old yards, where its
inveterate brood of suckers make it a perpetual nui-
sance. It is sometimes called Silver Maple, from the
resemblance of its foliage to that of the maple. As a
street tree in cities it is particularly offensive, for the
cottony covering of the under side of the leaves aud of
the shoots holds soot and dust, and it looks repulsively
dirty. Useful for foliage effects in large plantings.
4
Var. can^scens, Loudon. Fig. 1919. Leaves broad or
nearly circular in general outline, prominently notched
but not lobed, the under surfaces and the young shoots
very gray-woolly. This tree is met with occasionally.
Its horticultural value is not greatlv different from that
of var. nivea. Bv some thought to be a hybrid of P.
alia and P. Tremula.
Var. Bolle4na,Lauch. (P.BoUeana). Bolles' Poplar.
Fig. 1919. A very tall, narrow-topped tree, with cottony
Ivs. rather mire deeply lobed than those of the var.
nivea. The tree was introduced into Europe in 1875
from Turkestan, and it was named for Dr. C. Bolle, an
arboriculturist. It bears about the same relation to
Popuhis alba that the Lombardy Poplar bears to Popu-
his nigra. Its fastigiate habit, combined with the white
foliage and shoots, makes it a most emphatic tree, and
there is great danger of planting it too freely. Seems
to be short-lived. L. H. B.
PORTO KICO as a Field for Horticulture. Porto Rico
(Fig. 1920) is a land of perpetual summer, awaiting only
the skill of the experienced grower to blossom into an
exotic fruit garden for our eastern states. It is our
only bit of tropical soil on the Atlantic side of the con-
tinent, and now possesses tariff protection for the fruit-
grower and vegetable - gardener which amounts to a
handsome profit in itself. As compared with Florida,
the climate and the soil are in favor of Porto Rico, while
PORTO RICO
in the matter of transportation, San Juan already has
the advantage of most Florida points.
Climate. — Porto Rico is more healthy than most other
1 same latitude, because it ha
and mour
numerable
The season
about May 1
although in s
In the absent
breezy, and because of its in-
of pure water,
■e marked by the spring rains beginning
id the fall rains closing about Nov. 1,
i parts rain falls every month in the year,
f irrigation, planting depends
periods. Tobacco and vegetables succeed best when
planted in the fall, as the direct sun and pouring rams,
liable to come in the summer months, injure them. A
sharp range of mountains, from 2,000 to 3,500 ft. high,
traverses the length of the island a few miles from the
south coast, and all the remainder of the area, except
the river bottoms, and a coast fringe of alluvial plain,
varying from a mere beach up to five miles in width,
is intricate mountain and hill, threaded by countless
streams.
This topography creates great local climatic differ-
ences, a cooler and more moist temperature in the in-
terior, with bright, clear weather on the sheltered
coasts. At sea-level the mercury rarely falls to 60° in
winter nights and in summer days rarely exceeds 95°.
The yearly average night temperature is about 70° and
that of the day about 8.5°. The nights are always com-
fortable for sleeping. Lack of food and medicines and
exposure to rains are responsible for most of the illness
in Porto Rico.
Products. — Coffee, sugarcane, stock-raising, the cul-
tivation of vegetables, and fruit-growing are the leading
industries of the island, their relative importance being
in the order named. Coffee and tobacco are not, strictly
speaking, horticultural products, and yet, as their cul-
tivation is more nearly that of the orchard and garden
than that of the field, a few observations about them, of
a general character, seem to be in place.
Ciiffir. — The growing of coffee presents some attrac-
tions to the American horticulturist commanding, say,
*20,n00, or upwards. The climate of the hilly and
mountainous interior, where coffee luxuriates, is cooler
and more refreshing than that upon the low cane belt
bordering the sea. Coffee is a staple. It improves with
age and can be transported over a mountainous trail,
and hence is sure of a market. The disadvantages are
the low value of the product under present market con-
ditions, the considerable cost for machinery if the price
for cleaned aud assorted coffee is to be obtained, and
the fact that coffee is on the free list. A new market
will be opened in the United States when the fine aroma
of Porto Rican coffee becomes known. Better system
in cultivation and a cheaper means of transportation
will improve the status of the business, but the writer
is convinced that this industry will not advance as will
that of the higher-priced, protected products like sugar,
tobacco, oranges, pineapples and vegetables.
Tofiacco. -The backwardness of the tobacco business
seems to be largely due to the fact that it has been
chiefly in the hands of the peasant class, lacking the cap-
ital and special knowledge to perfect it. The curing, as-
sorting and marketing of tobacco have not been reduced
to a fine art as they have in the Vuelta Abaja district of
Cuba. There can be no doubt of the fact that there are
districts in Porto Rico where climate and soil are ad-
mirably adapted to the production of a high-grade leaf.
This is proved by the fact that in years of shortage of
the tobacco crop in Cuba, Porto Rico tobacco has been
extensively exported to Havana, re-cured and re-sorted,
and the finer quality sold as Havana leaf. Cayey is the
center of the best tobacco section of the island. There
are a number of tobacco farms and very many small peas-
ant's patches in this vicinity. Caguas and Comerio, not
far distant, are lesser centers of the business. There is a
bright future for the experienced, progressive tobacco-
grower. Success may be expected with a moderate capi-
tal, as returns are quick, the value of an acre's prod-
uct is large, and the tariff conditions are extremely
favorable for the Porto Rican as compared with the
Cuban. Sumatran or Mexican grower.
Fruit-Growinq in Gfiifrn?.- Probably the most invit-
ing field for the horticulturist in Porto Rico is the cultiva-
tion of the various tropical and subtropical fruits, particu-
PORTO RICO
larly the orange and other citrous fruits, and the pine-
apple. The growth of the trade in tropical fruits from
the British West Indies, chiefly Jamaica, without any
help from tariff legislation, would show what can be
done in Porto Rico under present circumstances. In
1895 these islands shipped us fruits and nuts to the
amount of $1,816,751, and in 1899 to the amount of
PORTO RICO
1413
in the Yearbook of the Department or Agriculture for
1895, that "The best pineapple regions in the world
have a mean temperature of from 75 to 80^," which is
that of Porto Rico. Fig. 1923. The varieties grown are
the Pan de Azucar, Sugar Loaf, a very sweet yellow-
Heshed variety, and the Cabezona, Porto Rico, the
large and vigorous sort which originated near Lajaz.
$3,783,488. Costa Rica in the
her trade with us in these products from $362,945 to
$972,098, and Santo Domingo from $16,684 to $152,535.
The increase in the value of oranges shipped by the
British West Indies, chiefly Jamaica, was from $173,396
in 1895 to $553,751 in 1899, and this in spite of the
irease of the adverse tariff, raised to a cent a pound
1897. It is a significant fact that this great business
tropical fruits, scarcely more than begun twenty years
ago, is conducted by Americans and under stable Brit-
ish rule rather than in the Spanish Antilles.
Porto Rico produces some oranges as fine as any
grown in Jamaica, but not in the same quantity, as the
Spanish authorities have not been as assiduous as the
British in fostering desirable fruits in their colonies.
Then, too, a regular service of well-ventilated banana
steamers was established in Jamaica when the great
Florida freeze of 1894-5 gave her an opportunity in the
orange business. The conditions are now all favorable
in Porto Rico for the growth of citrous fruits in their
perfection. Repeated destructive freezes in Florida
have ruined the hopes, once entertained, for that state
as a sure orange-producing section. Floridians are re-
moving to Porto Rico, and this movement will increase
now that Porto Rico is sure of a just, progressive gov-
ernment and a stable market.
Two lines of steamers furnish excellent weekly
communications in both directions, between San Juan
and New York. Better transportation facilities between
the seaports and the interior are required before the
fruit industry can prosper there. The highways build-
ing and to be built and the extensive system of trolley
railroads now projected, will supply this missing condi-
tion as fast as the fruit can be produced.
Oranges thrive in all sections of Porto Rico, a shelter
from the prevailing winds and a well-drained soil being
the favoring conditions. They are most plentiful in the
Mayaguez district. Several Americans are engaged in
this business near Bayamon, and also in the vicinity of
Toa Alta, Fajardo, Huraacao, Jobos Bay, Panuelas, and
in other sections with encouraging prospects, and a
considerable acreage will be planted in 1901.
Pineapples. — PoTto Rico is justly famed for the ex-
cellence and size of its pineapples. Webber writes,
in "Pineapple Industry in the United States," published
1920. Outlme mac of the island of Porto Rico,
terval increased Grown upon
rirgin soil on the rich but stony hillsides
habitat, the last pineapple is a revelation
to the eye and delight to the palate.
Some difficulty has been experienced in carrying pine-
apples from Porto Rico to New York. This is due to
rough handling, carting over infamous roads, poor
packing and inadequate ventilation on ship. More
carefully handled shipments made during the past year
turned out well.
Bniuntas and P^tni^fliji.'i. -This noble race of tropical
fruits grows upon the island in great variety and lux-
uriance. Among the forms seen are the Apple, the Fig,
the Date, the large red, and our common yellow banana
known as the Aspinwall or Johnson, as well as the large
plantains, which are chiefly used for cooking as vege-
tables. There is no strong probability of a large export
trade in bananas being developed in Porto Rico in the
near future, as they are admitted to the United States
free of duty. Tlie best banana lands must be compara-
tively close to the coast, and such lands are likely to pay
better in sugar cane. Some of the rarer sweet varieties
may be handled to advantage, particularly the Fig and
Apple varieties. In connection with coffee-growing, if
the grower is close to a good market, the sale of ba-
nanas might be made the source of a good revenue.
The Cocoanut Pa?m. -This graceful and valuable tree
grows abundantly along the Porto Rican seacoast. The
ripe nuts are exported to a limited extent. Cocoanut oil,
cocoanut butter and desiccated cocoanut are valuable
products easily prepared. From the fiber paper brushes
and mattresses are made. The wood, after hardening,
makes excellent canes. From the half-ripened fruit the
"coco de agua," or water-cocoanut. a clear drink, is
obtained, which taken direct from the shell is a health-
ful and refreshing beverage.
Other Fruits.— There are numerous tropical fruits of
greater or less value, some of which will ultimately be-
come articles of wide consumption by the fruit-lovers
of the North. Mangoes, pomegranates, aguacate or alli-
gator pears, are already sold in the fruit stores of our
large cities. The luscious "anones" (4 no«« sguamosa
and A. murieata), the pink-and-white-fleshed star ap-
ple, and the large "corazones" (Aiiona reticulata) are
delicious fruits, especially with a touch of lime or lemon
juice to give them life. Somewhat similar in taste, but
1414 PORTO RICO
smaller, is the "nispero" or sapodillo, which, with its
brown skin, resembles a rusty colored pear. The
"lechoza," or tropical pawpaw, is a valuable fruit. The
tree has a straight trunk, surmounted by a crown of
enormous spreading leaves, under which the good-sized
fruit is borne in a cluster.
The "guayaba" or guava, which grows abundantly
throughout the island, is used for making jelly and paste.
The business of jelly-making and of preserving, canning
and drying fruits will be developed. The "naranja," or
sour orange, is particularly valuable for marmalade.
J^'^i
?^nrf#4|
jiiii^iii£&i
i'^'/^ V
'm^-
1921 Porto Rican plantation or farm
Preserved ginger so largely imported into the United
States, could be profitably prepared, as the root is now
raised and exported.
\'egetables. — That vegetables can be grown in Porto
Rico in the winter or " dry season" and sold in New York
at remunerative prices was demonstrated last season.
The writer had charge of an experimental garden in
which a third of an acre each was devoted to growing
tomatoes and eggplants. Although the seed was not
sown until December, three months too late for a full
season, satisfactory shipments were made in April and
May which brought the full market price. There are
aphids, caterpillars and mites to be fought, so that the
grower must be prepared with insecticides.
The soils of Porto Rico average richer than those of
our Atlantic seaboard, but for the production of vege-
tables of high quality, intensive culture is required.
The stimulating character of the climate is such that
there is a tendency for vegetables to branch unduly, so
that unless high fertilization, frequent cultivation and
severe pruning are employed the quality and size of the
fruit soon deteriorates and is worthless for shipments.
The heavy rainfalls of spring and fall interfere with the
setting of fruit, so that the season for marketing vege-
tables in the north must be from about December 15 to
May 15. Absolute immunity from frost or even a check
from cool nights is the great vantage ground for winter
gardening on the island. Vegetables must be shielded
from the drying effects of the stiff northeast trade-winds,
and it is probable that a shade will be required for suc-
cess in melon and cucumber culture. A skilful gar-
dener, acquainted with the climate, may expect to pro-
duce $500 to $1,000 worth of tomatoes or eggplants per
acre. Pig. 1924.
At the present time San Juan is the only port with
good shipping facilities for perishable products such as
vegetables. Beans, melons of every kind, cucumbers,
peppers, okra, sweet potatoes, peanuts, etc., thrive in
this genial clime. The more hardy vegetables, such as
Irish potatoes, cabbage, lettuce, radishes, beets, and
peas succeed in the fall and winter, especially in the
hill country.
Native \^egetah!es. — Besides the several varieties of
"batatas," or sweet potatoes, largely used in Porto
Rico, there are several kinds of the larger tropical
yaras. The dark green foliage of these plants has a
rich beauty, trailing from their pole supports. The
roots of the broad-leaved "yautias," or colocasias, pop-
ularly called elephant's ears, are also extensively used
by the peones for food. The cassava, both the sweet
and bitter varieties, flourish in Porto Rico. The former
is a valuable food for both man and beast. The roots
are excellent baked. There is no better source for
PORTO RICO
producing starch than cassava, which is now manufac-
tured in a crude way in some sections of the island and
exported to a limited extent.
Other Possible Hesources. — 'Ihe cacao, or cocoa tree,
is grown in Porto Rico and the product manufactured and
exported, but only to a limited extent. Our imports of
this product from the British West Indies have increased
from $1,202,191 in 1895 to $2,107,150 in 1899, which indi-
cates the possibilities of expanding the trade. Another
possibility of profit for the island lies in utilizing cer-
tain steep, dry chalk ridges, now of little value, for the
cultivation of the "mag-
uey," the agave from which
the sisal is obtained. The
importation of this fiber
from the British West In-
dies has increased from
$2,734,909 to $4,771,989.
Arnatto or "achote" finds
a congenial home in Porto
Rico, and should be made
to yield a profit. The cas-
tor oil plant bears abun-
dantly, and its bean is ex-
ported. The bean of a
valuable leguminous
plant, "hedionda," is used
by the natives as a substi-
tute for coffee and also to
mix with it. This plant
■alue in improving the soil
The camphor, the rubber,
ento, and other spice-pro-
may all be grown perhaps
seems to have a secondary
as a gatherer of nitrogen
the nutmeg, allspice or pii
ducing trees, and the vanil]
with profit on the island.
Economic Considerations. — Under the Porto Rican
law of May 1, 1900, all merchandise coming into the
United States from Porto Rico, and coming into Porto
Rico from the United States, shall pay 15 per cent of
the duties required to be paid upon like articles im-
ported from foreign countries. All the duties men-
tioned above are to cease March 1, 1902, or at an earlier
date by certain action of the Legislature of Porto Rico.
The present duties are so insignificant compared with
those of other countries and their tenure so brief and
uncertain that for our purpose of a business forecast,
we may properly assume free trade as established.
The grower of oranges and other citrous fruits has
the advantage of one cent per pound over the foreign
grower, which, on a crop of 300 boxes per acre, would
amount to about $200. On pineapples crated, the duty
is 7 cents per cubic ft., or 3.^ cents for a standard crate,
or a gain of at least $50 per acre for a fair crop. On
pineapples in bulk the duty is $7 per 1,000, a gain of
$30 to $50 an acre.
The duty on vegetables is 25 per cent on their listed
valuation. This is an advantage of from $40 to $75 an
acre on tomatoes or eggplants.
M^sMmMmMM
1922. Characteristic rural scene in Porto Rico.
Foreign tobacco wrappers pay, if nnstemmed, $1.85
per pound, and if stemmed, $2.50 per pound, and fillers
35 cents if nnstemmed and 50 cents if stemmed.
Palms, orchirls, bulbs and all greenhouse plants pay
25 per cent, seeds 30 per cent, dried fruits, desiccated
cocoanut, etc., pay 2 cents per pound ; manufactured
PORTO RICO
chocolate from 15 per cent to 50 per cent, acconiing to
quality; castoroil beans and otheroil seeds 25 percent;
castor oil 35 cents per gallon; bay rum and bay water
$1.50 per gallon. Starch pays VA cents per pound, rice
2 cents per pound ; while sugar pays -n^r cents per pound
i£ not over No. 16 Dutch standard in color, and l-firo
cents per pound if above that standard.
Labor. — Geu. Roy Stone in an article, "Porto Rico
and Its Future," in Munsey's magazine for August,
1900, testifies from large experience to the effectiveness
of the Porto Rican native laborers, and the writer con-
siders them material for excellent gardeners, possess-
ing as much quickness and natural intelligence as the
better class of Hindoos he has employed for like labor
PORTO RICO
1415
There are good opportunities in Porto Rico awaiting
the capitalist and the horticulturist, for it is a field
in which every dollar intelligently invested in tropical
production is almost sure of a rich return. The island is
abjectly poor to-day. It has but $3,600,000 for a popula-
tion of nearly a million, and all of this but $600,000 is in
the hands of the merchants and bankers, who will do
nothing to develop the country.
Authorities on Porto Rico.— Valuable works bear-
ing on our subject are: A bulletin, "Agriculture in Porto
Rico," of the Department of Agriculture by Gen. Roy
Stone, reprinted from the year book of 1898; a book on
Cuba and Porto Rico by Mr. Robert T. Hill, and the full
and informing volume of Mr. William Dinwidilie,
"Puerto Rico, its Conditions and Possibilities." For
statistics, see Bull. 13, section of Foreign Markets, V.
S. Dept. Agric. on Trade of Puerto Rico, 84 pp., by
Frank H. Hitchcock, 1898. p_ ]yi_ Pennock.
General Notes on Porto Rico. — The following notes
are selected from the "Report on the Census of Porto
Rico, 1899," compiled under the direction of Lt.-Col.
J. P. Sanger and published by the War Department.
Most of the area of Porto Rico is held as farms, and
a large portion, more than one-fifth, is under cultivation.
The forested areas are small and are almost entirely
confined to the higher parts of the mountains. The
largest of these tracts is on El Tunque, in the Sierra
Luquilla. Here are found small tracts of primeval for-
est, composed of large trees of a variety of species, sev-
eral of which are of great value, such as Spanish cedar,
ebony and sandalwood, besides many others as yet
unknown to American markets. Timber is, however,
very scarce, and most of that used in building is im-
ported .
Lying in the tropics, the island is within the region
of the southwest trades, which blow with great regu-
larity. The annual temperature at San .Juan, on the
north coast, ranges in different years from 78 to 82" F.
The mean monthly temperature ranges from 75° in Jan-
uary to 82° in August. The maximum temperature on
record is 99°, and the minimum 57°, indicating a very
slight range and a uniform climate. The only difference
of temperature to be observed throughout the island is
due to altitude, the highlands of the interior having a
1923. P.neapple
Porto Rico.
mean annual temperature as low as 72° F. Serious
storms occur, and occasional earthquakes, but the latter
are not violent, doing but little damage. The annual
rainfall at San Juan averages 60 inches, about the same
as at New Orleans, and nearly two-thirds of this falls in
the summer and autumn. The annual relative humidity
at the capital is very high, averaging not far from 80
per cent. The annual rainfall increases eastward from
San Juan, until near the northeast corner of the island
it exceeds 100 inches. It increases also upon the high-
lands of the interior, reaching a maximum upon the di-
viding ridge of nearly 100 inches. The south slope of
the island, on the other hand, is much drier, both rain-
1924.
Tomato-erowine in Porto
The ph
supported on stakes
fall and atmospheric
that in some regions irrigati(
tion of crops.
Owing to the fact that Porto Rico has for centuries
maintained a dense population almost entirely supported
by agriculture, a large portion of its surface is under
cultivation, and only a trifling proportion remains in its
natural condition. Hence little of its vegetation is in-
digenous. The native fauna of the island is, owing to
the same cause, very limited. There are no large mara
mals except such as are domesticated. It is said that
there are no noxious reptiles and few insect pests.
Of the total area of Porto Rico-3,606 square miles-
2,743 square miles were included within farms. This is
76 per cent, or more than three-fourths of the area of
the island. The area under cultivation was 747 square
miles, or not less than 21 per cent of the entire area of
the island. These figures are in strong contrast with
those for Cuba, of which 29.9 per cent only were in-
cluded within farms and only 3 per cent of the area of
the island was under cultivation. They approach more
nearly the condition of things in the United States,
where in 1890 16 per cent was under cultivation. Yet,
considering the density of the rural population, which
is far beyond that of any part of the United States, the
proportion of cultivated land is small. To illustrate
this, consider the case of Illinois, in which the number of
rural inhabitants to a square mile was in 1890 but 42, or
less than one-fifth as great as in Porto Rico, while more
than seven-tenths of its area was under cultivation.
The total number of farms in Porto Rico was 39,021 ;
the total area was 1.757,774 ciiefdas (practically equiva-
lent to an acre); the average farm had an area of but
45 cnerdns, or acres; the cultivated land comprised
477,987 CHO-da)!, an average to a farm of only \2cuerdas.
In the United States in 1890 the average farm contained
137 acres, of which 78 acres were improved. In Cuba
the average farm had an area of 142 acres, of which,
however, only about 13 acres were under cultivation.
The only measure of agricultural products which was
obtained by the census consisted in the area cultivated
in each crop. Measured in this way, the following table
shows the relative importance of each such crop, ex-
1416
PORTO RICO
u
Indian corn . . 4
Malangas [foloca*
Rice
ua, Xantliosoma?).
■)
From the above it is seen that coffee is much the most
important crop of the island ; that sugar cane is of much
less relative importance than in Cuba, and that tobacco,
which is one of the leading crops of Cuba, is here of
trifling importance.
To illustrate the tenure of land under different crops
and the race of the occupant, the following table is pre-
sented, showing, for different tenures and races in per-
Qted in each of
Rice
Sweet potatoes.
Malangas
Indian corn.... 4 4 5 5 2
It is seen from the above table that of the cultivated
area owned by whites 47 per cent, or nearly half, was
planted in coffee. Bananas occupied 15 per cent, and
sugar cane 14 percent. Of the area rented by whites,
on the contrary, 47 per cent was planted in sugar cane
and but 18 per cent in coffee. This distribution of crops
among the areas owned by negroes was wider, coffee
occupying nearly one-third of the area, while sugar
cane, the second most important crop in the island,
occupied only 2 per cent. Among colored renters the
areas were also widely scattered.
POETULACA (Latin name, of uncertain history).
Portiilai-dcea-. Purslane. Low, fleshy, often trailing,
annual or perennial herbs, of perhaps 20 species, in
tropical and temperate regions, mostly American. Lvs.
mostly alternate, thick, sometimes terete, entire : fls.
mostly terminal, usually with 5 distinct petals and with
several to many stamens, both borne on the calyx or
receptacle-rim: fr. a small, conical, circumscissile cap-
sule (Fig. 1917), containing many small seeds. The
flowers of Portulaca open in direct sunshine, but close
in shadow. Two annual species are in cultivation, both
thriving in the hottest exposures.
grandiflora, Hook. Rose Moss. Figs. 1925-6. Stem
slender and terete, prostrate or ascending, not rising
over 6-10 in., hairy in tufts at the joints: lvs. scattered
or somewhat clustered,
short and terete : fls.
large (usually 1 in. or
more across in the cult,
forms), terminal and
subtended by clustered
lvs., in many bright col-
ors, soon withering :
seeds small, metallic-
gray or gray-black. Bra-
zil and S. B.M. 2885.
R.H. 1877:90. Gn. 4.1. p.
4:ir,. — Said to be peren-
into many garden
forms, as: Var. TU\-
lusonii, Hort. (P. Thfl-
hisiiiii, Lindlev), with handsome orange-scarlet fls.
B. R. L'6::u. R.H. 1852:5. Var. splendens, Hort. (P.
(illlirsii. Hook.), light red-purple. B.M. 3004. Var.
albiflora, Hort., clear white. Var. sulphiirea or Th6r-
bumi, Hort.. dark yellow. Var. caryophylloldes, Hort.,
PORTULACA
red, striped white. Var. B^dmanni, Hort., clear white
and purple striped. Colors of the cultivated Portulacas
range from pure white to yellow, rose, scarlet, deep red»
and almost purple, with many striped forms. There are
also many full double strains. The Rose Moss is most
easy of culture if it is given a hot and rather dry soil.
It needs full sun. The seeds require a rather high tem-
perature for germination, and therefore they are sown
rather late,— not until corn-planting time. Sometimes
they are started indoors, but usually they are sown di-
rectly where the plants are to stand. The soil need not
be rich. The plant makes excellent edgings, and is good
for growing in dry rockwork. A large patch of it gives
a brilliant display of color in sunny weather, but the
flowers do not open in dull weather. Seed of the dou-
ble varieties produces more or less single- flowered
plants, unless saved from cuttings of double-flowered
plants, but the singles usually bloom earlier than the
doubles. Let the plants stand 10-12 inches apart. They
are tender to frost. The plant often self -sows. and in some
places it persists about old gardens. Portulaca grandi-
flora was first described by Hooker in 1829 in the Botani-
cal Magazine. The flowers were described as "orange-
colored, or of a very bright reddish purple." The plant
was "discovered by Dr. Gillies, growing in light sandy
soil, in various situations between the Rio del Saladillo,
or western boundary of the Pampas, and the foot of the
mountains near Mendoza. On the western side of Rio
Desaguardero plants were in great profusion, giving to
the ground over which they were spread a rich purple
hue, here and there marked with spots of an orange
color, from the orange-colored variety which grew in-
termixed with the others."
1911. Portulaca oleracei
clericea, Linn. Purslane. Pusley Figs. 1927, 1928.
A common trailing weed in sandy ground, out also cul-
tivated in improved strains as a pot-herb; lvs. small,
spatulate or narrow-obovate, very obtuse, thick, dull
green or reddish: fls. small, yellow the 7-12 stamens
sensitive to a touch. Widely distributed in many coun-
PORTULACA
tries; probably native to the southwestern parts of the
U. S., but it is considered that it is introduced into the
East and North. In sandy and loamy soils it is one of
the commonest and most persistent of weeds, but it is
little known on heavy lands. The common wild plant is
prized for "greens" in some regions, but the French up-
right forms {Fig. 1928) are much better, as they are
larger and more tender; these improved varieties look
very different from the common"Pusley "; they are easy
of culture. For a discussion respecting the nativity of
Purslane in North America, see Gray & Trumbull, Amer.
Jour. Sci. 25, p. 25.S. L
1928. Portulaca oleracei
POSOQDfiKIA (from a native name in Guiana).
Miiliiicew, About a dozen tropical American glabrous
trees and shrubs with thick opposite entire Ivs., tubular
fragrant white, rose or scarlet lis. in terminal corymbs,
and a berry-like fruit. The fls. are 5-merous: ovary
1-2-loculed, the style with 2-parted stigma. Several
species are mentioned in Old World horticultural litera-
ture, all warmhouse plants, but only one has appeared
in the American trade, P. longifldra, Aubl. (sometimes
erroneously written P. loiKjifolhi). This species is na-
tive to French Guiana. It is a handsome free-flowering
bush 5-8 ft. high: Ivs. oblong-acuminate, narrowed at
the base, thick and shining: fls. 12 or more in a cluster,
3-5 in. long, waxy white, very fragrant, the slender tube
curved, hairy in the throat. Prop, by cuttings qf ripen-
ing wood. L H B
POT. See Potting and Pots.
POTAMOGfiTON (compound of Greek words signify-
ing that these are rirer plants). Nnindd.cew. Pond-
weed. A rather large genus (50 or CO species) of
aquatic plants in temperate and sometimes in tropical
regions, a few of which are sometimes grown in aquaria
and ponds. Nearly 40 species are native to North
America. They are weedy plants, attaching themselves
to the bottom in ponds, lake margins and in shallow
streams, and holding their small spikes of inconspicuous
flowers above the water in midsummer. In many of the
species there are two kinds of leaves, the narrow sub-
merged ones and the broad floating ones. The small
perfect flowers have 4 greenish perianth-segments, 4 sta-
mens, and usually 4 sessile 1-ovuled ovaries: fr. a nut-
let with a coiled or hooked embryo. The Potamogetons
are very difficult plants for the systematic botanists,
and it is not worth while to describe any of the species
here. There are none which are generally known in the
trade. They are likely to be weeds in lily ponds. For
the Amer. species, see Morong, Mem. Torr. Club. 3, No.
POTATO 1417
2; also the current manuals. Three species have come
into slight notice in American gardens: P. crispus,
Linn., and P. nitans, Linn., natives, and P. d6n8U8>
Linn., European. Easily grown. L. H B
POTASH. See Fertilisers and Fertility.
POTATO is one of the most widely cultivated and
valuable of esculent tubers. It is Solunum tuberosttm
of the botanists, and is allied to several powerful nar-
cotics, such as tobacco, henbane and belladonna, and
also to the tomato, eggplant and capsicum. The Potato
is a native of the elevated valleys of Chile, Peru and
Mexico, and a form of it is found in southern Colorado
(see iSohiniini). It probably was carried to Spain from
Peru early in the sixteenth century. It seems to have
been introduced into Europe as early as 15G5. Sir Wal-
ter Raleigh, in 1585, is said to have brought back the
Potato from the "new country." Recent investigation,
however, seems to give the credit of introducing the
Potato into England to Sir Francis Drake, in 1586. As
Batatas V'irginiana it was figured and described by
Gerarde in 1597. It is probable that these circum-
stances led to erroneously giving the credit of intro-
ducing the Potato to Raleigh instead of to Sir John
Hawkins. The wild varieties in their native habitat
still bear a close resemblance to cultivated varieties
except for the enlarged vine and abnormal development
of the tubers in the latter. During the seventeenth cen-
tury the Potato was cultivated in gardens in several
European countries. It was recommended by the Royal
Society of London in 1663 for introduction into Ireland
as a safeguard against famine. The cultivation of the
Potato as a field crop became somewhat common in Ger-
many soon after IT72, at which time the grain crops
failed and Potatoes were a welcome substitute for the
bread-corn. It was near the middle of the eighteenth
century before it acquired any real importance in Eu-
rope, outside of Ireland and a few restricted localities
in other countries. As late as 1771 only a white and red
variety were mentioned in one of the most important
English works on gardening. The plants were enor-
mously productive, but the tubers were poor in quality,
so poor in fact that their chief use was as food for
domestic animals; and only when the bread corns
failed were they used to any extent, and even then as a
substitute. By 1840 the Potato had been largely substi-
tuted in Ireland for the cereals and other similar food
crops, as the yield of Potatoes in weight exceeded by
twenty to thirty times the yield of wheat, barlev or oats
on an equal amount of land. This large dependence on
a single food crop finally resulted in a wide-spread
famine. The Potato blight which appeared in the United
States in 1845 devastated Ireland in 1846. During two
years, 1846 and 1847, a conservative estimate places the
numbers who perished for want of food or from dis-
eases caused bv a meager diet of unhealthy and unnn-
tritious food at 600,000. By 1848 the plague had virtually
disappeared.
The roots of the Potato are distinct from the tubers.
Usually, two to four roots start from the stalk at the
base of each underground stem which, when enlarged
at the end, forms the Potato. See Pig. 1929. Roots may
also start where underground stems are wanting. The
Potato is a perennial plant. The accumulated starch in
the tubers furnishes an abundant supply of nourish-
ment for the plants growing from the eyes or buds un-
til they are well above ground. So much food is stored
that not infrequently small young tubers are formed on
the outside of Potatoes left in the cellar during the
summer. Potatoes grow from two to even three feet
high, have smooth, herbaceous stems, irregularly pin-
nate leaves, and wheel-shaped flowers (Fig. 1930) varv-
ing in breadth from 1 to 13-$ inches and in color from
bluish white to purple. They bear a globular purplish
or yellowi.sh fruit or seed -ball of the size of a goose-
berry, containing many small seeds.
The dry matter of Potatoes is composed largely of
starch. Being deficient in nitrogen, the Potato is ill-
adapted for an exclusive diet, and should be used in
connection with food containing a high percentage of
proteids, such as lean meats, peas, beans and eggs.
The lack of vegetable fats may be supplied by butter,
1418
POTATO
gravy, and oaten meal. The composition of the Potato
varies widely. An average o£ KJB analyses is as follows:
Water. Ash. Protein. Starch. Fat.
* < * * «
Potatoes 78 1 2.2 18 .1
Oatmeal 7.9 2 U.7 67.4 7.1
Graham llour 13.1 1.8 11.7 69.8 1.7
The nutritive ratio of wheat is 1 to 5.37, almost per-
fect; that o( Potatoes 1 to 18.29, entirely too wide. Many
foods, in their natural state, as Potatoes, are more or
less deficient in mineral matter. Notable ainon;c the.se
are rice and wheaten Hour — the former containing but
0.4 per cent and the latter 0.5 per cent of ash.
Notwithstanding the fact that the Potato alone forms
an unbalanced ration, it is used more universally as a
food than any other esculent vegetable in localities
adapted to its growth. Potatoes contain a small amount
of a somewhat poisonous substance. When exposed to
the direct rai's of the sun for some time and "greened,"
the deleterious substance is so greatly increased that
the water in which they are boiled is not infrequently
used to destroy vermin on domestic animals. In any
case the water in which Potatoes are cooked should not
be used in the preparation of other foods.
There are many hundred varieties of Potatoes. New
varieties are constantly supplanting the old ones. As
new varieties are usually produced under superior con-
ditions, when they are placed in iield culture and under
more difficult conditions they tend to degenerate. Old
varieties which have "run out" often find their way into
a locality where conditions are superior. Here their
valuable qualities may be restored or even increased,
and they are then generally reintroduced under a new
name (see Bailey, "Survival of the Unlike," for discus-
sion of the running out of Potatoes). Usually new
varieties are secured from seeds, but the seeds of a
single ball cannot be depended upon to propagate the
parent type. The tubers of the most promising seed-
ling varieties are planted, placed under superior condi-
tions, and out of many hundred varieties tested, a
siugle one may Iprove to be worthy of introduction.
The world owes much to Rev. Chauncey E. Goodrich, of
Utica, N. y., for his painstaking efforts not only to im-
prove the Potato, but also for originating and introduc-
ing several valuable varieties. The acquired habit of
producing enlarged underground stems has been so
greatly accentuated that the normal tendency to pro-
duce seed-balls has been nearly obliterated, especially
in the early varieties. The Potato is sensitive to fros't
and therefore must complete its growth in most locali-
ties in from three to six months. The period of devel-
opment may be shortened by exposing the seed Pota-
toes to the more or less direct rays of the sun in a tem-
perature of about 60° for one to two weeks before
POTATO
weeks. In cutting Potatoes for planting, each eye shou.(
be supplied with an abundance of food to start thi
young plants off vigorously: the pieces should be -
large as possible and yet not bear
eyes (Fig. 1931). While the late
in a moist, cloudy climate and i
Potatoes may be successfully produced
1929. Underground parts of Potato plant.
Showing the flbrniis roots and the stem.* ending in tubers.
The old seed-piece is seen near the bottom.
planting. Some of the starch is transformed into sugar,
which causes the eyes or buds to develop into minia-
ture, short, tough plants or "rosettes," which results,
when the Potatoes are planted, in hastening growth and
shortening the period between planting and harvesting.
Some varieties, when thus treated and planted in warm,
rich, sandy soil, produce merchantable tubers in .six
the
one or two
thrive best
a rich, loamy soil,
■ • ■ight soils
1930. Flowers and foliage of Potato (
and under cloudless skies. Dryish, sandy or sandy
loam soils not only produce earlier Potatoes than cold,
damp lands, but tubers of a better quality. "Mealy"
Potatoes contain less moisture than do those which
remain somewhat hard when cooked. Americans prefer
the former; most Europeans the latter.
For market-gardening, varieties such as Early Rose
are planted 2 to 3 inches deep in dry, warm soils, as
soon as danger from frost has passed. Level tillage is
practiced until the vines are nearly full grown, when
the rows are slightly hilled by passing an implement,
provided with a single large shovel with or without
wing-attachments, between the rows. A threefold ef-
fect is secured : weeds are destroyed ; the land is
raised into ridges, whereby the soil is made warmer and
drier, thus inducing eijrly fruitage ; the young Pota-
toes are prevented from becoming green by exposure to
the sun. Most early varieties have a tendency to set
tubers near the surface. Sandy lands, which are well
suited to raising early Potatoes, are too frequently de-
ficient in plant-food, and resort is had to either barn
manure or chemical fertilizers. The former, especially
if not fully rotted, increases the tendency to produce
rough or scabby Potatoes, while the use of chemical
manures containing but a small percentage of nitrogen
tends to produce smooth tubers of a high quality. A
liberal dressing for an acre is 20 lbs. of ammonium sul-
fate, 80 lbs. of dried blood, 150 lbs. of
acid phosphate and 150 lbs. of muriate
of potash. These would furnish 17, 21
and 75 lbs., respectively, of the plant
foods named. These concentrated fer
tilizers should be thoroughly mixed
and incorporated with the soil by pass
ing a small single-shoveled plow along
the open marks made to receive the
seed Potatoes. Market -gardeners
ne or
often use wood ashes at the rate of 50 »ced-piece.
to 80 bushels per acre.
Frequently a second crop follows the early Potatoes.
In any case a cover-crop (peas, clover or winter vetches)
should be sown after the Potatoes are dug if no second
harvest crop follows; if it does follow, then a cover-
crop may be sown at or just before the last inter-cul-
ture is given. In any case, provide some kind of a
cover-crop to digest the plant-food, to afford humus
and conserve nitrogen for succeeding 'crops, and to
cover the land during the rainy and cold winter periods
when the soil would otherwise be idle and losing
fertility.
Late Potatoes are planted three or four weeks after
POTATO
the early ones and about two inches deeper. Inter-til-
lage should be given about every ten days, keeping the
ground practically level, and be continued late in the
season, that an earth-mulch may be kept intact to con-
serve moisture during the hot, dry period when the
young tubers are forming. Three to four fillings may
suffice for early Potatoes, six to seven for late varieties.
The yield per acre of Potatoes in the United States is
meager, 88.6 bus. being the average for 1899. Under
favorable soil and climatic conditions, with rational
methods of procedure, 200 to 400 bus. are not uncom-
mon, and under superior conditions more than 1,000
bus. per acre have been secured. H. C. Pierson, of Pit-
cairn, N. Y.,ivon first prize for the largest amount of
Potatoes grown from one pound of seed in a single sea-
son. By dividing the eyes and planting them in the
greenhouse in the winter, and after a little time re-di-
viding them, and this continued until many plants were
secured, he was enabled to raise 2,558 lbs. of Potatoes
in the open from one pound of seed, being an increase
of more than2, 500 fold. A. P.Rose, of Penn Yan, N. Y.,
and C. P. Thompson, of Lee, N. H., secured, by simi-
lar methods, 2,349 lbs. and 2,118 lbs. respectively. The
low average yield is due, in part, to the ravages of the
many enemies of the Potato plant, which, uncontrolled,
sometimes destroy the crop, and usually seriously dimin-
ish the yield. In the United States the Potato is not so
universally used as in Europe, though its use as a food
is steadily increasing. The average annual production
in the U. S. from 1881 to 1890 was 169.809,053 bus.,
while the yield in 1899 was 228,783.232 bus., which sold
for an average price of thirty-nine cents per bushel.
New York stands first in Potato production, producing
28,707,976 bus. of the total yield. The crop of Europe
aggregates more than the entire wheat crop of the
world. The average production of the European coun-
tries from 1881 to 1890 was: Prance, 396,746,138 bus.;
Austria, 306,984,697 ; Germanv, 891,732.040 ; Russia,
300,315,070; the United Kingdom, 228,093,397 bus. In
1898 the United States exported 581,833 bus. and im-
ported 530,420 bus. For further information, consult
the Experiment Station bulletins. Carman's "New Po-
tato Culture" and Terry's "A B C of Potato Culture";
also bulletins and reports of various experiment sta-
tions.
The most common enemy to the Potato plant, the Col-
orado Potato bug, is easily destroyed by applications in
a powder or in a liquid of Paris green to the vines
when the bugs first appear. The fungus PhytopMlwra
infestans causes the true blight (Fig. 1932), which re-
sults in the potato-rot. The true blight may be kept in
check by frequent and thorough sprayings with Bor-
deaux mixture. It is always well to incorporate Paris
green with the mixture that any remaining bugs may
be destroyed. The Bordeaux mixture is also useful in
protecting in part the plants from the flea-beetle. Two
POTATO 1419
or three applications are usually made during the
summer. The early blight is more common than the
true or late blight. It causes the shriveling and death
of the foliage (Pig. 1932). It is usually the combined
result of several causes, chief amongst which are fungi,
flea-beetle, drought. Thorough good care and spraying
with Bordeaux mixture are the best treatments. A good
Potato field should look like that in Fig. 1933 (adapted
from American Agriculturist) ; and the picture also-
shows a good spraying rig. j p Roberts.
PoT.iTO CcLTDKE AT NORFOLK. — The Irish Potato crop
at Norfolk, Va., reaches about a half million barrels
annually. It is planted in February and March, and
marketed in June and July — say from June 20 to July 20. ■
The land for Potatoes ranges from a sandy loam to
a clayey loam, all on a subsoil of clay. Some years,
the higher sandy lands do the best, sometimes the lower
more clayey lauds give the best results, depending on
the amount and distribution of the rainfall, which is
generally from 4 to 6 inches per month. The land is.
plowed with a two-horse plow, in October, November,
or December, and then lies until some time in January
or February, depending on the character of the winter.
It is then replowed, and harrowed down level and
smooth; as the land is mellow it all works down as
pliable and as fine as the best of garden soil. If Pota-
; to 1
itlie I
•ith
the furrows, and ;i little plow with a .sort of .-.ubsuil
attachment is run in the row to mix the fertilizer with
the earth, and to stir up the hard soil at the bottom of
the furrow.
The seed Potatoes are cut to one eye, and dropped
about 12 to 15 in. apart, and then covered with a small
turning plow with two furrows. As soon as the Potato
begins to sprout well, and before it has made its ap-
pearance, a smoothing harrow is run across the rows,
cutting off the top of the ridges and bringing the Potato
sprouts near to the surface. This kills all the early
growth of weeds and leaves the land in good condition
for the tender plants to break through. As soon as the
rows can be followed, a single plow is run along the
sides of the row, turning the earth awav froui tin- row
on both sides. Then a Breed or a Hallork w. ,-,1, ,-. or
any other good weeder, is run over tin- tiol-i. iros^inu'
the rows as far as po.ssible at right angh's. Tlii^ I.mv.-s
the land free from grass or weeds; and the remainder
1933. Sprayine Potatoes.
of the cultivation consists in turning the dirt well to
the rows; then a short campaign against the potato
bug, and the crop is made. About half of the seed used
is home-grown. To secure this home seed, a second crop
of Potatoes is grown, using seed taken from the first
crop, planting about August 1. This second crop stands
until the first autumn frosts, say some time in No-
vember, and then it is plowed out, and the larger
1420
POTATO
Potatoes are used for market, the smaller ones for
seed. Many people prefer this to the seed purchased
from Maine or Michigan. The seed is cut to one eye,
and about two barrels is necessary to use in planting
•one acre. Some farmers apply less fertilizer, provided
their land is in good heart or productive condition;
some apply a part of the fertilizer at the bottom of the
drill, and the balance at the side of the row when the
dirt is turned away from the row. One good thorough
application of Paris green or London purple at the
right time destroys the bug, although most farmers
have to go over their fields two or more times.
In digging, most farmers use the common two-horse
plow, running the plow under the row and lifting all
the Potatoes out, still attached to the vine, as the
vine is always green at time of digging, and the Pota-
toes are firmly attached thereto. The hands then fol-
low and lift up the vines with the Potatoes attached,
put the Potatoes in barrels at 10 cents per barrel.
Barrels are then headed up, by firmly nailing on a can-
vas cover, and placed in farm wagons to be hauled to
the city or to some near-by watercourse or railway,
for shipment to the great markets in the U. S. east of
the Mississippi and north of the Ohio, and all the At-
lantic seaboard markets. The cost of barrel is about
20 cents each, including the cover. The freight is 18
1934. Potato-Browing
cents per barrel to Baltimore and Washington, 20 cents
to New York and Philadelphia, and about 30 cents to
Boston. The Potatoes are handled by commission men
at the different markets at 8 per cent commission.
The yield will run from 40 to 60 and even to 80 bar-
rels to the acre and the price from $1 to $3 per bar-
rel; the yield depending, of course, upon the soil, the
season, and the cultivation; the price depending on the
old crop on hand, the condition of the consuming masses,
whether it is the year of presidential election or not. and
the character, condition, and earliness of the Potato
sections coming in competition with this section.
Sometimes the Potato rows are made farther apart
and berries are set in between the rows. Often the Po-
tato crop is followed by corn the same season, making
two fine staple farm crops from the same land the same
' season. Sometimes these second crops of corn are sown
full of cow-peas at the last working of the corn, and
then such a mass of vegetation is grown that it is almost
impossible to turn it under after the corn is harvested.
Some of the finest Potato land is found on the margins
of the famous Dismal Swamp, a few miles south of Nor-
folk, Va. Fig. 1931. Whenever the seasons area little in-
clined to be dry, such land turns out the finest and nicest
Potatoes to be found anywhere. One grower, whose farm
has been reclaimed from what was once the "Swamp,"
has raised as high as 25,000 barrels in a single season.
A navigable arm of the sea ran to within a half mile of
his "Potato patch," and a "tram railway" run by mule-
power enabled him to put his Potatoes into market as
easily and as expeditiously as the man beside him who
grew 2.50 barrels. The scarcity of labor will eventually
compel the use of the improved machinery; and the
POTENTILLA
probability is that the acreage devoted to Potatoes is to
be lessened instead of increased. A. Jeffers.
Potatoes in the South.— It is an easy matter to grow
an early or spring crop of Irish Potatoes in the South,
provided the seed tubers can be had. As the crop
matures early, it is almost impossible to keep the tubers
over the summer and through the succeeding winter in
order to plant in the following spring. Therefore it is
a common practice to import seed from the North. This
difficulty of keeping the seed Potatoes is obviated if a
second or fall crop is grown; and this fall crop may also
be made to afford a staple supply of food. The great-
est problem in Irish Potato-growing in the extreme
South is the raising of the fall crop, although the matter
is not difficulfif a few underlying principles are kept in
mind. This article is devoted to the growing of the
second or fall crop.
Under favorable conditions profitable crops are grown
in the southern states during late summer and fall.
Dry, hot weather frequently prevails during the early
part of this period; hence the necessity of having the
soil, before planting, in a condition to receive and
to retain the greatest amount of moisture. Heating
manures or other materials that will cause rapid fer-
mentation should not be applied to the soil just at
planting time nor during the first month after planting.
Land that was thoroughly prepared, highly fertilized
and well tilled in some spring crop like cabbage or
onions, gives much better results than similar soil
broken and fertilized only a short time before plant-
ing. Cool, moist, valley lands are better adapted to the
fall crop of Potatoes than are the drier, warmer hill-
sides.
Dormant tubers of the previous year's crop would
doubtless insure the best stand; but, as these are diffi-
cult to obtain, the majority of growers select seed Pota-
toes from the spring crop, which matures two or three
months before time to plant the second crop. Some
growers prefer to let seed Potatoes remain in the soil
where they grew until ready to plant the second crop;
others dig as soon as the spring crop is matured, spread
the Potatoes thinly over a surface protected from sun
and rain, and cover lightly with straw or leaf -mold.
In latitude 33°, August 1 to August 15 is sufficiently
early to plant. If dry, hot weather prevails it is fre-
quently advantageous to sprout the tubers before
planting; otherwise they may lie in the ground several
weeks perfectly dormant. This sprouting, or starting
the buds, is easily done by the following method:
Spread the Potatoes in a cool, shaded place, cover to
the depth of 3 or 4 inches with garden loam, sand or
leaf-mold, and keep moist (not wet) for about a fort-
night, or until the sprouts are an eighth to a quarter of
an inch long.
As a rule, conditions for starting Potato plants into
vigorous growth are much more favorable in the spring
than in August. The plantlet must draw its suste-
nance from the mother tuber until it is able to imbibe
food from the soil; hence the practice of cutting tubers
into larger pieces for the summer planting than was
manner of planting the early and the late crop is the
same. With proper care in preparation of land, very
little cultivation is necessary. Once the plants are
started into vigorous growth (which comes with the
advent of cool weather), the crop develops more rap-
idly in the fall than in the spring. It is seldom neces-
sary to dig before December 1. Keeping qualities are
excellent. For table use they are equal to those from
spring han'est, or even better the early crop. As
seed Potatoes they are preferred for spring planting.
A. B. McKay.
POTATO, AIK. Dioscorea bulbifera.
POTATO ONION. See Onion.
POTATO, SWEET. See Sweet Potato.
POTENTlLLA (diminutive of Latin potens, power-
ful; referring to the medicinal properties). ifosdr««.
Cinquefoil. Five-fingeb. A large genus of perennial,
rarely annual, herbs or shrubs found throughout the
POTENTILLA
north temperate and frigid zones, and <^h'»'"f^"'f^^^„H
their compound leaves, 5 bracteoles borne at the base of
thfi "i seoals which in turn are borne upon the edge ot
a cup shaped, dry receptacle; stamens 10-30, together
with the 5 rounded petals inserted upon the margin of
The receptacle: pistils many, in fruit becoming ramutje
akenes; styles deciduous. Those in cultivation are all
hardy perennial plants suitable for border planting.
The most valuable double-fld. forms are hybrids.
K. M. WlKGAND.
The American Potentillas are generally rather un-
attractive plants with small flowers. They are as a
rule very tenacious of life and do well with ordinary
<-are' P fntticosa, a handsome and distinct low shrub,
prefers moist positions, but will grow in even very
dry soil. Where thoroughly established in moist soil it
is difficult to eradicate. P. argenteashon\d be given a
dry soil, preferably about rocks. It is tenacious of life
and is quite attractive. P. Hippiana a western species
with comparatively large foliage of decided gray color
is hardy east. It is a good perennial preferring dryish
soil P. MdeHtata is an attractive evergreen species
forming thick mats. It does well in any fairly rich soil
in open or partially shaded positions. Potentillas are
prop by division or seed, the hybrids only by division.
P. (ruticosa may be increased by greenwood cuttings.
F. W. Barclay.
Hybrid Potentillas have nearly all the good qualities
we look for in a border plant.-handsome foliage and
free -blooming habit. They continue m bloom from
spring until autumn, although most profusely in June
and July. They cannot be said to be reliably hardy in
♦he latitude of Boston, probably not above Washington.
Thev do not grow over two feet and seldom need stak-
ing A heavy soil suits them best. Choice varieties are
propagated by division of the rootstock in spring; cut-
tings will not root. They run mostly m shades of
maroon, scarlet and orange, often beautifully banded
with vellow. They bear seed freely, and when carefully
hybridized we may get a very fine strain with a good
proportion of double ones. Seedlings bloom the second
vear Some of the species make neat rock plants, es-
pecially P. Mdentata, P. vema and P. argenfea,-the
last, though common, is valuable in places in which
other plants will not grow. T. D. Hatfield.
INDKX.
AndrS, Dr., 16. Gordon! 5. O^^Xf ^|ee Co-
arsentea, 15. gracilis. 14. palustns. bee 1.0
awrophylla. »■ grandiflora, 7. "''"?"■,«
atrosanKiiinea, 8. Hamlet, 16. perfects, 16
Wcolor 16. Hapwoodiana,16. garpurea, 16
cardinale, 16. Hippiana. 2. Pyrenaiea.U^
coccinea 9 hybrida, 16. Rolhnson Wm., 16.
DTudin/ie. insionis^i. SJ^.^Xant 16
Eldorado, 16. Jvesm.5. a ,,„ t "?,■„ ifi
ir~;ie Ifi lariniata. 13. Salter. Je.->ne, 16.
Ton 'oia. 9. laciniosa, 13. Tl?!"^^"'' !«■
fruticosi, 1. Lemoine, 16. tndent.a a, 6.
Blandulosa. 3. Mars, 16. verna. 11.
Gloirede Nancy, 16. Nepalensis, 9. vesi™e ."le.
A. Basal leaves pinnate.
B. Stem shrtibby 1. fruticosa
BB. Stem herbaceous. .
c. Zrvs. silky, tomentose beneath. 2. Hippiana
cc. Lvs, qreen on both sides.
D. Lfis. targe, 1 in. long, den-
fate 3. glandulosa
4. rupestris
DD. Lfts. minute, H-^A in. long, .
much divided 5. Gordoni
AA. Basal lvs. palmately S-7-foUolute.
B. Lfts. S. „...»»
c. Fls. white 6. tridentata
cc. Fls. yellow or red 7. grandiilora
8. argyrophylls
BB. Lfts. 5-7 9. Nepalensis
c. Fls. red or purple 10. Thurben
cc. Fls. yellow. 11- vema
D. Lvs. green beneath 12. Pyrenaica
13. laciniosa
14. gracilis
DD. Lvs. white beneath 15. argentea
POTENTILLA
1421
1. fruticdsa, Linn. Fig. 1935. Much-branched, 5 in.
to 4 ft. high, with peculiar shreddy bark: lvs. all pin-
nate; lfts. 3-7, small (6-12 lines long), oblong-linear,
acute, silky with revolute margins: fls. numerous,
bright yellow, showy, 8-16 lines broad; >*^yJ;«J^^'f™'_j
akenes, receptacle and I ' "^
sk all long-hairy. Swamps and
1935 Potentilla fruticosa (X %)
rocky places, N. Amer., Eu., Asia. J H. "J- 31:602
D. 12ir-A useful shrub, flowering throughout the
summer.
" Hippiana, Lehm. Stem erect, stout, 1-2 ft. high,
silky, erect-branched above; stipules large, ovate-
lanceolate, subentire: basal lvs. rather large ; lfts. 3-5
nairs, whitish silky above, tomentose beneath, decreas-
ing in size toward base of leaf, obovate-cuneate, 1-2K in.
loig. obtusely toothed; cauline lvs. several and similar:
fls. deep yellow, %-\ in. broad, cyraose; bracteoles
nearly equaling the calyx, acute; petals slightly ex-
ceeding the sepals, retuse. Western America.
3 glandulbsa, Lindl. Strict, 1-2 ft. high, slender,
viscid and glandular-hairy, erect, branched above: lvs.
mostly basal, 4-6 in. long; lfts. 3^ pairs 1-P4 m. long,
obovate, obtusish, coarsely serrate-dentate, nearly gla-
brous; cauline lvs. 3-parted : fls. rather large, yellow
petals entire, equaling the long-acuminate sepals; styles
thickened below, inserted at base of carpel: akenes
glabrous. Western U. S.; grows well in dry, sterile
ground.
4 rupistxis, Linn. Very similar to the last, slightly
stouter: fls. larger, nearly white; petals entire, much
exceeding the calyx. June, July. Eu.- Grows well in
dry, sterile soil.
5. G6rdom, Baill. (Iv'esia G6rdoni, Torr. & Gray).
Root stout: caudex woody and cespitose: stems erect,
4-12 in. high, and, like the lvs., glandular -pub"-—*
or glabrous: lvs. mostly basal, nui
crowded pairs ; cauline lvs. few, very small
and inconspicuous in a crowded cyme; petal
spatulate, shorter than the sepals; -*"™'>"= ""
as; lfts. 10-20
all
only 5 ; pis-
_ Western U. S.; forms dense mats in dry soil.
-Possibly generically distinct.
6. tridentata, Soland. Often woody at the base, 1-12
in. high, slender: branches erect-spreading, appressed-
pubescent: lvs. mostly basal, long-petioled; lfts. J^-1
m long, oblanceolate, truncate and 2-5-toothed at the
apex, cuneate and entire below, coriaceous, dark green,
paler beneath: fls. several, small, 3-5 lines broad, m a
terminal, nearly naked cyme; petals oval, entire, ex-
ceeding the calyx; style lateral, flliform: akenes and
receptacle villous. June, July. Northern N. Amer.,
Greenland, Scotland. -Good for dry banks and rockeries.
1422
POTENTILLA
7. grandifldra.Linn. Stem leaf.v, 10-20 in. high, erect,
branched, villous; caudex nearly simple: Ivs. with
appressed-hairy petioles exceeding the broadly obovate-
cuneiform, dentate, l-ll4-m. long Ifts., which are green
and pilose-silky on both sides; iis. numerous, /4-% in.
In diam.; petals broad, emarginate, much exceeding the
acute sepals; akenes glabrous, rugulose: receptacle
hairy. June, July. Eu., North Asia. — A good border
plant. Differs from the next in the smaller, broader
leaflets, green beneath, and the rugulose carpels.
8. argyioph^lla, Wall. (P. jnsfjfnis, Koyle). Tall and
leafy, 2-3 ft. high, stout, silky-hairy or pubescent; Ivs.
large, long-petioled; Ifts. 2-3 in. long, elliptic-ovate or
obovate, acutely toothed, white beneath, silky-hairy,
rarely glabrous above: fls. yellow, %-lH in. broad,
long, slender -pedicelled; sepals acuminate; petals
large, obcordate, exceeding the calyx- akenes smooth;
style sub-terminal, receptacle villous. June, July.
Himalayas. Var. atrosanguinea, Hooker (P. atrosan-
guinea, Lodd.). — Fls. red or purple, same range. One
of the most common species in cultivation and exten-
sively hybridized with P. Nepalensis. giving rise to
most of the hybrid Potentillas ut the trade.
9. Nepal6nsiB, Hook, i /■ ' h n, P. cocclitea,
Hoffra.). Erect, lV^-2 ft, 1 .i^dv rootstoek,
few-fld., clothed with Iciii;, , i - .; :i- hairs, leafy-
branched: lower Ivs. 5-7 l-hdi , ,,iirii :_' in. long: Ifts.
(2-3 in. long) obovate or ellipticobovate, acute or obtuse,
coarsely serrate, green, base entire : fls. 8-12 lines broad,
purple; petals obcordate, twice the length of the acute
sepals; bracteoles obtijse: akenes minute, glabrous,
wrinkled; receptacle hairy. May, June. Himalayas.
— A fine species.
10. Thiirberi, Gray. Similar to the last, but stem
ascending, more slender and finely pubescent: Ivs.
little paler beneath. 1-2 in. long, coarsely toothed or
almost crenate, thinner, smaller and less veiny: brac-
teoles lanceolate, acute. June, August. Southwestern
U. S. — Good for border planting.
11. v§ma, Linn. Stems 4-10 in. long, spreading or
procumbent, sometimes creeping, forming a thick
turf, much branched from the base, more or less hispid;
radical Ivs. small; Ifts. 5-7, broadly obovate-cuneiform,
dentate, 4-t) lines long; upper Ivs. sessile, ternate; fls.
many, of medium size, obscurely cymose; petals obcor-
date, little exceeding the calyx; bracteoles similar to
the sepals; akenes smooth; receptacle hairy. April,
May. Dry or stony places, Europe.— For banks and
rockeries.
12. Pyreniioa, Ram. Stem branched below, 6-15 in.
long, decumbent at base, then ascending: radical Ivs.
long-petioled, hirsute or nearly glabrous; Ifts. oblong,
toothed above with subacute teeth, terminal tooth of
equal size; stem-lvs. few, similar: Ivs. numerous; sepals
and bracteoles similar, acutish; petals longer than the
calyx, obcordate; carpels smooth; receptacle hairy.
Aug. Europe. — Larger than the last and less prostrate:
Ifts. larger, more oblong: fls. larger.
13. lacinidsa, Wald. & Kit. [P. lacinidfa. Amer.
Hort. ?)• Erect and forming clumps 1-2 ft. high, spar-
ingly hirsute, reddish : Ivs. with 5-8 broadly oblanceo-
late-oblong, 2-3-in. long, deeply laciniate-pinnatifid and
pilose Ifts. ; fls. in much-branched cymes ; sepals lanceo-
late; petals bright yellow, emarginate, much longer than
the calyx: akenes rugose; style terminal. Hungary;
grows well in dry ground. -Closely related to P. rect'n.
Differs from the two preceding in the larger size, stiff,
erect habit, larger Ivs. and rugose akenes.
14. gricilis, Dougl. Erect and rather tall (about 2 ft.
high), more or less whitened with silkv hairs and to-
mentum; basal Ivs. long-petioled; Ifts. obovate or
oblanceolate, 1-2 in. long, deeply and regularly incised-
dentate, silky above, rarely glabrous, white-tomentose
beneath; stem-lvs. similar but smaller: fls. many in a
terminal cyme; corolla 6-9 lines broad, showy; petals
obcordate, exceeding the acuminate sepals: carpels
glabrous. Western N. Amer. — Some .specimens in cult,
may be P. BlaschkeAna, Turc.
15. arg^ntea, Linn. Ascending or procumbent, tufted,
branched from the base, 4-12 in. long, more or less
white-tomentose, leafy; Ifts. 6-12 lines long, obovate-
roTHOs
oblanceolate, cuneate, deeply incised with narrow teeth
and revolute margins, dark green above, white beneath;
tls. few, cymose, 2-4 lines broad; sepals ovate-acute,
slightly shorter than the rounded petals ; styles filiform,
terminal : akenes glabrous. May-Sept. Dry, sterile soil
throughout the whole north temperate zone.
16. Hybrid Potentillas. ..ri^'iiK.lly from P. argyro-
phylla, var. atrosmni >,,,:' <: ami /'. Nepalensis (see
Gn. 16:207): SiH.//. (7— -,../.- Hapwoodiana, Ifts. 5-6,
petals at base deep r^^i . at . i nt. r pale rose, margins
whitish; Russelliana, scarlet-fire-red, large; Ifts. 3.
Double-flowered. — BkoIot Plena, orange and vermilion;
Cardinale, brilliant cardinal; Dr. Andr^, golden yel-
low, suffused with vermilion; Eldorado, purple suf-
fused with yellow; Emile, bright bronzy red; Gloire
de Nancy, golden yellow; Hamlet, dark carmine;
Hybrida, name applied to various hybrids, R. H. 1890, p.
305; Jeane Salter, orange shaded scarlet; Le Vesuve,
floriferous, light red margined with yellow or scarlet;
Mars, dark velvety red; M. Daudin, beautiful amber;
O'Briana, pink and salmon; Perfecta, maroon shaded
lemon; Purpurea, deep purple; Purpurea lutea plena,
dark purple, double: Versicolor, carmine and yellow-
flaked; Victor Lemoine, light red striped with yellow;
Wm. Rollinson, mahogany brown suffused with orange.
P. anaerlna. Linn. Sil\t:e-Weed. Spreading by runners,
low. «liitp-tonient„se; Ivs. nidii-al, pinnate: tls. v,.||,,w.
<"H^■l^,■l■^ l.M-,. ^1 ■- V. IV .l,..,,,,i;-,r En , X \!m,., /■
iKin :. ■ . I ,. . . , ■, _. '. , .. , .,,,,l,y of cult.
Sirinl.Mt-.r f..'r:i l.'iTlU i.::,.'\.' ..\\,u,.l ]:n^'^r. Fine dcCO-
rativ,. i.iant. l-.u.. iMtr,.an,-ed in Amer. K. M. WiEGAND.
FOTfiBIUU (Greek for drinking cup; because the
foliage of one species was used in the preparation of a
medicinal drink). Hosdcett:. Linna-us placed certain
rosaceous plants in the giiiria I'.iti riuiii and Sau-
guisorba, the latter having |iirr, il. m i ,,t i>iililication.
Many subsequent authors bav. iinii,,! ih. ., ::,.nera, and
thev are so treated in Gray's .Mann.il I". . k. . h(>\\i-\'er
(Engler and Prantl, Die Natiirlichen I'l'.i i i,,,,iill, ,i i .
re-defines the genus Poterium to iiMH . . , .,
the P. spinosum of South Europe. a!i i . r
species to remain in Sanguisorba. A - i i i : : i , . t 1 .
Poterium is m<.ii<pcioiis. the lower il- n, iIh -|.ik.-
staminate. th.- n|i|.i-r instillat.-, tlir -t; us uinuy ami
and inclose. I in l In .al) \. llie leaves pinnale P.'spinosum,
serrate leaflets, somewhat downy branches, si'nall green-
ish fls. in oblong spikes and reddish berry-like fr. It is
offered in S. Calif. Grows 3 ft., the branchlets ending
in spines. Said to be a very interesting ornamental
under-shrub.
For P, Canadense and P. Sanguisorba, see Sanguis-
'»''»'■ L. H. B.
P6TH0S {Potha is said to be a Ceylonese name).
ArAceie. Between 30 and 40 tall-climbing branching
shrubs (more or less herbaceous as known in cultiva-
tion! of the oriental tropics; leaves thick and often
shining, entire or lobed, sometimes blotched or varie-
gated. The species are warmhouse foliage plants, re-
quiring the same general treatment as Philodendron
(which see). Five names are in the American trade,
but not all of them belong to Pothos. In fact, the genus
Pothos is very ill-defined in cultivation because species
are named before flowers and fruits are known and
determinations are often wrongly made. Some of them
are to be referred to Scindapsus and others perhaps to
Rhaphidophora. The fls. are small and perfect, crowded
on a spadix, with 6 perianth-segments and 6 stamens,
the ovary 3-locuIed and with a rounded or mushroom-
like sessile stigma; fr. a 1-3-seeded berry: spathe
usually persistent and wide-spreading or deflexed at
maturity. Rhaphidophora has an oblong or linear stigma.
The species of Pothos send out cord-like roots that clirfg
to damp walls. For P. argyraa, see Scindapsus pictus,
var. For monograph, see Engler, DC. Monogr. Phaner. 2.
POTHOS
A. Lva.ijrcvn, not banihd or mottled.
celatocaMis, N. E. Brown. Rapid-growing climber,
witli stems flat on the under side and lying close to its
support: Ivs. distichous and overlapping, broad-elliptic,
somewhat oblique, sessile, strongly manj--veined, dark
velvety green. Borneo. F.S. 23:2419, 2420. l.H. 30:496.
— First described in 1880 in England. A very odd
plant.
nitens. Bull. Lvs. obliquely ovate-acute, cordate at
base, shining purplish green. Malaya.
AA. Lvs. mottled or banded
avlreus, Linden. Fig. 1936. Strong evergreen climber
with cordate-ovate-acute lvs., which aie variouslj
blotched and mottled with yellowish white, the body
color being bright green. Solomon Isl. IH. 27.^l5l.
S.H. 1:334.— The generic position ot this plant-which
is one of the commonest one- m miU -is m doubt It
probably belongs to RhaphidciplHiT i i ..--ilpix tc. s, nid tji
sus. In a dark place the li m i ir. m ii kinj--- t tli
leaves tend to disappear Bi ir h s «ill .,'n u iii w iti i
for a time. Prop, by cuttings <'i I i\t is
argfinteus, Bull. Lvs obliquelj in ate acuminate, sil
very gray, with a deep green margin and a deep green
band along the midrib. Borneo. jj^ U^ B^
POTHUAVA. fieeJichmea.
POT MARIGOLD. See Calendula.
POTS. Before beginning an historical sketcn of the
manufacture of Hower pots in America the writer may
perhaps be pardoned for stating that the firm which he
represents is one of the thirty-one Arms eligible to the
Century (_'lub, which consists of tirms that have had an
uninterrupted ancestral record of one hundred years or
POTS
1423
Mitui-y CI
Jl. Thor
n. ly.
ntb(,
tor i.iiu- gener
The first entry in our oldest account bonk reads as
follows: Weston, April 19, 1775, Lemuel Jones, to Ware,
debtor: 0£ 2s. 8d. Prom 1788 to 1810, a period of 21
years, we have a continuous account. The charges dur-
ing that entire term cover about as ni:iii\- p;it.'''s as we
now often use in a day; and the aniouiii in . I. .liars and
cents does not compare with single sal.- ..f tl... v.ar
1900. Through all the vi-ars up to 1807 th,- t.rin •ilow.r
p.,t-" ,1,,.. n..t ..,M. :i].|..ar. and the writer very iiuu-li
r. J ' ' ■' ■ ■' ' "f flower pots and the name
ot : . " f.)und.
1;,! !...i.; I ,,; .: i :,[. who can remember the vear
181.1 v.;!! 1-. >all Lli, d..t,rr.-..i-Li condition of business a'fter
war was actually declared. The menil..is ,,f tlu- II. ws
firm felt sure that there would be no dt-nian.i f.ir iI'.w.t
pots, they being more of a luxury than a n.-. is-ity. an. I
that the factory must close. At that Tim. tli. wriu-r-
succeeded in getting permission to inak. Iiis lir-t \ . n-
ture as salesman "on the road." Goinir lii-T i.i r, M.
Hovey, he secured what was a goo.l ..r.l. r f..r ili..se
tiiiL's, s..iiie lO.onO or more pots for the sprini; tia.l.- of
Isr.J. X..I ..II, , after that, during the Civil War, was
tli. ' '■'■ ' i ring the spring and fall rush, to fill all
tl: I i'.wer pots. It is not that these orders
«.i. ,11. 1,,,..., large or numerous, but they were be-
y..i.,; ih,- .aisu'iiy o£ "the firm.
Tlie writers own records go back to 1806. At that
time prices were a third or a half higher than they are
to-day. which is more than the writer would be willing
to admit of the relative excellence of the goods. We
first got I'alrl, iMi.l. I ,,\;t\- with machinery for making
small fl..«.r I II. l-.^'i. The father of the under-
signed, ahiii ' ,. he a little cautious, thought
that we sli,, ,, , i^,,,,i^ the country and ruin the
prices. W., ,ii.l in ihai > .-ar what we thought was a
wonderful l.n-in.-s in H..\v.-r pots. We exceeded it by
Until ab.m't
potter's wheel. There had been, indeed, many different
forms of this wheel, but it had always been propelled by
hand or foot power. When, in the early fifties, a wheel
was made to be propelled by the foot, with two sizes of
pulleys and a balance wheel whereby the speed of the
1936. Pothos
the horticulturists t X H) •'
heel was incre.ised m the proportion of three to one,
w IS thought that perfection hid been reached. Much
nil thou^li very little mone\ , had been spent previous
. till hfti. s m attempts to make a pot machine. It was
tt to \\ ilium Linton, of Baltimore, an experienced
Amerii i « i- I I III iiopi in tins kind of
machiner\ , as also m iinpro\ed machiner\ in general.
It IS probably safe to say that from time immemorial
down to about the year 1863, flower pots had always
been made m one general waj— by hand, on a potter's
wheel.
The machine made onlv small pots, up to about .'> inches
in diameter; and while 'it had previously taken an ex-
perienced man to make his thousand .■^-ini-h pots in 10
hours, a smart boy without any jirevions experience
wliar.vir .-..iild make three thousan.l on tin- inai-hine in
Winn tli., standard pot was ado|.t. .1, al...nt 1(1 years
.'iir... till' hand process was jira.-ti. :ill\ al.an.loiifd in
the principal potteries in fav..r ot uhat i- t. .hnically
called the jigger. This is a
machinery. These disks. .
different sizes and fitti.l \
molds are made in very lar
pots, and the larger s'tan.l
made at the present tini.
pots from 12-24 in. in ilia
hand on the wheel.
The making of the pot is
to that comes the preparatic
years from 1765 to 1865 saw
cess of preparing it for use.
tank or tub, propelled by ai
processes remained as crude
the century previous: the drying, firing, and all con-
nected with the manufacture. The capacity ot our
flower pot drying-rooms of to-day far exceeds the entire
product of aiiy one year prior to 1865. At that time the
custom of using wood for drying and firing pots still
continued. It required three cords of white pine and
from thirty to forty hours' labor to thoroughly Bre a
ili-k |.r..i..-lled by
.■a.K, ar.- niadeof
1- nn^'s. Plaster
s lor each size of
i.-lJ-inoh) are all
111. .Ids. With us.
i.le as of yore by
lot its only cost: previous
of the clay. The hundred
o improvement in the pro-
It was ground in a wooden
n ox. The various other
1865 as they had been
1424
small furnace. To-<l:iv tlirof tons of bituminous coal will
iiniforn:
Are five times as ,»n,-l, ,H,tt,.ry in fifteen hours.
Itis a very .-.ii,.! -:..-.,. ii,at one flowerpot is as
Wlli.'h 1
good as anotli. 1. , : « ill hold together long
MmI-.m!,
enough to gruH 1 iM . . i Mi- is equivalent to saving
rhil on
that one rose is ,,- 1 .- ,.,„„ther. The late C. M.
h.-n.-h l<
Hovey has often said to the writer, "Mr. Hews, I want
done CO
all perfect pots. Suppose I am potting a choice plant
flesh on
which will be worth two or three dollars. I want a good
be able
e as well
condition
of clay.
u smooth
istantly in large establishments, may have some
his thumbs at night. Such a pot must also
to stand transportation and years of usage if
necessary. " Standard " flower pots, such
as are now used by American florists,
are shown in Figs. 1937.
The writer often asks himself, "Will
the demand for flower pots in the next
qua
tury
the
'^^k^m^^
All!
1937. Pots of various sizes.
■' standard " pots except the rimless one at the right, which is
straight pot for it, but I am obliged to pull the pile over
before I can find one. When I do find one it is sure to
be of such a soft burn that it will hardly hold together." .,.
We would then examine some of the choice subjects in _j
his greenhouse, and they were sure to be in warped and [^
cracked pots. "Such a pot spoils the sale of a plant
unless I repot it." This was before the day of standard
pots. When the Society of American Florists met at
Washington in 1892 the writer spent several hours in the
greenhouses of the various departments. To say that
many of the flower pots looked as if they belonged to
that class of pottery found in the Indian mounds of
Mexico would be a reflection on the aborigines. The
poor preparation of poor materials is a feature of
the thousands of Inferior flower pots that flood our
markets. The practical florists were long ago convinced
that the best pots are the cheapest.
Grades of clay used in the manufacture of flower pots
are almost as numerous as the banks in which they are
found, and require many different methods of treatment.
To separate the stones from the clay has always been a
very perplexing as well as expensive problem. The clay is
first plowed by means of a horse and capstan, whereby one
horse will do the work of twenty men with picks. This
clay is then loaded in dump carts and carried to the
mill, where it is shoveled through a disintegrator, which
expels the larger stones and crushes the smaller ones.
It then falls on an endless belt and is carried to a
revolving drier. This is a new western device, where,
by the use of crude petroleum for heat, we evaporate
from 20 to 25 per cent of moisture from the clay, and
while it passes through a direct blaze of white heat
there is sufiicient moisture all the time to prevent it
from burning. (Burning of the clay at this stage would
make it worthless.) To demonstrate this point beyond
question, paper and dry shavings were passed through
with the clay, and they came out without even scorch-
ing.
From the drier, the clay goes into large bins, where it
must remain 24 hours, so that portions of it which have
become too dry and hard may absorb the moisture from
that not dry enough. From these bins it is carried to
whlppers, which beat the clay without further crushing
the stone. From the whipper it goes to the revolving
screens, and thence to the elevators.
The next process is mixing, or, as we term it, "pug-
ging." This is all done by machinery. From one ma-
chine the clay comes out very soft and plastic, to be
worked into plaster molds. From the other the clay
comes out into hard cubes for the iron molds of the
machine. The pot machine and the jigger of to-day
each does the work of from six to eight men at the
wheel, even at as late a date as 1885.
The difference in cost between a good and a poor pot
is very slight, and if the florist will demand and accept
nothing but a flrst-class pot, a standard in quality as
well as size will soon be reached. To be standard in
quality a pot must be of clay properly prepared, be of
he past quarter?" In 1869
w-,- manufactured 700,000 pots; in 1894,
7, (Mill, 000, or ten times as many after a.
lapse of 25 years. If the same factory
can in 1920, another 25 years later, pro-
duce and sell 70,000,000, we shall verily
be living in a land of flowers!
A. H. Hews.
POTSHERDS. Gardener's name for
broken pots and crocks, a material used
in the bottom of pots, pans, boxes, etc., to afford drain-
age. Coal clinkers, gravel, etc., are often used for the
purpose.
POTTING. The first stage in the life of the plant is
hen the seedling is transplanted from the seed-bed or
the cutting is put in the cutting bench. It is only when
either is potted that it can truly be said to take on the
dignity of a plant. It is then out of swaddling clothes
and enters the ranks of its big brothers and sisters,
on the way to making its bow in society; to live per-
chance in the window of the tenement or on the fire
escape; mayhap to refresh the eye of the patient in the
sick room; or to lose its identity in rows of its fellows
in great glass houses where the blossoms are garnered
and sent to market ; perhaps to take its place in row
upon row of its kind and make an arabesque pattern
or gay border, and so delight the eye or regale the
senses with sweet odors.
The mechanical operation of potting includes also
"shifting," i. e., transferring the plant from a small to
a larger pot. Repotting signifies the same, generally
speaking, as shifting; but speaking technically it
means shaking out an established plant and putting it
in a pot of the same size or one smaller, according to
its needs. The actual operation of potting is very sim-
ple, and yet it must be well done to give the young
plant a fair start in life. Careless potting is respon-
sible for many losses in plants. The vast majority of
rooted cuttings and seedlings should be potted in 2-inch
pots, and it is essential, particularly in the case of
rooted cuttings, that il be done at the proper stage of
1938. Fern pans,
form of pottery nsefnt for snnill bulbs and many sballOT^
rooted subjects of which spreading masses
i desired.
development of the roots. When the roots are from one-
eighth to one-fourth of an inch long they may be said
to be at their best for potting. If sooner, the plants are
not likely to develop as rapidly in the pot as if left in
the cutting bench ; if later, they are harder to handle,
injury is liable to result, and they do not as readily
recover from the shock incidental to the change. The
POTTING
1425
operation of potting as prac
establishments is as follow;
pared, the workman places tli
the cuttings in front of hin
ceive the potted plants at hi;
eft ha
^ ri^lii . \\ ah a viimiitaneous
y |pot iu his Itrti hand and a
huiidtiil of soil in liis ri^'ht. " lie "sets " the pot in front
of liiiii, tills it witli s..il. :iiid while doing so reaches for
the (•^lttin;.^ rrtaiiiiii^ ;i small portion of soil in his
hand. Witli till- iii.li-x linger of the right hand he
makes a hole in the center of the pot of soil, inserts
the cutting, drops the portion of soil which he retained
in his right hand into the hole, takes the pot between
the index and middle fingers of both hands to steady it
1939. Potting a cutting.
The.
• play.
and obtain leverage, places his thumbs on each side of
the cutting and parallel with his body (Fig. 1939), the
right on the side away from his body, the left on the
other side, and presses evenly and firmly; then shifts
his thumbs so that they are at right angles with his
body and presses again; transfers the potted plant with
his right hand to the "flat," placing it with a little force
to level the loose soil on top, reaching for another
empty pot with his left hand as he does this, and re-
peats the movements. It is marvelous how rapidly
these motions are made by expert workmen, and the
work can be done as well rapidly as slowly when the
cuttings are in the proper condition as to root-develop-
ment already described. There was a time when 5,000
per day of 10 hours was considered the maximum, and
it is still good work for the average workman. James
Markey, an employe of the late Peter Henderson, re-
peatedly potted 10,000 verbena cuttings with two boys
to assist in taking away the plants as potted, supplying
him with empty pots and cuttings, the requisite quan-
tity of soil having been previously placed on the bench.
The writer was his only assistant when he made his
first great effort at "breaking the record," when he suc-
ceeded in potting 7.500 in 10 hours. Upon one occasion
he potted 11, .500 verbena cuttings in a day of 10 hours,
which is the highest number ever reached.
At a potting contest held in Madison Square
Garden in New York city in 1892, George
Martin potted 1,37.3 cuttings in one hour,
the material used being arborvitce cuttings
The " standard " pots (Pig. 1937), cannot be
handled as rapidly as those without rims,
for the reason that the lower edges of the
rim are sharp and rough and make the fin-
gers of the workman sore. Consequently
the pots without rims are to be preferred.
The essentials in good potting are to put the
cutting in the center of the pot and at the
proper depth, to firm the soil thoroughly and
evenly, and to leave one-fourth of an inch,
or a little less, between the top of the soil and
the upper edge of the pot to receive water.
Included iu potting is the care of the
phiiits ininu-diatcly after being potted and
1J40. until they have taken root in the pots. First
, , „„^ in imt^ortatice is the "setting" of the plants
Implement ^, , , , ,i , ^ , ^,
(orfirming "n the bench; care should be taken that
the soil in they are "set" perfectly level so that they
large pots, will hold water. They should be watered
thoroughly aiui shaded as soon as they are
set. The best method of shading when large quanti-
ties are potted is by the use of lath shutters. These
are made by nailing common laths on three paral-
lel pieces of furring strip, allowing one inch space be-
tween the laths. They may be njade any length,
three feet being a very convenient size. Inverted pots
of a sufficient height to clear the young plants make
very handy supports for these shutters. During late
spring and summer it will be necessary to supplement
this method of shading by covering the shutters with
paper or m u s 1 i n , t h e
muslin being preferred.
Sew the muslin in 10-
yard lengths, giving
pieces 2 yards wide.
Sprinkle the muslin co-
piously at intervals as it
becomes dry. This care
must be kept up for .'i-O
days according t.i i-cm
should be put ..\ , r Hi,-
plants early in tin in..i ii
ing, first watering th.
plants ; an hour or so
later the muslin should
be put on provided the
sun is shining brightly.
After the second day the
period for covering the
plants should be short-
ened by putting shutters
and nnislin cmi latir ,-ind
taking iIh^ui di' .■•■ii'lirr
until thi- planis a]'.- suf-
get along without them. An important detail is to have
about half an inch of sand on the bench to retain mois-
ture and allow for the proper " setting " of the plants.
Another very important detail, in case new pots are
used, is to thoroughly saturate them with water before
filling, allowing sufficient time for the water to evaporate
from the surface before using. It is bad practice to
work with wet pots, and worse still with wet soil. A
good test of the proper amount of moisture in soil for
potting is when it molds in the hand only under strong
pressure. Another essential, in case old pots are used,
is to see that they are clean inside at all events; they
should be clean outside as well, but if any old soil is
found adhering to the inside of the pot it should be
cleaned out and thrown away.
Potting large plants from the open ground, such as
carnations, roses, geraniums, shrubs, etc., is an entirely
different operation from the foregoing. These all re-
quire pots 5 inches in diameter and over, and sufficient
pressure cannot be given with the thumbs to properly
firm the soil. It is necessary, therefore, to use a stick
1941. Potting i
The pot is cut in two to show the
proper conditions inside.
1942 ■ Shiftmg
established plant into a larger pot.
about an inch wide, and sharpened down to one-fourth
of an inch at the end. ( Fig. 1940. ) The handle should
be round, and in a large place where much heavy pot-
ting and shifting are done it pays to have some of these
sticks in regular tool stock. After the plant is placed
in the pot and the latter filled with soil, take the stem
of the plant at the surface between the index fingers
and thumbs, the other fingers extended down the sides
of the pot, lift the pot about an inch and set it back
with a smart shock, at the same time pressing the plant
1426
down and steadying it; this settles the soil considerably
in the pot. Next take the stick described above and
run it around the inside edge of the pot twice or so to
pack the soil, add more
evenly and tirraly the enti
allowing half an inch of
space between the surface
of the soil and the upper
edge of the pots to hold
water. What has been
said about new and clean
pots applies with even
greater force to large pots.
The potting of orchids is
a radically different opera-
tion from the potting of
purely terrestrial plants,
about which the preceding
has been written. Take
Cattleyas as an example.
Being epiphytes, they do
not require soil in which
to grow. Put them in
as small pots as po.ssible.
The material for potting
best suited to these and
most orchids is fibrous
peat and live sphagnum
adding- :> -u-. 'I ;„ n, .,1 of
broken .1 1 . 1 ■ -, -l,.
ly in'I'--. „:, t.
be putti J. 111. .■ .■. .a ,U1 the
and leaves. If the fu
should be cut in two,
separated into
he old. ilead roots, pseudobulbs
aation of the piece is uneven it
o as to combine the parts thus
! symmetrical whole, with the
growths pointing to the center. Have the pot thoroughly
clean, fill it about half with clean "crocks" and small
pieces of charcoal, adjust the piece in the center of the
pot, distributing evenly any roots which remain; but
first spread a layer of moss over the "crocks," then press
the preparation of peat and moss evenly and moderately
firm around the piece and in the interstices between the
roots, finishing up high around the center; insert some
small-sized stakes at the proper places fo support the
piece, tie the growth to them, and the job is finished.
Fig. 1941 will show better than words can describe how
the plant should look after it is potted.
Repotting, when necessary, is almost identical in its
details wjth potting itself. The spring is the best
time to do it, even with species which flower in the fall.
Carefully remove all the old crocks and other material,
so as not to injure the roots, a pointed stick being the
best implement for the purpose. Then replace as care-
fully with new material in a clean pot. The undersigned
dwells upon cleanliness
repeatedly, for herein lies
the great essential in suc-
cessful plant - growing.
Potting orchids in bas-
kets, which sounds para-
iloxical, is identical with
potting them in pots as
far as the essential de-
tails of manipulation are
concerned. The potting
i.f l.nll.s is discussed un-
Sliifiini;" is the tech-
iii.iil I. 1111 used in the
ilori-t'^ trade whenplants
are ti-aiisfi-rred to larger
pots. See Fig. l;t!'2. When
the plant exhausts the soil
in the small pot it must
be put in a larger one to
maintain growth. The
trained eye detects at a
glance by the appearance
of the plant when it requires a "shift." Those lacking
such training can discover it by turning the plant out of
the pot and examining the roots. (See Fig. 194,1.) If
the outside of the ball of soil on the lower portion is
1944. Repotting a sickly plant.
The "shoulder" is rubbed
otT as at b. repliu-ed by fresh
soil and the whole ball of
earth reduced in size. (Only
a fraction of the plant's
height is shown.)
POTTING
well netted with roots as in Fig. 1943, and particularly
if most of them have lost the fresh creamy white color
of healthy "working" roots, then the plant must be at
once shifted, or it will soon reach that stage which is
the bane of the careless plant - grower; viz., "pot-
bound."
"Knocking out" is the technical term n^cl bv Hr.rists
to describe tile turning of a plant out > i i n. ].<-<t
way to do this is to take the pot in , • • ,,,,1,
invert it in passing it to the left, as til. : m 1,1 lie
l.la.fd between the index and middle linL. 1 - I tin I, ft
iiiimI, -im- tin- put a smart tap on its rim on the edge
. III. I., ii.-li and thr liallut soil is separated from the
.1; |ila. .■ till- i.laiit in a Hat ready for the purpose, and
n l"ai. I iTii- taj. is all tliat is necessary in ninety-nine
cases out of a hundi'. .1. It is bad practice to get into the
liabit of giving a siri. > .,t ta|i-. a~ it makes slow work.
We are considerin;; n.iw ih. li.^t shift, i. e., from a
2-inch to a 3-inch put.
The plants having lueu knucked out, the next opera-
tion is to "shoulder" them. This consists of removing
the shoulder or edge of the ball of soil with the thumb
and forefinger down to where the roots begin. Fig. 1944.
The object of this is obvious, to remove leached-out soil
and supply a fresh, nutritious portion in its place, so as
to get the greatest possible advantage from shifting.
Everything being made ready, the operator proceeds by
putting a portion of soil in the bottom of the pot sufti-
cient to raise the ball of soil flush with the edge of the
pot. As this is being done, reach for the plant with the
left hand and put it in tlie center of the pot; simultane-
ously take a handful of soil in the right hand and fill
the pot, then grasp the pot between the index and
middle fingers of each hand, place the thumbs on each
side of the plant at right angles with the body, lift the
pot about a half-inch
and set it back on the
bench with a smart rap,
pressing with the
thumbs at the same
time; change the
thumbs to right angles
with their fonner posi-
tion and press again,
then change so as to
press where they have
not touched already ;
three pressures of the
thumbs and the rap on
the bench, and the op-
eration is done. A
smart operator with
two bov3 will shift ."i,- ,
000 plants in 10 hours.
This amount of work is
made possible only by eliminating all unnecessary mo-
tions and making them synchronous with each hand in
reaching for soil, pot and plant as described. One hand
should not be idle while the other is employed. See
Figs. 1945-9 for good and bad examples of potting.
Be careful in shifting not to set the plants too deep.
The tendency of roots is downward, and only enough of
the stem to steady the plant in the pot should be in the
soil. Plants set too deeply in the pots are easily over-
watered, because so much soil is not within the influ-
ence of root action. A few plants which root from the
crown, like lilies, should be set deeper than such plants
as roses, geraniums, fuchsias, palms and all plants
whose root action is mainly downward.
Do not give too great a shift at one time; that is, do
not attempt to shift from a 2-inch pot to a 5- or 6-inch.
As a rule, an inch at a time is best, especially for com-
mercial purposes, where plants are grown to be shipped
some distance. In private places soft-wooded plants
may be shifted in spring from 2- to 4-inch pots and
from 4- to 6-inch, as the question of shipping does not
enter. But it would not be safe even with these to do
the same in late fall when growth is slower and the days
are growing shorter. Hard wooded plants, such as
palms, azaleas, etc., and even roses should never be
shifted more than an inch at a time; in fact, it is better
not to shift them later than September in any case.
The spring is the best time to do it.
POTTING
Drainage is neces>5ary in all pots over 4-incii and for
hard-wooded plants even that size is better drained.
This is technically called "crocking," i. e., placing pots-
herds in the bottom of the pot to allow the quick pas-
sage of water and admit air to the roots. Place a large
piece over the hole in the bottom of the pot and the
remainder in smaller pieces. There are usually enough
broken pots around a place to supply the needs. Char-
coal is an excellent material for supplying pot drainage,
none better. An inch or so of drainage is sufficient in
a 5- or 6-inch pot, two inches or so for all sizes above
these. A bottom of broken stone, cinders or gravel is
essential upon which to stand the pots, as such a stratum
accelerates drainage, while at the same time providing
a moist surface so beneficial to plants in a greenhouse.
A few words of caution may not be out of place
before closing this branch of the sub.iect. Never shift
PREXAXTHES 1427
plants well set with good flowers are wanted; and in
these days such plants will bring enough in the best
markets to pay for the space and trouble. For 2- and
3-inch pots use sifted soil, but for 4-inch and over soil
well broken, but having plenty of fiber from sod in it,
should be used. Always v.at.r j.laiits tliiin,iii.'lily after
shifting so as to soak tii-- si-il t<. ih.- I.i.ii-'in. aii.i il<> not
water again until tht-x slmw .lry]M -s )i ,lf wa> <hmn the
pot on the outside. r^TKnii ()']\I,\ra.
POUERETIA. SeePii;/,/.
POUBTHiaiA villosa. iiee Pliotinia.
PRAIRIE CLOVER. Petalostemon.
PRAIRIE DOCK. SUpJimm terebinthinaceum.
1947. Too high,
plants while the ball of soil is wet: it should be dry
enough to crumble readily to the touch. Never shift
into dirty pots; it will pay to clean them, especially the
inside Never shift a pot-bound plant without loosen-
ing the soil on the surface of the ball. A few smart
raps with the closed fist will do it; or better still repot
as now described
Repotting is necessary frequently when plants have
become pot-bound, or when from any cause they appear
to require it; such, for instance, as debility from over-
shitting, over-watering or neglect of any kind. In
such cases the soil shi>iild be washed from the roots
1949. Good.
PRENANTHES (Greek words, meaning drooping
hlossom). Compdsitie. Rattlesnake Root. A genus
of about 16 species of tall perennial herbs, of which 10
are natives of North America. A few species are offered
by collectors. Prenanthes are leafy-stemmed plants
with dull colored heads borne in spike-like terminal
panicles. Lvs. alternate, lower ones petiolate, sagittate,
cordate, often much divided: upper ones auriculate and
much narrower and smaller heads: 5-.30-fld.: akenes
terete, 4-5-angled, usually striate. The species are ex-
tremely variable. They are of easy culture in any good
into a pot a size or
ng in, taking care to
- plant prune it back
lition. Shade such
B. Henils 5-1-fhl.
Iiirnhicre t/Jabrous.
thick.
■oir. onlji 1 li»e
.:,-t an.l -.v-tf.T spar-
altiasima. Liini.
sl,-ii.l..r: lis. -la-.-i
whitish. .hiIv-()<'
A variable species.
lisl, y.-ll..w: ,.al,|.us s
t. Ill .M"-n or shade.
Stem -i-T ft.,
traw.-olored or
Cairada to Ga.
closing paragraph. The high, narrow pot slmwn on
the extreme right of the line of pots in Fig. 19.S7 is fre-
quently used for roses and palms by some, especially
for Cocas Weddelliana, which makes a long tap-root
and which it is almost invariably fatal to break. It is
feasible, however, to avoid this if the seeds are sown
in 6-inch pots, using 4 inches of clinkers as a bottom
These check the downward growth and induce develop-
ment of fibrous roots in the soil, so that the tap-root
may be cut off below them and the ordinary 2-inch pot
used with safety. It is not necessary to use the deep
pot for roses in any case. Plants which exceed the
diameter of the pot should be given room to allow for
development. The best market growers plunge the
pots in soil to half their depth, as it is necessary in the
spring months because of the rapid evaporation of
water. Tins refers especially to geraniums, fuchsias,
heliotr")" -. p. ::;!:i,.-, .i' r.M . must la- taken, how-
ever, t(. Ill' : i .■,,.,..' .li: ... :i . t.i inTvciit the roots
from ffiit,. _ . .. .. ; I i,,n_li Ih.. hole in the
bottom "I iii. 1. I'll I I li. - .ipaTi li'.in center to
center f<o sml, plai.i, \\ili ii..i l.t too much if stocky
BB. ITriKls S-16-nd.: involucre broader, 1%S lines
thick.
c. Pappus deep cinnamon-broun.
41ba, Linn. Stem 2-5 ft. high, usually purplish: in-
fiorescence thyrsoid -paniculate: fls. dull white. Aug.,
.Sept. Open woods and sandy soil. Canada to Ga. and
111. B.B. 3:289. Mn. 3:161.
Berptntftria, rursh (.v.,7.,-/„. Fraz/'ri, DC). Stem
usualh .ibout 2-4 ft. lji:;li. s.iiiH imiis purple spotted:
fls. purplish, greenish white or yellowish. Jnly-Oet.
Ont. to Fla. and Ky. B.B. 3:289.
AA. Involucre hirsute-pubescent .
racemdsa, Michx. Stem 6 in. to 2 ft. high: stem-lvs.
mainly sessile, while they are mostly petiolate in the
other species here described : fls. purplish. Aug., Sept.
Moist open places, Canada to N. J. and Colo. B.B.
3:291. p. w. Barclay.
1428
PRESTONIA
FKESTONIA (probably named after Charles Preston,
a correspondent of Ray). ApocynAcew. About 30 spe-
cies of tall climbers from tropical America. P. ivnosa
is a tender foliage plant once offered in America as
Hchites nutans. Prestonia differs from Echites in hav-
ing a callous ring inside the corolla-tube at the throat
and often 5 linear, erect scales below. Other generic
characters: calyx with 5 entire or lacerated scales inside
at the base: corolla salver-shaped, the tube constricted
at the throat; lobes 5: ovary with 2 distinct carpels;
seeds eomose at the apex.
The following points are adapted from Lowe's Beauti-
ful Leaved Plants : P. venosa is cultivated for the net-
work of crimson veins on its foliage. The plant blooms
rarely, and its fls. are far inferior to Echites or Dipla-
denia. When properly cultivated it makes a charming
subject, but if neglected it is as worthless as a weed.
It can hardly be propagated by cuttings; the fleshy
roots are cut into pieces 1-2 in. long. The plant de-
mands a temperature of 85° F., with an atmosphere as
moist as possible. Foliage should never be syringed.
Young plants should be raised every season, as older
plants become unsightly. The plant was formerly con-
siderably grown, being trained to a balloon-shaped wire
trellis. Needs warmth to bring out the markings.
vendsa, Mottet (Echites nutans, Anders. Hamadic-
tyon vendsum, Lindl.). Lvs. opposite, ovate-lanceo-
late, villous beneath: fls. yellow, in pedunculate pani-
cles: corolla-lobes roundish, wavy. St. Vincent in the
West Indies. B.M. 2473. Lowe 58. ^. m.
PRICKIY ASH, Xanthoryliim. P. Comfrey, Sym-
phytiim usperrimnm. P. Pear, O/nnilia. P. Poppy,
ArgetHone.
PRIDE OF INDIA. Melia Azederacli .
PRIMROSE. Prniiiiht. Arabian P. is ^rwfftia co>
iiKtn. Cape P. is sinptncarpns. Common P. is Pn
nnihi nil, I, wis. English P. is Pi-imula viilqari!
Evening P. SSi-e <Ki«,lh,ra.
PRIMROSE PEERLESS.
biflorus
PRIMULA (P,i„nil„ veris, the "first in spring," was
aTi old appi'llatldii of one or more of the species),
J'ri III II h'h-t:i . I'KiMKiisE. Lowhcrbs, mostly spring-
liluDiiiiiif;. with inciiopctalous salverforra fls. in clusters
on scapes that arise from a radical cluster of leaves, the
fls, usually showy (pink, lilac, purple, yellow, white),
with a tube usually surpassing the 5-toothed or 5-cleft
1950. Polyanthus flo
calyx; corolla with 5 spreading lobes, which are usually
notched or retuse at the end and more or less narrowed
at the base; stamens 5, affixed to the corolla-tube: ovary
1-loculed, with many ovules on an axile placenta, and 1
undivided filiform style and a capitate stigma. The
flowers of some Primulas are strongly dimorphic or
trimorphic — the stamens and pistils of different lengths
PRIMULA
in different flowers of the same species. Fig. 1950. See
Darwin's work, "The Diftert-ut Forms of Flowers on
Plants of the Same Si".irs." Tlii^ i...lMiii,ri,hism is
associated with cross-|».lliii:iiiMii. rrimulax aic natives
to the north temperate z.mi', .iti1\ ..m li. in- known in
the cold parts of souili. rii Souih Ann ri.a. and one in
Java. They are mostly Ijureal or al|M)H planis. Alumt
a dozen are native to the colder parts nf X-m i h Xin.Mia.
The greatest extension of the alpine s. - i r, im - in
the Himalaya region, in which there ai- hi-m iLan ID
species. There are several showy I'liin.-f >[.. ri.s,
some of which are now in general cultivation. The
total number of species is usually placed at 80-100, but
Pax, the latest monographer (Monographische Ubersicht
Uber die Arten der Gattung Primula, Leipzig, 1888,
and in Engler's Hot. JahrbUcher vol. 10), admits 145
species.
The outdoor Primulas should be protected from
the midday sun. Give a covering of mulch in winter.
They are amongst the finest of all hardy plants.
Primulas are mostly perennial. Several cultural groups
may be recognized: (1) The alpine section affords
some of the most useful plants for rock and alpine
gardens. The relatively little attention given to alpine
gardens in this country is the reason for the ne-
glect of these charming spring - flowering plants. (2)
The polyanthus class, comprising fully hardy spring-
flowering plants, suitable for culture under ordinary
garden conditions, and always popular in this country.
To the same class belong the true cowslip {P. officinalis)
and the oxiip {P. elatior), but these are rarely seen in
our gardens in their pure form. All are easily propa-
gated by division. (3) Yellow-flowered or purple-flowered
vtTtioilinte- clustered outdoor species, of the P. ini-
prriiilis and P. Japonica type, some of which are hardy
even in the northern states with some winter protection.
(4) The true greenhouse species, represented by the old
P. Sinensis {Chinese Primrose), the more recent P.
oliconica and the still more recent P. Porbesi. These
are Chinese species. The colors are of the cyanic
series. (5) The auriculas of gardens, developed from
P. Auricula. In the auricula and cowslip groups hy-
brids are many, but elsewhere in the genus good hy-
brids seem to be few.
The hardy Primulas are usually treated as alpine or
rockwork plants, to which their small stature, tufted
habit, and love of cool partially shaded places admir-
ably suit them. The reader who wants a long list of the
species that are suited to alpine and rock gardens should
consult Correvon's "Les Plantes Alpines et de Rocail-
les," Paris, 1895. For the present purpose, the writer
selects a list of twelve species recommended by Selfe-
Leonard for alpine gardens in England (.Journ. Royal
Hort. 19, p. 52 (1895): 1. "The golden yellow P. Au-
ricula, which has the additional interest that it is cer-
tainly one of the original parents of our florists' Auricu-
las."-2. "That loveliest of white alpine Primulas, P.
viscosa, var. nivalis, not to be confounded with the
rarely seen P. nivalis of the Himalayas." P. viscosa,
AH., is a variable species with rosettes of obovate or
nearly orbicular lvs. that are toothed above, and short
scapes bearing umbels nf mostly purple or rose fls., with
corolla-lobi«i .Irrph- ■_' !■.»>. <!, Fm- -^. P. rosea and its
v&rs. grnii.l ■ ^ ,.! ..,.'.. . ..-e No. 21). -4. "If
you want a l.i . , i ' , ' -pi-cies with crimson
flowers to m. I I /' . ar. nivalis, take P.
viscosa, Viir. ,. •, . /' /'- i ' /..<. .'^tein. but it is a
hybrid of />. Aiirinil,, and /'. .,,1 . -.-,-;i. "S,, -nat
is the number of fine forms aial liylirids ot iliis will-
known P. viscosa that the Ufxt li\r .if my iirins must
,l..I,s. I (Iiuik; ami P. rnnlhl, var. ,:.,,-uifa. of a
rare red shade. "-10. P. spectabilis, Tratt., P. Wulfeni-
ana, Schott, or P. Clusiana, Tausch., all from the Alps.
These are considered to be forms of one species by
some writers, but Pax keeps them distinct. They are
all members of the Auricula group. — 11. P. glaucescens,
Mor. (P. calycina. Duby), one of the Auricula group.
Alps. -12. "That perhaps most satisfactory of all, for
PRIMULA
either open-air rockery or frame, tlie charming P.
marginata. Curt., of the Maritime Alps." It is u com
pact plant with oblong or oval deeply dentate white
margined Ivs. and purplish fls. B.M. 191. L.B.C. 3:2T0,
For horticultural accounts of Primulas, see Journ,
Royal Hort. Soc. 1886, 1891 and 1895; Himalayan Prim
roses, Gn. 16, pp. 5:i4-535 ( W. Munro) ; Indian Primroses
Gn. 41, pp. 580-582; Hardy Primulas, Gn. 50, pp. ;!72-37fa
(F. W. Meyer) ; Primroses and their allies, G. C. III. 27,
p. 325, et seq. (R. Lindsay). For Mexican Primrose, see
<Enothera. L. H. B.
The genus Primula contains many charming and
beautiful species ; they not only brighten our gardens in
spring and summer, but all through the winter we
can enjoy the blossoms of many showy species in oiir
greenhouses. There are many species that can not be
PRIMULA
1429
volvetl in olisourity, although some think it is a cross
betwi-.n ihc- vriiiir.. SB and the cowslip. It is a favorite
giinl'Tt pl.iiii ;tii(l 'ii'serves to be so. Its flowers have
chnniiin-ly riili .-..Icirs. They are most generally used
as s].rniL; i.i-.ldiiii,' [.liiuts. When used in this way they
oujrlii III III- iil:uitfil in beds where they are partially
shaded during the hottest part of the day and a liberal
supply of water given to them, as they are very im-
patient of drought. When they are through blossom-
ing they may be removed from the beds, to make room
for summer bedding plants, to some moist shady place
where they can remain until fall. They are then
divided and planted in coldframes for the winter.
In spring they are transplanted from there to the beds
again. In sheltered parts of the rock garden they can
be grown successfully. They take kindly to pot culture,
and many of them are grown in this way to decorate
1951. Primula Sine
less, with some care a large number of choice species can
be grown. There are some which grow luxuriantly out
of doors; others can be grown in coldframes with a
northern aspect ; and a large number are some of our
showiest greenhouse plants for winter decoration.
The species of Primula are generally raised from
seed, but varieties which do not come true from seed
are increased either by division or cuttings. The seeds
of hardy Primroses should be sown soon after they are
collected, as their vitality is impaired if they get too dry.
The I
of i
light
of dry 1
garde
opea
for:
HlgariSt'with i
,is Milniirably in a moist, deep,
;li;iiii-, and a slight protection
i:iy ill winter. It is easily raised
in is important, if some of the
II be obtained. The cowslip,
;lip, P. elatior, grow under the
above. The polyanthus has
nany years, yet its origin is in-
conservatories in spring. Of late years the Primrose
and polyanthus have been forced in spring by florists
for cut-flowers, those with fine yellow blossoms being
most in demand. The polyanthus can be raised from
seed, but some of the fine varieties are best propagated
by division.
The common auricula, P. Auricula, is best grown in
pots in a cool greenhouse or in coldframes. In a pro-
tected corner under the shade of some hemlocks at the
Harvard Botanic Garden, there has been a good clump
of this plant growing and blossoming annually for the
past ten years. See Auricula, vol. I.
P. auricula-ta, a pretty little Asia Minor species, can
be grown in a warm sheltered position. P. cortusoides
blossoms very early in spring, and requires slight pro-
tection and a warm position. There are manv varieties
of this plant. P. fnri -i i« n t...:„ififnl native plant
requiring a stiff loam ; ■ .\^.:.,]. -Miintii.n wiili sIkkIb
during the warmest | i :i. ■'::•■._ />. ,h„n>-i,hita
comes from the Hini;il >_ • M ■ . ; i -unl i~ ipiiir iKinly
in the rock garden, i;r".\ii m -.< hm.i-i, .li-i-i.. rivh. Inaniy
1430 PRIMULA
soil. There are many varieties of this species, but the
baiuisoiiii-st is r. ill iitiruhitii. var. Cachemiriana. The
form Willi .vliii it",.^ i~ i- als,, pretty. Care should be
taken IIi;ii I'l ii- \ arieties are planted in
a slightlx h \vIh r.- water will not settle
around ih : <•••■•<- ll ^-mwn in a low, damp
also makes a good plant to force in pots in the spring.
The seed of this plant ought to be sown as soon as ripe;
it this is nut done they never come so evenly, and also
n juit, ,, !. n„- lime to germinate. The native Primula
M a charming dwarf Primrose; to be suc-
■ - . till- requirements are a very damp place
ail 1 II M ll shade. P. rosea, a Himalayan species
wiUi ii..,"i .jn.iiiUes, can be grown in a sheltered place,
but must be given a covering of dried leaves in the
winter. P. Sieboldli is a distinct Japanese plant and
is an exceedingly showy Primrose when grown under
proper conditions. There are many named varieties
of this plant, the best being Lilaeina, Magenta Queen,
Rosea alba. Rosea striata and Violacea. A light soil
well enriched with decayed leaf -mold, a sheltered
position with partial shade and a covering of dried
leaves in the winter are the requirements necessary
for success with this Primrose and its varieties. This
plant makes an excellent pot-plant and is easy to force
in spring. •
There are a number of species of Primula that are
grown in the greenhouse, but the most popular is P.
Sinensis. By selection and crossing there are many
improved varieties from the pale pink plant that was
introduced in 1820. Every shade of color from pure
white to deep crimson and even deep blue is obtained in
the flowers and also great variety in form and double-
ness. Not only has the flower been improved, but there
is a great variety to be had in foliage. The double
forms are increased by cuttings; semi-doubles are raised
from seed. The named varieties are raised from seed
sown annually and they come true to color. There are
several strains of si-fil which receive separate names,
bTit to ^i f a L' 1 -traTTi i^ important. It requires as
mni-tititiM ■ ii ' ' r.ii -(■ j.laiits from a poor strain
a- III. Ill . I .. "1.1 strain costs a little more
til I" ;'i;i 'II. I ;, iii.i ri-.r .nullity of the blossoms
anil I'liii^ I . Ill till end. Tile first week in April
i- I 1.1 I ll' sow the seed in order to get plants
1 ■' .1 ,1, the following winter, and about the
ti ' I ! ^1 fi.r a second batch to succeed the first
SI All-, --I i\ 111., seeds in well-drained shallow pans.
Use finely sifted leaf-mold, loam and sand in equal
parts. Cover the seeds lightly and place the pans
when well watered in a temperature of about (iO° Fahr.
Sometimes the seed does not germinate evenly; the best
leaves they
PRIMULA
be potted off singly into 3-incb
pots, using a compost slightly rougher than the one
used in the seed-pans. When the small pots are filled
with roots the plants may be shifted into larger ones,
the final shift being into 6-inch pots, using a com-
1953. Primula obconic
y^).
^jk'^'
I
tip f'
thing to do then is to prick off all the young plants into
fresh soil similar to the above. Shake a little fresh soil
over the seed-pan again and place it in the same tem-
perature, and very soon the remainder of the seed will
germinate. When the young plants have three or four
post of good fibrous loam, rotten cow manure, leaf-mold
and sand. When given the final potting care should be
taken that the base of the plant rests on the soil, but it
should not be buried. If the plant is not potted right
it will be loose at the crown. When this is the case the
only remedy is to place three small stakes in a triangle
round the crown; this helps to keep the plant steady
when top-heavy with blossoms and foliage. When the
pots are full of roots, weak liquid manure made from
fresh cow manure may be given once a week. During
the summer they require shade and should be grown in a
cool greenhouse or frame, where they ought to have
plenty of air at all times. In winter a temperature of
4.'i° F. suits them well, and they last much longer in
lilossom than if kept warmer. This Primrose is seldom
troubled with insect pests. Some of the best and most
distinct varieties are Russell's Queen of Whites, Alba
magnifioa, Princess Louise, Cheswick Red Improved,
Comet, Rubra superbissima. The best blue out of a
number we have tried is Farquhar's Improved Blue.
The semi-doubles can he had in good distinct colors, hut
the old doiiM- wliit.. i- t^.■ )..'st .l..olile Chinese Prim-
rose and si 1 1 i.r iiM,.-, .-r,," 1, III 111 It is at present.
Sutton's/'. Ill doubt one of the
finest and im 1' w.' have for green-
house or coii-i r\ It. 1 \ ill 1 1 .III I'll -. The form with white
flowers is the most plea
shades are also attractive
P. Sinensis, but the flowers are far more graceful and
produced in whorls on long, erect stems. This plant will
1)1.1^-111 i") Xm-mber to May. It requires the same
tf. .1' I liiiiese Primrose, only the seeds can
/' ' ..../.( is a charming winter-flowering
i;rtii.li<.ii:~e [.l.ii.i t»um western Himalayas. Its yellow
flowers are produced on stems from four to six inches
lone. There is an improved form which has larger
blossoms than the type. This plant is easily raised
I'KIML'LA
from seed. Primula i'orbesi comes from China. It is
a dwarf, compact plant, and its lilac flowers are produced
in whorls on long, wiry stems, as they are in P.
Japonica. It can be raised from seed or increased by
division. P. obconica is a very showy plant and will
produce blossoms almost continually. It would make a
valuable florists' plant if it was not that it is slightly
poisonous to the touch. It has been greatly improved
since its introduction in 1882. The best form now in
cultivation is P. obconica, var. grandiflora fimbriata.
Youm; plants are easily obtained from seed and can
be grown in the greenhouse in one summer until they
ail- large enough for 8-inch pots. Primula verlicillata
is a desirable greenhouse plant with yellow flowers
which are produced in whorls on the stems. It has
handsome foliage covered with a white mealy powder.
If this powder is washed off with careless watering the
plants are never so handsome. Robert Cameron.
Bioniing J\'o(fs on Primida.— Ot the greenhouse
species, P. Sinensis is the old stand-by. The single
forms are easily grown from seed. It requires about
seven months from date of -i-.v!!;- r > l>'.'"m. For fall
flowering, sow in March. Sim !- :' i i ir^ in water.
This will insure a more e^ !: ^ ■ 'I'lien sow
in pans filled with light smim: , . ! i^- the seeds
orilv vi-rv fliinly witll sali.l ; t, nil.. r;ii u n ,il'F. Keep
[,:iM' (h>,:i\- -r :mii1 -liaily. In two or tliree weeks'
tiiii I ' i :- - ;r(^h, which is most essential,
til. _ - -• i |irieking out. For that pur-
,.i,-i ! ii I. .... - ..i . nil. u iians filled with a mixture of
two parts peat and one part common garden soil are the
best; do not take pots, because they are too deep and
do not dry out fast enough. Keep shady; temperature
70°. When large enough, tr.inspliint in thumb-pots very
loosely and not too .1. . p, ^Ir-rTiin' i>t' ^ni! riml the tem-
perature should bi. tli. ..... : •■ ■ -I :i.|\i^iil. Keep
plants shifted inti> I ■ . , r. i|uiri. it.
Do not let them gel : . '.! - .il ii- a\'ier
at each transplantiuL.-. A; :. .-■ -! :'. - n ^li"uM be
from five to six moot Ik tp.imlai. ..f ^..>v in--, u-e liberally
of cow manure and bone-nie:il. Tlirun.-li ilii- whole sum-
mer plants should be kept -IkuIv an. I I, syringing
overhead twice a day. (iet them a. .•u~i..iih..1 t.. the
sun in fall. Temperature in winter .".n I h.iilile
Primulas can be propagated by oitn .t a
temperature of 70° to 80° F. After tli. i n at
them the same as seedlings. The b..~i inn. i.r !.i. .pa-
gating is in February and March. We m-eil ii\ l.rnl> of
this Chinese Primrose with other greenhouse species.
The writer has succeeded in making a promising cross
of P. Sinetisis and P. ohmvira. This is figured in
Mar.
fion.
liown as P. obconit
actly as for P. f
flowered greenhou
ven P. Sinensis.
Primula Auricula, the Primrose of the Alps, has
flowers variously colored, mostly yellow. Hardy or
half-hardy, needs light .soil, plenty of air and sunshine;
good for rockwork. The Auricula has never become
popular in America.
Primula corfusoides and P. Sieboldi are beautiful
species of Siberia, of dark rose color. Hardy; give
plenty of air and a very sunny, rather dry exposure
Very satisfactory spring flowers.
Primula capitata has flowers violet-blue in dense
heads. It is one of the most beautiful species of the
Himalayan region. It is diflicult to cultivate here, be-
cause it needs a very cool temperature. Sow seed in cold-
frame, prick out assoon as up, keep on growing outside
in a cool place through the summer. In fall they may be
potted, and, kept in the coldframe through winter; they
will be beautiful pot-plants in spring. It i' :i i^i.inl plant
for rockeries if it gets a place whifh i^ -li. It. r, .1 from
the sun and yet not shady. P. if. i//. /(.'.i/.i an.i var.
Cache.miriana are hardy. Give a ninjvi. ~uiiii\ place.
Primula Stuartii has dark yellow flower-. Tlii.- beau-
tiful species is half-hardy; it needs a light soil, but not
dry, with full sun. Covered with a box over winter, it
will come through safely. It is rarely seen in this
^ountO'- Adolf Jaexicke.
PRIMULA
IXl.EX.
acauUs. 15.
erosa, 19.
uranilens 7
alba. 17.
farinosa. 22.
prolilera.'4.''
amana. 10.
fllicifolia, 7.
pulcherrini.-i
Auricula. 1.
fimbriata, 7, 8.
auriculata, 20.
floribunda. 2.
pusMa.-2S. '
Boveana, 3.
Porbesi, 11.
rosea, 8, 21.
Cachemiriana, 17.
grandiflora, 8, 10. 21.
Rusbyi, 20.
capitata, 18.
imperialis, 5.
Sioirica, 34.
Japonica, 6.
Sieboldi, 10.,
eaulescens, 15.'
Kashmiriana. 24.
Simensis, 3.
Chinensis, 7.
longifolia. 20.
Sinensis, 7.
cortusoides, 9.
Mistassinica, 23.
stellata. 7.
Courti. 3.
obconica, 8.
Stuartii. 27.
Cowslip, 13.
officinalis, 13.
variabilis. If
Cusickiana, 25.
Oxlip. 14.
verticiUata.
denticulata. 17.
poculiformis. 8.
vinciflora. Ii
elatior. U.
Polyantha, 16.
vulgaris, 15.
Key to the Groups.
A. Toung leaf,
es iurolute (rolled
i»-
1431
upwards )
B. Lvs. thick: fls. umbellate: inro-
lucralbracts usually not leahj. 1. AiKicrLA
)B. Lvs. thin: fls.verticillate: bracts
leafy 2. Floribunda
I'oung lvs. revolute {rolled back-
wards ) .
B, Plant large, with yellow or pur-
ple fls. in successive whorls . . 3. ProlifeRjE
5B. Plant with fls. in umbels or
heads, or if in whorls theplants
small and slender (as grown
under glass) and the fls. lilac
to white,
c. Lvs. lobed, the lobes dentate or
crenate 4. Sinenses
cr. Lvs. not lobed, or only indis-
tinctly so.
D. Calyx enlarging after flow-
ering, leafy .5. MoNOCABPicffi;:
DD. Calyx ■ ■
Pis. no
ee. Fls. b)
rted.
distinctly pi-
f lower dis-
till stalked. ... 7. Vernales
fl„w.r sessile
. ' ./ wnrly so. S. Capitat.*:
., :..'t."ly"pu'-
,„n,l bracts
Kins or eared
hi base,
psifle globose,
ncluded in the
ilh/X 9. AURIrULAT.E
n o t gibbose
ea red : caps
cylindrical: ,
1. Auricula.
171, Vol. I. L..
cuneate glabr..
long, which ar.
3-6 in. long. . i
in an umbel.-
fragrant, sh.ni
bracts, the setj
A. See p. 118 and Fig.
rosette of thick obovate-
mealy lvs. 2 or 3 inches
n the u|iper part: scales
. ■.,..... .ill J tl... lvs.: fls.
; . . ■> al mealy
wild form as understood and described bv .J. G. Baker
in B.M. 6837. "It is one of the most widely spread of
all the species," Baker writes, "as it extends in a wild
state from Dauphine and the Jura on the west througb
1432
PRIMULA
Switzerland to Lomhardy, the Tyrol, Hungary and
Transylvania." In cultivation, the plant has run into
flowers of many colors. It is possible that some of
these forms are hybrid progeny with related species.
Baker writes: "What the relation is of this widely-
spread wild type to the multiform races of the garden
"'':^'U
1954. Primula cortusoldes (s-eparate fib X ^ .)
Auricula is a subject that still remains to be fully
worked out." Pax mentions various natural hybrids.
2. Floribund.*.
2. floribunda, Wall. Hairy : Ivs. rather thin, 3-0 in.
loiiir. ovate- .ir I'.liptio or obovate, with a broad petiole,
sH ;,'ly n. rvi-.l and reticulated, the margins coarse-
tooth,,! : ^,:il, - slender but erect, 10 in. or less, bearing
loose \\iiorls tlint are subtended by three or four leaf-
like tootlied liiHots: lis. smnll, ffolden yellow, the slender
tube cxserted beyond tin- .i.-.|i-.-l.-fr calyx, the segments
obcordate and cntiri-. lljin,il:iya. B.M. 6712, where
Hooker remarks: • Tlii- j.laiit li.re figured is found at
lower elevations in th,- lliniahiyas than any other of the
numerous sjmti.^ that inlialiir tliat rich region, occur-
ring bctwi. II I'.r.nii aii.l i;,niiii ft. alonir the whole division
of the raiiL'e w hi, h . \teii,ls from Kumaou to Kashmir."
Also in Ati.'hanist:,n. B.M. 0712. (in. 41:«B. G.C. III.
27:195. K.H. 18!!.-), p. 400-1. Gt. 45:1424; 47, p. 221.
3. verticillita, Forsk. Plant growing about 1 ft., bear-
ing yellow tts. in leafy whorls: Ivs. lanceolate or oblong-
lanceolate: bracts 1-nerved: calyx broadly campanulate,
deeply 5-parted, the segments linear and entire: corolla-
tube about 5 times longer than calyx, the segments ob-
long and obtuse and emarginate and the base scarcely
contracted. Arabia. — Probably not in cultivation, the
plant known under this name in gardens being the fol-
lowing :
Var. BoveiLna, Mast. {P. Bovedtia, Decne. P. vertkil-
Wa, Hort. ). Lvs. broadly spatulate: bracts 3-nerved;
calyx cylindrical-campanulate, with 5 deep dentate lobes
or divisions : corolla-tube 2-3 times exceeding the calyx,
the segments rounded and crenulate, contracted at the
PRIMULA
base, and sometimes bearing a dark spot in the center.
Mt. Sinai, etc. B.M. 2842. -An interesting plant with
slender-tubed light yellow fls. about % in. long, borne
on slender pedicels in a whorl of sharp-toothed bract-
Ivs., the whorls 2 or 3 and standing well above the ro-
sette of sharp-toothed root-lvs.
Var. Sim^nsis, Mast. (P. Simhisis, Hochst. P.
Courli, Hort.). Abyssinian Primrose. Taller
and stouter, growing 18 or 20 in. tall, with root-
lvs. nearly 1 ft. long: root-lvs. oblong-lanceolate,
mealy: lower bracts oblong and 3-nerved, the
upper ones smaller and 1-nerved: calyx broadly
campanulate, the lobes deltoid-lanceolate and en-
tire: corolla-tube 3-t times longer than the calyx
and more or less mealy, the 5 segments obovate
and entire, emarginate at the end, contracted at
the base. Abyssinia. B.M. 6042 (as P. verticil-
lata,v&T. 5ine«sis).—Astriking plant, with large
salverform yellow fls., the corolla-tube nearly 2
in. long. Whorls 2 or 3, many-fld. Not to be con-
founded with P. Sinensis (No. 7), a wholly differ-
3. PROLIFER.E.
A. Floiiers yellow.
4. prollfera. Wall. Stout, striking species with
scape often 18 in. high: plant green, not mealy:
Ivs. many, long - oblanceolate, often more than 1 ft.
long, obtuse, entire or finely toothed : fls. in successive
whorls on the slender erect scape, pale yellow, the tube
much exceeding the short-toothed calyx, the lobes flat
and shallowly obcordate. Bengal. B. M. 6732. -Not
known to be in cult., but inserted here to distinguish
it from P. imperialis, with which it was once confused.
5. imperijllis, Jungh. The noblest of cultivated Pri-
mulas, the scape rising 3% ft., and bearing five or six
whorls of deep yellow flowers of firm substance. — Once
founded with P. prolifera, from which it differs, ac-
cording to Hooker, in "the more robust habit, the thicker
, broader midrib, close reticulate nervation, and
buUate surface of the foliage and its deeper colored
flowers." The leaves are sometimes IH ft. long; they
are long-oblong-oblanceolate in outline, obtuse, the mar-
gins beset with many small very sharp teeth, and the
surface much blistered and reticulated : fls. deep yel-
low or almost orange, % in. across, the tube 14 in. long
and much exceeding the short-toothed calyx. Mts. of
,I.ava. B.M. 7217. Gn. 40:823. G.M. 34:758-9. Not
hardy north.
AA. Flowers purple (or white).
6. Jap6nica, Gray. Scape 1-2 ft. tall, bearing several
superimposed whorls of clear purple fls.: plant gla-
brous, not mealy: Ivs. oblong-obovate or spatulate, ob-
tuse, convex above, much reticulated, the margins with
small teeth : fls. 12 or more in each whorl, about 1 in.
across, the lobes obcordate, the corolla-tube nearly three
times as long as the short calyx-lobes, all the fls. promi-
nently stalked. Japan. B.M. 5916. F.S. 19:1950-1.
I. H. 18:69. Gn. 29, p. ,382. R.H. 1871:570; 1895. p. 424.
P.M. 1871:537-8; 1872:9. -There are white-flowered
forms. Blooms early in summer to midsummer. Makes
a noble plant in deep moist soil and a shaded place.
Hardy at the North.
A. Calyx loose and large, often inflated.
B. Lvs. deep-lobed.
7. Sinensis, Sabine (P. Chin^nsis, Hort.). Chinese
Primkose. Figs. 1951, 1952. Trunk short and woody, but
as known in gardens the plant is practically stemless,
the ample foliage and the strong short scapes arising
directly from the surface of the ground or very near it:
whole plant soft-hairy : lvs. oblong-ovate to nearly
round-ovate, soft and usually limp, several-lobed and
the lobes toothed, long-petioled: scapes erect, several:
fls. now of many colors, several to many in an umbel,
large and showy, salverform, the segments obcordate:
calyx inflated. China. Winter bloomer, as grown in
greenhouses. B.M. 2564. B.R. 7:539 (as P. ;»-ff'Mi7cns).
F.S. 22:2334-37. LH. 32:551; 35:42. Gn. 51:1124 and p.
469. G.C. in. 25:181,203, 205. Gng. 2:91. A.F. 8:623.
PRIMULA
625, G71. P.R. 4:29. -The Chinese Primrose is now ex-
ceedingly variable. There are double-Hd. forms of vari-
ous shapes and colors and of various degrees of dou-
bling. For pictures of various double and half-double
forms, see K.H. 1867:250, 330. P.S. 20:2145. I.H.
31:512; 35:42; 38:120. The normal form of this Prim-
rose has a somewhat flat-topped flower-cluster, but
there are forms with pyramidal and elongated clusters.
Var.stelia.ta (P. stelldta, Hort.) is a form with hand-
some star-like long-stemmed fls. in successive whorls or
tiers in a long open cluster: recent. Gn. 53, p. 229;
57, p. 52. A.G. 18:201; 20:384-5. A.F. 12:605. Gng.
5:107. Pretty. Primula Siiiensis was introduced into
England from Chinese gardens in 1820. but it was not
until 1879 that the original wil.l f..nii « a^ known to bota-
nists. For accounts and pi.'tui-. ~ ••( tlii~ wild Primrose
as grown in English garden^, ^-r r^xa\ hv Sutton in
Journ. Royal Hort. Soc. U:'M i isiu ,, (i.c! 111. 5:115;
8:564; 9:209; 11:13 (figure reproduced in A.IJ. 13:245).
Gn. 49:1058. B.M. 7559. The native color of the Chi-
nese Primrose seems to be on the order of pink, but
there are many colors in the cult, forms, — from pure
white to red. There are now crested or fringed forms
(var. fimbriita, Hort.), and those with a frill or extra
coroUa projecting from the throat (Fig. 1952). Gt.
43:1402; 45:1432; 46, p. 192. The Ivs. are variable in
shape and depth of lobing. Some forms have crisped
leaves (var. filicifdlia, Hort.). The improvement of P.
Sinensis has taken place without the influence of hy-
bridization with other species.
BB. Lvs. scalloped or sinuate, not lobed.
8. obcdnica, Hance (P. poculifdrmis, Hook.). Fig.
1953. Slender, with loose-hairy leaves (the sharp hairs
often irritating-poisonous): lvs. all radical, ovate-ob-
long or round-oblong, long-petioled, scallop-toothed and
vervflnelv serrate: scapes many,
4-10 in. tall: fls. small, lilac or
light purple, several to many in
umbels, on long -spreading or
somewhat drooping pedicels, the
segments obcordate; calyx wide
open and shallow-toothed. China.
B.M. 6582. Gn. 26:456 and p.
206; 29, p. 241; 51, p. 317. G.C.
111. 9:401 (house). Gt. 43, p. 1.38.
F.R. 1:941. -Of late years this
species has become a popular win-
ter-blooming pot-plant. The fls.
are nearly or quite an inch across
in well-grown specimens. There is
a var. grrandifldra, Hort.. with Hs.
■': I;. II i-"j, |i. :n. (-it. 46,
PRIMULA
1433
form- \,:r,-.- -..iii.Mliat lacerated
or f ringiMl petals ( var. fimbri4ta,
Hort.). Var. rdsea, Hort., has
rose -colored fls. P. obconica is
very easily grown. Prop, by seed.
AA. Calyx narrow and ordinary.
9. cortusoides, Linn. Fig. 1954.
Lvs. in a rosette on the ground,
rather large and soft, loose hairy
(at least on the midrib and pe-
tioles), ovate-oblong or cordate-
oblong. irregularly many-notched :
scapes few to several. 6^12 in. tall,
very straight, hairy : fls. rose-
colored, about I in. across, pedi-
celled. in a loose, many-fld. um-
Ik'I, the sesments obovate and
(b'l-plv notched or even lobed.
Sjluiia. HM. 399. R. H. 1859, p.
1955. Primula Forbesi. :;i.,). I in 'Jii. ,,. .382.-A handsome
< ' ^2 ) liar<l\' vjM-cifs, blooming in May
in the northern states.
10. Si^boldi, Morr. (P. cortusoides, var. amoena,
Lindl., var. grandifldra, Lem., and var. Sieboldi, Hort.
P. amcena, Hort.). Looks like a large and robust form
of P. cortusoides, with fls. 1% to nearly 2 in. across,
the throat usually striped and the limb in various colors,
from pure white to deep purple-rose. Japan: perhaps a
cultivated state of the above. B.M. 5528. I.H. 16:599.
Gn. 29, p. 382; 35, p. 335; 36:721. Gng. 8:241-2. R.H.
1892:300. -The fls. are two to three times larger than
those of P. cortusoides. In some forms the fls. are
fringed. Blooms in late spring. Hardy North.
5. MONOCAEPICi:.
II. Fdrbesi, Franch. Babv Primrose. Figs. 1955, 1956.
Annual: slender and delicate species, with something
of the habit of P. obconica: loosely hairy, at least on
the lvs. and lower part of the scape: lvs. small, 1-2 in.
1956. Primula Forbesi.
long, oval-oblong to cordate-oblong, shallowly sinuate-
toothed, minutely serrulate: scapes very slender, 6-14
in. high, often bent above the whorls: fls. small (about
iim. aiToKs), li^'lit lilac, slender -pedicelled, appearing
in suia-, v^h ,■ uiiiIh U or whorls, the semnents obcordate,
calvx ~hai|. t.m.iImM. small, somewhat loose. China.
B.M. TJlii, IMI IMiJ, !>. 2.')9. G.C. 111. 14:ii85. A.F.
14:7.-.: Kn_., : MM. F.K. 11 :7L'.-.\ltliontrh first de-
scril"-' ~ . V. .-, < ,~ l^sr,. an.l tir-t .xliil'itr,! ill London
in Is:- ■ - ..-A .111.- i,r III!' iiHi-i popular of con-
ser\a:'. ,■ \iMih'a. I r i- :i nh i^i | oi -t'u -r tiloomer,
beginning 1" ll.v,,,' «l,r, I not moro tl.aii ■_• or :! in. high
and continuing until tin- scapes reach a height of 10-12
inches. It is particularly well adapted to growing in pans.
It is easily grown from seeds, and blooms well all win-
ter. Unless given plenty of light and room, the scapes
become weak and crooked.
6. BARBAT.B.
12. vincifldra, Praneh. Perennial, with a short rhi-
zome: lvs. thin, oblonL' or ',val. densely overlapping
and forming a narrow .r.rt . n.wn. all erect or nearly
so, the upper ones larLC'i. all .niir.- luit ciliate, covered
with reddish glands: -.ain- ^lioit: il. solitary, purple-
violet or blue, VA in. across, the tube cylindrical or
1434 PRIMULA
longobconic, hairy, the segments well separated and
broadly obcordate; calyx small, not inflated. China.
G.C. III. 1:574. -A most odd species, with vinca-Iike fls.
7. Vernales.
This is a group of spring-flowering plants to which
the polyanthus and the true cowslip belong. They are
much varied and hybridized, and the botany of them is
therefore much confused. What Linnffius called P. vet-is
(meaning the vernal or spring Primula) is now dismem-
bered into P. officinalis, P. elatior and P. vulgaris.
Fls.
ng and projertintf above the i
an umbel,
til, the limb of the corolla concave or cvp-
like.
Cowsi.Tr. Fig. 1957. Stemless,
It: li-^- f.vril or oblong, abruptly
. .T ih. ii,i-;p,the petiole winged,
iK. in a close umbel, all
pin- t.i .ii,. side: fls. bright light
the longth of the half-acute lobes
expanding little be-
13. officinillis.
minutely soft-im
contracted or.sul.."i.i:ii. ■<< tI,. i,
the limb uneven! \ ^ . i : i .: , , r
6-12 in. tall, bf;u i : i
the fls. pointing cii^li....|.iii- t.. ..i
yellow, the tube aliont the longtli
of the loose large calyx, the lir
yond the bulge of the calyx (about y^-ii m. across).
Central and northern Europe, and long in cultivation.
BB. Fls. larger, opening icide and nearly flat.
14. eUtioT, Jacq. Oxlip. Very like the last, but the
expanded fls. twice broader, and the calyx narrow (not
inflated) and with acuminate lobes: usually somewhat
taller: Ivs. very rugose. Europe, particularly in moun-
tains and in the northern parts.
AA. Scape usitally short or almost none, the umbels
therefore borne in the foliage and the fls. standing
singly on the long rays {exceptions in yo. 16).
15. vulgaris, Huds. (P. acaAlis, Jacq.). PRraiEOSE.
Leaves many, tufted, sessile or tapering to a narrow
base, long oblong-obovate and obtuse (6-9 in. long), ru-
gose, irregularly shallow-toothed and denticulate: fls. 1
in. or more across, pale yellow, the limb flat, usually
not equaling the leaves, borne on long, slender pedicels;
calyx not inflated, the lobes acute or acuminate. There
are double-fld. forms. B.M. 229. Gn. 29, p. 385. R.H.
1880:90.— Var. caiQ^scens, an occasional state, has some
of the scapes more or less prolonged. Europe, widely
distributed. For pictures of various forms of P. vul-
garis, see Gn. 54:1184 and pp. 142, 143; 7, pp. 319, 345;
11, p. 127; 12:101. A.F. 13:1102. Gng. 6:245. R.H.
189«:12.
Ifi. Polydntha. Hort. Polyanthus. Figs. 1950,1958.
1959. A garden group supposed to be hybrids of P. offici-
nalis or P. ,'hitinr :i,,.i P riihjaris, although many bota-
nists refer ii '■/' '•' Iir.-ct. Some consider it to be
adirectdix. - /■ 'ii.jaris. Whatever its origin,
the group i- : _:ir.ien purposes, and it is the
commonesi 1,1111.11 h.n.lv I'rimula known in American
gardens. Tlie tis. arr several to many in an erect umbel
terminating a scape that usually stands well above the
long Ivs. ; the colors are mostly yellow and red-and-yellow.
There is a form with one corolla inside the other, known
as Duplex or Hose-in-Hose. The Polyanthus is perfectly
hardy, blooming in earliest spring. Prop, usually by
division. P. variabilis, as used in horticultural litera-
ture, usually refers to this Polyanthus group or to plants
of similar origin.
8. CAPITAT.E.
17. denticulata, Smith. Scapes 4-18 in. tall, beariiisr
a dense uTiil.el or bead of pale purple fls.: Ivs. in a
rosette on iIm . im.vh. u-ikiMv not full grown until the
flowers ari |., ,■, uruunded beneath by short,
broad, tbi.k! , ,; leaf-blades oblong-obovate
or spatuli.i' ii..«i.(l into a winded stalk,
sharply i). n' ■'> ]> ~- m- :i'. .-'i.'!.-! tul.e
about twi.'i' ,1 . I ■ . , ■. . •' •> . ..;.",, ■..!,,.,
obcordate. ! i ■ 1 . . ■ . . 1 ■ ■.■•■,, ;,■'■■■' : •■ 1 , .i-mi -:ii.I
by Hooker I.. ' . :..•.: !i • ■ ,. • I , ,. :,|;,,
p"l27r2!'.'l' - ^ — ' -' ' ' : '-'■.
earliest s|,n; • \ .: ;,!irii'ire:,. I' -I , ,■,,■, |.i,.'|,ic.
fls. Var. aDia, II. .n , !■:,. -,' I,-. -!-, (,.,. ,-.", i. ,:;j. \ :ir.
pulch6rrima, il.iri.. is v,-r_v n.liust, with deep purple fls.
Vr'.r. Cachemiri4na, Hook. f. (P. Cachemirifina ,
Munro. /'. Cashmerii\na, Hort.). Lvs. nearly or
quite full grown when the fls. are in bloom, usually
more mealy (yellow-mealy beneath and sometimes on
top) : fls. rich purple with yellow center. Western
Himalayan region. R.H. 1880:330. P. Sibirica, var.
Kashmiriana (B.M. 6493) is a diiTerent plant. See
No. 24.
18. capit&ta. Hook. Much like P. denticulata, but
lvs. appearing with the fls. anil the fleshy leaf-braets
few or ncni. . ,1, , .,1 din^' !.> 11-. i),. r. it "has finely den-
ticulate lei. . .1.1 ' with meal beneath.
depressed
abri
tube and calyx both short." Eastern Himalaya. B.M.
45.50, 6916 B. F.S. 6:618. Gn. 16:210; 29, p. 382;
45, p. 503; 50, p. 373; 54, p. 467. J.H. III. 32:209.
19. erdsa, Wall. (P. capitata, var. crlspa, Hort. P.
denticulAta, var. erdsa, Duby). Differs from P. dentic-
ulata, according to Hooker, "in its much slenderer
habit, in always (except on young parts) wanting tne
meal on the leaves, which are developed at flowering
time, are translucent with strongly erose and denticu-
late margins, and have a strongly reticulated surface,
and the petioles are often red ; the umbels are loose or
dense-flowered, and the flowers in our garden speci-
mens are of a far deeper purple than is usual in P. den-
ticulata." Hooker savs that the lvs. are sometimes 18
in. long. Temperate Himalaya. B.M. 6916A. — This name
does not appear in the Amer trade, but the species is
very likely to pass as P. denticulata or P. capitata.
9. AURTCrLATiE.
20. auricul&ta. Lam. (P. longifblia. Curt.). Scapes
4-10 in. tall, from a rosette of oblong-obovate siimoth
irregularly denticulate lvs. : fls. in a rounded head or
umbel, purplish, with a whitish eye, the tube 1 in. or
more long and much exceeding the calyx, the involu-
cral scales more or less auriculate. Mts. of Greece to
Persia. B.M. 392.
PRIMULA
Tufteci, 4-8 in. tall, glabrous, not
* oblanceolate, creuu-
iiall-toothed: Us. few to many in a rather loose
head (i-ai-li tiuwer (iistiuctly stalked), rose-red, more or
less drooping, the tube somewhat exceeding the long
sharp calyx-teeth, the lobes obcordate. Western Hima-
laya. B.M. 6437. Gn. 50:1091, the large-fld. form (Tar.
gniiidiflora); 16:187; 29, p. 382; 31, p. 597; 39, p. 417.
G.C. II. 19:540. F.M. 1879:360. B.H. 1880:330. -One
of the best of the alpine Primulas.
10. FARINOS.ffi;.
A. rill III mealy, at least wlien young.
22. farinbsa, Linn. Scapes il in. or less tall: Ivs. ob-
long-ohovatc, spatiilat.- ■•!■ .•iiiicatt'-laiicculalr. t:iiiiring
1435
in N. Anier. occurring
in the mountains as fai
Cob.
385.
Plant green or very nearly so.
23. Mistassinica, Michx. (P. fori«dso, var. Mlstassin
tea. Pax. P. jiiisilla, Hook.). Plant small and slen-
der, with only mere traces of tnealiness if any : Ivs.
only M in. long, stalked or not, spatulate or obovate,
toothed or repand: scape about 6 in. tall, with few fls.,
the latter flesh-colored and shorter than in P. farinosa.
Arctic America, and south to northern New England,
central New York, Lake Superior, etc. B.M. 2973, 3020.
24. Sibirica, Jacq Plant wholh green, the scapes 6
sh, oval, obo\atc or
e, about % m long:
lobes ob( ordate and
s almost spurred at
the northern hemi-
or less high
round-ovate, nearh oi
fls. few, lilac or pniK
about K in- long iin
base. Arctic and il| i
sphere. B.M. 3107, 4
Var. Kashmiri^na, 1
tube scarcely excet liii
narrower. B.M b4'i
founded with P.clmti
thi^
quil
nu).
iSf^n^
Primula Polyantha (X %).
\LES.
lu-plishorichite.
Scapes 6 in. or les.s tall, each
t.' ris.: Ivs. oblong-spatulate or
in. long, entire or very nearly
so: involucre bracts 2 or 3, conspicuous, unequal:
corolla-lobes refuse, the tube little if any exceeding the
calyx-lobes. Early spring. Eastern Oregon. — Offered
by dealers in native plants
Polyanthus— Primula Polyantha.
20. Etisbyi, Greene. Larger than P. Cuxicl-lnna, the
Ivs. 2-5 in. long, denticulate: s.a|.r~ .,,i,h i imrs 1 ft.
tall, 6-10-fld., the fls. deep purpl. ! ' ■^-.^■.\n-
lobes obcordate, the corolla-tub. I. lu- i ,i,.,i, ;l., ralvx.
Mts. in New Mex. and Ariz. 1;..M. 7u.:j. mi, red 'by
dealers in native plants.
AA. Fls. yellow.
27. Staartii, Wall. An exceedingly variable Himalayan
species with drooping yellow fls. in a terminal umbel:
radical Ivs. 5-10, narrowly oblanceolate, acute, sharp-
serrate or .sometimes entire, yellow, mealy beneath:
scape 12-18 in. tall, bearing a mealy-covered inflores-
cence: Us. li-lir y.llow, with tube twice the length of
the usii;illy :m-uic li.l.cd calyx, the lobes orbicular and
eniarKiii.ii.. i.r .sMin.iimes orbicular and entire. B.M.
4350. il.r. 11. l;)H24; 25:528. Gn. 29, p. 382.-F1S. 1
in. or more long. l. H. B.
PHINCE, WILLIAM, the second proprietor of the
Prince Nursery at Flushing. L. I. (New York), was born
about 1725, and died in 1802. The nursery, which was
perhaps the first large commercial one in America, was
established about 1730 by his father, Robert Prince. The
Huguenots who settled at New Rochelle and on the north
shore of T,o,i!r T«l:.iid brought with tliem a variety of
ture r. ' I. : I! ■ . -i.ilili~liiii.iit i.r this lirst nursery.
For II ■" I . . .!-, nil. ■mi. .11 was .■..mill,..! chielly
to til.- t.i.ii ir.. s -Mil, M-lii.-h t.. .st...-k til., n.-w country,
and it was only when more settled conditions came
that the culture of ornamental trees and shrubs was
introduced. Under William Prince the nursery grew
rapidly in importance until the war of the Revolution.
One of (li,- early advert iscm.-Tit.s reads as follows, under
"F..r sal.- at William 1 'riii.-.-'.s nursery, Flushing, a
great van. ty ..f fruit tia .s. sueli as apple, plum, peach,
nectarine, ciierry, apricot and pear. They may be put
up so as to be sent to Europe. Capt. Jeremiah Mitchell
and Daniel Clements go to New York in packet boats
Tuesdays and Fridays."
The extension to ornamental branches is seen in
1436
PRINCE
an advertiseiuent in the New York '^Jlercury" of March
U, 1774, which reads as follows:
"William Prince, at his nursery, Flushing Landing,
offers for sale —
110 large Carolina Magnolia flower trees, the most
beautiful trees that grow in America, four feet high.
50 large Catalpa flower trees; they are nine feet high
to the under part of the top and thick as one's leg.
30 or 40 Almond trees that begin to bear.
2,500 white, red and black Currant bushes.
50 Pig trees.
Lisbon and Madeira Grape vines.
5,000 Hautboy, Chili, large English and American
Strawberry plants.
1,500 white and 1,000 black Mulberry trees.
Also Barcelona Filbert trees."
The establishment had attained such public im-
portance that when the British took possession of
Flushing, August 29, 1776, after their victory at the
battle of Long Island, the commanding ofBcer, General
Howe, placed a guard over the nursery to protect it
from depredations, and this was continued until all
danger was past. The extent of the business, as well as
the paralyzing effect of the war, is shown from an
advertisement of Mr. Prince, shortly after the British
occupation, offering 30,000 young cherry trees for sale
as hoop-poles, the only use to which they could be put
during the Revolution. The loss of domestic business
was largely compensated by the great demand for
American native trees and shrubs wanted by the officers
of the British army to be sent to friends in England
and Germany.
A return of peace brought with it increased trade, to
make good the depredations of the soldiery as well as
to re-stock the orchards of those who for seven years
past had paid more attention to the science of war than
to the pursuits of horticulture; and a catalogue of 1794,
still preserved, contains fully as many varieties of fruit
as those of some nurseries of the year 1900, over a cen-
tury later; apricots and nectarines, for instance, each
being represented by ten varieties.
Not only was everything of merit imported, but the
origination of new varieties by a careful selection of
seedlings was enthusiastically carried on. Two plums,
still well known, date from this period. Prince's Yellow
Gage being originated in 1783 and the Imperial Gage in
1794. The "Treatise on Horticulture " mentions that in
1790 no less than twenty-flve quarts of green gage pits
were planted, from which seedlings were obtained of
every color and shape, it being probable that the Wash-
ington plum was originated in that year. Before the
death of this William Prince, the nursery business had
been taken up by his sons, William and Ben.iamin; the
former on new ground, called the Linnean Botanic
Garden and Nursery, and the latter at the original
place, called "The Old American Nursery."
Wiiliam Prince, third proprietor of the Prince Nur-
series at Flushing, was born Nov. 10, 17ti(i ; married
Marv Stratton, Dec. 24, 1794, and died April 9, 1842.
During his lifetime the Prince Nursery was one of the
centers of horticultural and botanic Interest in America,
and reached the height of its fame. He continued the
work of his father In the introduction of all foreign trees
and plants of value, the discovery of unknown American
species and the creation of new varieties from seed.
One of the trees introduced to great popularity in the
younger days of William Prince the second was the
Lombardy poplar, of which he advertised in 1798 no
less than 10,000 trees 10-17 ft. in height. For several
years the Lombardy poplar was the fashionable shade
tree. Long avenues of them were planted by the
wealthy; and their leaves were considered valuable for
fodder. In 1806 the tide turned, owing to a belief that
they harbored a poisonous worm, and thousands were
cut down and burned.
In 1793 William Prince bought from Bayard, LeRoy
and Clarkson, the property on the north side of Bridge
street in Flushing, across from the old nursery, con-
taining eighty acres, and it was soon transformed Into
a place of arboreal beauty. For fully fifty years the
nursery was carried on much less for profit than from
a love of horticulture and botany. It was designed to
PRINCE
contain every known kind of tree, shrub, vine and plant
known to England or America that possessed any hor-
ticultural merit. In Europe probably the only one of
the same character was that of the London Horticul-
tural Society. When the great Northwest was explored
by Lewis and Clark, many of the botanical treasures
found a home at the Flushing Nurseries. Among them
the Mahonia became very popular, the earlier specimens
being sold at $20 each.
The catalogues from 1815 to 1850 ranked among the
standard horticultural publications of the country. The
number of varieties of fruits cultivated seems scarcely
credible in these days, when many nurseries are con-
ducted solely for profit, and only the trees or plants
which find a ready sale are propagated. The collection
of roses at one time embraced over 800 kinds; of dah-
lias over 350 varieties ; the collections of camellias, of
citrous fruits and of grapes were enormous, while the
marvelous variety of tlic rT'liiiarv fruits can he seen
from the "PomoluKi.al Manual.- th.-" Tnatis,- on Hor-
ticulture" mentions that at tliat tinn- (lb2><l the nursery
contained more than 20,UO0 plums, of 140 varieties,
while the apricots numbered 35 and the grapes about
240 varieties. The catalogue of 1845, which enumerates
only the best varieties, contains 350 kinds of apples,
300 of pears, 120 of cherries, 200 of plums and 160 of
peaches.
In 1828 Mr. Prince wrote and published the "Treatise
on Horticulture," which was the first work of the kind
produced in America. Mr. Prince was a man of great
energy of purpose, of excellent judgment, with a love
for scientific studies, and possessed of a most amiable
character. By indefatigable effort he succeeded in hav-
ing roads and bridges built which shortened the dis-
tance to New York fully one-half, and soon after the in-
vention of steamboats he had a regular line of boats es-
tablished between Flushing and New York. He was a
zealous churchman, a vestryman of St. George's church,
Flushing, as early as 1798, and continued in the vestry
32 years, during 14 of which he was warden. In the
words of Mandeville's History of Fhishing. he was
"universally esteemed in life and regretted in death."
PRITCHARDIA
1437
aiicl liis t;n-ut i-mri;\ . lli- w;is i.-i.mii'i't((l witU the Amen-
Ciiu Institute, National Pomological Society, Massachu-
setts Horticultural Society ami many other important or-
ganizations, in whose transactions he took a prominent
part. In 1830 he wrote, with the assistance of his father,
the "Treatise on the Vine," a work of high importance.
In 1831 he issued the "Pomological Manual" in two vol-
umes, an important treatise on all fruits except apples.
In 1846 he published the "Manual of Roses." In his
later days Mr. Prince received the honorary degrees of
M.D. and LL.D.
When a boy he was sent for a year to Canada in order
to become prolicient in Freufh, as there were then no
schools of languages in N.w Yc.rk, and the European
correspondence was an iui[H. riant feature in the horti-
cultural business. In ins .■ari\ manhood he botanized
thrniiKh the .-ntirr In,.. ..f All^nlir States in eoiupany
tint .
State
the
jlde
Chil
burias, Mt. Atlas cedars, paulownias and purple beeches
are to be found to-day in the grounds of the Prince
homestead, together with many other unique specimens.
When the disease of the Irish potato caused a fear that
it would have to be replaced by some other vegetable,
he imported the Chinese yam or potato {Uioscorea Ba-
tatas), paying $600 for the tubers contained in the first
consignment, — a consignment which could be placed in
a small box. About the same time he introduced sor-
ghum, or Chinese sugar cane. He was unwearied in his
endeavors to promote silk culture in the United States.
He imported not only the silkworms but the mulberry
trees to feed them, and built a large cocoonery for their
accommodation. He had vast plantations of mulberries
in different places. He was offered $100,000 for the one
near Norfolk, Va. It is a curious circumstance, illus-
trating the general interest in mulberry culture at that
time, that cuttings of the Morns multicaulis were used
as currency in all the stores in the vicinity of Flushing,
passing current everywhere at the rate of 12K cents
each. Mr. Prince's familiarity with the French lan-
guage greatly facilitated his intercourse with European
horticulturists, and he was in constant communication
with French, Belgian, Dutch and German nurseries.
At the time of his marriage he purchased additional
property adjoining the nursery of his father, and sub-
sequently added three other large areas to the nursery
establishment. He was always more of a horticulturist
and botanist than business man, and, as in his father's
days, the Linnean Botanic Nursery continued to be
cel'ebrated for its great variety of vegetable life rather
than a commercial establishment. He was a vigorous
and prolific writer, and down to the time of his death
■was a constant contributor to horticultural literature.
L. B. Prince.
PBINCE ED'WARD ISLAND. See Canada.
PSINCE'S FEATHER. AmaraiilliKS and Celosia.
PBlNOS. See Ilex.
PEIdNIUM (Greek, saw; referring to leaves, which
are sword-shaped, with serrate edges). JiiiicAcew. A
genus of one species, a tender aquatic plant from S.
Africa, where it grows in great masses in running water.
This is one of the few plants of the rush family having
the Ivs. crowded at the top of an erect, woody stem 5-6
ft. high. Generic characters: ovary sessile, globose,
3-celled : ovules axile, usually 2 in a cell : stigmas .f,
sessile, spreading: capsule rigid, 3-valved; seeds usu-
ally only 1 in each cell. For further description, see
Flora Capensis 7:28. This plant may be grown in a pot
placed in a pan of water, and, if desired, may be planted
out for the summer in a wet position.
Palmit
B.M.
'.. Mey. Stem stout, often forked, 2^ in.
. reaching a length of 5-6 ft.: Ivs. linear,
>ns. 3-4 ft. long, in dense rosette at summit
l.irescence a large, dense, terminal panicle
iuncle: perianth and bracts Ys in. long.
F. Vf. Barclay.
PRITCHABDIA (W. T. Pritchard, British consul at
Fiji in 1860). PahnAeeir. Nine species of spineless fan
palms from small isjamls of tlie Sontii Pa.<jtic. True
Prit.'liav^iia-. a nii.iL.' t., Wni. Wal-.n. .lilLr from all
other Ian l.'a\ .il palm- in tli.- l^aan .i| I li. Ma.lr. which
iscun.^a..- 1 illliM': Til,, h,. ar. al-... v.a , , ally soft
and J.liaut Tin- li.-M .if il,,. ^-nns. lirnhaMx . is P. Pa-
cifiea. which is remarkable for its fibrous, fluffy leaf-
stalks. Pritchardia is allied to several genera mentioned
under Licuala (which see), being distinguished as fol-
lows: ovary .'i-coriiered ur .'Mnbed, narrowed into a
strmii; -'.I. 'a,,..i;a ai;li [iii-i.i.ni tube and decidu-
ous -. I The genus was
ni..n.._ I ' . ■ -I I . M.I. 3 (i890). The
hesi iM.t.M.,, uial , inai .,1 \Vm. Watson in
G.l'. 111. l..:.;:.J (.'bii.;,. Ih. ,>|H.n - m the supplemen-
tary list below are very iuipurfectly known.
A. Fr. Hack-purple, globose, 6 lines thick.
PaoiHoa, Seem. & Wendl. Fig. 1901. Trunk attain-
ing 30 ft. high, 10-12 in. thick, straight, smooth: Ivs.
4% ft. long, 3/4 ft. wide, densely covered when young
with whitish brown tomentum, finally glabrous ; seg-
ments about 90 ; petiole 3'i; ft. long. Samoa, Fiji.
I.H. 21:161. F.S. 22:2262. -Tlie illustration (Fig. 1961)
is adapted from Martins.
AA. Fr. ytlhnr :,■ r,,l. !' Ii„rs thick.
Gaudichatldii, H. Wemll. i /'. mm-rocdrpa, Linden).
Trunk 20 ft. high, 1 ft. thick: Ivs. roundish, 3-4 ft,
long, covered beneath with pale brown matted wool,
slit for about 1 ft. into about 60 segments; petioles 2-3
ft. long. Hawaiian Islands. I.H. 26:352.
1961. Pritchardia Pacifica.
AAA. Fr. greenish, globose, 15-20 lines thick.
H&rtii, H. Wendl. Trunk generally not exceeding
5-6 ft., but as thick as in P. Gaiidachaudii: Ivs. glabrous
and glaucous below, not woolly; segments about 40, not
as deep; petioles longer. Hawaiian Isl. — Cult, in S.
Calif.
1438
PRITCHAEDIA
ably a catalogue error tor P. filifera.— P. fiUtera. Linden, is
Washingtonia fllifera.— K tirdiidis. Bull, is Licuala graudis.—
JP. Periculbrum, Wendl., is said to be characterized by its dark
brownish petioles and obliquely spherical fr. Pomotu Isl.—
P, Thurstoni, Drude. is said to be distinguished by its long
slender ii.-stalks like fishing rods bearing a thyrse-like inilor-
PKIVET, MOCK. See Philli/rea.
PROBOSCIS FLOWER. Martynia proboscidea.
PROCHNYANTHES (Greek, kneeling and floiver:
rt^U-rntii^ to the sudden bend in the tiower which is
liktiii'il ti. a knee). Amari/lliddeeie. A genus closely
related to Poliauthes and Bravoa' differing chiefly in the
shape of the flowers. Stems slender, from oblong
tubers which crown short, thick rootstock: Ivs. mostly
basal; inflorescence a lax spike or raceme: fls. always
in pairs, tubular below, abruptly bent at the middle,
bell-shaped above; stamens 6, included: fr. 3-celled,
many-seeded. Native of western Mexico. A genus, dis-
covered by Dr. E. Palmer in 1886, of which two species
have been described. It has been misspelled Prochy-
uanthes.
viridfisoens, Watson. Stems 4-6 ft. high : Ivs. mostly
basal, numerous, 1-2 ft. long, 2-3 in. broad, erect: lis.
5-30 pairs, brownish; pedicels nearly wanting to IJ^ in.
long. Until recently supposed to be a very rare species,
known only from near Guadalajara, Mexico, but found
by the writer to be very common in the mountains of
the states of Jalisco, Durango and Zacatecas. Not yet
in the trade, but it is a plant that deserves to be intro-
duced.
P. BulUdna. Baker. Hardly differs from the above but de-
scribed as having larger lis., which are sessile instead of luiv-
ing a long pedicel: fls. brownish green. The fls. are not jointed
at the pedicel as Baker says. B.M. 7427.— P. viridifttira men-
tioned under B.M. 7427 is a mere slip of the pen for P. viri.
descens. j. n. RqsE.
PROMENffiA (named presumably after the prophetess
of D.Mloiiai, ih-chiddcew. A genus of small herbs with
tl].' halut "f I )dontoglossum but having Ivs. of paler
gr. iTi. It Is ..tic of the many genera formerly united
with Zygopetalum. Lvs. conduplicate in the bud:
pseudobulbs evident : inflorescence originating above
the annual leafy axis, 1-2-fld.: sepals and petals sub-
equal, spreading, the lateral sepals forming a mentum
with base of the column; labellum movably joined to
the base of the column. For culture, see Zygopetalum.
citrlna, Donn. [ZiigopUaUim ranthlnum). A little
-orchid with small ovate pseudobulbs and lanceolate lvs.
2-3 in. long: fls. pale lemon-yellow; labellum 3-Iobed,
with crimson spots in the throat; column streaked with
red. June. Brazil. Gn. 20, p. 61.
gramlnea, Lindl. Lvs. about 6 in. long, lanceolate,
faintly striate, jointed to the equitant bases: scapes
3-5, clustered: fls. dirty yellow, spotted with brown;
sepals and petals oblong - lanceolate ; labellum oval,
crisp and toothed on the margin, shaded with rose and
blotched with crimson-brown. Spring. Brazil. B.M.
5046. G.C. n. 23:636.-On account of the absence of
pseudobulbs this species is now generally placed in the
genus Keffersteiuia.
stapelioldes, Lindl. Pseudobulbs 4-angled, 1-2-lvd.:
lvs. lanceolate, spreading, pale glaucous, reticulate:
peduncle 2-fld.: fls. green outside, yellowish inside,
speckled and banded purple. Brazil. B.B. 25:17.
Heinrich Hasselbking.
PROPAGATION. See Cuttage, Graftage, Layerage,
Nursery, Sredayf.
PROSARTES. See Dispormn.
PROSdPIS (meaning obscure). Leguminbsm. A genus
of about 18 species of tender trees and shrubs includ-
ing the Mesquit and the Screw Bean, two forage plants
of considerable value in the arid regions of S. Calif, and
the Southwest. The species of Prosopis may be spiny
or not, the spines axillary, solitary or in pairs, or some-
times only the stipules spinescent: lvs. bipinnate, the
PROTEA
pinniB in 1 or 2, rarely many, pairs; Ifts. few or many:
fls. small, in cylindrical spikes or globose heads.
The Mesqnif. P }.,r,'i„rrr ..,• p ,i„l,-is. is a thorny
shrub which ..i-,! i..:,,-'. ■-■• h ;■ l.-w t,-it hi^-h irj Ihi-
desert, but m .■ i ; ■ ' >'■.' '■ i- m .i.incr^ it inak<'> a
tree 60 ft. hi -I, [ ■ _, :::;,( , >.ll,la in 'I'lxas aa.l
south to Bu.'h"- \i.. Il I- ill-. r.ilj.Ml Al-anil.a and
Cashaw. It was extensively plaiiti-d in the Hawaiian
Islands many years ago by "the missionaries. In great
stress of circumstances it has been known to send its
roots down a depth of 60 ft. It is suitable for hedges.
The sweetish pods are eaten chiefly by cattle. Seeds and
plants are offered in S. Calif.
A. Phnil sjiiiiy: pod straight or sickle-shaped.
juliflfira, DC. (P.dnlcis. Kunth). Mesquit or Mes-
QUITE. Plant with stout axillary spines or often un-
armed: Ifts. 6-30 pairs, linear, %-VA in. long: spikes
cylindrical, 2-t in. long: pod ^-K ft. long or more.—
The Californian form is said to bear smaller pods than
the tropical form, and to be hardier.
AA. Plant less spiny : pod spirally twisted in mi-
ens, Benth. Scuew Bean. Toknillo. Plant
merely spinescent on petioles: Ifts. 5-8 pairs, oblong,
}4-% in. long: spikes globose to cylindrical, lK-2 in.
long: pod 1-2 in. long. Tex., Calif., Mex. yf_ jj
PaOSTANTHfiRA (Greek, to add to, and anther; re-
ferriiiLT t.j th.- r.inrifctives of the anthers being spurred
or cr. -ti-,1 h, math I. LabiAtce. About 40 species of
Australian shrubs or subshrubs, with resinous glands,
and coiuuionly strong-scented. Fls. borne in spring or
summer, solitary, axillary or opposite in terminal ra-
cemes; calyx-tube usually striate, the limb 2-lipped;
corolla -tube short, dilated into broad bell -shaped
throat; stamens 4, in pairs; anthers with 2 perfect
cells ; the connective not elongated but prominent at
the back, sometimes cristate and usually tipped with a
crest of short points or hairs, though occasionally the
appendages are very short or wanting. Flora Austra-
liensis 5:91 (1870J.
nlvea, A. Cunn. A beautiful shrub, 3-6 ft. high, gla-
brous except the corolla or with a few appressed hairs:
stem and branches slen.Ur, twiggy, upper ones 4-angled.
lvs. J4-1K i" I'll-, ..M..ii^ lanceolate or linear, entire,
pale green; m _ n, especially on older lvs. :
fls. snow-wliii. I . i i:li blue; pedicels short; ca-
lyx about '., in I Ml umiii; corolla %-% in. across.
Rocky hills, N. .s. Wales and Victoria. B.M. 5G58.-A
tender shrub, which can be safely grown only where the
lemon is hardy. Introduced by Pranceschi, Santa Bar-
bara- " F. W. Barclay.
PROTfiA (from Proteus, the sea-god, who changed
into many forms; alluding to the bafiling diversity of
the species). Protedcew. Proteas are tender shrubs
which are among the most attractive and characteristic
plants of the Cape of Good Hope,- a region whose plant
life is unique. Their flower-heads are said to look like
a "glorified artichoke." Indeed P. cynaroides (Fig.
1962) is named from this very resemblance. (Cyna-
roides means cynara-like; and Cynara is The artichoke.)
It has bright pink flower-heads which last several
months. The structure of the flower-heads is the dis-
tinctive feature of the whole family of the Proteacese.
The showy parts of the flower-head are the bracts,
which are often rigid, colored, and overlap one another
like the scales of a hard cone or an artichoke. "When
the heads of P. cynaroides flrst open," says Watson,
"they are full of honey and ar« known to the Boers as
honey-pots." This honey is collected and made into a
kind of sugar. The blooming of the "honey-pots" is a
great occasion for picnics. Watson saw large bushes of
P. speciosa at the Cape, which he declared were quite
as effective as big specimen rhododendrons. "Fifty
years ago," writes Watson in 1891, "there were about 30
species of Protea included among popular greenhouse
plants in England; now one may safely say there is not
one, the few really under cultivation being only in
botanical collections." In 1881 Hooker wrote: "That
PROTEA
shows for many successive seasous, is as certain as that
they were once the glories of the old flue-heated houses
that our forefathers called stoves, in which orchids
quickly perished, and Banksias and Proteas throve
magnificently." Over 40 colored plates of Proteas have
been published, of which 23 appeared in Andrews' Bot.
Eep between 1797 and 1811
The interest m pioteaceous plants is growing in
southern California Proteads have a reputation for
being difficult to cultivate awaj from the Cape but
Hooker s statement seems to indicate that their culture
is not so much difhcult as special Under glass they are
said to lequire a coolhouse whith is air\ and sunn\
"The one great danger t ulrn it 1 1 r 1 1 1 (\
Watson 'is exeessn e \\ ii m i i i
PROTOPLASM
1439
is separated from rapi.lh umw inL' i
toplasm, and is a p""l illu- 1 . ,.i ; i
young tissues and of ii- ;i|i|" .n .' .
As usually seen uiid, r ih, ->
living plants, protoplas.ii .., :i nu,. ■
mass, nearly transparent, colorluss
numerous fine embedde 1 erinuUs
■ ■u,-. 1- .i.ainlypro-
! I ...Hlition in
■■i.. .nil,.." cells of
i..^iii..u> or plastic
or gray from the
and often exhibits
i^' '}!M
plan
place t
ing in
space
ter IS
species
in the
stthi.
of
of the
ts are
ek to liieik
le h I 11 unsup
ported
The finiily ProteaceeB contains 14 gen
era of which 10 aie t\ pu il of southern
Afuca and 4 of A.n ii ili , \ idingto
Bentham and H 1 i lii 1 utiiK i as dis
tinct as possible in 1 h n \ i I en con
fused b\ an^ cue with unthiii.. , 1 e The
m t p pulir nieiuljer it tiic tunilj for
gr nil u ulture in Ameuca at present
is th '--ill 1 1 ik or GreMllea In southern
(_';ilit iiiiitli interest in the faniiK IS now
ceutci 1 11 til Sil^nr Trn I ncaden
dron will hit! I i i ii ii ii about
Cape 1 « 11 in 1 I I Iv mtne
tree of iii\ I u I i m quintit\ Proteis
ripen st 1 ti i I 1 m be easily procured
from th I n t i| i nt \ u the two species winch
have xfti i i 1 th m t ittention m the horticultui U
world 11 / II II I I (< J< 8 35 ( C III 17 77i
G.M 3b 4(1 ( iitnr\ Hook of Gard 310) and P nana
(B M 70 H t I- 4 4H (tM 35 268 209)
The Australian Proteaceae are monographed m the
Flora Austrahensis Good horticultural accounts are
those of Wm Watson m C P 8 34 and 4 412 which
have been liberally quoted above ^ jl
' kinds of motion It tills \e
and dCtiveU forming cells conipletelj full like thm
lelh in a glass flask But as growth continues bubbles
of clear -Bdter appear which soon enlaige and then
coalesce so that at length the protoplasm becomes a
thin lining to the cell wall and incloses a cential body
PROTEADS
Pic
PROTECTION as used b) the gaidener is an indeh
nite terra A plant mt^ need protection from living
agencies as animals birds insects or plants (incluil
ing fungi and weeds) — or it may need protection fi ni
the weather —heat cold rain diought Generil
however the gaidener means by protection wiiit
protection which again covers two ^ erj distinct idi
Most Cape bulbs for instance are ruined if the^ n
frozen tuliy ire n t \et Cape bulbs can sometmi
be Wirt 1 I I I 111 tliev are protected by a covei
ing hi \ I p out frost Strawberries on
the c iiti I itter frost with a light mulch
which 1 I 11 !) I\ t>k 11 till ) 1 lilts fiuni bcin.,
heaved M ilttrnae ti ii ill n Th ui
the mam obiects of «ii i 1 1 I I it
least with heibs In th | I linii ii is
also need pr tfctim fr in il m I t inn
mer an 1 fi n lui ill il niii-citaut
consi III 1 1 I See Wmtei
Piott t I I under Oieen
hou!,!' I Insecticides
Funiji I, I I II /
PROTOPLASM A substance sometimes called the
pli>sical b\sis of life apparently universally present
and functional m all living bodies plants and animals
alike It varies greatly in consistence owing to the
proportional amount of water contained from a semi
fluid to a firm solid and its chemical composition is
con tantlv changing bv its own constructive and destruc
ti\e acti\it\ The shni-s substance observed when bark
of water Not unfioqu ntl-
stretch through the w it i i
may often be oh erM 1 ti
The protiipl i im 1 u i i I
the cell will i '
When It ill
outer bark In i I i
are lifeles ,n 1 ,m tun ti
form are solely mechanical .
In living cells of all pUn
plication
formed n
the active
ril strings
substance
111 in these
csseutiil to cell multi
No new cells are ever
excepted above without
he latter
of both
no such
Thii
e\pliins wh\ the char uteri ti of t ii 1 ind ciou do
not become mixed however intimate the union the
tissues adhere together and nutrient fluids pass up or
down but there is no intermingling be\ond this No
cell becomes half and half of stock and cion Each pre
1440
PROTOPLASM
serves its individuality, through the self-partition of
a single nucleus, no matter how near a neighbor of
another kind it may have, nor what that neighbor is.
The only reciprocal influences exerted are such as might
come from soil or from physical conditions.
If we cannot say that protoplasm is the physical basis
of life from the reasoning that the latter is something
apart from material substance, we must attribute to
this seemingly unorganized, unstable something all
those properties and activities which distinguish living
things |from dead bodies. All that plants do as liv-
ing things, protoplasm does. Do they select and
assimilate food and bring dead matter into the bonds of
vitality! Do they manufacture organic substances-
starches, sugars, oils, spices, fibers, etc.? Are they
sensitive or do they possess irritability? Are they
capable of response to stimuli by movement or other-
wise? Have they the power of growth and of reproduc-
ing their kind? Then protoplasm is present and is
performing its wonderful operations.
T. J. BlTRRILL.
PKUMN6PITYS. See Podocarpus.
FEUNE. Prunes are the dried fruit of certain varie-
tic-- "t i.liiiiis I Fii;. 19U:)). Any plum that can be sucoess-
fulh iMuid. xMthi.ut removing the pit, into a firm, long-
kefi.iiii; i.i.Mliii^t. inav be used for making Prunes. The
reuuisiti- f..r aV'ood Pruiie-makmg plum is that it
California Prune (
have a large proportion of solids, more particularly a
large amount of sugar. Prunes are much valued in
cookery, making a nutritious food having demulcent and
laxative qualities. Extra fine Prunes are sometimes
called prunelles; these are often packed in mass as are
dates and are sold as a confection.
Until within the last decade. Prance was the leading
Prune-producing region of the world; now first rank
must be given to California. The average yearly output
in that state for the last five years of the nineteenth cen-
tury would be about 85,000,000 pounds, with a capacity
at the close of the period to produce an average crop of
130,000,000 pounds. France ranks second, with a yearly
average for the period given above of about 70,000,000
pounds, a capacity whic-h i-< 1m irii; iiM-r.a-ii-d but little.
The Pacific nortbwi-t. i ii-.-mm. \\:,^liiiii.'ti.n and Idaho,
is third in importui in ilu- I'ninr iihlu-tiy with a pro-
ducing capacity at tin- iti.I of th.- icntury of about
30,000.000 pounds per year; this will be considerably
increased from year to year. Bosnia, Servia, Germany
and Spain are other Prune-producing countries. The
most highly reputed Pnines come from the valley of the
Loire in Prance, but it is doubtful if these are superior
in quality to the best grades from California and the
Pacific northwest.
Attempts have been made to start the Prune industry
in many regionsother than those mentioned, bntalthough
it has not been found difficult to gmw tlir tn.s himI jiro-
duce an abundance of fruit, the cliiii:iT .iiMliiions liave
proved too unfavorable for curine tlu in-i^inn, :uicl the
attempts have for the most part faibil, Ni.taMr txcep-
tions are parts of Australia and South Africa, regions
■which may some time compete with those mentioned
above.
The growth of the Prune industry in America is one
of the most remarkable industrial phenomena of agri-
culture. An attempt was made bv the United States
Patent Office to start the industry in 1854 on the Atlantic
coast by the distribution of cions of Prune d'Agen
PRUNE
and Prune Sainte Catherine, but though the fruit was
produced it could not be cured, and the infant industry
soon died. In 1856, Louis Pellier, of San Jos^, Cali-
fornia, had shipped from Agen, Prance, cions of the
Prune d'Agen. The fruit was small, and to distin-
guish it from a larger plum, the Hungarian, supposed
to hiiv.- .-..iric fn.iu Af,'.-ii. this was <-alIiMl the Petite, the
naiiir ipAv iii'-t c-(,iiim.iiily L'iv, n to this the leading
hil.it.d ai tl,.' ralifl.n.ia Stat,. Tair in 1803. The flr.st
C,,lliliM.r -lal ..r-lial-,! \va^ )ilalit.-.| 11, 1S70. In 1880 the
(,ui|,i i I-'- : 'ii'i «:i- :ii"'i,i ^'iiii, 11(10 [lounds; in 1890
K;. ; ,:,: -" ; i!r, :, _■ . ^ :i^ in 1880, and now,
ill i', :._, .:ii M ' I ' 1 iiiilv not less than
1:111.11,,,,,, j„,i,„,N. \al,i,,] l,yili, ], r-,„ I IK' ers at $4,550,000.
There are three methods of curing Prunes: sun-dry-
ing, as is practiced in California and some parts of
Europe; curing in evaporators, the method in vogue in
the Pai-ific northwest and parts of California; third, sun
drviii^ ,,r , , ,,i..,r;iiiiiL: afi, r the fruit has been partially
0, „,l.i : ill the European countries.
Will ,: ' - 1- the most economical and
j.roiii' . ; I ., , ^ „iMi, I !,i|..-r climatic conditions pre-
vail - 1,11, II, iliai a I-, 11, 1- jiroiliicr may be produced
],\ 111, li... ,.| , \ a|.,iiai,,r-. til,' -li-lit cliciii i,-al changes
takiiiL' ]ila, ,' 1 ', 1., rtV,.llv , ~,, that, a^ a lailo, the fruit
look- I,, 11, a. k,-,- 1 i- I,, 111;, r, N not ^,1 i,'i 1^1 1, ami lias a more
natural Ua\or than tlio suiialrinl I'luiii'. 'I'lii- half-cook-
ing is but little advocated in the
more progressive Prune regions,
for the reason of economy; the pro-
duct is much darker colored, more
tender, and perhaps more palatable,
having a cooked flavor liked by
many. In California, evaporators
are not now used in the leading
Prune districts.
The method of treatment in cur-
ing Prunes varies greatly, but in
general it would be about as fol-
lows: The fruit is allowed to re-
main on the trees until ripe enough
to fall to the ground, the maxi-
mum proportion of solids being
then produced. It is then passed over graders in
order to remove all rubbish and to secure several
sizes, evenness in size being essential to attain uni-
formity in curing, since the small fruits dry more
rapidly than the large ones. Machines run by hand or
by powrr .lo the ftia.liiiK- Bif,'!'- i.'oiiiK to the drying
grouihl- or 1,, till' ,\ a|,oi-ati,rx tli,. ^r,,!! j.roduct must
ins; liia.'liin.-, t,. .■I„~,.k and tiiak,. t.ai.l.r llir tough skin,
thus allowing the moisture iiu.ri- ixiulily to escape. The
first method is in most general favor. The dipping
consists of immersing the fruit for a minute or less in
a solution of lye in the proportion of one pound of com-
mercial lye to from ten to fifty gallons of water main-
tained at the boiling point. The fruit is carried me-
chanically, as by an endless chain, through a vat, or
is placed in wire baskets for the dipping. After a
thorough rinsing the Prunes are placed on wooden or
wire-bottomed trays and are then ready for the ground
or for the evaporator.
In the sun the time of exposure varies from five to
twelve days, depending upon the climatic conditions, the
size iinil the variety of the fruit. Treatment in an evap-
orator vai i,s x( nil the make of the machine. In general,
tin I, iii|,, I atiin- in the evaporator should be from 120°
to 1 III ai tl„ -tart, to be increased to from 160° to 180°
when th, I'liities are taken out. Too much heat at first
causes the cells of the fruit to burst, producing drip
and discoloration. Other important factors entering
into the process of evaporation are the circulation of
air in the machine, convenience and cost of fuel and
power. The time required for curing ranges from 12
hours for a small, heavy Prune to 48 hours for a large,
iuicv one. Much depends on the machine. A common
fault is to hasten the process too much. If not cured
enough, fermentation and mold result; if too much,
the weight is lessened, the quality is injured, the Prune
is harsh and coarse, and has a dried-up appearance.
When sufficiently dried the Prunes are put in bins on.
1 on the right.
PRUNE
piles to sweat, which talies from one to three weeks;
they are then ready for the finishing processes — grading
and packing. In grading, the Prunes are separated into
sizes indicating the number of Prunes required to make a
pound, as 30s to 40s, 40s to 50s and so on to the smallest
size, 120s to 130s. Processing is done by dipping the
Prunes in boiling water and glyoerine. or by steaming.
i- M -..■111-.' ^^.■^-!,I. r:i.-kn,- I- an art whi.-h iiiii-t be
learned by exp.-riiMve and is varied to suit the taste of
producer and consumer. The best Prunes are packed in
bo.'ces, though much of the product is put up in sacks.
an I -.pmiL-y, tli.- pit is loose but does not rattle; the
skill 1-; l.riu'lit. lively and free from drippings and exu-
daiioiis ; thr liish should be meaty, elastic, and of bright
All light-colored Prunes are bleached with sulfur
fumes. The process injures the quality of the Prunes,
and makes the product somewhat poisonous, but the
market is sometimes better for a light-colored, sul-
fured Prune than for the darker unsulfnred ones. In
other cases, however, the dark Prunes find the best
market. The sulfuring is done by placing the trays of
fruit, cured or uncured, in a small chamber in which
sulfur is iL'iiitfd by Imt coals, or otherwise, the fumes
distributed liy v.iirihitnrs. and the fruit allowed to be
fumigated fm- fn.ni a halt hour to two hours.
In curiiiiT. if all i-^ii'lirions are not right, several diffi-
culties art- .ii.-.iiint, r, ,1 III a poor evaporator, the fruit
drips, i. '■-. .1 - n.; ii pii'l oozes from the Prunes in
the proc-..-. .. [: a poor product is produced, or
if the riiihi , ■ > I'ing are poor, the Prunes be-
come ciiv.i. 1 A nil _'l"iiiihs of sugar, rendering them -
sticky and <lestniyini; the luster— called sugaring.
Fruit grown on poor soil, or on unhealthy trees, or
picked before ripe, may cure into small Prunes of an
abnormal shape, called "frogs;" or they may ferment
and swell up in large, soft Prunes called "bloaters."
Varieties. — There is much confusion regarding the
nomenclature of the Prune-making plums. In the seat
of the industry the green fruits as well as the cured are
called Prunes, and tin- naiiK« of the varieties are in
many cases differenr t'nnn tIimv,. i^iven in other than the
Prune-producing n-ii.ii~. I'^r ^i-veral of the leading
Prunes there are a uniiili.r i.f -viiMnyius, and some sorts
have not a few distiuit racus. liaeh region, as a rule,
has a favorite sort grown almost to the exclusion of all
others. The following is a discussion of the varieties of
Prune-making plums now well known in America.
Petite Prune (syns.. Prune d'Agen, Prune d'Ente,
French, California, Robe de Sergeant, etc. ). — Of medium
size, egg-shaped, violet-purple; flesh greenish yellow,
sugary, rich ; trees hardy, very prolific, sure bearers.
Well cured, it is of a lively, bright amber color. This is
the Prune most widely grown in California. It has a
large proportion of solids, cures the easiest of any
Prune, and shrinks but little in curing. In cooking, but
little sugar is needed; hence it is the poor man's Prune.
There are several types of this variety, differing mostly
in size and shape, due largely to varying soils and cli-
mates. It is at present the favorite in the market.
Italian Prune (syns., Fellenberg. German Prune,
Swiss Prune ). — Large sizi-. oral, dark purple; flesh yel-
lowish, juicy, subaciil, ib-liriuiis : trees somewhat ten-
der, subject to disia^.-. ia|iiiii.iii-i bearers. Cured, the
fruit is very dark r.-.|, a|i|.r"a.liiii-: Idack in color. This
is the leading sort in tiit- Paritii- northwest, more than
four-fifths being of tins variety: Imt it is now found
that it is difficult to grow, and that, while a better sort
has not yet been found for that region, yet one that
would produce as good a fruit without the weaknesses
of the Italian tree is verv desirable.
&'i7t'er Pnine (sy.i., Co,. (;,,|,l,.„ Im.,.!. V.rv large.
oval, one side enlan,'.-.!. m-.-ki-il. li^'tit \alk.w. il.itted
with red; flesh yell.iw. linn. iui. y. -w. ,t. i-i.-h ; tn-. pre-
carious grower, but v.-rv pfMiui-rivt' wlii-n all (a.n'liTiiins
are favorable. Properly cured, the Silver is of a beau-
tiful golden hue. The cured product is larger than that
PRUNING
1441
of any other variety, is of superior flavor, and brings
the highest market price. Must be bleached. Always in
demand as a fancy product.
Most of the other varieties now grown are sold when
cured as one of the above three varieties. All black
Prunes are sold as Italians; all amber ones as Petite;
and all light-colored ones as Silver. The Italian will
usually grade three or four sizes higher than the Pe-
tite, and the Silver two or three sizes higher than the
Italian. The price paid the producer is usually from
one-tenth to one-half cent greater for each higher
size. Extras, as the verv large sizes of any. variety are
callfil, ri.niiiiaud an a.l.iiii.irKil premium. The fo'llow-
ing i^ a li-t it |i]uiii- u'l-iv, n more or less for Prune-
miikni^: lii.ii) I ...L-. . « liirli makes a fancy product;
Yelli'w liL-sj:. v.-l|v ;i^ till. Sii\fr when evaporated; Ger-
man I'ruiie. a Lla>> iiaini- I'lir several races making a
product much like the Italian; Hungarian Prune, a
very large sort making a fancy product, but hard to
cure; Robe de Sergeant, much like the Petite and con-
sidered the satin- tiv sunn-; Bulgarian Prune, of the
Italian rla--: 1 i il> .; i'miir. a very early sort of the
Italian t\|M : i. , I , much like the Silver and
pos,silil\ Ih II. I . riiine, an early strain of the
Italian. Tin W ,ii i i. i, I ,. iii,-. Tcnnant, Steptoe, and
to
St.
Martin - (,>in.r.,.l,
,. i~ a lati. ...it \\\ar\, -.il. a.s the Sil-
,. i;ri-ii.i|i. an.l hall.. .1.- Il..iiL,'rie. The
Gia'iit. .... ..•■ r.
ni'.i. 1 .lling^. is luuch like but
lar-ir-. ■ . 1
li I . liale Epineuse is popular
inral:- ..... 1 .
- . 11 Prune, oneof Burbank's
Se.-.il:: _.....
. : . ^ i..i|.ular.
Si/i' al-... r ;":
,.!.! /.. '; r.ilion Of Fruits.
U. P. Hedrick.
PRUNELLA.
See Brucella.
PRUNING Tn
i.b.i- tliii* .1.-.iomination are comprised a
nuiltiiint.- .it liiM
II. . - .11.1 1.1, -als. It is impossible to
give anx- ail.i...
, i . until one has analyzed the
subi....t aiiii :..
1,. I s for which he is to work
and till, uinl.-il;.
111^ |.ii,i. i|il..s on which his practices
must rest. The lareer part of the ■
gives mere advice or direc-
tions, or details some per- c~
son's experience, without
analyzing or elucidating the
subject. The practice must
differ with every person and
every condition: the princi-
ples'are universal. The
ideals that are associated
with pruning may be
grouped around three cen-
ters: (1) pruning proper, or
the removal of a part of a
plant for the purpose of bet-
tering the remaining part or
its product; (2) training, or
the disposition or placing of
the individual branches, a
practice which is ordinarily
coincident with pruning pro-
per; (3) trimming, or the
shaping of a plant into some
definite or artificial form.
The principles that under-
lie pruning proper may be
associated with two ideals-
the lessening of the struggle
for existence amongst the
parts of a plant, and the cut-
ting away of certain parts
forthe purpose of producing
some definite effect in the Natur='= pruning,
formation of fruit-buds or
leaf -buds or in modifying the habit of the plant. There
are more branches in "the top of any plant than can per-
sist; therefore there is struggle for existence. Those
which have the advantage of position, persist. Nature
prunes. Dying and dead branches in any neglected
tree-top are illustrations of this fact. Whenever the
struggle for existence is greatly lessened, the remain-
1442
PRUNING
ing branches receive a greater proportion of the plant's
energy, and they therefore make stronger growth or are
more productive in tlowers and fruit. Pruning is essen-
tially a thinning process.
In itself pruning is not a devitalizing process; it is
only devitalizing when it is carried to excess or when
the wounds do not heal and disease sets in. It is rather
an invigorating process, since it allows more nourish-
ment to be distributed to the remaining parts of the
iplunr. Th.' nution that pruning is devitalizing arises
frmu i:i|..' anaK.gy with animals, which suffer shock or
injury wli.n purts are removed. The fact that pruning
IS ih.t a .li-vitalizing process is proved by every tree.
The Ir^e is a record of successive prunings. Note the
number of branches on the seedling tree in the nursery
row or in the forest, and then consider that all these
branches, with the exception of the leader itself, will
probably perish in the course of time. The forest tree
develops a bole because the side limbs are pruned away
by natural causes. Fig. 1964. Knots are records of na-
ture's pruning. In the greater number of cases the
limbs die and are removed when still very young, and
they leave small record in the grain of the wood; but all
visible knots are histories of the removal of large
branches. As a rule, it is only when the knots become
knot-holes that injury results. A knot-hole means de-
cay, and this decay may extend into the heart of the
tree, finally causing it to become hollow. A black or
decayed heart is always an indication of disease. The
disease originates on the outside of the plant: it is the
result of inoculation. This inoculation takes place
through some bruised or broken part; it is usually an
inoculation of filamentous fungi. These fungi gain a
foothold in the dead and dying cells of the wound, and
as they grow they are able to destroy the liviiit; I'c'lls and
therefore to produce decay. The Lul-. r iIm v... mil. the
greater is the liability to infection. Ii i ,i, itant,
therefore, in the pruning of trees. Ill 1 1 i,; .'■: ~liall
be as small as possible. This iii':mi- \\r.:i iln best
pruning is that which is practicetl aunuaUs . so that
none of the branches to be removed attain large size.
This annual pruning is also most desirable for other
may be seen below.
lants should always be pruned when they are
d. This is because the roots are pruneil in
the very process of removal,
and the tops should be re-
duced in proportion. For
some time after the plant is
transplanted, it has no vital
in with the soil.
and also on the personal ideals and desires of the opera-
tor. It is a general practice to cut back the top of a
plant at least one-half upon transplanting ; in some
still more of the top is removed. Quite another
question is the parti
be left. Some grow
ers prefer to remove
all side branches,
if it is a fruit tree,
and leave a straight
whip. Fig. 1965. They
are then free to start
the new branches
where they like. This
is the better practice
with very young
trees, and it is one
that is nearly always
employed with peach
trees. If the trees ar,-
three years olil and
well branched, most
which the top shall
1967. Young apple 1
The marks show whic
may be removed to adv
and if all the top is allowed to remain there is much
evaporation from it and a dissipation of the energies of
the plant. How much of the top shall be removed de-
pends on how much of the roots was removed in digging.
leave t
of the main branches
to form the starting
point of the future
top. Fig. 1966. These
branches may be
headed back half or
more of their length.
Of late years a
method of very se-
vere pruning has
come into notice un-
der the name of the
Stringfellow or stub-
root system, taking
its name from H. M.
Stringfellow of
Texas, who has writ-
ten much concern-
ing it. The fulles
presentation of Mr.
Stringf el low's ideas
will be found in his
book, "The New Hor-
ticulture." It advises
that practically all
the roots be cut away and that the top be shortened to a
straight stick one or two feet long, without side branches.
It is the supposition that when trees are reduced to their
lowest terms- iti tlii-- v-nv, rho nfw root-branches that
arise will t:i' i ■ ■ i";r:il form and the tree will
assume immf. i : ii na.iir ..f a seedling. This
method of n , : i - : i- m. t with good success in
many plac'~. J li'- i iniliiiH ntal tht-ories on which it is
founded, however, have not been demonstrated. This
system is, in fact, a matter of local practice rather than
of principle. In a great majority of cases, it will be
found to be better, particularly in trees that are three
years or more old, to prune them only moderately, allow-
ing a part of the original root system and a part of the
Pruning Fruit Trees. — Fruit trees are pruned for
the purpose of enabling them to pr.ii ; i :< up. ilt
(|iniiity of fruit. They are not prni:' , ; i ■ t..
• them assume any definite or in. i ,|,..
best, as a rule, to allow each van. 1 \ .i 1 1 . . ... i :ik.-
its own natural or normal form, only prumni; ii solli-
ciently, so far as shape is concerned, to remove any un-
usual or unsymmetrical growths.
(1) The fundamental conception in the pruning of
fruit trees is to reduce the struggle for existence, so
that the remaining parts may produce larger and finer
fruits.
|2) The result of pruning fruit trees should be to
keep the tree in bearing condition, not to force it into
such condition. If the tree has received proper cnre
from the time it is planted, it should come into bearing
when it reaches the age of puberty. Pruning, therefore,
is merely a corrective process and keeps the tree in
proper bearing condition. When trees have been much
PRUNING
neglected, pruning may be the means of reinvigornting
them ami setting tliem into a thriftier condition. In
such cases it is one of the means of renovating the
tree, as tilling, fertilizing and spraying are.
(3) Heayy pruning of the top tends to produce wood.
This is because the same amount of root energy is con-
centrated into a smaller
amountof top. thereby caus-
ing a heavier growth. This
is particularly true if the
pruning is done when the
plant is dormant. -••.--
(41 Heavy pruning of the ... , ' -
root tends to lessen the pro- •'" " .„v>->^'
duction of wood, because the - - v- -.
same amount of top receives -..;->:- "
a less supply of soil water
with its content of plant-
food. An apple tree (grafted on dn
(5| Trees which grow only two feet above ll
much to wood are likely to be
relatively unproductive. It is an old maxim that check-
ing growth induces fruitfulness. so long as the plant
remains healthy. If the tree is thrown into redundant
growtli every two or three years by very heavy pruning,
it tends to continue to produce wood at the expense of
fruit. When a tree is to be brought into bearing condi-
tion by general good treatment, the aim should be tn
keep it in that condition by a relatively light 1iTinu:il
pruning. Violent pruning is allowable only when tni-^
have been neglected and it is necessary to brin^ them
back into bearing condition or to renew their tops.
(6) The operator should know where the fruit-buds
are borne before undertaking the pruning of any fruit
tree; otherwise he may destroy too many of them. If
he knows the position of the fruit-buds, he may prune
in such manner as to thin the fruit even without the
removal of much wood, and thereby to reduce the strug-
gle for existence to a minimum. Every species of tree
has its own method of fruit-bearing. The penr l^ears
its fruit largely on old spurs. The pea.li li.'.ns .m the
wood of the last season's growth. In unli r t.. iliin tin-
fruit of the pear by pruning, therefor.-, it i^ ii -^;(i-y
to remove part of the spurs. In the pi-a.-li it is m-i-es-
year's growth. Each species of plant is a law unto it-
self in these regards.
(7) Heading-in tends to promote fruitfulness, par-
ticularly in those trees that are growing over-rapidly.
If the heading-in is very severe, however, it may
amount to a heavy pruning, and in that case it may
PRUNING 1443
never headed-in, provided they are otherwise well
pruned and well cared for. Whether one shall head-in
his fruit trees or not, is a personal question. If the
trees are growing too rapidly, it is well to head them in
in order to check their ambition. This is jiarticularly
necessary when trees are growing on heavy or very
v-^^^.^*^^
^t^>^
"Ij^t^-
f
fertile soil ai
ting off the
planted too c
order to pre
thick. Some
I- 1-1- I ~ and leaving the weaker
i! fulness. When trees are
111^. y also be necessary in
iiiiiiinn from becoming" too
;.k. ;i l..\v-headed and rounded
t..p: this is a .111. ,11,, n ..f |„ rsonal ideals. If the or-
i-liiudist df-sirc-s sui-h f.-nii. it is necessary to head-in
111.- in-,-. It sli.iul.i 1,.- r.iii, inhered that the more a tree
is h.-a.U-d-in the thicker it fen. Is to become in the crown
and the more inside pruning is necessary. Whenever
there is danger of fruit rot, as in plums and early
peaches, it is a question whether the thick form of top
(8) I
tends
This is
l.loyed
' f-,-^. It is essentially a
r,liard practice. In the
II- fruitfulness upon the
III Mt.ition, and in this care
■ ,1 factors.
iilly resolves itself into a
I I II iiig out of the weak, im-
iL' 1 iMii, h, s. Thereby, the energy
.1 and is deflected to those parts
caring a useful product. The sun
1. The tree becomes manageable
1- i,icking. All the fruits have an
|,. How much or how little to thin
-tion. In humid climates, much
-~ary. In dry, hot climates, as on
■ thinning is allowable, else the
aUl. Figs. 1967 and 1968 illustrate
two pruning ideals. Consult, also, the pictures in the
various fruit articles in this work.
(10) Scraping the rough bark from old trunks maybe
a desirable practice, since it destroys the breeding
places of insects and fungi. Trees that have been con-
tinuously thrifty, however— that have received uni-
formly good tillage, fertilizing, pruning, spraying—
rarely n'eeil to he si-rai,e.l, as the bark remains rela-
tively ^1 ill .11 m1 'ill". f>iil\ ill,- l.„,^,- .,iiter bark should
be n-iM- 1 'I ' ' ■ . - -. 111.- l,ark is apart of
the .-1 i II 1 -h, , 111, i not be scraped.
closelv asso-
garden practi, ,
orchard, one n
general good <■;
pruning is on,- ,
(91 Pruning i
thorough and <^
perfect and itit,
of the ,,laiit i^
that ar,- .-ii|,iil,l.-
and air iir,- :i,lii
for SI,l-:,Vll,u- 111,
Altli, ,11-11 I ,
ciateil uiiU ,..„i,:,
shrubs are prune
them to produce tc
them take some .U
al trees and
I to enable
(2 1 to make
1 unusual or
set the plant into wood-bearing rather than into fruit-
bearing. It is not to be supposed, however, that head-
ing-in is necessarily to be advi.sed in order to make
trees bear. They may bear just as well if they are
flower-b.
plants d.
pruning
plants a
pruned ;
best results will be secured, since the new growths will
then develop flower-buds for the year following. It may
be advisable, however, to prune such plants in win-
ter for the purpose of thinning them, thereby alio '
the flower-buds which i
produce larger bloom.
PRUNING
in the methods of training and pruning in each of these
three classes, and the methods are such as can scarcely
be well elucidated in writing. The Old World literature
is replete with instructions. In n-.-.?it .Anii-rican litera-
ture, the fullest account is tn !..■ toiui.i in "The Pruning-
Book." In order that trees urns l.i- w.ll traiind on walls,
espaliers and cordons, it is ntct'ss;ir\- that the training
be begun in the nursery. The Old World nurseries
grow plants which are trained for various uses, but the
American nurseries do not. If, therefore, the American
is to train trees in any of these formal shapes, he should
secure specimens that are not more than one year from
the bud or graft, and begin the training himself. The
illustrations (Figs. 1969-71) suggest some of the special
methods of training fruit trees.
When to Prune. -It will 1
remarks that the time of i
circumstances, and chiefly n
sired to reach. So far as tin-
■il fr.
the above
general
1 V^^p pTT^'
V.,A. ^i
""-A?
1970. Apple tree trained •
In most ornamental plants, however, it is the number
of flowers rather than the size of each which is desired.
Plants that bloom late in the season, like hydrangea
and most species of clematis, make their flower-buds
on shoots which arise that very season. W'ith such
plants, it is well to prune rather heavily while they are
dormant in order to cause them to throw up a profusion
of strong shoots in the spring. These shoots will bear
that summer. Lists of plants in these two categories
will be found in the appendix to the second edition of
"ThePruning-Book."
Pruning to make the plant assume some definite form
is essentially a method of shearing or heading in
If it is desired to have a very regular and definite
shape, it is well to shear the plant at least two or
three times a year in order to keep down the ex
uberant growths. It is a common practice to shear
the plants only in the winter, but if this shearing _^^
is somewhat violent, as is usually the case, the -
plant throws up numerous strong shoots very early
in spring and it remains shapeless during a large
part of the growing season.
Training.— There is relatively little careful
training of plants in North America, largeh be
cause of the expense of the skilled labor which is
necessary to perform it. Land is also relatnelv
cheap, and room can be given for the natural de
velopment of most plants. In the Old World, fruit
plants must be groivn in very small areas, and it j
may be necessary to train them on walls, sides of
buildings, or on trellises of various kinds. Trained
fruit trees may generally be referred to one of
three categories: the wall tree, which is trained
against a continuous surface; the espalier, vihich
is trained on a trellis, the branches starting at
nearly right angles from a central shaft; the cor
don, or training to a single or double strand near
the ground. Properly, an espalier is a trellis, but ,
the word is commonly used for the plant that is ^^g^
trained on the trellis. There are many variations grai
id early spring, when labor can be had and before the
ish of spring work comes on. The colder and drier the
inte^climate, the later the pruning should be delayed.
The wound made by severing a branch heals by means
■ a callus which forms from the growing tissue between
e bark and wood. Fig. 1972. This tissue rolls over
e wound, finally joining in the center and completely
g the old wood. The old wood itself takes no
part in the healing process; in fact, it djis. Wli.n the
healing is complete, the old wood is nji r^ly cmx, r, cl and
preserved from external in.iury and intC: tinn. minh as
fruit in a jar is preserved by being pnitictcl »itli a
cover. There is no dressing that will hasten the heal-
ing process except as it keeps the wood from decay. In
other words, the whole object of dressing a wound is to
protect it. The dressing prevents bacteria and fungi
from securing a foothold and thereby prevents the rot.
Wounds that are exposed for some years nearly always
become unsound at the center because of the intrusion
of these organisms, and even if the wounds should sub-
sequently heal over, the infection may still rxfond dnwn
the heart of the tree and finally cans.' its .Iratli. 'I'hi-
best covering for a wound is one that iumi. cts it I,, st
from microbes and fungi and which ]n i-siai- thi- 1.. nic-
est. Ordinarily, good white lead paint, applitd htavily
and renewed occasionally, is the best protection. Graft-
ing wax may afford a good protection, if it is applied
hot so that it soaks into the tissue. If it is merely
spread over the surface, it soon blisters and becomes
loose and atl i 1 i I itn 1\ hitli in itection
V
s \
-1^;
^t
1971 Pear trees trained on a w
once the w ill is covered the tree is n(
surf-ice iie*i It is cut back to spurs t
eb may be treated.
PRUNING
The rapidity with which wounds heal depends very
largely on their position on the tree and the way in
which they are made. Wounds along the main
branches, which are the leading avenues for distribu-
tion of food, heal more speedily than those on the
weaker side branches, The closer the wound sits to the
branch, the more quickly
will it heal. Fig. 1973. If a
stub is left several inches
long (Fig. 19751. it seldom
PRUNUS
1445
therefore, where they make great di.splay, but their short
season of bloom and the very ordinary foliage of most
of them have limited the planting of the ornamental
kinds. Some of the ornamental species are not grown
on their own stocks, but are worked on stocks that can
be grown easily and cheaply and of which seeds can be
obtained in abundance. The commonest stocks for the
ornamental kinds are the plum {P. dome.il ieii), peach
and sweet cherry. On the plum are grown the dwarf
almonds and the double-flowering and fancy-foliage
the hard wood.
1973 A well covered
The pruning was prop
erly done, no stub being
1974 The stub is longer
than necessary, althoueh
the fault IS not a (lagraot
heals until it rots back to the main branch or trunk; and
by that time the decayed heart may have extended deep
into the tissue of the tree. It is a common notion that
a limb should be cut at right angles to the direction of
the limb itself and beyond the bulge at its base. It is a
better plan, however, "to make the wound parallel to the
direction of the branch or trunk that remains, and close
to it. This wound may have a somewhat larger super-
ficial area, but it is much nearer the source of the heal-
ing food supply and therefore becomes covered more
quickly. L. H. B.
PEtJNUS (ancient Latin name of plum). Ros&cem.
Plum, Cherry, Peach, Apricot, Almosd, etc. About
75 species of pink-flowered or white-flowered shrubs and
small trees of wide distribution, but most abundant in
the north temperate zone. Lvs. alternate, simple, usu-
ally serrate: fls. mostly in spring, sometimes preceding
the leaves, either solitary or in clusters, perfect, the
pistil single, the stamens numerous and perigynous, the
petals and calyx-lobes 5: fr. a drupe, usually I-seeded
by the abortion of one of the two ovules. Fig. 1976. The
genus as here outlined includes several well-marked
groups, some of which are regarded as distinct genera
by many authors. In their extreme or typical forms,
these subgenera are very distinct, but there are so many
intergradient forms that it seems unwise to keep them
distinct as genera. The tendency of plant breedins: i^
to still further obliterate the differences b\ me.in^ "i
hybridization. At best, the genus is pohmorplicm-
but the general experience is that confusion is mere i^t <!
rather than decreased by the effort to make two or more
genera from it. Many of the forms that appear to be
very distinct in their extremes, connect b\ insensible
gradations in intermediate ranges. The dominant East
American species, for example, shade off into marked
forms in the West and Southwest (see Waugh, 12th Rep.
Vt. Exp. Sta., p. 231-239).
Horticulturally , Prunus is one of the most important of
all genera. It includes the stone-fruits, — peaches, plums,
cherries, apricots, almonds. It is also proliflc of orna-
mental subjects, as double-flowered, variegated-leaved,
eolored-leaved and weeping forms. Most of the culti-
vated species are hardy in the latitude of Philadelphia
and many are hardy in Ontario. All are of easy culture.
Nearly all the species are spring-flowering. Only P.
acUJa, amongst the cultivated kinds, blooms as late as
midsummer. They are very useful for spring gardens.
1975 Common fault in prunins
This wound cinnot heal un-
til the i,tub rots away and by
that time the tree may be
irreparably c "
plums. The myrobalan plum (P. cerasifera] is some-
times used for the same purpose. Peach stocks may be
used for the same species, as a rule; and they are also
employed, particularly in the South, for many fruit-
bearing plums. The sweet cherry (P. Avium) is a good
stock for the various kinds of double-flowered, weeping
and fancy-leaved cherries. It is an important point in
the growing of these grafted Prunuses to remove all
sprouts from the stock as soon as they appear. This is
particularly true of the dwarf almonds, since the stocks
are usually stronger-growing species and tend to sucker
from the root. It is a question whether it would not be
better to propagate these dwarf species from layers or
cuttings in case seedlings of their own species cannot
be had. Own-rooted plants can be secured by root-
grafting with a long cion (see Fig. 943, Vol. I).
In North America there has been a most remarkable
contemporaneous evolution of fruit-bearing plums from
the imtivf spprirs. Several hundred orchard varieties
h:\vr liHiii ilf^.'vil.eil, and the trees are grown commer-
ciallv .iv. 1- ;i Willi- range of country in the South, in the
.Mis^i>M|i|ii vail, y and on the Plains, -in regions in
which the common Prunus domestica does not thrive,
knowledge of these domesticated native
dates from 1892 (Bull. 62, Cornell Exp. Sta.).
Thee
For the latest knowledge of the subject, the reader
should consult experiment station literature, particularly
the writings of Waugh and Goff. See, also, "Evolution
of our Native Fruits."
For fuller information on the fruit-bearing members
of the genus, see A Imond, Apricot, Chemi, Nectarine,
Peach, Plum, Prune.
1446
INDEX TO THE LATIN NAMES
acida. 28.
acutifolia. 5.
Alberti,'il.
Allegheniensis, 11.
fruticosa, 18.
Galatensis, 7.
Georgica, 37.
Amygdalus, 41.
angustifolia, 14, 27,
32, 33.
argentea, 40,
Armeniaea, 1. 2. 3.
ascendens. 24.
asplenifolia, 27, 29.
atropiirpurea, 5.
aucub(efolia, 31.
aurea, 31.
austera, 28.
Avium, 27.
Bertini, 33.
Besseyi. 16.
Bigarella, 27.
Brigantiaca, 1.
eamelUssflora. 42.
camelliffifolia. 33.
campestris. 37.
CapolUn. 29.
Caproniana, 25, 28.
Capuli. 29.
Caroliniana, 34.
Carthagena, 29.
cartilaginea, 29.
Caueasica, 33.
cerasifera, 5.
Cerasus, 28.
Cereola, 7.
Ohamceceraaus^ 18.
Chicasa, 14.
Cochinchinensis, 37.
Colehlca, 33.
■ . 7, 41.
graeUis, 13.
Gravesii, 13.
Qrayana, 31 and
suppl. list.
Hattan. 8.
heterophylla, 27.
liortensis, 25.
hortulana, 15.
ilicifolia, 35.
ineana, 36.
injucunda, 12.
insititia, 7.
integrifolia, 35.
Italica. 7.
Itosakura^ 24.
.Taponica, 33, 38.
Japonica, Hort., 8,
18. 24, 25.
Juliana, 27.
Kelloggii. 9.
Isevis, 42.
latifolia, 33.'
Laurocerasus, 33.
Lindleyi. 39.
Lusitanica, 32.
macrocarpa, 41.
macrophylla, 27.
paniculata, 25.
pedunculata, 39.
pendula, 18, 24, 27,
29.
Pennsylvanica, 21.
Persica, 42.
persicaeflora, 28.
Petzoldi, 39.
Pissardi, 5.
Planteriensis, 5.
platycarpa, 42.
PseudoCerasus, 25.
Puddum. 2.5. 26.
pumil.a, 16.
pxnnila, Hort.. 18, 38.
ranuncuiiflo'ra, 28.
retlexa. 18.
regalis, 27.
Rhexii, 28.
rivularis, 15.
rosea, 24.
rotundifolia, 33.
salicifolia. 27. 29.30.
Schipkaensis, 33.
semperflorens, 23.
serratifolia, 25.
serntlata, 25.
Sibirica, 2.
Sibirica, Hort.,
Sieboldi, 25.
maliformis. 7.
31.
10.
Damascena, 7.
dasycarpa, 3.
Davidiana, 43.
Decumana, 27.
demissa, 30.
divarieata, 5.
domestica, 5, 7.
donarittm, 25.
Duracina, 27.
emarginata, 22.
Forkp IF.v's
mollis, 10.
Mume, 4.
Myrobalana, 5.
myrtifolia, 32.
nicotiancefolia, 27.
nigra, 10.
occidentalis, 35,
orientalis. 40.
orthosepala, 15.
Padus, 31.
,^- Prnntl. Pflnnzenfr
spinosa. 6.
subeordata, 9.
subhirUUa, 24.
Syriaea, 7. .
Texana. 10.
tomentosa, 19.
triflora, 8.
triloba, 39.
umbellata, 12.
Utahensis, 17.
variegata, 18. 28, 29.
virgata, 39.
Virginiana, 30.
vulgaris, 28. 42.
Watereri, 25.
Watsoni. 14.
Waylandi, 15.
ilien) makes 7
admitted here:
A.^L,.. . ■ . : . /,.,,; M. , ..'rolled
ei,i',f,i. !f„m .'/,. I.ndl: urary usuallu
furrowed lenylhieise. There are ex-
ceptions in some of the American
native plums (Nos. 10, 11, 14, 15) in
which the Ivs. are conduplicale in
vernation: these species and their
allies are intermediate between the
true plums and the cherries
I. Prijkophora (Nos. 1-15)
AA. /.rs. f'^l.h.l ..,■ ■■,„hipUcate (Irough-
sl,'' 'I. ' '■' ' ' n.ilhwise along the
B. / '!. ijlabrons or only
ixri/ .s.ii,;',, :;, hairy: stone smooth
or roUL/hi.sh.
c. J/^ls. in fascicles or cymes
il. Cerasus (Nus. 10-28)
cc. Fls. in racemes III. Padus (Nos. 29-35)
BB. Fruit normally soft-hairy (except in
42 var.): atone or pit often fur
rowed and pitted.
C. Flower-cup (usually called calyx-
tube) tubular
IV. Cham.s;amtgdalus (Nos. 36-37)
cc. Flower -cup short and wide-
spreading V. AuYGDALns (Nos. 38-44)
For horticultural purposes, these five main groups may
be illustrated as follows:
1. Ptutns and apricots I. Prunophora
2. Common or fascicled cherries .11. Cerasus
3. Racemose cherries III. Padt s.
4. Dwarf almonds IV. Cham^ajiyc
5. Almonds and peaches V. Amvgdalus
PRUNUS
SuBOENDS I. Prunophora. Apricots and Plums.
Fruit sulcate, glabrous and usually glaucous (except
in the apricots t. t!ip stonp roinpressed and usually
or in umbellik. ryiuv-. iri..-tl\ a|.)i.aring before the Ivs.
or with them: I\>. hk.^iIx niinMlute in vernation, een-
A. Apricots,— <fec fls. solitary or in S's, before the Ivs.
and the fr. velvety {at least until ripe): stone
usually sulcate on the margin: peduncle separat-
ing from the mature fruit.
1. Armeniaea, Linn. {Armeniaea vulgAris, Lam.).
Common Apricot. Pigs. 113-117. Small round-topped
tree with reddish bark much like that of the peach tree:
Ivs. ovate to round-ovate, sometimes slightly cordate at
the base, abruptly short - pointed, glabrous (at least
above), closely serrate, the stalks stout and gland -bear-
ing: lis. pinkish, solitary and sessile or very nearly so,
appearing from lateral buds of last year's growth
(sometimes on short year-old spurs) before the Ivs.: fr.
variable, nearly smooth when ripe, short-stalked like a
peach, usually somewhat flattened, mostly yellow and
overlaid more or less with red. the stone flat and smooth,
ridged or sulcate on one edge. Said by Focke to be
native of Turkestan and Mongolia; by some regarded
as Chinese. It early reached Europe, where it was once
supposed to be native of Armenia, whence the name
Armeniaea. The Russian Apricot is a hardy race of
this species. See Apricot and Figs. 113-117 in Vol. I.
The smooth-fruited Apricot. P. Brigantiaca, Vill., is
reganled by Dippel as a form of this species, var.
Brigantiaca, Dipp. Shrub or small tree, with smaller
Ivs. and smaller smooth subacid fruit. Probably a cul-
tural variety. Run wild in southern France and Pied-
2. Sibirica, Linn . ( P. .. — ^'^^w^— ^
Armeniaea, Y&r. Sibir- , — .-^
ica, K. Koch). Sibeb- C~-- .
IAN Apricot. Fig. 1977. /, .. '•, , _,;.,,
Bush or small tree: Ivs. A
ovate to narrow-ovate, L^
long pointed, strongly y'^
and often i n c i s e 1 y
toothed: fls. white or
pink, appearing early
in the season and usu-
ally in great profusion :
f r. globular, rarely
more than K in. in
diam., yellow with a 1977. Prunu
reddish cheek, scarcely
fleshy, practically inedible. Mongolia, Dahuria. L.B.C.
17:1627. — Sometimes planted as an ornamental bush.
3. dasyc&rpa, Ehrh. (P. Armeniaea, var. dasycarpa,
K. Kocb). Purple or Black Apricot. Small tree, of
the stature of the common Apricot: Ivs. smaller and
narrower, mostly elliptic-ovate, finely and closely ser-
rate, thin, dull green, the stalks slender and nearly or
quite glandless: fls. large and long-stalked, showy: fr.
globular and plum-like on a distinct stem, pubescent at
maturity, dark purple, the flf^h «"f' 'itmI -^..urisli; stone
fuzzy. Probably native to .^l m. i.nr :, I;
L.B.C.13:1250.-Sometimes |.l
mental tree, for the fruit li:i-
that of the common Apricot. II - i ,
every appearance of being u 'ii -i in- t -i i . i-
4. Mtlme, Sieb.&Zuce. Jat'am -i Aii.h -
Tree of the dimensions of tin n A|m
bark greenish or gray and the fdiagp ilul
Ivs. relatively small, narrow-ovate to nearly round-ovate,
long-pointed, finely and sharply serrate, more or less
scabrous, lighter colored beneath, the petioles mostly
gland -bearing: fls. sessile or nearly so. fragrant: fr.
mostly smaller than that of P. Armeniaea. yellow or
greenish, the dry flesh adhering to the pitted stone.
Japan, where it is much grown for its flowers. Gn.
50:1081. R.H. 1885:564. — Planted to some extent in the
South, particularly in the form known as Bungo or
Bongoume Apricot or plum, but of minor value. When
top-worked on plum, it withstands the winters of cen-
Y
1243.
Fig. 1978.
'1 , but the
in color:
tral New York, but will not bear.
Chinese or Shense is also of this s
fld. forms in Japan.
! are ;
for
ith vellow
1978. Prunus M
AA. Plums,— (Ae fts. mostly in pymes n most spec es
appearing with the Ivs. in the Yorth {before the
Ifs. inthe Sotith), and the fr. smooth at d jla
coiis : stone tint prnmhirnflii 4 leate ped i cle
slender, remainiiHj with the fruit
B. Eur.-Asian Plmi's: Irs. nl.itivelj broad usually
prominentli/ i;tiriil,ilr(I ninl mote or lest p ibescet t
{at least beneath), the yuuiig t gs i ostl ) ]
bescetit.
c. Flower-stems glabra s
5. cerasifera, Ehrh. {P. dotnistica, var Mi obala
Linn. P. Myrobalina. Loisel.). Myrobalan Pl
Cheery Plum. Slender twiggy grower ofte th ruy
the twigs usually soon begoming glabrous 1 r 1 er
small and thin, rather light green, becom ng nea h or
quite glabrous, short-ovate and short-po nted finely ser
rate: lis. rather small, white or blush slen ier btalke i
fr. small (usually 1 in. or less in dia ) glol ular a d
cherry-like, depressed about the ste jellow or re 1
the flesh soft, juii-v sml swHpttlavored. Probably na-
tive to the CaueaMi- :r;.l -.m: h >, . >hrn Asia. B.M. 5934.
Gn. 33, p. 2.=)2. .1.11 I I - I'lie Myrobalan Plum
is extensively nsid . '. as a stock on which
to bud the doni.-ti i I' .m-. it' ^i-edlings being im-
ported in 1,'nat qiiaiitiTirs fri.m Kiirope. It is a smaller
tree than /'. r/..i,/. N^. ./. with much more slender growth,
smoother tw i-^ and U-avi-s. smaller and mostly earlier
flowers anil snialli-r, setter fruit with a depression
about the stem. It teuils to dwarf the domestica
Plums, but its influence in this direction is not suf-
ficient to discourage its use as a stock. It.s advantages
as a stock are its cheapness, the ease with which all do
mestica varieties "take"
which it can be grown
in the nursery row. It is
not used to any extent
as stocks for other Plun s
than the domestic as.
Spontaneous trees are
sometimes found about
old nursery grounds, and
it occasionally appears
in orchards when the top
, and a weeping form (var. petidiila). A form
;iarrow willow-like Ivs. (var. acutifolia) is also
: e 1 \ f r v th twisted or coi torte 1 fol age is
n R H Ibl p •'01
atropurpOrea I pp {P Piss td Hoit P ce
I 1 1 ) A handsome form w th
1 111 i fruits —Intro 1 iced nto
1 i I the SI ah of Per a and
11 1 II 11 rt le n 18S1 It is a
It / 1 of the be t of
of
colo
d var cata ( P
I bar Ij where
tl erefore t is well to
K H 1H81 190 1884 396
p 314 J H III b 8
sp nosa I I F g 19 9 Low and
1 I k thorn\ toj the joung
gr I 1 1 I all oblo g obo
ate 11 p nil ranches
nearlj or qu te 1111 rrate
fls wh te small 111 et mes
m i s ) and of ten oi tl I III tl an a
very large pea verj III 1 llv per
sistmg until winter scar 1 e 1 1 I M 1 lie 1 south
ern Europe and N Afr ca to N Pers a and S beria
— Sometimes planted in th s co lnt^^ cl efl in the
double fld form (G I I He t b sh
111 1 ers of
I ches
all tree for ]
dr e an! walk 11
m ke I "no 1 I irr e I
can 1 p T n It
tl e o " al of tl e lo
u ually astiingent but th
CO Flower stems is
Plu
lUl
C IMON-
s ong
e and
eath
domestica L n
(jiARDEN Plum F
gro V ng s nail tree
th k d ill green n
ovate or obovate co i I II i te fls.
white, large usualh m lu tii ti \ in u 1 ut Arm
in texture an 1 usually net depiessid lUut the stem;
stone large, shthtlj rough cr fittel -Natne country
unknown, and ^er\ likeh lenved from P spii osa If
it exists in a trulj wild state it is to be sought in the
Caucasus and trans Caucasus regions It is run wild in
many parts of the world Focke saNs th it P domestiea
unknown in an *
typical form of the
oeconomiea, Borkh
«in
of a Plu
few varieties propagated for the early juicy fruits, but
they are little known. It makes a good ornamental tree.
The Marianna, much used for stocks of many kinds of
Plums in the S. (and growing from cuttings), is per-
haps a hybrid of this species with P. hortiitana or P.
angustifolia. There are several cultivated forms of
P. cerasifera, one of the best being the plant known as
P. Planterienxix. Hort.. with full double white and red fls.
ite and that the
(Z«etsche) P.
t rnis of P do-
1 tor ornament,
1 \ered yellow-
I \ iriegated Ivd.
I lant it IS widely
It IS the parent
1 the old time or
guished from the Tapanese
and natne Plums The syn-
onymy of the main varietal
gioups 1 shown bj Waugh,
Bot. Gaz. 26, pp. 417-427 (Dec, 1898). and 2,, pp. 478-481.
Var. Damasc«na,Linn.(P. insititia. Linn. P. Itdlica,
Borkh.). Damson. Fig. IS'ill. A form with small foli-
age and small firm fruits hnriic mcstly in clusters.-
Damson is a general name for small-fruited and small-
1448
PRUNUS
leaved forms of the Plum. When the Plum runs wild
it usually reverts to this form. Some of the Damsons
(as the French, Shropshire, Parleigh) are commercial
orchard varieties, being used for culinary purposes.
There is much difference of opinion as to the systematic
position of the P>um designated by Liun<eus as P. in-
sititia, but it is clear that it is intermediate between
P. domestica and P. spinosa. It is probably one stage
in the reversion of the Plum towards P. spinosa. It
seems to be indistinguishable from var. Damascena,
when this variety is taken in its large sense.
Other forms of Plums have received Latin class-
names, as var. malittrmis, Linn. {P. Sijr'iaca, Dipp.),
including the Mirabelle (a small-leaved form with
small yellow fruit, not unlike the Damsons) and others;
var. Cer^ola, Linn., the Green Gages or Reine Claudes;
var. Galat^nsis, .\uth., the Prunes.
BB. Orii'iiliil Phiws: h:i. relatively longer {mostly
iihloiiii-nliiinili ]. not roughened or pubescent, often
shining, the young twigs glabrous or nearly so.
8. trifldra, Roxbg. {P. Japonica, Hort., not Thunb.
P. fl'a'H((«, Tamari). Japanese Plum. Fig. 1980. Plate
XXX. Strong-growing small tree, with smooth often
shiniug reddish or cinnamon-brown twigs: Ivs. mostly
oblong -obovate, abruptly but prominently pointed,
closely obtuse-serrate, the veins looping near the mar-
gin, bright often shining green above and dull beneath:
tts. few from each bud (most commonly about 3), showy,
white or very nearly so, slender-stalked: fr. various,
mostly large and firm, yellow or light red (never blue-
purple) with pronounced suture and tending to be
pointed at the apex. R.H. 1895:160.— Probably Chinese,
but introduced into this country from Japan (in 1870),
and now widely distributed and much grown for its fruit.
The Japanese Plum is hardy, in some of its varieties,
as far north as Ottawa. It is prized because of its
great productiveness, long-keeping qualities and beauty
of its fruit, and its relative immunity from black-knot.
As a class, the fruit is of lower quality than the
■domestica Plums. The season of the Japanese Plums
PRUNUS
begins considerably in advance of the domesticas and
holds nearly as late. The greater number of the varie-
ties are clingstones, but there are some freestones
among them. A race of hybrids with P. hortulana and
P. angustifolia is now appearing.
BBB. American ornative Plums: Ivs . relatively narrow
and smooth and the young growth glabrous (P.
subcordata and P. Americana partial excep-
tions), the fruit comparatively small and in
shadi'S of yellow and red, never deep blue-
purple.
c. Lvs. mostly broad and thirk, pubescent or roughish
beneath, very sharply serrate or even jagged: fr.
thick-skinned.
9. subcord&ta, Benth. Small tree or bush, usually
only a few feet high : lvs. round-ovate, obtuse, broad or
subcordate at base, rithfr sh.irply or ohtn^ply serrate,
thick, soft-pubescent lii.iM:!tli : ll-- wliiti- f^Mliiig to ro.se.
■ ■• ' 1^ ni 1 or I. ~^ and appear-
l3ss than 1 in. across
ing before the leav.
ally dark red, in tli
1 in. in diam., the i
smooth stone. Hitr
Oregon. S.S. 4:1.".
tic uses, and the tn
nients. It varies
will fMi-iiis sunn/what over
;h 1,1 ami clinging to the flat
ni.l naaintains, N.Calif, and
iMiii I- ^'.athered for domes-
■ tniKs planted about settle-
ul the greater part of the
trees do not produce agreeable fruit. In many cases it
is only a tree-like bush. The bark is blackish, and is
scmutinu-s luibescent on young shoots.
\ ,1 . KelloKsii, Lemmon. SissoN Plpm. Taller and
111 ark ash-gray: lvs. not cordate, orbicu-
I ,: . a rly glabrous: fr. larger (1 in. or more
i..r:_- .. i;.. \ < ilow or red, the flesh soft and palatable.
.NoTihi-rn (Hliiornia. Much recommended by Mr. Sisson,
near iVlt. Shasta, whose name it bears. This Plum is
now planted in many places in California. It is superior
to P. subcordata itself. The tree rarely exceeds 15 ft.
in height and 4-6 in. In diameter of trunk.
in. Americana, Marsh. (P.r«a-(lMa,Scheele). Fig. 1981.
I'hiif XXX. Small, twiggy, spreading, usually thorny
tni- with gray branches or gray-brown twigs: lvs. obo-
vate, (ihlong-obovate or sometimes oblong-ovate, acumi-
nate, tliickish, the margins mostly sharp-serrate or some-
times almost incised, not glossy, strongly reticulated
beneath and pubescent on the veins: fls. large, white,
slender-stalked, the calyx-lobes entire and pubescent on
the inside, appearing in small clusters in advance of
the lvs.: fr. various, but mostly small and hard, the
skin tough and glaucous and not shining, yellow and
variously overlaid with red; stone turgid. Woods and
copses. New York to Colorado and Texas. It sometimes
reaches a height of 15-20 ft. S.S. 4: 150. -In the East,
the fruits are usually austere, and often fit for eating-;
PRUNUS
but tl V\ e t e 1 1 le fru te 1 torn are fo 1 n abun
i e I 1 t prol tic ource of c It ate 1 nat i
PI f 1 11 North
\ ir nigra \\ u h (P Jj n A ton) Canada Plum
F I b L uo th broad r the peti les 1 e r e,
gl is near the top fls larger on slender lark
pe 1 eels the calyx lobes glandular
glal rous on the ins de £r niostl)
ol longandonnge re 1 the tone lar
A r 1 1/1
tie 1 It theie i
it 1 e t u It has g ven re e
of the 1 e t tr 1 ear ng va let es such the Ch
\ ir mfillis Torrey t Cray Lts a 1 shoot
puljesceut or sometimes alm<
Texas. -To this form belong the Wolf and Van Buren
Plums. There is also a double-Hd. variety.
1449
shape The foliage sugKe^ts P ten
recenth described, P. mjucunda, h
flolii 1' timh
CC. Ta:
atlil P. m,n;luH„ i h, „.„ll, „l
thick-ski,,,,., I.
11. Allegheniensia, Porter. Allegheny Plum. Fig,
l!ts:t. Tree 1:^-1.") ft., or oftener a straggling bush, i
ally not thorny, the young growth reddish and glabrous:
Ivs. lance-ovate to elliptic-obovate, prominently acumi-
nate, sharply fine-serrate, pubescent on the veins be-
neath but becoming glabrous with age: fls. small {% in.
across), white, in clusters of 2-5, appearing with the
Ivs., the calyx minutely pubescent, the petals round-
obovate: fr. globular, " =-« in. or less in diam., dark
purple with a heavy bloom, acid in Havor and often aus-
tere. Mts. of Pa. S.S. 4:153. G.F. 3:429, from which
Pig. 1983 is reduced. — In a very limited way the species
has come into botanic gardens and collections. As an
ornamental sub.iect it has merit, for it bears profusely
of flowers and fruit. The Plums, or "sloes," are collected
from the wild for the making of pies and preserves.
12. umbellMa, Ell. BLArK Sloe of the South. Hon
PLU.M (this name is also applied to forms of P. Ameri-
ca „ii and P. rjracihs). Twiggy small tree ( 10-20 ft. ) , with
very slender glabrous branelilVts: h s. small (2 in. or less
long), light green aii.l i itli. i tliin. oblong, oblong-
ovate, oblong obov;itt .i ^ iimIiiim^ broadly elliptic-
very closely pubescent li. n. itli (\.n at inaturit> : fls.
small to medium in size, m tew flowered umbels, appear-
ing with or just before the Ivs.: fr. small, globular,
slender-stalked, from pure yellow to orange-yellow and
red-blotched, thinly glaucous, the flesh usually sour
1982. Prunus A
■y///
13. mantima, Wangh. Beach Plum. Fig. 1984. De-
cumbent straggling more or less thorny •bush with rough
and warty branches and slightly pubescent young
growth: Ivs. oval or obovate-oval, short-acute or nearly
obtuse, closeh serr.itp dull lthho often somewhat
1983. Prunus Allegheniensis (
and bitter and free from the stone. Near the coast
from S. Car. to Tex. S.S. 4:155. -Not introduced as a
fruit-plant, but sometimes planted for the profusion of
its white ilowers. The fruit is not unlike a Cherry in
ends), with I s|i_|ii ,\
dull purple wlicn n| • i
the flesh brittle .umI m
from the small, Tin„i-
pointed at both t n^Ni
or less acrid. Sands ot
Virginia; also at the In
(bush in bloom).— Th.-
strong shoots stand upi i
times even 10-12 ft. P.
cultivation because of
spring bloom, and the
ornamental. As a fruit
Bassett American, whic
popular because nt its -
variable, and no 'h hI t
be distinguished "i • II"
Species related t" I'.
are P. Grivesii, Small, i
obtuse and often api(
111 the variety
i) I iM \er become
I , The species is very
lii.tanical varieties could
I il forms are known.
,1111. but not in the trade,
ticut, with orbicular very
. and stone pointed only at
base. P. grdcilia, Engelm. & Gray, Tenn. to Kans, and
Tex. , a shrub not more than 4 or 5 ft. tall, soft-pubescent,
with small, oval-lanceolate Ivs. and very small nearly
1450 PRUNUS
globose fr. ; P. glanduldsa, Torr. & Gray, Tex., a low
bush with very crooked and pubescent branches, very
small, oval-obtuse Ivs., and a small velvety fruit.
coc. Lvs. mostly narrow and peach-like, firm and
more or' less shining, glabrous, the young
growths not pubescent: fr. thin-skinned.
14. anffustifblia, Marsh. (P. Chicd.sa, Mlchaux ?).
Chickasaw Plum. Mountain Chebky. Pig. 1985.
Plate XXX. Small, bushy - topped twiggy tree, with
slender zigzag reddish branches: lvs. lanceolate or ob-
long-lanceolate and conduplicate ftrough-like), shining,
finely and closely serrate: fr. small and early, cherry-
like, slender-stemmed, red or yellow and yellow-dotted,
shining, thinly glaucous, the 'flesh soft and juicy and
clinging to the small, rough stone. Del., south and
west, being abundant in the sandy thickets. S.S.
4:152.-This species has given rise to several worthy
pomological varieties, as Newman and Lone Star. It is
not hardy in New York. It sometimes reaches a heighl
of 20-25 ft., but it is often a small, bushy tree. It is
supposed that Michaux had this plant in mind when he
made the name P. Chicasa. The specimens in his her-
barium (in Paris) are P. hortulana, however; but they
are marked with an interrogation point, as if he were
not sure of them, and they may not represent his idea
of the species.
Var. Witsoni, Waugh {P. Wdtsoni, Sarg.). Sand
Plum. Fig. 1986. Bush. 3-6 ft. high, with more zigzag
twigs than in P. atigustifolia, more spiny, the lvs. and
PRUNUS
hortulana group, var. Waylandi (Fig. 1988), is char-
acterized bj strong growth, straight dark colored tv, igs,
broad, heavy, coarseh toothed shimng hs with 2-tr
glands on the petioles, late blossoming, and thm skinned
fr. of good flavor Ihis form i-. common m the middle
South and Texas It is represented in cultnation by
many excellent varieties, as Wajland bolden BeuiH,
Moreman, Reed, Carheld, Cumberland and others This-
^- "^'"^^^^-.^
1985. Leaf of Prunus augustifolia. Natural size.
is apparently the " Prunus spec. Texas " described and
figured bv Dippel in Laubholzkunde. 3. p. 626. Waueh
has suggested that P. riviilaris, Scheele, is this Way-
land type of Plums. Two sheets of Lindheimer's speci-
mens, duplicates of those on which Scheele founded
the species, are in the Gray Herbarium. They repre-
sent a small, crabbed-growing bush with small con-
duplicate lvs. that are hairy beneath, and very smalL
slenrler-stalked fls. just preceding the lvs. It is very
doubtful if tliey can be held to represent the Wayland
PIum«. They are rather to be compared with P. ortho-
/'. " - '' — ) ', Km, -hue, from southern Texas
(I' i II I - 1 , Mi-cording to Sargent, "rather
■ ■[' - I : ! /■ /i'))-^!^*!;!, from which it can
III ill-! ii._:ii 'm -1 I. III. smaller number of glands on
the petiuliK, by tlie p;;landular calyx-lobes, the dark-
colored fruit and smoother stone." It is a twiggy shrub
growing 4 or 5 ft. high. Lvs. oblong-ovate, acuminate,
coarsely serrate, shining above, pilose beneath : fis.
white or tinged pink, appearing with the opening of the
leaf -buds: fr. globose, 1 in. in diam., dark blue ornearly
black, glaucous, the flesh yellow and of good quality.
This plant must be further studied before its botanical
position can be determined. Possibly it is a geographi-
cal form of the Sand Plum or the Hortulana group, al-
though the hairiness of the lvs. beneath distinguish it.
Not in the trade.
Subgenus II. Cerasus. Cherries.
Fruit globular or oblong, not sulcate, glabrous and'
usually not glaucous, the stone turgid (usually nearly
globular), and rarely conspicuously longer than broad
and smooth: fls. in umbel-like fascicles (mostly solitary
in P. tomentosa),Tnost\y
fls. smaller, the fr. with thi.-ker skin. Drv regions of
Nebraska, K;iii-:i- m -I mi, I ,'i.,nia, and planted bv the
settlers. Hill. |ii I ' - i r,i,t. G.P. 7:135.
15. hortulana. HI w iIJuose Plum. Fig. 1987.
Mostly tulIiT till ilnh /' "1. ;ii.v7(7oiia, with straighter
twigs, not thorny : Iv.s. plane or flat, closely and ob-
tusely-glandular serrate: fr. globular, glossy and thinly
glaucous, lemon - yellow to red, juicy, the thin flesh
clinging to the small rough stone. S.S. 4:151. — A
group of hybrids of P. Americana and P. angusti-
tolia, but occurring in the wild from Maryland and
Virginia to Texas. In orchards it is represented by
many varieties, of which the Wild Goose is the best
known. One branch of the species-group, var. Miner!,
Bailey, is near to P. Americana, and represents the
northward extension of the group: it is known by its
thicker and duller lvs. which are very veiny below and
coarsely toothed and somewhat obovate in outline, and
by a late firm fruit. To this form belong the Miner,
Langsdon, Clinton, Forest Rose. Another branch of the
A. Plant dwarf, usually
only a bush, with
no central trunk.
16. pdmila, Linn. Sakd
Cheeky. Dwarf
Cherry. Fig. 1989. De-
cumbent at the base when
old, but the young growth
strictly erect and often
reaching 5-8 ft. in height,
the slender, twiggy
growth reddish and gla-
brous: lvs. narrowly ob-
lanceolate, acuminate,
short-pointed or nearly
obtuse, the margins
above very closely ser-
rate, dull green above
and whitish green be-
eath: fls.
abels
fld.
pedicels
slender: fr. nearly glob- 1986. Prunus aneustifolia,
ular, purple -black, on 'Watsoni.— The Sand PlumO
peg -llu fiuitis null u
scaiciU eiiilile the fle>
astringent The speties
nion on dunes of the Great Lake--
It IS in cult as an ornamental plant
for which It IS worths althouprh it
!■. muih attaLked h\ the twis blight
(Laused b\ the fungus Monilia)
\ar cuneata iP mnti Raf )
ereit from tin 1 i h thin o\pl
sjatulite str ri,h t thed fls Urgpt
woods in the lulthern states Not in
tig 1990 Moie
short obo\ ate or
Bogs and cool
the trade so far
\ <r B^sseyi Waugh (P Bf
s^sDtHEKR^ Figs iwi iqqi
b\ Its more prostriti h i' it I
seyi
hortulana.
toliage Its earh blooming its fls in clusters, and its
dwarf habit 1 his is the form of P fnttnoba that is
chiefl> known in thib countr\ V similar pendulous
form but with larger and moiprnrnto fmtt> Its., is
known as P leflexa Hort piiliii i li\lri<l <.( P.
//K^icosn and P semperflnten^ \ i variegata, H<irt.,
has Ivs marked with yellowish wliit
AA Planlaheeo, t,ti hit
B Trees groiin onli/ for ornament or for stocks {not
pomological species)
c Floiiet chisteis simple, sessile orrery nearlji so.
D Lis tomentoio beneath
1 I tomentosa Thunb Small tree or sometimes i
II hi 111 li the joung growths pubesient toinen-
t 1 1 111 hes close jointed nusmgthehs and fls to
stems to intergrvde imperceptibh into P pitmila
IT Utahensis Dieck Ut\h Hybrid Cherri Ap
pirenth a h\ brid of P Wutsoni and P pumila \ir
H nil \ sin ill tree like bush Ivs lance elliptic to
oblong o\ iti sh irt pointed or nearh blunt flnel) ser
rite slighth conduphcate glossv above and much re
ticulated beneath fr cherry like somewhat larger
than that of Besseiji (about % or % in. in diam.), of
deep mahogany color, with a thin plum-like bloom, a
thin flesh and a relatively large cherry-like stone. — Ap-
pears to have been raised about 40 years ago from seed
of P pumila var Besseiji (P Watsoni
grew near) by J E Johnson, in Nebraska
"Mr Johnson subsequently moved to Utah
whence the fruit was distributed
little value as a fruit plant but
tra tive ormraental subji
and fruit
(P Chamcpc^rasu
uili'
broad ova
stalked abruptly contracted
margins mcisely and sometini
and lugose above denselj
neath fls small sessile us
ish ippearing lust before thi
lar the size of a ver\ small
short stalked sparseh h ur\ -
but too small to be of mm h i
China and Manchuria A. i
very worthy hard\ small tree
and quite unlike most oth r i I
short-
lilt the
pmk-
Tapan
"> A,^^^
ibuted It has C::^H^-,__ ^ "i^ ^-^^^Z^" /^%4\^
but It IS an at ^^'^'^^S.— -. J^^^l^i^^ll) Z ^^^
both in flower / TT^^ -^f '^^^ ^-^^ *^
IS fruticdsa, Pall
Jauq P pit mi la H.
Hort ) Dwarf CHf i
of Europe Spre i I
with slender glabi
ing from obovate i i nil mce j^^z^^ -^
olatp the ipexacuii ii a is j, eiunes al
m 1st (il>tusp cl(ist-l\ serrulate, thickish,
shining abo\p the petiole short fls white
in iieirh or quite sessile umbels fr small,
globular purple red verv sour Highlands ami nits ot
Germanv, Austria Hungar^ and southern Russia
Var pendula, Hort (Pihiiic and Ceiasits, Japiinicn
pindiila. Hort.), is a most ornamental form with droop-
ing branches, excellent for top -working on standard
stocks (Fig. 1993). This is sometimes confounded with
P. semverflorens. but is distinguished at once by its
1988 Prjnus hortulana
DD Li s gla
E Shape of hi roundish. -nearhj as hmnil as Ion/:
ft cluiters on the ends of the brunchlets.
20. Hah&leb, Lmn. Mahaleb Chebrt. St. Lucie
Cherry. Small, slender tree with hard glabrous branch-
lets: Ivs. light green, round-ovate to orbicular, abruptly
very short-pointed, often suboordate at base, the mar
1452
1989. Prunus pumila— Sand Cherry t
No. 16.
giiLS closely callous-serrate: fls. small, fragrant, white,
iu small terminal 'umbels in May and June (in New
York ) , appearing when the tree is in nearly full leaf : f r.
very small, dark red, not edible. Middle' and southern
Europe and the Caucasus. — Extensively imported for
cherry-tree stocks, and sometimes run wild.
EE. Shape of !i-
'»■ than Iroad: fl.-clus-
tral.
21. FennsylT^nica, Linn. Cosimon Wjld Bird or Pin
Cherry. Fig. 1994. Shallow-rooted tree with slender
red - barked branches,
25-40 ft. high and some-
times VA ft. in diam. of
trunk: Ivs. oblong-lan-
ceolate - acuminate,
light green and rather
thin, closely sharp-ser-
rate: fls. small, white,
slender - stalked, ap-
pearing with the Iv
fr. the
ize of
pea, light
cnerrv-ren, the flesh
thin "and sour and
somewhat p u c k e r y :
stone oblong. Sandy
and rocky lands, New-
foundland to British
Columbia, and south in 1990. Prunus pumila. var. cuneata.
the mountains to Colo- (x Va.) No. 10.
rado and N. Carolina.
S.S. 4:156. -Where the tree grows naturally, it often
sprouts inveterately and becomes a nuisance. When
bruised, the wood has a strong peach-like odor. It is
an interesting ornamental tree, however. In poor soils,
it is often lit le more than a bush. On large trunks
the bark tends to peel in transverse strips.
22. emargin&ta, Walp. Sometimes 40 ft. high : Ivs.
oblong-ovate or oblanceolate, mostly obtuse, closely
serrate, often somewhat pubescent beneath: fls. tinged
green, appearing with the Ivs. in 6-12 ft. glabrous or
pubescent corymbs: fr. larger than that of P. Pennstjl-
vanica, almost black when ripe, the flesh thin and bit-
ter: stone ovoid. High lands from Montana to British
Columbia and California. S.S. 4:157. — Sometimes of-
fered as an ornamental tree,
rp. Exotic Cherries,
desirable ornamental subject. The leaves resemble
those of P. Cerasus, except that they are .smaller.
Known in Prance as Cerisier de la Touissaint ("All
Saints' Cherry"). There is a form with yellow-varie-
loug-uvatt, acuii
e, usually pubes-
across, on long minutely pubescent stalks, in small
clusters from lateral buds before the Ivs. appear, rose-
pink, the petals notched at the tip, the calyx-tube fun-
nelform and red : fr. very small, globular, black-red,
somewhat astringent. Japan. R.H. 1876, p. 328. Gn.
.W:!!!'.!.-!. li.F. 1:19S; 2:487 (old tree). Gng. 2:269.
JMi >; 1-:^. :;:ii I, V:ir. ascSndens, :\hikiiH.. is an up-
riLl ■ ■' l: M :.■">■. MMi.i:. i:in()::;i:i. :;-j(l,-Oneof
tl,, . I,. .1 r.uly-il.n,, ■,,,,- tirr.. i.r..,lucing its
cli:,-'. |.ii,i. i;-.>..i- III |.icitii-i"ii. I >niilh t.ip-worked
on i: A,,,u„. llanly iu <_enti;d Niw Vuik. Miquel's
name, nublihitlla, is older than Maximowicz's joe«(i7/7a,
but Miquel confused two species, and it seems to be de-
sirable to drop the name.
oc. Flower-rhtfitfrA fyrim lateral wlnter-huds, peditn-
etiij ,,},.! i„,iriiH, .'-.', fls., with prominent ser-
ral, I,, .,.■!.< .tl II,. f.,i-ks.
25. Pseiido- Cerasus, LiiuU. (P. Puddum, Miq., not
R..\l,iri. .1 \i\\L-t Fldwering Cherry. Pigs. 1997,
I't'i- ^M.i! _ i^vw'ing tree, like a Sweet Cherry: Ivs.
,,>,,. ' ' _' Mvate, long -acuminate, glabrous or
II, , Miiin deeply sharp-serrate or toothed,
til. .ii|.iil.- i,-ii;illy large and serrate on the young
gniwtlis: Ms. hirge, pink or blush, appearing with the
tirst Ivs. or slightly in advance of them, on glabrous or
hairy pedicels, the peduncle branching: fr. spherical,
small, very dark red, subacid, somewhat astringent.
China. Japan, Manchuria. G.C. III. 7:609; 19:467, 517.
(in. 50. p. 318; 56:1244 and pp. 5, 8. J.H. III. .34:139.
G.F. 10:463. A.G. 12:402-3. — The botanical status of
the trees cultivated under this name is not well under-
stood. It is liy no means certain that all of these plants
liflontr to P. ' Pseudo-Cerasiis as
(li-scrilied by Lindley. Our knowl-
edge lit the' trriiup is yet too im-
perfect to warrant a thorough
revision.
Var. hort^nslB, Maxim. {Cera-
sus serrntifdlia, Lindl. C. semi-
lata, Hort. C. Lannesiina, Carr.
P.domhium, Sieb.). This is the
famous ornamental Cherry of
Japan, where it is cultivated in
many forms, some of them being
full "double. It iliffers from the
type in having somewhat nar-
rower Ivs.. with smaller serra-
tures and large fls. It i.s now fre-
quently planted in this country,
particularly the double-fld. forms,
but it is not quite as hardy as the
■d).
23. semperfldrens, Ehrh. Evekbloomtng Cherry.
All-Saints' Cherry. Pig. 1995. Small tree or a bush,
usually top-worked on other stock, with a straggling or
drooping habit, the slender twigs glabrous : Ivs. ova! to
oblong - obovate, short-pointed (or acuminate on the
strong shoots), irregularly dentate, rather hard and
firm in texture: fls. white, on long, axillary and tern
peduncles from May till September: fr. like a small
pie Cherry, but mostly longer-stalked and smaller, dark
red.- Pro"bably a cultivated offshoot of the pie or Mo-
rello Cherry, P. Cerasus. By some its parent species
is thought to he distinct from P. Cerastis, and is sepa-
rated as P. acida. Koch. See No. 28. R.H. 1877:.50. Gn.
50, p. 313. Its habit of blooming all summer makes it a
PBUNUS
Sweet Cherry {Pmnus Avium). Fls.
white or blush, showy. R.H. 1873::ir)l
(as Cerasus Lannesiana) ; 1875: :i'M
(erroneously as C. Juliana var.) ; 1877:
390. F.S. 21:2238-9 (as Cerasus Ca-
proniana var. ) . Gn. 52, p. 408.
Var. SWboldi, Maxim. ( Cirasus Sie-
boldi, Carr. C. Jap&nica, Hort. of
some. C. Wdtereri, Hort. P. paiiiiii-
lAta, Hort., not Thunb.). Differs in
having young Ivs. pubescent, and the
shoots pubescent even until tall, tlir
Ivs. relatively short and broad. N"<'t
uncommon in cult. B.R. 10:800. K.H.
1866:371.
26. Pliddum, Eoxbg. A Himalayan
representative of P. Pseudo-Cerasiis,
described by Hooker as a large tree
of brilliant appearance in flower, gla-
brous except the puberulous young
shoots, the rose-red or white flowers
solitary, fascicled or urabelled, the
calj'X-tube narrowly campanulate and
the petals obovate or linear -oblong:
Ivs. ovate-lanceolate or oblong-lanceo-
late, caudate-acuminate, sharply ser-
rate, glabrous, 3-5-in. long, the petiole
with 2-4 glands: fr. oblongor ellipsoid,
obtuse at both ends, with scanty yel-
low or reddish acid flesh; stone bony
and furrowed. Temperate Himalaya,
3,000-8,000 ft. -The name is catalogued
in Southern Calif., with the statement
that the tree "blossoms in November
and ripens its fruit in April." Hooker
(Fl. Brit. India) places it with species
having "flowers appearing before the
leaves."
BB. Trees grown for fruit (pomologi-
cal spevies), but known also in
ornamental forms.
27. Avium, Linn. Sweet Chebrt.
Mazzakd. Figs. 420, 428, 431, 1999.
Tall, robust tree with red-brown bark,
the young trees with a strong central
leader and pyramidal growth, the old
seedling trees sometimes becoming 2
ft. and more in diameter (see Fig. 428,
Vol. 1) : Ivs. generally oblong-ovate and
gradually taper-pointed, dull and soft
in color and texture, hanging as if limp
on the young growths: fls. in dense
clusters on lateral spurs and appearing
with the hairy strongly conduplicate
young Ivs., the scales of the fl.-buds
large and persistent for a time: fr.
globular, depressed-globular or heart-
like, mostly sweet, yellow or red.
Europe and Western Asia. -The par-
ent species of the many Sweet Cher-
ries (and also of the May Duke class),
and now run wild in many parts of the East. The run-
wild and common seedling forms, with small fruits, are
known under the general name of Mazzard Cherries.
Mazzard stocks, mostly imported, are used as stocks for
Cherries, although Mabaleb is more popular with prop-
agators because (like the Myrobalan Plum) it is easier
and cheaper to grow, runs more uniform and is capable
of being budded through a long season. There are
many ornamental forms of the P. Avium, as: var.
pyramidaiis, Hort., tree making a pyramidal crown; var.
p^ndula, Hort., with drooping branches; var. variegita,
Hort., with yellow and dull white markings on the
foliage; also various cut-leaved and double-fid. forms.
To this species are to be referred such garden names
as P. angustifolia, asplenifolia, heterophylla, salici-
folia.
Var. Juli§ina, Hort. (Cirasus JuU&na, DC). Heart
or Gean Cherries. Fruit heart-shaped, with soft flesh,
as in the varieties Governor Wood, Black Tartarian,
Black Eagle.. These are the Guigniers and Henumier.i
1993. WTeeping dwarf cherry of Europe, grafted on Morello stock.
One of the best of the small ornamental species, and known under several names
in nurseries.— Pn(Ji«« fruticosa. var. prndula. See No. 18.
of the French. A weeping form is known as P. Juliana,
var. pendula.
Var. regilis, Bailey ( C. regciUs, Poit. & Turp.). Duke
Cherries. Differ from the Heart Cherries in having an
acid flesh (and forthat reason often erroneously referred
to P. Cerasus ) . May Duke is the leading representative.
Var. Duracina, Hort.( C. Durachia. DC. C. Bigarilla,
Roem.). Bigarreau Cherries. Distinguished by the
firm breaking flesh of the fruit, which is mostly of light
color. Here belong the Windsor, Yellow Spanish, Na-
Var. Decumana, Dipp. (C. Decumdna, Delaun. P.
macrophijUa, Poir. P. nicntianaifdlia, Thomps.). Lvs.
very large (sometimes nearly 1 ft. long), somewhat
heart-shaped. Grown for ornament.
28. Cerasus, Linn. (C(?ra«HS«'w7»(}Ws. Mill. C.Capron-
idna, DC. P. dcida. Gfcrtn.. not K. Koch. P. austera,
Ehrh. ) SorR. Pie, or Morello Cherrv. Figs. 427, 429,
430. Rather low, round-headed tree with gray bark and
1454
PRUNUS
no central leader (compare Figs. 426 and 427, Vol. 1):
Ivs. ovate-obovate or short-ovate, abruptly short-pointed,
stiff and parchment-like and more or less glossy above,
light or gray-green: fls. in small clusters from lateral
buds mostly in advance of the Ivs., the scales of the
fl.-buds small: fr. roundish or depressed-globular, red,
soft-fleshed, acid: stone globular. Native to Asia Mi
nor and perhaps to southeastern Europe.
is the common Pie Cherry of old yard
fence-rows and other waste pi;
thickets, as the Plum d..Hs, It s
The various Morellos bil..iii.' li. i
rency, Louis Phillippe, an.l otli, i
two well-marked groups of tli. -.• ji
those with uncolored juict- i \ i : r.
of some), and those with <■
Griottes). To the former ri"' ;
Early
-P. Cerastis
It escapes into
forming dense
from the root.
■ ' the Montmo-
.IV are at least
IChe
ida
Prunus ar
. a bush i
ad smallc-
:if Ka
I Morellos or
_ Miiiitmorency,
iii.ties. The
.. <- "la. Dumort.)
■ndiilous branches
gland-bearing (less
and sour, the stone
ovoid; of tliis iilnni /'. - ". ■ - ' ■" /'■■.• (No
It is generallv<-.iri-, 1. i- ,;, i, . • . . r. il, ,t t1,is P. aclda .
including P. .v.//., , : : rive from P.
Cerasus. Even il i i . i ■ ~ tin- name P.
«ca?a of Koch caiiiM.i -i ,imi, i... .i ,■ : Inted by the
P. acida of Ehrhari; 7'. „.„./■■ .'/.." «.^. l.inli., therefore,
must hold as the specits-uumt. Ornamental forms of
P. Cerasus are: Var. ranunculifldra, Hort. {C. Bhfxii,
Hort.). Pis. full double, white, P. S. 17:1805. Var.
persicaefldra, Hort. Fls. full, double, light rose or pink.
Var. variegMa, Hort. Lvs. variegated with yellow and
dull white.
Subgenus
Padus (including Laurocerasus) .
Fruit small and globular, rarely used for eating: fls.
■white, small, in distinct racemes, not preceding the Ivs.,
or arising from the axils of persistent lvs. of the yeai
before.
B. Calj/xlobes persistent at the base of the fr.: fls. ap-
pearing relatively late in the season: large trees.
29. serdtina, Ehrh. Wild Black Cherry. Strong,
straight tree, reaching 100 ft., with very dark brown
bitter-aromatic hark: Ivs. oblong, lance-oblong or ob-
long-ovate, taperiiiL-
ing above, with hkh
in long, roo.se r:i. < i
nearly full grown
terish, ripening in
erally distributed fn
Pla. and Texas.
tnd firm, shii
-i.i 'il '••. ■'•\ .-all. .us teeth: fls.
' ' M_' A lirii the lvs. are
i i- :i. |.ui|.le-black, bit-
'■ -iiniMi'i :in(l s,|. timber. Gen-
1 Nova .Scotia to Dakota, south to
, 4:1.59. — A valuable timber tree,
furnishing lumber for cabinet work and house finish-
ings ; also a fine lawn tree. It is much used in forestry
Pennsylvanica
plantings. Var. p^ndula, Hort., has drooping branches.
Var. variegslta, Hort., has yellow-marked lvs. Var.
cartilaginea, Hort. (var. Carthaqena, Hort., by error.
P. cartilaglnea, Lehm.), is a handsome form with very
long, shining lvs. Var. aspleiii!61ia, Hort., has narrow,
deeply toothed lvs.
PRUNUS
Var. salicifdlia, Kcehne (P. saticifdlia, HBK. P.
Ciipitli, Ca.Y. Ci^rasiis Cdpollin, DC). Capulfn. Lvs.
narrower (usually narrowly lanceolate), smooth and
shining, u.sualiv more leathery. Western Tex., Ariz.,
New Mex., Mex". and south. R.H. 1888, p. :;i7; 1893:496.
1905 Prunus semperfh
BB C ilyx lihes
fls
rly:
.■iO Virginiina Linn Choke Cherry Pig 2000.
Bush rs 111 tunes a small tree ^0 tt till with rough
speckl 1 birk md a str ng odi r when bruised lvs.
thm o\al oblong )r obovate ibruptlv pointed, very
sharplj serrate with spreading or at least not incurved
teeth fls in short, dense racemes in spring with the
lvs fr size of pea, in summer, red or amber colored
(the latter var. leucocarpa. Wats.), puckery . stone
smooth. Generally distributed over northern North
America to the Arctic circle and occurring in the moun-
tains of Mex. S.S. 4:158. -Now and then a large-fruited
variety is found, fit for eating. Sometimes planted for
ornament. There is a weeping form, var. p^ndula, Hort. ;
a dwarf form, var. n&na, Hort. ; a narrow-lvd. form, var.
sallcliolia, Hort. The fruit is usually unfit for eating,
but forms are known with edible fruit.
Var. demlssa, Torr. (P. demissa, Walp.). Lvs. more
rounded or even subcordate, somewhat pubescent,
thicker: fr. dark red or purple-black, large and edible.
Nebraska .and Dakota, west and south. — Considered by
Bessey (Nebr. Hort. 1895, p. 164) to be worthy of ira-
priivement as a fruit plant. He thinks it more nearly
related to P. serolina than to P. Virginiana.
:n. PMus, Linn. European Bird Cherry. Very like
P. l'irijinittita, but has larger fls. on longer pedicels, in
longer and looser often drooping somewhat leafy ra-
cemes: fls. appearing a week later: stone rough. Eu-
rope and Asia. Gn. 53, p. 92. — Common in cult, in many
forms: var. p^ndula, Hort., drooping; var. variegita,
Hort., in several forms, as anrea, anciibfe folia, mar-
morata, Alberli. Var. commutata, Dipp. iP. Grai/dHa,
Hort., not Maxim.) is noteworthy because it is one of
the earliest of all trees to leaf out in, spring. G.F.
• PRUNUS
1:295. There is a double-fld. form. Variable in its foli-
age. Makes a shapely tree 10-20 ft. tall.
AA. Laurocerasus: Ivs. persistent (evergreen] : fls. in
spring in the axils of the Ivs. of the previous
year.— Laurels.
B. Racemes longer than the Ivs.
32. Lnsit&nica, Linn. Portugal Laurel. Tree, 20
ft. tall, but usually grown as a tub plant and compara-
PRUNUS
1455
Prunus pendula, the rose-bud cherry (X ^2). No. 24.
ble to Luiinix iiobilis : Ivs. thick and leathery, ovate-
lanceolate to long-lanceolate, sharp-serrate; fls. white, in
racemes that exceed the Ivs., appearing in late spring
or early summer: fr. round-oval, nearly black, small.
Spain and Portugal and Canaries. — It is a small tree in
its native places, but becomes a bush farther north. It
is sometimes planted in the open ground in our southern
states, but in northern parts it is a tub plant. There
is a form with variegated Ivs., another (var. angus-
tifblia, Hort.) with narrow Ivs., and another (var.
myrtixdlia, Hort. ) with small Ivs. and compact habit.
BB. Racemes not longer than the Ics.
c. Calyx-lobes toothed or undulate.
33. Lanroc6rasuB, Linn. Cherry Laurel. English
Laurel. Bush or small tree (reaching 10 ft.) with hand-
some evergreen foliage: Ivs. coriaceous and glossy,
short-stalked, oval, lanceolate, oblong-elliptic or oblau-
ceolate, narrowed into a short point, remotely serrulate,
with 2-t glands at the base of the blade: fls. small,
white, in axillary or terminal short racemes in spring,
the calyx-lobes 3-toothed: fr. ovoid -acute, small, black-
ish. Southeastern Europe to N. Persia. Gn. 50, p. 313.—
One of the most popular broad-leaved evergreen plants
in Europe, and somewhat planted in the southern states.
It is also grown in tubs and used for house decoration.
Some of the forms will stand as far north as Washing-
ton, and var. Schipkaensis is hardy in central New
York. When grown in the open, the Cherry Laurel
should be allowed to ripen its wood thoroughly before
winter sets in. Protection from severe winds is always
desirable. The plant may be propagated by means of
long cuttings of ripe wood; also by layers. Named va-
rieties are worked on common stocks. The Cherry
Laurel is very variable. Some of the horticulture
forms are as follows : Var. angustifblia, Ivs. very long
and narrow, and plant hardy as far north as Washing-
ton; var. Bertlni, with very broad leaves; var. camel-
lisefdlia, with recurved leaves; var. Caucasica, and var.
C61chica, with slender twigs and dark foliuj;*- which is
gray-green beneath, also hardy; var. Jap6nica, a nar-
row-leaved form, like var. angustifolia; var. latifdlia,
with broad Ivs., hardy at Washington; var. mlcrophylla,
with small, narrow Ivs., only 4-5 in. long; var. TOtondi-
fdlia, with short-oblong blunt Ivs. Gn. 28, p. 405. Var.
Schipkaensis, with small, nearly or completely entire
Ivs. dark green above and very light green beneath,
hardy in New York; var. varieg&ta, Ivs. marbled or
blotched with dull white.
34. Carolinijlna, Ait. Wild Orange. Mock Orange
of the South. Tree, 20-40 ft.: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate-
acuminate, usually entire but sometimes remotely
spinose-serrulate. thick, dark green and shining above,
the niai!,'ins usually somewhat revolute: fls. cream-
coloroil. iti siii'i-t rather close racemes, the calyx-lobes
with uiiilulatc in.arsius: fr. Kin. long, oliloufj-'puinted,
black and sliiiiini,'. S. Car. to Fla. and Tex. S.S. 4:160.
-A haiidsuiiie evergreen, prized for planting in the
South. Blooms from r'eb. to April.
CO. Calj/jr-lobes entire.
35. iliciidlia, Walp. Islay. Spanish Wild Cherry.
Mountain Evergreen Cherry. Fig. 2001. Evergreen
bush or small tree, rarely becoming 30 ft. tall, with a
dense crown: Ivs. holly-like, ovate to ovate-lanceolate,
obtuse, acute or sometimes even acuminate, mostly
broad and sometimes rounded at the base, the margins
coarsely spiny-toothed, the blade thick and shining:
fls. white, in slender racemes less than 2 in. long in
spring, about M in. across: fr. rather large (sometimes
% in. long), nearly globose, purple or nearly black;
stone ovate. San Francisco to Lower Calif. Gn. 3, p.
131. S.S. 4:162. G.F. 5:475 (tree). -A most worthy
garden plant.
Var. integrUdlia, Sudw. {P. occidentdlis, Hort., not
Swartz). Catalina Cherry. Lvs. longer and more
acuminate, usually entire: fr. larger. Islands off the
coast of southern California and rarely on the mainland.
S.S. 4:163. — Considered to be more desirable as a gar-
den plant than the type. It grows rapidly under culti-
vation, making a compact, very dark green crown.
Useful also in pots and tubs. P. occidentalis, Swartz,
a different plant, grows from Cuba to Trinidad. It is
not in the trade, although it is mentioned in a recent
list of "seeds and plants imported for distribution in
cooperation with the agricultural experiment stations "
1997, Prunus Pseudo-Cerasus (X %)
by the U. S. Dept. of Agric. Grisebach describes It as
a high tree: lvs. oblong or ovate-oblong, rounded at the
base, bluntish, with 2 glandular spots at the base be-
neath : racemes lateral, puberulous or glabrous : f r.
ovoid, slightly apieulate, nearly 1 in. long, purple. The
fruit is said to be "of very fine flavor."
145G
enng .
Subgenus IV. CHA>i.«AJiTGr)AH's (inchuling Micro-
cerasusj. Dwarf Almond.
Fruit small, either firm or juicy, glabrous or pubes-
cent: plant dwarf, with sessile flowers solitary or in
pairs preceding the Ivs., the stamens 20 or more, the
calyx-tube tubular: Ivs. couduplicate.
36. inc4na, Decne. (V^rasus incAna, Spach.
Amfigdnlitx i,ir,}n::. Pall. A. tiAna, v&r. incAna,
Loud.). Shnil. of UMdium size: Ivs. small, the
and glandless or bear-
>p, the blade obovate-
liptic, short-pointed or
1, white-tomentose beneath
: with the Ivs. or just in ad
dor, about % in. across, the
ght red, the size of a pea
•n Eu. and western Asia. K
ing gliiiids at ih,
oblong, fll.|iti.- .ir
obtuse, llii. I\ sliar
fls. mcstly ill L'-. ^
Vance of th. m. h-
petals eniarLMiiaii-
smooth, juicy. Soi
H. 1853:281. B.R. 25:58. Gt. 44, p. 243 (leaf
37. n&na, Stokes (A m ygdaUts
niJiiti, Linn.). Russian Almond.
Fig. 2002. Bush, 3 to 5 ft. high :
flowers solitary, appearing a little
in advance of the leaves, sessile,
pink and showy : Ivs. narrowly
elliptic or elliptic lanceolate, 2 or
3 in. long, thick and rather stiff,
scarcely pointed, lighter colored
and the veins prominent beneath,
smooth, the edges set with sharp,
spreading, saw-like teeth: fls. usu-
ally solitary, rose-color, nearly 1 in.
across, with or just preceding the
Ivs.: fruit small and hard, pubes-
cent, bitter, with a large, wrinkled,
sharp-pointed, somewhat cordate,
unequal -sided pit. Russia and
Western Asia. B.M. 101. L.B.C.
12:1114. — This plant has been in-
troduced into this country recently
as a fruit plant, although it pos-
sesses little merit for that purpose
It is cultivated in Europe for its
flowers, and it has been thought 1999.
that the Flowering Almond of our ( )
PRUNUS
ens belongs to it; but our Flow-
Almonds are Prunus Japonica
P. triloba, a correction which
made in the revised edition of
's "Field, Forest and Garden Bot-
This Russian Almond is very
enduring the climate of the
northern prairie states, where it ripens
" little almond-like fruits in July. A
fruited form of the Apricot (P.
Armeniaca) has lately been in-
troduced as Russian Almond.
Prunus tutnit is cultivated in
two or three forms. Var. cam-
p68tri» has white fls. of larger
size. Var. Gebrgica has dark
rose-colored somewhat smaller
fls. and narrower, longer Ivs.
Var. Cochinchin6nsis is a larger
plant with white fls.
Subgenus V. Amtgdalus.
Almonds and Peaches.
Fruit sessile, large, mostly
pubescent : fls. solitary from
lateral buds on the previous
year's growth, appearing in ad-
ance of the Ivs., the latter couduplicate in the bud.
A. Plant low and bnshif : Flowering Almonds.
Japbnica, Thunb. (P. n&na of American gardens.
P. JSinensis, Hort. Amygdalus piimila, Sims). Figs.
2002,2003. Bushy plant, rarely over 5 ft. high: Ivs. ovate-
lanceolate to oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, not at all in-
clined to be lobed, glabrous or nearly so, very strongly
veined beneath, closely and almost obtusely serrulate:
fls. solitary or in 2's and 3's, rose-colored or blush,
stalked (the stalks lengthening), appearing with the
Ivs.: fr. glol.nlar ..r "li'Tt-oblong, % in. in diam.,
smooth and -1 l -i. i li. Cult, from Japan, but
probably nati. i , i;M. 2176. R.H. 1852:301;
1873, p. 457; l-,i i i i-7r,:290; 1884:156; 1886, p.
416; 1887, p. i:;i- l-.inn.v i ;ii. 38, p. 605; 50, p. 313.-
This is the cin.imonest Flowering Almond of
dens, giving a profusion of attractive bloom in early
iil\ in th( ijuble
I rni Ihtri is con
M I rat le doubt as to
tliL api lication of the
two names P Japan
If I and P Sineiisii
Carrifere supposes
(R.H. 1874, p. 451)
that there are
species, and he says JOOO. Prunus Vireiniana.
that the true P. "'
tifHSts is worth culti- -- --'
vating for the edible qualities of its fruit as
well as for its flowers. Until the question is
cleared up by further investigations of abo-
riginal types, the writer prefers to leave the
subject as above, thereby agreeing with most
writers on these plants.
39. triloba, Lindl. (AmUgdahis pedunculAta, Bunge,
Amygdalipsis LIndleyi, Carr. Prunipsia Undleyi.
Andr^). Flowering Plum. Fig. 2002. Differs from the
last in having broadly ovate or obovate soft-hairy Ivs.,
which are abruptly pointed, coarsely doubly serrate,
tending to be lobed above (on strong shoots): fls. soli-
tary and mostly in advance of the Ivs., pink or rose-col-
ored, sometimes white, usually double: fr. small, red-
PRUNUS
hairy when young, but becoming glabrous. China.
I.H. 8:308. F.S. 15:1532. K.H. 1862:91; 1884:396. Gn. 21,
p. 275 ; 28:512; 55, p. 374. Gng. 5:165; 6:290; 8:196.-A
most desirable bush, hardy in central New York and
Ontario. It is sometimes grown as u standard by being
worked on Plum, but it is then short-lived. Both this
and P, Japonica are commonly worked on Plum, but
better results are to be expected from own-roote<l plants
(got by layering or root-grafting).
Var. P6tzoldi (P. Pdzoldl, Koch. P. virijdta, Hort.).
Branclilets and adult Ivs. glabrous, the Ivs. ovate or
elliptic: lis. smaller, rose-color. China.
40. orient&lis, Koehne {Amijgdalus orientilis, Mill.
A. argintea. Lam.). Shrub, 3-8 ft. high: Ivs. small,
nearly or quite sessile, oval, oblong or narrow obovate,
nearly obtuse or short- pointed, entire: Us. solitary,
nearly 1 in. across, light rose-color, with or just pre-
ceding the Ivs.: fr. ovate or oblong, thinly pubescent
but becoming glabrous. Asia Minor, etc. L.B.C. 12:1137.
AA. Plant a tree or tree-like.
B. Fr. hard, splitting at maturity.
41. Am^gdalus, Stokes (Am^gdalus communis, Linn.).
Almond. Figs. 63, 64. Peach-like tree, 10-25 it. tall,
with gray bark: Ivs. lanceolate, firm and shining, very
closely serrate: tls. large (1 in. and more across!, soli-
tary and appearing before the Ivs., pink, showy: fr. a
large compressed drupe with hard flesh, splitting open
at maturity and liberating the pitted stone (or Almond).
Asia. Gn. 50:1088 (var. macrocarpa) ; 54:1183.-Grown
as an ornamental tree, but chiefly for the nuts (or pits
of the fruit). There are double-fld., white-fld., and
variegated-lvd. forms; also weeping forms. \&r. macro-
carpa is an early-blooming erect-growing form with fls.
i in. across and very showy. See Almond.
PRUNUS 1457
camellia' flora, with its subvariety plena, the former
with very large carmine fls. and the latter with double
Hs. There are forms (var. versicolor) with different
colors of fls. on different branches of the
JOOl. Prunus ilicilolia (
BB. Fr. soft, nut opening or splitting.
42. P6rsioa, Sieb. & Zucc. (Amygdalus Persica, Linn.
Pirsica vulg&ris, Mill.). Peach. Figs. 16«l-<i.
Much like the Almond in botanical characters and by
some thought to be derived from that plant, but now
generally agreed to be an original species and to be
native to China: Ivs. broad-lanceolate or oblonglanceo-
late, coarsely serrate: fls. solitary, pink, appearing be-
fore the Ivs. : fr. soft, pubescent at maturity, the stone
deep-pitted and very hard. Widely cultivated, especially
in North America, where it thrives under a great variety
of conditions. — There are two well-marked forms, the
clingstones or pavies {Persica vulgaris of Risso), and
the freestones (Persica domestica of Risso). There are
many ornamental forms of the Peach tree: double-fld.
Fig. 1665 (F.S. 10:969; 13:1299, 1300. R.H. 1852:221);
white-fld., dark-fld., etc. ; purple-lvd.; variegated-lvd.;
dwarfs. One of the best of these fancy forms is var.
2002. Dwart ;
PrimiiS nona at left ; P. Japonica mmUUWf. P. triloba
at right. Nos. 37-39.
Var. IsviB, Gray (Amygdalus Pirsica necturlna.
Ait. Persica lavis, DC. Pritnus Pirsica, var. nectu-
rlna, Maxim.). Nectarine. Fig. 1464. Fruit smooth,
usually smaller: Ivs. usually more strongly serrate.
The Nectarine has sprung from the Peach, both through
seed and bud-variation. There are two types, as in the
Peach: clingstones or brttgnons (Persica hevis of
Risso), and freestones (Persica violacea of Risso).
The Nectarine is not generally cultivated in this coun-
try, although it is popular in California.
Var. platyc&rpa, Bailey (Persica platycdrpa, De-
caisne). Flat Peach, or Peen-to. Fig. 1660. Much
flattened endwise, and scarcely thicker than the pit.
From China. R.H. 1870-1:111. Trans. Lond. Hort. Soc.
4:512.— Grown in the southern states, where it has
given rise to various globular Peaches. The Peen-to
originated in 1869. with P. J. Berckmans. Augusta, Ga.,
from seeds sent from Australia, where it was probably
introduced from China.
43. Daviditoa, Franch. (Pirsica DavidiAna, Can.
Primus Persica, var. DavidiAna, Dipp.). Fig. 2004.
Slender, willow-like tree: Ivs. narrower and smaller
than those of the Peach, tapering from near the base
into very long points, very sharp-serrate, light green,
willow -like: fls. appearing very early, 1 in. or more
across, white or blush, solitary: fr. nearly globular, the
suture prominent, about 1 in. in diameter, pubescent,
grayish or yellowish: stone small and nearly .spherical,
ruminated, free from the
whitish dry flesh. China.
K.H. 1872, p. 75. G.F. 10:
503. Gt. 44:1412. G.C. III.
U: 529. Gn. 50, p. 165.-
Soraewhat grown as an orna-
mental subject. Hardy in
New York, but the flower-
buds are usually killed. It
blooms very early, much in
advance of Peaches. By
some thought to be a form
of the Peach species, but as
known in this country it
seems to have speciflc char-
44. Simbnii.Carr. (Persica
Simdnii, Decaisne). Simon
or Apricot Plum. Fig. 2005. A straight-growing, fas-
tigiate tree : Ivs. rather long-oblanceolate or lance-ob-
ovate, rather thick and heavy, dull, very veiny below,
finely but unevenly obtuse - serrate, conduplicate or
trough-shaped in habit : fls. nearly white, on short
stalk
leave
.very flrm in
or three togetbtr, preceding the
1. in diameter, flattened lengthwise,
3, perfectly '.mouth, handsome
roon-red, possessing 'a deep suture, the yellow flesh
closely adhering to the small, spongy roughened nearh
orbicular pit. Named in honor of
Eugene Simon, who sent pits trom
China to France, prior to lb72
China. B.H. 1872:nO.-Introduced
into the United States about 18&0,
or shortly after. Although much
advertised by nurserymen, it has
not attracted great attention from
fruit-growers in the East. Upon
the Pacific slope it is populai Th.
fruit is usually bitter, with m
alraond-Iike astringency, but soni.
times it is very palatable. The ti ( ■
is very hardy and vigorous somt
what north of the limit of peaih
growing, but, except in the Faciht
region, it does not appear to be
uniformly productive. The fruit
is handsome, with a pleasing odor,
and it keeps a long time. The tree
is conspicuous for its narrow, eiect
growth. The flowers are borne on
short spurs on wood two and more
years old; also singly on the last
year's growth.
p. CocomiUa. Tennre. Allied to P
small tree, with tli..rii\ l.ranrli s Ijs
small and yellow. It.ilv — /■ i / i '/ '
Padus. "Itisasm.-.H ir.-..,l|" '"/,'"'
glanduhir ;ii 111" I' I ■ '■ ■! ■■•■ I -■' 1
P.Jao/n., <:- II. •• . -
10ft.). with si.ii.ll
nate, serrulate Ivs i ;
short-stalked, aiii
juicy, small
bly serrate
stilked fr less th
6 19d and Forest
second species ot F
PSEUDOLAKIX
racemes tHudular iiid be
ring oonspiLUOUS
te J. in across
i m miOsumoier Hpan ij P
2 — / Miuwliana Sarg "A
il) \ery simdar in general ap
f%
ij 1 contounded
er il habit and thi
ik IS darker and
e common cherry
branches and the
I 1 i\ ,i\ lie thin those ot
t much piler pmk or
I Mtf smooth but the
lilt I III Ivs which appear
)i tilt II u 1-. ire broader thinner
gul irly tut on tlieir mirgms and are
pubescent on the under side as well
shoots and have two conspicuous
M04. Prunus Davidiana (X %).
.43.
the ends of leafless shoots: tls. white, long-stalked, less than
^in. across, the racemes 2-3 in long: Its. lanceolate, elliptic
or obovate. serrate. Manchuria. — P. Maximbrmasii, Rnpr.
Subgenus Padus; 25-30 ft.; young growth rusty -pubescent:
Ivs. elliptic " -- -" -'- '-——■<'"■' -""-1"^™..
elllptie -obovate, long - stalked, coarsely <
'J rpa Swirl /
\s elUptif I
shorter tb i
; Hi to Uri/.l '-S i
common tree [than P Padus]
elevated forests of Hondo is Prunus Ssiori
Bird Clierry ilways eisilv distmgiushed by its pale
hiebark It is a handsome glibrous tree withoblong
_ Ivs and long graceful raceme
and IS well worth introducing into our plantitic
mental plint It ilso grow- m SaKhilin wh<
covered by Schmidt, in Manchuna, and in western China.
Sargent. Forest Flora of Japan. L. H. B.
PSEUDOLAEIX (Greek, pseudos, false, and Larix;
being similar to, but not a true Larch). Conifera.
Golden Larch. A genus of one species, a tall, pyra-
midal tree with horizontally spreading whorled branches ;
the linear leaves appear in dense clusters on short spurs,
but those of the leading shoots are scattered and spirally
arranged. It is a beautiful tree with its long, spreading
branches pendulous at the extremities and clothed with
light green feathery foliage turning to a clear yellow in
fall. The tree seems to remain free from insect pests
and fungous diseases and is hardy in Mass. and prob-
ably farther north. It requires a sunny, open position
and a well-drained, moderately moist soil; it does not
thrive nor look well if crowded by other trees. The
Golden Larch should be raised only from seeds. 1£
grafted >
PSEUDOLARIX
* own roots or on the i.-omnioii Larch, as it
done, it rarely grows into a syimintrical
tree. Pseudolarix is known wild or.ly fi"i]i a r.-trictnl
region in N. China, where it grows in ili.- iii.iuinain^ ai
an altitude of about 3,000 ft. It i- .l.i-ily alliid t..
Larix, but differs by the stalked, pi-nduluus, (■lusti-nd,
staminate fls. and by the deciduous cone-scales, which
separate from the axis at maturity as in the tir.
PSEUDOTSUGA
1459
V fV:
J006. Pseudolarix Kaempferi
Ksempferi, trord Fig. 200G. {LUrix Kampferi, Fori.
Laricipsis Kmmpferi, Kent). Tree, becoming 130 ft.
high: Ivs. linear-acuminate, soft, light green, bluish
green beneath, 15^-3 in. long and l-\yi lines broad:
staminate fls. yellow, about M in. long, slender-stalkc.l:
pistillate fls. about % in. long: cone orate, reddisi
brown, li^o-3 in. long, lr;i-2 in. broad; scales triangular,
ovate-lanceolate, cordate at the base, emarginate at the
apex, woody: bracts ovate-lanceolate, much smaller
than the scales, each scale with 2 seeds with the wings
as long as the scale. F. S. 17:1777-78. R. H. 1868:331;
1871, p. 608, 609. G.C. II. 19:88. Gn. 8, p. 325; 29, p. 397.
— Var. n&na, Beissn. Dwarf form, cult, in China and
forest and timber trees of western North America, and
in its forms of the higher altitudes it is hardy as far
11 I til I- I anada. When it finds a congenial home it is
aiiiMiiL: ilic most desirable conifers for park planting
ami II mows rapidly. It thrives best in a porous sandy
loain, and its cultivation does not differ from that of
Allies and Picea, which see. Varieties may be grafted
on the type.
The genus has three species in W. N. America and in
Japan. Pyramidal trees, closely allied and very similar
in foliage to Abies, from which they are chiefly distin-
guished by their cones falling off as a whole at maturity,
like those of Picea. The Ivs. contain but one flbro-vas-
cular bundle and are not decurrent at the base. The
bracts of the cone are rather large and more or less ex-
serted, 2-lobed at the apex, with the midrib produced
into a subulate awn. Without cones the genus may be
distinguished from Abies by its more slender and flexi-
ble Ivs., and especially by its elongated ovate or ovate-
lanceolate acute and not resinous winter-buds. The
light red or yellow wood is hard and durable and much
used for construction, for railway ties and for masts.
The bark is sometimes used for tanning leather.
Douglasii, Carr. (P. mucronctta, Sudw. P. taxifdlia,
liiitt. /'. Liiidleydna, Carr. Abies Douglasi, Lindl.
1 /,,,/,,( Jhniglasii, Kent). Douglas Spruce. Red
Kii;. I i:;. 2007. Pyramidal tree, attaining 200 ft. and
soiiiftiiii.s 111. .IT. with a tnnik li.roiiiiug 12 ft. in diam.
cloth. il \\iili ri.lui-.i .lark rcMirown bark: branches
horizontal, wiili ji. ii.liil.ius liraii.-lilets : Ivs. linear,
strai-lit .11- .•iirv.'.l. ..liin^... -l.-ii.l.-r and flexible, dark
g-rc.-ii .'i- ihii-l. -■'■.■.1'. ,-1 ' , iu. lung : staminate cat-
kin- ■ ' - 1-1 " i.'i.li-li: cones pendulous, oval-
oviii. I , , I ' ! scales and much exserted
bill. j 1 '.,_ ..(1 }i in. long, with broad
win- h 111 r. .i.li^li lii.Mii Brit. Col. to Mex., west to
Mont, an.l Colo. S.S, ]2:(;o7. (i.F. Ill :2il5. (in. 31, p. 288.
R.H. 1868:151.-Themostimporta]itof tli.lorinsincul-
are the following: Var. compacta, Hcissn. Of
mipact habit. Var. fastigiata, Carr. (var. spar-
(^arr.l. D.-nse c.ni.al (ivraniiil witli numerous
1- tiran.-li.-~ an.l witli sli.'.rt.-r Ivs. Var. gladca,
Witli Muisli -r.H'ii or alnio-t silv.-rv white foli-
ir.li.-r than the tvi..-. I.nt ..f slow.-r i,'niwth: from
This f.irn
states,
pendulous branches a
cens, Beissn. (P. ghu
from var. glauca. R
With pendulous bran
glatica p^ndula, Beissn., has
Inn. •. ills foliiiL'.-. Var. glauc6s-
I H.^, liaillyi. is Iinr.liy different
,s'.i,':.ss. Var. p^nduia, Neum.
and dark green foliage. Var.
PSEUDOPH&NIX (Greek, r«?.s,r7,-,„., n,n,>:n'ftt.
A genus of one species, a pinnat.;. i-.nv-
from all other North American iiiiiiii. i., n- -. nrlet-
orange fruit, which is about the size ..i a ./litany. This
palm is cult, in S. Calif. Generic characters; female
fl. with calyx small, spreading, somewhat denticulate;
petals 3, ovate, obtnse, green, bent back ; staminodia G,
distinctly dark purple at the top: fr. an orange-colored
drupe, stipitate, containing 1-3 globular carpels.
S&Tgenti, H. Wendl. Trunk slender, 20-25 ft. high,
10-12 in. thick: Ivs. abruptly pinnate, 4-5 ft. long;
pinnae lanceolate, acuminate, 12-16 in. long, bright green
above, glaucous beneath, folded backward at the very
base: spadix appears from among the Ivs.; main and
secondary branches light yellow-green and flattened:
fr. usually 3-lobed, %-% in. thick, bright orange-scarlet.
FloridaKeys. G.F. 1:353. S.S. 10:506.
F. W. Barclay.
PSEUDOTSftGA (Greek false Tsuga). Conlferae.
Tall evergreen trees, of synjmetrical pyramidal habit,
with regularly whorled branches clothed with linear flat-
tened Ivs.. which are more or- less 2-ranked and whit-
ish beneath: fls. forming orange or reddish catkins:
cones pendulous, medium - sized, of somewhat bristly
appearance on account of the protruding bracts. The
Douglas Spruce, which is the only species well known
in cultivation, is one of the tallest and most important
2007. Douglas Spruce— Pseudotsuga Douglasii (X 1-5).
Stairii, Gford. With whitish variegated foliage : of little
ornamental value. Var. taxifdlia, Loud. Of slower
growth, forming a broad dense pyramid, with longer and
darker green Ivs. and the cones with shorter bracts.
1460
PSEUDOTSUGA
P. Japonica. Beissn. (Tsuga Japonica. Shiniss.). Tree, to 60
ft., similar to P. Douglasi, but Ivs. shorter aud broader and
cones smaller, with strongly reflexed bracts. Japan. But re-
cently introduced, and hardiness not yet proved ; probably as
hardy as the hardier forms of P. Douglasi.— i*, macrocdrpa,
Mayr (P. Douglasi, var. macrocarpa. Engelm.). Tree, to 60 or
80 ft., with remote and usually pendulous branches: Ivs. acute,
bluish gray: cones 4-6^ in. long, with shorter bracts; seeds K
in. long. S. Calif. S.S. 12:608. G.F. 10:25. Seems not yet in-
troduced; not hardy north, and inferior.— P. Davididna, Bertr.
'"Keteleeria Davidiana, Beissn., and P. Jezoensis. Bertr. =Kete-
leeria Fortunei, Carr. Keteleeria certainly constitutes a dis-
tinct genus and cannot be united with either Abies, Picea.
Tsuga orPseudotsuga. It is chiefly distinguished by the stami-
nate fls. being arranged in clusters like those of Pseudolarix.
but are only short -stalked: cones upright, with persistent
scales; bracts enclosed, half as long as the scales: Ivs. similar
to those of Abies but pale green, not whitish beneath, pointed
or obtuse, rigid. In old age the head becomes broad and flat-
topped as in Cedrus Libani, in young trees it is regular, pyra-
midal, with whorled branches. The germination is very differ-
ent from that of most other conifers, but similar to Ginkgo
and Araucaria, as the two cotyledons remain in the ground in-
closed in the seed and do not become green. None of the 3 or 4
Chinese species seems to be in cultivation in this country,
where they would probably not be hardy north of the middle
states, but P. (Keteleeria) Fortunei, Carr.. has been successfully
cult, in S. Europe. The Ivs. of this species are about 1 iu. long,
rigid, pointed on tlie Inwer i)ranches, obtuseon the upper oues:
cone3-6in. long. F.S.T.p. -JJIi I ;is P. Jezoensis). R.H. l8C6:4.';i,
Prop, by seeds, hiyers aii.l c-uffings and by grafting on Abies
Picea; it will probal>ly also grow grafted on Pseudotsuga.
Alfred Rehdeb.
The Douglas Spruce is a tree for the million. It
would be difficult to overrate its beauty. As a forest
tree it perhaps produces a greater crop of lumber per acre
than any other species. It probably grows faster than any
other conifer. Indeed, the complaint is sometimes
made that it grows too fast to make a compact lawn
tree. It is desirable to have groups of Douglas Spruce,
because the foliage is so soft that single specimens are
sometimes injured by high winds. Specimens planted
on the prairies without protection from hot winds may
sometimes have their buds injured by late spring frosts.
It is, of course, a mistake to use the Douglas Spruce
for a wind-break. The Douglas Spruce is generally
prop, by seeds. Seeds of conifers gathered on the
Pacific slope are tender, while those gathered in Colorado
produce hardy trees which endure both drought and
cold. Unlike the firs, the Douglas Spruce has fine, fibrous
roots like the Norway Spruce aud transplants as readily.
The writer has transplanted many stocky young trees
growing in the open to the nursery and has saved 90 per
cent of them. They seemed to thrive as well as nur-
sery-grown Norway spruces of the same size. The
yield of seed from a wagon-load of cones is light, and it
is somewhat difficult to grow seedlings. In some cir-
cumstances it will be cheaper in the end to procure
young trees. The Douglas Spruce is remarkable for its
wide variation in form and color. The needles may be
short or long, light green, dark green, or have a bluish
or silvery cast. The deep blue and silvery foliage is
characteristic of the deep gorges of high altitudes.
C. S. Harrlson.
We have found the Douglas Spruce one of the easiest
of all conifers to grow from seed. However, thf -^m]
rapidly loses its germinating powers, in thi- ir,|i. . i
partaking of the firs more than of the sprm-i ^. .\^ it i,
now being grown and disseminated, it is imt t.. In
recommended for general planting. Seeil from trt-. -
growing in the valleys and foothills of Colorado will not
produce trees that are hardy north of the Ohio river.
As trees growing in those localities are easy of access, a
larger part of the seed is collected from them. There is
considerable difference between trees grown from valley
and mountain seeds. The former have short green
leaves and a stunted look, compact growth, showing
none of the bold and striking effect of those from a
high elevation. The latter have longer leaves, more
glaucous appearance and great rapidity of growth. The
valley trees brown in winter; the mountain trees do
not. Many of the latter have a spreading and weeping
orientalis, but not as good color. Unless more care is
taken in collecting seeds of this tree, it will soon fall
Into disrepute. Xho.s. H. Douglas.
PSIDIUM
FStDIUM {Greek, psirlion, the pomegranate). Myr
tdcete. About i;jO species of evergreen trees and shrubs.
Lvs. opposite, petiolate, penniveined: fls. rather large,
white, cymose on axillary or lateral, 1-3- (rarely many-)
fld. peduncles; calyx 4-5-lobed, the lobes persistent;
petals -1 or 5, spreading: berries globose, ovoid or pear-
shaped, usually roughish, often crowned with the calyx
limb; .seeds subreniform, hard. Natives of tropical and
subtropical America; some species have become natur-
alized in tropical Asia and south Africa. Prop, easily by
suckers, cuttings or seeds.
INDEX
(s. L. refers to supplementary list.)
.Araea, 2. Giiineense. 3. pyrifomie, 1.
Cattleiauimi. 4. lucidum, 4. s:ipidissimum, 1.
Guajava. 1. polycarpuin, S. L. .Sinense, s. L.
Ouai'a. I. powiferiait, I. Thea. S. L.
(J-uayavUlas, s. l. pyriferum, 1.
A. Branchlets 4-angled.
1. Guaj&va, Linn. {P. pomlfertim, Linn. P. GuAva,
Raddi). Lemon Guava. Fig. 2008. Shrub or small tree,
6-l.i ft. high : lvs. oval to oblong-lanceolate, bluntish,
chartaceous, glabrous above, puberulent below: pe-
duncles :i to many-fld., pubescent: fr. globose, yellow,
aromatic, somewhat astringent. June. Grown in S.
Calif, and valued for jellies and preserves: several
horticultural varieties are offered by nurserymen.
Var. sapidiBsimum, Jacq.,has similar fruit but only
1-fld. peduncles. Becomes a troublesome weedy plant
in moist tropical countries.
Var. pyrUenun, Linn. (P. pyriferum, Linn. P. py-
rifdrme, Qriaeb.). Common Guava. Small tree: lvs.
acute: peduncles 1-fld. : fr. small, pear-shaped, smooth-
skiimed, yellowish when ripe, aromatic, sweet and
pleasant to the taste. Fls. May-July: fr. July-Nov.
B.R. 13:1079. — The source of the well-known Guava
jelly of the West Indies. The fresh fruit makes ex-
cellent tarts after removing the small stony seeds. To
be eaten raw, it is best gathered in the early morning,
according to Lindley, as it is then more agreeably acid.
A A. Branchlets terete.
2. Arica, Raddi. Brazil Guava. Shrub 4-6 ft. high:
branchlets hirsute: lvs. oval or oblong, obtuse, above
sub-velutinous to the touch, beneath pnbescently sub-
hirsute; veins reticulate, somewhat raised: peduncles
axillary, 1-3-fld. : fr. ovoid, greenish yellow; flesh
white. Dry uplands of Brazil. — Offered by two or three
dealers, and said to be one of the very best Guavas.
3. Gninetose, Swartz. Guiana Gdava. ShrubS-lOft.
high: branchlets pubescent-villous: lvs. ovate, glabrous
above: petioles and under side rusty-tomentose : pe-
duncles 1-3-fld.: fr. subrotund, subpubescent, deep
yellow outside; flesh red, said to possess an exquisite
flavor.
4. Cattlei&nnm, Sabine. Strawberry Guava. Shrub
or small tree, 10-20 ft. high: branchlets glabrous: lvs.
opposite, obovate, coriaceous, glabrous, dark green: pe-
duncles axillary, opposite, solitary, 1-fld., scarcely equal-
iiitrtlif i'<ti.>lrs: fr. nearly spherical, about 1 in. long, of
:i tin. .lrr|. rlar.t .'..lor, with a tough foveolate skin, re-
-.tjiMhiu' that of :i ripe fig, but thinner; pulp fleshy, soft
aii.l.jnic-y, |iiiri.|ish red next the skin but white at center,
sweet and acid, with a strawberry-like fragrance and fla-
vor, hence the popular name. May. Brazil. B.R. 622. B.M.
2.501. N. 3:238. -Extensively cultivated in S. Calif.;
hardy outdoors near San Francisco and probably north-
ward. Var. lAcidum (P. lucidum, Hort.). Yellow
Strawberry Gcava. Has a larger yellow fruit, said to
have a better taste than the purple-fruited form. Re-
said to have smaller fruit than P. Guajava but of superior
taste, "= P. Cajavillas] Bnrm. (?), which has been reduced to a
form of P. Guajava.— P. polycdrpum. Lamb. Small shrub with
branchlets terete, hirsute: lvs. snbsessile, ovate-oblong, acute,
pubescent above, scabrous and rugose beneath ; peduncles 3-fld. :
tr. yellow within, edible, considered superior in flavor to the
common Guav;i, but rarely larger than a cherry. S. Amer. and
W. Indies.— P. Sinnise. recently introduced by Mr. Swingle,
agricultur.ll explorer for the U. S. Dept. of Agriculture, not yet
PSIDIUM
seen by nu.— P. TWa. Griseb. Argentina. Another recent in-
troduction by Mr. Swingle.— Several other edible-fniited spe-
cies are known, but are not introduced in this country.
Jos. BuRTT Davy.
PSOBALEA (Greek, warty; referring to glands on the
foliage). Leguminosce. Scurfy Pea. A genus of
about 110 species of herbs, shrubs or subshrubs widely
scattered about the world, 30 being North American.
Lvs. glandular-dotted; Ifts. 3 to many and digitate or 3
and pinnate: lis. purple, blue, rose or white,
in racemes or spikes; calyx not enlarged
after flowering: standard ovate or orbicular,
clawed; wing oblong or falcate ; keel in-
curved, obtuse: ovary sessile; pod ovoid,
short, indehiscent, 1-seeded. Useful border
plants.
A. Plants hardy.
B. No. of Ifts. 7.
about 1 ft. high, i
merous, usually purple fls.
in ovate or oblong, dense
spikes: Ifts. 7, digitate,
obovate-oblong, 1 in. long :
fl.-stem longer than lvs.,
rigid. April-June. Rocky
hills, Tenn.
BB. No. of Ifts. S.
f. ira. digitately com-
pound.
lanceol&ta, Pnrsh. Per-
ennial herb, much
branched, glabrous or
nearly so, den.sely dark-
glandular, 1-2 ft. high:
Ifts. sessile, bright green,
entire, linear or oblance-
olate: fls.bluish white, 3 linc.,u6. „u
July. Kan. to N. W. Territory, west
Wash., etc. B.B. 2:281.
CO. Li'S. pinnately compound.
physddes, Dougl. Perennial herb, slen-
der, 1-2 ft. high: Ifts. ovate, about 1 in.
long: tis. in short, close racemes; calyx %
in. long, becoming enlarged and inflated
until nearly J^ in. long; corolla K in. long,
white or purplish. Mts. of
U. S.
BBB. No. of Ifts. .5.
escultata, Pursh. Pomme Blanche. Hardy herba-
ceous perennial 4-18 in. high : Ifts. 5 and digitate, short-
stalked, oval or obovate, entire obtuse, narrowed at base.
1-2 in. long: fls. bluish: spikes dense, lK-3 in. long:
root large, often clustered, starchy . June. Prairies,
Manitoba and Dakota south. B.B. 2:284.
AA. Plants tender, cult, in S. Calif.
B. No. of Ifts. S.
c. Habit herbaceous.
bitumindsa, Linn. Perennial herb, lJ^-3 ft. high, ap-
pressed hirsute: Ifts. nearly entire; lower ones ovate,
obtuse; upper ones much narrower, acute: peduncles
longer than lvs.; fl. -heads dense, involucrate, becoming
elongated in fruit: fls. nearly 1 in. long. Spring and
early summer. Poor soil, Arabia.
CO. Habit shrubby.
glandnldsa, Linn. Petioles scabrous: Ifts. 3, digitate,
ovate-lanceolate, acuminate: fls. blue and white, in usu-
ally axillary racemes. Chile and Peru. B.M. 990.
BB. No of Ifts. 7-11.
pinnitta, Linn. Arborescent or shrubby, 6-12 ft.,
flensely branched and leafy: Ifts. 7-11, pinnate, linear
PSORALEA
1461
or lanceolate-linear, acute, commonly 10-15 lines long
by about 1 line wide: fls. axillary, solitary or clustered,
sessile or pedicelled, blue with white wings. S. Africa.
G.C. III. 5:693. J.H. HI. 33:591.
The following points concerning the Pomme Blanche
(which is also called Prairie Apple, Prairie Turnip and
Indian or Missouri Bread -root) are
taken from Goodale's "Wild Flowers of
America " : " In the autumn the top of the
.^<7\
plant dies and separates from the root, near the ground,
and is blown about the prairies. After the top has gone
the root cannot be readily found, and hence the Indians
dig them in August for their winter use. Thejroot lies
deep in the ground and is about the size of a hen's egg.
The outside is covered with a thick integument almost
as tough as wood and of a dark brown color. The inside
is whitish and not unlike a chestnut in appearance and
taste, but not so sweet. The Indian women dig the roots
nip-shaped. If the Indians use them immediately, they
generally roast them in ashes. They are also dried and
stored for winter, and when wanted they are mashed
between stones, mixed with water and baked into cakes
over the coals. The root was frequently found in the
canoes of the Indians by early travelers before the plant
which produced it was known to white men. Nuttall
wrote: "The taste is rather insipid, but not disagreeable
either raw or boiled. Texture laminated, always tena-
cious, solid and never farinaceous." In 1846 the Pomme
Blanche was proposed as a substitute for the potato. Its
claims to consideration are discussed in " Comptes rendue
de I'Academie des Sciences," vols. 26, 29 and 30, and in
"Le Potager d'un Curieux." by Pailleux and Bois, with
the result that it is believed to offer no possibilities of
advance over the potato. p_ ^_ Barclay.
1462
PSYCHOTRIA
FSYCHOTBIA (Greek, life -preserving; referring to
medicinal properties). Hubi&cece. About 500 tropical
or subtropical shrubs, small trees or rarely herbs bear-
ing small fls. in terminal or rarely axillary, corymbose,
paniculate or head-like cymes: Ivs. opposite or rarely
■whorled: calyx-limb short, various, often 5 -toothed:
corolla usually short, 5-, rarely 4-lobed : fr. a drupe
■with 2 smooth hemispherical stones. Grumilea, which
differs only in having ruminate albumen, is included in
this genus.
A. Fls. yellow.
Cap^nsis, Vatke {GmmUea Capinsis, Sond.). An
evergreen shrub or tree with .shining Ivs. 3-5x]y2-2 in.
and fls. in trichotomous, pedunculate corymbs: stipules
coriaceous, broad: pedicels appressed, hairy, bracteated
--^
at the base; ultimate pedicel bearing a 6-12-fld. umbel:
calyx 14 line long: corolla .3 lines long, yellow: fr. black.
S. Africa. Cult, in S. Fla.
AA. FU. white.
nnd4ta, Jacq. Pig. 2009. A glabrous shrub; Ivs.
papery, elliptical, costate -veiny : stipules large, connate,
dimidiatc-slieathin};, otioviite: panicle sessile, trichoto-
mous. iiiii.Ii . •. ,1, ,1 i.v the Ivs.: fls. clustered, white;
corolla II I 'in tube. Bahama, Jamaica.
P. jas„n \i ; si.ntbby: bark whitish: Ivs. 3 in.
lonK.i-nria 1 .:. I ill,: nerves ohscure: fls. white. 1-lJi
in. long. l:i.,^. i..a . il. li;:201. B.M. 6454.
F. W. Barclay.
PT^EdXYLON (Greek, sneeze-wood). SapindeLcew.
P. utile, or Sneezewood, is a forest tree of great value
in South Africa. It has been introduced to S. California
by Dr. P. Pranceschi, Santa Barbara, who sends the fol-
lowing notes mainly taken from C. C. Henkel's "Tree
Planting in the Transkeian Territories": It is a tree
30-50 ft. high, with a straight trunk 2-t ft. in diam. and
a beautiful crown: wood extremely heavy and hard,
strong, tough, close-grained, inelastic, very durable in
contact with the ground, easily split; used for piles of
bridges and jetties, for trucks and wagons, doors and
PTERIDIUM
window frames, fence-posts and lately for engraving.
It burns readily even when green. It takes a fine polish
like mahogany. Dr. Pranceschi writes that the seed
possesses short vitality. Of several thousand seeds
received from Kew a few years ago not one germinated.
Another large consignment was received two years ago
from the Cape, but only a few seedlings have been suc-
cessfully raised so far. The tree is called Sneezewood
because of its pungent odor.
Generic characters: fls. polygamously dioecious; sepals
i, obtuse; petals 4; disk hypogynous, annular, glandu-
lar; stamens 4, alternate with the petals ; styles 2, or
connate in one: capsule compressed, 2-lobed at apex,
cordate at base, 2-celled, 2-seeded.
iitile, Ecklon & Zeyher. Sneezewood. Lvs. opposite;
Ifts. 11-17, decreasing, entire: racemes axillary, shorter
than lvs.: fls. small, white or yellowish. S. Afr.
W. M.
PTABMICA. Included with Achillea.
PTfiLEA (Greek name of the Elm tree, transferred to
of the similarity of the fruits).
liuticeae. Hop Tree. Ornamental deciduous shrubs or
with alternate, long-petioled, usually 3-foliolate
lvs. and greenish white fls. in loose terminal corymbs,
followed by flattened usually broadly
nged and nearly orbicular fruits. The
species chiefly cult, is hardy north—
if it proves tender, as it sometimes
does, it is probably raised from south-
ern seed— and is a small, round-headed,
rather loosely branched tree with glossy
green foliage, adorned in fall with nu-
merous clusters of light green fruits
which remain on the branches for some
time after the lvs. have fallen. Itthrives
best in a porous, moderately moist soil
and prefers a somewhat shaded position.
Prop, by seeds sown in fall; the varie-
ties by layers or by grafting in spring under glass or
budding in summer on seedlings of the type.
The genus has 4 or 5 species in North America, south
to Mexico. Lvs. estipulate, ;i-5-folioIate ; Ifts. entire
or crenulate, punctate with pellucid dots: fls. small, po-
lygamous, in terminal corymbs; lobes of the minute
calyx, petals and stamens 4-5: ovary flattened, 2-celled,
with short style: fr. a 2-seeded, indehiscent, small flat-
tened nut, furnished usually with a broad thin wing.
Bark and foliage are sometimes used medicinally and
emit (as well as the fruits) when bruised, a strong, pun-
gent odor resembling somewhat that of the hop, for
which the frs. are said to have been used as a substitute
— hence the name Hop Tree.
triioUata, Linn. Hop Tree. Wafer Ash. Fig. 2010.
Shrub or small round-headed tree, attaining 25 ft. : Ifts.
.3, sessile, ovate to elliptic-oblong, narrowed at both
ends, sometimes acuminate, the lateral ones unequal at
the base, crenulate or entire, dark green and lustrous
above, pale below, glabrous or pubescent when young,
3-5 in. long: fls. ii-l4in. across; filaments villous be-
low: fr. about 1 in. long, broadly winged. June. N. Y.
to Pla., west to Minn. S.S. 1:H3, 34. G.C. III. 16:375.
Several varieties are in cultivation, of which var. aikrea,
Hort. (P. aiirea, Hort.),the Golden Hop Tree, with
yellow foliage, is the best known. Var. glatlca, Kirchn.
(? var. puMscens, Pursh). Lvs. grayish green, pubes-
cent when young. Var. m6Ilis, Torr. & Gray [P. mdllia,
Curtis. P. rhombifblia. Heller). Branchlets, inflor-
escence and lvs. beneath pubescent or tomentose. N. C.
and Fla. to Ariz. More tender than the northern
glabrous form and rarely cultivated.
P. angustifblia. Benth. (P. Baldwini, Torr. & Gray). Shrub,
attaining 25 ft., with smaller and narrower Ifts., 1-2K in. long:
fls. larger: fr. with narrower wing, emarginate at the base.
S. C. to Pla., and Tex. to Colo.. Calif, and Mex,-i», Aptera,
Parry. Shrub, attaining 15 ft. : Ifts. very small, becoming 1 in.
long: corymbs few-fid.: fr. wingless or nearly so. Calif. G.P.
3:333. Both last named species are not hardy north.
Alfred Rehder.
PTEElDlUM (Greek, v-iih the form of Pteris). Poly-
podiAceie. A genus of large, temately divided ferns
conamonly known as Bracken or Brakes, with the
PTERIDIUM
sporangia borne on a marginal line-like receptacle as in-
Pteris (Pig. 2011) and covered with a marginal indu-
sium, but with an additional membranous indusium
within the receptacle. Commonly known as Pteris.
aquiUnum, Kuhn. Lvs. scat-
tered from an underground rhi-
zome, 2-9 ft. high, temately com-
pound. Field and waste places in
some of its forms throughout the
world. L. M. Underwood.
PTERIS
1463
2011
iting pinnule
ot common brake.—
Pteridium aauilinum.
Natural size.
FT£BIS (Greek name for s
fern, from a word meaning wing;
alluding to the prevalence of pin
nate forms). Polypodidceie. A
large genus of widely distributed ferns with the spor-
angia borne on a marginal line-like receptacle that con-
nects the free ends ot the veins, and with the more or
less altered margin of the leaf rolled over to form a con
tinuous indusium. Many of the forms are among the
commonest species of ferns in the trade and are quite
generally used for table decoration. For culture see
tending to theapices.which are sharply serrulate. China
andJapan. — Many monstrous aii<l distorted forms appear
in cult., giving rise to such varietal names as angustata,
criattlta, cristata nlina compActa, cristata variegita,
dinsa, Gilbertii, OuvrArdi (P. Ouvrardi, Hort.), voluta,
etc., but these cannot be regarded as true varieties in
any scientific sense.
4. ensifdrmis, Burm. Lvs. of 2 sorts, the sterile with
elliptic or elliptic-lanceolate segments, the lower pinnae
5-7-parted, the upper gradually simpler; sporophylls
similar but taller and with longer and much narrower
divisions. India to Polynesia; often confused with the
preceding species, as both are more or less common in
cult. Var. Victdrise (P. Virldrup, Hort.) is a garden va-
riety with leaves variegated with white.
5. insequalis, Baker. Lvs. ovate - deltoid, 18-24 in.
long, 10-15 in. wide, with 4-5 pairs of pinnate or pinnati-
fld pinnffi followed by 2-:j pairs of broadly linear simple
ones and ending in a long, terminal irregularly pin
natifld portion, divisions of the lower sides i)t the pin
nsB uniformly much longer and largei tli m th( upper
ones China and Japan
upplementai-j list
dinntoides, s
iigustata, 3.
leptophylla. 13.
/Fiea, 7. longlfolia, 1.
ist'i. 0. magnifica, 2.
irit;i, 11. major, 2.
tic.i, 2. maxima. 11.
ne„sis. s. L, Mayii. 2.
lata. 3. 11. nemoralix. 11.
sa, 3. nobilis, 2.
iformis, 4. Ouvrardi, 3.
%nifolia, s. L. palmata. s. L.
bertii, 3. plnmnsa. s, L.
taXa, s. L. quadriaurita, 7.
k. Veins free throughout.
B. Jyvs. simply pinnate^ the lowet
pinnw not divided
BB. Lvs. simply pinnate, but tkt
lower pinnoe forked
BBB. Lvs. withlowestpinnm pinnate
BBBB. Lvs. with lowest pinnm bipiu
natifid.
c. Lowest pinn(e enlarged ....
seaberula 10
semipinnati
semilata 3
Sieholdti s I
CO. Lowest pinnce not enlarged
AA. Veins free, except for a single lot
arch next the midvein
2 Cretica
S semilata
4 ensiformis
5 msequahs
b semipmnata
7 quadnaunta
8 heterophylla
9 tremula
10 Bcaberula
13 leptophylla
1. longifdlia, Linn. Lvs. 1-2 ft. long, 4-9 in. wide,
lanceolate, often narrowed below; pinnae 20-30 on each
side, linear, entire. Tropical regions all around the
world, extending to southern Florida. Var. M4riesii,
Hort. Fronds shorter and pinnules straighter, the plant
keeping closer to the pot; a good horticultural form.
2. Crfitica, Linn. Lvs. 6-12 in. long, on slender, straw-
colored stalks, consisting of a terminal pinna and 2-6
opposite sessile pairs, the upper often decurrent, the
lower pairs cleft nearly to the base into 2 or 3 pinnules.
Quite generally distributed in tropical regions, extend-
ing to central Florida. Many varieties are in cult., of
which var. albo-line^ta, Hort. (Pig. 2012), is one of the
finest, with broader pinnae and a broad, central, whitish
band. Var. mijor and var. nbbilis are larger horticul-
tural forms, and var. magnifica and var. Hityii {P.
MAyii) are still more developed.
3. semdita, Linn. f. Lvs. 3-12 in. long, on slender
brownish stalks, consisting of a terminal pinna and 5-6
pairs of lateral ones, the upper ones decurrent and the
lower forked into 2 or 3 branches or with second branch
above the basal one ; pinnae narrow, the indusium not ex-
-Var. Bailsei,
JOIO Ptelea trifoliata the Hop Tree, in iruit (X %)
6 semipinnita, Lmn Lvs 12-18 in long, the upper
portion simply pinnate with decurrent pmnae, the 4 or
more lowest pinnatifid on the lower side, the upper side
of the secondary rachises bordered by a narrow 1
India, China, .Japan and the East Indii "
{P. Baiisei, Hort.) is a garden form.
7. quadriaurita, Retz. Lvs. up to 2-3 ft. long, on
strong, pale stalks, with a terminal central pinna cut
down to the rachis into numerous linear-oblong lobes,
and below this several similar pinnae on each side, the
lowest of which are usually again compound with simi-
lar but smaller ones branching from the lower side at
base. All tropical regions.— Var. argyraea {P.argyrcea,
Moore) is a form with a white band down the centers
of the pinnte. Var. tricolor ( P. tricolor, Linden) is simi-
lar but has a tinge of red in addition.
8. heterophj'lla, Linn. Lvs. 6-8 in. long, on pale stalks,
of 2 sorts ; sterile lvs. elliptic, deeply incised ; sporophylls
narrowly linear-elliptic, with broad indusia and sterile
apices ending in 2-3 teeth; both sorts bipinnate in the
lower portions. West Indies to Brazil. Sometimes
referred to a distinct genus, Anopteris. Var. intemilta
{P. internAta, Moore) is a garden variety with smaller
sporophylls and broader segments.
1464
PTERIS
9. tT6mula, R. Br. Lvs. 2-4 ft. long, on polished
chestnut-brown stalks; iipper pinnae simply pinnate,
lower often much compound: sori copious, sometimes
filling up the whole segment except the rachis. Australia,
New Zealand. — Many forms occur in cult, as var. Smith-
iana (P. Smithii. Hort.), variegita, etc.
3013. Ptcris Cretica. '
10. scabirula, Richard. Lvs. 12-18 in. long, on brown-
ish scabrous stalks, lanceolate-ovate in outline, tripin-
nate or quadri-pinnatifid throughout; rachis flexuous,
scabrous: sori at maturity covering nearly the entire
surface of the narrow lanceolate segments. New Zea-
land.
11. biaorlta, Linn. (P. mn'jtma. Baker. P. nemorilis,
Willd.). Lvs. 15-aO in. long, with a terminal pinna fy-d
in. long cut into narrow round-pointed divisions on 7-10
pairs of similar lateral ones, the lowest pair bearing a
fork on the lower basal side. All tropical regions.—
Habit very like P. quadriaurita, from which it differs
chiefly in the venation. Var. crist&ta (P. maxima, var.
cristdta, Hort.) is a cult. form.
12. WalUclii4na, Agardh. Lvs. tripartite, with the
lateral divisions again forked, the central one reaching
2 ft. long, with numerous lanceolate sessile opposite
pinnules, cut again into numerous narrow lobes one-
eighth in. wide. India, Japan and the Philippine Islands.
13. leptoph^Ua, Swz. Lvs. deltoid, 9-12 in. each way, .
on straw-colored stalks ; upper pinna simple, those
below piunatifid to awinged rachis, the lowest similarly
bipinnatifld at the base; veins fine; sori not reaching
the tips of the segments. Brazil.
Tho f(>llo\yine are mostly synonyms and trade names that
■Mil,.! M n iiiited for by the writer: P. adiantoides.—P.
- ' i'tt'ridium.- P. Chinen»i8 is possibly a var. of
I /'. ijeranifhlia is a species of Doryopteris.— F.
.■(.,.'./ 1 , ,;,.;t liastata.— p. palmAta possibly referable to
I ),,, \ ,,;,', r - - /', plumbsa.—P. regina.—P. Siebotdii.—P. Suor-
drdii-P. Wimsetli. l M. UndEKWOOD.
PTEKOCAKYA (Greek, pteros, wing, and l-arya, nut;
referring to the winged nuts). JuglandAcetf. Orna-
mental deciduous trees, with large, alternate, pinnate
lvs., rather inconspicuous greenish fls. in pendulous
catkins, and long, pendulous racemes of small, winged
fruits. The three cultivated species are hardy as far
north as Massachusetts, except some tender varieties of
P. stenoptera. They are handsome trees of rapid growth,
with graceful dark green foliage, decorated in summer
and fall with the long, drooping racemes of light green
fruits. They thrive best in rich and moist soil, but also
PTEROCARYA
grow in drier localities. Propagated by seeds sown in
fall or stratified, and by layers and suckers.
A genus of about 7 species in the Caucasus region,
China and Japan. Branches with lamellose pith : lvs.
odd-pinnate, with almost sessile Ifts. : fls. monoecious, in
pendulous catkins, appearing with the lvs.; starainate
catkins rather dense, lis. consisting of 3 connate bracts,
1-4 sepals and 6-18 stamens; pistillate catkins slender,
the 1-celled ovary enclosed in a connate involucre elon-
gated into a 4-toothed beak, .stigmas 2: fr. a small 1-
seeded, winged nut, 4-celled at the base. In germination
the 4-lobed cotyledons are borne above the ground and
become green, while in Juglans and Hicoria thev remain
inclosed in the nuts.
A. Winter-buds naked, usually several in each axil.
fraxinifdiia, Spach. (P. Caucdsica, C. A. Mey.). Tree,
lu *io It., with spreading branches, often rising in several
stems from the ground: lvs. 8-15 in. long, with glabrous
terete rachis; Ifts. 11-25, oblong to oblong-lanceolate,
acute or acuminate, serrate, pubescent only in the axils
of the veins beneath, 2-4 in. long: stamens 10-lC: fr.
with semi-orbiculate wing, about % in. broad, in racemes
t(. IS ill. long. W.Asia. Gn. 34, p. 219. G.C. HI. 4:381.
- P. Siiaehidtia. Lav. (P. diimnsa, Lav.), is hardly dif-
ferent, except that it is more shrubby and tender.
stendptera, DC. (P. Sinensis, Hort. P. Jap6nica,
Hort.l. Fig. 2013. Tree, similar to the preceding: lvs.
6-12 in. long, with the rachis winged and pubescent be-
neath; Ifts. 11-21, oblong, acute, serrate, pubescent be-
neath on the midrib, 2-4 in. long: stamens 6-10: fr.
with oblong or oval-oblong, usually upright wings di-
verging at a narrow angle. China. — This is a variable
species, and the varieties are of different degrees of
liardiness. Tlie form cultivated in the Arnold Arboretum
has proved as hardy as the preceding species.
A\ M'^tnier buds covered uilli 2S dark brown, large
Hcrlet, falling off early in spring; accessory
buds uatitiiig.
rhoif61ia, Sieb. & Zucc {P. lorbifdlia, Sieb. & Zucc.
P. larigAta, Hort ). Tree, attaining 80 ft., with spread-
ing branches, lvs. 8-15 in. long, with terete-pubescent
or almost glabrous rachis; Ifts. 11-21, oblong or oblong-
lanceolate, acuminate, pubescent on the veins beneath
2013. Ptcrocarya
{X 1-5).
or almost glabrous, 2-1 in. long: fr. with a broad
rhombic wing, about 1 in. across. Japan. S.Z. 2:150.—
This species is an important forest tree in Japan and
has proved hardy at the Arnold Arboretum.
Alfked Rehdeb.
PTEROSPEBMUM
PTEEOSPfiRMUM (Greek, u'inged seed). Stercu-
//(Jof/F. A genus of about 15 aperies of trees or shrubs
from tropical Asia. Lvs. 2-ranked, leathery simple or
lobed: peduncles 1-3, terminal : bractlets entire or lacmi-
ate, persistent or not: sepals 5, more or less connate
petals 5, deciduous witli .alyx: staminal column >hi rt
bearing 3 linear, 2-'-rll. <! jiiitln r> !m'1 ween each p urof th(
Sligulate stamino.iia : cvarv in^n-tid ;it summit >E-.tni i
nal column, 3-5-cfl I.-. 1; -.t> i.- .riiirt-; stigma 5 furr wi 1
ovules many: capsule somtiuiiut woody, terete or ) m
gled. Flora" of British India 1 :366.
aceTifdIinm, Willd. Large tree: lvs. 10-14 in x 6-12
in., roundish or oblong, often lobed, palmateK ')-7
nerved; nerves prominent beneath : bractleth latiniate
fl.-buds oblong, obtuse, 5-angled, rusty toraentuse tls
5-6 in. across, pure white, fragrant; sepals lineir oh
long, thick; petals linear-oblong: capsule 4-6 m long,
5-celled ; seeds many ; wing large, thin. B M 620
Cult, in S. Calif. F. W. BARrLA^
PTEBOSTtRAX (Greek, p^eros, wing ; alluding to
the winged or ribbed fruit, by which it is dii tin,;iiished
from the allied genus Styrax). St!iracdce(e. Orniraen
tal deciduous trees, with rather large, alternate, denticu-
late lvs. and white fls. in showy pendulous panicles,
followed by small rather inconspicuous fruits. They are
only precariously hardy as far north as Mass. in shel-
tered positions. In June they are very attractive, with
their graceful drooping panicles of numerous deutzia-
like fragrant flowers. They thrive best in a moderately
moist sandy loam and are prop, by seeds or layers and
also by greenwood cuttings under glass. About 3 spe-
cies in China and Japan. Small trees: fls. in large pan-
icles terminal on short branch lets ; calyx 5-toothed;
corolla 5-parted almost to the base; stamens 10, some-
what longer than the corolla and slightly exceeded by
the slender style : ovary 3-celled : fr. a ribbed or
winged, 1- to 2-seeded nut. Sometimes united with
Halesia, from which it is distinguished chiefly by the
panicled drooping inflorescence and the 5-merous fls.
hispida, Sieb. & Zucc. (HaJesiahispida, Mast.). Fig.
2014. Tree, attaining 25 ft., with slender spreading
branches forming an open head: lvs. short - petioled,
ovate to oblong, narrowed at the base, acute or acumi-
nate, almost glabrous or pubescent on the veins be-
neath, light green above, grayish green beneath, 4— 7 in.
long: panicles 4-6 in. or more long: fls. creamy white,
fragrant, about ^4 in. long: fr. 10-ribbed, thickly cov-
ered with bristly hairs, H in. long. June. Japan. G.C.
II. 22:177. Gn. 8, p. 243; 26, p. 23; 34, p. 111. R.H.
1875, p. 308. G.F. 5:389. M.D.G. 1899:353.
corymbdsa, Sieb. & Zucc. (HaUsia corymhfisa ,
Nichols.). Small tree, closely allied to the preceding:
lvs. broader, oval or ovate, sparingly stellate-pubescent
on both sides; panicle broader: fr. with 4-5 narrow
wings, tomentulose. June. Japan. — Seems to be more
tender than the preceding and is but rarely cultivated.
Alfred Rehder.
PTEBOXTLON. See PtcBroxylon.
FTILOMEBIS is considered by Gray as a subgenus
of Baeria. P. coronaria, Nutt., is the plant known to
the trade as Shortia Califomica. It is described and
figured in this work under Actinolepis.
PTILdTUS exaltitus. See Trichinium.
PTYCHOBAPHIS (Greek, folded and raphe). Pal-
mdcem. A genus of 3 species of Malayan palms. Of
P. augxtsta, Wm. Watson writes: "It is as graceful as
Cocos Weddeliana or Geonoma gracilis, and it grows
as freely under cultivation as either of these popular
palms." This rare palm has been offered in America
but is not known to be cultivated. The genus contains
3 species, one from Singapore, one from the Philippines
and one from Nicobar.
The genus is placed next to Rhopaloblaste by Dnide
in Engler and Prantl's Natiirliehen Pflanzenfamilien
and distinguished by the ridge of the forked raphe and
deeply ruminate seed, while the rumination of the
upper parts of the seed is flattish.
PUERARIA
1465
augiista, Bece. Trunk Incoming 80-100 ft. high,
slender, smooth: lvs. becoming 8-12 ft. long; pinnae
2-5 ft Unoa- ».-T,m,n«f» b-igh* g-^en- f- eH'ptica'-
ob]( ng red <.eedgroo\el n one side Nicobar
K ^\ B\n I AY
T*'-*^^^
2014. Pterostyrax hispida (
PTYCHOSPfiBMA (Greek words, probably referring
to the ruminate albumen of the seed). PalmAcece. The
following names have appeared in American trade cat-
alogues: Ptyclwsperma Aleiandrae, Cunninghamiana
and Seemannii. These are all referred below to other
genera. For P. elegans, consult Seaforthia.
P. alba. Scheff. See Dictyosperma alba.— P. AlexdndrcB. P.
Muell. SeeArchontophcenixAlexandrae.- P. Cunninghamiana,
H. Wendl. See Archontoplltenix Ciiniiinghamii. — P. elegant,
Blume. Consult Seaforthi.-*.— P. Rihnphii. Consult Drymo-
phlseus.— i*. Sei^inanuii. See Balaka.
PUCCOON. Lithospermum.
PUCCOON, BED. Sanguinaria.
PUCCOON, YELLOW. Hydrastis.
PUCHA-PAT. Name in India of Patchouli.
PUDDING BEBBY. Cn.
Canaden
PUEBABIA (M. N. Puerari, botanist of Geneva).
Legnmindstp. Ten twining Asian herbs or shrubs,
closely allied to Doliehos and Phaseolus, but differing
among other thintrs in the beardless stvie, tumid nodes
of th.' ni..n..s'a,Hl nio,i:„l.l,.h..us stainens. Lvs. 3-foli-
olat.- ,111-1 -til . Il:ii.-, 111. Ii'i-. -Mill. 11111. -s lobed: fls. often
l.arsi'. p-11 -h.tiMii. ill liiiiu' aini ili-ii~--. often compound,
raceiiiis; stainlanl usually spurrfil at the base, about
equaling the wings and keel: pod flattish, linear, many-
seeded.
Thimbergiikna, Benth. {Dblichos Japdnictis, Hort.
Pachyrlzus Thunbergidnus, Sieb. & Zucc). KtJDZtr
Vine. Perennial with large tuberous starchy roots,
making a most remarkably vigorous growth of slender,
hairy, twining stems: Ifts. rhombic-ovate to nearly or-
bicular-ovate, variously lobed, but the margins entire
and ciliate: fls. pea-shaped, purple, in axillary spikes
late in the season, not showy: pod large and flat.
Japan and China. A.G. 13:387; 21; 505. iG.F. 6:505.
R.H. 1891. p. 31. Gt. 45:1429.-A hardy vine remark-
able for the great rapidity of its growth, and most use-
1466
PUEEARIA
ful for covering arbors and verandas. Prom a well-
established root, vines will grow 40-GO ft. in a single
season, producing a profusion of very large Ivs. In the
North the plant dies to the ground in the winter, but in
the South the top becomes woody. The large fleshy root
assumes most curious shapes, the main branches often
being 4-5 ft. long. Georgeson writes of the plant in
Japan : '" The roots are fleshy and yield starch of excel-
lent quality; the tough fibej- of the inner bark is manu-
factured into a sort of cloth which combines fineness with
remarkable strength ; and in certain situations the vine
is unparalleled for ornament and shade." The fls. are
mostly borne on the woody stems, but these stems usu-
ally do not persist north of Philadelphia, and even rarely
there. With age, the tops are more likely to survive the
winter. Prop, by division of the roots, or by seeds when
they can be had ; also by cuttings and layers, fj. H. B.
PUFF-BALLS. See page 1045.
PULMONAEIA (Latin, lung; the herb having been
considered a remedy for diseases of the lungs). Bor-
rajiindcew. Lungwort. About 6 species of mostly
European perennial herbs, with creeping rootstocks and
rather large, blue or purple fls. in terminal cymes.
Calyx tubular-bell-shaped, 5-toothed or cleft to the
middle only; corolla-tube straight, naked or pilose;
limb 5-lobed; stamens included in corolla-tube: nuts
smooth. Mertensia has a short, open, more deeply-cleft
calyx, exserted stamens,
and slightly fleshy nuts.
Pulmonarias are of easj'
cultivation, preferring
light soil, not very dry,
in open or partially
shaded positions. They
are readily propagated
by division. Divide the
clumps every two or
three years.
A. Lfs. white-spotted.
B. Plant very glandular.
saccharjlta, Mill.
Bethlehem Sage. Fig.
2015. Height 6-18 in.:
stem setose-hairy, with
articulate glands: radical
Ivs. oval - acuminate at
both ends, slightly de-
current, larger than in
following species: fls.
whitish or reddish vio-
let. April. May. In shady
places, Europe.
BB. Plant rough -hairy
hut sliqhlly if at alt
Ulamlular.
officinalis, Linn. (P.
min-iiliita, F. G. Dietr.).
Height &-12 in. : radical
Ivs. in distinct tufts,
ovate -oblong to nearly
linear, on long footstalks,
coarsely hairy, more or
less spotted: fls. in ter-
minal forked cymes, red
fading to violet. April. Woods, Europe.
AA. Lvs. entirely green.
an^stifdlia, Linn. Height 6-12 in.: stem setose-
hairy, having a few glands: radical lvs. elliptic-lanceo-
late to lanceolate, decurrent on petiole: fls. blue. April,
May. Woods, Europe.
P. Alba, Hort. Saul, is presnmably Mertensia Sibirica, var.
alba— P. Sibirica. See Mertensia Sibirica— P. Virglnica. See
Mertensia pulmonarioides. p. w. BARCLAY.
PURSLANE
■PULTENaiA is one of many g.--n.-ra of Australian
shrubs of the legume family with clusters of yellow
pea-shaped flowers. Pultenasas are practically unknown
in American floriculture. Seventy-five species are dis-
tinguished in Flora Australiensis 2:107-140 (1864). For
general purposes these plants are presumably inferior
to Cytisus Canariensis.
PUMPKIN. See Squash.
Pfl^NICA (PwMicMS, Carthaginian: hence jl/«;«mpMni-
(■«»i, "apple of Carthage," an early narpe of the Pome-
granate). Jjythr&cea-. Genus of 1 species.
Gran^tum, Linn. PoMEGRA^•^TF vbi.-)i «fo A lir^p
deciduous shrub or small tr.( . it], n -ik ..ti — ii ni-
clustered oblong or obovatf • 1 i ' ■ i .!■ liii .umI
more or less shining lvs.: t1 in
small clusters, orange-red, ^l-i' ;, : rii.v tuLui.u. tlic
short lobes 5-7 and persistent on the top of the fruit (as
on an apple) ; petals equal in number to the calyx-lobes,
inserted between the lobes, lanceolate to obovate,
wrinkled: ovary imbedded in the calyx tube (or rice])-
tacle-tube), comprising several loculi- . r in| iiim it-
in two series (one series above the ot I i
a.large, juicy, many-seeded pome-lik. I I
N. W. India.— A handsome plant, with I n
across in summer. Hardy as farnoif \\ i in
and Baltimore. It is also grown ;i- i i i y
plant, blooming in winter as well as i , i i It
ornament, the double-flowering kith I '' -t
popular (F.S. 13:1.'?85, as P. Gnt/.t'., / i,,..
There are many named varieties. The tnatnicnt of tlie
fruit-bearing varieties is discussed MnieT Pomegranate .
Var. nitna, Hort. (P. n&na, Linn.). Dwarf Pome-
granate, seldom growing higher than a man, and usually
treated as a pot-plant in the North. It is the best kind
for greenhouse use. The double-fid. form is most com-
mon. B.M. 634. It is as hardy as the species, and is
suitable for outdoor work where the climate is not too
severe. On the Pacific coast it is grown as a hedge
plant as far north as San Francisco. Both this and the
species are easily grown by cuttings of dormant wood,
as currants are, but the cuttings should be started in-
doors with some heat. l, jj. B.
PURPLE CONE-FLOWEE. Echina
PURPLE WREATH.
Petr,;t
PURSHIA I -tt.r F. T.. Pursh, or Pursch, as is the
.irij ,, ii .,^- of his name (1774-1820); born at
(it Siixony. not ?it Tobolsk, in Siberia, as
1- ! . .1; traveled in this country and wrote
a 11 I' t N III America.) Kos&eem. Low deciduous
spreailinir shrub with alternate, mostly fascicled, small,
cuneate and tridentate lvs., rather small, solitary, yel-
lowish Hs. and inconspicuous fruits. Of little omaitaen-
tal value with its sparse grayish or bluish green foliage
and its rather inconspicuous fis., and but rarely culti-
vated. Probably hardy as far north as Mass., requiring
sunny position and well-drained peaty soil; an excess
of moisture, especially during the winter, proves fatal
to it. Prop, by seeds and probably by layers. But one
species, native of western N. America and allied to Cer-
cocarpus: petals 5; stamens numerous; pistils 1 or
sometimes 2: fr. a pubescent leathery akene exceeding
the persistent calyx.
tridentata, DC. Diffusely branched shrub, attaining
5, rarely 10 ft.: lvs. cuneate-obovate, 3-lobed at the
apes, whitish pubescent beneath, M-M in. long: fls.
solitary on short branchlets, almost sessile, yellowish,
about li in. across: fr. ovate-oblong, acuminate. April
^uly. Ore. to Wyoming, New Mex. and Calif. B.R.
17:1446.— Var. glandnldsa, Jones (P. glandulbsa. Cur-
ran), is glandular and has very .small, almost glabrous
lvs., sometimes pinnately 5-Iobed. Alfred Rehdeb.
PULSATILLA. See A
PULSE. See Legumes.
PUESLANE.
tiara nlerarea.
PURSLANE, WINTER. Montia perfoHata.
PUSCHKINIA
PUSCHKlNIA (Count M. Puscliki.i. Russian poet).
CiliAceie. A genus of 2 species of lt:ni|> sj.riii:; bloom-
ing bulbs from S. Asia, witli clu^t'■l - "I -mall (1-lobed
white Us., each narrow lobe beiiit; pn iiily liutil with
blue. A good specimen may have :i-. many as 10 Us.,
each Vi in. across. The peculiar feature of the genus
is the crown on which the stamens are borne. This is
a white body of petal-like texture, having ti lobes, each
of which is variously toothed. The genus is allied to
Scilla and Chionodoxa. Lvs. 2-3. linear, surrounding
the lower part of the scape. Excellent early plants.
BciUoldes, Adams (Adamsia sciUoldes, Willd.).
Height 4-12 in.: bulb glolnilar, about U in. thick: lvs.
as long as scape, %-l in. «)■!. : i.m . m. l-in-tld.; pedi-
cels slender, erect: perhu i iii-h wliiti-; di-
visions elliptic-oblong, tliii - 1- tin tube;
crown one-third as loni: a- ^ll^l i-'ii-. riiii lo niiddle
into truncate or retuse teetli. \"ar. Libanotica, Boiss.
(P. Libandtica, Zucc), difl'ers from the type in having
<livisions of perianth K in. long and the teeth of the
crown more acute and bifid. Gn. 32, p. 5; 54, p. 219.
B.M.2244. F.S. 21:2220 (as P.sicula).
F. W. Barclay and W. M.
PUTRANJtVA (meaning obscure). EupliorbiAcecw.
A genus of 2 species of tender evergreen trees native
of India. Lvs. alternate, undivided, entire or serrulate:
fls. axillary, small, yellow or white, monoecious or
dioecious, the female subsolitary, the male clustered ;
stamens 1-3 : ovary 2-3-celled : drupe 1 -celled. Flora
of British India, 5:336.
Bozbiirghii, Wall. Isdian A^a•LET Plant. A mod-
erate-sized tree, nearly glabrous: lvs. 2-3 in. long,
obliquely ovate to ovate-lanceolate, serrulate: fls. small,
yellow; sepals of male fl. 3-5, of female 5-6: fr. globose
to ovoid, size of a cherry or smaller, white tomentose.
Cult, in S. Fla. p. w. Barclay.
PUTTY-EOOT. CoraUorhha.
PtTA (Chilean name). BrometiAeetr. Forty-four
species, according to Mez (DC. Monogr. Phaner. 9) of
large terrestrial xerophytic South American brome-
liads, allied to Pitcairnia (differing in having a fully
superior rather than partially superior ovary). For
culture, see also Billbergia. Puya cctridea, P. Wliylei
and P. heterophijUa are here referred to Pitcairnia.
Puya also includes the plants known in trade as
Pourretia.
A. Fls. yellow.
ChiUnsis, Molina (PiVcalmio coarctAta, Pers.. and P.
ChiUnsis, Lodd.). Becoming 4-5 ft. or more high,
sometimes branching: lvs. in tufts, 2-A ft. long, very
narrow, often recurved, the margins armed with strong
recurved spines or thorns, glaucous: blossoms in a
branching, hoary, bractcil iiillMns.-iiMi- rising 3-5 ft.
from the top of the caudrx, tlir IK. lar-i' (2 in. across),
seSsile or nearly so, tin- :: lai lai.' sriials greenish
and he obovate-oblong iiuirh , x-i ji.-,! petals yellower
greenish yellow, the 6 ert-et staHR-iis shorter than the
Detals. the stigma 3-branched. Chile. B.M. 4715. F.S.
9:869-70. G.C. III. 7:685. -A striking and mammoth
bromeliad. making a yucca-like mass of foliage and
projecting above it a very showy inflorescence.
AA. Fls. white or rose-color.
gigas, Andr^. Still larger than the latter, sending its
titanic spikes 20 to 30 ft. into the air, from a rosette of
hard and thick spiny-toothed agave-like lvs.: inflores-
cence siinplr, il.-iis,'. club-shaped, terminating the tall,
erect, luait.a ^rapi-: lvs. green above and white -be-
neath, the spines t>la('k and hooked: fls. white, passing
into rose. Colombia. 10.000 ft. R.H. 1881. p. 315. and
Gn. 21, p. 309. — Can probably be handled like agaves.
L. H. B.
Puyas and Pitcaimias are mostly warmhouse plants,
requiring the general treatment given Musas. Dieffen-
bachias and Marantas. They prefer a fairly heavy
loam, and, except when in bloom, a constant supply of
moisture. When in bloom, the plant should be elevated
on a pedestal or inverted pots in order to protect it
PYBACANTHA
1467
from excessive moisture and to allow the scape full
opportunity to expand. Propagated by division.
H. A. SlEBRECHT.
Puyas and Pitcaimias are generally found in collec-
tions" ,,f l.ronieliaiis and are usually grown in moist
tropii-a! 'm'M^'v. 'Che native home of the Puyas is on
tlie -!• . p. -tMiiy ^lupes of the Cordilleras at high alti-
tuili- \Mili Imi' ether vegetation for company except
soiii'' -pi ii,-s ut' CiTeus. This would indicate that drier
and cooler conditions, or such as we Ltive ( 'acti and suc-
culents, would suit till ni Ih -1, Net llie\ ihrive . (|ually
well in the tropical Icn-e. Imlee,!. tie- writer has
found most of the family I'ronii-liacea' very accom-
modating not only to temperature and moisture condi-
tions, but to soils and methods of growing them; for
instance, many of the Tillandsias may be grown on
blocks of wood as epiphytes, yet they do equally well
grown in pots. But what perhaps is more remarkable
is the fact that several of the stronger-growing Brome-
liads appear to grow equally well either in a strong
loamy mixture, or a mixture of chopped fern root and
charcoal. The writer has pineapples growing in both
mixtures with equal success. But the most ration.il
treatment is to give all the Bromeliads conditions and
soil similar to the environment in which they are found
in their native habitat, yet according to the experience
of the writer few plants possess such remarkable adap-
tability to changed conditions as do these plants.
E. J. Canning.
PYCNANTHEMtJM (Greek, dense and blossom: re-
ferring to compact flower-heads). LahiAtte. Mountain
Fruit. Hardy aromatic perennial herbs with branching
stems and white or purplish fls. in terminal or sometimes
also axillary clusters, borne in late summer. Calyx 2-
lipped or 5-toothed, naked in the throat ; corolla 2-lipped ;
stamens 4, straight and spreading, or connivent under
the upper lip; the upper pair shorter or .abortive: an-
thers 2-celled. The genus differs from Monarda in hav-
ing smaller and canescent fl. heads. Pycnanthemums
are mint-like plants of easy culture in any good soil.
The following grow 1-3 ft. high, and bear fl.-heads ^ in.
across or less from July to September. Lvs. entire, gla-
brous or pubescent, nearly sessile.
A. Lvs. lanceolate or linear-lanceolate: calyx-teeth
lanceolitnm, Pursh. Stem rather stotit : lvs. fragrant,
firm, acuminate at apex, rounded or narrowed at base,
1-2 in. long, 2-5 lines wide. Dry fields, Canada to Ga.,
west to Minn. B.B. 3:112.
AA. Ia!s. linear: calyx-teeth subulate, bristle-tipped.
linifdlinm, Pursh. Stem slender: lvs. 1-2 in. long,
%-!% lines wide. In fields, Mass. to Fla., Out., Minn,
and Texas. B.B. 3:111.
P. Monardella, Michx., is properly Monarda Clinopodia.
Linn. A perennial herb with a slender, usually simple stem
1-3 ft. high. Lvs. lanceolate to ovate, membranaceous, bright
green.sleuder-petioled. 2-+in. long; fl.-heads solitary, terminal:
corolla yellowish, 1 in. long or less. June-Aug. Fields, Ont. to
Ga. B.B. 3:102.— P. milgare. offered Vjy Jacob W. Manning in
1892. was raised from seed received from Wm. Thompson, of
Ipswich, Eng. J. Woodward Manning writes that this plant
is properly Origanum vidgare, which see.
F. W. Barclay.
PYEACANTHA (Greek ;)i/r, fire, and akanthos, thorn;
alluding to the bright red fruits). BosAceir. Ornamen-
tal evergreen thorny shrubs, with alternate rather
small and narrow crenulate lvs., white fls. in corymbs,
and bright red fruits. P. cnccinea is hardy as far north as
Mass. in sheltered positions. It is a handsome low ever-
green shrub, especially when loaded with its bright red
fruits, these remaining on the branches all winter if not
eaten by birds, which are fond of them; it is also pretty
in spring with its numerous corymbs of white fls. It is
well adapted for planting on rocky slopes or sunny
rockeries or for borders of shrubberies ; it may also be
used for low ornamental hedges or for covering walls,
as It stands pruning well and is easily trained into any
desired shape. It thrives in almost any kind of well-
drained soil, including limestone, and prefers sunny po-
sitions. Prop, by seeds or by cuttings of ripened wood
in fall under glass, kept during the winter in a temper-
1468
PYRACANTHA
ate greenhouse; also by layers and sometimes by graft-
ing on Hawthorn or Cotoneaster. Pyracantha is a genus
of 2 species from southeast Europe to the Himalayas;
closely allied to Cotoneaster but easily distinguished by
the crenulate Ivs. and the thorny branches, also by the
more conspicuous stipules. From Crataegus it is chiefly
distinguished by the structure of the ovary, which con-
tains 2 equal ovules in each cell, while in Crataegus each
cell contains only one fertile ovule and a second imper-
fect and smaller one. Corymbs many-fld.; stamens
about 20, with yellow anthers : fr. red or orange, rarely
white, with 5 stones.
cocclnea, Roem. (Cotonedster Pyracantha, Spach.
Cratlfgiis Pyracantha, Borkh. M^spUas Pyracantha,
Linn.). Pig. 2016. Shrub, attaining « ft., rarely 20 ft.,
with numerous short spines: young branchlets and peti-
oles grayish pubescent: Ivs. oval-oblong to oblanceo-
late, acute, crenate, glabrous or slightly pubescent when
young, %-l% in. long: corymbs pubescent, many-fld..
about 1% in. broad : fls. small, white : fr. numerous,
bright red, about one-fifth in. across. May, June. Italy
to W. Asia. -Var. Lal&ndi, Dipp. {Cotonedster crenn-
Idta, Hort., notWenzig), is of more vigorous growth,
with slender branches: Ivs. less deeply crenate: corymbs
larger: fr. bright orange-red. Well .suited for covering
walls and said to be hardier than the type. Var. pauci-
fldra, Dipp. Of low, dense habit and very thorny: co-
rymbs small: fr. yellowish red. Hardy and well suited
for hedges. Var. fnictu Albo is a form with white or
yellowish fruits.
crenul&ta, Roem. (Cotonedster crenulita, Wenzig.
Cratagiis crenulita, Roxb.). Closely allied to the pre-
ceding: branchlets and petioles rusty-pubescent, gla-
brous at length: Ivs. narrower, oblong to oblauceolate,
obtuse oracutish, more leathery, bright green and glossy
above,l-2in. long: corymbs glabrous : fr. globose, bright
orange-red. May, June. Himal. B.R. 30:52.— More tender
than the preceding, with handsomer, glossier foliage.
Alfred Kehder.
Pyracantha coccinea (
PYEfiTHKUM in f;.irden literature and language
nearly always means Pyrethrum roseum, the handsome
summer-blooming hardy perennial composite, with finely
dissected foliage, pictured on page 312 of this work.
Pig. 463. It is a favorite border plant in Europe, but
little known in America, although it has several hun-
dred varieties. It requires special culture, for which
see p. 310. Nearly all the Pyrethrums with personal
names, as Ajax, Ceres, etc., are forms of this species.
These varieties are also listed in catalogues as hybrid
Pyrethrums or P. hybridum. Although the genus
Pyrethrum was long ago reduced to the rank of a mere
section of Chrysanthemum, the name Pyrethrum is still
prominent in our nursery catalogues, and it has become
thoroughly established in the English language as the
common or popular name of Pyrethrum roseum and its
varieties, which are now referred by botanists to Chrys-
anthemum coccineum.
In Engler and Prantl's Naturlichen Pflanzenfamilien,
Hoffmann makes eight sections of Chrysanthemum.
Among these the section Pyrethrum is distinguished,
chiefly, though not entirely, by the fact that the plants
are perennial and by the 5-lOribbed akene. In this
PYROLA
section Hoffmann places the florists' chrysanthemums
(generally said to be the product of C. IndicumX
Sinense); also Pyrethrum roseum; also the white
weed or oxeye daisy, C. Leucanthemum; the costmary,
C. BalsamUa, \a.i. tanacetoides ; and C. eineraricefoUum
and corymbosum. Here also belong the Golden Feather,
t<^^i:^r'- .
Figs. 2017, 459, the well-known bedding plant with
golden foliage, and C. iiliginosxini, which has attracted
considerable notice within recent years. -y^ jj
Ft'BOLA (name said to be derived from Pyrus, name
of the pear tree). £)-(cdce<B. Wintergreen. Shinleaf.
Perennial evergreen, stemless herbs, with a cluster of
orbicular or elliptical leaves attached to the top of the
branching, slender, underground rootstocks: scape
angular and scaly-bracted, bearing racemes of white,
greenish or purple, nodding fls. in summer. Fls. slightly
irregular; sepals 5, imbricated; petals 5; stamens 10;
style declined or straight: capsule 5-lobed, splitting
from below upwards, bearing numerous small seeds.
The genus has about a dozen species and several varie-
ties, found in the north temperate zone from Great
Britain to Asia and North America south to Mexico.
About 10 species occur in North America. They grow
naturally in rather poor sandy uplands and in bogs.
Like many other members of the heath family, Winter-
greens are difficult to cultivate and will not succeed in
garden soil. In removing them from the woods, care
should be taken to secure a large ball of earth. They
may then succeed in the shade of evergreens and upon
rockeries in peaty soil. The species are scarcely in
general cult. ; they are offered by dealers in native
plants. P. rotundifolia is probably more cult, than the
others. For a fuller botanical account, see Gray's Syn.
Flora N. Amer.
A. Fls. greenish; style straight.
I, Linn. Height about 6 in. : Ivs. thin, ovate,
e. 1-lM in. long: fls. small, in a one-sided, dense,
like raceme. North Atlantic states to Lab., Rocky
lUts. to arctic regions, N. Europe to Japan.
AA. Fls. greenish white ; style curved downward.
chlor&ntha, Swartz. Height 5-10 in. : Ivs. small, or-
bicular, dull, shorter than the petiole: fls. few; anther
cells with beaked tips. Lab. to Pa., Rocky Mts., north
to subarctic regions.
elllptica, Nutt. Height 8-10 in. : Ivs. broadly oval or
oblong, thin, dull, .serrulate, 2-2M in. long, longer than
the petiole; loosely 5-10-fld. Canada to Brit. Col. and
through N. Atlantic states to New Mex., Japan.
picta, Smith. Height 5-10 in.: Ivs. thick, broadly
ovate to spatulate, blotched with white above, dull,
longer than the petioles. Pacific slope.
AAA. Fls. white to pink or purple.
TOtondifAlia, Linn. Height 5-12 in. : Ivs. orbicular,
about 2 in. long, thick, shining above, shorter than the
petioles: fls. numerous: bracts conspicuous. Var. nli-
spike
PYROLA
gindsa, Gray, with pink or rose-colored fls. and subcor-
date to obovate, dull Ivs., occurs in swamps, Arctic
regions, and as far south as Ga., New Mex. ajid Calif.
Var. asarifdlia, Hook., with purple fls. and round kid-
ney-shaped to ovate-orbicular Ivs., occurs northward.
C. F. Wheeler.
FYROLA, One-flowered. Moneses grandiflora.
Ft'EUS ( Latin name of pear tree ) . Sometimes spelled
Pints. Rosacea. Pome Fkuits. Flowers normally
perfect, regular, in spring; torus urn-shaped and at-
tached to the carpels and finally closing over them, and
with them becoming fleshy in fruit; calyx-lobes 5 and
persistent upon the top of the young fruit, or in some
cases falling away at partial maturity; petals 5, white or
red; stamens 20 or more; pistils 2 to 5, crowning a
2- to 5-loculed ovary in which the locules are usually
2-seeded. Fig. 2018. Pyrus is a polymorphous genus,
comprising some 30 to .iO species in the northern hemi-
sphere. Trees or shrubs, with alternate leaves which are
simple in the common species but compound in P.
heterophylla and rarely in some of the apple tribe. The
species are cultivated for their edible fruits and for
ornament. Apples and Pears are the leading species.
The species are mostly small trees, bearing clusters of
showy white or blush flowers with the leaves or in
advance of them. They are natives of the northern
hemisphere, mostly of oool temperate part.s, and the
greater part of them are hardy in the northern states.
They are of easy culture. The pear-like species may
be worked on Pear stocks, and the apple-like species on
Apple stocks.
The fruit of Pyrus is of the kind known to botanists
as a pome. The morphology of the pome is still a sub-
ject of dispute, although most botanists now agree in
considering it to be a hollow torus (receptacle) in which
the ovary is imbedded. Fig. 2019 illustrates the theo-
retical structure. The ovary is at 6, wholly inclosed in
ity like an apple, the flesh bearing grit cells; styles
usually free or not united at the base. (Nos. 1-5.)
Of these plants there are perhaps 15 to 20 species,
natives ' —--u .„_..„, r- /, .„:„ _=.u .v.
south-central Europe
greatest expan
region.
(Flora
ovule being a
the fleshy torus a. Most of the edible part of the Apple
or Pear, therefore, is considered to be torus, whereas
the core is ovary. This ovary is of five carpels or cells,
as shown in the cross-section, Fig. 2020. It was formerly
held that the edible part is largely calyx -tube, but vari-
ous morphological considerations have inclined students
to regard it as stem rather than calyx. One of these
reasons is the fact that Apples sometimes bear a rudi-
mentary leaf (as in Fig. 2021), an organ
which is commonly borne only by stems.
There are the widest differences of
opiniou as to the generic limits of this
group of plants. What is regarded by
Benthara & Hooker as one genus is re-
garded by others as 10 or 12 genera ( see.
for example, E. Koehne, "Die Gattung
der Pomaceen," Wissensch. Beil. zum
Program des Palk-Realgymnasiums, Ber-
lin, 1890). In the present work, some of
these species (the quinces) are set off
as Cydonia, the medlar as Mespilus,
and the mountain ashes, chokeben-ies
and their kin as Sorbus. This restricts
Pyrus to the pear-like and apple-like
species.
"EARS. — iPyrophoriim). Fruiteither
, conical base or possessing a cav-
J019.
Diaeram of a
pome (pear).
.Showing the
torus part at a
and the ovary
Of this particular region, Bossie
OrientalLs) reduces the species to eight, P. commwnis,
P. cordata, P. amygdaliformis, P. eJanyrifolia, P.
saUcUolia, P. Syriai-a, P. Boiu;ni<i. P. .jl.ihn,. Some
of these have fruits of comestiM.- valu.'. an. I it is not
impossible that they may be noiiljv .if aimli. .ration.
The best horticultural account ..f ili.- s|..-.i.> ..f Pears,
with particular reference to thtir pouiolojiical values,
will be found in vol. 1 of Decaisne's "Le Jardin
Fruitier du Museum," where superb plates are given.
2. Apples (Mains). — ¥m\t with a sunken base or
"cavity," the flesli withmit trrit cells; styles more
or less united \h'\..\\ -y.-. .i l:ii.
IHciesof this sub-
ii.- common Apple,
I- in southwestern
' .|.:in, several spe-
'-1 known are the
h small fruits that
ii Anierica is another
ai h.ii.l Crab, P. coro-
i I.. w leaved Crab, P.
.St. the Prairie States
lar wi-stern Crab, P.
1.1 g.iod characters to
separate the small-fruited Apples, particularly
the Asiatic forms. Carriere attempted to solve
thedifliculty {Pommiersmierocarpes, Paris, 1883)
by referring them all to one polymorphous species-
group. Mains microcarpa. Although Pyrus and Mains
are very closely related botanically, they hold their dis-
tinctions with much persistency and they do not inter-
hybridize. Many writers prefer to keep the genera dis-
tinct, but the characters of separation are too minute
and technical for ordinary di-
agnostic purposes. It does not
follow that characters have
generic value merely because
they are constant. The marks
that separate Mains from Py-
rus are not readily determin-
able on the herbarium sheet,
and are therefore of relatively
little value to the systeraatist,
for whom generic lines are
chiefly erected. Their distinct-
ness is further shown by their
relations to inter-grafting, al-
though the graftage-re"
smooth-growiiiL' .
shed their call.-.-
set, represent.-, i I
naria of the Kasi
angustifolia of tin
Crab, P. loensis.
fusca. It
cide
vith the
fication-relation. It is usually
impossible to graft the pear - species on the apple-
species with any degree of success ; yet pears thrive on
quinces and also on hawthorns, which are well marked
genera.
1470
INDSX.
acerba. 10.
domestica. See
Parkmani, 8.
Achras, 1.
Poltveria, 5.
Americana. See
elieagriiolia, .■>.
prumfolia. 9.
Sorbm.
ttoribunda, 7.
Pyraster, 1.
amygdiiliformis, 5.
fasca, 14.
Rlngo, 12.
angustitolia, IB.
Gertnanica. See
rividaris. 14.
arbutifolia. See
3fe«piiMS.
Riversii. 11.
Sorbus.
HaUiana, 8.
salk-ifolia, 4.
Aria. See Sorbus.
heterophylla.l.S.
sambucifolia
Astracanica, 10.
hybrida. SeeSor-
Sorbus.
Aucuparia. See
bu».
Schridfckeri.
Sorbue.
loensis, 17.
aurieularis, 5.
Japonica, 3. See
Sieboldii. 3. f
baocata, 9.
also Cwdonio.
Sikkimensis.
betulifolia, 5.
Kaido, 13.
Simouii, 3.
BoUwylleriana, 5.
Kotsehyana, 5.
Sinaica, 5.
terasifera, 9.
Malus, 10.
Sinensis, 3, 1
Cathayensis. See
Maulei. See Cj/-
Soulardi, 18.
Oydonia.
dojiio
speetabilis, 1
ilfwaftei. See Sor-
Toringo, 6.
coronaria,'l5.
bus.
torminalis.
cratffigifolia. 19.
Michaxaii, 5.
Sorbus.
Cydonia. See Oy-
nigra. See Sorhus.
Tschonoskii.
domo.
nivalis, 2.
Usauriensis.
dioiOT, 10.
ParadiHaca. 10.
There are forms of P. communis with variegated foil-
age (var. variegafa), lobed (var. trilobata) and cut
leaves (v&r.heterophylla).
A. PvROPHORUM Or Pyeus PROPER: fr. with granuUir
or (jrittij flesh {unless ripened off the tree);
styles usually tree to the base.
I. comintims, Linn. Common Pear. Figs. 1G84-89.
2022. Strong, upright tree, living to a great age and
sometimes attaining a height of 75 ft., the pedicels and
sometimes the young growth pubescent, but all parts
becoming glabrous: Ivs. mostly oblong-ovate, with a
prominent point, hard in texture and veiny, bright
green, the serratures small and much appressed and
obtuse, or sometimes the leaf is almost entire: fls. in
umbel-like clusters on slender (2 to 3 in,) pedicels,
white, appearing with the Ivs.; calyx persistent: fr.
very various under cultivation, usually tapering to the
stem, the flesh generally with gritty concretions. Na-
tive to southern Europe and Asia, where it has been
cultivated from the earliest times. — Probably indige-
nous as far east as Kashmir. In the Syrio-Persian region
are several very distinct Pyruses of the Pear group, a
number of which may be outlying forms of P. commu-
nis. In the wild in Europe, various thorny and sfti'all-
fruited forms are known, two of which are often sepa-
rated under Latin names : Var. Achraa, Wallr., with
ovate-acuminate long -stalked Ivs. which, with the ca-
lyx-tube, are tomentose when young, and the fr. taper-
ing at the base. Var. PJraster, Wallr., with roundish
acute, strongly serrate Ivs., which, with the calj-x-tube,
are glabrous when young, the fruit rounded at the base.
2. niT&Iis, .lacq. Snow Pear. Shoots grayish pubes-
cent: Ivs. oval to obovate-oval, obtuse or short-acute,
entire, gray-pubescent: fls. large, white, showy: fr.
small, roundish pyriform, late-ripening, acid, becoming
sweet when overripe. Southern France, southern Ger-
many, northern Italy, Austria.— The Snow Pear is a
small tree, with thick shoots that are white- or gray-
hairy when young. It is grown in parts of Europe, par-
ticularly in France, for the making of perry or Pear
cider, the greater part of such varieties being of this
species. By some writers it is considered to be a form
of P. communis. It is not known to be in cultivation in
this country, but it would not be strange if some of the
imported Pear stocks were of this species. Said to be
called Snow Pear because the fruits are fit for eating
after snow falls. This is the Poire Sanger ("sage-
leaved Pear") of the French.
3. Sin6n8is, Lindl. (P. communis, var. Sinensis, Koch.
P. Ussui-i/nsis, Maxim. P. Simdnii, Carr. P. Sieboldii,
Carr. P. Japdnica, Hort.). Sand Pear. Japanese
and Chinese Pear. Fig. 1680. A very rapid-growing
tree, with strong, thick shoots: Ivs. broadly ovate and
long-pointed, very dark green, the margins thickly fur-
nished with very sharp, sometimes almost bristle-like
teeth: fls. large, appearing rather in advance of the
foliage: fr. hard and usually roughish, commonly with
a depression or "cavity" about the stem, the flesh tough
and gritty and poor in flavor, the calyx usually falling
before maturitv. Native to China. B.R. 15:1248. R.H.
1872, p. 28; 1880:110, G.C. III. 28:298.-Known in this
country in a number of varieties, as Chinese Sand,
Japanese Sand, Hawaii, Madame von Siebold, Mikado,
Diamyo, Gold Dust. The fniits are often remarkably
apple-like, especially in the russet varieties, but they
are distinguished by the long stem and pear-like flesh.
PYRUS
It is little prized for its fruit, altliniiijli the pears are useful
for preserving and some of tin' \ miciir^ ;irf sliowy and
the fruits are good keepei-s ; it i^ u-rd (.„■ stocks upon
which to work the common W-av. :iiiil ii hus given good
results in hybridizing. It is iiu txTflluMt ornamental
tree, being a clean grower of great vigor. Kleffer,
Le Conte and others are hybrids of P. communis and
P. Sinensis (Figs. 1681-3). This type has a stronger
growth than the common Pears, the leaves are usually
broader an. I ilaikir •.'letu, with closely and mostly ob-
tusely seiiMt K'is. til.- fruit is more or less pyriform
and of li.ii.i- ilavc.i- than that of P. Sinensis, and the
calyx is eitin-r I't-rsisti-nt or deciduous. Seedlings of
Kiefifer often pruduce the sharply toothed leaves of P.
Sinensis.
4. salicifdlia, Pall. Small tree, becoming 20 ft. tall:
Ivs. willow-like (whence the name), linear-lanceolate or
lanceolate, obtuse or short-acuminate, entire or very
nearly so, hoary beneath: fls. white, in corymbs, short-
pedicelled: fr. round-pyriform, short-stemmed, yellow
or greenish. Siberia. G.C. II. 14:145.— A showy spring-
3owering small tree, hardy in the northern states, and
worthy of being better known.
5. The following species of the section Pyrophorum (Pears)
may be expected to appear in the trade, and some of them are
now growing in private collections in this country. P. auricu-
Idris, Knoop (P. PoUveria. Linn. P. BoUwyllcriana, DC).
Differs from the Pear in having softer more irregular Ivs..
which are deeply serrate and sometimes almost jagged, pubes-
cent beneath at maturity: fr. small (/4-l>^ in. long), pyriform.
orange-red. hard and usually austere. Long ago discovered in
cultivation in Franfe. Rct;ar.l.-d as a hybrid, probably of P.
cnTumunis ;i!i,l P. Avia t so. Sort.usi. Commonly planted in
Eun.lir.ni r,,ll,.tiuiis. P,.K 17 ll:;7 LB.C. ll:1009.-i". fflni»B-
dahi'nrnns. \'i[t Murh likf IV ni\;.lis. hut the Ivs. broad-el-
liptir ur laina'-i'lliptie ;nid at maturity nearly or quite glabrous
beueatli: fls. white: fr. small and grt-cn, hard, top-shaped. S.E.
Eu. and Asia. B. R. 18:U8t (as P. nivalis).-/'. belulUMia,
Bnnge. Tree, to 20 ft.: Ivs. ovate-acuminate, long-stalked,
sharp-serrate, becoming shining green above, pale tomentose
beneath: fis. white, % in. across: fr. nearly globular, size of a
pea, brown and dotted, the calyx falling. N. China. Hardy in
N.England. R.H. 1879. pp. 318, 319. G.P. 7:225. A.P. 13:1396.
Gng. 6:309. A worthy plant for ornament, bearing a profusion
of fls. in advance of the Ivs. -P. BoUwylleriana. DC. See P.
auricularis, above. — P. elceagrifblia, Pall. Small spiny tree, the
young shoots tomentose: Ivs. lanceolate to oblong-lanceolate,
short-acuminate, entire, usually silky- tomentose: fls. small, on
densely tomentose pedicels: fr. globose-turbinate. glabrous,
the calyx persistent. Caucasus, S. Russia. Var. Kotschyana.
Boiss. (P. Kotschyana, Boiss ), is usually spineless, the foliage
larger (Sin. long), the fr. larger (about 1 in. in diam.) and glo-
bose. The specific name was first written, by Pallas, elaeagri-
folia (not elaeagnifoHa), because he considered elaeagrus to be
the proper spelling of the name of the oleaster genus, it having
been spelled that way by Dioscorides.— P. heterophyUa. Kegel
PYRUS
1471
Linn.=P. auricularis, above. — P. Hindica, Thouin, is referred to
P. amygdaUformis by Boissier.— P. Tschondskii, Maxim. Tree,
30-40 ft. ; Ivs. ovate aciuninate, coarsely serrate, with sharp
teeth, shining and pilose above, somewhat tomentose beneath:
fr. obovoid; calyx-lobes persistent, white-tomentose, 1 in. or
less in diam., yellow with a rosy cheek. Japan. G.F. 7:55.
Sargent, Forest Fl. Japan 14
AA. Malus, THE Apples : fr.uswaUy without grit-cells;
styles usually united at the base.
B. Oriental {Old World) species: Ivs. mostly finely
and evenly serrate and not lobed except on strong
shoots; calyx either persistent on the fr. or ca-
ducous,
c. Calyx deciduous, leaving the apex of the fr. naked.
(Figs. 2023,2024.)
D. Irvs. on summer shoots more or less lobed.
6. Toringo, Sieb. {P. Siiboldii, Regel, not Can-.).
ToKiNGo or Dwarf Ckab. Fig. 2023. Shrub or dwarf
tree, nearly glabrous : Ivs. ovate or oblong-ovate in
outline, bright dark green above and thinly pubescent
below, becoming colored in the fall, strongly notched or
lobed on either side at or below the middle, the middle
lobe often notched again near the top, the remaining
margins sharply dentate: fls. small, white or blush, on
slender stems : fr. the size of a pea, shedding its caljfx.
.Japan. R.H. 1870:451; 1881, p. 296. On. 34, p. 206.
& Schmalh. Small tree, with very variable foliage, suim- plan
" having Ivs. that are smooth at the margin; others are slit ai
almost of thread-like form: but the m.ajority exhibit forms i
termediate between these two extremes." Lvs. usually ova
in outline, but mostly pinnatifid and the
toothed. E.Turkestan. G.C. III. 7:ll.i.-P. ilf
is referred to P. amygdaUformis, by Boissier.
M.D.G. 1899:456. Carrifere, "Pommiers Microcarpes,"
pp. 43,62.— Grown mostly for omament,but lately recom-
mended as a hardy stock upon which to dwarf the
Apple. In Japan, the little fruits are gathered after frost
and preserved. Upon the fruit-spurs, the leaves are
sometimes only toothed, but upon barren or strong
1472
PYBUS
shoots they are prominently lobed and suggest the leaves
of hawthorns. Closely allied to P. baccata, and to P.
floribunda of the gardens. Sargent writes (Forest
Flora of Japan, p. 40) that P. Torinyo "is a common
and widely distributed plant in Japan, growing from
2026. Pyrus spectabilis (
No. 11.
the sea-level in Yeddo to elevations of several thousand
feet in central Hondo, usually in moist ground in the
neighborhood of streams." It varies from a low bush to
a tree 30 ft. high. The leaves are exceedingly variable.
DD. Lvs. on summer shoots not lobed.
E. Vernation (lvs. in bud) conduplicate.
7. HoribiindB, Nichols. (P. Mdhis floribunda, Hort.
MAlus floribunda, Sieb. M. microcdrpa floribunda,
Carr.). Flowering Crab. Shrub or sometimes a
small tree, often thorny : young growths glabrous
or very soon becoming so: lvs. ovate and usually
acuminate, the petioles rather thick and reddish and
usually not much if any more than 1 in. long on the
leading young shoots, the margins finely but very
sharply serrate, usually tbickish, shining above and
glabrous (or soon becoming so) beneath: fls. rose or
rose-red, appearing with the lvs., produced in great
abundance and very showy: fr. usually about the size
of a pea, on long, slender stalks, red, not persisting till
winter. Japan. R.H. 1866:311 ; 1871:591; 1881, p. 296.
P.S. 15:15a'j. G.F. 1:1.52; 2:523. A.G. 13:437; 18:437.
F.E. 9:573. Gt. 47:1448 (var. a<rosansMi«€a). M.D.G.
1899:454. Garrifere, "Pommiers Microcarpes," pp. 44,65.
— One of the best of all early spring-flowering bushes
or small trees, and now common in gardens. The semi-
double forms often receive the names Balliana and
Parkmani. A recent double-fld. form is var. Schei-
deckeri (Gng. 6:308. A. P. 13:1398). There is much
doubt as to the proper specific disposition of this plant.
EE. Vernation convolute.
8. Halliina, Voss (P. Parkmani, Hort. Mdlus HuU
liAna, Koehne). Bush or small tree, 0-15 ft. tall, with a
loose open crown: lvs. long-ovate, glabrous, leathery:
fls. rose-colored, usually half-double and hanging on
slender reddish pedicels: fr. size of a pea or somewhat
larger, brownish red, ripening late in fall and contain-
ing very large seeds. Japan. M.D.G. 1899:457. — Per-
haps an offshoot of P. baccata. One of the handsomest
of the flowering Apples.
9. baccata, Linn. {M&lus baecdta, Desf.). Siberian
Ckab. Fig. 2024. Small spreading tree, with a com-
pact crown, smooth in all its parts; growth hard and
wiry: lvs. ovate to ovate-lanceolate or ovate-acuminate,
thin and glabrous, on slender petioles, finely and nearly
evenly serrate, bright green: fls. appearing with the
leaves on long and very slender (2 to 3 in.) greenish
pedicels, typically pure white, handsome:
fr. from the size of a pea to % in. in diame-
ter, on long, hard stems, yellow or red and
firm and often translucent in texture, never
becoming mellow, the calyx falling away
before maturity. Siberia to Manchuria and
the Himalaya region. B.M. 6112. M.D.G.
1899:454. -Difficult to distinguish from P.
floribunda: larger, becoming a distinct tree,
sometimes as large as a large Apple tree: lvs. with
blunter teeth, and usually much longer, very slender,
hard, glabrous petioles : fls. lighter colored, usually
white; vernation convolute (lvs. rolled in the bud). It
runs into many forms, particularly in fruit.
The term Crab Apple has an indefinite application.
In general, it is applied in this country to any small,
hard sour Apple, particularly to such as cannot be used
for dessert. All the indigenous Apples are called Crabs,
and sometimes seedlings of the common Apple are
similarly designated, as in the term "Crab-stocks," which
is used for imported seedling stocks. As applied to
orchard fruits, it comprises, as a rule, those small hard-
fleshed varieties of Apples like the Transcendent and
Hyslop, and these plants are further distinguished by
smoothish parts, hard twigs, and long petioles and
fruit-stems. These types of Crabs are no doubt hybrids
between Pyrus Malus and P. baccata. They are often
referred to Pyrus prunifolia (Willdenow, Phytogr. i. 8
(1794). See B.M. 6158), which is apparently a deriva-
tive of P. Malus and P. baccata, through hybridization.
The writer reaches this conclusion after having exam-
ined Willdenow's original specimen, yet preserved at
Berlin. The fruit of P. prunifolia partakes much of
the brittle and trans-
lucent texture of P.
baccata, but it is
larger, commonly
more farinaceous,
and the calyx is per-
sistent. Some Crabs
that pass as Siber-
narrow. No. 12.
Pyrus Rtneo (X %}.
1473
ian belong to this mongrel class. Some of the so-called
Crabs are only small-fruited forms of Pyrus Malus, be-
ing distinguished by soft woolly leaves and short pubes-
cent leaf-stalks and fruit-stems. Some writers consider
P. pnmifolia to be a good species. By some, the hy-
brids of P. Malus and P. baccata are referred to P.
eerasifera, Tausch.
cc. Calyx persistent on the ripe fruit.
10. MUus, Linn. (P. Astraednica and P. acSrba, DC.
M&liis eommiinis,DC. UMm MAlus, RnXt.). Apple.
Figs. 107-112, 2025. A round-headed tree, with all the
growing parts and under surface of the leaves gray-
woolly : Ivs. ovate or orbicular-ovate, mostly pointed,
soft in texture, dull, the margins irregularly serrate, on
stout petioles: tts. large and showy, white or light rose,
in close clusters on short woolly pedicels, appearing
with the leaves: fr. very various, with a cavity about
the stem, a homogeneous flesh and persistent calyx.—
Cultivated from remote antiquity, and believed to be
native to southeastern Europe and western temperate
Asia to the Himalayas. "Indigenous in the western
hills [of the Himalaya], as well as cultivated up to
11,500 feet in Tibet," Hooker. It varies into many
forms, and several species have been erected upon the
different types. The Paradise Apple {P. Malus, var.
paradisiaea, Linn.) is a dwarf form known in this
country chiefly as a stock upo!i which to graft Apples
that it is desired to dwarf. The Bloomless Apple {P.
dioica, Willd.) is an apetalous form, with ten to fifteen
styles, 2 rows of sepals, a superimposed core and no
stamens; see Amer. Gard. 10, p. 244, 279; 11, p. 6 (figs.).
624. There are ornamental forms, with variegated Ivs.
(Qt. 45:142.1, var. aurea), others with partially double
fls., others with drooping habit.
11. spectibilis, Ait. (P. MAltis specfdbilis, Hort.
M:)l'ix .^/i. .7„7,,7,s, Borkh. M. Sinensis, Dum. ). Chi-
NF,-K Fi.owKKiNO Apple. Fig. 2026. Small tree, with
dMik.r .(.l.r.Mi fls. than those of the Apple (the opening
fl. Iiu.ls aiiiii.st coral-red), and blooming earlier: Ivs.
narrower, oval to oval-oblong, slender-stalked, nearly
glabrous on both surfaces or becoming so, usually more
closely serrate than those of the Apple : pedicels and
calyx-tube nearly or quite glabrous: fr. roundish or
round-oval, without a cavity at the base, reddish yellow.
sour. China, and perhaps Japan. B.M. 267. L.B.C.
18:1729. Gn. 21, p. 46. Gng. 3:273. G.F. 1:272.-A
very handsome early-blooming tree, of which the dou-
ble-fld. forms are
been disseminated
Hardy in the nor
has very large half
12. Rfngo, Wenz
P. 'JCorlngo. var. B
pri;
P. Malus itself has
me of P. spectabilis.
Var. RiveTsii, Hort..
rose-red flowers.
lis, var. ningo, Koch.
Miihis Mingo, Sieb.).
Figs. 2027, 2028. Spreading bush or small tree, all
parts more pubescent than in P. speetabilis : Ivs. usu-
ally broader, broad-oval to round-oval, sharply serrate,
relatively short-stalked: fls. large, rose-colored, in few-
fld. clusters: fr. small, somewhat depressed at the base
about the stem, about Ji in. in diara. Japan. Carri^re,
"Pom. Microcarpes," p. 41, as P. microcarpa Bingo.—
Very doubtful whether a distinct species.
13. Kiido, Sieb. (P. spectiibilis. var. Kdido, Nichols.
Mdlus Kdido, Sieb.). Figs. 2029, 20.30. By some
thought to be a hybrid of P. spectabilis and P. Bingo,
and by others considered as a good species. It is not
certain that the P. Kaido originally meant by Siebold is
the P. Kaido of American horticulturists. As known
here, it is very like P. spectabilis, bearing most pro-
fusely of red fls., with red pedicels and calyx, and hold-
ing its little fruits all winter: fr. nearly globular, %-%
in. in diam., mostly holding the calyx but sometimes
dropping it in midsummer,— the dropping of the calyx,
as well as the habit of growth, suggesting hybriditj-
■with P. floribunda . It comes from Japan. It is a most
useful plant, being one of the most showy of all the
oriental flowering apples.
5032. Wild Crab of the East. Pyrus coronaria (X %). No. 15.
BB. American inrln ; li-. Im III: iii'i^l fiilil
coarse hf '' 'A / ' '' n <" /eas lohi d ui nuUhid
calyx pi I ^' 'I I " I It P. fituca) .
C. Cnhii I,, 1,1,1, Ills Horn the Mtit.
U. fiiBca, Kaf (/' /(i'hMim. Dough). Shrub or
small tre-e, somctiiiK s ;i()-10 ft. tall the ^oung growths
more or less pulie^ient: Ivs. ovate lanctolate, acute or
acuminate, v('r\ sliari)l\ and stroiigh serrate often i
lobed or notched imi the strong ohoots, pubescent lie
neath: fls. white, on slender pubes( cnt pedicels, apjiear
ing when the Ivs. are nearly or quite full grown iiearlv
or fully 1 in. across: fr. ob-
long, % in. or less long, yel-
low or greenish, the calyx-
lobes caducous. N. Calif, to
Alaska. S.S. 4:170. -Accord-
ing to Sargent, P. ftisea "grows
usually in deep, rich soil in
the neighborhood of streams,
often forming almost impen
etrable thicket
PYRUS
Appli-~ are often twice their natural sue. There is a
tiirni with semi-double Hs. and one {viir. aucub(f folia)
Willi variegated leaves. An attractive species.
IG. angiistiEAlia, Ait. {P. coron&ria, var. angustifdlia,
Weuiid .)/()/«,•, anguHfifdlin, Michx. 31 . sempSrvirens ,
J)esf J/ iniiincuipu seinpi)virens,Ca.TT.). Lvs. lance-
oblong, cri iiate-serrate or almost entire, not lobed, thick
and luilt iMrgrecn: otherwise verj like P. ciminaria.
Western Pa to Fla. and La., taking the place of P.
coroiiana B.K. U:I207. Carrit^re, " Pom. Microcarpes,"
pp 21. 1.(7. S.S. 4:109. R.H 1K77:410!-A double-fld.
form (it what appears to he this species is figured in
(i C HI. l.i-43.
loSnBls, Bailey {P. eorojidi-in. var. Infnsis, Wood).
1 *^T vTES or Western C'rab-Apple. Fig. 2035.
HI, with mostly softer wood, the parts gray-
U-. o\ate-oblong to elliptic-obovate, irregularly
.- h bluntly toothed and the larger ones marked
„lit angled notches of shallow lobes, very tomen
" I .M or bi coming rusty and rareh glabrate with
I jn tioli s shot t and stout and pubescent: fls. usu
I >ii -liorttr pidicds which, like the calyx, are to
.-1 li oblong or at least never flattened length
-niii, tuiK ., angular, larger than in the last and
iiLC litii t" the trei , dull heavy green with nu
1- i._lji c "liMi d dots on the skin, the surface hav
1 the stem short and thick as com-
iiid set in an obluiue cavity, the basin
^ . w ith variable corrugations and a
. lit cahx, the flesh snur and austere.
I lands in the Mississippi valley. S.S.
i —Fruits appropriated by the set-
I II s is probably not m cultivation for
I I double flowered variety has been
I -Bechtel's Crab, sometimes referred
,n ii^tif III Kt C III. 25:397).
18 Sotilardi, Railev
^^mh
iisider-
able pxtfiit. and nttnins its
greatest siz.' in tlii' vmIIpvs of
Wasbiii-toi, ,111.1 (irigon.-
The fn.it i>. .•at, ii l.v Indians.
The sp.-.'i.s sugj^psts P.
Torinqo.
CC. Calyx persistent.
15. coroniria, Linn. Wild jo35 Praine btattb Ca
Crab Apple. Figs. 2031-34. A
low, busby tree,with very stiff, crooked, thorny branches,
the young growth glabrous or becoming so: Ivs. triangu-
lar-ovate, on the spurs short-ovate, sharply cut-serrate
and more or less prominently lobed and notched, thin
and hard, on slender but stiff, glabrous petioles: fls. ap-
pearing with the Ivs., rosy red or blush and very fra-
grant, on long and slender (1% to 2 in.), stiff pedicels
which are glabrous or nearly so: fr. about an inch in
diam., flattened at both ends, clear yellowish green
without spots or dots and often with a tinted cheek, the
stem very slender and smooth and set in a regular and
uniform shallow cavity, the basin (at the apex) broad
but rather deep with n. ]>:.- -.r. .! i'.irnirations and a
small, smooth calyx, tl.. ' , i - .nr and acerb.
Wild in dryish glades an ! i i 1- from Ontario
and New York to Distri.-i .i . I tii,., west to Kansas
and Missouri, and southward. B.il. I'UOil. B.R. 8:651.
S.S. 4:167. R.H. 1884, p. 104. Gn. 29, p. 395; 34, p.
206.— The fruit, which is produced in abundance, was
often buried by the early settlers for use in the spring,
when its acerbity was lar-.'^h- p-Ytra.*ted: and it was
sometimes used for ciil. . It .- •- ■ i-.ful for jellies
and preserves. The sp.-.-i. ~ :- >i.ly never intro-
duced into cultivation f... ■ u i;h it has been
long grown for ornament . i m .. r l.niestication the
rith ;
SouLARD Crab. Figs. 2036,
2037. Natural hybrid of P.
Maltis and P. lornsis : a
small tree, with much the look
of an Apple tree, and woolly:
Ivs. large, round-ovate to el-
liptic-ovate or oblong -ovate,
either rounded or tapering at
the base, often very blunt or
even rounded at the top, most-
ly bluntly and coarsely serrate
or dentate when young, ir-
regularly crenate - dentate at
maturity, with a tendency to
become lobed, on short pubes-
cent petioles, thick and often
rugose and woolly beneath:
fls. blush, in close woolly clus-
ters like those of the Apple:
fr. often 2 in. or even more
in diam., flattish lengthwise,
tinted cheek.
yellow and often
the basin shallow, flesh fairly edible.
Wild in the Mississippi valley from
Minnesota to Texas, but always local.
-Named for James G. Soulard. Ga
lena. III., who introduced the first va
riety to cultivation. In some
forms the leaves become nearly
smooth late in the season and
there is little tendency towards
an irregular notching or lobing
of the margins. The tree is
hardy and the fruit keeps well
and is useful for culinary pur-
poses. A few named varieties
are grown in the upper Missis-
sippi valley, where trees of great
hardiness are demanded. For
accounts of the pomological off-
shoots of our native Apples, see
Bailey, "Evolution of our Na-
tive Fruits, "and Craig&Hupie,
"Native Crab Apples and their
Cultivated Varieties," Iowa 2036. Mature leaf of I
Acad. Sci. 1899. Soulardi (X %)
PYKUS
19. The above sketob (N"o«. 6 to 18) at-eounts for all the apple-
- Kke species knomi to be in the American trade, althoagh there
may be other l^atin names in &ome of the catalogues. There
are few remaining species of the Mains section. — P. cralcegi-
flilia, Targ., con.^idered by some writers to l*e of this section,
by others to belong to Sorbns, and by still others to be a hybrid
between Pyius and Sorbus, is a bnsh or small tree, local in N.
2037. Pyrus Soulardi (X }>/.
Italy: lv8. broad-ovate in outline, with several sharp lobes: fls.
white, about 1 in. across, in open terminal corymbs : f r. % in.
long, elliptic-oblong, red. B.M. "423.— J^. Sikkimemit. Hook. f.
"Very similar to P. baccata, but the leaves 'which attain 5x3
in.) are more acutely serrate, woolly beneath and on the petiole
and on the midrib above, the peduncles and calyx are also
wooUy. * * ♦ I suspect it will prove a form of P. baccata."
-Hooker. Himalayas, 7,000-10,000 ft altitude. B.M. 7430.
G.M.41:313.
L. H. B.
I'TXIDANTHERA 1475
PYXlDAHTHtEA (Greek, hox and unthera; the
anther.s open transversely like the lid of a box).
Diapeneiacea. The PyxiE, Flowering Mo.ss or Pini-
BABREN Beauty i.s a pretty little creeping plant, native
only to New Jersey and North Carolina, which is
covered in early spring with small white, 5-petaled
flowers and pink buds. It sometimes blooms side by
side with the trailing arbntos. These flowers are sold
in the streets of Philadelphia, but the Pyiie is scarcely
cultiv;it(-il. It (rrows best in moist, sandy soil. In
partial "-huli^ and >oil rich in vegetable mold the buds
are pain pink : in full sunlight and poor soil the buds are
reddi-L. The Pyxie belongs to a small family of excep-
tionally interesting plants remarkable for their beauty.
distinctness and geographical distribution. They repre-
sent a vanishing race, and there are many different
opinions as to their place in the vegetable kingdom. As
a genus Pyxidanthera has but one species, anfl its
nearest ally is Diapensia, which differs in having the
anthers opening longitudinally: also the fls. are pe-
duncled in Diapensia. while in P\-xidanthera each flower
is solitary at the end of a short branch. Another pecu-
liar feature of the Pyxie is the sharp point at the end of
each anther.
Generic characters: sepals 5. oblong, obtuse, reddish
at tip; corolla short-bell-shaped. 5-lobed; lobes obovate,
erose, persistent; stamens o, inserted in the sinuses;
staminodes none : ovary 3-ceUed : ovules many in a cell :
capsule loculicidal.
barbul&ta, Michx. Creeping shrub, with a long tap-
root in the center of the tuft: Ivs. narrow, crowded,
overlapping, the young ones woolly at the base within,
whence the specific name "barbulata." Fls. March to
May. B.M. 4592. Mn. 8:33. B.B. 2:583. Gn. 27, p. 209
(from Harper's Mag.j. ^_ j£
aUAKING GEASS. Species of Briza.
QUAMASH. Camassia esnilenta.
QUAMOCLIT. See Ipommt.
ftUEEN LILY. This name '
usly used for Strelitzia.
rimaria pentapetala ;
QUEEN OF THE PRAIRIE. Spinea lobata.
iiH'ii-iit Liiliii nanif). Cnpnlikrw, Oak.
i-idiii'us or «'\tTj;reeii tret's. rarely shrubs,
IM-iiulrd. cnlirf <ir lul)t-il Ivs., and incon-
•cicMis tls.. (Ill- .staininatf nnes in slender,
-ely uprit,'lil. catkiii^ ( Fis. 2038); the
rus," consistii];; i.f a i^'lubular to oblong
)r embraced ciily at tin- base, or rarely
ip-like involucre. Tht- deciduous species
with altcrnal.-
spicuous uioiH
pendulous, rii
fruits, or "ac
nut, inclosed
wholly, by a c
are mo.stly hardy north, wliiU- of the evergreen ones
none seem to be hardv fartlier north than Washington,
U. C; some lialf-evcr;;rc.-ii Oaks, like Q. Ttirnej-i and
Q. Macedonica , will iin.l.ably prove hardy in the vicin-
ity of New York. Most of tlie Oaks are stately trees of
noble and majestic habit with stout, wide-spreading
branches; some, like Q. alba, Garryana, Virginiana
and chrysolepis, often cover a space more than 100 ft. in
diameter; others, like Q. macrocarpa, Prinus and tine-
loria, have a more oval, round-topped head, while Q.
palustris and imhricaria form symmetrical broad pyra-
mids. A very few hardy species are shrubs, generally
called Scrub Oaks, as Q. prhwides and Q. iUcifoUa.
Oaks
trees, and are a- i i i' ' i ..
as they are win n ■ . i : .
and woods. As ,i , 1 1 ■
last-named when niedium-sizi
southern states, Q. latirifolh
green Q. Virginiana are preferred. The shrubby
cies, like Q. prinoides and Q. ilicifolia, may be used
for covering rocky hillsi.Ii-s ami dry ridsres.
Inable park and avenue
II grown as single trees
lur and forming groves
,*. pahistris y rubra, coc-
ire among the best, the
trees are desired; in the
, uliginosa and the ever-
Oak leaves are always beautiful. They have many
shades of green; especially attractive are some with
leaves of contrasting colors, the under side being silvery
white, the upper one dark green, as in Q.Muhlenbergi,
macrocarpa, Michauxi and some foreign evergreen spe-
les. In many Oaks the leaves show a handsome pink
r crimson color when unfolding, and some species as-
ime brilliant autumnal tints. Especially beautiful in
chauxi, which turn bright or dark red; Q. alba, violet or
vinous purple; Q. lyrata, scarlet or orange; Q. Phellos,
pale yellow; Q. Prinus, orange or orange-brown; Q.
ciineata and ilicifolia, orange-brown or yellow; Q. stel-
lata and nigra, brown or dull orange. Some of the for-
eign species, like Q. sessiliflora, and also peduncutata,
Cerris, lanuginosa, glandulifera and others, retain the
green color until late in fall. Besides our native ever
green species, the Japanese Q. acuta, euspidata and
The m.-iture acorn is
borne on the wood of the
season. See No. 28.
i/'ti" ' II ii_' 111. l.i-^r evergreen Oaks for cultiva-
tmii ■ -■ ,ii ■■ ] I, y,pa,n Q. Ilex and Stibfr slto
III I : III -lis liest in a moderately moist,
rich .-.wil, ii.i l:iil;i._ I.I .1 . , ilay; some, as Q. bicolor, uli-
ginosa, allni. I'lnl!''.-:. i.ih;iia aud Virginiana, prefer
moister siiiiaiiiiiis ainl lti.w naturally in low and often
even in swani v ^.-n niii; while others, especially the
Reil Oaks. Ill . ',' rul,rii. rnrrinea, imbricaria, Marilan-
ili<". /• - . Mill ftilliitn. grow well in drier, rocky or
SI I : he 8cmb Oaks on dry and barren soil.
rill I. I ill i Kill Oaks, and especially the Pin Oak,
an II iiill\ iii-ilv transplanted and large trees are
moved successfully, while the White Oaks are more
particular and only" younger nursery-grown trees can be
safely transplanted.
Oaks are prop, usually by seeds sown immediately
after g.ithering in fall ; this is especially necessary with
(,>. ifllHi, Virginiana and some other White Oaks which
sprciul as soon as they are ripe; but only the root is pro-
duced ill fall, while the stem does not appear until the
following spring. The seeds of Red and Black Oaks,
and also of Q. pedunculata , if not sown at once should
be stratified and sown early in spring. Acorns should
be packed in earth, moss or sawdust when shipped for
a great distance. Varieties are usually grafted on potted
stock in the greenhouse in early spring or sometimes in
Augtist. As a stock Q. peduncutata is preferred, but
Q. rubra, tincioria and Prinus are also employed. It is
probably safer to graft varieties of White and of Red
Oak each on stock of the same group. The evergreen
species are sometimes increased by layers and also by
cuttings.
About .SCO species are known, distributed through the
colder and temperate regions of the northern hemisphere
and in the mountains of the tropics. Almost all species
are trees, but sometimes become shrubby in high alti-
tudes or in dry and rocky or sandy localities. Lvs.
.short-petioled, with deciduous stipules, penninerved:
fls. monoecious; the staminate in slender, pendulous or
(U76)
iisisting <
QUERCUS
erect catkins with 4-7-parted calyx ami 4-12, usually 6,
stamens; pistillate in 1-many-fld. spikes in the axils o£
the young Ivs., rarely at the base of the axillary stami-
nate catkins, each flower consisting of an incompletely
3-celled ovary, surrounded by imbricate
bracts: fr. a 1 -seeded subglobose to oblong
nut, surrounded at the base or sometimes al-
most inclosed by a cup-like involucre.
The numerous species have been divided
into different sub^'iii'-rii \!l
cles, except Q. <!■ •< i i
genus Lepidobiilan .
"acorn"), which i- . ;: ; ,
pendulous, staniiiKiii; < ari.iu-.
lary pistillate spikes ;ind a cup
bracts of various shape but not
zones. Q. densiflora belongs to Pasania,
which has erect staminate catkins, some bear-
ing pistillate fls. at their base, like the catkins
of Castanea. Cyclobalanus and Cyclobala-
nopsis have the scales of the cup connate into
concentric rings; the inflorescence of the flrst
being similar to that of Pasania, of the second
to Lepidobalanus. Chlamydobalanus is much
like Cyclobalanus, but the nut is wholly in-
cluded by the ovate cup. Of Lithocarpus.
with the nut partly connate with the cup, but
otherwise like the last-named subgenus, no
species is in cultivation. The oaks of the
subgenus Lepidobalanus are divided into
two sections, — Leucobalanus and Melanoba-
lanus. In the former, comprising the White
Oak tribe, the acorns mature the first year
(Fig. 2039). In the latter, comprising the
Black Oaks, the acorns mature the second
year (Fig. 2040). Besides the 300 species,
about 40 hybrids have been recorded. The
latest monograph of the whole genus is by
A. DeCandolle in Prodromus, vol. 16, 2, pp.
1-108(18(54-1868). Important illustrated works
ican Oaks are A. Michaux. "Histoire des Chenes de
I'Amerique" (1801), with 36 plates; Kellogg and Greene.
"Illustrations of West American Oaks" (1889), with 37
plates; Sargent," Silva of North America," vol. 8 (1895),
with 82 plates, and Liebmann. "Chenes de TAmerique
tropicale" (1869), witli IT I'hitev. Most of the European
and west Asian Oaks me Hi.'iire.l in Kotschy, Eichen
Europas und des Orients ( l.siL'i. with 40 colored plates.
wagons, tools and many other articles. The bark of
some species, in America that of Q. vrlutimi, Prinua
and densiflora, is used for tanning leather. Cork is
obtained from the bark of Q. Siiber and ocridentalis in
1 Amer-
southern Europe. The bark of a few species has also
been employed in medicine. The acorns of several spe-
cies are edible, in America especially those of Q.
Michauxi, Emory i and lobata; in Europe those of Q.
Ilex, var. Ballota and ^gilops; in Japan those of
Q. glauca; in many European countries the acorns of
all species are an important food for hogs. In eastern
Asia a silkworm feeds on the leaves of different species.
A parasitic insect living on Q. coceifera in southern
Europe and N. Africa yields a scarlet dye. (Sails caused
by the puncture of certain insects are used for tanning
and dyeing and are now chiefly obtained from Q. Ilex,
var. infectoria in western Asia. Some of the above men-
tioned species are described only in the supplementary
list, p. 1483. See On!;.
The Oaks comprise some of the most important forest
trees of the northern hemisphere. The wood of most
species is strong, tough, hard and durable, and highly
valued for many purposes, especially ship-building,
eonstruction, for furniture, and in the manufacture of
acuminata. 19.
femina. 29.
occidentalis, 35.
^gilops. 31 and
ferruginea. 10.
olivaiformis, 23.
sappl.
fllieifelia, 29.
valustri- imbricaria.
agrifolia, 39.
Fordii, 36.
palustris. 1. [12
alba. 28.
G,'»rryana. 26.
Pannonica.ZS.
ambigua. 2.
glandulifera, 17.
pectinata. 29.
aguatica. 9.
grosseserrata, 16.
pedunculata, 29.
Austriaea, 34.
Hartwi.ssiana, 31.
pendula, 29, 31, 32.
Ballota. 36.
lieterophylla, 29.
Phellos. 11.
Banisteri, 8.
Hindsii.27.
pinnatiflda, 15, 28.
humilis. 18 and
platanoides, 22.
suppl.
prinoides, 18.
Califomica. 5.
Hungarica, 33.
Prinus, 17-22.
camata. 32.
Pseudtrgitops. 31.
Castanea. 19.
ilirifolia. 8.
vubescens. 31.
Cerris. 34.
imbricaria. 12.
purpurascens. 29.
Chincapin. 18.
Kelloggii, 5.
purpurea, 29, 30.
Pgrenaica. 32.
ChinensxB. 14.
laeiniata, 39. 31.
chrysolepis. 38.
lanuginosa, 16. 31
repanda. 28.
coccinea. 4.
and suppl.
Robur. 29. 30.
comptoniaBfolia, 29.
lauritolia, 13.
rubra, 2.
Concordia, 29.
lobata, 27.
sessiliflora, 30.
conferta, 33.
lyrata, 24.
stellata. 25.
contorta, 29.
macrocarpa. 23.
Suber, 35.
crinita. 32.
Marilandio.1, 10.
Texana, 3.
crispula, 16.
Michauxi. 20.
rninor. 25.
TozL!"?.' *■
'oaimil'. 15.
MongoUca.l6.
uhgmosa. 9.
densiflora. 40.
variabilis. 14.
dentata. 15. 17.
Muhlenbe?^, 19.
variegata. 29.
digitata. 7.
talcata. 7.
nana, 8.
velutina. 6.
nigra, 9. 10.
fastieiata, 29.
obtusitoba. 25.
Vi>Sniana. 37.
1478
QUKECUS
Staminate catkins .ilender, pendu-
lous: pistillate fls. in separate
iij-illary spikes (For aa, see spe-
cies No. 40). Lepidobalanus.
B. Walls of nut tomentose on the
inner surface: Irs. lobed, with
hristle-tipf, d I, , II, ,i ,id lobes or
entire, h>-ixt!;i-iii,i,ilrd, Imt not
ripening thr sr,;,„il y,ar: hark
dark-colortd, md stuli/. Black
Oaks. Melanohalauus.
o. Lvs. pinnatifid, slender-
stalked.
D. Lobes of lvs. usually
toothed : under side
glabrous or rarely pu-
bescent.
E. Cup shallow, saucer-
shaped, broader than
high 1. palnstris
2. rubra
3. Tezana
EE. Cup turbinate or hemi-
spherica I 4. coccinea
5. Kelloggii
U. velutina
DD. Lobes of h'S. entire or feiv-
loothi.l: ,n„l,r si, I, irhit-
ish ,.r ,i,:n,,.:l, t:.„i. hIosv. 7. cuneata
8. ilicifolia
CC. Lvs. ohorafr. .:-.-,- I„I„',J „t the
apex or almost entire, short-
stalked 9. nigra
10. Marilandica
ceo. Lvs. oblong or linear-oblong,
toothed ". '.II. Phellos
12. imbricaria
13. laurifoUa
IB. Walls nf nat qiahrnas ni, the in-
;„,N„,-A,r, 'i,.v,^.i.tN..-,:i8,,S9):
1,-s. sn,>,„hhi l..h.,l <,rt,H,lhed,
fvs. sinuately dentate or
serrate.
Scales of cup linear or
lanceolate, spreading
and recurved 1'
li
Scales of cup oppressed,
imbricate.
F. Petioles rery short: lvs.
cnrilale at base, al-
QtTBBCUS
GG. Length Of lvs. S-6 in. 26. Garryana
27. lobata
FP. tinder side of lvs .
glabrous 28. alba
ZK. Bark furrowed and
ridged, not scaly, usu-
ally dark brown or
dark gray. European
species.
F. Cup with imbricate, ap-
pressed scales.
G. I/vs. glabrous below.29. pedunculata
30. sessiliJlora
GG. Zn^s. pubescent be-
lotv 31. lanuginosa
32. Toza
33. conJerta
FF. Cup with elongated,
spreading and re-
curved scales 34 . Cerris
CC. Foliage evergreen, dentate or
D. Lvs. whitish, tomentose or
lomentulose beneath: fr.
ripening the first year. a.'i. Suber
:«;. Ilex
Virginiana
chrysolepis
agriiolia
DD. Lvs. soon glabrous beneath .Jb.
39.
laminate catkins erect, partly
androgynous, with the pistillate
fls. at the base. Pasania 40.
densiflora
1. paliiBtris, Linn. Pis Oak. Plate XXI. Figs. 150o,
2043. Tree, to 80, occasionally 120 ft., with rather short
spreading branches, forming a symmetrical pyramidal
head, becomius irregular and oblong in older trees:
lvs. deeply pinuatifld, sometimes almost to the midrib;
lobes .i-7, oiilong or oblong-lanceolate, toothed, sepa-
rated by wide sinuses, bright (rn-eii abuve. light green
beneath, with axillary tufts ■ if li:nr-, :; ,' in. i..im': fr.
short-stalked; acorn subglol"- ! ' ' in. l-.n^-.
embraced about one-third or r I M:i-- t.i
Del., west to Wis. and Ark. s- ,__ ;_ l.ju lli.T.
A.G. 17:213. Gng. 3:129. Bin. J . l.V,. i,.j;. -UainLsMme
tree, especially when young; often used for avenues;
grows rapidly and prefers somewhat moist soil ; foliage
bright red in fall. The tree is fibrous-rooted and trans-
plants well.
2. riibra, Linn. (Q. ambigua. Michx.). Fig. 2041.
(4). Tree, to 80, occasionally 150 ft., with stout spread-
ing itranches forming a broad, round-topped, symmetri-
cal head: lvs. divided about halfway to the middle by
wide sinuses into 7-9 triangular-ovate or ovate-oblong
lobes, dull green above, light green and pubescent at
first beneath, at length glabrous, 5-9 in. long: fr. short-
i rather slender;
glandulifera
prinoides
Huhlenbergii
DD. Lvs. pinnately lobed.
E. Bark separating in thin
.leales, light gray or
light brown. Ameri-
can species.
F. Under side of lvs. pu-
bescent or tomentose.
O. Length of lvs. 5-8
pinr.
itid .
.23. macrocarpa
24. lyrata
25. stellata
ft) and Quercua
Stalked; acorn ovoid, 1 In. long, embraced only at the
base bv the %-\ in. broad cup. Nova Scotia to Fla.,
west to Minn, and Tex. S.S. 8:409, 410. Em. 1:168.
F.S. 17: 1812-1813. -Beautiful Oak of rapid growth,
growing into a large, majestic tree, with usually broad,
round head, the foliage turning dark red in fall.
3. Tez&na, Buckl. Texan Red Oak. Tree, attaining
200 ft., with an oblong open head: lvs. almost like those
of §. coccinea, with axillary tufts of ferrugineous hairs
QUERCUS
beneath, 2-6 in. long : £r. ovoiii, %-l in. long, em-
braced about one-third by the deeply saucer-shaped cup.
Ind. and Iowa to Tex. and Fla. S.S. 8:411. G.F. 7:515,
517. — Tall tree, only recently introduced into cult. : much
like Q. coecinea in foliage and like Q. rubra in fruit, but
the cup .somewhat deeper and smaller and pale grayish
tomentose.
QUERCUS
IVi
Scarlet Oak. Fig.. 2042, 2044.
Tree, to 80 ft.,with gradually spreading branches forming
a round-topped rather open head : Ivs. deeply divided by
wide sinuses into 7-9 rather narrow, oblong or lanceo
late, few-toothed lobes, bright green and glossy above,
light green and glabrous beneath, 4-8 in. long: fr. short-
stalked, ovoid to oblong-ovate, K-K in.
long, embraced about one-half by the almost
glabrous cup. Me. to Fla., west to Minn,
and Mo. S.S. 8:412, 413. Em. 1:163. -Espe-
cially valuable for its brilliant scarlet fall
coloring; grows well in dryish situations.
5. Kfilloggii, Newb. (Q. CaUfSrnica,
Coop.). Californian Black Oak. Fig.
2045. Tree, occasionally to 100 ft., with
aiddle by wide sinuses into usually 7
oblong, toothed lobes, pubescent when
young, at length glabrous and glossy above,
yellowish green and glabrous or floccose be-
neath, 3-6 in. long: fr. short-stalked; acorn ovoid or ob-
long, mostly rounded at the top, \-VA in. long, em-
braced about one-third or one-half by the deep hemi-
spherical glabrous cup. Ore. to Calif. S.S. 8:416. G.F.
9:145.
6. veliitina, Lam (9. ^twcMrm, Bartr. ). Black Oak.
Yellow Bark Oak. Figs. 2040, 2041 (3), 2042. Tree, to
80, sometimes to 150 ft., with rather slender branches,
spreading gradually into a narrow, open head ; bark
very dark brown, inner bark orange: Ivs. pinnatifid to
or beyond the middle, with 7-9 broad toothed lobes,
dark and dull green above, brownish pubescent beneath
at first, glabrous at length, except in the axils of the
veins, 4-10 in. long: fr. short-stalked; acorn ovoid, H-1
in. long, embraced about one-half by the hemispherical
denselv pubescent cup. Me. to Fla., west to Minn, and
Tex. S.S. 8:414, 415. Em. 1:160. G.F. 5:55. -Tree of
rapid growth, less beautiful than the preceding spe-
cies, but the wood is more valuable; it flourishes even in
rather drv soil, and the foliage turns dull red or orange-
brown in"fall.
7. cuneata, Wangh. (§. digitAta, Sudw. Q. fa/cilia,
Michx.). Spanish Oak. Tree, to 70, rarely to 100 ft.,
with stout spreading branches forming an open, round-
topped head: Ivs. deeply pinnatifid, with 5-7 entire lan-
ceolate and often falcate lobes, separated by broad si-
nuses, drooping, dark green and glabrous above, tawny
or grayish tomentulose beneath, 3-8 in. long: fr. short-
stalked; acorn subglobose, K in. high, embraced one-
half by the turbinate cup. N. J. to Fla., west to Mo.
and Tex. S.S. 8:420. G.F. 8:104. -Handsome, with
peculiarly distinct foliage, but not quite hardy north.
8. iUcifdUa, Wangh. (<^. Bdiiisteri, Michx. Q. nana,
Sarg.). Bear or Scrub Oak. Intricately branched,
spreading shrub to 10 ft. high, rarely small tree to 20
ft. : Ivs. pinnately lobed, with usually 2 broad triangular
lobes on each side, dark Krci-u and glabrous above, whit-
ish tomentulose henc-aili, _' :i 111. l.ilii; : fi-, ^Ii'ili -lalkril;
acorn globose-ovoid. ' . ; ■ I. I - ii, > mrrii -i d iil".iit
one-half by the sauiTi M . , 1-. \ ;i.. u 1 -1 1..
Ohio and Ky. S.S. .'>:i:i. l.m. 1 : i ," -lumv iui; luum-
allyon dry rocky soil an. I u.iiiaiiji ik-n:-.^ ilackei^; 11 may
be used for covering barren rocky riilges and hillsides.
Hybrids with Q. coecinea and Q. velutina are known
(Rhodora, 3:24).
9. nigra, Linn. (Q. aqiidtica, Walt. Q. nligindsa,
Wangh.). Water Oak. Tree, to 80 ft., with rather
slender branches forming a conical, round-topped head:
il Tex S.S. 8:428. -Of rapid growth and easily
transplanted ; often planted as avenue tree in the South,
but not quite hardy north. L^sually called Q. aqnatica.
10. Marilindica, Muench {Q. n\gra, Wangh. Q. fer-
)»!?i»ea, Michx.). Black Jack. JackOak. Tree,to30,
sometimes to 50 ft., with short spreading branches form-
ing a narrow, round-topped or often irregular head: Ivs.
obovate, 3-5-lobed at the broad apex, with broad, entire
or sparingly toothed lobes, glabrous and dark green
above, at length glabrous and yellowish green beneath,
brownish tomentose at first: fr. short-stalked; acorn
ovoid-oblong, % in. high, embraced one-third to two-
thirds by the turbinate cup. N. Y. to Fla., west to Neb.
and Texas. S.S. 8:426, 427.-Handsome tree, with its
large glossy foliage: hardy north. Better known as Q.
nigra, but this name really belongs to the preceding
species.
n PhMIos, Lmn. Willow Oak. Plate XXI. Fig.
204! Tiee to 50 ft , sometimes becoming 80 ft., with
rather slender branches forming a conical, round-topped
head Ivs short petioled, linear oblong, bright green
and glossy above, pubescent below when young, glabrous
and light green at length, 2-4 in long: frs. almost ses-
sile, acorn subglobose, ■,-' m high, embraced about
one fourth by the saucer shaped cup. N. Y. to Fla., west
to Mo and Tex SS h 435 (it 2<), p. 221. A. G. 17:195.
R.H 1898, p 149 -Be.mtiful hardv medium-sized tree
with handsome foliage turning pale yellow in fall,
prefers moist or almost swampy soil.
12. imbriciria, Michx. Shingle Oak. Tree, to 60,
rarely to 100 ft., with slender and somewhat pendulous
1480
QUERCUS
branches, of pyramidal habit in its youth, round-topped
when old : Ivs. olilong or oblong-lanceolate, dark green
and glabrous above, grayish tomentulose beneath, 3-7 in.
long: fr. short-stalked; acorn subglobose, K in. long, em-
braced one third to one-half by the turbinate cup. Pa. to
Ga.,westtoNeb.andArk. S.S. 8:432. A.G. 17:195. Mn.
6:91. -Beautiful Oak of
symmetrical habit with
handsome glossy foliage,
turning russet - red in
fall. There are several
hybrids of this species
and No. 11 with other
Black and Red Oaks;
one of them is in the
trade as Q. paliistri-
imbricdria, Ent:clm.: it
has oblong - lanceolate
Ivs., entire or coarsely toothed, with bristly teeth, soon
glabrous, 4-6 in. long: cup turbinatf. For other hy-
brids of this group see S.S. 8:433, 434, 436, 437.
13. laurifdlia, Michx. Laurel Oak. Tree, to 60, oc-
casionally to 100 ft., with comparatively slender branches
forming a dense, round -topped head: Ivs. oblong or ob-
long-obovate, sometimes slightly lobed, dark green and
shining above, light green and puberulous at first, gla-
brous at length below, 2-6 in. long: fr. short-stalked;
acorn ovoid or subglobose, about K in. long, embraced
one-fourth by the saucer-shaped cup. Va. to Pla. and La.
S.S. 8:429, 430. -Handsome tree with almost half-ever-
green glossy foliage, often planted as avenue tree in the
southern and Gulf states; not hardy north.
14. yariibilifl, Blume (<?. Bungehna. Forb. Q. Chi-
ninsis, Bunge, not Abel). Tree, to SO ft.: Ivs. slender-
petioled, oblong to oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, cre-
nately serrate, with bristle-like teeth, dark green and
glabrous above, whitish tomentulose below, 3}^-6 in.
long: fr. almo.st sessile; acorn subglobose, not much
exceeding the large cup; scales thick, lanceolate, re-
curved. N. China, Japan.-Handsome tree with distinct
foliage almost like that of Cantanea crenata ; has proved
hardy in Mass. and western N. Y.
15. dentata, Thunb. {Q. Da\mio, Hort.). Tree, to 80
ft., with broad, round-topped head: Ivs. short-petioled,
obovate, sinuately toothed, with 3-6 rounded broad teeth
on each side, dark green and usually glabrous above at
length, light green and pubescent beneath, firm and
leathery, to 12 in. long: fr. almost sessile; acorn ovate,
yi-% in. long, embraced one-half by the large cup ; scales
lanceolate, thin, spreading and recurved. Japan. — Re-
markable for its large Ivs., on young plants to 1 ft. long
and 8 in. broad; hardy north. Var. pinnatifida, Mat-
sum. (Q. pinnatifida, Pranch. & Sav.). Lvs. divided
almost to the midrib into linear lobes with crisp irregu-
lar margins; interesting form.
2047. White Oak
16. Mongfilica, Fisch Tree, to 100 ft.: Ivs. obovate
or obovate-oblong, much narrowed below the middle,
coarsely toothed with acute or mucronulate teeth, bright
green above, light green beneath, with long hairs along
the veins, almost glabrous at length, .3-7 in. long: fr.
almost sessile, acorn %-% in. high, embraced one-third
by the cup. Amurland, N. China, Saghalin. — There are
two closely allied species from Japan, Q. crispula,
Blume, and Q. grossesert-ata, Blume, which are almost
indistinguishable in foliage from each other and from
this species, but Q. crispula has the cup somewhat
deeper, embracing about one-half of 'he nut. Both have
handsome foliage and have proved hardy in the Arnold
Arboretum. Under the name of Q Mongolica a form of
Q. lanuginosa is sometimes found in the trade.
17. glandnlifera, Blume. Tree, to 40 ft., rarely to
70 ft., shrubby in cult.: Ivs. cuneate or rounded at the
base, oblong-obovate to oblanceolate, acute, with 6-10
glandular-tipped, acute teeth on each side, light green
above, glabrous, whitish or grayish green beneath, ap-
pressed silky at first, almost half-evergreen, 2J^-5 in.
long: fr. peduncled, usually several; acorn ovate, about
Va in. high, embraced one-third to one lialf by tin- cup.
Japan. — Half evergreen shrub with liiui-l-'.ni-' t"li:ii,'t',
almost hardy north, at least in slnli.ir.l |„,Mii,.iis,
Sometimes cult, under the name Q.dmhil.i . (^i. fil,iii:lii-
lifera, Mast., is Q. Tumeri (see suppl. li.->l).
18. prinoldes.Willd. (e.CTincopin, Pursh. Q.Prlnus,
var. Chtncapin, Michx.). Chincapin Oak. Spreading
shrub, with slender stems, usually not over 6 ft. high,
rarely to 15 ft. : lvs. rather short-petioled, cuneate at
the base, ovate-oblong or oblong, with 4-8 sometimes
obtusish teeth on each side, bright green above, grayish
tomentulose beneath, 2X-5 in. long: fr. sessile, acorn
oval, about M in. long, embraced one-half bv the cup.
Maine to Ala., west to Minn, and Tex. S.S. 8:378. Em.
1:158. — Pretty shrub for covering dry and rocky ridges.
In trade sometimes under the misleading name of Q.
humilis, for which see supplementary list.
19. Mihlenbergi, Engelm. {Q. Castdnea,Wi\\d., not
N\-(-. (,*. iir II III mala, Sarj,'., not Roxb. Q. Primis, var.
ai-iimiiiiihi. .Mi.lix. ). Vhi.i.ow Chestnut Oak. Tree, to
100 or oc'casiciKilly to 1110 ft., with rather short branches
forming a narrow, round-topped head: lvs. slender-
stalked, oblong to oblong-lanceolate, acute or acuminate,
coarsely toothed with acute, glandular-tipped teeth, dark
or yellowish green above, whitish tomentulose beneath,
4-7 in. long: fr. sessile or short-peduncled ; acorns
ovate, H-'/i in. long, embraced about one-half by the
cup. Tenn. to Va.,westtoNeb. andTex. S.S. 8:377.-
Beautiful tree with light gray bark and handsome foli-
age, glossy above and silvery white beneath.
20. Michafixi, Nutt. {Q. Prlnus, var. pahUfris,
Michx.). Basket Oak. Cow Oak. Tree, to 100 ft.,
with round-topped, rather dense head; bark light gray,
scaly: lvs. obovate or obovate-oblong, acute, deeply
crenulate-toothed, with obtuse, mucronulate teeth,
bright green and shining above, grayish tomentulose
beneath, 4-7 in. long: fr. short-peduncled; acorn ovoid,
1-lHin. high, embraced about one-third by the tomen-
tose cup. Del. to Fla., west to Ind. and Tex. S.S.
8:.382, 383.-One of the most beautiful of the Chestnut
Oaks; prefers moist soil.
21. Frlnns, Linn. (Q. PrYnus, var. montlcola, Michx.
Q. montAna, Willd.). Chestnut Oak. Rock Chest-
nut Oak. Fig. 2041 (5). Tree, to 70, or occasionally to
100 ft., with broad, irregular head and dark brown,
ridged bark: lvs. slemliT-stalked, obovate to oblong-
lanceolatt*, ci.^ir^i h . i , nidaTc-toothed, bright or yellow-
ishgreenaliM . ith. tomentulosewhen young,
often alnio-i . ll^th, 5-8 in. long: fr. soli-
tary or in )Mii-. II I ii.les about 1 in. long; acorn
ovoid, l-l'- 111. Iiii^li. . iiii.iiiued about one-third by the
cup. Maine and t)iitario to Ala. S.S. 8:375, 376. Em.
1:155 (as §. (7«.</««pn) and 156. G.C. III. 14:617. G.F.
1:510. — Handsome Oak, growing well in rather dry soil.
22. bicolor, Willd. (Q. plnfnnolih-. Sndw. Q.Prlnus,
\ar. lomentdsa, Michx. Q.I'i" < • •• '■ "/"c, Michx.
f.). Swamp White Oak. I I r.e, to 70
ft., rarely to 100 ft., with ii i li">d, open
head and light grayish brown, - ,il) li.irk : l\s. obovate
to oblong-obovate, sinuately dentate, snmctimes lobed
half-way to the middle, dark green and dull above,
whitish tomentulose beneath, 4-7 in. long: fr. solitary
or in pairs on peduncles IH^ in. long; acorn ovate-
QUERCtTS
oblong, 1-1^ in. high, embraced one-third by the cup.
Quebec to Ua., west to Mich, and Ark. S.S. 8:380, 381.
Em. 1:153. U.F. 4:246.-It is less desirable as an or-
namental tree than many other species, but the wood is
valuable. The light gray bark separating in large thin
S"ales and the numerous small branches which appear
on the larger limbs and often on the trunk, make it easy
to distinguish from allied species.
23. macrocArpa, Mifbx. Bik Oak. Mosst Citp Oak.
Pig. 2041 (6). Tr... , t.. Mi, ..i„i,-times 160 ft., with large
spreading branrli.-. I.i.i.ini- -y I'road, round head;
bark light brown, . I., plv tin l.u^.•.l■, younger branches
sometimes with c.rky wind's: Ivs. obovate or obiong-
obovate, lyrate-pinnatitid, with 4-10 pairs of lobes, the
lower ones smaller, separated by wide and deep sinuses,
the upper ones much larger, or sometimes the Ivs. are
only sinuately dentate above the middle, bright green
and shining above, grayish or whitish tomentose be-
neath, 4-8 in. long: fr. sessile or short-stalked; acorn
broadly ovate or ovoid, %-lK in. high, embraced about
one-half by the large %-2 in. wide cup, with the upper
scales awned and forming a fringe-like border. Nova
Scotia to Pa., west to Manitoba and Tex. S.S. 8:3/1,
372. Em. 1:149. G.F. 2:500; 3:407. Mn. 2:153. Gng.
4 :342. - Var. oliveBMrmis, Gray ( Q. oHvafdnn is, Michx. ) .
Lvs. deeply pinnatifld, lobes almost all narrow and sep-
arated by wide sinuses; cup usually elongated, much
higher than broad. S.S. 8:373. -The Bur Oak is of vig-
orous growth and becomes a stately tree and is of pic-
turesque appearance in winter with its corky branches.
Crown often fan-shaped until tree is mature.
24. lyr&ta, Walt. Overcup Oak. Swamp, or Swamp
Post Oak. Tree, to 100 ft., with rather small, often
pendulous branches forming a symmetrical, round-
topped head: lvs. obovate to obovate-oblong, deeply
Ivrate pinnatifld, with .S-5 pairs of oblong or lanceolate
lobes, the lower ones much smaller, separated by a wide
sinus from the upper
ones, dark green and
shining above, whitish
tomentulose beneath or
sometimes light green
and pubescent: fr.
short - stalked ; acorn
globose, %-l in. high,
almost entirely en-
closed by the large
scaly cup. N. J. to
Fla., west to Mo. and
Tex. S.S. 8:374.-Lit-
tle cultivated; hardy as
far north as Massachu-
setts ; prefers moist
25. steimta, Wangh.
{Q. olitusiloba, Michx.
Q.m\nor, Sarg.). Post
Oak. Tree, to60, rarely
to 100 ft., with broad,
dense, round head, and
- with grayish brown,
deeply fissured bark:
lvs. short - stalked,
broadly obovate, lyrate-pinnatifid, with 2 or usually 3
pairs of lobes, the middle pair being much larger, undu-
late, and mostly with a lobe on the lower side, separated
from the lower pair by wide, from the upper pair by
narrower sinuses, dark green above, brownish tomen-
tulose beneath, 5-8 in. long: fr. almost sessile; acorn
ovoid, % in. high, embraced one-third to one-half by
the cup; scales lanceolate, loosely appressed. Maine to
Fla., west to Mich, and Tex. S.S. 8:308, 369. Em. 1:151.
-Hardy and handsome tree with dense round head,
growing naturally in rather dry, sandy or rocky soil.
26. Garryina, Dougl. Oregon Oak. Tree, to 80,
rarely to 100 ft., with wide-spreading branches, some-
times shrubby; bark light gray: lvs. obovate, pinnati-
fld, with broad, obtuse, entire or toothed lobes, dark
green above, pubescent and yellowish green or whitish
below: fr. short-stalked; acorn ovoid, about 1 in. high,
embraced about one-third by the saucer-shaped cup ;
scales usually thin. Wash, and Ore. to Calif. S.S. 8:364,
yUEKCUS
1481
365. G.F. 7:495. — The most important Oak of the Pacific
states as a timber tree.
27. lob&ta, N6e (Q. H\ndsii, Benth.). Valley or
Weepinq Oak (White Oak of the Pacific states).
Pig. 2046. Tree, to 100 ft., with great, wide-spreading
J048. English Oak-Ouarcus ped
culata. Natural size. No. 29
high.
limbs and slender drooping branches: lvs. oblong or
obovate-oblong, with 3-5 pairs of sometimes lobed-den-
tate lobes, dark green and stellate-pubescent above and
usually whitish tomentulose beneath, 2-4 m. long : tr.
almost sessile; acorn elongated, conical, lX-2 in. high,
embraced about one-third by the cup ; lower scales tuber-
culate, upper one subulate. Calif S.b. 8:.«>2. U.v.
3:611; 10:55,202, 205.-Graceful wide-spreadingtree,but
has not been cult, successfully outside of Calif.
28. 41ba, Linn. White Oak. Plate XXI. Figs.
1506, 2039, 2041(2), 2047. Tree, to 100 ft., with stout
spreading branches forming abroad, open bead: bark
light gray: lvs. obovate or oblong -obovate, narrowed
at the base, with 3-8 pairs of rather narrow obtuse and
sometimes toothed lobes, pubescent when young, soon
glabrous, bright green above, glaucescent beneath: tr.
short- or long-stalked; acorn oblong-ovate, ,
embraced about one-fourth
by the shallow cup; scales ^
closely appressed. Me. to
Fla., west to Minn, and Tex.
S.S. 8:350, 357. Em. 1:145.
G.F.3:91; 4:6.7; 5:259,450.
-The White Oak is one of
the noblest trees of the
northern states and a beau-
tiful park tree, where space
can be allowed for its full
development ; the foliage
assumes a beautiful deep
vinous red or violet-purple
color in fall. Var. repdnda,
Michx., is a form in which
the lvs. have rather shallow
sinuses and the fruits are
usually short-stalked. Var.
pinnatifida, Michx., has the Acorn ol Live Oak— Quercus
lvs. deeply pinnatifld with virginiana: oftener known
narrow often lobed or asQ. viren»(XK). No.37.
toothed lobes and the fruits „ ,_ ., . ^. .
usually slender-stalked. S.S. 8:358. Hybrids of this
species with (>. maerocarpa, Priiins and stellala are
known. S.S. 8: 359-361. A tree of the hybrid with Q.
1482
QUERCUS
Prinus was found in the nursery of John Saul, near
Washington, D. C, and has been distributed as Saul's
Oak.
29. peivaic\ilkta.,'EhTh.{Q.Rdtnr,vaT.peduncuia.ta,DC.
Q. Mbbur, Linn., partly. Q. Umina, Mill.). Figs. 2038,
2048. Tree, to 120 ft., with stout spreading branches
forming a broad round-topped head: Ivs. short-petioled,
auriculate at the base, oblong-obovate, with 3-7 rounded
lobes on each side, quite glabrous, dark green above,
pale bluish green beneath, 2^-5 in. long: fr. 1-7 on
slender peduncles; acorn ovate or ovate-oblong, about 1
in. high, embraced about one-third by the hemispherical
cup. Eu., N. Afr., W. Asia. G.C. III. 24:201; 25:168.
—More than 40 varieties are cultivated in European
nurseries and collections ; some of the most important
are the following: Var. Concdrdia, Lemaire. Lvs.
bright yellow. I.H. 14:537. Var. contbrta, Hort. A
form with twisted branches and crowded lys. of ir-
regular shape ; of slow growth. Var. fastigijtta, DC.
With upright branches forming a narrow columnar
head. G.C. II. 19:179. Of the same habit are var. !as-
tigiita oupressoldes, Hort., with narrower lvs. Var.
fastigiita atireo-punctitawith yellowish spotted foliage.
Var. iastigiita vlridis with lvs. of darker green. Var.
heterophJUa, Lond. (var. comptonicefbUa, Hort.) with
narrow, elongated, slightly or crenately lobed, some-
times almost entire leaves. Var. HIioifblia, Lem. (var.
pectinAta, var. Incini&ta, var. asplenifilia , var. doumiti,
Hort.). Fig. 2049. Lvs. deeply divided often almost
to the midrib in narrow linear lobes, with crisp mar-
gins. G.C. II. 14:G32. I.H. 1, black figure not num-
bered opposite plate 33. R.H. 1894. p. 17. Var. p6n-
dula, Loud. With pendulous branches; a form with
more slender and more decidedly weeping branches
is var. Dauv(ssei, Hort. Var. purpur&scens, DC.
(var. purpurea. Loud.). With the lvs. bright pur-
QUERCUS
pie when young, becoming almost green at length or as
in the forms distinguished as var. atropurpilTea and var.
nigra, Hort., the color is more intense and retained
through the whole summer. F.S. 17:1783-84. Var.
varieg&ta, Endl. There are a number of variegated
forms, but of no great ornamental value; the most cult,
are: albo -varie(/Ata, argenteo-picta, anreo - vai-iegdta ,
Joreauinsis maculdta, tricolor.
30. Bessilifldra, Salisb. {Q. JRdbur, var. sessiundra,
DC. Q. Bobur, Mill.). Similar in habit to the former,
but limbs less spreading and head less broad : petioles
y<i-% in. long: lvs. rounded or cuneate at base, obovate
or obovate-oblong, with 5-9 rounded lobes on each side,
somewhat glossy above, pale and glabrous or slightly
pubescent on the midrib beneath. 2K-5 in. long: fr.
almost sessile, usually somewhat larger than those of
the preceding species. Europe, W. Asia to Persia. A
very distinct variety is var. meBpiliSolia, Wallr., with
almost entire lvs. Var. purpurea, Hort., has the lvs.
purplish when young. — Q. sessiliflora is less common in
cult, than the last. Both are usually called English
Oak and are.often considered as mere subspecies of Q.
Bobur.
31. lanugindla, Thuill. (Q. puUscens,'W\\\A.). Tree,
to 40 ft., but sometimes remaining shrubby: branches
tomentose when young: lvs. pinnately lobed or pinnati-
fid, with 4—8 pairs of obtuse or acute lobes, glabrous
above, pubescent or tomentose and grayi.oh green be-
neath, 2-4 in. long: fr. almost sessile; acorn ovoid, K-
1 in. long, enclosed about one-half by the tomentose
cup; scales closely appressed. M.and S.Eu., W.Asia. — A
very variable species, often shrubby, growing mostly on
dry', rocky and often on limestone soil; the more south-
em forms of it are tender. Var. Hartwissi&na, Dipp.
[Q. Hartwi.tsi&na, Stev.). Lvs. small, rather acutely
lobed, yellowish tomentose beneath. Var. p6ndula,
Jacq. ( Q. ^gilops, var. peudida and Pseudaegilops pln-
dtthi, Hort.), with pendulous branches and densely
tomentose lvs., resembles the following species and is
supposed by some authors to be a hybrid between the
32. Tftza, Bosc (Q.Pyrenhica, Willd. Q. camhta and
criiiita, Hort.). Tree, to 40 ft., with slender branches;
branchlets yellowish tomentose: lvs. pinnatifid half
way to the middle or more, with rather narrow and acute
lobes, pubescent above, yellowish or grayish tomentose
beneath, 3-5 in. long: fr. short or long- peduncled;
acorn oblong, embraced one-third to one-half by the to-
mentose cup ; scales loosely appressed, rather large.
Spain, S. France. Var. p6ndula, Dipp., with pendulous
branches. — Somewhat tender north.
.33. confSrta, Kit. (9. i'a«ji<!H!c«,Hort. Q.Hungdrica,
Hubeny). Tree, to 120 ft., with gradually spreading
branches forming a round-topped, open head; bark
rather light brown: lvs. very short-petioled, auriculate
at the base, obovate, deeply pinnatifid, with 5-7 pairs of
often toothed lobes, dark green and almost glabrous at
length, pale and tomentose beneath, 4-7 in. long: fr.
short-peduncled; acorn ovoid-oblong, embraced about
one-third by the cup; scales rather large, loosely ap-
pressed. Italy. S. E. Eu. G.C. II. 5:85.-Pretty Oak
with handsome dark green foliage; hardy in Mass. but
seems not reliable farther north.
34. C6rri8, Linn. Turkey Oak. Tree, to 120 ft., with
rather short spreading branches forming a broad pyra-
midal at length often irregular open head: lvs. oblong
or obovate-oblong, pinnatifid, with 3-8 pairs of entire or
few-toothed lobes, dark green and somewhat rough
above, grayish pubescent or almost glabrous beneath at
length: fr. short-stalked, ripening the second year: acorn
oblong-ovate, to \yi in. long, embraced about one-half by
the large mossy cup. S.E. Eu., W.Asia. Mn. 3:166. Gn.
27, p. 476. 477. — Handsome Oak with dark green foliage
and of pyramidal habit when \ cuui,'. but ii.it quite hardy
north. Easily recognized evm in wint.-r b\ the slender
subulate scales surrounding :iii.l . nimiiUii^' the winter-
buds. Var. AuBtriaca, Loud. Lvs. l..ii:.'ir-|iitioled, less
deeply lobed, or almo.st sinuately d.iitatt- with short,
acute, entire lobes. For Q. Austriaai s. mjh rrir' us. see
Q. Tnrneri in supplementary list. Var. laciniata. L"u.i.
Lvs. deeply pinnatifid, often almost to iIm- midfib
divided into narrow oblong lobes. There art- hybrids
QCERCUS
with Q. Siiber, for which see (p. Lucombeana, in sup-
plementary list.
35. Siiber, Linn. Cork Oak. Tree, to 50 ft., with
broad round-topped head and thick, deeply furrowed,
spongy, elastic liark; Ivs. ovate to oblong, rounded or
subconlatr ;ii til.- Ka^i'. niuotely serrate, glabrous above,
whitish t. Di.i^r li. ii.aili.l-Sin.long: fr. short-stalked;
acorn ovale I'l- 1. t-hnm i>\ at»-,^-lMin high embraced one
third til uiii hall l.y II up scales thick usually with
short and oitt-u rtcui vrd tips
S. Europe, X. Afr. — From this
species cork is obtained; it is
much cultivated for this pur
pose in E. India and recentlj
also in California, where it
seems to thrive well. Q. occi
dentalis, Gay, seems to differ
only by the fr. ripening the
second year and by its greater
hardiness ; its bark is not distin
guished commercially from that
of the true Cork Oak.
36. Ilex, Linn. Holly or
Holm Oak. Tree, to 60 ft., with
large, round-topped head; bark
not corky: Ivs. very variable,
ovate to lanceolate, remotely
serrate or almost entire and
with revolute margin, diik
green above, yellowish or whit
ish tomentose beneath, 1-3 m
long ; fr. 1-3, usually pedun
cled ; acorn ovate, embraced
about one -half by the cup,
scales thin, appressed, rarely
slightly spreading. S. Europe
M.D.G. 1898:275. Var. Ballota,
DC. (Q. BalUla, Desf.). L\ s
smaller, orbicular or broadly
ovate; the sweet acorn is often
gathered for food. Var. Fdrdu,
Nichols. ( Q. F6rdii, Carr. ) . Of
pyramidal habit with narrower
and smaller Ivs. R.H. 1861, pp.
114, 115; 1885, pp. 352, 353. Not
to be confounded with Q. Ford-
iana, Herasl., a Chinese species with chestnut-like
leaves.
37. Vlrginiina, Mill. {Q. vlrens. Ait.). Live Oak.
Figs. 2050-52. Tree, to 50 or rarely to 70 ft., with al-
most horizontal limbs, forming a wide spreading head ;
sometimes shrubby: Ivs. elliptic or oblong, usually en-
tire, with revolute margin, rarely witli a ffw spiny tt-eth
above the middle, dark green and glossy al.i.vc, wliitish
tomentulose beneath, 1-3 in. long: fr. |m-.Iiiii<-1i il ; a<-orn
ovate, about 1 in. long, embraced about ■ tliiiil l.y the
cup; scales thin, appressed. Va. to Fla.. west to Mex.
S. 8.8:394.395. G.F. 1:476; 5:486, 487; 6:7; 8:235. F.R.
1:643. Gng. 8:1. -One of the most beautiful of the
American Oaks and much planted as a shade and
avenue tree in the southern states; easily transplanted
and of rapid growth ; also very valuable as a timber tree.
38. chrys61epis, Liebm. California Ln-E Oak. Maul
Oak. Fig. 2053. Tree, to 50, rarely to 100 ft., with wide-
spreading head and often pendulous branches : Ivs.
short-petioled, oval to oblong-ovate, acute and spiny-
toothed or entire, bluish or yellowish green above, glau-
cous beneath and covered with fulvous tomeutum when
young, 1-4 in. long: fr. short-stalked, ripening the sec-
ond year; acorn ovoid, %-!% in. high, embraced about
one-fourth by the shallow cup, which is often very thick
and densely fulvous-tomentose. Ore. to Calif. S.S.
8:398, 399. G.F. 5:127.-The most beautiful of the Cali-
fornian Oaks.
39. agrifdlia, N^e. Fig. 2054. Similar in habit to the
former, sometimes shrubby: Ivs. broadly oval to ob-
long, sinuately spiny-toothed, usually convex, dull green
above, light green below, pubescent at first, lH-3 in.
long: fr. usually sessile; acorn conic-ovate, often elon-
gated, to 1}-^ in. long, embraced one-fourth to one-third
by the cup; scales thin, slightly pubenilous. Calif.
S.S. 8:403. P.F.G. 2, p. 44. F.S. 7, p. 138.
1483
Tan B.\rk Oak. Ever-
100ft.. w.tli s|,r,a.Iiug
branches forming a dense, broad, rouijilii.|.|M(l luad:
Ivs. oblong-obovate or oblong, acute, iviimi. ly .1, niati-,
with short acute callous teeth, fulvous-toiiHiitusf when
young, at maturity glabrous and pale green above, rusty
tomentose beneath and finally glabrous and bluish white:
fr peduncled icorn ovoid or ovite %-l'-^ m long em
braced oul\ it the base b> the shallow cup coated with
scales, not ii
-Q.a.
linear spreading scales. S. Ore. to Calif. S.S. 8:438.
G.F. 5:523. — One of the most beautiful Oaks of the Pa-
cific states. The only representative of the subgenus
Pasania in America.
The species in the following list are not hardy north except
when mentioned:
Q. acuta, Thunb. (Q. Buergeri, Blunie). Evergreen small
tree: Ivs. oblong to lanceolate, abruptly acuminate, usually
entire, glabrous, light green benealli. 4-7 in,: cup thick, with
the scales connate into couceutric rings. .Jap.. Corea. Gn. 19.
p. 285— Q.JEgi laps. Linn. Evergreen tree, to 60 ft,: allied
lart,'^-, with spreading, ilat. lanceolate
ni li.ilf shorter than acorn, S, Italy,
!i Evergreen shrub: Ivs, orbicular
uL' ;il'iive. yellow-tomentose beneath,
i-curved lanceolate bracts: acorn l^in.
long. Creta, Gu. 18, p. 480; 40, p, 95, A,tT, 13:436,— 0, JSwrffert,
Blume = Q, acuta,— Q, hambvsoemia. Fort., not Hance. = Q.
Vibrayana,- Q, brevifbUa, Sarg. = Q. cinerea,- Q, castana-fdlia,
C. A, Mey, Half evergreen tree, to 70 ft, : Ivs, oblong-lanceo-
late, serrate, tomentuloso hr-urath, rarely almost glabrous,
4-6 in, long: cup -with l;nir, ,.l.-,t.. i.-.-urv.-.\ .scales. W, Asia to
N, Persia, Not or only half li.-ir.ly iimtli —Q. Catesbtvi, Michx.
Tree, to 60 ft,: Ivs, siiuilar t.. i li.,,s, ,.f (,i. i-uneata, but rufous-
tomentose when young, g!;ihro\is at h-iit:th. except axillary tufts
beneath, very short-petioled; cup tuil.iuate. N. (.', to Fla, and
La, S,S, 8:417,— Q, Chapmani, Sarg. IQ. obtusiloba, var, par-
vifolia, Chapm,), UsuaUy shrub, rarely sm,all tree; allied to
Q, stellata: Ivs, obovateoblong and entireor slightly sinuately
lobed towardthe apex, S, Cto Fla, .S,S, 8:370.— y, Chinmsit,
Abel, See Q, sclerophylla,— 0, cin/'rea. Michx, Blde Jack.
Small tree: allied to Q. imbricaria. but Ivs, tomentulose be-
neath, smaller, elliptic to oblong-lanceolate, half-evergreen:
cup saucer-shaped; acorn snbglobose, N. C. to Fla. and Tex.
S,S, 8:431,— Q. coceifera, Linn, Evergreen small tree or shmb:
Ivs, oval to oblong, spinose-dentate, almost glabrous, 1-2 in.
long: cup with spreading or recurved rigid scales: maturation
biennial, S, En,- 0, aispid&ta. Thunb, Evergreen tree, to
40 ft,, with slender branches: Ivs, ovate to oblong, acuminate,
erenately serrate toward the apex or entire, ghabrons at length,
1H-3K in, long: fr. in short spikes; cup ovate, enclosing the
1484 QUERCUS
acorn. S.Z. vol. 1.2. (i.C. II. 12:233. Very desirable everereea
treeof vigorousgrowth. Var. variegata, Hort. Lvs. smaller .with
abroad, irregular, creamy-white margin. G.C. II. 12:233.— Q.
Douglasi, Hook. & Arn. Tree, to 60 ft., with dense, round-
topped head: allied to Q. Garryana, but lvs. bluish green, less
deeply lobed, often onjy siuuately dentate. Talif. S.S. 8:386.
—Q. dmndsa, Nxitt. Everj^reeTi ri-ri.l ^)(nii. t.. H ft or oeca-
sionally tree to30 ft.: Ivs.nl, lo,,- I,, ,,!„,\ ,,'. • i.r ,, <it ^ innately
toothed, pubescent, grayisti -'■ i > : i 'nu:: fr.
usually solitary and sessile ' ;' ,i ..nt,', em-
braced one-third to two-llnru- i.s
Calif. S.S.8:3fl2.-Q. jFm-/,//,. Tmm. L.i
QUILLAJA
allied to Q.chrysolepis: lvs. usually cordate, oblong-lanceolate,
spiny- toothed, soon almost glabrous, l-23^in, long: acorn ob-
long. M-^in. high. Tex. to Ariz. S.S. 8:397.-<3. Eseulus,
Linn. A S. European form of Q. sessiUaora, with the lvs. pu-
bescent when youug and deeply pinnatifid: synonym to Q.
sessiliflora, var. aurea, DC— Q. Fulhanteniti8,'Rort. See.Q.
Lueombeana.— Q. Gdmbeli, Nutt. Small tree or shrub, very
variable: allied to Q alba: lvs. smnllnr. pale or yellowish
green and nsn.illv tinelv T.ii}>es.-ent below t> 'imaller, sessile.
Colo, lu I i..i,,iM.i M^x ^^ .- .;i;-;, .ir,; i,r w. ■[». l—Q. Qeor-
gidna, < m - ' ( i a i i,,.; allied to Q.
palustri- . . .1 I .1 .; ; ,ii.l lobes mostly
entire. «.,, - - .- ■_.. II .j^i,, (j .h.i-,,. I'lninb. Evergreen
tree: l^^^. >>!.lMn- ..lpi-;:- a'.inuiuaiL'. tjiii.ru, glabrous, light
green beneatii. IMI in. lout,': staminate catkins erect: fr. in
spikes, ripening the second 'yean the obloug nut embraced
about one-third by the cup. Jap. G.C. II. 14:785; 111.16:377.
R.H. 1858,p. 351. ^.Z.vo\.l.9Q.-Q,glaitca,T\n\nh. Half-ever-
green tree, to 40 ft.: lvs. ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, serrate
above the middle, glaucous and appressed silky beneath. 2-5 in.
long: staminate cat kins pendulous, panicled: cup with the scales
Conuati> into concentric rings. Jap.— ^. Qramuatia, lA\\n.=Q.
Hex.— Q. Haas, Kotschy. Closely allied to Q. pedunculata:
lvs. sparingly stellate-pubescent beneath, larger: fr. larger. E.
Eu.. W. Asia. Hardy.— Q. ft^?«rop/iy«a. Michx. Supposed hy-
brid of Q. Phellos and Q. velutina: lvs. oblong, narrowed into
the petiole, sinuately lobed or toothed or entire. S.S. 8:436.—
Q. humilis, Walt. = Q. cinerea.— Q. humilis. Lam. Half-ever-
green shrub, with oval, coarsely dentate lvs., grayish tomen-
tose beneath: fr. almost sessile. Portugal. Sometimes Q.
prinoides is sold under this name.— Q. mcdna, Roxb. Ever-
green tree, to 60 ft.: allied to Q. variabilis: lvs. oblong- to
ovat«- lanceolate, acximinate. mucron ate- serrate, with 14-20
pairs of veins, glossy above, whitish tomentose beneath, 3-6 in.
long: fr. sessile; a.-urn .-ihoiu l in I..ug,at first almost enclosed
by the campamilat. raili. r iliin cnp. Himalayas. Sometimes
united with Q. lan.it:, ki. .ntlv ;ulvcrtised by Franceschi.— Q.
tn^ec(dna, Oliv. — g. l-uMUimru, var. infectoria.— <?. inv^rsa.
Lindl. =Q. thalas-vir.i — (.^ hni'ifa. Wall. Evergreen tree, to
80 ft.: allied to Q. incana: lvs. oblong-lanceolate, with 10-16
Eairs of veins, remotely toothed, 4-8 in. long: fr. smaller, cup
emispherical. Himalayas.— 0. lanvgindsa, Don — Q. lanata.
— Q. Ledna, Nutt. Supposed hybrid of Q. imbricaria and velu-
tina: lvs. oblong or obovate-oblong, sinuately toothed or entire,
rounded at the base. S.S. 8:434. Hardy.— Q. ifftanf. Oliv.
Half -evergreen shrub or small tree: lvs. oblong-ovate, coarsely
serrate, light green and at length almost glabrous beneath,
2-4 in. long: acorn almost wholly enclosed:
ing. Asia Minor. R.H. 1872. p. 155: 1877,
which is probably Q. ^gilops). Gn. 1. i, ',!
Sweet. (Q. Cerris, var. Lucombeana, I,im,.
perennis. DC). Supposed hybrid of <,• >
Half-evergreen tree to 70 ft., withbr..,..!
ovate, coarsely serrate, tomentose btn'iii,
with subulate spreading scales. Probably
tage as Q. Pulhamensis, diflfering by symmetrical pyramidal
habit and more corky bark. Gn. 27, pp. 476-478.-0. Lnisitdn-
ica. Lam Half-evergreen tree, sometimes shrub: lvs. oval to
ovate-lanceolate, coarsely and deeply s.-rrai.-. i.ube-^c»-nt be-
neath, 1-2 in. long: cup with appres.-^r.l ,;_• rme-
half to one-third of the nut. S. Eu. ' : ■<',. is
more shrubby and has the lvs. less i -Q,
Macedonica. i>C. Evergreen tree or ••"g,
serrate, light green and sparingly puIm- ' : in.
long; cup with the lower scales appress.d. The iniddl.- ones
spreading and the upper ones inversed. almost enclosing the
nut. Macedonia. Albania.- Q. macrantMra, Fisch. & Mey.
Tree, to 50 ft.: allied to Q. conferta: lvs. larger and less deeply
lobes on each side, pubescent, 4-7 in.
i.f the !
long. Cauc. to N. Persia. Hardy.— Q. macr/*/f/jt«, Kotschy. A
variety of Q. ^gilops. with larger, less deeply lotted lvs. and
the scales of the cup large and strongly recur\'ed. Creta.— Q.
oblongifdlia, Torr. Evergreen small tree, to 30 ft., with spread-
ing, often contorted branches: allied to Q. undulata. Lvs.
t)vate to obovate, entire or spiny-toothed, glabrous, bluish
green, 1-3 in. long: cup en().rru-in£: nl-mit one-third of the ovate
nut. Ariz, to Mex. and W Trx SS S:3SS. G.F. 1:140.— <^.
pagodaefdlia, Ashe (Q t
to 100 ft., with spreading-
head: closely allied to g
angular lobes, whiti-<h r
Ga. in swamps. — V i'l"/l/
,glaur.
Tree,
an oval or oblong
7-11 narrowly tri-
1. Va. to N. C. to
Evergreen tree or
crenately serrate,
up with appressed
beneath, 4-6 in. long:
thaldssica,
appressed
ut. China.
lobed. with 8-:
oblong-oval
cup with ovate- lanceolate scales, enclosing about
the nut. Asia Minor. Gt. 40, p. 510. Hardy.— Q. Psewdosiifi^r.
Santi. Evergreen or lialf -evergreen tree, allied to Q. Suber:
bark less corky: lvs. more deeply serrate, thinner and less to-
mentoso b.ii.-ath : cup with recurved scales. Italy. N. Mt—Q.
i>inn:i.t W ,, I ',' IMiellos, var. pumila, Michx. Q. sericea,
Wi 111 _'t,t'n spreading shrub, to 12 ft., similar to
<J ! I tniig to linear-oblong, entire or coarsely
t"<'i:.' . I:. 1.. . .1 beneath, glabrous at length: acorn sub-
kN - , -M 'i-l,: maturation annual. N C to Fla. S.S.
8:404. -y. Pimimi. Kots.l,>. Vari.-ty ^f g, .K^'it..ps, with the
Ivg. less deeply and vpr\ n!-ri,'tii;irly ImI,,.,! mi, rml.racingone-
third of the acorn, wit li tin Imw-t <i-,ii, ■. l..nv,.|\ oppressed, the
upper ones recurved. A^n .Minor Q i-.hruhirn. Humb. &
Bonpl. Half-evergreen tn'->, t.. :;ii ft., «>r sliruh; lvs. oval or
obovate. spiny-dentat* toward the apex, bluish green, tomen-
tose and reticulate beneath. 1-5 in. long: fr. in slender-stalked
spikes; cup with appressed scales. Ariz, and N. Mex. to Mes.
S.S. 8:390.-e. rotunda, Hort. = phillyreoides.—Q. scieropAyUa.
Lindl. Evergieen tree: lvs. oval to oblong-obovate or oblong,
acuminate, serrate toward the apex, glauceseent beneath.
25^-6 in. long: fr. in peduncled spikes, nut not much exceeding
the cup; bract ovate, appressed. N.China. Paxt. Flow. Gard.
1, p. 37. This is probably the Q. Chinensis. Abel. Sometimes
Q. Turneri is cult, under the name of Q. s<-l.-roplivlla -(^.
sertcm, Willd. =Q. puriii):, (.* .■.,,■,•/, Ti, i,,!, K, .M-r.-.-n
tree: lvs. obovato-obl'iii- . .. m,. -: j; lu
and glabrous below, J - j , . : i, , i;;.-,
spreading and recur\il . the
nut. Corea, Ja.p.—<J s'.,^ l !■ :i rt U--.
slender-stalked, ovate to <i\at. , ii. U serrate
with bristly teeth, glabrous. ;m". ■ ■_
subglobose. large. S. Mex.,Gnaf > -■ ' i-i: :■
Hance. Evergreen tree: lvs. ellip'
nate, serrate toward the apex or • mi, -:,, i .
beneath. 3-5 in. long: fr. in short sjiikes; cup
scales, embracing one-fourth to one-third of i
P.F.G. 1. p. 36.— Q. Tumen, Willd. Half-e
supposed hybrid of Q. Ilex and Q. pedunculata: lvs. oval l
obovate-oblong. with 4-8 ascending teeth on each side, light
green and almost glabrous beneath at length: frs. few, in pe-
duncled spikes; scales appressed. Of garden origin. Some-
times cultivated under the names Q. glandulifera, Austriaca
sempervirens, Pseudosuber and sclerophylla.— Q. undulata.
Torr. Small tree or shrub: allied to Q. Douglasi, with smaller,
less deeply lobed, bluish green lvs. pubescent below: nut
smaUer. Colo, to Ariz, and Tex. S.S. 8:385.-0. rngeri,
Kotschy. Variety of Q. ^l^igilops: lvs. smaller, lobed: cup
with recurved scales, not much shorter than acorn. Asia Minor.
—Q. Vibraydna, Franch & Sav. (Q. bambussefolia. Fort., not
HanceJ. Evergreen tree, to 50 ft., allied to Q. glauca: lvs.
lanceolate, serrate, glabrous and glaucous beneath. 3-5 in. long:
acorn oblong-ovate, much exceeding the lamellose cup. Jap.—
Q. WUUzeni, DC Evergreen tree, to 80 ft.: allied to Q. agri-
folia: lvs. ovate to oblong-lanceolate, sinuately dentate or en-
tire, glabrous, yellowish green beneath. 1-5 in. long: acorn em-
braced about one-half by the cup. Colo, to Calif, and Tex.
SS. 8:406. ALFRED ReHDER.
QUESNfiLIA. St-e HiUhenjia.
QUICKTHOEN. Craf(egus Oxyacuntha.
QUILLAJA (from QuiUai, the Chilean name, which
'■(lines fn»in quillean, to wash; the bark of the tree con-
tains saponin, an alkaline o<)iri(M.un«l, wlii.-li makes it
useful as soap). Hosdceae. A irrmi'- ••]' ;ilM.iit 4 species
of extra-tropical evergreen tn.v. ,,iM^ily Anirriean: lvs.
simple, entire or dentate, shinini.'. .■..n,i.-.-.Mis: fls. axil-
lary and tenninal, solitary or rlii^iereil ; calyx coria-
ceous, persistent, with 5 valvate lobes; petals 5, small,
spatulate; stamens 10: fr, 5, oblong, obtuse, follicles
coherent at their bases.
Sapon&ria, Molina. Soap Bark Tree. A large tree:
lvs. l?4-2 in. long, ovate, shining, dentate, sliort-peti-
oled: fls. white, about % in. across, usually terminal,
solitary or in clusters of .^5 on the same peduncle.
Chile. B.M. 7568.-Cult. in S. Calif.
QUINCE
QUINCE. Figs. 2055-9. The Quince (see Cydoma
vulgaris) is an interesting and peculiar fruit. Its com-
mercial status has changed but little in a century.
There is no widespread constant demand for the fruit.
This has influenced its development; varieties have
changed but little and methods of cultivation are gener-
ally unstudied. There are a few marked examples which
illustrate the advantages of good cultivation, but, unfor-
tunately, the belief that the Quince thrives best when
neglected prevails to such an extent that the legitimate
profits of the industry are seldom realized. This miscon-
ception, coupled with the fact that the fruit of most
varieties cannot be eaten raw— though delicious when
cooked— has constantly impeded the progress of Quince
culture. Times are changing, however. There are sev-
eral notable Quince .in-har.ls in tlir Tnited Stilt, s which
are being managed liki' wcU'Cinuiiictni ilwiirf iu-:ir jtlan-
tations. These orcluinls ;>re i.rufital.U-. The Quince is
peculiar in the manner in which it bears the fruit. The
flowers resemble apple blossoms, i>ut are larger and more
open, white, shaded with pink, and are produced singly at
the extremities of the twigs. The tree is highly ornamen-
tal when in flower, and again when decked with, irregular
golden apple- or pear-.shaped fruits the display is of rare
beauty.
The habit of growth is slow; the branches are crooked
and distorted. The tree rarely exc-eeds 15 ft. in
height, though a specimen at (J.iuvi, \. Y.. tv.h re-
ported some years ago t(i !"■ ;!" H ' '■ ■' :^ -irm
nearly 2 ft. in diameter. 'J'Im- Iri., lire,
dark green above and downy un.l. r;, ,;::., ii.i, ,_;!.- on
late in the autumn. Incoustituti^.u, ii i, -- in.. «L:it less
hardy than the apple and pear. Like the apple and pear,
the fruit is 5-celled; each cell contains several seeds
invested with a kind of mucilaginous pulp, differing in
these respects from the apple and pear, which usually
have 2 free seeds in each cell The liavor of the fruit is
milder in warm countries than in cold Though com-
monly uneatable raw, the Quince has been esteemed for
at least 2,000 vears for the making of marmalade.
QUINCE
1485
Quince marmalade is more freely manufactured in Eu-
rope than in America. Quinces are chiefly canned in the
United States, although the juice is used in flavoring
various manufactured fruit products and in making jelly.
Boiled Quinces, served hot with cream or butter and
sugar, make an excellent dessert.
The best soil for Quinces in New York state is a
heavy, moist, retentive clay loam. Contrary to popu-
lar notion, it should be well drained. The best orchards
are found on lands naturally or artiflciully drained.
Sandy land grows the trees quickly, but they are not
long-lived or productive in their later years.
On light soils Quinces may be planted 10 ft. apart
each way; on heavy soils, particularly in the East, where
the trees are longer lived than in the West, they should
not be planted nearer than 15 ft. each way and some
persons recommend greater distances. Three-year-old
trees are preferred by most planters. The trees begin
to bear two years after planting. They reach full bear-
ing at 10 or 12 years. The Quince is shallow-rooted;
therefore deep plowing is to be avoided. Thorough
tillage is just as necessary as with the peach and
plum; adequate fertilizing is also essential to suc-
cess. The Quince orchard should never be left bare of
ground cover in the autumn. A cover-crop (see Cover-
Crops) is required to protect the roots from frost injury
during winter. Frequently the trees are weakened by
the loss of surface roots. In selecting cover-crops to
obviate this possibility those which can be easily in-
corporated with the soil by a disk or spring- tooth harrow
are preferable. Cow-peas, soy beans or buckwheat,
from this standpoint, are desirable plants. Aside from
this the trees may need nitrogenous and mineral fertil-
izers. Their vigor and productiveness may be accepted
as guides to the proper fertilizer treatment. If the
trees lack vigor, apply barnyard manure, supplement it
with mineral fertilizers, as potash and phosphoric acid.
These can be broadcasted in the fall or early spring.
When readily soluble fertilizers are used they should
be applied in smaller quantities during the growing
The natural form of the Quince tree is vase-shaped,
or globular with age. Little training is needed. Prun-
ing is of two kinds: that which removes diseased,
interfering or superfluous branches and that which
influences more directly the quantity and quality of the
fruit. The latter consists of "heading-in " strong-grow-
ing shoots each year. Heading-in should be performed
during late winter or early spring. Whether this
system shall be carried on rigidly year after year will
depend on the character of the growth. It is also to be
remembered that this shortening of the terminal shoots
is in effect a thinning process and is of greatest value
where trees are growing very rapidly; consequently the
extent of its employment is a matter of judgment on
the part of the operator. Quinces are remarkably
regular bearers, but not infrequently the fruit is ill-
shaped and of small size, due to overbearing and insect
injury. Heading-ill mav thus be more satisfactorily used
to thin the Quince crop than other pomaceous fruits.
As the trees become old, they are likely to grow ragged
and to have little bearing wood; heading-in may correct
this fault.
Among the most serious fungous diseases are leaf
blight, rust and pear blight. Leaf blight (Entomospor-
ium maculatum) produces spots on the foliage and fruit.
The leaves drop prematurely and the fruit is small and
marred by black spots. Rust (Hastelia aurantiaca), &
1486
QUINCE
QUISQUALIS
form'of the fungus causing the familiar "cedar apple"
on wild red cedars is one of the most common diseases,
but is of less economic Importance than leaf blight.
Rust attacks the fruit, blotching it, and in some in-
stances completely enveloping it in a peculiar orange-
2057 Quinces
colored fringe-like growth. Ihe twigs are intested by
the mycelium of the fungus, and show its presence by
irregular swellings. Leaf blight and rust are best con-
trolled by using Bordeaux mixture. Fire blight or pear
blight is the most dangerous disease, because it is
always prevalent to a greater or less extent and is very
di£&cult to control. As with the pear, of which it is an
,ily
inks,
enemy of first importance, the
hygienic one of preventing infrctj.-n hy <lfsi
the infected part. This must he il.)iii> pr.iiiii.il
diseased branches and trees, if l.i;ully aiuuk. il. ^h.
cutout and burned at once. As a niatur of fa.t, (,
are not ordinarily attacked in the limbs or on the I
so that the removal of the twigs or small branches often
cuts out the diseased portions.
The stem of the Quince tree is attacked by borers,
which can be controlled only by digging them out.
The fruit is attacked by codlin moth ; this is best treated
with arsenical poisons applied in spray form. The
Quince curculio is often very troublesome, causing the
fruits to become knotty. The best remedy is to catch
the insects by the jarring method (Fig. 2059), as the
plum curculio is caught.
Comparatively few varieties have been added to Quince
lists in recent years. Bailey says in his bulletin on " The
Quince in Western New York" (Bulletin 80 of Cornell
Experiment Station), which appears to be the only
experiment station publication on this subject, that
Orange, Champion, Rea and Meech are the leading
varieties in New York state. Among the newer varie-
ties. Puller and Van Deman should be mentioned. With
Quinces, as with other fruits for which there is not a
strong and constant demand, it is desirable to plant
suflicient variety of early and late kinds to properly
miy-rrr'
2058 New York Qu
plantation
carefully. It usually pays to grade the fruit, which may
be shipped according to quality in peck or 15-pound
grape baskets, in bushel kegs, half barrels or barrels.
The liner grades are ordinarily marketed with greatest
profit in the smaller packages.
Quinces are propagated in four ways: (1) cuttings
of the ripened wood and also from pieces of roots treated
like cuttings; (2) mound layers; (3) root-grafting;
(4) budding. Hardwood cuttings are employed by
nurserymen who have light, warm soils. They are
handled like grape cuttings, and made like currant
cuttings. In mound - layering the old plant is cut
back to encourage a growth of sprouts from the crown.
A mound of soil Is thrown about them. When rooted
they are detached. Layer-grown plants are not the most
desirable because much given to sprouting when set in
the orchard. When root-grafting is employed, pieces
of apple roots are spliced to the cions. These roots
assist the cuttings in becoming established, and often
are removed when the nursery tree is transplanted at
one or two years, or perhaps not till prepared for orchard
setting. Quince stock is used when trees are propagated
by budding. Angers is commonly grown from seed fnr
this purpose. john Craio.
QUINCE, BENGAL. See ^gle
QUININE. See Cinch
QUISQUALIS (nime li on sert b( low ) Cn„ilmf,)rfr
Thi iiulude-, th 1 ^ v iivmik a ttndir woodj
plant with o pet 1 i k ible for their t\
tremelj long (ah \ 1 ich is slender and
t,reen and at hr t it iken for a pedicel
or (orollatubt II hs means literally
uliof u hnt / ind \\ i .,i\ n I \ 1 iiniphius in astonish
mi nt at tht plant s beha\ lor fir it is said tc grow erect
and hriib like to a height of J ft when it thn ws out
from the base a new growth that climbs up the neigh
boring trees, after which the original shrub perishes.
Many other interesting statements about this plant are
made in B.M. 2033.
Quisqualis is a genus of 4 species native to tropical
Asia, Natal, Madagascar and Guinea. Lvs. mostly
opposite or nearly so, oblong or ovate, acuminate, en-
tire: fis. changeable in color, white to red; stamens 10;
ovary 1-celled; ovules 3-4; fr. dry, oblong, leathery,
5-cornered, 5-winged, 1-seeded.
Indica, Linn. Rangoon Creeper. Lvs. 4 in. long,
nearly glabrous: calyx-teeth triangular, acute, not acu-
minate.: petals rose or scarlet: fr. with very sharp
angles but hardly winged. Malaya. Widely cult, in
tropics. B.M. 2033. B.R. 6:492. R.H. 1868:50 (as
Q, pubeseens). — Quisgualis Indica is cult, in northern
hothouses. For best results it should be planted in beds
of soil composed of fibrous loam, peat and sand. The fls.
appear from June to September, and last well when cut.
After flowering the plant should be cut back severely and
water applied less frequently until the wood is ripened.
New growth starts the following spring. If the plant is
kept in a very hot and humid atmosphere it makes a ram-
pant growth. It is remarkably free from insect pests
and fungous diseases. Prop, by softwood cuttings in-
serted in sand with bottom heat.
Emii. Mische and W. M.
Cyclopedia of American Horticulture
By L. H. BAILEY, of Cornell University
Assisted by Wilhelm Miller and many expert cultivators and botanists
SECOND EDITION — 4 VOLS.— OVER 2,800 ORIGINAL ENGRAVINGS
THIS great work comprises directions for the cultivation of horticul-
tural crops and original descriptions of all the species of fruits,
vegetables, flowers and ornamental plants known to be in the mai'ket
in the United States and Canada. "It has the unique distinction of
presenting for the first time, in a carefully arranged and perfectly
accessible form, the best knowledge of the best specialists in America
upon gardening, fruit -gi-o wing, vegetable culture, forestiy, and the
like, as well as exact botanical information. . . . The contributors
are eminent cultivators or specialists, and it is expected that the work
will include fully 5,000 signed contributions." The arrangement is
very systematic, clear and convenient for ready reference.
The Cyclopedia is piiblished in
four handsome quarto volumes,
embracing about 2,000 pages, with
more than 2,800 original illustra-
tions. It is carefully printed on
specially made paper of a per-
manent character. Vol. I (A to
D, 509 pages, 743 illustrations, 9
plates), Vol. II (E to M, 544
pages, 710 illustrations, 14 plates) ,
Vol. Ill (N to Q, 432 pages, 606
illustrations, 13 plates), and Vol.
IV (R to Z, 529 pages, 749 illus-
trations, 20 plates), complete the
entire work.
This book is sold only by sub-
scription, and orders will be ac-
cepted for the full set only, at $5
per volume. Terms and further
information may be had of
THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
66 Fifth Avenue, NEW YORK
The Garden-Craft Ser
The Horticulturist's Rule-Book
A Compendium of Useful Information for Fruit-
growers. Truck -gardeners. Florists, and Others
By L. H. BAILEY
ssor of Horticulture in the Cornell Univ
FOURTH EDITION -312 PAGES — 75 CTS.
AVAST mass of information is presented iu this handy little reference
book, arranged so carefully and indexed so completely that instant
reference may be made to any one of the two thousand entries. The
things you want to know about horticultural work, the remedy for a plant
disease, the way to conquer a troublesome insect enemy — all are concisely
set forth. It is a collection of verified and digested facts, in compact
form, easy "of reference and comprehensive in range. Now hi its fourth
edition, the book has become a standard refei'ence work.
The Horticulturist's Rule - Book
presents information upon such matters
as recipes for insecticides and fungicides,
descriptions (with remedies) of insects
and diseases, weeds, lawns, grafting-
waxes, seed and planting-tables, tables
of yields, rules for greenhouse heating
and management, with figures, methods
of storing produce, tai'iff and postal
rates, rules of societies for naming and
exhibiting specimens, score -cards and
scales of points, analyses of fertilizing
substances, lists of current horticultural
books and journals.
" It is packed from cover to cover with a
vast amount of useful information for every
one who grows fruit, flowers, or plants of
any kind. All kinds of useful tables are
given, which are very convenient to any
one, whether a horticulturist or not." — Cali-
fornia Fruit- Oroirer.
«
B™rf(«,-Pinil.l.
I ■jrlnjIi.B «llli w»l«r wlU
gm.
«irf.cc. Fan,™ '„>
OL.o (t™. „«<m... S.y)
giVh lhr«-toiirUii Inc
ud
H,m,4, -Dun, .11
»f»U<lpl«,l4..dk«pdo.
ntlt
BootSiii. Oro»ii-O.U.-
-._..e..^^.„«..^o,... 1
...lllnpi .,, \.^ ^
«™„*, -Kolhlng L. ,..,1, taowo >. Ih, ..
\1.
Zne'drtTdTg ^
ln.p«lrft<.,U,.pl^
OMni.oim. OnllSU
It. north.
■oU;
•IID
d„p
lchl...b«np.rp.mic«.U
The Garden-Craft Series
Garden - Making
Suggestions for the Utilizing of Home Grounds
By L. H. BAILEY
Aided by L. R. Taft, F. A. Waugh, and Ernest Walker
FIFTH EDITION — 417 PAGES — 256 ILLUSTRATIONS — $1.00
HERE is a book literally "for the million" who in broad America
have some love for growing things. "Every family can have a
garden. If there is not a foot of land, there are porches or win-
dows. Wherever there is sunlight, plants may be made to grow;
and one plant in a tin -can may be a more helpful and inspiring
garden to some mind than a whole acre of lawn and flowers may
be to another." The illustrations are copious and beautiful.
While it presents scientific truths, it is iu no sense a mere scientific treatise. It
gives in simple language such information as every man or woman who buys a single
packet of seed or attempts to grow a single plant is in need of. No other modern
American work exists which covers this important field. It forms a manual of
instruction for the beginner in garden work, and is at the same time a book of ref-
erence for the skilled craftsman. It is profusely illustrated and every important
operation is graphically shown. — Boston Transcript.
It is impossible to praise too highly the valuable publications issued by Prof.
Bailey. This work on "Garden - Making" has all the e.xcellences of his previous
books, together with many features which will recommend themselves to every one
desiring to make the most of the grounds around his home. — New Orleans Picayune.
The Practical Garden -Book
Containing the Simplest Directions for t'.e Growing of
the Commonest Things about the House and Garden
By C. E. HUNN
Gardener to the Horticultural Department of Cornell University
and L. H. BAILEY
THIRD EDITION-250 PAGES — MANY MARGINAL CUTS-$1.00
II:LUSTRATED by many marginal "thumbnail" cuts. This is
the latest issue of the Garden-Craft series. It is the book for the
busy man or woman who wants the most direct practical infor-
mation as to just how to plant, prune, train, and to care for all the
common flowers, fruits, vegetables, ornamental bushes and trees. It
has articles on the making of lawns, borders, sj^raying, fertilizers,
manures, lists of plants for particular purposes, hotbeds, window-gar-
dening, etc. It is all arranged alphabetically, like a miniature cyclo-
pedia. It does not contain a bit of theory or of fine writing, but is
designed for those who have no time to go into the whys and
wherefores, and who want directions as to how to grow plants.
The Garden-Craft Series
The Nursery-Book
A Complete Guide to the Multiplication of Plants
By L. H. BAILEY
Professor of Horticulture in the Cornell University
FIFTH EDITION — 365 PAGES— 152 ILLUSTRATIONS — $1.00
THE detailed questions of propagation are answered in this admirable vol-
ume, which has become the standard work of reference for nurserymen.
It is now in its third edition,, and has been thoroughly revised and
greatly extended. It is intensely practical, and fully sets forth the processes
of budding, grafting, seed-sowing, etc., as well as many other important
items of nursery work. It is simply essential to the seedsman, nurseryman,
florist or grower of plants in any walk of life. As with all Professor Bailey's
works, there are unusually complete indexes and glossaries, rendering the
book most convenient in use.
The Nursery-Book inchides Seedage (Requisites of Germination, Seed-Testing,
Handling and Sowing of Seeds); Separation and Division; Layerage; Cuttage (Gen-
eral Requirements of Cuttings, Various Kinds of Cuttings); Graftage (General Con-
siderations, Budding, Grafting, Inarching, Grafting Waxes) ; Nursery Management
(Nursery Lands, Grades of Trees, Storing and Trimming Trees, etc.); The Nursery
List (an alphabetical catalogue of about 1,500 plants, with directions for their
multiplication).
"This book should be in the home of not only evei\v horticulturist, but of every
family, irrespective of occupation, who loves flowers or ornamental plants, for it treats
of the propagation of these as well as of food plants." — Micliiijan Fruit -Grower.
Plant-Breeding
Being Five Lectures upon the Amelioration of Domestic Plants
By L. H. BAILEY
Professor of Horticulture in the Cornell University
293 PAGES — 20 ILLUSTRATIONS- $1.00
A WORK of unique interest, it being the only volume upon this subject.
When one considers the mai'velous changes in our fruits, vegetables and
flowers within a generation, through the work of man in turning to his
purposes the impulses of nature, the great interest of this book may be indi-
cated. It tells how varieties of cultivated plants come about, and further,
how one may engage in the fascinating work of originating them. The grower
who gropes in the dark in his search for the ideal fruit or flower may here find
guidance and aid in the principles governing the work.
Plant -Breeding comprises five chapters: The Fact and Philosophy of Variation;
The Philosophy of the Crossing of Plants; How Domestic Varieties Originate; Bor-
rowed Opinions, being translations from the writings of Verlot, Carriere, and Focke;
Pollination, or How to Cross Plants. Chapter HI contains the list of fifteen rules for
plant -breeding, which De Varginy, the eminent French writer, has called "the quin-
decalogue of the horticulturist."
The Garden-Craft Series
The Forcing-Book
A Manual of the Cultivation of Vegetables in Glass Houses
By L. H. BAILEY
Professor of Horticulture in the Cornell University
THIRD EDITION — 266 PAGES— 88 ILLUSTRATIONS - $1 .00
NO subject in horticulture has more rapidly assumed importance than that
of bringing into use out of season various vegetables and fruits. If one
stops to think of the deprivation there would be, even of the danger to
health, in the cessation of this "forcing," and further, if an idea is gained of
the extensive business done in out-of-season products, the importance of this
complete little manual will be understood. It describes forcing-houses best
adapted; tells what crops may be grown and marketed, and how best to do the
work. It is a convenient record of long experience and careful experimentation.
The Forcing-Book inchides lutroduetory Suggestions (Category of Forcing Crops,
Locations for Vegetable Forcing, Cost of Heat and Labor) ; Construction of the Forc-
ing-House (Types and Forms of Houses, Structural Details, Heating, Cost); Manage-
ment of the Forcing-House (Temperature, Soils, Fertilizers, Watering, Ventilating and
Shading, Electric Light, Pollination, Insects and Diseases) ; Lettuce ; Cauliflower;
Radish; Asparagus and Rhubarb; Miscellaneous Cool Plants (Celery, Salads, Onion,
Beets, Potato, Pepino) ; Tomato; Cucumber; Muskmelon; Miscellaneous Warm Plants
(Bean, Eggplant, Pepper, Cyphomandra) ; Summaries of the Management of the
Various Crops.
The Pruning-Book
A Monograph of the Pruning and Training of Plants as Applied to American Conditions
By L. H. BAILEY
Professor of Horticulture in the Cornell University
FOURTH EDITION— 545 PAGES — 331 ILLUSTRATIONS — $1.50
UNTIL the appearance of this book, there had been no complete and con-
sistent discussion of pruning. Professor Bailey considers fully the
philosophy of the subject, showing why we should prune, with such
statements of experience and observation as will enlighten the reader. It
states principles; and then the various practices of pruning are considered
in full detail, and a vast fund of carefully collected data is made serviceable
to the reader. The illustrations are numerous and remarkably convincing.
The Pruning -Book includes the Philosophy of Pruning (Does Pruning Devitalize
Plants'?); The Fruit-bud (The Bud and the Branch, The Leaf-bud and Fruit-bud,
The Fruit-spur, Co-terminal Fruit -bearing. Grapes and Brambles, How to Tell Fruit-
buds, Summary Synopsis) ; The Healing of Wounds (Nature of Wound, Suggestions to
the Pruner, When to Cut, Dressings, How to Mend Trees) ; The Principles of Pruning
(Top-pruning, Root-pruning, Variation of Habit, Watersprouts, Heading-in, Obstruc-
tions, Cheeking Growth, Girdling, etc.. General Law); Some Specific Advice (Form of
Top, Root-pruning, Subsequent Treatment, Ringing and Girdling, Pruning Tools, Re-
marks on Specific Plants) ; Some Modes of Training, American Grape Training, Vinifera
Grape Training.
The Rural Science Series
The Principles of Agriculture
A Text -Book for Schools and Rural Societies
Edited by L. H. BAILEY
With Contributions from His Colleagues in the Cornell University
THIRD EDITION -300 PAGES - 92 ILLUSTRATIONS $1.25
THIS is an attempt to analyze the complex subject of agriculture, and to
present the underlying principles and factors in clear, terse English.
Each chapter is in two parts: the first part, or the principles, is in
numbered paragraphs in very large type (the size used in "Lessons with
Plants"); the second part contains informal suggestions to the teacher and
pupil, with illustrations. It is one of the few attempts to coordinate all the
various agricultural subjects, showing the relative importance and position
of each. It is a skeleton of agricultural science and practice. Full refer-
ences are made to such literature as the teacher or pupil may be able to
secui'e.
The Principles op Agriculture comprises the following subjects: Introduction
discussing what agriculture is. Part I. — -The soil, containing: The Contents of the
Soil; The Texture of the Soil; The Moisture in the Soil; The Tillage of the Soil;
Enriching the Soil by Farm Resources; Enriching the Soil by Commercial Resources.
Part II.— The Plant and the Crop, comprising: The Offices of the Plant; How the
Plant Lives; The Propagation of the Plant; Preparation of the Land for the Seed;
Subsequent Care of the Plant; Pastures, Meadows, Forage. Part III. — The Animal
and Stock, comprising: The Offices of the Animal; How the Animal Lives; The
Feeding of the Animal; The Breeding of the Animal; Management of Stock
The Soil
Its Nature, Relations and Fundamental Principles of Management
By F. H. KING
Professor of Agricultural Physics in the University of Wisconsin
303 PAGES — 45 ILLUSTRATIONS — 75 CENTS
ALUMINOUS and practical discussion of the soil and its various attri-
butes. As an understanding of the soil in some measure is of vital
necessity to success in even the most limited agricultural operations,
the importance of a work like this cannot easily be overestimated.
"It is a book which progressive farmers will come to regard as one of the
essential implements of farm life." — Boston DaUij Advertiser.
The Rural Science Series
The Fertility of the Land
A Summary Sketch of the Relationship of
Farm - practice to the Maintaining and Increasing of the Productivity of the Soil
By I. P. ROBERTS
Director of the College of Agriculture, Cornell University
FIFTH EDITION -421 PAGES -45 ILLUSTRATIONS -$1.23
THIS work, written by one who has been termed "the wisest farmer in
America," takes up the treatment of the soil from the standpoint of the
farmer rather than that of the scientist. It embodies the results of years
of careful experimentation and observation along practical lines, and will be
found helpful and inspiring to a marked degree. No other one book could be
so heartily recommended to the progressive farmer as this interesting series
of talks— for Professor Eoberts seems to be personally addressing the reader.
The Fertility of the Land includes A Chat with the Young Farmer; Inventory
of the Land; Evolution of the Plow (fully illustrated); The Means and Philosophy of
Tilling the Land (telling how and why we should plow, harrow, etc.); Conserving
Moisture; Irrigation and Drainage; Manures (in four unique, illustrated chapters);
Nitrogen; Potash and Phosphoric Acid; Lime and other dressings; Commercial Fertil-
izers; The Use of Clovers, Fallows and Rotations; Appendix.
"In short, the book will be found helpful to the farmer, in that it will enable him
to go through the routine of his everyday work with intelligence, and. therefore- with
skill and the assurance of wider success." — Garden and Forest
The Spraying of Plants
A Succinct Account of the History, Principles and Practice of the
Application of Liquids and Powders to Plants for the Purpose of Destroying Insects and Fungi
By E. G. LODEMAN
Late Instructor in Horticulture in the Cornell University
399 PAGES — 92 ILLUSTRATIONS — $1.00
IN these days this subject is conceded to be of enormous importance to the
horticulturist ; for it is only by intelligent spraying that many large fruit
interests are saved from utter extinction. Professor Lodeman treats the
subject both historically and practically, and the work forms the only complete
manual of spraying, being admittedly the standard authority. Not only is
spraying discussed in its relations to the plant or tree and the crop, but the
diseases and insects which are to be combated are most fully presented.
The Spraying op Plants includes in its first part a complete history of the rise of
spraying, both in this country and abroad. There are also full illustrated accounts of
pumps and nozzles, complete recipes of formulas, and the like. The second part, compris-
ing 135 pages, entitled "Specific Directions for Spraying Cultivated Plants," is an alpha-
betical illustrated account of the various insects and fungi, with methods of treating them.
"Mr. Lodeman has gathered the results on an immense amount of experiments, both
in Europe and America, and his book can be trusted not only as a manual of practice,
but as a true and well -classified record of our knowledge on this subject at the present
time." — Garden and Forest.
The Rural Science Series
Bush- Fruits
A Horticultural Monograph of
Raspberries, Blackberries, Dewberries, Currants, Gooseberries, and other Shrub - like Fruits
By FRED W. CARD
Professor of Horticulture in Rhode Island Agricultural College
SECOND EDITION~537 PAGES- 113 ILLUSTRATIONS - $1.50
THE aim of this book is twofold, — to give all necessary iustruction on
the cultivation of the bush-fruits, and to provide a cyclopedia of ref-
erence to varieties, species, insects, and diseases. Every variety of the
various fruits is fully described, this being the first effort to collect all
information about varieties of all these fruits since the time of the Down-
ings. In this respect, the book will always be a standard authority. The
varieties are arranged alphabetically under various natural classes or groups,
but a very full index refers instantly to any variety. The cultural directions
are full and clear, and are entirely separated from the descriptions and tech-
nical matter. Full instructions are given for the evaporating of berries.
The author has himself had long experience in the gi-owing of the fruits.
The book is, therefore, both a manual of practice and a work of reference,
and is supplied at the usual price of either one alone.
The Principles of Fruit -Growing
By L. H. BAILEY
Professor of Horticulture in the Cornell University
FOURTH EDITION — 516 PAGES — 120 ILLUSTRATIONS — $1.25
THERE have been manuals and treatises on fruit -gi-owing, but this vol-
ume is the first consistent presentation of the underlying principles
affecting the growth of the various fruits. It is thus unique, and it
occupies a field of the greatest importance. It joins science and practice,
for it not only discusses the reasons for certain operations, but presents the
most approved methods, gathered from the successful fruit-growers of
America. It appeals especially to the horticulturist who is willing to have
his brain direct and supplement the work of his hands, and to acquire a
knowledge of principles rather than a mere memorandum of their application.
The Principles of Fruit-Growing includes: Introductory Discussion, comprising
an inventory and classification of fruits, the fruit zones, the outlook for fruit-grow-
ing; the Location and its Climate, with a full discussion of fi'osts; the Tilling of
Fruit Lands; the Fertilizing of Fruit Lands; the Planting of Orchards; Secondary
care of Orchards; Diseases, Insects and Spraying; Picking and Packing and Storing
Fruits, Shipping, etc.; and a bibliography of American writings on the subject.
"The book is very practical in its treatment of the subject of fniit- growing,
after a brief introductory entering at once into the discussion of the location of the
orchard, following that with the tillage of fruit lands, dealing with the planting and
care of fruits. Taken all in all, it is the most complete book on fruit-growing at a
small price we have seen." — Western Rural.
The Rural Science S eri e;
Fertilizers
The Source, Character and Composition of Natural, Home-Made and Manufactured Fertilizers ;
and Suggestions as to their Use for Different Crops and Conditions
By EDWARD B. VOORHEES
Director ol the New Jersey Experiment Stations, and Professor of Agriculture in Rutgers College
THIRD EDITION — 335 PAGES — $1.00
THIS book discusses the difficult questions of fertilizers in such plain and
untechnical language that those who are wholly unlearned in chemistry-
can use it. There are no elaborate tables. The book instructs upon
the fundamental principles of the use of fertilizei's, so that the farmer is
able, when he reads it, to determine for himself what his practice shall be.
It is not an advocate for commercial fertilizers, but tells simply and directly
what the truth is respecting their value.
Fertilizers includes the following : The Natural Fertility of the Soil, and
Sources of Loss of the Elements of Fertility; The Function of Manures and Ferti-
lizers, and the Need of Artificial Fertilizers; Nitrogenous Fertilizers; Phosphates;
Superphosphates and Potash; Miscellaneous Fertilizing Materials; Purchase of Ferti-
lizers; Chemical Analyses of Fertilizers; Methods of Use of Fertilizers; Fertilizers
for Cereals and Grasses, Potatoes, Sweet Potatoes, Tomatoes and Sugar Beets; Green
Forage Crops; Market- Garden Crops; Orchard Fruits and Berries; Fertilizers for
various special crops.
The Farmstead
By I. P. ROBERTS
Director of the College of Agriculture at Cornell University
350 PAGES- 138 ILLUSTRATIONS -$1.25
THIS "wisest farmer in America" is also a most delightful and practical
writer on the wide subject of farm life and practice. In this book he
enters a new field and goes to the root of many problems that have
long perplexed farmers and their families. The author's genial style and
shrewd, clear, unbiased discussion of such topics as "The Selection and
Purchase of Farms," "The Farm as a Source of Income," "Locating the
House," "Planning Rural Buildings," "Building the House" (including in
three chapters the general plans, outside covering, painting, etc., inside
finish, heating and ventilation), "Water-supply and Sewage," "House-fur-
nishing," "The Home Yard," "A Discussion of Barns," etc., will make this
book a great favorite in its series, and a great help to all who purchase
new farms or remodel old ones. To scores of farm-owners it will be a
revelation of how much there is to enjoy on the farm and how to make
the most of it.
The Rural Science Series
Milk and Its Products
A Treatise upon the Nature and Qualities of Dairy Milk, and the Manufacture of
Butter and Cheese
By HENRY H. WING
Assistant Professor of Dairy Husbandry in the Cornell University
FIFTH EDITION — 311 PAGES — 33 ILLUSTRATIONS — $1.00
IN this volume the whole field of dairying is intelligently consid-
ered. The production and character of the lacteal fluid are first
-discussed, and then in order are taken up the marketing of milk,
the production and handling of butter, cheese, and all the products
of the dairy. Although the book is up to date in its science, it is
none the less a complete guide to modern dairy practice. The illus-
trations serve to point the practical recommendations of the text.
No recent work on daiiying has been so well received as this.
Milk and Its Products includes chap-
ters on: Secretion of Milk; Composition
of Milk; Testing of Milk; Ferments and
Fermentations of Milk, and their Control;
Market Milk ; Separation of Cream ; Ripen-
ing of Cream; Churning; Finishing and
Marketing Butter; Milk for Cheese -Mak-
ing ; Cheddar Cheese -Making ; Varieties
of Cheese; By-Products of the Dairy;
Butter and Cheese Factories ; Statistics
and Economics of the Dairy Industry;
Appendix, comprising useful rules and
tests, metric system, dairy laws, and
references to dairy literature.
"The book is a mine of valuable in-
formation, and ought to be in the hands
of all progressive dairymen." — New Eng-
land Farmer.
84 mn
.!„</ Ill P,„duU.
these ntniiiiera fho
end should be tequeiilly renewed. |
rfr..«-..,o.-So aoou a< ll,e milk ia
dmwu, it .hould be rapidly bronght to > teraper.tare |
.lighUy beh.w the
U being cooled it
ahould be stirred to prevent the
cream from rining,
and in milk that has been cooled
,M be comparatively lilUe tendency
Milk so treated is
n an idej condition tor consnmp-
tion. ever. lh,.,iKl
Ihc conaumer may consider the
tinslilv poor lieca
se of the slight tendency of the
eream to form on
the anrface.
A^,;„,„« ,./ mil
-Milk when drawii from the cow
mount of dissolved gases. These
gases contain more or less
— a odor llic amount of this
■ odor depending ver, largely
j^ upon the ph.vs.onl condlhou
ll the milk i"'Tra«n. Some-
.^-■
y." al.le, at other limes it is so
T^ great as to V eMremely of-
|k ten.ivc. These gascs and
^3|ft5|
^^ the .cco„,p„,.>iug odor are
nolk U ,A,,„M,re of the
The Rural Science Series
Irrigation and Drainage
Principles and Practice of their Cultural Phases
By F. H. KING
Professor of Agricultural Physics in the University of Wisconsin
502 PAGES— 163 ILLUSTRATIONS — $1.50
Beferriug to 157. which i
Ibe table, A is I
get is marked I
'otie of the daU in
THIS book deals in a most clear and thorough way with im-
mediately practical problems from the farmer's, fruit-grower's,
and gardener's standpoint, while the principles which underlie them
are presented in a concise manner that will be most helpful in
building up a rational practice of irrigation culture and farm drain-
age. Special effort has been made all through the book to broaden
ideas of general soil management, even where neither irrigation nor
drainage is practiced. In the preparation of this book the author
personally inspected the irrigating ditches and practices of both
humid and arid climates in this country and in Europe, so that the
illustrations, which are largely photo -engravings, are also of a most
practical nature.
Irrigation and Drainage includes under
Irrigation Culture, in Part I: The Extent
and Geographic Eange of Irrigation; Con-
ditions which make Irrigation Imperative,
Desirable, or Unnecessary; The Extent to
which Tillage May Take the Place of Ir-
rigation; The Increase of Yield Due to
Irrigation in Humid Climates ; Amount
and Measurement of Water for Irriga-
tion; Frequency, Amount and Measure-
ment of Water for Single Irrigations ;
Character of Water for Irrigation; Alkali
Lands; Supplying Water for Irrigation;
Methods of Applying Water ; Sewage Irri-
gation. Part II, Farm Drainage, includes
Principles of Drainage, divided into many
subheads and treated in a most clear and
thorough way; and Practical Details of
Under-draining.
second 50. etc.. up to 600. the
let. The datum plane is chosen 10 feet below tho
• ,fi.n'n.G g ""-nm
0, and the E^inid
liarfaOrfi of the (fround, i
! drain a fall ot .24 foot.
The Rural Science Seriei
The Principles of Vegetable - Gardening
By L. H. BAILEY
458 PAGES- 144 ILLUSTRATIONS — $1.25
VEGETABLE-G-ARDENING books are usually mere alphabetic
cyclopedias of directions. This book states the reasons why. It
discusses fully the underlying questions regarding soils, fertilizing,
tilling, storing, marketing, controlling insects and diseases, and other
vital present-day problems. It treats the general subject of truck -
gardening and market -gardening ; also the home garden. After
these general matters are fully discussed, the treatment of each
vegetable is taken up and the principles of its cultivation con-
sidered.
The classification is into natural cultural groups, so that it is
possible to state all the principles which pertain to any class of
vegetables, without much repetition. Thus, root crops are treated
by themselves; so are salad crops, bulb crops, and the like. Par-
ticular attention is given to hotbeds and coldframes; also to seeds
and seed -gi"o wing.
Full estimates are given of the capital required for market -
gardening. The book contains a complete list of all American
books on vegetable -gardening.
ABSTRACT OF CONTENTS
Part I — General View
Chapter I. The Lay-out of the Plantation. Chapter V. Seeds and Seedage.
Chapter II. Glass. Chapter VI. Subsequent Management of
Chapter III. The Soil and Its Treatment. the Vegetable -Garden.
Chapter IV. Vegetable -Gardening Tools. Chapter VII. Marketing and Storing.
Part II— Vegetable-Gardening Crops
Chapter VIII. Introductory Discussion. Chapter XV. Pulse Crops.
Chapter IX. Root Crops. Chapter XVI. Solanaceous Crops.
Chapter X. Tuber Crops. Chapter XVII. Cucurbitous Crops.
Chapter XI. Bulb Crops. Chapter XVIII. Sweet Corn and Okra.
Chapter XII. Cole Crops. Chapter XIX. Sweet Herbs.
Chapter XIII. Pot-Herb Crops. Chapter XX. Perennial Crops.
Chapter XIV. Salad Crops.
The Rural Science Series
Rural Wealth and Welfare
Economic Principles Illustrated and Applied in Farm Life
By GEORGE T. FAIRCHILD, LL.D.
Ex-President of the Agricultural College of Kansas
381 PAGES- 14 CHARTS — $1.25
THIS is the first important American effort to discuss the princi-
ples of economics with particular reference to agriculture. It is
the result of a lifetime of study and teaching by one who has al-
ways been in close touch with rural affairs, because nearly all his life
he has been a teacher in agricultural colleges. It discusses the general
rise and progress of agiicultui'al activity as related to the development
of the country at large, and shows the relation of farm life to the
production of wealth, to questions of education, currency, tariffs,
wages, markets, labor problems, transportation, social conditions, etc.
Rural Wealth and Welfare includes Introduction (General Welfare, Nature of
Wealth). Part I — Productive Industrj', comprising: Aims of Industry; Forces in
Production of Wealth; Labor Defined and Classified; Capital Defined and Classified;
Personal Attainments; Combination of Forces for Individual Efficiency; Methods of
Association; Exchange, Advantages, Limitations and Tendencies; Value the Basis
of Exchange; Exchange — its Machinery; Banks and Banking; Deferred Settlement
and Credit Expansion; Technical Division of Labor; Aggregation of Industry; Special
Incentives to Production; Business Security. Part II — Distribution of Wealth for
Welfare, comprising: General Principles of Fair Distribution; Wages and Profits;
Conflict between Wage -earners and Profit ■ makers ; Proceeds of Capital; Interest and
Rent; Principles of Interest; Principles of Land Rent; and Part III — Consumption
of Wealth, comprising: Wealth used by Individuals; Prudent Consumption; Impru-
dent Consumption; Social Organization for Consumption; Economic Functions of
Government; Economic Machinery of Government; Conclusion and Index.
So long as the demand warrants, new volumes will be added to
the RuKAL Science Series. Definite arrangements have been com-
pleted for the following:
Feeding of Animals. By W. H. Jordan, of New York State Experiment Station.
Ill fhe press.
Farm Poultry. By George C. Watson, of Pennsylvania State College. In thei)ress.
Physiology of Plants. By J. C. Arthu?'^ Purdue University.
Breeding of Animals. Bv W. H. Brewer, of Yale University.
Plant Pathology. By B. T. Galloway and associates, of U. S. Dept. of Agrie.
The Pome Fruits (Apples, Pears, Quinces). By L. H. Bailey.
Care of Animals. By N. S. Mayo, Connecticut Agricultural College.
Works by Professor Bailey
The Evolution of Our Native Fruits
By L. H. BAILEY
472 PAGES — 125 ILLUSTRATIONS - $2.00
IN this eutertaiuiug volume, the origiu aud development of the fruits
peculiar to North America are inquired into, and the personality
of those horticultural pioneers whose almost forgotten labors have
given us our most valuable fruits is touched upon. There has been
careful research into the history of the various fruits, even in the
records of the great European botanists writing of American economic
botany. The conclusions reached, the information presented, and the
suggestions as to developments, ably set forth in the terse style of
the author at his best, cannot but be valuable to any thoughtful
fruit-grower.
The Evolution of Our Native Fruits discusses The Rise of the American Grape
(North America a Natural Viueland, Attempts to Cultivate the European Grape, The
Experiments of the Dufours, The Branch of Promise, John Adlum and the Catawba,
Rise of Commercial Viticulture, Why did the Early Vine Experiments Fail ? Synopsis of
the American Grapes) ; The Strange History of
the Mulberries (The Early Silk Industry, The
"Multieaulis Craze,"); Evolution of Ameri-
can Plums and Cherries (Native Plums in
(icneral. The Chickasaw, Hortulana, Marianua
and Beach Plum Groups, Pacific Coast Plum,
Various Other Types of Plums; Native Cherries,
Dwarf Cherry Group) ; Native Apples (Indig-
enous Species, Amelioration has Begun) ; Ori-
gin of American Raspberry - growing (Early
American History, Present Types, Outlying
Types) ; Evolution of Blackberry and Dewberry
Culture (The High-bush Blackberry and Its
Kiu, The Dewberries, Botanical Names) ; Various
Types of Berry-like Fruits (The Gooseberry,
Native Currants, Juneberry, Buffalo Berry,
Elderberry, High -bush Cranberry, Cranberry,
\-;trawberry) ; Various Types of Tree Fruits (Per-
simmon, Custard Apple Tribe, Thorn-Apples,
Nut-Fruits) , General Remarks on the Improve-
ment of our Native Fruits (What Has Been
Done, What Probably Should Be Done.
428 THE EVOLmOM OP OOT KAim PROTra
vanetiee b« ei.denUj been >ery small
made in E<isa\ iiV Survival of the Unlike and it
1,, Ihtn-fure nnneoe-i^ry to pnrsne tie rebject he.e
/ »^^
^^F
^k/
.*^^
\kM^.
Wr
II may be »aid. howtver. that there are three leadine
ica.-the Scarlet or Vir^mian group, the vZ-j, or'oid
Works by Professor B a
The Survival of the Unlike
A Collection of Evolution Essays Suggested by the Study of Domestic Plants
By L. H. BAILEY
Professor of Horticulture in the Cornell University
FOURTH EDITION — 515 PAGES — 22 ILLUSTRATIONS — $2.00
TO those interested in the iiuderlying philosophy of plant life, this
volume, written in a most entertaining style, and fully illustrated,
will prove welcome. It treats of the modification of plants under
cultivation upon the evolution theories, and its attitude is char-
acterized by the author's well-known originality and independence
of thought. Incidentally, there is stated much that will be valuable
and suggestive to the working horticulturist. It may well be called
indeed, a philosophy of horticulture.
The Survival of the Unlike comprises thirty essays touehiug upou The General
Fact and Philosophy of Evolution (The Plant Individual, Experimental Evolution,
Coxey's Army and the Russian Thistle, Recent Progress, etc.) ; Expounding the Fact and
Causes of Variation (The Supposed Correlations of Quality in Fruits, Natural History
of Synonyms, Reflective Impressions, Relation of Seed-Bearing to Cultivation, Varia-
tion after Birth, Relation between American and Eastern Asian Fruits, Horticultural
Geography, Problems of Climate and Plants,
American Fruits, Acclimatization, Sex in
Fruits, Novelties, Promisius Varieties, etc.);
and Tracing the Evolution of Particular Types
of Plants (The Cultivated Strawberry, Battle
of the Plums, Grapes, Progress of the Carna-
tion, Petunia, The Garden Tomato, etc.).
"Whatever Professor Bailey writes is in-
teresting reading. He has the rare gift of an
entertaining style, and what he writes people
want to read. All his previous books have
been widely read, and this will prove no
exception to the well-established rule. The
secret of his popularity, if there be any secret
about it, is that when he writes he has some-
thing new to say; something based upon ex-
periences and observations. These are by no
means all his own, for he has the ability to
see with the eyes of other people, as well as
with his own. He is thus able to bring into
his pages a rich mass of new matter, which
gives them additional interest and value.
—Prof. E. C. Bessey, in Science.
Works by Professor Bailey
Lessons With Plants
Suggestions for Seeing and Interpreting Some of the Common Forms of Vegetation
By L. H. BAILEY
Professor of Horticulture in the Cornell University
With delineations from nature by W. S. Holdsworth
of the University of Michigan
SECOND EDITION — 491 PAGES — 446 ILLUSTRATIONS — $l .10 NET
WHILE this volume does not ask attention as a manual of bot-
any, it is, in effect, a most a"ftmirable text -book on that science.
The motive of the book is the cultivation of the power of observa-
tion and the ability to draw proper inferences therefrom. It is pure
"nature study" that it inculcates, and the charm of its manner and
method will be felt by even a casual reader. The numerous beauti-
ful illustrations are a ^marked feature of the work.
Lessons with Plants is admu-ably adapted to class use in high schools.
It includes Studies of Twigs and Buds; Studies of Leaves and Foli-
age; Studies of Flowers; Studies of the Fructification; Studies of the
Propagation of Plants; Studies of the Behavior and Habits of Plants;
Studies of the Kinds of Plants ; Sug-
gestions and Reviews.
"The clear text, beautiful illustra-
tions, strong binding and, most im-
portant of all, the very excellent
arrangement of the subject matter,
make it an invaluable adjunct to the
working materials of a busy teacher.
Aside from its value as a thoroughly
up-to-date text -book, it is equally
indispensable to the busy teacher as
a reference book on account of the
clear, concise and unique manner of
the arrangement of its contents."
—Miss L. M. Elliott, Grammar School,
Xo. 83, Kew York City.
First Lessons With Plants
AN ABRIDGMENT OF ABOVE
IIT PACES- !J6 ILLUSTRATIONS — 40 CENTS NET
iOi
It
MO.Y
J IT,
TU PI. J NTS
, d.„. ....
ot-
.p,.,l
, r«».I«,
„. „ „ . ,,„,„„„
»r k.o.Me., m. 1.
1 rp.1, .u«umpl 0
/a
li
^.;::
The flowei^ of
(i
V
ca have been
f
'^
studied in Figs. 131 and |
y^\
^
y
lo3
If however, the
\
fi
artist
were to draw the
\
i
II
plant
at night or in
h
^^
^ early ^aiing, he would |
0 1
sl
■^ make
a picture like
i
L
C¥
F.g
J4 The entire
flower droops by
ly
jHj
E'^i
the bending of
^
ffi
t^fe-^
the scape, and
M ^iTIv
s
w'
It straightens up
ani expands in
&^^^.
d
%
w
the day-time.
The sleep of
«Mi
1
i
"J£
plants, then,
more than a
closing of the
^f
SIM
. I rommoi, Tor «Arly
^^^^/
/■
Fo <
.t 0 ghtl
■n, pupil ■o.y "U>
^ V
b.|>. c
with . lu
«™
511 One
of
hi.
mos
remarkable movements
m plants IS
'"
of
the
leaf and leaflets of the
i!ft;;;!;f!;ui!'!»ik!Hi>Ut?i»!!!: